THE GENERAL HISTORY OF THE MAGNIFICENT STATE OF VENICE. FROM THE FIRST FOUNDATION THEREOF UNTIL THIS PRESENT. Collected by Thomas de Fougasses, Gentleman of avignon, out of all Authors, both Ancient and Modern, that have written of that subject. Englished by W. SHUTE. Gent.  
VAENETIA  
LONDON Printed by G. Elder, and W. Stansby. 1612.   

TO THE TRULY NOBLE, AND WORTHY OF ALL HONOUR'S, WILLIAM, Earl of Pembroke, etc. and PHILIP, Earl of Montgomerie. Knights of the Honourable Order of the GARTER.  
MY most honoured LORDS;  
The desire to know, and to be known, are equally predominant. There is in both a kind of infiniteness, which Nature comes short off, and can not fill. Books, including matter supernatural, better satisfy it: They extend Fame as far as the utmost limit of Time, and Knowledge beyond; being the clearest Oracles to the living▪ and faithfullest Heralds to the dead: All other Inventions are lame. Touching Fame, how barren a shift was he driven to, that was feign to adopt a Pillar? Tombs die like their Tenants, and are buried in their dust whom they bury. Those Living Tombs, and Speaking Epitaphs (Children) are neither built when▪ nor as we would. Whereas Books (the only issue, wherein our Wives cannot defraud us) though they be often conceld by Time, yet in every next impression find a new being, and have an artificial Immortality of their own, still protecting their Protectors from the murder of Oblivion.  
Hence I have extracted a hope, that your Lordships might be pleased to pardon my grateful and humble presumption, in consecrating my Labours to your Names. The great French Henry, and the Illustrious Leonardo Donato now Duke of Venice, held their greatness no whit lessened by Patronizing the Original, neither will your Honours be much blotted by the Translation. Your Names shall shine to Posterity in the same gold, though less curiously stamped. If my zeal may likewise shine out to you, I aspire to no third happiness. Thus wishing your Lordships the same fullness and maturity of Honour that ye have of Virtue. I remain.  
Your Lordship's humble devoted. W. SHUTE.   

TO THE READER.  
ITALY is the Face of Europe; Venice the Ere of Italy. It is not only the Fairest, but the Strongest, and Activest part of that Beautiful and Powerful Nation. In dismembering of any sensitive Body we may observe some one limb to outlive all the rest, as if all had bequeathed their Motion to that one, and left it sole Executor of Life. It seems in the dissolution of the last Monarchy, the Genius of it made transmigration to Venice. In her the Wisdom, Fortitude, justice, and Magnanimity of old Rome do yet move and stir. That which now Usurps that name is not Rome, but her Carcase, or rather Sepulchre. All but her Ruins, and the Cause of them, (her Vice) is removed to Venice; of whom I may truly affirm their Wars have engendered the Peace, and their Peace the plenty of all Christendom. Few States have performed matter more worthy writing than that; few Historians composed lines more worthy reading than this: I mean not for curiosity of style, but integrity. Not that they had not, but that this Subject needed not Rhethoricall illustration. The nakedness of Truth is her best Ornament, and Noble actions are eloquent, not only in any Language, but without any, even in mute Pictures. Touching my Translation, though I have not, as some that write by Precedent, followed every letter of my Copy, nor Echoed my Author in every word, yet I have not contradicted or denied him in any sense. Touching my style, I have not made it so high, but that the lowest understanding may get over, nor affected any thing so much, as not to affect. For my chief ambition was, that my lines might rather be fit to crown my Readers brain, than hang in his ear, and make him a Man, than a Parrot. To conclude, those bright and translucent judgements which shall shine upon my work, will soon dissolve, and clear any mist of error that shall arise before them, and so warm and cherish my endeavours, that the second crop may be more worthy tasting. But those which, like the spies of Ignorance, come only to find fault, if they lose their labour in me, perhaps may save it in themselves, and exercise that censorious humour nearer home.  
Farewell. W. SHUTE.   



THE FIRST BOOK OF THE FIRST DECAD OF THE GENERAL HISTORY OF Venice: From the foundation of the CITY.  
The Contents of the first Book of the first DECAD.  
IN this first Book is contained the original of the ancient Venetians, with the sundry opinions of the City's foundation▪ In what place, and by whom it was first of all built in the Marshes. The terrible fire whereby it was consumed at her first rising. Her first Officers under the consulary dignity. Her ancient revenue▪ and new increase thereof. The Tribunes Government who succeeded the Consuls. From whence the Lombard's are issued, with their progression in Italy. The confines which this Nation had limited to the Venetians. The Venetians first journey against the Dalmatians. The ancient opinion concerning their Marriages. The Islanders offer succours to NARSES against the Goths. The form of the ancient buildings. The Church of Grada declared Metropolitan. A great inundation over all the Venetian Territory. The daily increase of the City. Dissension betwixt the Prelates of Grada and Aquileia. The Creation of the first Duke. The Venetians surprise Ravenna from the Barbarians. The dangerous War betwixt the Heraclians and the jesulans. Prince VRSUS murdered. The Government of the Master or Colonel of the men at Arms newly erected. And lastly, the retreat of the Heraclians and jesulans to Medoac.  
FOR as much as no man doubts, but that the first Venetians were the founders of this City and State, whose History we undertake. I have thought it not unfit (seeing I perceive the Historians to disagree about their true original) before we treat of the beginning of the City, briefly to speak somewhat of 
Whereof the Author's meaning is to treat.  their Antiquity. Now these first Venetians had not their beginning from Italy: but were issued, as some think, from the Venetians of Gaul, who dwelled on the Coasts of the Ocean Sea. And this opinion was not grounded upon the name only: but because those which possessed the adriatic Gulf, were like their neighbours very much addicted to Sea business, and they differed from the Gauls in speech only, (as POLYBIUS saith) and not in manners nor apparel.  
Others, as Titus LIVIUS, do affirm that they are descended from Paphlagania. He sets down, how that their Captain PILEMON being dead at Troy, they came with ANTENOR into Italy. CATO following him, did think that the Venetians were descended from the Trojan race. Cornelius NEPOS imagines that the Venetians were so named in Italy of the Henetians, which inhabited the town of Cromna near to Paphlagonia. There be some that have written, how that this nation was a neighbour to the Cappadocians, and did make war upon the Cimmerians, and came afterwards into the adriatic Sea.  
Others think that they possessed a little town near to Amastra, and that they went over all the Country to meet with the Henetians, as if they had been no where to be found. But all of them do in a manner affirm, that this nation of whom we speak, did come from Paphlagonia. The which XENODOTUS did not 
The true original of the first Uenetians.  only maintain, but thought that the City of Amisa was the same, which was afterward called Henisa. Howsoever, those which think so, bring in for their proofs, the industrious care which both these nations had to breed Horses and Mules: according to the testimony of HOMER, who saith,  
And from the Henetians come strong Mules.  
And albeit this great Poet spoke then of those of Asia; STRABO a very diligent observer of Antiquity, maintains that even almost in his time the choicest and best Mares came from the Venetians, inhabiting a parcel of the adriatic Sea, which were highly esteemed for their singular pace and swiftness. These things indeed, and divers others do cause me to follow the opinion of those, which say that the Henetians came into Italy with ANTENOR, and were afterward by the altering of a letter called Venetians. ANTENOR'S coming into the adriatic Gulf is not only proved by the Venetians who were his fellows; but because the place where they first arrived, was called Troy, which name the Burrow hath ever since carried. These men having first of all driven away the Euganeans, which inhabited this 
The foundation of the City of Padua.  Country, which lies betwixt the Sea and the Alps, did build the City of Padua. After that, they did in process of time so increase, as they did not only make themselves masters of that which did belong to the Euganeans (whose power in times past was so great, as it contained, according to the opinion of CATO in his book of originals, four and thirty Cities:) but of divers places of Bressia and Furli: which they named Venetian. For what places soever they conquered, were afterward called Venice. Some have confined this Country, with the Rivers of Po, and Adda; with the lake of La Garda, in old time called Benac; with the Alps, and the adriatic Sea. 
The extent of the Country of Venice.  PLINY comprehended on the East side thereof Aquileia, and STRABO on the contrary cuts it off.  
After this sort did the ancient Venetians extend their Dominion in length and breadth in the pleasantest Country of Italy. But the situation of the places, rather 
The trouble which the first Venetians had to keep that which they had conquered.  than this people's manner of life, did always procure envy to the ancient State of the Province. For on the one side the ordinary thefts of the Liburnians, and the fearful and continual roads of cruel nations on the other, did hinder them from enjoying any long rest: so as it oftentimes happened, that by how much their public and private affairs did seem to be increased by some relaxation from foreign wars, by so much the more were they miserably overthrown by these sudden storms and alarms. This nation, without this, had been most happy, in regard it won by right of war the goodliest Country of Italy for their dwelling: For beside, that it is environed on the south side with a most calm circuit of the Sea, 
The fruitfulness of the Venetian Country.  which makes it capable to receive all manner of foreign merchandise: it is moreover watered with most pleasant Rivers, by which, all that comes from the Sea, is easily transported into the midst of the Province: It abounds in Lakes, Pools and Forests: the territoric being marvelous fertile in Corn, Wine, Oil, and in all manner of Fruits. It is stored beside, with goodly Houses in the Country, with Towns, Castles, and Cities very much recommended for their situation, and circuit of their walls, whereof we will hereafter make mention in his place.  
But let us now return to these new inhabitants, who from the time that their affairs grew prosperous, were seldom freed from foreign wars. It would be too long and tedious a labour, orderly to set down in so ancient a matter, their pains and travail, as also it not being my meaning to insist farther on the deeds of the first Venetians.  
Now after divers and sundry roads of the Barbarians, and that by continual wars the one against the other, from their beginning even to the time of ATTILA, their substance had been continually wasted, and were beside daunted by the fearful assaults of the Goths: A greater danger than all the rest, did on a sudden assail them. The Huns, conducted by ATTILA son to Mandluc, with a horrible spoil did cast 
The original of the Huns, and their coming into Italic.  themselves into the Province. This Nation, as saith PRISCUS, came from Scythia, and dwelled near to the Riphean mountains: After a long siege they took Aquileia, spoiled and wholly burnt it. They destroyed after the same manner Concorda, Altina, and almost the whole Venetian Territory.  
At the fearful report of these wars; the Venetians, and the rest of Italy were in alarm long time before: But in this trouble the Venetians were more amazed than any others, as being accustomed ever to endure the first assaults of the Barbarians. It is reported that at the same time great numbers of men left the firm Land, and retired into the Islands where Venice now stands: but at the enemy's approach, greater numbers ran thither.  
Certain unknown Historians who have written this History, have in such sort 
divers opinion of the Historians.  ordered the wars of the Huns, as it seemeth that Attila did twice enter Italy, the which none of the most trusty have noted: but all of them say that neither at the same time, nor yet all together went to dwell in one self same place. The same authors do affirm that divers of the choicest men of Padua began the retreat, and that under their conduct this runaway multitude arriving at the mouth of the River, which was then very deep (whereby the name of Rivo alto remained to that 
The foundation of the Rialto.  place) the fitst foundations of the City were there laid: And that those of the Country of Padua who fled, being possessed with the like fear, began to people Chioggia, Malamoc, and Albiola. They affirm beside, that divers of Aquileia withdrew themselves at the same time into the marshes of Grada: But so soon as Attila was gone, they ran in troops from the fields along the Sea coasts to the neighbour Islands: That the Aquileians put themselves into Grada, a place near to the firm land environed with water. The runaways of Concorda possessed Caorli, 
How the Islands were inhabited.  and the Altinoes, six small Islands near together, which they called by the names of the gates of their lost City: Tourcella, Maiorba, Buriana, Muriana, Amiana, and Constantiaca. This is in a manner all that which those Authors have left us in many words of the original of the City, whom I find almost to agree in every point with the rest who have written the same History, except in this, where they are of opinion that the Huns entered twice into Italy. I suppose that this error proceeded from that they did read, that in the time of the Huns they did twice retire themselves from the firm Land to those Islands, and that they would not else have done so, had not the enemies come upon them. But we will hereafter set down what we think thereof: For from thence in a manner proceeded all the diversity in opinions about the original of the City, so as some affirm it to be built at one time, some at an other.  
divers do truly affirm, that the year of our Salvation 421, it received her 
421. Macrin Governor of Hungary overcome by the Huns.  first foundations, at the same time when as at the report of the Huns arrival, all Italy began to be afraid: For then, or certainly a little before, Attila having passed the river of Danubie, overthrew in battle Macrin the Governor of Hungary and Macedonia; wherewith being puffed up with pride, he promised to himself the entire conquest of the Western Empire. Others reject this opinion as erroneous, and dare affirm that this City was first of all built, about the time that Aquileia, and all the Venetian territory was destroyed, which happened (as it is very credible) certain years after: But nothing hinders us from believing, that at the first motions of this war, all the noblest and richest persons accompanied with troops of household servants began the flight, that by their means they began to build in those places first possessed, and that afterward in tract of time, so soon as the enemy was entered Italy, they ran from all parts in great numbers to those Islands, whereby of necessity these places were here and there inhabited, that from thence the divers opinions of the original of Venice did proceed. But to avoid all confusion, 
The Author's opinion concerning the City's foundation.  we will willingly follow their opinion, which believe that the City of Venice was builded before the destruction of Aquileia, the which we will declare in order how it happened.  
The original of the City of Venice, (as we have learned by reading those authors, 
How the original of Venice happened.  who have most faithfully written thereof) happened almost in this manner: As the fear of the Huns war had already possessed the people of Italy, and that the Venetians as the foremost in the danger, were also by means thereof greatly moved (for all men believed that the Huns would come into Italy) their more than barbarous cruelty towards the Christians, was the cause, why the ancient Venetians which dwelled in those pleasant places near to the adriatic Sea, some of them in their flight seized on the Islands of the Sea next at hand, and others consequently 
Who they were that began to fly.  on the rest: And those who began the flight were honourable persons, full of piety and Religion. I cannot warrant aught of other places: But it is certain, that from two most excellent Cities of the Venetians Country, Padua, and Aquileia, there ran thither from the beginning great multitudes: so as in this tumult, divers of Aquileia with their children and richest movables retired themselves to Grada: divers of the chief of Padua did likewise resort to Rialto.  
Those places whereon at this day the City of Venice is seated, were in times 
What those places were, whereon Venice is at this day built.  passed very straight and narrow Islands, and near to one another, separated by the pleasant current of rivers, which run turning into the Sea, according to the change of her ebbing and flowing: There was nothing to be seen in these straight places, but Sea-fowle, which came thither from the Sea to seek shelter; sometime likewise fishermen, (but very seldom) came thither to rest themselves.  
Now those of Padua which came to the Rialto (this place is now almost in the 
Where the first foundations of the City were laid.  midst of the City) were the first which began to build, and in that place were the first foundations of the new City laid. How religiously the same was done, may be conjectured, because by how much any one did affect true godliness and religion, by so much more for fear of the Huns, whom he knew to hate the Christians, and to pursue them with more than a barbarous cruelty, he made himself head of those who by flight sought a place of safety, fortifying it, the better to preserve themselves. After than they had given thanks to Almighty God, and performed the vows worthy their piety, and such as was convenient for such business, they began in an happy place to raise the happy walls. divers dare affirm, that they began to build in the same place, where at this day the golden Church of Saint Mark doth stand.  
All authors do agree together, that the City received her first foundation on the 
On what day the City of Venice was builded.  〈◊〉 and twentieth of March. If we will curiously observe certain exquisite works of nature, which are reported to have been done on such a day, it will not be impertinent to say, that nothing could on that day be undertaken, which was not admirable, great, perpetual, and surmounting all human height and excellency. The holy Scriptures do witness unto us, that on such a day the Almighty created our first Father, & that the Son of God a long time after, was conceived in the womb of the most sacred Virgin. The greatness of this mystery is thought to surpass man's understanding, whereby it is hard, not only to declare it by speech (which can not be done) but to conceive it in mind. But as we do religiously believe it, we do likewise wisely and constantly confess the divinity to be joined to the humanity, and the Eternal, incomprehensible, & holy, to be mingled with the corruptible and measurable. And we must not marvel wherefore this great God did do it, because it behoved it so to be, nor if it were possible to be done, in regard it was his pleasure, for he can do whatsoever pleaseth him. But it may be, that some will scoff hereat, as at a vain and ridiculous observation, and will count it folly to make a differenee of days. Let them think what they please: I think it availeth very much, when we begin any thing, to choose such a day, wherein nature hath once or twice wrought excellently.  
Now albeit that for the peopling of this new City, all the most experienced mariners 
A very 〈◊〉 observation.  were called thither from all parts, with promise of great reward, to such as could build all manner of Ships: it is nevertheless reported, that they never received any man of servile condition, nor a murderer, or of wicked life: whereby it appears that those good founders of this City would not have her birth defiled by the access of such comers. The which some founders of other very renowned 
What manner of people were received into this new City.  Cities took no care of, but have freely called the most lewd persons, and have received them into their City with all freedom and immunity. But those men sought nothing but how to people them, whereas these had regard to the sincerity of their manners, and to their ancient Nobility.  
This new City did daily increase both in people and buildings: When as fire, 
Four and twenty houses burns at once.  kindled on a sudden in a Carpenter's house, did in a moment consume with continual burning four and twenty houses, and because the matter which maintained this fire, was without order scattered here and there, and that there was no likelihood to quench it by human strength, all the City betook themselves to prayers; and so soon as they had made a vow to build a Church to the honour of Saint james, 
A wonderful miracle smelling somewhat of Popery.  the Town was preserved from that danger. This Church is at this day to be seen standing in the midst of the Rialto with signs of great antiquity. It is to be supposed that these first buildings, whereof we speak, were very weak and slender, as those which the multitude of the people had rather erected in form of houses, then for any show at all: Seeing that divers had builded houses of moorish substance to serve only their present need, being resolved to return into the firm Land, if the Huns had not entered into Italy. As also because that Attila made no haste to come for certain years, divers did return to their ancient dwellings. For after the first report of this great war, Subthor brother to Mandluch, who was chief of the enterprise, marched into Germany: where he afterward dying, Attila, who with 
Attila defeated near Tholouse.  his brother did succeed him, after he had a long time run over France, fought a bloody battle in the plains of Tholouse, with Aetius the Roman, and Theodoric king of the Goths, and going thence half vanquished, he went into Hungary; where after he had stayed five years to renew his Army, he determined to enter Italy by force. And in the mean time that journey was not short, nor without great travail, for in the same he subdued a part of Illiria, Dalmatia, and Histria, so as it is supposed that four and twenty years were expired, from the first alarms of the Huns, and their passage over Danubie, until the total ruin of Aquileia. This new City in the mean time began to increase near to the Rialto, but not very much; yet nevertheless such as it then was, it is certain that it was governed by Consuls, as shall be declared in his place. But so soon as Attila began with his Arms to molest Italy, then did men of all sorts and conditions, run in heaps from all places to the Islands which were nearest them, with their wives, children and household. Every one being enforced by necessity, began to build new houses, and by continual labour to join one street to another; so as a man would say, that they builded as many new Cities, as there were Islands and Streets. For they seemed in a small circuit to build sundry Cities, although both in name and effect it was but one. And this is the most common and frequent opinion of the original of Venice, approved by divers modern writers, who affirm this to have been after the total destruction of Aquileia. But divers other do think the first foundation 
What the true Foundations of Venice was.  of the Rialto to be the true original and beginning of the City, seeing that the buildings since then, ought rather to be called encreasements, as made not only during the troubles with the Huns, but by little and little during the tumults of the Goths and Lombard's. And although they came at sundry times into those Islands, (as hath been said:) Yet notwithstanding, because it happened in the time that the Huns were there, that they ran thither in greater number than before, by reason that their Country being taken and burnt, all hope of return was lost, the common opinion was, that the original of Venice was after the destruction of Aquileia: albeit that it ought rather to be called an increase than an original.  
But we have sufficiently spoken of the foundation of the City. Let us now come to discourse to take away all doubts, from whence these new Venetians are descended. I will briefly show unto whom their true original is to be referred. I do certainly know, that if the question be demanded, divers, yea almost all men will say that they are issued from the Paphlagonian Henetians, which came with Antenor, by reason of the name: but if we search out the matter from far, we shall undoubtedly find, that they lest of all came from thence. Antenor was a Trojan, so were the Paduans, and all those which followed him, who werein greater number than the Henetians, who being arrived in Italy, did suffer themselves nevertheless to be called Henetians, not that they were either in number ordignity inferior to them, but only because they thought it more honourable to have the kingly authority to remain to Antenor, and afterwards unto his, than the title only, esteeming much more the thing itself, than the simple shadow of the name. Those which with Aeneas came into Latium, did the like, who being victors did easily endure to be called by the names of those whom they had conquered. Those of Aquileia were afterwards a Colony of the Latins, and Concordia of the Romans: These being mingled with the ancient Venetians, did possess Grada and Caorli, at what time as the Huns arrived, they changed their dwellings. It is certain that in process of time, the inhabitants of these two places went to dwell in the City that now is.  
This being so, we may much more truly say, that the Venetians are descended 
From whence the venetians that now are, be descended.  from the Troyans', from the Latins, and from the Romans, rather than from Paphlagonia, or from the Galls. This is it which we have gathered together the most succinctly that we could, both of their antiquity, and true extraction. I will now set down what the state of this new City was in the beginning, what were her conditions, her frugality and Religion, after that I have called to remembrance, that there are some Historians, who refer the original of the City to the year of our Salvation four hundred fifty six, among whom is Blondus the Historian, who hath also followed the opinion of those who did think the City to be builded after the taking of Aquileia. But we may easily perceive how much they deceive themselves, because that in the year of our Salvation four hundred fifty six, Aquileia (as some 
456. The sundry opinions of the Historians concerning the building of the City.  think) was besieged by Attila, and they say that the siege lasted no more than three years. But grant that it lasted longer, there is no man so ignorant in human matters, but may perceive that they began to fly out of Aquileia upon the report of the Barbarians arrival, and not after that all was lost, seeing that the same flight would have smally profited them, and would have been to no purpose at all. It is then most certain that some years before the loss of Aquilea, they began the second time to build in the Islands. I will not deny but that the City did receive some beginning in the first troubles of the Goths, who were a little before the Huns, at such time as the Venetian State (as hath been said) was shaken. But we will ever hold that Original of it to be most true, which happened the year of our Salvation 
The true time when the city of Venice was built.  four hundred twenty one.  
Now what the ancient State and condition of this City was, may be known by many evident proofs, but principally by that, that the first founders thereof were very honest people, noble, and rich. For those ancient Venetians in that change, after 
What the Venetians ex 〈◊〉 was in the beginning.  they had carried away with them their wives and children, and the richest goods they had, did retire themselves at leisure into the places of most safety: But being hindered by the incursions of the Huns all along the Seacoasts from tilling the Earth; the poorest amongst them gave themselves to fishing, and to make salt, or else to transport their neighbour's Merchandise, esteeming that gain more honest than to till other men's ground, some of the richer fort gave themselves to the ●…raffick of foreign Merchandise, others, keeping their houses applied their wits to beautify their City with new laws and customs: and yet nevertheless such was their care of justice, and right was so maintained amongst them, as in so great a multitude of people, no strife could be perceived.  
The first and chiefest thing they gave themselves to was the care of Religion, and by so much the more, as they perceived any great danger towards from the enemy. The presence of certain Prelates, did augment in them this common affection to 
The Venetians zeal to Religion.  godliness, who for fear of the enemy to Christians, had with their Countrymen retired themselves thither. Their help came in good time, not only concerning the Ministry of sacred things, but to retain this City as yet ignorant, in ancient piety and Religion, from being infected with the poison of the Arrian heresy, seeing 
The Arrian sect over all Italy.  that contagion did no less overrun the whole Province, than the Arms of the Huns. After that, they did contend and debate among themselves, not on voluptuous matters, but on piety and continence. Riches and other things whereof men at this day make so much account, made no distinction amongst the Citizens for honour, but wisdom only. They did not regard men's sumptuous clothing, but their goodness, and to such (without seeking for it) did they freely offer their places of honour. In a word, a man would have imagined that multitude not to have 
The Venetians great modesty.  been fugitive Citizens, but Philosophers at their quiet study. And because we would not have any man think, that we feign this matter to embellish our Story: any one that hath the leisure, may read that which Cassiodorus of Ravenna hath written concerning the ancient state of the City: The poor (saith he) and the rich live there peaceably together, under one self same equality of laws, without any difference of dwelling, not knowing what envy meaneth; and ordering their lives in this manner, they eschew the most common vice in the World. I pass over the rest of his long letter, which Bonitendius hath inserted in his Commentaries. Such was the beginning of the City of Venice, and after such a kind of life, and in such exercises did she spend her childhood: afterward by her virtue, it grew, and waxed strong. And because we have (as I think) amply and sufficiently declared what hath been the beginning of this great State, we will speak somewhat of her first government. For I perceive that those who have written the Venetian History, do likewise vary in this. Some of them say that the Commonwealth was first governed under the Consulary dignity, by those who 
The first government of Venice under Consults.  dwelled at Rialto. They do moreover affirm that Galieno Fontano, Simion Glauco, and Antonio Caluo (who were then Consuls at Padua at such time as the first foundations of the City were laid at Rialto) were the first that in quality of Consuls did govern the City at her birth: Some think that these men were the Authors of the Paduans flight, and that their first arrival was in that place, and likewise the first buildings. According to others I find in these men's stceds, Alberto Phalerio, Thomaso Candiano, and Paulo el Conte. The third year of the City's foundation, they created new Consuls for two years, Marino Linio, Hugo Fusco, and Luciano Graulo. They say that these men were likewise created at Padua, and sent to Rialto: from whence may be easily gathered, that the City's foundation was altogether before the coming of Attila. Marco Aurelio, Andrea Clodio, and Albino Moro, were Consuls at the third election for the two years following. I do not find who succeeded them. But it is credible that this form of Government lasted till Attilas' coming: at which time, all islands thereabouts being peopled, in stead of Consuls they created Tribunes. All of them in a manner say, that the same happened a little after Attilas' coming, and that about the sixty year of the City's foundation, the Tribunarie dignity began in the islands, which were already inhabited.  
For the Creation of the Tribunes, the business was first of all debated (as the 
The Creation of Tribunes.  manner is) by a few; after that, it was concluded in a general assembly of the Islanders, that every Island should have a Tribune, the Magistrate to be yearly, he shoul●… do justice to his fellow Citizens, and punish offences with severity. But that which concerned the general State of the Commonwealth, was referred to the general assembly of the Islanders to be determined of.  
That which we have hitherunto said, if it be narrowly observed, belongs to the Cities original. We will hereafter begin to speak of her infancy. For divers Historians 
The parts of man's life compared with Cities  greatly delighted in this kind of writing, (in number of whom is 〈◊〉) who have distinguished the increasing of Cities, according to the several parts of man's life, Infancy, Childhood, and Youth. Now the Tribunarie Government which nearly followed the original thereof, shall be rightly termed Infancy. We will then set down in order what passed within and without the City, during the same, after that we have acquainted the Reader, how that in the time of the Lombard's (which was during this Infancy) the City received a marvelous increase. For it happened, that the Venetians having scarce time to breath after the Wars of the 
The coming of the Lombard's into Italy.  Huns, did perceive on a sudden, the Lombard's (so called by reason of their long Beards) to be entered into Italy, under Albinus their eleventh King, who at their arrival, did possess and subdue all that which had been shaken; they did forthwith seize upon all that which the Venetians held in the firm Land: not daring to assail them at Sea, because they knew their strength to be great, or else it may be, they deferred to do it, till a more convenient time.  
This Nation (as it is reported) came from Scandinavia, an Island of the German 
From whence the Lombard's are descended.  Sea, who having often a long time before, enterprised on the Province of the Romans which lies about the River of Danubie, under Geodich their King, he being dead, they passed into Hungary under Andovinus his successor: then under Albinus, thirty eight years after their arrival in Hungary, they came furiously into Italy, where their power did so increase, as they have commanded there more than two hundred years.  
At the arrival then of this people, the whole firm Land belonging to the Venetians lost her liberty, with the name of Venice: and the Venetians State which was in the islands, was limited from the Cape of Rising (so named at this day) even to the 
The Lombard's give limits to the Venetians.  Marshes of Grada, as witnesseth Paul Deacon, in his History of the Lombard's. Now seeing we have begun to speak of the deeds and manners of the Venetians, we will of set purpose omit the residue of this Nations exploits, except so much as may seem to belong to our History.  
I will then declare in order all that which these new Islanders did in common, during this Infancy, before the coming of the Lombard's. The most ancient is (as they say) a happy Voyage which they made at Sea, which gave beginning to their future Marine Dominion. The Histrians and Dalmatians did disquiet the State of this new City, by incursions and robberies, so as the Islanders could keep nothing safe from them. I know not whether hatred moved them thereunto, envying to see so great a power as that was likely to be in time, to increase so near them, or else whether it were the ancient disposition of that people, to rob and spoil at Sea. 
The Venetians first voyage to Sea.  Some do believe that the same was then done at the entreaty of the Triestines, who more than any other grew very jealous of the prosperity of this new City. Against these, the Venetians with a common consent Armed themselves, and having met them in the main Sea, they bravely defeated them, and by that loss constrained them wholly to abandon the same.  
It is reported that at this Battle, certain games were vowed to the honour of the glorious Virgin Marie; but others set down other occasions of those games, much differing, and more likely to be true. For they hold that the Country's custom 
The ancient custom of marrying their daughters.  was to be troth than daughters in the Church, carrying their dowries thither to be publicly seen. It happened by chance, that whilst they celebrated such a ceremony in S. Peter's Church (which stands now in that part of the City called the Castle) the Triestines who had already professed themselves their enemies, came in a night from Sea with two Galloyes, and ambush●… themselves in certain places near unto the City. I●… the morning about such time as they celebrated the ceremony, they came into the Church, and carried away the Priest of the place, with a great number of people and much wealth. Pietr●… Candiano who then was Duke, thinking it needful to use diligence in so desperate a matter, did forthwith man the Galleys with numbers of 〈◊〉 all sorts, and followed the enemies, whom they o●… 
The Triestines defeated.  Marshes of ●…aorli, as they were parting the spoil. They easily defeated 〈◊〉 having rescued the Prelate, Citizens, and their goods, he entered the second day of February, two days after his departure, into the City as it were in triumph. But because the feast of the Purification of the blessed Virgin 
The occasion of the games dedicated to the glorious Virgin.  happened upon that day, it is reported that those games were first ordained for the happy success of that voyage. But being brought in for devotion sake, they have been since depraved and corrupted by the dissoluteness of those who succeeded: who envying one another, have brought in for the adorning of them, an exceeding abundance of Gold and precious stones.  
Now these Pirates being driven from the Seacoasts next unto the City, and the Venetian name becoming famous and esteemed of all their neighbours, soon after, the Eunuch Narses, Lieutenant to the Emperor justinian, but a man valiant and 
Narses comes into Italy.  careful arrived; who being come into Italy in the time of the Goths, to free it from their bondage, was with the consent of all men succoured by the Venetians. But we are not certain whether it were with Armour, Victuals, or Ships, which he greatly needed for the passage of the great Army which he had brought. For so soon as he had sent twelve thousand Lombard's (whom he chiefly trusted) before Aquileia, against the forces of Totila, who was by the commandment of the Barbarian, 
Wherein the Venetians aided Narses.  camped upon the banks of the River Adice, he resolved to pass along the coast to Ravenna by the adriatic Sea, which he could not do without a great number of hired Ships, in regard all those places were either filled from the Marshes which ran into the Sea, or else from the mouths of great Rivers which held the same course. It is most likely, that this journey which otherwise would have been most hard and painful for him, was by the Venetians help made easy; who were men that very well knew the places, and skilful in Sea-matters. It is to be noted how that Narses, for the great services which the Venetians did him in that War, did build in that new City with the spoils of the enemies, two Churches; one to S. Theodore the Martyr; (which at this day joins to S. Marks Church) and the 
Churches builded by Narses.  other to the Saints, Menez and Germinian, which is right over against it in the Market place.  
This is that Narses, who after he had driven the Goths forth of Italy, valiantly overcome so many barbarous Nations, and settled peace and quietness in the Province: being justly moved with the Letters of the Empress Sophia (who at the same time commanded the Eastern Empire, by means of her husband's baseness) reproaching him with his former condition, and calling him home in derision, to 
The Empress Sophia reproacheth Narses.  spin and weave like an effeminate Eunuch, did solicit by great promises Albinus King of the Lombard's, to march from Hungary, to trouble the affairs of Italy. The which he had secretly before then, given her to understand who had wronged him, saying, That it would come to pass, that he, whom to please his detractors, she 
Narses answer to the Empress.  thought fit to be sent home as a woman to card and spin, would shortly spin her such a thread, as neither her proud self, nor those who had so freely slandered him should be ever able to untwist. And we must not wonder (as hath been already said) that Narses at his coming into Italy, was aided by the Lombard's, who at that time had no power in the Province: for he sent for that aid (such as it was) forth of Hungary. We have briefly heretofore declared, from whence this Nation is descended, because our purpose was from the beginning, not to strai●… far from the affairs of Venice.  
Now in the time of the Lombard's: Paul, Bishop of Aquileia transported all the 
The Church of Grada made Metropolitan by the Pope.  treasure, relics, and service of his Church to Grada, where in times past the Church of S. Euphemia had been builded. Pope Pelagius at the request of Helie who succeeded Paul, (or according to Probin following the opinion of some) did decree, that in the general assembly of all the Prelates, the Church of Grada should be Metropolitan of all the Churches in the Venetian country, and of the City called Aquileia the new: which some affirm to have learned, by the most ancient letters patents of the City.  
About the same time did divers prodigies appear: Armies of fire coloured with blood were seen in the air; The Earth brought forth a marvelous and incredible abundance of all manner of fruits. There happened beside over all the Venetian countries, and almost over all Trans-alpine Gaul, so great a deluge of waters on a sudden, as the River Adice which runs through the City of Verona, being 
Strange prodigies.  miraculously swelled, did almost cover the highest top of S. Zenos Church which stands near to the River in the City. Where it was observed for a miracle, that 
A great miracle at Verona.  albeit the windows thereof were open, yet this violent flood did not enter into the Church, respecting (as it were) that sacred place. Helie caused a Church to be built in the honour of the glorious Virgin, called at this day, Barbana.  
Then certain years after: Padua being taken and spoiled by the Lombard's, the City, which daily increased, was very much augmented. They gave the fugitives 
The Paduan fugitives dwell at Embragola.  that part of the City to dwell in, which is called Embragola, betwixt the common Ovens and the Arsenal. It is reported that they built two Churches, which at this day are to be seen at that place; the one near to the other; to S. john Baptist, the one: and the other to S. Martin. And because the Venetians should have no time to rest, Fortunatus of Aquileia, strengthened with the Lombard's forces, 
The Church of Grada robbed.  came and stole away all the treasure and ornaments of the Church of Grada, which at that time was the Metropolitan: To the which, being by this loss destitute of a Pastor, Pope Honorius at the request of the Emperor Heraclius appointed first fruits: and gave it afterwards great store of gold and silver, to buy vessels and ornaments for divine service, with the Shrine of St. Marie brought from Alexandria. This Pope being told in a dream, that the bodies of St. Hermagoras and 
Vision in a dream.  Fortunatus weet buried in a little field belonging to Alexandra of Aquileia a very devout woman: he transported them to Grada, and did shut them up there very religiously in a secret place.  
Almost the same time, the City of Vderzza was destroyed by Lotharius King 
Uderza ruined by the Lombard's  of the Lombard's. Those who fled from thence, came with their Bishop called Magnus, a man of an holy life, and rested in the territory of the jesulans, where they built a City which they called Heraclea, in honour of Prince Heraclius; but 
The foundation of Heracles.  the Moderns have called it Villanova. It is at this day almost ruined to the ground. There are to be seen certain signs of a very ancient Church, which those first founders of Heraclea do say was dedicated to Saint Peter. At the same time also, Paul Bishop of Altina, fearing the Armies of the Lombard's, and amazed by the spoil of his neighbours, came with his Relics and jewels, being accompanied with a great multitude of people, to Tourcelles.  
The Episcopal See of Padua likewise, was by the authority of Pope Severine 
The Episcopal See of Padua, translated to Malamoc.  translated to Malamoc. divers Churches were built near to Tourcelles by the inhabitants thereof, who were very devout people: the which Burrow, some write, was called by the inhabitants Constantiaca, by the name of Constantius, son to Heraclius; who going to Rome landed there.  
But the City of Heraclea in the mean time being greatly increased by the concourse of so many people, as the place was not sufficient to contain them; the shepherds flying from the incursions of the Barbarians, did drive away a great heard of 
The foundation of Equiline.  oxen & mares even to those shores, who not being able to dwell in Heraclea, they did near thereunto fortify a place for themselves, which they named Equiline of the thing itself, as Bonitendius saith. I know that some think Equiline to be the same, which is now called jesulune, but the Authors whom we follow, make divers mention of them both, as of two sundry Cities.  
This is that we can learn concerning the ancient Venetians their original, and increase of the City; which we have collected with great labour and travail. I will now set down how they created the first Duke. For although this manner of government have been at times interrupted, yet notwithstanding it is maintained even till now, as good and wholesome for the Commonwealth.  
The Tribunes of the Islands abusing their office, had so troubled the State by civil dissension, as there was some likelihood, that the body of this new City would be soon dissolved, unless a remedy were applied. Luitprand who with title 
Luitprand Duke of Forleini.  of Duke commanded the Province of the Carnons, (called now those of Forli) perceiving this discord, and supposing (as it came to pass) that this Venetian State, might through civil division be easily overthrown, (the increase whereof he thought would be over-dangerous for him and his neighbours) did resolve to assail them; I know not upon what ground. It is certain that at the same time the Lombard's did very much trouble their Country: where at the Islanders grew angry, having found out the cause; which was their own dissension, for which their neighbours contemned them, & whereby it would undoubtedly soon come to pass, without speedy remedy, that the Commonwealth would receive a notable loss 
What moved the Venetians to change the government. The general assembly held at Heraclea.  by this enemy, who did daily seek occasion to disquiet the peace of this new City. All men thus complaining: the general assembly of all the Islands was published at Heraclea.  
Christopher Bishop of Grada held the chief place there, being accompanied with great numbers of the Clergy: and there after the celebration of divine service, at the first proposition which was made concerning the Commonwealth, every man began to murmur: and some said, That there was no more hope to be had 
Complaint in the assembly against the Tribunes.  of the Venetian Commonwealth, nor yet of their liberty, which had been purchased and maintained by their Ancestors with such generosity, unless the fury of the Tribunes might have an end. That their selfsame Ancestors had in times passed for the sweetness of liberty, abandoned their most pleasant Country, their houses, and all other matters, which men commonly hold most dear, and were come into barren Islands, where they found nothing that might invite them to dwell there. That if they could have dispensed with their liberty, they might have remained in all safety in the Cities where they were first borne and brought up, and with this loss alone, have lived peaceably under the dominion of the Barbarians: But being full of courage, they supposed that they ought not to lose their liberty, but with their lives. Wherefore did divers of those that were there present, following the example of their Predecessors come into those places the precedent years but only to live at liberty? To what purpose then was their designs? what profit by their sudden dislodging? why had they so many buildings, Churches, and so many public and private houses? why did they leave the firm land to eschew bondage, and yet meet it in the midst of the waters by the insolency of a few? Whether it was likely, that this barbarous enemy would take any rest, till he had found some means to ruinate this new dwelling place of Liberty? Seeing that Tyrants hate nothing so much, as that name; That undoubtedly it was his wish; that all his desire was to see the Venetian State overthrown by civil discord ●…hich he could not by any other means shake. Whereupon, those which desired the good and profit of the Commonwealth did resolve suddenly to elect a new Duke who should represent the whole honour and majesty of the State, and have power to assemble the general Council, at such time as the important affairs of the Commonwealth should be in question; to choose yearly Tribunes in every Island, from whence the appeals should come before him: and moreover if any man had obtained any dignity, Prelatship, or benefice, by the suffrages of the Clergy, or of the people, he should not enjoy the same without the pleasure of the Duke.  


¶ PAULUTIO of Heraclea, the first DUKE of VENICE.   
 
THis thus concluded: Paulutio of Heraclea, a man of singular justice, was by the consent of all men declared Duke; the year (according to some) of the City's foundation 282. or as others write, 297▪ and yet as some others affirm 276. They all agree, that the Tribunarie power did govern more, than two hundred and thirty years: But in this first Duke's election, they did not keep this manner of choosing, as we 
What form they obs●…ued at the first Duke's election.  see to be at this day observed in the creation of Princes, but they than proceeded therein more simply. For, ambition being not as yet crept into so religious a City; no bribing for honours; they had not in those elections respect to wealth, nobility, and other such like matters, but only to the virtue of the person: by which means they obtained it, and not by cunning. But although virtue and wisdom was respected above any thing, yet nevertheless, because men believe that we can be never sure enough of that which is dearest unto us, it is reported, that the new Duke was constrained to swear, well and faithfully to provide for whatsoever should be fit for the honour of the Commonwealth and the Venetian name.  
After he had taken his oath, this new Magistrate was honoured with divers noble 
The Duke takes his oath.  ensigns, whereby that sovereign dignity was made more illustrious: and yet for all that I will not affirm, that all the magnificence which at this day the Prince enjoyeth was given him at the same time: for it is certain that part of them was given him a long time after, and taken from elsewhere.  
Now so soon as this new Duke was fully installed, he determined to free the Commonwealth from this war. And the better to effect it, he entered league 
A league made with Luitprand.  with Luitprand. (some say he overcame him in fight) He extended the limits of Heraclea from the River of Piavo, unto the little stream called Piavicolle. By his authority rather than by force, he brought the Equilines under his dominion, (some name the jesulans for the Equilines, which makes me to believe their opinion in some sort to be true who think Equiline and jesulan to be one selfsame place, though different in name) who at the same time had forsaken the Venetians. Those of Tourcelles in the mean space builded a sumptuous Temple to the glorious Virgin, where they placed the body of Saint Heliodore of Altina with divers other Relics.   


¶ MARCELLO of Heraclea, the second Duke of Venice.   
 
THese things effected, Paulutio died, after he had reigned twenty years and six months. Marcello of Heraclea was by the common voice chosen in his stead. We do not find in all the time of his government, which lasted nine years, any memorable matter to have happened. Which in my opinion caused divers Historians to leave him out in the Catalogue of the Dukes, naming Horteo Hipates, surnamed Vrsus, next after Paulutio. Howsoever, they say that he was a virtuous man, wise, and reasonably well inclined to Arms, though his hap was to die, after he had gotten more reputation by peace, than by war.   


¶ HORTEO called VRSUS, the third Duke of Venice.   
 
HOrteo, whom we say was surnamed Vrsus, succeeded Marcello. The Lombard's at the same time took Ravenna a very ancient City. The Exarch who commanded therein fled for succour to the Venetians. Pope Gregory did likewise by letters entreat them to aid the Exarch against those insolent Barbarians. The Venetians, much 
The taking of Ravenna by the venetians. The creation of Exarch.  affecting the Pope, willingly granted thereunto, and coming before Ravenna with a mighty Army, did forthwith take it, and being taken gave it to the Exarch. It is reported that the name of this new Magistrate was instituted at the same time by one named Longinus, whom the Emperor justinian sent into Italy in Narses stead, to command with sovereign authority. Prodeus of Vincenza, a valiant man and of great reputation among the Garrison of the City, died in that war. Paulus Diaconus in his History of the Lombard's sets down this exploit, & so doth Bonitendius the Secretary, who hath inserted in his Commentaries the Copy of the Pope's letters written to the Venetians to the same purpose.  
The Venetians in the mean time were in tumult round about Grada, because Calixtus Bishop of Aquileia, disdaining (as it is thought) that the new Church of Grada should preceded his which was very ancient, overranne the bounds of Grada. 
The troubles round about Grada.  But the Pope commanding to desist, the matter was forthwith ended.  
There arose after that, great dissension, which in a manner produced a civil war, greatly disquieting the State near to Heraclea. It is said, that the Duke's insolency was the certain cause of this commotion. For the jesulans not being able any longer to endure his presumptuous pride, armed themselves and joined battle. This proud Duke marched against them, meaning to bring them to reasonable terms, and they fought on either side with more fierceness and hatred, than force. At the last after divers losses on either part, the Heracleans being weary of the wars, did on a sudden turn all their hatred towards the enemies upon the Duke, as one whom they knew to be the author of all those miseries: who was villainously murdered by his own Citizens, about the latter end of the eleventh 
The Duke murdered by his own Citizens.  year of his Magistracy.  
The Heracleans being amazed at the news of the Duke's death, removed their dwelling soon after (as it is thought) to Malamoc; no man knows whether it were because they hated those places for the murder committed on the Duke's person, or else for that the same place was too near the firm Land, and by that means more subject to the ordinary incursions of the enemies. Some affirm it happened by reason of the war which arose betwixt the Heracleans and the Equilins. Those which are more curious allege cause wholly different from these, and deny that these places were thus abandoned by and by after the murder. And to speak truly, this first cause seems too frivolous to make so populous a City at an instant to change her dwelling. The troth is, that long after the Duke's murder, during the principality of Mauritio and Giovanni his son, Heraclea and Equiline were abandoned, as shall be hereafter declared in his place. 
Difference arising about the creation of a new Duke.   
I will now return to that wherein the Authors agree among themselves. For Vrsus being slain, in regard the Islanders could not agree about the creation of a new Duke, and that the Electors voices did greatly vary, which was never seen before then, they concluded to choose no Duke in six yvares following, but to establish some new Magistrate, that should have the whole power and authority, whose place should be but for a year. Thus it came to pass that the fortieth year 
The master or Colonel of the men at Arms Dominico Leon the first. Felix cornicula the second. Theodato the third. juliano Cepari the fourth.  or thereabouts, from the creation of the first Duke of the Commonwealth, they invented a new manner of government.  
This new Magistrate set up in the Duke's place, was called the Master or Colonel of the men at Arms. The first that was appointed to this office by the common consent, was Dominico Leon. Foelix Cornicula succeeded him, who (as some say) was chosen at Malamoc. Next followed Theodato son to Duke Vrsus, lately called from exile, who by the consent of every one, continued the year following, but he died before his time was expired to the great grief of all men. juliano Cepari (or according to others) Hippati succeeded him. Some Authors say, that the Venetians in this man's time took Ravenna from the Barbarians. Fabritio Ciani, (some set down Giovanni for Ciani) enjoyed the fifth years government, who before the years end, was deposed from his office, and had his eyes thrust out by the people. Some have written, that this year the Heraclians and jesulans fought one against the other with great fury, and that the place of battle was for a perpetual memory called Parco de Canale. Both of them at the last being defeated, the Heracleans, jesulans, and Equilins sought out new dwellings. But we will set down in the book following, upon what occasion the inhabitants departed thence.   
The end of the first Book of the first Decade.   

THE SECOND BOOK OF THE FIRST DECAD. OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
¶ The Contents of the second Book of the first Decad.  
THe government of Duke restored to the City. Duke THEODATO being blind was banished. The Principality of Galla his successor had the like end. Duke MAURITIO by a new example took GIOVANNI his son for companion, in the government. From whence the strife proceeded betwixt MAURITIO and FORTUNATO Bishop of Grada. divers opinions of the war of the French against the Venetians, under the conduct of PEPIN. A brief description of the City's situation. PEPIN takes all from the Venetians except Rialto. PEPIN, defeated at Sea by the Venetians betwixt the City and Malamoc. The Romans compared with the Venetians, in both their exploits against the French: The end of the Venetians war against PEPIN their full liberty. Heraclea repaired by Duke PARTITIATIO. Description of the Duke's Palace, and of the place where the Senate is assembled. The building of divers Churches in the City. For what cause the Plays were ordained, which are made at Shrovetide in the great Court of the Palace. From whence the Sarracens are descended. How St. MARKS body, being stolen out of Egypt, was brought to Venice▪  


¶ THEODATO, the fourth Duke of Venice.   
 
THE fifth year of the creation of the Master or Colonel of the men at Arms was not yet fully expired, when the whole City, possessed with a marvelous desire to have a Duke (as though the Commonwealth could not stand without such a Magistrate,) Theodato, 
The government of Duke restored.  son to Vrsus, was on the sudden, by the mutual consent of the assembly held at Malamoc, declared Duke of the Commonwealth. This man obtained of Astolpho King of Lombardie, that the bounds of Heraclea should stand for the Venetians in the same terms as they did of old, even to the River of Piavo. Besides, there was an Haven distant three miles from Chioggia; near unto the entry whereof stood a Castle, stronger by art then by nature, which the inhabitants thereof called Brundulla. Nothing is now to be seen there, but the ruins of a Tower; all the rest is razed to the ground. Theodato going thither to fortify it, was surprised by Galla his enemy, the thirteenth year of his government, 
A cruel and unworthy act.  and having his eyes put out by his disloyal adversary, was miserably deposed by him from his dignity; the which he having purchased by so wicked a deed did enjoy at his return to Malamoc.   


¶ GALLA, the fifth Duke of Venice.   
 
divers do affirm that Theodato was suspected to have affected tyranny by the new fortification of this Castle: and that by Gallas means the people made him blind. But Galla being very dissolute, possessed with all manner of vices, abusing his ill-gotten Principality, did justly receive his deserved reward. For after that his eyes were likewise put out, he was banished almost in the beginning of the second year of his 
A punishment of God.  government.  
  


¶ MONEGARIO, the sixth Duke of Venice.   
 
 
DOminico Monegario was forthwith appointed in his place▪ unto whom in regard of his violent and furious nature, were yearly Tribunes assigned; to assist him in the government: For they feared that the Commonwealth might receive some great hurt by his rashness, if there were not some in the Council to counterpoise the violence of his Spirit. But this was to small purpose. For in steed of a bridle and stay, it proved aspurre to his depraved humour; causing him to thunder forth all manner of mischiefs. 
Monegario his miserable end.  The people then being impatient at his new tyranny, after they had deprived him of his sight, turned him out of all authority, the fifth year after his election. Mauritio of Heraclea, a wise man, and of virtuous life, succeeded Monegario.   


¶ MAURITIO of Heraclea, the seventh Duke of Venice.   
 
 
THis man having well and happily governed the Commonwealth for ●… certain time, and thereby purchased the love and good will of the people, did obtain in another assembly (that which no man ever till 
The first association into the Principality.  then had done) liberty to associate his son Giovanni, as Colleague with him in the Principality. Some affirm that in these men's days those of Heraclea and Equiline retired themselves to Malamoc: and that the cause▪ of their retreat proceeded from the secret hatred of the Dukes against Fortunato Bishop of Grada, about the government of the Commonwealth. This Fortunato 
Conspiracy against the Duke.  had with divers others conspired against them; but their designs being discovered, he with his complices, for fear of being apprehended, fled for safety to the Emperor Charles: where having accused the Venetians, for that contrary to the agreement sworn betwixt him and Nicephorus, who commanded the Eastern Empire, despising the Estate of the Roman Empire, they had showed themselves affectionate to that of Constantinople: seeing that agreement did expressly import that the Venetians should be free, acknowledging neither of the Empires; This did in such sort move Charles, as in the end he did by letters command his son Pepin, who governed the affairs of Italy, to make furious wars upon the Venetians. Upon this command Pepin forthwith came and assailed the Venetian coast next to the firm land, where Heraclea and Equiline stood. The inhabitants of those places frighted at the first alarm of this war, and distrusting the sufficiency of their walls, nothing strong either by art or nature, fled away in great troops and retired themselves to Malamoc, and to Rialto.  
But it seemeth that the Authors do greatly differ concerning the destruction of 
What Bonitendius saith concerning the association.  Heraclea, and the troubles of those times. Bonitendius disposeth the affairs of those days in such sort, as he saith, that Prince Mauritio (in whose time Charles King of France had wholly abolished in Italy the power and ancient Kingdom of the Lombard's, enemies to the Pope, by reason whereof he was made Emperor) the affairs of the Venetians not being very safe, neither at home nor abroad, amidst those tumults of Italy, had drawn in to the government of the Commonwealth, by having wisely appeased the▪ quarrels of the Citizens, and bravely defended their frontiers, (rather by sufferance then approbation of the people,) a new and pernicious example, in taking Giovanni his son for Colleague in the Principality, which fell out unhappily; not for himself who was old, and died soon after; but for his son which furuived him, and his sons son, associated by his father, after the Grandsires' example.   


¶ GIOVANNI, the eighth Duke of Venice.   
 
BEcause, in the government, Giovanni did not follow his father's steps: and that besides his other mischiefs committed in his place, he sent Mauritio his son with a mighty sea-army to assail●… Giovanni Bishop of Grada, a virtuous man in those days: He, 〈◊〉 yet the rest, do not set down the occasion of this war. And it is to be supposed that they did expressly conceal it, because there was none at all. For it 
The cruel death of the Bishop of Grada.  comes often to pass, that when a wicked man will hurt any one, he never regards the occasion why. This naughty son having obeyed the commandment of his bad father, and taken this Bishop, threw him headlong down from an high Tower.  
Fortunato the Triestine, who soon after succeeded him, resolving to revenge the unworthy death of Giovanni, did secretly practise with certain chief men of the City, to depose young Mauritio, and his father likewise, from the Principality, who without occasion at all, had committed so cruel a murder. But the enterprise 
Conspiracy against the Duke discovered.  being discovered, he with certain of his adherents withdrew himself to Treviso, among whom were Demetrio Marmani, Foscaro de Georges, and Obellerio of Malamoc: who at that time were Tribunes.  
Fortunato departed from Treviso, and went into France to the Emperor Charles: at whose suit (saith Bonitendius) the Emperor commanded his son Pepin, (who by Pope Adrian was named King of Italy) to make war upon the Venetians: and that in the mean time, in hatred of the murderer Ma●…ritio, and his father, it happened that Obellerio of Malamoc, who (as hath been said) did follow the Bishop Fortunato to Treviso, being declared Duke, both the father and son, were driven forth of the City; the one being oppressed with old age, 
The Duke and his son expelled the City.  went to Mantua, and the other into France: by means whereof, Heraclea, as the place of their birth, was wholly with the places adjacent destroyed. Some say that john was sent by the first Mauritio to assail Grada, to revenge the death of Bishop Giovanni slain in that place; in which charge not bearing himself faithfully, It is supposed that Fortunato was displeased with him: Neither is it certainly known how long these three commanded one after another. Yet Bonitendius sets it briefly down thus; That the first Mauritio governed three and twenty years, accounting nine, wherein his son was his Colleague, who after that, commanded as long alone and after he had associated the young Mauritio, they were both expulsed the seventh year of their association. Some hold that in the time of the first Mauritio, the Church of Olivolla (called afterwards the quarter of the Castle) was by Pope Adrian erected into an Episcopal See●… the Islands of Rialto, Lupria, and Dorsse-dura, which were called twins, being under the iuridiction thereof. Some do beside set down, that at the same time, the Scopares an ancient Family as then in Venice builded the Church of Saint Moses of an excellent structure, according to the City's ability in those days, and enriched it with goodly presents: And moreover, that Saint Michael's Church, which at this day hath many marks of antiquity, near to Brundula, was repaired and enriched by a stranger named Sergius, who having a long time been sick of an incurable disease, was in the night time divinely warned in a dream, that if he did visit a Church which was near to Brundula, he should be healed of his sickness. And because it came to pass according to the prediction, he did sumptuously repair the same Church, and bestowed on it many rich presents.  
  


¶ OBELLERIO, the ninth Duke of Venice.   
 
 
LEt us return to Obellerio, who in his absence being created Duke (as hath been said) coming to Malamoc, having for a time commanded with the people's great good liking, did associate his brother Beato for Colleague. This man went to Constantinople to the Emperor Nicephorus, where he was nobly entertained, and honoured with certain marks of the Empire. In the mean time, Valentin his younger brother was by the people given to Obellerio for his Colleague. But we find the Historians so much to vary concerning the occurrents of these times, as we can hardly judge which of them best deserves to be followed.  
There be others which say, that Obellerio being expulsed by his brother Beato, had recourse to the Emperor Charles, whose daughter he married, promising to the King to betray his country, and that the French being fed with this hope, did suddenly march against the Venetians; that having in a moment seized on all the Sea-frontiers he came to Malamoc, which he found not inhabited, from whence he sought to pass over to Rialto by boat, whither he had heard the Prince and people were retired, but being there beaten by a furious tempest he lost the greatest part of his Army, and was enforced to retire without doing any thing worthy of note. Touching this and the rest which may easily be refuted, all of them almost 
Who led the French Army against the venetians.  do affirm that Charles was not the chief leader of this enterprise, but his son Pepin. And the easier to understand how it happened, we must search the matter from far, to the end we do not too much stray from the Venetians. From thence we will continue our history, where it behoves us lightly to pass over that which divers have left in writing in a long and prolix style more than needed.  
The Lombard's Kingdom being extinct (as we have said) and the affairs of Italy settled by Charles, or Pepin his son, who was afterward, installed King: & the Venetians being in the mean time freed by the agreement betwixt Charles and Nicephorus; 
Pepin King of Italy.  there happened strife betwixt the two Empires about Dalmatia. It is reported that by the same agreement (whereof we now spoke) it was expressly mentioned, that Dalmatia should be a Province of the Grecian Empire. The Romans not well digesting that such a maritime Province so near Italy, should be cut off 
The cause of the war betwixt the two Empires.  from their Empire, after they had a long time debated thereon, both sides prepared for war. But soon after, truce being agreed on betwixt Nicetes, who commanded in that Province for the Greek Emperor; and Pepin: this Governor returned w●…th his Sea-armieto Costantinople, and coming back in time with the same Army into Dalmatia refreshing himself in the same Province, he resolved to assail the towns on the Sea coast (for the truce was already expired) which did obey Pepin. So soon as Pepin had notice of these preparations, he assembled all his French and Italian forces and took Comada, rounded on every side 
The French tak●… Commada. The Greek defeated before Commada.  with the Sea and Lakes in form of an Island: for this place was very commodious to bridle the enemy's attempts. Nicetes coming thither soon after, was with great loss of his people bravely repulsed. In this encounter divers Venetians were slain and hurt. But it is not known whether this Venetian succour which accompanied the Grecian, were sent by the general consent, or whether the Grecian did hire them. Nicetes being disappointed of his purpose came to Venice. They say that after his arrival, Obellerio and his brother who then governed the Commonwealth sought to make an agreement betwixt Pepin and Nicephorus.  
The Venetians power was already so increased, as the two mightiest Empires of the Earth, did look upon them as on a rock exposed to the sundry billows of 
Obellerio practiseth treason against Pepin.  the Sea. Some in those days did think that Obellerio during the treaty of peace, did practise some treason against Pepin, (as witnesseth Paulus Diaconus in his History of the Lombard's) by means whereof Nicetes and Pepin departed malcontent from Venice, so as the French soon after assailed the Venetians. All those in a manner who have written the Venetian History, do impute the cause of this war to Obellerio▪ who being driven thence by his brother, that was allied to France by marriage, and had married the daughter of Charles (as some say) did solicit the Emperor, or (according to the opinion the crediblest Authors) Pepin, to take away the liberty of the Venetians. Blondus who hath written more of the History than any of the Moderns, saith that he is of opinion according to Godfrey of Viterbo, that Pepin made war twice upon the Venetians, (the first, when Heraclea was ruinated, of which 
The opinion of Blondus concerning the war French against the Venetians.  exploit we have heretofore spoken) and how that at this first time the Venetians were overcome, and then restored to liberty, upon condition that they should never more have intelligence with the Greek Emperor. The which, they not observing, but underhand practising the friendship of Nicephorus, by the means of certain Merchants trafficking toward the Propontide on the coast of the Pontic Sea: Pepin was advertised hereof, which caused him forthwith to come & assail them once again with the greatest forces he could gather together, as shall be hereafter declared, with the issue thereof. But we must first of all refute Blondus, who seemeth in some sort to contradict himself when he saith, that they yielded themselves at such time time as Heraclea was destroyed. If it were so, this had not happened in the time of Obellerio and his brother, but in that time of Giovanni and Mauritio the younger, seeing that himself affirms in another place, that Heraclea was razed in their time.  
Now because all those which have written the Venetian History do steadfastly deny that the City was ever in subjection; the matter could not thus have come 
Why the French did assail the Venetians.  to pass, that through the Patriarch Fortunato his report made to Charles, That the Venetians, contrary to the agreement sworn betwixt him and Nicephorus, whereby they were declared neuters, should have practised by their Agents the friendship of Nicephorus: Pepin was commanded by his father to assail them with all his forces: and because he had destroyed Heraclea and Equiline, and thereby greatly 
The Venetians 〈◊〉 always kept their ancient liberty.  weakened their whole power, the common report was that the Venetians with their Duke were subjecteth. But it is certain that the Venetians did ever retain their ancient liberty, and that they were freed from that war, on condition wholly to forsake the friendship of Nicephorus.  
Some strife arising soon after betwixt the two Empires concerning Dalmatia, the Venetians having openly taken Nicephorus part (for it is reported that they succoured his Lieutenant Nicetes by Sea and Land) Pepin being then incensed against the Venetians, came and assailed them with greater forces than before.  
All Authors moreover do agree, that at such time as the French made war upon them, Obellerio and his brother Beato were by a civil or domestic broil driven forth of the City, and had retired themselves to the enemy, whilst Valentin their younger brother commanded within the town. And the better to understand the state of this fearful war, we will in brief speak somewhat of the situation of the City, beside that which hath been said in the precedent book.  
The City of Venice is (as hath been said elsewhere,) situate upon Islands very 
Description of the situation of the City of Venice.  near to one another, which the continual ebbing of the Sea, doth sever in a manner by equal spaces, and yet in such manner, as her shores on the Southside betwixt the Sea & the Lakes, are divided by the space of forty thousand paces into ten watery channels: and all those shores cut out after the manner of Islands, were at that time wholly inhabited. The first of them all on the Southside, were the Brondolians: after them, came the Chioggians, Pelestrians, Albiolans, those of Malamoc, and of the Castle, where at this day is the patriarchs seat. Those within being farther off from the Sea, dwelled in the midst of the lakes; the chief of whom were those of Rialto, who have in our time by the great concourse of people, and by their own fame, obscured all the rest. Pepin having opposed his sea-army against that side to stop the incursions of the enemy, and thereby to take from him all hope of having victuals, did with his forces that he had on land, assail the nearest Islands to the firm land; and having in part driven away, and partly subjecteth the Brondolians, Chioggians, and Pelestrians, he marched against the Albiolans.  
This siege having contrary to all men's hopes stayed him there sometime, gave 
The retreat of Valentin, and all the Venetians to Rialto.  Duke Valentin and those of Malamoc leisure to retire themselves to Rialto with their wives and children, and whatsoever such a like fear would suffer them to carry away: not only transporting their particular wealth, but sovereign Magistrate, and the whole majesty of their common wealth, where it hath ever since then, made her abode, with greater felicity and increase of all things. But this place invites us to speak somewhat of the antiquity of Malamoc. All those (in a manner) who have written the Venetian History, do affirm that this Malamoc which is seen at this day, (on the left hand) going to the City from Chioggia, near to the Port bearing the same name, is not that ancient one which the first Venetians did build, and from whence we have said that the inhabitants retired themselves to Rialto for fear of the French; but that the ruins of this ancient one are to be seen in the 
The ancient Malamoc ruinated.  midst of the Sea. Whereby may be conjectured, how much ground the Sea hath devoured since that time. I dare moreover affirm, that that place was in the beginning called Medoac, and since by the Moderns named Malamoc, by corruption of the language like unto divers others.  
The Albiolans amazed at the Duke's flight, and those of Malamoc, fell forthwith 
The Albiolans yield.  to composition; the like did those few people which remained in Malamoc. These being received by composition; so soon as the victorious French man came to the Port of Albiola, which at this day is right over against new Malamoc, and had perceived (for he did see nothing but Sea on the one side, and lakes on the other) that he must either change his purpose, or his manner of war: it is said that he sat a certain time very melancholy upon the shore, with his face turned towards the enemy, as though he were devising some means to give end to that war; and that at last, through the counsel of an old woman (which is not credible) he made a bridge over the water, for his soldiers passage over to Rialto. But concerning the counsel of a simple old woman, it is wholly ridiculous; as, if an old doting Crone had known better what did belong to a deed of so great importance, than so many thousands of men which followed the French: seeing that divers Italians most expert in marine matters, and capable of greater things, were then with him. But admit that all those which were with him were ignorant of that means: those of Malamoc which were taken prisoners could easily have executed such an enterprise. For it is not credible (though some say it) that there were none in that place, which was in time passed so populous, but one poor old woman.  
There be that have likewise affirmed, that they laboured first to overcome them 
The Venetians policy.  by famine, but that the besieged having with certain warlike engines thrown loaves of bread into the enemy's camp, the haughty French impatient of more delay, did fo●…thwith join and make fast together divers hogsheads or tuns, head to head, and covering them with boards, made a very long bridge. Whereupon the Venetians perceiving it did behove them to fight, for their liberty, their Churches, and for their own lives, and their children's, and for want of so doing to undergo the yoke of the proud enemy, resolved to fight courageously, intending either to die 
The Venetians resolution.  fight, or to preserve their liberty, & to hazard their last fortune by that manner of fight, wherein they were most exercised. Having then embarked themselves in small light boats apt for fight and sail, the wind and tide serving them; after they had tarried for the ebb, they came furiously upon the enemy, who already approached. There began on a sudden a bloody battle betwixt them, sustained nevertheless by very different courages: For the French fought, incited with a desire to spoil▪ 
Different intents of the combatants.  and to maintain their former honour; But the Venetians, for their wives, and children, for their public and particular wealth, and for their liberty, which they held dearer than all the rest. And because the bridge was weakly built, and continually shaken by the waves of the sea, the enemy being accustomed to firm footing, began forthwith to stagger. The Venetians on the contrary, trusting to the lightness of their vessels, courageously assailed them behind, and in flank. The bridge at the last being broken by force, (which some think happened by the violence of a tempest, which arose at the beginning of the fight) there was in a moment a great slaughter 
The French vanquished by the venetians.  of the french: the sword on the one side, and the Sea on the other, presenting death unto them. The multitude of such as were then slain and drowned, gave the first ground, why that place, by the which men turn from Malamoc to the Rialto, was, for that notable victory, called afterward Orphano.  
We have heard, how the Venetians fought with good success against Pepin the son of Charles. We may then, upon a just ground in some things compare the Venetians 
The Venetians compared wit●… the Romans.  Commonwealth with that of the Romans, as we will often hereafter do. For divers things are to be found, as well in the prosperity as adversity of both the Commonwealths, much like the one to the other. It is certain that the prosperous beginnings and increase of both these people, were wholly almost extinct by the Barbarians: albeit the Venetians Commonwealth was in some sort more new in the time of her first troubles, than was that of the Romans in the time of the Senonians war. Yet notwithstanding each of them had the French for their enemies. The Romans were assailed by the Senonians, a Nation altogether unknown before the taking of the City; These by the Belgians, no less courageous, but more mighty than the Senonians: because they were, besides the forces of the Empire, aided by the succours of Italy. The Roman state had incensed the enemy, because one of her Ambassadors had contrary to the law of Nations injured a Frenchman; The Venetian, because, in contempt of the agreement made betwixt Charles and Nicephorus, it had favoured one of the parties. The Senonians were masters of all, saving the Capitol. The Belgians left the Venetians nothing but Rialto. And both the one and other deceived the enemy by casting loaves of bread. These men defended the Sea banks; and the other a little hill. Each of them have valiantly repulsed the French, puffed up with the pride of his victories and happy success. But the first did it voluntarily; and this by constraint. But the Roman therein deserved high glory: in that all her enemies were slain, And the Venetians, in that they defeated so mighty a king, assisted aswell with his own forces, as with those of his Father and the Empire. The preserving of the Capitol was cause of the increase of the City, and of the perpetual establishment of the Empire. That of Rialto gave not only occasion of the City's increase, but of establishing the Prince's residence in a more eminent and magnificent place, than either Heraclea or Malamoc.  
Thus far extended the City's infancy. Now follows her youth: during which the Venetians, after they had confirmed their forces, did mightily enlarge the limits of their estate.  
But we will return to Pepin, who amazed (as they say) at such a loss, did forthwith 
Pepin retires to the firm land.  raise the siege. And after the French had spoiled all the places they went through, he brought back his Army. Some say, that Obellerio, and his brother, being authors of so many mischiefs, did willingly banish themselves, and followed the enemy. Others, who make the Emperor Charles the author of this war, and not Pepin, do affirm, that the French after this loss made peace with the Venetian, and came to Rialto; where being honourably entertained, he entreated the people to receive Obellerio into the Country: which the Venetians having unwillingly granted (as the event witnessed) so soon as Charles was gone, Obellerio was cut in pieces by the people: and his bowels being rend forth of his body, were torn in pieces by some of the multitudes teeth; his wife likewise, who was reported to be of the royal blood of France, was slain with him. But neither was Charles the leader of this Army, nor did this happen which they report. And the common consent of the crediblest Historians, makes me to believe, that it was Pepin which made war on the Venetians. But whether it were the one or the other, it is certain that the Venetians did wholly preserve their liberty, and became open friends to either Empire.   


¶ ANGELO PARTITIATIO, the 10. Duke of Venice, and the first at RIALTO.   
 
 
SOme report, that Obellerio being slain, his brother Beato held the Principality; and others say, that Obellerio and Beato being expelled, Valentin their younger brother commanded in the City. But howsoever it was (for it is hard to judge the right in such diversity of opinions) it is certain that the Government of these three, lasted not above five years. Angelo Partitiatio succeeded these three, who was the first that held his seat at Rialto. They gave him two yearly Tribunes to assist him in all things. Some say he had the surname of Badoairio, from whom the Badoairians are descended. The most curious Historians have numbered the Partitiatij, among the noblest families which came from Heraclea to Rialto. And that which makes me easily to believe it is; because among the most memorable matters acted in his Government, 
Heraclea after it was repaired, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  we find the reparation of Heraclea▪ which by reason thereof was afterward called Villa-nova. And because that in the time of the war with the French, a great number of people ran to Rialto, so as the place was filled with an incredible multitude of inhabitants; it came to pass, that threescore small islands next to them were joined together by Bridges. But all men did think this place, for the great multitude of people, and for the commodiousness thereof, worthy, that the Sovereign Magistrate, and the whole State of the Commonwealth should reside there. And with a good and happy presage for the Duke and the whole Venetian State, it was decreed, That Rialto should ever after be the Prince's seat. According 
Rialto chosen for the Princes ordinary residence.  to this conclusion; to the end that the Sovereign Magistrate should not want a house; the Duke himself did forth with appoint a place, whereon to build the Duke's Palace, which stands (as we see at this day) near to the goodly Church of St. Mark. But we may truly say, that it is only the old Palace, which Partitiatio 
The Duke's Palace in Rialto.  did edify. For the other neighbour-buildings confronting the Senate-house do represent a newer architecture. For it is nor likely, that in those days they could tell from whence to have gotten so many costly pillars, and excellent stones: their means being then very small. But whether it were in Partitiatios' time, or since (as it is most credible by the report almost of all Annalists) that this work was built: the excellency and greatness thereof doth deserve, that such a thing should not be buried in silence. But because it would be too tedious a matter to particularise all the singularities of that place, we will speak only of the admirable structure thereof.  
This place then, as it is appointed to many and sundry purposes, hath likewise 
Description of the Duke's Palace.  many and divers fronts: whereof that which looks upon the West and South, is underpropt by two ranks of columns; and that which supporteth the whole burden of the work, hath pillars of a strange kind of stone, rather big then long. The Arches are very sumptuous, made of the same matter and workmanship, embracing under the bending of a costly vault, divers columns set very near together. That rank which is above, is made almost of the same stone and fashion; and because it hath a greater number of Pillars, they are the more slender, and underneath environed with a very thick rew of other pillars, but far less, so as they do not only serve for a stay, but for a marvelous adornment. But as well the uppermost rank (whereof we now spoke) as the lowest, doth make a great gallery: the most spacious part whereof is almost wholly possessed by the marketplace. The remainder of the front, even to the top of the whole Mass, which is of a very rare stone, red and white, is so high, that it troubleth, as much as it delighteth the eyes of the beholders, being very richly covered with lead. Above the gallery, there is a part of a very great Library stored with many Greek and Latin books: the 
A very excellent Library within the Prelace.  greatest part whereof was given by the last Will and Testament of Cardinal Bessarion. The residue, which looks towards the South, is the Comitia (For I know not how otherwise to term this place) where every eight days, and sometimes oftener, all the Nobility are assembled about the creation of Magistrates. As also I will more freely call that part of the Palace, which looks towards the East, The Court, whereas the Senate usually do resort. I understand by the Senate, that which they call the Council of the Preguays; by whom are handled the most important 
Wherefore they are called Pirguays.  affairs of the Commonwealth. For the ancient Fathers, the Authors of this State, have, among other things, borrowed of the Romans, to name those Preguays which debate in the Senate, because they were entreated to deliver their opinion, concerning that which was spoken by him that held the chiefest place in the Senate. But we will speak more amply in an other place. We will now return to the government of Partitiatio, who having two sons, he sent the one named justiniano 
justiniano the Duke's son sent to Constantinople.  to Leo Emperor of Greece, by whom he was liberally entertained, and greatly honoured and praised; and in the mean time, he took the other, named Giovanni, for his Colleague, whereat justiniano at his return was in such sort moved, as he obstinately refused to come and see his Father: But the old man being extremely desirous to see his son, after he had deposed Giovanni, who refused to obey his Father 
Giovanni deposed by the people.  (had not the people constrained him thereunto) did associate justiniano, and his nephew Angelo son to justiniano: the people did confine Giovanni that was deposed, to Constantinople. Some say that he went of his own accord, to Pergamus to the Emperor Leon, from whence, returning, he did, by his Father's commandment, take his wife and children and went to Constantinople. 
The Emperor Leo gives many goodly relics to the Prince.   
About the same time, the Emperor Leon gave Partitiatio the body of Saint Zacharie, and part of the garments of our Saviour jesus Christ, and of the glorious Virgin: with a piece of the holy Cross, which he religiously locked up in Saint Zacharies' Church which he had built. He did moreover translate the Monks of the Covent of Saint Seruulo at the entreaty of the Abbot, into Saint Hilaries Church, which stood then in the farthest part of the Rialto. And they which now know those places, do at this day show the ruins thereof in the firm Land. He built likewise at the same time two Churches in the Islands, in those days called the Twins, one to Saint Severus, and the other to Saint Laurence. Not long after, his son Vrsus made a Monastery of Nuns of Saint Laurence his Church. I find in some Authors, that he did likewise build, to the honour of the Prince of the Apostles, the Church of Olivollo, which stands in that part of the town which at this day is called the Castle; and that at the dedication thereof, the relics of Saint Sergius and Bacchus were brought thither.  
About the same time likewise, divers of the chiefest of the City conspired against 
A conspiracy against the Prince discovered.  these Princes. Giovanni Talonico, and Bono Bragadino chief of the conspiracy were put death. Monetario, one of the complices of this bad design, saved himself by flight; but all his goods were confiscate. Some Authors do likewise affirm, that, under this Prince's government, Vlric Bishop of Aquileia, accompanied with certain of the chief of Friuli were vanquished by the Venetians in a fight at Sea. This Vlric was a little before condemned for an Heretic by Pope Alexander. This man 
Vlric Bishop of Aquileia vanquished by the Venetians.  for despite that the Church of Grada was preferred before his of Aquileia, being assisted by troops of the Forlani, came on a sudden, and assailed the Bishop of the Island. The Venetians Fleet came as suddenly to his rescue; who having drawn the enemy to fight, did easily break and defeat him, and took Vlric, with divers other Gentlemen, prisoners. Then the victorious Venetian pursuing this scattered troup even to the firm Land, did put all the Sea-coast of the Forlani (called at this day the Friuli) to fire and sword, and destroyed likewise certain towns by their sudden incursions. divers that escaped from the battle, not knowing the ways, after they had strayed a long time through the marshes of Caorli, fell at last into the hands of the victors▪ The Venetians to purchase the name of meek and gentle, did set Vlric and all the rest of the prisoners at liberty: on condition 
The public games at ●…tide.  that they should send yearly to Venice, on the same day that the victory was obtained, twelve wild Boars, (with as many loaves of one size) which, with a Bull, should be killed before the general assembly: And they should beside, overthrow with their Pikes Castles of wood. All this is yet at this day observed with great preparation, as yearly sports, in the market place, on the sameday as the battle was fought.  
This is that which happened as well at home, as abroad, during the government of Angelo Partitiatio; who after that he had transported the ducal state to Rialto, did there begin his government with better augury, than did in times past Paulutio at Heraclea, or Theodato since that at Malamoc. For since the limits of the State were mightily enlarged, the whole honour and majesty of the Commonwealth hath there remained, as in a settled and sure place.   


¶ JUSTINIANO, the 11. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
Ivstiniano's after his father's death governed the Commonwealth alone. Soon after, he persuaded the State to send to Michael the Eastern 
Secure sent to the Greek Emperor against the Saracens.  Emperor (for the perpetual conservation of their friendship with the Grecian Empire) certain armed ships to aid him against the Saracens, who at that time did overrun most of the Islands of Europe, and chiefly Sicily: but not meeting the enemy, they soon returned to the City.  
And because we have spoken of the Saracens, it shall not be impertinent to say 
From whence came the name of Saracens.  somewhat of the original of the name. For it was then very new; and brought in according to the opinion of some, in the days of Mahomet: who in his detestable Sermons, whereby he hath almost diverted the whole East from the true light, folding them up in such darkness as they could never since free themselves off, was wont to call all those Sarracens, (by the name of Sara, Abraham's lawful wife) who had embraced his sect; as if those, which followed his Doctrine, had been by a Divine oracle the only lawful successors, and heirs of the Divine promise. I will not likewise deny, but that this name may be derived from Sarraca, a City in Arabia Foelix: But all Historians do in a manner hold the first opinion for true. This Nation hath made many and divers Roads into Africa and Europe, and many likewise into Asia, but they have been overthrown and defeated, as well by the French Armies, as by those of the Venetians. Let us now return to the Venetians affairs, which of themselves succeeding happily in those days, did afterwards receive a great increase, by the body of St. Mark, brought to them from Alexandria after this manner.  
The king of that Country caused a magnificent Palace to be built, and for the erecting thereof, had commanded to take all the fair and rarest stones from the ancient Churches and other buildings, as well public as private; and S. Marks Church in Alexandria being built of the same matter, it was thought that it would not be spared: the which Stauracius the Monk, and Theodore the Priest, both Grecians, fearing, who did not only celebrate Divine Service there but as Sextens did heedfully keep that sacred place, were in great care. But it luckily came to pass that Bono of Malamoc and Rustico of Tourcelles arrived there, being driven by tempest into that place, contrary to the public appointment, with ten ships. These men coming for devotion sake into the said Church, and perceiving the sorrowfulness of those two, inquired the occasion of their sadness; and understanding that it proceeded from fear, lest the Church should be destroyed, they assayed to win them by many goodly promises, assuring them that if they would deliver unto them the body of S. Mark, that both of them should be greatly honoured of the Venetians. At the first they rejected this demand, as holding it a sacrilegious matter to remove the 
Why S. Marks body was brought from Alexandria.  holy body out of his place. But it came to pass by the divine providence, that whilst they were talking about the matter, some of those who had commission from the king to seek such stones, came into the Church, & caused divers stones which were fit for the building of the new-begun Palace to be taken thence, greatly thereby disfiguring the Church. These two Sextens being incensed hereat, and vehemently urged by the Venetians to condescend to their request, seeing some likelihood of the Church's ruin, did consent to their demand. But to the end that the Townsmen (who were much addicted to the name of the Saint, & to the holy place, in regard of the many miracles there wrought) should not on a sudden perceive any thing, they did unrip the cloth behind, wherein the holy body was wrapped, not meddling with the seals which were on the forepart thereof, & did put the body of S. Claudina into the sheet, in stead of that which they had taken away. It is reported that at the same time there came such a pleasant sweet smell forth of the Church, as every one ran to taste it. And the matter had easily been discovered, if they had not perceived the forepart of the cloth and the seals to be whole. And because they certainly knew that they could not, without great danger, bear the stolen body to their ships, they bethought themselves of a new subtle invention to deceive the people: The which I would scarce credit, were it not, that the continual course of the story is 
The Alexandrines insolent to strangers.  painted with admirable art in the sumptuous Church of Saint Mark.  
Now to eschew the bravadoes which that Nation did daily use to strangers, to discover matters, they did put that holy burden into a basket, and covered it with herbs; then they threw swine's flesh upon it, which that Nation according to their ancient custom did extremely abhor: from whence came this proverb spoken by Augustus, That he had rather be Herod's swine than his son. Those 
Augustus' his proverb.  than which were appointed to carry it away, being formerly instructed what to do, cried aloud when they met any in the streets, Ganzer, which signifieth in the Barbarian 
Policy of those which carried S. Marks body to the ships.  language, swine, and in this manner they brought it to their ships; and the body being wrapped up in the sails, and tied to the shrouds, they hung it on the mast, as determining precisely to depart, fearing lest that precious theft should be perceived by those who had charge to visit the ships before the merchants departure. At the last hoising Ankers, they departed with great joy: But it is reported that as they were in the main Sea, they were tossed by an horrible tempest; and that then Saint Mark appeared to Bono of Mamaluc, and willed him presently to 
Miraculous apparition of S. Mark.  strike sail, lest the ships, driven by force of the winds upon the rocks near at hand, should happen to perish: which being suddenly done, they were by this Divine oracle preserved from danger.  
The matter being divulged at Venice before their arrival, caused a marvelous joy over all the whole City; every man declaring that the presence of that holy body, would make the name and State of Venice to be perpetual; That the prophecy, which was delivered from the Father to the Son, was accomplished: That in times passed before the Foundation of the City, Saint Mark in his lifetime 
The prophecy accomplished  going towards Aquileia, his ship arriving in those Islands, it was revealed unto him in his sleep, that his bones should one day rest in those places which he saw so desert and uninhabited. Amidst this joy there was nothing heard but songs and dances, with vows, and prayers, that in all time of need it would please him to come and visit his Citizens, and to suffer his body to rest for ever in that place, which the Commonwealth would afterward dedicate unto him. And in this manner the whole people of all sorts, sex, and age, came to meet it at the Port of the Olivollo: the Clergy going before, singing Hymns and praises to God; where the City received with all reverence, in the midst of an infinite number of sweet odours, an assured pledge of her future greatness: Which being received was carried into the Chapel of the Palace.   
The end of the second Book of the first Decade.   

THE THIRD BOOK OF THE FIRST DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
¶ The Contents of the third Book of the first Decad.  
ADeane and Priests were ordained in St. MARKS Church. OBELLERIO taken in the Isle of Veggio is beheaded. Malamoc being besieged and taken, in hatred to him, was wholly burnt. The Duke being exiled the City by the conspiracy of CARROSIO, goes into France: Soon after he being restored by the practice of the Chief Citizens, is finally confined in the Island of Grada and there dieth. Saint PAUL'S Church built in the midst of the City. The Venetians unluckily fight with the Narentines. Those of Verona are succoured by the Venetians against the inhabitants of the Lake of Benac. A mighty sea-army against the Sarracen moors. What the Moors did in a short space, about Rome and the rest of Italy. The Venetians and the greeks defeated by the Moors on the Sea of Crotona. The bodies of Saint PANCRATIUS, and Saint SABINA, given by the Pope, were put into Saint ZACHARIES' Church. Civil dissension doth for a time much hinder the Commonwealth. Prince TRADONICO is villainously murdered by conspirators. When Poveggia began to be inhabited. The Isle of Grada was by the Venetians coming delivered from the Sarracens siege. Why Dorce-duro was inhabited. Commachia taken by the Venetians for a revenge. The Duke CANDIANO slain fight against the Narentines. The Duke, and Senate, give limits to those of Chioggia. What the Huns did in Hungary The Huns defeat BERENGARIUS at his entry into Italy, and after they had spoiled the Venetian Territory, they come and besiege the City of Venice. The Venetians overcome the Huns at Sea. The Histrians made tributaries to the Venetians; and they fight with good success (as some say) at the same time against the Narentines. Duke CANDIANO was murdered by the people for his overmuch pride, and for being suspected to have affected Tyranny.  
IN this sort did the City daily increase, and it was not only augmented in strength, but in Religion, and by this happy success did the government of justiniano flourish. But by how much it was happier, by so much shorter was it. Such is the ordinary custom of human affairs, as they cannot long continue in happiness. For soon after that he had laid St. Marks body in the Chapel of the Castle, and made himselefe 
justinian's last will and Testament concerning S. Marks Church  the Host of so great a Sanctity, he died. He ordained by his will, that his heirs should build a greater Church to Saint Mark. He did moreover enrich by the same will the Churches of S. Zacharie and Hilary with many great revenues.  


¶ GIOVANNI PARTITIATIO the twelfth Duke of Venice.   
 
 
Giovanni Partitiatio brother to justiniano (who being called home from Greece was made his Colleague) being declared Prince, began his public government by Divine actions; and appointed for the same purpose the nearest Church to the Palace: into the which (being dedicated according to the ancient manner) the body of the holy Evangelist was brought; and from among the Clergy certain Priests were chosen to celebrate Divine Service there, unto whom was given a chief Officer, at this day called the Dean. This building was at that time of a mean stature, nothing like to that riches 
The Creation of the Dean of S. Marks Church.  and greatness wherewith it is at this day adorned. But we will speak of the excellency of this Church in a more convenient place. The Commonwealth made a league with the Narentines, a Nation which used to scour and rob the neighbour Seas. But the same being soon after broken, the Barbarians surprised certain Venetian Merchants at the Sea, and slew them, coming homewards from Apulia. It is said that about the same time, Prince Obellerio, who, according to the opinion of some Annalists, did (as hath been said in the precedent Book) voluntarily absent and banish himself, came into the Isle of Curtia, vulgarly called at this day Veggia, resolving to stir up new troubles for his reentry into the government. Partitiatio did forthwith arm a mighty Fleet, and went to meet him, before he had time to attempt any thing, and at his first arrival surprised him. In the mean time divers of Malamoc, incited by their ancient love towards Obellerio (who being of their City had been their Prince) did fly forth of the Town. Giovanni being hereat moved did suddenly break up his camp; and being with his army returned to Venice, came in hatred of those which were fled, took Malamoc, and 
Malamoc ruined. The death of Obellerio.  burned it. Then having taken new forces, he returned with all speed to Veggia▪ which being taken, he caused Obellerio his head to be stricken of.  
Not long after, divers of the Nobility conspired against him, by the means of Carrosio, son to Bonico, and being driven thence by reason of this sudden conspiracy, he fled into France. Carrosio in the mean time, without the consent of the people, 
Duke Giovanni flieth.  seized on the Duke's Palace. Against him (thus brought in by himself into the government) arose a company of the chief Citizens, whose names were, Basilio Trasimondo, Giovanni Marturio, and Dominico Orcianico. These men were followed by thirty other gentlemen, who from the beginning did mislike of Duke Giovanni his 
The usurper punished Giovanni repealed.  banishment. They assailed Carrosio, took him, put out his eyes, and afterward banished him: They slew moreover Theodato Cy●…ri, Marini Patritio, Dominico Monetario, with divers others of Carrosio's faction. The government of the Commonwealth was in the mean time committed to Vrsus Bishop of Olivollo, Basilio Trasimondo, and Giovanni▪ Maturio, until Giovanni were returned out of France: who being come home, they willingly restored it unto him. This man having in process of time much to do to appease many secret hatreds against those of the family of Mastalici, being at that time one of the chiefest of Venice, was on a day surprised by the contrary faction near to S. Peter's Church, whither he went to hear Divine Service: and being despoiled of the ornaments of sovereign dignity, so soon 
Duke Giovanni deposed from his charge and becomes a Priest.  as they had cut the hair of his beard and head▪ they confined him to Grada in the 8. year of his government; where entering into holy orders, he died soon after.   


¶ PIERO TRADONICO, the 13. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
PIero Tradonico was chosen in his place. He was borne at Pola, and being driven out of Equiline in the time of the Frenchman's wars, came to Rialto. Pola is an ancient City in the confines of Italy, and 
Pola an ancient City.  built (as Callimachus saith) in a gulf of the Sea, in form of an Haven, by the Colchians sent to pursue Medea. Tradonico took his son Giovanni for Colleague. He caused a Church to be built in the honour of Saint Paul, the Apostle of the Gentiles, as costly as the City's means in those days would permit, and in that place, where it is at this day to be seen, with signs of great antiquity. It is said that he made some attempts on their enemies the Narentines, but not with great success. Others say that he sent his son against them at times, who fought with the Sea-Pyrats with better fortune than his Father.  
The Ambassadors of those of Verona, came at the same time to Venice, to crave 
The 〈◊〉 request against those of Ben●…c.  help against the inhabitants of the Lake of Benac: whom it was to be thought they could not overcome without foreign aid. Some write that those of the Lake craved this aid. The most curious Authors nevertheless do affirm, that it was those of Verona: who having by the advice of the Venetians furnished the Lake with ships of war, did the more easily overcome their enemies: For which they did not only thank the Venetians, but sent them rich and costly presents to Venice. Others say (for there is nothing wherein the Authors do not almost disagree) that after that loss received on the Sea of Crotona (whereof we will hereafter make mention) the Venetians did succour the Veronois: the which is scarce credible. For there is no Nation, how warlike soever, but would have been daunted after so great an overthrow.  
In this state stood the affairs of the Venetians, being more prosperous within the City, and the places near to the firm Land, than abroad, when Theodosius 
The coming of Theodosius to Venice.  of Constantinople, General of the sea-army of Michael the Greek Emperor▪ against the Moors, arrived at Venice, where he laboured with Tradonico, to have the Venetians to send forth a mighty army against the Barbarians, which spoilt the coasts of Apulia.  
They freely granted his request in honour of the Emperor, and they armed 
A Sea-armiegraunted to the Grecian against the Sarracens  threescore Galleys against the Moors▪ In regard whereof Theodosius entitled Trad●…nico, Protospater of the Grecian Empire; which dignity was next to the Emperors.  
Saba the Captain of the Moors, (for it will not be impertinent briefly to 
From whence the Sarracen Moors are descended.  speak somewhat of the incursions of this Nation, who are reported to be descended from Mauritania) at his arrival in Italy took the Seaport in Tuscanie, now called Civita Vecchia, others term it Centochiese by the name of a Town near thereunto, which the Emperor Adrian did very sumptuously build (as witnesseth Pliny in his Epistles.) I dare affirm these men to be the ancient Pirgues, the 
The Pirgueys.  which the name of their City doth seem to show which is called Vecchia; and I would call it the Haven of Pirgues, were it not, that hard by as ye go to Ostia, there is a place, which the Inhabitants call Pyrgues at this day. Now Saba having landed his men in that place, and left a sufficient Garrison for the Guard of his Ships, marched with his Army to Rome: who, after he had first of all taken the Vatican, and spoiled the most renowned Church of the world, dedicated to the Prince of the Apostles, did besiege the City. But having intelligence of Guido's 
Saint Peter's Church at Rome taken by the Moors.  coming, whom Pope Gregory the fourth had called out of France for the City's safety, he did on a sudden dislodge thence, and took his journey betwixt Via Appia, and Via Latina, putting all the Suburbs to fire and sword, not sparing the noble Church of S. Paul two miles distant from the City. 
The spoils made by the Moors.   
The Barbarian turned towards Via Latina, and being come to the Forest of Cassina, he took by force the City which stood therein, spoiling and ruinating it. The new City which was since then builded there, is at this day called Saint Germane. There is also hard by the same place a very famous Monastery, renowned for the ancient Religion and wealth thereof. This did the Barbarians likewise take, and burned the greatest part of it. Marching from thence along the River Liris (called Garillano at this day) they ran to Sea▪ ward, like a storm falling from the Mountains, and driven by the force of the winds, into the neighbour plains; they put all places by which they passed to fire and sword; and after they had stuffed their Ships (which they had sent for forth of Tuscanie) with rich spoils, they departed into Mauritania. It was not long ere they returned again: For being puffed up with the fortunate success of their former voyage, & promising better fortune to themselves, 
The Moors return into Italy.  they left their country and returned into Italy: where they tumultuously assailed, at one selfsame time in a manner, the City of Tarentum, and Sicily.  
Now seeing it was to be feared; that the Moors would spoil all the Sea coasts, Theodosius distrusting the forces which he brought from Greece, had recourse (as hath already been said) to the Venetians succours; the which being easily obtained, he marched against the Barbarians. In the mean time, so soon as Saba understood 
Saba the Moor before Tarentum.  the enemies coming he raised his siege from before Tarentum, & suddenly retired with his army into the straits of the Sea near to Crotona. It is not known whether he did it for fear, or whether it were most available for his purpose to deceive the enemy under colour of flight, to constrain him thereby to make some 
The City of Crotona.  rash attempt. Crotona is situated on the Sea of Tarentum, a very ancient City, builded in times passed by the greeks, following Apollo's Oracle under Nicellus their Captain; and in times passed so mighty, as the Crotonians had an Army of an hundred and thirty thousand fight men, at such time as they were vanquished by the Locrians near to the River Sagra. They were great warriors, and very expert in a wrestling. But Pythagoras of Samos, and Milo his disciple, were the chief 
Pythagoras and Milo the two ornaments of the Crotonians.  ornaments of that City; the one for being a Citizen of the same, and the best wrestler of his time; and the other for his skill in Philosophy.  
In this place (for the Greek and Venetian Fleet was there arrived) after certain usual light skirmshes, at last they came to strokes with the whole forces of 
The battle of Crotona. The greeks stir.  either side. The greeks being broken and defeated, the whole strength of the Moors lighted on the Venetians: But they being extremely busied in the fight never perceived the flight of their fellows, until they found themselves environed on every side by the Barbarians: and by this men's did the Venetian Galleys sustain the force of the furious enemy. But the great multitude of the Moors prevailing 
The Venetian Army defeated before Crotona. The Moors came into Dalmatia.  they were either sunk or taken. Those Venetians which were left alive, were taken by the enemy; the rest, were either slain in the fight, or drowned. Some write that the battle of Crotona was before the Moors besieged Rome, (among whom is Bonitendius) The Barbarians proud of this success, sailed into Dalmatia, where they spoilt certain Towns, surprised by their sudden incursions. They took likewise certain Ships laden with rich merchandise, returning from Syria, who having from far espied the Moors fleet, had retired themselves into the Gulf of Trieste: But after they had taken them, in hatred of the Venetians, they slew all the prisoners.  
The report of the loss of the battle at Crotona, brought a marvelous grief and terror to the City. But this latter, as least of all looked for, did in such sort grieve them, as the fear was no less in Venice than as the enemy had been before it; and this fear would have been greater, had they not understood by their spies, that the enemies were gone to Ancona; which being taken, and spoiled by 
The Narentine●… ro●…des even to Caorli.  their sudden and unlooked for coming, they did forthwith put themselves too Sea. The Narentines joyful for the Venetians loss, came suddenly from Dalmatia, to steal and spoil, even as far as Caorli. This Town stands at the mouth of the River Limenes, whither the ancient Venetians, which fled from Concorda in the troublous time of the Huns, had retired themselves. About the same time 
Pope Bennet comes to Venic●… The bodies of S. Pancracius, and S. Sabina brought to Venice.  or soon after (as saith Bonitendius) Pope Benedict came to Venice, where at the importunate entreaty of Agnes de Morosin Abbess of the place, he promised to send from Rome the bodies of Saint Pancratius, and Saint Sabina, by the devotion done to which bodies, the Church might be furthered in the building. They were afterwards sent thither, and placed with great reverence in a little Chapel of the Church. 
The Emperor Lotharius confirms the franchises of Venice   
Under this Prince's government the Emperor Lotharius (and many Emperors likewise after him) did confirm by writing all the ancient privileges, and immunities of the Venetians, to the end they might be inviolably observed. Moreover as the Commonwealth was then not very forunate abroad, it was much less at home: For the civil dissension of six of the noblest families in the City divided into two factions, did greatly trouble it. On the one side were the justiniani, the Polani 
Great strife among the Citivens.  and the Bassei; on the other the Barbolani, the Seliani, and the Sevoli, who being joined together, did by their quarrels, oftentimes present the people with very fearful and horrible spectacles. And after they had fought in the midst of the City with different success, even almost to the total ruin of one another, the Barbolani with all their adherents were driven forth of the City. But soon after, at the entreaty of the Emperor Ladowicke, to whom they had retired themselves, the strife between the two factions being appeased, they were restored to their houses. These things happened during the government of Piero Tradonico: who after he had governed certain years alone after his sons death, whom he had associated for the government of the Commonwealth, coming one day from divine 
Duke Tradonico murdered.  service at Saint Zacharies' Church, it came to pass as he returned homeward, he was on a sudden and unlooked for assailed by certain conspirators, and by them murdered, the ninth year of his government. At this so horrible and fearful a deed, his Ministers and servants, which waited upon him, moved with a charitable affection towards the old man, endeavoured to defend him, and to repel the wrong, but being driven away by a greater number, and stronger than themselves, they suddenly with a great noise seized on the Duke's Palace, where being besieged by the conspirators, they did thirty days together sustain their fury. At the last, after they had received assurance of the people, that the defending of so good a Prince against the treacherous attempts of wicked conspirators, should not be imputed unto them for a capital crime; nor yet the seizing on the public place for their safety, which they had so courageously defended: they came forth of the Palace; having first of all capitulated, That the City should not leave such an example 
The Prince's household-seruants retired into the Palace, do●… Capitulate.  unpunished, to have wickedly and miserably slain so virtuous a Prince, without desert at all; saying, That it was an heinous matter, to behold Citizens to walk in a City, where they had committed so execrable a parricide, and besprinkled the people's face with the blood of the sovereign Magistrate.  
The people appointed three men to inquire concerning the murder, to punish 
Three men appointed by the people to inquire of the Prince's murder. The murderers punished.  the guilty, and to take order for those who had seized on the Duke's Palace. The three which were deputed, were Piero Bishop of Equiline, Giovanni archdeacon of Grada, and Dominico Massoni. These men banished the guilty for ever; some into France, and the rest into Greece. divers, who as yet were not condemned, were murdered. Vrso Grugnario one of the conspirators died miserably, being possessed by wicked spirits; to show that the death of Tradonico did not only displease men, but God. And those who had seized on the Duke's Palace, because it was not done without great commotion in the City; some of them were banished out of the limits of the Venetians, and the most part of the rest were confined into the Isle of Povegia. 
Povegia newly inhabited.  This place is five mile distant from the City: whither after they had carried their wives and children, they did in time so increase, as the Town which they built there was afterward greatly inhabited; but such as it was, the wars of the Genovezes did wholly ruinate it.  
  


¶ VRSO PARTITIATIO, the 14. Duke of Venice.   
 
THe Commonwealth being quieted by judgement of these three men: Vrso Partitiatio was declared Duke. Under this man the City was, abroad and at home, prosperously governed. At the beginning of his government, to the end that the Venetians might have a firm peace, they were of opinion to send hostages to the Barbarians. Their Annals affirm this: but divers Historians make no mention of hostages. The Saracens soon after, who came from Alexandria about eight and twenty years after Saba the Moors coming into Italy, had possessed the Isle of Candie: & being come on a sudden into Dalmatia, after they had spoiled the Seacoasts of Histria, 
The Saracens before Grada.  they came and besieged Grada. Vrso did in such sort terrify them by his sudden arrival, as with great fear they withdrew their vessels, and in an instant hoist sail and put to Sea. Some Historians say that Giovanni the Prince's son, a courageous young man, did bear himself very valiantly in this action. If it be so, it will 
The S●…racens fought with before Grada.  not be amiss to believe, that the Barbarians were so far from flying away upon report of the coming of the Venetians fleet, as that on the contrary they were so hardy as to tarry for them, and to join battle, whereby it happened that this young man, behaving himself bravely the same day against the enemy, was therefore by the people given for Colleague to his Father. Bonitendius reports that Vrso did not only fight there fortunately against the Saracens, but likewise at Tarentum: That he did moreover bravely assail the Na●…entines with 30. ships of war, for that they had, contrary to the agreement, robbed and spoiled certain towns of Histria. But the Historians make no mention why he took Arms for the Histrians, seeing they were not as yet under the Venetians Dominion. It is likely, that after they had overrun the Histrians, they entered upon the Venetians frontiers. Vrso in the mean space bore a secret grudge to Pietro Bishop of Grada, till such time as he had confirmed Dominico Calloprini, who had been elected Bishop of Tourcelles; the which he refused to do in regard they were enemies. Now the state of the Commonwealth being peaceably governed abroad, the Duke enacted, That those who were called the Prince's Squires, should inhabit that part of the City, which at the beginning 
Dorsse dura newly inhabited.  was called Dorsse-dura, and should build houses there. And in this sort that place began to be habitable, which before then was desert for fear of Sea-incursions. This Princes good fortune was likewise the cause, that the ancient strife betwixt the Venetians and the Forlani, occasioned by a particular affection which each of them did bear to the churches of Aquileia & Grada, was wholly extinct, upon the promise which Vulp●…rtio of Aquileia made, never more to molest the Church of Grada. All these felicities were followed by an other nothing less. For having fortunately prevailed against the Saracens, he was declared by the Ambassadors of the Emperor Basilius, 
Vrso declared Prothospater of the Grecian Empire.  Prothospater of the Grecian Empire. But because Basilius should not overcome him in bounty, he sent twelve great Bells to Constantinople to him for a present; and the greeks by this means of the Venetians liberality began at that time to use Bells.   


¶ GIOVANNI PARTITIATIO, the 15. Duke of Venice.   
 
NOw Vrso, after he had thus obtained whatsoever belonged to the adornment of man's life, deceased in the seventh year of his government: and by his death Giovanni his brother began to govern the Commonwealth. He determined to send his brother Badoario to Pope john: that by his authority Commachia might be added to their State. This is likely to have been plotted by the Venetians, because this place stood on the ancient confines of Venice▪ Marini, Earl of Commachia, being advertised of their determination, laid wait for the Venetian on the confines of Ravenna, as he went towards Rome. He hurt and took him, and after he had 
The Duke's brother taken by the Count of Commachia.  made him to promise to deal no more in that business, he sent him home. But soon after his return to Venice he died of his hurts. The angry Duke, resolving to revenge his brother's death, came with a mighty Army to Commachia, took it by force, and used all hostile proceedings against those who had consented to his brother's death; and after he had left a Garrison there, he did spoil and over run the Territory near to Ravenna, because they likewise had their hand in that enterprise. He builded the Church of Saint Cyprian and Cornelius on the banks of Malamoc, which a while after, in the days of Prince Vitalis Michaeli, and by his means, was converted into a Monastery of Nuns. Then falling sick, he left his brother Pietro (by the people's command) for his successor but recovering his health contrary to all men's expectation, he took him for Colleague in the Government; who dying afterwards, he associated Vrso his other brother, who was elder than Pietro deceased. Soon after, being troubled with a dangerous disease, which hindered him from intending the affairs of the Commonwealth, (Vrso having in the mean space voluntarily deposed himself) after he had permitted the people 
Duke Giovanni doth voluntarily depose himself.  to elect a new Duke, he retired to his own house as a private Citizen; the sixth year of his Government being not fully expired. Some say, that both the brethren deposed themselves, because they perceived the people to be discontented with their Government.  
  


¶ PIETRO CANDIANO, the first, the 16. Duke of Venice.   
 
Giovanni being deposed, Pietro Candiano succeeded him; unto whom, Giovanni being called into the Senate, did freely surrender the titles of the Sovereign Magistrate, and withdrew himself to his own private house. At the same time certain galleys were sent against the Narentines, ancient enemies to the Venetians (who rob all the neighbour Seas) to prevent their incursions; but they returned without doing any thing, by reason they could no where meet with the enemy. Not long after, Prince Candiano went against the same enemies, with twelve Galleys (some say but seven) and met them near to the Promontory of Dalmatia, which the inhabitants call Micolal. The 〈◊〉 animated by their Duke, did furiously assail them. The Liburnians did bravely rece●…ie them. They fought on both sides with more fury and courage than with forces. The Venetians at the first had the better, having sunk certain of the enemy's ships: but the great multitude of the Barbarians beginning to pre●…aile, and the Duke's Galley being boarded, Prince Candiano fight valiantly 
The Duke dies fight with the Narentin●…s.  was slain, after he had commanded the Commonwealth but six months. His body being secretly conveyed by the Histrians to Grada, was there buried.  
At the first report of this loss, the whole City was in an uproar: which had 
Giovanni Parti tiatio takes again the government upon him.  been much greater, if Giovanni Partitiatio, who had renounced the sovereign dignity, had not suddenly at the people's entreaty taken upon him again the government of the Commonwealth, with the ducal titles. But the tumult being appeased, the people with a common consent, named Pietro, surnamed Tribuno, for their Prince.  
  


¶ PIETRO TRIBUNO, the 17. Duke of Venice.   
 
THis man was likewise made Prothospater by the Grecian Emperor: Their common enemies (the Pirates) did very much vex the places near to the City: in regard whereof, Tribuno caused a wall to be made 
The City 〈◊〉 fortified.  to defend the City, from the little canal near to the Castle unto the Church of Saint Maria Zubanica, with a chain from that wall unto S. George's Church, for fear lest the enemy should enter the City on a sudden. But at this day there is no sign of that ancient wall to be seen: He gave bounds to the Chioggians, from their Haven along the shore, even to the mouth of the River Acide: which are called Fosson, Besba, and Conchia; and so back again to the same Haven.  
At the same time, the Venetian State, with that of all Italy on the Sea-coast was very much troubled: For they were assailed on the one side by Pirates, and on the other by the ordinary invasions of the Saracens, who as a new amazement seis●…d on the Venetians. 
The Huns 〈◊〉 into Italy the s●…cond time.   
The Huns, who (as we have elsewhere said) were come forth of Scythia, entered Italy with great fury. A very great multitude of them leaving Scythia at that time, would stay in no place, till they had first seen how their friends and kindsfolke in Hungary fared. These men by continual frequentation with the Italians, being accustomed to the journeys of Italy, had for the most part changed their natural cruelty and manner of life: by means whereof waxing m●…re civil, they were driven from the places which they had gotten by right of war, by those that came 
Civil war betwixt the Huns.  after them. The cruelty of this Nation is reported to be such, as after that they had been in Hungary, they abstained not from eating human flesh after their country manner; who forthwith took upon them the names of those whom they had driven thence, and were called Hungarians. Those which were expulsed, were likewise in times past called Huns, aswell as the latter; And being come into Hungary in the days of Attila, they were afterward named Bavarians, than Huns; and certain letters being taken away from both names, it was made but one.  
These then after divers warlike actions done as well in France as Germany, after they had vanquished Lewis king of Germany, and made him tributary, carrying 
Lewis King of Germany, Tributary to the Huns.  great store of booty home with them, being proud of so good success, resolved to make attempts on Italy; having perhaps understood that they were at strife among themselves. By means whereof coming first into Misia, they defeated the Princes of the same in a bloody battle, and made them tributary. Departing thence▪ upon report that they determined to invade Italy: Berengarius, who at the same time held the Roman Empire, marched against them with fifteen thousand men, and they fought very furiously upon the confines of Italy, where Berengarius 
Berengarius defeated by the Huns.  being overcome, fled from the battle with the loss of the greatest part of his forces.  
The Huns became more haughty after this victory, and they entered Italy the nearest way, putting all they met with to fire and sword; and coming to Treviso 
Treviso taken by the Huns.  they took and spoiled it. From thence determining to go to Milan, the report of the great wealth of the Venetians which began at the same time to be very famous over all Italy was the cause, that on a sudden they turned all their forces upon the Venetians. They speedily made a great number of small light boats; which they covered (as it is reported) with leather, by reason that they were grossly made, and of a thick substance. In these the Barbarians embarked themselves, and assailed Villa-nova (so was the ancient Heraclia called, after it was re-edified) which, being taken at the first assault, they burned down to the ground. From thence marching to Equiline and jesulune they destroyed them in the same manner. Then pursuing the course of their victories all along the Sea-coast, they spoiled Chioggia and Capodarger, and afterward burnt them. At the last they resolved to 
The Huns assail the City of Venice.  assail Rialto. The fear, which then fell upon the Venetians, was not like to that which possessed them in the time of the Frenchman's wars. For this terror was much greater than the other. They fought with the French for their liberty. They must fight with these men for the safety of their lives. Those, albeit they were enemies, had in them some sparks of piety and Religion. The Huns did not only 
The great cruelty of the Huns.  contemn godliness but all humanity; for they did not spare the dead carcases, but like brute beasts they tore them in pieces and devoured them. The evil disposition of this Nation had at the first report so terrified all people of each sex and age, as they did not alone bewail the loss of their liberty; but their lives likewise. But (as it oftentimes happeneth) this despair of theirs was converted into fury, and this fury into a desire of revenge; or if that could not be effected, to die valiantly. This desire gave them hope to vanquish the Barbarians, if they should attempt to hazard the fight.  
It is to be supposed (for we cannot certainly affirm it) That the Venetians were 
Exhortation to the Venetians.  suddenly encouraged by some, by this manner of speech. That it was now time for them by their actions to show themselves valiant men; That a mighty danger did not only threaten their Country, but their lives; That they had to do with a kind of people▪ who as little used to spare the bodies of the dead, as their lives in battle. But yet nevertheless they were not made of Iron, but their bodies might easily be pierced. That they should call to memory how the ancient Venetians with a few inhabitants of the Latins, made no difficulty in their Country's behalf to expose their lives before the walls of Aquileia, against three hundred thousand men; (for Attila had so many in his Army) That the event of that battle did manifest, how much virtue and courage is better in war than great multitudes: But it may be that some will term them rash and inconsiderate for their attempt, in daring to assail the enemy with that sort of fight, wherein he was most expert: whereas on the contrary, they should rather have fought with them at Sea, or in the Lakes, known better to them than to the Barbarians: (than which, he said, nothing could be more acceptable to the Venetians, who from their youth are accustomed to the Sea) than in such a place where their valour might be most apparent. Moreover, that the enemies had neither the skill, nor ships, fit for that purpose. That their Ancestors had in the same places, where they were now to fight▪ vanquished in times past King Pepin, followed with his own forces, and with those of the Emperor his father: And that they only fought for their liberty: whereas now▪ the danger of their lives did constrain them to defend themselves bravely. Now, in regard that if they were overcome, they were sure to die, he could not think that there was any Citizen so base or recreant but would rather choose to die valiantly with his sword in his hand, then by yielding, to lose all he had, and to have his throat cut, like a Sheep, by a barbarous and cruel enemy. He said, That the strength and magnanimity of the Citizens were such, as they were not only sufficient to rebate the edges of the Huns swords who threatened them; but to free their Country likewise from so wearisome a siege.  
Being animated by these, or such like exhortations, they became courageous. 
The Venetians constant resol●…tion.  For it were folly to imagine that a multitude of people, being amazed with the fear of their enemies, could be encouraged without some vehement Oration, full of persuasive speeches. All men, after that, ran to arm themselves, not only to defend their liberty, but likewise, or rather, to preserve the safety of their lives. The enemies in the mean space hasted towards Rialto. The Venetians embarked in their wel-armed vessels, and fit for the fight, met with them near to Albiola. The fight at the beginning was very cruel.  
The attempts of the Huns were divers; who relying on their great numbers, 
Battle betwix●… the Venetians and the Huns.  assailed them in sundry places at once. The Venetians every where opposing themselves against them, did bravely resist their assaults: They fought sundry days without any likelihood of victory to either side. But at the last, both parts joining their whole forces, the Barbarians were broken and defeated, and dispersing their troops, fled far from thence, leaving to the Venetians a most famous victory. The enemies (as some report) being soon after won by the rewards of Berengarius, departed out of Italy.  
The Venetians grew famous, by gaining this victory near to Albiola. All men said that the Venetians had abated the fury of the Huns; unto whom Berengarius (a valiant and mighty Prince, by reason of the Empire of Italy) had given 
The Venetians overcome the Huns. Great praise given to the Duke.  place. He did likewise greatly praise the absent Duke, by whose means and under whom all was done. It is to be supposed, that the Duke Tribuno did at that time fortify the City with a wall and chain; and not for fear of the Pirates: the which certain Historians do likewise affirm.  
  


¶ VRSO BADOAIRIO, the 18. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
NOw the Common wealth being thus happily governed at home and abroad, the Duke Tribuno died; the nineteenth year of his government, as some say: and according to others, the three and twentieth. Vrso Badoiario was chosen in his stead. This man sent his son Pietr●… to Constantinople to the Greek Emperor, of whom being made Protospater, he received divers great and rich presents: But this young man returning home to Venice, was surprised by a mean Prince of the Dalmatians called 
The Duke's son taken at Sea.  Michael, who spoilt him of his treasure, and confined him into Misia; from whence escaping he returned secretly to Venice. Vrso would have examined the bounds of the Chioggians; but understanding that Prince Pietro, his predecessor, had limited▪ them, he changed his purpose. He is reported to have been a very good & 
The Duke voluntarily deposeth himself, & becomes a Monk.  religious Prince. For the eleventh year of his government, he did willingly depose himself, and went to the monastery of Saint Felix d'Amiana, where he spent the remainder of his days in the Monastic life. The ruins of this place are to be seen yet at this day, (the Church almost fallen down) as men go from the City towards the Haven of the Gruarij. This Town belongs to the Forlani; and may be seen by those which sail on the left hand, near to the Tower, called Lafoy Liamaiore.  
  


¶ PIETRO CANDIANO the 19 Duke of Venice.   
 
 
THe government of Pietro Candiano or Sanuto, (for they report this surname to remain ever after to the family of the Candianis) succeeded this voluntary dismission. This man was son to the same Pietro who was slain in the Dalmatian war. He had a son of the same name, who being sent by his father to Greece, was by the Emperor created Prothospater. Some Authors refer the ravishment of the Maidens to these times; of whom albeit we have sufficiently spoken in the first Book, yet because the Historians do likewise vary herein, it shall not be amiss here to say somewhat of it. The Histrians, who were at the same time enemies to the Venetians, did on a sudden take away certain Maids by force, with their dowry, out of Saint Peter's Church, which stands in that part of the City, called the Castle, at such time as they celebrated their marriage. Whereat the City being in an uproar: the Duke, after he had in haste gathered together certain forces, marched suddenly after them, and overtaking them in the marshes of Caorli, as they were dividing the spoil, he did furiously assail them, and (as some say) did easily break them. Others affirm that they fought furiously on either side, and that the battle was very bloody; but that at last the enemies were all slain, and their bodies flung into the Sea. And that in remembrance of this victory, the yearly Games, called (of the 
The original of the plays dedicated to them that are married.  married) were ordained. At a certain day every year they carried twelve Virgins with great pomp round about the City. But this order being brought in by devotion, was afterward changed into a marvelous abuse. This custom continued till the wars with the Genoese, That twelve Virgins, adorned with gold and precious stones, were yearly on a certain day carried round about the City, in memory of what had been done: But the Genoese employing those of Chioggia and the Venetians in more important businesses; this custom was wholly abolished. divers of the most authentic Historians do affirm, that this happened not under Pietro Candiano, but under Badoario his government.  
I find that about the same time they made war on those of Commachia with 
The Commachians vanqu●…shed.  prosperous success: who being summoned to restore what they had injuriously taken from the wronged Venetians, refused so to do, till at the last they were enforced; For they did not then only surrender the prisoners, but promised on their faith to do whatsoever the Venetians would command them.  
It is reported, that at the same time those of the Cape of Histria did yield themselves to the Venetians. But it is likely, that they did it more by constraint, than of free will. For being assailed by the Venetians, for profaning their ceremonies and ravishing the Virgins, they were constrained to make satisfaction, and to send yearly to Venice, for a tribute, an hundred pieces of wine. Pietro Bishop of Olivollo son to Duke Pietro surnamed Tribuno, placed the bodies of Saint Saturnine, and Saint Nichodemus, in the Church of Saint Maria Formosa. And this is all we find to have been done, during the government of Candiano; who died in the second year of his regiment, or (as some others say) the latter end of the seventh.   


¶ PIETRO BODOARIO, the 20. Duke of Venice.   
 
PIetro Bodoario succeeded him (who as hath been said) was taken prisoner in Sclavonia as he returned out of Greece: This man did likewise govern the Commonwealth two years. Others say three; and affirm, that it was he that overcame the Histrians in the marshes of Caorli, and restored the Virgins of whom we lately spoke. More than this, I find not any memorable matter done by him.   


¶ PIETRO CANDIANO, the third, the 21. Duke of Venice.   
 
CAndiano son to Pietro succeeded him; who being by his father associated to the government, was for his great pride banished. But waxing by years more wise and modest, he was by the common 〈◊〉 of the people restored to his lost dignity.  
The Narentines in the mean time did by their thefts vex all the 
Complaints against the Narentines.  neighbour-Seas, so as the Venetians condition was, in a manner, to be compared to theirs, who are streighly besieged. The shame and anger stirred up every one to revenge, saying; It was a dishonour to the Venetians, who had in times past obtained so many goodly victories on the bosom of the waters, patiently to endure that a few base thieves who had no hope but in flight, should so much presume, as to leave the Venetians nothing in safety. That divers even till then had been by them undone even in the City's sight, and that there remained nothing for them now to do, but to come into the midst of the City, and knock down the wretched Citizens like heartless beasts. Being moved with these complaints; they forthwith prepared a new Voyage against the Narentines. 
A fleet sent against the Narentines.  And for the same purpose thirty three Sips (called for the manner of their building Gombaries) were set forth. Vrso Bodoairio, and Pietro Rossolo commanded the Army. The Narentines being amazed, at the report of this Navy, had not the spirits to attend them, but by Ambassadors they sued for peace; which was granted them upon these conditions, That they should pay unto the Venetians the just value of the hurt which they had till then done. Some say that the Fleet returned, as at other former times, without doing any thing at all.  
The League at the same time was renewed, with the Bishop of Aquileia. Dominico Bishop of Olivollo caused certain relics of Saint john Baptist to be reverently placed in the Church, builded in times passed by his Ancestors, in that part of the City which is called Embragola. Duke Candiano in the mean time having three sons, did elect for his Colleague, neither the eldest, nor the youngest, but the second, 
The Duke's son which was his Colleague stirs up sedition in the City.  called Pietro: who soon after became so insolent, as he durst, in contempt of his father's wholesome Counsels, stir up certain dissolute persons to raise a sudden sedition in the City. The whole Senate, in manner, favoured the old father. The animated seditious people followed the foolish young man; and the sundry affections of either party prevailed so far, as the Citizens were like to have assailed one another in the midst of the City. Candianos' authority appeased those tumultuous parties ready to fight, and on a sudden by the people's commandment (the greatest number of whom were actors in this conspiracy) the son was deposed and banished. And at the same instant the Clergy and the chief of 
The Duke's son banished the City. A solemme oath made by the Clergy and chief Citizens. The son wars on the Venetians.  the City swore jointly, never to suffer neither in the father's life time, nor afterward, that seditious person Pietro Candiano to be restored again to his place, from the which he had justly been deposed. Some say that he was by the people committed to prison, and condemned to die, but at his father's request they saved his life, and banished him. In his exile he went to Ravenna to Guido son to Berengarius, (some say Albert for Guido) and obtained means at Berengarius pursuit, to make war on the Venetians, whose enemy he had been proclaimed. Some think that Guido furnished him with six Galleys to this purpose: For no one particular man had been able to enterprise so great a matter, in a dejected fortune like his. This rash young man did in short time take certain Venetian ships, not 
The Duke dies for grief.  far from Ravenna, wherewith the old Duk●… was so grieved, as within few days after he departed out of this life, after he had governed seven years or (as some say) eleven.  
  


¶ PIETRO CANDIANO, the fourth, the 22. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
THe City being busied about the election of a new Duke: (the people's affections being ever inconstant) the whole multitude possessed with a wonderful desire to see this absent young man, did on a sudden by a public decree repeal Candiano from banishment; and contrary to the oath, made aswell by the Clergy as the Principal Citizens, installed him in his dead Father's place. But soon after, the City, and Pietro himself received the punishment of their rashness. The one, for contemning her oath, endured a tyrannical government, with a public loss, by means of fire; And the other, for injuring his Father and his Country. It is reported, that, the more to honour him, they sent three hundred barks to Ravenna to accompany him home. For it were a madness to think that they were so many ships, as some do write.  
Now in this Prince's days, Pietro Marturio Bishop of Olivollo did with a sumptuous preparation build the Church of the Augustine's. ambassadors likewise at 
The Church of the Augustine's builded. The General Council held at Rome, declares the Church of Grada for Metropolitan. The Duke puts away his wife.  the same time were sent to Rome to Pope Leo, and to the emperor Otho, to entreat them, that the Church of Grada might be declared by the general Council, then held at Rome, Metropolitan of the Venetians dominions, and of Histria. The which they did not only obtain, but brought home other privileges granted to the Venetians.  
The Duke in the mean time did repudiate joan his wife, because (as he said) she was old. He had a son by her named Vitalis: who taking holy orders upon him, was by his Father disinherited, under colour of entering into Religion: But it occasioned his future good; for he became afterwards Bishop of Grada. Now his wife being put away, and sent to Saint Zacharies' Nunnery, he married Vualderta daughter 
The Duke marrieth Vualde●…ta daughter to Guido.  to Guido, with whom he received for her dowry, great inheritances, many slaves, and other riches. By means whereof, being puffed up with his great wealth, and new alliance, he vomited out his bad 〈◊〉, which till then he had hidden, and 
The Duke's tyranny.  gave himself to all manner of vices; beginning openly to practise tyranny in stead of a just government. He became proud, and full of menaces. He had rather be feared than loved of the people. He did moreover levy a mighty Army, and marched 
Uderza taken and ruinated by the Duke.  against the inhabitants of Vderza; saying that they did wrongfully hold from him certain lands belonging to his wife. He did first spoil the Country round about, than he assailed the City; which, being taken, he burned down to the ground.  
Some Authors affirm, that upon the same occasion he assailed likewise those of Ferrara: and that he took by force a City of their confines. These warlike actions made him more insolent. For he placed a company of soldiers in the Duke's Palace for his guard: and all his speech and actions savoured of tyranny. The people calling to mind their ancient liberty, fell on a sudden upon him, the seventeenth year of his government, as some say, or the eighteenth, according to others. For the Historians do much disagree concerning the times of every Prince's government. But 
The people assail the Duke.  with his Guard defending himself valiantly from the top of his house, they set fire on the houses next to the Palace on this side the canal, on the same side the wind did blow, which being kindled, the flame did not only burn the Duke's Palace but Saint Marks Church. Pietro seeing himself environed with so many miseries, and that he must be constrained either to give place to the people's fury, or else to die there, he took his young son which he had by this last wife in his arms, and went into that part of the Church which the fire had not yet touched, and coming 
The Duke seeks to save himself and his young son.  forth by a privy way, he endeavoured to save himself and his son by flight, whom he meant to carry into Exile with him. But when he perceived all the ways stopped with Armed men, he then fell to entreaties, That they would not fall upon him 
The Duke's request to the people.  as on a cruel beast; that they would abstain from hurting him, till he had excused himself to the people: and then it should be at their choice, either to put him to a cruel death, if they thought it fit, or else to save his life, as by their bounty they had done in times past, whilst his Father lived, at such time as they accounted him guilty of Treason. He did moreover confess, that the people might be justly moved against him, but yet, the young child in his arms was innocent; that they should do a most unworthy deed, If, for the hatred they did bear to the Father, they should murder the innocent creature, who never yet had offended any one. All these entreaties were vain; and those who assailed him cried out a loud, That 
The death of the Duke and his son ●…  it was lawful for them (being an holy and just matter) to take away a Tyrant from the Commonwealth, whose excuses could not be but wicked: And so rushing upon him, he did in a moment fall down dead to the ground, wounded in divers places, with his young son likewise.  
Some say, that they did cut the child's throat in the trembling nurses arms, 
The bodies thrown upon the common dunghill.  and that the bodies were by the people's command thrown upon the dunghill, and there left to be eaten with dogs, but that at the entreaty of Giovanni Gradonico, that lamentable spectacle was removed from the sight of the multitude, and the bodies honourably buried in St. Hilaries Church. Some think that through the counsel 
Buried afterwards very honourably.  of Pietro Vrseolo, who was Duke after him, the people fired the houses next to the Palace, and that it was done only to hurt the Duke: But it fell out otherwise. For the force of the wind, and the houses near to the Palace did in such sort feed this fire, as, besides the Palace, the most magnificent Cathedral Church of the City, and those of Saint Theodore the Martyr, and Saint 
The great harm which the fire did the same day  Marie jubenica, with three hundred private houses were the same day burnt.   
The end of the third Book of the first Decade.   

THE FOURTH BOOK OF THE FIRST DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
¶ The Contents of the fourth Book of the first Decad.  
THe Duke's Palace, burnt in the last popular sedition, is repaired at VRSEOLO'S cost, who succeeded CANDIANO. He gives a most rich Table to lay upon Saint MARKS Altar. VITALIS Patriarch of Grada, son to the deceased Duke CANDIANO, flies to the Emperor OTHO. ADHELETA a most renowned Lady, and her many crosses. The league renewed with those of the Cape of Histria. VRSEOLO, moved with a Religious desire, doth secretly leave the City. The Commonwealth endangered by civil discord. OTHO the second makes secretwarre on the Venetians, whom he first seeks to overcome by famine. Saint GEORGE'S Church built right opposite to the great marketplace. The description of the Country of Illiria. All Histria, and Dalmatia, brought under the subjection of VRSEOLO. The Emperor OTHO the third comes to Venice in disguise, and remains secretly for a time with the Duke. The Phaledrini build Saint BENET'S Church. The Venetian overcomes the Hadrians near to the mouths of the Rivers Po, and Adice. They fight likewise afterward with good success in Dalmatia, with Heresimus, King of Croatia. Prince OTHO banished. DOMINICO VRSEOLO flies to Ravenna the morrow after he had seized on the Duke's Palace, being driven thence by the people. Those of Zara revolt, after they had first yielded to the Venetians. PEPIN, Patriarch of Aquileia, troubleth the quiet of the Commonwealth. From whence the Normans are descended, who have a long time reigned in Italy and Sicily. GISCARD their Captain. The Venetians vanquish the Normans at Sea, near to Durazzo.  
 
THE Commonwealth having by the Duke's death preserved her ancient liberty, it was an hard matter to declare whether of these two were the greatest; either their joy for being freed from tyranny, or their sorrow to see so many public and private buildings consumed to ashes by the late fire, which did marvelously deface the City's beauty. But fearing least such an astonishment might breed some greater mischief in the City (as it is often seen, that one new sorrow followeth another at the heels) they forthwith created a new Duke. But yet they sought out one, differing in humour and quality from him that last deceased. But they needed not make any far search, being so well furnished near at hand.  


¶ PIETRO VRSEOLA, the 23. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
THe virtuous wisdom of Pietro Vrseolo, being at the same time known to all men, was the cause, that at the general assembly held 
He refuseth to take the charge upon him.  at Saint Peter's Church for the same purpose (which is at this day the patriarchs seat) he was with a general applause declared Prince: who refusing this charge, took it upon him at the people's entreaty, who told him that he ought not to forsake the Commonwealth in so dangerous a season. Yet it is most certain that he unwillingly embraced it. For being from his youth brought up and trained in the love of justice, he was afraid of popular government, which seldom or never respects the innocent. But the affection which he did bear to his Country, for the which we are chiefly borne (as saith divine Plato) made him not to abandon his fellow-citizens in so great a danger. So soon therefore as he was chosen Prince, because there was some likelihood, that the state of the Commonwealth could not be on a sudden established, but that greater troubles were to be expected in a City newly mutinied for her Prince's massacre; to the end to make the people more obedient, he bound them unto him by oath: and protested, 
The people ●…weare to the Prince.  that he would in no sort endure any enterprise to be undertaken against himself, nor the State, whilst he should manage the sovereign dignity. And because the Palace had been burnt, he transported the ensigns and ducal dignity into his own private house: meaning nevertheless to return to the Palace so soon as it should be re-edified,  
His government began by repairing these two places, which he did at his own 
The Palace and Saint Marks Church repaired  costs, more magnificently than they were before. Now the Church being thus beautified, he caused the body of the Evangelist, which few people thought had escaped the fire, to be brought again into it. He gave beside to the same Church a table of gold, richly wrought at Constantinople, which he caused to be dedicated with great solemnity on the high Altar.  
About the same time, or a little before, the Sarracens, being entered in two companies 
Vrseolo overcomes the Saracens before Barri.  into Italy, after they had taken Capua, they besieged Barri by land and Sea, a town seated betwixt Brundisium, and the mouth of the River Aufida: the poor inhabitants where of enduring all miseries through want of food, were succoured with victuals by the Venetians fleet under the conduct of Vrseolo. But because the Barbarians did notwithstanding over-streightly press those of the town, Vrseolo accompanied with the aid of Greece, came and fought with the enemy on the Sea, and having defeated the greatest part of them, and put the residue to flight, he purchased great glory to the Venetians. He had but one son by his wife Faelicia, and as soon he was borne, they both vowed chastity. He governed 
The husband & wife ●…ow chastity.  the State in the mean space with such wisdom and integrity, as men did easily perceive by his carriage, that he had not accepted the charge thereof for any desire that he had to command, but for the good only of the Commonwealth; in such sort as a peaceable government had succeeded the tumults of the deceased Duke, if certain Authors and Ministers of the late Duke Candianos' fury had not resolved to trouble the public peace. 
The complaint of Vitalis Bishop of Grada.   
At these men's persuasions, Vitalis Bishop of Grada (who was as h●…th been said, rejected by his father under colour of entering into religion,) fled into Lombardie to the Emperor Otho the second; where after he had greatly complained of the miserable death of his father Pietro, he besought him with great instance to revenge it, in regard he had been some time his friend and guest. Happily some would say, that he was justly slain: but they could not say so of the young infant his brother, whom they had cruelly murdered in his father's arms. He did moreover manifest his own banishment (which his very enemies lamented,) wherein he was likely to wax old and to die far from his native Country, if he were not by some foreign aid re-established in the City, from whence he had been so unjustly driven by his fellow Citizens. 
The emperors answer to Vitalis.   
His complaint and tears did greatly move the Emperor Otho, who seemed privately to be greatly displeased at his guest's misery, whereupon, after he had given him some hope of returning into his Country, he willed him to be of good courage, and to be merry in his company, till a fit occafion were presented to send him home, which he promised shortly to effect with all his power.  
Vualderta in the mean season, Vitalis his mother in law, being come along with him, went to Adheleta, Otho's mother, who then lay at Placentia, and by her means she was soon after, with the consent both of the Prince and people, admitted into the City. It is not unnecessary (in regard it bolongs to our History) briefly to rehearse, by what means Adheleta returned to the Imperial dignity, from whence she fell by the decease of her first husband. 
A marvelous example of for tune.   
She married first of all the Emperor Lotharius, a great friend to the Venetians. He being dead, Berengarius his successor confined her for ever into the Castle of La Garda, (whereof the goodliest Lake of Italy doth at this day bear the name) where she was brought to such poverty, as begging her bread by letters and messages, she led a miserable life. Whereby we may leame, that there is no man so great (did not the foolish admiration of worldly riches make men forget their weakness) but may confess, that there is nothing in this world so firm and certain, which a man may promise to himself long to enjoy, Adhele●…a escaping secretly from this place, came to Verona, to Alard, who (as I think) was Bishop of the City: for it is certain that the family of the Alardi, are at this day of great account there. This man, because he had no place where he might hide such a Lady, sent her to Accioni his uncle, who was in times past a good friend to Lotharius, who hid her a long time in a countrie-house, ten miles distant from the City, until such time, as (known to himself alone) she married for her second husband Otho the first, who carried her into Germany; by whom he had a son, which was the Emperor Otho the second, of whom we even now spoke: Who after he had 
Berengarius & his some Albert defeated.  not only defeated Berengaria, and Albert his son, but wholly overthrown them, and by their ruins confirmed the Empire to himself: he made peace with the Venetians at the request of his mother Adheleta, against whom he was incensed for the murder of Prince Candiano.  
About the same time there arose a new strife with those of the Cape of Histria, 
The Histrions tributary to the Venetians.  which was soon appeased by the means of a new League; wherein it was expressly covenanted, That they should pay unto the Venetians every year an hundred Hogsheads of wine. The Bishops of Grada have for a certain time gathered this tribute in the people's name.  
Thus stood the State of the Commonwealth, which was suddenly deprived of the presence of this good Prince, by an unheard-of accident.  
A certain man, named Guerin, coming from Aquitaine in pilgrimage to Venice, 
Guerin comes in pilgrimage to Venice.  to visit Saint Marks body, was brought before the Prince according to his appointment, which was, that all those who should come to the City for any devotion should be bountifully entertained in his Palace. This man having a great while discoursed of religion and of Penance (for this stranger was by profession 
The Prince resolves to give over his place.  a Monk) brought the Prince by little and little to this pass, (who of himself was sufficiently addicted thereunto,) as he forthwith thought upon means how he might give over the government. And to put it in practice, he craved but so much time of the stranger, as was sufficient for the quiet settling of the Commonwealth; and having prayed him to return within a year, he dismissed him. Vrseolo 
How the Prince spent the time, in the mean space, till he departed.  in the mean time gave himself to all exercises of piety, and taking upon himself the cause of the poor, he did comfort their poverty with a marvelous affection. He built, beside, a devout Hospital which is yet to be seen at this day right over against the great marketplace. He did moreover take into his own protection, and maintained with an incredible charity, the Colleges, the Clergy, and all Religious sorts of people. He did patiently bear whatsoever Vitalis, (who was absent) and his adherents did daily practise against him, whose wicked designs were likewise (as some say) divinely revealed unto him. At the last, after he had spent the year in these good exercises, upon a night, (for Guerin failed not to return at the prefixed time) he left the City in disguised habit, unknown to his wife, his son, and all his kinsfolks, and went on his journey. When he 
The Duke's secret departure.  for sook his charge and Country, he was followed and accompanied by Giovanni Gradonico, Giovanni Morosini, Remoaldo, and Marini of Ravenna: they all being partakers of his enterprise. He led in process of time so holy and religious a life, as after his death in Aquitaine, where he passed the remainder of his days, he was (as hath been said) honoured for many miracles.   


¶ VITALIS CANDIANO, the 24. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
THe City being deprived of such a Prince was possessed with a marvelous sorrow, but their desire to have him again was much greater. Yet nevertheless remembering the Commonwealth, they made hast the next day to elect another in his stead that was so much bewailed. Vitalis Candiano, son to Pietro Candiano the third, was by the general co●…sent declared Prince. At this man's entreaty, Vitalis, Patriarch of Grada, who till then for fear of the people had absented himself; was called home into his Country: And was soon after, by the Prince's means; sent in company of the Ambassadors into Germany unto Otho, who extremely hated the Venetians 
Otho the second hateth the Venetians.  for the cruel death of Pietro Candiano. This Ambassade was to much purpose, for it did appease the wrath of Otho; wherein, the presence of Vitalis, son to the murdered Duke, did greatly avail them, of whom he had a very great care, taking order for his safety; which he could not have done, if he had dismissed the Ambassadors unsatisfied.  
In the mean space Duke Candiano fell grievously sick, a year and certain months after his election; and imagining he could not live long, deposing himself from his charge, and vowing all the remainder of his days to a movasticke life, he caused himself to be carried to Saint hilaries Monastery, where within few days after he died, and lies buried.  
  


¶ TRIBUNO MEMIO, the 25. Duke of Venice.   
 
TRibuno Memio, a great wise man, but of few words, was elected in his stead. This man although he was very wise (as we have said) was not very fortunate in his government. For he was at times cruelly assailed by the conspiracies of his fellow-Citizens. And moreover, in his time the Morosini and Caloprini two very noble families, fight 
Civil discords.  one with the other, with greater hatred than force, caused the people many times to behold very vile and bloody spectacles: of the which I know not whether I may reckon that for chief and most cruel, which in likelihood, though not in effect, was done by Stephano Calloprini; who came with his children, allies, and divers 
The cruel intent of the Caloprini.  others of his faction, well armed, to assail the house of Morosini, with an intent not only to kill all the men, but wholly to extinguish (if it had been possible) the name of the family. This armed troop marched through the City, ready to fight, with as great boldness and hatred, as if it had been against the public enemy; whereat the people, being amazed, silently attended to see the issue thereof, when as the Morosini surprised perhaps, or else fearing their enemies, came not in sight. I know not whether they defended themselves in their own houses, or whether dispersed through the City (which some do affirm) they hid themselves in this tumult among their friends and kinds folks, and did not show themselves. But the City could not escape that day from being coloured with the blood of her Citizens. For the mischief was, that albeit they fought not, yet never the less by chance there was a miserable murder committed. Dominico Morosino being met near to 
Dominico Morosino murdered.  the Castle was unluckily slain by the Caloprini: They being afterwards called in question for this murder, (for they were sure that those of the contrary faction, aided by Tribuno, did Arm themselves to revenge this injury) fled with their 
The slight of the Calloprini to the Emperor Otho, with their promise to him.  Captain Stephano, to Verona, to the Emperor Otho the second; unto whom, for hatred of the Prince, and the family of the Morosini, they promised that state of Venice.  
Otho did willingly lend an ear to this offer, because he perceived the practisers to be of the chief of the City: But before he would assail them by open war, he would try whether he could win them by famine. He forth with forbade, over 
The emperors cruel Edict against the venetians.  all Italy, any traffic with the Venetians. He caused to be signified unto them, that they should not enter into any of the Cities of the Empire, neither upon traffic, nor any other pretence: If they did any thing rashly, he would hold them afterwards for open enemies. By these menaces they soon knew whereunto Otho tended. For in shutting all manner of victuals from them, he meant to bring them to 
Otho the second his design.  the last and most intolerable point of all misery, which is hunger. But howsoever the City might be affrighted thereby, yet would not the Venetians seem to be amazed, nor make show to understand whereunto Otho his designs tended; diss●…mbling their grief and fear; resolving rather to endure all extremes, than to lose 
The Venetians brave resolution.  their liberty. The want of all necessaries grew already very great in the City, when those of Capodarger, enjoying the same privileges with them (as oftentimes one 
The revolt of Capodarger.  mischief follows an other) revolted against them. The inhabitants obtained of the Emperor for their revolt, certain inheritances of the Lauretans; to the end it might serve for a bait for others to do the like.  
But these things being done abroad, and the City in the mean time pressed with want of all necessaries, they began to lay all the fault on those of the faction of the Caloprini, which were near to Otho, accusing them that by their means and 
The people's revenge on the Caloprini.  pursuit, the enemy laid all these traps for them. Whereupon by a public decree the houses of the Calloprini were wholly razed to the ground; their wives and children committed to safe keeping; and the remainder of their goods confiscate. Otho in the mean space persevering in his self-will, not to make open war upon the Venetians, nor yet to have peace with them, went to Rome; where being stricken with a sudden disease he within few days died. The Venetians were by his death 
The Death of Otho the second.  (as at sundry other times) delivered from a great danger.  
Adheleta, after Otho does decease, not willing to abandon the Caloprini obtained of the Venetians, that Stephano, and those who had followed him, should be repealed from banishment: which the Prince and people granting at Adheleta's request, and the Calloprini being returned into their Country: it happened that four of the Morosini, 
The Caloprini return to Venice.  remembering forepassed wrongs, did assail and kill three brethren of the Caloprini, sons to Stephano, as they returned to the Palace, entering into a boat to go 
Three sons of Stephano Caloprini slain.  home to their houses. The Duke was suspected, and the people believed it, that this murder was committed by his consent; but he cleared himself in open Assembly.  
The same Prince gave to Giovanni Morosino at his return from Aquitain, whither he had accompanied Vrseolo, Saint George's Church which stands right over against the Marketplace, with the Marshes adjoining, which were dependencies of the Duke's Chapel, upon condition to build thereupon a Monastery for the Religious of the order of Saint Bennet. He sent his son Mauritio to Basilius' Emperor of Greece; to the end, that being honoured by him with certain titles, he might appear more notable among his fellow-Citizens. All these things thus executed, he was surprised with a grievous disease: by means whereof he voluntarily deposed 
The Duke voluntarily deposeth himself.  himself: or (as some say) he was constrained so to do by the people, the fourteenth year of his government, for that in the civil dissensions he had carried himself not like a just Prince, but had ever favoured one side more than another. He lived not long after: for so soon as he had made himself a Monk, he died forthwith.   


¶ PIETRO VRSEOLO, the second, the 26. Duke of Venice.   
 
PIetro Vrseolo was by the people declared his successor. This dignity was foretold him a long time before, as by a Divine presage, by his Father who was a man of an holy life. During his government, the Venetians State did marvelously increase both at home and abroad. First of all he obtained of Basilius and Alexis (who at the same time did jointly command the Grecian Empire) that through all their Dominions, the 
The Venetians free over all the Grecian Empire.  Venetian Merchants should be free by Sea and land from all customs and tributes. He did moreover by his Ambassadors, purchase the friendship of the Kings of Egypt and Syria. Then did he win by bounty, and good offices, the greatest Lords of Italy. So soon as he perceived a convenient time to revenge all the wrongs which the Venetians had received of the Narentines; he for bad to pay them any 
Prohibitions to pay no more tribute to the Barbarians.  more the accustomed yearly tribute, for the free commerce and Navigation of the coast of Dalmatia. The Narentines being thereby incensed against the Venetians, did suddenly rob and spoil: And not satisfied with their thefts at Sea, they came on shore & spoiled the Country near to Zara: For that City alone, of all the rest of Dalmatia, was at the same time subject to the Venetians. But the Venetians were not only molested by these incursions, but all the neighbour-Nations Likewise: who after they had endured it with much discontentment for a while, perceiving the fury of these robbers, who abused their patience, daily to increase, and foreseeing 
The Narentines great incursions.  that those insolent people, would never give over, unless their attempts were assisted: divers Dalamatians, not finding themselves alone strong enough for such 
The Ambassadors of Dalmatia, Liburnia, and Histria come to Venice to compl●…ine of the Narentines.  an enterprise, had recourse to the Venetians. The Ambassadors of Liburnia, and Histria, came thither likewise, being all of them sent for this purpose, to treat with the Prince in the name of their Commonwealths; That if he would send a mighty fleet into Dalmatia against the Narentines, to defend the Sea-coastes, and the near neighbours thereof, from the thefts of these Pirates; that it would come to pass (which they in the name of their fellow-citizens did promise) that all Dalmatia along the Sea-coast, Liburnia, and Histria, would submit themselves under the Venetians 
The Ambassadors offers to the Venetians.  dominion. The offers which the Ambassadors made, did puff up the Prince's mind, and filled the whole City with great hope one day to be Lords of Dalmatia. Whereupon, fearing to lose such an occasion, they resolved to send forth a mighty Fleet. But before we speak of the setting out thereof, we must briefly make mention of the situation of that Province; fetching it from far.  
The Grecians called those Illirians, which inhabited the upper parts of Macedonia 
Description of Illiria.  and Thrace, from the Cahonians and Thesprotti, unto the River of Histria, increasing in breadth from the hills of Macedon and Thrace, even to the Peonians, and the 〈◊〉 Sea, containing in all five days journey, and in length thrice as much. The which being measured by the Roman Authors, was found to contain 6000. stadij in length, and 1200. in breadth. Whereby it is apparent, that the Ancients have called all that Illiria, which is contained within these limits even to the Adriatick-Sea: comprehending therein Dalmatia and Liburnia.  
They 〈◊〉 beside, that the Province, and the Nation, were so named by Illirius, son to Poliphemus and Galathea, sometimes Lords of that Country; that Dardanus, Taulan●…s, with others, were his children, from whom the Dardanians and Taulantians, people of Dalmatia, are descended. This Province, such as it is, did in times past contain, according to the ancient division of the Cosmographers, Liburnia and Dalmatia. At this present all that Country which lieth from Histria, very near to Liburnia, which stretcheth itself towards the Adriatick-Sea, and almost to the river Drillon, is called Dalmatia. Those who inhabited upon this river, were the Dalmatians in times past. Since then, the Epirots being driven forth of their Country, 
Albania is a part of Illiria.  possessed this Province even to Macedon: and all the Region is by the Moderns called Albania. In this sort Dalmatïa extends itself more from the North to the South than from the East to the West.  
Now the army being in a readiness, and the Soldiers shipped, after that Vrseolo had received the public ensigns in the Church of Olivollo from the hands of 
The Venetians Army against the Narentines.  the Bishop, he sailed into Dalmatia. It was then the spring-time, and sailing pleasantly, he arrived first at Aquileia, after at Grada. Vitalis Bishop of the City accompanied with the whole Clergy and the people, went out to meet him, and after he 
The Bishop of Grada his present to the Duke.  had welcomed him: Take (saith he) Vrseolo this banner of Saint Hermagoras, which I wish may be fortunate to thyself and to the Commonwealth: cause thy Soldiers to follow it, among the ensigns of their Country, and let them fight valiantly under it: I hope that thou wilt one day confess, that this banner which we give thee hath no less aided thee in the obtaining of the victory, than the strength and courage of thy people. We are not ignorant how that by valour all Commonweals are well governed; but they are much better, when they have God for their guide. I do accept (saith the Duke) this thy Presage, and I pray thee, when we are departed hence, to beseech that good God to grant us a prosperous voyage, and victory over our enemies. Then bidding him farewell, he came with a fair wind suddenly into Histria.  
Histria is at this day the farthest Country of Italy, a neighbour in times passed to 
The Duke arriveth a●… Parenza  Liburnia, and consisteth wholly almost of Islands: The Venetians first landing was at Parenza, but he was scarcely come to the Island next to the City, when as Andrea Bishop thereof, accompanied with all the inhabitants, came forth to meet him, and committed his own person his Citizens, and all their means, as well public as private, into the Venetians hands. The Prince being environed with troops of Soldiers made his entry into the City, where he did not fail to visit the body of Saint Maur●….  
The fleet being gone from Parenza, came to the Island near to Pola, which is a 
The Duke com●… to Pola.  very ancient City of Histria, builded (as hath been said elsewhere) by the Colehians. At his arrival, the Polani following the example of the Parentines, came with one accord, with Bercaldo their Bishop, to receive the Venetians. Sundry other people, who had been a long time desirous to yield unto them, ran to meet Vrseolo in the same place, where by their Ambassadors they submitted themselves under their obedience.  
Vrseolo, after he had made some stay there, as well to give audience to the Ambassadors, 
The occasion of his stay there. The Duke's coming to Zara. Coricta and Arba rendered to him.  and to receive their oaths and homage, as to levy new soldiers whom he embarked; he held his course towards Zara. That City was not long before yielded to the Venetians, in regard whereof all the people went out to meet and receive them with great joy, calling them their Lords, and deliverers. The Bishops of Coricta and Arba came thither soon after, with the Commissioners of their Cities, to sue for peace, and to receive his command; swearing and protesting, inviolably to perform what soever he should command them; adding thereunto, that they would in their prayers make mention of the Duke of Venice, as they did of the Emperor. All things falling out thus luckily for the Venetians on the coast of Dalmatia, Murcemirus, who, after he had banished his elder brother, did possess 
Mure emirus king of Croati●… sends Ambassadors to the Duke.  the kingdom of Croatia (namely that Croatia the red, which the Moderns have termed to be a part of Illiria, which extends itself from the desert plains, which lie almost in the midst of the Province, even to Durazzo) fearing lest the Venetian, spurred forward by the happy fortune which accompanied him, would enter too far into Dalmatia, made haste by his Ambassadors to insinuate himself into the Duke's favour, promising the Venetians all aid and succour.  
The Duke in the mean time sent ten Galleys from Zara to spoil the Narentines 
Forty Narentine merchants taken.  Country: These Galleys surprised near to the Island next to Belgrade, called by the inhabitants Chama, forty Narentine merchants, who were returned from Apulia. Some say that their coming was discovered by spies, and that therefore the Galleys were sent to meet them. The Duke, after he had refreshed himself, did forth with follow them; but he found, that, before his arrival, those whom he had first sent had taken the Island, nee●…e to the which we have said the Narentines were surprised. Whereby it came pass that upon Vrseolo his arrival, the Ambassadors of Belgrade & Trahu, came thither likewise to receive the Venetians government. 
The yielding up of Belgrade and Trahu.  These men did promise and swear in the name of their Commonwealth, to remain for ever obedient to the Venetians having of their own accord requested that it might be so. Trahu is an Island of Dalmatia joining almost to the firm Land, with a City of the same name builded by the Issetes. Suringa of Croatia, brother to Murcemirus, was in this Island, who after the yielding up thereof gave his son Stephen for hostage to the Duke, whom the Venetian did afterwards marry to his daughter Hicela. 
The yielding of Spalatra.   
The fleet afterward departed to other places of Dalmatia. Spalatra, a very rich Town in those days, following the example of her neighbours, received the Venetians 
The taking of Corcyra the black.  into her walls. After that, he went to Corcira the black, now called Cursula, the which refusing to obey his commandments was taken by force: That being done, the Venetian Galleys came near to the Isle of Pharos, (called likewise by the Moderns Lesnia in stead of Pharos, by corruption of the language) where they espied a fort builded on great Rocks in the midst of the Sea, which a far off seemed impregnable to the beholders. The nature of the place had till then caused the 
Te situation of Pharos.  Narentines to commit infinite robberies at Sea, who in case of necessity had that place always for an assured retreat.  
There was likewise in the same Island a town, strong both by Art and Nature: not far from whence the Venetian Merchants were wont to be robbed and taken. 
The Venetian Galleys surprise the Haven of Pharos.  The Galleys at their arrival took the Haven of the Island. Then they summoned the inhabitants to yield, willing them, by the examples of others, not to try the fury of the Venetian arms: telling them that it was a folly for them to say, that they had rather endure all shameful extremities with the hazard of their lives, than to 
Those of 〈◊〉 summoned.  preserve their children, and their goods, by receiving the Venetian quietly into their City. This was sundry times told them, that they should beware, least by their obstinacy they did incense the Venetians against them: that after the assault should be 
What moved those of Pharos to defend themselves.  begun, there would be no hope of composition. There was some likelihood that they would willingly have received a Garrison, and obeyed forthwith, if they had been certain to have been received on the same conditions as others were; but fearing (that which was true) that if the Venetians were masters of the Town they would raze it down to the ground, the love to their Country, (which is that we chiefly love) made them resolute to defend themselves and to beat back the enemy. The Duke on the contrary, so soon as he had understood the meaning of the townsmen, commanded to begin the assault. The Islanders did bravely defend themselves. There was a Castle (as hath been said) inaccessible by reason of the steepness of the place: but the Venetians from the foot of the hill shot at once such a number of arrows upon the besieged, as being covered therewith like a cloud, they were constrained to abandon their places of defence. Then they which were in the ships, with the hired Soldiers, did go up by the broken and pathless places of the mountain even to the top: Those within the Town being amazed to see them there, began to defend themselves, and the Venetians did furiously assail them. and having set up scaling ladders in divers places, they began a cruel fight on either side. The hope to win the Town if they would a little strive to do valiantly, increased the Venetians strength; and despair possessed the other. A Tower in the mean time was taken by a few, who expulsed the enemy from that side, and made themselves masters of the wall: Then 
The taking of the castle and town of ●…haros called Lesina.  those within being amazed flung down their weapons, and upon their knees cried for mercy. At this noise the gentle and merciful Prince commanded to pardon those that were disarmed; and the Town being razed down to the earth by his commandment, he departed suddenly from thence, and came to Saint Maximins. 
The City of Pharos destroyed.  The Commissioners of Ragusa with their Bishop came and met him, and submitted themselves to him and to the Venetian people.  
The Duke after that, entering their Country in hostile manner, did put all to fire and sword. The enemies being amazed at this spoil sent their Ambassadors to sue for peace, which was granted them on these conditions; To pay unto the Venetians the just value of all the loss they had sustained from the beginning of the wars; never after, to exact any more tribute; and not to suffer any Lord of their own nation, or a stranger for them, and in their name, to spoil and rob 
The conditions of peace granted to the Narentines.  at Sea. The Narentines, who had made war on the Venetians for the sovereignty at Sea the space of one hundred three score and ten years, with different success many times, embracing peace, which was more necessary, than honourable for them, did willingly accept these conditions. All the prisoners being set at liberty, the victorious Army was embarked.  
The Duke, after he had freed the Sea from Pirates, and brought all the Seacoasts 
The Duke returns to Venice  of Dalmatia, Liburnia, & Histria, under the Venetians subjection, he returned with a prosperous wind to Venice: where he entered, almost in a manner triumphantly (the true ancient triumphs being no more in use) being environed by the people, who highly praised him for his great victories unto; whom after he had related what he had done, and how by the grace of Almighty God, and his own conduct, he had subjecteth to the Venetians all the Seacoasts from Histria, even to the farthest parts of Dalmatia, with all the Islands near adjacent, he was greatly extolled in an Oration: And it was decreed, that ever after, both he and his successors, should carry the title of the Duke of Venice, and Dalmatia, beseeching God that the same might be prosperous to him, and to the Venetian Nation likewise. It was moreover thought fit to send new Magistrates to all the Cities of this new 
New ●…fficers sent to the Cities newly conquered  Province. It is thought, that Otho Vrso was sent to Ragusa; his son to Spalatra; Dominico Polano to Trahu; Giovanni Cornare to Sicore; (called Sibinica by the Moderns) Vitalis Michaeli to Belgrade; and others to other towns, whose names the length of time hath worn out.  
Vrseolo repaired the City of Grada; and with great cost caused divers Palaces to be builded. He caused the holy bodies of Fortunatus, and Hermagoras, with those of Dionise, Largius, and Hermogenes, to be new enshrined. He caused likewise a goodly Palace to be built at Heraclea, with a Church, according to those times; the town being then smally inhabited.  
He did in such sort terrify Giovanni Bishop of Belluna, who troubled the Venetians, by a sudden prohibition to his subjects not to traffic in any sort with them, as he did forthwith surrender whatsoever had been taken (unto which the commandment of the Emperor Otho could never induce him) withal & humbly 
The Emperor 〈◊〉 sundry privileges to the Venetians.  sued for peace: which because it should last the longer, he would have confirmed by a new alliance. He sent his young son afterwards to Verona to the Emperor Otho, who had sent for him by letters, whom at the holy Sacrament of Confirmation he named Otho, who was called before then Peter. He did moreover obtain of the same Emperor divers new immunities and privileges of Fairs, & Ports. Concerning likewise the limits of Heraclea, which extended in time passed to the River of Piavo, Giovanni Diacono (whom the Prince had sent to Verona to acquaint the Emperor with the conquest of Dalmatia) had commandment to treat with him about it, who easily obtained, that they should stand at the same stay, as they had done in ancient time.  
Otho went to Rome, from whence resolving to return into Lombardie, he commanded Giovanni (who went along with him) to write to Vrseolo, that he would be shortly at Ravenna, & from thence would secretly come to Venice, to perform a vow that he had made, and that therefore he desired to have his coming kept secret, because his determination was to come thither in disguise and with a small train. The Duke, marvelous joyful at these news, did with a wonderful affection attend the coming of such a guest. The Emperor in the mean space came to Ravenna, and from thence to Pomposia, a place very near Ghoria at the mouth of the River Po. Then in the night entering into a boat with five of his household 
The Emperor Otho comes to Venice in disguise.  servants, and Giovanni Diacono, he came with a fair wind to Venice. He went rather to the Monastery of Saint Seruula, than to any Inn or Citizen's house, to the end that his coming might be the better concealed. The Prince came to him by night in the same place, where after a reciprocal gratulation, for the arrival of the one in health and with a prosperous wind to Venice, and for the others happy exploits in Dalmatia, they came about midnight into St. Marks Church, from whence, so soon as Otho had made his prayers and accomplished his vow, they went to the Palace. And because each of them were very desirous to have the arrival of this new guest kept secret; so long as the Emperor stayed in Venice, the Duke every day dined in public, but he supped in private with him. And to the end they might be allied together not only by the law of friendship & hospitality, but 
The Duke's great wisdom.  by another more strict and holy band, Otho held a daughter of the Dukes, then new borne, at the Font, the same day she was baptised: He did for ever remit to the Venetians the Cloak of cloth of gold, which the Commonwealth by accord solemnly sworn to, were yearly bound to give unto the Emperors. Being honoured likewise by the Duke with divers great and rich presents he went back again to Ravenna.  
Three days after Otho was departed, the Duke commanded a general assembly, where he publicly declared how that the Emperor Otho had been in Venice; in what manner he had been at home with him for certain days; and what he had obtained of him. It was very pleasing to the people, and they greatly praised 
The Duke permitted to associate Giovanni his son into the government.  Vrseolos wisdom for concealing the presence of so great a Prince. And because he had so well deserved of the Commonwealth, they permitted him soon after by a decree to associate Giovanni his son into the Principality; whom he sent thus honoured with the sovereign dignity, with his wife, and Otho his brother, to Constantinople, to the emperors Constantine and Basilius; from whence they returned soon after to Venice laden with divers rich presents.  
But because never any human prosperity was seen to be exempt from one trouble some accident or other of Fortune; it happened thus, that before this old 
Plague and famine in the City.  man, (otherwise most fortunate,) died, he saw by two extreme miseries, Plague and Famine, and by the decease of his son and daughter in law, happened almost on one day, the course of his happy fortune altered. He was after that constrained to enter into controversy with those of Cap-darger, and with the Sacceans, with the one for refusing to pay the tribute called Ripetta, and with the other about the Marshes of the Lauretans: But he ended them both as he wished, to the profit and honour of the Commonwealth.  
At the same time the Phaledrini, a noble family, caused the Church and Monastery 
The Church and Monastery of Saint Benet builded by the Phaledrini.  of St. Benedict to be builded, which they enriched with divers great and goodly inheritances near adjoining. It is reported that the Duke was very careful to end the reparations of the Palace, and the Church near adjacent. Then by his last will he divided his wealth into three parts. The first and greatest, he bequeathed to his children, the second he would have to be employed for the succouring 
The Duke's last ●…ill.  of poor people and repairing of Churches: and the third to be spent in his life time in public shows, gifts, and liberality to the people. Those things being accomplished at home and abroad, he deceased the eighteenth year of his government. His body, bewailed of all'men, was carried to Saint Z●…charies Church and there honourably buried.   


¶ OTHO VRSEOLO, the 27. Duke of Venice.   
 
OTho, his son, a young man of great hope, and worthy of such a father and grandsire, men of great devotion, did with the general consent of all the Citizens succeed him. He began his government with the same wisdom which all men expected, at what time Geica King of Hungary being moved by the report of his great reputation, 
The Hadrians defeated by the Duke.  gave him his daughter in marriage. He defeated the Hadrians near to Lauretta, betwixt the mouths of the Rivers Po and Adice: for that they had spoiled the Venetian frontiers; and having vanquished them, he made peace with them, upon condition they should surrender both to the Lauretans that which they had lost, and should make no more incursions afterward. But it is reported that the Hadrians, who before that time had been very mighty, did so suddenly decay by the loss of Lauretta, as since then waxing daily worse and worse, they could never afterward recover themselves.  
About the same time Murcimirus (I find in some Authors Heresimus for Murcimire) Lord of Croatia, did very much molest those of Zara contrary to the agreement lately made, and did incessantly oner-runne the whole Country. And the neighbour Cities likewise had already felt the fury of the Croatian Armies, when Otho resolving to revenge it, marched against the Barbarian; who daring to tarry for him and to offer battle, was by him very easily broken and defeated: But those Authors whom we follow, do not set down, whether it were by Sea or 
〈◊〉 vanquishet●… the King of 〈◊〉.  Land. Otho pursuing this happy victory, after he had scoured with his Army all the Sea, coasts of Dalmatia, Liburnia, and Histria, which his Father had subdued to the Venetians, he entered under colour of taking notice of the State of the Province into all their Cities, and assemblies; he caused the inhabitants to make new oaths of fidelity, that they should ever after continue faithful to the Venetians, in the same manner as they had voluntarily submitted themselves, and not to permit any 
Conspiracy against the Duke and his banishment.  whatsoever to practise aught against their State. At his return from Dalmatia, he was unfortunately surprised by the conspiracy of Dominico Flabenico, who after he had shaven his beard, drove him into Greece, the fifth year after he had taken the government alone upon himself: where soon after he died.   


¶ PIETRO CENTRANICO, the 28. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
PIetro Ceutranico or Barbolano (for both these surnames are found in this family) succeeded Otho thus banished. This man entering into the Government of his Country, which was full of troubles at home, and abroad, took great care which business to take in hand first; Y●…t nevertheless he thought it best to reduce the City into her former peaceable estate, being yet in an uproar, by means of this cruel conspiracy, and the banishment of this good Prince. In the mean time Pepin Patriarch of Aquileia, 
Pepin Patriarch of Aquileia disquiets Grada.  presuming on the assurance of these troubles, and on the flight of the Bishop of Grada (for some write that Vrsus Bishop of that place after his brother's banishment fearing to be treacherously surprised by those of the contrary faction, fled) seized on Grada, as though he meant to keep it for Vrsus in his absence. Others affirm●… that it was taken by force, in the behalf of Vrsus from the Venetian Garrison which kept it, the which is altogether untrue. For if they had been then friends, they would not both of them at the same time have pleaded the controversy of their Churches at the Council held at Rome, not without great suspicion of envy and hatred; where it is reported that the Pope and the whole assembly declared the Church of Grada to be the Metropolitan of the whole Venetian Territory. But it is certain, that the Emperor Conrade was at the same time in the behalf of Pepin greatly incenfed against the Venetians, declaring himself in some matters their open enemy.  
In this state stood the affairs of the Venetians, when as Centranico after he had 
Contranico deposed from 〈◊〉 dignity 〈◊〉 by the people shorn and made a Monk.  commanded four years, was (as some say) at the pursuit of Vrsus Bishop of Grada, taken by the people, having his head and beard shaven, and in the habit of a Monk was banished. He thus exiled, the people commanded Vrsus to take upon him the public Government, and to command as Duke, till such time as Otho his brother should be called home from banishment: Those which were sent for that purpose, brought back word that at their coming into Greece they found Otho 
Otho dieth in Greece.  dead, a little before their arrival, as though it had so happened by the divine permission to the end that this ingrateful City might not be so happy as once again to enjoy such a Noble man, Son to so good a Prince, and himself so well deserving of the Commonwealth, whom it had suffered to be so ignominiously handled by the conspiracy of a few, against whom being able to have opposed herself, yet would not. Vrsus having notice of his brother's death, did voluntarily depose himself, and went to his own house, after he had commanded one year.  
Vrsus hau●…ng retired himself, Dominico Vrseolo moved rather by the reputation of his Ancestors (for he was near kinsman to Otho) than by the favour and consent of the people, seized indiscreetly on the Duke's Palace. But the people mindful of 
Dominico Urseolo, usurps the Duke's Palace.  their liberty, foreseeing how unless they did oppose themselves against the attempts o●… that insolent Citizen, that on a sudden the evil disposed persons induced by that p●…rnicious example, would without any respect usurp the Government, came the morrow after his entrance and assailed him, and had undoubtedly slain him, had he not secretly fled away to Ravenna, where soon after he died.   


¶ DOMINICO FLABENICO, the 29. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
DOminico Flabenico created by the general consent of all men succeeded the short government of Vrseolo. This man (as hath been said) was the Author of Otho his banishment; and therefore during the government of Vrso Bishop of Grada, he was banished the City as an enemy, but not long after, he was repealed at the people's request. So soon as he had received the government, he propounded to the people, that he thought it fit and most profitable for the Commonwealth, to drive the family of the Vrseoli out of the City, as pernicious enemies to the public quiet. He willed them then to assemble themselves, and to declare the Vrseoli unworthy ever after to execute the sovereign dignity, or any other Office whatsoever: or to have any authority to be present at the suffrages, and that they should 
Great ingratitude of the Venetians. The family of the Vrseoli for ever banished from the City. The custom of taking a Colleague into the Principality abolished.  adjudge them common enemies, and, as such, banish them. The people being ill advised, having already forgotten the sundry deserts and benefits of this family, making themselves the ministers of an other man's hatred, did suddenly consent thereto. After this sort, this family, till then famous, and which had afforded so many worthy men to the Commonwealth, was by this ignominy so dejected, as it could never after rise again. He did likewise abolish the custom of associating a Colleague in the Principality, the which as most profitable is carefully observed unto this day. I find no memorable matter done by him abroad, but being oppressed with years he departed this life.   


¶ DOMINICO CONTARENO, the 30. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
DOminico Contareno was by the general consent of all men established in his place. Pepin in the mean time had molested all the places round about Grada, and for that time there was nothing decreed against him, in regard the City was then busied in affairs of more importance. Those of Zara had yielded to the Lord of Croatia, or (as some write) to Solomon King of Hungary. At the report hereof, (for it was to be supposed, that unless the Venetian Army did speedily pass into Dalmatia, the other Countries which were now ready to rebel would soon after revolt from the Venetians) the Duke with a great fleet suddenly hasted to Dalmatia; 
Zara taken again which was reuo●…ted.  besieged Zara; and took it by force. The report of the reprisal of Zara availed much to contain the other Cities in their duty and fidelity.  
Pepin in the mean space took Grada the second time by assault, and did more harm at this entry, than at the former. The Venetians justly moved by this injury, determined before they would revenge it, to advertise Pope Benedict of the wrong which Pepin had done them, resolving that if he did not obey the Pope, who they thought would redress it, to revenge the loss of Grada by Arms. Pepin suddenly 
Pepin obeys the Pope's commandment.  obeyed the Pope's commandment; but being of an obstinate and turbulent spirit, he died (as some say) soon after miserably.  
Some write that Pope Leo came at the same time to Venice. But if they sent to Pope Benedict concerning the business of Grada (as hath been said) following the opinion of divers, I cannot imagine how the Pope's name should be so suddenly changed; which makes me to think that it happened by the negligence of some writers, who have set down Benedict for Leo, or on the contrary, Leo for Benedict, or that (which is most likely) that these things were done at sundry times. They 
Pope Leo comes to Venice.  say the occasion of his journey was to visit the body of Saint Mark: and they affirm that he gave divers great privileges to his Church, and to divers others in the City.  
We find also that about the same time, those of Apulia fought divers times with Robert surnamed Guiscard, a Norman by Nation, whose power at the same time was very great in Italy: The which nevertheless I dare not altogether affirm, because of all those Authors, whom we follow, there is but one which makes mention thereof.   


¶ DOMINICO SILVIO, the 31. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
THis is all which happened under the government of Prince Contareno, who the six and twentieth year of his Principality died: he was buried in Saint Nicholas Church, his funeral being followed by great multitudes of people. Dominico Silvio was by sudden acclamation of the people; as he followed the body, saluted Duke. 
T●…o great nic eves of a woman.  He is reported to have married a wife from Constantinople, so full of arrogancy and greekish pride, who (as saith Damian) was so nice and delicate in her manner of life, as she would never wash with ordinary water, she never touched her meat but with a fork of gold, her Chamber was perfumed with such rare odours, as the senses of those which came into it were overcome with the sweetness thereof. But as nothing is of lesser continuance, than unbridled dissoluteness, which is so much the more dangerous as it is most excessive. This most 
A Divine pun●…shment.  proud and curious manner of life procured her a very loathsome and stinking disease, so as she, who by her insolent pride would not use the most necessary element of water, because it was common to every one, could not be holpen or comforted by the same, nor yet by any other means, to cleanse the filth and infection of her body.  
About the same time Dominico Bishop of Olivollo deceased. Henry son to the last Duke succeeded him, who altered the ancient name of Olivollo, and would be called Bishop of the Castle, as they are now at this day.  
It is reported that under this Prince's government the Normans were driven 
What the Normans were, and their Original.  out of the confines of Dalmatia. And because the Venetians have had divers warlike encounters with this Nation, we must speak something of them. They were then (as some Authors affirm) near neighbours to the Seacoasts of Guyenne, who after they had a certain time scoured the Neighbour-Seas, entered in tract of time under their Captain Raoul by the River of Loire into France. They overran Lorraine and a part of Germany with fire and sword; afterwards returning 
Raoul the Normans Captain becomes a Christian.  into France, Raoul made a league with king Charles the third surnamed the Simple, and being by him persuaded to become a Christian, of an Enemy he became his Guest; and being named Robert, he married the king's daughter. By means of which marriage Charles gave unto him that Province lying upon the River of Seine, which hath been since called Normandy, by the name of the inhabitants. This man, of whom I speak, was great Grandfather to that Robert, who came with an Army into Italy, of whom we must say somewhat, to the end we may the more easily understand, that which they have done there.  
Now at what time this young Robert began to wax great on the confines of Lucania, 
By what mean●…i the Nor●…ans grew great.  and Sicill, the affairs of Italy were then in mean estate, as well by the new received losses, as by the incursions of the Saracens, who overranne that whole Province, and Sicill in like manner. But it is uncertain whether this man or some other of that Nation, did bring the Normans out of France into Italy. For it is certain that the same great Robert, who from the shores of the Ocean Sea did enter by the river of Loire so far into France, was great Grandfather to this man: So as perhaps some other of the Royal blood might conduct the Normans into TransAlpine Gaul, which at this day, is a part of Italy, before his time. From thence it comes that divers do affirm, that this young Robert marched first against the Saracens. Nevertheless howsoever it is, herein all do agree, that at the same time almost, the Normans did drive the Barbarians out of Italy, and Sicily, with many 
The Normans drive the Sarracens and Greeks forth of Italy.  thousands of men slain on either side, and the greeks likewise out of Calabria and Apulia. But after that the Norman forces, after many and sundry exploits, became suspicious to the Popes for that they were increased in Sicily, and in a great part of Italy; more than was thought needful for the safety of the Lands of the Church and others; the common rumour was, that the Normans, after they had possessed Lucania, would seize on Campania It is reported, that Pope Leo resolved at the same 
Pope Leo vanqu●…shed by the Normans.  time, if he could not stay them by entreaties, and threats, to use force And having levied a mighty Army for the same purpose, he fought with them with bad success near to Beneventum: where after he had received a notable loss, he fled forth of the battle into the nearest City. Nevertheless he was not. discouraged at this loss, but being a man stout and courageous, he found new means and forces to drive them forth of Italy; but all his attempts proved vain. He being dead, Pope 
Pope Nicholas tributary to the Normans.  Nicholas his successor, not daring to contend with them, thought it much available for the safety of the Church's Lands; if paying them a yearly tribute, he might oblige Robert to aid the holy Sea, when need should be; making him by that means to acknowledge, that he did depend on an other man. This is in a manner all that which some Authors have set down of the stirs of this Nation.  
Others have affirmed, that the same Robert (as we have said) came from Transalpine Gaul, not making any mention of France; and they say that Tancre●… Lord 
Sund●…ie opinions of the Normans coming into Italy.  of that Province had twelve children, among whom they highly esteem two, that is to say, William surnamed Ferrabach, and Robert Guiscard. They do moreover deny that which we have spoken of the Normans, to be done under the conduct of Robert, but under his brother William. And beside, they do not set down the matter like those whom we follow, but quite contrary; That Campania and Lucania were never possessed by them, and that the Saracens were never driven thence: but how that Willam jointly with the Princes of Campania and Salerne, marched against the Barbarians, who had already possessed Sicily, and took into their fellowship Molloc, Governor of Apulia and Calabria for the Greek Emperor: by whose means being joined altogether, the Barbarians were easily driven forth of Sicily. And that Molloc after the Island was taken again, did seize on it, placing strong Garrisons in the emperors name, unto whom he said the Island did belong, and not to 
Molloc Governor for the Greek Emperor deceiveth his fellows.  his fellows: whereat the Norman being incensed did suddenly leave the Island, & came the nearest way into the firm Land, & laid siege to Melphi in Apulia. For the relieving whereof, Molloc leaving the Island, the victory remained to the Norman, & Molloc being defeated with the loss of all his Army fled into Greece: so that 
The Normans defeat Molloc.  in the end the Normans being conducted by William made themselves masters of the greatest part of Apulia. But after they had a long time debated the possession of this Province, with divers events, it came to pass that the Emperor Michael with 
The Emperor Michael driven from Constantinople.  three of his children were driven from Constantinople by Nicephorus. The Emperor dealt with Robert Guiscard, who at the same time besieged Tarentum (for it is certain that under his conduct the Normans did in those days flourish in Italy) to come to his aid into Greece, assuring him, that Nicephorus being vanquished (the which by his means he presumed easily to do) he should afterward have the command of Greece. Whereunto Robert being likewise persuaded by Pope Gregory did agree, and raising his siege on a sudden, came to Ottranto, where assembling and embarking such forces as he needed, he did put to Sea, and with a fair wind he landed first at Auellona, and from thence coming to Durazzo, he besieged it by 
Durazz●… besieged by the Normans.  Sea and Land. Nicephorus sent Alexis with an Army by Land, against Robert and the Emperor Michael, to enforce him to raise the siege of Durazzo. This man obtained of Prince Silvio in the name of Nicephorus, that the Venetians should send a mighty Army against the Normans. Some say that Nicephorus obtained it by his 
The Venetians Army succoreth Nicephorus.  Ambassadors before Alexis coming, by means whereof the Venetian Prince, came with a mighty Army against the Normans: and being come before Durazzo in the view of the enemy, he put his people in battle, and without any long stay, came furiously against them. The enemies in like manner being puffed up with their former victories, did courageously and without fear receive the Venetian Galleys. The Enemies fought with such fury, as they seemed not alone to fight for the imperial dignity of one of their confederates, but likewise for their Country. The 
The Venetians victorious over the Normans.  victory was for a long time doubtful: At the last the Norman Army being broken, part of their ships taken, or sunk, and the rest fled, the victorious Venetian opened to those of Durazzo, the passage to Sea, which was before shut from them.   
The end of the fourth Book of the first Decade.   

THE FIFTH BOOK OF THE FIRST DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
¶ The Contents of the fifth Book of the first Decad.  
THe Venetians are defeated by the Normans under Prince SILVIO in a set battle near to Durazzo. The Emperor HENRY comes to Venice. The miraculous appearing of Saint MARKS body, after it had been a long time hid from his Citizens. Upon what occasion all Christendom took the Cross upon them, and armed themselves against the Turks and Saracens. Pope VRBAN his Oration in the Council of Clermont, exhorting all Christian Princes to recover the holy Land. The voyage of the VLTRA-MONTANI into Asia. How unlikely the Christians fought at the beginning in Bythinia. The Christians besiege Nicaea: with their notable victory obtained against a great number of Turks. The taking of Iconium, Heraclea, with divers other Cities, from the Infidels by the Christians. Antioch is taken by them after a long and painful siege and sundry encounters. The Venetians take Smirna. The dissensions and secret hatred betwixt BEAMOND, and RAYMOND, Earl of Saint Giles. And whatsoever was done in Phoenicia, is generally comprehended in this Book.  
THe raising of the siege of Durazzo on that side where the battle was fought, brought no great commodity to the Venetians: For Nicephorus being wholly undone by the sudden rebellion of his people; the Norman after he had repaired his fleet returning to besiege Durazzo by Sea and Land, Michael and Alexis (jointly possessing the Empire by means of Nicephorus overthrow) determined in the Venetians absence to succour the City, so that it is reported there was a cruel fight near to the walls, and that the greeks being vanquished, and one of 
The greeks over thrown by the Normans before Durazzo.  the companions of the Empire being slain, Alexis saved himself by flight, by means whereof the Durassians being constrained to yield, became subject to the enemy's power. And not long afterwards the Venetians in the behalf of Alexis came against the Normans, almost in the very same place where the first battle was fought but the event did much differ from the former. For the Venetians being 
The Venetians defeated.  vanquished, received so notable a loss, as of all that great fleet which Silvio had brought with him a small number was saved: part being drowned, and the residue taken. This purchased the Prince great hatred and envy: For, at his return to Venice, the people deposed him in the thirteenth year of his government. divers do confess, that the Venetians and the greeks were vanquished before the Port of Durazzo, but that the loss was not so great as we have said it was; but only that the battle was very bloody on either-●…ide and that so soon as the Norman began to have the better, Alexis fled on the left hand towards Peloponesus, and Silvio on the right hand towards Venice. They do beside deny that he was deposed from his government; but that the two and twentieth, or as others say the three and twentieth year of his Principality, he fortunately deceased and was honourably buried in Saint Marks Church.  


¶ VITALIS PHALERIO, the 32. Duke of Venice.   
 
SIluio being dead, Vitalis Phalerio was with the general consent chosen in his stead. His first proposition was no less honourable than profitable for the Commonwealth. For so soon as he was declared Prince, he propounded to the People to send Ambassadors to Constantinople, to the Emperor Alexis, to obtain of him, that Dalmatia and Croatia, which they had taken from the usurpers and purchased by right of war, might for ever remain to the Venetians. It was likely that the Emperor would easily grant their request, in regard of the kindness which he had lately received from them. The Ambassadors were Dominico Dandulo, Andrea Michaeli, and jacomo Auro. But in stead of these, I find in some Authors, Ciani Vitalis and Antonio. Alexis did freely grant their requests, whereby the Venetians have ever since by 
New titles given to the Duke of Venice.  just title possessed Dalmatia and Croatia. And Phalerio was the first (according to some Annalists) who in his titles did bear these Provinces. I find likewise that about the same time the greeks and the Venetians fought under Phalerio before Durazzo with Guiscard, but the issue thereof was as successless as under Silvio.  
The Emperor Henry came from Treviso to Venice to visit Saint Marks Church, whose miraculous apparition was a little before divulged every where. It is 
The Emperor Henry comes to Venice.  reported that for a time it was not known in what part of the Church his bones did rest, so as the common people cried out, that he had retired himself into some secret place, as though he meant to conceal himself from the people's sight: whereupon the whole City being desirous to know his resting place, prayers and fasts were appointed every where; then divers Bishops, being followed by the Clergy and people, came in procession to his Church, where it is reported, that after divers prayers, 
Saint 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ap●….  he did miraculously show himself to his Citizens, by putting out of his arms forth of the earth: and that then to the people's great contentment, his body was taken up, and carried to a more honourable place: and it was decreed that none but the Prince and the Procurators of the Church, should know his resting place; and it is thought that at the same time they dedicated a new Church unto him, more rich and sumptuous than the former.  
Phalerio did afterward repair the Burrow of Lauretta decayed by antiquity: and reducing it into the form of a little City, he did enrich it with divers liberties and privileges, to make it thereby the more to be inhabited. After he had made this reparation (we find no other matter done by him abroad nor at home) he departed this life, the twelfth, or (according to some) the thirteenth year of his Principality.   


¶ VITALIS MICHAELI, the 33. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
VItalis Michaeli was chosen in his place. In his time and under his government, a mighty Army was sent into Syria for to recover the Cities and places of the Holy land. But because we know that the Venetians have had share in divers great exploits executed by the Christians in Asia: I have thought it not impertinent to touch briefly in order what was done there, to the end that by that which shall be set down, it may be easily known what the Venetians did in that journey. 
Who was the Author of the war against the Turks.   
The Author then of this war (as some write) was a French Hermit, named Peter, who going on pilgrimage to the Sepulchre of our Lord jesus Christ, did understand of Simeon Bishop of jerusalem, and of other Christians who were there in small number, in what distress and miserable servitude this holy Land, where the Saviour of the world did redeem us, was held by the cruel Mahometists: That there was no place in the same, how holy or religious soever it were, which that abominable Nation had not till then, defiled and contaminated, by thefts, murders, & adulteries, adding therewithal the scourges, torments, and wrongs, which those who professed Christianity did endure, who were of necessity either to go from thence, or resolve to die there miserably. To this was joined a great miracle: 
A wonderful vision happened to Peter the Hermit.  How that upon Easter even about midnight, it seemed unto Peter in his sleep, that jesus Christ did call unto him, enjoining him so soon as he should arrive in Italy, he should tell the Pope, and afterwards, all the other Princes of France and Germany, that it would be pleasing unto him, and that he did command them tread Italy with great fury. A very great multitude of them leaving Scythia at that time, would stay in no place, till they had first seen how their friends and kindsfolke in Hungary fared. These men by continual frequentation with the Italians, being accustomed to the journeys of Italy, had for the most part changed their natural cruelty and manner of life: by means whereof waxing more civil, they were driven from the places which they had gotten by right of war, by those that came 
Civil war betwixt the Huns.  after them. The cruelty of this Nation is reported to be such, as after that they had been in Hungary, they abstained not from eating human flesh after their country manner; who forthwith took upon them the names of those whom they had driven thence, and were called Hungarians. Those which were expulsed, were likewise in times past called Huns, aswell as the latter; And being come into Hungary in the days of Attila, they were afterward named Bavarians, than Huns; and certain letters being taken away from both names, it was made but one.  
These then after divers warlike actions done as well in France as Germany, after they had vanquished Lewis king of Germany, and made him tributary, carrying 
Lewis King of Germany, Tributary to the Huns.  great store of booty home with them, being proud of so good success, resolved to make attempts on Italy; having perhaps understood that they were at strife among themselves. By means whereof coming first into Misia, they defeated the Princes of the same in a bloody battle, and made them tributary. Departing thence, upon report that they determined to invade Italy: Berengarius, who at the same time held the Roman Empire, marched against them with fifteen thousand men, and they fought very furiously upon the confines of Italy, where Berengarius 
Berengarius defeated by the Huns.  being overcome, fled from the battle with the loss of the greatest part of his forces.  
The Huns became more haughty after this victory, and they entered Italy the nearest way, putting all they met with to fire and sword; and coming to Treviso 
Treviso taken by the Huns.  they took and spoiled it. From thence determining to go to Milan, the report of the great wealth of the Venetians which began at the same time to be very famous over all Italy was the cause, that on a sudden they turned all their forces upon the Venetians. They speedily made a great number of small light boats; which they covered (as it is reported) with leather, by reason that they were grossly made, and of a thick substance. In these the Barbarians embarked themselves, and assailed Villa-nova (so was the ancient Heraclia called, after it was re-edified) which, being taken at the first assault, they burned down to the ground. From thence marching to Equiline and jesulune▪ they destroyed them in the same manner. Then pursuing the course of their victories all along the Sea-coast, they spoiled Chioggia and Capodarger, and afterward burnt them. At the last they resolved to 
The Huns assail the City of Venice.  assail Rialto. The fear, which then fell upon the Venetians, was not like to that which possessed them in the time of the Frenchman's wars. For this terror was much greater than the other. They fought with the French for their liberty. They must fight with these men for the safety of their lives. Those, albeit they were enemies, had in them some sparks of piety and Religion. The Huns did not only contemn godliness but all humanity; for they did not spare the dead carcases, but 
The great cruelty of the Huns.  like brute beasts they tore them in pieces and devoured them. The evil disposition of this Nation had at the first report so terrified all people of each sex and age, as they did not alone bewail the loss of their liberty; but their lives likewise. But (as it oftentimes happeneth) this despair of theirs was converted into fury, and this fury into a desire of revenge; or if that could not be effected, to die valiantly. This desire gave them hope to vanquish the Barbarians, if they should attempt to hazard the fight.  
It is to be supposed (for we cannot certainly affirm it) That the Venetians were 
Exhortation to the Venetians.  suddenly encouraged by some, by this manner of speech. That it was now time for them by their actions to show themselves valiant men; That a mighty danger did not only threaten their Country, but their lives; That they had to do with a kind of people, who as little used to spare the bodies of the dead, as their lives in battle. But yet nevertheless they were not made of ●…ron, but their bodies might easily be pierced. That they should call to memory how the ancient Venetians with a few inhabitants of the Latins, made no difficulty in their Country's behalf to expose their lives before the walls of Aquileia, against three hundred thousand men; (for Attila had so many in his Army) That the event of that battailc did manifest, how much virtue and courage is better in war than great multitudes: But it may be that some will term them rash and inconsiderate for their attempt, in daring to assail the enemy with that sort of fight, wherein he was most expert: whereas on the contrary, they should rather have fought with them at Sea, or in the Lakes, known better to them than to the Barbarians: (than which, he said, nothing could be more acceptable to the Venetians, who from their youth are accustomed to the Sea) than in such a place where their valour might be most apparent. Moreover, that the enemies had neither the skill, 〈◊〉 ships, fit for that purpose. That their Ancestors had in the same places, where they were now to fight, vanquished in times past King Pepin, followed with his own forces, and with those of the Emperor his father: And that they only fought for their liberty: whereas now, the danger of their lives did constrain them to defend themselves bravely. Now, in regard that if they were overcome, they were sure to die, he could not think that there was any Citizen so base or recreant but would rather choose to die valiantly with his sword in his hand, then by yielding, to lose all he had, and to have his throat cut, like a Sheep, by a barbarous and cruel enemy. He said, That the strength and magnanimity of the Citizens were such, as they were not only sufficient to rebate the edges of the Huns swords who threatened them; but to free their Country likewise from so wearisome a siege. 
The 〈◊〉 constant resolution.   
Being animated by these, or such like exhortations, they became courageous. For it were folly to imagine that a multitude of people, being amazed with the fear of their enemies, could be encouraged without some vehement Oration, full of persuasive speeches. All men, after that, ran to arm themselves, not only to defend their liberty, but likewise, or rather, to preserve the safety of their lives. The enemies in the mean space hasted towards Rialto. The Venetians embarked in their wel-armed vessels, and fit for the fight, met with them near to Albiola. The fight at the beginning was very cruel.  
The attempts of the Huns were divers; who relying on their great numbers, 
Battle betwix●… the Venetians and the Huns.  assailed them in sundry places at once. The Venetians every where opposing themselves against them, did bravely resist their assaults: They fought sundry days without any likelihood of victory to either side. But at the last, both parts joining their whole forces, the Barbarians were broken and defeated, and dispersing their troops, fled far from thence, leaving to the Venetians a most famous victory. The enemies (as some report) being soon after won by the rewards of Berengarius, departed out of Italy.  
The Venetians grew famous, by gaining this victory near to Albiola. All men said that the Venetians had abated the fury of the Huns; unto whom Berengarius (a valiant and mighty Prince, by reason of the Empire of Italy) had given 
The Venetians overcome the Huns. Great praise g●…uen to the Duke.  place. He did likewise greatly praise the absent Duke, by whose means and under whom all was done. It is to be supposed, that the Duke Tribuno did at that time fortify the City with a wall and chain; and not for fear of the Pirates: the which certain Historians do likewise affirm.  
to take by force that Country out of the Infidels hands, wherein for the Salvation of mankind it was his pleasure to be borne, and to die, where divers and great tokens of his humanity were yet to be seen: witness the little house wherein he was borne; the Temple, where being a child he wept, and grown bigger had disputed, and at last being become a man had taught; The mounts of Thabor and Olivet; this a place of prayer; and that of his transfiguration; Pilat's Pretorium; mount Caluarie, where his cross was set up; and his Sepulchre not far from thence.  
Peter being returned into Italy, had no other thought but to go to Pope Vrban, 
Peter tells his message to the Pope.  unto whom having delivered his message, he passed the mounts, and went to the other Christian Princes. In the mean space that he in a manner ran over all Europe, he forgot not by the way to exhort all men in his sermons to undertake this holy voyage. But Pope Vrban coming soon after to the Council of Clermontin Awergne 
The Pope comes to the Council of Clermont in Awergne.  treated of this matter with a very vehement Oration: the substance whereof was thus.  

Pope Vrban his Oration.  
THat he was not departed from Rome, and come to that holy assembly for the affairs of the Church of Rome only, albeit it greatly needed to be reform, but was stirred up by another occasion, the which, as more holy, was likewise more notable: That he did not doubt, but that those there assembled had heard tell of what had be fallen long since in Syria, and chiefly in the confines of that Region which is commonly called the Holy Land: The unjust usurpation of the Sepulchre of our Sovereign Lord jesus Christ (the which he could not utter without tears) by those cruel barbarous Saracens; that there was no Church, Altar, or any other sacred place, but was 
The cruelty of the Mahometans.  either razed down to the groundby those cursed Mahometans, or converted to their profane uses: that the Religious people dwelling there at such time as those enemies made themselves masters thereof, were constrained, some for fear of horrible punishment, to renounce the faith of jesus Christ, and others that would persever therein, were by sword and fire, and other sorts of torments miserably consumed: That devout Matrons going thither on pilgrimage from all parts almost of Europe, had not been only forced by them to satiate their brutishlust, but likewise in contempt and derision of us, tormented by monstrous embracements: That if that which he had related was not in their opinions sufficient to cause them to take Arms, and to prosecute revenge, He besought them at least to consider, and call to remembrance, how thatin a short time through the negligence of their Ancestors, the forces of Asia were increased; and beside, how far the Mahometans had in length and breadth extended their Dominions: How many Countries they possessed, which did in times past belong to the Roman Empire. But would to God (said he) that the affairs of Christendom were brought to that pass, that we were but to complain and bewail other men's miseries. We have (alas) seen in our days Italy, wholly destroyed by their spoils and incursions; Castles, Cities and Churches beaten down, and burnt by those Sacrilegious persons. But wherefore do I relate the murders, imprisonments, rapes, and so many other matters never almost heard of, which this Land hath endured along time: seeing that Spain likewise, and her neighbour Aquitaine, and all the Occidental Provinces, have not only felt the like loss, but having at this day scarce dried up their tears, do stand in fear of the like. And ye 〈◊〉 Frenchmen (said he) albeit that this wound is not yet entered into your bowels; no doubt, but in regard of your neighbourhood, you have heard and seen likewise somewhat of that, whereof I have now spoken. And the Germans, and other Western Nations, who have not as yet felt these losses, ought often to forethink what dangers menace them from the East, nay rather, how near they are to them already. I know not (said he) if the Venetians were not, (who with strong Garrisons defend the Seacoasts, and who have often repulsed this cruel enemy from Histria and Dalmatia) whether this storm would (ere this) have been blown even into Hungary and Germany. The power of the Grecian Empire, which whilst her strength and vigour lasted, was wont to be the Bu●…varke of Europe on the East and West side, is in such sort ruined, as the Emperor dreams on nothing but on means and forces whereby he may conserve his City of Constantinople; which place if we had lost (as God forbid) we may easily conjecture how great such a loss would be, as well to Europe as to him. I tremble with horror, when I do but think what will happen, if this fire be not quickly quenched, which 〈◊〉 doth more and more kindle. All the miseries, which those have felt whom we bewail, hang over our heads. Men and women shall be reserved to satisfy the luxury of those barbarous people: and ye will hereafter lament, when it will be too late, that having had means, you have not opposed yourselves against these miseries. It may be you think, that this cannot come to pass. No more did they who have since felt it. And would to God we did not so often feed ourselves with vain hope. But it were better (o courageous spirits) whilst we have strength, counsel, aid, power, and money ready, and generally whatsoeur may give hope of a victory, to divert this evident peril from us. Nor is our enterprise above human strength. That Charles, surnamed the Great, in a manner your Countryman, (o ye Germane) in regard 
What Charlemagne did against the Infidels.  of the descent of his Ancestors, and your king (ò Frenchmen) and the glory of your name, did drive the Saracens forth of Spain and Aquitaine: The same Charles constrained them to leave Italy. The 〈◊〉 Charles (of whom ye so much vaunt) did recover jerusalem which ye term Holy, and drove thence the enemies: And by how much his glory and reputation is great: by so much the more ought it to incite you which are descended from him, to attempt some new exploit which may augment this your ancient renown. If ye do not thus▪ but give yourselves to rest and idleness, ye shall not only hazard what your Ancestors have left you, but you shall suffer the native Country of our sovereign king, to your great shame and contempt, with that of all Christendom likewise, to be trodden down by these cruel enemies; and his Sepulchre, Temple, and other holy places to be polluted by murders, rapes, and sacri●…edges. Arm yourselves then in time rather, and deface this common infamy: Purchase to yourselves and to all Europe assured safety. I think you may easily do it. For by how much your forces surpass those of Charles (If ye all jointly undertake this voyage) by so much more shall the victory be certain and easy for you. The victor's profit shall be great & inestimable, by the spoils of so opulent a Nation, and such rich kingdoms: But the Celestial reward shall be much greater, the which in the name of Almighty God, we promise to as many as shall fight valiantly.   
It is reported that when the Pope had ended his speech, the whole assembly cried 
The Assemblies answer●… to the Pope.  out, that it was Gods will to have it so: Then the Pope having commanded silence, replied. Go then (quoth he) ye generous spirits, and let that which ye have all, with one accord, now spoken, be your watchword in this war, and let as many as mean to undertake this journey, sew a Cross of red cloth on the right side of their garments. They report a very admirable matter, the which I should hardly set down, were it not for the assurance that we have, that God doth 
An admirable matter.  ever assist holy enterprises; Which is, that the same day that the war was resolved upon at Clermont, it was known and divulged to the farthest Regions of the earth.  
But whilst Pope Vrban and the rest did labour about the choice of a Captain in the assembly, the which besides other matters had given great hope to all men, and that this business had kept them there certain days: it is reported, that divers thousands of men affecting this new war came thither: And that soon after, 
The number of those who at the same time took the Croisado.  three hundred thousand armed men were in a readiness to march.  
The leaders to these great numbers of Christians, were Godfrey of Bovillon, Eustace, and Baldwin his brethren, Raymond Earl of Saint Giles, and Robert Earl of Flaunders, 
The chief commanders.  Hugh, surnamed the great, brother to Philip the French King, Stephen Earl of Chartres, the Bishop of Puy, and Peter the Hermit the Author of this enterprise.  
This man, because he would be seen to have some chief command in this war, came with Baldwin and his brethren, through Germany, Hungary, and Thrace, to Constantinople, accompanied with troops of soldiers. The Bishop of Puy, Raymond, Hugh the great, passed into Italy with greater forces; and came to Rome to visit the Pope. From whence they departed in three troops. The one marched directly to Brundisium, the other to Barri, and the third to Ottranto. But Beamond son to Guiscard a valiant Prince, being incited before by the report 
Their sundry p●…ssadges.  of this gallant enterprise, did join his forces with those which passed through Apulia.  
Whilst the troops which were in Italy made themselves ready to march, Peter the Hermit, who was arrived at Constantinople with the three brethren of Bovillon, so soon as he had crossed the Bosphorus of Thrace, the next and shortest way, he passed over his troops into Asia; which the Emperor Alexis (as it is reported) did soon enforce him to do, in regard his soldiers observed no martial discipline, but gave themselves licentiously to all manner of evil. The which, 
Peter the Hermit, ignorant of Martial discipline.  Alexis with others did impute wholly to the Hermit, being altogether ignorant of martial discipline and unworthy to have any command; by means whereof divers did report that the Emperor caused Peter, whether he would or no, to depart foremost into Asia, where his Army soon after marched towards Nicomedia and Nicaea.  
But because it did manifestly appear, that unless some other besides the Hermit, (who was more religious than martial) did take charge of the Army, it was likely at the very first encounter to fall into great danger: they chose Raymond 
Raymond a Germane chosen in the Hermit's stead  a Germane by nation, and a very warlike person, for their General. By the which election we may easily conjecture, that the brethren of Bovillon came not with Peter to Constantinople: or if they did come, after the Hermit was gone into Asia, they remained with the the Emperor Alexis, till the rest of the forces were arrived.  
The Sarracens, who had been advertised of the resolution of the Council 
The Infidels advertised of the Christians enterprise.  held in France, and of whatsoever the Christian Princes had since then enterprised in this war; did determine by Ambush to surprise those who should first come into Asia; to kill them; and then to resist the passage of the rest over the Bosphorus of Thrace. Raymond having marched on the Territory of Nicaea, without sending forth his discoverers, fell into Ambuscado, and retired with great loss of his people to the City of Exorga. This place had been of set purpose abandoned by the enemy: who so soon as they perceived the German to be within the Town, came suddenly and besieged it on every side. Raymond being wearied with that long siege, 
Raymond flies to the enemy.  of a Captain became a fugitive, and with certain others went to the enemy's side. The City after that was valiantly defended for a time, but at the last the enemy took it; and the most of those who were within it having been tormented with hunger, thirst, and infinite other miseries, were put to death, either by the sword, or by some other accident of war; all those which yielded, were likewise put to the edge of the sword. The Hermit in the mean time seized on the City of Cynita, which was forsaken by the inhabitants; and having fortified it with those few forces which he had, he joined himself with the troops, at such time as his Countrymen arrived.  
Whilst these things were done in Bythinia, Hugo the Norman, the Earls of 
The French arrive at Constantinople.  Flaunders and of Chartres, departed from Barri, and with a fair wind arrived at Durazzo. Then at the entreaty of the Governor of Dalmatia in the name of the Emperor Alexis, they marched in bands, and at sundry times, to Constantinople, for fear lest so great an Army marching all together should spoil the Country: whither being come, as into a place of safety, it is reported that Alexis 
Alexis practiseth ●…reacherie.  did lay snares for them; as one who from the beginning had greatly suspected their enterprise. But being reconciled to Baldwin, Godfrey and the rest, The Bishop of P●…y and Raymond did arrive, who had conducted their troops through Dalmatia, Albania, Macedon and Thrace.  
Beamond, who for his fathers and his own particular enmity with Alexis, thought not himself safe if he should come into Greece, sailed with a direct course from Brundisium into Morea; and from thence marching in battle (as if he had been to fights, through the higher Misia and Thrace, to avoid the traps of Alexis, and came into Asia sooner than he was expected; where after he had taken a City of the Heretics; spoiled and overthrown it; and being come to the banks of the river Barbara, he caused part of his forces to pass over at a ford, and kept the residue with himself. But the morrow after by break of day, Alexis forces 
Beamond ass●…yled by Alexis Subjects.  being come to assail those troops that were gone over the river, they did greatly amaze them at the first, and had undoubtedly much endangered them, if Beamond had not speedily come to their rescue with two thousand horse, which he had ready for the same purpose; at whose coming, the greeks retired themselves. And by this means Beamond perceiving that there was no place free from the ambushes of Alexis, he resolved still to march in order of battle. But the Emperor, after he had in vain made all these attempts, thought it his best course to make an 
Alexis and Beamond reconciled  atonement with him, and to that end sent his Ambassadors to him, laying all that was passed upon the malice of certain people desirous of spoil.  
It is reported that Alexis did afterward more esteem of Beamond than of all the rest of the Princes and Captains of the Army, whereunto the meekness and courtesy of the Norman did incite him, so as after his coming to Constantinople, he did so far insinuate himself into the Emperors favour, as he freely promised him to furnish the Army with new succours, horses, garments, weapons and all other necessaries. But yet nevertheless, because he would seem to have care of his own affairs, he said, that his meaning was to perform his promise; provided, that the Captains would promise and swear, not to attempt any thing 
A new agreement betwixt Alexis and the Christian Princes.  against himself, his State, and subjects; and that all the Cities which they should take in Asia (Jerusalem excepted) should be reduced under the government of the Grecian Empire. This thus conluded: the whole troops were forthwith transported into Asia; Beamond only with certain others remained with Alexis, to further the dispatch of victuals and other necessaries. The Captains in the mean time being come to Nicomedia, so soon as they had united their forces, resolved first of all to assail Nicaea. Wherefore dislodging thence, they came through forests, and byways before the City; and the siege was planted before Beamonds' arrival at the Camp, by reason of his long stay about the sending away of victuals and other necessaries.  
At his arrival, Nicaea, the chief City of Bythinia, (called at first Antigona, by 
Nicaea besieged.  Antigonus her founder, and since then, Nicaea by Lysimachus, in favour of his wife) was assailed in three several places. This City was reasonably strong by situation, and much more by art, being compassed about with very high and thick walls, the towers builded foursquare: the fourth part whereof towards the South is watered with the lake Ascania. They forthwith erected engines of battery, and wooden Castles of the just height of the City walls. Then they brought thither the ram, and other warlike engines. They did likewise use the mine. The City, besides a great number of inhabitants, had likewise store of armed soldiers in garrison, and every day new supplies came to them by the lake in their 
The strength of Nicaea.  steads that had been slain or hurt: So as they were sure that whilst the passage of the lake should remain open, Nicaea could never be taken. Wherefore it was concluded, for the hindering of the enemy's passage, to send to the Emperor Alexis, and to entreat him, that with a certain number of ships he would shut up the lake from the enemies. Alexis fulfilled their request, but not suddenly. 
Sixty thousand Turks come to succour the Town.  For whilst he made ready his ships, threescore thousand Turks, with certain troops of Sarracens, came and encamped on the hills next to the City, whereof they suddenly advertised the besieged by the lake, which was not yet shut from them, to the end that on a day prefixed they should make a sally on the Christians, on the same side as they should on a sudden assail their Campe. The alarm began in the Bishop of Puy his quarter, who was encamped on the eastside, where the French did not only with great valour receive the enemy's forces, but running all the rest, they seized on the town of Soccor, by means of certain Christians that were within it, where they remained till such a time as the soldiers had made provision of victuals for five days. But being departed from thence, so soon as they had surprised the City of Sura, and the Fort of the Imposts, with certain other 
Sura.  small towns in the Territory of Sura, they laboured by a very straight path 
The Fort of the Imposts.  to ascend the top of Mount Taurus.  
This way, which was but a days journey, was no less dangerous than painful. 
A very dangerous way.  It was very narrow by reason of the flintstones, and sharp rocks which hemmed it in on the one side, and with a very deep valley on the other, which was of so fearful a depth, as it did amaze the beholders: the troops were a whole day passing this way not without the great care and heed of the Captains, and the greatest part thereof they went on foot. There was none so hardy in the whole Army as durst ascend those steep places on horseback, but they threw their cloaks and baggage on their horsebacks for to make themselves more apt and disposed, to overcome the danger of the way. It is reported that the same day divers sumpter-horses, which were laden, fell headlong down into the valley; some of them by chance; and some likewise were thrown down of purpose, by those, who saw no possibility to bring them up to the top of the hill.  
Having passed these mountainous straits, they came to the City of Murasis which forthwith yielded unto them. From thence they discovered such huge and 
Murasis.  spacious plains, as their sight was dazzled with beholding them. In the midst of that plain they espied Antioch, whither all the Captains meant to march, and to besiege it. Being come down into the valley they descried the enemies a far off upon a rivers side, which runs overthwart the plain. These men were sent by 
A lucky event for the Christians.  the King of Antioch, to convey the victuals, which was to come to the City from the mountains. Against these were certain light horse sent, who at the first charge broke and defeated them, part of whom being slain, the rest fled to the City. There were taken the same day, a great number of sumpter-horses, and great quantity of victuals, which as most necessary were brought to the Army to the great content of the victorious. They came afterwards to the river near to Antioch, the which by the inhabitants is (as they say) named Farfar. But we know for a certain that the River Orontes watereth the City of Antioch. Whereby we may not only doubt of the rivers name, but likewise which Antioch these moderns did mean; were it not that the fame of the City is so great, as it will easily bring us forth of the Historians darkness. For there is an Antioch in Pamphilia, neighbour 
What Antioch the Christians did besiege.  to Seleucia; and an other more excellent than that in Phenicia, builded▪ by Seleucus Nicanor, son to Antiochus surnamed Ephiphanes, through the which runs the river Orontes. Towards this than marched Beamond, Hugo, and the rest, and understood by certain prisoners that Cassianus was King of this City, and Tributary to the King of Babylon: who upon this occasion had sent divers thousands of men to guard the City, who were esteemed so strong and valiant, as none in a manner durst fight with them; much less attend them.  
The commanders were not amazed at these speeches. Chiefly Beamond who 
Beamond gives the first assault to the City of Antioch.  conducted five legions, did the next morrow by break of day march directly towards the City, where he did fiercely assail the enemies, who were under the walls in order of battle. But the nearness of the walls and their other munitions, which constrained the assailants to retire, was the cause that both sides did not fight with all their forces; by reason whereof this fight was made rather in haste, than otherwise. But how light soever it was, it lasted even till night, at which time Beamond retired to his fellows. After that, they made a bridge upon the river, which was directly between the City and their Camp: and they encamped in such sort, as it was besieged on all sides, saving on the part next to the mountains, from whence they perceived no possibility to free themselves from the enemy's incursions.  
The City of Antioch is circled with a double wall, The inmost is of brick, and the other of great square stone, with four hundred and threescore towers, with a Citadel on the East side thereof so strongly fortified, as it did not fear the assaults of the enemies. There was beside not far off a lake abounding in fish, and marvelous fruitful plains, watered with rivers and fountains, twelve miles distant from the Sea of Cilicia. It is reported that Saint Peter in the Churchs' infancy did 
Antioch Saint Peter's first Seat  there establish his See, which did afterward greatly illustrate the City.  
The Camp at the first wanted no victuals: for ripe grapes hung on the vines: and the whole Army was a long time fed with great store of corn, found in wells 
A boundance of 〈◊〉 at the beginning of the siege.  where the Countrymen did use to hide their grain, and beside they brought at times great store of cattle to the Camp, taken straggling in the neighbour valleys by means of certain Armenians, Christians by profession, inhabiting the tops of the neighbour-mountaines, who for that they had constantly persevered in Christian religion, after Jerusalem was taken by the Sarracens in the time of the Emperor Heracleus, could never since obtain of the cursed enemy a dwelling place, until at the last Carpharat the Egyptian, permitted the Bishop and a few with him to inhabit the fourth part of the City, near to the holy sepulchre; paying a certain yearly tribute. But being driven forth of Jerusalem, upon the report of the Christians coming into Asia, they retired themselves into the mountains near to Antioch.  
Now whilst the Frenchmen and Germans performed these warlike exploits in 
The Venetians fle●…t.  Asia, the Venetians (I know not whether of their own proper motion, or incited at the entreaty of the Pope and the Emperor Alexis,) sent a greater Army than ever yet they had done, into jonia: the which I find to be of two hundred vessels of all sorts, and under the conduct of Henrico Contareni Bishop of the Castle, and Michaeli Vitalis the Duke's son.  
Some nevertheless do affirm, that the Venetians came not into Asia, till Jerusalem was taken. But I cannot believe, that a Nation so mighty at Sea as were the Venetians, would be idle during these great stirs in Asia and Europe; especially at such a time when as they might perceive all the Seacoasts from Hellespont even to Pelusium, at the mouth of Nilus, to be exposed for a prey: the which in a short time, with never so little labour, they might easily take from the Mahometans. The Venetians being come to Rhodes: it is reported that they fell at words with the Pisans, who were likewise arrived in the Haven with a great Fleet; 
The Venetians defeat the Pisans at Rhodes.  and falling from words to blows, they fought on either side like enemies. But the Venetians getting the upper hand took eighteen Galleys from the Pisans wherein were four thousand men. It is not known wherefore, nor upon what occasion the Pisans durst buckle with the Venetians, seeing they were mightier than they: but having taken them, because they perceived them to wear red Crosses, they sent them and their vessels away, detaining thirty of the chiefest Gentlemen among them for hostages. From thence they sailed with a fair wind into jonia, where at their first arrival they took Smyrna unprovided of a Garrison. From 
The Venetians take Smyrna.  whence it is said, that the body of Saint Nicholas was brought to Venice, and laid in the Church, dedicated unto him, on the shore.  
This is all which some report the Venetians did in their first journey. But others do set down, after the taking of Smyrna, all that which they did in Syria, which is not impertinent. For whilst their Fleet was preparing at Venice, they took in fresh supplies in Dalmatia, and came first to Rhodes; then to jonia where they took Smyrna; and afterwards they scoured the Seas of Pamphilia, Cilicia, and Syria. The City of Antioch being taken, the French Captains did not only besiege Jerusalem, but took it with ease. For it is certain, that the Venetians, departing from the Haven of joppa, from whence they had driven the enemy's Army, at the Prince's first arrival in Syria, came to Jerusalem, and then besieged the places round about. But we will hereafter make mention of that which they did in Syria.  
The siege of Antioch in the mean time was no less long than painful, having 
The length of the siege of Antioch with the want in the Army.  for the space of nine months greatly weakened all the forces of Europe. For they were at times tormented with famine even with all extremity; so as besides the common Soldiers, diverse likewise of the chief, not being able to endure so great scarcity, sought many times to fly thence, among whom were Peter the Hermit, William Carpenter issued of Royal blood, and Tancred cousin to Beamond; who being shamefully reprehended in the midst of their flight for abandoning the 
The complaints of the Christians before Antioch.  Army, were constrained to take new oaths. There was likewise great complaints made against the Captains for bringing out of the west all the flower of Christendom to die in the East by famine before the walls of Antioch; That there was no kind of meat how vile and filthy soever, wherewith the miserable Soldiers had not till then fed themselves. They said moreover that it hehooved them to leave the Army and those wilful Captains: For if they had had any care of them or their safety, they would ere then have led them from thence into some other far place, or▪ if they were so pleased, to engage them in some dangerous fight▪ saying that in regard of the miseries they sustained, they had rather march to some battle where they were sure to die honourably with their weapons in hand, than idly to perish through famine like wretched Slaves.  
Beamond his authority (whose virtue and experience in war according to the 
How great Beamond his authority was.  saying of as many as have written of him, had purchased to himself above all the other Captains of the Army a marvelous reputation) did with a gentle exhortatation profit very much for the appeasing of this tumult, who gave the Soldiers hope of better fortune. But the famine nevertheless continuing, divers thought on fit means how to escape it. And, without doubt, they would all of them at last have disbanded, had it not been for the sudden news that was brought, how that the enemy's Army was near at hand, with whom they were not only to fight for the maintenance of the siege, but for the safety of their lives: That now the time was come when the flower and choice of all Europe should in the view of Antioch either die fight valiantly, if the enemies obtained the victory, or else open the way to free themselves from famine and other miseries, which they had till then endured. At these fearful news the French were so far from being amazed, as the whole Camp on the contrary cried out, that they would presently 
How glad the Army was to fight to free themselves from famine.  to the battle; saying that it were better to die at once if they could not win the 〈◊〉, than hourly to endure those miseries which were far worse than death.  
They were then at the same instant conducted against the enemy, and the fight being begun in the view of the City, they cruelly fought on either side: the victory for certain hours space remaining doubtful. But at last the enemies being 
The enemies that came to the succour of Antioch are defeated.  broken and put to flight, with the loss of half their forces, they left a glorious victory to the Christians. And this was not the first time only that they fought with the enemies during the siege, but at divers other times also as occasion served; And some times both sides fought in set battle, whereby their famine was often times by the enemy's victuals relieved.  
In the end by the treachery of Pyrrhus, one of the chiefest men of Antioch, (who 
Treachery of a Citizen of Antioch.  being drawn by the great fame of Beamond, would be known in favour of him to have done such a deed) the City was taken by night, the ninth month after it was besieged: The King, understanding by that nightly tumult that the enemy was entered, 
The taking of Antioch.  going forth of the City at a Postern gate, saved himself in the neighbour mountains: But being fearful and amazed, not keeping the beaten ways, but 
The death of KIng Cassianus.  wandering through woods and groves near to the City, the Armenians, who inhabited those places (as hath been said) met him and slew him.  
Not long after the taking of Antioch, there was near unto the City a fiereer fight than at any time before, fought betwixt the Christians and Corbanes, Lieutenant to the King of Persia, and Sensadolus, son to Cassian; where it is reported that an hundred thousand fight men of the enemies were slain upon the place, and that, besides the horse and other beasts of carriage, fifteen thousand Camels were taken.  
The Captain of the Castle of Antioch, who till then had bravely defended the 
Why Alexis refused Antioch  place, being moved with this happy victory of ours, yielded it to Beamond. It is reported that the City being by the general consent offered to Alexis by Hugo, surnamed the great, sent for the same purpose to Constantinople, was upon his refusal thereof, by the advise of all men (except of Raymond Earl of Saint Gylles who alone opposed himself against it) given to Beamond. They say likewise, that 〈◊〉, the day before he committed the treason, had agreed with the Captains of the Army that it should be so. The common rumour was, that Alexis knowing in his own conscience, that he had dealt perfidiously with the French and Germans, refused to accept their bounty, fearing some deceit to be couched in their offer: perceiving very well, that they did justly suspect him for not observing the agreement made betwixt them. For he had never succoured them with victuals or aught else, notwithstanding that they had oftentimes sent unto him in their greatest miseries. Antioch being adjudged to the Norman, the Army dislodged the fourth month 
Rugia. Albaria.  after the yielding thereof, and marched first to Rugia, and from thence to Albaria. This place did somewhat hold back the happy success of their affairs by reason of a long siege. At the last, the Walls being beaten down with the Ram, Albaria was taken by assault, and all that were within it were cut in pieces, except a few whom Beamond saved. 
A great quarrel betwixt Beamond and the Earl of Saint Gyles.   
There grew in the same place a quarrel betwixt the Earl of Saint Gylles and the Norman, who returned with all his troops to Antioch: The other Captains wintered; some at Albaria, and some at Rugia. Beamond being requested to come where they wintered, means was made to reconcile him to the Earl of S. Gylles; but the one would in no sort leave his stubbornness, nor the other diminish his authority: and each of them having used words, savouring not only of emulation, but of hatred and wrath, they were ready to have come to strokes, had not Beamond, fearing that by his means the 〈…〉, (which he sought by all means to 〈◊〉) 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 back to Antioch: He 〈◊〉 followed in manner of a faction, by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and by the Earl of Flanders.  
The Winter was spent in certain light ●…ttempts, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and his 
Tripoli besicged by the Christians.  followers: But at the beginning of the Spring (〈◊〉 〈◊〉 place towards the East are exceeding hot) the Army began to march. (They 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and in the valley near to the C●…tie of Camella, in regard it was 〈◊〉 day; resolving at their departure thence to make War on the King of 〈◊〉 in) 〈◊〉 behalf of Raymond. 
Tortosa.  For he determined to have that Kingdom either by 〈◊〉 policy: Therefore they laid siege to Tripoli; but striving in valne by 〈◊〉 of the strength thereof, they divided the Army into two parts: the E●…rle of 〈◊〉 continuing the siege with the one, whilst Raymond ma●…ched with the other to Tortosa. Beamond likewise, Godfrey and the Earl of Flaunders departed at the same time from Antioch. But understanding that Raymond was become more au●…acious, by reason of his exploits done in winter: and foreseeing the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which Christendom would receive if they should fight one with another▪ Beamond with his troops returned to Antioch. Godfrey in the mean time and the Earl of Flaunders came and besieged 
Gibella.  Gibella a most rich City, and soon after took it. From thence they marched to Tortosa, understanding that their fellows were in great danger by reason of their small number. The Earl of Chartres being sent for likewise by Raymond, came thither. And so these three Armies joining togehter, Tortosa was more streigthly besieged. But after they had been three months before it to no purpose 
Agreement made with the King of Tripoli.  at all, leaving the enterprise unfinished, they dislodged, and making peace with the King of Tripoli upon more easy conditions than the former which they propounded to him, being furnished by him with weapons, clothes, money and victuals, and they marched directy towards jerusalem.  
The first day that the Army dislodged, it came to Bethlem; from thence to Zabarim, 
Bethlehem. Zabarim. The river Braim Berithon.  where they were in some want of water; the third day they camped on the River of Braim; departing thence they came divided in five troops over steepy mountains, and rocks, not without fear of ambushes, to Berithon a Sea-town; and from thence to Sagitta: At the last they came on the tenth day to Caesarea: 
Caesarea. Ramolles.  where after they had rested two days, they marched in battle to Ramolles, which the enemies had forsaken for fear. The 3. day after, about sunrising; those which 
jerusalem.  were in the Vanguard, descried not far from thence the Walls of jerusalem: At this first discovery they made a great shout in sign of joy; some honouring the name of Christ our sovereign king with great reverence; others upon their knees weeping for joy, did salute the holy City and the holy Sepulchre. But because this place requireth that we should say somewhat of the antiquity and magnificence thereof: to the end that this book grow not too big, we will begin the sixth, which followeth by the description of the City.   
The end of the fifth Book of the first Decade.   

THE six BOOK OF THE FIRST DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
¶ The Contents of the sixth Book of the first Decad.  
THe sixth Book containeth the description of the City of jerusalem with the taking thereof. GODFREY of BOVILLON made King of jerusalem. The Christians most happy victory against the Turks. The taking of Ascalon with other Cities of Syria. The Venetian Fleet returneth into Italy. The privileges granted to the Venetians in the City of Ferrara. The Venetian sea-army called back into Syria. The taking of the Cities of Ptolomais and Sydon, with the privileges which the Venetians for their part obtained therein. The lucky issue of the war against the Paduans, and their confederates. Two strange and wonderful accidents happened by fire in the City of Venice one after another. Those of Zara, and other people of Dalmatia, do rebel. Prince ORDELAPHO his success at the reprisal of the Cities in Dalmatia; with his death, fight against the Barbarians. The Venetian Army at the pursuit of Pope CALIXTUS returneth into Syria. The City of tire besieged by Sea and Land. The Tyrians yield. The Venetian Army returneth from Syria into Itali●…. The building of the Hospital of the public Cbaritie.  
THe City of jerusalem which we may properly term 
The description of jerusalem.  holy, is (as we have learned,) seated on a high place environed almost on every side with very high mountains, having neither fountains nor Rivers near to it, but only Siloe, which josephus calleth a fountain, and others a river. This which we cannot call a river for the small quantity of water which is in it, running from mount Zion, passeth through the vale of josaphat. The Territory near to the City is very dry and barren, and is full of Cisterns to receive rain water. The Solymi which were sometime called Lycians according to Herodotus, were the founders of this City, as the very name itself doth witness; and Cornelius Tacitus doth affirm it, in that place where he speaks of the antiquity of the jews. Homer nevertheless singing the praises of the Lycians, doth seem to make a difference betwixt them and the Solymi. His verse is thus; This man again warred on the Solymi, Meaning Bellerophon, who was descended from Lycia. Concerning the Religion, and ancient manner of life, which this Nation used, it shall not be amiss to set down what Strabo a man very much addicted to Paganism hath written thereof. For there is no man almost, but hath either read or heard what the Authors of the holy Scripture have set down concerning the antiquity of this place. It is good then, and (I say) lawful, to know how near some, who were stuffed with Paganish superstitions, have approached to the knowledge of the truth.  
The common report (saith he) of matters believed concerning the temple of the jerosolimitans doth affirm, That those, who are now called jews, are descended 
Strabo his opinion concerning Moses.  from the Egyptians: For Moses, a Priest of Egypt, being possessed with a certain Idea of Religion, detesting the vain institutions of his own Country, came from thence into Palestine, followed by great numbers of people highly devoted to Divine matters. He taught them how greatly the Egyptians did err, to attribute the name of God to brute beasts; and the Grecians likewise, to represent their Gods under human pictures and figures: And that the same thing was God which had created us and the whole world beside, which we call Nature; the figure of whom, no man how wise soever, durst undertake to present; That it behoved them then to reject all those Images and Idols, and to build a Temple to the only God, wherein to worship him without any superstition: And that those who should live chastened in all integrity and righteousness, might hope for happiness; otherwise not. Strabo did not know all. But it is altogether necessary to understand, how an Ethnic, brought up in superstition, doth approve that which is directly contrary to his law. For he doth sufficiently approve that which he doth not reprove, and chiefly that, which he knoweth to be openly repugnant to the dreams of his Religion. But (as I said) he knew not all. For, concerning the portraits of the Divinity, he seemeth as much to reject our custom as theirs. And to speak truth, as much as they did it foolishly, we do it wisely, with an other kind of consideration. Now Moses, after he had thus persuaded a great multitude of people, brought them in to the same place where the City of jerusalem now stands, the which he possessed, with so much the more ease, as for the barrenness thereof it was desired of none; being no such place as was worth the contending for by Arms. For the place, whereon the City is seated, is very stony, and ill-provided of water. Strabo would hereby infer, ●…hat Moses, and those which followed him out of Egypt, were the founders of this City, and not the Solymi. He sets down beside, That there was a Quarry of stone found in the City, two hundred and fifty foot in length, and threescore in breadth, wherewith that most magnificent Temple was builded in the City, from the foundation, even to the top thereof: whereof divers have so largely written; and principally josephus in his History of the jews.  
But so soon as straying forth of the right way, they gave themselves over; first to tyranny; then to covetousness; and unto all other vices: it came to pass, that 
Sin the cause of the d●…struction of jerusalem.  by a just judgement of God, the City hath not been only once, but many and sundry times, and in divers manner, taken and afflicted. For omitting that which went before the time of Alexander the great, it is written, That the first Ptolemy, king 
The first taking of jerusalem by Ptolemy. The second by Titus.  of Egypt, did wholly destroy it: Then in succession of time, under the happy government of Titus son to Vespasian, it received so much the greater loss, by how much before than it had offended: Soon after that, in the days of the Emperor Adrian, and then after him, these losses following one an other, it had no leisure 
The third by Adrian.  almost to breath in the midst of so many miseries, which have continued even to the time of this journey. In this manner the Holy Land, otherwise happy, hath been a long time tormented under the cursed Empire of Mahomet, who cruelly possessed it, at such time as the Christian troops did arrive.  
Now after the Princes had viewed the situation of the City, they resolved to assail 
The Christians besiege jerusalem.  it in three several places. The Earls of Flanders and Chartres encamped on the northside, near to Saint Stephen's gate; (for near thereunto is a Chapel of his name, because it is thought, that he being thrown out of the City, was stoned in the same place) Godfrey and Tancred on the Westside; and Raymond near to mount Zion, toward the South. So soon as the camp arrived, certain skirmishes were made on both sides, as occasion served. And the Army in the mean time wanted no victuals, as it did before Antioch, by reason of the Sea which was not far of; as also for that they possessed divers strong towns in Palestine. They attempted at times, during the siege, to take the City by Scalado, but it was in vain. At the last, bringing wooden Castles, and other warlike engines, before the walls, the battery was somewhat more furious than before; and a breach being made they marched to the assault, which lasted from the day-break till noon, with a great slaughter of our men, the which did hourly increase, without any likelihood of waxing better, had not Baldwin, followed by a troup of Soldiers, mounted the wall on boards, which the enemies had there placed to catch our engines, which were brought before the walls. For a while it was doubtful what would become of them. But the 
The Christians take jerusalem.  Citie-gate in the mean time being broken open, and the wall near thereunto beaten down by the Ram, the victors entering on every side, the enemy retired, where at their first entrance they made in all places a marvelous slaughter, without exception of sex or age. David's tower, fortified in manner of a Citadel, was forthwith yielded up. All the fury of the fight was near to the Temple, whither great multitudes of people were retired. They fought there with great loss on either side. Despair encouraged the one, and shame the other; because the City being taken, the Temple was possessed, and kept from them by a few. Yet nevertheless they entered it by force, and ran so courageously upon the enemy, as being thrust forward in front by those which followed them, they which first entered were constrained to fight hand to hand, with the whole squadron of the Armed enemy, and were beside thrust forward, by those which were behind them, upon the points of their swords. The enemies in the mean time did valiantly defend themselves, whom the imminent danger did constrain to fight with hazard of all things. Therefore 
Great effusion of blood in the Temple.  the fight was very bloody, not only at the entry of the Temple, but in the midst thereof. And so great was the slaughter aswell of the victors, as the vanquished, as the blood, which was spilled on the pavement of the Temple, was a foot deep. In the end, the uppermost part of the Temple being not yet taken, the retreat was sounded a little before night. The next morrow, after commandment was given not to hurt those that were disarmed, they which defended the higher part of the Temple did suddenly yield.  
In this manner was the City of jerusalem taken in the year of our Salvation 1099. and four hundred fourscore and ten years after it was taken by the Infidels, 
1099.  and the thirty ninth day after the Christians had besieged it. Godfrey of Bovillon 
Godfrey of Bovillon king of jerusalem.  was by the consent of all men saluted king: who after he had received all the Royal ornaments, (except the Crown) would by no means be crowned; saying, That it did not become a Christian to wear a Crown of gold in the same place, where Christ, the sovereign king, had worn a Crown of thorns.  
Whilst these things were done in jerusalem, fearful news was brought, that great multitudes of enemies did approach. To meet whom, Godfrey, after he had left a good Garrison in the City, marched almost as far as Asdona. There they fought a bloody battle, which for divers hours space inclined to neither part. In the end the enemies were broken, and put to flight, with great loss. Some say that 
The defeat of the enemy, with the number of the dead.  there died the same day an hundred thousand men. The prisoners that were taken did report, That the number of their Army was five hundred thousand fight men.  
During this happy success in Syria; the Venetians, departing from Smyrna, after they had coasted the Seas of Lycia, Pamphilia, and Cilicia, they arrived in Syria, and kept the Haven of joppa, taken before by the Christians. But I dare not affirm, that the Venetians being departed from Smyrna, did arrive in Syria, before that the holy City was taken. Nevertheless it is certain, that the French, being encamped 
The Venetians coming into Syria.  before jerusalem, were relieved with victuals coming from the Sea. The which I can not see how it should be done by any other, but by them, at that time; seeing that all the coast of Syria was as yet in the enemy's power. After the Venetians had left a sufficient garrison for the defence of their vessels, they departed from joppa, and marched in order of battle towards jerusalem: from whence returning they took by force the City of Ascalon upon the Sea, which the French had 
The Venetians take Ascalon.  a little before attempted in vain; and leaving Frenchmen there in garrison, they laid siege to Caypha, which is likewise called Porphiria, near to Ptolomais: the which siege lasted longer than it was suspected. From whence, because they would not live idly, they went to besiege Tiberias: the which being yielded by the inhabitants, those of Caypha did soon after the like.  
Some Authors attribute these exploits to Godfrey, and not to the Venetians. But I think them to have been done by a mutual consent; namely by Godfrey, with his Army by Land, after the taking of jerusalem; and by the Venetians, by Sea, keeping way with him still all-along the coast. And from thence it cometh that the Venetian Chroniclers attribute the whole to the Venetians; and the French 
The Frenchmen and Venetians joined together. The death of Godfrey.  to Godfrey. It is certain, that so soon as the Venetians arrived in Syria, they joined with the French, and that the affairs of the Christians were, for the space of a whole year, governed in the Province under the happy fortune of either of them. These things being done, the Venetian Army returned to Venice. And Godfrey of Bovillon soon after died▪  
It is reported, that, about the same time, the bodies of Saint Nicholas and Saint 
The bodies of Saint Theodore and Saint Nicholas brought to Venice.  Theodore, were brought to Venice; the one being laid in Saint saviours Church, and the other in that which of a long time had been dedicated unto him on the banks of the Sea. The Normans under the conduct of Roger, brother to Beamond, made incursions on Grecia and Dalmatia. The Venetians, after they had made a league with Caloman, son to Geica King of Hungary, marched against the Normans. 
The Venetians agreement with Caloman King of Hungary.  But I know not upon what ground the Normans at the same time made war on the Venetians, and Alexis. The Venetian fleet being strengthened by the succours of the Barbarian passed into Apulia. For Caloman had not only made a league with the Venetians, but joined his forces to theirs. I know not upon what occasion this was done, unless it were that the Hungarians did at the same time hold some places in Dalmatia; and that it grieved them to be molested by the Normans. It may be likewise that they had covenanted so to do in the articles of their agreement.  
Now the Venetians having, in a manner, at their first arrival taken Brundisium, 
The Venetians take Brundisium  left a garrison there, and scattering their forces on every side over the firm land, filled all the Seacoasts with spoil and terror. And afterwards the fleet being stuffed with booties returned to Venice. It is said, that it was expressly mentioned in 
The Hungariaus give over their pretended right to Dalmatia.  the treaty of peace with Caloman, that neither he, nor any of his successors should pretend any right to Dalmatia.  
About the same time Matilda, a noble Lady of the illustrious family of the Sigefretti, being by means of the Venetians repossessed of the City of Ferrara, granted unto them, as to her friends by whose means she had obtained the victory, freedom and exemption for ever from all matters within the same City. Prince Vitalis about the end of the fourth year of his government died.  
 


¶ ORDELAPHO PHALERIO, the 34. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
ORdelapho Phalerio was chosen in his place. In the first, or certainly in the second year of his government, a very great fleet was sent 
A new fleet of Venetians in Syria.  again into Syria. The Venetian Chronicles say, That they were one hundred Galleys; Blondus mentioneth but fourscore. The Genoveses likewise about the same time, a little before the Venetians, had sent their fleet thither. Baldwin, called King of jerusalem after his brother's death, 
Baldwin King of jerusalem.  was at the same time encamped before Ptolomais a Sea-towne. This man being discouraged with the loss of a great battle in Syria, soon after the death of 
Beamond is set at liberty and returns to Antioch.  Godfrey, durst never after attempt any thing, until that he understood that Beamond was delivered and returned to Antioch, by the industry and liberality of his nephew Tancred, his brother's son, who to free him, paid a great weight of gold for his ransom: For being then confirmed by the presence of so notable a man, he came (as hath been said) and besieged Ptolomais, called Acon by the moderns, and at last Acre by corrupted speech.  
Baldwin, being encamped in this place, received two mighty fleets called out of 
The taking of Acon by Baldwin.  Europe upon fair promises, and being strengthened by these succours he shut in the City more strictly by Sea and Land, by means whereof it was taken the twentieth day after. Blondus saith that after Ptolomais was taken, there was no warlike exploit done until that Beamond (who was then gone into Italy) was returned into Asia. Whereby it is apparent that Baldwin made more account of Beamond 
What account Baldwin made of Beamond.  alone, than of all the other Christian Captains in the Army. But that which Blondus writes of Beamonds' coming into Italy, seemeth to be very true: Because divers Annals make mention, That whilst Beamond tarried in Italy, the Venetians, in favour of Alexis, armed themselves against the Normans, who were encamped before Durazzo: and that, remembering perhaps the loss which they had in times past received, they durst not assail the enemy who was in the Haven, but held their course towards Apulia, where after they had greatly molested and endangered the enemy, they returned to Venice, leaving their enterprise imperfect. If it be so, we must think that the Venetian fleet, after the taking of Ptolomais, returned into Italy, as well because it was Ordelapho (as they affirm) which marched against the Normans, as also in regard, so many vessels being busied in Syria, they must of necessity provide new to go against so mighty a King; the which could hardly have been done.  
It is reported, that the occasion which moved Beamond to make war on Alexis, 
The occasion of the War betwixt Alexis and Beamond.  was because that after Tancred had seized on Laodicia, the greeks invaded and molested the Sea-townes of the Principality of Antioch. Others say, that Beamond was so terrified at the only sight of the Armies of Alexis and the Venetians, as he suddenly fell to composition, and that by that means the siege of Durazzo was raised.  
The Venetian Annals affirm, that after the taking of Ptolomais, their fleet sailed to Sydon, whither Baldwins forces marched by Land, which in few days they took. Sydon stood in times passed between Berithon and tire, the three 
The taking of Sydon.  most famous Cities of Phoenicia, the most renowned for antiquity and riches. Some set down the taking of Berithon before that of Sydon, because it was the first that was besieged, before which they were encamped two whole months: and being taken with great loss, it caused the Christians at their entrance, not only to kill those which were armed, but such likewise who for age were not able to defend themselves. A Christian Colony was sent thither by reason of the fruitfulness of the Country. And this is all we find to be done by the Venetians in Syria in the days of Ordelapho. Some Authors say, that the Venetians, after the taking 
The Venetians take Faronia by assault.  of Sydon, took Faronia by assault, which is a Sea-towne near to the mouth of Nilus, and how likewise in that journey they sunk divers ships of the enemies, which did use to scour the Seas. In recompense whereof Baldwin gave the Venetians in the City of Acre, a Church, and a part of the town, with a place where they might do justice one to another, with like power and authority as the French had, with divers goodly privileges; and that not only in the same place, but over all the Kingdom of jerusalem. They say beside, that Baldwin being puffed up with the happy success of his affairs desired farther to extend the bounds of his 
The Castle of sobal builded by Baldwin.  Kingdom; and to the same purpose he caused to be built on the other side of the River jordan (famous for the baptism of Christ our Lord) the Castle of sobal in a very high place: but that, soon after the Venetians were returned into Italy, having lost certain battles against the enemy, and fortified some places near to Ptolomais, plotting higher matters in his mind, he died, even as these warlike preparations were in readiness. Baldwin surnamed Burgensis, who was his near kinsman, 
Baldwin surnamed Burgensis King of jerusalem.  was declared King of jerusalem in his stead; and for the stronger assurance thereof he was confirmed by Pope Gelasius. Others write, that upon the return of the Venetian Army from Syria, Ordelapho soon after led it against the Norman; but they set not down upon what occasion, nor to what place. And I think they did understand it to be the journey against Beamond (already mentioned) notwithstanding that they affirm, how the same enterprise was not against Beamond, but against Liemond his son.  
The Venetians at the same time did obtain sundry great privileges of the Emperor 
Great privileges granted to the Venetians by the Emperor Henry the fourth  Henry the fourth; and they say, that for the same purpose Vitalis Phalerio, Stephano Morosini, and Vrso justiniano were sent to Rome, who in acknowledgement of that grant, promised him in the name of the people, a yearly cloak of cloth of gold, and a pension of money, which was not very great. Some say they obtained these privileges at Verona, and that the Emperor willed them to send commissioners to him to treat of the controversy betwixt them and the Paduans. For it fell out at the same time, that the Paduans, joined with those of the Marches of Treviso, and of Ravenna, were in Arms against the Venetians. And, notwithstanding that the occasion of this war is unknown, yet may we perceive by the Emperor Henry's declaration, which followed soon after, that these two people then, as at other times, were at variance concerning their bounds. The Venetians marched against the enemies who were come as far as the Tower of Bebia, betwixt the Rivers Brenta and Adice▪ where at the first they made certain light skirmishes, 
The War against the Paduans: with their 〈◊〉.  and afterward fought with their whole forces, where the Paduans being overcome, six hundred of their people were taken prisoners. The Paduans being terrified with this loss, had recourse to the Emperor Henry, demanding aid of him against the Venetians. Henry, for that he would not seem to contemn their request, concluded with the Ambassadors sent for that end (as hath been said) to Verona, That, all strife and contention laid a side, The Venetians and the 
The emperors mediation between the Venetians and the Paduans.  Paduans should lovingly treat together concerning their griefs, Declaring to the Venetians, that they ought to remember how they were sprung from the Paduans; That they should greatly err unless they did honour the City from whence they were descended; and respect the inhabitants thereof in the same manner, as well-bred children do their ancient parents: That the Paduans on the other side, in stead of envying the Venetians glory, ought rather to rejoice to see those, that were descended from them, to have purchased, even till then, so great fame and reputation both by land and Sea; That his opinion was, in regard of their kindred, that their bounds should be common to either of them, and that they should never afterwards contend about any matter whatsoever. The emperors authority prevailed much for the appeasing of this strife, but most of all by his gentle exhortation, whereby the Ambassadors there present were moved at the same instant to forget all former hatred, according to his desire. And it is thought that the 
The Venetians and Paduans reconciled.  Venetians at the same time obtained of the Emperor Henry that which hath been already mentioned. Other Historians have thought, that those privileges were granted to the Venetians at his first arrival, not making mention of the golden cloak, nor of any other tribute.  
At the same time a great part of the City was consumed by fire; which beginning in the house of Henrico Zeno, took hold on Saint Peter's Church; and in an instant, after it had consumed a whole street by reason of the wind and of the matter apt to burn, it flew on the farther side of the canal, where in a moment it consumed the Isle of Cassian to ashes; and so scattering itself here and there, burnt our ladies Church, and the streets of Saint Agatha, Saint Austen, and Saint Stephen all on a rew. Two months after or there about: (for Authors do not set 
Two great accidents of fire happened in the City.  down the certain time) the City being yet terrified with the first fire, was presently frighted with another more terrible than the former, which beginning at 
Malamoc burnt and drowned.  the houses of the Zancares flew into Saint Laurence his Island, and being suddenly scattered abroad did in a moment burn sixteen Islands of the City, and that part of the Duke's Palace, which looketh upon Saint Bassus Church. Some say likewise that Malamoc was at the same time, in a manner, wholly burnt, and not long after drowned. Whereupon by the advice of Ordelapho, those of Chioggia were suffered to take stones, columns, and what other things they would carry with them to Chioggia, to build Churches, and other public buildings, with 
Chioggia builded with the ruins of Malamoc. S. Cyprian's Monastery builded.  the ruins of Malamoc. And by that mean this city, which till then was but of a mean structure, was in an instant greatly beautified with costly buildings. The religious brethren of Saint Hilaries order of Malamoc removed themselves to the Monastery of Saint Seruulo. The Gradonicis likewise builded at Muriana a goodly Church to Saint Cyprian, for the religious sisters of the order of St. Cyprian of Malamoc. The Badoarij moved with that selfsame zeal to Religion, did, at their own costs, build the Church of Holy Cross, with the Monastery thereunto adjoining.  
The Commonwealth had scarce time to breath after those two terrible accidents of fire, when as on a sudden news was brought, that those of Zara, having driven away their Governor, were revolted from the Venetians, and had yielded themselves to Caloman King of Hungary. For the Barbarian, after the war with the Normans wherein he was accompanied by the Venetians, being puffed up with 
The 〈◊〉 of Zara.  pride for his good success, (in contempt of the alliance which the Venetians till then had strictly observed) seized upon Dalmatia, and took Zara first of all, and the residue of the Province in a manner by a voluntary submission. And wholly to alienate that Nation from the Venetians obedience, he proclaimed forthwith, That he came to set the Dalmatians at liberty. And after he had given great gifts to the Churches of the Cities, he went back into Hungary, where he died suddenly. 
Caloman King of Hungary died suddenly.  It was thought that it fell justly upon him for breaking the league which he so religiously had sworn unto.  
Ordelapho, taking occasion by the death of Caloman to recover that Province, did in the thirteenth year of his government pass over into Dalmatia. He besieged Zara and in short time took it. The Barbarians in the mean time who were left in garrison in the city, or (as I think rather) were sent out of Hungary to raise the siege, coming to fight with the Venetians, were by them broken and put to rout, and by that means did wholly abandon Dalmatia; Thus by the happy success 
Zara recovered ●…e ●…hy Venetians  of this victory, Zara was recovered. Then the troops marched to Sicqua, which was likewise revolted, constraining the inhabitants to yield. The town was soon after dismantelled. Other places consequently submitted themselves to the Venetians obedience, who not satisfied with this victory, traversing the mountains 
Croatia brought under the venetians obedience.  of Croatia, subdued in a short space whatsoever lay in the midst of the country. By means whereof some say, that the Venetians began then to use the title of Croatia.  
Now ofter Ordelapho had quieted the Province, and enlarged the bounds of the State, he returned to Venice, whither he brought divers great Lords of Illiria, with other men of note, prisoners; the which made his return home more magnificent, setting it forth to the people almost after the manner of an ancient triumph. But this Province did not long remain quiet. For so soon as the news of that which the Venetians had done in Dalmatia and Croatia was reported in Hungary: a fresh Army of Hungarians marched into Dalmatia. Which being understood 
A new Army of Hungarians in Dalmatia.  at Venice did greatly busy them, by plotting means how they might keep that Province under their obedience. For there was likelihood, that unless the Sea-townes were strongly kept with good Garrisons, the Dalmatians (being naturally inclined to change and novelty) would deliver their country to the enemy. Ordelapho, knowing that in such dangerous businesses speed was to be used, 
Ordelapho comes again into Dalmatia.  passed into Dalmatia with a greater Army than before, and overtaking the enemy before the walls of Zara, drew him forthwith to battle. At the beginning they fought furiously on either side, fortune inclining to neither part, until that 
Ordelapho dies and the Venetians are defeated  Ordelapho, encouraging his Soldiers, and thrusting himself into the foremost ranks, fight hand to hand with the enemy, was stricken with a dart, of which wound he suddenly died.  
The Venetians being amazed at their Prince's death did for a time sustain the enemy's forces; but being disordered, they fell to flight; divers were slain in the fight, and many taken prisoners. The report of this loss brought great heaviness to the City. The common people thought, that their Prince being dead, and their Army defeated, there was no more hope for them to be able to keep the Province. Therefore they resolved to send Ambassadors to the king of Hungary, to obtain a peace if it might be, or else truce for a certain time. Vitalis Phaledrio, Vrso justiniano, and Marini Morosino the Secretary, were sent thither, who obtained 
Truce with the King of Hungary for five years.  truce of the king for five years. Ordelapho's body, being brought to Venice, was honourably buried in Saint Marks Church, who fight valiantly for his Country was slain in the nineteenth year of his Principality. Dominico Michaeli was chosen in his stead.  
  


¶ DOMINICO MICHAELI, the 35. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
BAldwin, the second of that name, sent to this Prince for aid. For the affairs of the Christians in Syria, were brought to such a pass, that they spoke no more of making themselves greater, but only how to keep that which they had gotten. For albeit in the two first years of his reign he had obtained certain victories of the enemy, yet there was some likelihood, that they daily waxing stronger (as indeed they did) they should hardly be able to keep those places which they held in Syria, without fresh supplies. He requested the Venetians by his Ambassadors, to pass with a mighty fleet into Asia; and the more easily to obtain it, his Ambassadors in his name promised a very great recompense. But Baldwin, expecting supplies from Italy, 
Baldwin taken prisoner by Dalochus king of the Parthians.  being taken prisoner by Dalochus king of the Parthians, with whom he had fought, was carried away captive to Cayro. Then those that remained in jerusalem, did speedily certify Pope Calixus of the state of the affairs of Syria, assuring him, that if they were not forth with succoured with supplies from Italy, and Europe, that their dominion in Asia would not only be soon brought to nothing, but the name of Christians would be extinct, and all reduced under the power of the Turks.  
The Pope being moved by this great danger, began forthwith to examine which were the chiefest forces of Italy, and found that there were none but the Venetians, which were able in those miserable times to preserve the affairs and state of the Christians in Syria. Therefore he sent his Nuncio to entreat Prince Dominico speedily 
The Pope's resolution for the succour of the holy Land.  to pass into Asia with a mighty fleet, to aid the Christians. The people then being called before the Assembly, after due Prayers made unto God, the Patriarch of the City by the Prince's commandment spoke to them after this manner.  

The Oration of the Patriarch of Grada to the people of Venice.  
I Think (o people of Venice) that you are not ignorant, what our own forces in part, and partly those of the rest of Europe have done these precedent years, for the recovery of Palestine, which ye call the holy Land. For this is the six and twentieth year (if I mistake not) since that great voyage, which so many Christian Princes, taking the badge of the cross upon them, undertook for the same purpose into Asia, where by the Divine bounty and their valour, all that which stretcheth from Bythinia even to Syria, was in a short space taken by force out of the hands of the cruel enemy. And our people likewise after they had taken Smyrna in jonia, and executed many martial exploits all along the Seacoasts of Syria, did not only purchase great commendation, but had their share in the Cities that were taken. The which if we well observe, ye shall find, that they laid a sure foundation at that instant whereon to enlarge in time to come your Dominion in Syria. But it hath happened in a short time, that by the decease of Godfrey, Baldwin, and Beamond, with other excellent Captains, who died according to the necessity of nature, our affairs in Syria have been so altered, as in stead of their wonted prosperous success, they are on a sudden fallen to the ground, and do daily wax weak, so as being more and more exposed to the violent assaults of the enemies, we have left us small hope of ability to defend that Province. The which Baldwin, the second, fearing, did not long since send his Ambassadors unto us, to entreat us, with great promises, to prepare forthwith a mighty Army, and therewith to pass speedily into Asia. The entreaties of so great a person did move us. But being at the point to open the matter unto you, and devising means how to provide such an Army, we have with great terror received news, how Baldwin is taken by Dalochus king of the Parthians, and carried prisoner to Cayro. Whereupon Varimond Bishop of jerusalem (o ye Christian people) being amazed, with all those which lie in garrison in the City, have speedily sent for aid and succour to Pope Calixtus, saying, that unless they be speedily relieved, themselves, with whatsoever they possess in that Province, are in danger to be lost. The Pope being troubled with these news, hath thought the Venetians alone to be worthy of such an enterprise. He hath written to your Prince, and to you, (ye people of Venice) whom he entreateth, exhorteth and adjureth, not to abandon Christian Religion in so great a danger. Wherewith your Prince's pleasure is you should be acquainted, to the end ye might will and command a great Army to be provided for that purpose: whereunto, pity alone, and the affection which we bear to the Apostolic Se●…, and to all Christians in general, should not only provoke us, (which having received from our Ancestors as here ditarie, we ought to preserve and increase with all our power) but likewise the desire which we have to enlarge the bounds of our Dominions. Who is it but seeth that it will chiefly be an holy and just war, the which we ought principally to consider in all things; and secondarily, highly worthy of the charity and Religion for which ye are are everywhere famous, to defend by Arms, and to preserve from the enemies wrong, this land where Christ, our king, was borne, did hide himself, wept, was betrayed, taken and crucified, and his most holy body laid in the grave, and who (according as holy Writ doth witness to us) shall come the sovereign judge, one day, to inquire of the deeds of all mankind. What Churches? what monasteries? what Altars do ye think can be so agreeable unto him, as this holy voyage? Whereby ye shall free from base and cruel servitude, the place of his birth, his Sepulchre, and generally all the signs and tokens of his humanity. But because human affairs are of such nature, as there is almost no public charity exempted from ambition: And yourselves likewise, perhaps since I began to speak of this subject, have closely demanded of yourselves, what honour, what glory, what recompense may be expected thereby? Certainly it is, and ever shall be well be seeming, and greatly profitable for our reputation, that the Venetians only, of all Europe, have been thought fit at this time to oppose themselves with all boldness against all Asia in a manner. The farthest parts of the East shall feel the worth of the Venetians power. Africa shall talk of it; but Europe shall greatly admire it: All men shall speak of you: The whole honour of the war shall be attributed to you. That which we have done heretofore in Asia, seemeth to be effected rather by strangers than by us. But that which we shall henceforth do there, shall be ascribed to us alone. The glory of strangers hath greatly hurt us, who by their lustre have (in a manner) darkened all our great actions: the which in time to come they shall not do. Their travail and danger in breaking the enemy's forces shall be our praise and glory, to have thus bravely broken and beaten them back. Moreover I doubt not, but that all of ye are willing and desirous to enlarge your estate as far as may be. But how? by what means will you effect it? In living idly? or rowing up and down these Lakes in your little boats? He that thinketh so, doth greatly deceive himself. The ancient Romans of whom ye vaunt ye are descended, and whom ye desire to imitate, did not purchase the Empire of the World by living idly, and at their ease, but by making one war to grow from off an other: By war they did subdue all Nations: And finally, by war their power and greatness did increase beyond all thought. Hereunto we may yet add that which is most to be desired, That we are to take Arms against enemies, whom to kill it is not only lawful, but likewise just and holy. Besides, those whom we relieve, have already, and will still give us a share in those Towns and Cities conquered from the enemy: But happily, some will think this a small matter, and wholly unworthy (for the recompense) of so great an enterpri●…e. I confess that it is small in show. But whosoever will think upon the time to come, will find it to be an assured foundation whereon to build and increase our Dominion in the Levant. For great and admirable matters are oftentimes seen to spring from mean beginnings. But if neither the honour, recompense, nor the mutual love we all bear to the Christians name can not move you: This, undoubtedly, aught to provoke you thereunto, That by freeing this holy Land from the bondage of the enemies, appearing one day before the Throne of this incomprehensible judge we shall stand upright, acknowledged by this great King and by all the rest, for Soldiers of his guard, receiving an holy guer done, for so holy a war. Depart then in God's name, and prepare a mighty Army, which may be for the profit and honour of the Commonwealth. It behoveth you to use speed, lest (as it often times happeneth) some unlooked for accident do foreslow so great an enterprise:   
This speech being ended, a sudden noise was heard over all the Church, intermingled 
The Venetians resolve to succour the holy land.  with sighs and tears, all the people craving that the Army might quickly be in readiness; saying, That there was no man in the whole city, but had rather enrol his name for so holy a war, than to live idly at home. Hereupon they armed forty Galleys; (as they say which speak sparingly of the matter) but (according to their opinions who speak more indifferently thereof one hundred; also (according 
The number of the Fleet.  to others who amplify the matter) two hundred: which opinion nevertheless I hold to be the truest. For if it were so as they say, I know 〈◊〉 upon what occasion Prince Michaeli (as shall be hereafter mentioned) should dare 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the enemy's Fleet before joppa, which consisted of seven hundred Ships of war. But some say that the enemy, instead of seven hundred, had but three score and ten. If it were so, all the Historians should have small cause so highly to praise this victory obtained by Prince Michaeli; and chiefly Blondus, who hath more curiously, than any other, set down that which was done at the same time in Syria. Besides, Giacomo of Genoa, who came to Jerusalem by and by after the battle, doth write that the Venetians had two hundred vessels, whereof three score and ten were Ships of burden.  
The Prince, being come to Dalmatia, took in fresh supplies. Then he sailed with a fair wind to Cyprus, where having certain notice of the great multitude of enemies encamped before joppa, he marched furiously against them. The Barbarians 
joppa besieged by the Barbarians.  at the same time held those of joppa, which were become Christians, straightly besieged; and having shut up their Haven, and taken from them all hope of succour on that side, from whence they most expected it, they attempted to make them yield. The Bishop, so soon as he understood that the Venetian Fleet did approach, came to joppa with victuals, and with the greatest forces th●… he could, to the end to relieve the city until the arrival of the Venetian succours. But whilst he made these preparations, Prince Michaeli, who (as hath been said) was come somewhat near to the enemy, did on a 〈◊〉 assail him, not giving 
The Barbarians defeated by the venetians before joppa.  him time to order his Ships in battle; vanquished him, and enforced him to discampe, after he had slain some, and taken the rest. Some Authors affirm, That they fought in the main Sea, and that the enemy's Fleet was but an hundred vessels, where the battle being very bloody on both sides lasted for certain hours space, and that in the end, the enemies being overcome, and their Admiral Galley taken, with divers others, the Venetians opened the passage of the Sea to those of joppa; That our men, certain days after, took in the 〈◊〉 Sea ten of the enemy's Ships of burden, laden with rich Merchandise: so as there was neither Captain, Mariner, nor Soldier, but were a long time after the better for that rich booty.  
Some Authors do affirm, That Prince Mihaeli, after this victory came to jerusalem, 
The Duke of Venice cometh to jerusalem.  where being kindly welcomed by Bishop Varimond and the rest, he was by them gratified, for his opportune arrival, and for his happy defeating of the enemy. It was debated there among the Captains, after what manner they should prosecute the Wars. Wherein having spent certain days, without any resolution what City they should first attempt: It is reported, that by the advice of Prince Michaeli they fell to cast lots, and that the same falling on the City of tire, it was 
The lot fell upon tire.  the first that was besieged. The manner of casting these Lots was thus. The names of all the Cities, which they would besiege, were written in little scrolls of Paper; and being laid together confusedly on a heap upon the next Altar, they were mingled by a young boy: then after the celebration of Divince Service, the same boy drew forth all those scrolls one after an other, in the presence of the Princes; and in this sort they concluded to begin the war by the siege of tire.  
This City was in time past an Island in the main Sea, seven hundred paces distant 
Description of the City of tire.  from the firm land. Alexander, son to Philip, being encamped before it, caused that space or distance from the Sea to be filled up to join it to the land. It is very famous in respect of such excellent Cities as have descended from thence; namely, Lepta, Utica, and Carthage envious of the Roman greatness, with Gades situate in the farthest parts of the earth. This Island is in circuit nineteen thousand paces. When Alexander besieged it, it was taken by warlike engines the seventh month of the siege. The excellency and riches thereof consisteth in Purples and Scarlets; in regard whereof, foreign Kings, and the Romans likewise, have ever enfranchised the Inhabitants of that place. The City itself is in circuit two and twenty Stadij. It is thought, that Agenor, son to that ancient Belus, was the founder thereof, and that it was in times past called Sarra. From whence it came (as I think) that we find in the Venetian Annals, Sirrah for tire. The Phoenicians (among whom, next to the City of Sydon, tire hath ever held the chief 
The Phoenicians, the inventors of Arithmetic, the Alphabet, and Astronomy.  place, as well for greatness as antiquity) have been highly praised and esteemed by all ancient Authors, for inventing Arithmetic and the Letters of the Alphabet, and for being the first that gazed upon the Stars in the night.  
It was then concluded to besiege this City by Sea and Land; where at the beginning of the siege it was agreed upon betwixt Varimond and the Venetians, That whatsoever Baldwin the first had in the last wars given to the Venetians in Syria, should remain firm to them. Blondus saith, that he had seen the Copy of the Privilege, which did expressly contain, That the Venetians should in all places of the Kingdom of jerusalem, and Principality of Antioch, have a particular place and street apart, and a place for them to plead in before their Magistrate. They obtained, beside, many other matters necessary for the public use, That the Venetian Merchants should be free in Syria, from tolles and impositions; And that if any Venetian should suffer shipwreck, or die in those places without making a will or heir, all his wealth should be put into the hands of the Venetian Magistrate, unto whom the Treasurer general of the kingdom should pay every year three hundred Crowns, out of the King's revenues. This is it which Bishop Varimond, 
The conditions granted by Varimond to the Venetians.  and those who did then manage the affairs of Syria, did grant to the Venetians, and much more than this, which Baldwin at his return from prison did willingly ratify.  
In this treaty with Varimond, it was expressly said, That if the Cities of tire 
tire besieged.  and Ascalon were taken, the Venetians should partake the thirds thereof. This City had in times past been besieged by Baldwin by the space of four months, who could not take it, by reason it was so environed with the Sea. This new siege likewise was much longer than was suspected: But whilst it was besieged by Land and Sea, those of the Landcampe began to murmur against the Venetians; saying, That they alone were out of danger in their ships, and that if the enemy (whom they continnually expected) should arrive, who would assail them by Land, the Venetians in the mean time would put forth to Sea, and get to some place of safety, and therefore they would either discampe, or share equally 
The distrust conc●…ed against the Venetians.  the labour and danger betwixt them. This slander being reported to Michaeli, he was greatly troubled therewith: and after he had continued a certaives time pensive, ruminating to himself by what means he might root out this suspicion which his fellows had unjustly conceived: he commanded on a sudden to pluck up all the 
A courageous act of Prince Michaeli.  boards from the bottom of the vessels, or (as others say) all the nails and oars, with other matters belonging to navigation. And causing them to be brought into the presence of Varimond and the rest of the Captains, he used this speech unto them.  

The Prince's Oration to Varimond and the rest.  
I understand, (quoth he) companions in Arms, that ye do in some sort doubt of the faith and loyalty of the Venetians, & that instead of holding us for faithful companions, Ye repute us cowards and traitors. But our fidelity is not of so small continuance, that we will suffer ye long to suspect it, for which we are resolved to hazard all dangers. Take (saith he) this certain pledge of our fidelity. (and in so saying, he caused all the furniture of his vessels to be thrown down before them) Then he added, Ye have now (as I take it) O Varimond, and the rest, matter enough to repose trust in us, albeit that it is a common saying, that, before all things, we should consider the nature and inclinations of people. But to the end to take away from every one occasion of evil speaking, it hath pleased us to do thus; to let ye understand, that the Venetians have the same ●…age like you. It remaineth now, that with a like affection we go forward with the City's siege; whi●…h being taken, I hope that in short time, we shall become masters of all Syria.   
The fidelity of the Prince and the Venetians, was highly esteemed; all men with 
Proof of the Venetians loyalty.  a loud voice, did greatly praise them, and accounted them for faithful companions and good Soldiers. Thus being confirmed, and continuing the siege with greater care than before, they report an accident newly happened in the Camp, which the ignorant multitude may hold for a miracle. Those which kept the guard (experienced belike in such matters) reported that they had descried a Dove, executing the office of a Post, coming from the Camp of Dachines' King of Damascus, 
A strange case of a Pigeon.  who made great preparations to relieve the Tryians; and at such time, as it should fly over the Camp, they took special care at the very instant to make a great noise, so as the Dove losing her strength, fell down all amazed. Being taken up, they knew by the letters which were tied to her feet: That King Dachines' did entreat the Tyrians to be of good cheer; That within few days he would be near them with great forces, and by the death of their enemies free them from the siege. The Princes were greatly moved at these news: For there was some likelihood that the Tyrians upon this hope would have more obstinately held out the siege, and that which was most dangerous, they feared to come to strokes with so mighty an evemie. Whereupon they bethought themselves of a subtle stratagem; to tie 
The Christians. stratagem before tire.  counterfeit letters to the Doves fee●…e, instead of those which Dachines' had sent to the Tyrians: which imported, Not to expect any succour from the King, And therefore they should do wisely, seeing their affairs stood so as they must needs yield, to give place to the time, which they were chiefly to think on, and by a timely yielding to provide for themselves and their means.  
These Letters being publicly read, (for the Pigeon being let loose flew directly 
The yielding up of tire.  into the City) the Tyrians being wholly discouraged did yield themselves the fifth month of the siege. I know of a certain, that many will hold this, which we have reported of the Pigeon, for a fable, thinking it to be against nature, and so consequently unworthy of belief, that a bird transported into a far Region, should at a flight return to her former nest. But it is undoubtedly true that it was so: The which hath been of ten times known by experience. For divers do witness, that the ancient Romans made use sometimes of birds for the same purpose. Pliny makes mention of a Pigeon, which brought letters to the Camp before Modena. I find that Fabius the Roman Historian, and Cecynna Volateran, have 
The like done by a Pigeon before Modena.  sometimes used swallows in such like business. But let it be granted that it may be so; it is no less strange, that these birds, flying in the air, should fall to the ground by a sudden noise. For some do affirm the same to have happened in the assembly of the Ismenians (as oftentimes in other places) at such time as by the means of Titus Flaminius, all Grecia did recover her ancient liberty. Plutarch, a man of singular learning, hath taught the same to come to pass by the clearing of the air, because that by a sudden cry ascending upwards, the air is forcibly cleft, leaving no support for the birds; for waxing more soft and slippery, the birds fall, as though they were come into an empty place, without any stay at all, whereby they fall down, being stricken with the noise, as if it were with an arrow; It may be likewise according to the same Author, that this noise engendereth in the air a violent by-turning like to the tempest of the Sea, wherewith birds, being touched, fall down amazed.  
Now the Tyrians having yielded; there were set up on the Towers and highest 
The third part of the City given to the Venetians  places of the City, the ensigns of Varimond, and of the Venetians, unto whom were given the third part of the City, according to the agreement, the prowess and valour of whom (according to the saying of Chronicles) was greatly admired in that siege: The like was given to them in the City of Ascalon. Baldwin, 
Baldwin ratifies it.  returning from his imprisonment at the same time, did not only approve all these things, but did likewise at the ratifying thereof highly honour the Venetian Prince.  
It is to be seen in some Authors, that he used this preface. Dominico Michaeli, Duke of Venice and Dalmatia, Prince of the Kingdom of jerusalem, who after he had defeated a great Army of the enemies on the inaccessible shore of Ascalon; slain and taken many thousands of those Barbarians: and delivered those of joppa from the siege, where with they were shut in, did enter victorious into jerusalem. Some others, adding greater matters than these, say, That, besides these things granted at the same time to the Venetians in Syria, it was confirmed unto them over and above all the rest, that whilst the Duke of Venice should make his abode in jerusalem, he should enjoy the same honours and prerogatives as the King did. Whereas there is mention made, that the enemies were defeated before Ascalon, and not before joppa; the same proceedeth from the variety of Historians.  
During the Venetians prosperous success in Syria, Caloianes son to Alexis (some set down Emanuel for Caloianes) envying that the Christians had obtained so notable a victory; and chiefly the Venetians, unto whom was ascribed all the glory of whatsoever had been then done in Syria; resolved to make open war 
New war against the Greeks  against them. In regard whereof, there was some likelihood, that the Venetians, if they respected their own private affairs, would wholly leave Syria, as indeed it happened. For the Prince being speedily called home, upon the first commotion of the greeks, did depart out of the Province: who being come to Rhodes; and the Townsmen refusing to furnish him with victuals: he took and spoiled the City. I believe he had some other cause so to do, For that had been to have drawn a kindness from them perforce. But it is most likely, that it was done in hatred to Caloianes, who had already declared himself their open enemy; (which some Authors affirm) or else certainly, because the Venetians had in times past received some notable injury of the podians, they would then at the instant call it in question, having so fit an occasio●…  
Prince Michaeli, from thence comm●…g to the Isle of Chios, wasted it likewise, and carried from thence the body of ●…int Isidore to Venice, which was laid in Saint Marks Church, in the Chapel, ●…ich we have elsewhere said was builded by Narses with the spoils of the enem●…s. The fleet made some stay there, in regard of the great sharpness of the wi●…er. From whence (finding that place fit for 
All the Islands of the Grec●…an Empire taken.  the affairs of war) they would no●…slodge, until they had taken all the neighbour-Islands from the greeks. W●…eupon departing thence on a sudden, they first took Samos, than Lesbos, A●…dros, and all the other Islands of the Greek Empire. Having performed these ●…oloits near to the Islands Ciclades, they sailed into Peloponessus, where he s●…ed on Methon, at this day called Modona, and 
Zara and all the other Cities of Dalmatia recovered.  left a garrison there. Then comm●…g into Dalmatia, he recovered Zara (as some write) which had, before, driven t●…nce the Venetian Magistrate; and being thus recovered (to the end that her dest●…ction might serve for example to the neighbour Cities how in time to come to f●…ifie their faith so religiously sworn unto) they did for the most part ruin it. Ten they recovered Spalatra and Trahu by force.  
But other Authors have p●…sed over in silence that which we have now mentioned to have been done by h●… in Dalmatia. All these great achievements luckily finished, after that he had ●…amed one part by Arms, and protected the other from all wrong, from the Seacoast of Syria even to Dalmatia, he brought back his 
The Prince returneth to Venice.  Army entire to Venice, w●…ere he was received with general joy. And so soon as he had related what he h●…d done in that voyage, the whole City did highly praise him. The affairs of the Christians in Syria still declining by little and little, did every 
In whose time the Turks recovered the Holy-land.  day wax worse, vn●…ill the time of Baldwin the fifth. From whom Saladine, King of Egypt, reco●…ered jerusalem, the fourscore and eighth year after the Christians had taken ●…t. There were divers and sundry warlike preparations made aswell in Italy as i●… other parts of Europe, for the conservation of Syria. But all those attempts p●…oued vain and fruitless; of which we determine briefly to speak as occasion shall serve, not interrupting the course of our History.  
During the abode of Prince Michaeli in Asia, or soon after his return, the 
The building of the Hospital of the public charity.  Hospital of the public charity was builded, with all that which stands near to it. The body of Saint Donato, brought from Pera to Venice, was laid in a Church newly built, by the diligence and cost (as some Authors say) of one called Marco juliano▪ Michaeli, after he had governed the Commonwealth eleven years, did fortunately decease. His funerals were followed by great multitudes of people. His tomb is to be seen at this day in the porch of Saint George's Church, right over against the Comcell-Hall on the left hand as ye enter into the Church.   
The end of the sixth Book of the first De●…ad.   

THE SEVENTH BOOK OF THE FIRS●… DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the seventh Book of the first Decad.  
THe voluntary submission of the Fanese. The institution of a new Religious Order in the Church of Saint SALVATORI. The erecting of the Church of Saint CLEMENT. The Paduans are defeated on the turning of the River brent. The Venetians war against the Normans, in favour of the Emperor EMANVEL. The building of the great Tower before the Marketplace. divers people of Histria made Tributaries. The building of the Church of the Crossed Friars. How greatly the conspiracies of the Neighbour-people did trouble the Venetians. The original of the plays made at Shrovetide. What the Emperor EMANVEL did to the Venetian Merchants over all his Empire in one day. The Venetians mighty sea-army against EMANVEL. The family of the JUSTINIANI are almost extinct through the malice of their enemies. The miserable death of Prince VITALIS, slain by his own people at his return from Greece. Two huge Pillars of a wonderful workmanship, erected in the Marketplace, by an Artificer of Lombardie. An Ambassador of Venice is abused by the Emperor EMANVEL. The cause why the Emperor EMANVEL hated the Venetians. At what time they began to shut up in the public Treasury the money of particular persons under colour of loan. Pope ALEXANDER flies to Venice in disguise. The Venetians make war against the Emperor FREDERICK BARBAROSSA, in favour of the Pope. The emperors Son defeated at Sea by the Venetians; with his imprisonment; and the Emperor FREDERICK his coming to Venice. The Honours and Titles given by Pope ALEXANDER to the Dukes of Venice. The agreement betwixt FREDERICK, the Pope, and the Venetians, made at Venice. The Venetian Prince having accompanied the Pope to Rome, returneth to Venice, honoured with rich presents. And lastly the description of the magnificent Church of St. MARK.  


¶ PIETRO POLLANI, the 36. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
PIetro Pollani succeeded his deceased Father-in-law Michaeli. At his entrance into the government, the Fanese submitted themselves to the Venetians authority, promising to aid them when need should be; to give yearly the quantity of a thousand pound 
The Fanese●… made Tributary to the Venetians.  weight of oil, for the use of S. Marks Church, and to pay them, beside, a yearly pension of money, in manner of Tribute. It seemeth unto me that this tribute proceeded from some aid which they had received from the Venetians in their wars, the which some Historians have noted, albeit they set not down against whom it was. Bonfi●…io Michaeli, Administrator at that time of the Church of S. Saluatori, and all those which accompanied him, took a Religious habit 
A new Religious order.  upon them, instituting a new order, which was afterward authorised by Pope Innocent; and after him, Pope Alexander the fourth consecrated their Church. Pietro Gathilaso caused the Church of S. Clement to be builded on the Canal Orphano. It is reported beside, that at the same time a great strife arose betwixt the Venetians and the Pisans, occasioned by a bravado, rashly made upon them in the Haven of Rhodes by Michaeli Vitalis, the Prince's son, General of the Venetian Army: where the Pisans being overcome, and losing the greatest part of their Army, did 
Agreement with the Pisans.  receive a great disgrace: which afterward caused divers and sundry murders on either side. And these two States would have been more sharply bend one against the other, had not the Pope by his wise mediation, suddenly pacified their strife.  
divers cities of Dalmatia, insinuating themselves into the Venetians favour, promised each of them in her own name to wait on the Prince with one armed Galley, as often as he should put to Sea with fifteen Galleys. The Polani likewise, a people of Histria, offered them all aid, with all necessaries for the furniture of the Galleys, at any time when the Prince, marching against the enemies, should arrive in their Country.  
I find about the same time the Venetians fought a cruel fight with the Paduans 
The Paduans defeated.  who would have cut off the River brent near to Saint Hilaries Church. Guido Monticulano, General of the Venetians Army by Land in that war, having encountered them near to Tumba, the bickering was very bloody on either side; but the enemies being overcome and put to flight, three hundred and fifty of them were brought prisoners to Venice: who nevertheless at the entreaty of the chief of their City, laying all the blame on some audacious persons among the Common people, and not on the Nobility, were all freely sent home again. Vrso Badoario left to Giovanni Throno of Mayorba divers goodly Lands seated near to Muriana and Maiorba, to build an Hospital in the name of Saint james; which being since much augmented and enriched, was given to the Religious sisters of the order of the Cistercians. But whilst the City was thus at quiet: the Venetians, because they would not live idly did set set forth an Army, at the request of the Emperor Emanuel against Rogero, son to Guiscard King of Sicily. This Prince, departing 
Rogero son to Guiscard King of Sicily.  from Ottranto with a great Fleet, came to the Isle of Corfu, bordering upon the adriatic and Ionian Seas: And having seized thereon, he sailed into Morea, where betwixt the Promontory of Mailla, and the Gulf of Algiers, and Laconia, he executed divers hostile actions. Returning thence towards the Sea of Sarrona, near to the havens of Cenchrea and Corinth, he put all the Country adjoining to fire and sword: Then passing forward without any resistance at all, and being come to Istmos (vulgarly called at this day Heximilia) he filled all Achaia with fear and terror. He took likewise the City of Thebes; where it is reported he showed himself over-covetous▪ in his curious seeking for gold, In the end, he neither spared the Country of Nigrepont, nor Beotia called Phocides. And being pu●…t up by this happy success, he sent one of his Lieutenants with threescore Galleys to cross the Hellespont, called at this day the straight of Gallipolis, even to the Bosphorus of Thrace, at this present called Saint George's Arm, who with great boldness used such speed, as being arrived on the sudden before Constantinople, he set fire on divers houses near to the City with fiery arrows, which he shot from his Galleys.  
The affairs of the Empire being thus troubled; Ema●…uel by his Ambassadors 
Emanuel his request against the Normans.  had recourse unto the Venetians, of whom, in respect of their ancient friendship, he freely craved help in his great need: or if he asked it too late, that they would yet revenge the wrongs done unto him. Therefore they prepared a mighty Fleet, 
A new Army against the Normans.  which being in readiness in the Haven, after that certain Galleys which were abroad were by a decree called home, the Prince set forward against the enemies. But Historians make no mention at what time these Galleys, which were called home, departed from Venice. We must believe they were those which the Venetians did entertain for the defence of the coast of Syria, according to their promise made to Baldwin: as some Authors do affirm. The Fleet being departed from the City, sailing on the main, and grievously tossed with a mighty tempest, did put itself into the Haven of Caorli, a territory of the Forlani; where the Prince falling sick, and perceiving his disease growing worse and worse and that there was no hope of his sudden recovery, after he had committed the charge of the Army to Giovanni his brother, and Reyniero his son, he returned to Venice. Emanuel likewise had armed a great number of vessels, which he committed to the charge of one of his Lieutenants, with all authority at Sea. He came by Land with his forces into Albania where he besieged the City of Bùtritot.  
But during these achievements: the Venetians after they had slain divers of 
Corfu taken by the Venetians.  the enemies, and taken many prisoners, took the Isle of Corfu by force. Some nevertheless affirm, That the Island was rather recovered; that they did not fight on the main Sea; and That the King's Fleet being dispersed and defeated, the Venetians took fourteen of his Galleys: who after they had left strong Garrison for the guard of this Island, sailed forthwith into Sicilia: where so soon as they arrived there is no sort of cruelty which they committed not. They did put all 
The Venetians Army in Sicily  the Province to fire and sword; burnt divers Cities; cut down the Trees; plucked up plants by the roots; and carried great numbers of prisoners with them to Venice. By means whereof the Empire was not only protected (as at other times) by the Venetians forces, but restored to her ancient splendour and majesty, which would hardly have been done without their aid. The Prince's death, which happened before the Army's return, hindered the public joy for such a victory▪ who deceased the nineteenth year of his government. Dominico Morosini was by a general consent chosen in his place.   


¶ DOMINICO MOROSINI, the 37. Duke of Venice.   
 
ABout the same time (as some write) Rogero King of Sicily deceased, 
The death of Rogero king of Sicily.  who was an enemy to the Venetians. This Prince, after divers great achievements, having subjecteth under his power the City of Thunis in Africa, caused in his lifetime these Latin verses to be engraven on his kingly sword.  
Appulus, & Calaber, Siculus mihi seruit & Apher.  
Which may be thus englished,  

The proud Portuguese bears my yoke  
Black Africa I tamed,  
Sicilia's Island felt my stroke  
with'pulias, (Naples named.)   
Six galleys were sent the same year to defend the Seacoasts, on which the Pirates made ordinary incursions, who sailing on the main, took five Galleys of Ancona, which Guiscard, one of the Pirates of his time, did command; who being taken was presently hanged. About the same time likewise, divers buildings aswell 
A sudden fire:  public as private, were consumed with fire in our Lady's Island, no man knowing from whence it came. Besides, at the same time the foundations of the great Tower was laid, which is right over against the marketplace, and is a very admirable piece of work. For it is reported, that the foundations of the same great Mass are laid so deep underground, as there was more time spent therein, than on the whole work beside. The top thereof, glistering with gold, is of such height, as a man may not only from thence see round about the City, but likewise discover a great way off at Sea towards the South and East, in such sort as the brightness thereof doth appear like a lucky star, two hundred stadij in length, to those which sail from Histria and Dalmatia.  
The Polani, with divers other of Histria, did by their thefts trouble the Gulf. The Duke's Son with Marino Gradonico were sent against them with fifty Armed Galleys. Pola being besieged by them, the inhabitants at their first arrival sued for peace, which was granted them on condition, That they should no more rob at Sea; and pay yearly two thousand weight of oil for S. Marks Church. The Parenzans likewise, being moved with the like fear, promised to give them aid, as oftentimes as the Duke should go to the wars. The Emonians promised as much, with a yearly tribute of oil. Some did, beside, acknowledge them for their Sovereign Lords, promising to free all the Venetian Merchants from subsidies and impositions: Those of A●…cona likewise at the same time made a league with the 
A league with Willam King of Sicil.  Venetians. The like did William King of Sicily who succeeded Rogero; in regard whereof he granted divers privileges, and immunities, to the Venetian Merchants which frequented the Fairs of Sicily.  
Pope Anastasius, at the Venetians entreaty, erected the Church of Zara into an Archbishops See, whereunto he subjecteth all the Cities of the neighbour-Islands. 
Zara made an archbishopric  Yet I am not of opinion, that the same was done so much in favour of those of Zara, who were not at the same time greatly affectionate to the Venetians, as in hatred to the other Cities of Dalmatia; which, for the most part being revolted from the Venetians, did at the same time obey the King of Hungary. If this be so (as divers likewise affirm it) we must think, That Dominico Michaeli, at his return from Syria, did not recover Spalatrá, Trahu, nor any other City in Dalmatia, but only Zara; or else of a certain, That this Archiepiscopall erection was in the days of Vitalis Michaeli the second, in whose time, we find, Trahu, Spalatra, Ragusa, and divers other Cities of Dalmatia, to be possessed by the Emperor Emanuel.  
The Church of the Virgin, which the crossed Friars possess, was built at the charges of the Gussoni, an honourable family, as that likewise of St. Matthew: toward the which Bernardo Cornari did freely give the ground. This is all which is observed to have happened at home, or abroad, under this Prince's government; who died the eighth year of his Principality, and was buried in the Church of Holie-Crosse.   


¶ VITALIS MICHAELI, the second the 38. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
VItalis Michaeli, the second, succeeded him: who after he had wholly rooted out all ancient emulation betwixt the Venetians and the Pisans, made a league with them.  
The Venetians under this Prince's government took part with Pope Alexander the third, upheld by the kings of France and England, against Octavian the Antipope, who was alone favoured by the Emperor Frederick Barbarossa; who, for this cause, commanded the subjects of the Empire which were near neighbours to the Venetians, to overrun them. At the emperors commandment, 
The Venetians neighbours take arms against them.  those of Verona, Padua, and Ferrara, so soon as they had joined their forces together, did assail and take by force the Cape of la Mothe. But understanding that the Venetian Army approached, (which upon the first report of the enemies rising was prepared) they soon dislodged, after they had spoiled the Town, and carried away the inhabitants as prisoners. The Venetians not meeting with the enemy, fell on the Territory of the Hadrians, to revenge the injury done to their subjects. Vlrich, Bishop of Aquileia, presuming on these troubles (for he likewise 
Ulrich Bishop o●… Aquileia brought to Venice as a prisoner.  favoured Octavian) came with a great troup of Forlani and took the City of Grada, not so much in hope to keep the place (for he had none at all) as to take thence the rarest and richest things, and to carry them to Aquileia. But being taken with the manner by the Prince his unlookt-for coming, himself, with twelve of his cannons, and many others of note, were brought prisoners to Venice. From whence soon after he was discharged, on condition, To send every year, at shrovetide, 
The original of the Games at shrovetide.  a fat Bull with twelve wild Boars, which should be slain in the Marketplace, in the presence of all the people, for a perpetual testimony to posterity of their victory. But some Authors refer this to the government of Angelo Partitiatio, which we have heretofore mentioned. But I think the error proceeded hence-from, that they deliver the same to have happened in the time of Pope Alexander; not making mention of which Alexander.  
Whilst these things were done near the circuits of the City, the Emperor 
A secret league betwixt the Greek Emperor and the king of Sicily.  Emanuel attempted by new sleights to gripe from the Venetians. Who having made a new League with William king of Sicily, had given his daughter secretly to him in marriage, or else of a certain, some hope of new affinity. For if the same had been done underhand, I know not with what face he could have entreated the Venetians to make war on him; because that every one would have perceived his dissimulation, by soliciting foreign Arms against him, with whom he had contracted new friendship and alliance. Now therefore that he might withdraw 
The Emperor Emanuels' Ambassadors at Venice.  this King from the Venetians, whose faithful friend he knew him to be, and who (as then) were ignorant of what had passed, he requested them by his Ambassadors to aid him against him. Some write that after the agreement was sworn to, there arose some dissension betwixt the Emperor and the King. If it were so, the matter is answered, for otherwise it would be a hard matter to believe, that such affinity and alliance betwixt so great personages, could be contracted unknown to the Venetians, or at least could be long concealed from them. Therefore the Grecian Ambassadors received this answer, that the Venetians could not by the Law of 
The answer made to the Greek Ambassadors.  Nations, nor by their ancient custom, take Arms without a cause against him who was their good friend and confederate: But that the Emperor Emanuel might wholly make use of their means, as of a Nation which did greatly affect him, so far forth as their honour and conscience would give them leave: though they could not at that time send him aid, without great breach to their reputation and public loyalty. The Ambassadors were with this answer dismissed, who were no sooner departed from Venice (because there was some likelihood of discontent about this answer) but they suddenly decreed to send to all Venetian Merchants trafficking at the same time in Greece, to return home speedily to Venice.  
The Emperor, who before then bore them no great good will, thinking by this refusal to have a just occasion to make war upon them, seized on the Cities 
Emanuel seizeth on the Cities of Dalmatia.  of Spalatra, Trahu, and Ragusa, but it is not known whether it were by force or by a voluntary yielding of the inhabitants. Then adding treachery to treachery, he did feign that he seized on them, only to constrain the Venetians to renew the league with him, and with no intent to detain them. Therefore he entreated them by his Ambassadors to suffer their merchants to use their traffic in the accustomed fairs of Greece, and that he would shortly let them understand, how much he did love them, and was mindful of the benefits which he had received from them, as from his good friends, and companions in Arms. The promise of so great a Prince did indeed move the whole City, but much more the remembrance which he said he carried of the benefits which the Greek Empire had in times past received from their Ancestors. Upon which assurance having revoked their former decree, they permitted every one to sail into Greece. Whereupon a great number of Merchants did suddenly depart, who stirred up by profit went thither, being followed by two Ambassadors sent to renew the league, namely, Sebastiano 
Treachery of Emanuel.  Cyani, and Auria Maripietro; who were scarce come to Constantinople, when Emanuel, at a day appointed for the same purpose, caused over all his Empire all the Venetians to be taken, with their ships and merchandise, commanding them to be straightly kept till his farther pleasure were known, and their money and goods to be shut up in the public warehouses.  
The Ambassadors amazed at the newness of this deed (for they durst not by the law of Nations hurt them) leaving Constantinople returned into Italy. Some, who in this rumult and fear had put to Sea, arrived sooner at Venice than the Ambassadors, and did report, that by the treachery and disloyalty of Emanuel, all their Countrymen (a few excepted) were imprisoned, and their ships and goods seized on in the havens and fairs of Greece.  
The unworthiness of the matter did greatly trouble the whole City. But calling to mind that there is nothing sooner punished among men than treachery, being resolved to revenge this wrong, they suddenly prepared a mighty Army. A 
A great Fleet against the Greek Emperor.  hundred galleys were (as they say) in as many days, with a marvelous cou●…age, ready to set sail, with twenty ships of burden. And having, beside, sent to all that were abroad in traffic of merchandise to return to Venice by the first of September, after they had received the supplies of Histria and Dalmatia, the fleet set sail under the command of Michaeli. He first took Trahu by force, and wholly ruined it: whereby we may perceive that they had voluntarily yielded to the greeks. Ragusa likewise being recovered, the walls next to the Seaside, with a tower, were beaten down to the ground, whereon the emperors Arms were engraven. This being done in Dalmatia, they came with a fair wind into the Isle of Nigrepont, where Prince Michaeli preparing to besiege the Cities notwithstanding that they were furnished with good garrisons, was dissuaded from it by the Governor of the Island: who being amazed to see so great an Army, or (perhaps) 
A new deceit of the greeks.  not ignorant of his master's meaning, to abuse so mighty an enemy by some delay counseled Vitalis to send his Ambassadors to Constantinople, assuring him that he knew of a certain, that Emanuel would rathet choose a shameful and discommodious peace, than war.  
The Bishop of Equiline, who spoke good Greek, and Manasses Badoario, were sent thither. Vitalis in the mean time went to the Isle of Chios, where he soon reduced the City with the whole Island under his obedience. And because the cold grew already very sharp, he resolved to spend the winter there, and to expect the return of his Ambassadors. And for that after the taking of Chios, there was some hope of peace, he abstained from making any more incursions on the lands of the Empire. Emanuel in the mean time being cunning and politic, so soon as the Ambassadors arrived made show in public to desire peace, sometimes craving such things, then refusing others, now approving the ambassadors demands, and on a sudden saying that he would communicate them to his Council, and so of set purpose by these delays, he mocked the Venetians. At the last, the Bishop of Equiline and Manasses returned to Vitalis, having effected nothing at all, accompanied with the Ambassadors of Emanuel, who arriving at Chios, and alleging now one matter, and then another, caused a marvelous delay.  
Whilst these things were doing, the contagious sickness, seizing on the Venetian 
The contagious sickness in the Venetian Army  Army, did in a short space carry great numbers of them into another world. The rumour was that the wells and fountains, from whence the Venetians drew their water, were poisoned by the emperors commandment, and that the contagion in the Army proceeded from the drinking of those waters. Some think that Emanuel came with a great Army to the rescue of the Islands; but not daring to assault the enemy, he returned, after he had caused all the waters to be poisoned. It is reported that the whole family of the justiniani, was wholly extinct by this sickness. 
The family of the justinian's, wo●…ne out by the sickness.  For all the males of this family, that were able to bear Arms, did follow the Prince to these wars. The City did marvelously bewail the loss of this family. But calling to mind that there was one of the same house yet living called Nicholas, who having taken holy orders on him, did serve in Saint George's Church, right over against the marketplace, or (as others say) in Saint Nicholas Church on the shore; messengers were by the Commonwealth sent to the Pope, to entreat him to permit the young man to leave his profession, and to marry 
The family of the justinian's restored.  that he might have children. Which being granted, the race of the justiniani, which hath produced since then so many learned men and great orators, was preserved in the City.  
Although Vitalis was greatly vexed with this loss, and perceived the matter to be delayed by the malice of Emanuel, yet would not he seem to keep his Soldiers idle. Therefore, at the beginning of the spring he departed from Chios, and came to Lesbos, and from thence to Lemnos, then to Scyros. But because the sickness which was begun in the winter time, did still increase, and that the Soldiers and Mariners did suddenly fall down dead in the streets; being frighted with the cries and slanders of his own people he refolued to bring back the remainder of his Army to Venice, after he had lost the greatest part thereof.  
Some Authors write, that Trahu, Spalatra, and Ragusa, did revolt and yield to the Greek Emperor, (which nevertheless divers do deny) whilst the Venetian Army was on the Coasts of the Islands Ciclades; and that Michaeli at his return recovered them.  
The Army being returned to the City, the sickness followed soon after; which 
The Plague very great in Venice.  waxing more contagious at home than abroad, divers thousands of persons died in few days. Whereupon the people being called into the assembly, all men laid the blame of that loss on Michaeli, calling him traitor to the Commonwealth and to his own Soldiers, who seeking to please Emanuel enemy to the Venetian people, had suffered the opportunity of so godly a victory to be snatched forth of his hands, having abandoned his Army to the treacheries and deceits of the greeks: whereunto as he was ready to answer, and to allege his excuses, there arose a sudden noise among the people which was intermingled with reproaches. He perceiviug it dangerous to make any stay there, stepped aside out of the throng, having no man in his company, and went along the shore the nearest way to Saint Zacharies' Church. Thus escaping he met with a certain man who fell upon him and gave him many dangerous wounds, whereof he shortly died, having been devoutly confessed; the seventeenth year of his governmeut. Others 
Prince Vituli●… murdered.  allege divers other causes of his death. But it is sufficient to know that envy alone procured the same. And nothing did him so much harm, as the overgreat desire he had to peace, the which sincerely pursuing, he hid greatly endanger the Commonwealth. As concerning other matters, he was a virtuous man, and at the beginning greatly beloved of every one for his wisdom. His funerals did manifest the good will and affection which the people bore unto him, who in great multitudes were present at the same.  
So soon as he was buried, the whole company came into the Cathedral Church, where, to cut off those troubles and seditions which seemed to threaten the City, being yet in an uproar for the Prince's murder, they chose ten from among them, 
The creation of the ten.  who did swear at that instant to elect no Prince, but such an one as should be for the profit of the commonwealth. divers are of opinion that these ten were not appointed to elect a Duke, but only for to punish the murder, and not then only, but likewise ever after, when any one should offer outrage to the sovereign Magistrate, whose authority they would have to be sacred and inviolate: Others affirm, that forty were appointed to proceed to a new election in the place of him that was deceased. Now, so soon as they entered into discourse concerning a new Duke, it is reported, that they all with one accord named Auria Maripietro, a man of singular 
An example of great affection to a man's Country.  wisdom and ripeness of counsel, and who at that time was one of the ten: But he bearing an incredible affection towards his Country, persuaded them at the same time to make choice of some other, who would be more for the profit of the commonwealth than himself; and in so saying, he named Sebastiano Cyani, a man of threescore and ten years old, and exceeding rich; protesting, that he was fitter for the commonwealth, being one who was not able alone to help it in those dangerous times with counsel, but with means, which it did chiefly want. By this man's modesty, we may easily see how free those ancient Fathers were from ambition, and how zealous they were for their Country's welfare, neglecting their own private profit, for the good of the public. According to his advice, his fellows declared Cyani for their Prince, who was forthwith received by the people with great applause. And because divers matters worthy of memory, as well abroad, as at home, have been done under this Prince's government, we will begin with those done in the City.   


¶ SEBASTIANO CYANI, the 39 Duke of Venice.   
 
NOt long after he was created Duke, there were brought out of Greece (some say from Constantinople, but I cannot conceive how that should be, so long as Emanuel lived) in ships of burden commonly called Carraques, three Columns, or Pillars, of a wonderful 
Three great Pillars brought to Venice.  greatness▪ these ships being come into the haven, as they began to unship one of these pillars with cables and other engines, the huge weight thereof, surmounting the industry of the labourers, broke all the ropes, so as it ●…ell into the bottom of the Sea, where it yet remains: the other two were landed with more care. The which, after they had lain for a certain time on the shore▪ no man durst undertake for any hire whatsoever to set them up. The desire which all men had to see them erected, was the cause, that by a public decree it was every where published, That whosoever would by his industry undertake to bring the same to effect, it should be lawful for him to crave of the Prince and People whatsoever he would, promising on the public faith, that it should be given him: Provided, that it were a matter which might honestly be demanded. At the report hereof, divers (as the manner is) came running from all parts, some for hope of reward, and others being pricked forward with the desire of fame. But of them all there was none which undertook the matter, but only one that came forth of Lombardie, who by continual 
How the Columns were erected & by whom  wetting with water the great cables which supported the whole weight, being by that means brought into the Market place, did set them up in the same place where they now stand, leaving a certain space betwixt each of them. And on the top of the one was set a gilded Lion with open wings, which is the badge of S. Mark, and on the other the figure of S. Theodore the Martyr, holding his lance and shield, with the Dragon under his feet.  
It is reported, that he demanded for his recompense, That it might be lawful 
The recompense which the Ing●…ner demanded.  for all dice and carde-plaiers, to play and cheat betwixt those pillars without any fear of punishment. I should praise thine industry (O Engineer) whosoever thou wert, hadst thou not so greatly recommended so base and vile an exercise, the which if thou hadst not extremely loved, thou wouldst never have so much importuned. But God bestoweth not all on one man. This man likewise was the first beginner of the bridge a●… Rialto, and of many other very profitable devices for the commonwealth, in regard whereof it was decreed, (he himself having so requested it) that he should be maintained during his life at the public charge.  
But whilst these things were done in the City, Emanuel being desirous to make his profit of the Venetians misfortune, (for he had heard how greatly the City had been afflicted with the plague after the return of the Army, and likewise of the Prince's murder) omitted no kind of treachery against the Venetians. He did 
Cruelty against the law of Nations.  outrage to their Ambassadors that were with him; contrary to the law of Nations. Prince Vitalis, at his departure from Greece, had sent them to Constantinople, upon likelihood that the enemy would hearken to a peace: He called then Henrico Dandulo, one of the Ambassadors, into his cabinet, as if he had meant to have imparted some secret matter to him, where he made him blind by holding red hot copper before his eyes. This monstrous treachery, which noteth such a Prince to be of a base and abject mind, makes me to believe, that which divers Venetian Historians have reported of him: That being descended of base Parentage, after he had (to satisfy the inordinate appetite of a voluptuous widow) put to death for that occasion all the Nobility of Greece, he obtained the Imperial dignity.  
This widow (as I think) had been wife to Alexis; for Emanuel succeeded him, her husband being dead. After his death there being some likelihood that such an Empire could not be well governed by a Woman's authority, the Princes and other great Lords of the Empire, did solicit her to marry again, and to take for husband whomsoever she should like among the Nobility. She being enamoured on one of her household servants of mean condition, named Gryphon (who 
Cruel determination of a Woman.  after he had usurped the Empire took the name of Emanuel) called him secretly into her cabinet, and bewrayed to him her wicked intent. I have determined (said she) for fear least by a new marriage I should be deprived of our familiar conversation, to make thee Emperor, if thou wilt but show thyself stout and valiant. But give ear how this may be done. I know that thou hast many Kinsfolks in the Country; I will have thee cause them all to come secretly Armed into the City, by sundry ways, and at sundry times: These thus Armed, thou must, when need shall be, bring into some place in this Palace, making them ready to strike, when thou shalt command. Then, all the chief of the Empire being called together, I will ask them if their meaning be to have me marry with such an one as I love, and whether they will acknowledge him for Emperor of Greece? If they say (as I doubt not but they will) that they are so content; I will then name the for my husband and Emperor, and enforce them at the instant to swear fealty and allegiance unto thee; But if they shall refuse so to do, I will deliver them all into thy hands, and into the power of thy friends, to do with them what shall seem good unto thee. This young man, being valiant and amorous, did greatly praise the invention of this woman; and after that he had made ready that which was concluded betwixt them, upon the refusal which the Princes made to consent to so 
All the Princes of the Greek Empire murdered.  base and unequal nuptials, they were altogether at an instant murdered: and by that means, in one day, ended the race of Constantine in Grecia.  
Emanuel having in this sort usurped the Empire; It is reported, that he found a Book of Prophecies, wherein reading by chance he was greatly frighted at one of the verses, which said, that those of Adria should one day command in Constantinople. I omit the rest, which he, being not able to understand, did impart to soothsayers and Astrologians; who were of opinion, that it was to be meant of the Venetians, 
The cause why Emanuel hated the venetians.  who inhabited the Adriatic Sea: which he himself likewise imagining, had already thought likely to come to pass. And from thence (as it is said) proceeded the original of his hatred towards the Venetians. For he, thinking it would shortly happen, that the City of Constantinople should be besieged by them, (the which of a certain fell so out within a while after) he sought by treachery and stratagems (not being able to do it by open force) to overthrow and ruinate the Venetian State. And not satisfied with that which he had till then done against them; he drew them of Ancona from their alliance, who in favour of him, did for a time bar them from their free Navigation. But the Venetians, making alliance with those of Ariminium, near neighours to the Anconezans, did in such sort shut up the passages from them, as their condition was like unto theirs who are straightly besieged.  
The City's treasure being wholly exhausted by means of the great affairs which 
When the loan began at Venice  had happened, it was decreed, That the moneys of particular men laid in Deposito, should be brought to the treasury of Saint Mark, to be employed and kept in the name of the Commonwealth as need should be, until such time as the City had recovered her former wealth. The which at this day is commonly called a Loane, which was (as some say) devised by Prince Michaeli. From whence (as is supposed) grew the chief reason of the people's hatred against him, and the principal occasion of his death. divers Ambassadors were sent likewise about the same time from sundry places to treat of an agreement with the Emperor-  
Thus stood the affairs of the Venetians, when as (to the end that the City might 
The True cause of Vitalis his death.  be always busied about weighty matters) The Cause of Alexander the third gave them the subject of a goodly victory. Some modern Historians do in no sort approve this matter. But all the Venetian Annalists, and some strangers likewise, do make particular mention of it; and say, That after divers secret enmities betwixt Alexander and the Emperor Frederick, occasioned, because 〈◊〉 the new Schism 
Wherefore the Emperor Frederick hated Pope Alexander the third.  betwixt Alexander and Octavian the Antipope, the matte●…●…eeing referred to the decision of Frederick, Alexander would not stand to his judgement: Fredrick being moved herewith, called Octavian before him, and declared himself openly against Alexander. In hatred of whom, he published a General Council at Dijon a City 
A general council published to be holden at Dijon.  in France; the which being dissolved by reason there was nothing done, because Pope Alexander refused to come thither, Frederick in rage resolved to return into Italy. Whereupon having sent his Antipope before him, he marched soon after with great forces beyond the Mounts; but before his arrival Octavian died. In whose stead Guido of Cremona being elected, Frederick promised to assist him with all his power against Alexander. And after divers exploits executed in the Province, coming near to Ancona, he turned towards Rome, whither he suddenly marched with an intent wholly to overthrow Alexander. Who being frighted with his coming, making use of two Galleys belonging to William King of Sicily, he came first to Cayetta, and from thence to Beneventum. Frederick, after he had installed Guido in the holy Chair, returned into Lombardie. But Guido likewise died soon after.  
Now Alexander, committing the temporal government to the Romans, craved 
The flight of●… Pope Alexander.  no more but to intend Divine matters; Provided, that they of the contrary faction would permit him to live in Rome. But not being able to purchase his peace on these conditions, and despairing of all reconciliation, he departed from the City. But it is hard to determine whither this refusal were the cause of his departure (a thing scarce credible, that the division of the inhabitants could have constrained him to leave the City, the Romans not being interessed therein, in regard they had the 
The Emperor frederick's rigorous 〈◊〉 against the Pope.  temporal jurisdiction in their own power) or whither it were rather the unjust command of the Emperor whereby he was banished forth of all Italy, and those attainted of capital Treason which should give him meat or drink, or receive him into their houses; threatening to ruin those Cities which should give him entertainment, and to make war on those Lords and Potentates, which should favour him, which might be the cause, that having no place of safety in all Italy, nor any good affiance in William King of Sicily, he came through Apulia to mount Gargari; and from thence taking ship (as Obba of Ravenna saith) in a vessel of Liburnia, he came to Zara; And afterwards passing through Dalmatia, he came in disguise to Venice, as to the only refuge of all liberty. Yet there scarce thinking himself in safety (as being unacquainted with the Venetians love and affection towards 
Pope Alexander comes to Venice in disguise.  him) concealing his estate, which he thought best so to do, he remained so long in the Hospital of the Charity in poor raiment, called by the name of Commodo, as at last he was known by a natural mark upon his body. Some write, that the better to live there in secret, he served for Scullion of the kitchen. But it is more credible that he concealed his Dignity under the habit of a poor Priest; which by divers likewise is affirmed.  
Foreign Historians do affirm, That he came to Venice with thirteen Galleys belonging to King William, and not like a fugitive, to recover the emperors favour in a free City, the place having been appointed for the meeting. But if it were so as they say; What needed so many Galleys? which were sufficient, not only to have transported the Pope's small household, which is likely, at that time, to be but mean, but all Rome likewise: which in those days was smally inhabited. Besides, what needed he to have made so long and dangerous a journey? As though he had rather to have traversed the Seacoasts with danger, than to pass in safety through the Duchy of Spoleta, and marches of Ancona. Undoubtedly he needed not to have been at so great expenses, nor yet to have so greatly hazarded himself, had it not been to have avoided a greater danger. For the emperors decree made all things difficult to him.  
Therefore, in disguised habit, or in these Galleys (for some of our Historians covertly seem to consent thereunto) he must of necessity come to Venice. But how soever he arrived there, all those, whom we follow, do agree, That being at the pursuit of Frederick driven from the Pontificial dignity, he had recourse to the 
How the Venetians entertained the Pope when they knew him.  Venetians; and that, being known, he was honourably entertained by Prince Cyani, and lodged in the Castle of Olivollo: with promise, either to reconcile him to the Emperor, or else that they themselves would re-establish him in his See.  
First of all, they concluded to send Ambassadors to Frederick, to entreat him, 
A resolved Ambassade to Frederick in the Pope's behalf.  in the name of the commonwealth, to be reconciled with Pope Alexander, and that in so doing he should not only perform a matter most profitable for all Christendom, but most acceptable to the Venetians, who wholly sought the profit and advancement of Alexander. It is reported that the Pope being present when the letters 
At what time the Venetian Prince began to seal with lead.  were writing to Frederick, and perceiving that they sealed them with wax, he commanded, in favour of Ciani & his successors, That ever after the Duke's letters should be sealed with lead: the which is observed even to this day. Obba of Ravenna who lived in those times, as well in regard of the antiquity of his book, from whence we have taken this, as also because he hath curiously set down all which passed in this war saith, That the Venetian Princes had till then used two sorts of seals; namely lead in all their public acts of perpetual remembrance; and wax in all their missives, and other private writings. And how at that time by Pope Alexander's authority, they decreed ever after to use lead.  
The Ambassadors being come into the presence of Frederick, were at the first 
Frederick his answer to the Venetian Ambassadors.  courteously entertained. But so soon as they made mention of peace with Alexander he fell into a rage, and said: Get ye hence, and tell your Prince and people, That Frederick, the Roman Emperor, demandeth his enemy which is come to them for succour; whom if they send not presently unto him bound hand and foot, with a sure guard, he will proclaim them enemies to him and the whole Empire: And 
frederic menaces.  that there is neither alliance, nor law of Nations, which shall be able to free them from his revenge for such an injury, To prosecute which he is resolved to overturn all divine and human laws: That he will sodainey bring his forces by Sea and Land before their City, and will, contrary to their hope, plant his victorious Eagles in the marketplace of Saint Mark.  
The Ambassadors, being sent sent back in this manner, did report at Venice 
Preparations for war against Frederick.  the fierce menaces which the Emperor had uttered: wherewith the City was in some sort troubled; For there was likelihood of more sharp wars, than ever in any time before. They decreed forthwith to arm a great number of Ships, and to make themselves ever masters of the Sea. For, that being well defended, they did not greatly fear the enemy's forces.  
Whilst the Fleet was preparing, and the whole City in expectation of this war, speedy news was brought, that Otho son to Frederick, did approach with threescore and fifteen Galleys. Whereupon Ciani determining to meet him, caused the Fleet then presently made ready, to set sail. Before they went aboard the Pope celebrated divine service, with prayers to God, That it might please him 
The Prince im●… himself in the Pope's presence.  to grant the victory to the Prince and his followers. Afterwards turning towards Ciani, he honoured him with the golden sword, and with other signs of Knighthood; who sailing from the Port with thirty Galleys, made way with speed towards the enemies. It is reported that they met on the frontiers of Histria, near to 
Frederick his Fleet put to flight, and his son brought prisoner to Venice.  the Promontori●… of Salberico, in the Country of the Piranni. And that they fought there a long time; where at last, the enemy being broken and put to rout, eight and forty of his Galleys were taken; and among others, the Royal Galley, and two sunk in the fight. The Venetians, after they had gotten the mastery at Sea, brought Otho prisoner to Venice.  
At the report of this victory, the whole City was filled with marvelous joy and amazement: They did hardly believe that the battle was so luckily obtained, and 
At what time the Venetian Prince did begin to m●…rrie the Sea.  that so small a number had fought so valiantly. But understanding that the Fleet was at hand, and that Otho, son to Frederick, with divers other great personages were brought prisoners, a great multitude of people ran to see them. The taking of so great a Prince made Ciani his return the more triumphant. Unto whom, being come on shore, the Pope, after he had congratulated his victory, presented a ring of gold. Take (quoth he) Ciani this ring, and by my advice, give it to the Sea, obliging it thereby unto thee, the which both thou and thy successors likewise shall for ever hereafter yearly do on this same day, to the end posterity may know, that ye have in times passed by right of war purchased the entire dominion over the Sea, making it subject unto you as a woman is to her husband.  
The Venetians suffered Otho upon his word, to go unto his father Frederick. promising to return if he could not mediate a peace for Alexander and for them. Departing upon these promises, and being come into his father's presence, he was entertained with so much the more joy, as the fear and doubt of his being alive had been great: where after many reciprocal embracements intermingled with 
Otho ●…is discourse to his father Frederick.  rears he did briefly discourse of the battle, and refer it to have been done by the divine providence, saying he had omitted nothing in that fight which did belong to a good Captain, and that there wanted nothing for the obtaining of victory, but a just quarrel. It behoved him then to believe, that God was powerful therein, and not men, seeing so mighty an Army as theirs was, not being slow to fight, had been defea●…ed by a few, who were not half their number. And howsoever they might well overthrow and destroy human forces, yet it was impossible to surmount divine. Therefore he did most humbly beseech his Majesty, no more to trouble Alezander for his place, whose quarrel he might perceive, by the success to be maintained not only by men, but by God himself: further alleging. That he had already dis●…uieted him with the forces of the Empire, and sought to put him from his seat, yet all in vain: That therefore he should do a deed pleasing to all men, and worthy of a Christian, if (all hatred being forgotten) it would please him to change his mind, and after assurance taken from the Venetians for his safe coming, he would be pleased to visit the Pope, and openly to give him satisfaction▪ Which being once done they might ever after remain good friends, and consult together about the welfare of all Christendom; the which he did again most earnestly entreat.  
The discourse of Otho did mightily prevail with his father; who on a sudden 
How far Otho his entreaty prevailed with his Father.  being changed from war to peace, began to incline toward a reconcilement with Alexander and the Venetians. Whereupon so soon as he had received safeconduct from the Venetians, he came to Venice. Pietro Cyani, the Prince's son, was sent with six Galleys to Ravenna to meet him. divers small boats went as far as Chioggia to do the like. But being arrived at Venice, without staying in any place, he went to see the Pope, who tarried for him at the gate of Saint Marks 
The Emperor arrives at Venice  Church, revested in his Pontificalibus, sitting in a chair richly decked: near unto whom when he approached, he threw off his purple robe, and crept on his knees even to his Holiness feet, the which he humbly kissed. The Pope raised him up, and embraced him. Then both of them entering into the Church went unto the 
The emperors obedience to the Pope.  high Altar, whereon that most excellent table of gold (whereof we have heretofore spoken) enriched with most precious gems was laid, and the which is at this day to be seen in the treasury of Saint Mark. The same was then seen and gazed upon by the people, who received a wonderful contentment to see the two greatest Potentates of Christendom talking there lovingly together.  
Some say that the Pope (for satisfaction of his wrongs sustained) whilst the 
divers opinions of the Historians concerning this reconciliation.  Emperor kneeled on the ground did set his foot upon his neck, speaking this verse of David, super aspidem & Basiliscum ambulabis; and that the Emperor with a great and invincible courage made answer at the same time, Non tibi sed Petro. Unto whom he replied in choler treading more hard upon him, Et mihi & Petro. This was done upon Ascension day. Others say that it was upon the day that the battle was won, and that in memory thereof, the Pope granted great pardons to all, who repenting, and being confessed, should visit every year on the same day Saint Marks Church. Not long after, the Emperor and the Pope departed from Venice. But the Venetian Historians say that both of them tarried there certain months.  
Obba of Ravenna reports that Frederick came by Land to Ancona, and Pope Alexander with Prince Cyani arrived there at the same time: the whole City running 
How long the Venetian Princes have used the Canopy.  out to meet them: And to give them honourable entertainment, the City sent out two Canopies; the one for Alexander, and the other for Frederick; and that then the Pope commanded a third to be brought for the Venetian Prince, and permitted him in the presence of all the people, that he and his successors should for ever use one, as they at this day do, when they walk abroad in solemnity, with the other ducal Ensigns.  
When they arrived at Rome, the Pope was received with all gladness: who observing amongst these triumphs silver trumpets which made a very excellent sound caused eight of them to be given to the Venetian Prince, in memory of his victory: which the sovereign Magistrate of Venice should ever afterwards use. All the Venetian Chroniclers do affirm this to be true.  
Cyant taking leave of the Pope; returned with his holy blessing to Venice. The Mariners appointed for that purpose went to receive him in the Bucentauro. The Bishop of the Castle with the most part of the City went forth to meet him and to do him reverence; who landing at the Haven, having a burning taper of white wax borne before him (as the first gift which he received of Pope Alexander being at Venice) the Canopy, the silver trumpets, and the banner, (being the ensigns 
Why they use silver Trumpets.  which he and his successors had received, on condition to have them carried before them ever after) he entered the City with great joy. This is it which we find 
The ornaments and ensigns of the Venetian Princes.  aswell in the Venetian Historians as in strangers, touching this so famous victory, obtained by the Venetians against Otho, son to the Emperor Frederick: All which the Venetians, who lived long time after, would have to be publicly represented. For the whole order of this war is painted in the hall of the Palace, where every eight days they assemble for the creation of new Officers.  
Cyani being oppressed with old age, and ill disposed of his person, after that he 
The death of Prince Cyani and his last Will.  had prosperously governed the Commonwealth for the space of eight years, caused himself to be carried into Saint George's Monastery, where in short space he died. He gave to the Commonwealth by his testament divers lands, near to Saint Marks Church; and some others in the Mercer's street, near to Saint julian's, to the priests of the Church where he should be buried.  
It is reported, That it was he which did enrich Saint Marks Church with that sumptuousness and magnificent cost, whereof we will make so much the shorter mention, as we draw near to the end of this book.  
Now this Church is not, as divers other, so much recommended for the greatness and unmeasurable extent, as it is for the richness thereof. It is builded in 
The description of Saint Marks Church.  form like a Cross, whose corners are highly vaulted, and covered with lead, as all the rest is, which is discerned of Seamen higher than all the buildings of the City above sixscore stadij from thence. The whole mass is beside supported by most curious Arches, joined together by a marvelous skill: The inner part, from the middle even to the highest part thereof, glistereth with gold; and the concavity of the vaults is enriched with divers goodly and ancient pictures, made after the Greek manner, which, with the labour to behold them in respect of their height, do present to the spectatators, by their sad and venerable aspect, a kind of fear intermingled with piety, and religion. That which is from the guilding down to the pavement, is so well compassed and joined together with goodly tables of marble, as by their pleasant rays in form of veins, the eyes of the beholders are rather wearied than satisfied. The seats below are of a strange red stone, like to Porphirie. The pavement all of marble, engraven with divers figures wholly different, and of sundry colours. Besides, sundry Columns, and divers tables of marble Tap●…ic, Parian, Spar●…an, and Numidian, (at least, resembling them) environ the high seats on both sides the Quire. The coming into the Church on both sides is in a manner of the same trimming. Whose guilded Arches, are sustained without, by more than three hundred admirable Columns, not so much for their greatness, as for their diversity of colours: the space between those pillars being covered with goodly tables of marble. On the height of this entrance, four great brazen horses guilded are to be seen, as if they neighed for joy: which is indeed a most excellent piece of work, but not of our time. All this bears up the highest top of the Church, divided into six steeples: every of which, built like a Pyramids, hath on the sharpest point thereof standing a white marble statue of a naked man. divers other representations delightful to behold, and wrought with exceeding skill, do greatly beautify the spaces betwixt these steeples. The whole work aswell on the right hand, as on the left, is of the same substance and workmanship, and all that which is vaulted underneath, is covered with gold. In a word there is no place in the whole Church, either within or without, but is either trimmed with gold, or marble, or with some other rich stone; so that two Columns of Alabaster, which stand near to the high Altar, and the Calcidonie-stones, which are to be seen in the midst of the pavement, of the breadth of a foot and half, are among so great riches counted as nothing. Such is the structure of Saint Marks Church, the adorning whereof (as I have said) is for the most part attributed to Prince Cyani. And because it wholly (in a manner) glistereth with gold, I will not stick (as I have already done) to call it the golden Church, as often as I shall have cause to speak thereof.  
  
The end of the seventh Book of the first Decad.   

THE EIGHTH BOOK OF THE FIRST DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
¶ The Contents of the eighth Book of the first Decad.  
THe institution of the public Alms, by whom, and at what time. The fourth rebellion of those of Zara. A new journey of the Christians against the Turks, with the defeat of SALADINE, and the recovery of the City of Acre by the Christians. The coining of the money (called Aurelia) in the City. Pola surprised by the Pisans. The recovery of the same by the Venetians, and the defeat of the Pisans near to Modona. ISAAC is imprisoned by his brother ALEXIS, after he had deprived him of the Empire. The Christian Princes that march against the Turks arrive at Venice. The Venetians agreement with these Princes. The recovery of Zara. The resolution of the Venetians, and the stranger-Princes to go into Greece, at the entreaty of young ALEXIS. Constantinople is taken by the Christian Princes, and by the Venetians. The death of young ALEXIS, after the decease of his Father ISAAC, through the treachery of his people. The recovery of Constantinople by the Christian Princes, and by the Venetians joined together. BALDWIN, Earl of Flanders, made Emperor of Greece. The Isle of Candie, with all the Islands (in a 〈◊〉) of the Aegean Sea, allotted to the Venetians for their claim which they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to Constantinople. The beginning of the war against the Genoveses, for the Isle of Candie. The victory also against the Paduans, for a wrong offered to the Venetians at a public show at Treviso. The Venetians send a Colony to Corfu. The Emperor HENRY, who succeed BALDWIN, is treacherously taken by THEODORE the Albanois. The taking of Damiet in Egypt by the Christians, where they became rich with the spoil: and what prisoners they brought away with them.  
THe common opinion is, That by a Testamentary legacy 
Who was the Author of the public Alms.  of Prince Cyani, this holy distribution of money was likewise ordained, whereby the Procurators of S. Mark do at this day relieve with the public money, the necessity of Orphans, and other poor distressed People. But the ancient manner of distributing it 
The ancient manner of distributing Alms.  was altogether different from that at this day; the which being more seemly, was also more to be praised. For it is said, That those distributers did themselves inquire of every one's necessity, and then putting the money into little coffins of paper, wherein were written the several names of such only as they meant to relieve that day, they would in the evening go to the poor men's houses, and give them the Alms in very great secrecy. A man should not have seen in those days (because there was no such need) so many poor people at their Gates as now there are. The recommendation of friends and kinsfolks did then smally prevail; those only which were known to be poor were alone relieved. The ancient manner is now wholly changed: and this change proceedeth from the great multitude of businesses. For they which at this day have those offices, are almost of the chief of the Senate, for Council, Age, and Authority, whereby they have not only the managing of this business of the Commonwealth, but divers others likewise, and of greater importance: So, as being employed in divers businesses, they themselves cannot in such manner intent this, as did those of old time. But they do at this day liberally relieve all those who are recommended unto them (provided that the party who recommendeth be of good reputation, and the poverty of the person recommended apparent) therein omitting no work of charity.  


¶ AURIA MARIPIETRO, the 40. Duke of Venice.   
 
IN the place of deceased Cyani, the people did subrogate Auria Maripietro, (called by some, Andrea) having for the same purpose appointed four men amongst them, who should ever after have authority to choose forty. Being by these men chosen Prince, he had no sooner 
A new manner of electing the Prince.  received the ensigns of Sovereign dignity, but forthwith he disjoined the Pisans from those of Ancona: who being backed by the Pisans, and by conveniency of the places, had for a time by their ordinary incursions greatly molested the Venetians at Sea. But at the last, after a reciprocal restitution of whatsoever had been taken, truce was granted for ten years.  
At the same time those of Zara revolted from the Venetians the fourth time, 
The fourth rebellion of those of Zara.  and soon after this revolt, Bella King of Hungary, filled their City with Garrisons. It is said that they did thus upon discontentment, that their Church should be subject to that of Grada; if it were upon any other occasion, yet this at the least was all their pretext. It is certain that this City, which in respect of her often rebellions had been a cause of extraordinary expense to the Venetians, was very glad, under this pretence to vent her former determinations. This revolt being known, all men were of opinion forthwith to levy an Army, to reduce the Zaratins to their obedience, and to punish them according to their deserts, for their often breach of faith, that they might serve for an example to others. But men's hope to see this Army in readiness, in regard of the poverty of the common Treasury, was small; whereupon divers of the wealthiest Citizens bearing a singular affection to the commonwealth, 
Example of great love towards a ●…ans Country.  loving their Country's profit more than their own, did give great sums of money. There were likewise divers impositions exacted at Rialto towards this war. By means whereof the Army being ready, sailed into Dalmatia. At the Venetians arrival Zara was besieged, and all the Islands near to the City were in a short space recovered. The City itself, in regard of the King's Garrison within it, could not be taken.  
But whilst the Venetians were busied in the Dalmatian wars, the Christian 
A New Army of Christians for the recovery of the heaven Land.  Princes took arms for the recovery of jerusalem, from whence the Sarracens under the conduct of Saladine had expulsed the French, the fourscore and eighth year after it was taken by Godfrey. Wherefore the Venetians taking truce for two years with King Bella, at Pope Clement his entreaty, who did earnestly solicit them to undertake this voyage, they soon resolved to levy a mighty army. divers great Princes likewise did for the same purpose arm themselves (as we have said) 
Who were the chief of this enterprise against the Turks.  at the Pope's request. Among whom were the Emperor Frederick, the Kings of France, and England, and Otho Duke of Burgundy, accompanied by divers great Prelates: The Pisans likewise joining themselves with the Venetians on the Adriatic Sea, passed into Syria with divers vessels. But both their fleets arrived there, a long time before those of Frederick and the other kings. For the City of Acre, (which the Christians had likewise lost) was besieged, before Frederick had crossed Saint George's Arm to come into Asia, or before that Philip (departing from Messina, whither he was come with Richard, after they had crossed the River of Genowaie and the Tuscan Sea) did arrive in the Province. Richard being tossed with a furious tempest cast Anchor in Cyprus, which he wholly spoiled, because the inhabitants at his arrival had refused to receive him into their Haven. From whence soon after he passed into Syria.  
Frederick, after he had taken certain Towns in Asia, entered Armenia the less, 
The Emperor Frederick dieth in Armenia.  where unadvisedly going into a deep River, to wash and refresh himself, being carried away by the force of the stream he was drowned. But before this happened, our people had a long time laboured before Acre: for they had sometime fought with great hazard with Saladine. And besides that, want of all necessaries 
Great famine in the Camp before P●…olomais.  was so great in the Christians camp, as the Soldiers did not refuse to eat whatsoever they found, how unwholesome or bad so ever it were, and being almost starved, did expose themselves out of their Trenches to be slain by the enemy's shot. In the end, at the arrival of these two Kings, the two Armies being joined together, the French became so strong, as they no more feared to be enforced by the enemy to discampe from that side. Saladine resolved by force to open a way for his Soldiers, and using fraud with force, he caused a ship full of Snakes and Serpents, to sail directly towards the front of the Christians battle. But being come in view, before the Barbarians who were within it could have leisure to use their cunning, their fleet being broken and defeated before the Haven, this ship was of set purpose 
Saladines' Army defeated.  sunk. Whereupon, the Townsmen and those of the Garrison having lost all hope of being relieved, did yield, after they had maintained the siege a whole year. 
Ptolomais yieldeth.  They were cruelly dealt with, by reason that in their capitulation they promised to give the Christians a part of the holy Cross, the which could no where be found.  
Acre being taken, the Venetians possessed the selfsame right, which they had in times past purchased by Arms in the same City. This is all which happened abroad during the principality of Auria. But within the City they stamped a new coin, called (Aurelia) by the name of the Author; who retiring himself into the Monastery of Holy Cross, the ninth year (as some say) of his government, or the fourteenth (according to some) or the eight & twentieth year, which is much more (as others say) took the Monastic habit, and there died.   


¶ HENRICO DANDULO, the 41. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
HEnrico Dandulo, being declared Prince by the forty according to the manner above mentioned, succeeded him.  
The Commonwealth under this man did not only purchase fame and renown, but did mightily enlarge the bounds of her Dominions. He first of all forbade those of Verona from trafficking with the Venetians, because they had wronged certain Venetian Merchants on the River Adice. This prohibition caused them to restore that which they had taken from the Venetians in their Privileges and immunities, and never more to molest them sailing on those streams.  
The Army returned from Syria, for the great want it had of fresh supplies, having been abroad three years: The Pisans likewise left the Province: But they, continually during the three years they were abroad, did so envy and hate the Venetians, that the same (as it often happeneth) did beget open dissension, which turned at last to the Pisans overthrow. For they, sailing on the Adriatic Sea, surprised 
The Pisans take Pola.  the City of Pola tributary to the Venetians, with intent to winter there, if it were possible. But the Venetians, not being able to suffer such indignity, did Arm ten Galleys, and six ships of burden: and adding certain fresh supplies of Soldiers, they came speedily to Pola, the which being as speedily recovered, they burned all the Tuscan ships which they found in the Haven. The greatest part of their Fleet was gone to convoie six ships of burden of their own, who returned at that time from Greece laden with Merchandise, and were going home. The Venetians, after they had dismantelled the City of Pola (not so much for hatred to the Townsmen, as to make it less fit for the Pisans retreat, at any other time) sailed towards Modona, determining to meet with those six ships of Pisa▪ and to fight with the other which were gone from Pola to convoie them. It was not long ere they were descried; and 
The Pisans defeated by the Venetians.  making towards them, they fought almost in the view of the City, where the Tuscan convoie being broken and put to flight, two of the Marchant-ships were taken. Soon after, they made peace with the Pisans.  
Some Venetian Historians, not mentioning this peace, do affirm, How the same year that they fought before Modona, the Pisans, backed by the Brundusians, did hinder the Venetians free Navigation on the Adriatic Sea. Whereupon Giovanni B●…silio and Thomaso Phaledrio being sent against them with great forces, did in such sort terrify them, as they enforced them speedily to forsake the Seas: and going afterwards against the Brundusians who had assisted them with men and victuals, they did constrain them to sue for peace, the which was granted by the Venetians. 
Peace granted to the Brundusians.   
Pellegrino Bishop of Aquileia did at the same time make a new league with the Venetians, thereby the better to enable himself against Treviso, whose open enemy he was And by that means being made a Citizen of Venice, he did purchase divers lands in the City, and did by this agreement promise the Commonwealth all aid and assistance when need should be. For his sake the Trevisans were forbidden an●…e more traffic with the City.  
About the same time the Venetians had a new occasion presented them to enlarge their dominions. Isaac at the same time commanded the Grecian Empire, who was a great friend to the western Christians, and had, not long before, liberally received and wel-comed (which his ancestors before him had never done but against their wills, for the natural hatred which that Nation ever bare to all Christians of Europe) all the French and Almaigne Captains which were going into Asia. This man had a younger brother named Alexis, whom he had ever so dearly loved, as (the name of Emperor excepted, which he reserved to himself) he lived in equal command with him. Isaac had moreover not long before paid to the barbarous enemy (who had by his own rashness taken him prisoner) a great weight of gold for his ransom. But this most unthankful brother, forgetting 
Great ingratitude and cruelty of a brother.  all these benefits, took his brother Isaac by treason, plucked forth his eyes, and being blinded shut him up in prison: And not therewith satisfied he would have done as much to his nephew, his brother's son, a child of twelve years old. But the young boy by the advice of his friends, and by discretion far above one of his age, (as it is reported) saved himself by flight. The Venetians forces were at the same time very great. For at the beginning of the spring-time the same year, Boniface 
The Christian Princes arrived at Venice.  of Montferrat, Baldwin Earl of Flanders, and Henry Earl of S. Paul, were arrived at Venice, and with them the Duke of Savoy, intending to march against the Turks and Sarracens. Some Authors say that they sent their Ambassadors. But the most part affirm, that the Princes came themselves in person and compounded with the Venetians for the passage of eight thousand foot, and four thousand five hundred horse with their baggage, & victuals, unto Saint George's arm, by which way all the Christian Princes had still passed over their forces; because there was no likelihood of any other safer way into Asia, as also, for that Germany and Hungary were not quiet, and likewise in regard of these news stirs at Constantinople, the which daily increased, by reason of that which had happened.  
The Venetian Chronicles make mention of nine and twenty thousand foot, of 
The number of the Christian Armi●…  whom nine thousand were Targuetiers, the which is more credible. For it is not probable, that four so great Princes, undertaking so long and dangerous a voyage, would levy but twelve thousand five hundred men, seeing that any one of them could easily have furnished as many. It is reported that they promised a very great sum of money for the transportation of so great an Army.  
Now the Ships of war being ready, because the Soldiers arrived later than it was expected, the journey was put off till Harvest. By means whereof the Princes and Captains having spent all they had brought with them for that voyage were constrained to borrow of the Venetians. It is reported that the Venetians 
The Venetians bo●…ntie to the christian Princes.  in stead of lending did freely give them the money which they demanded, to the end to tie them unto them, having determined to make use of them, promising to use greater liberality towards them, if they would lend them their forces till such time as they had reduced the Province of Histria under their obedience, & recovered the City of Zara which had so often rebelled, the which for a few years had been 
Agreement betwixt the Venetians and foreign Princes.  possessed by the King of Hungary. This being freely granted, they made an accord betwixt them for a year, That the Venetians should only set forth threescore Galleys at their own costs to ship their Soldiers, and that all the towns and booties, which should be taken, should be equally divided betwixt them and the Venetians, (Dalmatia and the adjacent islands excepted, which they acknowledge to be a part of the Venetians Dominion.) Duke Henrico, albeit he were evil disposed of his person, & his sight much impaired by the malice of the Emperor Emanuel, would nevertheless for the love he did bear his Country, make one in the number. Therefore he departed from Venice before any of the rest, the 15. day of October. The morrow 
The number of the Ships for the Voyage.  after, they all followed him. The Navy consisted of two hundred and forty Ships of war. For, besides the threescore Galleys promised first to the French; they made ready threescore and ten Ships of burden, to embark the foreign Soldiers, and sixscore other Vessels, vulgarly called Vrserions, for the carriage of the victuals, horse and furniture of the Army.  
The Triestines, and other the Inhabitants of Histria, accustomed to rob at Sea, amazed to see so mighty a Fleet, did speedily send to the Prince for peace, which was granted them on these conditions; That those of Humaga, and the Triestines, 
Histria reduced to the Venetians obedience.  should pay to the Venetian Prince a yearly tribute for each of them, of fifty hogsheads of Wine. And to this purpose they sent Commissioners to Venice, to swear to this convention before the Senate, and to remain ever after loyal to the Venetians, as their Ancestors had done. From Histria the Army came to the siege of Zara. This siege, (by reason that the City was well victualled and furnished with Soldiers) lasted longer than was expected. The City being often assaulted, 
The recovery of Zara.  with great effusion of blood on either side, was in the end after sundry losses recovered, and forthwith dismanteled on that part next to the Sea. The chief Citizens despairing of pardon in regard of their continual rebellion, saved themselves by flight.  
The Winter in the mean time was very much spent, by reason whereof and 
Young Alexis cometh to the Army.  through the sharpness of the weather, they were constrained to tarry there. At what time, young Alexis, who had escaped from the bloody hands of his Uncle, arrived at the Camp, and came into the presence of Duke Dandulo, and the French 
The complaint and request of young Alexis.  Princes, that Wintered there. This young boy, after he had with tears greatly complained on his uncles cruelty, of his Father's blindness, dark Imprisonment, bonds, and ill usage, and of his own banishment, able to draw pity from his enemies, he did earnestly entreat them, in regard of the ancient friendship which his Father had ever borne to the Venetians, for the fidelity, alliance, hospitality, and other benefits which all Christendom had received from him, as well at Constantinople, as in other parts of the Empire, to relieve him in his affliction, and not to suffer his Father any longer to languish in darkness, more obscure than his blindness: And declared how that himself being yet very young, deprived of his Father's help and counsel, and of all his friends, being banished, poor, needy, and ignominiously driven out of his Father's Empire, was constrained miserably to beg his bread: After all which he promised to give them a great weight of Gold, with 
Young Alexis 〈◊〉 promise●….  other great rewards so soon as by their means he should recover the Empire.  
The tears of this young child did greatly move all the assistants; his age likewise, and his cause, were found to be just and reasonable, the which all men did willingly favour. Then the great promises which he made in this great danger, did show that he had been taught what to say, by those who attended him in his flight. For hardly could a man of riper years (much less one like himself, who was not yet out of childhood) have of himself invented those things which he promised them. It is reported that he promised, so soon as he should be alone, or with his Father, restored to the Empire, he would make the Church of Constantinople subject to that of Rome, and give the Venetians and Frenchmen, a certain weight of gold in recompense of the losses which they had sustained in times past, and at sundry times by the Emperor Emanuel: And moreover, to give unto the Venetians a great sum of money, which the foreign Princes had promised them at the first, for the transportation of their soldiers. Upon these conditions and promises, the Venetians and French departed from Dalmatia at the beginning of the spring, determining to sail with a direct course to Constantinople, if a contrary wind did not hinder 
The Venetians and the Princes resolve to go to Constantinople.  them. The Bandits of Zara in the mean time, so soon as they had notice of the Venetians departure, made roads and incursions all along the Seacoasts of Histria and Dalmatia; against whom a new Army was intended. Rayniero Dandulo, Son to Duke Henrico, a brave and courageous young man, did command in the City 
Incursions of the Bandits of Zara  as Lieutenant to his Father: He, having armed certain ships of war, passed over into Dalmatia against those banished Zaratins. He caused a Fort to be built in the nearest Island to Zara, which was called Evil Council, to resist the incursions and designs of the enemies: The Bandits being backed by the aid of the King of Hungary, came on a sudden and surprised the Garrison within it, and razed the Fort: whereupon a greater fleet was set forth, sufficient to repress the incursions, and rash attempts of those Pirates. The which being known to them, they humbly 
Agreement with the Bandits of Zara.  sued for peace and obtained it on these conditions; That (the chief of them having given their children in hostage to the Venetians) all the Bandits should return home into their Country; and should obey the Venetian Magistrate, and the Church, (that of Grada) and should beside send every year to the Duke of Venice a thousand Connie-skins.  
Whilst these things were done in Dalmatia, the Venetians and Frenchmen after they had first crossed the Ionian Seas, and afterwards the Aegean and the Hellespont, arrived at the Bosphorus of Thrace, called St. George's arm. But we must speak somewhat briefly here, of the place and situation of the City, for the more easy understanding of what shall be hereafter set down.  
Byzantium (named, as all men know, Constantinople by Constantine, who much 
Description of the City of Constantinople.  augmented it, and did there establish his Empire) yea builded (as saith Trogus) by Pausanias' King of Sparta, is seated in so pleasant and commodious a place, as the Megarians, who along time before were the founders of Calcydonia, which is right over against it, were esteemed by Apollo's Oracle of small judgement; because they refused so goodly and fertile a Country, as is that where Byzantium was afterward builded, and chose a barren and desert soil.  
The straight of the Sea is five hundred paces in breadth, and waxeth still more narrow, as it draweth nearer to the Bosphorus of Thrace (so called for the usual and easy passage of Oxen) called at this day S. George's arm. This City on the North side hath the Sea of fifty stadij in length, and the main drawing towards the West. At the mouth of this straight in a small distance stands Constantinople on one side, and Pera on the other, so called in Greek (as I think) for the small space that is betwixt them, being opposite one to another. Alexis had shut up this space with a great iron chain, and placed a strong Garrison at either end thereof, to hinder the enemy's entrance.  
Now whilst this great fleet stayed there; the Ambassadors of the Isle of Candie came with two Galleys in the name of the whole Island, to acknowledge him for their Lord. This young youth, after he had lovingly received them, gave the whole 
Young Alexis giue●…h the Isle of Candie to Boniface of Montferrat.  Island to Boniface of Montferrat, a valiant man, and his near Kinsman. The chain in the mean time could not be broken, until that a very great ship, called the Eagle, furnished with great iron tongs, and driven forward by a north-wind, strake upon it, and broke it in pieces. Presently hereupon the Venetians entered the straight 
Constantinople besieged by Sea and Land.  and landed all the foreign troops, which done, the City in an instant was besieged both by Sea and Land. But so soon as the Camp arrived, Theodore Lascaris, son in law to the Emperor, made a sudden sally with his forces on the Pilgrims, (for 
Theodore Lascaris sallies forth on the Christian Pilgrims.  the Frenchmen and they on thisside the mountains departing to the wars of Asia, would at the first be so called) to trouble their encamping. The fight at the first was very bloody, and doubtful, but at the last, the Greekish fury being abated, Theodore with his forces was constrained with great loss to retire into the city. The Venetian fleet on the other side attempted to win the Haven, but they spent two whole days in breaking the chain which locked it. And this fight was so much the more difficult to the Venetians, by how much the Garrison of the Haven was stronger than that of the straight, whereof we have spoken. Twenty Galleys on a front being tied together by great iron chains, lay at the entry thereof, to keep out the enemies▪ and it was dangerous to come near them, in regard of the great number of arrows which flew from them against those which came foremost. Yet nevertheless 
A great ●…ght a●… the Haven.  the Venetians valour over-came this: For after they had likewise broken it, and furiously assailed the enemy, the haven was won in an instant. The Galleys being forsaken at the very first brunt by Alexis Soldiers, fell into the possession of the Venetians.  
After this victory, they resolved to assault the City with engines on all sides, and 
Constantinople straightly besieged. An assault given to the City.  after they had divided the portions betwixt them, the Venetians did forthwith erect divers warlike engines against the City on the havens side. Then they took two great masts of ships, and tying them together they made a bridge upon them, from whence they shot into the City at their pleasures, by reason the bridge was much higher than the walls. They did moreover cast fiery lances upon the nearest houses, which lighting upon dry matter kindled such a flame, as those who defended the wall being therewith terrified, in great confusion forsook their places; which the Venetians mounting on ladders, did forthwith possess. Alexis at this sudden rumour came running thither with three thousand Soldiers which were of his guard, and made show at the first, as if he would have assailed the Venetians, using thereby a Greekish policy, to make show of nothing less than flight. But because all was lost, not only in that place, but likewise on the landside, where Lascaris had been beaten into the City with great loss, Alexis made a stay, as though he would have deferred the fight till the morrow. But the Venetians pursuing the victory, did already in a manner fight in the very City. Whereupon Alexis at the entry of 
The flight of Alexis.  the night holding all for lost, left his wife and children, and committing great treasures which he had drawn forth of the ground to the keeping of his Daughter Irene▪ who was a Nun, about midnight he left the City and fled.  
His flight being openly known, Isaac was forthwith taken out of prison, and 
Isaac delivered out of prison.  the Citie-gates being set open, the young Alexis was with great joy received by all the people: Both of them were saluted Emperors: Great was the joy on either side, but not without tears, to behold the wretched blind old man, who did greatly praise the piety, and good nature of his son, and rejoiced with him for this happy success, exhorting him courageously to maintain the Empire which he had 
The mutual comfort of the father and the Son.  by his virtue recovered. The child on the other side was no less joyful, to see his Father freed from the prison of his wicked brother; and that so perfidious a person, hated of God and Men, being driven justly both from Empire and Country, was compelled to undergo so ignominious a banishment: saying, that his own happiness did not so much content him, as to see his Father revenged on his enemy; That he did not doubt, but that this wretched Alexis was greatly troubled in his mind, knowing his enemy to command in the same place, from whence himself had been shamefully expulsed. After all these reciprocal compliments, Isaac did in open 
Isaac ratifies what his Son had promised.  assembly confirm & ratify all that which his son had granted to the Venetians and Frenchmen, the Protectors of his state. And all the good old man's thoughts were, how, and by what means he might pay the Venetians, and French, that which had bee●…e promised them: when falling suddenly sick, having (as it was 
Isaac dieth suddenly.  thought) taken the air too soon, he died in few days after. The Son, no less mindful than the Father, to acknowledge the benefits which he had received, did mean, not only to effect what he promised, but to relieve those that passed into Asia, with victuals, men, and all other necessaries. But this ungrateful City, accustomed ever to seditious novelty, did cross his designs. For a sudden commotion 
Sedition against the young Emperor.  being raised in the City the people with great noise ran to the Palace, where after divers reproachful speeches used to the young Alexis, they told him that he was a foolish boy, smally experienced in affairs of consequence, who desirous to pay a great sum of money foolishly promised to aeovetous Nation, enemy to the greeks, made no matter of ruining & despoiling his City of her wealth. But the young man 
A discreet answer of the young Emperor.  fearing in that tumult to be slain, and being more discreet than one of such years, he told them aloud, that he would therein be ruled by his subjects. By this popular answer he appeased the tumult for that night. The next day, so soon as he had debated the matter with divers of his friends, by their advise he sent to his cozen Boniface, entreating him to come to his aid about the third watch of the night following, with all the forces he could bring, acquainting him in what danger he was among his own subjects; the Empire not being alone in hazard, but his own life likewise. Therefore he did earnestly entreat him, not to forsake him in those tender years, being his near kinsman, and wholly destitute of all help and counsel, furthe●… certifying him that he would give order, that one of the Citie-gates should be open against his arrival.  
Among those who knew this secret, was one called Alexis, surnamed Myrtillus, 
Myrtillus issued from mean Parents.  or (as other say▪) Murciphon, whom the Emperor Isaac had preferred from a mean estate to divers places of honour. This man being ambitious, and sudden in his attempts, discovered the whole matter to certain of the contrary faction, whom he 
The treachery of Myrtillus.  knew to be of great authority in the City, and procured them to raise a new stir at the hour appointed of the night following. This was accordingly effected. Now therefore in the midst of the uproar, he counseled the young Alexis, trembling with fear, to hide himself in the most secret place of the Palace; and making the danger to be much greater than it was, he in a manner enforced him so to do; and having hid him in a sure place, he committed him to the keeping of some of his own trusty friends. Hereupon he came forth, as though he would have quieted the tumult, the which he had promised to do. The beginning of his speech was, 
Myrtillus' speech to the people.  in declaring unto them in what terms the affairs of the Empire stood, & the imminent danger which threatened them from those coverous Nations, (for so he termed them) and enemies to the greeks, and therefore he said it was most necessary to have a man of judgement, valour, and discretion; and not a child, if they desired to redress these mischiefs. He obtained at that time what he so much desired. For the whole multitude, crying out confusedly; some said he should be governor of the City, others General of the men at Arms, and the third sort called him Emperor. And thus in this tumult being followed by a troop of Soldiers, and by some of his kinsmen who assisted him, he made himself Master of the Imperial Palace, where with his own hand he cut young Alexis' throat. Then after he had appeased 
Young Alexis murthere●….  the tumult, and raised great forces, his first resolution was to drive the French and Venetians forth of the Empire; and afterwards for his better safety, to put all Alexis Friends and Allies to death.  
In this resolution he forthwith marched out of the City, and embattled his Army, whom he conducted against the enemy, after this manner. In the Front he 
A new Greekish invention to deceive the Ch●…istians.  placed Priests bearing Images in their hands, who at the beginning of the fight should sing certain spiritual Hymns. I know not whether he did this to draw his enemies to some devotion, or whether he thought by beginning with divine Action, the sooner to obtain the victory. The first charge lighted by chance on the Earl of Flanders quarter, who like a valiant and careful Captain, did with a few sustain the furious assaults of the greeks, until that an armed Legion came to his rescue, and soon after all the rest. Whereupon, the fight in an instant being equal, 
The greeks put to fl●…ght near the City.  and his enemies very much shaken, Myrtillus altogether dismayed fled a pace towards the City, and was so narrowly pursued by our men, as himself and his troops had like to have been taken under the Wals. The Italians and French held as a token of good luck, the taking of an Image of the Virgin Marie from the greeks: imagining that it did foretell their victory, in regard such a divine power had forsaken the greeks and was come unto them. They did afterwards consult whether it were best to besiege Myrtillus in the City. All men were of opinion that it was lawful and just to kill a wicked man, who had not only defiled himself by an execrable murder, but had likewise seized on the Empire which was engaged to them by covenant for great sums of money. 
A new agreement betwixt the Venetians and the Princes.   
The Venetians and French contracted new alliance, wherein it was expressly mentioned, That the half part of the City, Towns, and other matters which should be taken perforce from the Grecian Empire, should belong to the French, and the other half to the Venetians. Some Authors make mention of another kind of division, wherein the Venetians had but the third part only of whatsoever was taken. But the most part are of the former opinion: Hereupon, all of them prepared for the besieging of the City, and they proceeded therein both by sea and land with such earnestness, as they never ceased, until they had brought it in subjection to the 
Constantinople besieged the second time.  French men, and the Venetians. Nevertheless the victory was not very easy. For the siege, through the wilful obstinacy of the greeks, lasted threescore and eight days. The Venetians valour did greatly appear in this siege; who, having assaulted the City after the same manner as they had done at the first, after they had driven the enemy from the walls, entered the town somewhat before those, who 
Myrtillus' flight.  in great numbers fought on the landside. Myrtillus in the darkness of the night departing with his wife and concubines, carrying with him a great weight of gold, avoided his deserved punishment. The Citizens being reduced into evident danger, (for the victors who possessed the walls, amazed them on the one side, and Myrtillus flight dismayed them on the other) did (necessity enforcing them thereunto) sue for pardon; and to this purpose, they caused the Clergy to go foremost 
Constantinople yields.  with their relics and Images▪ and themselves after being unarmed, who coming in view of the Venetians, which possessed the walls, began to cry for mercy: the which was easily granted them upon the opening of their gates. The Venetians entering first, the French followed with all their troops which had fought by land. Now 
Fifteen men appointed to elect a new Emperor.  the City being taken, the chief of the Army consulted together to name fifteen men which should have authority to elect a new Emperor. And it was expressly mentioned, That if the Emperor whom they chose were not a Venetian, it should be lawful for the Venetians to appoint one of their own nation, whom they pleased to 
Baldwin of Flan dear chosen Emperor of the East. Thomaso Morosino Patriarch of Constantinople.  be Patriarch of the City. This thus concluded, the Venetians deputed five Electors, the Earls of Flaunders and Saint Paul as many, and the Dukes of Savoy and Montserrat made up the number. By these men's voices Baldwin Earl of Flaunders was declared Emperor; and Thomaso Morosino Patriarch of Constantinople by the Venetians: who soon after went to Rome, and was confirmed in his dignity by Pope Innocent.  
The Princes in the mean time desirous to prosecute their voyage to the holy Land, using great liberality to the new Emperor, gave him the moiety of the City, Provinces, 
The Prince's liberality to the new Emperor:  Tributes, and other matters, (fallen to them by agreement) of the Greek Empire. And not satisfied with this good office, they added to this great liberality, That all the Cities, Castles, Forts, and Towns which they should take depending on the Greek Empire, should be recovered as in his name, and reduced under his obedience. Some think that the fourth part of the Empire was given to him, and the residue being divided into two parts, the one part thereof fell to the Venetians.  
All things at last being quieted in the City, the Army speedily departed. Boniface 
Thrace reduced to the Emperor's obedience.  of Montferrat, and Henry the emperors brother dislodged first of all, who with great good success possessed Thrace which lies on either side betwixt Constantinople, and Adrianople, three days journey in length. And all that conquest, such as it was, they reduced under the Emperor Baldwins obedience, according to their promise: Prince Henrico remaining at Constantinople, dealt with the Emperor to bond that part of the Empire which was fallen to the Venetians, because it wholly almost consisted of Islands seated in the Aegean and Ionian Seas. And because the Isle of Candie belonged to Boniface by the gift of young Alexis: Baldwin to take away all cause of strife, and that their fellows should truly receive 
The Isle of Candy given to the Venetians.  whatsoever had been promised them, he made Boniface King of Thessaly, and gave the Isle of Candie, which he took from him, to the Venetians: And the better to confirm the matter, the Venetian Prince sent M. Sanuto, & Rabani Carcerio his Ambassadors to Boniface, who was encamped before Adrianople; and till they returned he sent an Army to receive all the rest. The Ambassadors sent to Boniface, arriving at Adrianople, showed him the emperors decree; and offering him besides a good sum of money, he easily condescended to their request, and made over to the Venetians all the right which he pretended to the Isle of Candie by virtue of Alexis gift.  
In this mean time Thomaso, Patriarch of Constantinople, at his return from 
Thomas●… confirmed Patriarch by the Pope.  Rome, where he had obtained whatsoever he demanded, came to Venice, and after he had stayed a while there, being ready to return into Greece; he took with him four galleys which were sent for supply to the Prince at Constantinople, with which he recovered Ragusa which was revolted from the Venetians; and having repaired Durazzo, which the Greek Emperors had abandoned, he left a good Garrison in it. Thence he came directly to Constantinople, where he was received of all men with great joy: But nothing did so much hasten his return, as the commandment which the Pope had given him to crown Baldwin Emperor of 
The coronation of the Emperor Baldwin.  Greece. And that Coronation-day was beautified with a great assembly as well of greeks, as of Frenchmen and Italians.  
Scarce was the year expired wherein Constantinople was taken, but that all the Cities and strong Towns of the Greek Empire, as well on the Seacoasts as on the firm Land, were reduced under the emperors obedience: Adrianopolis excepted. But this fortunate fuccesse was interrupted by his too sudden death. Some affirm that he died at Constantinople. And others say, that being inc●…mped before Adrianopolis, he fell into an Ambush, and being taken by the enemies he died 
The death of the Emperor Baldwin.  in Prison; and that, by his death, there was no Emperor in Greece for seven years after. This is that which the Annalists maintain. Those which allege the contrary, say, That Henry, his brother, was at the same instant saluted Emperor in 
Henry brother to 〈◊〉, Emperor of the East.  his stead, who, being discamped from before Adrianopolis, which his brother had besieged, to effect his more speedy Coronation at Constantinople, received news on the way of the death of Henrico the Venetian Prince; so as there was a small time betwixt the death of the Emperor Baldwin, and that of Henrico, who deceased 
Prince Dandul●… dec●…aseth.  the thirteenth year of his Principality, and was honourably buried in Saint Sophia's Church.  
It shall not be amiss to set down in this place certain prophetic verses, which I find in some Historians to be attributed to S●…bylla, the which are reported to have been common almost in every man's mouth, long time before the Frenchmen and Venetians took Constantinople: if it be so, I do assuredly believe, that this Oracle was the only cause of that mortal hatred, which the Emperor Emanuel 
The 〈◊〉 why the Emperor Emanuel hat●…d the Venetians.  bore to the Venetians. And forasmuch as all that in a manner which happened at Constantinople, since the time of the Emperor Constantine until Henrico the Venetian Prince, is comprised in these verses: I have thought it fit to set them down word for word, to the end that by them it may be known how well this woman possessed with a divine fury, did prophecy of things to come; and that which Plutarch speaketh of the Egyptians is not altogether absurd, who thought that the spirit of divination was easily communicated to women, They begin thus.  

A Prophecy found in Constantinople.  
AENeadum gloria Bizantium deducetur, Eruntque Danai in robore delicato usque ad Leonem sexaginta pedum. Donec catulos eius Vrsus devoret. Hunc Aquila dispecta Vrsum dissipet, Aquilam Hircus obumbret, Pullum voret Aquilae, Fietque Potentum in Hadriaticis aquis congregatio. Caeco Deuce her cum abigent, Byzantium prophanabunt, Hircus non balabit amplius, Nec Gallus cantabit, usque dum sexaginta tres pedes, & policies novem discurrant.  
Which may be thus Englished.  

Bizance shall rise, the Romans glory height,  
Graecia shall flow with fullness of delight,  
Until the sixtie-footed Lion come;  
Whose princely whelps with death the Bear shall doom.  
The Bear shall by the royal Eagle fall;  
The Goat o'erthrows the Eagle, Chick and all.  
And in the midst of th' Adriatic strand  
Shall meet great States combined by mutual bond  
Against the Goat. They, led by Chieftain blind,  
Shall quell his pride and tame his Tiger mind,  
And Bizance self they likewise shall subdue.  
So droops the Goat; And the shrill Cock that crew  
So loud of late, hence forth shall chant no more,  
Till of a greater number kept in store  
Sixty three feet, with thumbs thrice 3. times told,  
By fading hence this mystery unfold.    
The Roman Empire (saith she) shall be translated to Constantinople: which 
The meaning of the prophecy.  came to pass in the time of the Emperor Constantine; and Grecia shall live peaceably in all delights, until the Emperor Emanuel his time who lived three score years; Andronicus, whom Sibylla calleth a Bear, after he hath slain his children, shall usurp the Empire; Isaac son to Emanuel, of whom none account was made shall put Andronicus to death; Alexis shall take his brother Isaac by treason; who wore a long beard after the Greekish manner: and having put out both his eyes, shall thrust him into a dark Prison, into which likewise, some say that young Alexis son to Isaac was put, from whence escaping afterwards, he came for succour to the Venetians. That the Venetians at that time joined with the French shall pass into Greece under the conduct of Prince Dandulo, who by the envy of Emanuel had almost lost his sight, as hath been said; and that Constantinople being taken by them, the honour of the Empire shallbe taken from the greeks: For in the space of sixty three years and nine months, there shall be in Constantinople neither Emperor nor Patriarch of the Greek Nation; whereupon Sibylla (if this Oracle be hers) calleth the one a Cock, and the other a Goat. This is that which she hath said.   


¶ PIETRO CYANI, the 42. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
PIetro Cyani, son to Duke Sebastiano, succeeded Dandulo; & was Earl of Arba when he was created. The Venetians in the mean time, who were at Constantinople, because they would not be without a Magistrate, did create a Praetor to govern them; which creation nevertheless was not to be in force till it were confirmed and allowed by the Prince and Senate at Venice. The first who executed this new Magistracy in Constantinople was (as it is reported) Marini Zeno. Ambassadors were sent to Constantinople to the Emperor Henry to renew the league. Boniface of Montferrat on 
Boniface King of Thessaly.  the other side, having conquered Thessaly was called King thereof, according to the Emperor Baldwin his decree.  
But whilst these things were done in Greece, the Venetians after the creation of Cyani, to the end they might with more ease join all the places of the Greek Empire to their State, which were fallen unto them by the agreement made with the 
A Deeree of the Venetians about the possession of the Islands.  French and the other confederates, they published an Edict; That all the Citizens of Venice, or their allies, who could at their own charges seize on the Islands of the Aegean and Ionian Seas, and of other places near thereunto, depending in time passed on the Greek Empire, (reserving certain Islands mentioned in the decree, which they were expressly forbidden to attempt) should claim them for their own, as lawfully purchased by right of Arms. Although at the first this may seem not very commodious for the Commonwealth, Yet considering it more nearly, it 
The cause of this decree.  was necessary to be so, as well for that the City was at the same time busied about the affairs of Greece, as in respect of the great numbers of Pirates; who were so increased, whilst the Venetians were employed in the Thracian wars, as there needed a mighty fleet to repress their incursions: And therefore there was no possibility with any safety to sever the forces of the Commonwealth in so many places at once. It was then thought most convenient, that the wealthiest of them should set forth one or more Galleys a piece, or other ships of war for the same purpose: The which they presumed divers would do for the hope of the proposed gain; and that thereby it might come to pass, that the Commonwealth having afterwards need of those ships of war, set forth at the charges of particular men, might make use of them, by virtue of her own authority in such cases.  
Besides, every one was bound to keep at his own Costs, the places which should be possessed (which the Commonwealth could not do without great expense) and to carry thither their wives and children, with all their wealth: And 
The Venetians flecte against the Pirates.  by this means, as by Colonies sent from the City, the whole should be subject to the Venetians obedience. But howsoever they had respect either to the one or other of the forenamed occasions, it is certain that divers particular persons did take Arms for this purpose. And to the same purpose before any of the rest, the public fleet of one and thirty Galleys sailed into the main, conducted (as some say) by Rayniero Dandulo, and Rugiero Permarin: and others changing both the names make mention of none but Raynier●… Permarin. All Annalists almost, and other authors likewise do set down the achievements of particular persons before those of the public State: as though it were likely that private persons durst have attempted any thing on the Islands, before that the Seas were freed from Pirates, with whom the commonwealths Galleys were enforced to fight, at the very entry almost of the adriatic Gulf.  
And because the continual course of this business doth so require it, we will first of all set down that which was performed by the general Army. They were scarce out of the Gulf, when they met with Leo Vetrano the Genovese, one of the most famous Pirates of those days, with nine Galleys; who being assailed by the Venetians, was easily broken, taken, and brought to Corfu, whither the fleet sailed, where he was hanged. After the recovery of which Island, the Venetians sailed towards 
Mod●…na end Corona recep●…acles of theeue●… and Pira●…s, ●…ned.  Modona first, & then to Corona, the two receptacles of thieves and Pirates, which they ruined. They are two Cities of Pelloponessus at this day called Morea. The one lies between Coriphasium, and the mount Acrita, and the other on the Sea of Messina. near those places the Ambassadors of Achaya and Athens came to the Generals of the Army promising to yield themselves to the Venetians; but it is reported that their rash resolution was interrupted by a Captain named Mega, who the same time possessed those places. I think that these places were held by him, & by others, at such time as the Venetians were busied in the wars of Constantinople▪ At which time all the Islands and Sea-townes of the Aegean and Ionian Seas were exposed for a prey to as many as could win them: the Empire being then very much declined. Albeit I will not deny but that he might be before then appointed Governor there by those who did command Greece.  
The passage of the Sea being in this sort opened, all men hasted to these Islands 
The names of the Islands passesse●… by particular persons.  as to an assured booty. Marco Dandulo and Giacomo Viadre being joined together seized on Callipolis. Marco Sanuto, accompanied with divers Citizens who were at the Islands Cycladeses, made himself master of Naxos, Paros, Molos, Herma and Andros. Raban Carcerio with his nephews took Euboea, called at this day Nigrepont, and Euripa near adjoining. Andrea and Henrico de Glass●…s, seized on Tenos, Micon (which the Moderns have called Micolla) S●…hyros, Philocolion, (called in times past Philocandea) with Staliminium which is named Lemnos.  
In this mean time Henry, surnamed the Fisher, Earleof that part of Morea 
Henry the Fisher maketh a●…tempts on 〈◊〉 Isle of Candie.  which is called Mailla, aided by certain Galleys of Genoa, attempted to take the Isle of Candie from the Venetians. But Rayniero, General of the Army, arriving there unlooked for, did not only prese●…ue the Island, but sank four Genoa-Gallies that were found near the shore, in which some will needs affirm, that Vetrano 
The Venetian●… send a Colony to Candace.  was taken, and forthwith put to death. The Venetians soon after, to curb the practices of the greeks, sent to Candace▪ called Candida by the vulgar, the head City of the Island, a Colony, namely horsemen of the order of Senators, and footmen of the common sort of people.  
The Genoveses in like manner did rob and scour the Seas, against whom Gi●…nan Trevisano was sent with nine Galleys well provided; He, having met with the Fleet of Genoa, assailed it with more courage than force, and took twelve of the 
The Gen●…ueses defeated by the venetians.  enemy's vessels: By which loss the Genoveses being daunted sued for peace. Some Authors affirm, that, the Genoveses having taken a ship from the Venetians, Trevisano was commanded to pursue them with two Galleys and two ships of burden; who, having over taken them in the Libyan Sea, near to the ruins of old Carthage fought with them, and took from them four ships, and soon after, twenty eight more on the Sicilian Sea.  
About the same time there arose great dissension between the Venetians and the Paduans about a small matter. The Trevisans were at the same time by reason of a long peace, full of riches and delicacies, so as giving themselves over to all sports and pastimes (as men commonly do in a prosperous estate) they invented pleasant 
Pleasant games invented at Treviso.  recreations. They erected in the Marketplace of their City a Castle, made of very costly silk, compassed about with scarlet in stead of Walls, within the which were placed the noblest maidens of the City, wearing Coronets on their heads in stead of He●…mets, and for Curasses very rich Chains and jewels, who defended the Castle against young Gentlemen of the like years. And the weapons on either side were small artificial apples, made of nutmegs, roses and lilies, fashioned round like a ball, with a sudden small rain of rose water, and divers other sweet odours. This great preparation being published abroad, caused divers who were desirous to see, (as the manner is) to come to Treviso. divers Venetians and Paduans being entreated to be of the number came to these shows. But whilst all men were bu●…ied in assailing the fort, and in looking on what side they would begin, it happened that a troup of young Venetians seized on one of the Castle gates, & would forthwith have set up their ensign there: which certain Paduans perceiving, who 
The Paduans & the Venetians. quarrel at the games of Treui●….  not far off from thence did assail the Damsels, fearing that the Venetians would carry away the glory of the fight, laid hands on the ensign wherein was painted the picture of Saint Mark, and having plucked it down, did shamefully tear it in pieces: By reason of this brave there arose on a sudden a great quariell; and they had fought in the very place with great slaughter, If the Marshals of the field had not instantly broke up the games. But the Paduans, not acknowledging their faults (for there was some likelihood that the Venetians would revenge this injury) after 
The Paduans make roads on the Venetians.  they had made a league with the Trevisans, making show as if they had received the wrong (being usual with those that will cover their fault) began first; and without any warlike summons, entering into the Venetians Territory, carried thence much booty. The Venetians sending to demand that which they had taken away, the Paduans instead of hearkening thereunto, came and besieged the Tower of Bebia, seated at the mouth of the river, which Prince Cyani had fortified with a strong Garrison, under the command of Marco Concano a valiant person.  
The Venetians being moved as well at this second as first affront, went to arms, and coming suddenly to the Tower, they assailed, broke, and defeated them, and 
The Paduans defeated.  took more than four hundred prisoners, with four ensigns, which did highly content the displeased City of Venice. The Trevisans, who were coming to aid their fellows and allies, understanding that they were defeated, returned back all amazed. The yearly tribute which those of Chioggia were wont to pay, was forgiven them by a public decree, because they had valiantly behaved themselves in that encounter.  
Soon after this battle of Bebia, by the mediation of the Patriarch of Aquileia, 
Peace be●…xt the Paduans & the Venetians. A great cu●…tesie.  a peace followed, on condition nevertheless, That the Paduans should send to the Prince at Venice, five and twenty of those which began the ●…tir at the games of Treviso; who being delivered, the Venetian sent them home again without any 
A new strife betw●…xt the venetians and Paduans.  harm at all. This peace lasted not long, for both sides fell on a sudden to Arms. The occasion of this new war grew about the confederates of both these people.  
The Forlani were at strife with the Trevisans about their bounds, who presuming on the Venetians aid, entered the Territory of their new enemies. Bertoldo, their Bishop by whose authority the whole matter was managed, went for succour to the Paduans. But others say that it was to the Venetians, who made him a Citizen of Venice, And that which makes me most to believe it, is the ancient alliance betwixt the Paduans and those of Treviso. But they affirm that at the first beginning of the war, Bertoldo and the Count Gorician came to Venice, where after they had agreed upon truce for five years, the war was finished.  
About the same time the Episcopal See of Malamoc, (as some say) was translated 
The B●…shops See at Malamoc, translated to Chiogg●…a.  to Chioggia. After that a great Earthquake did wonder-fully shake the City, whereby a part of Saint George's Church fell down to the ground, and divers other private buildings. This happened in the places near to the ●…irme Land. But the Venetians power did daily increase in the Islands. Raban●… Carc●…io, who had seized on the Isle of Nigrepont, fearing that he should not be able at his own charges to keep such an Island, did freely with his Nephews put himself under the Venetians obedience, promising to pay a yearly tribute. Certain Gentlemen in manner of a new Colony were sent to guard Corfu, among whom, were Pietro Michaeli, Stephano 
A Colony sent to Corfu.  Foscar●…, Sigiberto Quirino, and Giacomo Seiano. Guifred, Prince of Achaia, who did succeed his Father Mega, with Gallus the wrongful possessor of Cephalenia, came, and shrouded themselves under the Venetians protection.  
Whilst these things were done in the Islands, and on the Seacoasts of jonia, the Emperor Henry made a league with the Null; and after he had married the King of Valachias daughter, he did in short space by means of that new affinity, recover all the Towns of Greece, which by Baldwins death were revolted; And all matters being peaceable abroad, he attempted a very holy and pious matter 
A ●…dition of the ●…stantinopolitans, affirming their Church not to be subject to that of Rome.  in the City, by favouring the Pope's Nuntio sent expressly to Constantinople, to the end he might draw the greeks to the obedience of the See of Rome. It was likely to have raised a great tumult in the City, all the Citizens crying out against Henry that it was the part of a good Emperor to meddle with temporal, and not with divine matters▪ that they had been too much obedient to him, to have endured that their Church should be termed subject to that of Rome. Therefore Henry, after he had left the greeks to their wilfulness, returned to the government of the Empire and declared the son of Boniface to be King of Thessaly, and gave every day hope of greater matters. But he was on a sudden prevented by death.  
Whilst these things were done in Greece, Prince Cyani sent Ambassadors to the 
The Emperor Otho confi●…mes the venetians privileges.  Emperor Otho, to congratulate his victory obtained against his enemy P●…ilip Duke of Suevia, and his corrival in the Empire, who freely granted them the confirmation of all their privileges and immunities. Angelo Ph●…ledrio Procurator of Saint Mark, did greatly enrich with divers sorts of precious stones, the golden Table which (as we have said) lieth upon the great Altar in the sumptuous Church of St. Mark. Prince Cyani (his first wife being dead) married Constantia Daughter to Tancred King of Sicily. It is reported likewise, that he builded the Church of Saint Marie of jerusalem; which is at this day an house of Nuns.  
Peter, Earl of Auxerre, after the death of Henry, whose sister he had married, 
Peter Count of Auxerre chosen Emperor of the East.  was, by a general consent, chosen Emperor of the East, who with his wife coming to Rome, was crowned by Pope Honorius in S. Laurence his Church without the City. Afterwards he departed from Rome with john Cardinal Colonna, (sent by the Pope for Legate into Hungary, to levy forces against the Turk) and being come to Brundisium, he there shipped his wife and children. But himself entering into the Venetians Galleys, sailed directly towards Dalmatia, determining to go from thence by land to Constantinople.  
It is reported, that in the Venetians behalf he would needs assail Durazzo. Theodore Duke of Albania, commanded there, who took it from the Venetians, after they had rampired it with strong walls, where he placed a strong garrison of Albanians; so as the emperors assaults were in vain. This Theodore called himself Emperor of Greece, and reckoned Emanuel, who had been Emperor, in the list of his Ancestors. But feigning afterwards to be reconciled with Peter, he invited him 
The Emperor Peter murt●…ered.  to a dinner in the City, where in the midst of the banquet he was murdered. Others say, that this perfidious wretch slew his guest near to the groves of Thessaly called Tempe. Giacomo Tepulo was at the same time the Venetians Magistrate in Constantinople; who perceiving the French forces half wasted and consumed in Greece, made a league with Theodore the Albanois for five year, and with the King of Turks for two year.  
In the mean time Robert, son to Peter, came through Hungary, and Misia, to 
Robert 〈◊〉 to Peter Emperor of the East.  Constantinople, where he was suddenly saluted Emperor. The Prince at the beginning did communicate divers great affairs of the Empire to Marino Michaeli the Venetians Magistrate in Constantinople. In which faithful league of friendship 
Great friendship betwixt the Emperor and the Venetian Magistrate.  and confederacy, he perpetually continued, so as in all the titles of his letters of state he called the Venetian Prince (as his Ancestors likewise before time had done) his most dear Colleague in the Empire: nor did he this, without a cause. For the ancient French forces beginning daily to decline in Greece, and no new succours nor supplies coming to them from any place, the matter was brought to that pass, as the whole burden of the Empire lay only on the Venetians.  
This Robert married the daughter of a rich Matron, though of mean birth, formerly 
The Emperor Robert his unforunate marriage. A cruel revenge of a subject on his Emperor.  betrothed to a Senator: whose great heart not brooking so apparent injury, resolved presently how to revenge it. Whereupon, accompanied with divers of his faction, who were mighty, in a great rage they came to the emperors Palace: which breaking open, and finding the Maiden, they cut off her nose with great cruelty: And e●…t 'zounds taking her Mother who had made the marriage, they threw her headlong into the Sea. Robert here-with vexed w●…nt presently to Rome, where after he had complained to the Pope of the wrong done to his wife, returning towards Constantinople he died ●…n Achaia. Baldwin, his son, being left very young, married the Daughter of john King of jerusalem, who by a general consent was entreated to take upon him the government of his sons-in-law Empire, who was yet in his Nonage. The Cardinal in the mean time who was sent by the Pope into Syria with great forces, arrived at Ptolomais. The chief in this enterprise was Andrew 
Andrew King of Hungary chief of the voyage in●…o Syria.  King of Hungary, who (as it is reported) was aided by the Venetians in the transportation of his troops and carriage, the which was easily granted him, by reason that he did renou●…ce and give over to them, all the claim which the Kings of Hungary might pretend to Dalmatia. Some Annalists report, That D●…miet 
Damiet in Egypt taken.  in Egypt, near to the River Nilus, was taken in this journey, and that they brought away thirty thousand prisoners. We find no other memorable matter to have been done in this action.   
The end of the eighth Book of the first Decad.   

THE NINTH BOOK OF THE FIRST DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
¶ The Contents of the ninth Book of the first Decad.  
THe ninth Book containeth the full description of the Isle of Candie; The revolt thereof from the Venetians; and the recovery of it by them after they had chased away Count Mailloc. The Nobility of the Island go from thence rather than they will obey the Venetians. The rebellion of the City of Candace. How after divers warlike exploits, all the Candiots almost were reduced under the Venetians obedience. New stirs of the Islanders; appeased by force. The preparation of VATTASUS to seize on the Island, the Inhabitants having offered it unto him. The punishment of the rebels after the enemies were driven out. The Venetians victory against the King of the Exagoni before Constantinople. VATTASUS defeated in the same place by the Venetians within few days after. Truce with the Genoveses for nine years. The war of the Venetians by Sea and Land against the Emperor FREDERICK and ECCELIN. The Genoveses victory against FREDERICK, and the Pisans, near to the Isle of Cirna. The fifth rebellion of Zara, and the speedy recovery thereof. The declaration of the Assemblies which are made for the Creation of a Duke. The Paduans are set at liberty by the Venetians, by the help of Pope ALEXANDER, so soon as ECCELIN was driven forth of the City. Twelve thousand Paduans murdered at Verona by the command of ECCELIN.  
THe continual revolts in the Isle of Candie, happening 
Description of the Isle of Candie.  almost one after another, which for a time greatly troubled the Venetians affairs, do enforce us a little to digress from Italy: whereunto the subject alone doth not invite us being filled with va●…ious matter, but the fame of this Island so much renowned for the greatness and antiquity thereof. That therefore such as are ignorant of antiquity may not err in the knowledge of her name, it is the same Creta, which the vulgar at this day call Candie, by the name of a City (as I think) which is of late so called therein. Dosiades thinks that it was called Creta by the Daughter of Hesperides: And Anaximander saith, by King Curetus: Philistides and Crates say, that it was first called Acria, and after Cureta; from whence we may easily gather that her name was in the future derived.  
Eudoxus (to speak somewhat of her situation) thought it to be s●…ated in the Aegean Sea. But the most curious Authors say, that it is environed with divers; namely the Aegean, Cretan, Libyan, Egyptian, and Carpathian Seas. Apollodorus saith that it is in length, two thousand, and three hundred stadij. Artemi●…orus setteth down four thousand and one hundred, extending from the East to the West, where her outstretched proportion is longest. Some account but two thousand, and her breadh to be much less. Pliny thinks that no part thereof doth exceed fifty thousand paces in breadth, two hundred threescore and ten thousand in length, and five hundred fourscore and ten thousand in compass. Her territory, beside, is very closely compacted, full of mountains, and very fertile valleys. The hills towards the West are of a marvelous height, not giving place any jot to mount Taygetus in Laconia. In the midst thereof where the hills seem highest, mount Ida is to be seen, so much celebrated in the fabulous Poets. 
Mount Ida.   
Ephorus writes That the most ancient inhabitants of the Island were first instructed by Radamanthus to build Cities, and to lead a more civil life; and afterwards 
Radamanth and Minos Lords of Candie.  by Minos his successor, strictly to observe justice: having established laws and ordinances for the same purpose. The same Author, and Plato likewise, did think, That this people, and the best-mannerd of Greece, especially the Lacedæmonians, have been followers and observers of these laws. But (as Strabo saith) all things being altered from bad to worse, this holy kind of life vanished, and men's manners being wholly depraved, it was first troubled by Pirates; and soon after being invaded by the Romans and subjecteth to their dominion, it was for a time under their protection in peace and quietness. At length that Empire beginning to decline, after Constantine had translated the Imperial seat to Constantinople; & afterwards upon the division of that one entire Empire into twain, having two Emperors; one for the affairs of Greece, and the other of Italy; this Island was ever reputed as a part of the Greek Empire.  
In this passage of time it was not only molested by the Barbarians, but at sundry times greatly afflicted; And notwithstanding all oppositions, after the Empire of Myrtillus, which lasted not long, it was taken from the greeks, and joined to the Venetians dominion. But such is the disposition of this Nation and their desire of novelty so great, as the Venetians a long time had much trouble to contain them under their obedience. Whereupon I will here begin to speak of their turbulent commotions.  
Envy which ever waits on prosperity, so soon as the Venetians possessed Candie, 
What moved the Genoue●…es▪ to attempt on Candie.  did incite the Genoveses repining at their greatness, to employ all their forces (which at that time were great and mighty) and by some means or other to snatch it from them. For the Island was as yet scarcely fortified with Garrisons, when they attempted by some of their Nation, with armed Galleys for the purpose, to conquer it: but afterwards with greater force, when they understood what was befallen to Vetrano their countryman, whom the Venetians had put to a shameful death: wherewith being thoroughly vexed, this emulation was converted into open hatred, and they assayed by all means to win the Candiots to rebellion. Which they being ready to put in practice: Count Mailloc took arms to trouble the affairs of the Island. This man being courageous and sudden in his attempts, 
Co●…nt Maillo●… his enterprise upon Candie.  presuming on his assurance of the Genoveses forces, did in a short space reduce the whole Island in a manner under his obedience.  
The Venetians, who from the beginning were resolved to keep that Island by all means whatsoever, did set forth a great Fleet. And in the mean time divers were of opinion, after it should be recovered, to dismantle all the Cities, Castles, and towns that were strong either by nature or art; alleging divers reasons for the confirmation of their saying. But Rayniero Dandulo who was a man sudden and very rich, did presently offer to keep whatsoever should be recovered, at his own costs. At which offer of his all the assistants blushed, so as no man afterward durst speak of razing of Cities, fearing thereby they should seem unable to keep the Island under their subjection. The Army being ready, departed under the command of the same Rainiero, according to some Annalists, who had more mercenary Soldiers out of Lombardie, than of their own allies and confederates. 
The Venetians Army ●…n Candie.  At his arrival in the Island, the Metropolitan City of Candace which at this day is the best (for merchants traffic) of the whole Island; was forth with recovered, and after all the other towns and Castles. Count Mailloc being brought to very mean terms in a Fort, and being enforced to yield upon composition, departed out of the Island.  
The Candiots were already brought to a reasonable good pass when as certain 
Rayniero Da●…dulo his death.  seditious greeks did by their commotions interrupt the peace of the Island. Rayniero speedily opposing himself against these combustions was slain with an arrow, shot through his body, who being carried to Candace, was buried in Saint George's Church. His death being reported at Venice, Giacomo Longo and Leonardo 
Tepulo Gouerno●…r of Cand●….  Navigaioso were sent with speed to guard the Island; and with them Giacomo Tepulo for the Islands Governor. And in another place, Raphaeli Zeno sailed towards Morea to the relief of Coron and Modon. Giacomo Longo meeting by the way not far from Candie, three Ships of Genoa, sunk them and gave chase to divers others. Moreover seeing in regard of the levity and inconstancy of the greeks, there was no likelihood of ability to quiet the state of the Island, without a great standing Garrison, they resolved to send a Colony thither: namely horsemen of 
A Colony sent to Candie.  the order of Senators, and footmen of the common sort of people. Unto whom, being scattered here and there in Candace and other places of the Island, were great inheritances given; to some for term of life, and to others in perpetuity. Howbeit some Authors affirm That the Colony was sent thither presently upon the Islands recovery as hath been already spoken in the precedent book. 
Sedition in Candie.   
Soon after the arrival of the Colony, the Hagiostephani (who for Nobility and riches were the chief of the Island) being desirous of novelty, did revolt from the Venetians, and seized on Mirabeau and Sethia. Giovanni Tep●…lo to appease these 
Sa●…to comes to ●…ide the Venetians in Candie.  stirs called Marco Sanuto to his aid from the neighbour-Islands; promising well to reward those whom he should bring to his succour▪ For I know no better means that he had to deal with a Venetian than upon reward. The Historians make no other mention wherefore this reward was promised him at his arrival. The Authors of the rebellion were in an instant chased thence and the towns recovered: But in the mean space, there arose some strife betwixt the commanders which gave fit occasion to a mischievous fellow called Sevastus who was desirous of innovation, and watched for nothing more than how he might disturb the peace of the Province; the which revolted on a sudden.  
It is reported, that because sufficient order was not taken for the provision of victuals 
A new commotion in Candace.  in the City, there was no bread to be sold on a market-day (as was wont to be) in the marketplace. This Sevastus, who with others desired to disturb the State, would not let slip such an occasion. But having drawn together a great multitude of people, they all ran first to Sanutos lodging, as to him who dealt not with the City's business (but divers think that Sanuto had concluded with them so to do, who because he would not seem to partake in so wicked an enterprise, nor to take arms to trouble the State, but upon necessity, was contented (as hath been said) that they should first come to him) and then afterward they came with great rumour to the Palace, and the City was suddenly taken by a few Soldiers foreappointed for the same purpose.  
Tepulo perceiving all this to tend to a rebellion, retired himself in disguise to 
The Gouerno●… of Candie flies, being 〈◊〉 like a woman.  the house of Marco Tonisco his friend; and imagining that, the Town being taken, it might endanger his life if he should be found there, he was secretly in the night let down by a cord from the City walls in woman's attire. This sudden flight caused him to take his journey towards Themenum, a very strong City; where thinking himself in safety, he resolved to remain, after he had a little fortified the place a new, because he would not seem by too much despair to abandon the Province. Some say, Tepulo being driven forth of the City, Sanuto became Captain 
Sanuto chief of the rebels.  of the Rebels, who forgetting his Country and the benefits that he had received of the same, did in haste with those of his faction run up and down the Island, causing it to revolt from the Venetians: And that after he had left Stephano Sanuto his kinsman to guard it, and joined all the Greek and Italian troops together, he did in short space reduce all the Cities and strong places (in a manner) of the Island under his command. Some likewise say That he came and besieged Temenum whither Tepulo had retired himself, who with those that were come to his aid did bravely defend the City: For divers who remained loyal to the Venetians, so ●…oone as they understood that the Governor was at Temenum, ran thither to succour him. The siege before Temenum being raised, the Governor in few days recovered Montfort and Lasitha.  
Thus stood the affairs of Candie, when as Dominico Quirino, and Sebastiano Bethanio 
Venetian supplies in Candie.  being sent as Providatori, with great forces of horse and foot arrived in the Island. The Governor who till then durst not rashly attempt aught against the enemy, who was much stronger than himself, after he understood of the Providatoris arrival, (who, besides the forces they had brought into the Island, were well furnished with weapons, money, and victuals) being thrust forward with hope to effect some great matter, departed from Temenum, and came and lodged with his troops at Panosobrita, a very fit place to execute an enterprise, where having fortified his camp, he did in haste build a fort. Sanuto being advertised of Tepulos departure, 
Sanuto narrowly followeth his enemy.  and of the place where he was encamped, did with his Army forthwith march thither. The Governor being somewhat daunted at the sudden coming of his enemy, had certain notice by his spies what forces he had in his camp. And being strengthened with new supplies, which (as I think) were mingled among the Islanders, he was not slack to embattle his troops ready for the fight, if the enemy 
Sanuto his design.  were so pleased. Sanuto on the contrary, imagining that which was true, That by temporising he was able to overcome him, made none account hereof. For beside, that his soldiers in regard of the commodity of the places did greatly annoy the Tepulans, he saw new forces daily to arrive at his own camp from the City of Candace, and from all other parts almost of the Island; and on the contrary, that time would bring so many discommodities to the enemy, as he would be at last enforced to die by famine, or by some other violent death, or else wholly to forsake the Island.  
Tepulo soon discovered the purpose of his enemy; and not being able to draw him to battle, he left a strong garrison in the fort newly builded, raised ●…is camp, and returned to Themenum: From whence soon after departing in grea●… silence, 
Candace taken by Tepulo.  he came to Candace, and about midnight setting up ladders against the City walls, he gave entrance to all his troops, without noise or slaughter. The City being thus recovered, Stephano Sanuto who commanded there, with divers others were taken prisoners. The enemy being troubled with these news, resolved to give ear to a peace, the which he obtained of Tepulo on these conditions, That after he had retired all his Garrisons which he held in the Island (for all the country in a manner from Milopotamus unto the Promontory of Spatha, was possessed by his soldiers) he should leave Candie, and get him home into his Islands with one Galley, 
Accord betwixt Tepulo and Sanuto.  and a little ship for the passage of his troops, or with more if need were, not of his own, but of ●…ired ones for that purpose. This agreement being made with the Governor, and assurance given on either side, Sanuto embarked his troops, and by his so deign departure gave peace to the Candiots.  
This is in a manner all which some Authors set down of the second rebellion of 
Great reasons in San●…to his behalf●….  the Island, which may yet rather be termed a civil war. For it is not credible that Marco Sanuto did ever bear Arms with an intent to take the Island from the Venetians; but only to drive thence the governor, who was his mort●…llenemie. For upon what ground or what assurance should he bear Arms against his countrymen and country? And what should move him to rise against a people, till then invincible? seeing he knew for a certain, that if the Venetians were once his professed enemies, they would not only have taken Candie from him, but all the other Islands which he had forme●…ly won by right of war.  
Besides, what simplicity had it been in him to intend the ruin of those, with 
Great reasons in Sanuto ●…halfe.  whom he resolved afterward to join himself. For he would never have gone about to have drawn Count Mailloc forth of the Island, if he had in any sort desired to have taken it from the Venetians. But it is far more p●…obable, that it was for some jealousy or secre●… grudge happened betwixt the Governor and himself after the battle, because that either of them envying one another, would seem more affectionate to his country, and to deserve better of the Commonwealth, than his fellow, and that at last he would have driven him out of the Island by force, de●…ermining after he had chased him thence, to give the Venetians a sufficient proof of his loyalty, in delivering the Island unto them peaceable, and at quiet, being defended by his aid. Other reasons likewise may persuade us to believe, that it was upon such occasions as I have set down. For perceiving by the new supplies, that they pursued him as an enemy, he would not (of set purpose) fight, and though he possessed divers places in the Island, he nevertheless freely abandoned them, & departed forth of the Province. I●… he had marched as an enemy against the Venetians, there wanted not those, who would have repossessed him in the Island. The Genoveses would willingly have accepted it, who were jealous and envious of the honour and fame of the Venetians. But he did rather give place to the public peace, than help his enemy Tepulo. Some Historians refer to the same time that notable victory ob tained by Giovami Trevisano over the Genoveses, whereof we have made mention in 
A n●…w commotion in Candie.  the precedent book. Candie remained not long quiet▪ For a new commotion, much more terrible than that whereof we now spoke, did trouble the whole Island, the which growing from a small cause, kindled such a flame, as the whole Province felt it. The common report is, that by the counsel of one named Pietro Philameno Governor of the Castle of Boreparitano, the horses of a certain Candiot Gentleman were stolen: Which being told to Paulo Quirino, who at that time was Governor of the Island, he commanded restitution to the Islanders of that which had been taken from them. Now because it was not done with that speed as they would have it, the Greeks who were set on by others, took occasion to overrun, under the conduct of Petro Scordillo, (who did owe the stolen horses) all the country of Reparitana, from whence they carried away great spoils. The Candiots upon this stir being desirous of novelty, complotted forthwith a revolt, whereupon in short space all that lieth from Milopotamus unto the farthest part of the Island towards the West, rebelled against the Venetians.  
The Governor, to stay these new insurrections of the greeks, speedily sent Pietro 
The Venetians defeated in Candie.  Thonisto, and Giovanni Gritti, with great forces beyond the straits of Milopo●…amus: who passing through the forest of Psieuronessus, not sending out their discoverers, were assailed and defeated by Constantine Sevasti, & Theodore Milesin, who lay in ambush for them, being accompanied with great multitudes of greeks. Many Venetians were there slain by them, who knowing the ways of the forest did meet them scattered here and therein amaz●…d troops. Giovanni Gritti one of the Captains, died there, who was an industrious and courageous person, with Nicola●… Balastro, Marco Bono, Andrea Thealdo, and Vendramino of Aquileia, with a great numbe●… of soldiers. A few of those which escaped the slaughter, 
Agreement betwixt the Venetians and the greeks.  having thrown away their Arms, came by very straight and narrow ways to the Governor: In whose place soon afterward succeeded Domin●…co Delfino, under whom peace ensued betwixt the Venetians and the greeks. To some of whom, to win them by bounty, (as to Sevasto, and his companions Authors of the revolt) were given in perpetuity certain Lands on the hither side the River Musella, towards the West.  
There be likewise in the Island certain Lands possessed in old time by the ancient men at arms called by the common people Knight-ships. Some of these were given at the same time to the chiefest of the Greeks, as some other of them likewise to Theodore and Michaeli Melissini, so soon as they were received into favour. This is all which we find to have happened as well abroad as at home during the government of Prince Ciani●… who after he had commanded two and twenty years, 
〈◊〉 willingly ●…posed himself  being become unprofitable to the Commonwealth by reason of his old age, did willingly depose himself, and died fortunately soon after in Saint George's Monastery, whither he retired himself for devotion sake. His body was buried in the Monument of his Ancestors.  


¶ GIACOMO TEPULO, the 43. Duke of Venice.   
 
GIacomo Tepulo was by the forty elected in his place. Candie in this Prince's time was not very quiet; whereof I will briefly mention some passages, before I touch any other matters, which happened as well abroad as elsewhere during this Principality. The Venetians too much lenity towards the Candiots, was the cause that the Greeks (who are by nature lightheaded and inconstant) instead of yielding love and obedience to the Venetians, did show themselves altogether stubborn and peremptory: 
Sedition in Candie by ●…uer much liber●…ie.  For a base mind doth rather abuse another man's pati●…nce than make any good use of it; and is sooner brought to his duty by severity and exemplary punishment, than by meekness and favour.  
Thus the Scordilli and the Melissini through too much licentiousness having given themselves over to all manner of vices, and laying aside all shame, began first to disturb the common quiet by secret thefts, and afterwards by open robberies to make havoc in all places. The Governor being moved with these unseemly actions, did forthwith levy Soldiers, and sent to entreat Marco Sanuto, with the greatest forces he could raise to come speedily into Candie, for the more speedy expulsion of those thieves and enemies; saying That the Islanders did incline to an open rebellion; and that if their designs were not suddenly prevented and restained by force, he stood greatly in fear of the whole Islands revolt from the Venetians.  
Sanuto esteeming de●…ay in such a case dangerous to the Commonwealth, with all speed possible assemb●…ed his forces and then wafted over into the Isle of Candie. 
Sanuto cometh to the aids of Candie.  Where to bridle the Rebels, ●…ee caused a Castle to be built in a very commodious place. At the sight whereof the enemies being daunted, though not giving over their wilful headiness, sent to john Vattasus (who held Lesbos an Island of the Aegean Sea, and who possessed at that time divers places of the Greek Empire, entitling himself Emperor of Greece) promising him by their menssengers the entire dominion of the Island, after the Venetians should be driven thence, so as he would in time send them sufficient aid to expel the enemy.  
The forces of Vattasus were at that time very great. For he was in league with the King of the Hexagons, who likewise in the places nee●…e adjoining to the Pontic Sea, called himself Emperor of Greece, determining at either's charges to assail the Empire of Constantinople. This King was angry because young Robert, son to the Emperor Peter, had by the advice of his counsel preferred the alliance of the King of Jerusalem (who had but the title of that Kingdom) before his. Vattasus, being drawn on by these promises, sent thirty Galleys to aid the Candiots. At their arrival Marco Sa●…to being won by Vattasus (as it is reported) departed out of the Island with all his forces. Whereupon the General of Vattasus his Army resolved to besiege the Cities; and entering Rethimna, he constrained Marco Quirino to yield himself: The like did Ma●…gareto Foscari at Milopotamus, 
Uatt●…sus ●…is ●…mie succoret●… the Rebels in Candie.  and Conrade Millenius at Castel-novo. Yet all these places did not yield at the first summons, but after they had fought and valiantly defended themselves for a time. Cat●…ldo Auenali, who had seized on the Fort of Boniface with a good troup of Soldiers, did valiantly defend that place till the coming of the Governor, who was with an Army secretly departed from Candace to relieve his own Soldiers and to raise the siege; whereby the enemy being constrained hastily to dislodge left behind him divers engines of war: And because the victory seemed not so easy as the Candiots had persuaded him it would be, perceiving withal that the war was more troublesome to him than the Venetians, he determined to return to Lesbos. Wherefore after he had shipped all his forces, he left Candie to 
Vattasus Armi●… leaves Candie. And suffers ship●…acke.  the Venetians▪ and sailed thence. His fleet soon after, being very great, was in such sort tossed and beaten by a tempest near to the Island of Cythera, as they were all castaway, three small vessels excepted. Nicolao M●…tatio and Marin surnamed Marini, being sent Ambassadors into Greece about a peace, suffered shipwreck in that tempest. The Governor Nicolao Tonisto, who succeeded Giovanni Storlato, and Bartholomeo Gradonico his successor, did recover certain towns.  
Nicholas Sevastus and Michael Molesini, Authors of the rebellion and so many 
An agreement with the chie●…e Rebels of the ●…sland.  mischiefs, being dealt with by Gradonico, returned to the Venetians obedience; and he gave them all the territory which lies from Petraea to the mount Athis; on condition, That they should send every year five hundred pound weight of Wax for the use of Saint Marks Church; and likewise pray unto God for the Venetian Prince, and perpetually bear Arms against the Rebels, till they were all reduced under the Venetians subjection. There remained no more Rebels at that time but those that inhabited along the River Petraea even to the mount Summonium. Gradonico 
Gradonico dieth.  died in the mean time, and by his death the Providatori took the government into their own hands. For to every Governor two Prouidato●…i were given. Gio●…anni Ardizino and Marco Molino, had this place in the Island when the Governor 
Two Providatorij given to ●…rie Governor.  died. Molino being at the siege of Sithie, a Sea-towne, perceived on a sudden twelve Galleys, who with full sails came from the main towards the Island: 
Vattasus sendeth new aid to Candie.  Which Vattasus sent for supplies to the be●…ieged. Whereupon, fearing if this Fleet should enter the Haven, that the inhabitants presuming on this new aid, would make some sally forth upon him, whom he should not be able to repel by reason his forces were very few; or if they should sail to Candace, they might at the very first take it: he speedily raised his Camp, and in all hast returned to the City, from whence he sent Ardizino with those ships of war which he had ready in the Haven for the same purpose to hinder the enemies landing, if he found it to be necessary for the Commonwealth. Vattasus forces in the mean time were entered into the Haven of Suda, where the Venetian Galleys, arriving as soon as they, did with great cries assail the enemy, who already possessed the Port. The greeks forthwith prepared for the fight, which they could not fitly do by reason of the straightness of the place, so as they attempted to repulse the enemy's fleet by their warlike engines and shot. The inhabitants bordering that place, who at the first 
The Venetians fight with the enemies.  noise came running to the aid of their Countrymen, did greatly help the greeks. For all the shore was filled with townsmen and peasants, who without intermission assailed the Venetians. The fight lasted from morning till noon, when as Ardizino the Providator being sore wounded commanded to sound the retreat: The Venetians determined the next day to renew the fight; which the greeks fearing, about midnight they left the Haven, and sailed thence into the main.  
Whilst the Providatori executed these warlike exploits, Angelo Gradonico arrived 
Angelo Gradonico G●…uernour of Candie.  in the Island as Governor. By his wisdom the Subriti were reduced to the Venetians obedience, nevertheless upon condition, to deliver alive into their hands Emanuel Dracontopulus and Constantine his brother; or if that could not be done, to kill them, as the chief authors of all the Rebellions, Because so long as they should live, there was no likelihood that the Island would ever be at quiet: 
Agreement with the Candiots.  Besides, that the Caleothetes, and the Anatoliks (who boasted to be issued from the Emperors of Greece) should be banished; & that thirty of the Noblest families of the Subriti, should come and dwell in the Town of Boniface. The Candiots and their affairs being thus pacified▪ they which held the City of Nicella, (for there were divers of Vattasus garrisons still in the Island) did forthwith yield.  
But it is now time to leave the Candiots, and to return to other matters happened at the same time in Greece, as well in the firm Land, as in the Islands near adjoining, which being of greater importance, have more troubled and molested the Venetians. For so soon as the new agreement or new affinity (as it was said) betwixt Vattasus and the King of the Hexagoni was known abroad, and that the rumour was, that both of them joining their forces together▪ would assail the Greek Empire, john King of jerusalem, Governor of Constantinople, being troubled with 
Request made to the Venetians for the preservation of the Greek Empire.  these news, began to consider by what cunning means he might preserve and defend the Empire committed to his charge; in which business the Venetians were they alone from whom he expected aid: The which having imparted to Theophilo Zeno the Venetian Magistrate at the same time in Constantinople, they both sent to Prince Tepulo, to acquaint him with the League and affinity of these two mighty Princes, who by the report of all men were in Arms for the invasion of the Greek Empire, and that therefore they had need of aid with all expedition, which is a chief point in Martial business, saying, That they knew of a certain, that both of them were very busy in levying a mighty Army: They entreated him therefore to hasten the succours, if they desired to have Constantinople preserved; And not sparingly to send them this or that, but all things whatsoever they knew to be necessary for the maintenance of so great and dangerous a war, Alleging this further caution, That they were not to delay the matter, for fear lest the enemies (which God-forbid) should surprise some places fit and commodious for the wars, which afterward when they would they should not be able to remedy, to the great prejudice of them and their confederates.  
The City gave a willing ear to this advertisement, and being moved by the imminent danger, they commanded forthwith to levy a great Army. Whereupon 25. Galleys were in short space made ready to set sail, who departing from the Port under 
The Venetian fleet cometh to the aid of Constantinople.  the command of Leonardo Quirini, and Marco Gussoni, sailed directly towards Constantinople, when news was brought them that the City was besieged and environed with a mighty Army. The Generals of the Army, being troubled at this report, made all the hast they could, for fear lest some mishap might in the mean time befall the City.  
Leo Gavalla, a man well experienced in marine matters, did command the enemy's Navy, who having notice of the Venetians approach, shifted his place, and brought his Galleys nearer to the shore, where the land-armic was encamped (for the City 
The Army of the greeks before Con●…tinople. The greeks ●…feated.  was already besieged by land.) But this design of the enemy could not make the Venetians change their first resolutions, who at their first arrival did so furiously assail the Gre●…kish Navy, as in a moment they sunk four and twenty of their Galleys, and put the rest to flight, in the view of the amazed enemies. The victorious Venetians entering the city, which they freed from the siege, were joyfully entertained by all men, but chiefly by their Countrymen who dwelled there: And after they had persuaded them ever to hope well, and to fear no harm so long as the state of The Commonwealth should prosper, they remained there a few days, and then returned into Italy.  
The victorious fleet returned to the City sooner than was expected, to the exceeding 
The venetians joy at the return of their Navy.  pleasure and contentment of the people. They took great delight to hear, that their Countrymen were delivered from so great danger; and their joy was not small for that so proud an enemy had been so suddenly defeated, who was as soon overcome as looked upon.  
But the vanquished could not long remain quiet. For Vattasus who on the other 
Constantinople besieged again●… by Vattasus.  side had armed five and twenty Galleys (because the former fleet as some say was sent from the frontiers of the Pontic Sea by the King of the Hexagoni) came again and besieged Constantinople, with greater numbers of small vessels. But how great soever the Army was, it could not discourage Giovanni Michaeli Magistrate at that time for the Venetians in Constantinople, who with sixteen armed Galleys in the Haven for guard of the City, gave a furious assault to the enemies Campe. Vattasus Army did not long endure the fury of the fight. For the affrighted 
Vattasus Naui●… put to fl●…ght.  enemies did forthwith invent means how to escape: and fortune soon after being adverse to their party, they openly began to fly. Ten of the enemy's Galleys being taken, and the residue put to flight, gave the Venetians a goodly victory, and those of Constantinople free passage of the Sea. The siege being raised Vattasus fell sick, and soon after died in the City of Nymphea. He left behind him 
Vattasus dieth.  a son named Theodore, begotten on a daughter of Theodore Lascaris, whom he married when they were both very young. Other Authors affirm that beside one and twenty Galleys taken from the enemies before Constantinople, divers others were taken from them at the straits of the Rhodian Sea, among which were divers of Syria.  
About the same time, at the entreaty of Pope Gregory, truce was concluded for nine years with the Genoveses. His Holiness knowing the little love which the Emperor Frederick did bear towards him, thought it much available for his party, If, after he had reconciled these two the mightiest people of Italy, he could oblige them to him by some good offices. Whereupon (as it is reported) he entreated the Venetians to send their Ambassadors to him to treat of a peace with the Genoveses: Some say that Stephano justiniano, and Marino Morosini, were sent thither; and others set down Giovan Cornari, and Paulo Molino. divers Authors affirm, That the matter was debated at the Council held at Lions; and others say, That the truce was concluded at Rome. 
The Articles of the truce betwixt the Ven●…tians and the Genoveses.  Among sundry Articles set▪ down for the assurance of both parties, it was specially mentioned, That it should not be lawful for either of them, to purchase new enemies, nor yet new alliance, nor to denounce war against any, nor to aid any one, without the mutual consent of either party. The Pope thundered divers great excommunications against those, who, in contempt of that agreement, should do any thing contrary to the same.  
Blondus saith, That this treaty was ended before the Venetians succoured Constantinople; and by that means they were thought to have infringed it, whereof afterwards grew such grievous wars twixt these two people: But neither he nor those which believed this, did consider, that the Venetians did as they ought in bearing Arms against th●… King of Hexagons and john Vattasus, who invaded that which belonged unto them: For the Venetians had purchased right and title in part of 
The reason why the venetians succoured Constantinople.  Constantinople, whither in the name of the Commonwealth they had been sent from the beginning, unto whom to deny aid and help in so great a danger, they humbly craving the same, had been as ill done, as for them to infringe an agreement, how holy soever: The Venetians raised the enemy's Camp before Constantinople, ' Because it was just and reasonable so to do; seeing it is lawful for every man that hath power and means, ever to keep and defend 
It is lawful for all men to defend their own.  his own. For it is as cruel and inhuman a matter to hinder any one from repelling an injury done to him, as to wrong an other man. And the Genoveses themselves, if any man should have invaded aught that had belonged unto them, would they have forborn to take arms, till they had received advise and consent from the Venetians? Besides, it is to be thought that the Genoveses by means of this treaty, did deal but craftily with the Venetians. For, imagining 
The craft and sub●…iltie of the Genoveses.  that it would come to pass by means of this agreement, whereby they held the Venetians bound as with a chain, that they would delay the aid, either by determining, or making show to prepare forces, until the enemy (whom perhaps they had stirred up) had taken Constantinople: because they could not draw the Venetians to this folly, they began to cry out, as though they had broken the accord so holily sworn to. But so far off was Pope Gregory (who was the means for the truce) from the least thought that the Venetians had in any thing at that time broken their faith, as on the contrary he ever remained firm and constant in their friendship and alliance. Nay, moreover, I find, that about the same time, or soon after, the selfsame Genoveses did demand aid of the Venetians, as of their faithful friends and companions, against the Emperor Frederick, and the Pisans, which was freely granted them: But of this we will speak elsewhere.  
It is reported that Pope Gregory, at the beginning of the truce, did request the Venetians 
The Pope's entreaty to Arm against the Turks.  and Genoveses, with all the other Potentates of Italy, to take Arms for the recovery of the holy Land; and that the same had been done (because they had all freely promised so to do) had not the Pope's sudden death broke off that notable enterprise. The Venetians at the same time had friendly composed certain differences betwixt themselves and the Genoveses: divers Commissioners for the same purpose being sent from either side. But a cruel tyranny, which had then crept into the City, did in a manner interrupt the whole treaty already concluded, which would not have proved very necessary, in regard of that which afterward happened.  
Eccelin, a man basely descended, and whose grandfather of the same name, coming 
What Eccelin was with his commi●…g into Italy.  like a poor Soldier out of Germany, had followed the Emperor Otho the third into Italy, being made rich and raised to honour by the Emperor Frederick the second, (whom he very much resembled) did by little and little commit great tyranny in Italy, whilst Frederick being armed against the Pope, overranne the greatest part of Italy, and chiefly Lombardie; where divers famous Cities were greatly vexed, under a colour only (as I find) for that at the beginning of the controversy between Pope Gregory and Frederick, they had remained Neuters, not taking parts as others did. Eccelin by goodly promises solicited the Paduans, and in 
Eccelin in Padu●…  hope to preserve their liberties, constrained them to follow the emperors part. These men under a gentle kind of bondage, were soon after held very short by him: who laying upon them an unusual yoke, began openly to tyrannize. Then might you have seen Gentlemen; some led to punishment, and others to prison; from 
Wonderful cruelty of a Tyran●…  whence being brought forth, they were either condemned to death, or perpetual banishment; their goods spoiled, Noble Maids, and Matrons ravished and deflowered: In a word, all detestable actions which a proud conqueror is accustomed to use towards poor captives, was executed by this new Prince on the wretched Paduans: divers fled away for fear; divers likewise being destitute of all means, and banished the City, with their wives and children, came to Venice, as to the only Sanctuary of freedom.  
All Lombardie on the other side did tremble at the Armies of Frederick. It is reported 
Pietro Tepulo defea●…ed and ●…aken prisoner.  that Pietro Tepulo, son to the Venetian Prince commanding certain troops of Milan against Frederick, was vanquished near to the new Court, and taken prisoner with great loss, together with sundry men of note. Frederick, in hatred to the Father and to the Venetians, whose enemy he was already professed, sent him first to Pisa, and afterwards into Apulia, where (as it is reported) he was miserably murdered. The Historians make no mention why he put him to death in that Province. But I think, he did it to gratify those of Apulia, who about the same time had been greatly afflicted by Giovanni Tepulo, brother to Pietro. For the Venetians in the Pope's behalf had sent five and twenty Galleys into Apulia, under the command of this G●…ouanni Tepulo, to invade the Cities of that Province, which took part with Frederick. This Tepulo having at his arrival chased away the Garrison of the Province, seized on Thermida, then on Campo Marino, and soon after on Bestica. But whilst he was busied in razing and ruining the taken Town, word was brought him that the Barze, (the goodliest ship, which at those days sailed on 
The Venetians take frederick's great ship, called the Bar●…e or Cethea.  the Seas, carrying a thousand Soldiers, and which had fought at Sea for frederick's party) was entered into the Haven of Siponto, called at this day Manfredonia; whereupon he sailed thither with his Galleys, where for his own advantage finding the ship in the Haven, he assailed it, took it with great ease, broke it in pieces, and burned it in the enemy's sight. For this cause it is likely that Frederick sent Pietro Tepulo to be executed in Apulia. Whilst these things were done abroad, or at least soon after, divers good decrees were enacted in the City. They established first the 
The Court of Requests establ●…shed  Court of Requests, with three judges, to decide every man's controversies. And next the ancient Laws and Statutes of the City were examined, and being again confirmed, were set down in better terms, and reduced into another quantity. Some Authors refer to these times, this second battle of Giovanni Michaeli, where he defeated with a few Galleys, the great Army of Vattasus. Frederick after he had obtained this victory at the new Court, in the state of Milan (as we have said) where Tepulo was taken prisoner, came to Padua, already subject to the cruel tyranny of Eccelin, where keeping the Feast of Easter, news was brought him, how the Pope had a while before excommunicated him, and all those which followed 
The Pope excommunicateth the Emperor Frederick.  him, or in any sort did give him assistance: wherewith being incensed, like a man beside himself, he forthwith fell on the Venetians Territories, and being come as far as S. Hilaries Church (where a little before Eccelin had builded a Fort in the view of the Venetians) he cut short his journey, and turning on the right hand, he marched with speed towards the Tower of Bebia. This Tower for the hard access 
Frederic against the venetians.  thereunto, by reason of the water which environeth it, did bravely sustain the enemy's assault, until that a great number of light vessels being come to the rel●…efe thereof, enforced him to dislodge.  
It is certain that sundry occasions moved Frederick to war on the Venetians: For first, he would revenge the injury that he had received, by the burning of his Barze, and because the Venetians had made a league with the Pope. But that where with he was most moved, was, because he saw great numbers of Paduans were retired to Venice for refuge, thereby fearing, if they dwelled so near, the City of Padua would not long remain in the same state it then did. And that which makes this seem to be true, is, that at his departure from Padua, he carried thence with him the chiefest and richest Citizens, under colour of sending them to the wars, confining them far from home.  
The Genoveses about the same time sent to the Venetians according to their agreement, entreating them speedily to aid them with a naval Army, saying; That they understood how the Pisans, assisted by Frederick, had armed more than one hundred Galleys against them, and that their affairs could endure no delay, being well assured that the enemy would soon be with them, with whom they were not resolved to fight, without the aid of their Confederates. Hereupon the Venetians speedily set forth threescore Galleys; which being given in charge to Andrea 
Andrea Tepulo sent to aid the Genoveses.  Tepulo (who was the Duke's son likewise) he was commanded to make haste to the succour of their friends. This man sailing directly to Pola, condemned the Polans in a pecuniary fine, for not furnishing a Galley which they were bound to do, and did beside beat down a part of their walls. From thence with a fair wind he sailed to Durazzo, where he understood that the Army of Frederick, and the Pisans, was defeated by the Genoveses, near to the Isle of Cyrna. At these news Andrea 
The City of Pola ●…aken and ●…uined.  returned to Pola. For he had notice that the Polans soon after his departure were revolted from the Venetians; whereupon, at his arrival he recovered it, spoiled, and razed it.  
Zara likewise remained not long in quiet; for soon after that the Army was returned 
The fifth rebellion of Zara.  to Venice, it revolted the fifth time, and chased away Giovanni Michaeli their Governor: For the recovery whereof a mighty Army was appointed, and five and forty Vessels were armed, whereof five and twenty were Galleys, and the rest ships of burden. Rayniero Zeno was made General of the Army, who arriving with his forces in Dalmatia, came and besieged this so often-rebellious City: where after he had stayed two whole Months, and executed sundry exploits, the stubbornness of the Inhabitants being qualified, at last they yielded.  
The City being recovered, they concluded to send Ambassadors to the King 
Zara recovered.  of Hungary. Whereupon soon after Stephano justiniano, and Pietro Dandulo, were sent thither. These men dealt in such sort with King Bella, as he renounced and 
The agreement with the King of Hungary for Zara.  made over to the Venetians all the right which himself or any other Kings of Hungary might pretend to that City; and because this deed of his might be more firm and authentical, they would have it to be set down in writing.  
At this stay stood the affairs of the Venetians, when Prince Tepulo deceased, in the twentieth year of his government. He was honourably buried in the Church of S. john and S. Paul the Twins.   


¶ MARINO MOROSINI, the 44. Duke of Venice.   
 
MAr●…no Moros●…ni succeeded him, by a new manner of election, according to some Authors. We have set down the form of the Prince's 
The form of electing the Venetian Princes.  election used till those days; which was indeed without deceit, and such, as if they, who lived in those times, had been ambitious, it would have easily ministered occasion to them to have done much evil. But that which hath followed since, is much more certain than that ancient manner, and much more different. For first of all, when question is of electing a Prince: before the Electors come to any casting of lots, five men, appointed for this purpose, do in the name of the Commonwealth acquaint the future Prince with that which he is to observe, as well concerning his own dignity, as for the honour and profit of the Commonwealth. For of necessity the same must be published in the great Council, and be approved by them. After his approbation, all those who have attained to the age of thirty years; are commanded to come to the general assembly: There, as many little round white Balls, as there be Gentlemen in the Room, are cast into a great vessel▪ among which are mingled thirty that be gilded: I mean, that being so mingled together they make up the just number of the assistants, there being neither more nor less than they were in number at the beginning. Then being called in order, every man draweth forth one, and those which have lighted on the gilded ones, are led into another chamber near to the same: And this is called the first lot of the thirty Balls: Then again they put thirty Balls into a Vessel, to answer the number of those who first drew, nine whereof are gilded, and those nine who draw the golden ones, do name forty men, whereupon these men be called the Electors of the first election. These forty thus named, return again to the lot▪ after they have put as many Balls into the Vessel, twelve whereof are gilded: the twelve of this number that draw those are called the second Electors. These men name five and twenty, who again draw as many Balls, nine whereof are gilded, and the rest white: These nine which have drawn the gilded ones choose forty five, who returning again to the lot, draw out of the whole number eleven gilded ones, & they which light on them, do last of all name one and forty, which have absolute power to elect the Duke and Sovereign Magistrate of the Commonwealth.  
Sabellicus saith, That he learned this manner of election (for there is no mention hereof left in writing by any Authors) of Benedicto Trevisano, whom he accompanied 
Benedicto Trevisano.  from Venice, at such time as he was sent to be the Magistrate at Verona. He learned then of him, that these one and forty Authors of the Prince's election, do shut themselves up in that part of the Palace, where the Senate doth commonly meet every day: and then at their entering in, they choose three among them, exceeding the rest in age and authority, as Princes of the whole assembly, whom they name Priors, unto whom after they have given the chiefest place, the rest of the company divide themselves into four parts, from whence they are called one by one to give their voices, and it is lawful for every of them to choose in what place of the four he will be.  
Now those that be called from any one of the four parts (for that it is not material) come before these three, every one carrying in his hand a little folded scroll, wherein is written the name of him whom they choose for Duke. They lay them all down in a certain place, and returning to their seats, two Secretaries who stand before these Priors, do in their presence read, how many voices every of them hath. The names of them that are appointed for voices are put into a cap, and being well mingled together, they are drawn forth one by one at all adventures, and according as they are drawn, they are likewise in the same order with their suffrages afterwards committed to lots. But this lot is not so much for the creation of the Duke, as to know how every man stands affected. Now, those names being gathered up in order, are again put together; then they begin to cast lots for him, who by chance is first drawn, who if he be in the company, is forthwith commanded to depart▪, and to withdraw himself into a place not far from thence. But before they come to cast lots, those that be there present are demanded, whether any of them can allege any matter against him for whom they are ready to cast lots, and it is lawful for every man freely to speak his mind. If there be then any one who will tax him with some crime, he riseth up, and declareth all that he knows against him, which may make him unworthy of such a dignity: This man as faulty is called forth of that secret place before the Lords, who command him to purge himself if he can of that which is objected against him, which having done, he is sent back again to that private place. Then they ask again if any man will impugn that which he hath spoken, & in the same manner as often as he is taxed with any thing, he is called to justify himself. But we have learned, that upon one or two justifications at the most, the whole matter is concluded.  
Thus after he hath made his last excuse, they begin again to cast lots for him, and they cast into vessels, one for the consent, and the other for the refusal, their small balls marked with a certain character to avoid deceit. Then they heedfully reckon the balls of the consent, which if they amount to the number of five and twenty, 
Since when the form of electing the Prince hath been in use.  he for whom they drew is declared Prince, if they are less, they fall to cast lots for him, who was drawn for the second place. Against him likewise, and so the rest, it is lawful for every man to speak what he thinketh good, and the like for him to to refute their accusations: and this man shall be Prince, if the number appointed for the voices be full, if not, they proceed to the third, then to the fourth, and so to all the rest. He saith, That it is a rare matter if the Duke be not created at this first Scratino, as they call it. And therefore if by chance there prove no creation at the first time, the first voices are crossed out & after proceed to new casting of lots for those which are shut up in the same manner as we have said. And the same is reiterated until such time as they have a new Duke.  
This is that which Sabellicus hath set down, under the authority of so notable a man, concerning the Prince's election, which I have of purpose mentioned, to the 
T●…e Popes Legate comme●…h to Venice against Ec●…elin.  end that all men may know what was the ancient manner, and what the new form now is of electing the Venetian Princes, whereof we have hitherto spoken, and shall hereafter speak as occasion is offered: As also because that Morosini was the first that was created in this sort. But howsoever this manner of election were then or since inuse, it is certain that the Venetians have of a long time observed it in the creation of their sovereign Magistrate.  
Now to return to Morosini his government: In his time Philippo Fontano Bishop of Ravenna, came (as some Authors say) to Venice, as Legate from Pope Gregory or (according to others) from Pope Alexander, who using spiritual Armour propounded everlasting life as recompense for all those who should take Arms with him against the tyrant Eccelin, who was proclaimed enemy to the Church of Rome. Eccelin at the same time laid strait siege to Mantua: Philippo to break his forces, determined with such troops as he could levy to trouble and disquiet those towns which he had possessed. divers men being called to so holy an enterprise by so great a recompense, came and met him at Venice: But the Venetians power did greatly further the business. For besides the great number of soldiers wherewith they 
An Army at Venice against Eccelin.  furnished Philippo, they relieved him with Armour, ships, and victuals, and they generally caused all necessaries to be carried speedily to the camp, which they thought to be expedient for the wars and besieging of towns.  
The Army departed from Be●…ia, (which was the rendezvous for all the troops) to march against the enemy, and came on a sudden to Corregiola. Ansedin nephew to Eccelin, and governor of Padua, was already come thither with certain troops, who being advertised of what had passed at Venice, had caused the ordinary 
The riuer●… Brent & Bacchillion turned backwards.  course of the rivers brent and Bacchillion, to be turned back, so as he did in a manner draw dry all the lakes which were near thereabouts being wont to be filled by the flowing of those rivers, to the end the Venetian ships might not come near the firm Land to Land the Army. This did in some sort make the Navigation more difficult. For when they came to the mouth of Corregiola finding the ancient channel almost without water, and so shallow as it could not bear any great vessels, they were constrained to use small boats & barks. In them they passed over first the Archers to beat back the enemies which stood upon the banks opposite against them; and afterwards they landed the residue of the Army, which marched directly to the city of Sacco, which being strengthened by Ansedin with a strong Garrison was valiantly defended.  
The Bishop of Ravenna did on a sudden raise his Camp, and seized on some 
S●…cco taken by the Legate and the venetians. An Assault given to Pad●…a.  small towns not far from thence, Ansedin being advertised thereof, after he had committed the guard of Sacco to the Townsmen, came speedily to Padua. Philippo and the Venetians having received the Sacceans upon their faithful promise, pursued the enemy. Padua at their arrival was so suddenly assailed, as they had (in a manner) taken all the suburbs of the crooked bridge, ere they in the City heard the assault. Philippo and the Venetians, waxing more hardy by this fortunate success, did more furiously assail the enemy at the Port Altina. The Paduans blushing to see so excellent a city, so fully furnished with men and all necessaries, to be lost by their fault, began courageously to resist the enemy. The fight was eager on both sides: these men fought for their country, the other for renown: the love to their country did animate the one, and the hope of victory the others. At the last the obstinacy of the Townsmen being overcome, the city was entered by force at that gate. Whereupon Ansedin thinking all lost, fled with certain of his 
The flight of Ansedin. Padua taken.  friends on the other side of the city. His flight being known, the town was forthwith yielded. The castle which at this day is to be seen in one part of the city, within four days after did the like.  
Eccelin all this while being ignorant of what was done at Padua, and seeing that 
Eccelin before Mantua.  he lost his time before Mantua, resolved to bring back his troops to Verona. He forthwith therefore raised his siege, and camped on the River Myncia, where he had determined to tarry three days. But he was constrained to alter his purpose upon the news of the loss of Padua, which he little expected. And albeit it did greatly move him, yet kept he his grief very secret, dissembling it until he came to Verona, whither after these news he marched by great journeys. But being entered into it with his troops, he did commit (as it is reported) incredible cruelty. 
Eccelin his cruelti●… against the Paduans.  For by sundry exquisite torments he put tweluethousand Paduans to death which were in his Army, who were not mercenary men, or of the common sort, but all Gentlemen, and some of them of great account. We find not that ever any man did the like, (except Cornelius Scylla) in slaughtering at one time so many men subjecteth under his obedience. Of whom it is reported, That at one time and 
Twelve thousand Puenestines slain by Sylla in cold blood.  place he put twelve thousand Prenestines to death, because they had favoured Marisu party, not pardoning any one of so great a number, but only one that had been his Host: who perceiving by that means the slower and choice of his country 
A Noble courage of a Prenistine.  to be extinct, did boldly refuse his mercy; and in saying that he would not thank him for that courtesy, he cast himself into the throng of those who were put to execution.  
It is not to be thought strange, or untrue which we have delivered touching so many thousands of men at one time sent forth of Padua to the wars: For it is certain by the testimony of a very credible Author, That there hath been reckoned at times in Padua four hundred families, all Gentlemen; and that which is more, sixscore thousand men sent thereout to the wars at one time.  
Eccelin, after the massacre of the Paduans, having shut up with great Rampires a little below Vincenza the River Bacchillion, divided it into divers streams, and by that division he made the City more strong, and made divers uses of it, chiefly for Milles. The Bishop of Ravenna on the other side caused a great ditch to be made round about the walls of Padua, and by that means in such sort fortified the City as it needed no more to fear the attempts of Eccelin. Then he marched suddenly being well accompanied, to that place where the River Bacchilion was shut up: The Governor of Vincenza, equal to the Bishop both in strength and courage, sallied with the troops which Eccelin had left there in Garrison. The fight began speedily and held out long time without certain knowledge which side had the better. But word being brought in the heat of the skirmish, that the Ra●…piers of the flood were broken down, and that the River with great force was returned into the ancient channel, the Bishop suddenly sounded the retreat. divers warlike attempts were afterwards performed on either side, but they are not fitting to be here set down.  
Some Authors affirm that the Pope, in acknowledgement of the aid and succour which the Venetians sent him in his action, granted them that the Dean of Saint Marks golden Church should in high solemnities, use a Mitre and pastoral staff, which none of their predecessors could ever till then obtain. The Prince being oppressed with age, after he had fortunately governed the Commonwealth, deceased the fourth year of his government. His body was buried at the entry into the golden Church. Raini●…ro Zeni was named Prince in his stead.   
The end of the ninth Book of the first Decad.   

THE TENTH BOOK OF THE FIRST DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
¶ The contents of the tenth Book of the first Decad.  
THe occasion of the first war against the Genoveses is handled in this tenth Book. Why the Venetians did seize on the City of Acre. The Venetians victory against the Genoveses between Acre and tire. Aide sent by the Venetians to BALDWIN Emperor of Co●…stantinople. PALEOLOGUS seizeth on the Greek Empire, and expels BALDWIN. The Genoveses take three Venetian shipp●… at the Bosphorus of Thrace. The Venetians defeat the Genoveses, and take four ships from them near to the Haven, called the seven Swine. The Venetians besiege tire in vain. MICHAEL DORIA taketh certain Venetian ships at the going out of the adriatic Sea. The notable victory of the Venetians over the Genoveses in the view of the Sicilians near to Trapani. PALEOLOGUS in league with the Venetians. Genoveses take Sydonia in the Isle of Candie. Apopular tumult in the City, wherein the Prince is wronged. Eight Galleys of Genoa taken near to Cyprus, which are brought to Venice The Venetians victory against the Genoveses in Syria at the same place almost where they wan the first victory. The Venetians are denied victuals by their neighbours. Truce with the Genoveses: war with those of Bologna almost for three years space at the mouth of the River Po▪ war likewise against those of Ancona for the impostes at Sea. The Commonwealth hath a new war by reason of the troubles in Candie. The rebellion of those of Cape Histria. The Acoonitans, after the Venetians had driven them from Sea, have recourse to the Pope. A great Earthquake in the City: divers encounters in Histria for a while against the patriarch of Aquileia, and the Prince of Goritia. The City of Acre is ruinated and over thrown by the King of Babylon.  
 


¶ RAINIERI ZENO, the 45. ‛ Duke of Venice.   
 
 
THERE was in Phoenicia (one of the Provinces of the Kingdom of Syria) between mount Carmell and Sydon, a City in times passed very famous, called 
The City of Ptol●…mais called Acre.  at first Ptolomais, afterwards Acon, by a more usual name. Some Venetian Historians have set down Acre for Acon, following therein the vulgar, who so call it. The Venetians, at such time as the Christians took Jerusalem, with a part of Syria, had by an agreement purchased a kind of title in that City; and not the Venetians alone, but likewise the Genoveses and Pisans, who sent naval Armies for the assistance of that war. Now the Venetians and Genoveses had in the same City a Church common to them both, albeit they had otherwise a particular place and street apart. These being first provoked with iealouzie and afterward with mortal hatred, began to strive about the possession of the same Church.  
The Venetians alleged, That by covenant made with Baldwin not only a 
The origina●… of the war●…e betwixt the Venetians and Geno●…eses.  street, but the third part of the City belonged to them, and so consequently that Church was theirs which was dedicated to Saint Saba. The Genoveses insisted on the contrary, not yielding either to the covenants or to their fellowe●…; and there was likelihood that some great mischief might be fall the affairs of the Christia●…s in Syria in regard of that contention. But to take away all occasion of future division, the whole matter was referred to Pope Alexander the fourth, who loving equity 
Their d●…fference referred to the Pope. The Pope's sentence.  as well as peace, did forth with conclude, That seeing the ●…iuine service was common to them both, the Church likewise aught to be so. The Genoveses having notice of the Pope's sentence sooner than the Venetians, presuming on the good will which Philip of Montfort a Frenchman by Nation, did bear unto them, who was Governor of the City, they came not staying for the Pope's answer, and seized on the place, and speedily fortified it in manner of a Castle. Philip also unto whom the Venetians complained, was so far off from redressing the 
The Venetians commanded to lea●…e Acre.  same, as on the contrary, upon their speech, That the thlrd part of the City belonged unto them, he commanded them (to give the people contentment) to depart thence.  
The Venetians, disdaining to digest such an injury, made a speedy league with M●…nfred, King of Sicill, against the Genoveses; But whilst they were busied in preparing their Army, the Prince of Antioch, and the Patriarch of jerusalem, did sharply by their letters rebuke Philip, counseling him to govern himself mor●… discreetly; and assured him, that if the Venetians were not reconciled to the Genoveses, from whom they were severed by his pride and their own, the affairs of Christendom were like to receive a great affront in Syria, by reason of that quarrel. The Venetians understanding the small account that Philip made of those advertisements, and that it was certain, that he would not change his determination, either for admonitions or threats, but that he would continue will full in the hatred which he had already conceived; They being wholly impatient by reason of the heinousness of the matter, set presently forth thirty Galleys well provided, which they had in readiness at the same time in the Haven of tire. The Venetian Historians say, That they were sent from Italy, under the command of Lorenzo Tepulo; 
Acr●… taken by the Venetians.  and that coming to the Haven of Ptolomais, after they had broken the chain which shut it in, they furiously charged three and twenty Genoveses ships of burden, and two Galleys, being there by chance in the harbour, which were as easily taken as unawares assailed; and that afterwards having despoiled them of all their tackling, they burned them all in a moment. With the same violence likewise they came to S. Saba's Church, which the Genoveses had fortified, the which being likewise taken, was for the most part ruined.  
Whereupon the Genoveses, rather incensed than daunted with this loss, having armed two and thirty Galleys at tire, came to meet with the Venetian Navy; but it was in vain. For the Venetians leaving the Syrian wars, for the care which they had of the affairs of Greece, sailed into the Pontic Sea, to the aid of their Countrymen, which dwelled in Constantinople, whom the wars of V●…ttasus had entangled. In the mean time the news of that which had been done in Ptolomais, being come into Italy, did in such sort stir up the Genoveses, who already 
The Genoveses resolution.  did not greatly affect the Venetians, as they resolved to levy a mighty Army, to revenge this wrong: Therefore, after they had armed forty Galleys, and ten Argozies, they sent them into Syria.  
The Venetians likewise in Italy foreseeing the dangerous war, which they were to make with the Genoveses, did with a marvelous speed arm fifteen Galleys, and ten ships of burden, of which Andrea Zeno was made General; And with like celerity, those Venetians which were in Ptolomais made ready about forty lesser ships, commonly called Vaccetes, and ten Argozies.  
At this stay stood the affairs of the Venetians and Genoveses in Syria, when in 
The Pope's disigence to make peace betwixt the Venetians & the Genoveses.  Italy Pope Alexander, upon tidings what had passed at Ptolomais, and considering how great either of their forces were, & that by their mortal hatred, some horrible mischief was threatened those Christians which at that time were in Syria, had an especial care to give audience to both their Ambassadors sent to him for that purpose, and for that cause would needs have the Pisans to be present at that audience, whose Ambassadors he had sent for out of Tuscan, to be as it were Umpires, and Procurers of the peace, betwixt these two people. And (without doubt) by the 
The treaty of peace broken.  Pope's mediation peace would soon have ensued, if they had not in the mean time fought together in Syria. The news of this encounter did greatly trouble the designs of the Pope. For so soon as both the Armies arrived in Syria, the Venetians albeit they kept a strong Garrison in Acre, had not forsaken tire, where the Genoveses and Philip Montfort remained, who undoubtedly would have offered violence to the Venetians which held a part thereof, had not the Governor of the 
Wisdom of the Governor.  City expressly forbidden any attempt whatsoever, within the circuit of the City, or in the Haven. But the condition of the Venetians seemed in some sort better: who alone held Acre, and yet nevertheless had not abandoned that which they possessed in tire.  
The Genoveses hereat being more incensed, came on a sudden forth of the haven, and sailed directly towards Ptolomais. Andrea Zeno and Lorenzo Tepulo, Generals of the Venetian Army, being advertised of the enemies proceeding (for divers Venetians were in tire, as hath been said, mingled among the enemies) imagined the truth, to wit, That the Genoveses meaning was to come thither, thinking in the same manner to surprise them, as their own men had been of late surprised by the Venetians. For which cause on a sudden they drew all their vessels forth of the haven, so as these two mighty fleets met one with another. Upon the first kenning of each other, they quickly put themselves in order of battle, and then ran furiously one upon another, being armed indeed more with hatred than with force; after which ensued a bloody fight. But the Venetians from the beginning of the 
The Genoveses defeated by the Venetians.  fight had the most advantage, as being the stronger, and greatly fortified by the aid of the Pisans, with whom they were then in league; In the end the enemies being broken and defeated, and divers of their Galleys sunk and taken, to the number of five and twenty: the rest trembling with fear escaped to tire. The Venetian brought back his victorious Army to Ptolomais, dragging after him the taken Galleys, and some thousands of Genoveses.  
This notable loss of the enemies did not yet appease the Venetians fury, but on the contrary did the more inflame it: For that soon after this victory they overthrew all the buildings, as well public as private, which the Genoveses possessed in Acre: they spoilt their storehouses and movables, and expelled at the last their Criers and Beadles, with their other Officers, and all other signs of their ancient fortunes, which they had till then enjoyed in that City.  
Moreover, two thousand six hundred Genoveses who were taken in the fight, and brought thither (as hath been said) were by them made Galley-slaves. It is reported that the Pope was greatly troubled with these news; and that he would not dismiss the Ambassadors of Genoa, who were called home after the loss of the battle, till the Venetians had granted, that all the Genoveses Soldiers which were taken prisoners, should be set at liberty.  
Thus were the Venetians affairs entangled in Syria, whilst in Greece they were little better, being now vexed by the greeks, then by Vattasus, and another while 
The power of the French ●…uch decayed in Greece.  by Theodore his son. For the power of Baldwin was so decayed, as if the Venetians had not at times come into the Pontic Sea to bring him aid, the Greek Empire would not so long have remained in the hands of the Frenchmen: which they having of●…en done at other times, did not cease to continue, so soon as they were become Masters of Ptolomais, notwithstanding their cruel war with the Genoveses. For they sailed into Greece, as forgetting their affairs in Syria, to give Baldwin timely 
The death of Theadore son to Vattasus.  succours. But upon news of the death of Theodore, which was thought to have happened opportunely for the quiet of Greece, the Venetians returned into Syria, whither they were called by sundry messengers.  
In the mean time, Michael surnamed Paleologus, who was left Protector of 
Michael Paleologus.  Theodore his children, with the absolute government of the Empire, had at the beginning given hope to all men of a happy peace: For he made show to be contented, and highly to respect the children, and to preserve and defend that which Theodore had left them. But soon after, he did not only defeat Baldwins forces, but wholly chased them thence: whereunto, how, and by what means he attained, I will briefly set down. Yet I will make mention by the way of that which some Authors do report, to wit, That Theodore did not leave Paleologus as Protector to 
Great treachery of a Greek.  his children, but one named Gregory Imisole, whom Paleologus caused to be slain, as he was hearing divine service, and that having by his death taken upon him the charge of the children (for besides his near kindred, he had ever showed himself a faithful friend to the late Theodore) so soon as he had assured his own estate, he caused them miserably to be put to death. 
William Prince of 〈◊〉.   
This man being installed Protector, began the war against William, King of Achaia; a Frenchman by nation; and he ceased not to pursue him till he had constrained him to fight, wherein being overcome, and taken, he confined him to prison. Being proud of this victory, he came & assailed Baldwin. The Emperor being advertised that his enemy approached with his forces, resolved to guard the straits of the Pontic sea, and to dri●…e him if it were possible, far from the haven. So soon therefore as he had prepared a naval Army, with the greatest forces that he could levy, he gave the command thereof to Marco Gradonico the Venetian, who was then Magistrate in Constantinople, determining either to hazard all or else to divert that haughty enemy from his purpose. For being desperate of all aid, he knew not by what invention else he could be able to keep Constantinople, having been till then so extremely impoverished, first by john Vattasus, and after by Theodore his successor, as he was enforced to Pawn Philip his son (who had 
To what extremity Baldwin was brought.  afterwards committed to ward in Venice) to the Merchants of Bruges, who was lent him a great sum of money, & to sell the gutters and coverings of lead of the public buildings and the precious relics of Saints: so great was his want of money.  
Thus being compassed with miseries, and almost distracted, he sent all his forces, to the guard of the strait and passages of the Sea, not leaving any garrison in the City. But whilst he sought means to keep out a foreign enemy, he was overthrown by domestic treachery. For certain greeks (who by nature were lightheaded and inconstant) being wearied with so many miseries, (or rather as I think glutted with the French government) thinking that for want of a garrison in the City, they might easily deliver the same to the enemy, sent divers whom they might trust to treat with Palcologus, and to will him to come at a certain hour of 
Treachery of th●… Greeks against the French.  the night, with what forces he best pleased, promising that without doubt they would bring him in, and make him master of the City without the loss of any one man. Paleologus would not slip such an occasion, but came about midnight, with great troops of soldiers through byways for fear of descrying. He was no ●…ooner come to the walls, but the traitors received him into the City, without the 
Paleologus taketh Constantinople.  slaughter of any one except of those which had the guard of the gate. Baldwin, and Pantaleon justinian the Patriarch, being awaked at the first noise of the surprise, in great fear fled to Euripus, called at this day the straight of Nigrepont, with certain of their friends, carrying with them the most rich, and precious things, that so fodaine a nightly terror would permit them, where taking ship, they sailed thence with a direct course to Nigrepont.  
Some Authors say, that Baldwin and his troops were absent when Paleologus took the City. But whether he were there or no, it is certain that the City of Constantinople was lost in this manner the eight and fifty year, (or as others say) the threescore and third year after it was taken by the Venetians and Frenchmen. The Venetians dispatched messengers with speed to the Pope; and Baldwin sent to Lewis the French King: but no aid was either given or denied by any of them both. Yet notwithstanding, in regard it was very likely that Paleologus would not stand still in so fair & even a way, they concluded to send Marco Michaeli with eighteen galleys 
The venetians send a fleet to guard the Istād●…  to guard the Islands, & all the Seacoasts, with express charge not to let slip fit occasion to disturb Paleologus. The which was so valiantly executed, & with such dexterity, as all men did assuredly believe, that Paleologus was at the point to leave Constantinople 
Paleologus ready to leave Constantinople. The Genoveses leagu●… with Paleologus. William Prince of Achaia, set at liberty. The Citi●… of 〈◊〉 called at this day 〈◊〉.  in despair, had not the Genoveses in hatred to the Venetians readily offered him their aid. For having made a league together they sent their whole army out of Syria into Greece, which of a certain was much more strong and mighty than that wherewith they fought betwixt tire and Acre.  
Paleologus trusting to his own forces, attempted to enlarge the bounds of his Empire towards Morea: And the better to effect it, he set William at liberty, (who as we have said was by him imprisoned after his defeat) on condition to deliver the City of Epidauro in Morea into his hands (so was this City called in old time which standeth almost in the midst of Greece, called at this day, by corruption of the language Maluasia) being assured, that with this City he would greatly molest the Venetians by sea and land. But the Venetians having notice thereof, with little difficulty drew William to their party, and swore perpetual friendship with him, who ser●…ed them afterward very faithfully in this war. They sent moreover eight and thirty Galleys with supplies, to their Army which was already in Grecia.  
But whilst this mighty Army was preparing against Paleologus, divers ships of 
The league of Achaia w●…th the venetians.  war at sundry times departed from Venice; as ships of burden fit for the fight, and Galleys well appointed, not so much for the guard of their own frontiers, as to spoil whatsoever they could find belonging to the enemy, & to frustrate his attempts. Which happened at the same time when that great ship called the Lion, which had two hundred mariners, and an hundred soldiers in her departing from Venice with two Galleys, met near to Tenedos with twenty Galleys of Genoa, which in steed of flying from she gave chase unto▪ & pursued them almost to Constantinople. It was not long after when that great fleet of thirty seven Galleys sent with supplies (as aforesaid) arrived in Greece, where they met by chance on the Sea of Thessalonica with threescore sail of greeks and Genovoses, who durst not meddle with them. Neither would the Venetians assail them, in regard of their great multitudes; but passing quietly by them, they came into the Isle of Nigrepont, the which for the 
The venetians in the ●…sle of Negrepont.  most part was possessed by▪ the Venetians, after they had driven thence Anfosius, bastard (as some say) to Frederick the third, King of Sicily, who having a part thereof by contract of marriage with Marulla, daughter to Boniface of Verona, held the party of Paleologus.  
The enemies fieete sailing forth of the Sea of Thessalonica met with three Venetian ships of war near to the Bosphorus of Thrace, returning from scouring the Seas, almost as far as Constantinople. These ships being taken, all the prisoners which fell to the Genoveses were forthwith murdered, and they which happened on Paleologus, had their eyes plucked out. The Venetian navy feeling winter draw on, and the enemy not stir, returned to Venice. About the beginning 
Cruelty of the Greeks & Genoveses.  of the next Spring, Gilberto Dandulo departed from Venice with two and thirty Galleys, and being come into Greece, met upon the way near the haven called the Seven▪ swine, the same fleet of Genoveses which the Venetians the year past durst not deal withal, as they came forth of the Bosphorus to spoil whatsoever they could light on belonging to the Venetians. Being come in sight one of another, they presently put themselves in order of battle ready to fight, running one upon another with great fury. The fight was very sharp at the encounter, but it lasted not long, by reason of the small number of the vessels, neither was it very bloody. For the Genoveses with loss of four of their ships escaped away by strength of their oars, putting themselves into the haven of Maluasia. But the Genoveses soon after made their loss good, by the sudden surprisal of three Venetian ships, laden with victuals and munition.  
Now albeit the main war was near to the Islands of the Aegean Sea, and along the coast which runneth from Morea to the strait of Gallipolis, ●…et the affairs of 
The Genoveses put ●…o flight.  Syria were not altogether quiet. For all the Italians (in a manner) that were in jernsalem did so much favour the Venetians in Acre, as it was plainly seen, that they did more affect them than they did the Genoveses: whereas on the contrary, those of tire held altogether for the Genoveses. By this means all the Christians which were then in Syria, were divided in factions one against another for the party of 
The Christians in Sy●…ia divided into factions in regard of the venetians and Genoveses.  these two mighty people: and those Cities which in times past had been with so much labour and blood freed from the cruel Empire of Mahomet, were in an instant by this unnatural war filled with murder and sedition. Nevertheless the Venetians that they might not seem careless of what more nearly concerned them the third or fourth year (according to some Authors) of this first Genoan war, set forth fifty Galleys, or (as some say) seven and thirty against their enemies the Genoveses, who being come into the main directed their course to Sicily where the Genoan fleet was reported to ride. And not finding the enemy there, they sailed into Syria, where near to tire they took an Argozie of the enemies. After 
A new venetian fle●…e in Syria.  this they entered the haven▪ determining to force the City: But Andrea Barofio, a discreet and valiant Captain was governor of the town, who although the Venetians had sent to Ptolomais for supplies to gird the City with a straight siege, 
tire besieged by the venetians.  both by sea and land, did nevertheless with the garrison thereof very bravely defend it.  
The Genoveses in the mean time were not idle: For understanding by their spies, that a great ship called the Strong Castle, with ten other ships of burden laden with merchandise, were to come forth of the haven of Venice, bound for Asia, they lay in ambush for them behind a Rock at the issue of the adriatic Gulf. But the merchants being thereof advertised by a small boat which went before for discovery, affrighted with the news, made presently to land. And unlading their ships on the shore, where lay a garrison of Albanians, they left the empty vessels to the enemy, who perceiving themselves discovered, and knowing the Venetians meaning, forsook their ambush, and showed themselves. Some historians 
The Genoveses ambush discovered.  affirm that Michael Doria commanded that Genoan fleet, and how they fought at Sea, as also that the Venetians trusting to the strength and greatness of an Argozey returned to Venice, after they had lost the other ships laden with merchandise.  
The Venetians in stead of being discouraged at this loss, were the more animated to revenge; so as not long after they sent Giacomo Dandulo into Dalmatia with seven Galleys, with full power (If it should be expedient for the Commonwealth) to join with those whom he should find there for the guard of the Islands. Whereupon after he had taken three from Zara, he sailed into the Sea of Sicily, where receiving three other Galleys of Candie, and not long after four from Nigrepont, strengthened with these supplies he sailed to Ragusa, where he met Marco Gradonico with ten Galleys; These two fleets being joined together, sailed into Sicily; where after they had coasted all that part of the Island, which looketh towards the East, and almost all that which lieth from Mount Pachino toward the South, they took near to Lilibeum three Genoa-Gallies conducted by Lanfranc of Bourbon. This loss being reported at Genoa, eight and twenty Galleys were suddenly set forth, to revenge this injury; who sailing into Sicily with a direct course to meet the enemy, found the Venetians at Anchor in the Haven of 
Three Genou●…ses galleys taken by the venetians  Trapani. Some write, that the two fleets met by chance before Trapani: But whether it were so or no, it is certain that the Galleys on either side sailed in order of battle ready for fight.  
It is reported that the Genoveses came too eagerly to charge, and so by consequence too unadvisedly. For after their coming from Genoa they feared nothing so much as to miss the Venetian: so that their hatred concurring with their power the fight began suddenly. Hatred on the one side and desire of glory on the other, did greatly augment either's forces: And as well the one as the other, would manifest to the Sicilians, (in whose sight they fought) which of them was best experienced in Martial discipline, & who were best Seamen. They fought a long time with uncertainty of victory. But the Genoveses fortune at last declining, their 
The Goneveses defeated by the venet●…ns before Trapani.  wilfulness was such, as rather than to escape with dishonour they chose there to die fight. In this fight were taken four and twenty of their Galleys: and the residue burnt or sunk. Above two thousand five hundred were taken prisoner●…, and more than twelve hundred slain: the rest were drowned.  
The victory was not unbloody to the Venetians; but their joy to have so bravely vanquished the enemy, would not suffer them to think on their great loss. And 
The inconstan●… and lightness of the greeks.  because that by this overthrow the Genoveses power was thought to be wholly abated, Paleologus, who till then had taken their party, made truce with the Venetians for five years. The Senate after the battle of Trapani, sent one and twenty 
A new Venetian Army sent to Mod●…n.  Galleys to Modona for the guard of the Sea-coast, because (as I think) they were advertised that the Galleys of Genoa made incursions on those places.  
It happened by chance that certain of the enemy's ships being come at the same time as far as Modon to rob & spoil, so soon as they understood of the Arrival of the Venetian Army, presuming on thei●… swiftness on a sudden like runaway they turned their backs. The Venetians holding themselves not deceived in their enemy's flight, forthwith followed them: But the Genoveses being still daunted with their former loss received in Sicily, and determining from the beginning not to sight, did escape by strength of their oars into the Haven of Rhodes: from whence soon after departing, they took a Venetian ship laden with very rich Merchandise in the Channel of Nigrepont: some say it was not in the Channel, but in the Haven of Hiericon. The Genoveses after that, sailed suddenly into Candie, 
The Genoveses come into Candie.  where after they had coasted the greatest part of the Island, they took Cydon a sea town (called at this day Canea by corruption of speech) which for the most 
Can●…a in Candie ruined by the Genoveses. A popular commotion in Venice.  part they spoiled and ruined.  
During these exploits in Greece, there arose a great commotion in Venice which did threaten the Commonwealth with evident danger. The expenses of this long war had till than so exhausted the public treasure▪ as the Senate was constrained to invent new subsidies for the entertainment of the Army: Whereupon they laid a new impost on white meats. Which being commanded to be published, the people at that time weary of so great burdens, came running to the Palace with great noise and menaces: Wherewith the Senators being amazed, Prince Rayniero came forth, to the end by his sovereign authority, either to daunt the popular fury, or else to pacify their tumultuous spirits by some gentle admonition: But this 
The people bear small respect to their Prince.  manie-headed beast, without any respect at all to the ducal dignity, did forthwith cast stones at the Prince: who being affrighted gave place to their fury. No sooner was the Duke retired, but the Authors of the sedition having found a fit occasion for their thievish intents, did by force enter into divers gentlemen's houses which they ransacked, and spoiled. At the last the tumult being appeased, sharp informa●…ion was made against those who had done outrage to the Sovereign dignity, and were the Authors of this popular sedition; whereupon the delinquents being apprehended 
The seditio●…s pu●…ished.  were severely punished.  
It is reported that about the same time all the streets and places of the City were paved with brick, and that the bridge of Rialto was with great cost new builded, with more cunning workmanship than before. All this notwithstanding the ruining of Cydon, and the taking of the ship so richly laden, did greatly discontent the Venetians; Therefore, three and twenty well-furnished Galleys were given to 
A new Venetian Army against the Genoveses.  Marco Gradonico, to sail to Acre, with express commandment to espy a fit time when with most advantage he might fight, and when it should be offered, to employ all his forces by some warlike enterprise to repress the pride and rashness of the enemies, which was of late increased by reason of some fortunate success. Some Authors think that these Galleys were sent to serve for a convoy to those, which at the same time went into Asia about traffic of merchandise, and that they met with eight ships of Genoa, near to Rhodes, laden with merchandise, 
Certain Genoa ships taken.  which they took and sent home to Venice; of which success the people were very joyful. I greatly wonder at that which some do write, touching five ships of Pisa, that were brought to Venice with those of Genoa, seeing that some few years before the Venetians, consorted with the Pisans, fought with the Genoveses in Syria, and that soon after they were comprehended, as friends and allies to the Venetians, in the truce made with the Genoveses by the mediation of king Philip: Others 
The Venetians victory against the Genoveses.  which make mention how the galleys were sent to revenge the ruin of Cydon and the taking of the rich marchant-ship, affirm that they did not fight near unto Rhodes with the Genoveses fleet of eight and twenty galleys, but betwixt tire and Acre, and that they went more courageously to the charge, in regard of the places of retreat which either of them had, though nevertheless at the last the Venetians there likewise got the upper hand▪ having taken five of the enemy's Galleys.  
Whilst these exploits were done at Sea, Prince Zeno died in the seventeenth year of his government.   


¶ LORENZO TEPULO, the 46. Duke of Venice.   
 
LOrenzo Tepulo son to Prince Giacomo, succeeded him. At this Prince's entry Pope Clement the fourth after he had discreetly considered how great miseries the Frenchmen, with others who till then were in Syria had endured, and were likely still to endure by means of the wars betwixt these two potent people, he did by his Ambassadors entreat 
The Pope endeavoureth to accord the Venetians and the Genoveses.  the Venetians and the Genoveses, to listen to a suspension of Arms, if they could not on a sudden conclude a peace. And the more easily to effect it, he entreated either of them to send their Commissioners to him to Viterbo. The Kings of France and Sicily, did request the like, offering freely to employ themselves to mediate a firm peace betwixt them Commissioners were sent to the Pope, but certain months 
Great scarciti●… of victuals in Venice.  after, they returned to Venice without concluding any thing. About the same time there happened great scarcity of victuals in the City, by reason that the passages into Sicily and Apulia for corn were shut up from the Venetian Merchants: For the Genoveses scouring all the Seas, there was no man that would undertake to relieve the Commonwealth. There needed a mighty fleet to serve for Convoy to the merchants sailing to and fro. But that could not easily be brought to pass in so troublesome a time. Wherefore they determined to have recourse to their neighbours. They sent to Treviso, Padua, Fe●…rara, and to the neighbour Cities, who, besides the great abundance of money offered unto them, were entreated, That if ever the Venetians had done any pleasure to their neighbours, as well to others, as to the Paduans of fresh memory, (as those who not long since by their means had shaken off the yoke of servitude, when (to all men's knowledge) there were no forces greater 
jagratitupe of the neighbours.  or readier than those of the Venetians for the overthrowing of Eccelins' tyranny: They would in so great necessity relieve that City which had so well deserved of them. How be it if in their present necessity they would not remember curtisies received, yet at least for humanitie-sake to grant their request. But neither intrea●…ies nor money being able to overcome the ingratitude of their neighbours, provision of corn was in all places denied th●…m.  
The Venetians disdaining to be thus unworthily dealt with, to the end that all men might know, (and chiefly they who had so wilfully refused them) how gently they had dealt with them in time past, they made a decree which continueth till this day, That all merchandise passing between the Gulf of Fana, and the mouth of the River Po, should pay a certain tribute to the Commonwealth; And to this purpose should come to Venice where their merchandise should be rated, if it so pleased the Officers thereunto appointed. And to prevent all deceit herein, they created a new Magistrate, who had certain ships of war appointed him, carefully to look to the Seacoasts: This caused (for it was likely that the Neighbours at the first report of this new Edict would oppose themselves against it) the league to be renewed with the Pisans for five years.  
About the same time the Genoveses and the Venetians, as well in their own 
Truce granted betwixt the Venetians and the Genoveses.  name as the Pisans their associates, made a truce by means of Philip the French King, who succeeded Lewis, being then greatly desirous to relieve the distressed Frenchmen in Syria. Wherewith (as it is reported) he was so greatly affected, as he kept with him at Cremona the Ambassadors of either of these people so long, sometimes entreating the one, and anon exhorting the other, appeasing and promising so much, as at last all sorted to his own desire: And this was the eleventh year (according to some Authors) since the beginning of the war against the Genoveses. Now there are some other Venetian Historians, who seem to augment this number, saying, That Rayniero Zeno ruled seventeen years. Others set down only sixteen, and affirm, That the war began at Ptolomais in the beginning of his Principality, which was the year of our salvation 1260. and continued till the 
1260.  time of Lorenzo Tepulo. But in my opinion this incertainty of times hath chiefly happened through the negligence of Writers, who for want of due observation have (perhaps) attributed longer time to Zeno than he reigned. Or else it may be that the war was not commenced in the beginning of his Principality. For their confusion herein is so great, as a man can hardly discern the truth of the matter: wherefore, following the opinion of Blondus, a most exact observer of times, I think that this first Genoan war endured but eleven years.  
Now truce being concluded with the Genoveses, the Venetians had new war 
New war against the Bolognians.  in Lombardie. Those of Bolognia, who at that time possessed the greatest part of the Country of Flaminia, being grieved that by the new decree of Impost lately, as aforesaid, made by the Venetians, their Merchants were excluded from their traffic, prepared with all secrecy a new war, to open them a passage for their navigation. Being therefore ready to set forward, they sent their Ambassadors before to Venice, who, concealing their warlike preparations, should treat with the Venetians about the abolishing of that Decree, and dismissing of their Garrisons on every side, to the end that their Merchants might have free passage. Whereunto if the Venetians should refuse to consent (as it was likely they would) they were without other terms to denounce war. Tepulo soon discovered the fraud of the 
The Bolognians intent discovered.  Bolognians: Whereupon he fell to his subtleties, which were no less politic than theirs, and speedily sent out nine Galleys to prevent the enemy. It was most certain that he who could soon discover the others policy, and first seize upon the place, would make all things after very difficult for his enemy. Wherefore the Venetians came with speed to the mouth of the Po, which is called Primario, near to Ravenna: where at their arrival perceiving the Bolognians to build a Fort on the other shore, they likewise with speed seized on S. Albert's, which they instantly fortified by help of the Soldiers.  
Within few days after, Prince Tepulo came thither with Sea-forces, the better to restrain the enemy's attempts: There, and in other places they often fought with great effusion of blood; and the Bolognians did still for the most part preuail●…, in 
What was the number of the Bolognians Army.  regard of their great numbers. For their Army was reported to be forty thousand fight men, and all of the same Province: which the Celtique Gauls had in part possessed, (a most warlike race and almost not to be conquered) and in part the Senonians, (who for certain Months held the City of Rome) which was afterward called Flaminia, and at last Romagniola. Whereby may be conjectured that the same Province doth not at these days bring forth men wholly different from those whom it nourished in former times, but very courageous, and of great spirits, and such (in a word) as it was not said without cause, That a red Italian, a black Germane, 
Ausuall preuer●…  and one of Romagniola with his hair of two colours, are commonly froward fellows.  
Now, this dangerous war was drawn out at length, till the third year after, when at last they fought with all their forces, under the conduct of Marco Gradonico, 
The Bolognians defeated.  where the victorious Venetian brake and defeated the enemy with great loss. The Bolognians hereupon being discouraged, sued for peace, which they obtained on these conditions, That having overthrown their Fort at Primario, being permitted 
Peace granted to the Bolognians.  to carry thence certain things with them, they should leave the entrance of the Po, free to the Venetians.  
The Anconitans, by the example of those of Bolognia, durst attempt to take 
Those of Ancona complained to the Pope of the Venetians.  arms: and sent to Pope Gregory the tenth to complain on the Venetians. The Pope entreated the Venetians not to stop their navigation: This entr●…atie they did neither obey nor resist, But because they would not seem (against their custom) to contemn the Pope's commandment, they sent Ambassadors to him, who alleging now one thing, and then another, said, that the Anconitans had not done 
The Anconitans complaints ended.  well, by false reports to traduce the Venetians before the Pope, and that their accusations were untrue; These and such like allegations of the Venetians, by little and little ended the matter. And the Pope herein was so far off from conceiving any displeasure against them, as he●… rather procured the truce before then concluded at Cremona between them and the Genoveses, to be renewed for two years more. 
The truce between the Venetians and Geno●…eses prolonged.  These things thus succeeding in Italy, certain Lords of Nigrepont, who as yet possessed the third part of the Island, contrary to the will of Andrea Dandulo, Governor of the Island, with sixteen Galleys invaded that part of Asia the less, which then was under obedience of Paleologus: from whence having carried away great booty, they provoked this Prince to war upon them. So soon therefore, as his Army was ready he came to Nigrepont and besieged Orea. The Lords of the Island, to free their people from the siege, came with twenty Galleys to draw the enemy to fight: wherein being broken and put to flight, Paleologus, in a manner, bereft 
〈◊〉 defeateth them of Nigropont. The league renewed betwixt▪ Palcologus and the Venetians.  them of all their fleet, and brought away divers of the chief as prisoners. But five hundred Venetians, found in the fleet of those Lords, he committed to his Lieutenants, to be sent home to Venice, with commandment to renew the league for five years following.  
I cannot but exceedingly marvel, in that it is said, that those Lords of Nigr●…pont made war on Paleologus, against the will of Dandulo. Those of the Island might, perhaps, refuse to obey the Magistrate, but that the five hundred Vene●…ians, who were found (as hath been said) in the fleet, should so do, it is very unlikely. Let them, which so report, consider by what means the same could possibly come to pass.  
On these terms stood the affairs of Venice at such time as Tepulo dec●…ased, the sixth year of his government: who was buried in the Church of the Twins, in the monument of his Ancestors. Giacomo Contareni was chosen in his place.  
  


¶ GIACOMO CONTARENI, the 47. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
AT the beginning of his government it was likely that the war 
The war like to have been renewed with the Genoveses.  would have been renewed with the Genoveses, because an Argozie of Venice laden with merchandise, was taken by two of Genoa. It was snpposed to have been done by the public command, and therefore they began to prepare a new Army: yet nevertheless they determined (following the custom of their Ancestors) to demand first of the Genoveses, in the name of the Commonwealth, that which had been taken from them, which if they refused to do, it was not questionable, but that the Venetians would use all manner of hostility. The Ambassadors, who for this purpose were sent to Genoa, after they had received what had been taken from them, returned soon after to Venice well satisfied, where finding the whole City prepared for a new war, they freed them from all care, in bringing them home peace from Genoa.  
The popular sedition which happened in the City in the time of Tepulo, by reason of the Impost on the Mills, was wholly extinct under this Prince's government. But things being thus pacified at home, a new war sprung up abroad. The inhabitants of the Cape of Histria, of whose affection towards them the Venetians 
New 〈◊〉 with those of Cap●…d ' His●…ria.  ●…d better conceived than of all the rest in that Province, were suddenly revolted. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was sent thither with great troops to reduce them to their obedience. Whereupon perceiving the Sea and Land to clatter with the sound of the 
The Patriarch of Aquileia succoureth the rebels.  Venetians Arms, they sent to Fo●…li, to entreat the Patriarch of Aquileia, in regard of 〈◊〉 mutual amity, to come to the succour of a Neighbour-Citie, and to take Arms to repel the Venetian who highly menaced them. He being moved with their entrea●…ies, in haste levied forces and sent them to their aid. The Histrians relying on these succours▪ attempted by divers means to divert the Venetian from the siege. But neither those, nor yet their own forces, did greatly avail them; for 
The rebels subi●…cted.  being vanquished, they were constrained to return to the Venetians obedience; Rayniero M●…rosini was sent Governor into the Province to contain them in their 
Rayniero Morosin●….  duty.  
The Venetians being freed from the war of Histria, were suddenly troubled with that of▪ Ancona; and yet I know not whether this began before the other was ended. For the Annalists handle this matter so confusedly, as we can hardly 
New war with 〈◊〉 Anconitans.  tell what to believe of it. Besides, very few Historians make mention of this war of Ancona: And they which do mention it, say, that the Venetians besieged Ancona in the time of Pope john the one and twentieth, whose Papacy lasted no longer than the first year of Prince Contareni his government. They affirm moreo●…er, that the war began upon occasion of the decree for the new impost, made certain years before, which to abolish they had made means to Pope Gregory 
The Anconitans se●…ke to defrand the Venetians of their Impo●…s.  but without effect. The better therefore to annihilate this decree, they caused certain merchandise to be secretly transported into the Sea of Histria, and to other places near to the entrance of the River Po. The Venetians being therewith incensed, (for the Anconitans abusing their lenity and patience, became daily more insolent) forthwith armed six and twenty Galleys, to the which they added certain ships of burden for carriage of victuals and munition, with all other things necessary for the siege of a City. But before they made this warlike preparation, it is to be supposed that they sent to demand their custom of the Anconitans, which was denied them. The Venetian at his first arrival did furiously assail the haven, 
The Venetian fleet before ●…cona.  from whence being beaten back, and the fleet having no place of safety to ride in before the City, nor being yet come to an Anchor; there arose a terrible tempest, which did cast and beat part of their vessels in pieces upon the Neighbour-shore. 
The Venetian fleet scattered by tempest.  Six Galleys striking upon the Rocks of Senegaillo, were wholly lost, and the residue of the fleet being driven forward by violence of the tempest ran up into the main. Afterwards new forces, with supplies of ships and Galleys, were sent from Venice, for whom (sailing at Sea) the enemy laid a new kind of Ambush▪ He set 
The A●…conitans policy to surprise the Venetians.  up the Venetian ensigns on his Galleys, which he had taken from them at the assault of the Haven, framing in the best manner he could, the rest of the tackling after the Venetian fashion. Then from as far as he might discern them, he began with great joy and clamour to hail them as their friends and companions. By this policy on a sudden they grappled with two of the foremost which they took, and dragged to the City, to the great contentment of the Inhabitants: But we do not find who commanded the Army at the same time. Howbeit, it is certain that by his 
The G●…nerall of the Venetian Army punished.  negligence and want of experience in martial matters, the Venetians received two great overthrows in short time, and that for his labour, he was called home from the Army, and committed to prison.  
They did better afterwards than at the first. For they resolved to tame the stubbornness of the enemy by a siege: whereupon within a few days after, Ancona was again besieged. At which time the inhabitants foreseeing what might happen, and that by the perseverance of their enemies they might fall into some manifest danger, they sent to Pope Nicholas the third, newly elected, to animate him against 
The 〈◊〉 s●…nd to ●…ope Nicholas the third.  the Venetians, and to acquaint him chiefly with that which their enemies had till then done to them, and did daily more and more; and beside, to declare unto him, that they had already by the Venetians means endured all the miseries, which those who were a long time straightly besieged, were wont to sustain, and they were likely to endure much more, if they were not speedily relieved by some foreign aid: In regard whereof they besought his Holiness to compassionate the misery of so ancient a City, and so affectionate to the Church of Rome, and that it would please him to deliver them from so great a danger.  
The Venetian Ambassadors were come at the same time to Rome, to congratulate 
The Venetian Ambassadors at Rome.  his assumption to the Papal dignity: who, after they had a long time attended there, and not being called, as were others, to the public congratulation, they doubting the matter, that the Pope by reason of those of the marches was offended 
The Venetians discontentea with the Pope.  with them, sent word thereof to Venice. The Duke and Senate taking it in bad part, did by their letters call home their Ambassadors, who being on their way from Rome, were by the Pope's commandment brought back, who, after he had 
The Venetian Ambassadors brought back●… 〈◊〉 Rome.  sharply rebuked the Venetians for so straightly besieging the Anconitans, being feodaries of the Church of Rome, forbade the Ambassadors (who would have defended the cause) to speak. It is reported, that the same day they returned to Venice, eight Galleys with supplies were sent to the Camp before Ancona: I know not 
The venetians send ●…w supplies before Ancona.  whether it was done upon necessity, or else in hatred to the Pope, for using their Ambassadors with so small respect. The enemy thereby perceiving, that in stead of raising the siege, the Venetian did more sharply oppress them, abating their courage, they became suitors for peace. The matter being debated without any resolution, the Commissioners returned home without any peace: So soon as they were gone, they resolved to strengthen the Army with fourteen Galleys; two of which straggling by the way were by the enemy surprised, who lay in wait to catch what he could: Nevertheless, he bought his peace at no mean rate.  
The Duke being already old and decayed, not able for his age to attend the public 
The Duke willingly deposeth himself.  affairs, by consent of all men deposed himself, and soon after died: His funerals were great, and were followed by multitudes of people, to the Church of the friars Minors, where he was buried. Giovanni Dandulo, then absent, was chosen in his place.   


¶ GIOVANNI DANDULO, the 48. Duke of Venice.   
 
SOme Authors affirm that under this Prince the peace was concluded with those of the Marches, because (perhaps) this war ended at the beginning of his government. They say beside, that it was expressly mentioned in the Treaty, that the decree of the impost should remain firm without any contradiction.  
About the same time the Sea did in such sort overflow the City as it was in a 
Great overflowing of the Sea, with an earthquake. A new war with the Patriarch of Aquileia.  manner held for a prodigy: Whereupon, soon after ensued a great earthquake. They began likewise at the same time to stamp divers sorts of golden coin in the City. A new war was kindled against the Patriarch of Aquileia in regard of the Histrians, whom he especially maintained against the Venetians. Certain people of that Province were revolted, whom the Venetian would reduce under his subjection, and to that purpose had sent an Army into the Province. The Patriarch speedily came to their aid: but considering with himself that his forces were not sufficient to hinder the Venetian, he yielded without any further trouble, making show for a while, that he desired nothing so much as peace: and thus in the mean space the Histrians were by little and little reduced under the Venetian government. 
The Patriarch allieth himself with Count Gorician.  But this Patriarch so soon as he had joined his forces with those of Count Gorician, being strengthened with the new alliance of this Prince, he returned again to disquiet Histria. These new commotions were followed with rebellions of divers Cities. The Venetians having notice hereof were constrained suddenly to arm themselves and to reinforce their Army. It was commonly reported that the enemy's Army consisted of six and thirty thousand men, among whom were great troops of horse. The rumour of so great numbers caused the whole City 
The Venetians preparations for H●…stria.  to be very careful for the preparation of this new war. They provided therefore a great number of ships of special choice which were manned with the third part of all such as were able to bear Arms. 
Thriests besieged by the 〈◊〉.   
The Army being gone from Venice, and arrived in Histria, did suddenly encamp before Thrieste. For among others in this insurrection this City likewise did revolt. Now the Venetian resolving to besiege it, in few days built sundry Forts about it, furnishing them with strong Garrisons to hinder the enemy's in●…ursions. Afterwards with other Engines they began to batter the City, but having a strong Garrison within it it could by no means be taken. Whereupon, because it was not for the commonwealths profit to entertain so great forces without action before the walls of Thryeste; having small hope to take it; and supposing the For●…es builded at their arrival to be sufficiently furnished with Soldiers and victuals to continue the siege; the residue of the Army marched into other places. But whither they went, or how they were employed, the Authors whom we follow make no mention.  
Not many days after, the enemy came thither, and at his arrival assailed the 
The patriarchs Army comes to Thrieste.  Forts; which were not only well kept and defended, but those likewise which were within them having made a sally upon the enemy, skirmished fiercely near to the Rampire where divers on both sides were slain, and among others, the Nephew of Count Gorician, a valiant and brave young man. The retreat being sounded, truce was taken for a day. In the mean time Gordiano, a man of authority, and who till then had held an honourable place in the Venetian Army was suspected of treason. The speech was that he had secretly practised with the enemy to yield the Fort up into their hands. Being apprehended and put to the torture he confessed his wicked intent; whereupon the next morning by break of day, he was tied hand and foot, and put into a warlike engine, wherewith he was thrown into the 
A Traitor punished.  enemy's Camp; who now perceiving that he could neither prevail by force nor cunning, being out of all hope to surprise the Fort, he returned without effecting any thing.  
The enemy being gone, the Venetian troops returned soon after. Now whether they had retired themselves of set purpose because they would not fight with the enemy, whom they knew to be much stronger than themselves, and that in the mean time the fleetrode at anchor in the main, or else in some haven hard by, until they had news of the enemy's retreat; or rather whether after they had left strong Garrisons in the forts to maintain the siege, the rest of the Army not willing to spend the time in one only place, went to besiege other towns not far off, and that at the first report of the enemies coming, they returned to relieve their fellows, I cannot certainly determine. But the Venetian being again returned 
The Venetians Army comes again before Th●…este.  to assail the City, was beaten from the walls with great loss. The Army afterwards departing thence, the siege was continued by those who lay in the forts until such time as they understood of the enemy's return. Upon the first tidings whereof they abandoned the same (whether through fear, or weariness to tarry 
Those within the forts retire to their sh●…ppes  so long in a place I know not) and retired themselves to their galleys. This is all (in a manner) that was done for two years space in Histria.  
But in Syria the Venetians which were in Acre▪ made●…ruce with the King of Babylon 
The Venetians take truoe with the King of Babylon.  for two years, who had at the same time ruined Tripoli, a very famous City, and had caused tire, Sydon, and Berithon to undergo the same fortune. It is reported that he made truce with the Venetians and the other Christians which were in Acre, to the end that his overmuch prosperity might not stir up all Europe to take Arms against him. Howbeit the same did not keep them back: 
The Pope exhorteth the Christian Princes to ●…ndertake the ●…oiage into Syria, with his offer.  For Pope Nicholas by Letters and Ambassadors excited all the most famous Princes of Europe, to succour the afflicted Christians in Syria. And for his own part he made offer of fifteen hundred armed Horse: And for their passage into Asia, the Venetians offered him twenty Galleys, together with victuals for the Mariners, who were to be paid by his Holiness: for the expedition of which business, the Bishop of Tripoli came to Venice.  
The Venetians being moved at the Pope's instant pursuit, added to these twenty 
The Venetians offer, for this ●…otage.  Galleys, which were promised, five more, armed at their own cost, because they would not seem careless of the affairs of Christendom; of the which fleet Giacomo Tepulo was declared General, with the Pope's Legate. But the other Princes of Christendom not appearing, all this great preparation of Galleys and Arms, was to no purpose. For the time of the truce being expired, the King of Babylon ●…uing notice of what was done in Europe, sent his son with a great Army to besiege 
Acre taken by the Infidels.  Acre, who suddenly enguirt it on every side with furious assaults: The Venetians with the Pope's Soldiers, for a time did bravely defend it. But no supplies coming out of Europe, those which could escape by Sea slipping away one by 
At what time the Christians were driveu out of Syria, 1290.  one; the City was at the last taken by a few, spoiled, and razed down to the foundation. In this manner was the Christian name wholly extinct in Syria, the year of our salvation 1290. and after that great and notable voyage under-taken by the means of Pope Vrban the second, at that time when jerusalem with a part of Syria was taken, one hundred ninety six years.  
Prince Dandulo, after all these miseries happened in his time, deceased (the tenth year of his Government being scarce expired) and was honourably buried in the Church of the Twins. It is reported that his funerals being ended, there arose 
A popular tumult about the creation of the Duke.  on a sudden a great tumult, and how the people flocking on every side, used many threatenings and reproachful terms to the Senators, and by name demanded Giacomo Tepulo for their Duke. This man being virtuous, and a lover of the public peace, after he had sharply reprehended the people's rashness, secretly departed the City▪ and came to Marroco; where he remained unknown, until (the tumult being appeased) Pietro Gradonico was by consent of the Senate declared Prince of the Commonwealth.   
The end of the tenth Book of the first Decad.    


THE FIRST BOOK OF THE SECOND DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the first Book of the second DECAD.  
THe wars of the Venetians and Genoveses compared with those of the Romans and Carthaginians. The second war with the Genoveses, after the truce expired. The Venetians burn Pera. GIOVANNI SOURANZA looseth divers Sea-companies through extremity of cold, after his achievements on the Pontic Sea. The Venetians are defeated at Corfu, where they lose a great Army. They receive the like loss soon after, at the straight of Gallipolis. A new peace betwixt the Venetians and Genoveses. The Commonwealth greatly endangered by the conspiracy of BUCONIO. The Venetian fleet brings a great booty out of Greece. Traffic every where prohibited to the Venetians, because they had taken Ferrara. The public liberty in danger to be lost by means of a cruel conspiracy of her Citizens. War for a time in Dalmatia about the rebellion of Zara. The Church and Covent of S. DOMINICK builded in the City. The City freed from the Pope's interdiction by the means of FRANCISCO DANDULO. The ancient Port beautified and enlarged. A new rebellion of the Candiots quickly appeased. The Venetians free the Paduans again from the yoke of bondage. The war begun again in Histria, causeth the Venetians to take Arms. The voyage against the Turk ●…oncluded, and soon broken through the default of the French. The Venetians and Florentines make a league against those of Escalla.  
 


¶ PIETRO GRADONICO, the 49. Duke of Venice.   
IN writing the Venetian History, divers matters offer 
The Venetians & Genoveles compared to the Romans and Carthagenians.  themselves unto us, so conformable to those of the Romans, as it is not possible to see any thing more like, as well in counsel, travail, accidents of fortune, as other sundry events. But among all, which (as I have said) are very many, the Venetians war with the Genoveses, seems in my judgement to have great resemblance with those which the Romans had in times passed with the Carthaginians. For the near neighbourhood (as it oftentimes happeneth,) did not beget that ●…mulation which was betwixt them, nor was cause of the war, because they were as far distant one from the other, as is the spacious breadth of the Ti●…rhene and Lybic Seas betwixt Italy and Africa, by this means far enough removed the one from the other. These in like manner, are not neighbours. For if we consider the breadth of Italy, we shall find the one to be so far off from the other, without going forth of Italy, as it may be wondered at. For Italy as (Strabo saith) is a promontory stretching from the Alps, whose height on the North side extending towards the South, serves 
The situation of Italy.  for a Rampire. It is beside watered towards the West with the Ligusticke and Tirrhene Seas, and on the East with the adriatic and Ionian Seas. And from thence the waves begin to mingle themselves together; and to make it more strong, they would feign shut up the alps more closely, but it cannot be. In this deep Gulf stands the famous City of Venice▪ On the other side, the Ligusticke Sea laboureth to hold fast the feet of the Apennine hills which it almost doth, and within this turning likewise lieth the City of Genoa, envious of the Venetian greatness▪ in such sort as they are almost one opposite to the other. Prudent nature did se●… betwixt the two former a great vastness of Sea, which might serve for a bar, if they should at 
The distance betwixt the Venetians and Genoveses.  any time happen to invade one another, thereby to quench their mortal hatred, and cool their boiling fury: But to these she hath not alone opposed the breadth of Italy, but the very tops of the Apennine hills, stretching from Liguria to Ancona, from whence being beaten back by the waves of the Sea, they soon turn towards the mount Gargan: then on a sudden, as if they feared the Sea, they go on to the farthest parts of Italy, to subd●…e in a manner the waves which they have so often shunned. But neither the distance of Sea could restrain the wrath of the former, nor the difficult access of the Appenin hills that of these people. 
From whence the Venetians are descended & from whence the Genoveses.   
The Romans held themselves descended from the Troyans'. The Venetians boast of the same original. The Libyans mingled themselves with the Phoenicians; and the Genoveses were likewise mingled with them. Emulation of great a●…chieuements did first stir up those men, and afterwards the desire of rule: And on these two points only hath the war grown betwixt these people: Those for Sicily, and these (as hath been said) for the City of Acre. The Romans who were victors▪ were often times in greater danger than the Carthaginians whom they vanquished. The Venetians have run the selfsame fortune, notwithstanding that they have wholly defeated the Genoveses. Those two Nations fought above one hundred years together, with equal hatred, and oftentimes with equal forces: These likewise with great care and travail have long time fought with one an other, so that like those men, these being wearied with the war, have at times given intermission to their Arms, but not to their enmity. If the end were not 
The Ligustick and Lybick wars had almost one self same end.  like, yet nevertheless hath it not heene wholly different. That great Carthage was razed down to the ground, and this proud Genoa, wanting further ability, hath at length given place to the victorious Venetian.  
But the better to continue the discourse of these wars, which the Venetians had afterward with these proud people, we must first of all set down certain matters which some Historians have formerly mentioned, to the end we may be the better enabled to quote the times which the confusion of Authors maketh otherwise doubtful, and withal to reduce those things to our memory which have formerly been spoken upon this subject.  
Gradonico at the same time commanded Histria, when he was chosen Prince of the Commonwealth. Being called home to Venice he took possession of his charge, which he began with divine matters, commanding the day and feast of Saint Katerine to be yearly solemnised, unto whom when he was but a private person he was much devoted. I believe that the Senate in favour of the Duke did make a decree for this purpose; by means whereof this holy Virgin was afterward highly reverenced in Venice, her feast being before that time but a working day. But it may be that he did it not so much for particular devotion, as because he was (as some think) chosen upon the same day.  
It is reported that about the same time, Andrew King of Hungary son to a Venetian 
Andrew King of Hungary cometh to Venice.  woman of the family of Morosini, and to Stephen the King's son, came to Venice, where he was so far off from contemning his mother's house, because it was a private family in a free City, as he would needs appropriate to himself the ancient Arms of the family, by adding thereunto only a white Cross with a circle; to the end that by that difference, those of the same family might be known from the other Morosini. Stephen his father was borne in Ferrara, whither his mother, daughter to the Prince of Ferrara after the death of her husband had retired herself being left with child, but being come to age he could never recover his father's Kingdom, which was possessed by his near kinsmen. And being desirous (as I think) to put himself under the Venetians protection, he married Thomasina Morosini, by whom he had this Andrew, who in time got title of Governor of the Kingdom; and afterward that of King. Some Authors refer the ruin of Ptolomais to these times; but the greatest part of them affirm that which we have reported thereof in the precedent book.  
The truce being expired, the war against the Genoveses was more fiercely 
A new war with the Genoveses.  than ever renewed. But the Venetians good fortune was not so apparent in the next Lygustick war, as disastrous by the occurrents of the years ensuing. For by how much more the power of both these people were already manifest to every eye; by so much greater were the warlike preparations made by either party. It was likewise evident that this their contention, was not about the simple possession of Ptolomais, nor for a street or Church only, but to acquire the absolute command or dominion at Sea. In this quarrel the Venetians were the first in field. But I think it was not in respect of the Genoveses assailing the Pisans at that time, who after they had taken the haven of Legorne from them, and burned it, sunk divers ships of burden full of flint stones and gravel in the haven thereby to take the use of the Sea from them: For the Pisans forces had been already before that time greatly weakened, chiefly by that notable loss which they sustained in the 
The Pisans vanquished by the Genoveses.  Isle of Lamel, where twelve thousand of their people were slain or taken by the Genoveses, with the loss of five and twenty Galleys. Now the Venetians, to draw the Pisans forth of this danger, who had in times passed so faithfully relieved them in the first Ligusticke war, and to alter the course of the Genoveses victory, made haste to get before them, with a great Fleet, (as some say) of threescore and six Galleys which sailed into the Pontic Sea under the command of Rogero Morosini, to 
Rogero Morosino General of the Venetians A●…▪ mie.  spoil and destroy whatsoever belonged to the Genoveses. Others make mention of forty six only: and others affirm that there were no Galleys in this Fleet, but divers ships of all sorts. Their first charge was against those of Pera. This place near to Constantinople, which I think was at the same time but a village, had been fortified by the Genoveses, and was much frequented by Genoa Merchants trafficking the Pontic Seas, who for the near neighbourhood thereof to Constantinople and for transportation of their merchandise to and fro had the commodiousness of the place in singular recommendation. Whether they had then determined to do that which afterward they did, to wit, to enclose that place with ditches and walls, knowing how fit it was not only for the use they then made of it, but likewise for the war, I confess myself ignorant. This place 
Pera taken and burned by the Venetians.  therefore being not yet fortified, was soon taken by the Venetian and consumed to ashes. From thence the Army sailed to the old Forts which the Genoveses held, which being taken were for the most part burned. The Genoveses in the mean time lay quiet without action. Giovanni Souranza the next year following was commanded to hold the same course with five and twenty Galleys. At his arrival he took the City of Capha by assault in Chersonessus of Tauris: where being overtaken by winter he was constrained to tarry. In this country being extreme cold (for it doth not only incline to the northward, but lieth directly under it) he lost nine companies of Soldiers with the extremity thereof, and the residue of his 
A wonderful mat●…er in the fens Meotides.  Army likewise was greatly afflicted. The fens Meotides which are not far thence, together with the Cimmerian Bosphorus, are so congealed with extreme cold, as it is most certain that in those places where in Summer men fight with Galleys, in Winter they combat on horseback on the Ice.  
The Genoveses likewise thinking it time to be stirring, sailed into the main with 
The fleet of the Genoveses in the adriatic Sea.  threescore and six Galleys, or threescore and ten (according to some Authors) under the conduct of Lampadio Doria: who desirous to revenge the losses received on the Pontic Sea, entering tumultuously into the Gulf of Venice, had directly come to the City, if upon report of the coming of so great a Fleet, they had not been encountered by the Venetians with greater forces than at any time before. The Venetians at the same time having fourscore and fifteen Galleys, and understanding that the Genoveses were at Corfu, sailed thither with an intent to fight with them. For now being in number of vessels superior to the Genoveses, they would not refuse the fight, being thereunto also encouraged by remembering what had passed in former expeditions: They knew well enough that they were to fight against the same enemy, whom they had vanquished in the battle betwixt tire and Acre: And the remembrance of that notable victory at Trapani, did more animate them, where though they were much inferior to the Genoveses, yet in a manner they had broken them: neither did they forget how often the Genoveses (who at that time did so greatly desire the fight) had shamefully fled from them; whereupon they openly said, That the enemies did not show themselves so desirous of fight, for any assurance they had of their own forces, or for that they were ignorant of the Venetians valour, but only through their own natural obstinacy, the which at last, by right or wrong, would overthrow them.  
The Genoveses on the other side hardly digested, that in the former wars they 
The Venetians and Genoveses resolution.  had seemed at times to strike sail, and to yield to the Venetians, Besides, a fresh grief at wrongs received on the Pontic Sea, for the space of two years, did greatly move them; but nothing did so much animate and encourage them, as for that about the same time they had so abated the power and forces of the Pisans, as they (who not long since had been very mighty) had nothing left them besides the bare shadow of their ancient name. With these hopes and encouragements, both parties 
Carolo and Andrea Dandulo geoeralls of the Venetians ●…mie.  came bravely to the fight. Carolo and Andrea Dandulo (as discreet as valiant) commanded the Venetian Army; who having omitted nothing which might help to the obtaining of the Victory, did boldly and valiantly receive the enemy coming towards them. In the beginning the fight was doubtful, and the slaughter very cruel, such indeed as could not but happen at the encounter of two so mighty armies: There was nothing heard but the frightful clamours of mariners, and soldiers, encouraging one another: All the Sea rang with the noise of broken vessels clashing 
The Venetians defeated at Corfu.  together. Thus the battle lasted a certain space with great slaughter: but at last the Venetians were defeated. And the victorious Genoveses holding them straightly to it, filled every place with blood and ruin. All the Venetian Historians (one only excepted) confess that the loss of this battle was very great, and that the Venetians Navy was wholly defeated and lost. But all of them jointly conceal the number. Whereby we may rightly presume, that of so great a Fleet scarce one vessel was saved (which is credible enough) or very few, The 
Sunarie opinions touching the battle at Corfu.  fore-excepted Author setteth down the matter somewhat more at large. For he (quite contrary to the rest) saith, That the Genoveses, being besieged by the Venetians in Corfu, would have delivered all their ships of w●…rre to the Dandulo's so they might have been suffered to depart thence with lives and baggage; And that upon denial, their fear turning to despair, they joined battle. At which time the Genoveses joining policy with force, laid fifteen Galleys in ambush, which coming forth upon the Venetians in the heat of the fight, did (without all doubt) give them the victory: moreover, that six Genoa Galleys, and two and thirty of Venice did not fight, which either for fear, or (according to others) being driven an other way by force of the wind, could not come near the fleet, but that the residue did fight bravely, where many more Genoveses than Venetians were slain; so as at the beginning the Genoveses had the worst, and were ready to flee, if the fifteen Genoa Galleys coming forth of their ambush with great noise, had not restored the battle, & put the Venetians to rout. Four thousand 
A strange death of one of the generals of the Venetian Army  Venetians were taken with Andrea Dandulo one of the Generals of the Army, who with sorrow and shame▪ during the time that they carried him prisoner towards Genoa, did strike his head so often against the galleys side, as he died by the way. Ricoaldo of Ferrara writes, That the Genoveses fought there with fourscore and eight Galleys, and that thirty Venetian Galleys escaped from the battle, having kept aloof from the beginning of the fight: likewise that five thousand prisoners were brought to Genoa: where by reason of the great slaughter of their own people, they showed small joy for the victory, so as it was reported every where, that the Genoveses had lost more at Corfu than the Venetians.  
This was the success of the battle in Dalmatia. The report of this loss brought great fear and sorrow to the City. But the fear of imminent danger caused, That (all grief being laid apart) they determined speedily to raise new forces, thinking that the victorious enemy (no army being in readiness to beat him back if he should sail towards Venice) would be shortly roaring at their gates: But I think he went forth with into Greece, or rather home, because we find not that the Genoveses after the battle of Corfu, performed any warlike action at Sea, or in Dalmatia.  
Now the Army being furnished, fearing lest the Islands and Sea-townes of the 
A new Army of the Venetians.  Ionian and Aegean Seas should be unfurnished of Garrisons, five and twenty Galleys were sent thither under the command of Marco Basseio. These likewise scuffling with the enemies on the Hellespont, called at this day the straight of Gallipolis, the issue thereof proved as unfortunate, as the other at Corfu: The fight is reported to have been cruel, and that after great effusion of blood▪ the Venetians good fortune altered, and how they lost sixteen Galleys, with their boats and mariners, who were taken by the Genoveses, and how the rest scatteringly scaping from the midst of the throng, speedily fled out of the Genoveses sight. This new loss was much 
The Venetians defeated at the str●…ight of Gallipolis.  less than that at Corfu, by reason they did not fight with so great number of vessels. But, like as to an ill-disposed body, every access of an ague (how little soever) is very dangerous: even so this new sorrow which followed the other at the heels, did marvelously afflict the Venetians: and because the public good fortune should be elsewhere as successless, the victorious Genovese soon after the battle of Hellespont sailed into Candie, where at his arrival he took the City of Cydon. But in the midst of all these misfortunes, the Venetian was not discouraged. 
Cydon in Candy taken by the Genoveses.  For after he had oftentimes renewed his forces, he fought sundry times with the enemy with different success.  
But neither the Historians whom we follow, nor the Annalists make any mention, in what place, or at what time, or with what success it happened: so as we may truly say, that no remarkable thing was done all the rest of this war, other than that which hath been heretofore spoken of. All Authors with one voice affirm that after all these reciprocal losses, received on either side, having in this cruel war (almost) wasted their forces, the minds of either parties inclined to peace, rather of necessity, than any true affection. For though their Arms were sequestered, their 
An enforced peace betwixt the venetians & the Genoveses.  hatred still continued. Albeit the Authors whom we follow make no mention how long this Ligusticke war lasted, nevertheless I gather by divers observations, that it lasted not half so long as the former. Yet sure it is, though it were much shorter, it was more cruel: whereupon (as hath been said) both parties did willingly listen to a peace, not with an intent wholly to lay by their Arms but only because at that present they could do no more. Now the Commonwealth being wearied with so many garboils, and scarcely freed from this war, was assailed by two dangerous conspiracies of her own Citizens: But as the Authors thereof were different in quality; so was the danger nothing like. For as the one was acted by people of meaner condition than the other, it was likewise the more easily broken; Such was that of Buconio, which happened before the other of Tepulo, being much more cruel.  
There dwelled in the City at the same time one named Marino Buconio, who was 
Buconio his conspiracy.  neither of the Senators degree, nor yet of mean estate, but holding a middle rank, and otherways audacious and prompt to all mischief. This man being impatient of the public liberty, or rather of the quiet which the City then enjoyed, determined with himself to kill the Prince, and some other principal persons of the Senate. Being thus resolved (in regard he durst not undertake it alone) he imparted his design to divers of his own quality, whom he knew of a long time to have participated the same discontent, who without any more delay approved the deed, and freely promised him their assistance. It is most certain that they had determined 
The conspirators design.  to kill the Prince and divers of the Senate. But it is not known whether they did it to usurp the signory, or else for envy to see Gradonico in such a dignity, who some years before had been elected by the Senators against their wills▪ and therefore had determined to murder him with the Authors of his creation. This conspiracy being discovered to the Prince, did greatly amaze him: but the danger nearly concerning him, he had no greater means speedily to quench it, than to seize on the body of Marino and his complices, who being taken and convicted of the deed, were according 
The punishment of the guilty.  to their deserts hanged betwixt the two Pillars.  
There happened again certain strife with the Paduans, who had fortified a place 
New ●…ontention with the Paduan●….  in the Lakes, which lie betwixt Chioggia and Albana, named Patabubula. For it is certain that the Paduans intended so soon as they should have builded the Fort, and left garrison therein, to make goodly salt-pits thereabouts in despite of the Venetians. But the Senate having sent certain troops of soldiers thither for the purpose, did forth with raz●… the Fort. The Paduans took this heinously, but daring not to stir at that time, they did for a while show themselves neither friends nor enemies to the Venetians.  
Some Authors write, that at the same time they made war on Paleologus Emperor 
〈◊〉 venetian Army against the Emperor Paleologus.  of Greece, because he refused to pay the Venetians a great sum of money which he ought them, but they tell not how that money was due: The fleet being ready for this purpose, (the supplies of Candie and Nigrepont being comprised therein) was of seven and twenty Galleys, whereof justiniano was made General, who speedily sailed into the Pontic Sea, where he took divers Greek sh●…ps (I know not whether it were by fight or surprise) and hanged up all the greeks that he found in them, because (as I think) by their malice the Venetians and Baldwin were certain years before driven from Constantinople. From thence spoiling all along the Sea-coast, which lieth from Pera to Argire, he put all to fire and sword, 
Peace with Paleologus.  whereat the enemy was so amazed, as having paid the sum which was due, he in a manner with heaved-up hands obtained peace of the Venetian. The victorious Army returned to Venice with fifteen thousand prisoners.  
This victory had in some sort restored the Commonwealth, which languished after the losses received in the second Ligusticke war, and by her homebred conspiracy, with hope of better fortune hereafter: at what time the troubles of Ferrara did 
How great mischief●… the emperors abs●…nce out of italy hath caused.  throw it head long into a greater danger. It came to pass by the Emperors overlong absence out of Italy, that divers new Lords had seized on the most famous Cities of Cis-alpine Gaul, as those of Escalla on Verona, the Gonsagos on Mantua, and those of Este on Ferrara. Whose ancestors threescore years before this happened, having driven Salinguerra from them, did in the Pope's name govern the City; then being become masters of Modena, and of the places near adjoining, their power increased in such sort, as Charles the second, King of Naples, married his daughter Beatrice to Azzon of Este, who at that time was very famous. This man had a bastard named Fresco, whom he had by another man s wife, who the same year that his father married Beatrice, surprised him by ambush, and shut him up in 
A det●…stable act of a bastard.  prison where he died. Azzon being dead, this detestable young man being favoured by the Bishop of the place, and by certain Ferrarois, would have assured to himself the principality of Ferrara, gotten by parricide, and seizing almost on all, could not make himself master of the Castle which was seated on the river of Po, on Bolognia side. To besiege the which (because that without ships he could not overcome 
The venetians help the bastard.  the garrison within it for the near neighbourhood to the river) he had recourse to the Venetians: and having received a fleet from them for his aid, he did straightly besiege the place, so as the Venetians being encamped on the water, there was some likelihood that it would soon yield. The Pope's Legate who lay then at Bolognia, so soon as he understood what had passed at Ferrara, sent speedily to the Venetian General and earnestly entreated him to desist from his enterprise. And by chance as the Legates messengers arrived, a furious assault was given the Castle, which was the cause, that by means of the noise of Armour and shot, they could have no audience. The Ferrarois in the mean time being moved (as it is to be thought) by the presence of the messengers of the Pope's Legate, and being divided 
The Venetians masters of ●…rrara.  among themselves, cried out that they would rely upon the Legates promise, whereupon followed a great tumult of such as favoured the party of the Church, and their own liberty: This sudden alteration of the inhabitants, did greatly trouble the rest, and principally Frisco: But the Venetians were so far from being amazed with this new tumult, as on the contrary having on a sudden fired the Ferrarois' ships, which the tyrant had assembled to besiege the castle, & given a more sharp 
The Fort taken by the venetians  assault, they ceased not, till having broken the bridge they entered the Fort of Thealdo: Fresco being incensed against the Ferrarois, for that they had so suddenly forsaken him, sent from the strongest places horsemen into the City, who set fire thereon in divers parts. The townsmen then seeing themselves environed with Arms and fire: so soon as the tumult was appeased, they submitied themselves to the Venetians, making no mention of Fresco, whom they hated to the death. So soon as they yielded, they had no more outrage done to them.  
The Venetians albeit they would willingly have kept the City for themselves, which they had received under their protection, nevertheless because they would not seem to break their promise with Fresco, they kept him in the City: Pope Clement who was then in France, after that he had understood the misfortune of Ferrara, being vexed to see a feudatorie City of the Church of Rome to be so unworthily handled by a tyrant, and at last made subject to the Venetians, he forthwith employed spiritual Arms against them, and excommunicated them▪ publishing 
The venetians excommunicated by Pope Clement.  over all Europe, that it was lawful for any man to kill the Venetians wheresoever they could find them, as being excluded from the Communion of Christians, and enemies to the Church of Rome. This do the Annals make mention of. But that which strangers write thereof, as it is more gentle, so is it likely to be more 
The tenure of the excommunication.  true; That the Venetians were interdicted from the use of the Sacraments: his Holiness adding that any man should do well, who having any Venetian prisoner, should sell him as a slave. This was the cause that in all the fairs almost of France, the Venetians 
What miseries this excommunication brought to the venetians.  merchandise of great value, whereby commandment of the Princes and Lords miserably spoiled. As likewise in Calabria, and the marches near to the Sea. In such sort as the Venetians having every where lost all that they had, were very badly entreated, and some of them likewise slain. Whereupon it happened during that time that they abstained from traffic with strangers.  
The Pope's Legate in the mean time, after he had levied great troops, and received certain companies of horse from the Florentines, marched to Ferrara against the Venetians and Fresco. The townsmen at the first news of the coming of the Papal Army, revolted from the Venetians, and let the Legates troops (who were at their gates) into the City: The slaughter was great on both sides, but much more on the Venetians, who being chased by the great number of the enemies, did speedily 
The City of Ferrara reconered by the Pope's Legat.  enter the Fort of Thealdo. The town being recovered, the Legate suddenly commanded to besiege the Castle. The Venetians (notwithstanding that they had already sent to the Pope to treat with him about the yielding up of Ferrara, and that the business could not suddenly be effected in regard of the distance of the places) fearing to receive some greater loss, did freely yield up the Castle which held out with a strong garrison.  
The Commonwealth being thus afflicted, was assailed by a cruel conspiracy, 
The conspiracy of Tepulo.  the which was likely to have overthrown both the liberty and the state. Baiamonti Tepulo, issued from a noble and illustrious family, but bearing a devilish mind towards his country, and such peradventure as did Catiline in time past to his, making use (as it is to be thought,) of the times calamity, wherein he perceived the commonwealth to be tossed up and down with so many miseries, conspired against it, together with divers of the same quality and means, whom he had dealt with, and made partakers of his design. It is reported that they concluded at a certain day appointed for the purpose to enter the Palace by force with all their friends and confederates, and then, the Prince and Senators being in an instant murdered, 
The conspirators purpose.  to make themselves masters of the Commonwealth, and after the division betwixt themselves of the lands and offices of the state, to exercise open tyranny. This mischief was accompanied by another, for that divers of the common people, won by fair promises, or set forward by a desire of novelty, were in pay with the conspirators, unto whom it is not likely that so great a design was ever imparted, but that show was made of some other matter.  
It is reported that upon the appointed day (as if heaven would be the foreteller of 
Strange prodigies happened that day that the conspi●…acie should have bee●…e executed.  of so damnable an enterprise) there arose a horrible tempest, intermingled with hail and rain, the air being filled with lightning and thunder. But the conspirators making use of this prodigious tempest, in steed of being amazed thereat, ran armed with great noise to the Palace. The enterprise being a little before reported to the Prince and Senate in great fear, did much amaze them. The alarm was suddenly given over the whole City by men sent for that purpose, who cried out aloud, that it behoved all men to take Arms, and to run speedily to the Palace to the rescue of the Prince and Senate, if they desired to preserve the Commonwealth. They r●…n thither from all parts, but the conspirators in the mean time had filled the great and large marketplace of Saint Mark with armed men, & without delay assailed the Palace. Then the Senators (for divers were with their weapons already run to their rescue) 
The conspira 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the ducal palace.  did not only sustain the conspirators assault, but did valiantly repulse them. There was a sore fight. Liberty was the ma●…ke they aimed it▪ On the oneside, these traitors had their weapons in hand against it: And on the other, the Prince and Senate would either die or preserve it. In troth it was a lamentable spectacle to behold a City founded in liberty, grown up in liberty, to maintain the which those ancient Venetian Fathers founders of the same, had so often sought with barbarous and cruel nations, and shed so much blood by Sea and Land, to have at last taken Arms against itself, and to desire by those Arms to ruin itself, and to call that liberty in question among themselves, which all men esteemed so dear & precious. It is to be thought that this pretence alone held them in awe. The Senators by exhortations to defend it, & the wicked Citizens with shame, and reproach. And the fight ceased not until such time as the Senate getting the upper hand, the conspirators were beaten back from the Palace. It is reported that in this tumult Baiamont 
The death of Baiamont.  perceiving it not good for him to tarry there, as he was going home to his own house through the Mercer's street, a woman forth of a window threw a mortar on his head, with which blow he fell half dead to the ground, and being there stayed by his hurt, was slain outright by those which pursued him, who soon after 
The pun●…shment of the conspirators.  returned to the Palace. Some of the conspirators which were Patricians by birth being taken on the Dice bridge, and brought back into the Prince's presence were forthwith beheaded. Whereupon that place hath ever since borne the name of Maupas. And that the memory of these wretches might be utterly extinct, it was decreed in all places to deface the Arms of Baiamont and his complices: and that on pain of life no man to be so hardy as to keep or set them up in any place whatsoever. 
A p●…ntion gi●…en to the woman who slew Baiamont.  Their houses were razed to the ground, and all their goods confiscate: Some say that Baiamont his Palace stood in the same place, where at this day the Hall of the shambles of Rialto stands. There was likewise a pension appointed out of the public treasury for the woman and her heirs, who with the blow of the mortar stayed Baiamont. The City was delivered from this conspiracy (as some say) on the day of Saint Vitis the martyr, whereupon in memory thereof every year on the same day, the Clergy do go in procession to Saint Vitis Church being accompanied by the Prince and Senate, to give thanks to God for the preservation of the Commonwealth, and at their return, a solemn banquet is made in the Palace. 
Another opinion concerning the ●…ssue of the conspiracy.  Some Authors say that the issue of this conspiracy was different from that which we have spoken of, and that the Prince was advertised of the whole matter before they went to Arms. Whereupon Michaeli and Gu●…do Canuto were sent from the Senate to Baiamont, to entreat him not to attempt any thing against his country, and that the conspirators did hardly suffer these men to return with their lives. And after they had taken arms, and burnt and spoiled certain places, they fought openly (as hath been said) but at last the conspirators being roughly repulsed with great slaughter, the Senate's party proved the stronger: and that after the arrival of Hugolino justiniano (who at the same time was Podestate of Chioggia, who came with troops of soldiers to the rescue of the Prince) Baiamont & his adherents (who fortified themselves on the otherside of Rialto) being daunted, did yield themselves upon the Prince and Senate's word, on condition, that all those who were guilty should depart forth of the Venetian territory, and by that means there was almost no City of Cisalpine Gaul, nor village on all the Sea-coast of Flaminia and Forli, wherein some of these banished conspirators were not. But the former opinion is most true.  
Those of Zara presuming on these calamities did revolt the sixth time, having 
The sixth rebellion of Zara.  chased away Michaeli Morosini the Governor. They forthwith sent forces to recover it under the command of Belletto justiniano. In the mean time the Prince deceased in the twelfth year and ninth month of his government. His body was honourably buried in Saint Cyprians Church.   


¶ MARINI GEORGIO, the 50. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
MArini Georgio surnamed the Holy, did for his wisdom succeed him. All the time of his Principality which lasted not a full year the Venetians were interdicted by the Pope by reason of the affairs of Ferrara, which caused the Commonwealth to receive many discomodities as well at home as abroad. For we have already said in what danger the conspiracy of Tepulo had put it: And then soon after, the Army had no good success before Zara.  
Bellet was gone into Dalmatia with the Venetian troops, among which were a thousand horse, who by the senates appointment were commanded by Dalmasio a Spaniard, a valiant man, who being at Ferrara in the Pope's pay, had constrained the Venetians to leave the City, and to retire into the Castle with great loss. The Venetian Army being encamped in the next Island to the City, this Dalmasio landed all his Cavallerie on the firm land, & encamped very near to Zara, fortifying his camp with good Trenches and Rampires. Bannus commanded in the City with a good Garrison. He coming forth of the City likewise with his troops, did lodge within a mile of Dalmasio. The whole Summer was almost spent without any memorable action: And Harvest already drewnere without any hope alat to take the city, when Bannus propounded certain trivial conditions of peace: which taking none effect, he began to use his cunning, and dealt secretly with Dalmasio, to make him leave the Venetians party and to enter into the City, saying, That so soon as he should come thither, he should receive ten thousand crowns, and should command therein with great entertainment so long as he would; and that the inhabitants should defray his charges for corn and all other necessaries for his expense. And that when he should please to return into Italy or else where, they would furnish him with ships, for himself, his followers and their baggage.  
This thus concluded. Dalmasio made show to be weary of so long a siege, and determined 
Dalmation the Spaniard proue●… a traitor to the Venetians.  the next day to give a general assault to the City: then having imparted his design to divers of his trusty friends, he willed them that when they should come to the assault, they should secretly bring from the Camp whatsoever they made most account of, and should place it and themselves in the foremost ranks, to the end that without any impediment they might retire into the City. The next morrow so soon as he had put his troops in battle, and was come to the City, to enter it at the first signal given he, began to ride towards the enemy's Fort, whereat the Venetians were much amazed, when to the great contentment of the inhabitants, he entered the City.  
All men did infinitely wonder (as hath been said) of this sudden change of Dalmasio, and were afraid lest this perfidious Traitor had practised some worse matter against them, whereupon in haste, for that they would receive no greater loss, (for it was to be feared that those of the City joined to the troops which Bannus commanded not far from thence would make some sally upon them) they retired all their Cavallerie to the ships. Dalmasio being come into the City, and to show that he was no fugitive, but had some just occasion to do what he had done, would needs take upon him the part of an umpire to treat of peace betwixt the Dalmatians and Venetians: wherein after he had a while laboured, and perceiving he could do no good by reason of the difficulty of the Articles propounded on either side, knowing beside how the Venetians did hate him, for that he had forsaken them, 
The treaty of peace broken.  and understanding likewise that the inhabitants did suspect him, leaving off his negotiation of peace, and not desiring to endanger himself any longer there, he embarked himself in the vessels which were promised him by the agreement, and sailed towards Apulia. But being in the main Sea, a terrible tempest arose on a sudden, 
Dalmation divinely punished for his treachery.  by the which being tossed here and there, and part of his ships being dashed against the rocks, he lost his followers and his goods: receiving by this means the deserved guerdon of his treachery. Having escaped shipwreck, perceiving all things to be contrary unto him, fearing with the loss of his means, to incur the danger of his life, without making any long stay there, he shipped himself in a small boat, and went into Italy. The small time that the Principality of Marini lasted maketh me think, that the siege of Zara was not discontinued, but that it held out till they yielded: which was (as I find it) under Prince Souranza. Marini in the mean time builded at his own coast a great Church and Covent to Saint Dominicke, where he founded a College for students in divinity: He built hard by 
The godle de●…ds done by Prince Marini.  that place an Hospital which he endued with rich rents, to the end that those who should celebrate divine service there, together with the sick people, might be relieved and entertained by the Procurators of Saint Mark, unto whom for these purposes he left the managing of all his wealth. After these godly works accomplished, he deceased the tenth month of his government, and was buried in the Church of the Twins.  
  


¶ GIOVANNI SOURANZA, the 51. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
Giovanni Souranza a man of a very ancient family, gentle & courteous, was chosen in his place: soon after his election, hereceaved those of Zara under his obedience, but with such liberty & gentle conditions, as divers thought, that thereby he ministered matter unto them of a 
Zara reduced under the venetians obedience.  seventh revolt. Vitalis Michaeli was sent thither as Governor. About the same time the number of the Procurators of Saint Mark was increased to six, being before then much less. It is said likewise that at the same time the foundations were laid at Capesalina as far as the Church of the Trinity: & that at the same time those of Nona, Spalatra, Trahu, and Sacca, returned under the Venetians obedience. 
The Author's discourse on the doings of the Pope and Dandulo.   
The City, which till then was interdicted by the Pope, was freed from it by the most charitable affection of Francisco Dandulo sent for that purpose to his Holiness. This man (as it is reported) being with great difficulty admitted to the presence of Pope Clement (who did infinitely hate the Venetians about the Ferrara business) by a wonderful example of piety towards his country, and with zeal to Religion, continued a long time prostrate on the ground before the Pope's table, with an Iron chain about his n●…ke like a dog, until his wrath being appeased, he took away that note of infamy from his country, whereupon, ●…uer since, he 
The great piety of Francisco Dandulo.  was surnamed the Dog, which title was given him abroad and at home, because he was tied like a dog with an Iron chain to the Pope's table. But if it be lawful for Historians, to censure of matters just and unjust, and freely to utter what they think thereof, we say that the act of Dandulo was not so religious, as that of the Popes was bitter, (I will not say proud) to suffer (not being moved thereat) a noble man, sent from the most Christian people, the noblest of Italy, to entreat him to blot out a public infamy, to couch so long like a dog at his feet. Sure I am, the example of our heavenly King (whose Vicar and Vicegerent he named himself) might have moved him, who did not deny pardon to the miserable thief, so soon as he demanded it. It may be thought that the Venetians had endured misery enough for seizing on the Castle of a neighbour city (though peradventure incited thereunto rather by the law of Nations, Fresco being their Ally, than upon any promise or desire of booty) having been lamentably robed and spoiled in all the fairs of Europe, lost a great quantity of gold, and (which is worse) divers among them brought into bondage, and divers likewise murdered. He satisfied his haughty wrath, with the infamous estate of this man. But whether he were satisfied or no by this act, posterity nevertheless shall for ever much more extol the patience of the one, than the overgreat severity of the other: He dealt hardly with him (as I have said) because it was in his power so to do, and this man made a religious use thereof, for that it so pleased him: Some peradventure, but not verié many, will approve the Pope's deed; but assuredly all men will not only prefer this man's piety, but highly admire it.  
The City likewise was not unthankful to him, but gave him public demonstration, that it held nothing at so high a rate in her Citizens as meekness and clemency. They were not long ere they recompensed him. For they dealt so carefully, that soon afterward, he who not long since was seen for his country's sake to endure shame and reproach, was invested with the marks and ensigns of the sovereign magistrate. Clement, his wrath being appeased, showed himself afterward truly meek and clement. For, besides the abolishing of the interdiction, he decreed 
Dandulo his piety acknowledged  likewise, That the Venetians should never afterward be excommunicated by the Popes for the like occasion, or for any other whatsoever. And his pleasure was that this his declaration should be enregistered.  
About the same time justiniano surnamed justinian, went to Sea with fourteen Galleys▪ He had commission to scour the Sea and to meet with eleven Galleys of Genoa, (who as it was reported) had run to divers fairs in Europe to reprise, and spoil the Venetians good: But being come to the Pontic Sea, he drew near to the City of ●…pha, where diligently inquiring whether the same were true which was reported of the Genoveses, he found it to be a false report given out by 
False reports against the Genoveses.  such as desired novelty, and to see these two people at odds. The Genoveses who dwelled in that City, fearing under this pretence that the Venetian would hurt them, promised him by solemn oath all 〈◊〉 and assistance. justiniano thinking it 
A deed worthy of a General of 〈◊〉 Army.  most unjust to hurt those who had not offended them, without offering them any hurt brought back his Army safely to Venice.  
This was done abroad. But in the mean●… time at home in the City, they began somewhat to enlarge the old Arsenal, which being since then greatly augmented, hath been in our days so much enlarged, that the circuit thereof, being walled in, 
Description of the Arsenal.  seemeth a far off a little City, so that it may be more properly called a repository of all things, than an Arsenal: For, besides an hundred Galleys, which are there always ready, & have never yet wet Anchor, but are only supported by their bridges, there is to be seen almost as many half made up, and some of them almost made up, with an infinite number of other small boats, and so great quantity of of all kind of Armour and munition, as a very huge Army may be easily furnished therewith.  
It is thought that about the same time a naval Army was sent forth for the guard of the Islands and Sea-coast of the Ionian and Aegean Seas, which nevertheless performed nothing worthy of memory. justiniano who certain years before had been with a Fleet in the Chersonessus of Tauris, was commanded the twelfth 
A new Army against the Genoveses.  year of this Prince's government to go forth with forty Galleys against the Genoveses: who sailed into the Pontic Sea, where he sunk divers ships of war of Genoa to the number of four and thirty, who had invaded the dominions belonging to the Venetians. Those of Pera being daunted at the ruin of their fellows, and desirous quickly to fortify themselves, filled certain ships full of earth and other weighty matter which they sunk before the City. justiniano nevertheless came and besieged the town, and caused wooden castles and other engines of war to be set up in the ships, to batter it. Which the Genoveses perceiving, and well 
Those of Pera censtrained to sue for peace.  weighing the great danger which threatened them, turning their defence to entreaties, they besought the Venetians to cease the battery; saying that they would recompense the losses which the Venetians had sustained by them, together with the expense of that great Army. On these conditions peace being granted the Army returned safe 〈◊〉 Venice.  
Much about the same time, or soon after, there arose a new rebellion in Candie. 
New stirs in Candie soon suppressed.  justiniano, who in the last voyage to Greece made an approach to Pera with the Venetian Galleys, commanded the Island. So soon as he had levied all his forces against th●…se new tumults, he used such diligence, as in a moment he suppressed them, and reduced the fearful Candiots to their former obedience. In the interim of these affairs in Grecia, they treated in Italy with the Paduans, about the turning back of the ordinary course of the Brent into the Sea. The Paduans were at the same time molested by Mastin of Escalla. Wherefore the Venetians sought by all means to free them, as their neighbours, from this war, quite forgetting the iniuri●…s received from the Paduans in their adversity. For during the interdiction of Pope Clement, the Venetians never had worse enemies than the Paduans: And because since then, there had been no reconciliation betwixt them, the Paduans, being vanquished by those of Escalla, were brought into bondage: But the Venetians never ceased, till they had driven the Tyrant forth 
The Venetians restore the Paduans to their liberty.  of the City, and restored the Paduans to their ancient liberty, committing the government of the City to Marsilio Carrario, who afterwards did carefully cherish the friendship and alliance of the Venetians. This is all which happened abroad or at home during the Principality of Souranza. Some nevertheless say, that in his time there was a conspiracy against the Commonwealth. But we find no such matter in the principal Authors. His government lasted sixteen years ●…nd six months; and he lieth buried in that Chapel of Saint Marks Church where the Font standeth.   


standeth FRANCISCO DANDULO, the 52. Duke of Venice.   
 
FRancisco Dandulo surnamed the Dog (as hath been said) was chosen in his stead.  
At the beginning of his government, victuals being very dear in the City, he dispatched certain Galleys and ships of burden into Sicily to fetch Corn under the conduct of Nicholas Phalerio, who brought home such quantity of wheat, as in few days (to the people's great contentment) the scarcity c●…assed. At the same time eight Galleys of Genoa took two 
Abundance of Corn in the City.  of Venice, returning from France in trade of Merchandise. The goods within them were taken by the Genoveses: but the sailors, and mariners (for that they must either die or be taken prisoners) leapt into the Sea, and by swimming saved themselves on the neighbour-shoares: The Polani and the Valesians, who had been 
The Polans and Val●…siās brought under the obedience of the venetians.  a long time subject to the Patriarch of Aquileia, did voluntarily yield themselves to the Venetians: whereat the Patriarch being incensed, did speedily levy troops of Soldiers to surprise them: The Venetians on the other side (because they would not seem to abandon those who of their own motion had lately come to their obedience) sent great forces into Histria under the command of justiniano surnamed justinian. The Patriarch of Aquileia, knowing himself not of force sufficient 
Agreement with the Patriarch of Aquileia.  to withstand the Venetians, did without any memorable fight, resign unto them Pola, and Valles, upon certain conditions whereof the Authors make no mention.  
Six Genoa Gallie●… fought with eight of Venice conducted by Thomaso Viari, deputed for the guard of the Islands and Sea-coastes; in which fight the Venetian was defeated with the loss of five Galleys, and the other three escaped, and came home to Venice. With this loss the Senate was much displeased: who being informed that it happened by the negligence of Viari, committed him to prison, where 
Viari confined to perpetual prison. The great incursions of the Turks.  (as it is reported) he ended his days.  
The Turks in the mean time not satisfied with driving the Christians forth of Syria, by their ordinary incursions became likewise Masters of the Sea, and had so spoiled the coasts of Candie, Cyprus, and Rhodes, as there was no safe sailing into the Levant.  
The Venetians at the pursuit of Pope john the two and twentieth, had dealt with the French King, unto whom were sent Philippo Bellegno, Blazio Zeni, and Marino Morosini, to conclude a voyage against the Turks. Some Annalles in stead of Pope john set down Pope Nicholas; but they err greatly therein, seeing that from Pope Nicholas the fourth till that very time, there was no Pope of that name.  
In this Treaty made with the French King concerning the recovery of Syria, and resisting the attempts of the Turks, it was concluded, That he should send twenty thousand horse, and fifteen thousand foot; and that the Venetians should furnish an hundred vessels, among which should be divers Armed Galleys, with four thousand Soldiers, and beside, divers Marchant-shippes to carry the victuals, munition and other necessaries for the Campe. But the Frenchmen failing (for those Tramontani are held to be slow and negligent in undertaking such remote journeys, albeit they are valiant and courageous to execute haughty enterprises, and (which is most commendable in this Nation) are very 
The enterprise against the Turks broken.  affectionate to Christian Religion) the preparation of this goodly enterprise by little and little vanished into smoke. The Barbarians waxing more insolent by this slackness, and negligence, did in a manner by their ordinary incursions, keep the Seas, as it were besieged. The danger nevertheless which daily increased, enforced the Pope and some Christian Princes to take Arms against them. The Venetians first of all set forth a great number of ships, of which Pietro Zeni was made General. This man pursuing the Barbarians in 
The Turks p●… to flight by the Venetians.  all places, did with marvelous good success free the whole Sea-coastes and the Islands near to Syria, from the incursions and spoils of the Turks: divers others likewise did with good success fight for Christendom with that cruel Nation; but chiefly the Venetians, who took from them an infinite number of ships, when by Zeni his command all the Prisoners were forthwith hanged. Having thus assured the navigation, he brought back his victorious Army to Venice.  
It is reported, That at the same time the Sun suffered a marvelous eclipse 
A wonderful eclipse.  at noone-daie for the space of three hours. Prince Dandulo caused a new coin to be stamped, called Medianis. The power of those of Escalla was at the 
The power of those of Escalla.  same time wonderfully increased, in such sort as all men far and near over all Lombardie stood in awe of them: For besides Verona, Vincenza, and Bressia, which they before possessed, they had newly seized on Parma, after they had by treachery driven thence the Rossi: And they had already surprised Feltre, Belluna, and Ceneda from john King of Boheme. Treviso likewise (according to some Authors, namely those which have written the Venetian History) did obey them. Blondus nevertheless saith, That Treviso belonged to the Venetians, at such time as they began the war against Mastin of Escalla. But I can hardly approve his opinion, because we do not find that the Venetians did then possess any Town of the firm Land: seeing if it were so, it would appear in some sort, at what time, and in what manner the Venetians had taken so famous a City. For my opinion, The contrary (reported by others) is far more probable: to wit, That the Venetians took it in this war which they had against Mastin; whereof we are to speak. They had likewise (to the end that nothing might be wanting to their happiness) subjecteth the City of Padua, a little before the war began. For Marsilio, named by others Vbertino Carrario, being not able to preserve that City in her ancient liberty, by reason of their civil dissension, suffered it to fall into bondage; whereunto because he had so easily consented, Escalla permitted the Carrarians to command the City in his name. Mastin waxing proud with this good success (following human covetousness, which knows less how to behave itself in prosperity than in adversity) resolving to disturb the Venetians, speedily built a Fort in the lakes near to Petabubula, which he manned with a strong Garrison. The Venetians, knowing whereunto his designs tended fortified 
The course of the war with those of Escalla.  a place likewise which they held, not far from thence. Afterwards they consulted by what force or means they might tame and daunt this infestuous Tyrant, who having overthrown the neighbouring forces panted (as it were) with desire to master theirs. And therefore there was some likelihood, that after he had assured his own estate, he would forth with make war on the Venetians.  
To prevent Mastin of his purpose, (for he was the eldest of all the family of Escalla) the Venetians hastened the war. His forces, as they were the greatest of all his neighbours, so were they the most maligned: For worldly matters have this property, That there is nothing which so much procureth envy and hatred, as too great felicity. Although the number of those who envied him were very great, The Venetians nevertheless, had least caus●… of all men to look after him, in respect that holding nothing as yet in the firm Land, they had till then satisfied themselves with being strong at Sea, not caring for more, esteeming their fortune great enough, in regard of their Sea-traffike: This then being truth, the Venetians had no cause to fear the Tyrant, although his forces were terrible to others, as to Obisso of Este, Philippo Gonzaga, Azzo Visconte, and the Florentines in Tuscanie: who because he had taken the City of Luca not far from them, stood in great fear of his power.  
Pietro Rossis of Parma, with his brethren, all valiant and brave men, were capital enemies to the house of Escalla, for that Mastin, under pretence of future alliance, had driven them forth of Parma, & laid plots for their lives, which they having notice of, fled to Pontremolla, where Mastin did straightly besiege them, at such time as the Venetians with others, confedered themselves against him.  
After divers Ambassages sent from party to party, the Florentines and all the 
Ledgue and alliance against the family of Escalla.  Princes of Trans-alpine Gaul, who were jealous of the forces of those of Escalla, joined themselves with the Venetians against Mastin and his whole family▪ But some Authors affirm that the Florentines alone did ally themselves at the beginning, a●…d that the rest came after the war was begun. john King of Bohem did likewise join with them, for the recovery of the Cities which were taken from him in Italy: Yet for all that the Venetians were the first motives of the war. It is reported that they never undertook war with more courage; not for 
What moved the Venetians to make war on those of Escalla.  fear or envy to them, being free from both these passions, (as hath been said) but because they thought it well beseeming people, borne in liberty, mighty and rich, to defend as well the liberty of others, and chiefly of their neighbours, as their own.   
The end of the first Book of the second Decade.   

THE SECOND BOOK OF THE SECOND DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the second Book of the second Decad.  
PIETRO ROSSIS, the Parmesan, being made General of the Army of the League, defeateth the Cavallerie of those of Escalla, near to Luca in Tuscanie. ESCALLA recovereth Vderza, which he had a little before lost. ROSSIS, so soon as he had received the Enseignes of S. MARK, comes and encampeth before La Mot. The Venetians mercenary Soldiers slain by treachery at Mestra. ROSSIS, having with his Army passed the River brent, seizeth on the enemy's camp. The Venetian Army scattered here and there about the Country near to Padua; with the encounter which it had near to Verona. Those of Cognilian yield to the Venetians. Sedition in Padua. divers Ambassadors arrive at Venice at one time to treat of peace. Padua restored to her ancient liberty; the faction of ESCALLA being driven thence. The Government of the City of Padua given to the Carrarians. PIETRO and MARSILIO DE ROSSIS, soon die one after another. divers battles won from the enemies on the confines of Vincenza, and Cremona. GALEAS Visconte taketh Bergamo and Bressia, from those of Escalla. Peace with those of Escalla after the loss of the City of Treviso, and divers other places. The City afterward protected from a great inundation at the intercession of S. MARK.  
THe league against the Tyrant's being concluded, the 
War concluded against those of Escalla.  Senate commanded that all those who were able to bear Arms, should be enroled. It is reported that at the same time, above forty thousand men, from the age of twenty years to threescore, were enroled, with such willingness, as many of all sorts and ages, did voluntarily follow the Army, without any public or particular pay, but only pricked forward with a desire to extinguish this tyranny which was so near them. Notwithstanding, they were not of opinion to assail the enemy with all their forces at the first, but following their ancient custom, to begin slightly, and then to continue it fervently. Now, whilst these two mighty people of Italy were preparing their Armies, it is said, That upon the report of this war divers ran thither, out of France 
People come from all parts to the Venetian Army.  and Italy, to serve them, who being desirous to take the Venetians pay, after they had traversed Tuscanie and Flaminia (the passages through Lombardie being shut up) arrived at Ravenna. For all places on this side and beyond the Po, with whatsoever lieth under the Alps, (Bolognia and Ferrara excepted) were against the Venetians. For neither Luchin Visconte who commanded in Milan, nor Philippo Gonzaga, had as yet showed themselves to be against Escalla. And albeit the Bolognians were at the same time divided among themselves, and excommunicated by the Pope, because they had driven the Legate Apostolical forth of the City, they did nevertheless freely suffer the Venetians, to levy Soldiers in their Territories, with whom soon after, they also joined their forces.  
Ostasio Polentano, at that time Lord of Ravenna, affecting the Venetians, did willingly receive the Frenchmen, who arrived in the City, and sent them speedily in small boats to Venice. There was provision made in the City, near to the Church of Mendigotis (which is one of the farthest parts of the City) of lodging for those which came thither, and of victuals, and other necessaries, until such time as the Army were ready to march against the enemy.  
There lived at the same time Pietro Rossis of Parma, accounted among the Noblest 
Pietro Rossis declared General of the venetians Army.  families of Italy, a man most skilful in martial discipline. The Venetians (notwithstanding he was absent) elected him General of their Army. This man albeit he was straightly besieged by Mastin, imagining nevertheless that the time was come, with other men's forces to revenge the wrongs done to himself and his brethren, determined because he would not lose such an occasion (for the Venetians had already entreated him by letters to come thither) to pass in disguise through the enemy's Camp, (not being able to escape thence by a forcible sally) and to go to Florence, and from thence to Venice.  
There lived with him his wife, a very virtuous and chaste Lady, who loved her husband dearly, and was not ignorant of his most secret affairs. She considering with herself, into what danger he exposed his life, and how great the attempt was which he undertook, casting herself weeping at his feet, entreated him after this manner.  

The complaint of Pietro Rossi's Wife.  
FOr God's sake (dear husband) and by the love and bond of Matrimony, desist from this dangerous enterprise, and weigh with yourself how your estate standeth, and in what place you leave my wretched self with your Daughters. (It is reported that he had six Daughters, who coming all about him, drenched in tears, made the same request like their Mother.) Alas (said she) what shall become of me, if, thou being taken by the enemy's ambush (which God forbid) I should lose thee, and of these poor wretches likewise, who besides God, have none other hope but in thee? Do you think the arrogant enemy will omit such an opportunity, or will not rather attempt by some sudden assault, to win both this place and us, destitute of thine aid? who doubteth but he will soon win all? But, alas, what shall then become of me, and these poor Wenches? Dost thou think they will spare the honour of thine, who have not spared thy life. This unruly enemy will leap for joy, when he shall have power to quench his hatred towards thee by the dishonour of thy Daughters, or else he will command his Soldiers to torment them: He will spoil, rob, and burn, those poor means which Fortune hath left us. Who doubts but that than their condition will be better, which shall not live to see any of these mischiefs. I poor wretched and unhappy creature shall see it. But what did I say? see it? nay, rather shall feel whatsoever poor prisoners are wont to expect from a cruel and merciless enemy. If the fear of thine own life moves thee not; this at the least which I have spoken aught to move thee: All this which I have spoken, I do as verily believe will come to pass, as I hold that to be true which I see before mine eyes: Tarry then here still, dear husband, and with those small means thou hast continue to defend thyself and us, let me entreat thee to put off thy journey till our affairs stand on surer terms. I hope so soon as the enemy shall have notice that the Venetians have entered his territories beyond the Po, that he will speedily depart hence, and then thou mayest safely go to thy charge. Thus did she speak.   

Pietro Rossis answer to his wife.  
THe husband being moved with her tears, albeit he was valiant and courageous, gave her few words: he knew all that she had said was true, but to comfort her thus afflicted, & to put her in hope. He entreated her to be comforted, to hope the best, telling her that she should shortly see him return with place of command to overthrow the power of those, who by treason had driven him from his dignity, and had attempted against his life, and those of his family. That he did verily believe that the enemy would soon depart thence, but in the mean time he entreated her to remain firm and constant, and to look carefully to his children, and to the affairs of his house: As for the Guard of the Fort, he told her, that he did repose so much trust in the fidelity and valour of his own soldiers, as that they would sufficiently defend her, and maintain the siege so long, as the enemy should at last whether he would or no be enforced to raise his camp: Besides, that he was of necessity to make haste, lest he should seem to contemn so honourable a charge, That the passing through the enemy's camp was not so dangerous a matter as she thought; For divers great Captains had in times past, not only gone through their enemy's camp in disguise, but had likewise stayed there for a time till they had carefully inquired of the state of the enemy: He willed her then to cease weeping and lamenting, and no more to entreat him to the contrary, because he was of necessity to depart. He said moreover, that men being incited by virtue, did attempt divers great enterprises, but that necessity made them to execute greater: And thus after he had recommended her, himself, 
Sentence of a great Captain.  his children, & household, to his friends whom he left in Garrison, he gave order for his departure.   
Some Authors say, that he left one of his brethren to guard the place, and others think that he sent them before to Venice, where after that their brother was chosen General, they were made Gentlemen of Venice. Thus after that he had embraced 
Rossis departeth in disguised habit.  all his people, about midnight he departed in disguised habit, accompanied with one only faithful and valiant friend, and went through the enemy's camp to Florence, where he was received with great joy of all men. But being diligent, and an enemy to sloth, he would needs go upon some enterprise. Whereupon soon after he marched with the Florentines forces to the country of Luca, where putting all to fire and sword, he road with a few troops, even to the gates of the City, From whence carrying great booty, and being come forth of the enemy's country, into a country of safety, he fell into an Ambuscado.  
Five hundred horse sent by Mastin to guard the City, sallied forth on the other side of the town, and came galloping into a forest, through which they knew the enemy must pass at his return, where they ambushed themselves. As he returned, 
Rossis first exploit.  those of the Ambuscado breaking forth with great cries amazed those in the Vanguard, who conducted the booty, and did defeat and put them to rout: divers were slain there, and the ensigns of the Vanguard taken. News of this encounter being brought to the Captain, who led the Rearward, and divers of those which fled being already come to their fellows, saying that all was lost, Rossis being very quick and sudden, after he had sharply rebuked them for their flight stayed them, and commanded them to follow his ensigns, and take courage; then did he bravely receive the enemy, who being joyful for his imaginary victory, came towards him. The fight began very cruel, but the captains presence turned the fear of his soldiers upon the enemies, who with great slaughter were defeated, and pursued to the City, where the booty and ensigns were not only rescued, but those of the enemies 
Pietro Rossis his first victory.  were taken, the which Pietro returning victorious to Florence, commanded to be dragged through the City. The victory did greatly increase his first reputation; there was nothing spoken but of his valour and prowess; all men said that the unbridled boldness of those of Escalla should by his conduct be in short time abared, judging him worthy of the place which was given him.  
In such reputation was Rossis: who being ready to march towards Venice, tarried for the troops which the Florentines promised by their agreement to send, when as the Venetians in the mean time had begun the war, but not with so good success as was done in Tuscan. Gerard Caminensis, an ally of the Venetians, having 
Girard Caminensis taketh Uderza.  taken arms against those of Escalla, departed about midnight from the City of Metta, (commonly called the Motte) and seized on Vderza. Mastin upon report of the taking thereof (some say that it was Albert, who made this journey) marched speedily with his troops towards the enemy: and being come into the territory of the Vderzans, he sent his best armed horse before the City, and himself with the residue of his troops followed a far off, with an intent to enclose the enemy if he came forth unadvisedly to fight. These forerunners being come near to the walls, were suddenly repulsed by those of the town, who nevertheless returned again to the skirmish of set purpose to draw the enemy far from the City. The which having done, and being come to the place of ambush, those of Escalla suddenly issued forth, and enforced the Garrison to fly towards the City: Then the horsemen by the tyrant's commundement alighted, and assailing the City on every side, they greatly amazed those that were within, who were few in number, in respect of the largeness of the place: so soon then as those of Escalla came to the assault, the Garrison distrusting their own small number, forsook the walls and fled▪ Then the assailants, after they had broken up the gates, entered and slew the enemy in all places. There were few prisoners taken, and among others, Gerard made one of the number.  
Vderza being recoveted, the enemy marched towards Camino, which he likewise 
Albert of Escalla recovereth Vderza.  took in few days, after that he had corrupted the Garrison with money: It is thought that if he had gone to the Motte, he might with ease have taken it. But by his negligence which commonly followeth a great conquest, the soldiers wanting 
Want of a General.  victuals and a warlike Leader to conduct them, running here and there without observing martial discipline, for sook their ensigns. The Venetians in the mean time stirred not. For Marsilio, who at the beginning came to Venice, deputed by his brother, was levying forces, and being not yet strong enough, he durst not march against the enemy, for fear least at the first he should commit some error. Some Authors affirm, that Marsilio was left by his brother in Pontremolle to sustain the siege. And the Venetian Annalists write, that he was at the same time in Venice.  
Mastin of Escalla sent commissioners to Venice to demannd a peace, offering to 
Mastin beggeth peace of the Venetians.  withdraw his Garrison, and to raze the Fort which he had builded in the lake near to Petabubula. But they obtaining nothing of the Venetians, returned without any peace. Rossis in the mean time with fifteen hundred horse, namely eight hundred which he had received of the Florentines, three hundred from the Bolognians, and the residue of Obisso of Este, passing through the country of Ferrara, came to 
Pietro de Rossis arriveth at Venice.  Chioggia, where embarking himself with a few of his followers, he came to Venice. A troop of Senators at his landing went to receive and gratify him, and brought him directly to the Prince, who spoke thus unto him.  

The Prince's speech to de Rossis.  
GEnerous Pietro, thine excellent virtue so much renowned every where, hath been the cause, that being to make war on the Lords of Escalla for divers injuries received from them, we have esteemed thee alone among all the Captains of Italy, worthy to assist us, chiefly in so difficult a business. We have thought it fit from the beginning to elect a General, to whose hands we might commit our forces to fight on the firm land. But according to the common report, we have found no man, I will not say that surpasseth thee, (for that cannot be) but that can in any sort equal thee, either in counsellor valour. We therefore have chosen thee being absent, and busied in a trouble some war, to command all our forces: Being assured that it will come to pass if thou be such an one as all men report thee, and we hope that thou wilt prove, that so soon as thou shalt have subjecteth unto us this proud enemy, thou wilt free both thyself and thine from this war, and bravely revenge all the wrongs which thou hast received from him. It is almost incredible to tell how great the hope is which we have conceived, that our affairs will prosper, having thee for our General in this war, which hast as much reason to sight for us as for thyself. It is no matter whether an enemy be overthrown by reward or hatred. His ruin then being as profitable to thee as to us, this our exhortation may seem needless. We entreat thee nevertheless well and faithfully to govern what shall be committed to thy charge, as becometh an associate and a good General. Opportunity the mother of all things will show thee time and place fitter for thy designs: And we on the other side will furnish thee with soldiers, victuals, munition, and abundantly with the principal sinew of war, which is money. Take then these public ensigns which to thyself and to the Commonwealth likewise we pray may prove most fortunate, the which shall 
Rossis receiveth the ensigns of Saint Mark.  follow thee wheresoever thou shalt command, and thy soldiers them. And we beseech God to favour thy proceedings, to the end that thou mayest bring them back unto us, not only safe, but victorious.   
So soon as Rossis had received the signs of his office, he answered in few words the Prince's speech, leaving behind him a greater hope of himself, than if he had used many words in his own praise: and presently he departed with all his troops. Blondus writeth that he came first to Treviso: thinking thereby that the same City was then subject to the Venetians: Others think, that it was on the confines of Padua and Treviso: and some who are most worthy of belief (for the enemy than held all those places which they name) affirm that the Rendezvous of the whole Army was at the Motte. In that place he made the general musters of his Army, 
A general review of the Army.  and found that he had, besides the succours of the Allies, four thousand five hundred horse, and six thousand foot, besides great numbers of victuallers, soldiers boys, and such like people which follow a camp. The Earls of Colalta, who before had held the party of Escalla, came to the camp well accompanied, as did divers others from the confines of Forli, from beyond the mounts, and out of Germany, who being come thither upon the report of this war did greatly increase the Venetian Army.  
Mastin, so soon as he understood the departure of Pietro Rossis, and what he had 
Mastin raiseth his camp from before Pontremolle,  done at the same time before Luca, whilst he remained at Florence, raised his camp from before Pontremolle, and resolved first of all to succour the Luquois, and to put a strong Garrison into the City, for he feared least his furious enemy should snatch that town from him. But having notice that he was called to Venice, and learning by his spies what abundant warlike preparations the Venetians made, he speedily came to his Army at Verona. Albert brother to Mastin, had in the mean time placed a strong Garrison in Padua, and did nothing without the advice and counsel of Vbertino Carrario, whereby we may perceive that it was Albert, and not Mastin, who was far from thence (as all authors affirm) which recovered Vderza. Thus Mastin being careful to espy all means how to frustrate the Venetians first attempts, or if that could not be, at leastwise to foreslow them by some hindrance, not being able to do it by open force, had recourse to deceit.  
A certain man called Thomasino commanded at the same time in Mestra, an inward 
Treachery practised by Mastin  friend of Spineta Malespina, who was in Mastins camp, in whose name he held that place, situated on the Trevisan territory near to the lakes of Venice. This man by the counsel of Spineta, enterprised a villainous act against the Venetians. He agreed and promised to yield the City to the Venetians, provided that they would give him five thousand crowns, and gave for assurance thereof his wife and son for hostages: And the day of the execution being come, Albert and Spineta entered the town at midnight with certain troops of horse and foot. The Venetians, albeit they held the traitor sufficiently bound unto them in regard of the hostages, thinking that they ought not to be over-credulous, would not suffer any natural Venetian to be of that night-enterprise. Five hundred stranger-Souldiours were sent thither, upon whom so soon as they entered the City a little before day, the Soldiers of Escalla breaking forth of of their Ambush made a furious assault. The number of the prisoners was few: as those whose lives, fortune and danger had rather saved, than the intent of the enemies; all the rest were slain: Then causing his Cavallerie on a sudden to sally forth on those which were without, very few escaped. Albert thinking he had given the Venetians a great blow, leapt for joy, and mocked the prisoners, as if they had been natural Venetians. But when he understood by the prisoners that there was not one Venetian in all the companies, but all mercenary Soldiers and strangers of far Countries, he was very sorry for that which he had done, and blaspheming God and men, being ashamed of the murder he had committed in the night, in a rage with his fellows he made haste to Padua.  
Rossis in the mean time being in the Trevisan territory, ready to march against 
Peitro Rossis his ●…ration of his soldiers.  the enemy, spoke to his Soldiers in few words, exhorting them chiefly to show themselves in all occurrents, valiant and courageous, and diligently to observe martial discipline, saying that he desired no mutinous or careless Soldier, but such as were valiant upon the enemy, patient in travel, and obedient to his command: And therefore if there were any amongst his troops that would not be such, he counseled them to depart and go on no further, saying that he had rather overcome with few, worthy and valiant Soldiers, than to be vanquished in the company of many cowards: willing those that were such to tarry behind and hear tell of their fellows brave exploits, rather than by their presence to trouble the whole Campe.  
Mastin being advertised that the enemies were dislodged, fearing lest they 
The suburbs of Mestra burnt by Mastin.  would seize on the suburbs of Mestra, commanded them all to be burnt upon a day, to the great grief of the inhabitants. Rossis after he had passed the River of Anaxus, marching through the Trevisan, and perceiving a far off the flames and smoke of those suburbs, said aloud, That he aspired to greater matters than to lodge in the suburbs of Mestra. At that time some counseled him to besiege Treviso, but he made answer, That he made haste to fight with the enemy; whom having once overcome he would afterwards obtain divers goodly victories.  
The Venetian Army was already on the banks of the River brent, when 
Brave resolution of a great Captain.  news came suddenly to Padua, that the enemy approached. The Paduans hereupon began to murmur, and scorning the Tyrants told them, that they should do well to go and take arms to hinder the Venetian from passing the River, if they would be accounted so valiant as they made show for; They on the other side being loath to give any token of fear, commanded the Soldiers forthwith to arm themselves. Albert having made choice of a selected troop marched forth of 
Albert of Escall fleeth.  the City, to oppose himself against the enemy. But Rossis after he had passed the River by night, had raised his Camp before day from the further side thereof; and afterwards marched cheerfully in order of battle against the enemy, who was said to approach, thinking that the hour was come wherein he should revenge so many injuries received from those of Escalla, or else in performing the part of a good Captain die valiantly fight. Albert having certain notice of the enemy's passage, and that he marched towards him with an intent to fight, being therewith daunted did suddenly turn back: which being perceived by those that were with him, dispersing themselves here and there, they forsook their Camp which was newly victuailed in abundance. The Venetian, after he had made good cheer 
The Sacceans yield to the venetians.  therewith, ran furiously to the veriegates of the City, burning and spoiling all places near about, the General having forbidden his Soldiers to murder or ravish. But whilst they thus so spoiled far and near, those of Pieve de Sacco came weeping to the Venetians, beseeching them to take compassion on them, offering to do whatsoever they should command, and freely to furnish the Army with victuals. The Sacceans being received upon their oath were enjoined to bring victuals to the Camp which lay near their City: From thence Rossis sent an Herald of Arms to Mastin, (who upon the report of the Venetians march was come 
Rossis challengeth Mastin.  to Padua) to acquaint him with his desire to fight with him with displayed ensigns: And that if he were so valiant and experienced in Arms as he boasted of, he would wish him not to refuse the battle, but rather to come forth into the field, and to make proof which of them were most valiant. Mastin made no reply to this challenge.  
Rossis perceiving he could not draw his enemy to fight: without any longer stay raised his Camp, after he had set fire to the town of Corania; but the Venetians afterwards repaired it speedily, and placed a strong Garrison in it: All this happened in a months space. But about the fifth of November, the Camp approaching the village of Bovolenta, the Florentine troops with the other associates, which had 
Antenor laid the first foundations of Chioggia  tarried at Chioggia, joined themselves by little and little to the Army. This place is almost on every side environed with water. It is thought that Antenor the Trojan laid the first foundation thereof.  
divers report, that so soon as Rossis was known to be in the field, the cavalry which stayed at Chioggia was mightily increased, and that the Rendezvous of the Army marching on the firm land was at Bovolenta. Rossis resolved not to stir from thence till he had in some sort discovered the enemy's intent, whom he knew to be so politic, as he would attempt nothing but upon sound advise. The Annals affirm that which we first said, and further add, that by the advise of 
The Venetian build a Fort at Bubulente.  Rossis they builded a Fort at Bubulente, wherein they left a strong Garrison, both by land and water. For he had observed that the situation of that place was very commodious for the Wars, as it fell out by experience. For the Venetians from thence did many times make roads on the Territory of Padua.  
Rossis departing thence gave an alarm to Padua, and riding near to the Gates and Walls of the City, he called the enemies to the fight, and with reproachful speeches he taxed their cowardice. But the enemy keeping himself within the closure of his Walls, and not daring to come forth, he passed on, and took the lower way towards Cap-darger, to go from thence to besiege the Fort of the Salt-pits; where Marco Lauretano was arrived, with the naval Army: whereupon by mutual 
The Venetians besiege the Fort of the Salt pits.  consent the siege was advanced. The Garrison within it were first sounded, whether they would voluntarily yield without enforcement; which they refusing to do, the Venetians did furiously assail them. The engines were already planted against the Walls, and the Soldiers mounted on the enemy's Rampire, at such time as Spirituello Governor of the place having received an hurt, suddenly died thereof. They of the Fort being amazed at this accident, craved truce for eight days, with determination that if Mastin came within that time to raise the siege, they would still hold it for him, and withal faithfully promising, if they were not relieved before the Truce were expired, that they would yield it up to the Venetians. This being granted, they sent to Padua to entreat Mastin to come himself and to raise the siege, or if he could not come, at the least, to send forces sufficient to constrain the enemy to raise his Camp: But he promising them nothing, but willing 
The Fort of the Salt-pits taken.  them rather to seek their own safety, the Castle was yielded, which was forthwith razed by the Venetians.  
About the same time those of Cognilian, yielded to the Venetians, and were the way-leaders to divers other Cities, and associates of Mastin to revolt from those of Escalla, as it afterwards happened. The tyrants at the beginning had made great levies of Soldiers, and among others, of three thousand Lansquenets. It is said these men did very roughly entreat the Paduans, as well by spoils and robberies, 
Great insolences of the Lancequenets.  as by deflowering of maidens and ravishing of wives: so as it is to be thought that these villainous actions were the first and principal motives of the Paduans rebellion. Mastin being thereby constrained to disperse them here and there, under show of going to Garrisons, sent fifteen hundred of them to Aeste, who by a marvelous unruly licence, did outrage the inhabitants thereof. There arose likewise in Padua (for those that remained there continued their old trade of life) a great sedition, and the Townsmen and the Strangers were ready to have fought in the midst of the City, had not Mastin by his timely coming appeased the quarrel already begun. 
The cause why the Paduans revolted from those of Escalla.  It is certain that the Paduans were by this injury marvelously withdrawn from the friendship of those of Escalla, and that by reason thereof, they already tended to rebellion.  
Mastin was determined to call back the Garrison at Aeste to the City, had not his brother Albert dissuaded him from it, saying that he ought not to charge the city with any more strange Garrisons, and that he had no cause to fear the Paduans nor Marsilio, whose truth and fidelity he held for assured. Rossis in the mean time fought with good success against those of the Garrison of Aeste, and taking three hundred of them, after he had stripped them, he sent them away.  
Those of Escalla perceiving their affairs exceedingly to decline, sent their Ambassadors to demand aid of all their friends and allies, as well within Italy as abroad, and namely to the Duke of Baviere. But the Paduans because they would not seem altogether to betray the tyrants, sent at the same time their Commissioners to Venice, who (if it were possible) should mediate some good agreement betwixt the Venetians and those of Escalla. This they spoke in public: But they had secret commandment if they could not conclude a peace, to make a league with the Venetians against Mastin, Threescore Ambassadors, from threescore 
Ambassadors sent to Venice to procure a Peace.  Princes or Commonwealths, came at one time for this purpose to Venice. Marsilio Carrario was sent thither from their enemies, who at his arrival (as it is reported) was pursued by the common people and beaten with stones: But it was not so much in hatred to Marsilio, as to the tyrants whom the people mortally hated: some think that it was done of purpose, to the end that those of Escalla should have no cause to distrust him who came to speak secretly against them to the Venetians, 
The Venetians propositions concerning a peace.  like the other Ambassadors. The Venetians demanded that Padua, Treviso, and Parma should be restored to their ancient liberty, and Luca in Tuscany yielded to the Florentines; but those of Escalla thinking these conditions to be too base and ignominious, would not accept of them. Whereupon the Ambassadors were dismissed without any conclusion at all. In the mean time the Ambassadors of Accio Visconte, of Philippo Gonzaga, and others, made a league with the Venetians against 
Secret practice of Marsilio Carrario with the Venetians.  those of Escalla. Marsilio dealt secretly with the Prince about the yielding up of Padua, which soon after ensued. Some Authors write that in the presence of all the Ambassadors, he spoke softly to Dandulo●…, and said, What wilt thou say Prince if we give thee Padua? And that the Prince dissembling at the same time both in gesture and speech, that which was in question, answered, We will make thee Governor thereof. This I rather believe, than that which is commonly reported, That a long time afterward an Ambassador from Carrario spoke this openly at a banquet on the Feast day of Saint Vitis, (as the manner was) albeit I grant it might well enough be spoken in a banquet. But the person of the Traitor discovereth the error committed therein. For it is certain that the Government promised at the first, was afterward given to Marsilio; but he whom they nominate, had no recompense.  
Whilst these things were done at Venice, Rossis took certain Towns in the 
Rossis at the Gates of Padua.  Territory of Padua from the enemies, and then bringing his troops near to the City, he set fire on one of the Gates, called Al-Saints. Moreover those of Mestra 
Mestra yielded to the Venetians  daunted a while after with a new siege, wherewith they were environed, yielded. From thence coming to Treviso, he burned in a night two of the City gates. The Inhabitants were so amazed in this night-assault, as divers running fort ' of the City in the dark, on that side where the enemy was not, saved themselves by flight, but many of them having lost their way, fell into the enemy's hands, among whom the noble wife of Caminensis was slain in the habit of a servant. This being done, 
Cami●…ensis wife, slain in the habit of a 〈◊〉.  they made no farther attempt against the City, I know not whether it were because they despaired of taking it (being ignorant of the great fear and amazement of the Citizens) or rather because they would speedily go to take Serravall, which 
Serravall under the venetians obedience.  (according to some) came at that time under the Venetians obedience.  
Mastin and Albert his brother having understood that besides the loss of so many Cities in short space, their associates likewise had forsaken them, and taken arms to offend them: (for it was reported that Luchin Visconte having attained to the principality of Milan (by the death of Action his kinsman) and Philip Gonzaga were already in the field against them, or else in a readiness so to do) being environed with so many mischief's, knew not what to resolve on, nor what they ought chiefly to follow, or in what place to oppose themselves against the enemy's designs, or by what means to relieve their Cities. But in this great incertainty of their affairs, not being able to conclude on that which was most expedient for them, Mastin on a sudden with the greatest part of his forces left Padua, committing the guard of the City to his brother Albert, and came to Verona.  
In the mean time Marsilio Rossis; after he had passed the River Adice, marched with those troops which he had received from his brother directly towards Mantua, where joining with Philip Gonzaga, and Luchin Visconte, they consulted together of the whole matter, and after marched into the field, resolving first to assail 
The Territory of Verona spoiled  Verona. Now having foraged the Country, they entered the Territory of Verona, where they made great spoil round about the City, which with great clamours they besieged; bringing thither all things necessary for a siege. It is reported that Charles son to the King of Bohemia, lay at the same time before Feltre 
Charles son to the King of Boheme encamped before Feltre.  with a great Army of Germans, by means whereof those of Escalla were at one time affailed in three several places. Mastin being thus uncertain by what means to oppose himself against the enemy, after he had a while ruminated with himself, determined like a mad man to do it by Arms, and to fight with any that he 
Resolution of a desperate man.  should meet with. But before he would give battle, he Knighted his son Francis who was yet very young, Spineta Marquis, Guiao Corregiario, and Paulo Aligerio the Governor of the City; after which he marched with great noise and fury towards the enemies, and in their view put his Army in order of battle, being resolved for his part to fight. Rossis made a retreat, so did the rest, not meaning to fight, thinking it more available for them to draw the War out at length, the which by all likelihood Mastin could not long maintain, than to hazard the whole by the event of a battle. In this sort making a fair retreat, not giving show of any manifest 
A wise retreat  flight, they held on their way towards Mantua.  
Mastin as proud of this retreat as if he had won the battle, returned speedily with three thousand horse and certain foot companies to Padua, and from thence to Bubulente, where the Venetians Fleet lay. At his arrival he surprised twenty small Venetian vessels, left for the Guard of the munition, and made an attempt to take the Castle, the which being bravely defended, he was constrained to 
Mastin encam. p to shut victuals from the Venetians.  depart thence, and he encamped two miles beneath the River, with an intent to shut up the passage of the victuals which came from the City by water. It is thought that he might with more ease have executed his determination if he had encamped betwixt Bubulente and Mestra. Rossis, to cause him dislodge, commanded a great quantity of woad (an herb belonging to Fuller's) to be pounded and to be thrown into the River, to make it unsavoury and bitter to be drunk by those of Escalla. But victuals waxing scant in the Venetians Camp, by reason that the enemy lay so near, the arrival of Marsilio called thither for the purpose (as I think) was cause that the Venetians, strengthened by his coming, had free passage whither they pleased, being little inferior to those of Escalla in strength.  
Pietro Rossis likewise being often provoked by the enemy to fight, did purposely 
A discreet resolution of a General.  refuse it: For he perceived that Mastin could not long hold out, and that he should do undiscreetly, to hazard the fortune of a battle, knowing that the enemy was already half vanquished, and there was no doubt but that he would be overthrown without bloudi●…ied. Whilst he lay in Camp near to Bubulente, thinking greatly to hinder the enemy by keeping of the passage of the River from them, he had notice 
Bressia besieged by Luchin Visconte.  that Luchin Visconte had straightly besieged Bressia, which news he very badly d●…ested, and marched with speed through the Territory of Padua and Vincenza to relieve Bressia, which whilst he attempted, more fearful tidings were brought, that Padua was lost & his brother taken prisoner with the whole garrison.  
This loss did in such sort abate the tyrant's pride, as he never after hoped for better success. Marsilio Carrario, so soon as Mastin was departed from the relief 
Padua revolteth from those of Escalla.  of Bressia, had forthwith given notice thereof to Pietro Rossis, and leaving open the Gate of the crooked Bridge, gave entrance to him and his whole forces, which they of the City perceiving (for there was no hostile act committed) all men with great joy ran to meet him, calling him their deliverer, and infinitely praised him. But Rossis with the general consent did in the Venetians name give the government of the City to Marsilio Carrario. Albert, and Risse Foranensis with divers other friends and servants of the Tyrants were taken prisoners, and their goods spoiled. Albert was soon after brought to Venice. Rossis gave leave to five hundred Almain horse that were found in the City, freely to depart thence with their Arms and Horses.  
Mastin, being daunted with so many losses, received fresh news that Charles had 
The City of Feltre taken by the king of Hungary  taken Feltre with other Towns; and anon after that Luca was besieged by Orlando Rossis, Captain general of the Florentines, and that it was not yet certainly known whether those of Luca were revolted or not. But that which did most of 
Bressia and Bergamo taken by Luchin Visconte  all afflict him, was, when he understood soon after that Bressia whither he had so speedily marched, was taken: and in this sort bad tidings coming daily unto him, the end of all was, that Luchin had seized on Bergamo.  
Those of Escalla being wholly chased from Padua, the Venetian Ambassadors came thither, namely, Marco Lauretano, justiniano surnamed justinian, and Andrea Morosino; who coming into the Marketplace where the people were assembled, Lauretano in the name of the Commonwealth, used this congratulatory Speech unto them.  

The Venetian Ambassadors Oration to the Paduans.  
WE cannot but exceedingly rejoice, that ye being now freed from so cruel an enemy, have recovered your ancient liberty lost by the malice of Mastin: And therefore by the Senate's appointment we confer the government of the City on Marsilio: whose courage and valour, by how much more it is famous and known to all men, by so much more do the Venetians highly esteem it for the good and commodity of the Paduans, adding thereunto his singular virtue and wisdom, which cannot but bring great and desired quiet to his fellow-Citizens. For the Venetians very well know, and namely by experience, that a Commonwealth is most happy which is governed by a wise and discreet person. Attend therefore, and perpetually receive your Citizen Marsilio, to obey his commandments, and heartily to defend justice, seeing ye are not ignorant how grievous a thing tyranny is: And thou likewise Marsilio, albeit we are all well persuaded of thy virtue, thou art nevertheless to think that we have called thee to this place, not only to command over thy country, but to bring it all help and succour. If peradventure thou shalt doubt what course to take for the well-governing thereof, and by what means to make thyself regarded without envy among thine own people: take example by the Magistrates of our City, which will easily teach thee: who whilst they are in office, are respected for the honour of the Commonwealth, and their charge being expired, they live equally with the meanest, knowing very well that this equality is the only bond of a Commonwealth. It remaineth now, that this City followiag thine example, do highly account, honour, and respect the friendship of the Venetians, as well in general as particular. The which duly and religiously to observe the novelties happened in your time may incite you, we having twice within few years freed you from the cruel yoke of bondage. For that man is no less foolish, than ingrateful, who cannot be moved by benefits received. 
A notable sentenc●….    
The exhortation of Lauretano being most true, was likewise most pleasing ●…o the people, and chiefly to Marsilio; who after he had given great thanks to the Venetians, 
Marsilio his answer to th●… Venetians.  said. That he would in such sort rule, as no man●…in time to come should have occasion to complain of his government, much less to desire (& if he were a lover of the public peace) any change. And that above all things he would take order, that the Paduans should always be such towards the Venetians, as those aught to be who have received benefits and good turns, namely, with such acknowledgement and good offices as all men should say that the Venetians had well employed their labour and cost. As for the present benefit which he had received from them, he would at all times, and in all places confess, that he held his honour, dignity, and all the rest of his means, only from them.  
This did he speak, which was with a general consent approved by all the people: Then followed mutual embracements and congratulations, the whole City leapt for joy, all things on a sudden were changed. For in steed of fear and envy, wherewith it was before filled, nothing was then seen, but joy and contentment.  
But the course of the fortunate success of the Venetians affairs was interrupted 
The death of Pietro Rossis.  by an accident happened to the two brethren of Rossis, who in few days died one after another. For Pietro after the taking of Padua being come to the siege of Moncelesse was mortally wounded: whereupon being carried to Padua, he died so one after to the great grief of all men. He was a man of a goodly stature, a great warrior, 
How highly Pietro Rossis was lamented.  and an excellent Captain, being an enemy to cruelty, and when he went to the wars, he forbade his soldiers to murder in cold blood, and to enforce women. He was so well beloved of his soldiers for his gentleness, as the Almain horsemen, who were very many in his camp, called him their father, and he was beside so liberal, as (his horses and Armour excepted) he gave all his wealth among his soldiers. divers Italians and Almains clothed in mourning habit, did follow his funeral, and bewailed him a long time. He died in the prime of his age, being but six and thirty years old. Marsilio his brother, who not long before was sick of a sever 
The death of Marsilio of Rossis.  being brought to Venice, died there within six days after, being fifty years of age.  
Their brother Orlando Rossis, who at the same time held Luca straightly besieged, was in his absence chosen General of the Army, and being sent for, came so one after 
Orlando Rossis chosen General of the Army.  to th●… camp at Moncelesse. For the siege was not discontinued, although the General was dead: At his arrival he took part of the Army, and came by the confines of Este, and made roads on the territory of Verona, where putting all to fire and sword unto the gates of the City, he brought a very great booty to the camp: Not long after the Senate called him to Venice whither all the Agents of the associates were come to treat of peace. But because in this assembly the selfsame conditions 
A treaty of peace broken.  were propounded to Mastin as were in the former, and that he stoutly refused them, all the commissioners departed from Venice without any conclusion. Mastin perceiving that he was not yet freed from this war craved aid of the Duke of Bavier, 
Mastin imploreth the aid of the Duke of Baviere.  adding divers great promises to his entreaties. This duke promised to send him great supplies, provided that he might have good caution for what he promised. Mastin delivered into his hands the City of Pescata, wirh his son Francisco, and divers other children of noble families. But the Duke failing of his promise, so so one as Mastin perceived himself deluded, he came on a sudden and recovered the City, with his son and hostages. Marsilio Carrario died in the mean time, leaving (by the consent of the Venetians) Vbertino his near kinsman for his successor, having sent a hundred thousand crowns to Venice to build a Church in a part of the jury, and to enrich it with divers inheritances.  
At the same time the Army approached Montfort, and from thence divers roads 
Mastin defcated before Montechia.  were made on the territories of Vincenza and Verona. Mastin in the mean time battered Montechia, whither Orlando came unlooked for, defeated him, and drove him thence: Not long after Mastin came into the field to execute a new enterprise, the which had as bad success, as that of Montechia. The Paduan and Almain horsemen were encamped in the Isle of Longare. Mastin thinking to surprise them, did speedily march thither with his forces. The Island being assailed by land and water, was not only well defended, but with the loss of his ships he was ignominiously driven thence. Vbertino on the other side having with money corrupted the 
Moncellesa taken.  Garrison of Moncellesa, entered the City on the side of the Castle, which was within few days after yielded to the Venctians by Florentio the Governor thereof. Mastin in another place attempted by treachery to recover the town of Montagnane, but this design fell out unluckily. Spineta Mariqus, and Guido For anensis were commanded with great secrecy to go with their forces to the appointed place: whereof the Venetians having notice, placed five hundred Almain horse not far from Este in ambuscado, so that the enemies marching forward, (having sent no discoverers before) were surprised and assailed by those of the ambush, and at the first brunt (throwing down their Arms) betook themselves to flight. The number of the slain was great, but that of the prisoners greater, among whom were Guido and Gilberto his brother, and with them two hundred men at Arms. Andrea Morosino, for that he had valiantly behaved himself in that encounter was afterwards knighted. 
The siege of Vincenza.   
Orlando was at the same time in Padua, from whence he speedily departed with his troops, and came to Vincenza, where approaching the city near to Saint Felix gate, he lodged in the suburbs. The poor inhabitants were then more terrified than before. For being on every side shut in by the enemy, they lost all hope of getting any victuals, especially from Verona, by reason the Venetians possessed Brendola and Montechia. divers with their wives and children being driven forth of their houses by the men at Arms of the Garrison were constrained to beg. At the last the tyrants pride being abated, peace ensued very opportunely.  
It is reported, that being not able to raise the siege before Vincenza, he hearkened 
Mastiu being ensorced, accepteth of peace on any conditions.  to a peace, about which having sent his Commissioners to Venice, he obtained it on these conditions: That Feltre, Beluna, and Ceneda should remain to Charles of Boheme; Bergamo, and Bressia to Visconte, who possessed them; Treviso, with the villages and Castles of the Trevisan, to the Venetians, with the Castles of Bald and Bassan, with free liberty to traffic on the river Adice; and four Cities of the territory of Luca to the Florenitnes.  
It is reported that the Florentines being discontented with this agreement, because 
The Florentine●… discontented.  Luca which they demanded was not yielded to them, sent to Venice about this business, where the matter was rather debated out of wilfulness than of any hope they had to obtain it. But the Venetians inclining to peace, the Florentines consented thereunto. All the associate Lords which had taken part with the Venetians were likewise satisfied. Albert with the rest of the prisoners were set at liberty. The Venetians gave the Castles of Bald and Bassan to Vbertino Carrario: whereby we may see that the Venetians did not seek by this war to enlarge their estate. 
upon what cause the venetians did make war upon those of Escalla.  For besides the breaking of the tyrant's forces, whom they could wholly have overthrown, and by arms have appropriated all that to themselves which they had taken from him, they gave the renowned City of Padua (which they might have held by right of war) to Marsilio Carrario a private Citizen, and afterwards to Vbertino his successor, two great Castles with their domains taken from the enemy during the treaty of peace. But Blondus affirms it to be most true, that the Venetians had never any desire to increase their dominions, but only to prevail so far (which happened as they desired) as to be able to abate the tyrant's pride, & to make him glad to sue for peace with heaved-up hands, who a little before had disquieted all Italy, and who was not satisfied with the command of all which lieth on this side and beyond the Po, within the continent of the Alps, but would beside have enthronised himself in Tuscanie, and have attempted at the last, not to take away (for that he could not do) but to molest the quiet possession of the Sea, which the Venetians of a long time had purchased with much labour and travail.  
This then is the fruit, as pleasing as great, which they reaped by this victory, thinking that they had done enough and very much, to have trodden the tyrant's pride under foot, unto whom in the end being daunted and basely suing for a dishonourable peace, his demand was not only granted, but they made him a Gentleman 
●…astin is made a Gentleman of Venice.  of Venice. Dandulo after he had fortunately abroad and at home governed the Commonwealth, deceased, in the eleventh year of his Government.  


¶ BARTILMEO GRADONICO, the 53. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
BArtilmeo Gradonico was his successor, and chosen by the forty. I find in some Authors that about the same time the great Hall was builded, where every eight days and sometimes oftener, all the Gentlemen are assembled about the creating of new Officers: And that they began at the same time to send Magistrates to Poveggia, Palestrino, and Malamoc.  
Moreover on the five and twentieth of February in the night, there arose a sudden 
A prodigious storm at Venice in a night.  tempest, which caused such an inundation in the City, as the waters stood three foot deep, which was never till then seen. This being reputed a prodigy, gave belief to that which a poor Fisherman reported to have seen the same 
Believe this who list.  night: which was thus. So soon as he perceived the storm, in a great fear he drew up his little Boat near to Saint Marks Church, and standing not far from thence out of the rain and wind, three men came to him, who, as if they had some earnest business, entreated him in all haste to Ferry them over to Saint Nicholas Church 
A wonderful apparition to a poor Fisherman  on the shore; which he refusing to do for fear of the storm, they on a sodainc went into his Boat, as though themselves would guide it: which the Fisherman perceiving, entered into it, (though against his will) and guided the Boate. But being come to the Church, they turned towards the mouth of the Haven: where they saw a Ship full of Devils, which these three men suddenly sunk by the help of God. Whereupon the Sea in an instant grew calm. And then, one of them entered into the next Church; the other was carried to Saint George's; and the third returned to the place where they took Boat: of whom the poor old Fisherman (albeit in regard of what he had seen, he thought him some Divine Person) demanded his hire, who answered him: Thou shalt go (quoth he) to the Prince and Senate, unto whom having declared in order what thou hast seen this night, they shall liberally reward thee. The Fisherman replied, they will not believe me, and I know certainly that they will jest of me, and so I shall become the laughing stock of the people for my rash report: whereunto this divine parsonage answered him, and said: Take this pledge (and gave him a Ring which he had on his finger) let the Duke and Senate understand, that by our means the City hath been this night preserved from a terrible flood: And because thou shalt not fail but do this, know that he whom thou 
Who those were that appeared.  didst see enter into his Church, is blessed Saint Nicholas, which ye Mariners do so highly reverence; the other is Saint George, who is gone to visit his Church; and I am Mark the Evangelist the patron of your City. This being said he vanished.  
The poor Fisherman, emboldened by this pledge, so soon as it was day came to the Palace, where saying that he would speak to the Prince concerning some important business, he was presently brought into his presence, who was accompanied by the Senate, where he declared in order all that he had seen and heard; then for a witness to his speech, he drew forth of his bosom the Ring which the holy Saint had given him over night: They were all greatly amazed at this miracle: then they caused divers solemn Prayers to be made, as well in private as in public in the Churches of these holy personages, by whose help the City had been defended from the present danger: Besides, they appointed the poor Fisherman a yearly pension out of the public Treasury.  
About the same time the Ambassadors of Edward King of England arrived at 
The King of Englanst crauet●… aid againg the French King.  Venice, craving aid by Sea against Philip the French King, whom the Genoveses favoured with all their power, but notwithstanding all their promises on their King's behalf, they could obtain nothing: Their excuse was, in what great danger their affairs stood at Sea, which they were constrained to defend from the ordinary incursions of the Turks, who by the carelessness of the Christians were grown so mighty, as they could in a moment Arm two or three hundred Galleys if need were.  
At the same time certain Lords of Candie revolted, who being retired into 
Certain Lords of Candie rebel.  some Forts and Castles in the mountains, did disquiet the greatest part of the Island. Nicholas Phalerio, justiniano surnamed justinian, and Andrea Morosino, with good forces were sent against these men; who were embarked in the Galleys which went to traffic in Cyprus. Being arrived in Candie they assailed the enemy in three places, and giving them in a manner no time to breath, they took from them all means to rob and spoil. They did moreover propound great rewards to any whosoever should kill any one of those Rebels, or could bring him alive to 
Reward propounded against the Rebels.  the Venetian Magistrate, having set down a certain rate for every head; but the Authors whom we follow mention not how much. They being by this means in few days reduced under the Venetians obedience, were punished according to their deserts, divers of them were thrown into the Sea, but the most of them were hanged, which caused those of the Island, being terrified by the punishment of those 
Caudie is appeased by the Rebel's punishment.  Lords, to return on a sudden to their due obedience. The Island being quiet, the Generals of the Army (Nicholas Phalerio excepted who died there) returned to Venice. Victuals were very dear in the City, during the principality 
Great dea●…th in Venice.  of Gradonico, which was very short; for it lasted but two years and nine Months, which time being expired he died. His body was buried at the entire of Saint Marks Church.   
The end of the second Book of the second Decade.   

THE THIRD BOOK OF THE SECOND DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the third Book of the second DECAD.  
A Great Army prepared against the Turks. The foundation of Saint ANTHONY'S Church. The Venetians victory near to Zara against LEWIS King of Hungary. Thereddition of Zara. The City of Venice much shaken by an Earthquake. The same City terribly afflicted by the Pestilence. Truce for five years with LEWIS King of Hungary. Cape-histria rebelleth, which causeth the Venetians to pass over thither. The cause of the third Ligusticke war. The Venetians take ten Ships of Genoa in the Haven of Cariste. The Genoveses take Nigrepont in the absence of the Venetian Army. The Venetian and Arragonian Fleet greatly tossed by a tempest on the Ionian Sea. The prosperous battles which the Genoveses had at one time against three mighty Armies near the Bosphorus. The Venetians and Arragonians overcome the Genoveses on the lower Sea. The Genouses in anger contemn their liberty, who after they have repaired their Army, take Parenza. The Genoveses take divers Ships of burden from the Venetians at sundry places. The Genoveses defeat a great Army of the Venetians in the Isle of Sapientia. Prince PHALERIO affecting tyranny, is with his complices worthily punished.  
 


¶ ANDREA DANDULO, the 54. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
A Ndrea Dandulo succeeded Gradonico, a man certainly of rare and singular learning, and as eloquent as could be wished, in one of his years: For it is reported that he wrote the Venetian History in two styles; the one more amply, and it may be therefore less eloquent, and the other more succinctly, and thereby (as saith Carosini) more beautified and adorned. He was beside of a meek and liberal disposition, whereby he purchased the surname of Comifino: And that was the reason (as I think) why before he was of competent age, they made him Procurator of S. Mark, and soon afterwards Prince. For the manner was, not to name any one to that dignity, but such as were already of good years; and all Authors (almost) are of opinion, that he was not above six and thirty years of age, when he was named for the sovereign Magistrate. We find in some Authors, that at the beginning of his Principality, according to the league made with Pope Clement, & other Christian Princes 
The Pope, the Venetians, and other Christian Princes in league against the Turk. Smyrna taken.  against the Turk, the Venetians armed sixteen Galleys, and gave the command of them to Pietro Zeno, who after he had sunk divers ships of the Barbarians, did by a sudden assault take the City of Smyrna, and where having slain the Inhabitants, he left a good Garrison, and that soon afterward, not far from those confines, the Venetians accompanied with those of Rhodes, and Cyprus, did oftentimes fight 
The Venetians, Rhodians, and Cypriots defeated by the Turk.  with the Turks, where divers of both sides were slain. But at the last the Venetians with their Allies being defeated and put to flight, part of them being affrighted escaped into the City, the rest being enclosed by the Barbarians, were all slain.  
At the same time Nicholas surnamed Giovanni, was sent by the Senate to the King of Babylon, to treat with him concerning the Venetian Merchants free traffic into Egypt. The Barbarian granted their request, but on certain conditions, the which seeming not to be allowed of, without the Pope's permission, it was not thought lawful to traffic with the enemies of the Christian faith, Marini Phalerio Knight, and Andrea Cornario, were sent to his Holiness, who granted that the Venetians 
The Pope permitteth traffic with Infidels.  should for five years following traffic to Alexandria with six Galleys: Souranza, by virtue of this permission, was the first that undertook that voyage with two Galleys, wherein Pietro justiniano went Consul. Two years after, justiniano surnamed justinian, obtained of the Pope in the name of the Commonwealth to traffic into Syria, and the time of these two traffics was prolonged for ten years. At the same time they began in the City to build St. Anthony's Church, (the beginning whereof is attributed to one jannotto a Florentine, of the family of Abbi) upon a little Rock, where was first builded a little Chapel of wood. In the same place at this day is to be seen a great void place, or rather 
The building of Saint Anthony's Hospital.  an Island, made by a continual heaping together of earth, which the water in process of time hath brought thither; It hath a delightful prospect towards the Lakes, and besides the Church which is fair and large, there stands near to it a new sumptuous building, which serveth for an Hospital.  
About the same time those of Zara revolted from the Venetians the seventh 
The seventh rebellion of Zara.  time. The report was, That they had sent to Lewis King of Hungary, to certify him, if he would come into Dalmatia, they would deliver their City, Haven, Lands, persons and means, as well public as private into his hands.  
The Senate presently upon these news, gave five armed Galleys to Pietro Canalis, who sailed into Dalmatia. Being come near to Zara, he received Marco Cornari the governor with all his family, and divers other Venetians, into his vessels, who were in the City when it revolted, from whence he presently departed: For, to have besieged the City with so few vessels, and by Sea only, would have been as foolish as unprofitable. He first retired to Pague; the inhabitants whereof having received him into their City, delivered the Governor into his hands which those of Zara had sent thither not long before, together with all those which had aided or assisted him, whom Canalis scent to Venice. Soon after having fortified the place, he took with those few Galleys which he had, divers vessels of the enemies which lay near to the Islands: But whilst by these means he went about to hinder the 
Zara invested by Sea and Land.  Zaratines': Marco justiniano came by Land with his Army, and encamped at the Fountain next to the City, where he suddenly caused his Soldiers to build a Fort. Then, from thence, he did with his engines batter the City, beat down the walls, overthrow the houses, and made all things very incommodious to the enemies. If the Zaratines' were straightly besieged by Land, by Sea they were no less: For the Venetians having taken from them the Town of Damiana, they did at times approach very near to the City, than they speedily returned, and after some stay, came back with more fury to assail the Haven.  
Thus stood the affairs of the Zaratins, when Andrea Morosino and Simon D●…dulo, the Prince's brother, arrived at the Camp to provide and take order for whatsoever should be expedient for the Commonwealth: and I think, this was the cause, why from the beginning they called these Magistrates Providers; but we will 
A general assault given to Zara.  always call them Providaetori. At their arrival it was resolved to give a general assault to the City by Sea and Land. It may be they had notice that Lewis King of Hungary was not far off with great forces. The City being assailed with great fury, the Sea-forces threw bridges from the Galleys upon the walls, seeking by that means to enter the City. On the other side the land-army drew near the walls with their engines and other warlike instruments; But both sides had no great success. Some were gotten upon the walls, on the bridges from the ships, who did greatly affright the inhabitants, & slew divers of them. But soon after, the Townsmen waxing desperate, did furiously fall upon them and beat them from the walls, breaking the bridges, whereupon the Soldiers on that side were constrained to make a base retreat. The fight on the Landside was as unfortunate. For the engines 
The Venetians are beaten from the assault.  of battery breaking at their first approach, made all the Venetians attempts bootless, which the General perceiving, commanded to sound the retreat. After this assault King Lewis arrived with six score thousand men, and encamped not far from Zara; who, to free the City which was given unto him from the siege, gave a sudden assault to the Venetian Campe. The Hungarians with fearful cries made an attempt on the Venetians Fort, not thinking to meet with trenches and rampires that were able to keep them out. The Zaratines' likewise made a sally, and together with them assailed the Fort. The Venetians did not only valiantly defend it, but repulsed the enemies far from thence with great effusion of blood. In the mean time those in the Galleys hearing the noise, and fearing that their fellows were assailed, leaving a sufficient number of Soldiers for the guard of their vessels, they came on shore, and marched in a close battalion to the relief of their countrymen: which they in the Fort perceiving, presently issued forth upon the enemy. There was on either side a cruel fight near to the Fort and much bloodshed: But the Hungarians who at the Venetians first coming had begun by little and little to disorder their own ranks, being overcome by this sudden sally, betook themselves to flight, who were pursued and slain here and there by the Victorious Venetian. The Dalmatians perceiving the bad success of the Hungarians retired 
King Lewis defeated before Zara.  with great amazement into the City. The King thus repulsed, with loss of a great part of his Army, returned (in manner of a flight) into Hungary. But because it was scarce credible (to speak truly) that so great an Army should be defeated by so small a number: It is most likely that Lewis brought but twenty thousand men into Dalmatia, and that the Printersr and not the Historians have greatly erred in the number: yet whatsoever their Army was (for undoubtedly it was great) the Venetians got that day a glorious victory of the enemies: And beside, the slaughter of the enemies was so great, as the air being corrupted with the infection of so many dead bodies, did in short space cause great mortality in the Campe. The siege nevertheless was not discontinued, but the Venetians on the contrary did more sharply vex those Rebels by Sea and Land. In the end, the Venetians having broken the chain of the Haven, the Zaratines' despairing of all foreign aid, and distrusting their own forces, craved leave to send to Venice, the which was freely 
The reddition of Zara.  granted them: The messengers being come to the City, craved mercy, committing themselves and their City to the mercy of the Senate. Zara being recovered justiniano was made Governor: The chief of the City who had been the Authors of this seventh Rebellion, were by the Senate for ever banished the City.  
We may by this gentle punishment perceive how great the Venetians clemency hath still been, who were contented to punish a City that had so often Rebelled, and been thereby so troublesome to the Commonwealth, by the only banishment of a few of her inhabitants.  
The ordinary judges of the City of Venice not being able in regard of the multitude 
New magistrates created.  of causes which was daily pleaded before them, to have any fit leisure to intend the appeals sent up by inferior judges to their audience: The Senate created three Auditors to look to that business, who according to the large extent of their jurisdiction, were called the Ancients. Three others were likewise created to hear the causes of strangers.  
Besides, Prince Dandulo caused all that which had been abolished from the ancient customs to be reduced into one volume, together with all the decrees made by the Senate, since the principality of Giacomo Tepulo, until that present, and having divided them into Chapters, with a large Table, he named it The sixth Book of the City's decrees. And having moreover whilst he was Procurator of Saint Mark carefully gathered together all the judicial acts and decrees of the great Council, 
The Prince causeth all the decrees of the City to be gathered into one form●….  he set them down in order, and noted, who had been the Author of every of them, and under whose Government each of them had been received and allowed.  
There was at the same time great scarcity of victuals in the City, which began in Graedonico his time, by reason whereof Galleys and other vessels were sent into Apulia and Sicil to fetch corn under the command of Marco justiniano. We may hereby easily perceive that this voyage for corn, was before the siege of Zara, the which likewise some Authors do not deny. For it is certain that this justiniano in that war of Dalmatia was general of the land-army, and that after Zara was was recovered, he was made Governor of the City. Now (as all men know) it could not be that one man alone could at one self same time execute two so different offices. It is reported that two ships of those which went for Corn were lost by a sudden tempest as they returned homeward, and that they were never after heard of. Others say that four only escaped out of this storm. The residue of the ships laden with Corn, did fortunately arrive in the Haven: by means whereof the dearth ceased.  
But this mischief being taken away, an other presently ensued: For upon the 
A wonderful Earthquake.  day of Saint Paul his conversion, about one of the clock after noon, there happened a great Earthquake, which did in such sort shake the City, as divers public and private buildings were thereby thrown to the ground. The Steeples of Saint Silvester, Vitalis, Saint Giacomo de Lorio fell down, together with the top of Saint Angelo his Church, and the left side of that of Saint Basil. The Babylonians thought, (for I see divers that demand from whence this fearful motion of the Earth doth proceed) that it happeneth by the force of some Planet, meeting with the Sun in the Region of the Earth. Anaxagoras hath thought that it is engendered in the Earth by process of time, and restraining of Air. Possidonius affirms that it is a wind shut closely up in the bowels and concavities of the earth. Pliny saith, that the earth never quaketh, but when the Sea is very 
Sundry opinions on Earthquakes.  calm, and the air so still and clear as birds can hardly bear themselves up therein, and at such time as the winds are enclosed in the veins and entrails of the earth. By this speech of Pliny it seemeth that the winds are the cause of this shaking, the which divers Philosophers do likewise affirm. He addeth by and by after; An earthquake (saith he) is nothing else but as the thunder in the air, or an overture or crevase in the earth, or as the lightning breaking forth violently from the midst of the clouds, the wind enclosed therein striving to burst forth by force. The Stoics 
divers sorts of Earthquakes.  set down divers sorts of earthquakes, opening of the earth, swelling of the water, and the boiling up of the same, the which is very true. For at some time the earth falleth down very low, at other times it is much lifted up, and putteth forth great Mountains; in this the Rivers do overflow on a sudden, in the other sparks of fire are seen to rebound, the waters to boil over, and sometimes Rivers to leave their ordinary course. A fearful sound goeth before, and accompanieth this quaking, 
The signs which forerun an Earthquake.  sometimes like to the roaring of a Bull, and then like to the lamentable cry of some human creature, or like the clattering noise of Armour, according to the quality of the matter which is enclosed, or according to the fashion of the cave and hole through which this wind passeth, which resoundeth (as it is said) in vaulted and hollow places, waxeth hot in sharp and dry places, and causeth great defluxions in moist and humid places.  
The City of Venice is not so much subject to earthquakes, as some do imagine, 
Of all Earthquakes the agitation of the waters is most dangerous.  seeing among all the motions of the earth, that of the waves and floods is the most dangerous: For lightning is not so hurtful, nor the shaking of buildings, nor namely when the earth is puffed up, or falleth down by an interchangeable motion, because the one keepeth back the other. The safest buildings are those upon vaults, the corners of walls, and on bridges, leaning one against another. Besides, brick buildings are less dangerous in such accidents than are others: Those which are at 
How men may foretell an earth quake, either at Sea, or on the Land.  Sea can foretell these earthquakes, at such time as they perceive the waves to swell on a sudden without any wind, and those which are on Land may likewise foretell them, when they see birds, as it were, in amaze to stay their flight, or when the water in Wells is more troubled than ordinary, having a bad taste and stinking smell, for these are (as it is reported) the true signs and presages of future motions. Pherecydes the Syrian, drawing water out of a Well, foretold an earthquake which happened there. Anaximander Milesius did by these signs declare to the Lacedæmonians, that an earthquake was at hand, for otherwise, he was no God to know things to come: And the truest signs of all are, when the winds blow not, or when the Sea is marvelous calm. For an earthquake never happeneth, when the wind bloweth, or when the Sea swelleth with waves: for when it blows, the motion ceaseth, otherwise it lasteth forty days, and some times longer, some have lasted two years. But this earthquake whereof we speak lasted fifteen days more or less, whereupon 
How long the Earthquake lasted at Venice.  all Women that were with child, being touched therewith miscarried, and died soon after of the contagious sickness that forthwith ensued.  
This dangerous sickness (as it is reported) came from Scythia, and from thence 
From whence the contagion came to Venice.  glided along the Pontic Sea, and the Hellespont; and at last at the same time that this great earthquake happened, it infected, in a manner, all the West. Some Authors call this disease, the evil of the groin, and I think the reason was, because the first signs of that disease were small kernels in the groin, than there followed an extreme heat with grief and heaviness in the head, which caused loss of memory, so as in three days they died. And this infection was so sharp, as of one hundred that had this disease, fourscore and ten died. At the beginning thereof there was nothing heard nor seen in Venice (which above all other Cities was greatly afflicted therewith) but tears and sighs, every where burials, Physicians looking to their patients, Friends and Kinsfolks visiting those that were sick, Priests comforting them and doing their duty. But afterward, this cruel disease increasing more 
Great desolation in the City of Venice.  and more, those that were infected therewith, of what age and condition soever, fell down every where one upon another, and suddenly died, the Kinsman refused to succour his Kinsman, the Friend to help his Friend, the Brother to visit his Brother, the Sister to relieve the Sister, Parents forsook their Children, and Children in the like manner their Parents, there was no more Physicians nor Medicines, every man fled one from another; and in what place soever a man was stricken therewith, he there died without any help at all: Funeral Pomp was no more known, it was enough to drag a dead body out of his own house, by reason of the stench, and to lay it in some poor boat which carrie●… it without pomp or ceremony, to be thrown hastily into some pit: and it is thought that divers were burned, who were not fully dead. This corruption of the air begun at the beginning of the 
At what time the infection began and ended in Venice.  Spring, and increased daily till May-day, being then at the Prime, and so lasted to the great loss of all men till the month of june, and then it began by little and little to decrease, namely when the number of the living was so few, as it found no more matter to work on.  
The City being thus bare of Inhabitants (for there were none to be seen in the streets) for the repeopling of the empty and void places, which did greatly deform the City, the Senate made a decree, That as many as would come and dwell at Venice, 
Strangers that would come and people the City, were made Citizens of Venice.  after they had remained there two years, should be held for Citizens of the same. The Senate moreover fearing that Lewis King of Hungary making use of this misery of theirs, would again invade Dalmatia (for he was come at the same time into Italy with a great Army, to revenge the death of his brother, whom Queen joan his wife, had put to death) sent three Ambassadors to him, Marco justiniano, Andrea Morosini Knights, and Nicolao Gradonico: who either by entreaties, or fair promises, did so alter the Hungarian, as he not only promised, not to attempt any 
Truce taken with Lewis King of Hungary.  thing against the Venetians, during their adversity, but made a truce with them for ten years (as some say) or for eight according to other Authors.  
But because the Venetians should be never freed from some foreign war, those 
Those of Cap-Histria revolt.  of Cape-Histria revolted soon after the recovery of Zara. The Venetians, though it were in a very unfit season, did nevertheless levy forces, and under the command of Pancratio justiniano, sent both by Sea and Land into Histria, to reduce them unto 
The Histrians reduced to the Venetians obedience.  their obedience, the which, so soon as he arrived in the Province, he easily did. The Authors of the rebellion were sent to Venice, and commanded on pain of life not to depart thence without the Senate's leave, because they should no more raise any new stir in their City.  
At the same time likewise, Albert Prince of Croatia, robbing, and spoiling the Province of Histria, constrained the Venetians to take Arms against him. New forces were raised for that purpose, and the war being thus proclaimed against Albert, two Senators were sent thither for Generals of the Army. The Croatian being daunted at the first report of the marching of the Army, demanded safe conduct of the Generals, and obtained it, that he might go to Venice to the Prince and Senate, where being arrived, he threw himself prostrate at his feet, who although they had just cause to be offended with him, yet nevertheless observing their ancient custom, they pardoned him, after they had first taken certain places 
Albert Prince o●… Croatia pardoned. Those punished which did not follow the Senate's commandment.  from him, which by the senates commandment were razed, to the end they should be no more a retreat for thieves and robbers. Carosino (who only makes mention of this Dalmatian war) saith, that those two Generals at their return to Venice, were condemned and deprived of their place of Senators, because they had not in the same war followed those directions which were commanded them.  
Soon after ensued the third war with the Genoveses, but it is thought that the cause of the war proceeded (as oftentimes before) from them. They possessed certain Cities on the Pontic Sea, and therefore ever since Paleologus drove the Venetians from Constantinople, they attempted by all means to deprive the Venetian 
What was the occasion of the third ●…igusticke war.  merchants of the traffic of those Seas. Whereupon there and else where, they offered them sundry wrongs, but especially near to the City of Protospera, which they held on the same coast. Meeting in that place with certain Venetian and Candiot ships, they fell upon them, & having taken them, they constrained them to return by Capha to the great hindrance, and more shame of the merchants. Carosin saith they were taken and spoiled in the ●…auen of Capho. The Senate sent to the Genoveses to demand restitution of that which had been taken from them: which being denied, they provided a mighty Army against the Genoveses: Some galleys were armed in Dalmatia, Ca●…die, and Nigrepont, and divers were likewise stayed at Venice, who were ready to go forth for traffic; and Marco Morosino the Admiral of the adriatic Sea being called home from Ragusa where he remained 
The Venet●…ans Army against the G●…noueses.  with certain galleys, they made up the number of five and thirty, the which were given to Marco Rucino: but divers Authors in steed of Rucino set down Nicolao Pisano.  
This man leaving Venice with an intent to assail the enemies, who were reported to be abroad at Sea, was constrained by a sudden tempest to enter into the Haven of Cariste, which lieth towards Nigrepont. It fell out fortunately for the Venetians, that fourteen Galleys of Genoa road there at the same time at an Anchor, laden with merchandise, and store of Armour, with divers soldiers, who were bound for Pera, to fortify it, to the end that their countrymen who dwelled there, might be no more surprised (as at other times) by the Venetians: Others say that those galleys returning homewards into Italy, entered that haven. The Venetian General having descried them, commanded his soldiers forthwith to prepare themselves to fight: All of them speedily obeying his commandment, took their weapons, and turned the prows of their galleys towards the enemy, and did shut in the issues and passages on all sides saving towards the land, fearing to fall upon the rocks. The Genoveses resolved to try all means, rather than to yield. The Venetian then landed part of his forces, and speedily fortified a place near to the enemies, from whence with his engines he began to batter them, whilst the galleys likewise shot continually upon them. The Genoveses being assailed on every side (perceiving all things to fall out unluckily on their sides) watching the time, began to make their saile-yards in readiness. The Venetian perceiving their intent, was at the first amazed at the strangeness of the matter: But understanding that the enemy went suddenly to fly, did with great attention mark which way he would escape. They on the other side making show as if they intended some other matter, having turned their prows to that side which the Venetians had left without any 
Four Genoa Galleys escape.  guard, being aided by their sails and oars they betook themselves to flight: And four of the Galleys had in this sort escaped one after an other, when Marco Morosino Admiral of the Adriatic sea, being vexed therewith, commanded one of those Galleys which he had received the year before, for the guard of the Gulf, to run athwart the fifth Genoa galley which was ready to escape, which was so speedily done, as the same being taken, the residue which were ready to follow being amazed 
Ten Genoa Galleys taken.  ran upon the next rocks, and were easily taken: And because they were laden with richmarchandize the soldiers & sailors bourded them, & being busied in pillage suffered the other four to escape with ease (who were already in the main Sea) not caring for the General's commandment: who being angry for losing so goodly 
A discreet act of the General.  an opportunity through the covetousness of his people, commanded to set fire on five of the Galleys which were taken, and had not been yet pillaged. He did it to the end to enforce his Soldiers, (who were thereby deprived of their hope of more spoil) to pursue the enemies. For so soon as they left off to spoil, they followed the chase.  
The Genoveses in the mean time were far enough off, yet nevertheless, ten of their Galleys, with the General of their Army, and threescore and ten Gentlemen were taken, not accounting those of meaner quality, who were many in regard of the number of the Galleys, The victorious Venetian after this victory at Chariste, sailed towards Nigrepont, where he left the Genoa Gentlemen with a thousand of the chiefest prisoners to be kept; the residue to the number of four hundred or thereabout, were sent into Candie, and there put to the chain and oar. The news of this victory brought great joy to the City. The Senate in the midst of this mirth, being mindful of Religious matters, decreed That the same day that the Genoveses were overcome at Chariste, should for ever be solemnised among the 
Why the feast of the decollation of Saint john is celebrated at Venice.  holidays at Venice. It is thought that upon this occasion; the day of the decollation of S. john is till this day celebrated, which before then was no holiday. Others say that it was upon S. Victor's day the Martyr.  
The Venetians making no long abode at Nigrepont, after they had scoured the Aegean and Ionian Seas, came on a sudden to have besieged Pera: But the enemy having notice of his coming by their spies who had brought news of their late loss at Chariste, and how the Venetian Galleys were at hand, had fortified all places round about the City, and chained the ships together which lay in the Haven with their Masts and sail yards in manner of a Fort and Rampire, and provided so carefully for all other matters, as the Venetians (who came thither soon after with great shouts) perceiving what the enemy had done durst not assail them: But tarrying 
The Venetiandare not assail Pera.  certain days in the straight of Gallipolis, they surprised divers vessels of Genoa.  
In the mean time, those four Genoa-Gallies which had escaped from Chariste, having joined themselves to six others which were conducted by Philippo Doria, having notice of the departure of the Venetian Army, came with all speed to assail Nigrepont. Thomaso Viari who at the same time was Governor of the City being affrighted so soon as he descried the enemy a far off, fled, with the Providatori out on the other side of the City which lieth towards the Channel. The Genoveses 
The Genoveses take Nigrepont  at his arrival, having assailed the City, wondered at the sudden flight of the officers, and did in a moment take and spoil it; then after he had set the prisoners at liberty, and brought thence great numbers of the inhabitants, he burned the City. Doria being exceeding glad to have in this sort revenged their loss lately received, departed from Nigrepont, and from thence came soon after and seized on the Isle of Chios. The General of the Venetians after he had been abroad forty days on this journey, and being out of hope to take any greater prize, returned toward Venice: but on the coast of Dalmatia he met with ten Venetian Galleys, which the Senate sent unto him, whom he there stayed, and caused them to return with him to Venice. The report of the great booty which the Army brought home, and answered 
The Army returneth to Venice with great booty.  all men's expectation, made his return most welcome. Some Authors affirm that the spoil which was brought to Venice, amounted to the value of four hundred thousand crowns, and others say three hundred thousand.  
The same year that the war began, the King of Arragon, unto whom the Venetians 
The Venetians in league with the King of Arragon.  had sent Mihaeli Steno, joined his forces to their against the Genoveses. The Senate being strengthened by the alliance of such a Prince, hoping to execute some great design, commanded a very mighty Army to be set forth, and appointed five and twenty of the chief among them to make provision in the City of all things necessary for the war. Nicolao Pisani being chosen General of the Army, departed 
Nicolas Pisani General of the Venetian Army.  from Venice with twelve Galleys, and with him Giovanni Delfino, who went to Constantinople to make a League with the Greek Emperor against the Genoveses. Pisani being arrived in Dalmatia, received one Galley from the Corictani, an other from those of Ragusa; then he commanded three others of Venice to follow him, who met him at Nigr●…pont; Giovanni Delfino, who came from Venice with him went 
The greek Emperor in league with the Venetians against the Genoveses.  on his Ambassade to the greek Emperor, who allied himself with the Venetians against the Genoveses.  
But whilst the greeks prepared their ships of war, thirty Venetian Galleys departed from Venice under the command of Pancratio justiniano, Admiral of the Gulf, who sailed towards Sicily to join with the Army of the Arragonois which was said to be at hand: These two Armies being there joined together left Sicily, and sailed directly towards Greece intending to pass beyond Morea: But 
The Uenetian●… join with the Arragonois.  being on the main, such an horrible tempest arose, as in the memory of man was never the like seen. The Fleet was marvelously beaten, and in great danger, one of the Galleys was drowned, and divers others striking on the shore were split in pieces, but without any great loss of men, by reason they were so near Land. At the last the tempest ceasing, they sailed towards Modon, whither Nicolao Pisani came within a while after from Nigrepont. The Genoveses a few days before had given him chase with forty Galleys, from the main even almost to Nigrepont, whither he speedily retired himself, and sunk certain ships at the entry of the Haven, to bar the enemy's entrance, being resolute to defend that place with all his forces. The Genoveses failed not, but came with great shouts and assailed the City, which being manfully defended by the Venetian, all their attempts poved vain: who being repulsed from Nigrepont, went and took the City of Philotea by force.  
But whilst these exploits were done about Nigrepont, a Galley of Genoa left the 
The Genoveses before Nigrepont  Fleet and went before to discover, who meeting with a Venetian Galley which was commanded by Giovanni Moro (or Memo as some say) assailed one another, but the Venetian was overcome, by whom the Genoveses understood, that the Venetian and Arragonois forces were not far from thence, whereupon returning with speed toward Nigrepont, they advertised their Countrymen; That two naval Armies joined together were at Morea; the one of Venetians, and the other of Arragonois; that they were already under sail to come & meet them, or else that they would be with them very shortly. Pagano the General of the Genoveses Army being 
P●…gano General of the Genoa Army.  troubled with these news, left Nigrepont, and speedily sailed with all his forces to Pera.  
It is reported that before his departure thence he revewed his Army, & found fifteen hundred men to be wanting, who for the most part had been slain before Nigrepont. Pisani being freed from the siege came (as hath been said) to Modon, where after he had conferred with Pancratio justiniano, & with Ponce General to the king of Arragon, concerning the state of the war, & given order that all things necessary for their journey should be in readiness, they came to Nigrepont: And from thence after they had fortified the City with men and victuals they sailed towards Constantinople: But being yet on the Aegean sea, by reason of the violence of the wind (for it was in the midst of winter) they were constrained to remain for a time in the same place, where the wind had stayed them. But victuals beginning to wax scarce, they returned toward Candie; from whence, forty days after, about the beginning of the spring, being furnished with victuals and other necessary munitions, they sailed against the enemy.  
The Venetian Historians say, That the two Armies passed on to Constantinople without any tempest; that being there joined with the greeks forces, they went furiously against the enemy; that there was a bloody fight near to Pera; and that they departed one from another with equal vantage. But in this they have very 
What the Thracian Bosphorus is.  negligently, (I say not licentiously) spoken against the Venetians reputation. For the most credible Authors affirm that the issue of this battle was very different, saying That they fought near to the Bosphorus of Thrace, which is a straight three miles distant from Constantinople, having Europe on the one side, and Asia on the other, looking one upon another by reason of their neighbour shores, so as they may be perceived to have been in times passed but one Land, being divided by an earthquake, which made a very straight passage to the Sea. So Plato thought That Atlas having cut through Calpe opened the passage of the Ocean to the Mediterranean Sea.  
Now at the mouth of this straight, (which in regard of the narrow space thereof that Oxen do easily pass over, is called Bosphorus, surnamed of Thrace, by the name of the Province which lieth on the one side thereof) the Genoveses so soon as they had intelligence of the enemies coming, who were newly departed from Gallipolis, did of purpose plant themselves: fearing if they should fight on the main Sea, and at one time with three great Fleets, they should be enforced to fight in around form, & therefore they thought it safest for them to receive the Venetians and Spaniards in front at the entry of a straight, where it was impossible for so many ships to fight altogether in front, and the greeks Army on their sides whose forces they hoped to sustain with more ease and ability, if on their first approach they could but put them to flight as it afterward happened. For the Greek Army 
The greeks base flight.  consisting of forty Galleys, so soon as the fight began, at the very first shock of the enemy, basely gave place, and in a maze returned home. The Genoveses being quit from them, turned all their forces upon the Venetians and Arragonois, who fought in the front. They fought there (according to all men's sayings) very fiercely, & for two hours' space it was not discerned unto which side fortune inclined. But at Sunset the wind arose, which greatly troubled the Genoveses, who notwithstanding would not give over, but fought more courageously; and for all it was night they would not leave the battle, choosing rather to die than to give place. The Venetians on the other side being mindful of their reputation, were ashamed that they had not at the first overcome them, being the stronger in ships: For besides forty Galleys of their own, the Arragonois had thirty. Other Authors nevertheless speak not of so many, but say, That divers Galleys being carried away by force of the wind, could not come to fight. Now this bloody conflict lasted 
A cruel nightflight.  all night even till day. The night made the dangers of the fight more terrible. There was nothing to be heard but groans and pitiful cries, clashing together of Galleys, and clattering of armour; and both the shores echoed with the horrible noise. All that dark night as, hath been said, (and that which is most to be admired) in winter, the fight continued. It is thought that in the dark, the Genoveses ran upon their own fellows, the Venetians on Venetians, and the Arragonois, on their own countrymen. But when it was day, the Sea being died red with blood of the dead bodies, made manifest how bloody that night-encounter had been on either side. The channel of Nigrepont was covered with bloody carcases with the furniture of sunk Galleys, and with a great quantity of arrows 
The Arragonis General slain in the battle.  and darts, and with divers abandoned Galleys which hulled up and down without Soldiers or conductors. At the last, Ponce General of the Arragonois being slain and they by reason thereof being retired, the Venetians likewise, (because they were able to do no more) quitted the place to the Genoveses.  
The enemy likewise being satisfied that they had given him place, reputing it for great honour, and imputing the victory to himself, did in like manner with his people retire to his Campe. In this battle were slain Stephano Contareni Procurator of Saint Mark, Giovanni Steno, Benedicto Bembo; and Pancratio Admiral of 
Who died on the Ventians side.  the Gulf, died within few days after of his hurts. The Venetian Annalists affirm, That the one half only of the Venetian Fleet fought at this battle: which makes me think that the straightness of the place was the cause thereof; and that therefore the Genoveses would not stir from thence. It seems likewise the victory was as bloody to him; for the Venetian afterward, challenging him to fight, he durst not accept it.  
Giovanni Delfino who was present at this battle (according to some Authors) reported at Venice, That the Venetians in this fight had the better; that they took eight and twenty of the enemy's Galleys; that the Soldiers and Sailors in them were all slain, with great numbers of others who diversly perished: & that the Venetians had lost but four Galleys. But foreign Historians report the matter to have happened in the same manner as we have already mentioned at the Bosphorus of Thrace. But because no man should think that we have concealed or dissembled 
What Petrarch delivereth concerning this battle.  aught, chiefly in that we said that they fought all the night: Francisco Petrarcha the famous Poet, speaking of this cruel battle, makes mention of it in these words. You have overcome (saith he, writing to the Genoveses) content yourselves lest it be thought that ye have forgotten your ancient customs. We have seen the Bosphorus to swell with the blood of the Venetians your enemies, when at night a strong wind arising, ye were assailed by three mighty Nations, between Constantinople and Nigrepont, fight with the enemies against wind and tide, This is that which he writeth, with other matters to the same purpose. Blondus beside saith That the battle continued all night even till day without any intermission, and that which is most to be admired, in the midst of winter. Soon after this battle, Pisani surprised two Genoa ships laden with victuals which were going to Pera. Then perceiving that he could not draw the enemy to fight, after he had stayed there a while (victuals beginning to fail) he retired with the Army of Arragon into Candie, where at leisure he trimmed and repaired his Galleys. The Genoveses in like manner brought back his halfe-broken to Genoa. The news of that which happened at the Bosphorus being reported at Venice, did greatly afflict 
How the Senate disdained the loss of this battle.  the City: But the Senators were more ashamed than sorry, being highly displeased with the rashness of those who would fight in so discommodious a place, being accompanied with the forces of two mighty Princes, and yet could not vanquish the Genoveses whom they alone had so often overcome, and which is worst of all, they had quitted the place as though they had been vanquished, with great loss. Wherefore, because in time to come no more such rash faults might be committed, they decreed to send four Providatori to every Army, who should in all matters assist the General, and with him give order for whatsoever should be expedient 
Four new officers created in the Army.  for the Commonwealth. Giovanni Delfi●…no, Marco Cornari, Marini Grimano, and Marini Phalerio were sent thither in the same nature. These men being come into Candie, certain Galleys were sent to scour the Pontic Seas, who having surprised certain of the enemy's ships laden with corn and other merchandise, returned into the Island. After whose return Paulo Lauretano, surnamed the Great, was commanded to go to Cyprus with nine Galleys, from whence he brought to Venice divers Merchants with rich merchandise.  
Whilst these things were done near to the Islands, four Genoa Galleys entering 
The Genoveses make roads to Histria.  the Gulf, came on bootehaling even to Histria: upon these news Marco Michaeli was commanded to hasten speedily thither with five Galleys to take them if it were possible: but whilst he made preparations for his journey the enemy went back as speedily as he came. Much about the same time eight Galleys were sent to Sea under the command and of Giovanni Sanuto, and not long after, nine others; of both which 
Pisani 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 Army.  Pisani was made General. Who after he had sailed the Aegean and Ionian Seas, and being come as far as Pera, did with admirable speed surprise divers ships of Genoa, among whom were two Barzes, laden with rich merchandise, which were judged to be worth two hundred thousand Crowns, wherein were nine Gentlemen of Genoa with divers Merchants. This being fortunately achieved, upon report that the Genoa fleet was coming, Pisani thought it ever better to go and assail the enemy, than to wait for him, and to make war, rather in a foreign Country than at home. Wherefore having chosen out of the whole fleet twenty Galleys he left Marco Michaeli with the residue for the guard of the Gulf, and 
Pisani ioynet●… with the Arragonois.  came with a prosperous wind into Sardinia, where he joined with the Army of Arragon, which was of forty Galleys and three Barzes, under the command of Bernardo Caprari. The Arragonois did at the same time besiege Algiers: the two fleets being there joined together, came to the Sea of Caralitana.  
The Genoveses being puffed up with pride for the battle at the Bosphorus, departing from Genoa with three and forty Galleys, commanded by Anthonio Grimaldi 
Grimaldi General of the Genoveses.  went to seek the enemy. Some say they fought near to Cyrna; and others, at Callaris, which is a part of the Isle of Sardinia, from whence it is thought that the Gulf took the name, and some say at Congeria. But wheresoever they fought, 
In what place the battle was fought.  it is certain, that so soon as the two Armies got sight one of another, they forthwith fell into order of battle, and set forward with great courage to the encounter. The Genoveses calling to mind how that not long before they had vanquished them, albeit they were stronger than they, thereby promised to themselves the victory: The Venetians attributed it to the incommodiousness of the place, rather than to the enemy's valour; all of them resolving, that day to revenge the disgrace and loss which they had sustained, or else to die in that place. Their Allies were of the like mind: whereupon they fought with as great courage as force. Some say that the Genoveses having descried the Venetian ensigns, were afraid: For hearing that the Venetian was coming to join with the Arragonois, they were 
In what manne●… the Venetians fought.  desirous to fight with the Spaniards, before the Venetians should arrive. Now the Venetians with their Allies being ready to fight, determined to tie and make fast all their Galleys together, (ten choice Venetian Galleys excepted) which were committed to Giovanni Sanuto, to execute some enterprise, if need should be. By this we may easily imagine with what courage the Venetians fought that day. For having in this sort chained their Galleys together, they had determined either to vanquish, or die there, having taken from themselves all hope of flight. Some say that Giovanni Sanuto did first receive the enemy with his ten Galleys, and that the main Army with the Barzes followed after, But it is not credible that such a battle was so slightly begun, or that ten Venetian Galleys would oppose themselves to three and forty of Genoa, which would in an instant have been invested by so great a number. It is more probable that these ten were set apart to come to the rescue, and that their General was commanded to run a-thwart the enemy, when he should perceive 
The battle betwixt the Venetians and Genoveses.  him most busied in the fight, and that by this means it fell out, that the Genoveses being assailed in front and in flank, were the more easily vanquished. But how soever it was done either by policy or force, or rather by both of them together, it is not certainly known. Yet it is most certain, that they fought the same day very fiercely, and that at last the Genoa forces being wholly broken, after they had valiantly 
The Genoveses defeated.  rescued Grimaldi their General, out of the thickest of the press, they fled as vanquished, and lost fifty ships of war; which being in possession of the Venetians and their Allies, were all (according to some Authors) with all their tackling, 
Great cruelty falsely imputed to the Uenetians  Mariners and Soldiers sunk: because they meant altogether, if it were possible, to extirp the name of Genoa; which they affirm to have read in the Genoveses Histories. But in regard the quarrel betwixt them was not about men's lives, but only for enlardging of their Dominions, and that in all the time past it was never seen, that either of these people did inhumanly murder their prisoners, it is hard to believe, that they did put them to death, as is reported; but that rather they sought to cover their own disgrace by other men's faults.  
The Venetian Histories make mention of two and thirty Galleys taken from the enemy, and of great numbers of men slain in the fight: And as for the prisoners, among whom were divers Gentlemen, That some of them were sent to Venice, and the rest of them into Spain by the Arragonois.  
Grimaldi with those vessels which he could gather together, retired with all speed to Genoa, where the report of that loss, being spread abroad through the City, caused 
The great lamentation made at Genoa.  so great sorrow and desolation, as though the City itself had been taken. The two victorious Armies after the battle, came and assailed Sardinia, where by force they took two Cities from the Genoveses; and afterwards departed the one from the other, they returned to their own homes.  
The Genoveses being daunted by this only overthrow, which was exceeding great, not being able of themselves to up-hold their estate, had recourse to foreign forces. They sent their Ambassadors to Giovanni Visconte, who at the same time 
The Genovesis commit themselves to Giovanni Uisconte, Duke, and Arch Bishop of Milan.  governed both Spiritual and Temporal matters at Milan. The sum of the Oration with the chief of the Ambassade made, was in a manner such as followeth: That the Genoveses fortune by one only defeat, was in such sort altered, as being in times past most great flourishing, was now weak and feeble, by being at last overcome by a mightier enemy, whom they had in time passed often vanquished: by means whereof they were no longer able to make resistance. But, notwithstanding that all things failed them with their fortune, yet nevertheless their hatred to the Venetians, was no whit diminished, but rather on the contrary increased: That they had rather hazard their ancient liberty, than to yield to the force of their capital enemy. And therefore they besought him (both for his profit and happy fortune) to accept of the City of Genoa her Inhabitants, territory, Sea, Haven, Towns, and all other her Faculties, as well public as private, and generally, all matters Divine and human; All which they were commanded by the Genoveses to commend to his power and trust: earnestly beseeching him, that he would be pleased to preserve by speedy aid his Genoa, her Citizens, with all that which belonged to them, and by his power to defend from the wrongs of the Venetians, those whom he had once accepted for his subjects; who would ever so continue, to the end that all men might see that they had not in vain requested his aid and favour.  
We cannot sufficiently admire and grieve, to behold the mightiest people of Italy 
The Author's discourse.  nexe after the Venetians, and those who had purchased so much honour and reputation at Sea, thus on a sudden through despair, not only foolishly, but shamefully to have subjecteth themselves, losing their ancient liberty, which from the beginning they had so carefully kept and maintained. But, of a certain, the Stoics opinion is most true, who say, That all other passions disquiet human understanding, but that choler alone doth wholly overthrow it: in such manner as it happened at the same time to the Genoveses, who through hatred and wrath became mad distracted.  
Visconte did willingly accept of their offer, and having courteously entertained the 
Visconte his answer to the Genoveses.  Ambassadors, he entreated them to be of good cheer, and told them that he with his Allies would take an order, that so long as the Viscontes should prosper, the Genoveses should never repent to have implored their aid: with this hope than he dismissed them, saying, That the assistance and aid of that family, which they had so humbly craved, should never fail to beat back all foreign injuries which should threaten them: And so the Ambassadors took their leave.  
These news being brought to Venice, (there being some likelihood of great 
The Venetians make new alliance.  war with the Viscontes, by reason of the Genoveses) the Venetians began forthwith to fortify whatsoever they possessed in the firm Land; and allied themselves with the Carrarians, those of Escalla, of Aeste, the Gonzagues, and the Florentines in Tuscanie. Some Authors say, that Visconte, as well in his own name, as on the behalf of the Genoveses, did by his Ambassadors seek to procure a peace, in which 
Petrarke Ambassador for the Milano●…s.  negotiation they nominated Francisco Petrarcha for the chief Ambassador, and that he could not obtain it, though upon great conditions; and they think that it so happened by the will of God, in regard of the famous and memorable victory, 
Victory of the venetians over the Genoveses i●… Morea. The Genoveses make incursions into the Adriatic Gulf.  which the Venetians soon after obtained of the Genoveses in Morea. The Genoveses, albeit that they had so unfortunately fought, would nevertheless persist in their obstinacy; For four of their Galleys did within a while after enter the Venetian Gulf, and on a sudden spoiled Fara, and Corfu, with certain Islands of Dalmatia; where they surprised the Cities, spoiled and burnt them; being forthwith seconded by four others.  
The Senate being moved at these news, commanded fourteen Galleys to be speedily armed, and Nicholas Pisani to hasten with them to meet the enemy: But the Genovese was gone forth of the Gulf, before this Army arrived.  
Pisani, to the end his journey should not be altogether unprofitable; sailed towards 
Pisani the Venetian General retires to Dalmatia.  the Pontic Sea, where meeting with no memorable action, he retired into Dalmatia. Ten Galleys which were armed at Arbi came to him thither, which being joined to the residue, made up the number of four and twenty. It was reported every where in the mean time, that the Genoveses having renewed their Army 
A new Genovesan Army commanded by Pagano Doria.  (for a whole year was past since their loss on the lower Sea) had set forth five and twenty Galleys under the conduct of Pagano Doria; and that they were already departed from Genoa. Pisani having joined ten other Galleys of Giovanni Sanuto to ●…he four and twenty of his own, sailed speedily into Sardinia to prevent the enemy. Doria, (whether it were that fortune would not have the two Armies meet, or whether he did it of set purpose, which I rather believe) having shunned the Venetian Army, so soon as the Venetians were gone from home, entered furiously 
Doria spoileth the Adriatic Gulf.  into the Adriatic Gulf, to war rather on other men's streams, than on their own, where in few days he surprised divers vessels, who met him unlooked for. From thence sailing into Histria, he took Parenza, which he spoilt, and having 
The Genoveses take Parenza.  taken thence the bodies of S. Mauro, and S. Charles, he burned it.  
The enemies coming into the Gulf, with the taking of Parenza, occasioned 
The fear which was in Venice for the enemies coming.  a great fear and amazement in the City, no less than if the Genoveses had been at their gates. Therefore, they speedily chained up their Haven, and placed a strong Garrison there, because they thought that the enemy would come directly to the City, who knew that their main Army was abroad. They planted Sentinels and Corps-de-guard over all the City, and sent forth light boats to discover the enemy's design: and this fear lasted till certain news was brought that the Genoa Army was dislodged. Doria departing from Histria, met with a Venetian Barze on the main, he sent three Galleys to encounter it, who became Masters thereof; the Merchants were taken with their merchandise, which was a very great booty; for it was esteemed worth an hundred and eight and forty thousand crowns. Within a while after, three Venetian Galleys were likewise taken going to Candie, to be armed there with men and munition.  
The Senate were greatly vexed that the Genoveses after so notable a loss received the year before, had in so short time raised themselves again, in such manner, as the Venetians could hardly assure any place abroad, nor yet their Gulf at home. And because they knew that the Genoveses were thus strengthened by the 
The Venetian Senate displ●…ased with Visconte. They make alliance with the King of Boheme.  aid of Visconte, they resolved to wrap him in a Domestic war, to cause him to forsake them. They determined then to renew their alliance with Charles King of Boheme, with whom not long before they were allied against Mastin of Escalla. That being done, it was concluded that he should pass with a mighty Army into Italy against Visconte. And in the mean time the Venetians exchanged prisoners with the Genoveses.  
Andrea Dandulo having governed the Commonwealth almost twelve years, deceased. After his death the Commonwealth was greatly afflicted abroad, and at home, during the most dangerous government of Phalerio who succeeded him. For besides the sundry losses which it sustained at Sea in his time, it was assailed by two insupportable mischiefs, famine, and pestilence, and with terrible Earthquakes: And it escaped narrowly from losing her liberty likewise, by his Devilish conspiracy. Dandulo died the sixth of September, and was honourably buried in S. Marks Church, near to the Font.   


¶ MARINI PHALERIO, the 55. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
MArini Phalerio Knight, and Earl of Val-Marine, being absent, was declared Prince. He was at the same time Ambassador for the Commonwealth, to the Pope: At the same time as the Senate were busied about the election of a new Prince, news came that three Genoa Galleys were taken by the Venetians, near to the Islands of Greece: The enemy's Army likewise entering the Adriatic Gulf took certain Merchant ships, and having in a short space gotten a great booty, departed as speedily as they came.  
After the election of Phalerio, Pisani who commanded abroad for the Commonwealth, and did alone at that time conduct that mighty Venetian sea-army of five and thirty Galleys, and two and twenty lesser vessels, having notice that the enemies were abroad came and cast Anchor, and waited for them in the Isle of Sapientia, near to Morea. Doria, General of the Genoveses came thither so soon as he, 
The Venetian Army in the Isle of Sapientia.  with an intent to fight. Blondus saith, that they fought at Sea near to the Island, and that after a long and dangerous combat, the Genoveses got the victory: Pisani being taken prisoner with five thousand beside. If they did fight, and employed their whole forces, the fortune of Pisani and the rest is to be excused, because the events of war are divers and uncertain, and in mine opinion he is to be praised, in that he rather chose to die, or to be taken, than basely to fly. But the Venetian Histories 
The Venetian Army surprised  say, that the whole Army was lost that day without fight or slaughter, one Galley excepted, which escaped. If it be so, we may assuredly think that the Venetians were surprised by the Genoveses in the same manner, as the Venetians did the Genoveses certain years before at Chariste, under the command of the same Pisani, (as some say) and that he was taken in his own snare, and that the loss was much greater to the Commonwealth than the enemy knew of.  
It is reported that the day before this unfortunate loss, divers prodigies appeared 
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉.  to them▪ and among the rest a great number of Crows fought over the fleet, part of which were so beaten by their adverse party, as the feathers and blood dropped down abundantly into the Venetian galleys: Besides, a sailor leaping out of one galley into another, was on a sudden swallowed up by a sea-monster. The City being 
Great discomfort in Venice.  troubled at the report of this loss, the people said that they never received a greater: and they did believe that their state would have been wholly overthrown, if the victorious Genoveses should at that instant have come directly to the City. Where was their Captain? where their Galleys? where were their forces ready to have 
The Genoveses General his error.  beaten him forth of the haven, and to have defended the Citizens? They would have been wholly ruinated, if the enemy (as it often happeneth, not knowing how to make use of his victory) had not sailed some where else, as of a certain it fell so out. For victorious Doria satisfying himself with his fortunate exploit, returned with his whole Army to Genoa: where being no less admired for this notable victory, than for the booty of which he brought home, he was welcomed with great joy, and general applause of all men.  
But the Venetians (as their constancy in adversities hath ever been admirable) 
The Venetians diligence.  did not spend this small time of relaxation from war in idleness, but did forthwith levy new forces, and in a short space did set forrh four armed galleys to guard the Gulf. Yet nevertheless they were not so soon ready, but that three of the enemy's galleys having before entered the Gulf, took certain ships of burden returning 
Tr●…ce taken with Visconte.  from Candie to Venice, which would have greatly molested the inhabitants of Histria and Dalmatia, if their attempts had not been speedily resisted.  
In this state stood their affairs, when as on the landside truce was taken for four 
A great bravery of a G●…noueses g●…lley.  months with Visconte. But in the mean time a galley of Genoa called Grimaldi meeting on the coast of Morea with the same Venetian galley, which as we said did escape from Sapientia, took it, than soon after another wherein was Guido Tre●…sano the Governor of Candie, and soon after, another in the haven of Frascane: And the boldness of the galley was such, as it sailed from thence to get booty even as far as Grada. The Venetians not being able to endure so great a disgrace sent forth three galleys, not only to hinder her from committing any further harm, but to be revenged for what had been already done. The charge thereof was committed to Nicholas justiniano, who with those forces went to expulse the enemy.  
Phalerio in the mean time having governed the Commonwealth nine whole 
The manner of Phalerio ●…is conspiracy.  months, was possessed with a desire to make himself king thereof, whereunto this wicked man had almost opened the way. This enemy to his own country, and to the Senate who had elected him to the dignity, did determine to seize upon the signory, and to kill the chief of the Senate: And the more easily to effect it, he had hired divers of the common sort to exhort this wretched murder, and some likewise (which is to be admired) of the nobility, so as mischief doth ever find favourers. The murder was committed to sixteen evil disposed persons, who were of the chief of the conspiracy, all which had a day appointed them to come to the Palace with threescore more well armed. They concluded among themselves that on the fourteenth day of April, they would cast false reports about the City, That 
A day appointed for the execution.  the enemy was at hand, and that his galleys were already before the haven, at which rumour the Prince should forth with command all men to take Arms, and cause the great bell of the high Tower to be rung. At which signal, those of the conspiracy coming forth of their houses well armed, should by sundry ways come to the Palace to receive the Prince and Senate's commandment, where seizing on the gates, they should kill all the Senators, with as many as were come thither to debate on matters concerning the Commonwealth, and generally the whole Nobility, and then Phalerio should no more be called Duke but Lord. Some say that they resolved so soon as they should have disannulled the order of the Senators, to commit the government of the City to the people.  
But it is most certain that a Commonwealth well governed hath still been beloved of God, and much more when it is governed by justice, so, as of all earthly governments, 
Aristocratia repu●… th●… be●… of 〈◊〉.  I think the same to be most pleasing unto him which Plato calleth Aristocratia, which doth not obey the commandment of one alone, and which being most good, (as well in opinion of that learned man, as in the judgement of all wise men,) hath ever been esteemed most worthy of praise: Because it is a true agreement and union of the chiefer sort; and such is the government of the state of Venice: which having been oftentimes preserved before by the divine providence, was of a certain much more at this instant. For succour came to the Senators from thence where they least of all expected it. There was a man called Beltrand a popular person, 
By what means the plot was d●…scouered.  and one of the chief of the conspiracy. He the very night before this massacre should have been committed, being provoked (as it is to be thought) with repentance for so horrible a crime, came secretly the evening of the same night to the house of Nichalao Leon one of the Senators, and his gossip, and having taken him aside, discovered the whole matter: telling him, That being stirred up with love to his country, and with an exceeding great affection to the Senate, he could not conceal such a mischief. And after he had named the chief of the conspiracy with Phalerio, he be sought him that he would have him in remembrance, that it might not be imputed to him for a fault, that he had at the beginning consented to the conspiracy against the Senate and his country. Leon was amazed, and with the heinousness of the matter, could not for a time make him an answer, but the fear of the public and particular danger awaked him. Beltrand being gone home, he speedily sent for the chief of the Senate, those of the council of the ten, and other officers of the City to come to speak with him. So soon then as the Senators were come to his house, and such of the common sort as had not been named by the accuser to have been acquainted with the plot: those sixteen which were chief of the conspiracy, 
The chief conspirators punished. An excellent Architect punished with the rest.  were the same very night apprehended, and being convicted of the crime, were murdered, and with ropes let down from the top of the Palace upon the Columns. It is reported that Philippo Calandriero was one of the number, who was one of the best architects and engravers of his time, whose skill the Senate had used in their public buildings. It is thought that the new buildings as well in the ducal Palace as in the marketplace, which doth much exceed the old, was of his workmanship. I would have concealed his name, if I had not thought it a cruel deed to deprive so excellent a wit of his praise. For in this matter, whereof we now spoke, I am so 
Why the Author doth not name those that were guilty of the conspiracy.  far from mentioning the names of the conspirators, as on the contrary, I think those that have named them, to have done indiscreetly, who in thinking thereby to shame them, have for ever made them enrolled. For there is no man how wicked soever, but doth in some sort desire to leave some remembrance of himself to posterity: witness that unknown fellow, who of set purpose did burn the Temple of Diana in Ephesus, who being demanded wherefore he did it; answered that he determined by some notable villainy seeing by virtue he could not) to leave some memory behind him after his death. It is said, that for to raze out his remembrance, it was decreed that none should set down his name in histories: The which was wisely done. For it was a greater punishment to quench his memory, than to take away his life. Domestic examples might have remembered our Citizens of their duty: For after Tepulo his conspiracy, the Senate expressly forbade, that none should dare to write, paint, or engrave, the name or arms of Baiamont, nor of any of his complices. And beside, whereas our ancestors would have the effigies of all the Princes from the beginning of the City until that present time, to be represented 
Phalerio his pict●…re razed out in the great hall.  in order in the hall of the great council: to the end that the picture of wicked Phalerio should not be seen in the rank of Princes, they decreed that his place should remain void, and be covered with a black vail. Their opinion was that they could no sharplier punish those who had transgressed against the Commonwealth, than wholly to blot out their remembrance. And we in like manner, having named the authors of the conspiracy, because it should be known who had in times past conspired against the country, have expressly concealed the name of the rest for to punish them thereby, as we have done others.  
Phalerio likewise was by the Senate's commandment the same day punished 
Phalerio is put to death.  with death, his body was carried into a little boat to the Church of the Twins, being accompanied by eight Sergeants, who carried torches. It is reported that 
Sundry punishments of the conspirators.  commissioners who were appointed to inquire of this matter, did discover in eight days space above four hundred: A great many of them were put to death, some were hanged, others beheaded, and some were flung into the Sea. divers were pardoned, who had promised to aid the conspirators, but they were not made acquainted with their practice: but they were so noted, as some for shame, and for fear, forsook the City with their wives and children, the number of whom was about five hundred: Phalerio his Palace was given to the Church of the holy Apostle.  
He which discovered the conspiracy was not only pardoned, but they gave 
The discoverer of the conspiracy recompensed with his discontent.  him a yearly pension of a thousand ducats, and beside, a Senators place: But he thinking it a mean recompense for such a piece of service, did publicly accuse them of ingratitude, detracting from them in every place. The Senate being provoked at his impudency, had like to have put him to death, but the remembrance of his late good service made them to abstain: whereupon, having taken from him the public recompense, he was banished for ten▪ years to Ragusa. From 
Marco Cornari vice-Duke during the trouble●…  whence departing before the prefixed time, he died in his journey towards Hungary. During these troubles Marco Cornari governed the Commonwealth as Vice-Prince. Then at the next assembly Giovanni Gradonico surnamed Naso, was chosen Duke.   


¶ GIOVANNI GRADONICO surnamed NASO, the 56. Duke of Venice.   
 
ABout the same time Bernardo justiniano, departed from Venice with seven galleys: He having fortunately scoured the Seas for a time, did greatly molest the Genoveses, and would have done much more, if peace had not opportunely ensued for the good of either people, this war having lasted five years. Order was diligently taken for both of them, and with their allies, and Arms were laid aside, as well by Sea as Land, 
Peace betwixt the Venetians and the Genoveses with their allies. A religious and godly act.  against Bernabo and Galeas Viscount who succeeded john. Then the prisoners taken in the wars were on each side set at liberty: whereupon the Genoveses to the number of two thousand being delivered on the feast day of Marie Magdalen, went by couples, carrying each of them a burning taper in his hand to give thanks unto God at the Church of the same Saint. This spectacle moved the whole City to devotion, so as ever since, that feast-day hath been solemnised, which before then was not observed.   
The end of the third Book of the second Deead.   

THE FOURTH BOOK OF THE SECOND DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the fourth Book of the second Decad.  
THe truce being expired, LEWIS King of Hungary allieth himself with the Carrarians and the Patriarch of Aquileia, and at one time assaileth the Venetiaris in Italy and Dalmatia. The same King returneth into Hungary, having spent some time in vain before Treviso, and leaveth certain troops there to continue the siege. The Paduans forbidden to traffic at Venice. A troop of mercenary Almans defeated by the Hungarians near to the River brent. The Generallrevolt of Dalmatia from the Venetians in favour of King LEWIS: Peace with the same King. Two Venetian Ambassadors sent to the Emperor, are taken in Germany by thieves. The Duke of Austria rescueth those Ambassadors, and bringeth them back to Venice. The Nobility of Candie revolt from the Venetians. LUCHIN VERMIO goeth into the Island with great forces. The Venetians vanquish the greeks near to Mount Strombula, who retire to Candace. The Venetians recover the City of Candace. The Island being quieted, Tilts and Attorneys were made in the City for joy of the victory. The King of Cyprus in the company of the Venetian Army taketh Alexandria in Egypt. A new sedition in Candie worse than the former, so soon as the troops were gone forth of the Island. Those of the Island being a long time very much molested, and their forces at the last broken, submit themselves to the Venetians obedience. The rebellion of the Thriestines. The Venetians victory over the Duke of Austria at Thrieste. Strife betwixt the Venetians and Paduans concerning their limits.  
Arms being laid a side by Sea and by Land, and the 
The Venetians restored to their usual traffic.  City restored to her ordinary traffic, divers ships sailed to Cyprus, and to other Fairs and Martes of the Aegean Sea, who for their more safety (for albeit they feared not the Genoveses, yet the incursions of the Barbarians kept them in much awe) had certain armed Galleys for their convoy commanded by Bernardo justinian, who having brought them to a safe Port, returned 
The Earldom of Val-marin fallen to the venetians by Phalerio his d●…ath.  speedily into Dalmatia: from whence having taken order for the affairs of the Province he brought back his Army in safety to Venice. Giovanni Baldo was the first that was sent to govern Val-marin: that Earldom being fallen to the Venetians by the death of Phalerio.  
This year about the Springtime (because the rumour was that Lewis King of Hungary made preparations against the Venetians) Marco Cornari, and Marin Grimani were sent into Hungary, from whence they returned within a while after, having found the Hungarian disposed to Wars. Some Authors affirm that the cause of the King's hatred to the Venetians, was, because they denied him shipping 
The cause of the war betwixt the venetians and the King of Hungary.  for the passage of his Army into Italy, at such time as he would have made war on Queen joan. But it is most certain that this King was vanquished by the Venetians at Zara, before that he began any war in Italy. But whether it were on this occasion, or for any other, as some say (for we know not herein whom to follow) without all doubt the Ambassadors were sent into Apulia to the Hungarian who (as some Authors say) made truce with him for eight years, and as others say for ten. But at the beginning of the Genoveses war, (albeit the time of the truce was not yet fully expired) he began to quarrel with the Venetians about Dalmatia, and there were presumptions that he would forthwith make war upon them, had not the mediation of the Emperor Charles the fourth caused him to give over, who commanded him to stay till the truce was ended: whereupon he deferred the war till this present: which the Senate plainly foreseeing, made them (as it is thought) to hasten the peace with the Genoveses, the which they had before denied them, when they stubbornly craved it: to the end that being freed from the Genoan war, they might with more ease intent the other, as they had done.  
Some Annals make mention how that Cornari and Grimani the Ambassadors, 
What tribute the King of Hungary demanded of the venetians.  might at the same time have easily shunned that war, if they would in the commonwealths name have promised him, a white horse, as a yearly tribute for Dalmatia. The Venetians not intending thereby to wrong their right to Dalmatia refused it, whereupon so soon as the truce was expired, he entered furiously into Dalmatia, without farther denouncing of war. It is reported that at his first coming, 
The King of Hungary his great Army in Dalmatia.  he brought so great an Army, as at one time he besieged Zara, Scia, Spalatra, Trahu, and Nona. The Venetians (who do nothing rashly) measuring the enemy by themselves, did not imagine that he would so soon have been in the field, by reason whereof they had not furnished the Province with necessaries. But when they heard how that all the Cities almost of Dalmatia were besieged by the Hungarians, they speedily provided shipping, Soldiers, munition, and victuals, and therewith furnished all those Cities, and having taken this order, they thought that the Cities, Islands, and Castles, should be so sufficiently and faithfully defended by those whom they had sent thither, as in the end, the war should be tedious to the Hungarians: when on a sudden, because he would keep the Venetians occupied in sundry places, having secretly allied himself with Francisco Carrario, he passed into 
The King of Hungary allieth himself with Carrario.  Italy with a hundred thousand fight men, without the great supplies of the Duke of Austria, and the Patriarch of Aquilea, and came and encamped on the Trevisani. The Earls of Colalta with divers other Lords, did on a sudden take part with the Hungarian, who in a short space took Coniglian by composition, where Zacharie Contareno was Governor, after that Sacilla, and from thence he came and 
The King of Hungary besiegeth Treviso.  besieged Treviso. The Venetians albeit they were sufficiently busied in Dalmatia, yet nevertheless upon the first news of the Kings coming into Italy, they fortified Treviso with victuals and munition, and sent thither Marco justiniano, Giovanni Delfino, and Paulo Loretano, that they might together provide for the affairs of the war. The King in the mean time having published the alliance with Prince Carrario, forbade on pain of life that none should forage or spoil the Territory of Padua upon any occasion whatsoever.  
The Commonwealth being thus wrapped in so great a war, Prince Gradonico died, having governed one year and two Months, and was honourably buried in the Church of the friars Minors.  


¶ GIOVANNI DELFINO, the 57 Duke of Venice.   
Giovanni Delfino being absent was subrogated in his stead. He being called from Treviso, where he executed his Office, could not obtain any safe conduct from the King, who lay in Camp not far from thence, for his free passage. We may hereby easily perceive, how much this 
The Duke of Venice is denied a passport.  King was incensed against the Venetians: yet nevertheless he came forth of the City at the same time, on the backside thereof, being well accompanied. It is not certainly known whether the City were assailed before or after the Duke's departure: Those whom we follow do greatly vary herein: All Authors agree in this, that the King having made an approach, with his engines of battery did 
Treviso bravely defended.  furiously assail the City; and that at this assault divers of his Captains died there, and among the rest, one of his own near Kinsmen, and that the City was bravely defended by the Venetians.  
The King being wearied that his affairs went no better forward, and out of hope at that time to take the City, leaving certain troops to continue the siege, he returned into Hungary. The Venetians being incensed against Carrario, called home 
The Venetians incensed against Carrario.  Marini Morosino their Magistrate from Padua, (for that City ever since it was freed from the Tyranny of Mastin, had still a Venetian Magistrate,) they commanded moreover that none should carry them any salt, and the Citizens were forbidden to traffic any more with the Paduans. Then they levied forces in Germany, the which being come through the territory of Vincenza, were encamped on the banks of the River brent. This River was swelled by reason of the rain, and grown so deep, as it could by no means be Forded, whereby the Almain troops were constrained to tarry on the banks, till such time as the water being fallen, that they might pass over and join with the Venetians, whereof those of the Camp being advertised by their Spies, speedily sent certain troops of theirs to surprise the Almains, 
The Almains defeated through their own default.  who dreamt on no such matter. Their attempt was not vain: For the whole company by the unexpected coming of the enemies, was broken and put to flight, and the greatest part of them slain on the place.  
In the mean time Marco justiniano, surnamed the Great, was sent to Treviso to command there in Giovanni Delfino's stead. Not long after, five and twenty Senators were appointed to oversee the affairs of the War: And shortly after truce being taken with the enemy for five Months, Ambassadors were sent into Hungary to 
Peace refused on unjust conditions.  the King, to treat of peace, namely, Andrea Contareni, Michaeli Phalerio, and Bonitendio the Secretary: But they returned without effecting what they went for. In this interim, the truce being expired, the enemy took Serravall. But the Commonwealth received a great loss in Dalmatia. For the main war being in Italy, the Senate were constrained to draw the greatest part of their forces forth of the Province, and not being able by reason of their Domestic war, to raise the siege of Spalatra, Sacco, Trahu, and of divers other small Towns not far from thence, they were all yielded to the King. Enona wherein Giovanni justiniano commanded 
A City bravely defended.  was bravely defended, and famine itself could not daunt the courage of the generous Venetian, to cause him in any sort consent to yield. It is reported that the scarcity of all necessaries was so great in Enona, as the Soldiers abstained not from eating all manner of meats, how vile and unwholesome soever. The enemy likewise surprised Zara, and it was supposed to be done by the practise of Carrario; yet nevertheless the Castle held still out for the Venetian.  
Now the Venetians holding the affairs of Dalmatia for lost, and those of Treviso having been a long time in great hazard, they resolved again to send Ambassadors to the King to conclude a peace with him on such conditions as they could. 
The Venetians enforced to sue for peace. A peace more necessary than honourable for the Venetian.  Pietro Trevisano, Giovanni Gradonico, and the Secretary Bonitendio were sent thither, who obtained peace on these conditions, That whatsoever the Venetians had till then possessed from the Fanatic Gulf, even to Durazzo, should remain to King Lewis: and that the Venetians should wholly give over their right to Dalmatia: As concerning the other Lands which lay near to the Gulf, and on the hither side thereof, the Venetians should have the one half thereof; and that the King should redeliver to the Venetians whatsoever he had taken from them in Histria, in the Trevisan, and in the County of Ceneda: promising, not to suffer any Dalmatian to use the trade of a Pirate, nor to come into their Ports, & Islands, and that he would take order that the navigation should be as free and safe along the coast of Dalmatia for the Venetians, as it had been in times past. By reason of this peace more necessary than Honourable, the Venetian Princes left Dalmatia forth of their Titles. Their Officers, which they had there, being called home, were not permitted to 
The King infringeth the peace.  bring thence their goods, albeit it was expressly mentioned in the treaty of peace, that it should be lawful for all Venetians who were then dwelling in Dalmatia, to ship away their goods and movables, which they held in the Province. Herein the Hungarian infringed the Articles of peace, by not fulfilling the contents thereof: But the Venetians thought it best, in so dangerous a season, to dissemble that 
The Venetians wisdom.  wrong, rather than to revenge it by a new War.  
Peace then being made with Lewis, three Ambassadors were sent into Germany to the Emperor Charles; Marco Cornari, Giovanni Gradonico, and Lorenzo Celso. The Historians make no mention why they were sent. Two of them, having left Celso with the Emperor, returning homewards without effecting what they went for, and passing through Germany, were surprised by a Prince of the Country, and 
The Venetian Ambassadors taken prisoners in Germany.  basely carried away by force into a Castle, an absolute place of retreat for thieves. Celso understanding what had happened to his fellows, came by an other way to Seigna, and from thence to the Seaside, from whence he safely sailed to Venice. Within a while after he was sent with an Army for the guard of the Gulf: About the spring-time of this year, the contagious sickness began again: The Summer following, Prince Delfino died, the fifth year of his Government scarcely expired: and was buried in the Church of the Twins.   


¶ LORENZO CELSO, the 58. Duke of Venice.   
LOrenzo Celso being absent was chosen in his place. Twelve of the Senate were speedily in the commonwealths name sent to congratulate him, and to bring him in a Galley to Venice. When he drew near to the City, the whole Senate went to meet him, and received him in the Bucentauro. Victor Pisani was sent in his stead to guard the Gulf It is reported that the Prince's Father did for a time forbear to come and see his Son, because he would not be enforced to salute him bareheaded, as though it had been an unseemly and unheard-off matter, to see a Father inferior to his Son in dignity. But he behaved himself herein, I will not say undiscreetly, though like an ignorant person: he was so unskilful in the affairs of the world, and customs of his own Country, that he did not understand that the same Honour was not given to his Son, but to the Majesty of the Commonwealth represented in him. It may be that he had heard (and so he was the more to be excused) the discourses of moral Philosophers, which make a question, Whether a Father ought to give place to his Son, being invested with sovereign dignity. Those which are best learned in that discipline, say, That in public he ought to do so, but that at home and in private, the Son ought chiefly to honour and respect the Father.  
About the same time, the Duke of Austria came to Venice with the Ambassadors, 
The Duke of Austria cometh to Ueni●●.  which were (as hath been said) surprised in Germany. His coming thither was reported to be but only to see the City, which as he had heard was builded on the marshes. The Prince with divers of the Senate did honourably receive him in the Bucentauro, and brought him to the Palace of the Cornari, near to Saint Lucy's Church, prepared for him by the Commonwealth: who so soon as he had seen the singularities of the City, and given them thanks both in general and particular, for the courtesies which he had received, he returned into Germany.  
In the Wintertime of the same year, the King of Cyprus attended by a Royal 
The King of Cyprus cometh to Venice.  train, arrived with three Galleys at Venice; who being received likewise by the Commonwealth, and brought to the same lodging, where some few Months before the Duke of Austria had lain, did the morrow after in S. Marks Church Knight Andreola, surnamed Giovanni, who was appointed Governor of Treviso: Then departing for France, he was accompanied by Prince Celso, with the most part of the Senate as far as Marghera.  
In the month of September the next year after that these two great Princes had been at Venice, a great rebellion happened in Candie by the Venetians, who 
Great sedition in Candie.  dwelled in the Island, whereby the Commonwealth had like to have lost it. The Senate had decreed in regard of their excessive charge for the wa●…s to raise a certain tribute on the Candiots. At the publishing of this decree, all the Gentlemen almost 
The Governor of the Island imprisoned.  (a few excepted) did on a sudden revolt, who laying hands on Leonardo Dandulo the Governor of the Island, and the Providatori, they surprised all the ships of burden that were in the Haven, which were come thither for the vintage, with all the merchants that were in it. In this ●…umult they hastily chose Marco Gradonico surnamed Bayardo for their Captain, who was (otherwise) a very discreet person.  
Dominico Michaeli, who at that time guarded the Gulf, having notice of this tumult of the Candiots, did speedily send a Galley to advertise the Prince and Senate thereof. These news did greatly grieve the whole City, and that worthily, because the report was, that the Authors of the rebellion were of the chiefest families of Venice. What worse act could the greeks and the Islanders have committed, which were neither borne at Venice, nor issued from the Venetians? It was to be feared that they would have kindled a greater flame, and would become executioners of other men's fury, being glad to behold the dominion and state of the Venetians to be dissolved by their quarrels and dissensions, seeing by other means they could not effect it. It was decreed to send three of the Senate to the chief of the Colony, who should by exhortations and advertisements put them in mind of their duty due to their country, and divert them from their wicked designs, with ample authority to reduce them to their obedience, on such conditions 
Commissioners sent into Candie to app●…ase the troubles.  as they should think most expedient. Pietro Souranza, Andrea Zeno, and Marco M●…rofino were sent thither.  
It is reported that five more did soon after follow them: but the first and last Ambassages were to no purpose, those of the Island not only refusing to give them audience, but to receive them. The Ambassadors perceiving that war must needs end the business, determined to depart thence in the Venetian galleys, who returning from the Fai●…es of Grecia, were by chance arrived there. The Captain of the galleys being ready to hoist sail, did furiously seize upon the inhabitants whom he found in the Haven, and at Sea, and brought away three hundred of them prisoners to Venice.  
The Senate upon the return of the Commissioners, resolved by a general consent, to make war upon those perfidious Colonies, and the residue of the Island, who had openly revolted from their obedience, and did particularly banish divers of the chief of the rebellion, whom they had proclaimed enemies to the Commonwealth: 
Ambassadors sent every where against the Candiots.  But first of all, they dispatched messengers to the Pope, the Emperor Charles, Lewis King of Hungary, joan Queen of Sicily, and to all Christian Princes and people almost, to let them understand of the treacherous and unworthy rebellion of their Colony in Candie; & to entreat them if they would not 
Advertisement to Christian Princes against the Candiols.  give them aid and assistance to revenge such an injury, at the leastwise not to hinder them from doing it, and that they would not aid their rebels, though they should request it; That they knew well enough that it was notorious to the whole world, that the City of Candace in Candie was a Colony of the Venetians, and that the Venetians were scattered over the whole Island. That it was lawful for Fathers when their children are stubborn and disobedient, and that they cannot by entreaties nor threatenings reduce them to their obedience, to use the rod to chastise them. That the Venetians meaning was, seeing they could not by gentleness and fair means bring the Candiots to the remembrance of their duty, to attempt to do it by Arms: the which they did soon hope to do, if they were not aided by some foreign power. And that they should perform the parts of good Princes and true friends to the Venetians, if they would permit that perfidious Colony, to receive from their mother, unto whom they owe their being, the chastisement which it had deserved.  
The Ambassadors were in all places friendly heard and entertained, and there 
The entertainment given by the christian Princes to the Venetian Ambassadors. Dominico Michaeli General of the venetians naval ArmieLuchin Vermio of Verona, General of the land-army. The number of the land-army.  was no man, but in detestation of the Candiots fact, did liberally offer them all assistance. In the mean time they levied a mighty Army, and made Dominico Michaeli General thereof, who was before, Providator of the Gulf; and the land-army was committed to Luchin Vermio of Verona who was expressly sent for to Venice for the same purpose: He having received his oath from the Prince well and faithfully to serve the Commonwealth, did forthwith receive the public ensigns: Great sums of money were levied on the Citizens, as well to begin the war as to continue it. Vermio, so soon as all the troops were assembled, and the fleet ready, to the end he might not be ignorant with what forces he fought, made a general muster of his Army, and found that he had a thousand horse, and two thousand foot, not accounting the sailors, and those that ●…owed in the galleys.  
The fleet which consisted of three and thirty galleys, and eight ships of burden, 
The number of the fleet.  leaving Venice on the ninth of April, arrived about the seventh of May at Fresca, a place very near to Candace. But during these preparations, certain Gentlemen of Candace, having by chance understood what had been concluded at Venice after the return of the Commissioners, and being certified that they were not of the number of the banished, hoping of pardon began secretly to favour those which remained faithful and obedient to the Venetians. For divers at the beginning not allowing of such a wicked practise absented themselves from the City, and retired to their Castles and Houses of pleasure in the Island. The chief Authors of the 
The rebels fear  revolt, considering the great danger which threatened them, not only from their enemies, but from their own Citizens, were afraid lest those whom they perceived to waver, would by some good offices practise somewhat against them by the aid of those which were absent. For there was likelihood that those who at the beginning had opposed themselves against their designs, would forthwith upon the arrival of the Venetian Army fall upon them: And notwithstanding that many of them were of sundry opinions, yet no man durst propound that which one alone by the advice of one particular person must presume to execute.  
This man whosoever he was, dealt with one named Calergo, the Pneumaticke, and having set before him the entire dominion of the Island, persuaded him to kill all those, who did continue in the Venetians obedience; and for this purpose to draw great numbers of greeks to his party. This Calergo consented thereunto, and came first of all to Mopsilla, a pleasant country house, where he assailed Andrea Cornari, 
The miserable death of Andrea Cornari.  and slew him. It is reported that Calergo had in times past been his guest, and had been ever succoured and descended by him: And that so soon as Cornari saw him come armed, he did on a sudden demand wherefore he came: who made answer that he was sent to kill him. Whereupon he put him in mind of his ancient hospitality, and other good turns which he had received from him, for which, he entreated 
The pretence of a murderer to execute his enterprise.  him not to kill the man unto whom he was so infinitely bound. The murderer extolling liberty, said: That for it he would forget all hospitality and other bonds of friendship, and that he was come to deliver his country (which men so decrely affect) from cruel bondage.  
After Cornari his death, he did in sundry places pursue divers other faithful servants 
divers slain by the same murderer.  to the Venetians. Gabriel Veniero, Marini and Lorenzo Pascalis were slain, one at his farm at Pulla, and the other at Melissa; Lorenzo Gritti, at Pestria, than Zannachio justiniano, & Leonardo Abraham with divers others, who tasted the furious cruelty of the murderer.  
The greeks waxing more bold by means of Calergo his executions, came with 
Demand of the Greek multitude.  great arrogancy, & assailed the Nobility, saying, That they would have ten natural Greeks to be of the Senate, and that in their absence nothing should be determined or concluded. But this base multitude, who at the beginning were foolish, having at the last lost all sense and reason, did by their continual clamours affright the Senate, and threatened to break open the prisons, if they did not deliver them all the Venetian prisoners that were there, that they might murder them. 
threatenings of the Candiots.   
In the mean time he that suborned Calergo, intending wholly to raze out the Latin name in the Island, sent for his murderer to come to a certain place two miles distant from the City to confer with him about the betraying of the City: wishing rather that the government of the Island should fall to Calergo and the Greeks than to the Venetians. Upon the way he fell into the hands of those whom Marco Gradonico the Governor had sent for to take him. For the Governor with others, so soon as they heard tell that they had slain the Venetian Gentlemen, whereunto not any but one man had consented, did presently send to seize upon Calergo. For they feared that this Greek having committed such a villainous deed, 
Calergo the mur therer taken. Exemplari●… punishment of Calergo.  would still practise greater cruelty. This wicked man being taken, and brought to the City, in revenge of the Venetian blood which he had spilled, was thrown down from the top of the Palace upon the point of swords, and his body being cut into divers pieces, was cast upon the City dunghill.  
This spectacle was very pleasing to the people. Whereby we may observe, how 
The lightness and inconstancy of the multitude  great the inconstancy of a multitude is, which dependeth on the very lest motions: and that their love or hatred respecteth not the deed, but only the fortune of him whom they follow. A little before, those of Candace favoured Calergo, but so soon as they saw him drawn to execution, they wholly forsook him, and judged him worthy of death. The nobility being daunted with those mischiefs and with the great war like preparations which were made, the authors of the rebellion perceiving that they could not of themselves long hold Candie at that stay, and though they could, yet were not their forces sufficient to resist the Venetians, they began to consult (for they resolved not to return to the Venetians obedience) into whose hands they should commit the entire possession of the Island. The Genoveses 
The Candiots resolve to yield to the Genovese.  alone were held fittest for it, as well for their power by Sea, as for the ancient envy which they did bear to the Venetian greatness. And therefore they concluded to send ten Ambassadors to Genoa, the one half Italians, and the other Greeks. Two of these being entreated to deliver their opinion, did boldly answer that they thought it fittest to send to Venice to the Prince and Senate, offering (if 
A free speech of two Senators of Candie.  they thought good) that they would not only be of the Ambassade, but rather to take the whole charge upon themselves if need were, assuring them in so doing, they should obtain a general pardon, to their great profit, and for the honour and dignity of the Commonwealth.  
On the contrary, others being moved with envy said, that it behoved them to 
●…arco Gradonico murdered in the Palace.  send to Genoa. It is reported that Marco Gradonico, one of those who was of opinion to send to Venice, being called into the Senate, under pretence of some public matter, was murdered by some of the contrary part, who were hidden in the Chapel of the Palace. And the residue who did in any sort seem to lean to his opinion, were in danger likewise to have been murdered. They were divers days consulting about this business, but at last the contrary faction prevailing, the embassage 
The Candiots send Ambassadors to Genoa. Georgio Molino Bishop of Ca●…on.  was resolved on for Genoa. Wherhfore having made ready a galley for the Ambassadors, it happened by chance that Georgio M●…lino, Bishop of Coron, a man of singular affection towards his country, was at the same time in the Island, who having understood of the Candiots revolt, was come thither to procure (if he could) a peace, and as he was returning thence, (by reason he could not do that he came for) one of those who at the beginning were of opinion to send to Venice, did secretly wish him to advertise the Prince and Senate, that they had sent to Genoa to deliver the Island into their hands. 
The venetian Prince and Senate send Ambassadors to Genoa. The Genoveses answer to the Candiots.   
This being known at Venice by Molinos letters, Ambassadors were speedily dispatched to Genoa, to entreat them not to meddle with the Isle of Candie, according as they had before time promised. The letters being read in open Senate, they answered the Candiots, That the Genoveses could not grant their request without breach of their public faith; that they were very sorry both in general and particular, that it was not lawful for them to succour so noble an Island, and (as they understood by that Ambass●…de) which did greatly affect the Genoveses. They wished them therefore to depart, and to seek aid elsewhere, and not to expect any from them: in regard they had sworn to the contrary.  
The Candiots being dismissed without any hope of aid, returned home to their houses. The Venetians in the mean time had made haste, and were come (as hath 
The venetia●… Army at Fresca.  been said) about the seventh of May to Fresca. Between that place, and the City, there is a very high hill, called Strombula, and near to it two others, so near the one to the other, as a far off you would not think them to be three hills, but one. Towards the East there is in it a rough way, but so narrow as two armed soldiers can hardly march in front, and on each side are deep donwfalls, and so uneasy to pass through, as the entry of those places being stopped, a few men are able to keep out many thousands. In one part of the mountain which lieth beneath those narrow ways, great abundance of salt water issueth forth of a cave, which cometh (as it is thought) by secret conduits from the Sea, which is not far f●…om thence: 
Almiron.  which place the Islanders call Almiron. Those warers are reported in Winter to be somewhat fresh, in regard of the streams which fall down into them from the neighbour mountains, which make a small river (serving for the use of certain mills) which a mile thence on the North side entereth into the Sea. From the mouth of the river to the City by Sea, is but an open shallow Road. The Army peradventure landing at this place, an hundred soldiers coming rashly as far as the mills were surprised by the enemy, and cut in pieces; from whom being dead, the greeks plucked out their tongues, and cut off their privy members, tearing the one with their teeth, and wiping their hinder parts with the other. This 
The Candioti cruelty to the venetians.  reproach did more incense the Venetians against the Greeks, than the slaughter.  
Michaeli so soon as he had landed his troops, went with the fleet, and besieged the City. Luchin before he passed any farther, spoke to his soldiers in this manner.  

Vermio his Oration to his Soldiers.  
I Persuade myself that ye are not ignorant (having sailed so large a distance of Sea) of the cause why at this time ye are sent into this Island. We are come hither to punish the disloyalty of the new inhabitants of Candace, who have strayed from the natural condition of Venetians, & also to chastise the audacious rashness of certain greeks. Now therefore by how much more the Venetians cause is most just, by so much the more ought we to strive to get the victory for fear (which I would be sorry) lest if we be over come through our own negligence, the Venetians cause will be reported to be no better than their Army. Ye are to fight with an enemy, who by nature is no soldier, nor experienced in Arms, who hath not thrown himself headlong into this war for any trust he hath to his own forces, but by his own reckless temerity. Besides, they have neither cavalry, Armour, nor foreign aid, nor indeed any thing wherein they may hope, saving in their own folly, by which they will be as easily overthrown, as they have inconsiderately cast themselves into this danger. One thing we may fear, which is, that being shut up in their walls, they will thereby for a while deprive us of our victory. But being as they are proud and presumptuous, I hope they will sally forth, which if they do, and you being such as you ought to be, the victory is ours. The place besides where we are, doth constrain us to fight: for this Province is environed with the Sea, and in it we have no place of retreat. Our fleet so soon as we were landed, hoisted their sails, and is gone to besiege the City. We must then either die betwixt the shore and these moutaines, or with victory march to the City, to meet again with our fleet. And yet I doubt not, if any galleys were here, and should see us fight upon the shore, they would not receive our fugitive soldiers, but would rather put to Sea, and suffer us to be slain here as base and cowardly people. I thought good to speak this unto you, to the end ye may understand, that we must not only fight valiantly, (for our cause is better, and we are valianter than they) but, whether we will or no, if we desire to live, we must show ourselves courageous in regard of the difficulty of these places. Moreover the wealth of this Island doth exhort us to win the victory, whereof if we become masters, we may hope for a most rich booty. Furthermore, the Venetians are, and have always been rewarders os brave and valorous men, who being mindful of your worth, will or deign perpetual pensions for the best amongst you, and indeed for all, if you do all show yourselves worthy men. To conclude, if no other thing invite you to play the men, yet ought the example of your Captain to provoke you thereunto. I command you then to go out with the self same courage as ye shall see me your Captain to march with. He is not worthy to be termed a soldier, but a base Bisonian, who whilst his Captain shall fight, doth shamefully retire from the battle. For my own part, if I shall perceive any one to ma●…ch fearfully to the fight, I will be as great an enemy unto him, as to the greeks against whom we fight.   
Vermio having spoken thus to his Soldiers, commanded every one to be in a readiness to march against the enemy. The greeks in the mean time who were sent to guard the straits of the mountains, waxing more proud for their last victory 
The Candiots error.  (as I think) leaving the hills with a desire to fight, came down into the bottom to assail the Venetians. Vermio would not lose so fair an advantage, but suddenly set his forces in order of battle. The Candiots were at the first brunt in a manner broken, and so narrowly pursued by the victorious Venetian, who would not give them time to knit their forces together (which they attempted 
The Candiots defeated.  to do in those straits) as they sought to escape by manife●…t flight. The Italians followed them at the heels and slew them every where, so that more were slain in the flight than in combat: divers having thrown away their Arms escaped into the mountains, but greater numbers did with an headlong race draw the enemy near to the walls. It is reported that the Venetians followed them so courageously as they lost many of their people at the City gates. Those of Candace being 
The City of Candace yielded  daunted with this loss, and perceiving themselves to be besieged by Sea and Land, despairing of foreign aid, began forthwith to treat of yielding. Wherefore after they had taken the Venetians faithful promise, that the poor inhabitants should not be molested either in bodies or goods, they sent by night the keys of the City to Michaeli and to the Providatori. Vermio being commanded to enter 
The Venetians Soldiers ready to mutiny.  with a few troops; the gates were shut after him, so as the Soldiers were deceived of the booty they hoped for. There had like to have been a mutiny in the Camp; and there wanted no setters on to cause them not only to mutiny but absolutely to revolt, accusing Vermio, and Michaeli the General of the sea-army, for depriving the Soldiers of the booty which they had won by their valour. 
Vermio app●…aseth it.  But Vermio having understood their discontentment, came amongst them, and after he had sharply rebuked the Authors of the mutiny, he so far prevailed with the Providatori, as they presently gave them double pay, and by this means the matter was appeased. divers of the enemies finding themselves guilty of this rebellion, and despairing of pardon, would in this tumult have taken Arms, but they were in a moment apprehended: The new Governor lost his head, so did all the Authors of the rebellion and divers others fled. The Ambassadors who at the 
The rebels punished.  same time were returned by chance from Genoa, falling into the Venetians hands, were punished according to their deserts.  
The news, first of the victory and then of the taking of the City of Candace, 
Great joy at Venice for the recovery of Candy  did greatly rejoice the Senate and the whole City. Thanks was given to Almighty God in the Churches. prisoners were set at liberty; and divers poor maids were married with the public purse. Tilts and Tournaments continued for certain days in the Marketplace of Saint Mark by young Gentlemen, with sumptuous preparation, who were five and twenty in number, each of them furnishing five hundred crowns for the scaffolds and other expenses. The King of Cyprus being returned forth of France was present at it, and fought at Barriers with the son of Vermio, a brave young man, and of great hope. Some say that Vermio himself was one of the judges at the Tilt. If it were so we must not believe that this public show was so soon made. It is reported that one named Pascalis 
Who won the honour at the turn●…y.  M●…not, who came with the son of Vermio, wan the glory of the tourney, and that the victory was adjudged to him: which was a Crown of gold, of the value of three hundred and threescore Crowns.  
The Island being quiet and reduced under the Venetians obedience, the victorious Army returned to Venice. But the alliance made with the King of Cyprus, was the occasion of setting forth a new Army, wherewith the Cypriot soon after surprised and spoiled the famous City of Alexandria in Egypt. But he could not tarry long there, by reason of the great numbers of Barbarians which daily ran thither, whereupon the third day after his entry, he was constrained to dislodge and brought back his Army to Cyprus, laden with spoil. Prince Celso after 
A new commotion in Candie.  he had governed three years and ten months died. His body was buried in the Caelestines. Marco Cornari was chosen in his place.   


¶ MARCO CORNARI, the 59 Duke of Venice.   
 
AT the beginning almost of his government a new revolt happened in Candie, fiercer than that whereof we now spoke. divers Greek Gentlemen, who in the last stirs had in some sort favoured the rebels, were quiet till Vermio his troops, and the naval Army were gone forth of the Island. For having then fortified the places which belonged to either party, and then from day to day practising other novelties, they did not cease to disturb the peace of the Island, until they had caused all places to Arm against the Venetians.  
It is reported that john Calergo was the Author of the troubles who was one 
Who was the Author of the new commotion.  of the noblest families of the Island. He having set up the ensigns of the Greek Empire proclaimed every where, That it was done for the protection of the Isle of Candie, exhorting all those who loved their liberty to follow him. divers being amazed, took Arms. Those which followed him, first of all swore to destroy the nobility; after they came on the sudden and furiously assailed Nicholas Dandulo, and 
The death of Nicholas Dandulo and his brother.  his brother; and having murdered them they seized on their Castles. Nicholas justiniano Providator, and Dominico Molino, leaving the City, to resist Calergo his attempts, took certain places from the rebels which they burned. Those of Calergo his faction on the other side being suddenly come to the Suburbs of Castel-novo 
The spoils made by the Candiots.  which belonged to the Venetians, which were newly inhabited, burned them to ashes. But the Town being bravely defended by Pietro Trevisano the Providator, they were shamefully put to flight; and from thence they came and seized on Rethimna: Those which were within it for the guard thereof, despairing of ability 
Rethimna taken by the ●…ehells.  to defend it in regard of their small number, leaving their horses behind them, went to Sea and came to Candie. The greeks after they had driven away the Venetians from divers places who had newly inhabited the Island, pursued the course of their victory, and ceased not till they had made all that which lieth towards the West from Thalis unto the Promontory of Spatha, to revolt from the Venetians: the Towns and certain Castles excepted. This revolt being reported 
Why the Venetians were troubled at this new s●…irre.  at Venice put the Senate in marvelous care to begin the war again; which was the more grievous unto them, by how much they had thought the affairs of Candie to be safer than at any time before. The Prince and Senate commanded those who were in the Island to levy forces from all parts, and to procure horsemen out of Licia, Caria, and jonia, if they could get none elsewhere. They sent 
The Pope's indulgences against the Candiots.  likewise to the Pope (the which they easily obtained) to entreat him to grant plenary Indulgences of all sins committed till that time, to all those, who would take Arms against those perfidious Candiots.  
This was done in Italy, whilst the Islanders being vanquished by Nicholas justiniano at the foot of the hills Lasithes, with the loss of divers of their troops 
The Candiots defeated.  they were diverted from their attempts. For their meaning was to have seized on the mountains; but I know not whether it were to save and defend themselves, or rather from thence to assail their enemies by a sudden and unexpected coming upon them. Moreover, the greeks all the winter made sundry and different attempts, against which the Providatori did with great diligence opportunely oppose 
New Providatori sent with supplies to the Island.  themselves. Giacomo Bragadino, Paulo Loretano, Pietro Mocenigo, Lorenzo Dandulo, and Andrea Zeno were sent into the Island as new Providatori: They had commandment likewise to levy Soldiers as well horse as foot from all places.  
Having received the old bands, and added new supplies to them, they were ready to march against the enemy, when news was brought them, that after they had levied great numbers of Soldiers, and attempted in vain to take the City of Maluicina, they had scattered themselves over the Territory of Cydon, and had put all to fire and sword which they knew to belong to the Venetians, and to be newly inhabited. This was done on the Sea-coast, whilst in the midst of the Island, five and twenty hundred of the enemies, came and encamped themselves at one time near to Agatia and Melissa. Giacomo Bragadino speedily marched against 
The Candiots defeated and put to ●…light by Ciacomo Bragadino.  them with four hundred horse and fifteen hundred foot; they fought there very fiercely: where those of the Island being broken and defeated, divers were slain in the battle, but the number of the Prisoners exceeded who were all hanged; some few which fled in great fear, got into the next mountains. The Venetian departed and set fire on the Farme-houses and villages of the enemies spoiling every where round about.  
Thus stood the state of the Island when on a sudden the inhabitants of fifteen 
Fifteen villages revolt.  Villages revolted, who fearing to be defeated in open field retired with their wives and children intto the mountains of Lasithes where they were forthwith assisted by the chiefest of the Rebellion. divers others did the like, who for their more safety betook themselves to those mountains.  
The forces of the greeks being thus augmented, they were not satisfied with defending 
Great boldness of the reb●…lls.  themselves, but trusting to their great numbers, they came cheerfully and spoiled the Country of those who had continued faithful to the Venetians: and entering into the bounds of the City of Candace, they filled all the places round about with fear and terror. Pietro Mocenigo perceiving the whole Island almost to be infected with this fury, and to tend to a general revolt, and that he could by no means fight with the enemy who kept still in the mountains, brought back his troops to Candece, intending to keep the City and to repress the enemies violent eruptions. Then he certified the Prince and Senate of the state of the Island, 
Mocenigo his resolution.  and requested them to send more forces if they desired to see the enemy's treachery daunted; that his fellows and himself had with much ado gotten five hundred horse out of Asia; that they wanted greater numbers both of horse and foot, which of necessity must be sent to them, if they intended to reduce the Island under their obedience. And therefore he besought them to take speedy order that supplies might be forth with sent from Italy.  
Before Mocenigo his letters came to Venice. Pantaleon Barba, Giovanni Zeno, Nicholas 
New Providatori and new supplies sent into Candi●….  Treuisan●…, Andrea Zeno, & Nicholas justiniano, departed from the City with certain troops of footmen, who came into the Island as new Providatori. They being arrived the old ones returned home (Pietro Mocenigo excepted) who remained still Governor. Those that came last having received the old troops and assembled all the forces which were in the Island, caused them to be embarked in three Galleys and two ships of burden, and sailed to Milopotamus. From thence they forthwith marched towards the enemy; against whom, being shut up in strong and inaccessible places, Andrea Zeno, one of the Providators, being courageously provoked with a desire to fight, and entering with his forces into a dangerous place, 
The death of Andrea Zeno.  was slain by those who defended the passage from above. He being dead, they made a retreat and brought back the troops to Milopotamus.  
In this manner the new Providatori began the war with the enemy, when a great number of footmen being come from Italy, in three ships of burden, did marvelously strengthen the Venetian Army. Whereupon, the Providatori made divers attempts upon the enemy, but of small moment, for the Venetian could by no means draw the enemy to fight. But the spoils and burning up of houses here and there in the Island, was the cause of a great dearth. Howbeit at last the scarcity of victuals was much greater in the Candiots Camp than in that of the Venetian, because the Venetian Galleys did from all parts bring them plenty of corn and all other kind of victuals. Whereupon, those in the mountains enforced by famine, having delivered the Authors of the revolt to justiniano, who lay 
The rebels enforced by famine yield to the venetians.  encamped not far from thence, they submitted themselves unto the Venetians obedience. Those that were guilty were forthwith punished. The reduction of these men did in such sort daunt the courage of the Greeks, as all that which lieth from mount Strombulo stretching Eastward even to the midst of the Island, did in short space yield to the Venetians: whereupon the whole burden of the war fell on a sudden on that part of the Island which lieth towards the West▪ divers Venetians who had been Authors of those revolts, to make themselves more acceptable to the greeks, renounced the Latin name and promised to observe the Greek ceremonies.  
justiniano hoping to do some exploit, in regard of the enemy's amazement, took on a sudden four hundred Horse and foot, of those who had continued faithful to the Venetians; and departing with them from Candace, he marched against the 
The Siverites vanquished by justiniano.  Siverits, where having beaten down the enemy's Forts and defences, which they had encompassed with a high Wall made without mortar, the event was fortunate. They fought with the like good success at the same time at Milopotamus and in other places: The Lithernians being provoked by these attempts, did 
The Lithernians return to the venetians obedience. The rebels executed.  deliver Alexis Calergo, with his brother and his children, to Cressio Molino, who after Zeno his death at Milopotamus, came into the Island: He caused them to be safely conducted to Candace, with Zannachio Molino a kinsman of his own, who was thought to be one of the Authors of the rebellion, where they were all executed. The wife likewise of Georgio Calergo, and his children, falling at the same time into the Venetians hands, had the like end.  
justiniano, and Nicholas Trevisano, desirous to pursue the enemy who was half broken, joined their forces together near to Anopolis, where were divers enemies both Greeks and Latins. The place was strong by nature, and the situation thereof 
The situation of A●…polis.  inaccessible. There was but one way to come to it; and but one only means to batter the enemy: Namely, for the Venetians to seize on the Hill which commandeth the Town. The which being soon done by the Providatori, in few days 
Aonpolis taken.  they became masters of the place: Giovanni and Georgio Calergo with divers Venetians of the number of the Rebels, were there taken and brought to Candace. It is 
Ra●…esse of a rebel.  reported that Georgio being found with his brother Giovanni hid in a Cave, did attempt by the shot of an arrow to kill him, who came foremost to surprise him; but that his bow broke. It is great folly to anger him in whose hands a man is sure to fall. It was likewise a merry answer which a simple Soldier moved to one of the chief of the Rebellion who was taken prisoner; and being sore hurt, was carried to Candace to be put to death, who craved that he might have some Chirurgeon to look 
A merry answer of a soldier to one of the rebels.  to his wounds; the Soldier who was next him, told him that his wounds needed neither Chirurgeon nor plaster, jesting openly at the poor prisoner, who was shortly to lose his head.  
The enemies being every where put to flight, Candie became quiet, whither came Giovanni Dandulo, Paulo Loretano, Pietro Morosini, Giovanni Fuscareno, and Thadeo justiniano, being sent by the Senate to inquire of the state of the Island, and to settle the affairs thereof: These men having disannulled certain Laws, established new, and having razed certain Forts, they builded others. They commanded likewise the inhabitants of Anopolis, to leave the Town and to dwell some where else, leaving the Town desolate and forsaken; forbidding on pain of life that none should dare to go thither to inhabit. Like prohibitions were made, not to build or till the earth on the mountains of Lasithes. And after they had put some of the Rebels to death, who were here and there scattered in the Island, and banished the residue for ever, they restored the Island to her ancient quiet. Such was the issue of the rash revolts of the Candiots. Prince Cornari being oppressed with age, having governed two years and eight months, died, and was buried in the Church of the Twins.   


¶ ANDREA CONTARENI, the 60. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
ANdrea Contareni succeeded him, who by some apprehension of future matter did for a time refuse this dignity, and had of purpose retired himself to a house of his own in the territory of Padua; resolving not to return to the City until they had chosen a new Duke. But 
How hardly Contareni accepted of his dignity.  by no means yielding to come to the City neither by the Senate's letters, nor yet by those of his familiar friends, certain of his kinsmen were commanded to go and tell him, That if he continued in his wilfulness, the Senate determined to confiscate his goods, and to banish him for ever from the Commonwealth. It is reported that then, the fear of his own particular loss made him obey and return to Venice. If he did this feeling himself not to be fit for such a charge, it was (as all men may perceive) a very profitable example: to the end that no man should presumptuously thrust himself into the government of a 
What those aught to do that are called to public offices.  Commonwealth: the profit whereof he ought chiefly to respect whosoever he be that is called to such a dignity. For it ought not to be accepted so much for a man's own particular gain as for the common good. They therefore which aucupate public honours, aught to examine themselves what they are, and what their sufficiency is; and if they feel themselves unfit for such place, let them know, that it shallbe as profitable for themselves, as for the Commonwealth to make an honest 
Contareni his fault inexcusable.  excuse. But Contareni was not guilty of such a fault who wanted neither wisdom, nor skill to govern. But if he did it (as I perceive) to avoid the labour and travail which accompanies such dignities, he did not well; and I know not whether he erred more in so doing, than if he had rashly thrust himself into the Throne. For that would have been accounted a folly, and this malice. It is certain that in his time the Commonwealth was much afflicted by foreign war, and that there was great dearth in the City.  
So soon as he had accepted the charge, the Thryestines revolted. The Venetians 
The Thryestines revolt.  kept an Armed Galley in Histria for the guard of the Toll. The Thryestines, who along time before had hatched alterations, fell on a sudden upon the Venetians who were there by chance, and picking quarrels with them, slew the Committie of the Galley, and having hurt some others they would have murdered the residue, if the Galley had not presently put to Sea. But not satisfied with this bravado they came on an holiday into the Marketplace, and threw down the Venetian ensigns which were set up there (as the custom was) tearing and treading them under feet, with reproachful speeches.  
The Senate perceiving whereunto the Thryestines dealings tended, and 
A Venetian Army against the Thryestines.  knowing that they ought no longer to temporize, did speedily send an Army thither; which besieged those mutinous people both by Sea and Land. The land-army was committed to Dominico Michaeli; and that by Sea to Cressio Molino. It was then the midst of winter. And because it was to be feared that if the Venetians should procrastinate, the enemies might fortify themselves with some foreign aid, all that which was necessary for the war, was forth with in a readiness. The City being at their first arrival assailed, the Thryestines with the help of the Forlani did bravely defend it, and making a sudden sally, they did greatly trouble the Venetians near to the walls with an unexpected fight. Afterwards likewise they fought divers times with different success: but the Venetians perceiving that it behoved them to have greater forces, supplies were sent 
New supplies comes to the Army.  thither, and new Providatori; Paulo Loretano succeeded Dominico Michaeli; and Thaddaeo justiniano, Cressio Molino: who brought two thousand Trevisans to the Campe.  
The Thryestines being daunted to see the Venetian forces daily to increase began 
The Thriestines resolve to yield to the Duke of Austria.  to bethink themselves whence they might be relieved. They resolved to have recourse to the Duke of Austria, to implore his favour and assistance, and to deliver their City, means, and estate into his hands. To this purpose they sent Ambassadors to him, by whom they yielded themselves to his protection, and on a sudden they set upon the top of the highest tower the Duke's ensigns. The Duke soon afterward came thither with ten thousand horse, and great numbers 
The Duke of Austria brings aid to the Thryestines.  of foot. The Venetian in the mean time having spoiled round about, had brought all the towns near to the City under their subjection. The Almains at their first arrival came and besieged the Venetians Camp with such vehemency as in a moment they seized on the trenches. The Camp would hardly have sustained this assault had not the Soldiers and Mariners who were a far off hearing the noise ran to the rescue of their fellows. Those of the camp were so encouraged 
A base retreat of the Almains.  by their arrival as they did not only drive the enemies forth of their trenches but with great loss constrained them to retire. Truce for a day was granted to the Almains to bury the dead. Being afterwards put to flight in a skirmish, and perceiving their bad success in relieving Thryeste, and that it was an hard matter to divert the Venetian from his purpose, with great grief he brought back his troops into Germany. The Thryestines when he was gone, despairing of all other foreign 
The Thryestines return to the Venetians obedience. A new war with Francisco Carrario. The cause of the war.  aid, did on certain conditions return to the Venetians obedience, which being done, the victorious Army returned to Venice.  
The City was not long at rest. For a new war was raised against Francisco Carrario: the cause thereof proceeded (as is said) from Carrario, who usurped a certain place near to the lakes, the which belonged to the Venetian. The Venetians being moved with this injury did forbid the Paduans the traffic and commerce of their City, which is (as all men know) an evident sign of future war. The neighbour Princes being highly displeased that by the Paduans means the traffic was likewise forbidden to their subjects, did endeavour all they might to quench this strife and to make them friends. But all their attempts proved vain. The King 
Commissioners appointed on, both sides to inquire of their strife.  of Hungaries' Ambassadors came afterwards for the Carrarians: (for they said that they were under the protection of King Lewis) and those of Florence and Pisa for the Venetians; and by their means truce was taken for two months. The Venetians deputed five commissioners; and the Carrarians as many, who should debate the matter, and search out their bounds in friendly sort and afterwards mark their limits. But they could effect nothing.  
At the same time the Venetians were informed that the Tyrant had practised 
Carrario his purpose discovered.  with certain bad persons to murder divers of the Senate. Diligent search was made for them over all the City, and some of them were found and taken in the house of a poor woman named Gobba. The woman's life was saved, because she had freely confessed the truth; but she was confined to prison for ten years. All the rest were punished according to their deserts being drawn through the City with horses, and then cut in quarters at the Colummes. Their hostess son who had promised to show the murderers those whom they should kill, was hanged in the same place. Not long after, others being convicted of the same crime were punished in the same manner. The Senate fearing, that by these murderers the Commonwealth might receive some great mischief, appointed that all those who were known to be hated by Carrario, should be guarded by Armed men from their houses to the Palace. They commanded beside to look carefully to the wells, for the report was, that he intended to poison them, and by that means to undo the whole City.  
The Senate were not yet freed from care, when as a new fear surprised them. 
Traitors in the Senate, known and punisted.  For they suspected that some of their own company did by close intelligence advertise Carrario, of whatsoever was secretly done in the Senate. Enquirie here of being made, they found certain Senators to be guilty of that fact. Whereupon those who were found least faulty were dismissed from the Senate, and were declared to be for ever unworthy to execute any public charge, the others were condemned to perpetual prison. In the mean time the Ambassadors who had been sent up 
●…arre prepared against the Carrarians.  and down from all sides, could not prevent a future war, which the Venetians perceiving, they made speedy preparations for the same.   
The end of the fourth Book of the second Decad.   

THE FIFTH BOOK OF THE SECOND DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the fifth Book of the second Decad.  
RAYNIERO General to the Venetians, gives over his place soon after the beginning of the War with the Paduans. The Venetians receive a great overthrow by the Hungarians, upon the banks of the River Anaxus, called at this day the Piava. The Venetians victory against the Transiluanian, with the taking of him. Peace with the Paduans. The Duke of Austria beginneth a new war with the Venetians. They fight with the Almains near to Longina: Feltre besieged, and the siege forthwith raised by the coming of LEOPOLDE. The Austrian Merchants are prisoned at Venice. Peace with LEOPOLDE. The cause of the fourth Ligusticke War. The taking of the Isle of Tenedos. The Venetians drive the greeks and Genoveses from Tenedos. The Venetians War (almost at one time) with King LEWIS, the Bishop of Aquileia, the Genoveses, and the Carrarians. The Genoveses being vanquished at Sea near to Ancia, lost divers of their Galleys. The Venetians bad success in Cyprus at the siege of Famagosta. The taking of Catharra by VICTOR PISANI. The Genoveses refuse to fight on the Sea of Tarentum. The Paduans besiege Mestra. VICTOR PISANI taketh Sabenico. Trahu is twice besieged in vain. How hardly they made provision for victuals in the Winter, and the loss of a great part of the Venetian Army by extremity of cold. PISANI having lost his Army at Pola, is imprisoned at Venice. The Genoveses being proud of this victory, having greatly augmented their Army, lay siege to Chioggia.  
IT was very likely that in these great warlike preparations by land, there was need of some one man who should be well experienced, diligent, and a trusty friend to the Venetians, unto whom they might (as very often in former times they had done in the like troubles) safely commit the charge of their Army. Whereupon they concluded for this purpose to 
Rayniero Uasco General of the Venetian Army  send for Rayniero Vasco forth of Tuscanie, one of the best Captains of his time; and in the mean time to send Dominico Michaeli to the Army to command there until his arrival. They sent with him Andrea 
The rendezvous of the Army at Mestra.  Zeno and Thaddeo justiniano for Providatori. The Rendezvous of all the troops was at an appointed day, assigned at Mestra. From thence the Army first marched against the Paduans. The Venetians entered the enemy's Country, and having made divers skirmishes with good success, they filled all places where they came with fear and terror.  
In this mean time Rayniero arrived at Venice, where having received the public Ensigns, he hasted with greater forces to the Camp, which he forthwith caused to march; and having passed the river brent, he foraged and spoiled the Paduans Territory which was next him, unto the river of Brentello. Carrosino saith, that he could not ford that river, because it was greatly swelled with the rain, and that therefore he led his Army through the Territory of Vincenza towards Padua, from whence the Soldiers brought back great booty: And that from thence he went and encamped near to the Fountains of Abana; but that victuals waxing scant, and strife arising betwixt him and the Providatori, he retired in manner of a flight towards Mestra. Some Authors say, That being desirous to pass 
The retreat & dismission of the General.  the Brentello to be the nearer to assail the enemy, the Providatori would by no means suffer him to do so: whereupon he being moved with choler, that he might not manage the war as he pleased (saying that the ignorance of the Providatoridid snatch a goodly occasion forth of his hands) gave over his charge, calling God and men to witness, That their wilfulness did hinder him from obtaining the victory.  
The Providatori were suspected to have been corrupted by the enemy, and by that means to have endamaged the Commonwealth. Yet nevertheless the Venetians affairs prospering, and having taken certain Towns from the enemy, that suspicion ceased. The enemy perceiving that without foreign aid he could not long resist the Venetians, called the King of Hungary to his aid, with whom ever since the siege of Treviso he had been in league: Some Authors think that this league was sworn at the beginning of the war. But the Venetians having notice that the Hungarian made preparations both by Land and Sea (which he 
The Hungarians come to aid the Paduans.  might easily do having taken Dalmatia from them) the Senate decreed to set forth besides the land-army, a fleet by Sea, whereof Michaeli Delfino was màde General, and the Providatori were Pietro justiniano, Procurator of S. Mark, and Pietro Cornari. This fleet being gone to Sea, kept all the Seacoasts safe for the Venetians during this war.  
The Paduans affairs stood at the same stay as I have said, at such time as great numbers of Hungarians came to their succour. Their first arrival was on the Trevisan, where they put all to fire and sword, respecting neither age nor sex, and their murder still increasing, they fought at times with bad success. For Thaddeo justiniano at the first report of the enemies coming, to resist their attempts did speedily encamp on the river of Piava: But the Venetians discoverers being surprised by 
The Venetians vanquished by the Barbarians.  the enemies, the Hungarians were sooner seen than heard of: whereupon they fell unlooked for to the fight near to the river, and at the first, (because the body of the enemy's Army was not yet arrived) the Hungarian was put to flight and pursued by the victorious Venetian even to the rivers side, whither all the Soldiers did not follow justinian, who hasted after the fugitive enemy, who having put themselves in order on the river banks, the fight began more cruel than before: whereupon the Hungarians became victors, and the Venetians being vanquished, very few of them escaped from the battle: the number of the dead was great, and that of the prisoners small.  
On the report of this loss, the residue of the Army retired on a sudden to the Trevisan: The enemy soon followed him thither, and in his view presented him the battle. But the Venetians keeping themselves in their Fort, and the enemy not being able to constrain them to come forth, returned towards the Forlani, first through the confines of the Bellunois, and then of those of Feltre, and encamped before Bassan, a City belonging to the Vincentines. Belluna and Feltre did at the same time belong to Albert Duke of Austria, an Associate of King Lewis in that war.  
Some Authors say that Carrario gave those Towns to Albert, to procure him to take Arms against the Venetians: wherein the Germane showed himself very undiscreet, seeing that a while before, the Paduan in the treaty of peace had offered them to the Venetians, who refused them, because they would not do any thing to displease the German.  
Delfino General of the naval Army, having gone round about the Lakes in certain 
The Venetians build two Forts on the takes.  light boats, commonly called Ganzarioles, came and builded a Fort at Lupa Podoana, and then an other near to the same: by means of which, the Venetians might more commodiously break the enemy, and offend him near hand. The greatest part of the Venetians Army lay on the Trevisan, where certain warlike exploits were executed, but unworthy of mention. divers Soldiers were cassed, and enforced to leave the Camp, who by their thefts did more molest their own people than the enemy. Some Authors say that Rayniero Vasco who (as we have 
divers opinions concerning Rayniero his dismission.  said) did voluntarily give over his place, was shamefully driven from it. Giacomo Moro being sent to command the fleet, having stayed a while at the Forts which Delfino had builded, fell sick, and was carried home to Venice.  
Rayniero being gone, Alberto Carrario came to command the Land Army: At this 
Alberto Carrario in Rayniero his place.  arrival with Leonardo and Andrca Dandulo, and Pietro Fontano Providatori, they fought in the Lakes with no great success. They fortified a place which was very commodious for the Venetians very near to Delfino his Forts. Carrario came unlookt-for, and drove them thence who wrought in those works. divers Gentlemen were slain at the first brunt, and with them divers Archers, the rest fled speedily to the ships: But the loss was not so great there, as the fight was afterwards fortunate to those of the Camp; For both Armies being come in view one of an other, the Venetians attempting to fortify a place which lay betwixt the two Camps: Stephano the Transiluanian, General of the Hungarian horsemen, marched in battle against the Venetians to hinder their work: Leonardo Dandulo went forth to meet him, resolving to fight with him if he had been so contented: But the Transiluanian as if it had been of set purpose did the same day abstain from the fight. The morrow after, Pietro Fontano whose lot was that day to command (for he and Carrario commanded the Army by turns) did by the break of day very courageously embattle the Army, the enemy for his part did the like. The battle being concluded on, the Venetian commanded the men at Arms to alight from their horses and to fight among the footmen, and as he was putting them in order, 
The venetians victory over the Hungarians.  he exhorted and entreated all of them to resolve either to die or get the victory, protesting to hold him for an enemy, and to kill him which should but only make show of flight, and that himself would be in the foremost ranks, not so much to encourage them, as to note and observe every man's valour. The Soldiers being animated 
Fontano his exhortation to his Soldiers.  by this speech, gave a brave onset, and fought so valiantly, and with such fervency, as having broken and defeated the enemy, they purchased that day a goodly and memorable victory. divers were slain in the fight, but more in the flight. The Transiluanian was taken with all the chief men almost of his party. There were taken of the Italian●… Bonifacio and Antonio de Lupes, with divers other Paduan Gentlemen. King Lewis his ensigns with those of Carrario being thrown away in the fight, were taken by the Venetians.  
It is thought of a certain that if the Venetian had narrowly pursued the enemy, 
The venetians error.  he might have entered Padua with him, and have made a very great spoil every where and gotten great booty. The Paduans being daunted with this loss, did accuse the Carrarians as Authors of the war, hating and detesting them. Francisco Carrario in the mean time, to hinder the Venetians, did by promise of great pay draw from them to himself the greatest of their Caualleri●…: But they caused greater numbers than they had lost to come from Milan & Pavia to their service. Giacomo M●…ro went to meet them as far as Verona. Marsilio Carrario brother to Francis was with him, who after the loss of the battle having offered himself to the people to mediate a peace, could by no means cause his brother to condescend thereunto, whereupon he with divers others did bend themselves against him: But considering 
Marsitio Carrario forsak●…th his brother.  the great danger he incurred among his own people he fled to Venice: His flight increased the people's hatred to Francisco, and did so greatly animate the Citizens against him, as he had as many enemies in the City as abroad.  
King Lewis having notice of the loss of his people and of the Transylvanians 
The King of Hanga●…ie 〈◊〉 on peace.  fortune, sent to command Carrario to hearken to a peace upon any conditions, and that he should not hope for any more aid from him. The enemy's obstinacy being overcome, he sued for peace, which he obtained on these conditions. That the Prince and Senate should appoint five commissioners, to bond the limits, for which they were at strife, as they should see cause: That the Paduans should presently pay forty thousand crowns to the Venetians, and fourteen thousand crowns every year for the space of fifteen years: That Francisco Carrario or his son, should come into the presence of the Prince and Senate, and humbly crave for pardon: That Castelnovo should be razed with all the Forts thereabouts: That the tower of Corania with seven miles' compass round about should remain to the Venetians: That Marsilio should enjoy the possession of his goods, and that his revenue should be brought him to Venice: That all prisoners taken in the wars should be released: That Carrario should forthwith dismiss all the foreign troops that were come to his aid: That he should yearly send to offer at Venice three hundred crowns on the high Altar of Saint Mark: That they should restore to the Venetians all the inheritances with the profit received of them, which had been taken from them on the Territory of Padua during the war: That the Paduans should not build within three miles near to the mouths of any Rivers: That he should not fortify any place nor maintain any Garrison.  
On these conditions peace was concluded with the Carrarians which they received 
Novello son to Francisco comes to swear to the peace at Venice.  as more necessary than profitable. Novello son to Françisco came to Venice to confirm and swear to it: who being brought into Saint Marks Church, swore upon the high Altar, as well in his own name as his Fathers, that he did accept of whatsoever had been of late agreed on by his Father and the Carrarians, that they would observe this peace inviolably, and all the Articles therein contained. Such was the end the very same year (as far as we can learn) of the war against the Paduans. About the same time the monastery of the virgins was burnt with divers buildings near to the same which were all repaired at the commonwealths cost.  
After this Paduan war, the Commonwealth was three years at rest. This 
The Duke of Austria maketh new war on the Venetians.  quiet was disturbed by a sudden coming down of the Germans. Leopold Duke of Austria having entered Italy with four thousand horse without any warlike summons, did tumultuously seize on the Trevisan, where putting all to fire and sword, he encamped before the City to the great terror of the inhabitants. It was not known upon what cause he made this war. The Venetians who at that time expected nothing less being provoked by the daily advertizemenrs they received, requested those of Aest their neighbours to assist them, from whom receiving some small aid, they suddenly marched against the enemy. It is not likely that the Venetians would go to field with this aid alone, which was very small, but that at the report of this war, divers companies of footmen were levied in the City, albeit the Authors whom we follow make no mention thereof. The Germane understanding 
The Almains retreat.  that the enemy marched towards them, raised his camp and retired to the Territory of Belluna. 
The Almain merchants imprisoned in venice. Giacomo Caballa General of the venetians Army by Land.   
The Senate in the mean time being provoked by this loss, caused all the Germane Merchants which were in Venice to be imprisoned and their goods to be seized on: They did beside send for one Giacomo Caballa one of the best experienced Captains of his time in the art Military to be General of their Army. But whilst these things were done at Venice, Pietro Hemo Governor of Treviso, sent five hundred horse and foot, to spoil the Territories of Feltre, and Belluna. These being conducted by Marini Souranza to fetch booty forth of the enemy's Country, after they had made great havoc and carried away with them a great prey, retired into a place of safety for fear of the enemies, whom they understood were marching towards them.  
Giacomo having received the General's place marched to Treviso, where he stayed a while till the troops were levied from all places, and till his Army were complete as he desired, with which entering suriously into the enemy's Country, he came first 
The enemies put to flight before Longina.  and encamped at Longina, where joining fight with the Almains having slain divers of them, he went on his way as far as the Piles of the victory. There is on the hither side of the Forest of Feltre a very narrow bottom, through the which the River Piava doth rather fall furiously than run: upon the right side where it runneth with greatest force, it doth in such sort shut in the Feltrian Mountains, as it leaveth a small space of ground. On this side then of the Mountain, cut out even to the River banks, a very old wall encloseth all these straits, which is called at this day The enclosure of the vanquisher: The Venetian having likewise driven the enemy from thence, came even to this Enclosure of the vanquisher, the which having courageously assailed, he forced, and took. It is reported that the skill and valour of Gerardo Caminensis did greatly appear in this 
Gerardo Caminensis.  assault.  
Leaving a Garrison in this place, the Army came towards Feltre: where at their 
Feltre besieged by the venetians  first arrival they took the Suburbs, and furiously assailed the City: Leopold having notice of the Feltrian danger, ran speedily with great forces to their aid to raise that siege. Upon report of the enemy's approach, the Venetian retired to Treviso having fired the houses next to the City, wherein the Soldiers did lodge at their first coming. Leopold being come as far as Belluna, understanding that the enemies were gone, was highly discontented, having lost the opportunity of abattaile: whereupon returning to recover the Galleys which he had lost, he attempted first to drive the Venetians from the Tower of Baldina, which Caballa had possessed during the siege of Feltre. Giacomo as soon as he had intelligence of the enemy's purpose, sent his son abrave young man with a troop of choice Soldiers to seize on it and to keep it. The Almain being advertised by his spies of the young man's journey, departed from Belluna, and by an Ambush did on a sudden surprise this troop which at the first he broke and put to flight: Their Captain was taken 
The venetian generals son taken with divers others. The prisoners sent home upon their word. Truce with Leopold.  with more than an hundred brave men, besides the residue of the company, but he suffered them forth with to depart upon their promise, that if peace did not ensue, they should return and become his prisoners: Then having recovered the Tower, he brought back his troops to Belluna.  
At this stay stood the Venetians affairs, when by the mediation of King Lewis truce was taken for two years with Leopold: But in the mean time (as the minds of men are variable and inconstant) the King separated himself again from the Venetians, and made a League with the Genoveses, the Bishop of Aquileia, and the Carrarians against them. The Senate having intelligence that a secret war was practised against them, and that the truce with Leopold was almost expired, thought it very necessary to make an agreement with him, and to make a peace by all means, because they would not be entangled in so many wars at once: whereupon Leonardo Dandulo, and Pietro Cornari were sent to 
An absolute peace with Leopold.  Leopold, who having yielded up unto him all those places which they had taken from him during the wars, and set the Almain Merchants at liberty, they concluded a peace with him. Soon afterward began the fourth war with the Genoveses: 
The cause of the fourth war with the Genoveses.  which being the cruelest and most dangerous that ever the Venetians had until then, I do likewise find it to be most amply described by Historians. But before we enter into the discourse of the matter, we must set down the cause why this war was renewed.  
Caloianes was Emperor of Greece, and a great friend to the Venetians, who among 
The punishment of an ungrateful son to his father.  other children had a son named Andronicus, who being convicted for that he had maliciously conspired against his father, had his eyes put out by his commandment, and was for ever confined to Pera. The Genoveses who of a long time had badly digested, that Caloianes did more esteem the Venetians than them, caused first of all this young man to be looked unto by Physicians, and then perceiving that he had half recovered his sight, did vilely solicit him to seize upon his father's Empire. This rash and audacious young man, did willingly embrace this mischienous counsel, whereupon, with the help of those of Pera who were in a manner all Genoveses, having on a sudden seized on the old man with his kinsfolks and household servants he did invade the Empire, causing his father and his whole family 
Great ingratitude of a son to his father.  to be imprisoned. Some say that Caloianes was deprived of the Empire by Cantacusin a Greek by Nation, and was afterward restored to his former dignity by Francisco Catalusia a Genovese, and that the Emperor in recompense there of gave him the Isle of Lesbos. But those Authors whom we follow do affirm Andronicus to be the Author and motive of all these troubles, whom I rather follow, because it is most certain that this young man was afterward besieged with the Genoveses in Pera.  
Andronicus had then at the first promised the Isle of Tenedos to the Genoveses, 
The Isle of Tenedos promised to the Genoveses  with whom being desirous to keep his word, he did write to those who kept the Fort of the Island to deliver it with the whole Island to the Genoveses. Two Galleys were sent from Pera to Tenedos for the same purpose. The Captain of the Fort and all the inhabitants not making great account of Andronicus letters, 
The Governor of the Island ref●…seth to obey the commandment of the rebellious son.  answered that the Island belonged to Caloianes and not to his son, and that they would yield it up to no man whatsoever, unless he that ought it would command them. It is reported that the Empire being yet at quiet, the Governor of the Island and the inhabitants were commanded that if the old man should happen to be driven from the Empire (which God forbid) by any sinister accident, they should deliver the Island to none but to the Venetians. Those of Pera being frustrate of their hope to get Tenedos, went to Constantinople. Marco justiniano was at the same time Admiral of the Venetian Gulf, who understanding what had befallen Caloianes, fearing lest the Venetian Galleys who were gone on to traffic towards the Pontic Sea should in that changeable season receive some displeasure by the Genoveses, having convoied them to the very entrance of that Sea, after he had crossed the straight, arrived at Tenedos, resolving to tarry there till the spring time and to attend the return of his Galleys. He stayed there with the Fleet all winter. Then going at the spring to the Bosphorus of Thrace, to receive the Venetian Galleys which returned, he went back again to Tenedos, where having acquainted the inhabitants with the dangers which threatened them, as well from the Genoveses 
By what means the Isle of Tenedos came into the Venetians possession.  as from others, the Island and the Fort were by a general consent yielded up into the Venetians hands. justiniano leaving Donato Troni and divers others there with forces to guard it, he returned with his Fleet to Venice.  
The yielding up of the Island to the Venetians, being known every where, the Genoveses as well for their ancient hatred and emulation, as for that they perceived whilst the Venetians should possess that Island, the free navigation for their merchants sailing into the Pontic Sea would never afterwards be safe, did never cease to stir up Andronicus anew against the Venetians, who was already no great friend 
The Venetians in Constantinople wronged.  of theirs, to injury those who remained at Constantinople. He being prompt to all mischief, imprisoned Pietro Grimani with the Venetian Merchants, and seized on a Barze, lying in the Haven which was returned from Tanais. justiniano being returned to Venice, it is said that discoursing of what he had done, and of the 
divers opinions in the Senate concerning the taking of Te●…eaos.  Island which he had of late brought under the Venetians subjection: the same was diversly taken by the Senate; some not allowing thereof for fear of the war; and others praising the deed for the commodiousness of the place, said that it was well done, whereupon two Galleys were appointed for the guard of the Island, wherein Antonio Veniero went for Governor of the Isle, and with him two Providatori, Giovanni Gradonico and Pietro Cornari.  
Whilst the Island was manned with this Garrison, the Genoveses came on a sudden 
The Genouese●… surprise the Isle of Lemnos.  with eleven Galleys, and seized not in their own name but in that of Andronicus on the Isle of Lemnos which the Venetians had taken from the greeks, so soon as they understood how the Emperor had wronged their countrymen. Afterwards having made ready three and twenty Galleys near to Pera, and with them two ships of burden, they departed from Constantinople and landed in the Isle of Tenedos. Andronicus was there in person, by whose commandment the Genoveses would seem to do all. Carolo Zeni was at the same time Governor there, a diligent and courageous person (for Veniero was not yet come thither, and I think 
The greeks and Genoveses defe●…ted by Zeni at Tenedos.  Donato Troni was already departed from thence) this man did not alone with great courage defend the walls, but made a sally with certain choice troops, and disordered the enemies whom he did beat back to their ships with great slaughter: in such sort as Andronicus having lost all his pieces of battery was enforced to dislodge to his great shame.  
It was thought that the Genoveses being desirous to ruinate the Venetians 
The Genoveses ally themselur●… against the venetians with the King of Hungarit, the Bishop of Aquileia, and the Carrarians. Victor Pisani General of the Venetians. War denounced to the Genoveses.  power, not being able of themselves to do it, did alley themselves with Lewis King of Hungary, Francisco Carrario and the Bishop of Aquileia. The Senate perceiving that both in appearance and deed the war was prepared against them, provided an Army of twenty Galleys, the which was committed to Victor Pisani, with all authority at Sea, and gave him Panthaleon Barba and Lodovico Loretano for Providatori. Fourteen of these Galleys being armed at Venice and the rest in Candie, departed from Venice the four and twentieth of April. But Victor was commanded not to attempt any hostile act against the Genoveses, until such time as war should be denounced. It is said that Nicoleto a Citizen of Chioggia, one of the Secretaries of the Senate, was sent to Genoa for this purpose.  
The naval Army leaving the Gulf, and having coasted Sicily sailed directly towards Genoa, in which voyage it took in few days divers of the enemy's ships, and having soon after scoured the lower Sea, Lodovico Fiesca of Genoa to revenge this shame went to Sea with ten armed Galleys with an intent to fight with the Venetian. Victor was at the same time at Ancia, a Sea-towne of Italy, who having notice of the enemies coming did suddenly embattle his Army, commanding his Soldiers to be in readiness, and at the first sound of the Trumpet to arm themselves, at the second all Soldiers and Mariners to keep their ranks, and at the third furiously to set forwards towards the enemy. The Genoveses 
Battle at Sea with the Genoveses.  were already insight, when the Venetian because he would fight on the main advanced towards them. They had scarce begun the fight, when as on a sudden a terrible tempest arose with great showers of rain, which did in a moment so trouble them, as nine Galleys of either Army (the residue being constrained to retire) did fight, not with arrows shot, for they did not shoot any in this sudden stir, but with the sword and push of pike; The battle (notwithstanding the foul weather wherein the Seas and Heaven seemed to fight together) lasted two long hours: At the last the Genoveses giving back (four of their Galleys escaping 
The Genoveses put to flight.  forth of the throng) the residue were taken with Lodovico their General, one of which dashing upon the neighbour shores fell into the enemy's power. Eighteen Gentlemen of Genoa were taken, and more than eight hundred Soldiers and Sailors, with six-hundred slain.  
The victory was likewise very bloody to the Venetians, having lost divers of the troops which fought, and more were hurt: of the prisoners, Zacharia Gisio, Fiesca and the other Gentlemen, with the moiety of the prisoners were sent to Venice, and the residue Victor carried with him to Candie. But being come unto Morea near to Modon, he met with the six Galleys which (as we said) were sent to Candie to be armed, and joining them with his own, he sailed to the Island: From whence departing soon after to in●…rap ten Genoa Galleys which had remained all the precedent winter at Constantinople, and being come as far as Nigrepont, he had notice that the enemy's Galleys were passed already, and almost at Genoa, whereupon he returned, and did for a while make after them, who by their diligent speed were gotten into a place of safety.  
Whilst these things were done at Sea, Prince Carrario as well in his own name 
Carrario beginneth war against the Venetians.  as in that of King Lewis had begun the war with the Venetians, saying that he did nothing contrary to his oath nor to the Law of Nations in taking arms against the Venetians, because he was whether he would or no to obey King Lewis, under whose protection he was: The Bishop of Aquilea did likewise denounce war against 
The Bishop of Aquilea denounceth ware in like manner.  them. Thus at one time did divers arise thinking to overthrow the power and State of the Venetians, who had no succour nor allies, but Bernabo Visconte and Petrino King of Cyprus, to bear off so many storms and assaults of the enemies, and yet the King of Cyprus aid did never stand them in any steed, but that of Bernabo did avail them which did spoil and scour the Sea of Genoa. The Venetians nevertheless so long as the war continued did alone defend themselves with their own forces, without the help of any other, the which was scarce credible at the beginning.  
Now at one time the Paduans on the one side, and the Forlani on the other entering the Trevisan filled all the Country with fear and spoil. Gerardo Caminensis 
Gerard Caminensis taketh the enemy's party.  who was thought to be a friend to the Venetians, by reason that he had married the daughter of Pantaleon Barba, at the first beginning of the war, left them and went to the enemies, having first taken the Motte from his brother Richardo. This was done on the Venetians territories, whilst the Lords of Carretta assisted by the forces of Bernabo and the Venetians took certain towns from the Genoveses.  
The enemies in the mean time were not idle, for they surprised Famagosta, 
Famagosta taken by the Genoveses.  the goodliest City of the Kingdom of Cyprus. Historians say that the occasion of the taking thereof was, that young Petrino son to King Petro, being slain a little before by the conspiracy of his own subjects, having invited to the feasts and solemnities of his coronation all strangers with those of the Island, the Venetians and the Genoveses trafficking in the Island which were very many, came thither likewise. It happened that these two Nations in the midst of the banquet, did by their ancient hatred and iealouzie fall to words, which divers think that the Genoveses did first minister, who did disdain that the King should more esteem the Venetians 
The cause of the taking of Famagosta.  than them. They drew their weapons in the midst of the Royal Palace: and the Cipriots favouring the Venetians, certain Genoveses were slain and divers hurt, and the residue were driven shamefully from the banquet. The Genoveses being moved with this injury did forthwith depart forth of the Island with all their wealth. Then returning within a while with a naval Arrnie they did on a sudden assail the City of Famagosta, and took it. The Authors whom we have read, do not plainly tell whether they took it by force or treachery. They slew divers 
The Genoveses revenge.  in detestation of the death of the late King, and among others, the King's brother, & spoilt all their goods. The King and his mother for fear of the Genoveses escaped in this tumult forth of the City. In this manner did the richest merchant City of the Kingdom of Cyprus fall into the Genoveses hands.  
The young king's mother was suspected to have delivered the City unto them to revenge her husband's death: and that which maketh me to believe it, is the death of those who slew him, and the spoiling of their goods, as also, because the Genoveses attempted nothing against her nor her son. Now whilst the Genoveses held Famagosta, Visconte had in the mean time betrothed his daughter to the young 
Visconte of Milan giveth his daughter to the King of Cyprus.  king, and being desirous to send her to Cyprus, he dealt with the Venetians to arm six galleys, with which his daughter might pass safely into the Island, and that he on the other side would levy eight thousand horse, and a great number of footmen at his own cost, to overrun and spoil whatsoever belonged to the Genoveses. The Lady being brought to Venice, was lodged in the Palace of the Cornari. 
Uisconte his daughter cometh to Venice.  Then departing from Venice with six Venetian galleys, and ●…iue which the king of Cyprus had sent, she safely arrived in the Island.  
The king lay at the same time at Ceraunia called at this day Cernia, where after 
An agreement betwixt the Venetians and the king of Cyprus.  he had with great magnificence received his wife, he dealt with the Venetians for a great weight of gold which he promised them, that they would with the five galleys which he had in pay assail the haven of Famagosta: the which being taken, they gave an assault to the City on the same side, whilst he with the greatest forces he could levy, should scale the walls on the other side. The Captains of the galleys were, 〈◊〉 Miani, Francisco Bocoli, Pietro Quirini, Francisco Foscolli, Grovanni Barba, Francisco Mocenigo, who had each of them apart armed one several galley at their own charge. These being moved as well by the king's offer, as for their general hatred which they did bear to the Genoveses, with the five galleys, which as we have said were sent from the king to Venice, beginning to fight at the entry of the haven, were at the first repulsed by the Genoveses, whereupon they retired to Sea, till their soldiers & mariners were refreshed. The Genoveses had placed three ships of burden at the mouth of the haven to hinder the enemy's approach: The Venetian 
The venetians take the haven of Famagosta.  returning again with his mercenaries to assail the Genoveses, came not as at the former time to assail the havens mouth but the sides, and emptied so much earth and grauell●…s he made at last a passage for his galleys to enter, which coming into the haven, the ships of burden were forthwith taken by the Venetians with those which defended them. divers galleys with other vessels which lay there at an Anchor were likewise taken. The Haven being thus seized on, the Venetians gave a so deign assault to the City, & having set up scaling ladders in sundry places, divers 
The venetians repulsed from the City and haven of Famagosta.  hoping to enter, did in the midst of the enemy's cries, & arrows, mount to the top of the wall. The Genoveses whose numbers were great in the City, making a furious sally on the assailants, did first with great slaughter beat them from the wall, and then from the Haven. divers do think that the same City had been taken that day, if the Cyprio●…s had assailed it as courageously on the other side as did the Venetians. The Venetians Histories affirm this for true.  
Some of the authors say, that it was not Pietro, but Bugon of Lusignam, which 
divers opinions concerning the taking of Famagosta.  was father to Petrino, and that he was not slain by his own subjects, but that it was one called Pietro, brother to the young king: Besides that the Genoveses were not injuried by the Venetians, but that by the king's commandment, some of them were thrown forth of the chamber windows, where the feast was kept, and other some slain in the City, and over the whole Island, so that none were left alive to carry the news to Genoa: That the Genoveses coming into the Island with a great naval Army conducted by Pietro Fregosa did take the City of Nicosia by assault with the King and Queen, and after they had put all the Island almost to fire and sword, brought away the King and Queen to Genoa, who being afterward set at liberty, did in vain with the Venetian forces come and besiege the City of Famagosta, which he had voluntarily given to the Genoveses, with the residue of the Island. But howsoever it happened, the matter falling out unfortunately (as hath been said) the Venetian galleys departing thence, failed into Syria, who besides the other harms which they did to the Genoveses, they took from them a Barze named Spinereggio laden with most rich merchandise: and returning on a sudden towards the adriatic Gulf, did join themselves near to Zara with the naval Army, which was conducted by Pisani.  
Whilst these things were done in Cyprus and Syria, Victor Pisani, with eighteen 
The venetians take the city of Catharra.  galleys took the City of Catharra by force which belonged to Lewis, king of Hungary. At their arrival they summoned the inhabitants, who made a very proud answer, adding divers reproachful speeches which did greatly offend the Venetians. Pisani in regard thereof being inflamed with choler, landing his troops did come and assailed the City. The soldiers and mariners did at the first with such violence win the defences, and afterwards the walls, as in a moment they made themselves masters of the City: which being taken and spoiled, those which 
The sort of Catharra yielded.  were in the fort, being daunted with the sudden loss of their fellows, did forthwith yield. The booty did enrich the soldiers and mariners. The General did speedily advertise the Senate of the victory by a galley which he sent away of purpose.  
Pisani his Army being increased which was already of twenty five galleys, upon report that the Genoveses galleys were coming into Dalmatia, and that they were already departed from Genoa for that purpose, and had commission after they should have shut in the haven of Zara, to molest the Venetians, not only at Sea, but along the neighbour shores, resolved to meet the enemy at his coming far from the City. The Venetian at last overtook the Genoveses near to Tarentum: for having passed beyond Naples, he understood that the enemy's Army 
The situation of Tarentum.  a little before had sailed towards Calabria: whereupon having coasted all the shores, he did not miss of the enemy's Army at the place above said: and for to enforce him to fig●…t, he encamped at the mouth of the Gulf near to the mount Lacinia, which is just opposite to that of Salentina. These two mountains looking one upon an other make this Gulf to be of a very dangerous approach. In that is situated the City of Tarentum. I said the Venetian did rather encamp near to Lacinia, than elsewhere, because that the Genoveses lying in the haven of Tarentum, and the Venetian being very desirous, not only to draw him to the fight, but to constarine him thereunto, had rather encamp there, to take away the means from them who lay a good way in the Gulf of flying backward.  
At the last the enemy being come forth of Tarentum, so soon as he perceived 
The Genoveses fly from the venetians.  the Venetians to come towards them, did speedily put to seaward, and turned forth of the way. The Venetian nearly followed him, hoping speedily to overtake him when as he saw himself to be deceived with a new trick of war. The enemy made show as though he would fight, and as if he were out of all hope to escape. And turning on a sudden towards the Venetian, he feigned to make all things ready in 
A s●…ratagem of the Genoveses to 〈◊〉 the fight.  his galleys for a battle: which Pisani perceiving, made a stand and commanded his soldiers and mariners to arm themselves. The Genovese so soon as he saw the Venetians in a readiness, the soldiers laden with Armour, and the galleys all pestered with warlike engines, he gave a sign to his people to set sail. Ye should have seen then these two fleets sailing very differently the one from the other. For the Genoveses who had their mariners ready, and unloden, seemed to fly upon the Sea with wings, and the Venetians not able to stir, by reason of their weight and pestering. By means whereof he escaped at his pleasure, and took the direct way into Dalmatia. Pisani having no place of retreat near, turned on the left hand towards Apulia.  
At the same time, five galleys being armed by the Senate's command, after the taking of Catharra departing from the City with the same which brought the news of the victory, to go unto the Army, met with three Genoveses galleys near to Berisone. These three had scoured for a time up & down to the Venetians loss, and had taken as occasion served, divers ships laden with merchandise. The Venetian so soon as he had perceived them a far off, sailed directly towards them to take revenge. But the Genoveses without any stay betook themselves to flight, 
The flight of three Genoveses galleys.  and the one ceased not to pursue, and the other to fly, until they were in view of Zara, for then the Venetian galleys giving over their pursuit retired to Brandissa, where so soon as they understood that the Genoveses fleet was arrived in Dalmatia, 
Description of the haven of Brandissa.  they stayed in that haven, fearing if they should pass on their journey, to be surprised by the enemy. The haven of Brandissa is by nature great: the mouth thereof containeth divers and sundry havens which are not subject to Sea tempests. There are within it divers pleasant places of retreat where ships lie out of danger. The structure thereof is like to the horns of an Hart, whereof the City in times past took the name, because the haven with the residue of the City is made in the form of an heart's head which in the Messapian tongue is called Brandissa.  
The Venetian, having then received of the Governor and the inhabitants of the City, the towers which lie at the mouth of the haven, did man them with good garrisons, than they sent by land to Pisani, who was said to be in Apulia with a great Army, to certify him that they stayed in the Haven of Brandissa, fearing to meet with the enemy who was not far from thence. Victor understanding the danger of his Countrymen came with speed to Brandissa. And there adding the six Galleys to his own fleet he made up the number of one and thirty, wherewith he 
The number of the Venetian Army.  speedily sailed into Dalmatia to surprise the Genoveses going to Zara, who having notice thereof did suddenly retire to Trahu.  
But whilst these things were done at Sea, the Venetians on the firm land took 
The Cities of Cesalta and Saligetta taken.  the City of Saligetta from Gerardo Caminensis & soon after Cesalta which was burned, and the other wholly ruinated. The enemies in the mean time were not idle: for Prince Carrario having assembled, as well of his own, as of the Hungarians, the Bishop of Aquileia, and of other Princes of the league to the number of sixteen thousand men, came and furiously besieged the City of Mestra: and to take from 
Mestre besieged by the Carrarians.  the inhabitants all hope of succour and victuals, he placed a strong Garrison on the river which leadeth from Mergera to Mestra: within a while after the enemy seized on Morezane, which is near to Mestra, without the loss of one man: divers men of note were taken there who were sent to guard that place. The City was afterward 
Mestra relieved by the Venetians.  more sharply assailed. The Venetian sent three hundred brave Soldiers to relieve Mestra under the command of Nicolao Galianico the Luquois, and Hircio Pisani, who passed through the enemy's watch, each of them carrying a bundle of arrows on his horse's crupper. Afterward they made divers skirmishes all along the dike. At the last the enemy desplayed all his forces, and battered the City more furiously than before.  
Francisco Delfino commanded within it, who by his valour and good counsel did not only defend the walls, but did likewise constrain the enemy, after he had lost his pieces of battery, and a great number of his Soldiers, to retire into his Camp, 
The siege of Mestra raised.  and within a while after to raise the siege and depart. divers of the enemies being infected with the air of the marshes, fell into a deadly sickness: whereof being returned home to their own houses they soon died. These are the exploits which were done that summer.  
Six●… galleys returning from forage brought news to Victor Pisani who was encamped before Zara, that the Genoveses Army road at an Anchor in the haven of Trahu. Victor departing thence to go and fight with them, and passing by chance not far from Sicco a Sea town, he thought it fit before he went farther to take it by assault. Yet nevertheless he would first of all summon the inhabitants to know whether they had rather to endure an assault than voluntarily to submit themselves to the Venetians. Three Galleys were sent before to this purpose, who having taken assurance of the citizens, did enter the same, where they acquainted the Magistrates with what they had in charge, who answered very arrogantly that the Venetian should never expect to have the Sicceans to yield voluntarily, but if he meant to become master of the City, it behoved him to use other weapons than words. Pisani being stung with this brave answer of the inhabitants, trusting 
A brave answer of those of Sicco.  to the great number of his Galleys (which were seven and thirty) made haste to assail the City. Whereupon entering the haven on a sudden, he commanded his Soldiers to land, and to march furiously to the assault. The Soldiers went to it so courageously, as having set up ladders in sundry places of the walls, & undermined them, the City was taken in a moment with great slaughter of the inhabitants: 
Sicco taken by the Venetians.  the greatest number of whom were retired with their wives and children to the Palace, where for a while was a bloody fight. But that place being likewise forced, great cruelty was used on all sexes and age whatsoever: divers were slain, and some were thrown headlong down from the top of the Palace. There was a Castle in one of the corners of the City which was strong by nature and art, into the which divers had retired themselves, who presuming on their great numbers, did dare to make a sally on the enemies, and to fight in the midst of the City. The fight lasted for a time doubtful, and more blood was shed there than in any other place. But the Dalmatians being at last overcome, were constrained to retire again into the Castle, which Pisani would not of purpose besiege, fearing if he should stay long in that place, the enemy would be gone into the haven of Zara.  
The City then being spoiled and burnt, and divers prisoners carried thence, a great booty was brought to the Galleys. He sent away a Galley to Venice to advertise the Senate of the taking of Sicco and of their want of victuals: Then embarking his troops he sailed towards Trahu. The haven of Trahu hath two entries, one towards the East and the other on the West side. The Genoveses had so artificially stopped both of them, as the Venetian returning from the assault, was constrained to lie at Anchor on the West side. One part of the Genoveses Army was 
The Venetian Army near to the haven of Trahu.  at the same time gone into Apulia for victuals; from whence returning, they entered the Haven on the other side not being perceived, which Pisani having notice of, did divide his Army into two parts, to shut in the Genoveses on every side: Then to molest them in sundry places, he landed certain troops of Soldiers. It is thought that the footmen made certain light skirmishes, which are not worthy of memory. At the last, Victor being impatient of so long stay came and assailed the City, but all 
The Venetians assail Trahu in vain.  his attempts were in vain. For he was so far from entering, as on the contrary he was beaten back by the Genoveses (whose number in the City was very great) ●…nd constrained to retire with great loss to his Galleys. Luca Valerosa a Venetian Gentleman died in this assault. Victor being frustrate of his expectation, and victuals beginning to fail, not hoping to recover any force from Venice, the dearth of all things being very great there, he raised his siege and came and encamped before 
The Venetian before Zara. The Albanois reduced under the Venetians obedience.  Zara, where he did more fear than hurt the inhabitants. He sent beside ten Galleys to the Albanois to know their minds, who being daunted with the mishap of the Catharrians and with that of the Sicceans, did voluntarily yield. Francisco Contareni was sent thither to command the City.  
The Senate being advertised that the Army was dislodged from before Trahu, 
The Venetian Army returneth before Trahu.  did forthwith arm five Galleys, and laded them with victuals, which were sent to Pisani who lay before Zara, who was commanded to return instantly before Trahu: and not to stir from thence till either by force or famine he had taken the Genoveses Galleys which lay there. But the Genoveses after the first siege, had with greater labour and travail than before, fortified the haven: by means whereof this last attempt was as vain as the former whereof we now spoke. The Army for certain days lay at anchor before the haven. But Pisani being enforced by hunger and cold (for it was winter already) departed from thence, having effected nothing, & came into Histria. From thence he wrote to the Senate to know their pleasures whether he should with the whole Army return to winter at Venice, or else tarry abroad. They decreed that the enemy being so near, it was needful that he should tarry abroad all winter: the which of a certain did greatly hurt the common wealth For the Soldiers and Mariners being undone by hunger and cold, were scattered 
The soldiers 〈◊〉 with hunger and cold.  here and there without any leave searching for victuals, and left their Ensigns badly attended. divers likewise died with hunger, and others with cold. And because victuals were scarce in the City, they concluded to send divers ships that winter into Apulia to fetch corn, and that Pisani should convey them for fear of being surprised by the enemies. The dearth did in some sort cease in the City by means hereof. The Army returned into Histria to their wont place. But the extremity of the cold daily increasing, and many dying every hour, the number of those which remained was so small, at it was not sufficient to arm twelve Galleys: so as Pisani sent divers of them empty to Venice, to the end they might be furnished anew against the spring time, if the Senate so pleased.  
Eleven Galleys newly armed at Venice were sent to Pisani, with divers other 
The Senate sends new supplies to Pisani.  vessels, laden with victuals, and among the rest, a great ship of burden, full of armour, and other equipage for ships: the which Pisani commanded to be forthwith carried into Candie, to furnish those Galleys which the Senate had appointed to be made ready in the Island. The Army departing from Pola where it had wintered, and being come into the main, a terrible tempest arose on the sudden, which scattered 
The Venetian Army separated by tempest.  them here and there. This ship of burden which was full of Armour, was by the force of the wind carried safely into the Haven of Ancona, where it met with a Venetian Barze laden with Syrian merchandise: Being joined together they expected a fit time to depart thence, but on a sudden they espied twelve Genovesan Galleys on the main.  
The Venetians suspecting the truth, and that they were Genoveses, would forth 
The Venetians being deceived by the Anconitans, were taken and spoiled by the Genoveses.  with have unloden their ships, and determined to carry their best and richest wares into some place of safety, but the towns men would not suffer them so to do, saying that their Haven was a safe retreat for all men, and that they needed not there to fear the Genoveses, nor any whatsoever, protesting that they should do no worse than themselves. The Venetians on this assurance did not unload. The Genoveses in the mean time entered the Haven, and kept themselves quiet for a while, but after they had been at meat, they armed themselves, and with great noise, seized on the Towers, and Walls of the Haven, and from thence they ran to spoil the ships. The Venetians which were on the City walls, would have shot at the Genoveses, but the Inhabitants would not suffer them, saying, that they would not incense the Genoveses against them by any new injury. They then perceiving themselves to be betrayed did not stir. The Venetians ships being drawn forth of the Haven, the one of them being unloden of the Armour that was in it, was burnt in the view of the City, and the other which was laden with merchandise, the enemies carried away. This injury did greatly move the Venetians, but being entangled in so many Wars, they thought it fit to defer the revenge till some other time, and therefore they did as then attempt nothing against the Authors of that deed.  
Pisani in the mean time was come into Apulia, and the Venetian Galleys took in their lading of corn, at Barletta and Siponto. Those who loaded at Barletta quarreling 
A quarrel against the venetians at Barletta soon appeased.  with the Inhabitants about a small matter, were in great danger of their lives, but the tumult was appeased by the arrival of those who commanded the Galleys. The Venetian in the end having laden, departed from Apulia, and met at Sea with fifteen Galleys of Genoa. So soon as Pisani descried them, he bethought himself after what manner he might assail them, whether it were best to do it on the sudden, or after the accustomed manner: He knew well enough that the Genoveses whom he could not provoke to fight at Tarentum, & were not since that time become stronger in Galleys, or in aught else, would never abide a battle: yet nevertheless 
A battle at Sea betwixt the venetians and Genoveses.  he commanded his warlike engines to be set in order in his Galleys, and being come within bow-shot one of an other, each of them began to provoke his adversary by shooting of arrows. The General of the Genoveses Army died at this encounter. The Venetian Historians, nor those Authors whom we have followed do not name him; Victor Pisani was hurt likewise with the shot of an arrow.  
The enemy perceiving that to dissemble in this fight would no whit at all avail 
The Genoveses sly from the sight.  him, trusting to the lightness of his vessels, he got forth of the throng, and sailing directly towards Dalmatia, the Venetian forthwith lost sight of him, whereupon he ●…ntred at his pleasure into the Haven of Zara. Pisani arriving in Histria, and bringing his fleet into the Haven of Pola, he sent the ships which were laden with corn to Venice.  
Whilst these things were done abroad, the Senate sent five Galleys well armed from Venice, to scour the lower Seas. It was reported that there was no armed Galleys at Genoa. It was the spring-time when they sailed into the main Sea, where they remained all that Summer, Harvest, and a part of the Winter, in which time they did greatly molest the enemy.  
Pisani after he had sent (as hath been said) the ships laden with corn to Venice, 
The Venetian Army 〈◊〉 at Pola.  he remained at Pola with one and twenty Galleys, five of which for that they were slower than the rest, he caused to be drawn a shore to be trimmed and made clean, that they might thereby become more light and apt to fight. But in the mean time fourteen Genoa Galleys were on a sudden descried within a mile of the Haven: Those which were within them, did brandish their naked swords, and 
The Genoveses challenge the Venetians.  challenged the Venetians to the fight: Ten other Galleys of supplies were come unto them from Zara, of which the Venetians had no notice, the enemy had placed them in ambuscado behind a little hill near to the Haven, and commanded them that after the battle should be begun, and when they should perceive their fellows by little and little to retire, and the Venetians to follow them, then on a sudden with great noise and cries to come forth upon the enemy. Pisani not dreaming on this Ambush (because he plainly saw all the Galleys which the enemies were wont to have) having commanded speedily to prepare those five which were on the strand, sailed directly with the residue of his Army towards the enemy.  
They ran at one an other with great fury, and fought for a time without any 
The battle at Sea.  odds, but the Genoveses Admiral Galley striking on that of Pisani, (and Luciano Doria the General of their Army being dead, whom Donato Zeno slew) she was lost: 
The death of the Genoveses General. Those of the ambuscado come forth upon the Venetians.  whereupon the Genoveses in the heat of the fight began a little to give back, not so much for fear, as of set purpose, and being come to the place of the Ambuscado, the enemies rushing forth with great clamours did much amaze the Venetians. Pisani perceiving his five Galleys, which at the beginning of the battle were on shore and being now armed did issue forth of the Haven towards the fight, did courageously receive the enemies running fiercely upon them: (But those Galleys who 
The flight and defeat of the venetians.  were appointed for reskues, perceiving the number of the enemy's Galleys, and their fellows to be enclosed on all sides, refusing to come to the fight, did forthwith fly towards Venice:) And then did the Venetians fortune begin openly to decline. Pisani being to his great grief drawn by force forth of the throng, did with all speed direct his course towards Venice, leaving a glorious victory to the enemy: fifteen Venetian Galleys with all their furniture were taken: very few escaped to the Land. Two thousand men were taken in this defeat, among whom were divers Gentlemen, the residue were slain or hurt. This loss happened on the sixth of March, on which day the Venetians in a manner lost all their Sea-forces.  
The news of so unfortunate a battle brought extreme sorrow to the whole 
Pisani, with the Captains of the five Galleys are imprisoned at venice.  City. Pisani, with the other Captains of the five Galleys, which had refused to come to the fight, being condemned by the Senate's decree in a very great fine, were committed to prison, they for their refusing, being the cause of the loss of the battle, and Pisani because he fought, before he had sent forth to make discovery. The 
The people are displeased with Pisani his imprisonment.  people took Pisani his condemnation very impatiently, but much more his shameful imprisonment. The report was, that the envy of some of the Senators, rather than his offence, was the cause of his imprisonment.  
The Genoveses being puffed up with pride for this one victory: and hoping to execute greater exploits, being come to Zara, did commit their captives to close prison, some of the meaner sort excepted. Then causing their Galleys which were much broken at this battle to be repaired, they filled the Venetian Galleys with Dalmatian Mariners, so as in a short space they armed eight and forty Galleys with all 
The number of the Genoveses Army.  things necessary. But before this loss at Pola, six Galleys were set forth from Venice under the command of Carolo Zeno, to molest the Genoveses on the coast of the lower Sea. These five having overtaken those six far from Venice, did divers great exploits as well in the higher as lower Sea, all the residue of that year until the midst of Winter, at which time, after the loss of Chioggia, they were by the Senate's decree called home.  
The Genoveses in the mean time having a great number of Galleys, took sixteen 
Humaga, Grada, Cao●…li taken by the Genoveses.  forth of the Haven of Zara, and came at the same time and seized on Humaga, Grada, and Caorli: Then giving chase to a ship laden with Merchandise, they came even almost to Venice, and were in the view of the City, when Thomaso Mocenigo, who was Owner of the ship, not being able to approach the Haven by a mile for want of wind and water, did on a sudden with those who were in his company leap into a Galliot or small Galley, (for the enemy was very near) and so escaped into a place of safety. Whereupon three Genoa Galleys did environ and spoil the ship in the view of the Citizens who stood gazing on the shore, & when 
The Genoveses spoil and burn a ship in the view of Venice.  they had so done, they burned it. This was the greatest disgrace that the Venetians sustained during this war, to behold one of their ships which was returned from Syria richly laden, to be pillaged and burnt by the Genoveses, they not daring to stir, or make any resistance.  
The enemy departing thence, went and took Pelestrina by assault, the which having 
Pelestrina taken by the Genoveses.  found for the most part to be abandoned by reason of the wars, they forthwith spoiled and burnt it: Then they sailed towards Chioggia, where they landed, and without any difficulty seized on that part of the City which looketh towards the East, called by the inhabitants Little Chioggia, the which likewise being desolate 
The Genoveses before Chioggia.  they forthwith burned. The Garrison which lay in the City being much offended thereat, made a sudden sally upon the enemy. The Genoveses attended them beyond the bridge, where they fought courageously on both sides, but the enemy's number still increasing, the Venetian being overcome, was constrained to retire with great loss into the City, and the Genoveses to their ships, who after that directed their course towards Ancona, where they stayed to refresh their Soldiers and Mariners, and from thence, having with great mirth dragged the Venetians military 
The Genoveses error.  ensigns gotten at Pola through the Sea, they returned triumphing to Zara. It is thought that the Genoveses might easily have taken Chioggia at the same time when they burnt part of it, if they had known the situation of the City.  
The Venetians being in a short space afflicted with so many mischiefs, considering that the means of the Commonwealth were not sufficient to levy an Army strong enough to oppose against the Genoveses, and that the cause thereof was partly 
The venetians resolution.  by reason of the late loss of their Army, and partly likewise because divers armed Galleys were from home, they resolved for that time to defend their City: Therefore they appointed fifteen Galleys for the guard of the Haven under the conduct of Thadeo justiniano. But they could hardly man six of the number, by reason that 
How the Mariners loved Pisani.  they wanted rowers, every man refusing to serve, in hatred to the Senate, who had imprisoned Victor Pisani, who was beloved of all men.  
They did afterwards fortify the Haven in this manner. They did first of all build 
The Haven of Venice fortified.  two Castles of wood, of a very hard, and strong substance, at each end one. These two Castles were filled with great quantities of arrows and darts, and beneath were placed warlike engines to keep the enemy far off. Then they crossed over an iron chain three double, supported by very strong Sandoni (for so they call certain ill trimmed vessels) every of them being fastened to two Anchors, to the end they might not be shaken by the waves of the Sea: And they did cover the entry thereof with iron bodkins, and made strong defences on each side. Three great ships strongly fastened together were set against those chains, who, being furnished above with hurdles, did represent an inexpugnable Fort. They made a trench at Saint Nicholas on the shore, from the waters which are within the City, and there they builded a Fort to hinder the enemy's approach, if he should come from Malomoc: then they builded a Fort near to Malamoc with a strong Garrison, and two covered ships to keep 
Cab●…lla of Verona General of the venetians footmen.  the enemy from coming into the Lakes, whereby they might greatly endanger the City. Caballa of Verona was made General of all these Garrisons. The Ports being thus enclosed and fortified, Thadeo justiniano General of the naval Army, did keep sometimes within the Forts, and sometimes abroad. divers other vessels well victualled for a good while, were ready, and expected when they should be commanded to sail against the enemy, if need should be.  
The Genoveses likewise were not idle in so fair an advantage: but departing from Zara the sixth day of August under the conduct of Pietro Doria with eight and forty Galleys, and divers other small vessels, they sailed beyond the City of Venice, and came furiously into the Haven of Chioggia, which being taken the Army approached the City. Prince Carrario, who was before advertised (as being allied to this war) of the Genoveses arrival, had levied forces and ships, and having notice of what they had done at Chioggia, he came in small vessels called Ganzarioles through the channel of the River Brent, even to the Venetians Fort, near to Montauban. But perceiving that the place could not be taken without great slaughter, and meaning to make no long stay there, he took in hand a memorable work, and worthy 
A memorable enterprise of Carrario.  a great Prince. For having assembled a great number of husbandmen, from day-break till noon, he caused a trench to be made of five hundred paces long, even to the channel called Nasariola, so deep, as the vessels with the troops might easily pass through it, by means whereof he forth with constrained the Fort of Nasariolas 
The Fort of Nasariola taken.  to yield.  
Giovanni Chyurani being sent the same day with many vessels to hinder the Paduans design, joining fight with the enemy, did greatly foreslow Carrario his attempt till night, and then either by fear, or negligence rather, forsaking the 
Carrario joineth himself with the Genoveses.  business, he went to Chioggia. The enemy in the mean time came at his pleasure and joined all his troops to the Genoveses Army, with his munition and victuals, having left a Garrison at a Fort built of purpose at the mouth of the River, to the end that the passage thereof might be assured to his people coming from the 
Chyurani for not doing his duty, is condemned to perpetual imprisonment.  firm Land. The Senate commanded Chyurani who was at Chioggia, to come home, who because he had not performed his duty in the Service of the Commonwealth, was condemned in a great fine, and to perpetual prison.  
The end of the fifth Book of the second Decad.   

THE six BOOK OF THE SECOND DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the sixth Book of the second Decad.  
THe Genoveses take Chioggia: The City is greatly affrighted at the report of this loss. PISANI is set at liberty by the Senate's Decree. The General of the Army's place is divided betwixt THADEO JUSTINIANO and VICTOR PISANI. The City fortified near to the Haven, and in divers other places. King LEWIS sendeth CHARLES to besiege Treviso. The treaty of peace begun by the Hungarian, is broken off by reason of his unjust demands. The Genoveses besiege Malamoc: They fight upon occasions on either side, as well on the shore as in the midst of the marshes. The Senate resolve to levy a great Army. divers particular persons do diversly aid the Commonwealth. The Genoveses raising their Camp from before Malamoc, do retire to Chioggia. CAROLO ZENO his exploits against the enemy, as well in the higher as lower Sea. The Venetians besiege Chioggia on every side. How valiantly they fought at Brondoli near to the Haven with the enemy. THADEO JUSTINIANO looseth part of the Army at Siponto. The Genoveses being vanquished and almost daunted in a set battle near to Chioggia, yield themselves. The Prince having given the Soldiers the spoil, doth recover the City with all the prisoners.  
CHioggia is seated in the midst of the marshes, environed almost round about with channels, and hath 
The description of the City of Chioggia.  within it like to Venice, brooks that are navigable, which ebb and flow with the Sea-waves, and without the Town divers streams which run through their fields and salt-pits whereon the inhabitants do go in little boats, as in a beaten way: By means whereof during the siege, there were still men, so long as the enemy possessed the Haven, who came those ways by night, bringing letters from the Senate to Chioggia, and from thence to Venice. But these streams can bear no great vessels. There is a way which leadeth from the Haven to the City, by which the enemies might have passed, which was before then enclosed by the Venetians. They had builded a Fort on the hither side of the Haven with a good garrison, as at Malamoc, and had beside placed a ship in the midst of the marshes, right over against this Fort, well furnished with men and munition: These lets kept back the enemy, who so soon as they had forced the Haven, which is a mile distant from Chioggia, did not forthwith assail the City, who being encamped near to the Haven, great forces in few days came to them. For besides the Paduans, and the mercenaire Soldiers which Carrario brought, the troops likewise 
Supplies come to the Genoveses.  of the Bishop of Aquileia, with those of the other confederates came thither to them. These perceiving their bad success in that place, resolved to assail at one time the Fort and the ship: Having then put 12. Ganziarolles forth of the Haven, after they had a while rowed up and down here and there, they came to the shore of the little Chioggia, where great numbers of men drew them by main strength over little hillocks which hang downwards on the shore, into the inner channels. They placed moreover warlike engines on the shore, to batter the Fort at one time, before, behind, and on every side. divers Genoa vessels likewise being come somewhat near, did greatly molest the Venetian with the shot of their arrows, so that they which were within, being in this manner tormented by their shot, and distrusting their own small number, having set fire on the Fort and the ship, because the 
The Venetians enforced to retire into Chioggia.  enemy should have no use of them, retired into the City. The Paduans with those which were on the opposite shores, so soon as they perceived the Venetians to leave the place, cried out that the Venetians were vanquished and undone, that their pride was daunted, and that they together with their name would be buried in the waves. But they not being any jot amazed, placed three ships of burden well armed and furnished near to Saint Dominicks Church, to hinder the enemy's approach. And on the other side those which guarded the City sallying forth on a sudden on that side of the bridge, which leadeth from the city to the little Chioggia, fell with great fury upon the enemy. The fight was for a while equal, but the number of the enemies still increasing (for they were reported to be four and twenty thousand) the Venetians did speedily retire into the City, having lost the other part of the bridge.  
There were three thousand five hundred Soldiers in the City besides the inhabitants, who were commanded by Balba Gallucio the Bolognois, Nicholas Gallicano, Hircio Pisani, and Nicholas Darseria, all of the valiantest and famousest Captains of those times: Pietro Hemo was Governor, and Nicholas Contareni with Giovanni Mocenigo were Providatori. The City was afterward twice assaulted. At the first time albeit the assault was very cruel, having continued from day-break till night, with great slaughter; yet the City had no great harm: But at the second, the Genoveses being mingled among the Soldiers entered into the midst of the City. It is 
The enemies cunning.  said that to their force they added cunning; for the enemy having brought near to the bridge a small ship-full of vine-twigs and other dry matter, that being set on fire, the smoke did first choke those which fought above, and the flame and heat afterwards did enforce the Venetian to leave the place. The enemy would not lose such an occasion, but having once seized on that place, they did press the Venetian so nearly, as giving back by little and little, they entered pell mel with them committing great slaughter in the City.  
The inhabitants and the rest did then begin to fly on every side: Pietro Hemo being for saken by his people, did with fifty Soldiers for a time bravely sustain the enemy's assault on the bridge near to the Palace. But at the last all things falling out desperate by reason of the great multitude of the enemies, he with his Soldiers did shut themselves up in the Palace, which soon after being yielded fell into the enemy's hands. The Army afterwards entering, the City was utterly 
The Genoveses take and spoil Chioggia.  spoiled. The Genoveses ensigns, with those of King Lewis, and of Prince Carrario, were set up in the highest place of the City, and those of the Venetians were thrown down and trodden under, foot. All the noble women whose honours the victorious enemy would have to be preserved, were with their children retired into the Churches, and three days after being called from thence were sent home to their houses in all safety. divers escaped, others were taken prisoners: those which fell into the Genoveses hands, were imprisoned in Chioggia, but those which fell to the Paduans, and the Forlani, were carried elsewhere.  
Chioggia hath on the south side, a small Island of the breadth of five hundred paces stretching as far as Brondoli. This space of ground is almost wholly tilled with great labour by the inhabitants. Therein there is a goodly vineyard to be seen, and very large gardens. The inhabitants make great profit thereof, notwithstanding that they give themselves to salt making, and to fishing. They make great ditches about their inheritances, their grounds being always wet and moist. There are likewise divers houses in it here and there, some of them builded with moorish matter, and the rest with mortar and brick. The Genoveses drew a great many prisoners forth of these places, which being on all sides environed with water could not for want of ships escape. divers were found dead on the shore who had carelessly entered into the water.  
Six thousand men were slain at the taking of the Tower; the most of whom 
The number of the dead on the Venetians side. Carrario his cruelty. A divine punishment.  were either Townsmen or Venetians. In this sort we find that Chioggia was taken by the Genoveses. Nicolao Gallicano and Balba Gallucio being with money redeemed from the Genoveses by Francisco Carrario, were beheaded. But they which received the price of human blood falling into the hands of the enemies before the end of the war, did die more miserably in prison, than those whom they had sold.  
The guard of Chioggia was given to the Genoveses. Prince Carrario with part of his troops went home to their own houses. The like did the forces of the Bishop of Aquileia who were commanded by Giacomo Porliano. Pietro Hemi paid three thousand crowns for his ransom, and lost the worth of as much in movables when the town was taken. The Genoveses after the taking of Chioggia, came with Ganziarolles and other lesser vessels, and a few Galleys to seize on the Castle of Loretta, and the tower of Bebia. Those which were in the new tower having notice 
The Genoveses take Loretta & the tower of Bebia. Cap. darger taken by Carrario.  of the taking of those two neighbour Forts, not tarrying till the enemy arrived burned their Fort, and retired with great fear to Cape-darger a Town belonging to the Venetians: but it continued not long in their obedience. For Carrario approaching with his forces the inhabitants forthwith yielded, which they of Montauban understanding, did quickly burn their munitions and fled to the tower of Selina. This Fort alone remained impregnable all the time of the war.  
The Venetians being thus shut in by Sea and Land, began on a sudden to want victuals and other necessaries: For Chioggia being taken, with all the Towns and Forts which they possessed on the Rivers and Lakes, they had no hope to get victuals from any place but from the Trevisan, from whence they furnished the City with a little corn and flesh by the River Sylla.  
The news of the loss of Chioggia being brought at midnight, the enemy entering into it at Sunset▪ did in such sort trouble the Senate, that so soon as it was day the whole City was in alarm: At which noise all men ran with their arms to the Palace, where such great numbers of people arrived as all the great marketplace before the Palace▪ and before Saint Marks Church, was filled with them. Then by the Senate's commandment they gave notice to the people of the loss of Chioggia with as many as were in it. It is reported that at these words there were such 
Great sorrow over all the City for the loss of Chioggia.  cries and lamentations made among the people, as greater could not be if the City had been taken: ye should then have seen honourable women to walk up and down the City hanging down their heads full of sorrow, and then on a sudden lifting up their eyes and hands to heaven, knocking their breasts with their hands: The men on the other side bewailed their common fortune, saying that the State of their Commonwealth was overthrown. Every man lamented his own particular loss: but much more their liberty which they held so dear.  
They certainly believed that the victorious Genoveses would ere long be at their gates, and after the overthrow of their State would wholly abolish their memory. Every one thinking all to be lost, thought on nothing but their own particular Some scent away their gold, precious stones, jewels, money, apparel, and other rich movables, to them which kept their farms in the country, others hid them in Churches, and old monuments. In a word the whole City was filled with 
The common complaint of the people.  fear and weeping: divers did believe that if the enemy's Army had in this amazement come into the City (which Carrario after the taking of Chioggia did oftentimes counsel the Genoveses to do) it would have been taken that very day, or at the leastwise brought into great extremity. But God hath not given all to one man: Many men have known how to vanquish, but few that could make use of their victory. The Garrison which lay at Malamoc being called home, came speedily to Venice, having razed their Fort and brought away the ships.  
Besides, almen complained, that there was no man who by speedy counsel and exhortation could raise the courage of the Citizens daunted with sorrow, and who for his good service had such credit among the people, as all men would gladly entertain him, and be desirous to have him for their Captain in such a danger: all men saying that their State was lost, and their lives in great hazard, unless some one would show himself to relieve their afflicted country: That there was none but Pisani in the whole City, who being beloved of all men could by his valour preserve the Commonwealth in so dangerous a season: but that he was in prison and kept in darkness, yet if he were set at liberty, his only presence would encourage the daunted Citizens, and that therefore they should do well to go altogether to the Palace, and entreat the Senators presently to enlarge him, and to bestow him on his country.  
These speeches were publicly pronounced, and some times in the Senate's hearing. This being reported at the Palace, the Senators did suddenly assemble to determine 
Pisani is set at liberty by the Senate's decree.  thereon. They decreed that Pisani and all they who were imprisoned for the same fact, should be set at liberty: which being divulged in the City, a great multitude of people ran on a sudden to the Palace. But he like a discreet and modest person would needs lie the night following in prison, and in the mean time sent for a Priest to hear his confession. Then so soon as it was day, he went up to the Palace 
Pisani his great modesty.  and heard Mass at Saint Nicholas Altar, where he received the Sacrament giving all men thereby to understand, that he did forget the wrong which he had received as well by the Commonwealth, as by particular persons. This being done he was brought into the presence of the Prince and Senate whom he saluted, not with a furious and angry look, but with a gentle aspect, and kneeling at Prince Contareni his feet, the Prince spoke thus unto him. 
The Prince's speech to Pisani in open Senate.   
Victor, we have for a time observed the rigour of the Law: it now behoved us to use mercy and favour: by our commandment thou wert imprisoned for the loss which the Commonwealth received at Pola under thy conduct: we have at this time thought good to set the at liberty: Let me entreat thee not to dispute which of the two hath been most justly done, but rather forgetting what is past, to look upon the Commonwealth, and endeavour to restore and maintain it: In a word deal in such sort, as thy fellow-citizens who love and honour thee for thy notable virtues, may be bound unto thee as well for the good of the Commonwealth, as for their own particular profit.  
To this speech Pisani answered. Most excellent Prince there hath nothing befallen 
Pisani his answer to the Prince.  me either from yourself, or from those who with you do govern the State of the Commonwealth, which I take not in good part, as becometh a good Citizen. I know that all things are well and wisely done which are concluded for the service of the Commonwealth, whereunto I assure myself that all your Counsels and decrees do tend. Concerning the injury I have received of some particular persons, I am so far off from taking any revenge, as I protest and swear by that most holy Sacrament which I hope I have this day received to my soul's health, and by that holy divine service which I was present at, never hereafter to remember it. And I entreat those who have in any sort envied my fortune and prosperity, to believe, that I bear them no less good will than to my dearest friends, and that they shall never by me, nor for me receive any displeasure whatsoever, but I will on the contrary strive to perform all offices of love and kindness towards them. As for your charitable affection, & inviting me to the service of the Commonwealth, I do most willingly undertake the defence thereof, and I would to God I were a manable in these dangerous times, to relieve it in any sort either with counsel or industry, but howsoever, my love shall never be wanting. This being said, he was embraced by the Prince, and by all the Senators, whose eyes were full of tears, and then he went home to his own house.  
It is reported that as he walked in the streets among great numbers of people 
The joy of the people when they beheld Pisani at liberty.  who came to congratulate him, the whole City in a manner following him, they clapped their hands in sign of joy, and there were some, who at random said that he ought to be Prince, and not a private Citizen; but he mildly reprehended them, telling them plainly that those praises ought to be given to Saint Mark the City's Patron, and to the Prince, and not to an humble Citizen. And because the Senate had given him charge of those troops which were near to the haven, that he might together with Caballa the Veronois advise what should be most expedient for the Commonwealth, the common people thought that he had been restored to his office of General of the naval Army. Then did all the religious Orders, all the Colleges, the companies and fraternities of the City come to offer themselves both in public and particular to furnish an Army freely at their own costs: some likewise made offer at their own charges to arm all the galleys. But he after he had courteously entertained them, sent them back to the Prince and Senate, telling them that it was they who had the managing of all matters, and that they would listen to their offers, which concerned the good and profit of the Commonwealth. In the mean space he spent the time in visiting the works and fortifications made at Saint Nicolas Church against the enemy's incursions, the which as unprofitable, he caused to be beaten down, and made others of better form. But when the people knew that he was not restored to his former office: ye should have seen in an instant how they stood affected to him, and taxed the wilfulness of the Senators, who in so great a danger would still respect their private hatreds. What said they, shall not so notable a man, most skilful in marine matters and famous for the reputation of his high attempts, be restored to the office of high Admiral? This is not 
The people's talk in favour of Pisani.  done for the good of the Commonwealth, but only to satisfy the envy of a few particular persons. These or such like detractions of the common sort being reported at the Palace, the Senate did again assemble, where they propounded the small danger which at any other time the people's murmuring against the Senate could import; but that it was most necessary at that present to be at unity one with another, inregard the safety of the Commonwealth was then in hazard. Whereupon by a general consent, Victor was admitted to his former office. It 
Pisani is restored to his former office.  was presently blown abroad the City, how that by a new decree of the Senate, Pisani was declared General of the naval Army, and that he was with his forces to lie betwixt the City and the Paduan confines: Great numbers of people did forth with run unto him, and in three days six galleys were armed, and many more might have been made ready if need had been, every man striving who should first enrol his name for that service.  
Many Ganzarioles and other small vessels were added to these galleys. All which being ready to depart: Pisani came with the naval Army to the Haven, where 
In what manner Pisani fortified the City.  he conferred with the General of the land troops, to change the Fort which had been builded at the first into a brick wall, & to build at both ends two small towers with good garrisons. The Senate allowed this opinion of his, and every one falling forthwith to work, in four days the two towers were builded; Pisani, Thadeo, 
The diligence which was used in the fortifications.  justiniano, Caballa, and divers other noble men, having laid the first foundations. Then they began the wall in the same place where the trench was, the which being drawn from one tower to another, was ended in fifteen days: great numbers of townsmen, soldiers, and mariners laying their hand to it. The ruins of this building are at this day to be seen on the left side of the Haven. There was afterward a great iron chain drawn near to the jewrie to hinder the enemy's incursions, and four great covered ships were there placed to serve for a defence. Then without they made a trench from the new wall unto Saint Martin's Church, where divers light boats were placed, who all night long went the round, lest the enemy entering secretly, should burn the buildings next to the City. They did beside in the night time place divers corpes-de-guard, for fear lest the City should receive some harm by a surprise.  
Whilst these things were done in the City, divers persons in light boats made 
The venetians daily incursions.  incursions beyond Montauban and those places from which men go from the firm land to Chioggia, where they assailed divers boats which went up and down, which being easily taken, with the profit that arose by them, did encourage divers others to do the like. There passed no day but some vessel or other was taken, so as in a while after none durst go from Padua to Chioggia. The Genoveses soon perceived that if the passages were shut from them, victuals would fail. Wherefore to stay these incursions, or rather hoping to execute some great exploit, they came with their galleys and divers other armed vessels, furiously to possess the Haven of Malamoc, and to encamp there; and having builded a Fort in the same place where that of the Venetians had stood, they landed part of their troops on the opposite shore to take Poveggia by force.  
The Venetians being advertised of the enemy's approach did shut up the channels which came from Chioggia to Venice with two ships which were sunk one near to the other, a little beyond the Church of the holy Ghost, and on the side of them another greater than they lying at Anchor, with store of archers in it. The enemy's galleys being come thither. Thadeo justiniano who lay at the foresaid Church did with five galleys every day give them alarm, where they fought more with arrows and darts, than with hardy strokes. The Venetians light boats coming on the one side with their warlike engines and arrows did infinitely torment the Genoveses galleys, and divers daily died on both sides. They fought likewise sometimes on the shore as occasion served. In all which encounters the Venetians 
divers and sundry encounters where the venetians had still the better.  had still the better. For Caballa the Veronois was most skilful in the art military, and had good troops of horse, which the enemies at Poveggia, and Malamoc had not.  
During these combatesand encounters at the Sea, Charles son to Lewis, (as some say) or according to others, son to that Charles who defeated Manfred king 
Charles son to Lewis king of Hungary cometh before Treviso.  of Apulia, came with ten thousand Almains before Treviso. Before his arrival Nicolao Morosino, Giovanni, and Zacharia Contareni were sent thither to consult with the Hungarian concerning the Commonwealth. For it was reported that he had express commission from his father, to give audience to the Venetians Ambassadors, and to those of the league; and if he and his associates likewise thought it fit, to make a peace with the Venetians. At his arrival the Paduan Prince came to the camp, so did the Ambassadors of the Genoveses, and the Bishop of Aquileia, as well to congratulate his welcome, as to determine with him either for peace or war, of that which concerned the king and the confederates. The Venetians the next day 
The venetian Ambassadors come to the camp to treat of peace.  came to the camp which lay near to the Church of the forty Saints. And though they were expressly commanded by all means to accept of peace, though it were on unjust conditions▪ yet nevertheless the demands were such and so hard on all sides, as if the Venetians wealth had been four times greater than it was, 
The enemies unjust demands.  it would not have been sufficient to satisfy the insatiable covetousness of the enemy.  
This treaty of peace lasted certain days, but the enemies shameless demands caused the Venetians by no means to condescend to such unhonest conditions, choosing rather to endure all extremity than by such baseness to dishonour the Venetian name: Prince Carrario in the midst of this parley returned to Padua, having left Arcuan Buccecarino to command the troops which he had brought to Charles. After his departure the matter was a while debated on. But the enemy's meaning to take all from the Venetians, and to leave nothing to the vanquished but their lives, the which they would have them to enjoy of their special favour, the despite of that disgrace being converted into choler, the Senate commanded their Ambassadors to give over the business, and without any conclusion at all to return to Venice. They being gone, Charles, after he had lain in Camp two months before 
The treaty of peace broken.  Treviso, perceiving that it was to no purpose, dislodged and returned into Hungary.  
Whilst these things were done on the Trevisan, the Venetians armed fifty 
Charles returneth to Hungary.  small 〈◊〉, and came about six or seven of the clock in the evening, to surprise the enemies Fort. There was in the dike which Carrario had hastily made near to Montauban, one Galley commanded by Bartilmeo Vsiere of Savona, with two other small boats, which served for convoy to those which went up and down. The Venetians having suddenly assailed it, took it in a moment, the enemy making greater shows than deeds. The Venetian Archers wan it, who passing over the otherside of the dike, did shoot directly into it being very near to the shore: but being taken and spoiled, because by reason of the ebb they could not bring it away they burned it.  
This victory did greatly rejoice the City, and so much the more, because this fortunate success did put courage into the Citizens, who were daunted with so 
Secret speeches of the people.  many losses, and caused them to hope for better fortune. For after these exploits, divers speeches full of discontent were every where heard, How that the City was become careless and fearful, that it durst not fight with the enemy in a set battle, that the Venetians did greatly degenerate from the valour of their ancestors, who had so often over come the Genoveses, having more Galleys than they▪ That a while before, the Genoveses had no place of retreat in all the Sea, to retire themselves in safety for fear of the Venetians, but that now the same Venetian vigour was dead: that they did no more remember their Country, their liberty, nor yet their own private means, saying that it was a folly, or rather a miserable thing to stay, (having consumed all their wealth) till they were basely enforced to yield, rather by famine then by Arms: That the Senate should do well to levy the greatest forces they could: That the Citizens were resolved, either to vanquish the enemy, or else to die for the preservation of their liberty. These speeches being reported to the Senate, made them think on higher enterprises: Whereupon 
The Citizen's resolution.  they concluded to Arm forty Galleys of which Prince Contareni should be General: And Captains for those Galleys were speedily appointed. This decree being published, did greatly rejoice the people; and it was executed with such affection of the inhabitants, as according to some Authors, four and thirty Galleys were made ready in two days, the friends kinsfolks and allies of the Captains of the Galleys having employed themselves in that business to hire Rowers, the residue of the Galleys for want of men could not be made ready. For besides the loss which they received a few months before at Pola, eighteen Galleys were abroad under the command of Carolo Zeno, which they daily expected. Prince Contareni in the mean time, so soon as the Rowers were gone into the Galleys; for to practise them in rowing (for they were almost all artificers) he did daily make them to row from the jewrie to Saint Nicholas Church. He did it of purpose as well to accustom those new and unskilful people to the oar, as also to delay the battle if it were possible till the arrival of Zeno: Because it was against reason to oppose to the victorious Army of the enemies, one lesser in number, and weaker in forces than they.  
But because the scarcity of all things did in such sort oppress them, as it was impossible to draw the matter out at length for fear lest that delay might cast them headlong into some greater danger, they resolved to fight notwithstanding that Zeno was not returned. And because in so great a dearth they might be able to feed such an Army, before they did set forward against the enemy, it was published by a decree of the Senate, That whosoever among the people would relieve the naval Army or the troops, with money, victuals or Soldiers: so soon as the enemies 
A new decree of the Senate in favour of those who should rele●…e the City.  should be defeated, thirty of those who should be thought to have best deserved, should be received into the number of the Senators, which honour they and their posterity should for ever enjoy: And beside, that the Senate would yearly distribute five thousand crowns among those who could not attain to that dignity. divers on the hope of such a recompense did show themselves, divers likewise being moved with love to their Country, some offered one thing and some another.  
More than threescore families did relieve the Commonwealth at this need, so as by how much any man was esteemed rich, by so much more did he strive to deserve well of the Commonwealth: by means whereof great relief was gathered, whereupon divers were made Senators. But in reading all that above mentioned in some Authors who have been careful to collect this history, one thing hath greatly moved me, which though it be of no great importance, doth nevertheless show a great affection and love towards a man's Country.  
It is reported that one whose name was Matheo Fasceolo a Citizen of Chioggia 
A liberal offer made to the Senate by a Citizen of Chioggia.  (this man after the taking of the City retired to Venice with his children) came to the Senate, and told them how that at the taking of his Country he had lost all his wealth, which amounted to many thousands of Crowns: and that if they were again in his possession he would frankly employ them for the good and profit of the Commonwealth: But that he had nothing left but his life, and two children, the which he freely offered to the Senate and his Country: And if they would employ them either by Sea or Land, they were ready for the service of the Commonwealth to expose that only jewel which fortune had left them of all the rest.  
The Genoveses having notice of the great preparations of the new Army, fearing 
The Genoveses fear.  lest the Venetians, being driven forward by the flowing of the Sea, should about midnight surprise the entry of the Haven which they held, and being once entered, that those of the City coming to assail them in small boats before and on the sides would environ them, and by that means enforce them to fight in round and so cut them in pieces, they raised their siege and returned to Chioggia, thinking that the Venetians being shut from victuals by Land and Sea, would 
The Genoveses do wholly ruinate Malamoc and Poveggia.  yield. But before their departure, they razed the Fort and ruined Malamoc and Poveggia down to the ground.  
Soon after, four and twenty Genoveses Galleys went into Friul to get victuals, meaning to exchange salt (whereof they had great store) for wheat and other kind of grain. In the mean time three of those Galleys which were left for the guard of the Haven (the Genoveses having disarmed the rest because the City should not be without Garrison did daily make incursions as far as the tower Selina (which was the only fort that the Venetians held of all the residue in the lakes) and gave divers alarms to them within it. Victor Pisani departing from the City with three hundred small boats and fifty Ganziaroles, came and ambushed himself among the reeds near to the tower thinking to surprise them, but being descried a far off by means of his slags which were not taken down, the Genoveses on a sudden returned amain towards Chioggia. The Venetian not being able to overtake the enemy in his flight, came with speed by the lakes which did bear smaller boats, first to Chioggia, where at his arrival he took the Fort of the Saltpits, which are near to the City, and having assailed the City at the same instant, he did greatly terrify the enemy: The fury of the fight was towards the gate Mariana, and the fight was already begun in the channels when on a sudden these three Galleys arrived. The Venetians being assailed by the enemy, 
An enterprise attempted with bad success.  before, behind, and on the sides, were enforced speedily to retire to their ensigns. Prince Contareni his son in Law died in this encounter a brave young man and of the family of the Gradonicis, and divers others likewise with, eight vessels taken by the enemies: And by this means the matter falling out unluckily the Army returned to Venice. The Genoveses Galleys in the mean time who were 
The Genoveses fortify Chioggia.  returned from forage, understanding what had been attempted in their absence, did resolve to fortify Chioggia, and to beat down all the buildings near to the salt pits, and those likewise which were upon the Walls: to rampire the market place in the midst of the City, and all the houses near round about, and to that purpose to stop up all the streets which lead to the water with a brick Wall, and to make a Fort in manner of a Wall with rampires and Towers of wood, with bridges within it of double ranks, for the ease of the combatants. And because they had intelligence by their spies, that Carolo Zeno who was abroad with the Army, was not yet returned, and that there was no likelihood that the Venetians would attempt any thing before his coming, fearing by that means nothing less than their arrival, they wrought but lazily in those fortifications. 
What Charolo Zeno did after his departure from Venice.   
Carolo Zeno (as hath been said) departing from Venice with five Galleys at such time as Pisani was defeated at Pola▪ met near to Sicily with Sicilians ships, divers of which being laden with corn and other victuals were going to Genoa, he made himself master thereof, and taking as much victuals as he thought sufficient for his own fleet, he threw the rest into the Sea; then he did let go the Mariners who were Sicilians without any harm at all; and gave them somewhat to bear their charges: forbidding them hereafter to go no more to Genoa. Besides he took divers Genoveses ships, as well on the coast of Trinacria as, on the Tuscan, and after he had spoiled them he sunk them in the Sea,  
In this happy journey of his, four Galleys departing from Candie came and joined with him: These likewise before they came to him, had taken three Genoveses Barzes, one between Candie and Morea, the other at Sapientia, by the aid of the Modonois, and the third on the Sicilian Sea: The which being brought to Naples, the merchandise which was within them was sold for five and forty thousand crowns. Then Carolo having of five Galleys made a fleet of nine (for he was still 
Zeno make●… spoil all along the River of Genoa.  General of them all) sailed speedily towards the River of Genoa to spoil there, where after he had made furious incursions, torn up Trees and plants by the roots, he made all things desolate from Porto-venere even to Genoa. He would not tarry to besiege any place for fear of six of the enemy's Galleys, who still followed him.  
This spoil being made, returning to the main Sea, he seized on a Sicilian ship laden with corn, and other vessels going to Genoa, he brought away the ship, and sunk the rest. These exploits did Zeno on the lower Sea. But near to Trinacria Micheleto justiniano who with four Galleys had lain in the straight, besides other ships taken from the enemies on the Propontide Sea and the Bosphorus, he took a Neapolitan Barzeloden with Genoveses merchandise which was sold for eighteen thousand ducats.  
The six Galleys likewise which departed from Venice at the same time in a manner, or a little before Zeno, were not idle. For soon after their departure they surprised two ships of Amona, unto whom upon their word, they restored what they had taken from them, and within a while after departing forth of the Gulf they met with a Turkish Galley which they sunk, and slew all that were in it. Then they came and made certain light assaults on the Isle of Chios where they burned the Windmills and the Rampires. From Chios they went to Tenedos, and from thence having crossed the straight, they sailed toward the Pontic Sea, where having surprised a ship of Sicily, and finding the morchandize to belong to the Genoveses, it was sent as good prize into Candie.  
Afterwards, he drew near to Constantinople. Caloianes had at the same time recovered his Empire, and driven his son Andronicus into Pera. But he was not yet master of the Castle, which did greatly vex him. Therefore he never ceased 
Caloianes earnest entreaty to the Venetians for succour.  to importune the Venetians, until he had drawn them as well by entreaties as promises to assail three hundred Genoveses which kept it. It is reported, that melting into tears, he besought the Venetians not to forsake him in so evident a danger, protesting that if by their means he were restored to his Empire, that the Venetians, and not he (as in time before) should bear the name of Emperor of Constantinople. The Castle being taken by the Venetians valour, Caloianes recovered all 
The Venetians take the Castle.  the places of the Empire (Tenedos excepted.)  
But whilst the Venetians were near to Constantinople, they surprised two Genoveses ships laden with Syrian merchandise, within the which were eight and twenty Genoveses; and divers other small vessels, which for the traffic did ordinarily frequent the straight, and the Pontic Sea. Pera likewise in hatred to Andronicus 
The venetians besiege Pera in hatred of Andronicus.  was straightly besieged, and during the siege, the four Venetian Galleys in favour of Caloianes did never stir thence.  
About the same time Zeno came to Tenedos, where in few days nineteen Venetian Galleys arrived, trusting to whom he took a Barze of Naples wherein were divers Genoveses. within a while after he departed from Tenedos with fifteen Galleys, having left two for the guard of the Island, and sent the residue to the siege of Pera, under the command of Bertucio Pisani, brother to Victor. As he passed along he would needs have seized on Andria a City belonging to the Barbarians, where being stricken with an arrow he fell down dead. Carolo came from Tenedos to Rhodes, and going from thence he took two Genoveses ships. Then he arrived in Cyprus, where near the Island he took a Barze of the enemies laden with corn, after that, an other which was very rich. From Cyprus he sailed into Syria, 
In what place Zeno received news of the loss of Chioggia and the City's siege.  where refreshing himself in the Haven of Beritha, a Candiot-Gallie arrived sent by the Prince and Senate, bringing news of the loss of Chioggia, and of the City's siege, who commanded him to return speedily into Italy, to raise the enemy's Camp: whereupon he suddenly left Syria and sailed to Rhodes to take in victuals. Nicholas Zeno, Micheletto justiniano. Giovanni Barba were sent before with three Galleys to make expedition for whatsoever should be necessary for their journey. They found in the Haven of Rhodes a Genoa Barze called Pichinione, the goodliest that in those days sailed on the Seas. The Genoveses mistrusting that which followed, that the residue of the Army would quickly come thither, (the Venetians in the mean time not daring to assail it for the bigness of the vessel) went forth of the Haven, and took the direct course towards jonia, having but a scant wind. But it was not very long ere Carolo arrived. There was by chance at the same time in the Haven, a strange Barze, with an other of Spain strongly armed, but 
A great Barze of Genoa taken.  somewhat lesser: Zeno with these and the residue of the Army, came and overtook the enemy who for want of wind (as hath been said) was not very far from the Haven. The Genoveses sustained the assault a day and a night, and would not yield, until they perceived their sails to be burnt. A hundred and threescore Merchants were taken in it, and almost as many Mariners. The Florentine Merchants were let go so soon as they came to Rhodes, and to each of them were given an hundred crowns to bear his charge home.  
It is reported that the Genoveses never had a greater or richer ship. They found by the merchants books of accounts, that the goods within it were worth five hundred thousand crowns. They sold thereof to the value of fourscore thousand 
A Genoveses ship esteemed to be worth five hundred thousand crowns.  to such as bid most: the residue not being set to sale.  
Carolo, after he had caused the great ship to be unladen, and the goods to put in smaller vessels, sunk it in the main sea, and then passed into Candie. In that place (as some Authors say) he received the first news of the City's siege by Marco Morosino, who was sent thither with a Galley of purpose by the Prince and Senate.  
But during these exploits at Sea, the City being tormented daily more and more with the scarcity of all necessaries, Prince Contareni departed by night from Venice in the midst of Winter, with four and twenty Galleys, and divers other Vessels which carried Victuals: the Horsemen, and Archers, came by day-break, and seized on the Haven of Chioggia: And then on a sudden he sank two Barzes at the 
The Prince with his Army in the Haven of Chioggia.  mouth of the Haven, which he had dragged thither for that purpose, thereby wholly to take from the enemies all means of making any incur●…ions▪ having at his arrival left forces at the place, where he meant to sink them, to see that those who had the charge thereof should speedily execute it. Then the Mercenary Soldiers being landed, and tickled with a desire to fight, marched toward the City: Those within the Town being in great numbers made a sally forth upon him (for there were at the same time ten thousand fight men in Chioggia) where the battle was 
The Genoveses beat back the Venetians to their Galleys.  bloody and fierce on both sides: But the enemy's multitude still increasing, the Venetian was beaten back, and with great loss driven to his Galleys. divers were slain fight, but more flying: For whilst the troops arrived on the shore side, striving to enter into the Galleys, divers in that amazement were slain, and many taken: who being brought to the City and disarmed, were all murdered. Hn cio Pisani who had an honourable place in the Venetian Army, died in this assault. The enemy by this victory being become more insolent, did forth with arm divers small vessels, and came against the Venetian Barzes, the which being not defended, 
The Venetian Barzes t●…ken & burnt by the enemies.  the Galleys not being able to come near them by reason of the strength of the flood, were presently taken and burnt: wherewith the Venetian was better contented than if the enemy had kept them and placed Garrisons in them; For if they had so done, they would have wholly hindered the Venetian from shutting up the haven.  
The Venetian did not greatly esteem these two losses, having his naval Army still whole and sound, for of all his Rowers, Pilots, and Mariners, not one came on shore to fight. He speedily sent two Galleys to the City to bring away two other Barzes. But whilst all these preparations were making ready: Frederico Cornari 
Cornari seizeth on Brondolli.  went with four Galleys by the Prince's commandment to Brondolli, to shut up at one time all issues from the enemy. Being come thither he suddenly sank two ships near to one another, not far from Brondolli; the one towards Saint Blaze his Church, in the way from Chioggia to Ladice, and the other in the very Haven.  
But whilst Cornari was occupied in this business, Prince Contareni, because he would lose no time, caused the bottoms of those two Barzes▪ which the enemies had burned to be drawn forth of the water, and filling them with flint stones, he put them in the self same place from whence they had been drawn: Then the next day he did without any impeachment sink in the same place the two other Barzes which came from Venice, being filled with earth and flintstone. And because the entrance and coming forth of the Haven, should be still free to the Venetians, they fortified that part thereof which looketh towards the City; the which the enemies sometimes attempted to hinder: But being repulsed by the arrows which were shot forth of the ships in the Haven and then by those which lay at anchor without, they were constrained to retire to the City with great loss.  
The enemy fearing that if the Haven should be shut up, he might be brought to 
The Genoveses determination fearing to be shut up.  the last point of all miseries, which is famine, caused fourteen Galleys to be prepared to carry part of the troops from thence by Sea to Brondolli, intending to return at the spring, to free his Countrymen from the siege, after he should have reinforced his Army at Genoa. The Venetian Galleys which Cornari had brought thither (as hath been said) did come before them to S. Blaze his Church. The Channel was so straight as two Galleys could hardly go in Front; the which did greatly profit the Venetians, because they could not be environed by a greater number, (but the ships which were sunk availed them specially) whereupon so soon as Cornari perceived that the enemy sought to draw them up from thence, and to make themselves a passage, he advertised his fellows thereof, who lay three miles from thence, by a smoke. Contareni perceiving this signal, instantly commanded Thadeo justiniano to go with four Galleys to relieve Cornari. At his arrival the enemies left off a little. Victor Pisani being sent after Thadeo with six Galleys, 
The Passage of Brondolli shut up to the Genoveses.  caused two other ships to be sunk, almost in the same place, and shut up the passage with a chain made of Masts and Saile-yards, builded in the form of a Rampire.  
Victor was made General of the Galleys which were sent to Brondolli: whereat 
jelouzie betwixt Pisani and Thad●… justiniano.  Thadeo being offended (for there was already some suspicion of jealousy betwixt them two) forthwith departed thence in his Galley, because he would not be enforced to obey him, and came to the Prince. The residue which were thirteen remained in the Garrison, where the Venetians had much to do, the enemies hourly seeking all means to open the passage. The Genoveses Galleys being brought back to Chioggia, having attempted the passage in vain, the enemy seized on the Monastery of Nuns near to Brondolli, and fortified it: and having caused his Galleys to glide along as far as little Chioggia, he attempted likewise to possess the other side of the Haven of Brondolli. Victor which perceived it (for the enemy's Galleys were removed from the other side) he commanded Giovanni Barbadico to pass speedily upon the enemy with light Vessels (whereof great numbers were from the beginning sent unto him) whilst himself with his Galleys drew as near as he could to the same side which the Genoveses intended to take. For it is most certain that the enemy possessing both the sides of the Haven, the Venetian Galleys would have been shut in. The Haven is four hundred foot broad. There is small store of 
A sharp sight in the Haven of Brondolli.  Water in the midst thereof, but it is navigable on both sides near to the shore. Now the Genoveses possessed already (as hath been said) one of the sides, and had fortified it. If he had shut in the going forth on the left side, as he had determined, the Venetian Galleys had been undone. They rested not in any sort in so great a danger: they fought fiercely in the midst of the Haven, whereby the Venetians endured much, in regard of the great numbers of arrows which the enemies shot on them from the opposite shore. But the greatness of the danger made the Venetians resolved, or rather obstinate in their determination, so that at last they broke the enemy's designs; and being become Masters of the place, they builded a Fort there with all expedition▪ which that they might finish with more safety, they called great numbers of Soldiers and Artificers from the Army.  
Georgio Caballa, Son to Giacomo, was sent with a good troop to guard that 
The Venetians and the Geno veses lodge at one time in one Haven.  place; and by this means the Genoveses and the Venetians possessed one Haven at one time. Whereupon there were daily skirmishes, the engines of war throwing from one side to an other. The naval Army was likewise much molested day and night, by the warlike engines which the enemy had in the nuns Monastery. During these exploits, near to Chioggia, the Stellani, in favour of Bernabo Visconte, overranne the whole Country of Genoa, thereby to divert them from the War of Chioggia. For besides other exploits of war, four thousand horse came at times 
The Stellani ●…rre on the Genoveses The Genoveses defeat the Stellani.  under the conduct of Asturo their General unto S. Francis Church, near to Genoa, filling the whole Country with fear and terror. But the Genoveses making a sally forth upon them the latter time, wholly broke them, and took them all prisoners; their Captain excepted, who escaped by means of a Peasant.  
The forces likewise of the Emperor Caloianes did somewhat aid the Venetians, who did greatly molest those of Pera by ordinary incursions, and sometimes by furious assaults: But so soon as his Son Andronicus had placed Misians and Turks that were come to his aid, in a place near to the City, for fear of danger he gave over the Venetian party.  
This was done far from the City. But on the Venetian Territory, The Genoveses who were desirous to put forth some Galleys to succour their troops, did with great difficulty draw eighteen Galleys over the bridge of Port Mariana, into 
The Venetian attempts to hinder the Genoveses escape.  the stream which separateth little Chioggia from the great, and from thence conducted them with great danger to Brondolli, where being sufficiently furnished with men and Arms, they remained before the Fort, expecting a fit time to sally forth. The Venetians on the other side not to suffer the enemy to escape without punishment, kept good guard near to the Haven, to beat him in if he should attempt to make any evasion. But whilst the enemy watch this time, and the Venetian continued to attend on him, the Venetian Galleys were greatly molested by the enemy's Archers, in such sort as the Mariners like desperate persons cried out, that they were of necessity to dislodge, unless they would have them which were in the Galleys, to die before Chioggia. Those likewise which were in guard on the shore, fearing that Carrarto would send his troops to assail them on their backs, entreated that they might raze the Fort and depart thence. Pisani exhorted and entreated 
Pisani exhor●…eth his murmuring soldiers.  them all to have patience for a while, and that it could not be long ere Carolo Zeno would arrive; and that then being strengthened with Men and Galleys, they would easily daunt the enemy's boldness.  
The like despair was in the Prince's Army▪ For cold and hunger, and the danger of arrows which were continually shot into the galleys had so daunted them, as the soldiers with those which were in the Haven, thought more on flight, than on resistance. The Prince's presence only, and entreaty did stay them, who laid before 
The great respect which the soldiers did bear to the Prince's presence  them the great disgrace, and evident danger which their country was like to incur if they departed thence without effecting some worthy enterprise: That without doubt the Genoveses would pursue the Venetians at the heels, if they dislodged from before Chioggia, and coming more furiously than before to assail their City already in a manner lost by famine, they would in short space take it.  
But neither entreaties, no●… exhortations could persuade the soldiers, who were wholly daunted, to continue the siege, so as at last they resolved within two days to raise their camp from both places: But Zeno on a sudden, as if he had been sent from Heaven, about noon entered the Haven of Chioggia with fourteen galleys well armed.  
The Senate on the first of januarie, so soon as they descried him on the main sailing directly towards the City, about three of the clock after noon, sent to command him to go and meet with the Prince, who lay before Chioggia. His coming was no less acceptable than needful. The joy and welcomes were great in both Armies, but much more when they understood by his speech that he had sunk threescore of the enemy's vessels of all sorts, and that he had taken in the great Barze called Pichinione, and in the rest more than three hundred Genoa merchants, not accounting the rowers and mariners, and gotten a booty more in value than three hundred thousand crowns. But because their business at that time required no long delay, Zeno was forthwith commanded to go to Brondolli with twelve galleys to meet Pisani.  
His arrival brought great contentment to the Venetians, who wept for joy. The Garrison which was on the shore perceiving the arrival of their galleys, took courage also. At the same time three galleys of Candie, and one of Arbacame to the Prince: Whereupon the Venetians seeing their Army to consist of two and 
Two and fifty galleys in the venetians Army by Sea.  fifty galleys, did no more fear the enemy's attempts. Carolo resolved to lie at Anchor without the Haven, and not to enter before night: But a sudden tempest a rising before sunset, he returned with five galleys to the Prince, having wind and tide with him. Thadeo justiniano who had remained still with the seven, having been grievously tossed, lost two galleys▪ one near to the Fort which was broken on the Sea-banks, & the other near to the mouth of Po. Carolo being sent back again with nine galleys 
Carolo Zeno arriveth in the haven of Chioggia.  to Pisani, entered the Haven as he was commanded & joined with him. Two galleys were placed as sentinels near to the place, where the enemies would have escaped.  
The Genoveses feigning to escape by night, came and assailed one of those two galleys, and by the help of the Garrison of Brondolli drew it on shore. Those within it feeling themselves to be drawn forwards by cables and iron chains▪ did presently leap into the Sea, hoping to save themselves by swimming, but being kept down by the waves, they were all drowned, and those who strove against the waves were slain by the enemy. Giovanni Miani Captain of the galley was taken with a rich booty. For this galley Carolo had brought home from his voayge.  
The enemy being proud of this exploit, would needs attempt to get forth: For he certainly knew that so great a multitude of people shut up in a place, would soon be famished if speedy means were not found to separate them. Whereupon the Garrison which was at Lupa near to the haven, which the Venetian determined to assail; and the other which meant to escape at Brondolli, came at one time to encounter the Venetian. They fought fiercely in both places, and the Genoveses were repulsed with great loss; but much more at Lupa than at Brondolli. The Venetian 
A new fight with the enemies.  after all these attempts, to take all hope of escape from the Genoveses, caused two great ships of burden to be brought from Venice, and sank them with an iron chain in that place, (though very straight) which remained open to the Genoveses. Then they placed five galleys for the guard of the passage commanded by Francisco Bocolli, in which place before there were but two. Carolo Zeno was commanded to keep near to the Fort with seven galleys; and five others were placed in the way to Bebia: Victor with the residue of the Army encamped near to Saint 
The venetians attempt to hinder the enemy's escape.  Blaze his Church.  
In these places they remained all day: in the night they came near to Brondolli, and set boats in sentinel, to the end they might be soon advertised if the enemy removed. Such was the state of the Venetians affairs at Brondolli, when in the mean time three Venetian galleys, sent with forces from the right hand, assailed Loretta, which in few days was recovered and manned with a strong Garrison: in like 
Loretta recovered.  manner the new Tower which had been burnt at the Genoveses first arrival, was repaired and manned with soldiers for the guard thereof.  
About the same time that Loretto was recovered, the Tower of the Monastery of the Nuns which the enemies possessed near to to the Haven, being shaken with a sudden stroke of a Piece of battery, was for the most part overthrown, where Pietro Doria General of the Genoveses Army was crushed in pieces. Some say that he was slain as he was putting his vessels in order of battle, and that (he being dead) the Fort was abandoned, and the vessels left to the mercy of the fire. 
The death of the Genoveses General.  And that thereupon the victorious Venetian pursued the enemy in his flight as far as Chioggia, and that there they fought again before little Chioggia: whereupon the Genoveses being again vanquished with great slaughter, and having lost the one half of the bridge, they retired confusedly into the City: that the same day likewise more than six hundred Genoveses were taken, and almost as many slain, of whom besides Doria of whom we now spoke, Thomaso Goti a man of great repute, was buried in the ruins of the bridge. But Chinatio setteth down the matter otherwise, whom herein we rather follow as we have done in other matters. He saith that all that which we have spoken of, did not happen in one day, but at sundry times: that both the enemies fleets did never lie so near one to the other, nor did never so much hurt one another with arrow▪ shot. It is reported that no day passed wherein above five hundred great stones were not flung forth of brazen engines from one camp to the other, with great slaughter and hurt.  
In the mean time they were not less infested near to the City. For they skirmished daily near to little Chioggia, as occasion served. The Genoveses being shut up in this manner, men began to come to Venice by the river of Po, from La Marca, Romagna, and Ferrara. By means whereof the dearth of victuals soon ceased. The price whereof had been so high, as the City was almost brought to 
Great scarcity of victuals in venice.  the last extremity. For corn was sold at the same time▪ at a fourfold rate, and so likewise all other necessaries.  
The Paduans by stealth in small covered boats carried victuals to the besieged. The Senate to reinforce the troops which were before Chioggia, levied five thousand 
The Genoveses design to get forth.  foot: The Genoveses for their last attempt, would try if by any cunning they could put their Army forth which lay at Brondolli, seeing by force they could not do it. Wherhfore having drawn a great and broad trench from the Fort, even to the shore, they were in great hope to be able in the darkness of the night unknown to the Venetians to put forth to Sea, whereupon twenty galleys made account to get forth in that place, whom they thought to be sufficient to molest the Venetians coast, and chiefly the City of Venice, so as they being at Sea, the Venetian should be enforced whether he would or no to raise his camp. But the Venetian having discovered the enemy's design, all the soldiers thereabouts were sent for to the Prince's camp, where they resolved to assault Brondolli at one time by Sea and land.  
All the forces in a manner being reduced into one body for this purpose, there arose a quarrel betwixt the Italians and the mercenary strangers which were in the camp: who falling to blows, divers in a moment were slain, and it would greatly have endangered the Army, had not the Princes coming suddenly appeased 
Tumult in the venetian Army:  the matter. This tumult, with the fear likewise, lest the enemy should draw his trench even to Brondolli, caused the Venetians to make haste, and not to tarry for john d'Agons a wise and valorous Frenchman, whom in his absence they had named 
john of Agons' ●… French man.  for their General by land. Carolo Zeno being sent with the residue of the forces which remained round about Brondolli, was commanded to bring those troops which had still lain encamped under the public ensigns before the City near to the shore, to assail the Fort of the Genoveses, who was thought to be a Captain better experienced on the land than sea.  
Pisani was already commanded carefully to attend the signal: and that so soon as he should be advertised that his fellows fought at Brondolli, he should likewise come on the other side, and that having brought his galleys as near as possibly he could, he should land his troops, and assail the enemy on that side next to the Port. All things were ready for the assault of Brondolli, when as the exploit falling out fortunately at little Chioggia made them to alter their determination. For the Venetian fearing that the enemy would come on their backs, would first before they went to Brondolli assail the Fort which the Genoveses held in that place: The troops marching on to this end, were hardly come to the Tower, when as on an instant the Genoveses as though they had been called by a certain signal, caused all those which were at Brondolli to come to Chioggia, saving a few who were left for the guard of the place, who were commanded to march in battle, and to assail the Venetians on their backs, whilst they should be busied in the fight, and that they on the other side would sally forth of the City, and give a furious onset on the enemy: herein being guided after the common saying, That it is better to fight with the enemy in a set battle, than by a long siege to be brought to all extremity.  
It is said that fifteen hundred came forth of Brondolli, and about eight thousand from the City. The Garrison of Brondolli came with great noise, 
The Genoveses come and assail the venetians in set battle.  as issuing from an ambush, and fell upon the Venetians. Zeno bravely received them, and the fight was very cruel. At the first they shot such great store of arrows from both sides, that the air was darkened as with a great cloud. The noise which was heard from the shore, and from the ruins of little Chioggia, together with the clashing of Armour filled every place with terror: in which fight the number of the dead was great, but that of the wounded much greater.  
In the mean time that great squadron of eight thousand men came forth of the City, and came forward in a close battalion like a torrent upon the Venetian, who was busied in fight with the first comers. Zeno likewise turning towards them, did valiantly sustain their first attempts, and was already enforced to fight on both sides, when desiring to be rid of the one, that he might intend the other, he came with greater fury against those of Brondolli, towards whom giving back by little and little, and almost half vanquished, the cavalry speedily marched, who finding them to be spent and tired in the fight with the footmen, did easily break and 
The Garrison of Brondolli broken and defeated in the fight.  put them to flight with great slaughter. divers casting themselves into the water near to S. Katherine's Church were drowned, as well because they could not swim, as by the weight of their Armour.  
The victorious Venetian being freed on that side turned all his forces against the squadron of the City, which being amazed at the mishap of their fellows, had already begun by little and little to give back. Against these being of themselves disordered, the Venetian furiously marched. The enemies being then affrighted, losing their judgement with their ranks, perceiving fortune to be contrary, began openly to fly: every man shifting for himself, endeavoured to get over the bridge fearing if he should be shut forth to be murdered by the enemy: those that were last were worst dealt with. divers were slain in the flight, but many more near to the bridge: which not being able to bear so many armed men together, and suddenly breaking in the midst, drew divers with it into the ruins. Those which fell with the bridge and their Armour into the water, did all perish, some on their own ●…auelings, and others by stones which fell upon them, but the number of such was greatest who by the weight of their Armour sinking into the bottom of the water, were never after seen. More than a thousand who were shut forth of the bridge, were cut in pieces, and divers likewise casting their weapons from them were taken prisoners. Those who were on the farther side of the bridge being pursued with arrow-shot were enforced to yield. The Venetians committed the keeping of the fort that the enemy's Soldiers had builded in that place, to Giacomo Rouccio a valiant Captain. The Tower which before the battle was begun to be assailed, did likewise presently yield.  
Four hundred Genoveses were taken at the same time, among whom were divers 
The great loss which the Genoveses sustained that day.  gentlemen: with a thousand ensigns of the Paduans and Genoveses:  
The night after the battle, the Genoveses that were at Brondolli having set fire on their Galleys retired in great amazement to Chioggia. So soon as Victor had notice of the enemy's flight, he presently drew near with his Galleys, where he saved two Galleys of Genoa from the fire, ten of them being burnt, and the residue drawn to Chioggia a while before. divers Paduans and Genoveses fearing that if the Venetian should shut up all the passages, they might not then depart when they would, did the same night retire with great silence to Padua. The next day Victor entered 
Pisani entereth into Brondolli.  into Brondolli, where he had intelligence by certain spies, that ten Genoa Galleys strongly Armed, lay not far from thence for the guard of the Mills, whither he presently sent certain small boats, to discover whether it were so or no. But the Genoveses descrying them, and being terrified with the news of the loss of their Army, left their Galleys, and leaping into the water escaped by swimming to the next shore, by means whereof these Galleys without any resistance at all were possessed by the Venetians, which to the great joy of the people, were brought to Venice. Some Authors say, that they were but five, and that fourscore of the enemies 
Ten Genoa Galleys taken.  were taken in them.  
Carolo Zeno, having by the Prince's commandment drawn his troops from the lesser Chioggia, came and encamped before the Haven of the City, by the way which leadeth to Brondolli, near to Saint Francis Church, where he caused his Soldiers to make a great Trench. The Genoveses then perceiving that they were 
The Genoveses put all unprofitable eaters forth of Chioggia 〈◊〉 passages leading to Chioggia are shut up. Pisani fortifieth Brondolli.  more straightly shut in, did put all the women and children, with other unprofitable eaters forth of the City. Prince Contareni sent that wretched company to Venice. Besides, the Venetian enclosed all the passages from the firm Land to Chioggia, with strong rampires. Pisani likewise by building a Tower and a rampire at Brondolli, did within a month make the Haven so strong, as leaving a few troops for the guard thereof, he brought thence his Army out of all fear and danger. The siege still continued till Chioggia was recovered.  
In the mean time, upon report that a new Army was providing at Genoa, and that of a certain Prince Carrario made great preparations of Armour and shipping, and perceiving beside, that they should not speedily recover Chioggia, the Senate to prevent the like scarcity of victuals, as that wherewith the City was a while before afflicted, decreed that certain ships of burden should be sent into Apulia to fetch corn, and that Thadeo justiniano with twelve Galleys should be their convoy. 
justiniano it sent to Apulia for forage.  He sailing towards Histria did without any great difficulty recover Grada, where surprising divers Forlani, he sent them all bound to Venice. He departed thence with a fair wind, and came to Manfredonia, where he had intelligence that the Genoveses Army was not far off, being commanded by Maruffo Doria; he presently sent back those ships which he had laden with corn: Soon after, the enemy approaching, he caused the other ships to be sunk in the Haven to the end the Genoveses should make no use of them, and himself with six Galleys (for the rest were gone a foraging) returned towards Venice. But a terrible tempest arising, caused him to return to Manfredonia, where (because the enemy was at hand) he caused all his Galleys to be disarmed, and their tackling and furniture to 
The Genoveses▪ assail Iustinian●… at Manfredonia.  be carried into the Town, which done, he sunk them in the Haven. Then barricadoing his troops on both sides the entry of the haven, to the end they might fight in covert, he resolved to hinder the enemy's entrance. Some say that Guido Foranensis the Cities Governor, counseled Thadeo to leave the Haven and to retire with his troops into the City, but that he would by no means do so.  
At the enemies first arrival, there was a cruel fight for two hours space: then both sides made a pause whilst they refreshed themselves, & soon after they returned to the combat with greater fury. The Haven had been bravely defended, if the Venetian had not been enforced to fight near together, and in a round figure, by reason that some of the enemies were landed, they nevertheless for a while bravely sustained all their assaults: But being beaten thence by the enemies great multitudes, they fled. The City being not far off was the cause that the slaughter was no where else but in that place where they skirmished. Thadeo with a hundred of his 
justiniano taken by the Genoveses  Soldiers were taken by the enemy.  
The Genoveses having broken as much of the sunk Galleys as appeared above water, sailed to Ficulan, where six other Venetian Galleys were reported to be, five of which by the enemies rash entrance escaped and came to Venice, and the other being not so swift as the rest, was taken. The slaves of those Galleys which were lost at Manfredonia, came to Chioggia by Land. Where, at the very same time as all this happened far from Venice, the Venetians fought with good success on the Lakes, with fourscore of the enemy's vessels, eight of which were taken, and the residue being put to flight retired with great fear to Chioggia. But the assault 
A great fight on the lakes.  which was within a while after given to the Genoveses Fort at the Mills was not so fortunate. For the Venetian was not only shamefully beaten thence, but the son 
The venetians repulsed from the Fort of the Mills.  of Lodovico Loretano a valorous young man, with divers other Venetians of note were there slain. The Venetians coming again the morrow after to environ the Fort, the Paduan Army (which Chioggia being besieged had remained there, intending to pass over into the firm Land, so soon as the Venetian Galleys should not be able to stir for want of water) was onward on their journey in the Lakes, so as whilst the Venetians were busied in the fight, news was brought them that the Paduans were escaped towards the firm Land. Whereupon they gave over their enterprise, 
The Paduans desea●…ed and put to flight.  and crossing the Lakes they made haste to overtake the enemy, whom on a sudden near to the shore they defeated and put to flight.  
The enemies esc●…ping into the neighbour Marshes, all their vessels to the numper of fourscore were taken, & with them threescore prisoners, among whom were divers Genoveses, They were not idle in Zenos Camp, for they still fought as occasion was offered. The enemy's beginning to want victuals, the soldiers first, & 
Demands of the besieged.  then the Genoveses, craved that they might depart from Chioggia with their goods; the which was flatly denied to either of them.  
Not long after, the Venetians having intelligence that the Genoveses Army 
The Venetians propositions to the besieged.  was arrived in Dalmatia, and of the preparations which Carrario made on the frontiers to relieve his associates, and to raise the siege; sent word to the besieged, that whosoever would have their lives saved should forthwith leave Chioggia (for the Historians mention no set time) and come and yield their bodies at the Prison gates in Venice, otherwise they should not expect any mercy.  
It is reported that the enemy did so contemn this proposition, as not one among 
The resolution of the besieged.  all their great number would embrace it. They had been advertised of the coming of their Army, and therefore hoping that the siege would soon be raised, they resolved still to hold out, and to endure any extremity rather than to yield. The Senate did set forth fifty light vessels to resist the Paduans attempts, for they were to fight on the lakes. They did afterwards cause five and twenty Galleys to come to the City, which should be opposed against the enemy, if he had made any approach.  
On the fourth of june about three of the clock after dinner the Genoveses Army 
The Genoveses Army calleth the venetians to the fight.  presented itself before the Haven of Chioggia, being three and twenty Galleys in number. They came within a mile of the City, and with great cries called the enemies to fight. But the Venetians not stirring at all, made themselves ready to receive the enemy's assaults: And in another place great number of light boats kept watch on the lakes to discover the Paduans proceedings. The Genoveses perceiving that they could not draw the Venetians to fight, retired to the Fossoni, from whence they daily came to challenge the Venetians with reproachful speeches. Yet nevertheless Prince Contareni and the other Captains continued still firm in their resolution, by no means to fight. And yet they sent forth certain small boats which by their swiftness did greatly molest the enemy's Galleys.  
Pisani at the last contemning the enemies small number, did by the Prince's permission 
The Genoveses dare not attend the Venetians.  sally forth of the Haven with five and twenty Galleys, and being come somewhat forward at sea, he did on a sudden turn the prows of his Galleys upon the enemy at Fossoni. The Genoveses durst not attend them, but having retired the Army, they did on a sudden fly towards Ancona; but the Venetian without the Prince's commandment would not pursue them very far, fearing to leave the siege,  
The besieged at the same time would needs attempt one means more to escape, having for the purpose made a hundred small boats of the wood of houses, each of which had ten oars. They had determined (for their fleet within few days after was returned to their old place of abode) that so soon as their Galleys should approach the Haven, and with their great usual noise make all men attentive to behold them (for they had received new supplies from Genoa and Dalmatia) three of their Galleys should come as near as they could to the shore right over against the lesser Chioggia. And in the mean time those within the Town should come forth by the inner channels which lead to the port Mariana and the lesser Chioggia, and being come to the Sea, should go aboard the Galleys: Granello of Pera was the Conductor of this enterprise. He when all things were ready, gave a signal to his people to come forth. Those of Zeno's Camp having discovered the 
The Venetians sudden arrival hinders the enemy's escape.  matter, did speedily advertise the Prince that the enemy was ready to depart. divers light boats were forthwith sent to hinder their coming forth, who having crossed the water, and being come to the place where the enemy was already come forth, did on a sudden so affright them, as in a moment they were defeated. Fifty of their boats were taken, divers of them were slain, and fourscore prisoners taken with Granello their leader, and the residue by flight escaped into the City  
Blondus saith that the Genoveses made an attempt to cut a sunder the chain which crossed the sunk Argoseis at the entrance of the Haven, at which time Maruffo the General of their Army came at the flood, and gave in upon the Venetian Gal●…ies and that thes kirmish being begun, he busied the Venetian in fight, whilst his people took away that hindrance: but that both their attempts proved vain. For those who would have come forth, and those likewise who came 
The enemies are every where ill entreated.  and assailed them at their backs, were in such ●…ort beaten by the Engines of war and by arrow-shot, as they were basely enforced to fly.  
The Genoveses being daunted with the loss of their people returned to their usual abode. Those in the City perceiving that neither their own attempts nor those of their fellows did any whit avail them, did set all the prisoners at liberty, and bringing them to the City gates, sent them to the Campe. It is thought that they did it for fear, lest if they should have died in prison, they themselves in like manner falling afterwards into the enemy's power might receive the self same punishment.  
Then they tried another means to get forth. They sent messengers to the Captains 
The Genoveses policy to get forth of the City in despite of the Venetians.  in Zeno's Camp, who promised them all the gold, silver, and Armour of the Genoveses with the City to boot, on condition that the Venetians would permit them to depart thence home to their houses without any harm at all. To this form of yielding they did all hearken; But Zeno opposing it, did advertise the Prince thereof by an express messenger. Pietro Hemo his Counsellor was forthwith sent thither, for besides divers things which would have been taken from them by this kind of yielding, the Venetians should have received a great disgrace, if the Genoveses their ancient and Capital enemies being with great danger and travail brought to all extremity should have escaped from them without punishment. By Hemo his 
An in what conditions the Genuoveses designs were broken.  advice than it was concluded, that the spoil of the City should be given to the Soldiers, and that as many as took the enemy's pay should become their prisoners; and the Genoveses, Paduans, Forlani, Dalmatians, and greeks, being more apt to tug an oar than to bear Arms, should with the City fall to the Venetians share. The Captains being by these Articles put in mind of their duty, did promise and swear to Zeno, that they would never again accept of the Genoveses offers, nor in any sort hearken to their messengers, entreaties, or promises whatsoever. The matter being thus appeased, Roberto de la Marca, who held a very honourable 
Roberto de la Marca is hanged at Venice.  place in the Army, continuing still wilful in his opinion that the Genoveses offers should be accepted, did labour all he might to have it done, till being brought into Zeno's presence, he was by a general consent committed to prison, and two days after being convicted of treachery was hanged at Venice: and thus by the death of one only man the whole tumult was appeased.  
The Genoveses first design proving vain, they endeavoured still to raise some sedition in the Camp, as they had done at the beginning, by making greater offers to the Soldiers. But the Captains sent their messengers to Zeno, assuring them 
A discreet answer of the mercenary Captains to the enemies.  that the Genoveses lives and deaths were in his and the Venetians hands, and that they were to entreat and beg their lives of them, and to use no more means to the Soldiers, for both they and their Captains, were at the command of Carolo, into whose presence they being come, they could by no means change his determinat on.  
Having then lost all hope, falling to tears and entreaties, they sent the chief of 
The Gen●…eses on their knees at the Prince's feet beg life.  all their troops to the Prince, who weeping and falling at his feet, entreated him for the love of Almighty God, and in pity of their calamities, to take commiseration of their present misery; confessing that they had till then like enemies executed divers enterprises against the Venetians, as well by Sea sa Land, but that it was only for dominion, and not for greediness of men's lives: which might be easily testified, in regard that during the wars all prisoners on both sides, had been oftentimes redeemed or exchanged, and sometimes likewise by convention set at liberty: Namely that lately at the taking of Chioggia, not any one was injuried by them, that were found without Arms, except some few, who by the rashness and folly of some particular persons, and not by the general consent of all men, had been slain. And that beside, they had never refused to give any man his life that had requested it. That victuals beginning to grow scarce, they dismissed their prisoners, fearing lest they should be famished in Prison. They did not deny but that they had tried all means before they wou●…d yield; which nevertheless they had not done so much for any hatred they did bear to them, as because they would not be counted Bisonians and cowards among their Countrymen. And that now being vanquished rather by famine than by Arms they did not request to carry away with them their own gold, silver, or movables, but only their lives: the which if it should be denied to men unarmed, and who did humbly crave it, would for ever be accounted a deed both cruel and inhuman: Yet whatsoever should befall the Genoveses in this war, they had next unto God placed their hope in the meekness and mercy of the Venetians. They besought them then to bethink what regard they meant to have, to their prayers and tears, and lastly to their grievous calamity. For they could not believe, nor never would, though they should endure the uttermost extremity, that they who had so many times felt the thwarts of adverse fortune would forget the alteration of worldly affairs. 
The reply made unto them.   
To this there was no gentle reply made, but only that they might be sure to be soon imprisoned, and that then the Senate would at leisure determine of their life or death: That in the mean time, it was both just and reasonable that those should remain in dark captivity, who to obey their own unbridled passions, had lost their liberty. They were then commanded to depart, and to take heed lest that by their own fault they lost not the offer made unto them, and that 
Famine enforceth them to yield.  they should speedily dispatch what they had to do. Being returned to the City they brought news of nothing but sad calamity, how the loss of their goods, imprisonment, and their lives were in danger, But being grievously afflicted by famine (for there were some among them who of a long time had seen no bread) they resolved to yield howsoever rather than to die with hunger. Therefore setting up an Ensign on the highest Tower of the City, the Genoveses fleet came forthwith from their usual place of abode into the City's view, but the besieged did soon take it down: whereat those of the Galleys being moved, sought by all means to encourage them: but they within the City returning them no signal for an answer, they were certainly persuaded, that both they and themselves were wholly undone: whereupon, being sad and disconsolate they retired to the Fossoni.  
The Captains in the mean time sent into the City to separate the mercenary Soldiers from the Genoveses, and to put the richest booty into a certain place. Four thousand prisoners fell to the Venetians, three thousand of whom were Genoveses, two hundred Paduans, a few Forlani, and the residue Dalmatians and Illirians with some greeks, who were all brought prisoners to Venice. The Soldiers being disarmed, were let go. The whole spoil being laid on a heap in Saint Mary's Church was for the space of two days sold to such as bid most: the money was distributed among the Soldiers, and the City was by the Captains yielded 
The Venetians recover Chioggia  to the Venetians. In this manner did the Venetians recover Chioggia, ten months after it had been taken by the Genoveses. Prince Contareni, Victor Pisani, Carolo Zeno, and the chief of the Army entered it on the four and twentieth of june: and having in all places erected the Venetian Ensigns, they brought home to the Commonwealth nineteen Genoa Galleys well armed, with divers ships, and a marvelous great quantity of salt.  
The end of the sixth Book of the second Decad.   

THE SEVENTH BOOK OF THE SECOND DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the seventh Book of the second Decad.  
 
THe Venetians recover Bebia with all the other Forts on the Lakes soon after the reduction of Chioggia. The Thryestines revolting take part with the Genoveses Cap-Histra is taken by the enemies. The Genoveses passing with their fleet before the Haven of the City come into Histria. The Venetians mighty Army recovereth Cap-Histria. The Genoveses take Arba. VICTOR PISANI dieth at Manfredonia. CAROLO ZENO is made General of the naval Army. Treviso is a long time besieged by the Carrarians. The Venetians attempt in vain to relieve Treviso with men and victuals. The Venetians give the City of Treviso to LEOPOLD Duke of Austria. CAROLO ZENO refuseth to fight with the enemy on the Frontiers of the lower Sea. The great danger that the Genoveses prisoners were in, upon the news that the Venetian prisoners were all stain at Genoa. What great harm three Genoveses Galleys did to the Venetians. LEOPOLD cometh into Italy with ten thousand horse. Peace with the Genoveses and their associates by means of the Duke of Savoy. The Venetian Dames relieve the Genoveses prisoners with clothing and money for their journey. divers who above the rest had succoured the Commonwealth during the war, are made Senators.  
CHioggia being recovered in this manner, the Venetians 
The Venetians besiege Bebia.  because they would not stop the fortunate course of their victories, did forthwith send to besiege the Fort of Bebia, thereby to make free passage for their Merchants who traffic into Lombardie. The Genoveses in the mean time, dislodging from 
The Genoveses take certai●… venetian ship●… laden with corn●…  all places near to Venice, did near to Corbolles set upon divers ships laden with corn, who tarried in that place till such time as the Genoveses Fleet were removed (that they might with more safety go to Venice) the which at the first they took, and furnishing their Galleys with corn for their own provision, they threw the residue into the Sea, and then failed into Histria.  
The City of Thryeste at their arrival (being before solicited by the Forlani) 
Thryeste revolteth & 〈◊〉 to the Genoveses  did revolt from the Venetians. The Genoveses placed a choice troop of Archers for the guard thereof. The Thryestines having taken arms, did first of all seize on the Palace, then on the person of Donato Troni Governor of the City, and imprisoned all the other Venetians, whom they first despoiled of their wealth. After that, they assailed both the Forts, (for there were few people in them) which within 
The Castles of Thryeste are razed by the Inhabitants.  two days yielded, and were presently razed down to the foundations.  
Prince Contareni having provided for the affairs of Chioggia, left Carolo Zeno for the guard thereof, and making Pisani Admiral of the Sea, he returned to Venice where he was generally welcomed with signs of great joy. The news of the Thryestines rebellion being brought at the same time to Venice, did in some sort interrupt their mirth. For at the Prince's arrival the City was troubled thereat: But on the very day of his entry, other news no less distasteful arrived, how that Cap-Histria was taken. It was reported of a certain that the enemy's Army was so 
Cap Histria taken by the Genoveses.  mightily increased, as besides the Galleys (which were forty in number) they had divers other small boats of two ranks of Oars: and that the enemies after they had taken the Town, had wholly spoiled it, certain houses of banished men excepted, by whose means and treachery they had surprised it, but that the Castle did still hold out for the Venetians, into the which Crispolino Azo of Treviso perceiving the City to be lost, had with certain troops entered.  
The loss of these two neighbour Cities, brought great discontentment to the 
The Senate much troubled with the loss of these two Cities.  whole City: And then the great Army which the enemy was reported to have, did much trouble the Senate. For it was very likely, that unless their Army were as strong as that of the enemies, the Genoveses would in short time become Masters not only of Histria, but of all the Venetian coast. Resolving then forthwith to levy a mighty Army, they took order that no day should pass, but some Galleys should be Manned and Armed.  
But during these preparations at Venice, the Genoveses having restored Cap-Histria 
Cap-Histria is given to the Patriarch of Aquileia.  unto the Patriarch of Aquileia, departed thence with their Galleys, and speedily encamped before Brondolli, where so soon as they had viewed the fortification of Chioggia, and perceived how all passages were shut up from them, they sailed towards the City. The Fleet remained in order of battle for a time before 
The Genoveses fleet before the Haven of the City.  the Haven, but not with great assurance. For divers light boats going speedily forth of the Haven, did greatly molest them by arrow-shot, and stones thrown forth of engines. But no sign of a battle appearing, the Genoveses returned towards Histria, when having attempted to cause the Piarnes to revolt, they did furiously 
The enemy's Army before Piarna.  assail the City, because the inhabitants and the Soldiers would not consent thereunto: But being bravely defended, the enemy was with great disgrace beaten thence.  
The Genoveses did likewise at the same time assail Parenza, but their attempts as well there as at Piarna were to no purpose. The enemy departed thence, and came to the Frontiers of the Carnori where they trimmed their Galleys in the Haven of Marran.  
The Venetians did at the same time recover the Fort of Bebia. It is certain 
●…ebia recovered.  that the siege lasted for a while: for threescore Genoveses were within it, who at the first did valiantly defend the place, but when they perceived the Venetians who were entered into their defences, to beat down the Fort, thirty of the besieged by swimming over the River escaped, and fled to Padua: Those which continued within, having valiantly defended it were either all slain or taken: Those likewise who kept the Tower would never yield till they perceived it to be set on fire.  
Bebia being recovered, all the other Forts and Towns which are in the Lakes or at the mouths of Rivers, were recovered by the Venetians, Cap-darger excepted which was held by Carrario. On these terms stood the Venetians affairs, when 
Pola is taken by the Genoveses.  on a sudden news was brought that the Genoveses had taken Pola, and burned it for the most part. This caused the Venetians, sooner than they had determined to 
The Venetian Army in Histria  pass over with a mighty Army into Histria: At their arrival the enemy being daunted, (for the report was that they had seven and forty Galleys, and many boats of two ranks of oars) having spoiled the City, did retire to Zara. The Venetians Army being come into the Province, was forthwith increased by many Galleys 
The Venetians have a naval Army of one hundred vessels.  from the Piarnes, Parenzanes, and other inhabitants of Histria, who had continued loyal to the Venetians, so as it amounted to an hundred warlike vessels. The Venetians never had a better furnished naval Army, For every Galley had fifteen men at Arms, besides the rowers, Archers, and other mariners.  
Pisani commanded this mighty Army. Caballa of Verona was there likewise, who had been (as hath been said) at the beginning General of the Army by Land. The Venetians being come into Histria, sent forth two Galleys in the evening towards Cap-Histria, to discover the state of the City. Michaeli Delfino and Petrucio Maripetro commanded those two Galleys. These being assisted by the night, did break the bridge which the Patriarch of Aquileia had made from the City to the firm Land. For being thus broken there was some likelihood that the Venetians being encamped before it, those within could not hope for relief from any place. divers of the Bandits who had been the cause of the taking of the City, so soon as the bridge was broken did the same night escape to the firm Land, by the fords near to the City. By day-break the residue of the Army approached: the light vessels went before being followed by the residue with great 
The venetians recover Cap. Histria.  cries. Those who kept the Castle would not lose so fair an occasion, but presently making a sally upon those of the City, did so affright them as they presently yielded. Four hundred Forlani were taken there, among whom were Nicolao Spilinghergo Governor of the City, and Simon Pampergino. The City in detestation of the Bandits was wholly spoiled, and then left to the guard of the inhabitants who were not then (in regard of the misery of the time) very many: they placed a good Garrison in it to defend it with them, fearing lest the enemy should again seize on it, by reason of the small number of the inhabitants.  
Cap-Histra being recovered, Pisani would have directly gone to Pola, but that he tarried for an express commandment from the Prince and Senate, to know their pleasures, whether they though it fit that he should pass with his Army over the 
The Venetian Army before Pola.  Fanaticke Gulf: which being granted him, the Army soon after drew near to Pola. The Genoveses in the mean time were not idle: For whilst the Venetian Galleys remained at Cap-Histria, they brought theirs to the Isle of Scardona, near to Liburnia, where they enforced Arba the chief City of the Island to yield, having for a time sustained a siege. They yielded on these conditions, That if the Inhabitants would deliver to them all the Venetians which were in the City with 
On what conditions Arba was delivered to the Genoveses.  Lodovico Contareni their Governor, the residue of the Inhabitants should have no harm. The Arbians did ever till then affect the Venetians, and had often been besieged during that war, choosing rather to endure all extremity than to quit their obedience.  
Chinatius who more than any other Author hath curiously written the last Genoveses war, saith, that the Arbians did not for many days eat any bread, living only on flesh and white meats▪ but that at last being daunted by the cruel assaults of the enemies, they yielded on composition, not such as they were resolved to have done, but on such as they could obtain of the enemy. The Genoveses entering into it, left three Galleys for the defence thereof, and afterward departed thence. 
The Paduan●… besiege Trenis●….   
This was done at Sea, at such time as the Paduan came and besieged Treviso, having builded two bridges on the River, one at Casal, and the other nearer the City, where Carrario in haste had builded a Tower. He did resolve at first, to tame the Venetian Soldiers & the Tre●…isans by famine, by shutting up all the passages of the River, by which victuals were brought from Venice thither. The Paduans Camp lay near to the Tower from whence they made daily incursions even to the gates. The Townsmen were beside greatly tormented by the enemy's pieces of battery.  
At this stay stood the Venetians affairs at Treviso, when Pisani being come near to Zara, and having begun to batter the Haven, understood by spies, that twelve Genoveses galleys were a while before gone from thence into Apulia to fetch corn. 
Pisani pursueth twelve Genoveses Galleys into Apulia.  Having intelligence hereof (notwithstanding that he was sick of a Fever which had held him from the fifth of August) because he would not lose so fair an occasion, he departed from Zara and went after the enemies whom he overtook on the coast of Belligion, but the darkness of the night at their very first encounter made him to loose sight of them. Catharino Corberio Captain of one of the Galleys was slain at their first meeting.  
The Venetian having lost the sight of the enemy, retired to Manfredonia, where 
Pisani dieth and is bewailed of all men.  Victor sonoe after died to the great grief of the whole Army. It is reported that never any man was better beloved of his Countrymen, whereupon whilst he lived they called him their Protector, & being dead they all bewailed him as their father. Lodovico Loretano commanded the Army in his stead till such time as the Senate had provided another. Pisani his body being brought to Venice, was with a great pomp brought by the Senate with a great concourse of people to Saint Anthony's Church. His Tomb is at this day to be seen near to the high Altar, beautified with Marble and guilding. 
Pisani is honourably buried at Venice.   
There was never any funeral more followed with tears and sighs than this, so greatly was he beloved of all men. The Senate gave his place to Carolo Zeno, who was commanded to depart speedily to the Army, two Galleys being made ready 
Carolo Zeni is General of the Army in his stead.  for his conduct.  
But whilst the City thought on this business, the Venetians had not forgotten Treviso, where the passages being shut up they were brought to all extremity for want of victuals, whereat the Senate being highly displeased, did attempt to open them and to send provision to the besieged. Therefore they made an engine of ships which should pluck up all the Piles which had been driven into the 
After what manner the Paduan had enclosed the passages towards Treviso.  River, which was accompanied with four and twenty Ganzarioles, and with divers other vessels well armed, with part of the troops which were at Chioggia, and of those which lay about the Haven of the City: the managing hereof was committed to Marino Carravall a diligent and valiant person, who had charge of the opening of the River. The Paduans had planted athwart the River of Silla from one side to the other, on that side near to Crete, three ranks of Piles so near one to another, as it seemed to be a chain. Sarazino Dandulo commanded those troops which were to be conducted to Musestra, by the shore opposite to the enemy. Musestra is within a mile of Casal, where the enemy had a Fort. Being come to this place, this engine of ships well armed with all necessaries did suddenly move towards the enemy, having for convoy on the shore a good troop of Soldiers, and being come to the enclosure, they were busied two full days, in plucking up two ranks of Piles, in which mean time they fought bravely with the enemy. There was nothing to be seen on both sides but Arrows and Darts flying in the Air. But the enemies brazen Pieces of battery, did greatly endamage the Fleet, and chiefly the engine which plucked up the Piles, which being battered with many blows was made unprofitable, being in all parts full of leaks. Those likewise who were on the shore did continually shoot.  
The Paduan troops which besieged the city ran to Casal at the Venetians first arrival, under the conduct of Girardo Caminensis, so likewise did all the Soldiers near to Padua, who were called thither in haste: by means whereof they often fought at Musestra: but in every encounter, the enemy had still the better. divers Venetians were slain, but more taken, among whom was john surnamed le Grand, 2 
The Venetians enforced to give over the enterprise retire to Musestra.  French man of a very noble house: whereupon the fleet gave over the enterprise, and retired to Musestra. But the enemy, albeit he saw the Venetian gone, would not stand still, but having staked divers trunks of trees, and great pieces of timber, and other things which they abundantly found there in the mouth of the river, they shut up the passage more strongly than before.  
The Venetians perceiving their encamping in that place to be to no purpose departed thence some two hours before day, and came to Mestra, to make trial whether they could relieve the Trevisans by land, seeing by water they could not. Dandulo in the mean time fell sick, and was constrained to go home to his house, in whose steed Pietro Hemo was sent by the Senate. The fleet likewise so soon as the footmen were departed from Musestra, was brought back to Venice. Now when the Venetian fleet was dislodged, the enemy brought back his troops to the camp: Then, fortifying the Tower with men and victuals (for he had no other safe place of retreat) fearing some encumbrance from the Venetians, who were encamped at Mestra, he dislodged, and in all hast besieged Novalla which he began 
Novalla besieged by the enemy.  forthwith to batter with his engines.  
Mean while the Trevisans being at times relieved with victuals by those of Mestra, 
Great dearth in Treviso.  the dearth was in some sort diminished. For the scarcity was so great in the City▪ as the ordinary measure of corn was worth four crowns, and in regard thereof, divers of the common people did voluntarily abandon the City, the most part of whom retired to Venice. The enemy having no good success at Novalla, being wearied with so long a siege, and being out of hope to take the City, raised his camp, and returned to the Paduan territory. Where because winter drew near, he disposed his army into divers garrisons, and sent them away to winter. This is all that was done on the firm land that Summer, and a part of Harvest. At Sea Lauretano approached with the naval Army near to Ancona, and afterwards sailed into Histria▪ But soon after, departing thence 
Bressia and Senia taken by Loretano.  he took Bressia and Senia on the frontiers of Liburnia by assault which he spoiled: howbeit through an unfortunate fire at that time happening in Senia, the whole booty was almost consumed.  
At the report of the coming of this great Army, the Goritani being affrighted forsook the City, and retired with their wives and children to the highest hills 
What Loretano did after Pisani his death.  in the Island. The Bishop of the place came to the Venetians, and offered them the City, and humbly entreated Loretano, not to suffer his soldiers to commit any hostile acts in a City that yielded. Whereupon there was no outrage done, not so much for present courtesy, as in regard of the faithful friendship which the ancient Lords of that Island had borne to the Venetians, wherein they had by mutual offices still continued, till such time as king Lewis took all Dalmatia from them. From thence he came to Bocharis: which being taken by force, he wholly burnt and spoiled it. Then he departed towards Pola, where by the Senate's letters he was advertised that Carolo Zeno was appointed General of the naval Army, whereat all men highly rejoiced: For, besides his valour, he was next to Pisani the 
Zeno arriveth in the Army.  most popular man. From Pola he came to Parenza, wherein few days after Zeno arrived.  
Having mustered the Galley-slaves, he found that many were wanting. Whereupon fearing that for want of rowers, he might incur some danger, if he should happen to meet the enemy, he disarmed seven of the foremost galleys, and with their spoils manned such as had need, and being thus disarmed (because without rowers, they could not serve in the wars) he sent them back to Venice, into which Caballa of Verona entered with the troops of the land-army, being called home by the Senate by reason of the war of Treviso. Three of these galleys being come to Venice were presently armed and given to Marco Phalerio for the defence of Romagna, and La Marca. For the Genoa galleys making daily incursions near to Ancona, had in such sort turned the merchants from commerce with Venice, as the dearth began already in the City. But Phalerio his arrival restrained the enemy's boldness▪ whereupon the dearth ceased.  
The passage at sea being assured to the merchants, Phalerio by the Senate's decree went with his galleys to Zeno in Dalmatia. The Army after divers passages to and fro through Histria and the frontiers of Dalmatia, not finding the enemy any where, was brought back to Venice, about the first of November, having done no memorable matter, leaving only four galleys to guard the Province.  
Within a while after Carolo departed from Venice with three hundred small 
Zeno besiegeth Marran a town of the Forlani.  vessels well armed, and came and besieged Marrana a sea-town of the Forlani. By the way he met with threescore well armed vessels of the same sort, belonging to those of Grada and Piran, who came to him at the haven of Lignana, wherewith having joined his own, he gave a furious assault to the City: But, it being circled on every side with the Sea, and well fortified, their attempts proved bootless: The Venetian having viewed the place, perceived that he should but lose his labour. But because he would not seem to depart thence for fear having brought his forces to the walls, for a while they fought fiercely: but at last divers being hurt, Zeno retired without any further loss.  
The great expenses of the war had exhausted the public treasure, when as the 
The venetians treasure wholly exhausted.  Senate being enforced by the dearth commanded six Galleys, and sixteen boats with two ranks of Oars to be prepared to go into Candie, to fetch thence the richest wares of certain particular persons, to the end that they being sold by their consent, the money might be employed for entertainment of the Army, being lent for a time to the Commonwealth. At the beginning of the spring (for sooner they could not by reason of the tempestuous Winter) the fleet went to sea under the conduct of Simonetto Michaeli. But I find in the mean space that these preparations were made in Venice, That divers light skirmishes were made on either side, as well on the Trevisan, as in Histria, and that they fought with different success as advantage was offered.  
The Garrison which the Venetians held in Castell-Franco, having received no 
An unworthy Act of a garrison for want of pay.  pay for certain months, first chased away Andrea Paradiso the City's Governor, and afterwards assisted by the inhabitants received Carrarto into their walls. This revolt caused divers others on the Trevisan shortly after to do the like. The news of this loss being brought to the City, another soon followed. For the Hungarians that were encamped on the mountains, and who from thence did overrun the County of Ceneda, had imprisoned Gulielmo Caminensis an associate of the Venetians, accusing them to have, contrary to the agreement, relieved during the wars, the towns of Sacilla, Cogniliana, and divers others subject to the Venetians, with victuals, and they demanded to have the Haven of Bufatere delivered to their hands, and that Caminensis with all his family should retire to Conigliana.  
The Venetians affairs being in this sort brought to all extremity on the firm land, and not knowing from whence to be supplied, either for victuals or money, to sustain the charge of the war, the Senate resolved to send to Leopold Duke of Austria, and in the commonwealths name to offer him the City of Treviso, with her 
The venetians are enforced to offer Treviso to the Duke of Austria.  confines, which if the Paduans should not hereafter desist to molest, it was certain that the Almain would on a sudden come into Italy with the greatest forces he could levy, and that thereby the Commonwealth, being elsewhere sufficiently busied with Sea-matters, should by foreign sources be eased of the war on the firm land. Pantaleon Barba was by the Senate's decree sent to the Duke.  
In the mean time, above a thousand horse of those at Mestra for want of their pay went from the Venetians to the enemy's side. Those who remained after the others departing, did in the night bring some victuals to Treviso, and in their return thence were surprised by the enemy's ambush, whereupon, some of the horse being taken, and the residue put to flight, went first to Treviso, and afterwards to the camp, so as all the troops which were at Mestra, were in a short space brought to nothing. The Venetians being daunted with so many losses, sought means of agreement with Carrario, referring themselves to the arbitrement of Alberto d'Este. And to this purpose they sent unto him Frederico Cornari, and Pirrino Rotta, the one being his Procurator, and the other his Goship, and ancient friend. But they could procure him by no means to deal in the business, so mischievously at the same time were their neighbours bend against them.  
And because the report than was, that they were already mounted on the carriages, 
The venetians▪ hated of all their neighbours.  the Venetians on a sudden made great Causies and Rampires on the banks of Mussiona, as men go by water to Mestra, thinking that all the enemies practices were wholly bend to surprise and invade Mestra. But his designs were elsewhere. For Carrario being come to Novalla, began furiously to batter it, and having broken down the cawsies round about Moggiana, on which men went to Treviso, and placed a strong Garrison at the breach, he took from the Trevisans all hope of relief. The Garrison in Treviso being advertised of the Ambassade sent to Leopold (for all men certainly believed that Pantaleon Barba was sent to offer Treviso with her confines to the Almain:) 
The garrison of Treviso mutineth for want of pay.  fearing in this alteration to be defrauded of their due, and having received no pay of a long time, they chose Horatio Malespina a discreet person, to undertake and debate the soldiers cause. They did all swear and promise to accept of agreement, truce, war, peace, or whatsoever he should conclude; saying, that at his command they would take and lay by Arms, so that he would only take their cause in hand, and take such order for them, as they might not bestow so great labour and travail as they had endured for nothing. This Horatio being a wise and discreet Gentleman, came with all the Captains to the Venetian Magistrate. Leonardo Dandulo was Governor of the City, Marco Zeni chief justice, and Andrea Venieri Providator, unto whom it is said, he spoke in this manner.  

Malespina his speech to the Magistrates of Treviso.  
IT is reported for certain, my Lords of Venice, that the Prince and Senate have sent to Leopold Duke of Austria, to offer him in the name of the Commonwealth the City of Treviso with her confines, the which which we may suppose, (if he be not senseless) that he will willingly embrace. Who doubteth but that when he hath accepted thereof, he will soon come hither with forces, and commit the guard of the City to his own soldiers? or (that which I can hardly believe) if delaying to come, he should afterward arrive in Italy too late, Carrario is here, unto whom whether we will or no, we must of force yield, he having shut up all the passages, and taken all hope from us as well of victuals as of soldiers: Now because we are jealous of them both, & unwilling to lose so many months pay which is due unto us, we have determined, respecting the Venetian dignity, & the faith of soldiers, to look to our affairs in time, and gently to demand our pay. And because we will do nothing rashly, we are resolved to contain ourselves a while longer in our duty, till such time as one of you shall go to Venice, to take order that our due be sent us. In the mean space you may safely rely upon us. But herein we will endure no delay, nor have the Senate advertised hereof by letters or messengers: one of yourselves must needs go thither, to the end all may fall out prosperously. We will expect the return of him, whom ye shall send, so long time as we shall think to be sufficient to provide money: For there needeth no long determining in matters that are just. The fault shall be in you, if we be not such hereafter as we have hitherto been, or if ye enforce us by injuries to commit aught against your profit and reputation. For we will keep our faith and promise with you, even so long as ye shall please.   
This uncivil demand of the Soldiers greatly amazed the Venetians: for there was no man but easily knew whereto their designs tended. Albeit they made a gentle reply, yet every one fearing as much his own particular danger as 
Dandulo goeth to venice about the soldiers demands.  that of the Public, they concluded betwixt themselves that Dandulo should forthwith be sent to Venice, to advertise the Prince and the Senate on what terms the affairs of Treviso stood. Departing therefore by night somewhat far off from the enemy's Camp, he came with two trusty friends by woody and byways to Musestra and from thence to Venice. The Senate being advertised in what danger Treviso was, resolved by a common consent to provide money; but they were at a stand by what means safely to convey it thither: For they could not do it without great danger, the enemy possessing all the passages; beside, they had no forces ready to convey it thither. Therefore they concluded to write to Zeno that he should deal with the chief of the City, that some of them would in the commonwealths name pay the Soldiers their due; saying that they were ready to make over the same sum into what Banco they pleased: But in regard of the length of the war those who were thought to be best moneyed, said that they were so far from having any sums of money lying by them, as on the contrary they had not one penny; that their continual losses one upon another, had in such sort stripped them of all means, as they were in a manner ready to beg. Whereupon 
The Garrison of Treviso are paid their due.  leaving the towns men they dealt with two strangers who did put forth money to interest: who on the assurance of the commonwealths word did presently tell down the money, and by this means the Soldiers were paid.  
But whielest these things were done at Treviso, the enemy having assembled all his forces from divers places, came and besieged Asil, where there was no great Venetian Garrison. Francisco Delfino Governor of the place, and those that were with him, distrusting their small number retired into the Castle. The enemy coming to besiege them, having battered it with engines of war, and undermined it in sundry places, did in fifty days take it by force. Some say that eight and forty of those that were within it were slain by the enemy's arrows and engines. But the Castle Walls and the tops of houses being much shaken by the engines of war: and beside utterly despairing of succour, the Inhabitants who with the Governor were retired thither, urged him to parley. Delfino being thereunto enforced, capitulated in this manner, That it should be lawful for himself and as many as should follow him, safely to depart thence with five and twenty wagons which the enemy should furnish them for the carriage of their stuff and furniture. The Castle being in this 
Asil yielded to Carrario by composition.  sort yielded, Delfino going towards Venice, near to Crespiniano met with Leopolds troops, who came to free them from the siege. Some Authors affirm, that at the same time Lofinastro Calderio General of those troops, was corrupted by Carrario: and thereupon he slacked his journey, till such time as he imagined the Castle was yielded. The Garrison of Novalla likewise having expelled their Governor for 
The Garrison of Novalla for want of payment yield it to Carrario.  want of pay, did yield up the place to Carrario.  
The Tower of Corania being assailed at the same time by the enemy in the marshes, was not only bravely defended, but divers Ganzarioles were taken from them and brought to Venice. Arcuano Buccecharino came at last from Prince Carrario with great forces and besieged Treviso, lying encamped near to the Church of the forty Saints: divers and sundry exploits were made on both sides, and at times more than forty Horse were taken from the enemy; which was the best achievement 
The City of Serravall followeth the example of Treviso.  that was there performed.  
The Gitie of Serravall following the example of the Garrison of Treviso incurred the like danger. The Soldiers began to mutiny for certain months pay which was behind, and and on a sudden fell upon Nicholas Velleresso the Governor, and seized on the Castle. Afterwards they dispatched messengers to the Senate at Venice, to excuse themselves for what was done, laying all the fault on their want of victuals and payment, both of them having been badly supplied to them, whereupon they had been enforced whether they would or no, to enterprise novelties; and withal demanded their pay: which if within eight days they might receive, the Garrison and the Castle should continue obedient to the Venetians: or else, otherwise providing for themselves they would let all men know, that there is nothing 
The Senate's answer to the Garrison of Serravall.  more dangerous for such as make war, than to detain the Soldiers pay.  
The Senate was not greatly moved at these news, being certain that Pantaleon had already made the offer: Yet nevertheless fearing lest the inhabitants who had ever loved the Venetians, might thereby fall into some mischief, they sent them word, to use means in some sort to content the Soldiers, to free themselves from the danger which threatened them. Hereupon those of Serravall (for they were resolved to endure all extremity rather than to bear Carrario's tyrannous yoke whom they extremely hated) sent Francisco Lardonio to the Governor of Belluna, to request him, That seeing by the Venetians offer made to Leopold▪ they were his vassals, that he would defend them from the danger wherein they were: telling him that the Soldiers possessed the Castle, who demanded their pay, which unless they might speedily receive, it was certain that they would soon deliver it to Carrario; whereunto as the Tyrant had a long time aspired, so he would now do any thing to obtain his desire: And that therefore it behoved him to make haste, lest (as it often happeneth) some small delay might bring some great danger to the wretched inhabitants.  
The Governor who would not seem to abandon their new subjects, forthwith caused money to be delivered to the messenger, which was paid by Giacomo Spiritello of Belluna a man of exceeding great wealth, who did it for the governors sake. Chinatius saith, That three thousand five hundred Crowns were sent to Serravall, which being given to the Soldiers, they did forthwith quit the Castle. This is that which was done on the Trevisan: whilst the Venetians (upon report that the Genoveses had newly taken Armes▪ and were already departed from Genoa) fearing lest the Galleys which Simonetto had at the spring time carried into Candie should be met with by the enemy, caused eight Galleys to be made ready, and to be given to Zeno, who was made Admiral for a year, who with them put out to Sea.  
He first directed his course, as he was commanded, towards Candie to the succour of his Countrymen. But going along the Coast of Dalmatia, he met with twelve 
Zeno taketh twelve ships of Genoa.  Genoa ships, which he took and spoiled, and then burned them▪ Soon after, near to Morea, he espied a great ship of Genoa, laden with rich merchandise, which he took and sent into Candie. From thence he sailed towards the Promontory of Mailles, where he resolved to tarry for the Galleys which returned from Candie: Within few days after Simonetto came thither with ten Callies: which were forthwith 
The 〈◊〉 fleet of thirty Galleys.  followed by the residue of his fleet, so as in few days, he had thirty Galleys. And because the enemy's Fleet which was not far off, was reported to be but one and twenty Galleys: Zeno resolved to leave five Galleys at Modon with the merchandise, and with the residue to make towards the enemy.  
Two days after he descried the Genoveses Fleet near to jonia, the which (avoiding 
The Genoveses fleet flieth.  the fight) he pursued in vain all that day till night, when by reason of the darkness he lost sight of it. The Venetian being come to Ancona, sent ten Galleys for the guard of the City, and with the residue he determined to ravage the River of Genoa, where having with good success crossed the Adriatic, Ionian, and Tuscan Seas, being entered on the enemy's confines he descried six Genoa Galleys, to whom he gave chase for a time. But having given over his pursuit, he was likely soon after to have been entrapped before Porto-uenieri by four and twenty Genoa Galleys, 
The Genoveses fleet of four and twenti●… Galleys.  who having intelligence of the Venetians coming into the lower Sea, were speedily come from Dalmatia to resist their attempts. Two Venetian Galleys which Zeno sent forth to discover, hardly escaped from the mouth of the Haven: but making way by the strength of their oars they soon came to their Fleet, which from thence went to Livorna; then on a sudden they returned to Morea, where receiving a new supply of five Galleys from Lodovico Loretano, they sailed again towards the lower Sea, intending (as I think) to fight with the enemy if he could meet with him; if not, to spoil all the Coast▪ Towns on the River of Genoa.  
Whilst the Venetian ran thus up and down, the enemy was not idle. For, so soon as Carolo departing from Ancona, sailed towards the River of Genoa: having 
Cap-Histria taken by the Genoveses.  made ready seven and twenty Galleys, he came and besieged Cap-Histria, which in a moment he took, spoiling and burning it for the most part. The Castle was defended by means of the Garrison within it. But having intelligence that Zeno was gone to ravage the River of Genoa, fearing that the Frontiers being without Garrison, the Venetian might wholly spoil them, having left six Galleys in Dalmatia to molest the Venetians, he came speedily with one and twenty to the relief of his Country. They were those with whom the Venetians met (as hath been said) at Porto-uenieri, and which had like to have surprised two of his Galleys.  
Whilst these things were done at Sea, on the Trevisan Conigliana had like to have been taken by treachery. Two Captains of the Garrison had intelligence 
Treachery of 2. Captains of the Garrison of Conigliana.  with the enemy who had the guard of the Hill, advertising him to come in the night with ladders, which they should without any resistance rear against the walls, and so enter into the Town. The enemies unwilling to lose so fair an occasion, did not fail to come at the time appointed; and divers of them were already come over the wall under the Tower, when those above having descried the enemy, began on a sudden to give the alarm. At this noise all the Townsmen ran speedily to the Castle, by whose assistance those above who defended the place did beat the enemies from the walls with great slaughter. Twenty men at Arms were taken, 
The traitors punished.  and eight and twenty of the Traitors were apprehended: who being convicted of the fact were hanged, to serve for an example to others.  
About the same time the Bishop of Verseil, sent by Amadeo Duke of Savoy, 
The Duke of Savoy a mediator for peace.  arrived at Venice, and in his Master's name requested the Senate to send Ambassadors to his Highness, who greatly desired to hear the deputies, as well of the Venetians, as the enemies, and maturely to understand the cause of their strife, and that he would do his best to atone them, and to procure a peace; saying that he had already for that purpose sent to Genoa, and would likewise send to King Lewis and their associates, whom he did not doubt but that they would accept of peace.  
Upon this offer, Michaeli Morosino, Giovanni Gradonico, and Zacharia Contareni were sent Ambassadors to the Savoyan, who accompanied the Bishop: The Ambassadors being gone, the Senate were advertised by letters from Pantaleon 
Leopold accepteth the venetians offer.  that Leopold had accepted the offer of the City of Treviso, whereupon the Duke sent two Almain Gentlemen to receive it of the Venetian officers: These according to their Commission did muster the Soldiers of the Garrison, and gave them pay only for one month, till Leopold with his forces were arrived.  
News was brought at the same time that the Venetian prisoners at Genoa were so hardly dealt with by the enemy, as more than three hundred and fifty of them were in few days dead with hunger, whose bodies they had inhumanly flung into the Sea: Some thought that they had been poisoned in regard so many of them died at one time. Upon this report all men were so inflamed with choler, as they presently ran to Terra-nova to the public prison, where breaking open the prison doors they had like to have slain all the Genoveses. But thinking it to be a devilish deed, they would be revenged in an other kind, by depriving them of all their commodities, as of knives, beds, coverlets, and their kitchen: forbidding women who for charity did minister unto them, not to come any 
The Genoa prisoners in great danger at Venice.  more there. Their ordinary pittance was but bread and water and that very sparingly: But the City did soon after remember their accustomed clemency, and all that had been taken from those poor creatures, was by a public decree restored unto them.  
Whilst these things were done at Venice, and on the confines of the firm Land, 
The Genoveses took 14▪ Venetian vessels laden with wine.  three Genoa Galleys did in the Haven of Pisauro take fourteen Venetian vessels laden with wine, which they burned, and taking away the Merchants whom they found in the houses near to the Haven, they speedily departed thence, and ravaging 
What harm three Genoa Galleys did to the Venetians.  from Pisauro even to Chioggia, they did infinite harms to the Venetians, in the Havens, and at the mouths of Rivers.  
Having afterwards taken fifty vessels laden with Merchandise, they sailed towards Ancona, and from thence, fearing lest the Venetians would come to their rescue, they sent them speedily to Zara.  
Upon report that the Genoveses Army was greatly increased, Zeno in the mean time being with the Galleys far from home, the Senate fearing least the enemy would on a sudden come and assail the City, did speedily fortify the Haven, and the forces being called from Mestra, which since the yielding up of Treviso were there to no purpose, they appointed a Camp at S. Nicholas on the shore. They had beside eight Galleys in a readiness to sail whither need should be under the conduct of Nicholas Michaeli.  
In the mean time▪ the siege of Treviso was not discontinued but daily augmented by new supplies which the enemy sent thither. Arcuano Buccecarino the Prince's brother in Law commanded there: whereof Leopold being advertised, came within 
Leopold with ten thousand horse before Conigliana.  few days after his people had taken the possession thereof with ten thousand horse, and encamped on a sudden before Conigliana. He was reported to have in his Army besides that great number, more than four Hundred Knights and great Lords. Arcuano having intelligence of the Almans coming, sent speedily to his Camp to treat with him about some matters. But he was so far off from hearing 
Leopold his proud answer to the Paduan.  the messenger, as he would not vouchsafe to see him, but commanded him speedily to return and tell the Paduan▪ That he attended him: and that the next day they might confer together about their affairs. Arcuano did soon perceive whereunto those words tended: whereupon fearing to be overthrown by his sudden arrival, the morrow after by break of day he raised his Camp, & fled thence. Which Leopold having notice of, was highly displeased that he had lost so fair an occasion of a battle, who soon after departing thence, caused his troops to pass over the River of Piava, and came and encamped near Treviso, in the same place where the enemies had been. And he with the chief of his Army entering into the City, 
Leopold entereth Treviso.  brought thither such abundance of corn and wine and all other necessaries, as the City was in an instant delivered from the siege and famine.  
In this manner did the Venetians loose Treviso, forty years after they had taken it from the family of Escalla: But the Senate's constancy in dissembling such a loss, 
Ambassadors sent from Venice to Treviso to Leopold.  was so great, as they sent Ambassadors to Leopold, to congratulate his welcome and entry into Treviso. Giacomo Delfino, Pietro Hemo, Bernardo Bragadino, Marini Memo, and Alberto Contareni were sent thither.  
Prince Carrario albeit that at Leopold's coming, he had raised his Camp from before Treviso, did not cease for all that to molest and make incursions on the Trevisan, where he took certain▪ Towns since the Almains arrival, saying openly that he did it by the King of Hungaries' commandment, albeit Leopold was newly allied with the same King, and at his entrance into the City, had caused his royal Arms to be set above his own. It was thought that King Lewis had special regard to Leopold's profit, but because he would not seem to abandon his associates▪ he entreated them to take Carrario his wilfulness in good part: whereupon he did often entreat them by Ambassadors (the which he might have done by force) and chiefly the Paduan, to desist from his enterprise. But neither entreaties nor threats could make him to abstain.  
Zeno who (as hath been said) was of late come from Morea to the lower Sea, arriving at the mouth of the River Arno, was advertised by the Senate's Letters that peace was concluded with the Genoveses: whereupon being sad and displeased to see 
Peace betwixt the Venetians and the Genoveses.  himself snatched forth of the enemy's throat, he went back again towards Morea, & from thence by the Senate's commandment, he returned with his Army to Venice. And by this means this summer which was the last of the fourth Ligusticke war was spent without any memorable action.  
By the mediation then of the Duke of Savoy, peace was concluded with the Genoveses, King Lewis, and their allies: six years and four months after that this last war began. The conditions of the peace were: That the prisoners of war on 
The conditions of peace.  both sides should be set at liberty: That the Paduan Prince should deliver Cap-darger and Morensana to the Venetians: That he should raze all the Forts which he possessed in the Lakes, and near to the Rivers: that the Venetians should give him the Tower of Corania: that Alberto D'Aeste should be judge of the controversy betwixt the Venetians and Paduans concerning their limits: that the Venetian should withdraw the Garrison that he kept in Tenedos, and that the Duke of Savoy should have the keeping of the Island for two years, and that it should be kept at the Venetians and the Genoveses charges: that at the two years end the Fort should be razed, if the Genoveses thought it fit to be done, and that the Venetians should then give over the entire possession of the Island: that the Florentines should be caution in the sum of two hundred thousand crowns, that neither the Venetians nor the Genoveses should ever after possess the Island: that both the Genoveses and Venetians should not traffic near to the River Tanais, for fear least by ancient jealousy, (as it had oft happened) they should begin the war a new: That every ten year the Venetians should pay seven thousand Dukats to King Lewis, who in regard of the said sum should be bound to free the Sea-cost of Dalmatia of all Pirates; and that no Sclavonian nor Dalmatian should make any salt. But Chinatius of Treviso who hath more truly than any other written of this war maketh no mention of any tribute given to the King.  
Some say that on the same day that the peace was published, a child was borne 
A monster borne at Venice. Charity of the venetian Dames towards the Genoa prisoners.  in Venice which had four Arms and four Legs, and did live till it was baptised. The Venetian Dames made a collection of money to relieve the Genoveses that came forth of prison half naked, with cloaks, shirts, hose and shoes, and other clothing according to every man's need, and did beside furnish them with money to bear their charges home, to the end they should not be enforced to beg by the way. Those that went thence were above fifteen hundred persons, the residue died with the stentch of the prison, and others with too much filling their bellies. Besides it was found that above eight thousand natural Genoveses, did die in this war, and of the Venetians half as many. The Senate being freed from this war, because they would perform the promise made by the Commonwealth, called thirthie of those into the number of the Senate, who in the heat of the war had at their own costs relieved the Commonwealth: and for others, the sum of five thousand crowns every year was appointed to be distributed among them. Those who were made Senators before they came into the Senate went all together to hear divine service, then being brought before the Prince and Senators, they took their oaths, to continue loyal and not to reveal the secrets of the Commonwealth. Chinatius saith that Caballa of Verona for his great and notable service done to the Venetians in this war, was honoured with the same dignity.  
The end of the seventh Book of the second Decad.   

THE EIGHTH BOOK OF THE SECOND DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the eighth Book of the second Decad.  
HOw greatly the difficulty in delivering up the Island of Tenedos did trouble the Venetians. The Thryestines in favour to LEOPOLD do revolt. The Carrarians by LEOPOLDS' permission, become masters of Treviso. A law against murderers. Prince ANTONIO VENIERI suffereth his Son to die in Prison for wronging a Senator. The Venetians aid GALEAS VISCONTE against those of Escalla and the Carrarians: whereby they recovered Treviso and raised the siege before Mantua. The Paduans forsaking GALEAS return to the Carrarians subjection. The Duke of Austria and the French Kings Nephew come at sundry times to Venice. The City newly beautified. The Genoveses naval Army coming forth of the Higher into the Lower Sea, doth for a time keep the Venetians in suspense. The Genoveses being overcome in battle before Modon, do wholly lose the possession of the Sea. The Carrarians possess Verona by deceit. VINCENZA, BELLUNA, and FELTRA are reduced under the Venetians obedience. The cause that moved the Venetians to war on the Carrarians; who pursued them by Sea and Land: War for a time against those of Aeste, because of the Carrarians. The Venetians take Verona from the Carrarians. A brief description of the City of Verona. The Carrarians (Padua being taken) become subject to the Venetians, and afterwards by the Senate's commandment are strangled in Prison. The Ambassadors of Padua and Verona arrive almost at one time at Venice, which did greatly rejoice the people.  
PEace being thus established by Land and Sea, the yielding up of the Isle of Tenedos did for a while 
The Venetians are troubled about the yielding up of the Isle of Tenedos.  trouble the Venetians: Mutatio was at the same time Governor there, who being too indiscreetly transported with the love to his Country, had almost hazarded the public credit of the Commonwealth. The Senate had given commission to Pantaleon Barba who was sent thither for that purpose, to deliver the Fort of the Island according to the agreement into the hands of Bonifacio, Deputy to Amadeo Duke of Savoy. The Genoveses Agent was come thither to see it done, and to pay the Soldiers that were there.  
Mutatio having received the money which the Venetians and Genoveses had 
Mutatio his answer to the Venetians and Genoveses.  brought, declared to Boniface and the Commissioners his own determination with that of the Islanders, saying; That they had heard how in the Articles of peace it was expressly mentioned that the Fort of the Island, their only refuge, should be razed, wherein both the Genoveses who had requested it, and the Venetians who consented thereunto, had carried themselves basely: But he told them that the Islanders would look to their own affairs, and that therein they should do wisely: That they had never yielded to the Venetians on that condition, that their Fort being razed, their Island in time should become desolate. And therefore calling now to mind that which concerned them, they were resolved to hazard all, rather than to see their Island in such sort to be wholly ruined: And to that end, they had instantly entreated him to take their City, Castle, and means, into his protection. The which he finding to be great both in show and effect, he was determined to keep and defend the Island as his own, seeing it belonged neither to the Venetian, nor to any else: He willed them then to depart, and not any longer to expect the delivery thereof unto them, saying, That they were well dealt with in being suffered to go freely thence: Then was there a great noise made by the Soldiers, and the Inhabitants of the Island, calling Mutatio their Lord and Captain: who commanded the Venetians and Genoveses speedily to depart thence.  
Some say that Mutatio made a show that this came wholly from himself, to the end that the Greeks should not afterward re-edify the Fort which the Venetians should demolish. But on what pretence soever he did it, the Commissioners being enforced to depart thence, came to Venice. The Senate took this refusal in bad part, knowing that unless Tenedos were delivered, the commonwealths credit through one man's folly, would be cracked among the Italians and foreign Princes, and that all men would impute the blame to the Senate and not to one man alone. And that besides their breach of faith, it was to be feared, that so soon as the Genoveses, King Lewis, and the other associates should hear that the Island was not delivered to the Savoyan, they holding the covenants of peace to be broken, would forthwith take Arms: They therefore decreed to send to Mutatio and the Islanders.  
Carolo Zeno was sent thither, who neither by entreaties nor threats could alter 
Zeno is sent to Tenedos, who likewise effected nothing:  his determination. At Zeno his entrance, because by one man's rashness the commonwealths promise should not be infringed, they decreed to proceed by Arms; whereupon a speedy levy of Soldiers was made, unto such a number as was thought sufficient to subdue the Island. Fantino Georgio was made General of these 
A venetian Army to subdue the Isle of Tenedos.  forces. He departing from Venice with six Galleys well Armed, and arriving at Tenedos, landed his men, and in an instant gave a furious assault to the Town and Castle.  
There were great numbers of Archers in the Camp, so was there in the Castle, by means whereof at every assault and sally, divers died on either part: Some say, that they fought more eagerly than against ordinary enemies; For if any one were 
Cruel War at Tenedos.  taken he was forth with hanged, or else being put into one of the engines of War, was in stead of a stone thrown into the Camp, and so from the Camp into the City: whereby it plainly appeared that it was neither the Prince nor Senate's fault, that the Island was not delivered according to the treaty of peace; but only through the wilfulness of Mutatio.  
The siege lasted above seven Months: but victuals failing, they yielded on these conditions; That neither Mutatio, nor those who were with him should be 
On what conditions Tenedos was yielded.  called in question for detaining Tenedos, to the hindrance of the Commonwealth: That the Inhabitants should depart forth of the Island, with their gold, silver, and other movables: That as many of them as would go dwell in Candie, should have as much Land there as they had in Tenedos, and as many as would go to Constantinople or else where, should receive money for the just value of their Lands: And in this sort, those within gave place to the Garrison.  
The Castle being recovered, Fantino entered it with two hundred Archers, dismissing 
The Fort of Tenedos razed.  the residue of the Army. Giovanni Memo by the Senate's decree did afterwards succeed him. The residue of the Articles being performed, and the Inhabitants being gone, the Fort was at the last razed.  
The Thryestines who in the hottest of the war were revolted from the Venetians, fearing that so soon as they should be at quiet both by Sea and Land, they would on a sudden come and invade them, did yield to Leopold. Soon after King 
The Thryestines yield to Leopold.  Lewis died. At the first it was thought that his death would in some sort abate the pride of Prince Carrario, who till then had never ceased to molest the Trevisans: but on the contrary in stead of desisting, he assailed them more furiously than before, and 
Leopold rendereth Treviso to Carrario on conditions  gave them so many assaults and overthrows, as Leopold despairing of being able to defend the City, did on certain conditions give it over with her confines to the Paduan, who in a manner was Conqueror.  
All this happened almost three years after that peace had been established by Sea and Land. But in the mean time Prince Contareni died, after he had governed fourteen years, and was honourably buried in St. Stephen's Church.  


¶ MICHAELI MOROSINO, the 61. Duke of Venice.   
 
MIchaeli Morosino succeeded him. At his entry into the Government, a Law was made against Murderers, that whosoever should kill a 
A law against murderers.  man, should lose his head, whereas in time before they who were convicted of such crimes, were hanged according to the custom of the Country. It was thought of a certain that if his Principality had lasted any long time, he would have beautified the Commonwealth with sundry holy Laws and Statutes: But by how much the hope thereof was greater, by so much was his Regiment shorter. For about four Months after his Creation he deceased, and was buried in the Church of the Twins.   


¶ ANTONIO VENIERI, the 62. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
ANtonio Venieri being absent was subrogated in his stead, a man who besides his ancient Nobility, was of a meek and gentle disposition, and beloved of all men. Being called home from Candie where he remained, he arrived the thirteenth of januarie at Venice, on S. Nicholas shore, where the whole Senate, and a great part of the people received 
The people's great joy at the Duke's arrival.  him; and from thence after divers reciprocal embracements, going into the Bucentauro he was with great joy brought to the ducal Palace: His presence was the more welcome to all men because by reason of his long absence it had been so much desired: He had been seven years absent with his family, and had well governed the Commonwealth in divers places, and chiefly at Tenedos. His government was very meek and gentle, without any tumult or strife in the City, with plenty of all things which was greatly desired of all men: But his own domestic loss did in some sort trouble the fortunate success of his affairs. Albeit I do not well know whether his severe justice did purchase the old man more honour and reputation, than his sons death did afflict him with grief and sorrow.  
He had a Son named Lodovico, who was enamoured on a Senator's wife. But as 
Severe justice of a Father on his own Son.  it often happeneth, some jealousy arose betwixt the two lovers, whereupon this young Lord by chance, in disgrace of his Mistress, whom he then hated, caused horns to be hung up at her husband's gate. Inquirie thereof being made, the Prince being moved at the injury done to a Senator, commanded his Son forthwith to be imprisoned, where he remained till he died, to the great grief of all the people.  
The same year at sundry times the Marquesses of Aest, and Mantua, came to Venice, with divers other Princes, and Princes Ambassadors to treat with the Senate concerning great affairs of State, albeit some of them came but to see the City. A while after, peace still continuing abroad and at home, great war and contention arising between Antonio Escalla of Verona, and Francisco Carrario the elder, 
Antonio of Escalla is defeated by Giovanni Galeas Visconte.  Giovanni Galeas Visconte (whose power was at the same time very great) at Carrario his entreaty did make war upon Escalla, and having vanquished him, he took from him Verona and Vincenza. Then, (as the desire of getting doth increase when prosperity doth follow us) he did as furiously assail Padua, as he had not long before 
Galeas Visconte taketh Padua.  done those of Escalla. Some say that Carrario attempted to set Bernabo his Ally at liberty, whom Galeas, his Son in Law and Nephew, Son to his Brother, kept prisoner in the Castle of Trecy, because he had been advertised by Katherine his wife, that Bernabo had laid wait to kill him, whereat Visconte, being moved, made war upon him.  
The Venetians in this war●…e joined their forces wish Galeas who assailed the Paduan, and having armed four hundred boats under the conduct of Giacomo Delfino, did in a manner selze upon all the Cities, Forts and towns which Carrario possessed on the lakes 〈◊〉 at the mouths of rivers. Galeas likewise on the firm land, did not alone 〈◊〉 all the Cities of the Paduan territory▪ but likewise in few months that the 〈◊〉 lasted, the very City of Padua. Where after he had taken the elder 
Carrario imprisoned in the Medociatnewer.  Carrario▪ 〈◊〉 imprisoned him in the Medozian prison. His son surnamed Novello, escaped into Germany: Galeas would not stand still in so fair a way, but pursuing the course of his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, came and took Treviso by force. This war was very painful and bloody.  
At the last, Carrarios' forces being broken, and wholly overthrown, Galeas by 
Carrario his lands divided.  agreement had Padua, 〈◊〉, and Belluna; the Venetians Treviso, and the Marquis of Aest, who was one of the associates against Carrario, recovered all the towns which did belong to his ancestors. Than not long after, Galeas having proclaimed war on the Bolognese and Florentines, and his forces being already suspected of all the people and potentates of Italy: The Venetians, Florentines, Bolognese, Francisco Gonzaga, the marquess of Aeste, and Carolo Malateste, entered into league 
League against Galess Visconte  against him. Robert Duke of Bavaria was entreated to be of the number (with whom Novello remained and to march with his forces into Italy against the troops of Visconte.  
Galeas leaving the Bolognese, came and furiously besieged the City of Mantua, 
Galeas besiegeth Mantua with forty thousand men.  and pre●…ming on the great number of his soldiers (for his Army was reported to be forty thousand) he environed the City by land and water. The Venetians armed a great ●…mber of boats against him, to deliver a friend and confederate City from the siege: and because Gonzaga was more molested by water than by land, the Venetians having added certain galleys to their fleet, this audacious enemy 
Galeas is repulsed by water and land.  was repulsed with great loss from the City by the Venetians aid, on the same side of the City, by which the enemy had thought to have taken it. And soon after being in countred by Malatesta General of the land Army near to the village of Gouern●…lla, and being broken and defeated by him in a set battle, he was with great disgrace chased far from thence.  
Novello remained not idle in so fair an occasion. For Robert using delays, he returned 
Novello son to Carrario recovereth Padua.  into Italy in disguised habit unknown to the Venetians and their associates. And by that means he en●…d Padua and enjoyed it. The Almain, following him afterwards with a great Army, came and besieged the Castle of Padua, which held out for Galcas. Those of Verona being amazed by their neighbour's example, took Arms, and having expelled Galeas his Garrison, they sent for Antonio of Escalla from Tuscan, but they understood that he was dead a while before: whereupon, repenting of what they had done, they sent to Vgoletto Blanchardo, who 
Verona pillaged.  commanded Viscont his Army in the country of Cremona, and having obtained pardon of him for their revolt, and for the obtaining of it paid a great sum of money under the name of lend for the soldiers, they received him into their City: into the which entering ●…umultuously, the soldiers desirous of booty could not be kept from spoiling. The wife of Galcas being sorry for the mishap of so excellent a City, commanded three days after they began to pillage, to spoil no more. Robert in the mean time being discontented for that he was deceived by his associates of his promised reward, raised his camp from before the Castle of Padua, and went back with his forces into Germany. The Florentines did at the same 
The Castle of Padua recovered for Novello.  time send john Hancute, one of the famous Cstaptains of his time, with forces to aid Novello by whose valour the Castle was in few days recovered: divers and sundry attempts were made on either side, but because they do no whit concern the Venetians (for they were done on the firm land, & far from the Sea) we do of purpose omit them.  
At the last, peace being concluded for ten years was as acceptable to afflicted 
Peace for ten years. The Duke of Austria and the French kings Nephew come to venice to be transported to the holy Sepulchre.  Lombardie, as pleasing to all men else. At the same time the Duke of Austria arrived at Venice, where being bountifully entertained, he remained till such time as two galleys were made ready to carry him to the Sepulchre of our Lord. The same year the French kings Nephew arrived there, who had the like entertainment as had the Almain: he made ready a Galley there at his own charges to transport him into Syria for the same purpose, as the Austrian was gone thither.  
In process of time, all things being quiet by sea and land, news was brought that an Argozie of Genoa of marvelous bigness was gone forth to rob at Sea. The Venetians upon this report rigged forth three great ships of war, which were ma●…ed with five hundred armed men, which went to Sea. But that great Genoveses Argosy being cast away by a great tempest, the Venetians returned 〈◊〉 and sound home to their houses.  
The Ci●…tie during this long peace, was beautified with divers public works. The 
The market place of Saint Mark paved with brick.  marketplace of Rialto, with that great and spacious place before Saint Marks Church, were paved with brick, and with square stone. At the same time Prince Venieri died, the eighteenth year of his principality. His funeral was accompanied by great multitudes of people to the Church of the Twins.   


¶ MICHAELI STENO, the 63. Duke of Venice.   
 
MIchaeli Steno Procurator of Saint Mark succeeded him, who being chosen in the beginning of December, came not (by reason of a disease whereof he lay sick) to the Palace till the tenth of januarie.  
The people did never do the like honour to any of his predecessors as to him. All the Trades of the City every one apart, did prepare costly 
divers publik●… shows made in the City for love to the Duke.  shows for his sake, each of them inventing new, so as no holy day passed in the whole year, but some show or other was presented: And that whole year would have been spent in mirth and pastime, if the unexpected loss of certain Citizens had not marred the sport. Six galleys laden with foreign merchandise under the conduct of Leonardo Trenisano returned to Venice about the end of Autumn, but it fell out, that near to the Islands of the Egean sea, at Irene (called by corruption of language Turin) four of them (which had seldom happened) being beaten with a tempest suffered ship wrack. Yet nevertheless few of the men perished the merchandise being scattered here & there was with great labour recovered. The Viari, 
Four Venetian Galleys lost by tempest.  Delfino, Sourance, and Sagreda, were lost. Cornari and Gradonico resisting the seas fury earn safe to Venice.  
The year following three Galleys departed from Venice: the Duke of Austria 
Ladislaus crowned king of Hungary.  had prepared two of them, and Prince Carrario the third, to fetch and convoie from Apulia the sister of King Ladislaus, who being newly restored to his kingdom, was Crowned King by Barthimeo juliari, Cardinal of the Sea Apostolic, sent from Pope Boniface. This sister was promised to one of the Dukes of Austria. But these Galleys came back to Venice, by reason that Ladislaus refused to send his sister.  
Some Annals make mention how that the Emperor Robert with his wife came the same year to Venice, where he was magnificently entertained, and honoured 
Ladislaus defeated by Galeas Uiscont.  with divers rich presents. But those Authors whom we follow conceal the cause of his coming. I find in some, that Robert being vanquished by Galeas in the Territory of Cremona, having in a manner lost all his Army, retired to trent, where having levied new forces, he came to Padua, and from the firm Land to Venice, where being courteously entertained, after he had familiarly discoursed with the Prince and Senate of the wrong which Galeas had done him, he returned into Germany: But because mention is made of his wives being there with him: we must think that he left her at Venice, because himself went on pilgrimage to Rome. For it was the year of our Salvation one thousand four hundred, at such time as Pope Boniface the ninth celebrated the great year of jubilee.  
The same year the bridge of Rialto was re-edified. In this manner did the Commonwealth peaceably flourish, and the greatest care of the inhabitants was set on trade of Merchandise. But this quiet was interrupted by the Genoveses new stirs. They had about the same time armed one and twenty Galleys, and sixteen great Argosies: Some Authors make no mention of Argosies. The report was, That 
Boucicault a Frenchman General of the Genoa Army.  this preparation was made against the King of Cyprus. Boucicault a Frenchman, was General of the Army. The Genoveses had been for a time, as they were then, under the French Kings protection, and the most part of their Galleys were manned with Frenchmen. The Fleet departing from Genoa, arrived after a tedious course, at Scandelora a Sea-Towne of Cilicia. (those who are most expert in Navigation, affirm this place from the firm Land to be opposite to Cyprus) The Genoveses received 
The Genoveses great loss.  there so great a loss, as of all the Gallie-slaves in one and twenty Galleys, there were not so many left as would furnish eleven. Departing thence, they sailed into Syria, where surprising Barut, they ransacked & spoiled as enemies all the Venetian ships, and others, who by chance were then in the Haven. From Syria they sailed into More●….  
Carolo Zeni whom the Senate, at the first report of the Genoveses preparations, 
A new Geno●… Fleet.  had sent with eleven Galleys into the Adriatic Gulf, having at Sea narrowly pursued the Genoveses Fleet, had special care that they should not attempt on any place belonging to the Venetians: (for their Army spoilt all places where they came) and yet he would not fight with them because they were not proclaimed enemies. In this sort both of them dissembling, the Venetians kept the Genoveses 
Both the Fleets dissemble.  in awe, and the Genoveses the Venetians. But both of them staying near to Modon, they made show of other matters than they had done at the beginning. Zeni fearing lest by his patience the Venetians affairs might incur some great danger, did on a sudden set forward towards the Genoveses Fleet, who under colour of 
The two Armies fight.  taking in fresh water, lay betwixt Modon and Ijonches. At Carolo his unlookt-for arrival, there was a sharp-fight, and the Venetians fortune was so much the worse, because the Genoa Galleys were better manned than theirs.  
It is reported that every Galley had beside the ordinary bank of Rowers, forty 
The Venetians in danger, before the coming of Hermolao.  men at Arms, and all Frenchmen, who fought furiously with the Lance & sword, after the manner of their Country. And the Venetians did but in a manner bear off the blows, at such time as Hermolao the Lombard returning from a long voyage, came thither opportunely with two Galleys. He perceiving the danger wherein the Venetians were, did with great fury turn the prows of his Galleys upon the enemy who was busied in fight, and struck one of their Galleys with such force, as he overturned it into the Sea with the Soldiers and Mariners. At Hermolao his arrival fortune suddenly changed.  
For the enemy who had already in a manner won the victory, for the loss of one galley began to faint: The Venetian on the contrary being strengthened by these two Galleys, did valiantly renew the fight. Their fortune hung for four hours space in equal balance: at the last three of the enemy's Galleys being sunk, and as 
The Geno●…eses Fleet●… defeated.  many taken, the residue which were five, betook themselves to flight. More than five hundred of the enemies were slain and drowned, and more than eight hundred were taken prisoners. The Venetians for their part, obtained not this victory without blood▪ shed, who found an hundred and three and forty of their men to be wanting.  
It is said, that, after the victory, certain Captains of the Galleys were disgraced and noted of cowardice for coming too slowly on the enemy at the beginning of the fight, & because by their baseness they had endangered the state of the Commonwealth. Others, among whom was Gyles the Black, were honoured with great 
Gyles the Black greatly honoured  rewards, because they had bravely borne themselves in that conflict. The five Genoveses Galleys which fled from the fight, encountering with a Venetian Galley laden with victuals they easily took it▪ after that, they took an Argosy, wherein were divers Venetian Gentlemen. Much more harm beside they did to the Venetians; but because after this defeat, they knew no safe place of retreat: they returned very disconsolate to Genoa.  
Within few days after, a Frenchman, of the number of those who were taken 
A French man punished for indiscrecte speaking.  prisoners in the fight, being wearied with imprisonment, said in choler, That he hoped one day to wash his hands in the blood of the Venetians. This cruel presage being reported to the Senate, did so highly offend every man's ears, as they all with one voice commanded that he should be hanged betwixt the two Columns.  
In this mean space Novello Carrario commanded in Padua, where he was some few years before replanted by the Venetians. This unthankful man did hate the Venetians 
The hatred which Novello did bear to the Venetians.  more than ever his Father had done. He practised day & night against them & their state; he dreamt on nothing else, & all his attempts tended to that purpose. The Venetians, having knowledge of a long time how he stood affected to them, had I know not by what means, discovered all his practices, & understood by the French prisoners, that he had been●… the cause of the setting forth of the last Genoa Fleet that was defeated. They knew likewise by letters found in the coffers of Galeas Visconte lately deceased, the traps which those Tyrants had laid for them. And besides all this, after Galeas his decease, he had earnestly solicited William of Escalla, who had been created a Gentleman of Venice, and dwelled at the same time there, 
Perfidious treachery.  to recover the principality of Verona: whom after the recovery thereof, he perfidiously poisoned: notwithstanding that before he had sworn and protested all love and friendship to him, and relieved him with Arms and Council. After which having surprised Antonio, and Brunora of Escalla his children, he caused them to be murdered. The race of Escalla being thus extinct: Francisco caused his son Giacomo, or according to some, his brother, to enter Verona, the Ensigns of the Empire 
Verona possessed by the Carrarians.  and his own being displayed before him, and created him Prince of the City: Yet not being satisfied with so great a Principality, he besieged Vincenza, having first spoiled the Vincenzans Territory.  
The Vincenzans detesting the name of Carrario, resolved to endure all extremity, 
The Carrarians make incursions on the Vincenzans.  rather than to submit themselves to their Tyranny. They speedily sent to Katherine, widow to deceased Galeas (for Carrario already made havoc of their country, to get that by force which he could not obtain by right) and entreated her to assist them against the violence of the Carrarians, giving her to understand their great danger, unless they were speedily relieved: alleging for instance, That on the one 
The Vincenzans advertisement to Galeas his widow.  side they had Padua for neighbour, where the Tyrants made their retreat; and Verona on the other which they had lately seized on, having vilely murdered their hosts; and that being environed and shut in on every side, they were openly pursued as enemies, because they would not open their gates to the Tyrants▪ and that the Vincenzans knew not of whom or from whence to expect relief, but from thence where the power of Galeas had been in force and Authority. Earnestly therefore they entreated her presently to send them aid, or if she had not the means so to do, yet to send them word in what manner she would will or command the Vincenzans to provide for their safety. This did the Commissioners deliver unto her. But she being a woman, and troubled with the death of her husband, and busied elsewhere in greater affairs: (For Carolo son to Bernabo after Galeas death began to 〈◊〉, and divers petty Princes of Italy had seized on the Cities which belonged to her husband's Dukedom, so as she had business enough to keep Milan) for resolution in these difficulties assembled her Council: by whom it was concluded, That, 
The resolution of the Councillors of the widow of Galeas.  in regard they being so straightly pressed, could not continue in her obedience, it was much better for Verona, Vincenza, Feltre, Belluna, Collogna, and Bassan with their dependences to be given to the Venetians, than to leave them for a prey to those wicked Tyrants.  
The Venetians, albeit they had already refused the offer which the Vincenzans had made to them of their City, not that they did it to gratify Carrario, or were unwilling to help their poor afflicted friends, but only for that they were ashamed to possess the goods of an other man without just cause: so soon as they perceived the offer to be made, contrary to their expectation, by the true Lord (albeit they knew that great war would follow with Novello) they would not lose so fair an occasion. Therefore they courteously entertained the Vincenzans Commissioners 
The venetian: entertain the vincenzans commissioners.  (the chief of whom was Giacomo Thyeni, sent with the City's keys) & willed them (after they had received their oaths of fidelity) to be of good cheer, & not to doubt but that they would deal in such sort, as if this Paduan, who filled all places with tumult and menaces did not desist from molesting them, they would shortly set him such taskworke, as he should no more trouble his neighbours, nor any else. Besides, seeing that the Vincenzans had esteemed from the beginning nothing to be more profitable for their City, than to be under the protection of the Venetians, they would take order that so loyal a City should never repent her love and affection towards them. Hereupon they willed them then to depart, and to carry home with them the ensigns of Saint Mark, (whom they besought to be favourable to them both) and to erect them in the public places of their City, assuring them that the Prince and Senate would take order for the rest.  
In this manner were the Commissioners sent home. Giacomo Suriano followed 
A venetian garrison sent to vincenza.  them soon after with a good troop of Archers for the City's guard. They sent likewise to Carrario to signify unto him in the name of the Commonwealth that he should abstain from further molesting the Vincenzans, because they were become subject to the Venetians. But all this advertisement notwithstanding so far off was he from giving over his enterprise, as on the contrary, in contempt of them, 
Carrario wrongeth the venetian Ambassador.  and against the law of Nations, he caused the ambassadors Nose and Ears to be cut off, and willed him beside, to tell the Venetians, that it was too saucily done of them to prescribe laws unto those, who were commanders in possession: That they should do well to contain themselves within their small enclosure of the Sea, and leave Cities to those who from their Ancestors had received the power to govern.  
The Senate being moved by the Tyrant's arrogant answer, would (before they proclaimed open war) contract alliance with Francisco Gonzaga. In the mean 
The venetians ally themselves with Goazaga.  time, the Feltrians, the Bellunois, and Bassans, following the Vincenzans example, voluntarily submitted themselves to the Venetians. Colognia gave occasion of a great battle. The Paduan every where opposing himself against the Venetians attempts, did greatly molest them. The Senate on a sudden caused great forces to be levied, and gave the charge of them to Carolo Malatesie of Arimini, who was 
Carolo Malateste of Arimini general of the venetians land Arm.  sent from Flaminio for that purpose. The Army was reported to be of thirty thousand as well horse as foot.  
Howbeit Carolo stayed longer than was expected, yet being come to Venice he was entertained with great joy, and received the public Ensigns in St. Marks Church. Then marching towards the enemy he came to Mestra, which was the Rendes-uous of all the Venetian troops, and divers great personages were in that Army who received good pay of the Venetians. The General at his arrival made certain attempts upon the enemy, but of no great moment, and therefore not worthy of memory. But in the hottest of the war he gave over his place. Those 
Malates●…e gives over the General's place.  Authors whom we have read give no reason why he did so.  
Whilst these things were done on the firm Land, the naval army had no better success on the Lakes. Marco Grimani General of the Fleet which the Senate had sent forth against the Tyrant, having remained for a time on the Lakes near to the enemies, and caused a great number of light boats to come thither, did violently force certain of the Garrisons: but being assailed on a sudden by the Paduan, 
The Venetians naval Army defeated.  near to the Church of Saint Hilary, he was defeated, having lost the greatest part of his vessels, which the enemies drew on shore with hooks of Iron; and himself being taken prisoner was committed to the keeping of the Sacceans.  
Malateste his dismission being known at Venice, they began carefully to consider, whom they should appoint for their General. At the last among so many▪ 
Paulo Sabello a Roman, General of the venetians Army.  noble persons as were then in great number in the Army, Paulo Sabello a Roman Gentleman for his valour and great experience was alone thought worthy of that place. By his conduct divers places were in short space taken from the enemy, and the Venetians began to have better success under this new General. But the Tyrant's arrogancy did no whit diminish: whereby they knew of a certain that he was to be dealt with in more places than one. And therefore they levied new forces, and a new Camp as great as the former, which should spoil and overrun the territory of Verona. They made Francisco Gonzaga, their associate in this war, General 
Francisco Gonzaga General of another Army of the venetians.  of that new Army. He coming suddenly on the Veronois, did spoil all places, and brought away with him a great booty, as well of prisoners, as of Cattle; he burned the Farms and Country houses; he took certain strong places, and among the rest Hostilio; and in a word, he left the enemy in a manner nothing. Carrario being then assailed in two several places, that great usual heat of his began by little and little to cool. For he could not intend both places together, nor were his forces sufficient being divided into two, to resist the enemy's attempts. His affairs therefore were of necessity to go backward in both places, or at the least in one of them. 
Albert of Aeste maketh war on the ven●…tians in the behalf of Carrario.   
In the mean time Prince Albert of Aeste being moved with compassion of his friend and ally, proclaimed war on the Venetians, who were ready enough to accept it. He first sent aid to the confederates, and after drove the Venetians forth of the Pollesin. Some Authors say that it was Nicholas son to Albert, which made war on the Venetians, to whom Carrario had given his daughter Liliola to wife. But whether it were he, or the other (according to the Venetian Annals) who at the 
Accio of Aeste is repealed from Ca●…die to make war on Albert.  same time relieved the Carrarians; the Venetians being displeased thereat did repeal Accio D'Aeste from Candie, whither they had in time before confined him in favour of Albert, and having given him forces, they caused him to war on the territory of Ferrara.  
This Accio was before that time a deadly enemy to Albert, and had without doubt driven him from his estate, if the Venetians, the Florentines, and those of Bolognia, had not overthrown him in the height of his good fortune, and confined him far from Italy. There was then some likelihood that so soon as this man should assail the Ferrarois in his Country, that he would either greatly molest him, or enforce him to lay aside his Arms against the Venetians: Therefore they armed certain Galleys, and gave them to Giovanni Barba, who at the mouth of Po sailed up the River, where he did greatly affright those of Ferrara. In the mean time 
The conditions of peace made with Albert of Aeste.  divers and sundry skirmishes were made on the River and elsewhere. And the City of Ferrara being thus hardly pressed by water and land, Albert, to quench this great domisticke flame, inclined to peace, the which he obtained of the Venetians on these conditions: That no more salt should be made at Comaccia: and that he should swear beside to continue ever a friend to the Venetians.  
These things were done near to Ferrara, but on the Paduan territory they fought fiercely. The Venetian had fortified his Camp at Nogara: Then the General being gone from thence with part of his troops, came and encamped at Bassanelto. Those Authors whom we follow express not on what occasion he did so. The son of Francisco Carrario, surnamed Tertius, a valorous young man, being sent by his father with a choice troop of horse, came and assailed the Campe. The Venetians 
The venetians are affrighted at the arrival of young Carrario. Sabello ende●…oureth to stay his amazed Soldiers.  at the first were so affrighted, as the enemy came even to the generals Tent, and trod the Venetian Ensigns which where there erected under his feet, before any man made resistance. Sabello in this amazement with much ado recalled his Soldiers: and by earnest entreating now one and then another he restrained their shameful flight, sharply reprehending their fear. Then he commanded them to turn their faces towards the enemy; and as he exhorted them he marched foremost. But so soon as the enemy perceived the Venetians in arms, and furiously bend to begin the fight, & fearing if he should join with them he should be enforced to bring all his forces to the battle, turning his back, he retired on a gallop 
The enemy's retreat.  towards his Ensiignes, who already by their captains command had begun the retreat. The Venetians not being able to cause the enemy to stay suffered him to depart with certain of their Ensigns which at his arrival he had taken from them.  
Some say that they fought at Mansana, and that the Venetians lost six hundred horse; but they altogether conceal the loss of their Ensigns. This victorious young man returning to the City as it were triumphing, presented the people with a joyful show. It is reported that afterwards divers and sundry exploits were executed, and that divers Towns were taken from the enemies, as well of the 
The death of Paulo Sabello.  Paduan as the Verona territory. Whilst these things were attempted, Paulo Sabello died. His body being brought to Venice, was in great solemnity accompanied by the whole Clergy, the Prince, and Senate, to the Church of the friars Minors. His Image is to be seen on horseback before the high Altar. Galeas Grumello of 
Galeas Grumello of Mantua subrogated in the place of Sabello.  Mantua was by the Senate's decree subrogated in his place. Others say that Gonzaga brother to Prince Francisco, succeeded him; and not Grumello.  
This man began his charge with as great care and diligence as could be desired in a great Captain. In the mean time Giacomo Suriano, who lay in Vincenza, because 
Certain venetian troops defeated. i  there was no doubt to be made of the Vincenzans loyalty & affection towards the Venetians, resolved by the permission of the Prince and Senate, to go with a company of men at arms to the Venetians Camp on the territory of Verona. The enemy lying in ambush came forth and assailed this troop of men at arms at Soava, and easily defeated them, and being thus broken, they took Suriano with divers others, prisoners. The Veronois being wearied with so long and tedious a siege, were already determined to yield. For they likewise did detest the Carrarians. Giacomo Carrario commanded in the City, who (as we said in the beginning) was 
Giacomo Carrario departing from verona is taken in flight.  given to the Veronois for their Lord and Prince. He of himself perceiving all things to be doubtful, and imagining that he should be safer abroad than in the City being out of hope to keep it, attempted secretly to fly thence. He came first to Hostilio; and from thence crossing the Po, he was taken on the rivers banks and brought to Venice. But I know not what should move him to go to Hostilio, seeing it was at the same time under the power of Francisco Gonzaga, unless it were so that he came thither in disguise, thinking to deceive the enemy in that habit, till such time as he had crossed the river. Some say that he was surprised at Asellario a village of the Veronois. But be it that he were taken there or elsewhere, it is certain that he did not depart from the City before such time as he knew that the inhabitants intended to yield.  
Those of Verona being reduced to the Venetians obedience, all the Castles 
Verona in the venetians power.  near to the City did the like. The yielding of so mighty a City gave the Venetians great hope of executing higher enterprises. And this victory was as much and more pleasing to the Senate, than any other which they had obtained for a long time before, and not without cause. For Verona (to speak somewhat thereof) is 
In what esteem the City of verona is.  among all other Cities of Lombardie, the most famous, as well for the reputation, as the situation thereof. It is thought that the Gauls were the first founders of it, because the notablest Cities of Lombardie were built by them. And likewise because Trogus Pompeius referreth her original and foundation to those Gauls which came with Brennus into Italy. But whosoever the first founders were, I do think them to have been famous men, because they undertook so great & admirable a piece of work, and likewise that they were wise and discreet persons, and not blind like those founders of Calcidonia, whom in times past Apollo's Oracle thought to be so▪  
For besides that the territory near to the City is most fruitful in corn, oil, 
The goodly situation of verona.  wine▪ and cat-tail, and that it hath goodly stone quarries, rivers, lakes, and ponds, among which is that of Benac, the pleas●…ntest of those of all Italy, streams of water 
Baths in time passed at verona.  both wholesome and profitable; the which I dare affirm to have in times past served for baths▪ by reason that they are hot, and because at this day the ruins of the walls are to be seen, which do verify the opinion which the common people hold thereof. What shall we speak of her situation and structure? There is nothing to be seen more fair and pleasant. Never could any Painter how excellent soever he were, represent a place of more delectable recreation▪ For the whole City 
Two forts at verona.  almost being seated in a plain country, looking towards the South, East, & West, it hath a little hill on the North side, the top whereof by a short and pleasant circuit doth in a manner represent the form of a Theatre: The bottom betwixt them both is filled with vineyards and goodly gardens, so delightful to those who behold them a far off, as their spirits (as it hath happened to some) surprised with a sudden and unlooked-for joy, are instantly (as it were) deprived of all sense. On the top of the hill two goodly Forts are to be seen, the one of which doth in a manner hang over the river Ladissa, which with her pleasant streams watereth a great goodly bottom, the other seated in a higher place, and almost over the valley, looketh on the City walls which are below, and extendeth her view on every side over all the plains watered with the Po, and in a manner over all Lombardie. There 
An Amphitheatre in verona.  are to be seen beside, divers goodly bridges richly builded over the river; an Amphitheatre in the midst of the City, with divers old triumphant Arches, with a thousand other antiquities, which declare how notable the greatness of this City hath been in former times. That which we have hitherto said is very great, but that which followeth is much more admirable.  
This City hath had from the beginning a certain Seminary of excellent men, and as famous in all sciences, as any other City whatsoever. All these things being known, to the Venetians, did make their victory more notable.  
They forthwith manned it with a strong Garrison, and sent P●…etro Arimondo thither for Governor, and Rubro Marini for chief justice. Whilst these things were 
Gonzaga besiegeth Padua.  done at Verona, Gonzaga having spoiled all the Paduan territory, and taken divers towns, came and besieged Padua. There is a place without Holy Cross gate, called Terra Negra, or the black land, in which place the Venetian was encamped, and held the City s●…teightly besieged, keeping the Paduans in continual alarm. The Carrarians in the mean time (perceiving their affairs to be in great danger) did bravely defend the City walls, opposing themselves every where against the Venetians attempts; they ceased neither day nor night from labour▪ they fortified their City, placed the guards, and encouraged the townsmen, and did at times sally forth upon the enemy as occasion served: Borh sides had labour and care sufficient.  
But whilst Padua was thus besieged and defended. Massolerio the Venetian 
Massolerio the venetian being accused and convicted of trea son is punished.  was suspected secretly to have shot arrows into the City with letters tied to their heads, whereupon being imprisoned he was sent to Venice, where being convicted of the crime he was hanged from the highest place of the Palace with a long rope. The same day his brother and two young Priests, were put alive into the ground betwixt the two Columns their heads downwards: The which punishment being not as 
Acruell and unusual punishment.  yet usual, did greatly terrify all men. The common report was, That they had determined in the night to set the City on fire in divers places, and that they had divers complices, some of whom were found within a while after dead in sacks on the 
Giovanni of Pavia is punished for having secret conference with the enemy.  shore, not being known who they were, Giovanni of Padua likewise who had great pay in the Venetian Army, being accused to have had secret conference with the enemy, was sent to Venice, and there hanged betwixt the two Columns.  
These executions did greatly trouble the tyrant, for besides that he perceived all means to be cut off from him of discovering any thing in the Army, he was certain that the shameful death of a noble person did serve for an example to others how to cast themselves headlong into apparent dangers. Now therefore to discover his enemy's designs, he tried another way. For pretending as if he meant to hearken unto peace, he craved a safe conduct saying that he would confer with Gonzaga, and treat with him of peace before all men. A passport being sent him, he came to the Camp, where these conditions (as it is reported) were propounded to him. That 
Conditions of peace propounded to the Paduan  he should leave Padua to the Venetians, and that he with his children should go and dwell an hundred miles from thence: That the Venetians would deliver unto him Giacomo his son, and would permit him to carry away all his treasure, apparel, and other rich movables that he had, and that they would over and above give him for a present the sum of threescore thousand crowns. The enemy contemning these conditions, returned to the City without effecting any thing, resolving rather to hazard all than to accept of so base a peace.  
The Venetians then perceiving that the tyrant had lost that haughty and proud spirit which he was wont to have, did press the City more furiously than before. 
The venetians enter Padua in the night by Scalado. Padua circled with a triple wall.  And at the last, having about midnight reared ladders to the wall, divers went up upon them: where those of the guard being heavy with sleep all were murdered with out noise at the gate of holy Cross, whither all the troops speedily ran, & forthwith entered the City. Padua is circled with a triple wall, the uttermost whereof being lost by the enemy, he kept himself within the other two. But his forces being already 
The Paduan s●…cth to Gonzaga.  broken, and being hopeless of better fortune, he sent to entreat Gonzaga to take him into his protection; that he would cast himself betwixt his arms, with 
Gonzaga h●…s answer to the Paduan.  his children and all his means; requesting that he might come safely to him to parley and compound with him about his yielding. But Gonzaga by the counsel of his friends sent him word that he should do better to have recourse to the Prince and Senate, and that with tears casting himself at their feet, he should perhaps obtain of them more than he hoped for. He then craved assurance that he might safely go to Venice, but he was answered that the Senate would send Commissioners to Mestra, who should hear him. Both sides being come near to Mestra, the matter was a long time debated without any conclusion at all, whereupon 
The poor entertainment which the Paduas gave to Carrario returning without peace.  they departed thence without doing any thing, and the tyrant returned being conducted by Gonzaga into the City: where being arrived without tidings of peace, he was so bad●…y welcomed by the inhabitants, as divers were so bold to tell him; That the Paduans were no more resolved to live as they had done. They willed him then to depart thence, & (if he did mean to look well to himself) to embrace such peace as the victorious Venetian would offer; and not such as he desired. That the wretched inhabitants had rill then endured too much by their Prince's arrogancy; that the enemy was already within their walls: and therefore nothing else to be expected, but that the Soldiers having forced the inner Rampire, would come & spoil the City; which God rather than any man's valour had till then safely preserved: And that it was madness, rather than wilfulness, not to yield, when men could not help it.  
The Tyrant being daunted with these ignominious, speeches, sent again to Gonzaga, and with tears entreated him to take pity on the affliction of his family, and to procure so far as he might with honour, that his own and his childreus lives might be saved: Then at the Citizen's request, they without any further fight entered the City on the 22. of November. Padua being recovered, Novello with Francisco surnamed 
Padua being taken, the tyrant with three of his children are brought to Venice. Officers sent by the Senate to Padua.  Tertius and William, his children (for Hubertino, and Marsilio, before the City was yielded, were fled into Tuscan) were brought to Venice. The Senate caused them to be carried into the Island opposite to the Hall where they used to meet, and placed divers small boats for the guard thereof for fear lest they should escape. Zacharia Trevisano was the fy governor that was sent to Padua after it was taken, & Marini Caravalla was judge: who did forthwith fortify the City with a strong rampire, and a good Garrison: Then they did put divers forth of the town whom they knew to affect the Carrarians, bannishing them into sundry places, and by that means did carefully provide for whatsoever they knew necessary to keep so excellent a City under their obedience.  
The Tyrant and his children being by night transported into several prisons (to the end that the people should not see them, who for the great hatred which they had a long time borne them would have torn them in pieces) were by the Senate's 
The Prisoners by the Senate's commandment are strangled.  commandment strangled. The Father was buried in S. Stephen's Church, and the children in S. George's monastery. Such an end had the Carrariaus, who not long before did fill all places with fear and menaces: and who not being satisfied with commanding so excellent a City, did rashly provoke those by whose means their predecessors had acquired the name of Princes. But divers did judge that the cruel tyranny of Francisco deserved such an end.  
The report was that he kept dogs of a marvelous bigness, unto whom he gave 
Francisco Carrario his great ●…rueltie.  the wretched inhabitants to be devoured. There is to be seen at this day in the great Hall where the council of the Ten do assemble, two Scorpions, with very sharp stings, who did sting such strangers, as he called thither to talk with him. I conceal his impudent and unnatural conditions, wherewith he was infected, as unworthy to be mentioned.  
By this so triumphant a victory the Venetians purchased Vincenza, Verona, Colognia, Feltra, Belluna, and the last of all, Padua with her confines. The expense of this war which lasted two years, was so great, as two millions of gold of the public 
Now much money was spent in the war with the Carrarians.  Treasure were spent in it: And yet nevertheless this excessive cost was very pleasing in regard of the profit and renowned victory which ensued it.  
At the same time as the war was ended, whilst the whole City was busied every night in making of bonfires, and other signs of joy for the good news which daily arrived from all parts, the top of the Tower, which is near to S. Marks church was burned; but it was forthwith re-edified, and guilded with fine gold. That side likewise of the Palace which looketh towards the South, and had been a long time before begun, was then ended. All things being quiet, forty Gentlemen of Verona, 
Forty Gentlemen of Verona come to Venite in Ambassade. The entertainment given to the Gentlemen of Uerona.  clothed in white, came well accompanied to Venice. And their coming being expected, because the people should receive the greater content thereby, the Senate commanded a Theatre to be set up richly furnished near to Saint Marks Church: whereupon the Pri●…ce with his family clothed in white, did stand, all his Ensigns being for that day white. He was attended on by all the Magistrates of the City, and honoured likewise with the company of the greatest part of the Senate.  
The Veronois being come to the Theatre, went up in order, where after they 
The Ambassadors speech.  had saluted the Prince and Senate, they laid down their public Ensigns, and the keys of their Citie-gates at their feet, entreating them to accept thereof, and beseeching God, that the offer might be both to the Venetians and themselves as fortunate and profitable, as that was an assured and perpetual pledge of their fidelity, as well public as particular, towards the Venetians; requesting them of their accustomed goodness to continue in the defence, preservation, and maintenance of them, their Citizens, their means, fortunes, with all other Divine and human matters: And as for their unfeigned love towards them, they durst freely say and affirm, that they would be extremely sorry, if among so many people as did obey them, any should go before them in love, duty, and affection.  
The Ambassadors being courteously entertained, received great thanks: And 
The answer●… which was made them.  they were assured, that so long as they did continue such as they had promised, the Senate would ere long let them know, that the greatest happiness which can befall those which have not means to maintain and defend themselves, is to be shrouded under a lawful government; and that they would find it to be as pleasing in that they had recourse to the only Fort of liberty, having cast off a Tyrant's yoke, as doth that man which hath escaped out of a terrible tempest, when he entereth into a safe Harbour: They might then depart when they pleased, and take with them the Venetians Ensigns, (and in so saying, the Prince gave them to the chief Ambassador) and erect them in the midst of their City, which he wished might prove to the Venetians and them, always profitable and honourable: and being so erected, to hold them in reverence: Then he willed them to execute justice and equity, in regard they had in times past obeyed the unjust commands of Tyrants. In this sort the Ambassadors of Verona were dismissed. Those of Padua following their example, came soon 
The Paduans come in the s●…me manner to Venice.  after to Venice. They were entertained as the former, and the only difference was, that in stead of white, the Paduans were clothed in purple.   
The end of the eighth Book of the second Decad.   

THE NINTH BOOK OF THE SECOND DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the ninth Book of the second Decad.  
LADISLAUS King of Hungary restoreth the City of Zara to the Venetians. War for a while in Dalmatia, by means of the Sibensans. What great hurt a sudden storm happening on the thirteenth of August did to the City, and places near about. The Scythians make incursions on the Fairs of Ta'en. PIPUS entereth violently into Italy with great troops of Hungarians. FREDERICK soon followeth him thither. divers encounters with the enemies on the Trevisan and Forlane. Certain new Magistrates are created in the City. How the Venetians by the contention of those of Vdina entered in Arms into the Country of Friul; which is reduced under the Venetians obedience. Strangers come twice into Italy, under the conduct of LEWIS Bishop of Aquileia. CARMAGNOLLA forsaking PHILIP VISCONTE comes and serves the Venetians. Sundry opinions of the Senate touching the war in behalf of the Florentines, against PHILIP. And last of all, war is proclaimed against PHILIP: the Venetians being allied with the Florentines.  
PEace continued three whole years, as well within the City as abroad; All which time, according to those whom we follow, we find no memorable accident to have happened. In the end whereof, being the year of our Salvation one thousand four hundred and nine, Ladislaus leaving Italy, departed towards Hungary, to possess his Father's Kingdom. He made a stay in Dalmatia before Zara. This Prince was son to the same Charles, who in the time of the Genoveses war, did for a while besiege Treviso; from whence being afterward called, he went into Apulia, to revenge the death of King Andrew on Queen joan his wife, where he conquered the kingdom of Naples; but returning afterwards from Italy into Hungary, he was murdered by his own subjects. He left behind him his son Ladislaus, who in process of time, being likewise called to recover his Father's Kingdom, came, into Dalmatia, and recovered Zara, after he had for a while besieged it. In the mean time being advertised by letters, that the Neapolitans with divers great Lords of the Kingdom were ready to rebel, fully resolving 
Ladislaus king of Hungary, selltth Zara to the venetians.  to return into Italy, he sold that City with her Territory, Haven, and other appurtenances to the Venetians for the sum of one hundred thousand crowns. Whereupon Francisco Cornari, Leonardo Mocenigo, Antonio Contareni, and Fantino Michaeli, were sent thither with a strong Garrison to take possession thereof.  
We find in some others, that the Venetians received Zara before the Paduan 
Great contention among the Sibensans.  war was ended. This negotiation was very pleasing to the whole City, as well in regard of the haven, which is one of the most commodious in all Dalmatia, as also, because it being reduced under their obedience did seem to promise them the entire Dominion of Dalmatia, as it fell out soon afterward. Some say that the Venetians did together with Zara, buy of Ladislaus all his Title to Dalmatia. Whereupon they made general Processions in the City▪ and a decree was made, That the same day should be kept holy.  
Within few Months after, there arose great dissension betwixt the Sibensans; the Nobility holding for the Venetians, and the rest of the people for the King of Hungary. This seditious multitude did put on Arms, and having thrust all the Gentlemen forth of the City, they took the public government into their own hands. Those who were expelled went to the Venetians, and having promised to yield themselves unto them, entreated them speedily to pass over into Dalmatia, to recover Sabenica. The Venetians did forth with arm four Galleys, with about fifty other smaller vessels. The City being besieged, was not only well defended, but the Venetian was expulsed thence with great loss, whereby they knew that it behoved them to have a greater Army: whereupon, the Senate sent thither Lodovico Buccecharino with great supplies to besiege it by Land.  
At his arrival they built a Fort near to the City, and all the passages were shut up, that no victuals, armour, nor relief might come unto it. And beside, Ambassadors were sent into Hungary (Giovanni Barba, and Tomaso Mocenigo, both of them being Providatori of S. Mark, went thither.) The affairs of the Sibensans being for a while debated, was by the consent of the Hungarian and the Venetians, referred to Pope john to be decided.  
But in this mean time Marsilio Carrario, and Brunora of Escalla, being then fugitives in Germany, did each of them by Letters and trusty Messengers solicit their friends to stirreup rebellion: whereof the Venetians being advertised, it did greatly 
Secret practise: of Marsilio Carrario, and Brunora of Escalla. The conspiracy discovered.  trouble them. At the last it was known by letters intercepted by chance, that Marsilio would be shortly at Padua, where certain of the Inhabitants, who were lovers of novelty, had put him in hope to be kindly welcomed. One of those who were faulty, being taken, and convicted of the fact, was cut in four quarters: And an other of them being brought back from Ferrara to execution, lost his head betwixt the two Columns. divers were reported to have a hand in the conspiracy, but the Senate were of opinion that it was better to defer the punishment till some other time, thinking in the mean time that they had sufficiently provided for the Commonwealth, if by containing the Paduans in their duty, they should for fear of danger keep the Tyrants far from Italy. They appointed five thousand crowns for reward to any that should bring either of their heads to Venice.  
About the same time, on the thirteenth of August, there happened in the City so 
A marvelous Storm.  great a Tempest of Wind, Hail, and Rain, as divers ships were cast away, some being swallowed by the waves, and others dashed to pieces against the Sea-banks. divers buildings as well public as private were overthrown, and among others S. saviours steeple: Trees were plucked up by the roots, and carried far off by the violence of the wind. This was reputed for a wonderful prodigy. And that which some affirmed, to have seen divers monstruous and terrible representations in the air, did increase men's fear and amazement. Two Months after, news was brought to Venice, that the Scythians had robbed and spoiled the Fairs of Ta'en, 
The Fairs of Ta'en robbed & spoiled by the Scythians.  with great murder of Christians, and that among others, divers Venetians who were come thither with very rich merchandise, were slain by the Barbarians. They had assured testimony that this loss happened at Ta'en, on the self same day, as that horrible Tempest did afflict Venice. The steeple of S. john's Church at Rialto was the same year finished. The order of the Celestines which was founded in the Church of S. George of Alega, was at the same time, by the pursuit of Lorenzo justiniano, and other Honourable and devout Persons, made very famous and much frequented. This Order had at the beginning besides these men, sundry other more rich Benefactors, among whom was Gabrieli Candelmaro, who being afterwards Pope, and called by the name of Eugenius, did much beautify that place with buildings and revenues.  
At the same time one of those four Galleys which returned home laden with rich merchandise from France, was castaway at the entrance of the Sicilian Sea, not by the violence of the winds or waves, but by the only ignorance of the Mariners. Those who were within it were almost all saved, and the most part of the goods were recovered.  
Such was the state then of the Commonwealth abroad and at home. But this quiet was disturbed by the invasions of the Hungarians. For Pipus the Florentine 
Pipus the Florentive makes incursions on the venetians Territory.  overrunning Italy at the same time with ten thousand Horse, made incursions on the Venetian confines. The Venetian Annals make no mention, for what cause the Emperor Sigismond (in whose name the Tuscan made these stirs in Italy) did begin this War: But it was to be presumed that it was by reason of the civil War of the Forlani, the Lords and People of that Province contending about the public Government. Some of them would have the Venetians, others the Hungarian, or the Bishop of Aquileia: whereupon it came to pass that at Pipus his arrival, Frederico Savergnane with all his faction, being retired to Venice, those of Vdina yielded to him. Pipus having received Vdina, did forth with come upon the Trevisan, and took from the Venetians, Seravall, Belluna, Feltre, and La Motte. It is certain that the sale of Zara made by Ladislaus, and the siege of Sibensa were cause of all those troubles. Some Authors nevertheless do affirm, that the King came into Italy at the pursuit and entreaty of Brunora of Escalla, who did still aspire to his Father's Principality. But whatsoever the occasion of this War was, it is certain that Pipus after divers warlike exploits, being corrupted with money (as they say) did leave the Province, and returned into Hungary, where the Hungarian 
The death of Pipus.  caused him to die, by pouring molten gold down his throat: And that soon after he came down into Italy with forty thousand men; others make the number less. This latter attempt of War, albeit it carried a greater show, yet was it not so fortunate as that of Pipus, for he did hardly pass the confines of the Forlani. Some Historians say that Sigismond did make War on the Venetians with Pipus. But whether it were so, or (as others affirm) apart, it is certain that the Venetians at the first report of this War, made great preparations of Soldiers and munition, and chose Carolo Malateste for General of their Army, who was a man of great reputation, whom for that purpose they had called from his house. It is reported that they fought at times on the Trevisan and Feltrian confines, as occasion was presented, & that the Hungarian did still use such cruelty, as all those who fell into his hands, 
Great cruelty of the King of Hungary.  came from him lame of some of their members. For he did cause the prisoners hands to be cut off, and their eyes to be put out. After he had in this manner prosecuted the War for a time, they sent Ambassadors to him. Francisco Foscari, Tomaso Mocenigo, (who were afterwards Princes) and Antonio Cornari, came to his Camp and concluded a truce with him for five years.  
Arms being laid aside against Sigismond, Prince Steno soon after deceased in the thirteenth year of his Government. His body was laid in S. Marinies Church.  


¶ THOMASO MOCENIGO, the 64. Duke of Venice.   
 
THomaso Mocenigo who was absent, was subrogated in his place. He was at the same time Ambassador at Cremona to Gabrino Fondulo, from whence being called, he came to the City, and was received of all men with great joy.  
At the beginning of his Government certain Magistrates were by the Senate's decree translated to Rialto: And to the three Tables which were there from the beginning, the fourth Prosenitica was added, called vulgarly the Messetaria. For that purpose a Palace was builded on La Rivade Ferro, where these four Magistrates do at this day execute justice. The great Dovana was there at the beginning. Since then, it being divided into two, that concerning the affairs of the firm Land hath still remained there, and the other for marine matters, was transferred near to the Church of the Trinity.  
The City was not long at rest, a new war being raised on the confines of the Forlani, concerning the contentions of Vdina. Lodovico Techia was at the same time Bishop of Aquileia, who at his own pleasure governed the whole Province, which lieth betwixt the Rivers of Livenza, and Timava, the Adriatic Sea and the Alps. Some Authors say that this Province belongeth to the Forlani. But the vulgar do 
Strife betwixt the Bishop of Aquileia and the udinois.  at this day call it Friul, and the Inhabitants the Country of Friul. Therearose great strife betwixt this Bishop, and those of Vdina, by reason that the Vdinois would have those of Savergnane his faction, who in the last war took part with the Venetians, and in regard thereof being in a sedition driven thence, and were retired to the Venetians, to be called home into the City. Techia on the contrary did impugn it, saying that he would never permit it. Whilst the City of Vdina was in this contention, and by consequent the whole Province almost, the Venetians seized on Sacila. The Bishop perceiving that the matter was to be determined by arms, had recourse to the King of Hungary. For he felt himself too weak to deal with the Venetians.  
In the mean time the Cividalians did yield to the Venetians, who kindly received 
The Cividalians yield to the venetians.  them, not as vassals, but as associates. The Bishop soon after returning from Hungary with four thousand Hungarians, came (with the aid of the Patrians who had still continued faithful to him) and besieged the Cividalians. But being strengthened with a good Garrison, which the Venetians had left there, they did without fear receive the enemy, The Hungarians were before the City for the space of fifteen days, who having spoiled all places round about, being enforced by the great frost and snow (for it was winter,) they raised their Campe.  
The Bishop being out of hope to effect any thing, did follow them into Hungary: 
The Venetians recover Feltre, Belluna and other places.  The Venetians recovered Feltre, Belluna, and other places which had been lost in that war: they entered the Patrians confines, where they wholly ruined the City of Prata. Philippo Arcia was General of the Army, one of the best experienced Captains of his time. He (Prata being ruined) marched towards Vdina, where the gate on the side of Civitade, being opened to him by Frederick and others of his party, the City was then like to have been taken by that treachery: But a great noise raised on a sudden, and the alarm given on every side all men ran to arms. The Bandits being amazed at this sudden and unlooked for fear, having lost divers of their Soldiers who were at hand with the armed Squadrons of the City, retired without doing any thing. Afterward the Venetian Ensigns, ran here and there upon the Patrians territory: and the Vdinois for certain years were in danger. divers Cities and Lords of the Forlani did acknowledge the Venetians.  
But the Vdinois perceiving, that it was in vain to expect relief from any place, 
The Udinois do voluntarily yield ●… the Venetians  and that the Bishop his arrival was uncertain, they resolved likewise to yield. Therefore they sent their Agents to Venice, to offer unto the Venetians their Lands and means as well public as particular, and in General all matters both divine and human. The Agents being friendly entertained, the Senate decreed that Frederick and his associates should be restored to their City and their goods. By which decree not only the Savergnans but their adherents and all those who had been banished, returned into the City and their inheritances. The whole Country of the Patrians in Friul, followed the example of the Vdinois. The Bishop being advertised of the Vdinois yielding, thinking it no time to delay, came through Germany with great troops of Hungarians, and fell furiously on the Forlani: and at his arrival in the straits of the Alps he took the Castle of Clasino, a most strong and well defended place, and near thereunto that of Mutiano, a place then, as now well fortified. And the Patrians were like to have received a great loss, if the Venetian forces sent thither for that purpose, had not opportunely by their arrival, broken the enemy's designs, who were still in the straits of the Alps.  
The enemies did not only refuse to fight, but they durst not attend the Venetians 
The Barr●…nis fly so soon as the venetians arrived.  who came towards them; for they came into Italy with an intent rather to rob and spoil, than make war. And by this means within few days after this great stir, all the Country of the Patrians was at quiet, all those places which the enemy had seized being easily recovered. Within a while after, the Bishop returned into Italy with a greater Army, and entering the Patrians confines, he assailed Mansane, and soon after Rosacia. But this journey proved as unfortunate as the former whereof we now spoke. The Venetians at the first news of the enemies coming were in the field, whereat the Bishop being greatly astonished, departed forthwith out of Italy: And within a while after practising novelties he deceased. By his death the Vdinois and Patrians were afterward at quiet under the government of the Venetians. These things happened abroad. But the City sustained great 
The ducal Palace for the most part burnt.  loss by fire as it had oftentimes done before. The fire breaking forth on a sudden from the Duke's Palace, did in an instant take hold on Saint Marks Church which is very near to the same, where the flame did so terribly increase as the lead being melted, (wherewith it was then covered as it is at this day) there was nothing left but the open vaults. They took great pains near to the Church to keep the fire from the neighbour-houses. The fire being quenched, the Senate decreed, that no man under pain of forfeiting a thousand Ducats, should dare to propound to the Senate to pluck down the old Palace and to re-edify it more sumptuously. It is reported, that then the Prince, preferring the honour of the Commonwealth before his own private profit, brought the same sum to the Senate, and requested the Senators that they would permit & command, that the forepart of the Ducal Palace, which was much defaced, might be re-edified in more sumptuous manner as was befitting for the majesty of the Commonwealth. The public Advocates and Procurators, did forthwith crave that the Prince might pay the forfeiture for that he had infringed the Senate's decree. The Prince having liberally paid the 
The Prince is constrained to pay the forfeiture for infringing the senates decree. The occasion of the war against Philip Duke of Milan.  sum, did so constantly pursue his proposition, as the Senate revoked their former decree, and ordained that the Palace should be new built, whereupon the ancient structure was plucked down, and another more sumptuous was begun. But the Prince died before it was finished after he had governed ten years and almost three months. His body was buried in the Church of the Twins▪ Francisco Foscari succeeded him.   


¶ FRANCISCO FOSCARI, the 65. Duke of Venice.   
 
HIs promotion was so pleasing to all the people, and to the whole Venetian State, as in sign of gladness there was no holy day for one whole year, wherein fight at Barriers, running at Ring, or other sundry shows were not presented. The year following the Porch of Rialto was builded at the charges of Scipioni Boam, and afterward built new again by him, because the former building was thought to be of no long continuance. The same year likewise, war was begun against Philip Duke of Milan. The cause of which painful and tedious war we must fetch from far, to the end that all men may know that it was not undertaken rashly or without cause against so mighty a Prince, and a great friend as then to the Venetians, but that they were constrained so to do.  
This Philip was son to Galeas Visconte, who being left very young with john Maria his eldest brother, did lose a great part of his Principality. For Galeas being dead, divers Tyrants and petty Kings, beginning to stir here and there, each of them seized on one or many Towns of his Dukedom: and like a body, being left in the midst of them, they tore it in pieces. But in succession of time, as well by his own valour as that of Francisco surnamed Carmagnolla, one of the greatest Captains of those days, he did not only recover the greatest part of that which did belong to his deceased father, but by a wonderful course of victory became master of divers Towns which were never possessed by his Ancestors. At the last coming to besiege Genoa, and the Genoveses being brought to all extremity, it is certain that they were relieved by the Florentines with a great sum of money, on condition that they should give them for assurance of the lent sum, the City of Livorne a very strong place on the mouth of Arno. Philip perceiving that the same war would beget matter of new dissension, did nevertheless dissemble, deferring the revenge till some other time.  
He had determined (as he said afterward) to succour Pope Martin, whom he understood to be basely dealt with by his neighbours: Whereupon he gave out that he took arms for that purpose, and marching forward, he did fight with and defeat the Florentines near to Zagonare, because (as he said) they would have stopped his passage. But it was sufficiently known to all men that Angelo Pergolesi, who at 
The Duke of Milan his victory over the Florentines.  the same time did so fortunately win the battle against the Tuscans, was sent by Philip to raise the Florentines camp before Forli, the inhabitants having entreated him so to do. But upon what occasion soever it was that the Army came thither, it is certain that the wars being begun in those quarters, it came to pass afterwards that the Florentines by the carelessness of their Captains (or rather by their own malice as some have thought) being vanquished at divers times, after sundry losses, thought upon nothing more than how to preserve their liberty. And because there was some likelihood, that they could not long without some foreign aid resist the force of Philip, they resolved to have recourse to the Venetians, whom they had attempted at the beginning by divers Ambassadors to draw into that war.  
At the last they sent Lorenzo Ridolpho their Ambassador to Venice, to entreat and exhort them to contract alliance with them against Philip, with this charge; That if their entreaties would not move the Senate, that he should advertise the Senators 
though Florentines embassage to the Venetians.  of the danger that was like to ensue; that having overthrown the Florentines, he would strive to do as much to the Venetians. For as touching the event of the present war, he should give them to understand, that they would defend their liberty against that cruel enemy, so long as their forces and means would give them leave: but if he should perceive the Venetians to incline and give ear to the prosperous success of Philip, to assure them that it would be too late to talk of peace at such time as Florence being besieged, all things should fall out contrary to them. But because it was for one man to commit the error, they would endeavour to free themselves of this war, in becoming tributary to him, and then it would come to pass that the Venetians would perceive how that it had been more expedient for them to have made war in the Florentines company, upon him who would one day become their enemy, than afterward to undergo the whole burden alone. And being thus instructed to move the Venetians on all sides, he departed from Florence.  
But the Senators having been already sundry times importuned by the Florentines (for they had still for two years space continued their solicit for that purpose) had to that end sent divers times to Philip: First Andrea Contareni, and Lorenzo Bragadino were sent unto him. Then Nicolao Maripetro, who was afterward followed 
Venetian Ambassadors sent to Duke Philip.  by Andrea Mocenigo, and the last of all was Francisco Serra one of the Secretaries; all of them being commanded to entreat, & exhort him to give over the war against the Florentines, and having laid by Arms, to refer himself to the Venetians for all wrongs which he could pretend to have received of them, albeit they knew well enough that if the Florentines had offended him, they had already received sufficient punishment. Besides, that the Venetians did highly account of his alliance, the which they were resolved to entertain so long as they should perceive it not to be prejudicial to their liberty: Neither had they forgotten humanity, which did constrain them to have pity and compassion of a free people. They did then entreat him if he desired to continue their ally, and to have them for his friends, to make peace with the Florentines, the which ought to be as pleasing to 
Philip his dissimulation.  him, as to any of those whom it nearest concerned. Philip heard them very courteously, & gave them to understand both by gesture and word, that he would in favour of the Venetians grant their demands: yet nevertheless, he did not cease under understand straightly to press the Tuscans, alleging now one reason, and then another, and by dissembling drew the matter forth at length. The Venetians albeit they knew whereunto Philip's designs tended, nevertheless because they would not seem to do any thing rashly, they did last of all send Paulo Cornari to him, to give him to understand what the Senate had determined to do, if he did not presently cease from molesting the Florentines: Francisco Carmagnolla his coming to them 
Carmagnolla leaveth Philip, and cometh to the venetian.  (who had forsaken Philip) had in some sort heartened them to war, if so be that he did not lay aside his arms, seeing they were before then doubtful openly to denounce war against him. This man having understood by vicious young men (for so he termed them) that Philip did no more bear him the same affection that he was wont, with choleric speeches and threats he forsook him, and came by byways to trent, and from thence to Treviso.  
Now this which followeth is in effect that which Cornari spoke to Philip. That 
The effect of Cornari his Oration to Philip.  among all the Princes of the earth he did not know any man who was more bound to give thanks to Almighty God than Philip: Because he had not only recovered his lost principality for the most part, but likewise by an admirable success had wonderfully increased it: That he did peaceably enjoy that part of Italy, the which in fertility of soil, in goodly and rich Cities, and in number of skilful and ingenious men, either in time of peace to till the earth, or in time of war to bear Arms, was not only to be compared, but wholly to be preferred before any other Region whatsoever. But his estate being such as it was, he did not refer the success thereof to the divine providence, by saying that his youth, industry, strength, and wisdom were not worthy of such a fortune, the which without all doubt were sufficient to conquer a very great Kingdom or Empire, & being conquered▪ bravely to descend it; but that his speech rather tended to this, to put him in mind, that being placed in so high degree, he ought not to forget human affairs, nor the uncertainty of them, but to be contented with his own estate. The which the Venetians did hope would fall out according to their desire: in regard whereof they had freely made firm alliance with him for ten years, which was not a limited treaty, but a perpetual league of friendship. Which being so, the Venetians did greatly marvel that having recovered his father's Dukedom with many other Cities, and among others Genoa, enemies in times passed of their greatness, at such time as in the midst of so many felicities he ought to take his ease, he had seized on Forli in Flaminia, and had marched into Tuscanie against the Florentines: That they were not ignorant of the pretence he alleged, that the Florentines had contrary to the agreement relieved the Genoveses with money, that they had seized on Livorne, at such time as Genoa was already in a manner taken. Nor were the Venetians likewise ignorant, what these pretences were, and whereunto they tended; that the common proverb was true: That man who is cunningly dealt with, doth sometimes as plainly perceive the deceit as he that useth it. And that it oftentimes cometh to pass that bad designs fall upon the Author's heads. Besides, that the Venetians held nothing in this world so dear as liberty, that unto it alone they referred all justice, clemency, piety, and all other duties as well public as particular, thinking all things to be well done, which are done by the only contemplation thereof. That there was no contract, agreement, nor any divine or human law, that was able to impeach the public liberty: And to come to the matter in question; That the Venetians were no less moved with the Florentines danger, than if they perceived the Army of Philip to over run the lands of their obedience. For by being careful of the liberty of other men, in regard they held the same form of government, as the Florentines did, it happened to them as to divers others, who were as sorrowful for the harm of their neighbours, as for their own. And that they did not doubt but that he who as an enemy doth assail the liberty in Tuscanie, would likewise if he could do the like everywhere; and chiefly tyrants, who do ever fear & detest this name of liberty. That when the Venetians made a league with Philip, it was with this intent to continue frenids and allies with him so long, as he being satisfied with his Father's principality, should abstain from molesting his neighbours, and should live in peace and quiet: But that they could not allow, nor would by no means suffer him by a continual war still to molest the Florentines, whose only fault hath been in that they did not valiantly defend themselves: wherefore if he did not speedily dislodge forth of Flaminia and Tuscanie; if he did not remain within his own confines limited by the agreement, and satisfying himself with so flourishing an estate did not hereafter live at peace: the Venetians, as well to defend themselves as their friends the Florentines, would both together make war upon him, and levy the greatest forces against him they could, as against a Tyrant and cruel enemy.  
Cornari his speech did greatly move Philip; who dissembling his anger for that present, answered him with a smiling countenance in few words, saying, That he 
Philip his answer to Cornari  was well assured that the Venetians by their constant and faithful promise would ever observe the agreement sworn betwixt them, and that he could not believe, though there were none at all, that they would prefer the Florentines friendship (whose treacheries, deceits, and thefts, the Venetians did greatly detest both in public and particular) before his: That there was no occasion (if the Venetians would call to memory the ancient friendship of his Ancestors, the affection of his Father Galeas, and the respect which he had ever borne to them) whereby he ought to expect any wrong or discontent from them. But as concerning war, albeit he knew for a certain that the Florentines treachery and rashness would be punished, before that the Venetians or any other could come to their succour; their affairs being in very great hazard: yet nevertheless he was content for the Venetians sake, unto whom he would refuse nothing, to refer the whole matter, (if the Florentines were so contented) to be decided by them, and Nicholas of Aeste.  
Cornari being dismissed with this answer, returned to Venice. Giovanni Areti●… who had been Secretary to deceased Galeas, and Bertrand Lamponiano did soon after follow him. For, the report was that new Ambassadors were come to Venice from the Florentines: And therefore Philip fearing lest the Venetians who were already of themselves sufficiently inclined to leave him, should make a league with 
The Ambassadors of Philip come to venice.  the Florentines; he would likewise have his Ambassadors to be there, to the end that if need were, they might plead his cause in the Senate.  
So soon as they were arrived: the Ambassadors were seen to walk up and 
The Florentines Ambassador at Venice.  down the City in different manner. Lorenzo (as it became him) representing with a sorrowful countenance the misery which afflicted his Country, went here and there pensive and disconsolate, entreated the Senators whom he met with, and visited others at home at their houses, omitting nothing that he knew might serve for his purpose. On the contrary those of Philip, besides their bravery and goodly show, being full of hope and confidence, went up and down viewing the City, and the admirable situation thereof, wondering to see it all Sea, and yet all Land. They did courteously salute all men: being demanded any question, they gently answered, and generally in their gesture, speech and gate, they represented the greatness and prosperity of their Prince.  
Now the Senators were of opinion first to give audience to the Tuscan, who being brought into the Senate spoke in this manner.  
 

The Oration of the Florentine Ambassador.  
Ye may easily conjecture, most excellent Prince, and ye conscript Fathers, albeit Iwere silent, what business I have to handle in your presence, and whereunto this last Ambassade of the Florentines doth tend. Those who have seen my speedy coming out of Tuscanie unto this City, have understood, that an Anbassadour of a free City, is come to demand aid of a free people for the conservation of their liberty. This is the sum of our demands, the which I crave for our Country, which hath begotten and bred us, and raised us up into some degree of honour above the vulgar, and if it be possible, by our entreaties, to obtain it. If I shall be so happy, most excellent Prince, and ye Senators, as to persuade ye to accept of the Florentines alliance, and to join your arms with ours against this cruel Tyrant who thirsteth after our liberty and yours, my ambassage shall be most fortunate, and my Country being highly contented, shall welcome me home with tears of joy, will embrace me for such good news, and will account itself by your means to be freed from all danger. My desire maketh me to hope well, and chiefly when I consider, that I come unto those, who besides their knowledge (which doth no less concern them than the Florentines) how to quench and root out the Tyrant's neighbour forces, as though it were a new fire, are esteemed to be so zealous of liberty, wherein their City is borne and increased, as they will likewise wholly maintain, and free all such places from wrong, where they perceive any spark of liberty to shine, and will with a mutual consent hate all Tyrants, as enemies and disturbers thereof. I could allege divers examples, how for love to this liberty, the Athenians accounted Philip of Macedon for an enemy, the Romans Mithridates, Antiochus, and divers others, who with an unbridled desire of rule, or rather envying the liberty of other men, did rashly stir up against themselves, the Armies of that invincible nation. But wherefore do we seek ancient or foreign examples; when we have in abundance so many new and domestic: There is none of us (as I think) which hath not seen or heard of their Fathers and Mothers; how vehement an enemy to this City Prince Carrario showed himself, during the War with the Genoveses, first at Chioggia, and then at Treviso. What did King Lewis? what did many others who have not ceased to disturb the peace and quiet of your state? And we likewise have ever without intermission had an hereditary War with the Viscontes, ever since the Principality of Luchin. And to speak truly, it is commonly seen, that those who have usurped other men's liberty, do hate those unto whom they cannot do as much. I esteem your Commonwealth most happy, and yourselves O ye Venetian Fathers; in that ye have extinguished the Carrarians race your capital enemies, before such time as this ravening Lion, with whom we have to do, was grown great: For if he had now found them living, he would not have been satisfied with assailing you only on the Lakes of Bebia, (as they did) but coming both by Land and Water, he would not only have endangered your state, but your liberty itself: whereupon I think that it fell out well for us that day that you smothered that neighbour flame; unless the great assurance which you have conceived by that victory, doth hinder you from thinking on the danger, which threateneth you from this cruel Tyrant. He is your enemy, believe me, he is your enemy, and lieth in wait on every side, and therefore so much the more dangerous as he is yet least known, and there is nothing so difficult, which he presumeth not to achieve by his good fortune, or dareth not to attempt. For, having with seven thousand men assailed our forces, who were then excellent in Arms, means, and good fortune, and sometimes, twice or thrice greater than his, he hath nevertheless broken and defeated them, sooner than we thought that he had descried them. He hath no 〈◊〉 (according to the Poet's fictions) or cruel Centaurs in his Army: They be men like ours, but much more hardy and valiant, unto whom he hath given in marriage, the Daughters and Wives of wretched Citizens, with their Houses, Lands, and Possessions. Whereunto do you 〈◊〉 think that their haughty courages will not aspire? Is it likely that they think or desire any other matter, than after that they shall have overthrown our forces, how they may one day assail the Venetians more mighty than we in reputation and power, so greatly hath their good success increased their boldness. Let us then find means to overthrow their wicked councils, and detestable vows, to expel their Wives and Children, with their Governors of Cities, Fields, and Towns, from the confines of Lombardie, and to enforce them to busy themselves about their own domestic affairs, or else to take foreign pay. I am afraid, most excellent Prince, to speak what I think; yet I will tell it, seeing that necessity enforceth me thereunto: That unless ye speedily join your forces with ours, Florence being subdued, will bring Philip to that pass, that without the aid of any else he will come to disturb and beat down the Venetians State. But (say ye) the Venetians are accustomed to maintain their alliances as sacred and inviolate. I beseech God, most excellent Prince, and ye conscript Fathers, that those unto whom he hath given so good a mind to observe their promise, may likewise know the cunning and deceits of those with whom they are to deal, and being known, to avoid them by speedy wisdom. I think ye remember, with what subtlety and craft he deceived you when as he expelled Pandolfo Malateste from his State, and from that of his Mother, whom ye so much desired to maintain in the Principality of Brescia. Ye have heard how by deceit, and contrary to the agreement, he hath suppressed the Sovereign Magistrate of Genoa, and brought that mighty City into bondage. Ye are not ignorant likewise, how contrary to the assurance of peace, infringing all laws and customs, he hath overthrown us by a sudden and unlookt-for assault: who is it then which doth not plainly see how often he hath broken all Divine and human laws? It is not lawful to keep promise with a perjured person. But your silence doth make me already in a manner to believe, that ye do sufficiently know, that I do not so much crave by this mine advertizement the safety of our Commonwealth, as your prosperity, good fortune, and preservation, the which this perfidious, crafty, and well advised, great Soldier, no less audacious than ready, doth daily lay wait for; trusting to the fidelity of his Soldiers, to the treasure which he hath gathered together, and to the great yearly tribute which he receiveth, deferring to make War on you, till he hath wholly ruined us. But do not contemn our alliance, although we seem to be reduced to all extremity: For albeit we have without measure spent great wealth, we have yet greater, though not public, yet particular, the which we are ready frankly to employ, for the preservation of our liberty. join then your arms, join your forces with ours, and by wholesome Counsel and Sacred alliance, conserve both our Liberties, Commonwealths, and Countries. And as concerning the means how to accomplish it, we prescribe no conditions, but are ready to embrace such as ye shall propound.   
Lorenzo having ended his speech, all the Senators were greatly moved; not one against an other; but in themselves being of sundry opinions, each of them debating with himself the power of Philip on the one side, with the commonwealths danger, and on the other the Florentines example, with the great expense of the war. Whereupon they concluded to hear the Ambassadors of Philip, before they would give an answer. And to the end they might make an easy reply to that which Lorenzo had uttered, certain Senators were commanded to relate to the Milanois, under colour of particular friendship, that which he had spoken. Whereupon, a day being appointed for their coming to the Senate, Gio●…anni Aretin famous for human learning, and eloquent in the Country language, with the consent of his fellow, spoke in this manner.  

The Oration of Giovanni Aretin.  
I Understand, most Illustrious Prince, that the Florentines who are great inquirers after news, are desirous over the whole City to know wherefore, and upon what occasion, Philip Duke of Milan hath sent us hither to you, and to this most Sacred Senate: whom in some sort to satisfy, I will in few words utter the effect of our Ambassade; and I assure myself that when they shall understand it, it will not greatly content them. We are not then come hither, conscript Fathers, to stir up any troubles, nor for to overturn any Divine or human Law. Philip leaveth those cunnings to the Florentines, unto whom by nature they belong: For he thinketh on nothing more, than carefully to observe the precepts and documents which he hath received from his Ancestors, and how to reverence by all good means and offices your friendship, confederacy, and good will. And seeing that by the divine bounty it is come to pass that it is not needful in such a bond of friendship, to renew any treaty of peace or alliance betwixt you and him, the Florentines must give place, and with their good leave (if they please) to permit Philip according to his own manner, and that of his Ancestors, to salute you, most excellent Prince, and all these well-beloved Senators, by his Ambassadors, together with the whole City: Let it be lawful for us to say, that Philip liveth not but for the good of the Commonwealth: that the Duke of Milan an inward friend to the Venetians, lives not but to preserve their dignity and greatness: who for the great love he bears them, and in regard of the sound alliance and contract betwixt you two, and in respect of the correspondence of all fortunate and happy events, that he hath with you, gives ye to understand, that his enemies the Florentines, are overthrown & undone, who by evil counsel, would with a shameless boldness have overwhelmed him, if he had not diligently prevented it, in a most dangerous war. This is most wise Fathers, this is the chief end of our Ambassade. This is the cause why Philip hath commanded us to come hither. Moreover because we have understood, that these men go about with an affected speech, wherewith they naturally help themselves, and with tears and sighs, say, not only in the Senate, but likewise in the streets and public places of the City, that they are not the cause of the war, for which they are at this day so badly dealt with; that Philip did begin it; he willingly referreth the whole matter to your judgement, being resolved to embrace such conditions as ye shall propound: Let the Florentines if ye please, come into this place, and excuse themselves: but let them not invent unheard of falsities, whereby they endeavour to animate against all right and alliance, your Authority & constancy against Philip. Ye must (say they) beware of him, if his power do increase: For all King's Princes, and Tyrants, do envy and are enemies to Commonwealths, and do abhor that name. They allege Philip of Macedon, Mithridates, and Antiochus; I would he had remembered Porsenna, who by a so deign war did in a manner smother the Romans liberty at her first birth: But he did of purpose forget it (as I think) because he would not have it known that Tuscanie hath in times past brought forth any, who hath attempted on other men's liberty. But if they take such delight in Histories, why do they not rather allege. Hieron, Massinissa, the Ptolemy's and Attalus, who were trusty friend●… to the Romans. King Lewis was a capital enemy to the Venetians, so were the Carrarians, but the Viscontes, for a hundred years space that they have enjoyed their excellent State, were never enemies, but always friends and allies to the Venetians. The Tuscan hath not known this; nay rather, knowing it, he hath like a subtle and cunning Orator of purpose concealed it. Let him produce but one only example of this family which doth so much affect you, he cannot do it, and therefore it is sufficient to overthrow his untruethes, fables and slanders. And not to speak of his Ancestors, so far off were the Venetians from ever suspecting the forces of Galeas father to this Philip (which undoubtedly were very great) as on the contrary he did not let to join his Arms with their forces, the better to help to increase theirs. As it fellout at such time as being your ally, he took Verona, Vincenza, Padua, and last of all Treviso. Ye have seen this my Lords (to the end that no man may reprove me of falsehood) or you may have heard it of your fathers who were there present. But the Viscontes have ever been enemies to the Florentines, and have still from father to son even 〈◊〉 now, made war upon them. Do you not think that they had just cause so to do? Were they not by wrongs provoked to take Arms? For to speak of the occasion of this present war, by which they say they are greatly molested. They complain of the taking of For li contrary to the Contract as if we had never heard of this fable till now: Philip hath given you all authority together with Prince D'Aeste, to inquire this matter Why do they not rather tell, upon what cause against all right they did succour the Genoveses with a great sum of money, whilst Philip besieged them? why did they attempt to shut up all passages to the Army of Philip, which went to succour Pope Martin? what moved them to pass their bounds on the confines of the River Migra? why did they seize on Livorne? and would not give audience to the Commissioners of Philip, till they had headlong thrown him unto the hazard of an open war? These are the causes which have now moved Philip to undertake this war: The 〈◊〉 cause likewise had the Viscontes in times past. They can impute it to nothing but to their own manner of life, their pride, and covetousness. Let them cease then before you to blame our Prince, a friend to peace and quietness, and one that is stuffed with all bounty and liberality. But we are satisfied (being provoked thereunto) that we have answered this little, for much more which might be said, which is so true as they themselves, albeit they are vain liars, dare not affirm the contrary. As for the rest, we have already said and will again say, that Philip is ready and resolved to refer the whole matter to your judgement, wisdom and equity. We are come hither to this purpose, and not (as the Tuscan presumeth) to renew the alliance, which hath not yet been violated by you nor by us ever shall.   
So soon as Aretine had made an end of speaking, the Ambassadors were 
Different opinions of the Senators.  put forth of the Senate: And then the Senators opinions were divers: Some cried out that Philip was to be prevented, and war to be denounced against him, who drawing forth the matter in length, durst not assail them till he had vanquished the Florentines: Others said it behoved them to beware lest they undertook such a matter inconsiderately; and that it was very easy for any man to begin war, but 
Carmargnolla is called into the Senate.  very hard to end it. Upon this diversity of opinions, they decreed to call Carmagnolla into the Senate, and to hear him.  
This man after his arrival at Treviso, was ever highly extolled, both in public & private by Prince Foscari and all his adherents, publishing his great renown and experience in martial matters, with his long and faithful service to Philip a most unthankful Prince. They affirmed that without all doubt under the conduct of such a man, (who knew Philip's forces, and was well acquainted with all his designs yea with his most inward secrets) they might easily break and overthrow all the attempts of the Milanois. That which the Prince and his favourites said of Carmagnolla was true; but many did suspect his loyalty, fearing that after he should have thrown the Venetians into the hazard of war, being won by fair promises, he might again return to Philip.  
But to clear this doubt, it happened at the same time as this matter was debated, or not long before, that he had like to have been poisoned by john Alitprand the Milanois. This man had in time before married the daughter of Bernabo Visconte, but because he had favoured Hector de Monze whom Philip besieged, fearing the vanquishers fury, had retired with his wife to Treviso. And in regard thereof Carmagnolla did often visit him, as one whom he knew to be greatly hated of Philip. He in mean time being reconciled to Visconte did determine to poison his friend and guest, but being apprehended by the accusation of his maidservant, and put to the torture, he confessed the matter, and had his head stricken off. The Senators then imagining that which fell out, that the same had more animated Carmagnolla against Philip (for he was at the same time come from the firm land to Venice) they called him into the Senate, where (being by nature choleric) he began to inveigh against Philip, complaining with great vehemency of his treachery and ingratitude, saying That by his skill and diligence, he had not only recovered his father's state, but much more beside: That by his conduct and dexterity, he had reduced under his dominion, Alexandria, No●…arra, Monza, Lauda, Coma, Pavia, Placentia, Bergamo, Cremona, Bressia, and last of all Genoa, envious in times passed of the Venetians greatness: And that thereby he had extolled the name of Philip, not only beyond the confines of Italy, but of Europe, in regard of the taking of Genoa. And that he would not have them to think that his labours had been recompensed because that he had been greatly honoured by him and married a wife of that kindred, and taken upon him the surname of that family: for that was no remuneration for his pains, but a bond of his militia, so as by that means, this unthankful man had tied him to serve him till such time as he perceived his affairs to be settled according to his wish, as the event did afterwards manifest. For besides his suffering of certain shameless and detestable persons, whom he abused, to slander him, and in that regard holding him in some suspect, had enforced him retire thence, he had moreover being thus banished attempted to take away his life. But that it fell out well 〈◊〉, for that escaping the present danger in recompense of his Country, wife and children, and all his means left to a Tyrant, he had met with another true nurscrie of all integrity and justice, where every man was rewarded according to his deserts, where virtue and valour were honoured, and where bad men had none access nor retreat: which being so, he did not think on his lost wealth, but that he had purchased much greater: That he felt not himself to be daunted by any adverse fortune, but that he was well recompensed for all his losses, were it not that his wife and children did so abate his courage, as he had not the means to hurt that Tyrant. As for the war which they propounded, he said that Philip's power, nor his forces were not so great as men boasted: And that the Florentines were not vanquished by the valour and conduct of their enemies, but by the malice and rashness of their own Captains: Nor that the other victories obtained in former time, were gotten by Philip's conduct, but by his alone. And beside, that he was but needy, in regard he had spent all his means on those Armies which he had sent forth by Se●… and Land against the King of Arragon, so as that Army which he now had in Tuscanie had not of a long time received any pay. That he durst affirm, that Philip whom they thought in show to have already surmounted all men, was in effect n●…erer to be vanquished than to vanquish: That his treasure clean was exhausted, his subjects consumed, & his revenue in a manner wholly engaged, and that little which remained, was by his detestable and shameless loves, robbed, spoiled, and consumed: That he knew of a certain that his Army had not been paid for the space of a whole year: and that the report of some was not true, which said that his Soldiers followed him to the wars freely and without money. He willed them then to consider what might happen, if the Venetians should roundly assail the people of Lombary who were drawn dry of their wealth by continual subsidies: If the Lombard merchants were prohibited their traffic with them, which was only left the of all Italy: if their husbandmen and cattle should be enforced to retire into the circuit of their walls, their lands would become barren & unfruit full: if after the spoil of one years' fruit famine and want of all necessaries should afflict them, they should then perceive, that he who now was thought a Conqueror, and whose only name was fearful to all men, being by these means vanquished, would find enough to do to defend himself and his subjects. And that they should not find him such an one in beating back his enemies, as he had been before, in invading & pursuing them. Moreover that the Florentines forces were great at the first, but that those of the Venetians w●…re much greater. That there was great difference in making war in a foreign Country, & in a man's own. That his reputation could much avail them in that enterprise, as he who had fortunately ended all the wars which he had begun, and vanquished all those against whom he had fought, and had learned by so many hazards, dangers, and labours, both to obey and command. But as concerning Philip's good will towards the Venetians (because by long onuersing with him, he knew all his secrets) he assured them that he did defer the war, which he had long since resolved in his mind against the Venetians, till such time as he should wholly overthrow the Florentines. He wished them then whilst they had time to quench this flame which was so near them: and if they thought him fit to manage the war for the service of ●…he Commonwealth, he entreated them to use the power which they had over him. Because he was determined in regard of Philip's ingratitude, to march against him with the same zeal, affection and heat of courage to his overthrow, as he had done when he was his friend to purchase him the sovereign principality. The Venetians should do well then to embrace so fair an occasion, who in so doing should not alone defend their own estate, but mightily enlarge it, and should aid the Florentines their fellow brethren in liberty, who were then greatly afflicted. And this aught chiefly to excite them so to do, in that they had him for their General in this war, whom if they thought fit to serve them they might dispose of at their pleasure. They might peradventure employ others more excellent in valour and reputation than himself, but none who was more affectionate to the Venetian people, nor with more just cause and veh●…mencie animated against their enemy.  
Carmagnolla by his discourse had so well moved the Senators, as all of them in a manner inclined to war. Prince 〈◊〉 thinking it unfit to stand still in so fair a way, did with great vehemency pursue the same discourse. For the Venetians good hap was, that the Commonwealth had then a Prince, who besides his admirable wisdom was borne for all haughty enterprises, and an immortal and daily enemy to Tyrants. He than spoke in this manner.  

Prince Foscari his Oration.  
THere are two things in the Commonwealth (most excellent Fathers) which though in effect and name they seem to be very sweet, have of ten times nevertheless brought many mischiefs to very great and noble Cities; namely, peace, and sparing of the public treasure. For being only considered a far off there is no danger seen in them, and being viewed near at hand there is yet none to be seen, or if there be, men will so flatter and favour them, as they despise it, in such sort as we sooner fall into an evident danger, than have any leisure to redress it by a sharp war, or by some expense, which is odious to the Commonwealth. The which we have found to be most true by divers losses which our Ancestors have sustained, and by some likewise happened in our time. The Florentines loss may serve for a sufficient present example, who being able to have overthrown the power of Philip at such time as it increased, many goodly occasions being presented unto them, they would not do it for fear of expense. What is come thereof? They do now unprofitably spend the Gold and Silver which in time of Peace they had so curiously gathered together▪ And that which is more to be lamented, they cannot, (their liberty preserved) obtain peace, nor give end to their expenses. I say then that it behoveth us to foresee future dangers, and being foreseen to prevent them by counsel and mature deliberation. It is in a manner one self same government (and no man doubts thereof) that of a Commonwealth and that of a ship at Sea. I demand of you, if any man in calm weather (as they call it) the winds gently blowing, holding the helm shall fall a sleep and take his rest, without considering from far such aangers as may happen: or whilst other men make use of the sails, mast, and saile-yardes, should omit that which were needful to remedy the sudden fortunes of the Sea, nor exactly consider the time when he saileth, under what climate or planet, or in what Sea, what rocks and shelves he ought to avoid: would ye not say that such a man suffering shipwreck by a sudden tempest did justly merit such a loss? The very selfsame is now happened to the Florentines: And the like will still happen to such, which do not foresee from far the imminent dangers which threaten Commonwealths: or having foreseen them, do not speedily apply the remedy having the means to do it. The Florentines might (not to stray from their example) easily have overwhelmed, if they would never so little have attempted it, the power of Philip, when it began to increase: but they would not intend it, either through negligence, or rather co●…ctousnesse. What is come thereof? Being often vanquished in battle, and bro●…ght to the very hazard of their liberty, having lost their means they are deceived; and in stead of being accounted wise, well-aduised, and provident people, they are esteemed dull fools and senseless creatures. We must beat back (I say) we must beat back mischiefs, not only those which hang over our heads, but those likewise which do nearly press us. Besides, were I in the farthest parts of Libya (let other men be of what mind they please) or beyond the Riphean mountains, and should hear tell that the liberty of any Nation were trodden under foot, although I could not succour them, yet certainly I could not choose but be a partaker of their grief. And shall we suffer a proud Tyrant, to tear●… in pieces, oppress, and abolish the liberty of a Noble people our Neighbour, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 up in our common Mother, Italy? We do not well consider that which we see before our eyes, nor that which all Italy saith, that The same d●…y as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 lose her liberty, will be the first that Philip will assai●…e the Venetians. The which seeing all men do think will come to pass, I greatly wonder 〈◊〉 some men, who albeit they say they have well considered the matter, are nevertheless of opinion, rather to endure any thing, than to relieu●… the Florentines, and bad people, a envious of our navigation. It is a madness certainly, it is a madness, believe me, to be contented to sustain a great loss, so as the enemy may suffer a greater. And yet, thanks be to God, their affairs neither abroad nor at home are to be compared to ours. If until now their forces have been so great, as we had good cause to suspect them, they are at this present so abated, as of a long time they will not be able to recover their former strength. Yet nevertheless, I do not say they are so mean, but that so soon as they shall understand that the Venetians will join with them, they will then upon hope of better fortune bring forth so much gold and silver as shallbe sufficient to entertain the one half of the Army. And beside, Philip's forces are not so great, as false report hath made us to believe. Carmagnolla hath sufficiently acquainted us with what he is able to do. Moreover, the hope which we may conceive to recover and join to our state, Bressia, Cremona, Bergamo, and all the Territories of ancient Venice, is no small spur to animate us to begin the war. This is it I know which ye have along time thought on, and for which ye daily study, But he who durst demand of the Prince of Mantua (whom he knew to be our friend and ally) the City of Pescara, do ye think that he will not attempt to have by force, if ye will not give it him with good will, Verona, Vincenza, and in a manner all that we possess in the firm Land? Therefore if ye will credit me, there is none expense, the which, God be thanked we may easily bear, nor labour, seeing it is to purchase us an assured peace, which may be of force to hinder us from speedy joining with the Florentines to make war on the Tyrant; I say a war no less profitable than necessary.   
The Princes vehement speech, with his authority, which herein exceeded the ducal dignity, did in such sort move the Senators, who already of themselves were inclined thereunto, as the alliance with the Florentines was by a general consent of them all concluded. Whereupon their Ambassador being called 
Alliance concluded with the Florentines.  before the Senate, the agreement betwixt their two States which was to continue firm and inviolable between them during the whole time of the war following▪ was solemnly concluded and confirmed in such manuer as h●…reunder followeth. 
The Articles of agreement.   
It was therefore concluded that the Venetians and Florentines should Arm at their common charge, sixteen thousand horse, and eight thousand foot. They should furnish two Naval Armies; with the one the Venetians should sail up the River Po to resist the forces of Philip; and the Florentines, along the River of Genoa with the other: That no man should speak of peace neither before, nor otherwise, till the Venetian should command it. That all the Cities, Forts, and Towns, taken on the confines of Flaminia, should belong to the Florentines; the others should be joined to the Venetian state, orgiven to whom the Venetians should please.  
So soon as Lorenzo in the Florentines name had allowed of these written conditions, he did cast himself at the Prince's feet, and voluntarily with a loud voice began to protest, That the Florentine peopl●… should be for ever mindful of such a benefit, and besought God that the Venetians affairs might daily prosper better and better: And that if ever it did happen, that the Venetian people should have need, the Florentines would be ever ready according to their means, to aid the Venetian Commonwealth. This new alliance was strengthened by Nicholas de Aeste, Francisco Gonzaga, Amadeo Duke of Savoy, King Alfonso (reconciled not long before to the Florentines) and by those of Sienna, in respect of their neighbourhood.  
The Venetians sent Francisco Serrano one of their Secretaries to Philip, to entreat him speedily to desist from making war on the Florentines, who were newly allied to the Venetians, and upon his refusal, he should in the commonwealths name, according to the custom of their Ancestors, denounce war against him. 
The Venetians denounce war against Philip.  But he was so far off from condescending to the tenor of this Ambassade, as on the contrary, he did with great courage entertain their defiance, imagining by how much the matter was more painful and dangerous, so much greater did he hope the honour and glory would be, if he should chance to win the Victory.   
The end of the ninth Book of the second Decad.   

THE TENTH BOOK OF THE SECOND DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the tenth Book of the second Decad.  
CARMAGNOLLA Captain General to the Florentines taketh Bressia. The Army of PHILIP returning from Tuscanie besiegeth Bressia. The great Trench which the Venetians made about the Castle of Bressia: The enemies being wearied with the long siege, yield up the Castle of Bressia. Peace being concluded with PHILIP, doth not last long through his own fault. The Milanois Oration to PHILIP to stir him up to renew the war. The Venetians having renewed their alliance with the Florentines, do again begin the war. The banished Fregoses being vanquished in battle by the Genoveses, were driven from the Genoa Coast. The Naval Army of PHILIP, broken by the Venetians, a little beneath Cremona: two infortunate encounters happening soon after to the Venetians, not far from Cremona. The enemies falling into an Ambuscado near to Bressia, do loose many of their Horse. The enemies so deign sally on the Venetians Camp near to Otholenga, doth greatly trouble them. A battle near to the River of Olia, where they fought on both sides without any loss. Last of all, PHILIP is wholly put to rout at Macal, whereupon peace ensueth.  
War being thus denounced, the Senate did forthwith make a speedy levy of Soldiers over all Italy. But in the mean space, not 
Carmagnolla Captain General to the Venetians.  to lose any time, they gave to Carmagnolla their Captain General all those troops which they had then ready. He having received them, being full of courage, began to think in what manner he might by some brave exploit begin the war. For his hatred to Philip on the one side, and on the other the great opinion which the whole Senate and people of Venice had conceived of him, did animate him to high and difficult enterprises. He attempted first of all to enter the Castle of Bressia by intelligence, having to that end won divers, who promised him in the night time to kill the Governor of the place: But the business falling out unluckily, he practised by goodly promises the chief of that faction, whom he certainly knew did not affect Philip, and especially Pietro, and Athilles Auogadres, very courageous persons, and great enemies to Philip. He drew both of them by promises and exhortations to this point, as they granted about midnight to break down the City wall, and to 
The Venetians enter Bressia by treachery.  let in the Venetians. This being executed, divers of the contrary part, being awaked forth of their sleep by the noise in the night, did in great fear retire to the strongest place of the City where the Garrison (which Philip had a few days before sent thither) did lodge: Oldrado Captain of those men at Arms kept them back that night, as they would have run into the City which they possessed, thinking if he could but defend that part of the City, with the Castle seated above it, that the Venetian after a notable loss should be at last enforced to quit the place which he had inconsiderately surprised.  
Bressia hath a Castle (as is already said) on the top of an hill, which doth command 
Description of Bressia.  the City, from whence two walls do sundry ways descend towards the bottom; that which looketh Eastward, environeth the City; and that which goeth athwart, cutting through certain houses and old buildings, separateth the remnant of the hill, and is called the old Citadel. But this old Citadel was so named three years before this happened, when as by Philip's commandment they made a wall joining to it, which was called the new. None else in a manner dwelled in the old but those of the Gibelline faction. Some say that Pietro Auogadres at the first 
Pietro Auagadres chief of the enterprise.  report of the war entered the City with a great troop of Peasants of the mountains, and that the Prince of Mantua followed him with two thousand horse, and that at last Carmagnolla came thither with his troops. But in what manner soever the City was taken, it is certain that so soon as the Venetian was master thereof, he did suddenly fortify that side, where the wall separated him from the enemy, fearing lest they above should make some sudden sally upon them.  
They say moreover, that at the same time as Bressia was taken, Nicolao D'Aeste 
The Florentines overcome the Cremonois under the conduct of Nicholas D'Aeste.  Captain General to the Florentines in this War, entering the Territory of Cremona, brought thence a very great booty. Philip, although at the first he made no show of any great fear for being engaged in so great a war (for neither in Milan nor abroad he had not levied any new forces) and had beside suffered those which he then kept in Flaminia for want of victuals and pay, as if they had been disbanded and cast, to retire themselves into the Towns of that Province which he possessed, was nevertheless by these two notable losses happened in so short space, greatly troubled, and grew fearful of his state. But nothing moved him so much as the loss of Bressia. Yet nevertheless when he knew that the Castle, and that part of the City next to it, did yet hold out for him, he had some hope to be able to recover it, and determined to send aid thither, and to raise an Army: but being doubtful with what troops he might first of all oppose himself against the enemy's attempts, the news which he heard how that King Alfonso had forsaken the Venetians and the other Confederates, did not only give him hope to achieve some great enterprise, but did wholly assure him thereof. His first resolution than was to recover Bressia. And on a sudden he commanded Francisco Sforza, whom he then called from 
Francisco Sforza is commanded to go and relieve Bressia.  Flaminia to Milan with a few Horse to confer with him about the Tuscan war, speedily to march to the succour of his people who were besieged within the enclosure of Bressia. Other Authors say that Sforza's Camp lay then in Lombardie, and not in Flaminia, where having notice of the loss of Bressia, became with speed to meet Philip. But it is most certain that all the Cavallerie which Philip had in Lombardie at that time, did not exceed two thousand Horse; with which and certain other troops levied in haste, he marched against the Venetians. Others say that he had but four hundred Horse.  
The way was still open to the besieged, so as of themselves, before they received any supplies, they came from above and gave the Camp many hot alarms. It was thought at the first, that the Venetians having received some loss were desirous to leave Bressia, and that they remained there till Sforza came thither with his cavalry, who was commanded by Philip to molest by all means the rebellious Bressians, and especially to keep the Castle, if he could not drive the Venetians thence, till such time as his forces were come from Tuscanie into Lombary. But the Venetians General in the mean time, having made a strong Rampire, environed with a great ditch, opposite to the enemy's Fort, dealt in such sort, as albeit at Sforza's 
divers skirmishes at Bressia.  arrival many sallies were made, yet nevertheless, they did not greatly terrify them: and they fought likewise at times near to the walls with different events. But these skirmishes were light, and such as were usually made upon the like occasions.  
Carmagnolla considering the enemy's attempts not to be so terrible as he had in the beginning imagined: and that albeit Sforza's presence, and courageous vigour, did make the enemy more bold and audacious, his furious sallies nevertheless began daily more and more to cool: having left the guard of the Rampire & trenches to Francisco Gonzaga, a brave and courageous person, he went and assailed the gates, called the Piles: Where he omitted nothing that was necessary for such an assault; and having approached with his engines of battery, he would not suffer the enemy day nor night to be at rest.  
But his watches and continual travail, did renew in him a weakness and disease 
Carmagnolla being sick goeth to the Baths at Padua.  in the sinews, which had in former time seized on him at Treviso by the fall of an horse, whereupon he was enforced to go to the baths at Padua.  
It is reported that in his absence, all things were so carefully governed by Francisco Gonzaga, as the General's presence was no whit lamented: For albeit in that mean 
Francisco Gonzaga a brave and courageous Captain.  time, the enemies made more sallies on the Venetians, than they were wont: he was so far from being discouraged thereby, as on the contrary he did bravely resist all their attempts, and did besides place Corps-du-guard without the City to surprise those who were accustomed till then to carry victuals to the besieged.  
At this stay stood the affairs of Bressia, whilst Philip by divers messengers one after another, did call home his troops forth of Tuscanie and Flaminia. The Senate by reason hereof were greatly troubled, how to hinder if it were possible their passage into Lombardie. For they feared if all Philip's forces were assembed into one body, that in stead of taking the Castle and Rampires of Bressia, the Venetians might be enforced to leave the City, land fall into the hazard of receiving some notable and unlooked-for overthrow. In the mean time then that they were busied speedily to prevent so many of the enemy's attempts, because they were said to be already on their way, the Venetians having no town on the Po, nor near to the Alps, where they might resist them, they sent to Nicolao d'Aeste who commanded great numbers of the associates troops of horse, that breaking all the bridges and ferries on the Modenois (where are the Apennine hills and the river of Po,) that he should encamp nearer to the Marshes. They sent likewise Victor Barbaro a Venetian Gentleman with six thousand choice soldiers as well horse as foot, to hinder (if it might be) at Vignolles, which is the mid way betwixt the Alps and the Po, the enemy's passage. They did moreover by letters entreat Carmagnolla, who continued still at the Baths of Abbana to return speedily to Bressia, for fear least 
Carmagnolla returneth to the Army.  in his absence the Commonwealth might receive some loss. The which he did: and being returned to the camp, he did in such sort stay the enemy's boldness, as they durst not only make any more sallies, but they did suffer themselves to be braved and provoked even in their own Fort.  
In the mean time Philip's forces came and encamped on the Bolognian territory near to Vignolles, there being a great deep river betwixt them both. These great marshes do empty themselves near to Crevacore, and do make a river which runneth into the Po, which is in no sort foordable. The enemies having tried all possible means to pass it, were enforced to their great grief to remain on the banks thereof thirty days. At the last having made a bridge at Percicete they did on May day by day-break pass the river near to Scultenna. The bridge was made in this manner. The enemies took twenty great Tons of one length and bigness, binding them together very straightly, and being made fast to trees on both sides the river, they laid upon them great hurdles of Ozier twigs, which they covered with small shrubs and gravel, by which means they did easily pass over their cavalry.  
Having crossed the river, the enemies by their sudden cries did so greatly amaze the Venetians who were encamped in the neighbour Forrest, as none durst present themselves on the rivers banks. Mirandola and Concorda, two Cities near thereunto, and trees which were here and there cut down, did afford a safe place of retreat to the Venetians. Guido Fabrianico being sent with a squadron of horse to reinforce the troops of Barbaro, arriving inconsiderately on the same side of the river which the enemy had passed, and thinking that the noise came from the Venetians camp, was cut in pieces with all his cavalry. Some thought that Nicolao 
Certain venetian troops are defeated by the Army of Philip.  d'Aeste might easily have stopped the enemy's passage, but that he would not do it, for fear lest the whole burden of the war should fall upon his territories. And thus as if he had not been able to stop the enemy, he suffered him to pass on without any fight.  
Philip fearing in the mean time lest the Florentines should seize on those places which he had taken in Flaminia, being disfurnished of Garrisons, commanded that they should be delivered as from him, into the hands of the Legate of Pope Martin, who was resident at the same time in Bolognia. Two months were almost spent betwixt the revolt of Bressia, and the return of the Army from Tuscanie. Whereupon it was plainly perceived, that if it had come sooner, or if that forthwith after it was come they had fortified the Castle and the other Rampires, (as they might easily have done) the Venetians would have been enforced to leave the City.  
Angelo Pergulan who brought back the enemy's troops into Lombardie, being come within two mile near to the Castle, did there encamp and fortify the place, resolving on a battle if the Venetians would hearken to it. Carmagnolla, (whose counsels and designs only tended to take the Castle) would not suffer them within the City to attempt any thing.  
The Venetians in the mean time were not idle in so great danger, but forthwith 
The Venetians send new supplies to Bressia.  made a new levy of soldiers, and sent them in haste to Bressia, to assure their forces. The Florentines likewise with the other associates sent supplies thither with divers Captains, among whom was Nicolao Tollentino, a man besides his great exploits in war, most expert in the besieging of Cities. He having viewed the Venetians Fort with that of the enemies, told them that the Castle would not be taken, though they should besige it never so long, unless by a Rampire and trench made round about it they did cut off the victuals which was brought thither, saying, that for the effecting thereof, it behoved them to have great numbers of pioneers and labourers speedily to end the work. This being resolved on, great numbers of workmen were called thither, and the Rampire was made within three thousand paces of the Castle: whose form was after this manner.  
A double ditch was made every where of equal bigness, with a rising in the midst of thirty foot high, and by how much the two Dikes advanced forward, 
A Rampire builded against the Castle of Bressia.  by so much more did the furthest points of the rising show higher by the clods and turfs which were heaped one upon another in form of a wall. The Rampire followed after, being strengthened on all sides with many wooden towers very near one to another, so as in less than threescore paces four towers were to be seen.  
This Rampire had beside, twelve gates well fortified with strong towers, to issue forth upon the enemy when need should require. Some say that the news of this Fort newly begun being brought to Philip, one of his courtiers said presently, that the Duke ought to wish nothing so much, as that the Venetians would but continue such a work, wherein they would not only consume all their wealth, but as much as Xerxes was reported to have had, before they should end it.  
Pergulan in the mean time was not idle. For to divert the enemy from his purpose, he entered furiously on the Mantuan Territory, putting all to fire and sword; yet for all that he could not cause the Venetian to give over his new work. And not being able by any means to draw him thence, he brought his camp near to the Fort, and fortified it on every side. But he could not be persuaded by Nicholas Picinino a great warrior, nor by Sforza, and other great Captains of Philip's Army, to give in upon the new imperfect fortifications, telling them often times that he was satisfied by his encamping in that manner to please Philip, who had given him the honour of General; and to be assured of his intent.  
The Fort in the mean time being defended, the Venetian General encamped between the enemy's Fort, and the rising of the new-built Rampire, having in his Army, (with the troops of the associates) fourteen thousand horse, & ten thousand 
The number of the Venetians Army.  foot, & besides Carmagnolla the General divers noble personages; namely, Giovanni Francisco Gonzaga, Lodovico Sanseverino, Paulo ursini, Lodovico Vermio, and Lorenzo Contemoli. And under Nicholas Tolentino divers ancient Captains and old Soldiers, who had a long time followed the war. The most part of the footmen were placed in Garrison upon the rising, and they were expressly commanded not to stir from thence in any sort, not though they should perceive the General with his troops to be environed on all sides by the enemy, and to crave their help, yea though they were sure to free him by their aid, but to keep good guard, and carefully to look to the Fort, that the Commonwealth by their carefulness might not receive any loss.  
The enemy's camp consisted of twelve thousand horse and eight thousand foot, 
The number of Philip's Army.  beside those fourteen hundred foot which Francisco Sforza had left within the Castle and Citadel, when, as at the arrival of Pergulan he came to his Campe. Four great Captains did command these foot companies that were left in the Castle and the Citadel, being denominated after the names of their native Towns, the Bressan, Plaisantin, Bergamese, and the most noted of them all Andrew of Treviso.  
Carmagnolla, in regard of the great number of men that he had, evermore found work for those four Captains. Some times he reared ladders against the Walls, and then on a sudden would make approaches with his engines of war, being assured though it did no present good, yet at least wise that show of an assault would expose the enemies to the mercy of the Venetian Archers (of whom there were great numbers in the Camp) until that their number should be so diminished, as it would be afterwards an easy matter to overcome them. This determined overthrow of the enemy did not deceive him. For within a short space, more than a thousand of the enemies were either slain or hurt by the Venetian Archers. But notwithstanding all that, the enemies seeing their Captains to be alive were no whit discouraged. The continual battery had beaten down a great part of the Wall, so as the ditch was almost filled with the ruins, and especially near to the Gate called Garzette.  
Now because there was some likelihood, that the Soldiers by taking some little 
An assault given to the Castle of Bressia.  pains might with ladders easily enter on that side; the assault being resolved on, the Magistrate of the City promised the Soldiers this reward, That he who first should mount the Wall should have four hundred Crowns; the second three hundred; the third two hundred; and a hundred to each of those ten who should second them; and ten Crowns to each of twenty who should follow next after them. Both sides fought at this assault with such vehemency and courage, as those who beheld them could hardly judge, who defended best, either those who mounted the Wall, freely exposing themselves to danger, or the saml number of the besieged. At last, the enemies after great loss remained masters of their Walls, and were ready to endure as long a siege as the Venetian would, had not famine which overcometh all things, afflicted, and enforced them to crave truce for ten days; conditionally 
An agreement made with the Garrison in the Castle.  if within that time they were relieved by Philip with sufficient aid, to defend the Fort, otherwise (that time being expired) to leave that place to the Venetians, and depart thence with their Arms.  
This Treaty being thus concluded; the Soldiers in the Rampire were commanded to keep good guard; and to watch more carefully than before, to the end that no supply of men and victuals might from any place come to the besieged. In the mean time those of Philip's Camp did fret with choler, and stuck not aloud to tax the cowardice of their Commanders; saying that by their malice or baseness, the Castle was as well betrayed as Bressia was sold to the Venetians by her own Citizens: That there was no doubt, but if such an Army as theirs was had at times given in upon the enemy's Fort, they might easily have beaten down the Rampire and the Mount, and have raised the siege.  
Pergulan made answer, That it was no reason in that manner to expose the Soldiers to their deaths against an Armed enemy, who kept himself looked up in his Fort; that it was much better (for that present) that the Garrison should come forth of the Castle safe and sound, and leave the remnant to the enemy. That it might so fall out, that having received those supplies which they expected, they might assail them at their departure thence, and enforce them to fight, and requite them with some greater loss. Picinino there upon being bold and sudden, said, That it 
Boldness of Picinino one of Philip's Captains  was ill advised, to give over a place of safety, and afterwards to fight for it in plain field without any advantage. But if there were any man which desired the good & commodity of Duke Philip, or would be held worthy of such an enterprise, he should follow him upon the enemy; and having so spoken, he departed on a sudden in a rage forth of the assembly, and as he went forth Francisco Sforza promised to follow him. But whilst he ordered his Soldiers to march against the Venetians, Sforza stayed behind to persuade Pergulan and the rest to take Arms.  
The Venetian Captain, whose Soldiers were well instructed for such an enterprise: so soon as he perceived a bow-shot off the enemy coming towards him▪ opened the Gate, and commanded his Soldiers to set forward. Then Picinino perceiving that no man followed, made a stand, blaming the want of courage of his fellows, and without other fight returned to the Campe. Those in the Castle perceiving the retreat of their Countrymen, did abandon the Gates of Pills and Garzette, and retired into the Citadel, where they will fully held out for certain days after the time of truce was expired: but at the last being vanquished by famine, they did not give over, but left that place to the Venetians.  
The Soldiers coming to assail the Castle, the Plaizantine presented himself with fifty brave Soldiers. The Venetians in few days space, did so batter the walls, as the uttermost in a manner fell into their Camp: whereof Philip having notice, he sent word to the Plaizantine and the rest, that (their lives being saved) they should 
The Castle of Bressia yielded to the Uenetians  leave the place to the enemy. In this sort the Venetian entered the Castle seven months after the taking of Bressia.  
Carmagnolla being freed from the siege, and commanded to go against the strong Cities and Towns there about, he received on their faith and homage the Salodians, with all the inhabitants of the Lake of La Garda, which lieth towards the Bressans Country, before ever he took Arms against them. Soon after at the arrival of the Pope's Nuncio, they began to talk of Peace; & Ambassadors from each side were sent to this end to Ferrara, where the assembly was held: which was concluded on these conditions; That Philip should friendly quit to the Venetians, besides the 
Peace between Philip and the Venetians.  vale Commonica, Bressia with her confines, together with that part of CremonaTerritorie which is contingent to the River of Olio in the Bressian, being 40000. paces in length: and That the Duke of Savoie should keep all that he had taken.  
The articles being thus agreed upon on either side, and sealed with the seal of Philip and the rest, the Nuncio for the better assurance of them would needs carry them to Milan, where finding Philip (who complained of the wrong that was done 
Philip his complaints to the Pope's Nuncio.  him, accusing sometime the pride of the Florentines, who had thrown him headlong into this War, and then the Venetians covetousness, who not being satisfied with taking Bressia from him, did likewise seize on a part of the Cremonois,) he had much to do by fair speeches and exhortations, to cause him to condescend to that which had been agreed upon: Which the Nuncio having at last obtained, 
The Venetian Commissioners ill dealt with at Milan.  so soon as he perceived the Venetian Commissioners, (who were come thither according to the Articles to receive the Towns) to be despitefully used in his presence, he returned to Rome and left the business vnaccomplished.  
Some thought then that this sudden change did proceed from the hope he had to make an atonement with the Duke of Savoy; and others think that the entreaties and exhortations of those of Milan were the cause thereof, who so soon as they had heard of the conditions of peace, came to him in the name of the commonwealth, and spoke in this manner.  

The Oration of the Milanois to Philip.  
YOur subjects of Milan (most excellent Prince) come to you to obey your commandments: and there is nothing how grievous soever to be borne (so as it be profitable for your greatness) which doth not seem light and sweet to them. For we are all of this mind, that if ever heretoyore we have been ready, to do you all service which a good Prince can expect of a most obedient City, we are certainly much more ready now at this present: and we may freely speak it with so much more affection, as we have seen you in this wretched time most to distrust our forces and means, or else to be ignorant of them, when for one injury received in haste from the Venetians, you are so mightily discouraged, and transported beyond yourself, as you have shamefully given over to the covetous enemy, that which the hazard of war had not yet taken from you. For what else mean you by giving over to the Venetians all the strong Towns of the Country of Bressia, and a great part of the Cremona territory, with the shore of the River Oglio, but only to present the City of Cremona to the Usurper of Bressia? Is it not a means more to animate this audacious enemy, who hath along time aspired to the entire Dominion of Lombardie? and to embolden him to enterprise greater matters? For if your affairs were so desperate (which God forbid) that you were of necessity to give place to the enemy, and to grant him all, we would then consent with you to attribute it to fortune and to time. But seeing you have a mighty Army, with which the enemy being often provoked durst never fight, what may we else think hath moved you to embrace so dishonest a peace, but only your fear that you have not sufficient means to entertain so great an Army? But you have wealth enough as well of the public as of your particular Subjects of Milan, of whom when you please you may freely dispose. You have beside a very great and rich revenue, sufficient to entertain not only those troops which you have at this present, but others greater than they, if need require. Make use then of your subjects means which lie open to you, and do not suffer the Venetian under colour of liberty, to come and subjugate the Milanois with the residue of Lombardie which doth obey you, but rather try how we stand affected to your State, and to that great liberty which your Dominion promiseth us. For we are ready in respect of that not only to expose our goods, but our lives likewise where need shall be.   
Philip gave them a very gentle answer in few words, laying the whole blame 
Philip's answer to those of Milan.  of the War on the Florentines, and the Venetians, who by their overweening and treachery had forcibly drawn him into this War. But because he was of necessity either to observe the contract or to renew the War, as they counseled him, he told them that he was desirous to know in what sort they could assist him: willing them to depart, and to confer with the people about it, to the end that he might be assured on what ground he might again undertake so great a War.  
The matter was debated in a general assembly of the Citizens, who concluded to give the Duke this answer, That if he would suffer the Milanois to gather the 
The Milanois offer to Philip.  City's revenue, they would furnish him while the War continued in Lombardie, with ten thousand Horse, and as many Foot.  
It was thought that Philip would have granted it, had it not been for one of his Courtiers; who knowing this Prince to be naturally fearful and suspicious, wished him to consider what he did: For, to permit Citizens to gather the revenues of Cities, was nothing else but to rear them ladders whereon to mount to liberty: That without all doubt it was a most dangerous matter for him, making war on two free Commonwealths, and both of them very mighty, to give his subjects any hope of liberty, which of all men is chiefly to be desired.  
Philip lent a willing ear to this advertizement. And being resolved not to accept 
Philip changing his mind: The Milanois 〈◊〉 cold.  those conditions which should be propounded to him, nor yet openly to refuse them, because he would not by a scornful answer displease his Citizens, he sent word to those who were appointed to come to him, to report to Giovanni Riccio whatsoever they had to say to himself. This did by little and little cool the former affection of the Milanois, and being thus cooled, the business remained unperfect. But Philip hoping by art and subtlety to draw from them that sum so liberally 
Philip reneweth the War with the Ven●…tians.  offered, if they would not give it gratis, renewed the War; first of all prohibiting to yield up those strong Towns lately promised by the treaty, and soon after making a furious entry on the Mantuan Territory.  
The Venetians advertised by letters from the Pope's Nuncio, that Philip wholly tended to War, being thereby justly incensed, they renewed the war with greater fury than before. But because whilst the treaty of peace lasted, they had dismissed a great part of their troops, they forth with made new levies from all places: And when they understood that the enemy made incursions on the Mantuan; the Senate forthwith decreed to renew the war with all speed. First, they renewed their alliance with the Florentines; who (albeit they were tired with war, and desired nothing so much as peace) did nevertheless by a general consent take arms. Amadeo Duke of Savoy who in the precedent war did in a manner no memorable matter, under promise of doing better hereafter entered into the league. The Marquis of Montferrat, and Orlando Paluicin, who then possessed divers 
A new league against Philip.  Towns in Lombardie, would needs be registered in that new alliance. The like did the Bandits of Genoa, promising to molest the enemies on the Sea▪ coast, who being forsaken by King Alfonso were unable of themselves to do any thing at Sea.  
Philip, albeit he perceived so many to take Arms against him at one time, was no whit discouraged; neither did he show himself slow in assembling his forces, and providing all things necessary for the war: And because he would make a show of the greatness of his forces, he resolved to assail the enemy in three several places at once: For, having armed certain vessels at Cremona, he seized on Turricoles', 
The exploits of Philip.  a Castle on the Parmesan, seated at the mouth of the Tarro: which the Venetians had for a time possessed. Likewise presuming on the great numbers of his Infantry, he made incursions on the mountains of the Bressan territory, and at the same instant he foraged the plains with his Cavallerie, under the conduct of Pergulan. The third and most fortunate exploit was against the Bandits of Genoa, under the command of Francisco Sforza. Thomaso Fregosa (who being followed with great troops of banished Genoveses, and with the Florentine succours, had in times passed so disturbed Genoa, as he durst at times assail the City) being advertised of Sforza's coming, had commanded his brother, a courageous young man, to tarry for the enemy with part of his troops at the entry of the Valley of the Swine.  
The Florentine forces in the mean space having received no pay from Florence of along time, began by little to drop away, and having neither victuals nor command, they left their ensigns so bare and unfurnished of men, as Fregoza could number but eight hundred in his Camp. The which being by spies reported in the 
The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Geno●… are 〈◊〉.  City, presuming on Sforza his coming, who was said not to be far off, the Citizens made a sudden sally upon Fregosa's troops, which at the first they defeated. Thomaso and Baptista his brother with certain others escaped to Rechia; the residue were taken, and their Camp stuffed with great wealth was taken and spoiled. And thus by Sforza his arrival, as if a more fortunate Star had shined on the Genoveses, their affairs till then wholly ruined by war begun again to prosper. Pergulan, on the other side, placed Garrisons in the most commodious places of the Bressan, whilst Picinino with his troops drew near the River Po: who having caused the naval Army to come to Casalmajor, a City of the Cremonois, he did besiege 
Casal-ma●…or taken by Picinino.  it by Land and Water, and enforced it to yield. Then, crossing the River he seized on the City of Brisseles on the Po, by treachery: But the Castle could not 
Brisseles taken.  be won.  
In this sort the enemy began the War. But the Venetians slept not in the mean time: For they likewise sent forth a mighty naval Army whereof Francisco Bembo was General. Now upon the report that it was gone up the River Po, as far as the Mantuan Territory: Eustace of Pavia, Captain of the Enemies naval Army determined to leave the Camp at Brisseles, and to oppose himself against the Venetians who were not far off. Picinino was of a contrary opinion, and would have the siege to be continued. The Captains being divided by this diversity of opinions, the siege of the Castle of Brisseles went forward more slowly; by means whereof those who were sent from Bressia to relieve it, did enter into it without any impeachment.  
Those of Brisseles presuming on this supply, and on the coming of the Venetians 
Philip's force●… driven ●…orth of Brisseles.  naval Army, did recover the Town, and expelled the enemy, who left many warlike engines and instruments of battery behind him. Certain troops were speedily sent from Brisseles against Eustace, who was encamped a little beneath Casal; but in the mean time he was come within four miles of Cremona. Bembo having there overtaken him, did on a sudden embattle his Soldiers. The Galleons on both sides were near to one an other: so do they term these Vessels, being like to those which the greeks call Dromons. This kind of Vessel is long, the belly thereof being nothing like to a ships bottom, but in a manner all flat, covered sometimes with two or three floors of plan●…ks: at the top of the mast there is a place made where ten or more Soldiers, if need be, may fight. When one of these lieth at an Anchor ready for fight, it resembleth a well-rampierd Fort.  
Bembo placed eight of these vessels fast joined together in the foremost ranks, and commanded the residue of the Fleet closely to follow them. The enemy did not refuse the fight, but embattailing his Army, he placed four Galleons in Front▪ who were forcibly carried by the tide and strength of Oars upon the enemy. But being come before one an other, the enemy passed on beyond the Venetians, and turned his prows on the Venetians Poops; thinking that being followed by his Vessels, the Venetians finding themselves to be assailed on their backs, those which were in the foremost ranks would be easily defeated: But it fell out otherwise. For Bembo presently accounted those who had passed on beyond him for lost▪ and brought his ships into a round compass, so as in a manner he filled the whole current of the stream, to the end that with more courage and less difficulty, he might assail those which had passed by. Picinino stood with his troops on the River banks, who not being able to help his fellows by arms, did by his tongue encourage them in the heat of the fight. The battle was for a time doubtful. At the last the victorious Venetian took four Galleons from the enemy, besides those which we said were shut in at the beginning.  
Eustace then thought too late perceived himself nothing equal neither in strength nor dexterity to the Venetians. whereupon perceiving the enemy busied in defeating 
The venetians naval Army obtains the victory.  those whom he had environed, on a sudden he turned the prows of the reresidue of his fleet, and went a pace towards Cremona: where being arrived, and fearing that which came to pass, to wit, That the Venetians would soon follow, he disfurnished all his ships. Those who at the first were enclosed, perceiving the flight of their fellows, made towards the Land, and leaping on shore, forsook their vessels. Bembo seizing on them, pursued the enemy, whom he could not overtake. Being come near to Cremona he was enforced to fight after a new manner.  
Philip near to that place had caused three Castles to be made in the midst of 
Forts builded by Philip in the midst of the River.  the River, which did in such sort shut up the channel of the Po, as he verily imagined that no naval Army, how mighty soever, could come to besiege the City, or pass on farther into Lombardy. Two of them were opposite to the City and builded on Piles which appeared above the water and the banks. The third was builded in the midst of the water of a more gross substance with so small a space on both sides, as no ship could pass either on the right hand or left without being greatly molested with arrow-shot. Bembo resolved to assail that which was farthest from the City, and with ease took it: Then coming to the other which 
The forts taken by the venetians.  was nearer to it, he became likewise master thereof with like facility: but the assault of the last was more painful, because the Soldiers which were in it had more hope to be relieved, by reason they were near to the City: but the Venetian assailing it by night, and by that means with more labour, did take it by force.  
Bembo being victorious caused these Castles to be burned, and the Piles where on they were builded to be plucked up, fearing lest the enemies should seize on them, and make the like use of them. But the Venetian abusing his victory landed part of his Soldiers and Mariners in that small space of ground which lieth betwixt Cremona and the Po, not having sent before to discover the place: whereupon Christofero 
A troop of venetian Mariners defeated by Philip's forces.  Lavellano Governor of the City, making a sudden sally upon them, did put them in great fear. All his Sailors were in a manner Histrians and Dalmatians, who being well whittled with Wine do apprehend no danger whatsoever: Lavellanos troops coming upon these men, did in a moment kill three hundred of them.  
Bembo being angry at the Pilots for landing them without his knowledge, took them in again, & commanded the fleet to row up against the stream, & having taken the Fort, which was on the very point of the Rivers Po and Adda, he went up against the stream of the River Thesina, and came to an Anchor near to Pavia. This City was in times past called Ticina in regard of the river Thesina which is near to it. But finding that place to be desert and abandoned, fearing some ambush, he returned towards Cremona. The General being arrived there was desirous to revenge his late loss, and landed divers of his soldiers, hoping if he were but to fight only with Lavellanos Soldiers, he might be recompensed for the same: But about the same time Nicolao Guerrieri was come to the City with a troop of horse, which being 
A skirmish near to Cremona where the venetian had the ●…orst.  mingled with Lavellanos troops, would have more rudely entertained the Venetian than before, had not Bembo who at the first perceived divers of his Soldiers to drop down, caused the retreat to be sounded in time.  
This happened on the water. But on the Land, summer drawing on, and the troops which the Venetian had then levied being ready on the Mantuan, Carmagnolla being departed from Padua, having from Lanzisa to Salles crossed the Lake of Benac, was come within five miles of Bressia, at such time as Alberico Count of Cunies, and Petrino of Dortonne, surnamed the Turk, leaving Ottolenga (where they lay in Garrison eight miles distant from Bressia) came and made a sudden incursion even to the very gates, and did greatly amaze the Bressians, and carried away four hundred victuailers prisoners who were taken in the Suburbs, when as Pietro Lauretano Governor of Bressia having intelligence of the enemies being there, sallied forth of the City on horseback unarmed at Saint Nazares gate, where finding many without order who would willingly have gone forth, h●… did sharply rebuke them, & would not suffer it, nutil Paulo Vrsino who was within the City was armed, unto whom having given three hundred horse next at hand he willed him to lead them by a shorter way towards Ottolenga, and that in the midway he should ambush himself, and presently the residue of the Cavallerie to the enemy, with express commaundemont still to amuse them going forward by light skirmishes unto the very place of the ambuscado, where they were commanded on every side bravely to charge them, that none might escape. This project fell out luckily; For the enemy falling into the ambush was hardly dealt with, and Petrino with a hundred and fifty horse were taken prisoners, the residue were put to rout.  
The very same day, Carmagnolla entered Bressia, who was much discontented that the first exploit was executed by any but himself; And having assembled whatsoever was needful for the wars, captains and Soldiers being sent for from all places, the Venetians General departed from Bressia on the fifteenth day of March with fourteen thousand horse and six thousand foot, and encamped first 
The number of the Venetians Army. Carmagnolla before Monteclaro.  at Monteclaro where he tarried till his other Troops were arrived with his warlike engines & instruments of battery. Certain days being spent rather in expecting his own forces than in besieging the Town, which was strong in situation and well fortified, Carmagnolla thinking it but lost time to besiege it, raised his Camp and marched directly towards Ottolenga.  
A thousand horse of Duke Philip's were within it: The Venetian being in great hope to take both them and the City, came and encamped with great noise near to the walls: But not long before Guido Taurello, Christofero Lavellano, and Nicolao Guerrieri were come thither with their Cavallerie: These men without any noise kept themselves a while enclosed in the City, that they might more commodiously make a sally upon the enemy. The Venetians being come before the City, most of them wearied with the extreme heat lay down on the ground disarmed, 
A f●…rious salli●… of the besieged.  others fell a sleep, expecting nothing less than the enemy's sally. Some of Nani Strossi his troops whom the Marquis of Ferrara according to the convention had sent to the Camp with four hundred horse, kept the guard: upon these men, towares the euenning Philip's horse-troupes gave a furious onset: Strossi did bravely sustain their assaults: but being too obstinate in defending that place, and being oppressed by the great number of the enemies and his own Soldiers he fell down dead. But the alarm being given over all the Camp; some being half a sleep, and others uncertain under what Ensigns or Captains to place themselves, & divers running inconsiderately upon the enemy with their Arms were ignominiously defeated: and this amazement continued until Carmagnolla being followed by a brave troop of Soldiers marched forward with the Ensigns. For then, the Venetians numbers increasing at the sound of the Trumpets and Drums, the enemies in a manner triumphant and victorious retired into the City, with the loss of fifteen hundred horse. The Venetian General would not stir from thence till the troops not long before levied at Padua were come to the Campe. Blondus makes mention hereof, who (as it is reported) was the same time in Bressia, and perhaps in the Campe.  
But we read in the commentaries of Mariot Montano who was present in all these exploits, that they fought the same day with equal fortune, and that the Venetians sustained no greater loss in that fight, than of a few who by reason of the extreme heat were smothered in their Armour. Carmagnolla ever after encamped after another manner. For having two thousand pioneers in his Camp to make plain the ways for the munition Wagons and engines, and to dig Trenches and Rampires, he divided them into bands, and to every band appointed a Captain to command it, who should make sure the dislodging of the Camp, and the carriage of the engines of war. And he commanded them beside that so soon as the Camp should be set, to place all their carriages in form of a Crescent or half Moon, which should in manner of a Rampire enclose the Camp, to the end it might serve in stead of a strong Fort, against the enemy's sallies and incursions.  
Determining still to encamp in this manner, he departed thence, and albeit he left behind him divers Towns and Forts of the Bressian country which were possessed 
Carmagnolla raiseth his camp from before Ottolenga.  by Philip's soldiers, he resolved nevertheless, because he would not spend much time in surprising them, roundly to besiege Cremona, imagining that the taking of so famous a City, would excite the rest without further fight to submit to the Venetians.  
The River of Oglio which divideth the Cremonois from the Bressian and Mantuan, hath two bridges well fortified, the one more high and near to the mountains of the Bergamuse, and the other at the bottom of the plain called Bina. The Venetian with great fury assailed this, as being lesser, and therefore more easy, to the end that from thence he might have free passage from the Mantuan territory to his camp if he should chance to pass the river. The neighbourhood of the Po did likewise move him thereunto: By which he might with less labour and danger have all things brought to him which was needful for a siege. Having in four days taken it, he marched with his forces into the enemy's country, and came and encamped within seven miles of Cremona along the river of Po.  
Philip having notice of the enemies great numbers, (for the Venetians Army 
The venetians Army much increased.  was of eighteen thousand horse, and eight thousand footmen, six thousand of the associates soldiers, not accounting the soldiers boys, laundresses, & other troops of followers of the camp: beside, the naval Army conducted by Bembo, was not far from thence, amounting to more than two thousand men) was astonished at their great attempts, and began to fear & doubt his own estate. Therefore leaving his former wilfulness, he called for the Citizens of Milan (whereunto he could never before be induced) and told them that the time was now come for to know who were his trusty friends, and who till then had dissembled: That it was not needful 
Philip's speech to the Milanois.  in so dangerous a time to use many words to acquaint them with his meaning: That all those who did mean to preserve their goods, should go along with him to help to quench that fire, and that he did not wish them all in general to go with him, but such as were fit for the wars: He caused the same to be published by a trumpet through the whole City, and then departing from Milan, he marched towards the enemy.  
Great numbers of the Milanois, and those of Pavia followed him to the wars. He encamped betwixt Cremona and the enemies, within three miles of the Venetian: He had before then in his Army twelve thousand horse, and half as many footmen, and he brought with him as well of his friends and associates as of others, fifteen thousand horse and foot: so as both the Armies were reported to have thirty thousand men apiece at one selfsame time. The which was scarcely ever seen before; That since the declining of the Roman Empire, two Italians to have 
Philip cometh to the Army▪ The number of both Armies.  had two such mighty Armies ready to fight one with another. The presence of Philip had greatly animated his soldiers to enterprise some great exploit, so that they craved nothing more than to fight, they wholly desired it and with loud voice did cheerfully beg it. Then being embattled they marched courageously against the enemy. The Venetian was at the same time encamped at Suma, and his camp was not fortified with trenches nor Rampires, but environed only with wagons, and with a river which divided the plain: the enemy having no way to come at him but by a bridge distant three Stadij from his camp.  
The enemy coming to that place made a stand, expecting that the Venetian in regard of his great numbers would fight beyond the bridge. But the Venetian attended him in order of battle, on the plain near to his camp, determining to join if the enemy came forward. Pergulan and Taurello counselled him not to pass the bridge; but the bold counsel of Sforza and divers others was followed, 
A battle betwixt the venetians and Philip  who were of opinion to march directly against the enemy. These being commanded to march before, and the fight already begun, all the rest followed in order to the battle, a few excepted who stayed behind for the guard of the bridge, to the end that thereby the retreat to their Camp might be assured: They fought from noon till night, running with such fury and vehemency one upon another, as on a sudden there arose a great dust like to a black cloud which did in a manner blind them, by means whereof they did inconsiderately throw themselves into danger: Eyes were to small purpose in that darkness, they 
Great disorder in the battle by reason of the dust which blinded the soldiers  only knew one another by their voices: the fight was doubtful, and the adventures of the combatants uncertain. Every one might justly boast in fight to have come even to the enemy's Ensiges, or to have performed that day some generous exploit▪ Some say that divers of Philip's Army thinking in that confusion to retire to their fellows who kept the bridge, did never perceive that they were in the enemy's Camp, till they came to the wagons: at the last▪ the retreat being sounded both sides retired without any advantage.  
Carmagnolla was wont to say that he had taken that day more of his own soldiers than of his enemies, and that the enemy might sundry times have taken him if he had been known. The same likewise happened to Sforza, Picinino and divers other noble men. Philip being glad for that which had been done in his presence, and 
The Dukes of Savoy and Montferrat m●…ke incursions on the Milanois  imagining that he had won the victory, because he had not lost the battle, being speedily called home by sundry messengers, because the cavalry of the Dukes of Savoy and Montferrat entering by Vercelles on the Milanois made incursions even to the gates of Milan: he forth with departed, having dismissed those forces which he brought with him, whom he willed (if they so pleased) to go home to their houses.  
The Venetian perceiving Cremona to be strongly manned (for excepting those troops whom Philip had dismissed, the residue of the Army after the battle was retired thither) imagining that a City so well fortified would not easily be forced, came and encamped at casal Major. (for so is it called) Bembo with the naval Army came thither likewise soon after. Francisco Sforza with a brave troop of soldiers pursued Carmagnolla in his march, but perceiving his Army to be so well guarded and circkled in on all sides, and being loath to attempt any thing rashly for fear of ambushes, he went back again, and without any difficulty recovered Bries, where he threw those whom he found in Garrison there into the River, because the Venetians not long before had done as much to their soldiers.  
Casall for a time was in vain besieged by the Venetian by land and water, by reason of the strong Garrison that lay in it. Antonio Pisani a valiant Captain was Governor there: who day and night keeping good guard on the Rampire with four hundred brave soldiers, did by his providence frustrate all the enemies attempts. The City was environed with good Rampires and banks which defended it from the engines of battery. But it is reported that there was a tower near to the gate of Po, the which being battered with greatest violence did wholly in a manner 
The venetians take Casal Maior.  fall down into the uttermost ditches. The Venetians having by sundry assaults attempted to enter in at that place, and the Garrison of the City being repulsed withgreat slaughter, the inhabitants stubbornness being daunted, they were received by them unknown to Pisani.  
The Venetians General being proud of this victory did determine to make a bridge over the River of Adda, to the end to send his troops to spoil and ravage the Milanois. But he wanted victuals, and it behoved him to provide for that. And therefore he encamped still at Casal, till all necessaries were brought him from the neighbour towns.  
Philip in the mean time perceiving his Captains to be divided among themselves, every one thinking himself equal both in valour and reputation with the best, and by that means refusing to give place to one another either in counsel or authority, in regard whereof there was some likelihood that his affairs might receive some notable loss if it were not speedily remedied, he made Carolo Malateste General of his whole Army. It is thought that in this choice of General he had not so much respect to the valour of the man, as to his wisdom and Nobility 
Carolo Malateste General of Philip's Army.  in blood. Some say that he did it, because that ever since Pandolfo his government, he had been greatly beloved of the Bressians▪ and that he did hope by his means the City would revolt from the Venetians. The Venetian in this mean time was gone from Casal. And Carolo having accepted the charge was not idle, but leading his Army through byways he did opportunely frustrate the enemy's designs.  
At the last, the Venetian came and encamped before Maclodia, (called by the 
The Venetians besiege Macale.  vulgar Macale) a City of the Cr●…monois. Philip's Captains and his whole Army did hardly digest the enemy's boldness, and did greatly blame their own patience and their Generals, saying, that there were many Cities in the Cremonois and Bergamese beside left by the enemy which they might with more safety besiege, and yet nevertheless he had encamped before Macale, as if the taking of that Town would much avail him; but that he did it in his own and their disgrace: and therefore if he desired to purchase the reputation of true General of an Army he should do well to take from himself and them who under him fought for Philip that shame and reproach. At the first this was spoken secretly among a few, afterwards 
divers opinions in Philip's Army  publicly over the whole Campe. Sforza and Picinino desired a battle: Pergulan and Taurello contradicted it, saying that they were to deal with an enemy, who might more easily be vanquished by temporising than by fight: That a battle was that which the Venetian General demanded: That they were most assured that the same day as Philip's forces (who were less in number and good fortune to the Venetians) should fight with them, Philip's affairs would altogether receive some notable loss●…. Carolo did hear them, but he fixed his eyes on Sforza and Picinino whom he was wont publicly to call his Hector's: He did beside willingly give ear to the residue of the Army, who craved that they might come to battle.  
It is reported that those two who more courageously than the rest were of opinion to fight, being requested by Carolo to deliver their opinions whether it were necessary to assail the enemy, made this answer. That he among many other was given unto them for their Commander, and that it was his Office and not theirs, to command what he would have to be done. And that if of himself he knew not what was fittest, he should do well to follow the advice of others: For as concerning themselves they were both ready to march in what rank he should please either in the first or last, because no man doth ever undertake great and difficult matters, so much at the peril of another man as at his own.  
Carolo at last condescended to a battle, and commanded Taurello and Pergulan with strong supplies to remain for the guard of the Camp, Lavellano and Sforza to fight in the first ranks, and Picinino to follow the Ensigns with the residue of the troops. But Pergulan and Taurello, thinking they had great wrong to be placed out of the danger of the battle, because they had been of opinion not to fight with the enemy, did run to the foremost ranks, and spoke aloud, that they would with all their power repulse that mischief and loss which by their counsel they could not divert. Carolo granted it, and by changing the ranks, commanded Picinino to stand ready with the succours, and he first marched against the enemy with the troops of light Horse, as he had determined in the beginning. He commanded Taurello to follow him in the forward, and Sforza and Pergulan to come after, and so the residue in order. The way was plain, though somewhat crooked, from 
Philip's Army marcheth in battle against the Venetians.  Pompiano, from whence the Philippians came, even to the Venetians camp, without any hedge or ditch, because in Winter all those places are Wet and Moi●…t, and in Summer full of Thorns and Shrubs; and near thereunto is a goodly fruitful plain on which to march, because on the forepart thereof the mar●…hes are never dry: the herbs and grass in divers places being dry in Summer, it made a way both dry and beaten, but the paths were very crooked, and the Venetian had fortified some of them with deep Trenches, and others with shallow Dikes. Taurello having viewed these places in part fortified, and partly abandoned, turning towards Sforza and the rest, he cried out aloud, and said, that God was Almighty, but that no man could divert the overthrow which did that day threaten Philip and his Captains.  
So soon as the Venetian General perceived the enemies to approach, he commanded Tollentino to go with two thousand Horse to the marsh which lieth near to Terentiana, and to return afterward to assail the enemies on their backs, whilst they should be busied in the fight: Then he placed great troops of footmen on both sides the ways in the mar●…hes, and himself with the residue of the Army marched furiously in front against the enemy. Carolo at the very first had been environed and defeated, for that he had inconsiderately sent his light Horse before, and a great part of his Footmen, had not Taurello, Sforza, and some others with the Ensigns, forthwith come to his aid, who after they had repulsed the enemy's forces, made the fight in that place equal. Then there began on either side a cruel bickering: But the Footmen who were hidden by the way in the bushes & shrubs, did in short space with their darts and arrows make a great slaughter of Horse. Taurello who at the first did follow Carolo to the fight, being assailed on every side, made a retreat, and escaped on the other side of the marshes: In the mean time in the rearward a great shout was made (for Tollentino was come thither.) Pergulan retired forth of the battle, perceiving that all was lost: Sforza followed him with his troops in a manner whole. But Picinino being enforced to fight in Front, in Flanque, and behind, had much to do to get forth of the midst of the press; but at the last by the valour of his Soldiers he escaped to a place of safety: Then they began openly to fly, and great slaughter was made every where. Carolo was taken, and with him eight thousand Horse and Foot, as many of the one as of the other. Some say that six thousand Footmen were taken, and three thousand Horse. All the baggage of the Army fell into the Victor's hands, where they found great quantity of gold and silver, and much rich stuff.  
It is thought that Carmagnolla had at the same time means to have driven Philip from his state, if he had kept the prisoners, and had forthwith after the battle marched against the enemy, but he knew not how to make use of this victory, or rather would not do it. Being returned to the Camp the night following he set all the prisoners at liberty, not being entreated so to do, which did purchase him the ill will of the Venetians: Some thought that it was the chief cause of his death. 
The chief caus●… of Carmagnolla his death.  Three hundred more being brought unto him the morrow after, whom he had not seen the night before, he gave them leave to depart likewise, saying aloud that therein he followed the ancient custom of the Wars.  
Upon report of the loss of the battle, all the Towns and Forts of the Bressan did freely yield to the Venetians, excepting that of the new Orges, which being 
The Uenetian●… take the new Orges.  besieged by the Venetian was in few days taken by force: But whilst this siege lasted, Philip made haste to renew his Army, and in short time made great levies of armour and horse, in regard the Commanders, and the most part of the Army were escaped. There were at the same time two Artificers in Milan who did undertake in short space to arm as many thousands of men, as were reported to have been taken in that battle.  
Sforza and Picinino were not in the mean time idle; For joining with those that escaped, they surprised the Venetians victuals, and did greatly trouble the foragers, and those which went to the enemies Camp. Picinino did moreover attempt by night to recover Pontoglio, but it was in vain. Captain Bressan a very famous Gentleman died at this enterprise, being surprised by the Townsmen.  
Although Philip perceived his affairs to be reduced to great extremity, yet nevertheless 
Philip bath recourse to the Emperor Sigismond.  he did not omit all possible means to stop the Venetians, pursuing the course of their victory. He sent to the Emperor Sigismond (unto whom he had in former times been as great an enemy as to the Venetians) to entreat his aid, and that he would send Brunora of Escalla with an Army into Italy against the Venetians. He did afterwards practise with Amadeo Duke of Savoy, with whom (having quitted Verseill unto him) he did not only make a league, but entered into his affinity, taking his Daughter to Wife, whom he never touched after the first night. He 
Philip marrieth the Duke of Savois Daughter.  did moreover entreat Pope Martin to use all means to disunite the Florentines from the Venetians. But the more he went about by these means to raise himself, the more did contrary fortune deject him, by the death of divers of his best Captains. Angelo Pergulano died within a while after, who was followed by Fabricio Campana, and divers other notable persons who died one after another. At the last Visconte being afflicted with this latter loss, consented to peace.  
This business was for a time debated at Ferrara in the presence of the Pope's Legate, where peace was granted on these conditions: That the Venetians should 
Peace betwixt the Venetians and Philip.  have Bressia, with all the Bressian and Bergamese territory, and that part of the Bergamese which stretcheth towards the River Adice, together with all the Castles which they then held upon the Cremonese. The Florentines had little or nothing given to them, but only this, that it might be lawful for them to fix their own Ensigns upon their Galleys, in regard that before then, by an accord made with the Genoveses, they were wont to use those of the Pisans. Those of Ferrara, Mantua, Paluicin, Montferrat, and those of Sienna likewise, at the entreaty of the Florentines their associates were freed together with those Countries upon the River of Genoa, which lay towards the Levant. But the Malspini, the Fregozas and the Fiesci, very Noble families of Genoa could not obtain leave of Philip to return home to their houses, notwithstanding that the Florentines did earnestly sue in their behalf; yet nevertheless he promised to reckon them in the number of his friends. Carmagnolla received his wife and children, and Palace, which he had most sumptuously built at Milan before his banishment.  
 
The end of the tenth Book of the second Decad.    


THE FIRST BOOK OF THE THIRD DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the first Book of the third Decad.  
THe cause of the second war in Lombardie. The forces of GVENESIO of Luca are on a sudden defeated by NICHOLAS surnamed STELLA. A treacherous attempt made on the person of Prince FOSCARI by ANDREA CONTARENI. FRANCISCO SFORZA his journey into Tuscanie, where he restoreth those of Luca to their liberty. NICHOLAS PICININO passethinto Tuscanie against the Florentines PHILIP putteth SFORZA in hope of a future alliance. The Turks take Thessalonica on the Sea Thermaic. A great frost round about Venice, where Cartes went upon the waters. The Florentines care and diligence to preserve Pisa. War renewed against PHILIP. upon the Cremonese. The Venetians naval Army is put to rout upon the Po. The Venetians defeat the Genoveses upon the Rapalitane Sea. LAURETAN brings supplies to the Pope to Civita-veccbia. PHILIP giveth ●…attaile to CARMAGNOLLA near to Somma, where the fight is equal. Cremona almost taken. PICININO wasteth all places upon the River of Genoa, and driveth the Prince of Monferrat an associate of the Venetians from his whole State. The Venetians have no good success at the siege of Chios. CARMAGNOLLA being suspected a Traitor to the Senate and convicted of the crime, hath his head stricken off. The Venetians are put to the worst in the Camonian Valley. And lastly peace is concluded with PHILIP.  
PEace was not alone in Lombardie, but (which had 
The cause of the renewing of war betwixt the Venetians and Philip.  not been seen of a long time) over all Italy, at what time the rebellion of those of Bolognia against Pope Martin did disturb this rest: and within a while after war was renewed betwixt the Venetians and Philip. And the better to understand the occasion thereof, we must fetch the matter from far.  
Peace being concluded with Visconte, the confines of that part of the Cremonese which had been adjudged to the Venetians were cause of continual controversy betwixt them, and of procuring that war which ensued. For although 
Philip contrary to his promise maketh war upon the Band●…tti of Genoa.  the marquess of Aeste was at the beginning chosen Umpire for both sides, the same nevertheless was some cause of renewing the war. Besides, the next Summer after the peace, Philip made fierce war upon the Fiesci and Fregozas which were banished from Genoa, whom during the treaty of peace he would not comprehend in the Florentines Articles, but had promised to hold them in the number of his friends. He took from them divers Towns and Castles, first by means of the Genoveses, and afterwards by Picinino, whom he sent against them with a mighty Army. But these matters, which were not small, were nevertheless too weak to renew this war all at once. 
Paulo Guenesio Tyrant of Luca.   
Another far greater subject, which was never dreamt on, ministered a lawful occasion to take Arms. Paul of Luca of the Guenesian Family, had for the space of thirty years usurped as a Tyrant the Signory and Government of Luca his native Country, and did in the mean time so Govern the City's important affairs in his own name, as in the midst of so many storms of war which did at that time thunder upon Italy, he could never be drawn to take Arms nor to incline to any side. This had greatly offended the Florentines, for that they could never in their adversity draw any aid from him, as from their neighbour. Whereupon all men both in general and particular did hate the Guenesian name and envied his prosperity. Therefore, peace being made with Philip, the chief of the City devised by what means they might entangle him in some affairs of importance. They wanted not just matter whereby to make war upon him. For Ladislaus his son being in the Florentines pay, was gone from them without their leave: knowing very well that they would not have suffered him to have served against Pope Martin in the troubles of Bolognia. But the people of Florence being tired with war, would by no means hear any talk of Arms.  
The principal of the City who detested the Tyrant's power, seeing they could 
The chief of Florence are animated against the 〈◊〉  not be suffered to raise open war, would help themselves by a secret means. To this end, they won privately to their side Nitholao, surnamed Stella, Nephew to that great Captain Bracchio, who being a young man was in the Florentines pay, that he giving over his charge, should openly say, that he would (as his uncle had done) bear Arms for himself; and that afterwards he should attempt upon the Lucan Territories, telling him what claim he might pretend thereto: to wit That it was known over all Tuscanie that Guenesio was in times past tributary to Bracchio, and that by right of succession he might demand that tribute of the Tyrant which he had paid unto no man since his death.  
This young man being so deign and resolute, did not refuse the business. Whereupon having openly given over his charge he did in a short space assemble two thousand men, and remained for a while upon the Florentines Frontiers, as though he made preparations for a far journey. By reason of which assembly the Sienois were in greater fear than those of Luca. This expeditious Captain discamping 
The incursions of Nicholas Stella upon the Lucan territory.  about twilight, the next morning by break of day fell fiercely upon the Lucan territory; where finding all things to be abandoned, he carried away with him great numbers of prisoners, and much cattle. He continued two days encamped upon the plain of Luca: in which time he wasted and burnt whatsoever he met with. From thence going to besiege the Towns, he took from the Guenesian within a few days eight Castles, of which he razed those that he took by force, and preserved the rest which voluntarily yielded.  
Many upon report of this new war ran to his Army on hope of booty. The tyrant and those of Luca being amazed at this sudden incursion, and not knowing at first whence this tempest came, were fearful of all things. But when they understood who was the Captain, and how that it was a practice of the Florentines: having recommended the guatd of the City to the young Guenesians, they first sent to Florence to complain of that injury as proceeding from them. The 
Those of Luca crave aid of the Venetians, of Philip, and of the Sienois.  Florentines being ignorant of the matter did confidently repel that slander. But those of Luca sent to Venice to complain unto them of their Confederates, and at the last to Philip and to the Sienois; earnestly entreating them for relief in their affliction.  
The Florentines in the mean time, perceiving that the exploits of young Bracchi●… did daily prosper: thinking that it might shortly come to pass, that by having a hand in that war they might annex the City of Luca to their State, which was oppressed with so many miseries, did by a public decree write to Nicholas his camp, 
The ●…lorentines do 〈◊〉 that which 〈◊〉 had done, and ●…oe entreat him to go forward.  (who already of himself was no more able to bear the burden of so great an Army,) That he should continue the pursuit of that war in the Florentines name; that they were ready to furnish him with men, victuals, supplies, and money, and generally with all necessaries for the war; that his only care should be to go forward as he had begun and to end that war, whereby he should purchase the people's love, and immortal praise; saying, That the Florentines would provide for all the rest. Those of Sienna on the other side, fearing if their neighbours should subjugate Luca, this storm would afterwards fall upon their liberty, sent to entreat the Venetians to divert the Florentines their common associates from that war by some great menaces, if by other means they could not effect it. But it happened by chanc●… that at the same time as the Ambassadors of Sienna came to Venice for that purpose, the sacred Sovereign Magistrate of the City was by the folly of a Citizen highly outraged.  
Andrea 〈◊〉, issued from a very noble and ancient family, being by a disease become (in a manner) lunatic, sued for the office of Admiral of the adriatic Sea. It came to pass, that after it had been denied him in the general assembly, he was in the company of certain young men; who lesting with him, laid the cause of that denial on the Prince, telling him he should never be preferred so long as Foscari lived. This man being hereupon provoked with rage and grief, (two mighty spurs) became so unmeasurably and inordinately furious, as he went and assailed the Prince, as he was coming down the stairs to Divine Service in S. Marks Church. But the better to effect his purpose, he made show as if he would have spoken with him in secret; whereupon such as were near him gave place, that he might speak to him with the more privacy: Thus having gotten opportunity, he drew forth a poniard that he had hidden under his gown, and had (without all doubt) slain the old man, if one of the Ambassadors from Sienna, who was very near him, had 
The Prince is outraged by a mad man.  not laid hold on his Arm, and turned aside th●… blow, which struck him on the face, near to the nose. The Senators and the Prince's Officers did presently encompass the wounded Prince, and the Traitor; they defended the one, and haled the other to execution, who made means to escape. His right hand was cut off in the same place, which being tied about his neck, he was hanged on the highest top of the Palace; or (according to some Authors) betwixt the two Columns. The Republic being troubled with so strange an accident, did in haste answer the Ambassadors, That the Venetians did desire to maintain & defend the Sienois liberty; but that 
The venetians answer to the Ambassadors of Sienna.  it belonged not to them to meddle with the controversy betwixt those of Sienna and the Florentines their associates. And with this answer the Ambassadors were dismissed. The Florentines in the mean time did hardly press those of Luca, which at the last caused Guenesio, and the Sienois, to sue unto Philip and to the Genoveses.  
Philip, using the same policy as did the Florentines, persuaded Francisco Sforza, that ask him leave, he should levy the greatest forces he could, and march into Tuscan to the aid of those of Luca. Whereupon Sforza being valiant and covetous of honour, did forthwith pass the Alps, and speedily brought a great Army to Luca. Upon his arrival, Stella retired to the con●…ines of Pisa, because he would not be enforced to fight at one time near to the City Walls with Sforza's forces, & with 
Sforza coming to the aid of those of Luca causeth the enemy to raise his Campe.  the Guenesians, being induced thereunto by his uncles example, whom he remembered to have been defeated in the same manner at the siege of Aquileia. He resolved therefore to draw the war out at length, until that Sforza's Army should be enforced through want of all things to abandon the Lucan territory. For, they being gone, he determined to continue the siege so long, till he had constrained the Tyrant, or (in despite of him) the inhabitants to yield.  
Sforza having razed the Forts which the enemies had builded near to the Citie-gates, entered the Town in a triumphant manner, where, (being received by Guenesio with a reciprocal congratulation), he made no long abode, but went into 
Guenesio going about to treat with the Florentines is discovered by Sforza.  the Torritorie of Pistoia, where in a short space he took divers places by force. Guenesio considering with himself what the event of that war would be, supposing that the aid he then made use of, would not continue long with him, & though they should remain with him for a long time, yet nevertheless they did not seem unto him to be able wholly to free him from that war, and that therefore it might happen that whether he would or no, he should one day be enforced to yield: And likewise because he knew, that with far greater advantage he might treat of peace whilst his affairs were in perfection, than afterwards, he began secretly to deal with the Florentines. But having acquainted his familiar friends and servants with the whole matter, Sforza was forth with aduertiz●…d of his negotiation by those unto whom he had discovered himself. Whereupon Sforza by the commandment of Philip, unto whom he had written concerning that business, did suddenly seize upon the Tyrant's person and children, and sent them to Milan; and all his rich movables he gave to his Soldiers. Now having by this means restored those of Luca to their liberty, he left a strong and mighty Garrison with them for their guard. The Townsmen at his departure, gave him many rich and costly presents. The Florentines likewise furnished him with victuals for his journey, and presented him with thirty thousand crowns, for that he had procured their peace.  
The affairs of Tuscanie being thus pacified, and Sforza being grown great both in wealth & reputation (two sure ladders to ascend to greatness) he departed with his troops forth of Tuscanie, and came into Lombardie. After his departure the Florentines came again and besieged Luca. Philip to free them from that danger, making use almost of the former manner, sent Nicholas Picinino in the name 
Picinino cometh to the aid of the Luquois.  of the Genoveses, (into whose protection those of Luca were reported to have cast themselves) to break the Florentines designs. He came with great forces and rumour into Tuscanie.  
The Venetians having notice of Picinino's journey against the Florentines, although at the first they could not be persuaded to take Arms for the war of Luca, yet nevertheless being moved by the danger which threatened their associates, they sent to Philip, to let him know that they did greatly wonder, how that the Genoveses, who were under the power of an other man, were able to raise so great an Army against the Florentines, for it was apparent to all men, that Picinino, and Lavellano, who went with him into Tuscanie, had of a long time been pensioners to Philip, and not to the Genoveses; and therefore that he should do well, in all points to observe the agreement, and not to wrong the associates of the one party; or if he were determined to aid the Luquois by means of the Genoveses, he should not take it in evil part, if the Venetians likewise did afterwards aid the Florentines their associates with their forces. And for the rest it was at his own choice whether he would observe the peace or no which he had sworn with the Venetians: As for themselves, they promised to observe the accord so long as they should perceive 
The Venetians summons to Philip.  the affairs of their associates not to be disturbed by Philip or by any other: which they perceiving otherwise to fall out, did wish him to desist from any more troubling their associates; otherwise he should be assured that if he did continue in molesting the Florentines, that the Venetians in their defence were already prepared for war.  
Although the Ambassadors brought back from him no certain resolution upon this summons, the Senate nevertheless thought it not fit to take Arms upon a sudden. 
The Florentines defeated by Picinino.  Picinino in the mean time defeated the Florentines near to the river Arno. This being reported at Venice, they decreed no longer to delay, but to begin the war. Whereupon they sought to draw Francisco Sforza to their party, who after his return from Luca had still made his abode in Mirandola. The Florentines likewise made means to have him, unto whom he most inclined in regard of their friendship towards his Father. But so soon as Philip had an inkling thereof, the better to oblige that courageous young man to himself by some stricter bond, he promised him his only daughter Bianca in marriage, putting him in hope, 
Philip promiseth to give his daughter in marriage to Sforza.  that if he had afterwards no male child, to make him his successor in all his Dominions.  
We have read in the Commentaries of Montanus, That Philip for fear of losing Sforza, because he saw Picinino his corrival to be preferred before him, and to have the command of his Army, did put him in hope of this affinity and alliance by marriage. Pope Martin's death did for a time delay this war to the which both sides were well addicted. Both the one and other thought it very necessary before they took Arms to see who should be the next Pope. Gabrieli Candelmario a Venetian was chosen in the place of the deceased, and assumed to himself the name of Eugenius. Although this man did at the beginning of his Papacy acquaint all Princes and Commonwealths by his Ambassadors, that he would do nothing rashly, saying, That he would be umpire of their controversies, and in friendly manner establish peace betwixt them, Philip nevertheless suspected him in regard of his Country. And therefore he did not cease first secretly, and afterwards by open means, to practise whatsoever he could against him. And thus molesting him in all matters, at the last he entangled him with a domestic war in Rome by means of the Colonnessi.  
Whereupon the Venetians perceiving Philip, in stead of acknowledging the Pope, openly to make war upon him, after that they had in the fourth month of Eugenius. Papacy renewed the league with the Florentines, they proclaimed war against him. They did moreover relieve the Marquis of Mont-ferrat 
The Venetians proclaim war against Philip.  with money, and the Palavicins, whom they received into this new league. Besides, they set forth a great naval Army, which went up against the stream of the River Po to oppugn the enemy. Carmagnolla in the mean time lay with his forces at the new Orges, ready to march at the first rumour of this war. Philip sent Tolentino and Francisco Sforza against him with gallant troops. He likewise put into Cremona, upon which all men thought that the whole burden of the war would fall, Lodovico Colonna with brave Soldiers; and opposed Lauellan●…, who was well accompanied, to the Prince of Mountferrat that had small forces.  
Whilst these things were done in Italy, certain sparks of a very dangerous war (which the Venetians had within a while after by Sea and Land against Mahomet Ottoman the mighty Turkish Emperor) appeared at Thessalonica a City of Macedonia. This Town which in former times was very famous, is seated on the Thermaic Sea, but in our time so desert, as ten thousand Barbarians did easily force it. It did belong to the Venetians, and was governed by Giacomo Dandulo and Andrea Donato, who seeking to escape forth of the midst of 
Thessalonica Macedonia ken by the Turket.  the tumult, Dandulo was taken by the enemies. At the same time two sorts of moneys were coined in the City; that of most value was worth eight souls, and the lesser, two. There was likewise a Bridge built of white stone near to the Church of the friars Minors. It is moreover recorded, That the waters 
An extreme ●…rost.  round about the City were so frozen, as men went drie-foote from the City to Tourcelles, Malamoc, and (that which is more strange) to Chioggia. It is reported that a bride was brought from Mestre to Venice in a wagon, the which before that time was never seen; that wagons did pass upon those waters which are betwixt the City and the firm Land-  
The Florentines after the loss of the battle in Tuscanie near to the river Arno, would again have attempted by reason of Picinino's absence, to besiege Luca (for after the battle, he had retired himself towards Pontremolle to force certain places belonging to the Fiesci near to the Alps) had not Bartholomeo Fornari Captain of five Genoa-gallies, and two ships of burden, come and encamped before Livorne. Whereupon fearing least by reason thereof the Pisans would revolt, they were constrained to send part of their forces in Garrison into the City. Within a while after Picinino returned, who with a wonderful speed had in a manner reduced all the towns belonging to the Pisans under his power. The Florentines after that they had lost all the rest, fearing lest the victorious enemy would seize on Pisa, did make a very cruel decree, That all the inhabitants from the age of fifteen years to threescore 
A cruel decree of the 〈◊〉.  should depart forth of the City, before that a candle lighted up for that purpose should be burnt out, and by that means did unburden the City which they suspected of a great number of inhabitants.  
The enemy leaving the Pisan territory marched to that of Volterra, which journey was as prosperous to him as that of Pisa. For having taken all places of the 
Picinino scoureth the volterian territory, as he ●…ad done that of the Pisans.  country, Volterra likewise would have been mightily endangered, if Michaeli Attendulo sent by Pope Eugenius to aid the Florentines had not by his opportune coming freed it. These things were done in Tuscanie, whilst that Philip was greatly troubled, because that Carmagnolla lay at the new Orges with his troops in a readiness, having been there a long time; and fearing lest that he would begin as in the precedent wars by some unlooked-for reprisal, he began heedfully to look to his affairs, that the enemy might not enterprise upon him, by some secret practice: Wherhfore after diligent search made, he discovered that they within the 
An enterprise upon the Castle of Loads discovered.  Castle of Loads had promised to give him entrance: Whereupon having speedily smothered that treachery, he was desirous to try if he could take the enemy in his own trap. He did secretly counsel the Governor of the Castle of Socinna to promise the Venetian General, that for a certain sum of money, he would deliver unto him the Castle, Munition and garrison. The General did not refuse this offer, for which he promised him a great sum of money, and had a day appointed him when he should bring his troops thither. Philip being advertised hereof, commanded Sforza and Tollentino to march thither very secretly with part of their forces, to seize on all the ways, and to lay an Ambuscado for Carmagnolla to surprise him and his forces if it were possible.  
Carmagnolla failed not at the day appointed, and having sent before him certain 
Double treachery upon the Castle of Soncina.  troops to seize on the place, he made a stand near to the town with the residue of his forces. Those which were sent before, being received into a corner of the Castle were at the enemy's mercy, when on a sudden the Governor of the place cried out with a loud voice, call divers times to Carmagnolla, saying; That he was no traitor to Philip but a beguiler of his enemies. And thereupon Sforza and Tollentino arising forth of their ambush, and assailing the Venetians on every side, did greatly terrify them. Carmagnolla than perceived that he was taken in his own subtleties, 
Carmagnolla escapeth by flight.  and presently turning his back, fled in disorder as fast as he could. The report was, that having lost more than a thousand horse, he escaped by means of Tollentino.  
Within a while after, the Venetians being rather detained than encamped upon the Cremonese, did fearless run up and down: Lodovico Colonna (who as we 
The venetians are put to rout upon the Cremonese.  have said was sent to guard the City) went and assailed them being disorderly scattered upon the rivers banks, where he broke and defeated them with forces far inferior to theirs in number, and took three hundred horse from them. But I find nothing recorded by Historians, concerning this second defeat. During these exploits in Lombardie, Tuscanie was much afflicted with war, and especially the Florentines, who had Picinino still at their elbows. For having a long time made incursions on the Volterran territory, he marched towards that of Arezzo, where by intelligence he had like to have taken the City. But being disappointed of his expectation, he began to batter Towns and Castles of which he took many; some by force, and others by volunrarie yielding. At this stay stood the state of the affairs of these two Provinces, when Tollentino disdaining that Duke Philip should make more reckoning of Francisco Sforza, and Picinino than of him, having 
Tollentino leaveth Philip's party.  to the one promised his alliance, and to the other committed the sole command of his Army, and thereby as it were held him in contempt, did leave Philip's party, and retired with a gallant troop of his own followers into Flaminia. The Venetians and Florentines sought to draw him to their parties, offering him the sole command of the Army if he would come into Lombardie. But matters being delayed, he went from Flaminia to the Pope's service, against the Colonessi near to Rome. Philip was enforced by Tollentines' departure, to call back Picinino into Lombardie.  
The Venetians in the mean time, although they well knew that they had renewed that war with bad success, did nevertheless levy forces, and made great provisions of victuals and Armour, and besides their land-forces, they made ready a mighty naval Army, to send it up the river towards Cremona, wherein was ten thousand fight men besides the Mariners and Pilots. Nicolao Trevisano was 
The venetians naval Army upon the Po.  made General, and in every vessel a Venetian Gentleman commanded. There was beside great store of warlike engines of all sorts, as many almost as there were men. Carmagnolla likewise was encamped near to the town with twelve thousand horse, and as many foot. Philip had prepared a naval Army upon the Thesin, which in number of vessels, soldiers, and in all other provisions was inferior to the Venetians, but for the valour of the General, and skill of the Pilots, if it did not surpass it, it did at leastwise equal it. Giovanni Grimaldi the Genovese was General, a man among his countrymen the most famous and expert in marine matters of any of his time, of whose choosing Philip manned the vessels with Pilots, and the best Archers of Genoa. Picinino likewise being returned from Tuscanie had greatly augmented the land-army. But by how much his presence did further the affairs of Philip in Lombardie, by so much more did his absence cause them to decline in Tuscanie. For soon after his departure, Alberto Earl of Cunes, unto whom he had committed the charge of those troops that he left in Tuscanie, falling into an ambuscado near to the town of Colle lost above a thousand horse, whereupon he was suspected to have done it willingly, for that he had a meaning before to turn to the enemy's party.  
But whilst these things were done in Tuscanie, all the burden of the war in Lombardie lay near to Cremona, where the enemies were much weaker both by land and water than the Venetians. Whereupon Picinino and Sforza perceiving, that if to their weakness they did not join some policy, they should not be able in both places to resist the Venetian, they did by wit and discretion supply the want of force. And therefore they made often incursions into the enemy's trenches, as though they had contemned them, and not remembered their naval Army, which by how much nearer it approached coming up the stream, by so much more fiercely did they provoke both the one and other camp. But in the night they did secretly confer with Grimaldi, discoursing by what means they might give battle upon the river Po: And resolving betwixt themselves by what policy they might obtain the victory, the audacious Genovese having from far descried the Venetian vessels which kept the watch, did forthwith set forward against them, thereby to cause them to return to tell Trevisano of their approach, and by the way he came 
Strat●…geme of Philip's Captains  before the walls of Cremona, where full of hope and courage he took Picinino and all his men at Arms into his ships, which were equally distributed among the vessels: Then he fell down softly with the stream towards the enemy. So soon as they that were in the ships tops had descried him, the alarm was sounded. The Venetian who craved nothing more, did speedily command that by strength of oars they should draw near to the enemy's vessels, to the end they might come to handy strokes, the which Picinino was so far off from refusing, as on the contrary, he did fiercely set forward before the rest with a part of the vessels. The Venetians wondering at first at the enemy's boldness, so soon as he perceived their vessels to glister with armour did suspect the truth of the matter, how that he was to fight with the land-army, and presently sent message upon message to Carmagnolla to let him know that Picinino and Sforza were at strokes with him together with their whole troops, and therefore he entreated him, if he did wish the good of the Commonwealth, to come speedily to his aid.  
It is reported upon this arrival of the messengers one after another Carmagnolla who was by nature choleric grew extreme angry, and with a loud voice did abhor and condemn the Venetians fault, who rejecting his counsel would not distribute that great sum of money to the land Army, saying that he could not believe that which they reported to be true, but that their General being affrighted at the shadow of an armed man did dream that he had seen Giants in the enemy's ships. The battle in the mean time rested doubtful, and already about sunset four Galleys of the Venetians which the enemies drew to them by hooks did fight near at hand, not as before with arrow-shot and warlike Engines, but 
Four Venetian Galleys taken.  hand to hand with sharp swords and axes made for that purpose. At the last these four Galleys being lost about the beginning of the night, the other Venetian ships which had fought with the enemy, retired to the haven from whence they came. Picinino having carried away with him the vessels that he had taken, and caused Sforza to come into the ships with a company of men at Arms, commanded Grimaldi again to set forward against the enemy about the fourth watch of the night. The General of the Venetian Navy had intelligence thereof; and because he was out of hope of the aid of the land-army, by so much the more speedily and carefully he had ordered his forces in battle. So soon then as day began to break the two Naval Armies descried one another, and the battle was on both sides demanded with great clamours. The Venetian had, (like to a battle on Land) closed his ships together, as if he had meant to have given in upon them, supposing, that by the continual casting of Engines, he should be able to hinder the enemies approach who in numbers of men were stronger than he: which being perceived by Philip's Captains, they presently commanded their Mariners by force of oars to draw near to them, that notwithstanding all danger they might come to handy strokes: This being speedily executed, and with equal courage having 
A bloody fight.  from both sides thrown iron hooks and cords to grapple together, there was a fierce fight, whereof not any man that was there did remember to have ever seen the like. Stones, Darts, Pots of artificial fire lighted from both sides on the Soldiers that were on heaps together; they thrust burning torches in one another's faces, they slew one another with swords, poniards, axes; sundry kinds of death being presented to their view. Then the ancient manner of Sea-fight betwixt the Venetians and Genoveses, did equally torment both parties. They did from the ships tops throw down upon the enemies, earthen pots full of oil and glue, which breaking with the fall made the ships so slippery as no man could stand upom them; and there withal baskets full of unslakte lime to dazzle their sight. The Venetians from the beginning had the worst, as well by reason of the fresh supplies that the enemies had taken into their vessels the same night, as for that they were better armed than the Venetians. The experience hereof together with the remembrance of the former days loss, had daunted the courage of Trevisano and the rest, who perceiving fortune to favour the enemies, and remembering that he had there with him a great sum of money belonging to the Commonwealth, he went forth 
The Venetians N●…uall Army defeated.  of his Admiral galley into a small vessel, and with the money made haste away. He being gone, the residue of the Army, trembling with fear began to fly. The enemy still keeping near them, did break and put them to rout. Five Galleys only, and no more, of so great a number escaped, who speedily coming upon the confines of the Palavicins, and being not well entertained there went to the mouth of Po; all the rest were taken by the enemy. It is reported that two thousand men of both parties were slain upon the place; six thousand Venetians were taken; among whom were thirteen Senators; and that of the whole booty that was taken nothing was so welcome to Philip, as the vessels: the biggest whereof he caused to be drawn up against the stream into the River Thesin, and the tackling of the others that were disarmed to be laid up in the Castle of Cremona.  
This loss, which undoubtedly was very great, was followed by the revolt of Palavicin, 
Carmagnolla gives over his charge for sorrow that he had committed a fault.  and Carmagnolla his dismission from his charge; who knowing that he had committed a fault would no more through his own obstinacy meddle therein; so as it was reported, that with despite and choler, he was brought to such despair, as the Senate by their Ambassadors had much to do to comfort him. As for their parts, this loss was so far off from discouraging them, as on the contrary being ready to repel all assaults of fortune, they resolved to assail the Genoveses in their own Havens, because they had conducted Philip's Naval Army which had vanquished them upon the River. They Armed eighteen Galleys with Soldiers, Arms, victuals, Mariners, and made Pietro Lauretano their General, who was a man well experienced in marine matters. He being come with his Fleet sooner 
A new Venetian Naval Army against the Genoveses.  than was expected, forth of the higher Sea into the lower, arrived at Livorne: where being reenforced with five Florentine Galleys, he did honourably receive for associates in that war Giacomo Adorini, and Antonio Fiesca, who at that time were banished from Genoa. The Family of the Adorini is one of the noblest among the people, out of the which the Genoveses did for a long time choose their Sovereign Magistrate. And the Fiesci have ever held a very honourable rank among the Nobility. It was supposed at the beginning, that the presence of those great persons accompanied with a mighty Naval Army of a free people would have provoked the Genoveses to have recovered their liberty, to have expelled Philip's Officers, and with great affection to have embraced their fellow-Citizens. But the Genoveses upon report of the Venetians coming had armed four and twenty Galleys, among which was one ship of burden. Franciso Spinola was by 
The Genoveses Naval Army,  Philip's appointment made their General, a man besides his ancient nobility very famous for his valour.  
The Venetian Fleet in the mean time was come upon the Rappallitan Sea ten miles from Genoa: It lay there at an anchor, when Spinola having intelligence thereof did in such hast depart from the City, as some vessels that were of his number could not overtake him all that day. The Genovese set forward full of courage and assurance, occasioned by the remembrance of the late victory obtained by his Countrymen upon the Po. Being by day-break come to the Promontory of Rapalla 
A Naval battle betwixt the Venetians and Genoveses.  (called at this day the Cape of the mount) perceiving the enemy before him he commanded his Soldiers to make all things fit, and to prepare for the fight. Then without any delay, making use of a fair wind, he hoist sails, and having given the Signal to his Soldiers he went against the Venetians intending to sink the first Galleys he met with. Lauretano perceived Spinolas design, and as though he had not meant to fight, did speedily put forth of the Gulf, whom the Genoveses followed (as though he had fled) with great clamours. But the Venetian being come to a place where by turning his face upon the enemy he might have a fore-wind, he commanded his Mariners suddenly to turn the prows upon the enemy, who perceiving him to return to the fight, did bravely receive him, and coming to handy strokes there began a bloody battle betwixt them. Great numbers of arrows flying from both sides, in front and in flank, did kill many of both fleets. And by this time three Venetian Galleys were nearly pressed by the Genoveses who had from the beginning of the fight encompassed them, which Spinola perceiving, and supposing that with small aid he might easily sink them, by strength of oars and the force of the tide he made speedily towards them: where his Galley striking a long Florentine ship upon the broad side, had like to have been sunk. But whilst the Mariners were busied in clearing of her, the enemy fell on a sudden upon her prow, so that in one galley the Genoveses fought in the poop, and the enemy in the prow. Both of them fought with such fierceness, as the working of the sea which was somewhat swelled, had like to have swallowed them both. The 
The venetians defeat the Genovese naval army.  Venetians in the mean time had with iron hooks drawn eight Genoa-gallies unto them, who bravely defending themselves, so soon as they perceived their General to be in danger, did yield to Lauretano. The others being well beaten, escaped by flight, whom the Venetians being wearied with fight did not pursue.  
The victorious fleet came near to the Town of Reca which did voluntarily yield to Fiesca: From thence it returned to Livorne, where they found that eight hundred men had been slain in the battle, and about four thousand hurt. Lauretano, having first sent Spinola General of the enemy's fleet with eight Captains of the Galleys, and three of his Councillors taken in that encounter, first to Florence, and then to Venice, he did put to Sea, and coming to Civitavecchia, did at the entreaty of Pope Eugenius tarry there, until he had taken the Castle which commandeth the Haven. That within a short space being recovered, he departed thence, and having coasted round about Italy, he landed at Corfu.  
Fiesca and Adorini, after Lauretanoes departure, going from Pisa to Florence 
Fiesca and Adorini are treacherously slain.  there to spend the time till Lauretanoes return, were treacherously assaulted by one Buffettio of Pavia, who valiantly defending themselves because they would not fall into their enemy's hands, and being sore wounded fell down dead in the place. These things happened along the coast of the lower Sea. But in Lombardy, Philip, after the victory upon the Po, hoping for some greater fortune came to Cremona, to congratulate with his Soldiers for that victory. The Venetian Army was then at Summa, a place near the Po, whither Philip's Captains, determining to fight if 
A f●…erce sight by land.  the enemies so pleased, did march in Battalion. The Venetians General did not refuse the fight; whereupon, both sides with great fury coming to join, they fought with such eagerness, as there was no Soldiers either on foot or horse (which doth not usually happen) but did that day fight. In the end, fortune inclining no more to the one side than the other, the retreat was on both sides sounded. The other exploits of the remainder of the year were of no great moment, except that of the fifteenth of October; when as by the valour of Cavalcabovis (who held a very honourable rank in the Venetian Camp) Cremona had like to have been taken.  
This man about midnight had without any noise stolen with his troops 
An enterprise of the venetians upon Cremona.  near to the City, where hiding themselves in the hedges and bushes which shadowed the Dike he lay a great while, until that the Sun being risen and the Sentinels retired, he perceived the walls to be abandoned. For than his Soldiers having reared their Ladders did forthwith mount the walls, placing a strong Garrison to guard them. Carmagnolla with a brave troop was come within three miles of the Town, and had sent certain foot companies before, who being opportunely arrived, divers of them ascended the walls by the same Ladders that were already reared, and they marching into the City, surprised the Corps-de●…guard and seized on the next Gate; by which the others entering did easily sustain the attempts of the Inhabitants, who ran to the alarm. If Carmagnolla had sent his supplies, Cremona had been taken; but failing therein, and pretending that the enemy had laid an ambush to entrap him, those which had entered the Town, having lost many of their fellows, retired to their ensigns. Some say that the Venetians held that place which they had taken two whole days together: And others (whom I rather believe) eight hours only. This opportunity of taking the City being thus lost, the Venetian General (for winter was already come, and then the great rain that had fallen in Autumn, had made both the weather and the ways very bad) did lead his Army to their wintering Stations.  
Upon the coast of Genoa, after Lauretanoes departure the affairs had no great good success. For after the defeat of the Genoveses upon the Rapallitan Sea, Bernabo Adorini with thee hundred horse, which the Marquis of Montferrat had given 
Picinino defeateth Bernabo Adorini.  him, had caused all the coast of Genoa in a manner to revolt, on the lands side. Picinino being sent to pacify these tumults having defeated Adorini and all his Cavallerie at Novara, there was no kind of cruelty which he did not execute upon the poor Inhabitants. For beside great numbers that were slain in two battles, he did by the Hangman execute all those whom the hazard of war had pardoned. Afterwards being glutted with blood, he set to sale to them that offered most young children, Matrons and reverent Priests. Then he marched against the Prince of Montferrat, from whom in a short space he had taken thirty Castles.  
The General Lauretano being come to Corfu; had acquainted the Senate with his need of supplies, together with the want his Galleys had of trimming, which were half broken in the last battle. He could not speedily obtain his desire in regard of another Navy which the Senate had a while before sent to take the Isle of 
The venetian fleet before Ch●…os.  Chios belonging to the Genoveses. This fleet consisted of ten ships of burden and fourteen Galleys, with divers other small vessels under the conduct of Andrea Mocenigo; who arriving in the Island with the fleet, did by Sea and Land besiege the principal City of that place, of the same name. And after that he had battered it on all sides with engines and warlike instruments by the space of two months, yet he could not take it, being manned with a very strong Garrison. In the mean time there was a great rumour spread that great number of vessels were arming at Genoa. Whereupon Mocenigo (having lost many men in that siege) perceiving that he must needs raise his Camp: and being out of hope to take the Town ere succours arrived, did in a rage and despite spoil the residue of the Island by cutting down the Vines and Fruit-trees. He departed thence before any supplies came from Genoa.  
The enemy having intelligence that the Venetians had dislodged; certain Galleys 
Supplies come from Genoa to Chios.  and some few ships of burden sailed thither to continue there the remainder of the winter. The Summer following Pietro Spinola went thither with a greater fleet of fourteen ships of burden, seven Galleys, and eight thousand fight men.  
The Venetians upon the first news of this fleet of the enemies, did likewise augment theirs which lay at Corfu to the number of thirty three vessels, to resist the attempts of the Genoveses. Lauretano departed thence, and with wonderful speed came whilst the enemy coasted Sicil, to Livorne; from whence the Genoveses not long beforè departed. Spinola being come sooner to Corfu than he was looked for did mightily affright those of the Island who had not as yet finished their fortifications. Therefore the Senate in all haste did by letters advertise Lauretano of the danger wherein Corfu was, if speedy aid were not sent thither. He having notice thereof, sent six of his best Galleys thither, to which the Senate having joined 
Silvester Morosino is sent to the aid of Corfu.  four more, did make Siluestro Morosino their General, who was commanded to follow the Genoveses whithersoever they went, and to defend the Seacoasts together with the Gulf.  
Whilst these things were done at Sea, Picinino having wasted all the Marquisat of Montferrat, returned to the Cremonese, where in short space he recovered Torricelles & Bordelan, whereat all men did greatly wonder, in regard that Carmagnolla with his troops was not far from thence. The Senate being mightily incensed thereat, did at last revive that which a long time before it had propounded Many had suspected him from the beginning, who did openly cry out in the Senate, that the suspicion which they had conceived of the man was so far off from being smothered, as on the contrary it was much increased and daily augmented, acknowledging nothing in him, but the name of General, which was not an enemy to the Venetians. Others were of opinion not to have him called in question as culpable, until that the presumptions of his treachery were approved. The Advocates and Procurators fiscal required to have him committed to prison, and if after he had been tortured he should be found convicted of treason, to have him punished with death. This determination which was of long continuance, did manifest the Venetians faithful and secret constancy in the managing of their public councils and affairs. For the Senate which is composed of sundry orders of officers, being assembled for this purpose, the Senators came in the evening by torch light into the palace, and departed thence the next morrow by day-break, still consulting upon that business. Carmagnola was at the same time in Venice, who coming in the morning to salute the Prince as he came from the palace, asked him with a smiling countenance, whether he should bid him good night or good morrow, in regard he had not gone to bed that night. The Prince answered smiling, that the Senate being assembled about important matters, had in that nocturnal council often mentioned him: Then on a sudden he changed his discourse for fear lest he should suspect any thing. Eight months were spent from the time of this consultation till the day of his execution, during which time the matter was kept so secret, as Carmagnola never suspected any thing, although divers of the council were his familiar 
How secret those things are kept which are determined in the Senate.  friends, and some of them very poor, so as both the one and other might have drawn from him what sum of money they had pleased, by discovering unto him that which had been concluded against him.  
About the same time (for they had already begun to treat of peace with Philip) being sent for by the Senators letters, he came to Venice, where coming forth of his Gondola, divers gentlemen, according to the manner, went to receive him, and after sundry reciprocal embracements, they conducted him to the palace, although they were not ignorant of that which was concluded against him. There being imprisoned, and put to the torture, he was convicted by his own 
Carmagnola being convicted of treason is bebeaded.  letters, which he could not deny, and by the testimony of his domestic servants: whereupon, on the 19 day after his imprisonment, his head was strucken off betwixt the two Columns, and his goods were confiscate to the public treasury. The chief points of his accusation were, his refusal to relieve Trevisano, and the loss of 
The prince of Mantua General of the Venetian army.  Cremona by his disloyal delay. Before his execution, and at the same time that he was sent for to Venice, the prince of Mantua was sent to the army in Lombardy, and Georgio Cornari and Marco Dandulo were chosen Providatori.  
Picinino in the mean time being puffed up with the fortunate success of his exploits, did very earnestly pursue his victories begun in the time of Carmagnola. And if he had not been grievously wounded at the siege of Pontoglio, so that the physicians held him for a dead man, or else likely to languish for a long time, he would in a short space have recovered whatsoever the Venetians did then possess on the Cremonese. The news of this hurt, was cause that the Marquis of Montferrat, 
The marquess of Montferrat cometh for refuge to Venice  being wholly driven from his state by Picinino, was in some sort better entertained. The Marquis, so soon as he saw his forces to be broken, passed the Alps, and went through the Trevisan into Germany, and from thence returning to Treviso, he made means to the Venetians as to his friends and associates, where he was entertained by the Senators with such magnificent bounty, as during his abode there, he was never desirous (as he afterward said) to return home into his country, nor yet to recover his state.  
In the mean time Philip's affairs declining in Lombardie had no better success in Tuscanie. For Tollentino being dismissed by the Pope, and soon after entertained by the Florentines, did make fierce incursions upon the territory of the Sienois, and with great violence did waste all the sea coasts. Afterwards joining with Attendulo whom he knew to be given him for companion, having taken certain towns from 
Attendulo recovereth sundry places for the Florentines.  the Sienois, he did in short space recover all the towns which the enemy enjoyed upon the Pisan territory. At the last, joining battle with Philip's forces near to mount Tepulo, he put them to rout, and took Bernardino Vbaldino prisoner, with three thousand horse. Others say that he took but a thousand.  
The same day of the fight near to mount Tepulo, Sigismond, son to Charles King of Boheme and Hungary, who at the earnest entreaty of Philip was come into Italy with four thousand horse, did enter Luca. He stayed for certain days at 
Sigismond in the behalf of Philip cometh into Italy.  Milan, where being crowned (according to the manner) with the Crown of Iron, and resolving to go to Rome, he did at Philip's persuasion come to Luca, from thence to go to Sienna, for fear least under colour of hospitality he should contract any league with the Florentines. Tollentino and Attendulo, by the Florentines command drew near with their troops to Luca, at which time it is reported that the Hungarians made a sally; and that their cavalry did so boldly give in upon them, as some of them came to Attendulos Tent, unto whom one amongst them of a big stature (fight with an iron mace) gave him a great stroke upon the head, but his cask being of excellent temper, he did not long delay to recompense him: For he did presently thrust his sword through his body: And that the Hungarians and Luquois being bravely repulsed, did speedily retire into the City, having in that sally lost many valiant men.  
They say moreover that Sigismond, after this loss, went at last to Sienna where for 
Sigismond crowned Emperor at Rome.  a time the Pope and he were at great controversy; but by means of sundry ambassades sent from either side, being made friends, he went to Rome where he was crowned Emperor.  
There is nothing found worthy of memory to have been done during that Summer by Lauretano along the Coast of the lower Sea. The Sigestins only were for a time besieged by Sea and Land; but the business had no good success. For having lost certain Mariners of those whom he had sent with Abrahamo Fregosa to give the assault on the Landside, he retired from thence without doing any thing. Afterwards he made incursions upon those of Clavara, of whom he got no great booty. That being done, the Army returned to Venice.  
The Genoveses that Summer had no better fortune, but somewhat worse. For 
The two Naval Armies of the Venetians and Genoveses return home.  sailing along the Coast of Sicill, they lost three Galleys by a tempest that arose, and having afterwards done nothing of note, about the end of Autumn they brought back the Fleet to Genoa. In Lombardie Sanchio Venieri subrogated at Dandulo▪ request in his stead, and Cornari, the Providators of the Army, did exploit bravely for the Commonwealth, having recovered from Philip, Bordellana, Ruminenga, Fontanelles, and Socinna.  
Such happy success had the Venetians affairs, when upon the return of the Prince of Mantua home to his own house they began to talk of peace. The Senate at the Prince of Montferrats' entreaty, sent Fantino Michaeli to Ferrara, only to know what conditions of peace the enemy would propound. The Florentines likewise sent Palla Strossi thither. Philip had already sent Francisco Gallina thither for that purpose. But whilst they treated of peace at Ferrara, the Providators having assailed the inhabitants of the mountains, reduced under their obedience first the Camonic valley, and then that of Tellina. Daniel Vitturi, successor to Venieri, joining with Cornari in the vale of Tellina, attempted to make a bridge over the River Adda, to pass over into the enemy's Country. But this design came to nothing: the enemy valiantly opposing it. Cornari nevertheless did still with three thousand men keep the vale Tellina (vulgarly called Valtellina) whither Picinino, being sent for by the chief of the Gibelline faction which favoured Philip, ran with disbanded troops, but with some loss he was rudely repulsed. The subtle enemy knowing that the Venetians in regard of this fortunate success would become more bold and courageous to attempt any thing, having first placed his Ambush, he returned the next day, and of set purpose began to skirmish, and drew the Providatour with all his troops into the place of Ambuscado, where with a sudden revolt of all the inhabitauts near at hand, he broke and defeated him with all his troops. Three hundred horse making way through the midst of the enemies escaped into a very thick Forest that was at their backs. The Prisoners, besides 
The Venetians are de●…eated by Picinino.  Cornari, were Thadeo De Aeste, Caesar Martinenga, Italus of friul, Baptista Capitio, and Antonio Martinasco, who were all famous Captains.  
near to the Po likewise there were great combustions. For whilst the sethings were done in the mountains, Philip's Captains recovered Casal-maior and Brixelles. The loss of the vale of Te●…lina being reported to the Senate, they presently resolved to appoint a new General of their Army. The Prince of Mantua, though some were against it, was by the Senate chosen to command the Army. He having accepted the charge, went forthwith to the Camp, and on a sudden recovered the Camonick valley which was revolted; Then by the advise of Contareni, Cornari his successor, he conducted all his troops (for winter was already come) to winter in the neighbour valleys.  
Peace being debated on all that winter, was at last at the spring-time concluded 
The Articles of peace betwixt the Venetians and Philip.  on these conditions: to wit That Philip should restore all the Towns and strong places which he had taken upon the Bressan and Bergamese Territories during the treaty of peace: That he should surrender to the Prince of Montferrat his whole estate which he had taken from him during the war: (although some say that he had already done it for Sigismonds' sake:) That he should give all assurance to Lodovico Vermio and others who had borne Arms for the Venetians: That all prisoners of mark on both sides should be set at liberty. That he should likewise restore to the Florentines, all those Towns taken from them in the Pisan and Volaterran Territories, and should do his best to cause the Sienois likewise to surrender to the Florentines within a month, whatsoever they had taken from them; and if they refused so to do he should give them no aid nor assistance; As concerning the Luquois, Thomas●… Fregosa, and Lodovico Plombino, (for this man during the war, had likewise borne Arms against the Florentines) it was decreed that they should restore whatsoever they had taken from the Florentines, and that the Lord of Plombin should no more be under Philip's protection: But as for Fregosa, it should be lawful for him to follow what party he pleased.  
There was a long disputation about Pontremola, yet nevertheless Philip did at last obtain that Town, on condition to restore to the inhabitants of the Florentines party, whatsoever he had taken from them. The Senate perceiving 
Cornari dieth in Prison.  that Cornari did not return, was so troubled, as they would not establish the peace, unless Philip (according to the contract) did send home their Senator: but the Ambassadors sent to Philip for this purpose, affirming that he was dead a day before, they did in Philip's name satisfy the Prince and Senate,  
 
The end of the first Book of the third Decad.   

THE SECOND BOOK OF THE THIRD DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the second Book of the third Decad.  
FFRANCISCO SFORZA seizeth on the Marca d'Ancona, and on a part of the Duchy of Spoleta. Pope EUGENIUS is driven from Rome. The Armies of SFORZA and BRACCHIAN are ready to join battle one with an other at Vetrale. PICININO in a manner did renew the War on the Sabins. He doth wholly defeat the league-troupes near to Imola. MARSILIO CARRARIO is beheaded at Venice. King ALPHONSO is defeated at Sea by the Genoveses near to Gayetta. The Genoveses revolt from PHILIP. Luca is straightly besieged by the Florentines. The Emperor CONSTANTINE PALEOLOGO, with divers Christian Bishops cometh to Ferrara to confer with the Pope concerning matters of Religion. All the Venetian troops are in a manner put to rout near to the River Adice. The Florentines send COSMO DE MEDICIS to Venice. The great exploits of SFORZA and PICININO near to the Alps. SFORZA allieth himself with PHILIP and the Florentines. PICININO taketh divers Towns from the Venetians on the Bressan and Bergamese Territories. The description of the Lake of La Garda. Lastly, the Venetians fight with good success in the Camonick Valley.  
BY this accord, for the space of four years there was neither certain War nor Peace with Philip. At the beginning underhand he molested Pope Eugenius, and afterwards by open War; which caused the Venetians who withstood it, to attempt by all means though it were contrary to the accord, to maintain their Countryman in his Pontifical dignity. In the mean time sundry warlike exploits were done here and there, and in sundry places they fought with different success. Moreover, many treasons and suspicions were discovered on either side, not only abroad but at home in the City, as shall be hereafter more at large mentioned. We will now briefly set down that which happened far from the City, for the better understanding of the cause why the Venetian did recommence the War with Philip in Lombardie.  
He had entangled (as hath been said) Eugenius at the beginning of his Papacy 
The cause of the renewing of the war betwixt the venetians and Philip.  in a domestic war, from whence toward the latter end of the war of Lombardie great quarrels, and contentions arose as well without as within the City of Rome: which although sometimes they seemed to be raked up, could never for all that be wholly extinguished. But this fury running from one place to another, did at last so far spread itself abroad, that there was no Province, City, Town, Village, nor any place belonging to the Church of Rome, which had not a feeling thereof. And not to fetch our History from far; Lombardie being quieted, Francisco Sforza disdaining that Philip had made Picinino, his corrival, General of his Army, notwithstanding that the Visconte had promised him his future alliance, yet nevertheless this brave and courageous young man, being not able to contain himself, having after long suit obtained leave to go his way, departed from Lombardie with two thousand horse, and a great number of foot, under colour to serve King Renatus, who laid claim to the Realm of Naples, against King Alphonso. And passing through Flaminia, he fiercely entered upon the Marca of Ancona, where finding all things at quiet and no resistance, after that he had taken great booty, and wasted all the country, he reduced under his own command partly by force, and 
Sforza scizeth on the Marca of Ancona.  partly by a voluntary reddition, all the Towns, Villages, and Castles, and other places of La Marca. This journey was very commodious to Sforza's troops for their wintering.  
Picinino, who greatly suspected Sforza's actions, did by Philip's advise depart forth of Lombardy at the spring time with a thousand choice horse to thwart Sforza's designs, and giving out that he went to the wholesome baths of the Sienóis, he came into Tuscanie. Then by the means of some of his friends he dealt with Nicolao surnamed 
Picinino and Stella make an accord together.  Stella, that they might join their forces together, and afterwards make war both on the Pope and Sforza. Stella at the same time possessed certain towns near to Rome; and as a near neighbour did greatly molest Eugenius, presuming upon the Colonessi. And by this means the Church's patrimony being exposed as a prey betwixt them, was at one time wasted and torn in pieces by two enemy factions, the which although they began but to spring up in Italy, did nevertheless surpass all those that had preceded them.  
Sforza in the midst of these troubles left his wintering places, and first marched into the Duchy of Spoletta, where with wonderful success he took Tuderta, 
Sforza his success.  Ameria, and divers other places by a voluntary reddition. And having crossed the Tiber, and filled the whole country with fear and terror, he went and encamped on the Viterbian territory. The inhabitants of Viterbo did relieve him with victuals, and did counsel him (as it is reported) to reconcile himself to the Pope, and to take his party against the Bracchians his enemies. Picinino was at the same time encamped at Montefiascone. This caused Sforza to make haste, fearing lest he should join his forces with Bracchian, who lay not far from Rome. For he had rather fight with one alone, if he must needs come to battle, than to deal with the whole Bracchian faction, which he had like to have done. Eugenius in the mean time being enforced by the Bracchians who were backed by the Colonessi forsook his Palace, 
Pope Eugenius leaveth Rome, & cometh to Florence.  & withdrew himself all trembling to the Castle Saint Angelo, and from thence taking boat upon the Tiber, and passing through the enemy's shot, he went to Ostia, and from thence to Florence.  
The Pope being thus driven from Rome, victorious Bracchian thought on nothing more than on means how to defeat Sforza. But Sforza having joined the troops of Micaeli Attendulo to his own, did raise a very great and almost invincible Army. Picinino and Stella came and encamped betwixt Viterbo and Rispampane▪ Sforza likewise marched thither; whereby it happened that in a short space all the 
Sforza and Attendulo join together.  forces of these two great factions were ready to fight with one another. Sforza determined to give battle if the enemy would tarry for him, and had already caused his foot forces to seize on the forest of Vetrale, so as there was some likelihood that the Bracchians would have that day received a great overthrow, if Vrbano 
The two ar●…ies are ready to fight.  de Dertonna sent from Philip, had not arrived, who running betwixt those two Armies did with tears in his eyes entreat now the one and then the other, earnestly requesting them in Philip's name not to commit so great an error: He besought them to remember that they had in former time borne arms together under 
The remonstrances of urban of Dertonna to keep them from battle.  one Prince: that under Philip, they begain their strength and greatness: That those Armies though they were not friends in name, nevertheless they were such in effect and by alliance: That the victory of one of the parties could not but procure all mischief to Philip: He entreated them then to respect him who held them both (as they well knew) so dear, and unto whom they ought to ascribe whatsoever they had either of force or reputation in both their Armies.  
The authority of so great a Prince, although he was absent, did mightily prevail with both parties: and Arms being laid down, they began to talk of agreement. At last it was concluded betwixt them that Picinino should return into Lombardie, 
Accord betwixt Sforza and Picinino.  and that it should be lawful for Sforza with his troops to go whither he pleased: those towns near to Rome excepted held by the Garrisons of Stella But Picinino (who as it seemed was not well pleased with those conditions of peace) marching within a while after against the Sabines, where he had renewed the war, Sforza did likewise haste thither, who having crossed the Tiber, went to Ottricoli. Bracchians Army lay at Maillana not far from thence, where after certain light skirmishes, and sundry posts being come from Philip, Picinino craved that he might in safety return with his Army into Lombardie; The which he freely obtained of Sforza, who of a long time had been evil disposed of his person.  
Picinino had already peaceably entered into Flaminia, when near to Imola he met with a great Army composed of the forces of Eugenius, the Venetians and 
The Pope, Venetians and Florentines in league together.  Florentines, who were leagued together. These men had assembled great troops together with great Lords and Captains, to force Bolognia which at the pursuit of the Caneduli had revolted from the Pope; And they had already recovered certain Cities of the Bolognese, at such time as those of the Pope and the associates quitting their enterprise came to stop Picininos passage. The charge of this resolution being committed to Tollentino, who with all the leagues troops went and encamped at Imola, Picinino likewise came and encamped upon the same territory. Tollentino was accompanied by Paulo Vrsino, Cato Mellito, Guido Antonio Faventino, Thadeo d'Aeste, and divers other noblemen.  
It happened in the mean time that Mellito did surprise two hundred horse of 
Picinino deseateth the Army of the league.  the enemies, whereupon the others being spurred forward by jealousy, and by a desire of booty, did suddenly and inconsiderately crave the battle, to the which coming disbanded, and in disorder, they were broken and put to rout, and Tollentino, with Aeste, Vrsino, and divers others, who till then had gotten much reputation, were taken by the enemy. Three thousand horse, and a thousand foot were taken prisoners, and such a great modesty and courtesy in war was then used, as the like had not been seen, for it is reported that four men only were slain in that encounter, and about thirty slightly hurt. The victorious enemy marched towards Bolognia: And it is likely that the Pope and his associates would have done their best to have diverted him from that design, for it is certain that Philip who had sent for him from Tuscanie, did openly favour the Bolognese.  
Picinino after that he had for a time at the request of the Caneduli in vain besieged 
Picinino besiegeth Castell-Franco.  Castel-Franco, went into Lombardie, leaving his son Francisco with six hundred horse upon the Bolognia territory. It was afterwards thought that he left that cavalry with his son, because he should speedily aid Marsilio Carrario to seize on Padua. 
Carrario cometh forth of Germany to take Padua.  This Carrario was son to that Francisco Carrario, who thirty years before being with his two children imprisoned at Venice was by the commandment of the Senate strangled in the prison with them. Philip had sent for him from Hungary, and for a time had kept him secret in Lombardie, in which space he did by fair and great promises win certain Paduans, that they receiving him into their City, should seize on the gates and the Castle, unprovided at that time of Garrison, promising them without all doubt to relieve them, for he was presently ready to furnish them with whatsoever should be needful for the preservation of the city with the inhabitants, as soldiers, money and victuals, and that himself (which was the chiefest) would speedily come thither with a great Army: That those of Verona 
Philip soliciteth the Paduans against the venetians.  and Vincenza did secretly resolve to revolt. All which was afterwards known to be forged by him that he might with more ease induce the Paduans to do what he would have them.  
Having by these promises, and sundry others, drawn divers debauched companions of the City to commit this heinous treason, the fifteenth of March was the day appointed that Marsilio should enter into Padua, who was already come in disguised habit as an Almain merchant going to Rome: and coming upon the Vincenzan territory accompanied with a few, that he might the next day enter into Padua, he was discovered by some that had familiarly known him in his father's 
Carrario being discovered was executed at venice.  life time, who caused him and his companions to be apprehended, and carried to Venice, where with two of Philip's friends sent to assist him, he was put to death, and twenty Paduans were convicted of the conspiracy.  
Picinino within a while after returning into Flaminia with a brave cavalry Sforza (being sent for out of the Duchy of Spoleta by Pope Eugenius, with whom being in favour, he had made a league) was sent to dash his attempts. The conditions of the league were, That Sforza by a decree of the Pope and College of Cardinals should during his life enjoy the Marquizat of the Marches of Ancona, and should be Gonfalloniero or Captain General of the Church of Rome, and have entertainment given him for three thousand horse and a thousand foot.  
The Province had been a long time molested, and Bracchians forces had sufficiently run up down: and that peace was treated on, at what time the Florentines with wonderful speed received news, that the Genoveses had defeated king 
King Alphonso is taken and vanquished by the Genoveses.  Alphonso at Sea near to Gayetta, and taken him prisoner with two of his brethren, namely king john, and the Infant Henry, and john Antonio Prince of Tarentum, with three hundred other noble persons which were all brought to Genoa. This caused the Florentines to hasten the conclusion thereof, which was done upon gentler conditions, than if Philip had understood before of that victory. By this peace the affairs of Lombardie, Tuscanie, and Flaminia seemed to be wholly pacified, if a new contention had not risen betwixt the Venetians and Philip about the confines of the Cremonese. To end which, besides Nicolao d' Aeste who was chosen Umpire for both parties, Pope Eugenius did greatly labour, at what time speedy news were 
The Genoveses revolt from Philip.  brought, that the Genoveses having slain Oppicino Alciat their Governor, were revolted from Philip.  
The cause of this rebellion was reported to be, because that Philip in despite of the Genoveses had commanded that Alphonso and all the prisoners should be brought to Milan, who having royally entertained them, not as enemies, but as his guests, he gave them leave to depart. Francisco Spinola, who in the second war of Lombardie was taken by Lauretano upon the Rapallitan Sea, was Author of this rebellion.  
It is reported that the Venetians during his imprisonment did oftentimes tell him and other Gentlemen taken with him, when they came to visit him, how wretched 
The venetians persuasions to the Genoveses.  and ill beseeming a thing it was to see Genoa, a City very famous for her high attempts by sea and land, borne in liberty and to command, and which at the same time possessed divers Cities in Europe, to degenerate from the magnanimity of her Ancestors, and to be so dejected without any remembrance of her ancient splendour, basely to obey an insolent tyrant, like some other poor town founded in servitude. They willed them then to get them home, and to shake off that unworthy yoke of tyranny; that they should not doubt but that they would relieve them with money, ships, and whatsoever should be necessary to repulse such an injury: That they were ready with the Florentines their associates (as well in disgrace of Philip, as because it was just and reasonable that those who are at liberty should defend that of other men) to maintain and defend the wealth and safety of the Genoveses, as much as if it were their own.  
These men being animated by these remonstrances came to Genoa: But Spinola returning from his imprisonment, did voluntarily banish himself to Gayetta, because he knew that Philip suspected him: Some say that Philip sent him thither to 
Spinola Author of the Genoveses rebellion.  guard that Town, which having been defended against Alphonso's attempts, especially by his diligence and valour, he thought in regard thereof that he had done a notable service to Philip, and given him sufficient proof and assurance of his loyalty: whereupon he returned to Genoa after the battle of Gayetta, where being coldly entertained by the Officers and Magistrates of the City, he did incite the people to recover their liberty.  
Now the rebellion of the Genoveses being known, Picinino was commanded speedily to march against them, who having remained a while upon the Genoan Territories, did nothing there worthy of memory. The Florentines at the Venetians pursuit did relieve the Genoveses with victuals and Soldiers, not caring greatly to observe the accord, which Philip had first broken, in that he had, contrary 
The Florentines relieve the Genoveses.  to the treaty of peace, made a league with Alphonso, and had a hand in the affairs of the Realm of Naples. But in some Authors I find no mention made of this accord, which lasted so short a time. The Pope had before recovered Bolognia with the consent of the Caneduli, where the motion of peace was first begun. Francisco Sforza being come from La Marcainto Flaminia by the Pope's commandment, had caused Philip to condescend to very reasonable conditions. For the presence of this young man did in some sort qualify his obstinacy. Truce was every where granted by reason of the great hope the Pope had of peace, when the sudden commotions of the 
A treaty of peace, almost concluded, is wholly broken off.  Genoveses did break all, who coming to Portovennere which lieth upon the Genoveses Seacoasts, surprised the Castle, and expulsed the Arragonian Garrison.  
King Alphonso held three places upon that Sea-coast which Philip had given him not long before. Picinino being called forth of the Parmesan where he lay, upon report of this surprisal (for Philip did openly then take Alphonso's party) went speedily to recover that Fort. But finding it to be impregnable, both by situation and art, turning his forces elsewhere, he seized on the Town of Sarsane; then taking Castel-novo, and certain other Towns upon that Coast; and having contrary to 
Picinino his exploits against the Florentines.  all ancient and modern accords crossed the Macra, he w●…nt to Luca, where he enforced the Luquois to break the peace which they had sworn to the Florentines; and entering into the Pisan Territory, he took divers Towns from the Florentines▪ Some say that the Luquois sent for Picinino, who attempted to recover the Town of Bargues from the Florentines, and during the siege of Bargues, Picinino was defeated by Ciarpelion and Pietro Brunora▪ sent by Sforza. He would undoubtedly have much entangled the Florentines affairs, if the hope to take Genoa by a commotion, had not made him to quit Tuscanie, and to go speedily to the Genoveses Territory.  
Sforza in the mean time having crossed the River A●…o, did in short space recover 
Sforza recovereth that which Picinino had taken.  upon the Pisan Territory▪ whatsoever the enemy had taken by force, and having brought his Camp nearer to Luca, and made certain Rampires near to the Gates, he began straightly to shut up the Inhabitants. Picinino, being disappointed of his enterprise, marched to the Parmesan to get victuals and supplies. But whilst delays were used therein; The Luquois, by reason that their corn was partly spoiled by the enemies whilst it was green, and partly reaped by them when it was ripe, fell into great want of victuals, as without some foreign relief, the Inhabitants would undoubtedly have been forced to yield. Sforza went afterwards to the straits of the Apennine hills to meet Picinino, who was coming speedily to succour the Luquois: who having attempted in vain to force the passages, and being out of hope to effect it, retired.  
The Venetians that were in the field did earnestly solicit, that the Country 
The Venetians crave aid of Sforza.  round about Luca might be foraged, the sooner to enforce the Inhabitants to yield. Sforza with a part of his Army went into Lombardie. For they had determined, after that they had crossed the River Adda, and furnished the opposite shore with a strong Garrison, to make incursions upon the Milanois Territories: from whence Philip drew great sums of money. There was some likelihood that there by the power of that proud enemy would be so daunted, as laying down arms (which he loved too well) he would be constrained to embrace peace upon any conditions whatsoever.  
The Florentines being therewith discontented, conceived some envy against the Venetians, as though they could not endure to have Luca a very famous City in Tuscanie, to fall into the hands of their associates. But the Venetians were so far from being blamed therefore, as on the contrary, waiting no longer for Sforza's coming, they sent in that journey Francisco Gonzaga as General of their troops. Pope Eugenius was then (as hath been said) at Bolognia, being come from Florence to make himself master of the City by means of some excellent fortification. Whereupon with great expenses he caused trenches, and a rampire, in form of a 
A Citadel made at Bolognia.  Citadel, to be made at the Gate of La Galera. This fortification and the murder of Bentivoglio (who being newly received into the City was slain by the stroke of a Pole-axe by balthasar Offidane, Governor of the City, for that he perceived the people to make too much of him) did in such sort estrange the Bolognese from the Pope, as the rebellion which soon after ensued, happened upon none other occasion. But whilst Eugenius made his abode at Bolognia, there arrived at Venice john Peleologo 
The Grecian Emperor, and the chief of the Greek Empire come to Venice to confer with the Pope concerning Religion.  Emperor of Greece, joseph Patriarch of Constantinople, and Demetrius Prince of Morea, accompanied with the Agents of the Churches of Alexandria, Antioch, and jerusalem, with the Ambassadors of Trapezond, and the Metropolitan Prelates of Iberia, and Misia, who from thence being come to Ferrara where the Pope was, conferred with him in an open assembly about the accord and union of the Christian faith. It chanced since some five hundred years, that from our faith which in effect and name is but one, two have seemed to spring. For the greeks did in sundry points differ from the Latin Church, who although they had been often reconciled, were by the fault and negligence of Emperors fallen more obstinately into the Heresies which they had abjured. This Conference, which was rather a Disputation, lasted divers Months; and at the last the matter was concluded (as shall be hereafter mentioned) to the Pope's content.  
The Venetians about the same time being out of hope of Sforza's coming into Lombardie, had commanded (as hath been said) the Prince of Mantua, General 
The Prince of Mantua General of the Venetian Army.  of their Army, to make a bridge upon the River Adda. Those that did then bear Arms for the Venetians were Mellato Tibertino, Brandolino, Pietro Navarrini, Guido Antonio, Asturi Faventio, Sigismondo Malateste, and Bartholomeo Coioni, Guido Rangoni, Guerriero Martiano, Antonio Martinenga, with divers other great personages. Mellato who had first counseled the building of a bridge, being commanded to lead the first battaillon over the water, departed about midnight with his Cavallerie, which were ready for that purpose, and crossed the River at a Ford; and having at his leisure seized on the shore, the Footmen on the other side without any noise did pass the River that night in boats prepared to that end.  
Now the Venetians being busied on all sides in making the bridge, that they might before day pass over all their Army, a sudden rain falling the same night from the alps (which the Army had not notice of) did in such sort swell the Lake of Laris, and by the morning likewise the River Adda, as by violence of the waters roaring betwixt the two shores, the work new begun was not only broken, but their small boats became useless through the swiftness of the current. Hereupon divers tried by swimming to return to their fellows. For it was likely, that so soon as it was day, and that the Inhabitants should descry them, they should in regard of the small number of those that were passed over, be forthwith all cut in pieces. But the first of those that in such manner with their Horses attempted the River were drowned, where with the rest were so affrighted, as they durst not adventure. When the Sun was up, the Inhabitants of the next Mountains descrying the enemies on both sides the River, at first stood amazed at the strangeness of the matter, and abode together in one place: but eftsoons perceiving the small number of those that had passed the River on their side, and what fear they were in, they instantly repaired to Lodovico Sanseverino, who wintered in the neighbour Villages, under whose conduct in troops they ran to the River. Mellato for a time bravely sustained 
Th●…se which had crossed the river are assailed.  their charge, whilst his Footmen escaped to the body of the Army, of whom many were drowned by violence of the stream; but the most of them by swimming having gotten the other shore, the Horsemen soon after got over likewise: 
Mellato his valour.  Mellato himself being the hindermost in the Rear was the last man that took the River (therein imitating that Noble Roman Cocles) and so by swimming came safe to the Army.  
The business having thus unfortunately succeeded, the Venetian General marched into the Country of Gyradade: where having surprised Lugniana, he would in short space have made himself master of divers other Towns of the Country, 
The Venetia●… take Lugniana.  if Picinino upon the report of what had passed had not speedily come thither with his forces. Departing therefore from Lugniana he came to the River Po where he spent a whole day in passing over his troops; then three days after he went and showed himself to the enemy. The Venetians being advertised a while before of the enemy's passage, did possess a boggy place, through which only he could come at them, and there stayed for a time. But afterwards being enforced to change place either through fear, or for want of victuals, they retired into a place of safety; at what time Picinino perceiving them freely to quit that place, having speedily led his troops through the straits of the mountains, and overtaking 
Picinino defeateth the Venetians at Pontoglio.  them near to the Fort of Pontoglio, he fiercely assailed them, and in a manner utterly ouer-thr●…w them; having cut off five wagons of their baggage from them.  
Now this enterprise falling out contrary to the Venetians project, who determining to assail the enemy was himself beaten by him, it caused them more earnestly than before to entreat the Florentines to send Sforza unto them who was then on the further side of the Po: But neither he nor the Florentines resolving to do so, they alleged sundry excuses: At the last, entreating that he might at least wise come to Regio to enforce the enemy to retire for fear of losing Parma, it came to pass as they wished. For Picinino, having ruined Calepia upon the Bergamese, invaded the vale of Trescoria, and taken the bridge three miles distant from the City, he went on courageously and besieged the Castle of Bergamo. 
Sforza at the venetians entreaty cometh to Regio.   
Sforza being importuned by the Venetians letters came to Regio. But he was scarce gone forth of Tuscanie, when Picinino being advertised of his departure, came likewise with speed to Parma. Sforza being come to that place, began greatly to distrust Pope Eugenius, notwithstanding that he had been reconciled to him, and made Prince of La Marca. For tyranny leadeth this mischief along with it, to make a man distrust his best friends. Whereupon, fearing least in his absence they should practise aught against his brethren whom he had left to command in the Province▪ he sent Italus of friul thither with certain troops of horse. He had likewise left a great part of his forces to continue the siege before Luca: so, as after Italus his departure he had with him at Regio but the one half of his Army. During his abode at Regio the Venetians on the one side entreating him to cross the Po, and Sforza on the other craving according to the convention to have his troops complete, time ran on without any memorable exploit. Picinino in the mean time being mindful of the Luquois, assembled great numbers of labouring men and peasants, and departed from Parma towards Luca to raise the siege. 
Sundry exploits betwixt Sforza and Picinino.  Sforza's troops likewise went speedily through the Country of Modena to the Alps. Sundry atchivements were there performed on both sides, and divers skirmishes of small importance: howbeit as often as Picinino (woe was strongest) came to fight Sforza did not only make head, but courageously repulsed him.  
During these passages in the Alps, or within a while after Francisco Gonzaga having voluntarily given over his charge retired to Mantua. It is reported that he departed 
Francisco Gonzaga giveth over his place of General.  scarce well pleased from the Venetians. The cause of his discontent proceeded as some say from the Venetians distrust of him, at such time as the troops crossed the River Adda, where they said he had not done his duty: Yet nevertheless, he carried himself modestly, for he left his cavalry behind him in the Venetian Army: but that which followed makes it apparent to what end he did it. Gonzaga being gone, Frederico Contareni the Providator did for a time take the charge of the Army. Afterwards, Paulo Troni was sent thither from the City, who by the Senate's advise accusing the negligence of some and the treachery of others, gave occasion unto divers that stood already badly affected to them to crave leave to depart, among whom were Antonio and Asturo Faventij, and Borsia D'Aeste son to Nicholas. These with many more being departed, such as had served under them, and were desirous to stay still, did according to their merit receive good pay. 
Sforza his dem●…d in Senate.   
Sforza in the mean time demanded of the Florentines and Venetians payment of that which was due unto him. And sending to Venice for that purpose, his Agent being brought into the Senate, told them that he was expressly come to put the Prince and Senate in mind of Sforza's good services done unto them, and to receive such sums as were due unto him. It is reported that prince Foscari by the Senate's appointment, answered, That the Venetians were ever accustomed bountifully to satisfy and pay those who in any sort had loyally served the weal public, 
The Prince and Senate's answer to Sforza's Agent.  according to their promise; but as for Sforza, he had been so far from employing himself for them, as having been earnestly entreated to aid them, he flatly denied it. Whereunto the Agent replying, That they should do well, either to pay Sforza his due, or else to discharge him both of his place and promise, that he might more freely provide for his affairs; it is reported, that thereunto all men generally answered, That the Senate was well pleased, that he should take his leave and be gone.  
Sforza being nettled with this answer, resolved to reconcile himself to Philip, 
Sforza's demand to the Florentines.  whereunto till then he could never be induced, for that he would not abandon the Pope and his confederates. Whereupon being inflamed with choler and disdain, he went to the Florentines to demand that which they and the Venetians did owe him, or if they should refuse it, presently to discharge him as the Venetians had done. The Florentines promised to pay him for them both; they only entreated 
The Florentines answer to Sforza  him to have patience for a while, and to execute his charge whilst money might be raised on the people, whose means were much exhausted; and that they might send to Venice to the Prince and Senate. For they knew well enough, that Sforza being gone, they should altogether be out of hope of taking Luca, and were beside doubtful lest some other new war should assail them from elsewhere.  
According to this promise they sent Cosmo de Medicis to Venice, a man, besides his great wealth, very wise, and beloved of the people. He had in former times dwelled at Venice, at such time as through envy he was driven from Florence▪ where during his abode he had behaved himself with such modesty and courtesy towards all men, as well in public as private, that he was generally beloved and esteemed. 
Cosmo de Medicis is sent to Venice.  Whereupon, being afterwards restored to his country (for the hearty affection which he conceived to that City, where he had been so kindly entertained) his countrymen called him, the Venetian.  
Being come to Venice, and brought into the Senate, it is reported, that with great fervency he spoke unto them in this manner: That his love and affection towards the Venetians being remembered by his Countrymen, it fell out, that, not as a Tuscan, and borne in Florence, but as a Venetian, he was sent to the Venetians, to acquaint them with the Florentines great want of money, and that they were no longer able to make any levies upon the people for the entertainment of the Army: That his fellow-Citizens were not cause of the renewing of the war against those of Luca, but Picinino only, who without any cause given by the Florentines, had furiously entered upon the Pisan territory, and had enforced the Luquois to practise novelties against them, having by force drawn them to the war: But that by the divine goodness it was come to pass, that being enforced to take arms, they had brought their enemies the Luquois to that point, that despairing of peace from any place else, than (according to the report) from the Venetians, they were ready whether they would or no to fall into the Florentines hands. He did afterwards add; That Sforza being commanded to pass the Apennine hills, came to Regio, so that during his absence the Luquois had some small relaxation: That the Florentines had never hindered Sforza, who was so often entreated by them to cross the Po: But that he, distrusting the Pope, feared by going too far, lest some attempt would be made upon La Marca, and that afterwards when he would he should not be able to free it from war, resolving by all means to defend it: That the Florentines had intelligence from very good place, that of a long time since he had not been paid his pension, he determined to reconcile himself to Philip; And that without all doubt, if they did continue to deprive him of his due, he would speedily do so: if they should lose him, it was certain that they should not only be out of all hope to take Luca, but their affairs likewise would be greatly endangered. And therefore he did entreat and adjure them by the sacred League sworn betwixt them, and by the particular love which he bore to the Venetian name, more safely to advise both for themselves & their associates in so great danger, and to pay Sforza, (though he had not deserved it) that which he said was due unto him: But if they should still refuse to satisfy him, and that for want thereof, he should go to the enemy's side, he did let them know, that the Florentines resolved to follow him whither soever he went, not as their Captain, (seeing they could no otherwise do) but as their Lord and Governor.  
This being said, Prince Foscari by the Senate's advise answered: That the Florentines did well in holding him for a Venetian, ever since that being driven forth of his Country, he retired himself to Venice: as also for that since the same time, the goodwill and affection of the Venetians, as well of public as particular persons, had ever been such towards him, as the Senate and people would willingly do him all courtesy, and would as soon commit any charge of importance unto him as to any one of the chiefest Senators: By means whereof, the Venetians had for his sake granted divers things to the Florentines, which otherwise they would have refused. But concerning his complaint, that the Luquois expecting to have peace by the Venetians means, had refused to yield themselves, he knew not how to answer it, because it was the first time that ever he heard that fable: That the Florentines should find that the Luquois had invented that report, who did secretly write so to their Countrymen, divers of the wealthiest among them being retired to Venice. And that he should not imagine that the same proceeded from any Senator: if it were otherwise, they should do well to show some presumptions or letters sent to the enemy; for they would take order, that those who should be convicted of such a crime, should serve for an example to others, not to enterprise in time to come any such matter against the friends and allies of the weal public; yet he would not deny but that the Ambassadors of the Luquois were in full Senate willed to depart, and if they could not enter the City by reason of the siege, they should certify their fellow-citizens by letters, that if they would quit Philip's party, the Venetians, who desired the wealth and advancement of the Luquois, would in such sort deal for them, as the Florentines their allies should leave both their siege and the war; whereunto the Luquois had never since made any answer: They did likewise freely confess, that they had given them such an hope, but he denied that ever they had promised them any aid or succour. As concerning Sforza's demands, he could not accuse the Venetians of avarice or ingratitude, for not paying that which they had promised. For, he was to believe that their Ancestors had appointed stipends and rewards for soldiers to this end, that their paymasters who paid them, might when need should be make use of their service. But as for Sforza, whom the Florentines so much affected, he never fought for the Venetians, but rather when they stood in need of him, he had boldly denied them all favour and aid. That he might at his pleasure depart, and that they whom he had ever so curiously assisted should take care to pay him his due: And whereas they threatened them to break the league, and to follow Sforza, he said that it was an easy matter for the Florentines to break their faith when they pleased, but that he did hope, that ere long they might repent them of so disloyal and discourteous a resolution, and withal be punished both by God and men (who had hitherunto preserved them) according to their deserts, for breaking their league and alliance.  
Cosmo with this answer taking his leave of the Senate within a while after went 
Cosmo goeth to the Pope.  to Ferrara to Pope Eugenius, and entreated him to send in his own name to the Venetians, to try whether they would quit their former resolution. The Florentines after Cosmo's departure sent juliano de Vantiati to Venice, who being entertained with less respect than Cosmo, and being a very wise man, did soon acquaint his fellow-Citizens with the small account which the Venetians made of any thing that concerned the Florentines.  
Picinino in the mean time (as hath been said) being come to the Alps, and 
Picinino cannot pass the Alps.  perceiving that in regard the passages were held by the Sforzians, he could not pass, turned back again, and went into the Modenois territory. Attempting again afterwards to pass into Tuscanie, through the territory of the Bolognese, marching by that of Aemilia, he went and encamped upon the river Illice: And from thence (having sent Asturo Faventio with two companies of men at Arms to forage and waste the Florentines country) he followed him at the heels with the body of the Army, and by the way took the tower of Aureola. In that place he received certain news of the treaty newly made betwixt Philip and Sforza, and of the contents thereof, which were (as some say) That the Florentines not mentioned in the accord (because without the Venetians consent they durst not do it) should make truce for ten years with the Luquois, and in the mean time keep whatsoever they had taken from them, saving whatsoever lieth round about within six miles' compass 
The articles of agreement betwixt Philip and Sforza.  near to Luca: That Sforza should be judge of the controversies which should arise during that truce, & the revenger of the wrongs done by either of the parties: Hereupon alliance was contracted betwixt Philip and Sforza on these conditions, That neither Picinino nor any else bearing Arms for Philip should molest the Florentines, in regard Sforza was then as before, in their pay: And that Philip should give him his daughter Bianca to wife, whom he should send with her train and dowry upon the Parmesan to the Castle Firmiano, a place appointed for the wedding.  
The Venetians were displeased with this agreement: but Picinino much more; 
The Venetians and Picinino are disple●…sed with this accord  who after that he had mightily complained of Philip's ingratitude towards him, and run up and down void of counsel through Flaminia with his Army, he did at last assail Ostasio Polentano Prince of Ravenna, who for a long time had been under the Venetians protection, and never gave over to pursue and torment him, till he had enforced him by his own Citizens to follow Philip's party. Ravenna by this means being no more at the Venetians devotion, he attempted a greater matter. For he did at the same time take Imola and Bolognia from the Pope.  
At this stay stood the affairs of Tuscanie and Flaminia, whilst that Mellato (unto whom after the Prince of Mantua his departure, the Venetians had given 
●…ellato conducteth the Venetian Army.  charge of their Army, and yet not honouring him with the title of General) after he had recovered the valleys and Castles which Picinino had taken upon the Bergamese the precedent winter, entered furiously into the Cremonese, where he made great spoil. Picinino being moved at these news, sent for Italus of friul forth of Vmbria, and his son Francisco; and commanded his son to guard the Cities and strong Towns which he had lately taken in Flaminia, and the other to follow him into Lombardie with his Cavallerie. Being gone forth of Flaminia, he went and encamped with his Army near to the Po, at that place where it nearly presseth the City of Cremona: Then having forthwith crossed the river, he went and besieged Casal-maior. The Venetian having notice of the enemies coming, and having committed the guard of other towns to the Inhabitants, put a strong Garrison into Casall-Maior, and Soncina, two strong towns on the Cremonese: They did beside enjoin Mellato to guard the shore of the river Oglio with all his forces. He came and encamped at Bina twelve miles from Casal-Maior, where after that he had fortified his Camp, he did aid the besieged, and by many Sentinelles and Corps-du-gard defended the other shore of the River.  
There was in the mean time a rumour spread, that Gonzaga, who lay still at 
Gonzaga maketh alliance with Philip.  Mantua, had secretly made a league with Philip. This being reported to the Senate, it was thought most expedient to appea●…e him if it were possible by their Ambassadors. And to this purpose divers of the chiefest Senators were sent unto him, who had of a long time been very familiarly acquainted with him. They being come to Mantua, the better to win this Prince's heart; began highly to praise him, and to extol his perpetual loyalty towards the Venetians, and their reciprocal affection towards him: And although that in their passing by the Army 
Discourse betwixe Gonzaga and the venetians.  they had found a great part of the number of the Cavallerie to be wanting, which ought to have been complete, they would nevertheless pay him for the whole, and whatsoever he could say was due to him, though it amounted to never so great a sum. Afterwards they entreated him to bear Arms again for the Venetians, and did again offer him the place of General, which he had voluntarily left. But he excusing himself sometimes by reason of his small experience in the art military, and afterwards saying, That he was desirous to live at rest, went about to stop his ears to the Venetians persuasions: Whereupon 
The Mantuan●… excuse.  the Ambassadors entreating him that since himself did determine to live at peace, he would at leastwise permit Lodovico Gonzaga his son to be enroled in their pay: he did not altogether refuse it, nor yet wholly granted it. At the last they came so far, as to entreat him if he would not bear Arms for the Venetians, yet to continue in their ancient friendship and alliance. The which he did not only promise to the Ambassadors, but likewise by letters to the Senate, saying, That no man should ever see him follow Philps party, till news were first brought him (which God forbid) that Venice were either taken or ruined by him. The conclusion of their whole discourse was, That as a lover of peace he detested war: And that the Venetians ought not to marvel if he did reinforce his own troops; for he did it, fearing lest if he should leave his frontiers naked of Gar●…ison, whilst the war was so near him, he should not be able when he would, to keep and defend them from being wronged. The Ambassadors were herewith dismissed.  
Picinino in the mean time had for nineteen days together battered Casalmajor▪ 
Picinino 〈◊〉 p before Casal-Maior.  His Army consisted of twenty thousand fight men, and that of the Venetians of half as many: But that long siege had put the Senate in hope, that Picinino's terrible attempts would be brought to nothing, before he could attain to that which he had conceived in his mind, in regard he had so long, contrary to all men's expectation, continued before one place only, and done no great good there: whereupon they hoped that his vehement heat would at last be cooled: And that Soncina in the Cremonese, and divers other places elsewhere, were as strong by situation and in munition as that which he then besieged; every of which might not alone amuse the enemy, but likewise altogether weary and distaste him. These were the Senators ordinary discourses.  
But the fall of a Tower did in such sort daunt those of Casal, as they began openly 
Those of casal desire parley.  to talk of yielding. The enemy at the first would not accept their submission, using delays of purpose, till such time as he had made agreement with the Gotolengians & Gambarians concerning the treachery, which they had secretly practised; who were determined to revolt. Whereunto being solicited by Picinino's Agents they did with him undertake an horrible villainy; which was to enclose Mellato, with his troops, as he passed through the Bressan territory; to the end that the Venetians troops being at one time assailed on the one side by the peasants, and on the other by the Soldiers, might be wholly defeated. This treacherous plot being 
A complot to assail the Venetian Army on all sides.  thus concluded, those of Casal were received on composition. Picinino had thought at his first arrival upon the banks of Oglio to have broken the Venetians as they were marching; and therefore he would not compound with the Casalins, till he were assured of the ambuscado laid for the Venetians, to the end, that whether they tarried still in one place, or went forward (as he rather thought) they might certainly be defeated.  
Casall being thus yielded, he drew about midnight towards the River Oglio, & 
Casall yieldeth to Picinino.  having sent certain light horse before to sound the ford; he learned by them that the Venetians kept the opposite shore▪ yet nevertheless he held on his way, & encamped by daie-breake upon the banks of the River Oglio, four miles beneath Bina: And forthwith, so soon as his Army drew near to the place, he prepared all things necessary for an assault.  
Mellato suspecting that it was but a policy of the enemy, and that his designs tended elsewhere than he made show for, took diligent care of all things. The Mantuan Prince was likewise in person near to the Town of Macharia, which lieth in the midway betwixt Bina and the Po, with three thousand men, who exhorted the Venetian General to join his troops with his, assuring him that both Armies beein joined together, they might with more ease break the enemy's attempts. This he said, although he was not ignorant of the enemy's design. Mellato in the mean time was ready to send Cristofero & Giovanni Tollentino with their companies of men at Arms in Garrison to Verona. The Mantuan was not of this opinion: The Providatori that were present at this consultation, and reposing more trust in the Mantuan than he deserved, were likewise of his opinion. He on the contrary, either by 
Treachery plotted against the venetians.  chance, or else because he had some suspicion, not of the whole matter, but of some part of the plot, did still persist in his own opinion.  
The enemy removed his camp from place to place, whereupon the Venetian was greatly troubled to see him so often day and night to shift places; who after he had spent certain days in such like feigned shows, all things being in readiness, about midnight he sent the third part of his forces, without any rumour at all to pass over the Bridge, which was forth of the enemy's view, to join with Gonzaga's troops: And he in the mean time still showed himself on the opposite shore the better to colour his enterprise, himself resolving within a while after to pass over at the bridges of Macharia and Canet.  
The Venetian Army had like to have been overthrown, being enclosed by the enemy's ambuscado, and by the treachery of the inhabitants. But that good God unto whom (as we have often said) all Republics are pleasing, and especially those whose beginning (like that of the Venetians) hath been Religiously established, would not suffer it to be so. It happened very fitly for this purpose that a certain man whose name was Bareta Gotholengian sent by his compartners to the enemy to 
The treachery is discovered to Mellato.  this end, was taken by the Venetian foragers, and brought to Mellato; who, after that he had promised to free him from all punishment, did discover unto him the danger wherein the Venetian Army was. Mellato hearing it, made no longer delay, 
Mellato doth speedily dislodge.  but suddenly discamping, did with all his troops without any danger take the way of Bressia. Picinino had already about the fourth watch of the night sent his forces over at Macharia, where the troops, sent to the Mantuans Camp, did go and receive them: In the mean time word was brought them that the Venetian having speedily dislodged was twelve miles onwards on his way; That the inhabitants of the Country, did not dare to m●…ddle with them in regard they saw no man pursue them.  
The Mantuans revolt being understood at Venice, they presently decreed to Arm a mighty naval Army against him of threescore and five Galleys and five Galleons, with a great number of other small vessels. Pietro Lauretano General of this Army 
A Venetian n●…uall Army against the Mantuan.  entering by the mouth of the Po, into the Mantuans Country, was expressly commanded to waste and spoil whatsoever he met with▪ Mellato in the mean time was come to Bagnols', where he had fortified his Camp with trenches and rampires. He determined to send part of his forces to Bressia, which was not far off, whereunto the inhabitants of the City opposing, and craving to have the guard of the Gates given to themselves, he thereby perceived that the Venetians were safer abroad than in the City. Francisco Barbaro commanded in the Town, a man very discreet, and well acquainted with affairs of importance. He by good advise hindered them from so doing, & showed them the danger whereto the City's State would be brought; if those of one party alone committed to the guard of the City, the rest should be accounted enemies, and traitors, seeing they reposed no more trust in them: For than they would practise novelties, and would in hate to the contrary party, openly hazard all things possible for them. The authority of the man did 
The Martinengas and Auogadres in Bressia are reconciled together.  much prevail with them, and according to his advise, the Venetian Magistrates which were within the City, guarded the Gates: Then he did reconcile the Martinengas and the Auogadres together, the heads and chief of the two factions by a new alliance; wherein by means of Leonardo Martinenga, and to the great profit of the Commonwealth, he made Paris de Lodron who held certain Castles in the Mountains of Bressia, and Pietro Auogadre who were mortal enemies, good friends.  
Picinino resolved to shut up the Lake of Benac, and the river Mincia from Mellato's 
Picinino his design to 〈◊〉 the Venetian Army.  Army, to the end it might receive no Venetian succour: and being in this manner starved (for it was certain that it could get victuals no where, but from the Town) he assured himself of the entire ruin of the Venetian forces: Whereupon in this resolution he divided his troops into two parts. Gonzaga, and Lodovico Vermio, did fiercely fall upon the Verona-territorie, and having seized on Valeza and the bridge thereof by treachery, sooner almost than their coming was known, they made themselves Masters in a very short space of whatsoever lieth betwixt the rivers Adice and Mincia. The sudden loss of Valeza was cause that Giovanni Malavolte who conducted three hundred horse from Bressia to Verona, falling by misadventure near to the bridge into the enemy's hands, was wholly despoiled of his Cavallerie. He did beside reduce under his command all the inhabitants of the Lake of Benac: and the Mantuan Prince took Pescara, seated at the head of the River Mincia, and Lonata upon the Mountains of Bressia, which had been his.  
The Lake of Benac, by some termed La Garda, (to speak somewhat of it) is the 
The description of the lake of ●…enac.  pleasantest Lake of all Italy, and is more long than broad. It extendeth in length from the West to the North some thirty miles, filling itself with the rivers Sarca and Ponalis on the West and North side, and emptieth itself to the Southward into the River Mincia. The water thereof is so pure and clear, as one may see the bottom, except in the midst where it is very deep. But it is not so pleasant in calm and fair weather, as it is dangerous and terrible when it is tossed with tempests. It is the only lake of all Italy which being stirred with the wind, hath her waves swelling like the billows of the Sea. It feedeth excellent fish, of which the Carp are best, which are in season from the end of harvest till the beginning of the spring, and are with great labour taken from forth the deepest places of the water. It is moreover environed on all sides with goodly Olive trees, intermingled here and there▪ with delicate gardens full of excellent fruit trees, as Citrons, Pomegranates, and Peaches, which the inhabitants of those places call Adam's apples. That side thereof which looks towards Verona on the right hand, hath besides Pescara, Langissa, Bardolin, and la Garda, whereof the Lake taketh the name, the towers of Malsesina which some call Malaselse. And opposite to that upon the Lake is the Town of Sermion, the Country of Catullus the sweet and eloquent Poet, with that great huge stone, a mark of antiquity, which appears above water. After Sermion cometh Rivoltella, called by some Rivaltella, Manerbia, Feliciana, Portuesia, and lastly Sales, the chief of the Province. It hath beside on the northside, very high and steep Mountains as far as Riva. This place with Penetra which appears not far from thence upon a Rock, did in times past belong to the Territory of Trent. The Borough of Nac is to be seen above the Fort of Penetra, whereby we may conjecture that the Lake was in old time called Penac, which we by changing of a Letter call Benac. The Ancients called it Penac because it was so near to Nac.  
Now all the places from the Lake on the hither side and beyond the River Mincia being taken, the Mantuan marched with his forces to Vidizolles, where Picinino lay encamped. Blondus saith that he departed from that Camp when he went the first time to scour the Verona-Territorie: But let it be how it will, it is certain that Philip's forces during the incursions upon the Veronois, were encamped at that village seated upon the River Clesia, in the midway betwixt Bressia and the Lake of Benac: Against whom Mellato, being desirous to oppose his forces, went with his troops to Gavarda. Barbaro sent him from Bressia a brave troop of young footmen; and from the mountains great multitudes of Soldiers came unto him, so as in a short space five and twenty thousand men were in the Venetians camp. 
Five and twenty thousand men in the Venetians Campe.   
Mellato with his forces seized on all places along the Mountains, from St. Euphemius even to La Garda. The River Clesia separated two goodly Armies ready to fight, by reason that it was too deep in that place, nor in any sort foordable. Mellato resolved to fight: But understanding afterwards that Picinino's Army was mightily increased by Gonzaga's arrival, he abstained from battle; As also because he disinherited certain Captains, who had a long time followed Gonzaga's camp; but the event did afterwards manifest whether he had cause to distrust them. For divers of them having an inkling thereof, and perceiving that he took from them the means to do hurt, did withdraw themselves from his camp & went to that of the Prince of Mantua. Mellato then fearing lest some sudden revolt might draw the Venetians affairs into some danger, and being desirous to take all occasion from those who practised novelties, having lodged the greatest part of his forces in Bressia, he sent the residue into Garrison to the Cities, & Towns near adjoining, which were under the Venetians obedience. And by this means Picinino had time and leisure to remove his camp from place to place: whose only aim tending to keep the City's victuals from Mellato's troops, he went with his Army and besieged Sales: But those within it having bravely defended themselves, he approached with his Army near to Feliciana and Manerbia.  
Thereupon, the Forlani, and those of Monteclaro embraced Philip's party. Within 
Those of Sales & other town near adjoining yield to Philip.  a while after having received those of Sales, and all the other inhabitants upon the Lake in Philip's name, he marched to Bagnolls; from whence on a sudden coasting about with his Army, he first took Pontoglio, than Palacicla, and divers other Towns without any difficulty. All this was done in the Champain. But in the Camonick valley, they fought at the same time with better success. For Antonio Bechari with two thousand horse did by the consent of the inhabitants make himself Master of the whole valley. Barbaro sent Giovanni la Conte, Bartholmeo Coioni, & Leonardo Martinenga against him with great troops of Mountaniers, who did greatly affect Martinenga, who entering on a sudden into the vale, and having made 
Great spoil in the Camonick valley.  a great slaughter of the enemies, did put all those of that rebellious valley to the sword, spoiling and burning the whole Country..  
The end of the second Book of the third Decad.   

THE THIRD BOOK OF THE THIRD DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the third Book of the third Decad.  
A False rumour being spread in Venice concerning the battle won at Coloignes doth put the whole City in danger of a nocturn●…ll sedition. MELLATO attempteth in vain to go from Bressia to Verona. NICHOLAS D'AESTE maketh sundry attempts against the Venetians. The Venetians surrender the Polesin to AESTE. MELLATO with great travel over the tops of the Mountains arriveth at Verona. A great naval Army cometh by the Po, upon the Mantuan Territory. Bressia is straightly besieged. The Senate determineth to renew the alliance with SFORZA. MELLATO being made General of the Army, resolveth to relieve Bressia with victuals. PARISH LODRON vanquisheth the enemies near to the River Sarca. The Venetians resolve to prepare a naval Army for the Lake of Benac. Galleys are carried by main strength over high Mountains into that Lake. SFORZA allieth himself with the Venetians and Florentines. PICININO and the Prince of Mantua having crossed the River Adice take divers Towns on the Verona and Vincenzan Territories from the Venetians. The Venetians fight against the enemies by Land along the Lake of Benac with good success.  
WHilst all these warlike actions were done in the 
Those of Chiau●… yield to Philip.  Camonicke valley, those of Chiava yielded themselves too Philip. This new Rebellion was accompanied with a greater loss. For Guerriero Martiano, and Michaeli Gritti (whom Mellato had sent with three hundred foot, and a hundred and fifty horse to lie in Garrison in that place) were defeated. Picinino went afterwards 
Picinino besiegeth Rhodes,  & encamped before Rhodes: whereat the Venetians being moved, marched thither with a company of Mercenary Soldiers, all young men, chosen among the inhabitants of the Mountains of Valtropia and Seroliana▪ to raise the siege. These troops setting forward at the beginning of the night, stayed near to Passirana and Paderna. Picinino being advertised of their approach did presently discamp, & returned to Coloignes three miles from Rhodes: The next day having placed part of his forces in ambush in the neighbour Mountains to entrap the Venetian, he marched with the residue of the Army against the enemy, as it were to assail him with all his forces. And being come near to one another, Picinino did embattle his Soldiers. Mellato did not refuse the fight; but sent some of his troops disbanded to scour the plains, and the skirmish being begun, he did by little and little send troops of horse among his footmen against the enemy, and without any disorder, retired his wearied and hurt men, putting those that were able and fresh in their places; both sides dealing so cunningly, as 
The two Armies ●…kirmish.  when Picinino's troops came forth of the Ambuscado, Mellato's not being moved remained firm.  
Now the fight having continued from day-break till it was almost night, with greater loss on the enemy's side than on the Venetians, both sides retired; Picinino to Coloignes, and the Venetian to Bressia. And although Fortune at that time no more favoured the one than the other, nevertheless to satisfy the inhabitants of Bressia, who were desirous to understand the success of that encounter, the Magistrates commanded that it should be given forth how that Mellato had broken and put the enemy to rout. This rumour was not only spread in the City of Bressia, but being brought to Venice, the whole City received such content, as the people being ouerioyed, came running from all parts to the Marketplace to rejoice with one another; by means whereof the Republic had like to have fallen into a great and wonderful danger.  
There were in the City great numbers of Histrian and Dalmatian Mariners, and Rowers, who were sent for thither expressly to furnish the Naval Army which was then making ready. Many of these fellows being heated with wine ran to the Marketplace, where having kindled fires in divers places (in sign of joy) seeking up and down for wood to feed it, they began to pluck down the shops of the Bakers and those that sold herbs, which stood in the Marketplace, to make firewood of them: and having beaten away the watch that went about to pacify them, they gathered together about three thousand men, who using no respect to 
The vnlook●… for danger whereinto the Commonwealth was like to have fallen.  the Magistrates, nor chief Senators that were come thither to appease the tumult, they began to break open greater shops, and to fall into an open rebellion. But at the arrival of Pietro Lauretano this sedition was soon quieted. It is reported that these Mechanic people at his very name stood still and offered to do whatsoever it should please him to command them; and he having given them his word that none among them should be punished for that which they had done that night, every man returned home to his own dwelling place.  
Lauretano by good deserts had in such sort gotten the love and good will of all men, as not only those mean people of the City, but those of greatest place and authority did reverence and respect him. The which he had easily obtained by 
Lauretano respected and beloved of every one.  his courteous meekness and hearty love towards the Republic, which doth as much cherish and embrace their virtues, as it doth abhor and detest pride and ambition. As also for that the Commonwealth had for the space of twenty years employed him in every war of importance. And that time also when the affairs of Lombardie were in great danger, and that the Venetian forces were not thought comparable to those of Philip, the Senate did choose him, notwithstanding his great age, for to command the great Naval Army which it had prepared against the Mantuan.  
It consisted of greater number of vessels than had been at any time before seen 
The number of the vessels in the Venetians Naval Army.  in any fleet upon a River. For there were more than an hundred and threescore vessels of all sorts, among whom were five Galleons higher and greater than were usually made, and about threescore and ten Galleys; the residue being small vessels like to little Brigantines. But whilst these things were making ready in the City, Picinino four days after the encounter coming back from Coloignes to Rhodes 
Rhodes and divers other towns, yield to Picinino.  with all his troops, enforced the inhabitants to yield. The like did those of Bomedes, Paternia and Passeria. The next day after, the Monticulans, julian's, Omians, and Brienses yielded unto him upon his word; and at the last, having by force seized on Isea, he did on the mountains take Valtropia.  
And within a while after he possessed all the plains on the Bressan Territories, with a great part of the mountains: the new Orges excepted, which he determined to assail upon the first occasion. M●…llato, Barbaro, and the other officers of Bressia suspecting 
Picinino his design.  that Picinino's designs did only tend to shut up the passages from the Venetian troops, to the end that all relief being kept from them, he might famish them in Bressia; did secretly resolve that Mellato, leaving certain troops for the guard of the City, should go his way with the residue of the Army to Verona, or whither fortune should lead him.  
Now Blondus saith, That about the third watch of the night he came forth of 
Mellato cometh forth of Bressia.  Bressia with five thousand men both horse and foot. We do not find in Montanus commentaries, that he had at that time so many men: Pasius of Arimini sets down but three thousand: And because both of them were present at this war, I do the rather follow them: But of what number soever this Army was it marched speedily to the banks of the River Mincia: where after it had attempted beneath the Bridge of Valeza to pass at a ford, and could not by reason of the depth of 
Mellato is constrained to return to Bressia.  the waters, and for that the enemies were encamped on the opposite shore, having lost some horse, it returned to Bressia with as great speed as it came thence. Picinino marched towards Bressia with an intent to surprise the Venetian, but he was prevented by his enemy's speed, whereupon he blamed his own negligence for losing so fair an occasion; and without more delay he marched against the new Orges, who as hath been said were still obedient to the Venetians. Mellato in the mean time attempted to pass by another way, which although it was as dangerous as the former had nevertheless better success.  
Whilst these things were done near to Bressia, Nicholas D'Aeste did make great 
The Duke of ●…errara complains to the Pope.  complaints to Pope Eugenius who remained still at Ferrara, how the Venetians did hate him; saying, That he knew of a certain that they had of late prepared a Naval Army: And because he was assured that they did suspect him to have been the cause that the Prince of Mantua had forsaken their alliance, he had cause to doubt that the same great preparation was rather made against him than any other. The Pope sought to comfort him, and to feed him with better hope, assuring him that he should not need to fear the Venetians, for their designs tended to another end; and if he did stand in fear of them, he would take order, that all assurance should be given him on their party.  
But notwithstanding all this, Aeste levied a brave Cavallerie, and sent for Guido 
Nicholas d'Aeste forti●…ieth his own Estate.  Faventio with fifteen hundred horse, and three hundred foot, and called home his son Borsia, who was in Sforza's Camp with six hundred horse; saying that he raised those forces only to defend his own, and not to offend any man, He did afterwards cause a great quantity of ground to be cut which lieth betwixt the Po and Padua drawing a broad and deep trench from the River to the marshes; commanding the Ferrarois to take Arms, and that a speedy levy of Soldiers should be made at Regio and Modena.  
The Pope began to exhort Nicholas D'Aeste who was with him, and the Venetians 
Nichol●…o 〈◊〉 f●…eed from fear and suspicion.  by his Ambassadors, to lay down Arms, and to embrace some honourable accord, but with this condition, That the Venetians should surrender to Nicholas D'Aeste Rovigo, with seven Castles of the Pollessin Island, which seven and thirty years before had been engaged to them. Aeste being overcome by the Venetians bounty, did forthwith change his determination, and relieved the Venetian Army with victuals and all other necessaries, which already was going up the Po; the like did the Ferrarois' following their Prince's example.  
In the mean time those of Orges in the Bressan Country did valiantly resist Philip's forces. But that which neither strength nor any attempt could execute, was done through the treachery of Pietro of Luca. He being sent by Mellato with 
The new Orger, are yielded unto Picinino by treachery.  three hundred horse for the guard of the Town, within a short space after it was besieged, did deliver both the Town and her inhabitans into the hands of Picinino. But whilst the enemy was busied at this siege Mellato did attempt to pass towards Verona: Barbaro and the other Officers of the City being desirous to have it so, to the end that the City being discharged of such a multitude might be less afflicted with the dearth of victuals; as also because they thought it most profitable for the Commonwealth to have some troops near to Verona that might make head against the enemy if he should chance to march thither.  
Mellato hereupon took that way which seemed most commodious. And because that of the champain country had proved successesse, he resolved to journey through the high Mountains and Forests that were in a manner in-accessible. Giacomo Antonio Marcello a very valiant person, and Giovanni Villano Captain of a company of light horse being sent before for discoverers, did diligently view the whole country. Now it being resolved that Thadeo d'Aeste with six hundred horse, and a thousand foot, should tarry behind for the guard of the City, the residue were commanded, every man to be ready with their Arms and baggage to depart about 
Mellato departs from Bressia and marcheth toward the mountain●…s.  the second watch of the night. The troops being come forth of the City at midnight marched through the vale of Sabia to the mountains. divers Bressans, some being persuaded, but most of them provoked by their own proper motion, did follow the Venetian Ensigns, among whom were Pietro Auogadre, Leonardo Martinenga, with Antonio his brother.  
Those of the valley of Sabia being amazed to see these troops, took arms, being 
Those of the valley of Sabia seek to stop their passage.  assured of the hatred which the Bishop of Trent their Lord did bear towards the Venetians; but not daring to assail them openly, they broke down the straight passages through which the Venetians were to pass, and if they met with any stragglers, they did either villainously murder them, or else throw them down headlong into those deep valleys. The Venetian Captain dissembled all these wrongs, and entreated the soldiers to make haste, and not to abandon their ensigns. And having with great labour and travel passed the first days journey, about the second watch of the night on the top of the mountain of the last valley, he made a stand, and commanded the weary soldiers to eat and take their rest: Then by day-break the companies being dislodged, Paris Lodron, who was before reconciled to the Venetians having driven the enemies before him, came and showed himself to them, and embraced Mellato, who having followed him with all his forces over those difficult mountains of Italy, without any fear of the Mountaniers did late in the evening encamp in an assured place.  
All men thought it fit in that place to rest the tired soldiers and horses who were wearied with a continual march of two whole days and nights. But Mellato would by no means suffer it, saying, that it behoved him to make haste before that the Bishop of Trent were advertised of their passage through his territories; yet nevertheless for all his haste, the enemy had notice thereof, who having the same night sent Polonians and Maclovians to cause the Mountaniers to take arms, the army had like to have been enclosed in those straits, and if it had not made great haste (as hath been said) it would there have received a great overthrow; howbeit it did not pass those straits, but in great fear.  
There was in the midst of the mountains a ragged uneasy way; on the one side whereof rocks and great ruins of stone-quarries did over-hang, and on the other appeared very deep valleys, full of torrents, & of so great a distance to look upon, as whatsoever was thrown down into the bottom, of what bigness soever it were, would yet appear less by the one half. The cruel Inhabitants of those mountains meeting with certain stragglers from the troops threw them headlong into those deep bottoms. The enemy had seized on those straits, and the Venetians 
The enemy's intent.  had already perceived his intent, which was, to roll down huge stones upon the Army, which would have greatly endangered them.  
Grief and despair had in a manner seized on all the troops; not so much in regard of the difficulty of the ways, as for fear of their lives. Which the General perceiving, he commanded Cavacalbon, Rangon, and Guido, three valiant young men, 
The enemies are d●…iuen 〈◊〉 the mountains tops.  to go secretly with three hundred footmen, armed with swords and short pikes, to assail the enemies in the crooked passages of the mountains. These men having bravely executed his commandment, and driven the enemies from the mountain tops, the army passed on in safety.  
These iij. hundred men, leaving their heavy armour in that place from whence they had driven the enemies, did the remainder of that night march before the army to discover the ways and forest. Then being come in the morning to Thegna, the Inhabitants of the place at the first did not stir, but afterwards falling upon the rearward, they took from the Venetians a great part of their baggage, and two hundred horse. At the last, the army being come down into the plain, near to Arques, the scouts brought word that the River Sarca which runneth from the mountains of Trent into the lake of Garda was so risen by reason of the former night's rain, as it could in no sort be forded.  
The next day, the troops which were to pass over, staying upon the River banks, descried the armed enemies on the other shore, who were brought thither by Lodovico Vermio whom Picinino had speedily sent by the Lake. Some say that Vermio and Francisco, son to Vinciguerra, went to beat back the Venetians in the forest of Penetra. Whether it were there, or near to the River (for those places are not far asunder) that the enemy showed himself, it is certain that the Venetians being greatly amazed, perceiving the enemies before, behind, and on every side, and the Lake on the right hand which did enclose them, sent Leonardo Martinenga 
The Venetians great distress.  to Vinciguer Lord of Arques, whose near kinsman he was, to use means if it were possible by fair promises to draw him to their party, but if he should refuse the Venetians friendship, yet to entreat him to oblige the Venetians so far to him, as not to enterprise aught against them, and to withdraw his forces forth of the forest of Penetra. Whereunto he was so far off from giving consent, as on the contrary he did forthwith, against the law of Nations, take Martinenga prisoner, and binding 
Great 〈◊〉  him hand and foot, sent him to Mantua where he died.  
Martinenga's misfortune did much more amaze Mellato and the rest, and there was likelihood that so many brave men would be cast away, being enclosed by the lake, mountains and rivers, or else that their Arms being laid down, they would fall into the enemy's hands; and if they did think to attempt to open their way by arms, yet they would in that enterprise lose their lives, had not Pilosus a Centurion, who being come into the forest of Penetra with a thousand men, or (according to some) with four hundred to open the passage for his fellows, opportunely arrived. 
The 〈◊〉 of a Centurion.  It is reported, That this man deceived the enemy by a new stratagem. For the enemy possessing the forest, through which they were of necessity to pass, and the narrow passages, (where ten resolute men would with ease have kept back thousands) being guarded day and night, he being not able to drive the enemy thence by force, did it by cunning.  
There was a wood near to the top of the mountain where the enemies lay, wherein he placed in the night time twenty tall soldiers, and commanded them carefully to mark whether the number of those that kept on the top did wax less, and if they should quit the place, speedily to seize on it: And himself, as though he had despaired of being able to pass, caused diverse Torches, and other Lights to be fastened to Lances ends, and with them feigned to go further off. This did not only make them believe that the Venetians were gone away, but did confirm them in that opinion, in regard it did not avail them to tarry there. Whereupon those of the guard leaving their place, those twenty soldiers that were left in the next wood did forthwith seize on the hill top, whither the Centurion came speedily with the residue of his troops; who with great noise showing himself afterward to the enemy, did in such sort affright him, as he quitted the forest and the rivers shore to the Venetian. And in this manner so many brave and valiant men were preserved by the labour and industry of one alone man.  
By this means the troops passed along in safety. Blondus affirmeth that the Venetians lost above eight hundred Horse in that journey. M●…ntanus, and Pasius of Arimini do not mention so great loss. During these exploits in the Mountains, Lauretano being come up the River Po against the stream, resolved to tarry for the troops that were appointed for the Navy, at the separation of the River, a little beneath the walls of Ficarolles. For, of eight thousand men, appointed for the Vessels, he had taken in but three thousand. But whilst the Venetians delayed time, 
The Mantuan fortifi●…th the Po.  and matters went slowly forward at Venice, the Prince of Mantua at Hostillia stopped the passage of the Po with a strong Rampire, and caused great piles to be driven into the River: whereupon in every four ranks he builded Forts, encompassing them afterwards with three great iron chains, and placed upon each side of the River great store of warlike engines, which were planted in such manner, as no vessel whatsoever could come near, but in a moment was sure to receive twenty or thirty shot. He did likewise with the same care and diligence cause Sermena to be fortified with a strong Garrison, which lieth on the Po in the midway betwixt Ficarolles and Hostillia.  
All this was done upon the Po. Philip after the taking of the new Orges, was very sorry when he heard that Mellato with his troops had escaped through the mountains. And although Harvest was ended, and that it was time to send his troops 
Philip exhorteth his Captains to besiege Bressia.  to Winter, yet never the less he sent for Picinino, and the other Captains of his Army, entreating them to go and besiege Bressia, telling them by word of mouth how desirous he was to have that City besieged, and that the greatest pleasure they could do him, was to have that Town taken by the valorous conduct of his Captains, the which besides the great wealth would purchase him a very notable victory. He willed them then to go their way, saying, that he hoped that the same City, unprovided of a Garrison, molested with famine and pestilence, would in a short space either by force or fair means be reduced under his obedience. After he had thus entreated and exhorted Picinino, and his other Captains, he dismissed them. Picinino within a while after, and without delay, went and besieged Bressia 
Philip's Army 〈◊〉 Bressia  with twenty thousand men, and brought great numbers of pieces of battery near to the walls, among which there were fifteen brought from Milan, of such bigness, as the least of them did carry a bullet of three hundred pound weight. The battery was great and furious against the tower of Mombellane, and other places of the City, whereof ensued such ruin of the walls, as the Inhabitants being daunted at the very first, began openly to talk of yielding.  
In this siege the Officers of the City were for a time more careful and diligent, 
The order which the besieged kept in the City.  than were the enemy's attempts fearful or dangerous. And therefore it was concluded among them that Christofero Donato, the City's Magistrate, should remain in his own house, and courteously entertain as well those that should come to visit him, as such as he should expressly send for, and should with great promises exhort them to continue loyal to the Venetians: That Barbaro in like manner who was Governor, 
The besieged are greatly assured.  and General of the Garrison, being a valiant and brave Gentleman, should still be near to the walls and gates of the City; should place the corps-de-guard; and by his speech give hope to the Soldiers and Townsmen. The which he did so cunningly by feigned letters and messengers, and did so comfort them all, as there was none among them, notwithstanding death and wounds, but had rather to obey the Venetians than to fall into the enemy's hands. In this resolution they fought thrice with the enemy with good success, sometimes from the walls, and otherwhiles by sallies. And as much as the Bombards (for so we will term these engines of battery) had beaten down by day, so much did the Inhabitants repair by night with strong Rampires. In these reparations the Women did no less employ them 
Notable service 〈◊〉 Women.  selves than the Men, among whom divided into Hundreds, and Ten, Braida Auogadre, as Valiant as Noble, did a notable service to the Commonwealth.  
But two insupportable mischiefs daily increasing, plague and famine, the Magistrates 
Famine and pestilence assl●…ct the besieged.  permitted those who were less fit for the City's defence to go whither they would. Hereupon divers left the City, and especially those of the Gybelline faction. The Town was so desolate, as of seven thousand which were numbered at the beginning of the siege for the City's defence, there remained but three thousand with the Magistrates and the Garrison. This small number did increase the enemy's boldness, so as they began more than before nearly to press the besieged, by new mounts and mines, and by all other warlike engines. And on the other part the besieged did in all places very valiantly resist the enemies, not eschewing any pain or danger.  
An assault being given to the Tower Mombellane, and the wall being beaten 
The valiant defence of the besieged.  down flat to the ground, they did not only make head against the enemy who was almost entered into the City, but valiantly repulsed him from the ruins of the wall with great slaughter and loss; and not only once, but divers and sundry times. In the end, the Inhabitants loyalty was so great, together with the valour and industry of Barbaro and the rest, as the City being well defended, Picinino grinding his teeth 
Picinino is enforced to raise his Camp from before Bressia.  and weeping in a manner for spite and rage, discamped in the midst of Winter, having lost in this siege above two thousand men, among whom were many Noble persons; and the besieged, accounting Townsmen and Soldiers, lost not half so many.  
The siege being raised, the Soldiers were sent to Winter. During the siege of Bressia, Mellato accounted whatsoever he had till then done to be nothing, if he did not open a way to relieve the besieged with men and victuals. And himself with his troops pursuing his journey did in the Valley of Lagarina (as Pasius of Arimini writeth) take Burgo and Coruario by force: Then coming to Penetra, he received 
Penetra yielded to the Venetians  it at the hands of Francisco, Son to Vinciguer. It is reported that in this journey Pilosus, who by his valour had in former time saved the Venetian troops, was grievously hurt, and that the next day after he died of his wound. His disaster being 
Pilosus death.  known at Venice, the Senate did speedily send the skilful est Physicians and Chirurgeons in the City to look to him; but by the way they had news of his death, whereupon they returned. The Venetian Captain seized on Torbolles, a place depending on Penetra, where the greatest part of his Army spent the remainder of the Winter.  
The Senate in acknowledgement of these exploits and others of great consequence, performed by Mellato, did in his absence declare him General of their Army, and did daily send him supplies of money, and victuals, and did by letters exhort 
Mellato is made General of the Venetian Army  him to relieve Bressia with victuals, if it were possible. For the danger of that City, which by Barbaro's letters they understood to be furiously assailed by the enemy, did very much trouble them.  
Pietro Auogadre was present; who coming to Verona with the Venetian troops, did afterwards go to Venice, and being brought in before the Senate he did unfold the fortune and misery of his Country, which was most loyal to the Venetians, humbly requesting them to remember it; telling them that he knew of a certain, that his fellow Citizens were resolved to hazard all danger, and endure all extremity, rather than to return under Philip's obedience. Yet he greatly feared 
Auogadre his r●…monstrance to the Senate.  that unless they were speedily reliued with men and victuals, they could not long withstand so mighty an enemy: That they should do well to make haste, and if they had any remembrance of their own State and reputation, and of the safety of their subjects, to provide for the conservation of that City, whose singular loyalty they had already made trial off; and to prepare money, men, and victuals: That he was assured that the Venetians power was so great, as there was no war, how difficult and dangerous soever, but they were able to end it; and yet in this, they needed nothing so much as good will and speed: and that Time and the Venetians good fortune would perform the rest.  
Prince Foscari his frequent exhortations likewise did herein much prevail with the Senate: Wherein whilst all men were busied, news was brought that Bressia was freed from the siege. This did not only raise their daunted courages, but gave then hope of better fortune, the which was strengthened with another more recent, namely, that for the better fortifying of their alliance, they might draw Sforza and the Florentines to their party.  
It is reported that Nicolaod' Aeste was the first that motioned it to the Senate, who being reconciled to the Venetians, came to Venice to visit the Prince and Senators, 
Nicolaod Aeste his motion made to the Senate.  where coming into the Senate clothed in white, after sundry speeches of his great and loyal affection towards them, he began to talk of means how to make war, and acquainted the Senate with the goodly occasion which was then offered, not only to withstand Philip's forces, but to make war upon him: which was by their Ambassadors, and fair promises to draw Francisco Sforza to their side, who was reported to have left Philip's party in a discontented humour, for that he had lately refused to accomplish the marriage betwixt him and his daughter: That he doubted not but this courageous Lord, so renowned for his high attempts, would snatch the present victory forth of the enemy's hands, as well in regard of his ancient emulation and hatred to Ricinino, as for his discontent newly conceived against Philip.  
Aeste his speech did greatly move the Senators who gave him infinite thanks for that in so dangerous a time he had, as became a faithful friend, manifested to the 
The Senate's answer to Nicolao d' Aeste.  Senate his sincere affection towards them, and likewise for that he had familiarly discoursed with them concerning the profit and service of the Commonwealth. But the Senate told him that they would more maturely determine on that which had been propunded. Some say that the Venetians did at that time present him with Rovigo and the whole Polesin; but I think that it was rather an approbation of what was already done, concerning the restitution of the Pollesin.  
The Senate being hereby put in some hope, had intelligence by letters from Giacomo Antonio Marcello, which were read in the Senate, That Mellato after the taking of Penetra and Torbolles, took great care by what means he might relieve the Bressans, and that he had certainly found an occasion to be offered, whereby to open the lake to the Venetians. This having more confirmed them, they did presently resolve on sundry Ambassades. They sent Giovanni Pisani to La Marca to Sforza, 
The Senate send to Sforza and the Florentines.  Francisco Barbadico to Florence. They called Pietro Auogadre into the Senate where they acquainted him with that which Mellato had done for the victualling of Bressia, whereupon they entreated him that he would speedily go to the Army, to the end that both of them together might consult on that which should be necessary for the journey. And that he should write to Paris Lodron to entreat him still to hold firm his alliance and amity with the Venetians: and to the Bressans, that they should want no supplies nor victuals, only they should do their best to hold out till necessary preparations might be made.  
These things were treated of at Venice. Mellato determining to relieve the 〈◊〉 after that he had gotten together a great quantity of whea●…e at Penetra, resolved to pass over the mountains, seeing he could go by no other way▪ Therefore he did 
Mellato maketh provision ●…a relieve Bressia.  by express messengers request Paris Lodron to come and meet with the sorage●…s as far as he could. Then he commanded four Captains, that after they had distributed the wheat among the soldiers, they should first go to Paris Lodron, and afterwards to Bressia. The enemies in the mean time had placed a strong Garrison in Arques and in Tengues, and had sent Ittalus of friul (for they had notice which way they meant to pass) to lie in ambush with six hundred horse and foot, to surprise the foragers by the way. Mellato's soldiers had already passed through the forest of Tengues, and supposing that they were out of all danger, they were come down into a deep bottom, when the enemy showing himself on a sudden▪ and 
The enemies assail the foragers.  unlooked for, did greatly affright them.  
There was by chance near to that place a little hill, whither the Venetian soldiers all trembling marched with their burdens, but being environed in that place 
What Philip did in the vale of Sabia.  on every side, and molested with sundry assaults (for many were slain there) the third day after both they and the corn fell into their enemy's hands. Mellato was at the same time at Torbolles, where it was commonly reported that his designs only tended to relieve the afflicted Bressans. Philip on the other side, the better to take all hope of relief from them, did in the month of januarie, march with six thousand men, together with the Prince of Mantua into the vale of Sabia, where he remained till three forts which he there caused to be built, were made defensible & manned with strong Garrisons, the one at Nosa, the other at Cagri, & the third at Solecetta, the which three Forts being well guarded, there was no probability at all that the Bressa●…s could hope for any relief.  
Some say that Picinino builded these Forts near to the City at that time, when he raised his camp from before Bressia, namely the one at S. Euphemia's Church, the other at the hill-top, and the third at the fountains Monpianes. Ittalus his enterprise against the Venetians being executed, he was desirous to march against Paris Lodron: But his purpose being discovered, Barbaro the Governor of Bressia, who was very circumspect, did speedily send six hundred footmen to the relief of Paris, 
The venetians send succours to Paris Lodron.  the Venetians friend, under the conduct of Gyrardo Dandula. He being come near to the Fort at Nosa, assailed a troop of Philip's horse, which he easily defeated. Then divers of the Guelpt faction of Valtropia being joined with him, he went to Paris with a thousand men. Ittalus on the other side having raised two thousand peasants as well of the Mantuan are of the Gibelline faction of the Bressans territories marched with them against the enemy, together with the footmen which he had brought with him at the first, crossing the river Sarca at the bridge which is upon the confines of Romagna. He had already begun to ascend the next mountains, when Paris being conducted through covert valleys, went on a sudden, and assailed those footmen whom he had left to guard the bridge, where in a moment he made a great slaughter of them. Many were slain there, among whom were Ittalus his son, Pietro Capocia, with Polonus Colonel of the Bishop of Trents troops. Ittalus cut off his journey, and returned thither, being either called back by the great noise, or else sent for by an express messenger. Paris perceiving him coming down like a tempest driven from the mountains, did bravely receive him, & at last wearied him 
The ●…igh betwixt Paris Lodron and Ittalus. Ittalus being vanquished retireth into the mountains.  with fight. There was a cruel battle for the space of three hours, but in the end Ittalus retired the next way into the mountains. Paris being victorious, made himself master of the latter squadron: and the enemy had been wholly overthrown, had not the night with her darkness been favourable to him. The next morrow by day-break Paris marched freely against the enemy, and was already come to the mountains, at such time as the enemy (being provoked by shame) returned likewise to the fight. This encounter continued with greater fury than the former, wherein divers of the enemies were slain ere they betook themselves to 
The bickering being renewed, Ittalus is wholly overthrown.  flight, but at last they turned their back, Paris being victorious pursued them thus disordered. A thousand of the enemies were taken, and as many slain. Ittalus after this overthrow, with much difficulty through byways, and steep mountains retired himself to Riva d'Trente, whither likewise within a while after came three hundred horse, and a thousand foot which had escaped by divers passages.  
Pi●…inino having intelligence of the rout of his forces assembled those troops which wintered near to Bressia, and speedily marched through the vale of Sabia, and over the tops of the mountains to Lodron which he straightly besieged, so as after the fifteenth day of the siege he took it. Then he went to besiege Romana (for this town did likewise belong to Paris) but finding it strong both by art & nature, & that there was a strong garrison in it, by reason that it was winter he raised his camp on the first day of February, and sent his troops to winter along the lake of Benac.  
This in brief was all that was done in the Alps: whilst Lauretano having a long time in vain expected forces from the City, went (because he would not have it said that he had done nothing) and besieged the City of Sermone. Gonzaga had 
Lauretano besiegeth Sermone.  before (as hath been said) carefully fortified that place, which could not be taken by so small a company. The Senators were suspected to have refused to send supplies to Lauretano, rather through envy than for want of means, which happened, for that they gave ear to sundry detractors, who were desirous rather to see Lauretano's fame to decrease, than to be augmented by any notable exploit. But he falling sick by the distemperature of the air, and waxing daily more and more weak, was brought to Venice. Stephano Contareni was sent in his steed.  
Lauretano, after he had a while been sick, died, and was buried (according as 
The death of Pietro Lauretano, and his strange burial.  he had appointed it by his last will and testament) in S. Helen's Church, his feet being bare, a stone under his head, and without any funeral pomp.  
Mellato, after he had taken Penetra, did not cease by letters to advertise the Senate, that a way lay open to chase the enemies from the lake of Benac, whereby they might afterward with ease relieve Bressia. This business was very difficult, and every man demanded how it would be done, and how a naval Army might be sent into that lake, seeing there was no forest near, nor any river whereby to bring the vessels. This consultation had for certain days troubled the Senate, when a certain 
A wonderful proposition of a Candiot.  Candiot called Sorbolla, who (as I suppose) had viewed the places, went to the Senate, and told them that he wanted neither courage nor skill to transport the vessels from the City to the lake of Benac. This being thought by all men impossible for him to draw great vessels by main strength above two hundred miles off, he was esteemed to be a foolish and idle fellow. But being afterwards known to be a man of an excellent wit, and still persevering in his opinion that it might be done if they would furnish him with necessaries for the purpose, the Senate gave him leave, and committed the business to him, who gladly accepting it, did presently fall to work; all things necessary for such an enterprise being supplied.  
The vessels were drawn up against the stream of the river Adice to Verona, from 
After what manner the vessels were brought to the lake of Benac.  thence with great labour and travail unto the burrow of Mora, by Oxen tied to gether: And after that he had laid slippery pieces of wood to make the Galleys slide on, (and yet Pasius maketh mention but of one Galley) it was drawn by strength of Men and Oxen through a plain of six miles in length to S. Andrew's lake, the other lesser vessels were carried in carts. Blondus saith that they drew two great Galleys, and three other smaller ones, and with them five and twenty small vessels: Some others who were present at that action, say that there were two great Galleys, one of which was scarce finished when they carried it from Venice.  
Over this lake where the vessels were first brought, a rock jetted forth much like to a wall, which to make smooth and even great numbers of peasants were employed, who having thrown part of that stony substance into the lake, made the place so level, as the vessels with all their tackling being by little and little drawn forth of the water, began to ascend the top of the next mountain. For betwixt the two lakes there is a very steep mountain, which on the bending thereof is cut through by a stream which runneth here and there through rocks and precipices, through which the vessels were first to pass. These rocks being on every side made plain, and the stream filled with boughs, and trunks of trees, with earth thrown upon them, the way was made so even, as rollers being laid to slide the Galleys on, they were as easily drawn up the hill as on the plain. Those who have viewed these places, do greatly wonder and can hardly believe it, that so great a mass could be drawn through such craggy rocks, by any labour or skill whatsoever, were it not that certain old steps and traces are there to be seen, which testify to after-ages that such a thing was done.  
It is reported that they had no less trouble in bringing them down, than they had to get them up: For all men feared lest that the same huge weight being carried over those precepices and steepy Rocks should fall and break itself in pieces. The third month after their departure from Venice, they came down to Torbolles, where the Galleys being viewed they found that one of them had need of trimming before they could launch it into the water. The residue of the Army was embattled at the mouth of the River Sarca, which was environed with three ranks of piles in form of a semicircle for the better safety thereof. The Venetians beside built a Fort at the going forth of the River, to keep the enemies who were reported to have a Galley and certain Ganzarioles at Rivoltella, from coming to them. It was thought that the Senate did undertake this enterprise rather to feed the Bressans with hope than for any opinion it had that those vessels 
The S●…nate taketh care to preserve Verona and Vincenza.  would do any service, in regard that there were in all places upon the lake such great numbers of enemies as it was not only impossible to enter Bressia in despite of them, but they were much encumbered with care, how they might the Summer following keep Verona and Vincenza from them.  
The Venetians affairs were (without all doubt) in great danger, when they being thus dejected, fortune turned towards them and smiled. Philip had the most part of the winter deluded Sforza with promise to give him his daughter Bianca to wife. But excusing himself sometimes by reason of his daughter's indisposition of 
Philip delaieth and deludeth Sforza.  body, and afterwards by the sharpness of the winter, he did of set purpose delay the matter. But Sforza soon perceived his double dealing, and finding by his delays that he went about to deceive him; he sent Troillo a trusty friend of his own to Milan; to sound the meaning of Philip and his daughter; from whence he bringing him back 
What moved▪ Sforza to make a league with the venetians.  nothing but words, in rage and choler he gave ear to the Venetians more than he had done. Within a while after there arose a new suspicion. For it is reported that at such time as Picinino exhorted his Soldiers to assault Bress●…a; a certain friend of his asked him, why he did expose himself and Soldiers to such a manifest danger; seeing he knew very well that the same City and all the rest should never be his, but were destined to Sforza as Philip's future heir. His reply was. It is all one; let your 
Pjoinino flouteth Sforza.  self and the rest only do your best to take Bressia; for that being done, we will be at La Marca before this delicate bridegroom shall have any suspicion thereof, and then, I will play the bride, and ye young fellows shall be the dancers. This being reported to Sforza, he did not only hearken to the Venetians, but did forthwith dispatch messengers to Florence, whither (as we have said, according to Pasius) Francisco Barbadico was sent.  
Blondus saith that Giacomo Donato was sent into Tuscanie. The Florentines, although they were well assured, that Philip, so soon as the Venetians should be overthrown, would presently come and assail them, and notwithstanding that they were desirous by all means to withstand the Tyrant's attempts, yet nevertheless, because they would hardly believe that Sforza would forsake his Father-in-law, they were 
A league concluded betwixt the Venetians, Florentines, and Sforza.  not easily drawn to enter into the ancient league with the Venetians. But being provoked by this alteration, and persuaded by Pope Eugenius who was then at Florence, they did on the eight day of February conclude a league for five years with Sforza and the Venetians.  
In this accord it was expressly mentioned that Sforza should be the ally of both those Commonweals, and General of all their forces, and that they should give him pay for three thousand horse and two thousand foot: That the Venetians and Florentines should levy such forces as he should think fit for the managing of that 
Nicholas D'Aeste is received into the league.  war. Nicholas D'Aeste was received into this alliance, with whom they concluded that he should entertain at the costs and charges of those two people Guido Faventino with fifteen hundred horse and three hundred foot, and his son Borsia with a thousaud horse for that war.  
I find in Montanus commentaries that two hundred and twenty thousand Ducats were appointed for Sforza's pay, whereof the Florentines were to give fourscore and ten thousand, and the Venetians the rest: And beside, that whatsoever they should take from Philip should be given to Sforza, (Cremona excepted) which should return to the Venetians, and if they should take none other City but Cremona, that then it should be allotted to the General. For the rest it was expressly concluded that Sforza should presently pass into Lombardie, to free the Venetians from the war there. Pasius saith that the league was renewed in Tuscanie during the siege of Bressia; But if it were concluded on the eighth of February (as Blondus saith) I cannot see how that could be done, seeing it is certain that the siege before Bressia was raised before januarie, although it was afterwards much molested by the Garrisons round about it, and the ways stopped by the enemies, so as victuals nor relief could come to them. But whether it were then (as he saith) or afterwards; it is certain that Philip was mightily daunted when he understood of his sons-in-law revolt.  
But Picinino not thinking it fit to temporize, or to tarry till the Venetians forces should be augmented by Sforza's coming, began to treat with the Prince of Mantua concerning the passage of the Adice. There was some likelihood that it would avail Philip's affairs, if the war might be transported into the Paduan or Vincenzan Territories. Now this seemed easy to be done, if entering into either of the Countries, they might on a sudden surprise some town or other. This was reported to be the Mantuans plot who thought it fit to send the war far from his own Gates, and to draw those vessels which were upon the Po near to Sermona, 
The Mantuans plot to send the war far from his own Country  (for by the Senate's commandment Contareni had brought back the naval Army to Chioggia) by the River Tartar into the marshes and lakes of the enemies, and then from thence to transport them by land, (if it could not be done by water) into the River Adice. Mellato by his spies having intelligence hereof, did sundry times advertise the Prince and Senate, advising them forthwith to send a naval Army into the Adice.  
In the mean time they were not quiet near to the lake of La Garda. Pietro Zeno General of the Naval Army which lay at Torbolles coming forth by little and little from the Haven, did in such sort open the way to his Countrymen on that part of the lake which is betwixt Torbolles and the mouth of Ponal, as through the crooked windings of the mountains, by which the River falleth headlong into the lake, having to that end cut the solid rock in form of stairs; he caused some 
Bressia is somewhat relieved.  small quantity of corn to be carried upon men's shoulders, first over the high mountains, and from thence to Bressia.  
But whilst these things passed in Lombardie news came from the Ambassadors that were in Tuscanie and La Marca that the league was renewed. It is reported that the letters and the accord being read and seen in the Senate, it was differently received, according to every man's humour. divers murmured, and often told 
News of the league is brought to Venice,  those that approved it, that they should beware that some deceit did not lurk in that new league: That they were not pleased with that which the Florentines had set down conditionally: That they thought it more necessary to make peace with Philip (if they might obtain it) although it were to their disadvantage, than to thrust the Republic into danger. These complaints had moved the Senate, and divers seemed to be of opinion that the league newly made with Sforza and the Florentines was of no force, had not the Princes grave speech confirmed the Senators who were in some sort estranged.  

The Prince's speech concerning the league.  
FIrst he rebuked the Senators for their inconstancy, who so inconsiderately had repent them of the accord so much desired: He told them that they needed not to fear and suspect the Florentines, who had freely embraced war to pleasure the Venetians, but that they ought rather to account them mindful and not ingrateful for the benefits which they had in former times received, as men that did remember ●…ow by the Venetians aid they had in time past beaten Philip their 〈◊〉 from their Gates: That this than was an acknowledgement of that which was past, and no deceit: That they should beware lest they rashly lost so goodly an occasion offered for the preservation of their state which came rather by divine miracle than by any human device or counsel. That he very plainly perceived, that by that means only specified in the accord, and not by any other, the State of the Republic might be preserved and maintained in so wretched and dangerous a season: He willed them then to rest satisfied, and if they were desirous of the public good to embrace that alliance, which did not only bring them speedy relief but likewise opened them away to obtain a gallant victory.   
The Prince's speech was of such force, as having forthwith changed their minds, they did generally approve whatsoever their Commissioners had negotiated: and decreed beside, that the Ratification sealed with the golden Seal should be sent to Florence and to La Marca. The Senate moreover levied great sums of money, the most part whereof was by the accord appointed for Sforza. They 
The Venetians do ratify the league.  did afterwards raise forces over all Italy. Cristofero and Giovanni Tollentino were sent for: These men came by sea to Chioggia; for by land they could not come by reason of the rebellion of Ravenna.  
Whilst the Venetians made these preparations, Picinino with his troops was come to the river Adice, where attempting to cross it he was affronted with Andrea Donato on the opposite shore; who being newly returned to Florence, was sent to command in Padua, with jeronimo Contareni in his company. Gonzaga in the mean time caused eight Galleys which he had made at Hostilia, to pass at the mouth of the river Tartar, having first for that purpose with great labour opened the Channel, and brought them into the Fens which lie betwixt Legnaga and the causey of the Po; and it behoved him not only to cleanse the Channel, but 
The Mantuan●… policy for the passage of his Galleys.  after all the mud was taken out which lay betwixt the River and the Fens to make a great deep dike, and through that to make a passage into the River Adice. This river, the cawseiss being broken down, did empty a great part of itself into those Fens at the Borough of Castagnaria, forty stadij beneath Legnaga, and at the place called Malapietra. But the Venetians had before stopped up those Passages with strong Rampires, and placed great numbers of small light vessels to defend them, under the command of Marino Contareni, and Lodovico de Molino.  
Now the enemies first attempts were at Castagnaria, where using means to break down those obstacles, Molino and Contareni did valiantly withstand them. The enemy having begun the skirmish, and perceiving that he prevailed nothing, and that the shore on the other side was kept by those whom Donato had brought thither in haste, having about sunset made a fruitless bravado he departed thence about midnight, and sailed to Malopietra; where being arrived, and the banks beaten down, he did without any difficulty put eight Galleys into the River Adice, and landed a thousand men upon the shore, the most part of whom were Archers. Donato contemning so small a number of enemies, as though he were assured easily to vanquish them, to the end he might fight with them at his own pleasure, 
A Naval battle betwixt the Venetia●…s and the Mantuan.  resolved to tarry a little beneath the bridge of Bald, where whilst he embartailed his forces, Tibertino Brandolino did fiercely march against the enemies which were passed. The Captains likewise of the Naval Army having followed the enemy, began a cruel fight in the midst of the River, where Contareni fight valiantly was slain, being stricken through the body with a dart, and Brandolino was sore wounded in the right leg. But at last the enemies being out of hope to pass that way, they retired to Sanguaneta, and afterwards sailed towards the River Busset, where with six thousand Peasants they did under-take to cut a trench into the Adice, the which being filled by night by the Venetian Soldiers who came thither in small boats, made them to change their determination, and to undertake a matter almost like to the former: which was to cleanse and empty the ancient channel of Panegia. And to the end the Venetians should not hinder this work, as they had lately done the other, they went and encamped at Angleria, an house of pleasure in the Country two miles from Legnaga, upon the high way towards Verona.  
This trench being drawn from Panegia to the River Adice, the enemy began 
The Mantuan Galleys pass into the river Adice.  to bring his Galleys into the River. But whilst his fleet lay at Malopietra, the Venetians did extraordinarily elect (without casting lots) Dario Maripietro to command their Naval Army. Mellato, who lay at Penetra, being sent for, hasted thither with eight thousand Horse, and six thousand foot: howbeit some Authors mention not half so many. Maripietro was come to Legnaga with five and thirty Galleys taken from that Naval Army, which (as we have said) by the Senate's command had been brought back forth of the River Po to Chioggia. Picinino had planted forty pieces of Ordnance upon the banks of Adice, to terrify Molino's naval Army, and to keep it from hindering the arrival of the Vessels, which they were drawing from Panegia and the old Channel into the River. This being considered by Mellato, after that he had embattled his troops upon the other shore, he advertised Maripietro and Molino forthwith to sail up the River▪ and that the enemy, if the naval Army did not withstand it, would pass on in despite of him. Molino believed it, and with his own vessels and five Galleys of Dario's which followed him, he passed on beyond the enemy's Army, and the mouth of Panegia. Some say that one of his Galleys 
The Venetians Naval Army doth retire.  being pierced by the enemy's Ordnance was taken: which being perceived by Dario, he was so amazed as he could by no means be persuaded to follow Molino. Picinino perceiving the Venetians amazement, did forthwith cause the Ordnance to be drawn from thence where it was planted at the enemies coming. In regard whereof Dario and Molino not knowing what to resolve on, nor yet daring, being so divided, to assail the enemy, each of them sought by all means how to avoid the frequent shot of the Ordnance: by means whereof the enemy at his own leisure put his Vessels into the Adice: whereat they that stood upon the opposite shore being affrighted, began to fly disorderly not abiding the enemy.  
divers hold that Mellato was Author of that base flight, but the greater part lay the fault on Donato. Two things there are which induce me to believe that it was rather the Venetians fault; first, the authority of Pasius of Armini, who saith that Donato had sent word to Mellato to forsake the River banks, and to retire with his troops into a place of more safety: and the second is, because I find that he was within a while after cited at the request of the Advocates fiscal for that matter. Those which affirm that Mellato by Donato's commandment did quit the shore, 
Sundry opinions concerning the Venetians retreat.  stick not likewise to say that Christofero Tollentino was sent to Verona with a company of men at arms; Tiberto Brandolino to Montagnane with his Cavallerie; Giovanni, brother to Christofero to Vincenza; and that Mellato with the residue of his army went and encamped at the Baths of Abana.  
The enemy having entered the Adice, and coming to besiege Legnaga, he first 
Picinino besiegeth Legnaga.  of all seized upon the bridges, where Carolo Gonzaga a courageous young man did valiantly behave himself. Legnaga is divided (as it were) into two Towns, which are joined together by a bridge upon the River. That part towards the East is called the Haven; which being assaulted by the enemy was easily won; and at the other he found better resistance. This place was kept by the Chioggians that lay there in Garrison, whom the Venetians had found to be confident and loyal. Frederico Contareni, and Pietro Quirini, were there likewise with other Gentlemen. Some there are that in stead of Pietro Quirini set down Andrea Mocenigo, who were all sent thither for the guard of that place. But, as it often happeneth, when fortune once beginneth to decline, she cannot be stayed, neither by counsel nor any reason what soever: even so it came to pass that by the sudden yielding of the Townsmen, these men, together with the Chioggians, fell into the enemy's power. 
Legnaga is take,   
Legnaga being taken, Picinino and Gonzaga began to scour the Vincenzan and Paduan Territories. They found a while some resistance at Bald; but that once taken, with wonderful good success they became masters of Longina, Brendole, Montechia, Arciniane, Montorsse, Valdersine, and Dagne. divers places beside on the Mountains yielded unto them. But all these Towns in a manner were wholly of the Territory of Vincenza. Upon that of Verona, Soave with all her dependences was taken by the enemies. Picinino being proud of this success brought his Camp near to Verona, whither Gonzaga likewise came with all his forces.  
At this stay stood the Venetians affairs along the River Adice, when as they fought with better success upon the lake of La Garda. Italus of friul lay at Sales with a great cavalry, and divers foot companies, being followed by many of the Gybelline faction of the Bressan Country. With these forces he sought by all means how to drive the Venetian from Maderna, Penetra and Torbolles. Pietro Auogadre 
A fierce fight near to the lak●… of Benac.  with a great troop of Guelphs was there ready to withstand their attempts. They fought cruelly at Maderna; for this Town likewise did at the same time belong to the Venetians. Zeno, who commanded the Venetian Naval Army, did approach so near to the place of battle, as his Soldiers being landed had their share in it. The fight lasted from three a cloc●…e in the morning till late in the evening. At which time Italus by little and little retiring his forces from the battle, and conducting them through a very narrow way hanging over the lake, Zeno with his vessels pursued them with arrow-shot and did greatly infest them by reason of the commodiousness of the place. In the mean time Auogadre did straightly press the Rearward, and with great slaughter staiedit. The enemies being then gauled behind and in flank with great multitudes of arrows, did in disorder betake themselves to flight. The victorious Venetian gave them chase, slew many of them, and took divers prisoners: great numbers of peasants were there slain. Above 
The Venetiant victory near to the lake.  four hundred prisoners were taken; among whom were fifty Gentlemen. Italus by favour of the night escaped to Sales.  
 
The end of the third Book of the third Decad.   

THE FOURTH BOOK OF THE THIRD DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the fourth Book of the third Decad.  
SFORZA through the Countries of Flaminia and Ferrara leadeth great troops first to Chioggia, and then to the Paduan territory. MELLATO joineth with SFORZA. The Venetian passing over the mountains causeth the enemy to raise his Camp from before Verona. PICININO with all his forces retireth beyond the River Adice. The Venetians Naval Army is put to rout upon the l●…ke of La Garda. PICININO is defeated by night in the vale of Lodron. SFOR●… 〈◊〉 in battaite vanquisheth the enemies at Thienna. PICININO and the Mantuan surprise Verona, but not the Castle. SFORZA recouere●…h Verona thirty days after it was lost. Bressia in the midst of winter is victualled by the way of the mountains. MELLATO faileth sick. PICININO sendeth forces into Tuscanie against the Florentines.  
SForza was in the mean time come from La Marca with divers brave men in his company, among whom were Alessandro, Giovanni, and Leon his brethren, Roberto Sanseverino, Dominico Malateste, Lodovico Duke of Hadria, to whose daughter he was betrothed, Franciso Ortonio, with many other notable Captains. From Esia which was the Rendezvous they came to the temple of Fortune, and from thence to Arimini, where mustering his troops he found Guido Faventino to be wanting, who was gone to the contrary side: which when he understood, for a time he remained doubtful with what place he should first begin. For he perceived it to be Philip's practice by that new enemy to stop his passage into Lombardie. But being sudden in his resolutions, supposing that there was nothing which could more avail their intended journey (seeing they were of necessity by Arms to win themselves a passage to the Venetians camp) than to take Ravenna and Forlimpopoli from the enemy, from whence he might open himself a very short way into Lombardie, he besieged Forlimpopoli, & enforced them to yield the second day of the siege. From 
Forlimpopoli is taken by Sforza.  thence marching towards Rauenr●…, speedy news was brought him that the enemies had crossed the Adice, and taken in a manner from the Venetians whatsoever they possessed on both sides the River, (Verona and Vincenza excepted) and that those of Verona were straightly besieged; that the Paduans and Vincenzans, having expulsed their Garrisons had mutined; and that unless he made haste, it was to be feared that all would fall into the enemy's hands.  
But it is reported, that concerning the commotions in those two Cities, it was 
The cause of the commotion of Padua an●… Vincenza.  made by the Soldiers, who by overmuch liberty did spoil and rob the wretched Townsmen, as though they had been enemies taken in war. As for the Paduans, if by reason of these outrages they took Arms, they were presently appeased at the governors coming. But those of Vincenza being troubled upon the like occasion, having driven away the Garrison, said, That they were loyal to the Venetians; that they needed no foreign forces to keep them; that their constancy and loyalty was well known to the Senate; and that by those Rampires their City would be better guarded against the enemy's attempts, than by any Mercenary succour.  
Mellato upon the first report thereof went thither, greatly commending the Vincenzans, and exhorted them still to persever in their ancient love and loyalty, and gave them leave, according to their own desire, to guard their City themselves. These news being greater in appearance than in effect, caused Sforza to change his mind, so that leaving the way of Ravenna, he returned speedily to the bridge of Roncanes. Then having enforced Guido, and Francisco, sons to Picinino, to retire to Forli with a great cavalry, he departed the fifth day after, & by the Bolognese territory, he came to Bondina. From thence having sent all his baggage by the Po to Chioggia, he marched by Ferrara, which was opened to him to Goria, and presently after to Hadria, (whereof the neighbour-sea taketh the name.) It was a City 
From whence. the Hadriatick Sea taketh the name.  belonging to the Tuscans, and for a long time very rich: But thus much I thought good to speak by the way, because I would have no man think, that the Adriatic Sea did take name of that Hadria which is in La Marca.  
Now this mighty Army came sooner than it was looked for to the Venetians aid upon the Paduans Territory, notwithstanding that it was to pass four great Rivers. First they made a bridge at Goria over one of the Arms of Po, on two and thirty long boats strongly ankored, and upon them long planks were laid covered with sand, with strong Rails on both sides, for fear lest the horses being frighted with the shaking of the bridge, should fall into the water, and twelve vessels strong lyarmed, were appointed for the guard thereof, to the end, that if the enemy should come down the River to make any attempt, they might defend and guard the bridge.  
It is reported that Sforza's troops held it for a prodigy, because that on a sudden the Po did in such sort swell as it had almost over-flowed the banks, and with the inundation had like to have drowned the Camp which lay not far from the River, and also for that great numbers of serpents had gotten into the soldiers cabins. The other passage was at the furnaces, on four and forty boats made very fast together: And because that place was more commodious for the enemy to place an Ambush, twelve Galleys well armed with an hundred archers a piece were appointed for the defence of the bridge. The third was at the mouth of the Adice near to the Fossoni, composed of fourscore small boats, & that being passed, the troops were conducted along the Seaside to Brondolles, where the Army did likewise pass. But because that passage was very broad, the bridge was likewise made longer than the rest, containing 90. vessels. Sforza being from thence come to the Haven of Chioggia found three hundred small vessels, ready to transport the troops to the firm Land, with the horse and foot companies, who were with a fair wind carried through the Lakes, which are betwixt the Sea and the Land. Many took great delight, and especially the General, who was well acquainted with Land Armies, but not with Sea Fleets, to see at one time three hundred sail floating up and down, with more than a thousand other small boats of all sorts, dispersed here and there abroad, which were come to meet him; some to offer him their service; others with a desire to see him; some were likewise sent in the commonwealths name to congratulate his happy passage, and to present him with rich gifts. The 
The number of Sforz is troops.  Army being landed upon the Paduan territory, they numbered six thousand two hundred forty four horse, and sixteen hundred footmen. Those which make the number less, set down but four thousand horse, and two thousand foot.  
So soon as Sforza saw his Army on the firm Land, he desired nothing more than to join his forces with those of Mellato, and with the rest wheresoever they were that did belong to the Venetians, that he might presently march to fight with the enemy: Mellato likewise having intelligence of Sforza's arrival, did not delay to come and meet him, but the very next day after his arrival he came to him with twelve thousand horse and foot. Some say that these two Captains did join their 
The number of the whole Army in general.  forces together upon the Colonois territory, where a general muster being made, they found the Army to consist of fourteen thousand horse, and eight thousand foot.  
But during all these warlike preparations, the Bressians were no less tormented with plague and famine, than with the continual assaults of the enemies. For two 
The great distress of the Bressans.  thousand men whom Italus had left not far off from the City, did in such sort disturb them by their ordinary incursions, as they within the City had no more rest, than when they were besieged by Picinino and Gonzaga. The Inhabitants being oppressed with so many miseries would without all doubt have yielded at last, had not Barbaro by a wonderful providence foreseen all these difficulties. For it is recorded, That there was nothing whatsoever could be imagined, whereby to give hope to the Citizens, and to contain them in their duties, which readily he did not execute, so as it is scarce credible, in what manner and how great sums of money he raised from sundry places to pay the Garrison. For from Venice none could come to them: all the ways and passages being intercepted. As also it was very admirable what means he used together with the aid of Pietro Auogadre, for the bringing in of so great a quantity of nuts, roots, chestnuts, and other sorts of fruits as he drew from the inhabitants of the Mountains therewith to slack the hunger of the Citizens: And it is almost impossible to be believed how often he deceived the enemy, 
Barbaro his politic w●…sedome.  feigning one thing, and dissembling an other; and with what patience he could temporize with that froward multitude in a time of so great scarcity. He refused not to converse and talk with all men, and namely with those whose houses he knew to be infected with the Pestilence: for that contagious sickness was so dispersed over that wretched City, as there was no day, but it buried more than threescore persons: his Gates were open at all hours, and he did ever eat in public; & yet during that miserable time, there was never seen any bread of Wheat upon his table, but either of Rye or Barley. Some say that he did at times bring foragers into the City in stead of victuallers, with sacks full of Straw and other substance, to put the inhabitants in hope of some new kind of food; he did moreover privily cause arrows with small skrowles about them to be stuck in the steeples and high Towers of the City, as if they had been shot thither by some friends of theirs, which did advertise them not to expect any favour of the enemy, for he had vowed, if ever he did enter Bressia, wholly to ruin it, and to put all the inhabitants with their wives and children to the edge of the sword. By these artificial dealings he did not only defend the City 
The Bressans term Barbaro the Father of their Country.  committed to his keeping, but had governed matters in such sort, as the Bressans termed him the Father of their Country.  
At the last, at Pietro Auogadre his return, & upon assurance of aid from the mountains, having on a sudden assailed the Forts, the one at Santa Cro●… and the other at Mompiana, he caused them to be razed down to the ground. The Bressans being encouraged by this success, (for Italus was encamped at Castagnedola the better to free himself from the infected air) determined to besiege Sales, supposing that it would come to pass, that they besieging it by Land, and the Venetians naval Army by water, the Salodians would be enforced to yield, either by composition, or force. For this purpose Thadeo d'Aeste with three hundred horse of the remainder of those which had been left with him for the guard of Bressia; Pietro A●…ogadre with three hundred Mountaniers, and Theosaluio with six hundred soldiers met at Gavarda. Italus having intelligence of the enemy's design, marched to Feliciana, 
Fight betwixt the Bressans and Italus.  whither those of Bressia went fiercely to assail him. But he having speedily displayed his ensigns, came forth, and began the fight under the towne-walls, which continuing from day-break till noon with equal valour on either side, both parties being tired, they began a soft retreat; but as the Venetians retired, the enemy came upon them with such fury, as he disordered them and put them to 
The Bressans are put to rout.  rout. Thadeo having lost many of his soldiers, did without any stay gallop into Piedmont, from whence returning soon after to Gavarda, he went with those forces which Barbaro had assembled forth of the Bergamese for fear of greater loss, to besiege and take the Fort which the enemies had built at Saint Euphemia's.  
On these terms stood the affairs of the Bressans, when as Sforza being joined with Mellato (as hath been said) marched against the enemies which besieged Verona, 
The enemies raise their camp from before Verona.  who with their ordnance furiously battered it. But they being assured of his coming, presently sent away their Artillery and baggage into the Mantuan Country, raised their camp, and went to Soave, which is a Town lying on the Veronois territory. In that place they fortified themselves, and drew a trench from the next marshes unto the river Adice, which they strengthened with divers towers and rampires, so as those Forts being well defended, there was no likelihood that Sforza could pass forward to relieve Verona, Bressia, and Bergamo.  
Sforza in the mean time besieged Longina, and took it the same day, the spoil 
Longina is taken by Sforza.  whereof he gave to his soldiers (as Pasius saith.) Blondus writeth that it endured divers assaults, and that it was bravely defended, in which assault Pietro Brunora and Troillo, two of Sforza's special friends were slain; the one with a dart, and the other with an harquebuze-shot; whereupon being inflamed with choler, he caused all his forces to assail it, intending not only to sack the Town, but wholly to raze it: For preventing whereof the townsmen did voluntarily yield themselves, and thereby avoided all further mischief. The enemy's forces lay not far thence, and yet during the assaults given under their noses, they durst not once stir.  
This town being recovered, Sforza in a square batallion marched against the 
The enemies answer to Sforza who offered them battle.  enemies, and in their view ordered his squadrons, offering them battle. But they having answered that they would not fight before the new Moon, he perceived their fear, and marched away to recover the towns upon the Vincenzan territory, divers of which he took in a short space, having promised them all favour and impunity. Some say, that then, and not before, the enemy encamped at Soave, resolving after the loss of all other places, to keep that, as most commodious, the better to withstand Sforza, on what side soever he would turn to march to Verona. And because that trench drawn from the Marshes could not be forced without great slaughter, Sforza and the rest resolved to go to Verona by the way of the mountains. He came to Ronques called S. john's before Picinino had any notice of his resolution.  
Tollentino and those that lay in garrison in Verona, sallying forth on a sudden (which they were expressly commanded to do) having fired certain Forts which Philip's forces had built near to the City, did place garrisons of their own soldiers in two of them, which they had then forced. Sforza in the mean time being encamped at Ronques, ski●…mished with Picinino near to the forts which he had before assured on the top of the mountains: At the beginning Sforza's troops were shaken, but Troillo and Nicholas Pisani, being forthwith sent with a great squadron of horse against the enemies, the fight became equal, and Picinino in the night 
Sforza goeth forward towards Uerona.  being retired with his troops to Soave, Sforza without any greater resistance ascended the mountains towards Verona. The Venetians being come to the top, Picinino for a time followed the troops, that he might with strong garrisons defend the Towns and Castles which he had taken in the neighbour-hilles, abstaining by all means from fight. For Sforza had left him no place fit for an ambuscado, and was far superior to him in number of soldiers.  
Blondus who only makes mention of the mercenary soldiers, saith that there 
The number of the enemy's cap, and that of the Venetians.  were fourteen thousand men in the enemy's camp, and sixteen thousand in that of the Venetians, howbeit in the one Army as well as the other there were great numbers of Bisognios or freshwater soldiers. Sforza being come to Verona, would not lodge in the City, but encamped certain furlongs from it, near to the high way of Hostilia. Some say that he went and encamped in the field of Mars, which is near the Citie-walles, and that upon the report that he did mean to pass over Adice, Picinino (who remained near to Porcilia) did suddenly cross the River, and retired to Vigasio upon the Mantuan confines with all his troops. And then thereupon Sforza returning from whence he came, besieged Soave; and having taken it, in a short space he recovered all the towns on the other side of the River Adice, Legnaga excepted.  
Whilst these things happened near to Verona, the union of the Greek church 
The union of the Greek church with the Latin.  with that of Rome ensued soon after. This business after a long and serious disputation, being debated in the Assembly at Ferrara, was by the assistance of the holy Ghost brought to a happy end. For it was found that those two Nations more learned than the rest, did agree in that wherein they seemed to dissent; but with sundry circumlocutions.  
All the Towns which the enemy possessed on the hither side of the River being recovered (as hath been said) the Venetian army drew near to the lake of Benac and besieged Bardolin, in regard that all Sforza's designs with those of his associates tended only by some means to open the lake, it being the only way whereby Bressia could be relieved, the which was reduced to all extremity by famine and pestilence. For beside the great loss it had sustained during the siege, the contagious 
The great extremity of the city of Bressia.  sickness had taken away five thousand men: Famine moreover did now afflict them more than before, herbs and roots, wherewith they had been a long time fed, beginning to fail them. The rumour was, that this City oppressed with so many miseries, would shortly yield, if by the opening of the Lake it were not speedily relieved with men and victuals: And because the enemies naval army was in some sort stronger than that of the Venetians, Zeni durst not come near Bardolin which his Countrymen besieged. Whereupon Sforza perceiving that he did no great good there (in regard the inhabitants were relieved by the Lake) raised his camp.  
Now because his coming hither had been to no great purpose, Cavalcabon, Gu●…rrieri, Martiano, and Giovanni el Conte, Roman Gentlemen, were sent with a thousand horse and three hundred foot to relieve Bressia with men and victuals. These men being come through the vale of Sabia into Piedmont, were desirous before they entered into the City to feed their horses in a meadow, which were wearied with their long journey. Barbaro in the mean time having determined to burn part of the enemies naval Army that lay at Sales, sent Thadeo d'Aeste, Andrea Valerio, and Andrea Leon thither: Zeni Admiral of the Venetians fleet was likewise commanded to be there, and to assail the enemy.  
Picinino and Gonzaga having intelligence as well of this design of the enemy, as of the arrival of the victuals, did secretly depart from Vigasio with two hundred horse, and by Pescara came to Feliciana, where they joined with Lodovico Sanseverino and Italus of friul: who being commanded to follow them, they fell upon the Venetian cavalry which still remained in Piedmont, broke them, and despoiled 
The Venetians are put to rout at Feliciana.  them of all their baggage, and taking some prisoners, put the residue to flight who escaped to the City. From thence marching against the rest who were coming to the Lake, they divided themselves into three bands. Sanseverino embarking himself in the vessels, was commanded to fight upon the water; Italus with the footmen to go up to the mountains of Maderna; and Gonzaga together with Picinino to conduct the cavalry by the way which lieth betwixt the Lake and the mountains. In this manner the enemies naval Army did assail that of the Venetians. Thadeo upon this rumour made haste with his troops, that he might come to the timely rescue of his Countrymen; but the enemies with great cries fell upon 
The Venetians naval army is defeated upon the lake of la Garda.  the Venetians in front and in flank. Thadeo being encompassed on every side, used all means to preserve his soldiers; yet nevertheless, the naval Army and those that fought on land, were in a moment defeated by the enemy: The Venetians naval army consisted of two galleys, four brigantines, seven ganzarioles, and oth●…r vessels, two of which ganzarioles at the beginning of the fight fled to Torbolles: All the rest with Zeni their General fell into the enemy's hands. Thadeo likewise was taken prisoner, with Valerio and Leon the Providators.  
This overthrow was accompanied with an other. For the next day after this unfortunate battle, the enemy took the Castle of Maderna. It is reported that 
The enemies take the Castle of Maderna.  Sforza had a long time before foreseen this defeat, and had often advertised the Senate to send supplies to the Lake, and that if they did not, it was to be feared that their naval Army there would be defeated by the enemy. But he did speedily assure Torbolles and Penetra by a strong garrison, for fear lest the enemy being proud of that victory, should suddenly march to surprise them. This overthrow being reported at Venice did greatly trouble the Senate; and yet because they would show no signs of discouragement, they presently resolved to send a new fleet into the Lake, but after an other fashion than the former, namely, to send to Torbolles in six hundred carts all the substance and matter wherewith to 
A new venetian Army for the lake.  make them, which they had in readiness, and there, as in an haven near to the water, to make eight galleys, as many galleons, and four brigantines. All the workmen of the Venetians ships were sent thither speedily to make an end of the work.  
Stefano Contareni was chosen General of that Army, and in every galley a Senator was appointed to command. They did beside send certain months pay for the soldiers to the camp. All this was done in a manner during that Summer. autumn was already come, which being subject to diseases had in a short space infected the third part of the army with agews, whereupon Sforza with his troops retired to Gibeta. The enemy was encamped at Vigasio, where his Army was no less afflicted with sickness; for besides Agews, the plague was crept into it. The 
The Senate's care for the Bressans.  Senate taking great care to free the Bressans from danger, wrote to Sforza, and earnestly entreated him if it were possible, before he sent his Army to winter, to relieve that loyal City with men and victuals. And for the safety and assurance of that which he should leave behind him, the Senate resolved to turn back the River of Adice into the old channel, so soon as it should be cleansed, some four miles beneath Legnaga. For that being don●…, it was certain, that waters running in that manner over the Country, would make the Paduan, Vincenzan and Verona territories which lie on the farther side of the River, more assured against the enemy's incursions, and would beside be very commodious for those that should sail to Verona. Four thousand pioneers were employed in this work.  
Contareni in the mean time (for they could not bring masts for the ships so far) being come to the Camp, went to the mountains of Trent, with skilful workmen to view those Forests, and to see if there were any trees in it of that height fit to make masts. All men were of opinion, that he might there furnish himself, not only with masts, but all other matters necessary for many vessels▪ whereupon, he caused six hundred Carpenters to come thither, besides the great numbers which he had already brought with him.  
Picinino who had intelligence of those great preparations, that he might in some sort frustrate the enemy's designs, did about the shutting in of the evening depart from the City of Riva (whither he was secretly come) marching along the lake, through a secret and almost unknown way, he attempted to set fire on a Galley 
Picinino attempteth to bur●…e the venetians naval Army.  which was newly made. Troyllo by chance had the guard of that place, who not only withstood the enemy, but coming valiantly to the fight, made good his party. Picinino being in the midst of the throng beaten from ●…is horse, and being remounted, did hardly escape, having lost three hundred men, Sforza having notice thereof, fearing lest the enemy with greater forces would return to end what he had begun, commanded Mellato to go with his troops to guard those places, 
Mellato fortifieth the passages near to Torbolles.  who being come thither, caused his soldiers to make a wall of stones without any mortar, ex●…ending from the lake to the hills of Riva, of two hundred paces long, and of twelve foot high, and as many in breadth, with a Fort on the top of the hill builded of the same matter, heaped up together in form of a wall, and with divers small towers. These places being guarded with small forces, were able to assure the vessels which were then at Torbolles, and as many as should be there afterwards, against all the enemies attempts.  
Now whilst they were preparing the naval Army, a●…d that the turning aside of the river Adice was by a new advise interrupted, Sforza resolved to send victuals to Bressia by the mountains. Wherefore having at Torbolles and Penetra made great provision of corn, and hoping either by entreaties or money to win the Lords of th●…se mountains, or if that failed to open himself a passage by force of Arms▪ he came forth of Penetra with three thousand horse, and a thousand foore of the choicest in the whole Army, and went and encamped within half a mile of Thyenna. He did beside carry with him certain great pieces of Ordnance meaning with them to batter some towns if occasion should serve. But whilst he remained near to Thyenna, Philip's forces who had discovered the enemy's designs being come to Riva, did on a sudden seize on the vale of Lodron: and Picinino and Sanseverino having left eight hundred foot, and three hundred horse in the forest of Thyenna to guard those passages, they went back again with the residue of their troops.  
In the mean time Martiano and G●…ouanni el Conte, being sent by Sforza had ambushed themselves with all the cavalry at the end of the lake which is in that valley, 
A new design of Sforza to relieve Bressia.  and there lay in great silence expecting the enemy's arrival. Now so soon as Picinino and the rest drew near them, the Venetians gave a charge, whereupon there began a cruel fight. Martiano's troops did not only continue the fight all day long but a great part of the night▪ for when daylight failed, they fired the neighbour houses, and by that light fought so long till Picinino being weatie and tired began 
Picinino is put to rout.  by little and little to retire. Bu●… in the retreat the Venetians charged him with such fury, as they did forthwith put him to rout, having lost all his cavalry, and the greatest part of his Infantry, and himself getting up to the top of the mountain Ponall, which looketh upon the lake of La Garda, and by the help of an Almain (whom he still kept near him for such purposes) with much difficulty escaped those fearful precipices. At length being come to the banks of the lake, he embarked himself in a poor boat, and went to Riva. Sanseverino in great fear escaped through the mountains with twenty horse to Maderna: Fourscore of the chief prison●… were by Barbaro his commandment brought to Bressia.  
Picinino nothing daunted with this overthrow, taking Sanseverino along with him, presently marched to seize upon the pace of Thyenna. Sforza was already upon the mountains, resolving to pass forward, although it were through the midst the enemies. Thyenna is seated upon an high hill, there being on either side of it dangerous precipices, in one of which on the right side of the town standeth a Castle strong by art and nature; the left side is very barren and craggy. The enemy with a company of footmen seized on that place: Carolo Gonzaga had emba●…ailed his cavalry forth of the City gates: The Venetians General stayed at the foot of the hill, where the enemy's footmen were encamped, where he perceived that the passages being on every side kept by the enemy, he could not pass without fight. Thus standing amazed, not being resolved by what means to pass through the enemies, he did from far descry a fresh band of men at Arms coming from Riva to Thyenna. And supposing that the enemy had sent for the residue of his troops which lay at Vigasio, he did on a sudden cause Troillo with all the cavalry to march against Gonzaga, and then turning himself towards his Infantry (of whom he had ever a brave band near unto him for his guard,) he showed them the top of the mountain which was covered with armed men, and did earnestly exhort and entreat them, That if they did desire to be accounted such as he had ever esteemed them, if they would ever acknowledge those many benefits which they had received from him, if (in a word) they were desirous, as became loyal and valiant 
Sforza exhorteth his soldiers.  soldiers, to execute some generous action in his presence, that they should by that days valour purchase immortal glory and renown, and march courageously against the enemies, who being defeated and overthrown, they should not only preserve a City most loyal to the Venetians, but open themselves a way to obtain a gallant victory.  
In this manner did he speak unto them, and then marched up towards the hill at the head of the Army with a pike in his hand. And although the soldiers did with 
Sforza's great valour.  great difficulty march up that craggy and steepy mountain, yet nevertheless being animated by their General's speech and presence, they mounted to the top thereof. Then Sforza showing them his friend Troillo valiantly fight near to the City, he did entreat them to make haste, and to take from the cavalry the honour of that victory. Afterwards running to an high place from whence he might be seen and heard of his soldiers, he began with a cheerful voice to call out aloud, sometimes to Troillo, then to Nicolao Pisani and the rest, willing them to break the enemy's Army with a close battalion, telling them that himself with a troop of footmen had beaten the enemies from the top of the mountain.  
Then tnrning towards his Infantry, and running to encourage them, he perceived 
The part of a, t●…ue General of an Army.  his soldiers a far off to throw the enemies into those fearful precipices, and with a cheerful voice shaking his pike, he said unto them, On, on, my valiant f●…llowes, charge and pursue this fearful enemy on every side, that he may no more return to the battle: and having done thus to the foot forces, he returned to encourage the Cavallerie.  
The Victory in that place was somewhat difficult by reason of the arrival of certain companies of men at arms, but when they understood that the Garrison had been thrown headlong down the mountain, the enemies began to give back. In this bickering Caesar Martinenga fight valiantly in the midst of the battle was taken prisoner: Whereupon the enemies forsaking the place, did openly betake themselves to flight. Sforza's victorious soldiers pursued them up and down, slew great numbers of them, and took make prisoners. Besides Caesar, Carolo Gonzaga was taken with two hundred horse, and three hundred foot. Sforza 
The enemy's ar●… vanquished a●… Thyenna.  at the beginnnig thought that Picinino had been taken, but not finding him after search made among the prisoners, he promised five thousand crowns to any man that would undertake to fetch him back. All this notwithstanding he escaped to the City, where he hid himself for one whole day, fearing if the enemy should 
Picinino escapeth in disguised habit.  know that he were in Thyenna, he would presently have besieged the City, and taken all means of escape from him. Therefore about midnight disguising himself in ragged habit like to a poor lame soldier, he was carried upon men's shoulders forth of the City, and through byways at length came to Riva, whither a great part of the cavalry had escaped.  
The next day after the battle, Sforza besieged the City, and during the siege, 
Malateste prince of Cesenna is taken prisoner.  certain light skirmishes were made, where Malateste Prince of Cesenna a courageous young man, coming forth to fight with the enemy was taken prisoner. Pasius of Arimini saith, That the Venetian General after the victory at Thyenna, marched in order of battle to Riva, and that Malateste was taken in a sally there. Alardo of Verona in his Oration made in praise of Sforza saith, That Picinino the next day after that he escaped from the battle, came with his Army & presented battle to the Venetians. Wherein his valour appeareth more notable, by how much his forces seemed wholly to be overthrown. For thereby all men knew; that Sforza and the rest had to do with an enemy, who whether he were victor or vanquished, 
The disposition of Picinino.  could not be at quiet. Yet nevertheless howsoever it happened, it is most certain that Sforza sent victuals to Bressia, and would daily have sent more, had not the loss of Verona which happened at the same time, called the Venetian forces elsewhere. Philip's Captains had laid a plot to surprise the Castle of Verona which standeth on the West side. For they had intelligence from an Almain soldier, who was (as Blondus saith) one of the dead pays there: That small Guard was kept there in the night. Pasius saith, That a Mantuan gave them this intelligence, who being taken prisoner the Summer before, had for a time dwelled with Giacomo Bolognese, the Governor of the Castle, whilst his ransom was providing, and that during his 
An enterprise upon verona.  imprisonment, he went freely about the walls, and had at his leisure viewed the munitions and all parts of the Castle.  
They had (as hath been said) a long time before determined to undertake this enterprise: but they had deferred it till the enemy should send his troops to winter, that they might the more safely fortify themselves in Verona, and before the Venetian soldiers could be drawn from their garrisons. But perceiving matters to be brought to that pass, that they could not hinder Sforza from going to Bressia, they resolved to put this enterprise in speedy execution there, the better to draw him from that journey. To this end having secretly assembled their forces, leaving Riva, they came to Pescara, before those whom they had sent for thither arrived, and commanding them to follow after, they speedily marched to Vigasio, and took along with them all the soldiers that lay there in garrison.  
Departing from thence on the eighteenth day of November at the beginning of the night, they came in great secrecy near to Verona. Afterward about midnight rearing their ladders against the walls, the Author of the enterprise mounted first, who was forthwith followed in great secrecy, by all the rest, who killing the guards, and breaking open the next gate, the Captains with all the troops had entrance. The cries and groans of wounded men, with the clattering of Armour, did assure those who had the guard on the walls near to the old Castle, that the enemy was entered, whereupon the Alarm was given. At these fearful 
Alarm in verona.  cries and nocturnal rumours the whole City ran to Arms, and coming forth on every side, they put themselves in order in the marketplace. The enemies were already heard to come forward, and Picininos & Gonzaga about the fourth watch of the night had sent their troops into the City. But perceiving the resistancce which was made by night they changed their minds, and abstained 
The enemies are in Verona.  from fight, because that all their troops were not yet arrived. Some say that the bridge Raffiolane being broken down by the force of the assailants, the fight in that place ceased.  
But whether it did cease or no, they began to affright the inhabitants, by breaking down the houses behind the Castle: In the mean time many that did affect the Venetians being come to the Marketplace counseled the fearful Magistrates which knew not what to do, that in regard they had no Garrison to defend them, every man should that night retire to some place of safety, and take order for the Guard of the strong places: For they being well defended, there was no doubt but that the enemy would be forthwith enforced whether he would or no to abandon the City: That they should beside, suffer the wretched inhabitants to give place to the miserable condition of the times. Bartholomeo Peregrino, a man of great authority amongst them and a friend to the Venetians, did accompany those that went their way as far as the same Bridge, for fear lest some sinister mishap might hinder their escape. But so soon as it was day, the enemy without any resistance entered the City at the Gate Raffiolane. Pasius saith that he entered it before break of day.  
A terrible fear had seized upon the inhabitants being ignorant what would 
The doubt of those of Verona  become of their City. For it was doubtful whether the victorious enemy would preserve it, or give it as a prey to his Soldiers. Lodovico Ver●…o was one of the foremost amongst the enemies, who after that Carmagnolla his father-in-law had been condemned did still follow the contrary party, and had voluntarily banished himself. He coming to his own house, where he understood Mellato's richest goods and household stuff was, being inflamed with choler did presently give them to the spoil of his Soldiers. By his example others that were hard by, being desirous of booty fell to breaking open of Citizen's houses. Some say that Francisco Picinino, son to the General, was the first that began to spoil, who had the guard of the gate Rassiolane. But whether it were he or the other, it is certain that the City would that day have sustained a notable mischief, had not Maguis, one of the excellentest Lawyers of his time, and a man of great authority among his Countrymen, 
Maguis entrea ●…eth the Prince of Mantua not to spoil Verona  gone to the Prince of Mantua, and entreated him not to suffer that City which had ever deserved well of him, and was fallen into that danger to be ruined without the fault or desert of the inhabitants; That he ought to be satisfied with being Conqueror of so noble a City, and not to defile it with blood and rapi●…e.  
These words no less profitable, than true, did greatly move the Prince; who presently commanded the soldiers to desist from spoiling, and that all the Ensigns should be drawn up in order of battle to the Palace, where within a while after 
The Mantuan is proclaimed Prince of Verona.  he was proclaimed Prince of Verona. For in the league betwixt him and Philip, against the Venetians, it was expressly mentioned, that if Verona and Vincenza should chance to be taken in that w●…rre▪ that then they should be given to the Prince of Mantua. After this proclamation, he, determining to recover the strongest places in the City, did speedily make himself master of the Gates, Bridges, Walls, and all the rest except the two Castles on the top of the monntaine, and that which is in the plain, called the old Palace. Then he resolved to batter the old Palace, whither he understood that his son Carolo was lately brought as a Prisoner and he determined either to breakedowne the bridge which is near to it upon the River, or else to make a great trench before it with a Fort, to take all hope of succours from those within it. He did likewise send Giovanni Gonzaga his brother to 
The Mantuan●… preparation for the defence of Uerona.  the Castles upon the Mountain to deprive them likewise of all relief. He did moreover attempt to seize on the straits of Clusina to keep Sforza from coming to the relie●…e of the City. He sent word to Giacomo Maranico Governor of the 〈◊〉 of Policella, that he had the night before seized on Verona, that with the Citi●… he had his wi●…e and children in his power, and that unless he did speedily take order to have the s●…eights of Clusina shut up and safely guarded, he would give his house in spo●…e to the Soldiers, and put his wife and children to death. But he was so far off from being daunted with his menaces, as one the contrary, having roughly repulsed his messenger, he speedily marched with a troop of Peasants to meet with Sforza. For the night of the very same day that the City was taken, news was brought thereof to Sforza's Campe.  
The General who first heard of it was much amazed at the newness of the matter, being scarce able to believe it, had not certain Letters written to him from particular friends confirmed the truth thereof, and entreated him speedily to come to the rescue of that which was almost lost. Whereupon, he raised his Camp, and 
Sforza marcheth to the rescue of Verona.  sending for Mellato from Torbolles, he marched thitherwards with his Army, staying in no place, but a little upon the banks of the Adi●…, which ha●…ing passed he went about Sunset with a small troop to the straits of the Mountains. The River Adice in that place, where a Castle is to be seen upon a craggy Mountain, doth wax very narrow towards the end of the valley Lagarina, and glideth through the straits of the broken Mountain, having on every side fearful rocks in form of a wall advancing still forward as high as a man can shoot an arrow more than two 
The description of the 〈◊〉 Adice.  thousand paces in length, and betwixt the River and the rocks there lieth a narrow way wherein two Armed Soldiers can hardly pass in front: but near to the Castle, both sides of the Mountains do shut themselves up together, so as the River betwixt the two rocks makes a great Gulf: on that side likewise where the Castle standeth, there is a path cut through the rock a croshow-shot in length, where one man at once whether he be on foot or horseback can but pass. I dare affirm that these two hills which are at this day to be seen there, have in former times been but one, the which by viewing them may be easily discerned. For both their tops, and the cutting of the rocks, do so much resemble one another, as nothing can be more like.  
Now Sforza being come thither (as hath been said) in the evening, had intelligence from those that lay in Garrison in the Castle, that Francisco son to Picinino had attempted to take that place, bu●… perceiving his labour to prove vain he had retired his troops. But the Venetian General fearing some Ambuscado, did by day-break send Nicholas Pisani before with armed horse to discover those suspicious ways, and chiefly the straits. He presently returned galloping, telling him that great numbers of enemies were at the going forth of the straits. Sforza being greatly moved with his report, spoke to Mellato, Marcello, and the rest, telling them, That they were that day either to die in those straits, or to pass forward to the enemy's cost. That 
Sforza his speech to his Captains.  he was certain that the enemy before them had enclosed the going forth into the valley, and that he was moreover in doubt that they had done the like behind them. It behoved them therefore to go forward, and in the company of Sforza and his good fortune to run fiercely upon the enemy: That they should be well assured, that there was nothing so difficult, nor any power so great, whichthe valour of brave men accompanied by fortune, could not vanquish and overcome. And there upon he marched forward in battle, resolving to fight with the enemy; at what time certain word was brought him that there was no danger at all, and that Giacomo Mor●…nico was beneath in the valley with a thousand Soldiers to keep the enemies from seizing on the passages; and that he might boldly march on without any fear of Ambush.  
This news made Sforza joyful, who caused the ensigns & Soldiers speedily to march. Being come into the plain the ensigns made a stand at Volarnea, till such time as the whole Army was embattled, that they might from thence march in a square battalion to the City. In some Authors there is no mention of this fear, nor of Sforza's speech to his Captains. At night the Venetian Army encamped at Saint Ambrose Burrough some eight miles from Verona. There they understood of whatsoever had been done in the City for three days space▪ what attempts the enemy had made upon the Castles; and how that the Mantuan Prince being come to batter the old Palace with his ordnance, the Governor of the place sent 
The brave message of the Goue●…nor of the old Palace, to the Prince of Mant●…a.  him word, that unless he did give over that manner of besieging, he would b●…de and lay his son Carolo on that part of the wall which he first battered that he might be beaten in pieces with the Canon, whereupon the Prince being daunted with 〈◊〉 threatenings, did presently withdraw the battery.  
Now the fourth day after they were come from the Mountains, they came to the Fort of ●…eliciana. Some say, that the enemies for a ti●…e fought at the Rampires and trenches which they had made, to keep back the Venetians; and that being driven thence by the valour of Sforza's troops, they did easily give place And that 
Sforza puts supplies into the Fort of 〈◊〉  then Sforza did with ease put a company of foo●…-men into the Fort; sending h●…s brother Alexandro, Mellato, and the other brave Captains, with all the cavalry to the Bishop's Gate, where certain Vero●…ois standing by chance, were entreated to go and open the Ga●…e for their friends, and if they could not do it by fair means to break it open by force. So soon as the enemies knew that it was taken, and that 
The 〈…〉  Sforza's Soldiers were in the City, they forthwith fled over the River; and the amazement of the horsemen near to the new bridge was so great, as the wooden bridge which stands betwixt that of stone, and the Tower, being broken with the great weight of Runaways, five Knights, or nine according to some Authors, fell 
The enemy's 〈◊〉 from Verona.  into the water; and by the weight of their armour together with their horses, were all drowned; only one man by the goodness of his horse escaped to the shore.  
Sforza understanding that his Soldiers were in the City, and that the enemy fled, caused his footmen to march forth of the Castle. They did for a time fight upon the bridges: But fireworks being thrown upon that of wood, and by the 
The Venetians 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉.  he●…pe of the inhabitants, Sforza's troops made themselves way into the midst of the City. Thus writes Blondus: But Pasius saith, That the troops came from the Castles in two bands and marched against the enemies, so as beyond Saint Z●…nos Church which stands at the Hills foot, the Cavallerie went on the left hand, and the body of the infantry, was sent from beyond the Fort of Feliciana, and that of Saint Peter, which is somewhat lower directly to the City, and that about sunset there was a cruel fight with the enemy on both sides the new bridge: after which, the enemy fled; and that in fear running by heaps over the bridge, it broke under them. The same Author affirms that Giovanni Gonzaga was sore wounded in that fight, whereof within a while after he died; and yet for all that Blondus saith, That he was slain before the Fort of Feliciana with an harquebuze-shot before Sforza's arrival. But both of them agree, that the wooden bridge was burnt by night▪ and that the same being broken, Picinino and Gonzaga, who had stood all night in battle before the Palace, having notice of the violent incursions of Sforza's forces into the City, did speedily retire into the Citadel. Some others say, That it was in the evening. But, whether they quitted the place then or about midnight, all of them agree together, that before day they speedily left Verona, and went to Vigazio. The enemy's flight being di●…ulged, Troillo and Ciarpelion being commanded to follow them, gave in upon the tail of the Runaways, and slew many of them. A great multitude of Mantuan peasants were taken in the City; some of whom, in hatred to Gonzaga, were murdered by those whom they had robbed. All the towns men that had kept themselves shut up in their houses for fear of either party, expecting the doubtful issue of the bickering, perceiving the chance of the dice to be suddenly turned, the enemy in fear & amaze, did from their windows rail upon them, & furnished the Venetians that night with victuals, light and counsel; and so soon as it was day they came into the Marketplace to congratulat Sforza & Marcello for their 
The Veron●…is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 clear themselves.  victory, and with tears in their eyes called them Fathers of their Country, recommending to them all their public and particular means, and entreated them to believe, that the enemy had not taken the City through the Citizen's fault, who were altogether innocent thereof; saying that at the first news that the City was taken, they ran with their Arms to have repulsed the enemy; but that they were enforced to give place for fear of greater loss, seeing the magistrates did the like: And that now so soon as they saw the Venetians ensigns, they had not only given them entrance, but many of them had presently taken Arms and joined with them to expel the enemies, and had still aided the Venetians near to the bridges.  
The apparent loyalty of the Veronois was much esteemed, and after many embraces and salt tears shed they were willed to take courage, and that none should sustain either general or particular loss, but such as were guilty: For if they could find any one (which they did not think to do) that had been Author of that treachery, he should be punished according to his deserts. Then, Sforza, M●…cello, and the rest did comfort the sorrowful inhabitants, and did put them in hope of better fortune. It is reported that Ci●…rpelion had almost spoiled Mag●…is by force 
Maguis brought before 〈◊〉, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  dragging him, like a Traitor, before Sforza: And that he did so constantly iustifi●… his own cause with that of the Citizens, as he did not only clear himself from all objections, but gave them to understand, that the City had been taken neither by his fault nor by any of the Citizens: whereupon by the consent of all men he was declared guiltless, and as one that had well merited of the Venetian State, was greatly commended.  
Sforza from the vale Clusiana had advertised the Senate of the di●…aster of Verona, and how that he was going thither with an intent to reduce it quickly under their obedience, or else to hazard the lives of himself, his brethren, and the residue of the Army. He wished them therefore to be patient for a while, and in the mean time to pray unto God for the happy success of that journey, for they should shortly hear either the one or other. ●…he Senate after these news were continually in the Palace, and the Nobility, sad and disconsolate, walked up and down the Marketplace, floating betwixt hope and fear, when on a sudden by letters upon letters both of public and particular persons, they had notice of the recovery thereof, and the enemies shameful flight the fourth day after it was lost. The City's joy was then so great, as the Senate bei●…g ouerioyed could not refrain from 
The great joy in Venice upon the recovery of Verona.  tears, and great multitudes of people from all parts of the Town ran to the Palace: the Senators and common people rejoicing together: General processions were made for three days together: with prayers and thanksgivings unto God in all Churches. The posts were recompensed according to their speed, some more than others.  
The Commissioners of those of Verona who came thither within a while after, 
The commissioners of Verona, c●…me to Venice.  had audience. These men with tears in their eyes did relate the wretched estate of their City, protesting their own innocence, and that the cause of their coming was to assure them of their loyalty in general. The Senate did courteously entertain them, and congratulate the present victory; assuring them that their fidelity had been a long time known to the Prince and Senate, in regard whereof they had ever been desirous of the conservation of that loyal City, and that they did therefore greatly rejoice, that the matter was ended without any further loss or 
The Senate's answer to the Commissioners.  danger to them. Sforza's valour was highly commended, with Mellato's prowess, and Marcello's speed, for that they had opportunely recovered that which was almost lost, and vanquished the enemy so soon as they saw him: Wherefore they thought it not only well beseeming, but did allow of it, that the Magistrates of their City should present Sforza with ten thousand crowns for having so bravely borne himself in that action; and Mellato with two thousand.  
The Commissioners, being dismissed and rewarded, returned to Verona. Sforza in the mean time (because winter was well forward) resolved to tarry at Verona. But his care for Bressia did greatly afflict him and the rest: which caused him to leave his winterning-place before the first of januarie, and return to the siege of Aranes and Thienna. The Camp abode certain days in the plain of Arques; where many were reported to perish with extreme cold. Mellato by the sharpness of the weather lost all feeling, and was so benumbed, as he lay like a dead man, who was presently by the River Adice carried to Verona. Sforza being then enforced by the vehement cold, and by the enemy's resistance, to return to his wintering place, did send by Ciarpelion and Troyllo, accompanied with three hundred men, certain victuals to Bressia by the way of the mountains.  
It was reported, that the Bressians were reduced to such extremity and want, as they sustained themselves with filthy and unwholesome diet. And moreover, That at such time as the enemies took Verona, accounting all for lost and desperate, they 
The great extremity of the Bressans.  were at the point to have yielded: which they had done, had not Barbaro opportunly come to the assembly, & with great importunity broken that which they had determined. Besides, it is most certain that Picinino and Gonzaga, had by Philip's commandment sent new forces, who with great heed were to keep the Bressians more closely mewed up, & carefully to provide that no victuals might from any place be brought unto them.  
Now S●…orzas troops being come to Franzacorte, or (as others say) to Guzac, 
Bressia 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 w●…th ●…alls.  they fell to blows with Philip's forces, who being daunted with Sforza's arrival; before day fled, and lost three hundred Horse. But the better to disburden the City (freed now from the siege, and in some sort from famine) of so great a multitude, those which had brought the victuals, returned by the same Mountains and went to Winter with Sforza. The Naval Army in the mean time went forward at ●…orbolles, where they had slowly wrought, because that after the taking of Verona, the Carpenters and other workmen being scattered here and there for ●…eare, the work had for a time been discontinued. Likewise Mellato, who had the charge of the Haven, and the workmen, by extremity of cold which he had taken, died the same winter: but it happened not in the Army, as I find in some Authors. The remainder of the Winter was more free from troubles, by reason of the extreme cold weather.  
It was reported that Gionanni Cornetano, of the Family of Vitelli, who commanded the Pope's troops, and who for the secret practises he then made was much suspected of the Pope, had about the beginning of the spring-time made a secret league with Philip and Picinino: who had concluded together, That at one time Cornetano 
A league betwixt Philip and Corn●…tano the Top●…s General.  with his troops should invade La Marca, and Picinino should cross the Po, and come into Tuscanie; the one wholly to ruin the Florentines state, and the other to overthrow Sforza's Principality. The report hereof was hardly believed; when Picinino upon the eighth day of February, was then already come forth of Garrison, and with his troops had crossed the Po. Sforza being troubled with these news, went himself to Venice to confer with the Prince and Senate about the state of that War. He was afraid lest Cornetano would speedily invade La Marca, which was wholly unfurnished of aid and Garrisons. The Venetians at his entreaty sent to the Pope, who dealt so with him; That whatsoever had been granted unto Sforza as Prince of La Marca, should in peaceable and safe manner remain untouched. They did likewise entreat the Florentines speedily to arm, and not only to drive the common enemy from their confines, but to stop him if it were possible from making incursions upon Sforza's state. Picinino in the mean time made divers 
Picinino maketh war in Flaminia.  and sundry attempts on Flaminia which were valiantly withstood by Sigismond Prince of Arimini, and Malateste his brother (who being taken at Thyenna, was exchanged for Carolo Gonzaga) who receiving a thousand Venetian footmen, and as many from the Florentines, together with Sforza's Cavallerie made haste to the aid of La Marca.  
The enemy having left Guido Faventino to continue the siege of Magellana, came to pass the Apennine hills. In the mean time the two brethren Malateste's went 
The Malateste's take the enemy's party.  to the enemy's side. Picinino took certain Towns in the Apennine Mounts, which he forthwith pillaged. Philip supposed by means of that voyage, that Sforza would altogether quit Lombardie and run to the rescue of his own State, and to that of his Neighbours; Now whilst he soothed himself with this hope, sudden news was brought him, That by the Pope's commandment Giovanni Cornetano was imprisoned 
G●…ouanni Cornetano 〈◊〉 committed to prison in S. Angelo's Castle.  by Antonio Ride of Padua, Captain of the Castle of S. Angelo. These news made him think that Picinino in despair would return into Lombardie. But this could not restrain him: For sending for the Malates●…es, Guido, and Asturo Faventini, he came more furiously than before from the top of the Apennineses into Tuscanie, having (not without great labour) caused the Snow to be taken forth of the ways through which he passed. The Florentines during these troubles were not idle: For they levied forces from all parts. Pope Eugenius, who was an Associate in that war, commanded Bishop Lodovico, That as Legate Apostolical, he should conduct all those troops which had been Cornetan's, into Tuscanie.  
The Florentines gave entertainment to Paulo Vrsino, and Michaeli Attendulo with a great Cavallerie, and many foot companies: they did likewise procure to have Troyllo (whom Sforza, with a company of men at arms, had sent to La Marca) to be sent to join with them, that with all these forces together, they might be able not only to withstand the enemy, but bravely to assail him.  
During the Florentines preparations, Picinino although he had been bravely repulsed and with great loss from Primolcoria by Nicholas Pisani, who then was at Florence, and had been sent with a band of young Soldiers to guard the straits 
Picinino passeth the Apennineses & encompeth before Politiana.  of the mountains, yet he having soon after overcome the difficulty of the mounts went and encamped at Politiana. The news that he had passed the Apennineses did greatly terrify the Florentines, and most of all in regard of his great speed, so as at first they knew not what to resolve on. Watch by night was placed over the City, 
The fear of the Florentines.  with strong guard at the Gates; But the arrival of Borsia and Troyllo, revived the appalled Spirits of the fearful Citizens.  
The enemy lying encamped before Politiana, greatly afflicted these two renowned Commonweals, and drove Sforza for a time into many doubts; which was the cause that at the Springtime he came not into the field so soon as men did expect him. The Florentines likewise on the one side were very importunate with him, to have him come to them. And the Venetians on the other side did detain him and earnestly entreated him to tarry still; fearing if he should change his former course of war, that he would afterwards be enforced to begin again (as it were) and to recover a new victory forth of the enemy's hands, which he had already in a manner with so great travail taken from them; with all alleging, That the Florentines state might be easily defended and kept by the Pope's forces, and those of the other Confederates; but that the Venetians affairs (being exposed as it were in an open Theatre in the midst of Lombardie) could not by any means succeed well without him.  
With these sundry cogitations was Sforza greatly perplexed; whilst all men began to condemn his long staying. But in the mean time Picinino, after the taking 
Politiana is taken by Picinino.  of Politiana, marched against the Casentines, ruinating all places that he met with in his passage. This mischief also was accompanied with an other, almost as great as it. For Borsia d'Aeste (on whose arrival in regard of the great Cavallerie he brought with him, as on the sole refuge of the war, the Florentines had grounded their hope) did on a sudden take Philip's party. All which accidents notwithstanding Picinino's affairs in Tuscanie became ever after less fortunate and successful: For being come to the Pace of Arezzo, as if he had meant to make incursions on the Sienois, or on the Territories of the Church, he dwelled so long upon his resolutions, as he did wholly foreslow the course of his happy fortune. 
Picinino his good fortune beginneth to d●…line.  For in the mean time the Pope's forces entered the Town, and shortly after Vrsino, Troyllo, and the rest came thither likewise with the whole body of the Army: whereupon having intelligence of the levy of so great Forces, with all speed he retired to the foot of the Mountains.  
The end of the fourth Book of the third Decad.   

THE FIFTH BOOK OF THE THIRD DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the fifth Book of the third Decad.  
SFORZA determineth on the passage of the River Mincia. CONTARENI General of the Venetians Naval Army, defeateth the enemy upon the Lake of Benac, and recovereth the Towns near to the Lake. The Venetian Army having crossed the Mincia, recovereth all the Towns on the Bressan territory. SFORZA vanquisheth the enemy in battle, betwixt Soncina and the new Orges; and bringing his forces to the banks of the River Adda, putteth those of the Co●…ntrie of Gyradade in great fear. LEON, SFORZA'S brother, is slain with an Harq●…ebuze▪ shot before Caravazza. PICININO in a set battle is vanquished at Anglare 〈◊〉 Tuscanie. Winter approaching SFORZA cometh to Venice. Great Triumphs are made at Venice in favour of GIACOMO FOSCARI the Prince's Son, which continued three days. PICININO returning from Lombar die in the midst of Winter takes d●…ers Towns on the Bressan territory. The Venetians Army and th●… of PHILIP cometh at one time to Martinenga. Peace is made with PHILIP according to SFORZA'S will and pleasure. He marrieth BIANCA, filips Daughter▪ in Cremona▪ and after the publishing of the Peace he cometh with his Wife to Venice, where he is most magnificently entertained.  
THe Springtime was far spent, and Summer was at hand, when Sforza having intelligence of the success of the affairs of Tuscanie (for he was out of fear of any danger towards his own state, or that of his Associates) with a mighty Army matched against the 
Sfo●…za w●…th a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 march●…h ag●…inst the enemy.  enemy. It is reported▪ that the Soldiers never before had so large pay as at that time, whereby they were all exceedingly well furnished with Armour, Horses, and all other furniture for the Wars. And 〈◊〉 the speedy relief●… of Bress●…a with men and victuals, he reso●…ued to pass through the midst of the enemies; for he was 〈◊〉 encouraged by that which Contareni had lately done upon the Lake of La 〈◊〉.  
This man (as hath been said) being declared General of the Naval Army, which the Senate had with wonderful speed made ready at ●…orbolles, had already launched certain Galleys into the lake, together with other vessels: but the number of Galleys is not agreed upon by our Authors. Pasius of Arimini mentioneth but four; Lagisiano of Verona, six; and Montanus half as many, nor can we certainly find in what part of the Lake they fought. Some say, That the enemies departed from Riva, and that they fought near to Torbolles. Others, That it was betwixt the mouth of the River Ponalis and Riva: And others again, That Philip's Army departing from Pescara, and being tossed with the waves and a contrary wind, met with the Venetian Army in the midst of the Lake: But they agree generally, That the enemy at the same time, had many more vessels than the Venetians, which were commanded by Blasio Assereta a Genovese, a man very skilful in marine matters, who was accompanied with man●… other 〈◊〉 that were enured to sea-fights. Italus of friul had manned their vessels with soldiers. Pietro Brunorio was with Contareni, with whom were certain bands of choice footmen.  
Now whilst Italus remained at Riva, he brought his army many times arranged in battle before Torbolles, to fight with the Venetians, if he had found them so disposed. But Contareni did by all means shun the fight, distrusting the small number of his vessels: Howbeit growing afterwards more bold (as Pasius saith) in regard of four newcome Galleys and diverse other small vessels of sundry sorts which were well armed, and perceiving moreover that the enemies had the wind against them, he sent a Galley to charge two vessels loaden with victuals and armour which were going to Riva. Now the enemies perceiving from their haven, that the same Galley made way against theirs, they forthwith, to rescue them, made towards the Venetians: Likewise Contareni being loath to leave his Galley as a prey to the enemy, speedily came forth of his Haven, and with full sails viered towards him: All which his haste notwithstanding Italus had well near taken his Galley. Some there are that say, that the enemy did take it, before it could be rescued but 
A battle upon the lake betwixt the Venetians and Philip's forces.  withal, that at the arrival of the Venetian with the residue of his galleys and twelve other vessels, there began forthwith a cruel fight betwixt them, which for a long time was very doubtful; and likewise that they fought hand to hand, in regard of the iron hooks and chains that grappled them together.  
This was a bloody battle to the beholders: great numbers of slain bodies on every side dropping into the water. But that which made it more hideous and frightful were the ●…easlesse and terrible reports of the cannon, together with the lamentable cries that were heard: all which (as it were at once) reverberating the concavities of the neighbour-mountaines, gave a double Echo of those 〈◊〉 of thunder. The air, earth, and waters being troubled by the wind, and ●…orcible motion of the vessels, did all togeth●…r make a terrible noise. Many and different were the dangers of death; of all which one only is most remarkable: There was a rope tied athwart two Galleys, upon which fifty men had taken hold that were fallen into the water by sundry accidents, thereby to sust●…ine themselves from drowning, esteeming that (under God) the only means of their 〈◊〉; but 〈◊〉 so fell out that one of the ends being cut asunder, they did all ●…n one ●…nstant miserably perish. 
The venetians are 〈◊〉 upon the la●….  After a long fight, the Venetians had go●…ten the upper hand of the enemies, by the valour and prowess of Contareni and the rest, when 〈◊〉 perceiving fortune to frown, entered into a little boat, and betook him●…elfe to 〈◊〉: Assereta and his fellows being amazed at their generals absence, sought means likewise of escape. Then the Venetian on every side did straightly press and environ them, and followed the victory, till such time as he had made himself master of all the enemies vessels, two only excepted which escaped 〈◊〉 with great joy drew them to Torbolles, where with great difficulty his helmet was taken from his head, in 
The valour of Contareni.  regard it was extremely battered with violent strokes in that fight received.  
The news of the victory being brought to Bressia did greatly comfort the afflicted City, and gave every one hope of better fortune. For it was likely, that the Lake lying free and open to the Venetians, nothing could hinder them from receiving aid and victuals in abundance. Therefore they resolved to send Ambassadors to Venice, to congratulate the Senate for that victory. Pietro Auogadre was 
This victory did greatly rejoice the Bressans. The Bressans send Ambassadors to Venice.  the chief Commissioner who carried thither a golden ensign, wherein was written, Brixiamagnipot●…ns, Caeteris urbibus fidei praebuit exemplum. Bressia the magnificent hath given an example of loyalty to other Cities, the which in the commonwealths name, as a presage of the future victory was hung up in Saint Marks church, where it is still at this day to be seen.  
Contareni and Brunorio in the mean time stood not breathing in so fair a way, but departing on a sudden from Torbolles, they went and besieged Riva both by 
Riva is taken by the Venetians.  land and water, which though it was valiantly for a while defended, yet at last they forced it, and being taken, it was sacked as an enemy. They dealt roughly with the Inhabitants, because that they, more than the enemies, had abhorred the Venetian name; young children were violently dragged forth of their parents arms, virgins 
Great cruelty.  were deflowered, and wives with their husbands were grievously tormented. The Venetian presently after this recovered La Garda, which as some say was 
La Garda, Bardolin and Lansiza are taken.  ruined; and as others, that it had no hurt. Next, for the recovery of La Garda they took Bardolin, Lansiza, and divers other towns upon the Lake; whereof those which they took by force, were given in spoil to their soldiers; those that voluntarily yielded, they did freely pardon.  
During this fortunate success of Contareni upon the Lake, Sforza had brought his Camp near to Manerba, where having intelligence (as Pasius saith) that Borsia d'Aeste was gone to the enemy's side; that many thousands were on the Bressan territory; and that Gonzaga their capital enemy was with great forces come to Marmirolla to assail them in front and in flank, he remained for a time doubtful whether he should pass the River Mincia, or not. For, having passed it, he was to open his way to Bressia by dint of sword; but his greatest care was, from whence to have victuals to supply his Army; for there were twenty thousand men in his Camp: wherein, because he would do nothing without counsel, he was desirous 
Sforza's advise to the Providator and Captain●… of the Army.  to confer with the Providator and the other Captains. Being in consultation about this expedition, it is reported, That he did oftentimes advise them heedfully to consider the greatness of their enterprise, and how, the River being once crossed, they were to march to Bressia through the midst of many thousand enemies, and that then if any thing should fall out unluckily, it would be too late to talk of had-I-wist.  
Pascali Maripietro was at the same time Providator in the Army, who answered, 
The Providators answer to Sforza  It becometh not me, O Sforza, nor any here, who under thy command do follow the Venetian ensigns to prescribe a Law unto thee concerning martial affairs: but it belongs unto thee who art our General; and by long experience art most expert in martial discipline, to advise that which is necessary to be done, and afterwards to commandit. For it is our duties which fight under thy conduct to follow thy counsel and commandment. At 
The effect of Auogadres speech to Sforza.  this speech he made no show of any sudden resolution; but Pietro Auogadre being come to the Army did incite him by a vehement Oration. The sum whereof was, That acquainting him with the state of the affairs of Bressia, he told him, that unless it were speedily relieved with victuals, men, an●… armour▪ it would come to pass (which he should be very sorry for) that that most loyal City, through want of timely succour, would be forced in despair to yield to the enemy: and therefore he earnestly entreated him having obtained so fair a way, not to abandon so well-deserving a City, surpassing all others in constant affection and loyalty to the Venetian Republic, saying, That he needed not fe●…re the want of victuals, seeing that corn was already ripe on the ground; which being reaped, he for his own part promised to furnish out of his own lands, a sufficient quantity to feed the Army for ten days.  
Sforza being moved by these speeches caused the bridge to be instantly made, whereupon the Army crossed the Mincia near to Monzabane, which town being being assailed, was forthwith taken and sacked by the soldiers. From thence he 
Monzabane is taken.  went to Rivoltella, where the inhabitants perceiving themselves to be straightly besieged by land and water, did presently yield. Contareni drew near to Sales, and 
Rivoltella yieldeth.  Sforza being come to the river Celsia, encamped within ten miles of Bressia. Thither did Barbaro and the chief of the City come to salute him. From thence Br●…norio, and Scariot Faventino, being sent with two bands of men at Arms to assault the town of Sales, by help of Contaren's naval Army, they took it by force; where the Venetian dealt cruelly with the townsmen. Those of Caluisa, Gavarda, 
Sales taken.  Calcina and Bagnols', did by their deputies yield themselves to Sforza whilst he renained at the river Celsia.  
In this fortunate progression the General changed his determination, and in steed of going to Bressia, he resolved to march against the enemy. Barbaro (whom Sforza highly esteemed) exhorted him thereunto, telling him that it was much bet-better to pursue the victory almost won, than to go to Bressia, which was by 
The General's sudden resolution.  news of his arrival already sufficiently assured. Being come to Bagnols', to make incursions on the enemies (who were said to be encamped at Manerbia) those of Otholenga and divers other towns sent their Commissioners to him, suing for peace, and giving him to understand that the enemies being terrified at the report of his approach were retired from thence. The next day a thousand of the gallantest young men of Bressia came to the Camp to salute the General, unto whom, (for their ancient hatred to Philip) they offered freely to follow him, and to bear Arms at their own cost. Sforza did courteously entertain them, and willed them to follow the ensigns.  
Upon the report that was bruited that Lodovico Sanseverino, Ittalus of friul, and Vermio, Philip's Captains, had fortified themselves betwixt Soncinna and the new Orgies, the General departing by night, went speedily against them, and having fiercely assailed them being fortified with trenches, and two bridges upon the river Oglio, scent part of his cavalry in front, & his infantry in Flank, to provoke them with Arrow-shot and warlike engines. Then having under colour of flight, drawn them on the otherside of the river, he returned courageously to charge them. He road up and down among his troops, commending those who did valiantly, and sharply rebuking those that were backward. The enemies likewise did their best for a long time to make good the place. But Ciarpelion coming with a band of old soldiers over the wooden bridge which lieth on the Oglio, & having filled the trenches and broken down the Rampires, the victory eftsoons inclined to the Venetians, the which being perceived by the enemies, who were able to make no longer resistance, in great disorder they betook themselves to flight. Pasias faith that a thousand 
Sforza vanquis●…eth the enemies.  of them were either slain or wounded, and twousand horse, and as many foot taken. Others lessen half the number. The chief of the Army with those which escaped from the fight, fled to Crema. Some Authors affirm, That the victorious Venetian being mingled with the runnaways, entered pelmell with them into Soncina, and that the City was in that sort taken, with great numbers of the enemies. 
Soncina take●….  Others again maintain that the inhabitants did voluntarily yield after the battle. Borsia d' Aeste lay at the burrow of jenepalt with fifteen hundred horse, which is two miles from the place whe●…e the battle was fought, determining in the shutting in of the evening to join with Philip's Army. Sforza's soldiers pursuing the enemy, gave in on a sudden, and unloked-for upon him, who supposing that the whole Army was there, fled, having lost his baggage and the third part of 
〈◊〉 de Aste is put to r●…nt.  his cavalry. It is reported by some others, that he came to the latter end of the battle, and that he fought there together with his cavalry, but that the victory inclining to the Venetians, and not being able to remedy it, he fled with the rest  
Philip's affairs by these defeats being reduced to extremity, those of the new Orgies returned under the Venetians obedien●…: And not that they alone, but all the Towns, Castles, Forts, and Villages of the Bressan and Bergamese territories, together with the inhabitants of the 〈◊〉 valley. The price of victuals did afterwards greatly fall at Bressia. Corn and all other fruits were sold for a lower rate by the tenth part than before they were. Bergamo likewise had a share in this good fortune. The Ambassadors of these two Cities came to Sforza's camp fi●…st to congratulate him for his victory, then to give him thanks, for that by his valour, and that victory, they had been freed from so long and redious a siege, which had continued almost three years, at such time as they were 〈◊〉 to have made no more 
Ambassadors come to Sforza 〈◊〉 Bressia and Bergamo.  resistance. Therefore they acknowledged and did prom●…e ever after to confess, That there was none next to the Venetians, unto whom they were so much bound as to himself; that they did through him alone enjoy their safety and wealth, and generally all whatsoever they possessed, and life itself, which to men is more pre●…ious than all things else. These speeches were followed with some presents, befitting the time and their poverrie, who with tears in their eyes entreated him to respect the Bressans love, more than their presents, saying that they certainly knew how that a generous Captain craveth nothing of his followers above their means but only love and observance.  
Now Sforza after his victory having crossed the Oglio (for corn was ripe, and therefore there was no fear of any want of victuals in the Army) he recovered 
Sforza rec●…ereth Casal Maior.  Casal Mayor, and divers other towns in that country▪ Cara●…zza except which he besieged. But because there was a strong Garrison in 〈◊〉, and that 〈◊〉 likewise knew that, in regard of the river Addda which runneth 〈◊〉 the walls, they might 
Breguan, Trivil, and R●…molca 〈◊〉 the country of Gyradadeart recovered by Sforza.  both by day and night bring all manner of v●…ctuals thither, he ●…aised his camp, and went first to recover Bregnam, then Trivill and Reinol●…▪ towns in the Gyradade. In regard of these approaches those of the Duchy of Milane 〈◊〉 greatly affrighted: The poor country men bringing their cattle and goods into the good towns.  
Philip having from all parts assembed forces, builded certain Forts upon the river Adda, placing strong Garrisons in them. After the battle of Og●…, he did continually send messengers to Picinino to call him from Tuscanie where he remained.  
The Venetians not being ignorant how many places of importance, which were still possessed by the enemy he lef●… behind him, and receiving certain intelligence that Philip had called home Picinino into Lombardie, fearing an alteration of fortune, that if by chance he should be enforced to retire, he should no●… easily do it upon an urgent necessity: Notwithstanding that oftentimes he made show as if he were desirous to cross the river Adda, nevertheless he abstained. Afterwards returning to besiege Caravazza, Leon his brother being shot into the body with an Harquebaze died within a while after, whereat being inflamed with choler, with 
Sforza taketh Caravazza.  greater courage than before he oppugned the besieged, using all meanaces and other fearful means to make them yield; which soon after had happened. Some say, That Leon, Sforza's brother, died of his hurts after Caravazza was taken.  
Picinino in the mean time having notice of the overthrow of Oglio, and being pressed by Philip's importunate letters to return with speed in to Lombardie, supposing 
Picini●…s project.  that after his departure from Tuscanie, his associates together with the towns which had yielded to him, would be afterwards defeated, and taken by the enemy, resolved to give a battle, to the end that, if he wan it, the forces of the Florentines and the Pope being broken, his associates with the rest might more easily be won to per●…ist in their affection.  
Now all hope of taking Perugia being lost, the which he had promised to himself to get by means of some within it, and having besieged Tiph●…rnu in vain, he passed on to the burrow of S. Sep●…lcher, and from thence marched in battle to Anglare where Bishop Lodovico Paulo Vrsino, and others were encamped. This town standeth at the foot of the Apennine hills in a very high place, and beneath it is a bottom. In this place, because the ascent is not sleepy, the Florentines troops with those of the Pope were encamped, although some of them lay in the bottom as far as the river, over which is a little bridge.  
At Picinino's arrival the first encounter was near to the bridge. It is reported that some had assured him that he should that day defeat the enemy, as being unprovided and not expecting his coming, especially upon that day which was the nine and twentieth of june, a day religiously observed, in regard of the Feast of the holy Apostles. Thus b●…ing confident and full of hope, he left the burrow, having brought with him some thousand of the townsmen to make them spectators of his assured victory. But finding the enemy at his coming ready ranged in battle, he was enforced to change his manner of fight, and to order his Army after 
The battle of Anglare betwixt Picinino and the l●…ague.  an other fashion. near to the bridge (as hath been said) and the river side was the first encounter, where Picinino's son giving a furious charge, the Tuseane was beaten back, and the bridge won, but at the foot of the rising he made a stand. Nicholas Pisani a brave Captain was surprised near to the river, and Attendulo fight valiantly was almost taken by the enemies. Now in that little space of the bottom which lieth betwixt the river and the mountain, they fought without any advantage▪ Picinino did all he could to beat the enemies from their place, but all his attempts w●…re vain. Whereupon, perceiving that the enemy's Army stood fast, he commanded As●…uro Faventino, and the other valiant Captains, to march with the Cavallerie in a close battalion against the enemy. The Pope's troops coming fiercely from above upon these men, did assail them with such valour, as in great disorder they drove them as far as the river. As●…uro and many more of note being taken in that place, the enemies 
The defence & flight of the Venetians.  on a sudden in very great fear did repass the bridge, and dislodged.  
Picinino afterwards supposed, That by reenforcing the troops, he might easily march thence in battle, but it fell out otherwise. For being ready to depart, the Florentines horse with those of the Pope did not eease to pursue him, even as he mounted on horseback, and with their whole forces did so charge him, as they gave him no time to reinforce his Army, but disordering his troops: they enforced him to fly, and slew great numbers of his soldiers. The slaughte●… was great, but the number of the prisoners exceeded. For, besides As●…ura, who was (as hath been said) taken in the middle of the fight, eight 
The great number of prisoners.  and twenty Captains, and eighteen hundred horse, with all the Inhabitants of the burrow, were carried away prisoners.  
Picinino thus vanquished, escaped to the burrow, where understanding, whom he had lost, he cried out aloud; That Philip's s●…ate was overthrown, unless 
Picinino dispa ireth after the loss of the batt●…le.  the enemy sent back the flower of all Italy which ●…ee had then taken. Lagisian●… writes; That with very grief he would twice have slain himself, and had undoubtedly done it, if his son Francisco had not stayed with him day and night to comfort and persuade him.  
Whilst these things were done in Tuscanie, Sforza, after he had taken Caravazza, 
Sfo●…zas great conquest.  and left Auogadre of Bressia at the siege of the Castle, debarred thence, and at that time (as some say) recovered casal▪ Maior and divers towns upon the Cremonese. The Castle of Cavazza being yielded, he took Azola and Caneda from Gonzaga. They lay a while before the Castle of Macharia, those within it refusing to yield till such time as they perceived part of their walls to be beaten down with the Cannon. Those of Lona having seen Sforza's ensigns, did forthwith put themselves under his protection, the like did those of Monteclaro, Cauriana, and Rivoltelles. At the last, the camp drew near to Pescara.  
This City (as hath been elsewhere said) is seated at the mouth of the River Mincia. It hath a goodly Castle near to the River with a bridge, and divers Turrets. Sforza being encamped before it, Nicholas D'Aeste came thither unlooked for.  
He, resolving to motion a peace, came to the Camp to talk with Sforza and Miripietro 
Nicol●…o d'Aeste cometh to Sforza's Camp to 〈◊〉 of peace.  the Providatour. And after a long discourse of the inconstancy of fortune (which he said, the Venetians and Sforza were to remember) made a motion of procuring a peace with Philip, and promised, if Sforza thought it fit, to be the Author and Agent thereof. He added beside, (which he knew would be very pleasing to Sforza) that he would do his best to caufe Philip to give him his daughter Bianca to wife, which till then he had refused, and that he should send her to the Camp (if he pleased) with a rich and sumptuous train. Sforza made answer, that he craved nothing but peace and quiet, and that he likewise knew, that the Venetians did desire it; provided that Philip were so content; As for Bianca, he would confer with her father and kinffolkes. Aeste departing with this answer went to Milan to Philip. Pescara in the mean time, the fourth day of the siege, was taken by 
The Venetians take Pes●…ara.  force, by the valour of Contareni and his Mariners (for the Naval Army came thither at Sforza's arrival) and was sacked. Then they planted a great piece of battery (wherewith the walls of Macharia of a marvelous greatness had been beaten down) to overthrow the Citadel, which overlooked the City. Some write that the report of this piece was so great and forcible as divers houses of the inhabitants fell down at the only noise thereof, and that the ships which lay at anchor upon the lake, above five hundred paces off, did strike one against another as often as the piece was shot off.  
Now this Tower being battered with that Engine, was at the tenth shot beaten down to the ground, whereat those of the Citadel being daunted did forthwith yield. Sforza crossed the Mincia, and in a short space made himself master of Villa-Franca and Vigasio, then of Vallessin and the bridge over the River, with divers other small towns gotten from the Mantuan.  
During those exploits along the Mincia, Aeste having remained a while with Philip, 
N●…colao d'Aest●… bringeth the Lady Bianca to Mantua.  brought Bianca downe to the Po to Mantua. This caused the Venetians to suspect Sforza, for that he was so soon reconciled to his father-in-law; and they were afraid lest the Commonwealth would receive some detriment by that reconciliation. But Sforza being entreated to go to Marmarioles a village of the Mantuans where Bianca lay there to confer of peace and Marriage, he answered that he 
Sforza's answer to those that entreated him to go thither where Bia●…ca lay.  would not go without the Senate's leave to an enemy's Country, the which he thought they would not suffer him to do. This answer caused the Venetians no more to doubt of his loyalty. Hereupon the Lady was by the River Po brought from Mantua to Ferrara; and Aeste three days after followed her thither.  
Picinino after the overthrow received at Anglare, departed from the Burrow whither he had retired after the battle, and went into Flaminia; and being safe in the company of his associates, he did by great journeys arrive at Milan. Lodovico, General of the Pope's Army, did within a while after go into that Province, where (the Brethren Sigismond and Malateste being called back to the Pope's service, although Malateste did afterwards return to Philip's party) he recovered in a short space certain Towns by a voluntary reddition. The Forlani would have done the like, had not the garrison with Picinino left in their city kept them in awe. Then joining with the troops of Giacomo, Antonio Marcello, who was sent from Lombardie into Flaminia with five companies of men at Arms, he thought it very necessary to besiege Ravenna.  
Ostasio in regard of his ancient friendship with the Venetians, did upon Marcellos 
Raucnna under the Venetians.  word, receive the Venetians into the City, committing the government thereof to him, whereupon he with his wife and children re-withdrew himself to Venice: Some say that the people yielded in despite of Ostasio, which seemeth unto me to be most true, because that I find within a while after that he was banished into Candie. But whether he or the inhabitants were Authors of that yielding, it is certain that Lodovico took it in ill part; and in indignation thereof did within a while after give Bagna and Cavallo, which he had taken by force to Nicholas D'Aeste▪ And because the Autumn of that year had been very unseasonable by reason of the continual rain, they were enforced by the bad disposition of the air to send the troops to Garrison sooner than they used to do. Thereupon the Pope's forces left Flaminia, went into Tuscanie, and from thence to Rome.  
Sforza likewise, Winter drawing on, having recovered all saving Legnaga, which for a time he besieged in vain in regard of the strong Garrison within it (although it is most certain that it was more defended by the continual rain and tempests than by Arms) sent his Army to winter, all saving one band of men at Arms which he led with him to Verona for his Guard. He distributed the residue of the Army along the river Adda as far as the Trevisans Territory in towns and villages. This being done he came to Venice with a small train to salute the Prince and Senate.  
Never was any General of an Army entertained with greater joy both of the 
The great entertainment given to Sforza at Venice.  people and Senate, than Sforza was. For they did not only commend him but had him in great admiration, they gazed attentively upon him in regard of his great valour, and thought that they saw somewhat in him that was venerable and more than human. All the States of the City went to meet him and brought him to the Palace where he was magnificently entertained. Francisco Barbaro, who by 
Francisco Barbaro highly esteemed in Venice.  the Senate's appointment after Sforza's arrival was come to Venice with Pietro Auogadre and an hundred Bressan Gentlemen, was likewise highly praised and esteemed. All men did no less admire him than the other, for that he had preserved Bressia, and was of all men greatly honoured. The Bressans likewise were entertained and embraced by the Prince and Senate with tears in their eyes, being overjoyed: and their loyalty was infinitely commended; all men were of opinion that it ought to be commended to posterity by some acknowledgement; whereupon 
The Bressans are recompensed for their loyalty.  they were declared worthy of all franchise and exemption. And to the end that the common people might likewise taste of his grace and bounty, the yearly tribute of the Mills amounting to twenty thousand Ducats was for ever quitted to the people.  
Pietro Lodron son to Paris, for that he and his Father had deserved well of the Commonwealth, had great gifts given him, with three houses; the one in Padua, the other in Vincenza, and the third in Verona. Besides, divers gallant and unusual shows were to be seen in the City, all of them in honour of Giacomo Foscari the Prince's son, who at that time was married in great magnificence. But of all the shows, one especially, being very rare and delightful, hath deserved above the rest to be commended to posterity: which was, That from Saint samuel's Church unto Saint Barnabies' shore, a bridge was made for that time over the water, for the 
Great triumphs at Venice at the wedding of the Prince's son.  pompous train of Knights to pass over to go to the Palace of Leon Contareni Father to the Bride▪ who coming forth of her Father's house entered into the Bucentaure which was richly tapessed, wherein she was accompanied with all the Ladies and Gentlewomen of the City sumptuously apparrailed. Afterwards fights at barriers, and other kinds of sports continued sundry days and were acted by sundry persons in honour of the Prince.  
In these shows was the City busied, whilst▪ Picinino (who as hath been said though neither victorious nor vanquished, could not live at quiet) having renewed his Army in Lombardie, came in the midst of winter, when no man thought he would have come into the field, and made a fierce march upon the Bressan territory, filling the whole Country with fear, so as before Sforza's departure from Venice, he enforced 
Picinino his unlooked for 〈◊〉 into the Country of Bressia.  all the champaign Country of Bressia, and whatsoever the Venetians held upon the river Adda, and on the Bergamese confines (the new Orges excepted) to yield; and likewise defeated twelve hundred Venetian horse at Monteclaro. Sforza's troops being speedily drawn from their Garrisons retired into the strongest Towns. This loss was accompanied with the revolt of Ciarpelion, who with three hundred horse went to Picinino's side: The Duke of Hadria within a while after did the like. For he forsook Sforza, and carried a great Cavallerie away with him.  
During these stirs there happened a marvelous revolt of Towns; but within a while after there followed a greater, upon the false rumours that Picinino spread abroad concerning Sforza, How that being at Venice he had been committed to prison, and afterwards secretly murdered by the Senate's commandment. The enemy by these forged matters made all things more easy for himself, until that Sforza to wipe out these false imputations, came speedily to Bressia. And because the extreme cold weather would not permit him to execute any enterprise, after that he had by his presence confirmed those that had continued loyal, and put them in good hope, he returned to Verona, where having intelligence of that which had been done at the bridge of Valeza which the prince of Mantua had taken, he sent for all the troops that wintered thereabouts, and went in haste to besiege 
Sforza recruers the bridge of Valeza.  it; and being taken in a short space, he manned it with a strong garrison. Some write, that at his departure from Bressia, Monteclaro, Soncina, Martinenga, and Casalmajor revolted; and that he was not greatly troubled for that loss, having rather to lose them in that manner than by force, knowing for certain that those Towns would prove his, who the next summe●… should be strongest in the field. Philip's troops spent the remainder of the winter in those places.  
The Springtime being come, they began on both sides to make great preparations for war, and to provide armour, victuals, and generally, whatsoever might serve for the obtaining of a victory. Lombardy did not only attend the success of that war, but all Italy. For all men perceived that the war would never 
The Venetians place Attenda●… in Mellato's 〈◊〉.  end but by the death of one of those two great Captains, or by his entire overthrow. Michael Attendulo being sent for by the Venetians, was in the mean time come forth of Tuscany into Lombardy with two thousand men to command the troops in Mellato's place, who drew towards his end.  
Sforza (whose great authority and command did not only extend over the Venetian forces, but over all those of the associates) in regard it was time to leave the Garrisons, had assembled all his Army, when as the enemy, who was wont by his Spies to have intelligence of the least of his proceedings, was in the field a little before him with sixteen thousand men, and encamped upon the Bergamese on the banks of the River Serioles. His Camp near to Algesia was in this sort fortified. Before him lay the River, and on both sides of him were the high mountains, at 
After what manner Picinino encamped.  his back the River Oglio with a bridge guarded by a strong Garrison. I find in some Authors Mella for Serioles, and Legnaga for Algesia. But whether he encamped there or not, (for undoubtedly it was in a place naturally strong) he thought himself able by long delays to frustrate all Sforza's designs.  
But it fell out otherwise than he expected. For so soon as the Venetians General with a gallant Army came in view of the enemies, and that he had considered the situation of the places he forthwith resolved to join battle, and to enforce the enemy to quit the place. Therefore he began to exhort his soldiers to the fight, telling them: That it was greater in show than substance, and withal assuring them, 
Sforza his speech to his souldi●…s.  that with ease they might defeat Philip's soldiers, and their fearful General in those narrow straits, wherein they had enclosed themselves; and that they being vanquished, they should purchase same and a great booty: He told them that he would use a longer speech, if those with whom they were to deal were not already sufficiently known unto them: being even the same men whom so often they had overthrown, beaten, taken, and basely disgraced. He willed them then to march forward, and at the first signal of the battle to beat down the enemy, who by his own confession was more than half vanquished; For he did not send them to the fight, but to the victory, as being much stronger than they in number, valour, courage, and good fortune.  
This being said, he called for the crossbow-men, and having given the signal to the sight, the battle began to be very cruel on the shore, where Cavalcabon a valiant man, and divers other men of note were slain; many likewise were hurt, among whom was Troillo. And certainly there would have been great slaughter on both sides, had not night given end to the battle which began very late. Some say that it lasted from morning to noon. Pasius writes, That Philip willed Picinino not to fight, and that by reason thereof, the night after the battle he crossed 
The fight betwixt Picinino and Sforza is broken off ●…y the approach o●… night  the Oglio about midnight; and leaving a strong Garrison at the bridge, he went and encamped on the Cremonese. But that which Montanus sets down seemeth most credible, to wit, That they fought more than once with sundry events, and that the enemy did not pass over the River, before that Bartolomeo Coyone, a valiant man, had taken Pontologia five miles from thence, or as others say Antonio Martinenga: and until he had notice that the Venetian troops were come upon the Cremonese. I can not certainly tell which of them passed first over the River, in regard of the great diversity of Historians. But all agree in this, that so soon as Sforza came into the enemy's Country, he went and besieged Martinenga.  
Giacomo Gaivano was in the Town with a gallant troop of horse. There were 
Sforza besiegeth Martinenga.  likewise great numbers of footmen, so that the mercenary soldiers were far more in number than the Townsmen. There was in the Venetian Army more than an hundred and thirty troops of horse, and great numbers of foot-forces. The Venetians General upon the assurance of his forces, did encompass the whole Town: and having fortified his Camp with trenches and rampires, he resolved to keep the enemy besieged until he should constrain him by force or fair means to yield up the place. The next day after that the Venetians were encamped, Picinino retired a mile off into a place full of wood and water, watching all occasions, that if the enemy should commit any error, he might cut off the Victuallers, or those which kept the guard, determining not to fight with his whole forces. 
Philip is reduced to great 〈◊〉.   
At this stay were Philip's affairs, who although he were reduced to that want, as after Picinino's return he was enforced for the renewing of his Army to borrow money of certain of his Courtiers, to take up Arms on credit in shops, and horse and victuals forth of the towns under his subjection, yet nevertheless, because he perceived that the whole burden of the war would light upon him, and being of a great and invincible courage, and always busied in war, he used all possible means to assure his subjects by new supplies. The Venetians in like manner did the same, being already in a manner victors. And to make a greater show of their power, they levied soldiers from all parts with greater pay than had ever been given, so as in a few days they had before Martinenga above thirty thousand fight men, besides the soldiers boys, Laundresses, and mechanic people which use to follow Camps.  
The ordnance in the mean time still playing, had made a very great breach, 
The number of the Venetian army before Martinenga.  which might have been easily approached, if Sforza had given an assault: But he would not do it, fearing (as some thought) that Picinino would have assailed his Camp, while he should be busied at the assault. At the same time it was by some supposed that the business was expressly drawn forth at length without any battle by the two Generals; and that there was some secret practise and agreement betwixt them to divide together the towns of Italy, they supposing by the assurance of so great forces, to be able with ease to seize on the Provinces. But this rumour had no certain author, though perhaps some held it for certain. But the Venetians who in no sort doubted of Sforza's loyalty, had no mistrust thereof. Sigismond of Ari●…ini, unto whom Malateste gave his daughter Polixena in marriage, came at the same time to Sforza's Campe.  
Ostasio Polentano, who lay at Treviso, being taken as he was going to the enemy with jeronimo his son, were confined into Candie, where both of them not long after died by sickness. In the mean time nothing was done before Martinenga. The two Armies were not far off from one another; the one intending the f●…ege, and the other how to surprise. But the business on both sides went slowly forwards.  
Philip being either incited by the reports that were dispersed of the treacherous accord made betwixt the two Generals; or else being wearied with the great expenses of the war: or rather, as some affirm, being urged with the insolent demands 
Philip's resolution.  of Picinino and the rest that were in pay under him, turning suddenly from Arms to peace, resolved to commit his daughter Bianca and all his means to the trust & discretion of Sforza. He secretly therefore sent one called Vrbano Rosan of Pavia, or as others write, Eusebio Caiman to Sforza's Camp: Howbeit those that have most faithfully written this History, say, That Antonio Guidebon of Derthonna was first sent to sound him how he stood inclined to peace, and presently after him, Eusebio Caiman, who finished the business.  
It is reported that Sforza alone treated with this man from the second watch of the night, till broad daylight concerning the conditions of peace: and that in the morning both of them coming forth of his cabinet, they publicly showed themselves with smiling countenances. Many were already come to the generals tent (as the manner is) to bid him good morrow, among whom was Maripietro the Providator: 
Peace is conclud●…d by Sforza and Philip's commissioner.  Sforza turning towards him and the rest smiling said, Gentlemen I proclaim peace to you, we must talk no more of war nor Arms, we must only think on peace and quiet.  
This advertisement being new and unlookt-for, seemed very strange to the Venetian and the rest, who asked of one an other what was meant thereby, and why Sforza was so soon turned from Arms to peace, and of Philip's capital enemy become his friend. These news were forthwith spread over the whole Camp: And the General presently commanded the Soldiers no more to execute any hostile actions. The like did Philip's Commissioner cause to be done in Picinino's Army. It is reported for a wonder, that the very selfsame day, there was such a mutual congratulat on among the Soldiers, and such frequent coming to and fro, from one Army to the other, upon the only speech of peace, as both Camps seemed to be but one, and that the next day the Captains did publicly embrace and entertain one an other.  
Sforza in the mean time had sent Angelo Simonetto to Venice to acquaint the Prince and Senate, with what had been done.  
Picinino did not long conceal his grief; but having drawn the Garrison forth of Martinenga, he marched to the Territory of Loads, where he greatly complained on Fortune and Philip; for that they had betrayed a poor, lame, and old man.  
O Fortune (quoth he) and thou Philip most ingrateful, could ye without my knowledge 
Picinino his complaints upon ●…he report of pence.  treat of a business of so great consequence? and is this the recompense of my services for the space of so many years in heat and cold, fair weather and foul, done to an unthankful Prince? O how vain are all my toils and forepast dangers? To what purpose hath my loyalty been, to what end my industry? why hath my labour and speed so often restored Philip's affairs wholly ruined? I have served and defended him in his sovereign authority, that now proveth mine enemy; for certainly he holdeth me for such an one; nor do I think but that he hates me more than an enemy. He hath given his daughter to Sforza, he hath committed all his means unto him; But of wretched Picinino, of whose love, affection, and industry, he hath had so great trial, he hath no remembrance, esteeming him not only unworthy of greater honour, but reputeth meanly of him, not vouchsafing to acquaint him with the motion of the peace. O how more than true is that saying, That there is nothing more vain and uncertain than the favour of a great Prince, and that there is no more assurance in depending upon such an one, than in the words and actions of a madman.  
Such were Picinino's complaints: when Sforza, after that he had recovered Martinenga, and other Towns on the Cremonese, and committed the troops to Maripietro the Providator, went to Venice, where coming into the Senate he spoke in this manner to the Senators.  

Sforza his Oration in the Senate.  
We have O Prince and Senators by the favour of Almighty God and your good fortune, till now, so daunted Philip's great forces, and in such sort lessened his greatness by many overthrows one after an other, as he hath been of late enforced to send to your Camp, and humbly to sue for peace whereof he hath made me judge and Author. Your Army is safe and in good estate, we have recovered the Towns which he took from you, which are under the command of your Providator. Besides, I bring you peace if you think it worthy of you, and such, as being received may profit the Commonwealth. Receive it if ye so please, with as good a will as it is offered. But if ye think it more expedient still to continue the war (seeing it lieth in you to embrace which of the two ye shall best like of) command what you will have to be done. As for myself, I will endeavour, if fortune answer●… my desire, to finish this war to your contentment, with as great loyalty and constancy as I have undertaken it, and by God's help to continue it to the end.   
Sforza's arrival was very pleasing, much more his sweet and gracious speech; but peace most of all. For they could not have wished for one more just and advantageous: Therefore they highly thanked him, for that by the selfsame valour and loyalty as 
The Senate's answer to Sforza.  he had begun that long and tedious war, he had brought it to the desired end. And concerning peace they answered him, That the Venetians were pleased with it, and would hold that for firm which he had made with the enemy: He had leave then when he pleased to depart, and to dispose, (they praying God that it might be to the profit and honour of the Republic and his own) of the public business, as he should think fit. For they were assured that he could do nothing, but that which would be profitable and honourable for the Commonwealth.  
In this manner he went forth of the Senate, rejoicing as much for that peace as for a victory, and so returned to the Campe. From whence sending the Army to Garrisons, he stayed at Capriana, to give audience to Ambassadors who he knew would come thither to him from all parts of Italy. There came to him at the same time the Patriarch Lodovico Nuncio to Pope Eugenius; who taking his leave of him to return to Rome, Blondus of Furli the Historian remained with Sforza. Nerius C●…pare and Angelo Acciarole were sent from the Florentines; Francisco Barbadico and Paulo Troni from the Venetians, to the end that if need were, some might be there to defend the Venetians cause. Nicholas Arcimboldi, and Franchino Castellone were sent by Philip from Milan: divers others came thither, as Ambassadors from other Princes and Commonwealths.  
Philip according to his promise at the beginning, having called back his daughter from Ferrara, did send her with a gallant Nuptial train to Crem ona. Commissioners likewise were appointed from him & in his name to give the City and Castle of Cremona to Sforza for her dowry; The which to receive together with the Lady, he came thither, attended on by three thousand horse. And entering the Castle glistering in Arms with a number of his choice friends, coming near to the Lady he spoke unto her in this manner.  

Sforza's speech to his future Bride.  
I Have along time laboured (my dearest Spouse) to attain to this so much desired marriage. The good will which I have ever borne to thee since I first made suit to have thee to my Wife, hath never suffered me to take rest, but night and day thou hast been imprinted in my mind: And it did greatly despite me to see those that envied our good fortune, to have so much credit with thy Father Philip, as that by their means he denied me his Daughter. I resolved either to die valiantly, or else to win thee: if not by fair means, at leastwise by force of Arms. I will not deny but that I took arms, and did enterprise a dangerous war, but it was to let thee see how that there is nothing how difficult soever but I would attempt for thy sake. I never hated Philip, because he was thy father, and by thee my father-in law: nor did I ever so much desire to hurt him, as I was willing to keep him from offending me. The which may easi●…y be discerned by the effects that ensued. He was desirous to have me lay down Arms, I presently did so; He made me judge and Umpire of the peace, I have procured him a perpetual peace with the Venetians. Whereunto hath all this tended, but to let thee know that I never had any intent either to hurt thee or thine? And do not think, because thou seest me armed, that thou art sent to an enemy, and not to a loving husband. For it beseemeth the daughter of a great Prince, to be in this manner first saluted by a soldier and great Captain her husband. There remaineth nothing to do, but that with mutual affection we love one another, and that by thy means thy father may hereafter think well of us: And for mine own part, I will love and honour him as our common father, with the like affection as thyself.   
This he spoke (according to Pasius of Arimini) and the better to oblige the Lady to himself he presented her with many rich gifts. Others say that he was betrothed unto her in Saint Sigismonds' Church without the City; and they make no mention of Sforza's speech to his wife. The Nuptials being solemnised he spent certain days in dispatching the Ambassadors. For on the one side the Pope's Nuncio craved Bolognia which Picinino held, and Ravenna which was possessed by the Venetians. On the other side the Venetians were not well pleased, because that Legnaga, and those Towns which they had formerly possessed in the Gyraldade, were taken from them. Philip's cause was well debated there as was that of Prince 
Sforza is busy in hearing and satisfing the Ambassador.  Gonzaga by those whom they had sent thither. The one craved Lonada Pescara and divers other Towns; and the other Bressia and Bergamo, two most excellent Cities, In the end after sundry contentions, Sforza pronounced his sentence in this manner, That Philip should pretend no claim to the Bressan nor Bergamese 
Sforza's sentence co●…cerning the strife betwixt the Ambassours.  Territories, but that those two Cities with their dependences should remain to the Venetians: Cremona and all the Cremonese should be the dowry of Bianca his wife. That the ●…etians should surrender Martinenga to Philip, with all the Cities in the Gyradade: That they should ha●…e 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gonzaga should have again whatsoever belonged to the Mantuan 〈◊〉, 〈◊〉 ●…is condition nevertheless▪ That after h●… had drawn 〈◊〉 Garrison 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, he should deliu●…r both it and the Haven to the Venetians: That the 〈◊〉 ●…ould enjoy Riva, Torbolles, and 〈◊〉, which they had won by right o●… Arms, together with Ravenna. That Pope Eugenius within two years should ha●…e ●…olognia restored from Picinino▪ That 〈◊〉 Faventino having restored to the Florentines those Towns which ●…e had taken from them and which he 〈◊〉 held, should be freed from his impri●…ent▪ Th●… 〈◊〉 Genoveses should 〈◊〉 ●…heir liberty and should have no more to do with Phili●…▪ And besides ●…oncerning ●…eace (whereof he had an especial care) his ●…ill was, ●…hat every one should religiously observe it.  
This sentence of Sfo●… 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 of the rest approved, was by the Pope's Nuncio rejected, who went about to cause others to dislike of it, because, as he thought, they had done no great matter for the good of the Roman Church. Whereupon, in a rage he went to Florence, and from thence to Rome. Peace was in this sort concluded on the 〈◊〉 and tw●…eth day of September, the year one thousand and twenty from the City's foundation, and in the fourth year of the last war with Philip. In Venice, enerall processions were made for three days space, & thanksgiving to Almighty God for that the Commonwealth was not only freed from a most dangerous war, but, for that by peace they had increased their State. The Prisons were set open, and offenders quitted. Those that lay for debt under the sum of one hundred pounds, were discharged, and those that aught more paid but the one half.  
Sforza the third year after his coming into Lombardie, went to Venice with 
Sforza with his wife cometh to Venice.  his wife: the Prince and the whole Senate went forth to meet him. The Prince's wife being attended on by all the Ladies of the City received the new married wife in the Bucentauro, and were lodged in the Palace of the Bernardi, which for that purpose was sumptuously furnished. The public streets, and all the shops from Rialto to Saint Marks were stuffed with all sorts of rich merchandise, which gave great admiration to strangers. All the treasure which is kept in a part of the Church, was laid abroad to be seen and viewed of all men: Then great presents were given to both of them: And at last, when they took their leave to go to La Marca, the Prince and Nobility accompanied them as far as Malamoc.  
The end of the fifth Book of the third Decad.   

THE six BOOK OF THE THIRD DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the sixth Book of the third Decad.  
War is renewed by EUGENIUS and PHILIP. SFORZA'S troops having continued above four years in La Marca, were at the last driven thence. War at the same time was made in sundry places against the Turks. The Honourable entertainment given in Venice to the Wife of LIONELLO D'AESTE. The Bolognese recover their liberty. FRANCISCO PICININO in his Father's absence is wholly bereft of his forces in the Mount Volmea. The great revolt of SFORZA'S Captains was the cause of his defeat in La Marca. NICHOLAS PICININO, the great Captain, dieth at Milan. MICHAELI ATTENDULO having taken arms near to Cremona, defeateth PHILIPS troops upon the Gyradade. The Senate having intelligence of the new alliance made betwixt PHILIP and SFORZA, taketh from him all the benefits which the Commonwealth had bestowed upon him. The Venetian Army approacheth twice near to Milan. The Venetians do greatly molest the enemies near to the Lake of Coma. The death of PHILIP Duke of Milan. The Venetians reduce Loads and Plaisancia under their obedience. SFORZA coming into Lombardie taketh Plaisancia by force and sacks it. He burns the Venetians Naval Army near to Casalmajor, and defeateth the Venetians at Caravazza. The Venetians make a league with SFORZA against the Milanese. Those of Milan with in a while after, having made a league with the Venetians, do attempt to defend their liberty against SFORZA.  
LOmbardie after Sforza's departure was for a time peaceable, but in the mean space, the Venetians affairs were not very quiet: Their care for the War of La Marca, and the tumults of the Bolognese did a long time hold them in suspense, till such time as Philip renewed the War against them upon the Cremonese, the which after his death was dispersed over all Lombardie: but we will hereafter set down what was the cause thereof, and likewise what end it had. And now seeing that the order of the affairs do so require it, we will insist a little upon that which the Venetians did as well at home in the City, as abroad forth of Italy. The which we thought fit to insert in the beginning, because we find it first mentioned in the Venetian Histories.  
Now Lombardie being at quiet, Andrea Dandulo was sent Ambassador to the king of Babylon, upon a rumour that was spread, how that the Venetians had carried 
Andrea Dandulo is sent Ambassador to the Sultan of Babylon.  away divers of his subjects forth of the country, and transported them into the West, having slain them, and sold the rest, to the end that the Sultan might know that it was not done by the consent of the Commonwealth, seeing that the Author thereof for want of appearance at an appointed day had been condemned as guilty, although that a while after coming by the Senate's leave to iusti●…ie himself, having proved that he had been enforced ●…o to do, it is reported that by a general consent he was acquitted.  
About the same time Mellato that excellent Captain, who had so well deserved 
Mellatos' death.  of the Republic, died. The Senate in memory of his good services caused his statue on horse▪ back to be erected near to S. Antony's Church in P●…dua. The same year three new Procurators of S. Mark were created. Lodovico Lauretano was chosen at the first assembly, Paulo Troni at the second, 〈◊〉 Fancisco Barbarico, surnamed the 
Three new Procurators of S. Mark created.  rich at the last, so that then, they who were wont to be but six, were increased to nine. There were beside at the same time three ships of burden armed, and one galley, which were sent to Sea to free it from Pirates. For it was reported that the Sotolani very famous Rovers, did scour those Seas: And within a while after, four Galleys departed from the City under the command of Ant onio Diede for the guard 
The City of Antivari subject to the Venetians  of the Gulf. This man by means of some others of the contrary part that favoured the Venetians, took the City of Antivari in Albania by force: the which he reduced under the Venetians command.  
The same year which was the thousand and two and twentieth from the foundation of the City, on the sixth day of November, the Sea did in such sort overflow 
A great deluge at Venice.  all the streets in the City, as an incredible quantity of Merchandise was therewith spoiled. It is thought that the merchants lost by that inundation m●…re in value than a million of Gold. The Hungarians at the same time fought against the Turks with prosperous success, who within a while after received a greater overthrow in the lower Misia, at this day called Valachia.  
The Pirates in the mean time were so strong at Sea as the Merchants upon all the Seacoasts had no safe place of retreat, so that the very havens of Apulia, and Calabria where the merchants coming from the higher Sea were wont to touch, were not free from their piracies. The Venetians having oftentimes complained to Alfonso, and receiving no other answer, but he was ●…orie for it; that the merchants were not wronged by any of his subjects; and that he could hardly believe it: Diede being moved with indignation, went to besiege the town of Bistonia, 
Bistice assailed by the venetians.  the only harbour at that time of those thieves (I suppose that the same Sea town which stands upon the confines of the Florentines, which at this day is called Bistice, was in time passed so named) and at his arrival summoned the Inhabitants to deliver into his hands the Pirates that were there, and in so doing, he promised them to depart thence, and to hurt none of them. Upon the towesmens' refusal, who threatened to discharge their ordnance upon him if he made any attempt, Diede ran to Arms, and coming to assault the town, he would greatly have endangered the enemy, had not a terrible tempest suddenly arose, which scattering his vessels here and there, threw the Venetians into the enemy's hands, whereupon the General of the fleet with his whole companies were taken, who afterwards by Alphonso's commandment were set at liberty, and had their ships and goods restored to them: and of his bounty, the king added his promise to make good to the Venetians whatsoever they had lost in that encounter, which could not be recovered.  
Andrea Quirini drew forth the vessels which had been taken from the Haven of Bistice, and to blot out that first disgrace, pursuing the Pirates, he recovered from them divers Venetians ships, and took some of theirs, who fearing the punishment that would have been inflicted upon them if they should be taken and carried to Venice, they would by no means fall into the Venetians hands, but forsaking their Liburnian vessels, they went on shore in the next Haven they came to, where they continued till such time as they understood that the naval Army was returned to Venice. For than they began more fiercely than before to spoil and take whatsoever they met with. But their unbridled liberty lasted not long. For Philippo Canalus was speedily sent against them with three ships of burden, and one Galley. Some write that about the same time certain Galleys were armed at Venice against the Turks; but they that write this, do not set down the number of the Galleys, nor under whom they were sent forth.  
Of those ships which returned from Syria ●…oden with merchandise, that of Contareni by a sudden tempest was cast away, the mariners hardly escaping with their lives to the bordering shore: But afterwards being taken into Antonio Abramo his ship, they did again suffer shipwreck, and were cast all away near to Modon. This carried with it two losses, namely of men, which was the greatest, in regard they were many, and also in rich merchandise, which was thought to be worth fifty thousand crowns.  
Two Galleys were likewise furnished in the name of Lionello d' Aeste, the sails 
The king of Arragon's daughter cometh to Venice.  of one of them were of purple silk, which brought from Ortona, a town of the Pelignianis, to Venice, the king of Arragon's daughter betrothed to this young Prince▪ Victor Capello, and Francisco Lauretano commanded those two Galleys. The Bride for the Prince's sake her husband, who was a friend to the Venetians, was honourably entertained at Venice. The Arsenal was showed unto her, and to the great Lords that attended her, among whom was the Prince of Salerne: From thence being brought back to the Rial to thorough the Mercer's street, it was so abundantly set out with costly wars, as all men did admire it. Such great multitudes of people came from all parts to see her, as with their weight both sides of the Bridge of Rial to fallen down into the water, and carried with it many people who were spoiled and drowned. At her departure from Venice she was honoured with sundry rich 
〈◊〉 d'Aeste comes to venice.  presents. For which, within a while after Lionello came in person to Venice to salute the Prince and Senate, and to thank them for the honourable reception of his Bride.  
At the Springtime eight Galleys were on a sudden armed at Venice against the Turks, at the expense of Pope Eugenius. The Pope referred the execution of that business, to Cardinal john his Nephew, of the family of the Candelmares. Lodovico Lauretano, Pietro Zenti, Marini de Molino, Paulo Lauretano, Lorenzo Moro, Nicolao Contareni, and Antonio Candelmare were Captains of the Galleys. Besides these, the Duke of Burgundy caused four others to be armed there at the same time, which were commanded by four Venetian Gentlemen, namely 
divers Galleys armed at Venice against the Turks.  of the family of the Venieri, Contareni, Lauretani, and Georgij. This French and Papal fleet being ready to set ●…aile against the Turks was commanded by Lodovico Lauretano their General, who departing from Venice with the Cardinal Candelmare, and with all men's prayers, that their journey might be prosperous, put out to Sea. The Christian fleet opportunely arrived at the straight. Amurath Ottoman Emperor of the Turks having left his son at Salonica, departed at the same time, by the aid of the Genoveses (as it is said) forth of Europe into Asia, whither he was speedily recalled by sundry messengers. The rumour was, That king Caraman marched against him with a mighty Army: But haing composed the affairs of Asia, returning into Europe, he found the straight to 
The Christian●… possess the straight.  be shut up and guarded by the Christian fleet. This had put all men in hope, that this cruel enemy being divided from his forces, might by his absence receive some notable overthrow in Europe. For it was reported that Ladisla●… King of Poland, having caused his Army to cross the Danubie in three several places, did fiercely march against the Turks in Europe.  
But it is now time to return to the affairs of Italy, from which we have somewhat digressed, the better and more plainly to dispatch that which remaineth behind. Eugenius (as hath been said) took it in evil part, That by Sforza's sentence, he might not enjoy Bolognia till two years were expired. But Philip was more displeased to see that all his sons-in-law attempts were bend against Alfonso whom at the Spring he meant to assail with his greatest forces. 
The Pope and Philp●… d●…scontent  Although Sforza's hatred seemed to be hereditary from his father (for Sforza's father serving valiantly in the Realm of Naples in the quarrel of Queen joan, had bravely withstood all Alphonso's attempts) it was neuertheles●…e augmented by a new displeasure, which was, that Alphonso had seized upon all the towns 
The cause of Sforza's hatred taking Alphonso.  which by succession belonged unto him in Samia and Apulia; upon which occasion whilst he remained at Cremona, he had made a league with king Renatus by means of Nicolao Mace, who for that purpose came to him to entreat his aid.  
Alphonso being troubled with the report of this league, entreated Philip if it were possible in some sort to mitigate the fury of his son-in-law. Philip, being moved by the entreaties of the King his inward friend, and displeased likewise with Sforza for that he had rather recommended Cremona to the Venetians than to him, as also because that since the marriage with his daughter, he was in a manner estranged from his party, did importune Eugenius to take Arms against him: withal advising him to take Picinino into his service, seeing he could 
The Pope, king Alphonso, and Philip make league against Sforza.  not find a better Captain, nor one that was more ready to procure his ruin. To this end they made a league together, and King Alphonso was received into it as a third man.  
Sforza was fully resolved to relieve king Renatus whom Alphonso by sea and land had besieged in Naples, and undoubtedly would have performed it to the uttermost if before his coming to La Marca, Pope Eugenius had not entangled him in a civil war. Whereupon, changing his determination, because he might not himself 
Sforza sends his brother to the aid of Renatus.  be so far from home, he sent his brother Giovanni to the aid of Renatus. But his journey proved unfortunate. For joining with the Cappilistes, and coming by chance to fight with Alphonso, he lost at Carpenona both his camp and cavalry. Afterwards the king entering Naples, did not only favour Picinino in hatred to Sforza, but adopted him into the family of Arragon: who having received of the Pope and King money for his pay, went with great rumour through the territory of Perugia into the Duchy of Spoleta, where at his arrival he took Tuderta from Sforza. Then marching through the territory of Sisa to La Marca, he did straightly besiege Bellafort. divers that were present at that journey say, that war was begun in La Marca before Sforza departed forth of Lombardie: and that from thence proceeded Sforza's great hatred to Ciarpelion who came to meet him, which was thought to be the cause of his death: For being of a bold courage and free speech, he taunted Sforza, telling him, That whilst he spent the time in kissing and embracing his wife Bianca, he basely suffered the enemy to take the country of La Marca from him.  
War being thus kindled, Sforza came to La Marca, and within a while after 
Picinino departeth from La Marca.  coming in sight of the enemies, he enforced Picinino that was retired to Amandola, a very little town, to sue for peace, which was granted him on condition, That he should depart forth of the country of La Marca▪ and all other territories belonging to Sforza.  
The Province being in this sort quieted, Sforza marched against Alphonso; And it fortuned in his way that through the stubbornness of the Transionates he commanded their City, which stands on the frontiers of the Province to be sacked and spoiled.  
Picinino having thereupon taken an occasion, and being provoked thereunto by the Pope's Agents, as though he had outraged one of the Pope's towns, did presently 
War renewed in La Marca.  seize upon Tollentino, Galled, Nucernio, Asisio, having driven Alexander, S●…orza's brother, from thence. Sforza being called back upon these sudden news was enforced to winter in La Marca.  
Renat●…s in the mean time having lost all hope, returned home into France. Whereupon Alfonso, within a while after entering the royal Castle, which till then had been in the enemy's hands, was by Pope Eugenius declared King, on condition that he should presently march into La Marca to overthrow the power of Sforza●….  
At this stay stood the affairs of La Marca, and there was likelihood that there would be great war about the possession of that Province, when Francisco, son to Picinino, whom his father had left at Bolognia at the beginning of the war of La Marca, took Hannibal Bentivoglio, who had been a long time suspected in regard 
Hani●…al Be●…tiuole prisoner.  of the great power and authority of those of his party, and sent him prisoner to the Castle of Variana. But he escaping thence by means of Galeas Marascot and Virginio Maluesia, went to Bolognia, where having incited the people to regain their liberty, he defeated by surprise Francisco Picinino, and most of his Garrison. Francisco 
The Bolognese having recovered their liberty crave the alliance of the Venetians and ●…lorentines.  was afterwards exchanged for Gasparo and Achilles Bentivoles. But the Bolognese, the better to assure and maintain their recovered liberty, sent to the Venetians and Florentines to crave aid of them, and to be received into their alliance, unto whom both their demands were presently granted.  
Being confident upon the alliance and forces of these two great States, they did not only maintain their liberty, but after they had driven Lodovico Vermio from their confines, in a short time they recovered all their Towns and Castles. And the better to increase their Republic, they thought fit to repeal Baptista Canedo●…a with all those of his faction, who had been banished from the City since the time that Eugenius had recovered Bolognia, whose niece Hannibal Bentivoglio should marry, thereby to extinguish all their ancient enmity: But neither the new alliance, nor any other bond of affinity could root out the hatred which time had planted. For H●…nibal being treacherously surprised by Bertucio Canedola and other his complices was most inhumanly murdered. The Bolognese being moved with this monstrous impiety forthwith ran to Arms, and on a sudden slew the chief of the Canedoli with divers others, amongst whom Baptista was the first that tasted of 
Hannibal Bentivole is tr●…acherously slain by his enemies.  their fury: whose body after they had dragged it ignominiously about the City, was at last in the market place burnt to ashes. Their liberty notwithstanding by the supportance of their associates, stood inviolate. But these two Commonweals were not only careful for Bolognia, but likewise for the danger they saw Sforza engaged in. And now the Venetians began to repent them that they had so soon dismissed Christofero Tollentino, with divers other excellent persons; and that Bartholomeo Coioni was gone to Philip's party. In the mean time Philip had sent William of Monferrat, and Carolo Gonzaga to make war on those of Bolognia. The Venetians being troubled with sundry cogitations, dispatched thither Tiberto Brandolino, Thadeo d'Aeste and Guido Rangone. The Florentines had sent thither not long before, Asturo Faventino a●…d Simonetto. These men having easily broken the enemy, did in a short space expel them out of the Bolognese territories. Whereupon all places near Bolognia being in this sort pacified, the associates troops departed by several ways.  
The Venetian Captains were by sundry messages called back into Lombardie by reason of the war renewed upon the Cremonese. The Tuscans were commanded to go to La Marca to Sforza's aid: For upon the arrival of King Alfonso and Lodovico the Pope's Legate, both of them were come to La Marca with great forces, where Sforza was brought to great extremity by means of sundry overthrows happening one upon an other. But nothing hurt him so much as the revolt of his friends: For Troilio with a thousand horse went to the King's side, having first delivered unto him the Town of Esia where he lay in Garrison: and Pietro Brunora had already done the like with eight hundred footmen. This valiant captain being amazed with those losses and many others, although of himself he was of courage invincible, after the loss of Stella, and whatsoever almost he possessed in La Marca was retired to Santa Maria de la Fortuna. It is thought, That at this time he sued to Philip, and made a secret league with him; wherein it was agreed, That Philip should invade the frontiers of the Cremonese: Against whom there was some likeliehood that the Venetians would oppose themselves, and presently take arms to defend that which belonged to Sforza: who coming afterwards to fight, should (as a man enforced) turn to his fathers-in-law side, and fight for Philip in Lombardie, should straight press the Venetians.  
In this manner, as they had plotted it, not long after war was renewed in Lombardie, but with far better fortune to the Venetians than the enemies expected. But before we proceed to that which was done in Lombardie, we will briefly set down, what was the end of the war in La Marca. The Venetians upon report of Sforza's losses had sent Thadeo d'Aeste, Guido Rangone and Tiberto Brandolino to his aid; and the Florentines had sent Simonetto: who being all joined together, had four thousand men in their Camp at Marignane. But Picinino lay upon the hill Laura to keep them from joining with Sforza; which although for a time he endured, 
Picinio entirely defeated by Sforza.  yet at last he assembled all his troops and marched against the enemy, who being in battle vanquished, left his camp to be possessed by the Victor. This happened in the space almost of three years: But in the fourth year of the war of La Marca, Picinino and Alfonso having renewed the war about Spring time, Picinino was vanquished by Ciarpelion upon the mount Millo: and Alphonso not being satisfied with raising a land-army at Eugenius instance, did beside, arm eight galleys to molest Sforza by sea.  
The Venetians (as some say) upon report of Alphonso's naval Army, did likewise arm certain vessels of theirs, which were appointed for the guard of Ravenna. In this sort was Sforza straightly priest by sea and land, when Philip sent Francisco Landriano to call home Picinino, under colour to confer with him concerning the affairs of the war. Francisco his son, in the mean time being left with the troops in La Marca, and vanquished in the mount Volmia by Sforza, having lost his Camp and the greatest part of his forces, was taken prisoner in the company of Cardinal Firmiano the Pope's Legate in the Army, with divers other great Lords. Many at that time thought that it was Philip's pleasure to have it so, to the end that Picinino's Army being defeated, Sforza his son-in-law might be freed from that war: whereby we may perceive that the common reports than currant, were most true, That Sforza was before then reconciled to his father-in-law, and that he had secretly made a league with him, to the utter subversion and ruin of the Venetian estate.  
But Picinino upon the news of this rout, was not able to conceal his grief, but lamented and exclaimed, taxing Philip oftentimes, That he had left him nothing but his life, and that he should do well to deprive him of that; and in this manner falling sick 
Picininos death.  with extreme sorrow, the greatest and best advised Captain of his time, did in a short space decease at Milan. Sforza at Philip's entreaty set Francisco at liberty, and soon after peace ensued with the Pope, although Sforza possessed divers Towns of La Marca, and Pope Eugenius some others. 
Carpeli●…ns death   
At the same time Alexander Sforza's brother did cause Ciarpelion to be hanged, who was a man very famous for his skill in martial discipline, only because he had an intent to go to Philip's party.  
About five years after the Pope renewed the war, and sent the Patriarch of 
La Marca is reduced under the Pope's obedience.  Aquileia to La Marca, who in a short space reduced all the Province (Firmia excepted) under the Pope's obedience. And it was not long after but that Firmia likewise with the Castle was recovered by his Holiness Army.  
Sforza being retired to Pisaura with his wife, did there spend the remainder of the Winter. At the spring time being solicited by some of his friends, he came through the Duchy of Spoleta, an having crossed the Tiber, the better to disturb the quiet of the City of Rome, he encamped upon the Viterbian Territory: From whence in hast departing, and returning into Flaminia by the Lake of Trasimene, he stayed at Metaura▪ In the mean time, his brother Alaxander with the Tower of 
Alexander, Sforza his brother revolteth from him.  Pisaura revolted from him. Being on every side environed with enemies he came within a mile of Urbin, and after that, no great exploits were done on either side, until his arrival in Lombardie.  
Philip on the other side in the Country of La Marca caused Italus of friul, and 
Italus of Friul and Giacomo Guivano are put to death.  Giacomo Guivano to be beheaded, upon suspicion that they had intelligence with the Florentines. Soon after having notice of Ciarpelions' death, as if that had given him new occasion to hate Sforza, he commanded Francisco son to Picinino, whom he had sent for into Lombardie, to scour and waste the Cremonese territory. Whereupon Francisco making a furious road into the Country, after sundry spoils and depredations, he besieged the City of Cremona: which gave occasion to the Venetians to have recourse unto Arms. But because they would not seem to do any 
The Venetians in Sforza's behalf, denounce war to Philip. Disgrace offered to an Ambassador.  thing rashly, they sent Lodovico Foscari to Philip; who, according to the custom of their Ancestors, should denounce war unless he would desist from invading that which did belong to Sforza. Answer was made him, that Philip had no time nor leisure to hear any Ambassade, and that Milan was no safe place for him: That he should do well presently to get him forth of the City, unless he meant to be outraged. The Venetians being moved at this indignity, commanded Michaeli Attendulo General of their Army, to march speedily against the enemy, who by this time had seized on the greatest part of the Cremonese. He making haste, according as he was commanded, with six thousand horse, and as many foot, having crossed the Oglio, went and encamped upon the Cremonese at Casall-major; but on a sudden dislodging thence, he marched against the enemy, who with his Army was in the Country of Gyradade very near to Casal. There, joining battle, after a cruel fight which continued from daie-breake till noon, the Venetians drove the enemies from their Camp, and in their disorder, took four thousand horse from them. This victory was not obtained without loss: For divers of their bravest men were 
The Venetians vanquish Philip's forces.  slain in fight, a great number of whom perished in the water. divers of the enemies were likewise taken. And it was thought that Picinino would have made one of the number if, when he first saw the alteration of fortune, he had not gotten into a little boat, and escaped forth of the battle. Others say that he went over the Po, at a Bridge.  
After this famous victory, the Venetian General did in a short space recover whatsoever the enemy had taken on the Cremonese; and being strengthened with the troops of Lodovico Gonzaga he went and encamped on the Gyradade. In this place likewise did the Venetians affairs so prosper, as Attendulo in a short space left 
An other victory of the Venetians.  Philip nothing on the hither side of Adda but Crema and Loads. From thence his Army crossed the River; where some say they fought again upon the banks, and that six hundred of the enemy's horse were taken, & with them two thousand peasants, two Ganzares, and as many Galliots, which Lodovico of Severine had sent to break the bridge, by which the Venetians had joined the River to the Marshes. Pietro Auogadre, Giacomo Antonio Marcello, and Antonio Martinenga, because they had fought valiantly that day, and borne themselves more bravely against the enemies than any else, were honoured with the order of Knighthood.  
Whilst the Venetians were entangled in this war of Lombardie, Sforza, as though he had been reduced to the last extremity, did at the persuasion of Pope Eugenius and King Alphonso, who envied the Venetians greatness in that Country having quitted La Marca, went openly to Philip. The Venetians had been before advertised of his meaning, and upon the first intelligence of it, they thought it fit to 
The Venetians revoke all that which had been given to Sforza.  commit Angelo Simonetto to prison, who was then in Venice, and to take away Sforza's pension, and the Palace which the Prince and Senate had given him: To revoke likewise all gifts given to Sforza's friends, which were so many and so rich, as that it is scarce cre●…ble which we find in the Venetian Histories; how that in the last war of Lombardie the Venetians spent five Millions of gold. And afterwards they drew from Simonetto the true ground of Sforza's revolt. The Senate upon this new rebellion did forthwith levy 400. Archers for the guard of Ravenna together with certain vessels: Commandment was likewise sent to those forces which the Florentines had sent to Bolognia; to suffer none whosoever to come forth of Lombardie. 
Philip's Ambassadors come to Venice to treat of peace.  Philip after all these overthrows sent his Ambassadors to Venice to treat of peace; who were not only entertained as friends & loving guests, but were moreover suffered to tarry a month in the City: But the business being for a time debated on, had not such success as was desired whereupon, they returned, the matter being imperfect.  
Attendulo after the battle of Adda having fortified the bridge which iojned the River to the marshes, and placed a strong Garrison upon it, did with great rumour make incursions into the State of Milan, and in the midst of winter did with his cavalry run to the very gates of Milan, from whence, having set fire on divers houses of the suburbs, be carried away many prisoners, and great store of Cat-tail.  
Whilst these things were done in Lombardie, one of those galleys which in trade of merchandise had been at the Tana, & was commanded by Zeni Morosino, was cast away by a storm on the Pontick-sea; but the goods within it & all the Mariners being cast upon the shore were taken by the Turks; the other galleys arrived safely at Venice.  
Such success had the Venetians affairs, when news was brought of Pope Eugenius 
Pope Eugenius death.  death, in whose place, Thomaso Sarsania was chosen, who was afterwards called Nicholas; in whom we have set before our eyes, the only example of human happiness. For in one year he was made a Bishop, created Cardinal, and elected Pope. The Venetians presently decreed to send Ambassadors to him. Four of the chief of the nobility were chosen, Lodovico Lauretano, (who after sundry brave exploits against the Turks had brought home the fleet to Venice) Lodovico Venieri, Pascalis Maripietro, and Christopher Moro, who was Advocate to the Commonwealth, & 
Ambassadors sent to the new Pope.  the other two were Procurators of Saint Mark. But Moro not being able to travail through extremity of sickness, Zacharia Trevisano was sent thither in his stead.  
Giacomo Foscari the prince's son, being cited by the council of Ten, was in his absence condemned, for not appearing at the day prefixed; But afterwards his innocence (as I think) being known he was by the Senate's decree sent from Thryeste where he remained to Treviso, with express charge, not only not to go forth of the City, but not to walk upon the Mestrine without the leave of the Potestate: but afterwards, either for his Father's sake, who was at that time matchless for his wisdom & piety towards his Country, or as I suppose, rather for his innocency, he was repealed from Treviso home to Venice. But as Fortune when she once beginneth to frown upon a man, doth ever after pursue him, even so it happened, that soon after his return to the City he was accused of a murder, & that by his procurement Hermolao Donato had been slain, as he returned in the night from the Palace towards his own house: whereupon diligent enquiry being made, and no greater proofs found, he was confined into the Isle of Candie. After that, being again brought to Venice in a Galley sent of 
The Prince's son is confined into Candie.  purpose to fetch him, for that the Senate knew by his letters that he practised treachery, and being upon the torture demanded if he had written those letters which were directed to the enemies, he confessed that he had written them, and that he had used means to have them fall into the magistrates hands, that thereby he might be called home into his country, which though it might not be as he desired, would nevertheless be as it might. At the last when they found he was guiltless, he was again confined into Candie: where he died. Andrea Donato likewise being at the same time 
Andrea Donato being accused to have been corrupted is condemned in a pecuniary fine.  accused to have been corrupted by Sforza, was sent for from his government of Candie, and being enforced by the Senate's decree to answer before the Lords of the Council of Ten, he was put to torture, and by them condemned in 1400. Ducats, and being deprived of all public government, to endure ayeares' imprisonment.  
In the mean time, Carolo Montone son to that great Captain Brachio having intelligence 
Carolo Montone taketh the Venetians party.  that Philip & Sforza were reconciled, did in hatred to the contrary faction come to the Venetians side. The Venetian Army had already taken from Sforza Casalmajor & other strong towns near thereunto: Afterwards Attendulo going again upon 
Attendulo his incursions upon the Milanois.  the territories of Milan, commanded Tiberto Brandolino with a brave troop of horse to scour as far as the City Gates, where in the enemies view erecting the Venetian ensigns, he invited the Milanois to recover their liberty; But perceiving the enemy not to stir, he turned his forces elsewhere, & went on wasting the Country as far as Pavia; from whence having carried away a great booty he again drew near with his Army to Milan and invited many of the Townsmen to recover their liberty.  
In this place, as they abode near to the river Adda, four valiant men were knighted hard at the City gates; namely Tiberto Brandolino, Theote Saluia of Bergamo Lodovico 〈◊〉, and Gilberto C●…rregiano. At length, the Venetian hearing no tumult in the City, after he had spoiled all that quarter where he had planted his ensigns he went to besiege Brebia in Briansa, which he presently took. From thence he 
The 〈◊〉 take Brebia.  scoured and wasted all the Province of the Briantines. It is reported that they did there use great cruelty upon the inhabitants not only killing men, but young children of two years old, ravishing maids, and abusing married wives. The Soldiers did not commit this cruelty, but the Voluntaries of the contrary party, who to glut their hatred towards the poor vanquished, did like brute beasts fall to murder and spoil. The booty which they brought from thence was thought to be more worth than two hundred thousand Crowns.  
Besides, Mount Barri being forced by Attendulo was sacked and spoiled. Leco afterwards 
Mount Barri●… taken.  which is seated on the mouth of the Lake of Coma being for a time besieged could not be taken. Moreover divers small towns near to the Lake, whose inhabitants were supposed would not long continue loyal were given over to be spoiled. In this manner all places from the river Adda as far as Coma on both sides the Lake being reduced under the Venetians obedience, the Soldiers being laden with booty were brought back on the hither side of the river.  
Whilst these things were done abroad, the City of Venice was greatly afflicted with the plague, the which daily increasing, general processions were made, & prayers said at the Saints Altars which were in the streets (so greatly was the city at that time given to devotion). Great fires were made in the night time in sundry places of the City, with sweet & odoriferous perfumes, to amend and purge the air. Besides, 
The plague in Venice.  all those that were infected with the sickness were carried two miles off from the City to a place commonly called the Lazaretto. Six boats were by the Signory appointed for that purpose to the end there might be one in every of the six quarters of the City, into which the town is divided. And because this place was found to be very commodious, not only to lessen the sickness, but likewise for the relief of the poor (for the sick were there better and more commodiously looked to) it hath been since then by little & little stored with buildings & all other necessaries. An other hath been added near unto it for the same purpose, of a costly structure, which a far off seemeth to be a little town.  
Philip's affairs were (as hath been said) much disjointed, when Sforza departing from Flaminia with 4000 horse & 2000 foot whither he was come from La Marca to assemble forces, went through the Territory of Ferrara to that of Parma. At his departure the Pope recovered all places of La Marca, Ancona excepted. For the Anconitans being besieged by Land and Sea (Alphonso's naval Army did vex them by Sea, & that of the Pope by Land) fearing if they should too rashly give credit to the Soldiers, who solicited them to yield, their town would be sacked, did erect the 
The Anconitans yield to the Venetians.  Venetian Ensigns, whereupon, ships of war came presently from Venice, who entering the Haven, defended the City; The Anconitans being received into the alliance of the Venetians and Florentines as were those of Bolognia not long before. Lorenzo Mini was sent thither with seven Galleys for the guard of the City: Some Historians write thus; But many make no mention at all of the tumult of the Anconitans. Two ships of war at the same time departed from Venice against the Pirates, who troubled all the Seacoasts the one was set forth by Giacomo Morosino, and the other by Andrea Leone.  
At Sforza his arrival in Lombardie, the cavalry which the Senate had appointed to withstand him, marching through the Paduan territory coming by an other way was sent on the hither side of the Po to Attendulo's Campe. The preparations for war were great on both sides, at what time Philip the greatest warrior that ever was in the family of Viscontes, being first troubled with a fever, and then with 
Philip's death.  a flux, died. By his death all those of his party and his subjects being amazed were possessed with sundry thoughts: Those of Loads loving the name of liberty, did 
Loads yieldeth to the Venetians Plaisancia doth the like.  voluntarily yield to the Venetians. Four days after those of Plaisantia opened their City gates to the Venetians. Giacomo Marcello, placed strong Garrisons in both these Towns: Then causing his troops to cross the River Oglio, he did in a short space recover Colombana and in a manner all the Country of Loads.  
The Milanese in the mean time did with great courage undertake to pursue in their own name the war begun by Philip, and chose Sforza for Captain General of their troops against the Venetians, on these conditions, that if he could take Bressia from the Venetians, it should be his own, and if he should become master 
An accord betwixt those of Milan and Sforza.  of Verona likewise, that then Verona should be his, and Bressia should return to the Milanese. Some say that presently after Philip's death, Sforza wrote to all the Captains of the Army, entreating them to persever in their loyalty, that he would shortly be with them, if those of Milan would send for him, and that then, their forces being joined together he did hope with ease to overthrow those of the Venetians. He then being made General by those of Milan, came to Cremona. From thence, having crossed the River Adda at Picigatone, he joined with Francisco & Giacomo Picinino, and with the other Captains of deceased Philip, and presently 
Sforza comes to the field.  departing thence, he did in a short space recover Colombana.  
The Venetian Army, because it was less than that of the enemies, retired towards Loads. Those of Pavia being provoked by their own particular passion, did proclaim Sforza's son by his wife Bianca, Earl and Lord of their City, in memory of his Grandfather. The Milanese in a short space sent three Ambassades to the Venetians one after an other, to demand of them that which had belonged to Philip. The Ambassadors were still answered after one manner, that notwithstand all those Towns till then taken from Pqilip, were well purchased by right of arms, yet nevertheless, that the world might see that the Venetians did love peace 
Ambassadors sent from Milan to Venice: with the Venetians answer.  better than war, they were ready to surrender that which they demanded, so that the Milanese would truly pay them the great quantity of gold which they had disbursed in that war: But they offering nothing, were dismissed with nothing.  
The Senate perceiving the great war they were to sustain against Sforza and the Milanese, decreed to set forth a naval Army, which should sail up the Po, to 
A naval Army determined against the Milanese.  the farthest places of Lombardie, and to that end four Galleys were armed, and two and thirty Galliots under the command of Andrea Quirini and Georgio Lauretano.  
During these preparations at Venice, Sforza having assembled all the forces of Lombardie went on a sudden and besieged Plaisancia, and having beaten down a great part of the Walls betwixt the gates of Saint Lazarus and Saint Raymond, and the Pobeing so risen at the latter end of Harvest, as the vessels might easily come to the Walls, he did by an assault by Land and Water take the City, which was given to the Soldiers to spoil. Gerardo Dandulo and Thadeo D'Aeste that lay in Garrison there with a thousand footmen and great troops of horse were taken prisoners. The one yielded, with the Castle of the Garrison, and the other was taken as he fled, when he perceived all to be lost.  
But whilst Plaizancia was besieged, Attendulo having crossed the Adda at Colombana, went to waste the territory of Pavia, from whence he carried away a great booty. From thence, the better to divert Sforza from his enterprise, he still marched up and down the territory of Milan wasting and spoiling it, where, as we 
Attenduloe●… incursions upon the Milanese.  find in some Authors, he seized on Melssa: He had determined if Plaizancia had not been taken, to have besieged Cremona. Marcello being at the same time called from the Army returned to Venice: After his departure, Lodovico Lauretano and Matheo Victorini, came as Providators into the Province. And because winter drew near, and the Army not being able to lie in camp by reason of the cold weather, they went to winter in the villages and farme-houses near adjoining, where the Commonwealth had like to have been endangered by a mutiny amongst the soldiers.  
Peace was again motioned, by the commissioners of the Venetians and Milanese, 
A motion of peace.  who for that purpose met at Bergamo: Those of Milan demanded Loads, the Venetians on the contrary refused to surrender it, unless they might be satisfied for the expenses of the war: And although the Florentines and the Pope's Ambassadors did exhort both sides to embrace peace; yet nevertheless they would not be drawn to any agreement. At the Spring, although the Senate had wholly bend their designs upon the war of Lombardie, yet nevertheless, because there was a report that two ships of burden returning from traffic forth of the Pontic sea had been taken by Pirates, there was a decree made to arm three ships 
A naval army against pirates.  of war and five Galleys to chase those Pirates from the Seas. Lorenzo Lauretano was appointed to command the Galleys, and Lodovico Bembo the other ships.  
Sforza in the mean time was not idle, but coming from his wintering places he took certain towns from the Venetians.  
The naval Army which was set forth against the Pirates (as hath been said) defeated Vitalis Sarde whom it encountered at sea, who not long before had surprised three ships of burden who were going to the Vintage of Candie: he being taken, 
Vitalis Sarde the pirate hanged.  was hanged. Within a while after, it surprised two other ships of Pirates near to Naples, where all those that were in them were likewise hanged. Alphonso being moved with the matter, commanded all the Venetian Merchants that were in his realm to be imprisoned, and their goods to be seized on. The Senate sent messengers 
Alphonso imprisoneth all the venetians in his kingdom.  to the King, to know whether he would have peace or war, and why, without proclaiming war against them, he had contrary to the law of Nations outraged their Merchants & Factors. Alphonso after he had complained of the Venetians, for that in the view of the chief City of his kingdom, they had sunk ships which had 
Alphonso's answer to the Venetian Ambassadors.  offended no man, and shamefully put their Captains and Mariners to death, who peradventure had not deserved it, told them, that notwithstanding that injury was very great, he would not at that time re-sent it, nor by any means prefer war before peace, but that he desired to have the Venetians deal with him in such sort, as he might have occasion to be at peace with them: Therefore they might when they pleased depart, and with a prosperous wind return home into their Country with their Merchants and all their goods, and thereupon he commanded all the Venetian prisoners to be enlarged, and all their goods to be restored to them.  
Bartolomeo Coyone whom Philip for a time had kept prisoner (who after his death had found means to escape, and went to the territory of Pavia, where he understood that Philip's cavalry wintered under the command of Nicholas Guerriero of whom he was kindly entertained, and within a while after honoured by the Milanese with the command of 15. hundred horse) marched and fortunately fought with (whilst Sforza besieged Plaizancia) Renaldo of Dreux, who after Philip's death had been sent by king Charles into Italy with a mighty French Army.  
By an accord made betwixt them against the Venetians, the French had received the town of Ast of Visconte, but after his death, they not only seized upon Ast, but upon a great part of the County of Alexandria. Coyone being accompanied with Asturo Faventino, went & assailed them before Bosca which they held besieged, & in open field defeated them and drove them from their camp: divers of the French 
〈◊〉 takes the Venetians party  were slain in that fight▪ and many were taken prisoners. Coyone being renowned for this victory, did within a while after go to the Venetians side with fifteeno hundred horse.  
The Spring time was almost spent, when as Sforza coming from garrison, besieged Mozzaniga, and speedily enforced the inhabitants to yield: from thence going into the Country of Gyradade, he did in a short space become master of the 
Sforza taketh divers towns.  whole Country, Caravazza excepted. He did beside take Cassan from the Venetians. Attendulo likewise was encamped with his Army at Calce beyond the Oglio. And both the Armies remained for a time in those two places without any exploit worthy of memory. At the last Sforza going from thence, went by land and water against the Venetians naval army which wasted all the Cremonese. All Quirino's designs aimed at the breaking of the bridge, which Sforza during the siege of Plaizancia had caused to be made upon the Po near to Cremona. There was a sharp fight, and the Venetian did not cease to assail it, till he understood that the enemies approached.  
Sforza had six and twenty Galeots, which were not well furnished with men nor armour. At his arrival the Venetians were repulsed as far as Casal-maior. The Venetian vessels being there environed by the enemies both by land & water were by reason of the unfitness of the place in such sort beaten with the artillery which 
The Venetians naval army is broken.  that skilful General had planted upon the River banks, as being all bruised and battered Quirini like a desperate man, having about midnight caused all their tackling and furniture to be carried to the next town, burned the vessels, for fear lest they should fall into the enemy's hands. Quirini being come to Venice, was by the Senate delivered over to the Procurators fiscal, by reason that they suspected that he had not done his duty in saving the naval Army. The Procurators condemned him to perpetual imprisonment▪ Some thought that Quirini might at the first have retired with the fleet into a place of safety, and that he would have done so, had not Attendulo promised him, that so soon as he should begin the fight, he with all his forces would come to his rescue (which not being done) the Venetian being betrayed, did through an other man's fault receive a very great overthrow.  
The enemy being gone from them (for he needed no longer to stand in fear for Cremona) went and encamped before Caravazza, which was manned with a Venetian 
Sforza besiegeth Caravazza.  garrison. Attendulo who had followed Sforza when he went against the Venetian naval army, almost to the very place where the execution was made, so soon as after the rout he understood, that Sforza being come into the Gyradade had besieged Caravazza, he likewise approached with his troops near unto that place, to make it famous by the Venetians overthrow. Never before in any other war of Lombardie had there been seen so great Cavallerie, nor so many notable 
The number of both the armies.  men assembled in one place. For the Venetian army besides Attendulo, who was their General, had in it Lodovico Gonzaga, Bartolomeo Coyone, who not long before was come to the Venetians party, Gentil Leonesio, Carolo Montone, Tiberto Brandolin, Giovan la Conte a Roman Gentleman, Guido Rangone, Alberto Bodiense, Caesar Martinenga, Nicolao Guerrieri, and with them twelve thousand horse, and great numbers of footmen. In Sforza's Camp were Alissandro Borsia and Conrade his brother, Roberto Sanseverine, Francisco and Giacomo Picinini, Gulielmo of Montferrat, Carolo Gonzaga, Lodovico Vermio, Giovan Tollentino, Cristofero Tourello, and Bartolomeo Quartiero, and with them sixteen thousand horse. They often fought in that place by skirmishes, which sometime continued from morning till night, not coming to battle with all the forces.  
Frederico Contareni, and Hermolao Donato were at the same time come to the camp with commandment to enjoin the Venetian Captains, to relieve Caravazza. Frederico at the same time being bitten with a dog, died. Hermolao and Gerardo Dandulo, who before was Providator in the Army continuing the same request, Attendulo and divers other Captains, although they were assured that unless the inhabitants were relieved they could not long hold out▪ were not for all that of opinion in Council to give battle: but others insisting on the contrary, they did at last conclude, that it was better to hazard the last fortune of war, than by a linger 
Diversity of opinions in the venetians camp.  encamping to suffer the inhabitants being tired with the siege to yield: This determination held good for certain days. For they could not resolve, principally by what way the Venetians might pass through the enemies. Tiberto Brandolin offered to give the first charge, by the new way, because that the same side by reason of the marshes was not well guarded by Sforza. For he, being disguised like a mean soldier had been over all the enemy's camp, and had at leisure well viewed it.  
Tiberto, Guido Rangone, and Alberto Bodiense were commanded to go upon a holiday when no man would think on their coming, to give in behind upon the enemy's camp. Sforza was gone to hear divine Service in our Lady's Church of Caravazza which is not far from the town, whither certain horsemen one another 
The venetians on a sudden and unlooked for, do assail Sforza's camp.  coming to him told him that the enemies were in the trenches, who coming with great fury to assail the camp, had already forced the Rampires, where undoubtedly all would be lost without speedy remedy: Some say, that returning from Service as he was sitting down to meat, this word was brought him, and others say, that riding about noon towards the new way, he was in haste advertised how that the enemy assailed the camp. But whensoever, or wheresoever it was that he understood of the enemies coming, it is certain that without any trouble or amazement he gave order for all matters.  
The Venetian troops in the mean time made good the way which lay betwixt the two Armies: Carolo Gonzaga, Alexandro, and Sforza's other Captains being at the Venetians first approach beaten back into the Rampires, could hardly sustain the enemy's charge: Some say that Carolo Gonzaga being wounded, did not only leave the fight but the camp, and that being affrighted, he went to Milan, where he assured them that the Venetians had defeated Sforza: Such at the beginning was the enemy's fear. But being afterwards encouraged by Sforza's presence, who with the body of the Army ran to that place where the fight began, the fight was not only made equal, but they did beat the enemies forth of the Rampires: Then giving a fiercer charge, the Venetians who had fought in the forefront being tired by the enemies who were stronger than they both in force and courage, Alberto, and Guido 
Sforza defeateth the venetians.  Rangone, who were much troubled to renew the battle, and to keep the soldiers in their ranks, being environed with a troop of enemies were beaten down dead: and then the Captains being slain, the soldiers began openly to fly: wherein besides the difficulties of the places, the enemy's pursuits did much hinder them. For those of Mozainga so soon as they saw the Venetians had the worst, stopped the runna ways, so as they were enforced to yield or to fall headlong into the neighbour marshes.  
On the other side, the two brethren Picinini which were at Trivia on the one side of the Army, did give in with two thousand horse in another place upon the Venetians camp. Coyoni who was left to guard it, did for a time make it good, but perceiving his friends to fly, and the lower end of the camp to be taken from the enemies, did on foot escape into the neighbour forest: Attendulo and the rest, so soon as they knew the foremost rank broken (whether they did it upon malice, or else because they knew that all was past remedy) betook themselves to flight. Eight thousand men both horse and foot were taken together with the Providators. Dandulo the Providator being advised by Attendulo to save himself 
Dandulos brave answer.  by flight, answered, That he had rather die near the public ensigns, than escaping by a shameful flight purchase a perpetual disgrace. The Victorious enemies were masters of the Venetians camp which was stored with marvelous abundance of all things, wherein were two thousand wagons. Attendulo retired to Bressia, whither the enemy pursuing his victory within a while after brought his camp.  
The Venetians notwithstanding this great loss were not discouraged, but having speedily appointed two new Providators, Lodovico Lauretano, and Pascalis Mariptetro, 
A new Army of the venetians. Sforza besigeth Bressia.  they did levy the greatest forces they could. Phe Providators being sent to ressia with thirty thousand crowns could not enter into the City, which was environed by the enemy. For Sforza being come thither with his Army, had by the commandment of the Milanese divided it to Lodovico Verinio, Carolo Gonzaga, and other noble persons. The Providators were day and night at Verona busied in making new levies. They did in a very short space by means of great pay assemble many troops of horse and foot: divers great Lords likewise did by their express letters and messengers promise to enter into their pay, and to be quickly with them if the Senate thought it fit, with great numbers of horse.  
Victorious Sforza in the mean time rcovered Casal-Maior, Rivoltelles, and divers 
Many towns yield to Sforza after the battle.  other towns from the Venetians. Caravazza the next day after the overthrow yielded. But whilst he lay before Bressia, Picinino went with the residue of the Malan troops, and encamped before Loads.  
On these terms stood the affairs of Lombardie, when those of Milan had, notwithout cause, some suspicion of Sforza, as fearing that he did secretly aspire to the 
The Milanese. suspect Sforza.  same principality like Philip. They then being desirous to preserve their liberty, did by little and little, retire their forces, and did daily diminish his credit, and reputation. But Sforza perceiving that ere long he should be esteemed no more a friend to those of Milan than to the Venetians, he resolved to renew his ancient league and alliance with them, for he knew well enough that the only power of that Commonwealth might serve him for a ladder to mount up to the principality. 
Sforza's resolution   
Now among all the prisoners of note that were taken at the battle of Caravazza, and carried to the castle of Cremona, was Clemento Thealdino one of the Secretaries of the Signory, with Hermolao Donato. Angelo Simonetta had been acquainted 
Sforza's secret practices with the venetians.  with him a long time, whereupon he brought him secretly to Sforza, who sent him to the Prince and Senate, to let them know from him; that if peace were pleasing to them, they should secretly send to him Giacomo Antonio Marcello, or Pascalis Maripietro.  
The Senate although it had after the overthrow at Caravazza, by virtue of their ancient alliance obtained great supplies of the Florentines, & had at that time mightily increased their Army, yet for all that, supposing the success of war to be uncertain, they did willingly he a●…ken to peace. And because Marcello was at that time Governor of Verona, they sent Maripietro to the furnaces, a place near to Pescara. The Venetian and Simonetta had many secret conferences in that place, where they agreed upon these conditions of peace: That Sforza and the Venetians should declare themselves enemies to the Milanese; That the Senate should furnish him with four thousand horse, and two thousand foot until he had conquered Milan, and should beside for his entertainment send him monthly thirty thousand 
Accord betwixt the venetians and Sforza.  crowns. Moreover, it was expressly mentioned, that the Venetians should possess whatsoever Philip had held on the hither side the river Adda, and should purchase Milan and the residue of the Duchy for him.  
The accord being in this sort made, and all the prisoners set at liberty, Sforza crossed the river Adda, & marched against those of Milan. The Venetians having dismissed 
Sforza mar●…heth against the Milanese.  Attendulo from his place, sent him to the Trevisan territory. Those of Loads, because they would not fall into Sforza's hands, having sent away the Venetian Garrison, yielded to them of Milan. Sforza in a short space recovered whatsoever the Milanese held betwixt the Adda and the Thesin (Loads and Coma excepted.) Then from thence he went and encamped within five miles of Milan.  
The same year about the end of Harvest, there was a bloody fight betwixt the Turks and the Hungarians upon the confines of Adrinople wherein fourscore 
A battle betwixt the Turks and Christians at ●…drianople.  thousand Turks were slain, and of Christians half as many. The Venetian Galleys surprised a Foist of the Pirates, all the Rovers were hanged, and they that were less faulty were made Gallie-slaves: within a while after they met with a merchants ship belonging to the Gotholans which was laden with oil, the which they took in hatred of their Countrymen who were all Pirates.  
Tortona in the mean time, Novara, Alexandria, and at the last, Parma, yielded 
divers towns of the state of Milan yield to Sforza.  to Sforza: These news being brought to Venice, did greatly rejoice the whole City▪ and this joy was by so much greater, as they supposed these conquests to have been made in part by the valour and conduct of Marcello: The Senate according to the treaty had sent him with two thousand horse, and two Providators, Lorenzo Lauretano, and Pascalis Maripietro: and Sforza had afterwards sent him with Alessadro his brother to recover divers Towns beyond the Po; most of which being recovered and assured by strong Garrisons; this valiant Captain called for the Venetian 
Sforza besiegeth Milan.  forces, and went to besiege Milan. In the mean time news was brought that Lewis Duke of Savoy, who had leagued himself with the Milanese against Sforza, had 〈◊〉 great trouples into Italy, under the command of john Compensio to waste and spoil the confines of Novara; who at their first arrival attempted to surprise Novara▪ But their enterprise sailing, they went from thence and encamped upon the Territory near adjoining.  
Coyoni whom the Venetians had sent with Marcello to Sforza, was commanded to march against them, who were reported to be six thousand men. He joining 
Coyoni his victory.  fight with Compensio upon the banks of Thesin, did put them to rout, and took Compensio prisoner with four hundred of his horse. This victory did highly renown Coyoni and did greatly further him afterwards in mounting to those honours which he obtained.  
At the same time Lrrenzo Pisaure was sent with a Galley to the King of Babylon: The cause of his Ambassade was, for that the Venetian Merchants had been badly dealt with by the Barbarians in the Fairs of Syria. Angelo Pisaure did likewise put to Sea with two Galleys against the Pirates.  
The Milanese in the mean time affecting liberty which they had a little tasted, did on a sudden murder divers of the chief in the City who were said to take Sforza's party, then going forth of the Gates in heaps, they ran towards the enemy: Sforza did at that time batter the Fort of Mellignana, who understanding of the enemies 
The people of Milan come forth disbanded against Sforza. The Milanese fear of Sforza's Army.  coming forth who were reported to be three score thousand men, he did in such sort order his battalions, as those of Milan hearing of the excellent order of his Army, durst not approach Marcello who was with him, perceiving the great skill and dexterity of that brave Captain in a matter so sudden, did write to Venice, that not only the Venetians, but all Italy would have had cause to have feared that invincible Captain if he had taken Milan. The enemies being retired he continued the siege. But all his designs tended to famish the City; Therefore he did so straightly besiege it, as at times running to the very Rampires he did with sudden incursions set fire on the Suburbs. At this stay stood the City of Milan, at such time as the City of Venice, had like to have sustained a loss as great as unlookt-for.  
A certain Greek named Stamatus, borne in Candie, being by chance at Venice at that time when they did show (according to their manner to great Lords that were strangers) unto Borsia D'Aeste the public treasure which is kept in a part of S. Marks Church, it happened after this manner; That this Greek being unknown, 
The famous theft which a Greek did enterprise.  and thrusting himself among his household servants, did enter into the Vestry. Then he was so far off from being amazed at the view of such great and admirable wealth, as on the contrary, he did forthwith determine in his mind to commit a notable theft. The Walls of 〈◊〉 Marks Church, which in the beginning we have termed the golden Church, in regard of the excellent guilding thereof both within and without, is down to the pavement seeled as it were with great tables of marble. In that part of the Church where the Innocents' Altar standeth, this cunning thief removed a marble table, Then falling to work in the night time (because the wall could not be suddenly opened) he did before day light put the stone in the usual place, and stopped all the chinks and crannies with lime, so that nothing might be discerned, and long before day carried all the rubbish which he had made to a place far from thence; And having wrought in this manner sundry nights at last he got into the treasury, from whence by little and little he began to carry all those rich and exquisite jewels, which are admired of all those which behold them. For beside great numbers of inestimable stones richly inchaced, there were twelve Crowns of gold; and as many corselets curiously enriched with sundry precious stones, whose sparkling lustre doth no less dazzle the understanding, than the sight; There are moreover divers Cups of very precious stone, whose brims and feet are interlaced with an other kind of stone of an inestimable value: I speak not of Altar clothes, candlesticks and other things for the Church's service, whose substance being 
The inestimable value of the treasure of Venice.  of pure gold is nothing in comparison of the fashion and workmanship wherewith they are adorned, & precious stones of sundry colours wherewith they glister: nor of Vnic●…rnes horn of an unvaluable worth; nor of the Prince's attire for his head, nor of divers other matchless pieces of work, which this famous thief had at leisure taken from thence. But (according to the proverb) Adultery and theft will not be long concealed, and because it would have been an hard matter to have discovered this of a long time it fell out that himself bewrayed it. He had a Coship whose name was Zacharie Gria a Candiot like himself, but of a noble family, and a man, as this one example can witness, of an exceeding good conscience▪ Stemmatus after that he had sworn him upon the Altar, told him what he had done, from thence carrying him to his poor cottage, he showed him his great and famous theft; But this honest virtuous man, being stricken dumb with beholding it, could not of a long time make him any answer; The sacrilegious villain was once minded to have murdered him, and would have heaped sin upon sin, if he had not prevented him, by telling he was fallen into an ecstasy with sudden joy to behold so great wealth: this his speech made the thief forbear to hurt him: Gria in the mean time having received a most rich stone of him in gift, which for the worth thereof was well known, (for it was the same which the Prince at this day weareth on the fore part of his ducal Crown) took his leave of him, saying that he would go and dispatch some: business, who presently went to the Palace, and being admitted to the Prince's presence, he did discover the whole matter to him, saying, That it behoved him to make haste, for fear lest he whom he had with much to do deceived with fair words, should change his mind, and hide himself with his booty in some secret place: and to manifest the truth of what he spoke, he drew the precious stone forth of his bosom, which being known, men were presently sent to apprehend him; he being committed to prison▪ they recovered whatsoever he had takenaway (without loss of any one thing) which was esteemed to be more worth than two Millions of gold. The thief was hanged betwixt the two Columns: 
The these is hanged betwixt the columns. The accuser is recompensed.  His accuser, besides a present recompense, had by the Senate's decree a perpetual pension allotted him forth of the public treasury.  
The Picinines in the mean time forsook the Milanese, and came to Sforza's side with three thousand horse, and two thousand foot: but because it was certainly reported, that the Picinines being drawn by Sforza's fair promises had left the Milanese, the Venetians took it not well, by reason that it was expressly mentioned in the accord made betwixt them, that it should not be lawful either for the Venetians or Sforza to receive any into their pay that had borne Arms for the Milanese. This did in some sort lessen the Venetians affection towards Sforza; for 
The Venetians suspect Sforza.  his potency did begin, more than was needful, to be suspected of the Venetians: but the Picinines being soon after suspected to practise against Sforza's life, whereof Marcello had often wished him to beware, they on a sudden returned with their troops to Milan: Some nevertheless do say, that the Picinines came from Milan to Sforza, with an intent to spend the winter abroad, and then to return to Milan at the beginning of Summer, as they did.  
Sforza in the mean time did greatly vex and molest the Milanese, when as Alphonso, to free them in some sort from this war, did by an Edict expel all Venetians 
Alphonso expelleth the Venetians out of his dominions.  forth of his dominions: This warlike threatening, did presently cause the Venetians to make ready a great naval Army: They armed five Galleys and ten ships of burden against the King, whereof Lodovico Lauretano was made General: This warlike preparation of theirs by Sea made Alphonso to attempt, both 
The Venetians naval army against Alphonso.  by Lionello d'Aeste, and by Ambassadors to obtain peace, who being come to Ferrara, the Senate sent them word that they should not come to Venice, where men's courages being once moved, it was but in vain to seek to appease them.  
Victore Capello in the mean time who lay at Sea for the guard of the Gulf, did give chase to a Galley of the Gothelans as far as Ortona, which long before had taken a Venetian Galley; so soon as he saw the enemies landed, and that by aid of 
The Gotholans are vanq●…shed at Ortona.  the townsmen, they prepared to offend him, he turned the prows of his Galleys and commanded his soldiers to leap on land, which they performing, there was a fierce fight upon the shore: The enemies being there put to rout and enforced to enter the City, their Galley was drawn from thence and burnt; together with some other ships. At the same time the houses in the suburbs which were full of Merchandise, being spoiled, the victorious Venetian retired to his usual place of abode, where he resolved to tarry for the naval Army which was prepared against Alphonso.  
The Venetians being tied to the war by sea, did by their Ambassadors sent to Sforza try if they could rid themselves of that by land. Vrso justiniano and Pascalis Maripietro went to him in the name of the Common wealth with commission 
A motion of peace betwixt Sforza and the Milanese.  and commandment to treat of peace, which the Milanese propounded very advantageous for them: The motion thereof had been already made when as Crenia having been many months besieged by Malateste (for the Florentines according to their league, had sent him after the battle of Caravazza to aid the Venetians with two thousand horse, and one thousand foot) did yield unto the Venetians by means of Andrea Dandulo, and by Sforza's aid likewise, who would not 
Crenia yieldeth to the Venetians.  have accepted of their yielding: Gentili Leonesio was commanded to go and receive them with a strong Garrison.  
Peace at the same time being almost concluded with the Milanese, was referred to Sforza upon these conditions, That seven cities which had obeyed Philip, should 
The articles propounded to Sforza.  be his, but that he should leave Loads and Pavia to the Milanese. If 〈◊〉 did accept of these conditions, he should be a friend and ally of both the Commonwealths: And Lombardie being by this means at peace, the Venetians should entertain six thousand horse, the Milanese two thousand, and Sforza one thousand, and no more: And if he would not have peace with the Milanese, he should be declared an enemy to them both, and that the Venetians should make war upon him with eight thousand horse, and the Milanese with six thousand.  
Maripietro having propounded these Articles of peace to Sforza, he did neither allow nor reject them; but it is reported, that gnashing his teeth, he did lament and complain of the Venetians loyalty, and that he made answer, that he was not only content to quit Loads which the Venetians had decreed should be surrendered 
Sforza's answer to the proposition of peace.  to the Milanese, but all those towns which by an accord made betwixt them were to be his own, if he did but think that they would have it so, in regard his only desire was to obey them: That he would send his brother to Venice, there in the Senate's presence to ratify that which had been concluded. After this, Alessandro, Angelo Simonetta, and Andrea Biraga were by him sent thither, who having a while debated the matter, did soon return without any resolution, first to Ferrara, and from thence to Sforza. Some write that these men did approve the peace with the usual solemnities, but Sforza would not ratify that which Alessandro and the rest had done, as though he had given them no such commission.  
So soon as the truce was expired which had been granted for certain days, 
Accord betwixt●… the Venetians and Milanese.  that they might in that mean space treat on the conditions of peace, the Venetians and Milaneses made an accord: For which agreement, if the Venetians had not some reason, they might seem to have degenerated from their ancient custom, by contracting a new league, and abandoning Sforza. But without all doubt they did it upon great occasion, because Sforza not long before had forsaken them, and he merits no pardon that sinneth by an other man's example: Besides, the love to liberty (which the Venetians have ever as much maintained in foreign Cities as in their own) caused them to forget all accords, and to follow their new associates. Nor can any man therein accuse them of disloyalty or avarice; I mean if he will exactly and justly consider the matter. For by the accord made with the Milanese the Venetians purchased no greater part of any thing that had belonged to Philip, than by that which they had formerly made with Sforza: Notwithstanding, they did not ●…ease to do all good offices for this Prince their friend: For whatsoever (in a manner) had belonged to Philip (Milan excepted which they desired to set at liberty, together with Loads which before then was tributary to it) did by their means become his own.  
Supposing therefore that he would be satisfied with these conditions, they were desirous to treat with him of peace. Nothing therein was done underhand or fraudulently, but openly and plainly, and in the self same manner as they had dealt with him from the beginning. Now as the Venetians had taken Arms against Philip in the Florentines behalf: even so by a solemn defiance, (as beseemed 
Sforza maketh war on both the Commonwealths.  a free and potent Republic) war was denounced as well to this man, a●… to them. But this invincible Captain by a fortunate advice made choice rather to follow the victory which he had in his own possession, than the Senate, and accepted war against both those Commonwealths, which by his own valour and conduct he fortunately ended.  
The end of the sixth Book of the third Decad.   

THE SEVENTH BOOK OF THE THIRD DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the seventh Book of the third Decad.  
THE Venetians naval Army burneth divers ships in the Haven of Siracusa. GIOVANNI PICININO, and SIGISMOND MALATESTE, victual Milan. Those of Milan having slain the Venetians Ambassador proclaim SFORZA their Prince. The Honourable entertainment in Venice given to the Emperor FREDERICK and LEONORA his wife. King ALPHONSO maketh great war upon the Florentines. The Venetians Army fighteth with good success against SFORZA'S forces near to Otholenga▪ They fight afterwards with different success in sundry places. King RENATUS in the behalf of SFORZA and the Florentines cometh into Italy against the Venetians: STEPHANO PORCIO is beheaded at Rome. The taking of Constantinople by the Turks, gives terror to all Christians. Two naval Armies prepared against the Turk. Peace with SFORZA and the Florentines is published. The City of Venice and all places near adjoining are greatly astonished by a terrible tempest. And lastly are mentioned sundry exploits of the Turks, in Greece and Asia.  
During these new Treaties, Lauretano with a mighty naval Army having coasted all the higher Sea, came upon that of Sicily, where with sudden incursions he assailed the haven of Messina, and set fire on a new Argozey of the kings of a wonderful bigness, which had never been launched, and on divers ships which road near to the haven. He did sink moreover near to the neighbour shores such Galleys & other smaller vessels as came to the aid of those of Messina. From thence entering farther into Sicily, he assailed two ships of burden of fifteen hundred tun a piece which lay at Anchor in the Haven of Siracusa. The Genoveses, who owned one of these ships, with divers others, and for fear of the Venetians, had in haste gotten from Sea into that place, had sunk two ships of burden at the mouth of the Haven, and drawn a great chain athwart it, with a Rampire, so as they thereby seemed to be out of the enemy's danger: They had beside made bridges from the top of the City walls to the ships, that they might with more ease if need should be, descend them from assaults. Lauretano at his first arrival attempted after he had beaten down their fortifications, to enter by force into the Haven, and near to those ships there began a 
A cruel fight at the mouth of the haven of Siracusa.  cruel fight. But the Venetian having lost many of his men, perceiving that he laboured in vain, went back to Sea. Then he invented another means to offend the enemy, he filled a ship of burden with dry vine branches and brimstone, and manned it with thirty valiant men, whom by fair promises he had drawn to that business, who with the wind and tide sailed towards the Haven. This ship by the force of the wind striking upon the Chain & Rampire, did despite of all the enemies attempts, and to their amazement pass forward to the ships that lay in the Haven: those within the ship after that they had on a sudden set fire to the sulphury matter, leapt into a boat which they had expressly brought with them, and by force of oars escaped to the fleet.  
In the mean time the vehement flame which came forth of the Venetian ship, took hold upon the rest, which could by no means be quenched, so as divers others which at that time lay in the Haven besides those two great Argozies were burnt in the City's view.  
The Venetian departing thence, sailed to Corfu, from whence he dispatched Zacharia Donato with one Galley to Venice, to acquaint the Prince and Senate with what he had done in that voyage, & how that by a wonderful success he had burnt seven and forty of the enemy's ships: As also to know from them, whether they would have the fleet to tarry abroad, or else after that he should have cleared the Seas from the Pirates and enemies, to bring it home to the City against the beginning of Winter. The whole Senate and City were very joyful for these news, and all men commended Lauretano in his absence, there was no talk but of him: The Senate was of opinion to call home part of the fleet to Venice, and that the rest should continue at Sea to assure the navigation.  
In the mean time the Ambassadors of the Pope, Florentines, Milanese, Sforza, 
Ambassadors assembled at venice. The venetians resolve on war against Sforza, and choose Malateste for their General.  and Duke of Savoy, remained for certain days at Venice, where first of all the contention betwixt Sforza and the Milanese was amply debated. But when they perceived that the matter would not be ended without Arms, the Venetians made choice of Sigismond Malateste for General of their Army, and commanded the Florentines to trade no longer with their City, because they would not make war on Sforza.  
Sforza likewise had opportunely provided for war with the Venetians. For during 
Sforza his preparations.  the treaty of peace he had fortified his towns. He had manned Loads and Picigithone with strong Garrisons, and made a league with Lewis Duke of Savoy. And to take all hope from the enemies of any relief by the Venetians, he made an attempt to surprise Brebies', wherein failing, he encamped not far from thence, where he builded Forts, and leaving a strong Garrison in them, (because Winter drew near) he resolved to invade the Milanese in the next towns and villages. Sgismond within a while after came and assailed the Forts near to Brebies', two whereof he took, and presently burnt them, and would have taken the rest had not Sforza in time arrived, at whose coming Malateste retired beyond the river Adda. Coyoni likewise coming through the valley of Sassina to the lake of Coma, did for the easier getting of victuals attempt to join himself with the troops of Giacomo Picinino: Francisco being newly dead. But the Cavalry which was sent him from Milan, by the treachery of certain persons fell into the enemy's hands. Sigismond afterwards arrived, who joining with Coyoni in Bianza, in a short space became master of mount Barri, and then by stealth victuals were sent to Milan: but in regard of the great multitude of people within it, the dearth was little amended, or rather on the 
A great dearth in Milan.  contrary it so mightily increased, as a bushel of wheat was sold there for twenty crowns. The Venetians in the mean time did by all means seek to draw Sforza to a battle, who was encamped or rather lodged at Vimercata, Me●…ze, and Caratta. But he still avoided it, knowing like a wise and discreet Captain, that by 
Sforza's wise & discreet resolution.  the continuance of the siege, the Milanese would by famine be suddenly reduced to such extremity, as they would be enforced whether they would or no, to yield. The Venetians Army after the taking of the mount of Brianza went to ●…rezzia▪ Winter was already much spent, and yet neither the one or other were idle, but still as occasion was offered by one of the sides sometimes towards the Rampires of Brebies', and then near to the bridges which were made over the river Adda, there did daily in a short space happen sundry light encounters, and yet all their forces never joined.  
Sforza's constancy was admirable in the continuation of that siege, who although 
The venetians Ambassador is mu●…thered in Milan.  he understood, that besides the Venetians and Milanese, king Alphonso did openly arm against him, nevertheless constantly continued his siege, till such time as the Milanese being by famine reduced to all extremity, having on a sudden taken Arms, and murdered Lenoardo Venieri in the Palace, who from the beginning 
Sforza is proclaimed Duke of Milan.  had been sent thither by the Venetians as their Ambassador, yielded themselves and saluted Sforza for their Prince, whom they sent for into the City.  
Sforza having obtained what he desired, commanded the Venetians to be set at liberty, who had been imprisoned after Veniero's death: This valiant Captain was desirous to oblige the Venetians to him by all good offices: for they being reconciled, he knew well enough that he needed not fear any warlike menaces from any place else. He had an inkling that there was a motion of peace made with king Alphonso, 
Peace betwixt the venetians and king Alphonso.  which if it took effect, he was in some fear of great war not only against the Venetians, but in a manner against all Italy. The business being begun at Ferrara whither Pascalis Maripietro had been sent to that purpose, had at last such success as they desired: for peace ensued about the fifth of june: the treaty having continued certain months.  
This year was the year of jubilee, and from all parts of Europe multitudes of people came to Rome. It happened that a German Lady in the company of certain knights going in pilgrimage through the Mantuan & Verona territories, was seized on to be ravished, and her friends slain: But she abhorring such wickedness 
An excellent example of chastity in a german Lady.  would neither by entreaties nor force be drawn to consent to the unbridled appetite of the ravisher. Whereupon she chose rather to suffer her chaste body; after it had been miserably tormented, to be put to the edge of the sword, than to defile it by a voluntary sin. Sigismond of Arimini, whom the Venetians had newly cassed, was at the same time encamped there about, who because he was young and valiant, was suspected to have seized on this strange Lady, being inflamed with her rare beauty. But he, in regard the Senate was highly moved at the matter, to clear himself from that imputation, sent some of his Captains as guilty of the crime, bound hand and foot to Venice, who being found to be guiltless, were sent back again without any hurt.  
Peace being concluded at Ferrara, was to the great content of every one published over all the City by sound of trumpet. Lauretano who had been commanded 
The Emperor Frederick with his wise cometh into Italy.  to send seven Galleys for supplies, at such time as they were uncertain of peace, having left some of his Galleys for the guard of the Gulf, brought home the rest of the fleet to Venice. This year was not only famous for devotion, but for the arrival of the Emperor Frederick and Leonora his wife into Italy, who were crowned with the imperial Diadem by Pope Nicholas in S. Peter's Church.  
The same year the Venetian Prince was by the same Pope honoured with 
The Pope hon●…reth the veneti●… prince with the golden sword the girdle, and ornament for his head. A motion of peace with Sforza.  the golden sword, with the girdle, and ornament for his head. Nicolao Canalis, who at that time was Ambassador for the Signory with his Holiness, brought these presents to Venice, which the Prince in great solemnity did wear upon that day that the peace was published. Peace at the same time was treated of with Sforza by Ambassadors. Pascalis Maripietro was to that end sent to Crema, whither Ambassadors were come from Milan to treat of that business. The Senate likewise sent Ambassadors to congratulate Borsia d' Aeste for his promotion to his new principality, who after the death of Leonello had been with a general consent proclaimed Prince. At the same time likewise Hermolao Donato, a Venetian Gentleman, was 
The death of Hermolao Donato.  murdered. The Senate by a decree, made sharp search for the murderers, and promised a perpetual pension (besides a present recompense) to him that should bewray them. The Duke of Austria, the emperors brother, in his journey from Rome towards Germany came to Venice: The Prince and Senate went ●…o meet 
The Duke of Austria cometh to Venice.  him, and being received into the Bucentauro, he was conducted to the Palace of Aeste which was sumptuously prepared for his lodging: and having at leisure viewed the City, he went home into Germany. In the accord which they made with king Alphonso; the Sienois, the Duke of Savoy, the Maquesse of Montferrat, and the Lords of Corregia were included: their Commissioners sent for that purpose, did at one time meet at Venice.  
Ambassadors came from the king of that part of Illiria, which at this day is called Bossina, who from their master did present the Prince with four gallant horses, 
The king of Bossina sendeth presents to the venetian prince.  hawks, and flagons of silver; they said that they came, to bring the presents, and in their master's name to congratulate in the presence of the Prince and Senate, the marriage of his daughters; one of whom had married Stephen the Vayvod, and the other, Caloianes Viceroy of Hungary. And that therefore the King their Lord did wish perpetual happiness to the Prince, Senate, and people of Venice his friends, for that he had made new alliance with two such great personages. That he did beside take a solemn oath to continue a perpetual friend to the Venetians, which so long as he should live, he would religiously keep. The Prince and Senate did highly thank the king, and gave kind entertainment to the Ambassadors.  
Whilst these things were done at Venice, Gentilis Leonesio, and Tiberto Brandolino, 
Coyone is on a sudden and unlooked for assailed by the Senate's command.  (some Author's mention Picinino in steed of Brandolino) did by the Senate's commandment take fifteen hundred horse from Coyoni which he had with him on the territory of Verona, against whom, (having practised some novelty) they came on a sudden as they had been commanded: But himself escaping, went to Mantua to Prince Lodovico. At the same time king Alphonso, the Venetians and their associates, did chase the Florentines from their confines, in hatred to Sforza whom they had assisted with money. Carolo Gonzaga upon the first report of this war came to the Venetians to implore their aid and succour against his brother Lodovico, who he said had wrongfully bereft him of those lands which he had till then possessed 
Carolo Gonzaga imploreth the venetians aid.  by his father's testament. The Venetians did lovingly receive him, and did put him in hope, whether that they had peace or war soon to repossess him in his estate: and the Commonwealth gave him in the mean time a thousand crowns a month for the entertainmenr of himself and family.  
Lodovico Bishop of Aquileia came to Venice, and within a while after Pietro barb Cardinal (who when he came to be Pope, would needs be called Paulo:) great troops of Gentlemen went forth to meet either of them, and both of them were honourably entertained. But the Emperor Frederick had more princely reception, who with Leonora his wife came to Venice about the Spring time of the year following. For such great numbers of boats never went forth to meet any Prince 
The great entertainment given to the Emperor Frederick, and Leonora his wife at Venice.  whatsoever. It is reported that besides the Bucentauro richly hung with cloth of gold wherein the Prince and chief Senators were, four great vessels were set forth, whose poops were all guilded, in which were the whole nobility of Venice: These followed the Bucentauro as their Admiral: The Galleys went after them. The Ganzares and patischermes which are lesser vessels, to the number of sixscore, were as gallantly decked as those of the Clarissimi, in which were the common Citizens, who did strive to exceed one another in bravery. The whole City was hung that day with cloth of gold, purple, scarlet, and violet colour: In every place musical instruments, songs, and sweet▪ voices were heard, which did in a manner ravish the hearers. Frederick being come to S. Clement's Church, where the Prince met him, came forth of the Duke of Ferrara's Barge, and went into the Bucentauro where the good old Prince Foscare welcomed, and seated him in a throne of Gold, and then sat down next to him: He was with great joy and general applause conducted through the midst of the City to the Palace of Aeste; which the Commonwealth had richly furnished for his lodging.  
The Empress Leonora within a while after came to Venice; and to the end that her entry into the City might be more magnificent, she tarried three days at S. Nicholas on the shore; then upon an holiday she was received into the Bucentauro, by the Prince's wife, and two hundred of the fairest Ladies glistering with gold▪ purple, and precious stones: The same order of boats as had served for the emperors reception did wait upon her through the City, as far as Saint Eustace his Church unto the palace of the Vitturi where she landed: The chief Senators went to visit her, and to do her seruiee in the Morning and Evening: The day was spent in feasting those great Guests: The Council Chamber was richly hung which was filled with the fairest and noblest Ladies of the City: The Senate presented the Empress so soon as she entered her Chamber with a Crown of Gold set with three precious stones which were esteemed to be worth two thousand six hundred crowns, and with a coat for a little child as a presage of her future progeny, with a Cradle-cloth of purple, powdered with pearls. Both of them danced together; The day was spent in all delights and pleasures; And the whole City did keep many Holie-days in honour of her great Guests, although they had not neglected their care for the war of Lombardie. Hereby we may perceive how curious the Venetians have ever been, more than any other people of Italy to give entertainment to foreign Princes. Frederick being gone, the Senate the better to provide for the expenses of the war, made a Decree, that all Officers, 
The Senate's Decrce to get money to furnish the expenses for the wars.  aswell in the City, as abroad, judges, Registers, and others of meaner qualities under great Officers, who in any kind had pension of the Commonwealth, should pay a certain tribute to the Signiory: And that the Gentlemen, after that they had executed their yearly charge (for every one at the years end received his pay) should serve the Republic gratis for six months longer: At this day they serve but four months, whereby we may perceive that as the tribute hath been altered (the which is very true) so hath the time prefixed likewise been.  
At the Spring time war was renewed with Sforza when Leonesio the Venetians General, having for a time scoured the Country round about Loads, Otholenga, Manerbia, and Pontoglio, and taken certain small Towns by a voluntary yielding, crossed the River Adda, at the bridge of Ripata, and went as far as Milan, upon the assurance of some Bandits, who said, That if the Venetian troops 
The Venetian troops come to the gates of Milan.  would approach the City, that the people within it would presently rise in their behalf: But notwithstanding the Venetians arrival, and that certain of their light horse road into the suburbs, there was nevertheless no commotion in the city. 
The venetians besiege Soncina.  The Venetian within a while after besieged Soncina, and battered it with his ordnance.  
The enemy thinking to raise the siege did cross the Oglio at Canedulla, and 
Sforza with 20000. men cometh into the Bressan territory. The Venetians march against the enemies.  with twenty thousand men marched into the Country of Bressia, where having taken Gambare by assault he besieged Pontevico. The Venetians having made a reasonable breach at Soncina, enforced the Inhabitants to yield; and from thence, having made themselves Masters of Romanenga, they marched towards the enemy, who in the mean time had taken Pontevico upon the River Oglio, and were gone to Gella, thereby to be the better able to press those of Bressia: Leonesio being encamped in a very commodious place near to the enemy, did seize upon the straits of the Marshes: They fought many times in those places with different events: There were great numbers of soldiers in both armies. The Venetians had 
The number of both Armies.  fifteen thousand horse, and six thousand foot; and Sforza had three thousand foot, and eighteen thousand horse. Some Historians say, that they fought fiercely at that time for three hours space and more, near to the Town of Porsane, and that the loss was equal on both sides, but, that by reason of the unfitness of the place they lost more horse than men, and that both sides would have fought till they had gotten the victory, had not dark night separated them, Fortune inclining to neither party.  
This was done near to the River Adda, when as William of Montferrat with four thousand horse made fierce incursions upon the territory of Alexandria, and from thence riding towards Tortona and Pavia, he wasted and spoiled the whole 
William of Mont ferrat is van quished by Sacromor Visconte.  Country: Sacromor Visconte, and Antonio Burgese whom Sforza had sent against him to withstand his attempts, coming suddenly to strokes with him upon the confines of Alexandria, did defeat and enforce him to retire to Castelnovo. But whilst these things were done in Lombardie, twelve Venetian Galleys under the command of Marco Zeno, having scoured the high and lower Seas, came to Livorne. And King Alphonso's royal army under the conduct of Ferdinand, having attempted to cause Cortona to rebel, went to the Territory of Rezza, where assailing Foilano, they took it the fortieth day of the siege after sundry toils and interchangeable losses.  
It is reported that Asturo Faventino whilst Ferdinand lay before Foilano, was twice put to rout by the King's army; so that at both times he lost a thousand horse, and certain foot troops. From thence the Arragonian Ensigns being come to the territory of Sienna, having in vain besieged Castelina, went to winter upon the sea-coast. Sigismond of Arimini General of the Tuscan troops did greatly vex them.  
The Florentines fearing the Arragonians and Venetians forces by sea and land, did by Sforza's advise send Angelo Acciola knight of the Order, to the French king, 
The Flarentines send to the fiench King.  who having represented to his Majesty the Florentines ancient affection towards himself and his predecessors, the King granted that he would command the Duke of Savoy to cease from making war on Sforza, and would persuade King Renatus (promising him to that intent men and money) to use means to recover his kingdom of Sicill. This did the Florentines crave, that they might divert the Venetians and Alphonso's attempts from Italy.  
Sforza likewise had sent to the same King to entreat him to procure Renatus to come speedily into Italy. But Lombardie was still in tumult. Bartolomeo Coyone, who (as hath been said) was by the Senate's command despoiled of his forces, being followed with a thousand horse, took many prisoners and great store of cattle 
Coyone makes incursions on the Bressanterritorie  from forth the Bressan territory.  
Within a while after Giacomo Picinino and Tiberto Brandolino with four cornets of horse, defeated six Ensigns of Sforza's troops. The enemy being advertised by chance, that the Venetians departing from the new Orgies were gone to make incursions upon his territories, did speedily from his Camp at Quinssana send Bartholmeo Quartiero and Giacomo Salernitano with six Companies of horse to surprise them. But the Venetians having intelligence of the enemies coming, and being charged with greater hope than discretion near to javenotta a town on the Cremonese, they did courageously abide them, and without any difficulty did absolutely defeat them.  
It is reported that more than an hundred and sixty of Sforza's men at Arms were taken that day, and that within a while after they took a great booty forth of the enemy's Country. For Leonesio having made a bridge over the river Adda at Caretta, and fortified both the ends thereof with strong Rampires, sent part of his cavalry to scour the Milanese territories near to Pavia: whereupon Sforza to ensnare these Venetian boot-halers, commanded Alessandro his brother to march thither with part of the troops: Leonesio having intelligence of the enemy's design, caused Carolo Montone to march with like number of horse, to be there before him. Now Alessandro staying in a place not far from the Venetians Fort, and not having any thought that his enemies were so near him, Carolo on a sudden gave a fierce charge upon him: with which vnexpecte●…accident he was so affrighted, as without any other fight he forthwith broke him and became Master of the Camp and the whole baggage. But some few of them by good fortune escaped to Loads 
Sforza's troops are defeated.  with their Captain, who otherwise had all been taken prisoners by the Venetians.  
Sforza being troubled with this loss departed from his Camp at Gades, and marched to Quinzzana. Mattheo Campana being favoured by the Venetians good fortune, made a furious road with his cavalry into the state of Milan. At his return, being laden with spoil, he met with Thadeo D'Aeste who then served the enemies, with divers others: both sides coming presently to the encounter, after a confused fight, the victory remained to the Venetians: who having taken four hundred horse from the enemy, retired with his whole booty to a place of safety. They had no certain intelligence what Sforza's purpose was, after that he had crossed the river Mella; and therefore▪ the Venetians General went speedily and encamped at 
Sforza taketh Caluisians.  Bagnolls▪ Sforza within a while after took Caluisiana, having made his journey thither to none other end, but to make it a wintering place for his troops in the enemy's Country. Leonesio went to Gades. This is that which was done in Lombardie during the summer season. The Venetian Captains having intelligence by their espials about the middle of harvest, that great store of victuals was going to the enemy's Camp, with a thousand horse to convoy it; Giacomo Picinino, Carolo Gonzaga and Tiberto Brandolino, did with part of the Army encounter the enemies 
The death of Hector Brandolino.  betwixt Othelenga & Issea, two towns on the Bressan territory; who issuing forth as from an ambuscado, did at the first charge break and defeat Sforza's his cavalry, and took divers wagons laden with victuals, armour and other warlike necessaries. But as they were carrying away this rich booty to their Camp, Sforza being vexed with this loss, with expedition made after them, and assailed them on their way: whereupon the Venetian suddenly turning from his booty to fight, did courageously sustain the fury of the enemies. Now fight being fiercely begun, Hector Brandolino brother to Tiberto, a valiant Gentleman, fight in the foremost ranks was slain, by his death amazing those that were near him; And although the Venetian for a time bravely withstood the enemy's assaults, he would notwithstanding in the end have been enforced to give place, had not Leonesio come to their rescue with the rest of the Army. By his arrival the battle was not only reenforced, but made equal, where the fight on either side was a while very doubtful. In the end Sforza being enforced by the enemies great multitudes, quitted the booty and retired with his whole forces to the marshes near to Otholenga. And thus the 
A fierce fight with victory on neither side.  Venetians being Masters of the booty, went home to their Campe.  
Winter already was at hand, when as the enemy having sent his baggage before him, soon after repaired to his wintering places. But it is reported that Sforza be-before his departure, at such time as he remained at Caluisiana, presented battle to the Venetians. They were at that time at Gades and had twenty thousand men in their Army, wherefore they resolved to fight and came down into the plain. But the enemy being retired, the Venetian Army followed him somewhat closely, where Sforza being again invited to fight could not be drawn to it. We find in some Authors that Sforza had ordered his Army ready to fight, but that whilst he expected the Venetian, there fell a great shower of rain which enforced him to retire before the Venetians arrival. This seemeth to be truer than that which some Annalists write: How that he durst not fight, but did flatly refuse the battle. If this were true, I do greatly wonder that so valiant a Captain who had so often fought with displayed Ensigns, and obtained so many victories, (and who, if any of our time may be compared to Caesar the Dictator either in magnanimity, prosperity, 
Sforza 〈◊〉 red to Caesar.  or good fortune, is the only worthy reputed Captain in most men's judgement) having purchased so goodly a Principality with such gallant forces and brave Soldiers, without any great loss, & being provoked to fight, should refuse the battle. It may be that fearing the alteration of fortune, he was become more deliberate: as he to whom we have compared him was likewise in his later years: who after so many gallant victories is reported not to have fought so vehemently as he was wont. Perhaps his new purchased State was the cause thereof, the which, being on every side encompassed with enemies, he might have endangered, if he should have put it to the hazard of abattaile: But whatsoever it were that kept him from it, it is 
Sforza resusing to fight r ret●… 〈◊〉 to his winter garrisons.  reported that without fight he went to his winter-garrisons. After his departure, certain towns of those which he had taken the summer before, in the following harvest returned to the Venetians obedience. Coyoni, or (according to some Authors) Alessandro, Sforza's brother, having given an assault to the Fort which the Venetians had built at Sarretta, took it by treachery. He was afterwards commanded to march against the Marquis of Montferrat, where being despoiled of part of his troops, and baggage, he returned like a Run-awaie to the Camp. The Venetians on the other side were not idle, but being come from their winter-garrisons, they entered furiously upon the Mantuan Territory, where having taken Streveres, they brought away great booty. Carolo Gonzaga in like manner drove all those of the Gybelline Faction forth of the valley of Sassina in the Bergamese, and left it free to the Venetians. During these exploits in Lombardie, King Alphonso did still pursue the 
Alphonso pursueth the Florentines.  Florentines, intending wholly to ruin them, and to those ends made great warlike preparations against the spring time: For it was reported that his intent was to take Livorne, hoping thereby within a while after to become Master of Pisa; And to that end he speedily caused two Argosies to be made of a wonderful greatness. The Venetians likewise by the accord betwixt them, did furnish him with certain armed Galleys. The French king on the contrary party had caused the Duke of Savoie to lay down arms, and had persuaded Renatus to pass into Italy against Alphonso, assuring him that by the help of the Florentines and Sforza, who promised him men and money, he should shortly recover his kingdom.  
About this time news came from Greece How the Turks grew strong near to Constantinople, and that Mahomet Ottoman their king, a Potent, rich, and ambitious Prince, and then in the prime of his years, had builded a Fort at the Outlet of the Pontick-Sea, near to Saint George's Arm, and that thereby it was evident to all men 
The Turks intent to invade Constantinople.  that his designs tended to the entire subversion of the Greek Empire. Pope Nicholas being troubled these warlike menaces, as well abroad as in jatlie, whilst he first made means to settle a peace in Italy, was by a domestic conspiracy like to have been undone himself. Stephano Porcieri or Portius, was the Principal conspirator, divers of that family so term themselves and derive their original from Marcus Portuis Cato that noble Roman; but the arms of their house do argue the contrary.  
This man being richer in nobility of birth than wealth & substance, & withal very eloquent, was already somewhat suspected by the Pope in regard of his insolent 
Stephano Porcio his conspiracy against the Pope.  carriage; & therefore to restrain him from practising any sedition in Rome he sent him first into Germany under colour of some negotiation, from whence returniug home, he was enjoined to dwell at Bolognia, on condition nevertheless, daily to show himself to the Bishop of Nice who commanded there as Viz-legate: But he being desirous of innovation did practise underhand by trusty messengers, or rather by letters written in characters, (for it is not certainly known how it was) certain debauched Romans, to execute a damned act; which was, That upon a ptefixed day all the conspirators should meet at Rome, where having at once assailed the Pope and Cardinals in the Church during the time of Divine service, they should kill them all, and then invite the Roman people to embrace their liberty. Hereupon feigning to be sick he kept his house, till he had assured notice that the conspirators were all ready in Rome. For then leaping on horseback, he came by great journeys to the city. But his departure was not long concealed from the Bishop, who doubting some treachery, did by sundry messengers advertised the Pope, how that Stephano Porcio without his knowledge had left Bolognia, and that he could not learn whither he was gone, but that he chiefly feared that he was gone to Rome, to disturb the peace of that City. Porciero being wearied with his long travail and watching, betook himself to rest, which gave the messenger's leisure opportunely to deliver their letters, which the Pope received the night before the day of execution, who being amazed at the matter, did suddenly resolve to put him to death: The charge thereof was committed to Giacomo Lavaniola of Verona, who at that time was a Senator of Rome, and to divers others. These with a troop of armed men being come where Stephano was, he heard a noise, and being amazed, escaped to his sister's house, having left Baptista Sarra in his, with the armed men whom he had assembled for the execution of that mischievous plot. Now Baptista being a valiant man, so soon as he perceived himself environed with fire and arms, made way by force through the Pope's soldiers. But the Author of the conspiracy being 
Stephano Porcio is put to death.  taken at his sister's house, was put to death. This matter in some sort diverted the Pope's affection from peace.  
About the Springtime of this year, the Florentines aswell with their own troops as with those of Sforza, recovered Foglian which they had lost the year 
The Florentines recover Foglian  before, when Alphonso as yet had not raised any tumults in Tuscanie. Sforza in the Wintertime came to Cremona to aid Lodovico Gonzaga whom his brother Carolo did nearly press: But he thought it necessary rather to relieve the Manerbians whom the Venetians had a long time besieged. The Venetian having repulsed him after some skirmishes between them which never came to any set battle with a resolved constancy continued his siege. But whilst Leonesio in that place performed the part of a vigilant Captain, he was shot into the body with an arrow, 
Leonesio his death.  whereof shortly after he died. Some say that he was slain before that time, and that the General's place was given to Picinino, before Sforza came forth of his Winter Garrisons.  
This disaster was within a while after accompanied with another. For Carolo 
Sundry combats and in counters betwixt the venetians and Sforzans.  Gonzaga having made a rash attempt upon his brother's troops betwixt Gades and Villafranca was broken and put to rout, with the loss of seven hundred horse. Picinino was not idle, for after that he had taken Manerbia, Quinzano, and within a while after, Pontevico, which was manned with a strong Garrison, he went and besieged Seniga, from whence by reason of Sforza's arrival, he discamped and retitired to Pontevico. The enemy gave an assault to Gades, and took it. Then there was a cruel fight near to that place by means of Picininos arrival, where Lodovico Gonzaga whom Sforza had sent for thither, had like to have been defeated by the enemy (for the Venetian charged first upon him) had not Sforza opportunely come to his rescue. The Venetians departing thence went and encamped at Porciana betwixt two marshes. Sforza in the mean time commanded Roberto Sanseverino, and Tiberto, to go and waste the Bressian country. Picinino went and assailed them being laden with spoil, and took the greatest part of their booty from them. Sforza thereupon speedily marched against him, but the bickering being quickly ended, the Venetian with his Army retired safely to his camp.  
Both Armies did often skirmish with one another as occasion was offered; and Summer was half spent, when king Renatus having driven the enemies from the 
King Renatus cometh to Sforza's company.  confines of Alexandria, came to Sforza with four thousand horse. At his arrival he sent an Herald at Arms to denounce war to the Venetians. The enemy's forces being thus increased (for they had in their Army, together with the French succours, six score companies of men at Arms) they departed from Gades, and having crossed the river Mella, they went and encamped at Bassan betwixt Manerbia and Pontevico. The Venetians likewise (for Antonio Marcello, and Pascalis Maripietro were come as Providators to the camp) marched to Manerbia, and from thence went and encamped at Porciana. The enemy so soon as the Venetian had dislodged, 
Manerbia and Pontevico yield to Sforza.  did by a voluntary yielding enter into Manerbia. Then Sforza and Renatus gave an assault to Pontevico, which they took by force, having besieged it a while, and overthrew the walls down to the ground. It is reported that the French in that place did deal very cruelly with the wretched inhabitants, which did in such sort amaze all the towns round about, as whatsoever the Venetians held in the plains of Cremona and Bressia, (Soncina and Romanenga excepted) did in a short space yield themselves to the enemy. Picinino by this revolt being enforced to give place, did suddenly march towards Bressia, and encamped in a very strong place, betwixt the City, the mounraines, and a lake, which cometh forth of the river Clesia, from whence he might easily defend the inhabitants of the mountains, and all the Bressan country which lieth towards the lake of La Garda.  
Such success had the Venetians affairs in Lombardie. But the Senate was not so much troubled for the danger of this war, as with the news from Greece, How that Mahomet the Turkish Emperor had besieged Constantinople. Whereupon, for fear of losing so commodious a place for christian's (for, that being lost there was no more hope of traffic upon the Pontic Sea) the Senate made a decreeto send forth ten Galleys to the aid of the City under the command of Giacomo Lauretano: They did beside command two great Argozies of two thousand tons a piece to be made ready. Lauretano within a while after departed from Venice with five Galleys, for by the Senate's command he was to take other five out of Dalmatia and Candie. Alphonso promised to send ten Galleys, and the Pope as many, which fleet of thirty Galleys was in their names to be sent to the aid of Constantinople. But Ottoman in the mean time had besieged the City by Sea and Land with three 
Constantinople besieged.  hundred thousand fight men, and three hundred seventy five ships of war, among which were seventeen Galleys of three Oars on a bank, and others of two, with many other smaller vessels. This they report which were present at the siege. The Venetian Annals set down less by the third part, as well of soldiers, as of vessels.  
Constantine Paleologus did at that time command the Greek Empire, who to withstand the enemies, had caused an iron chain of a wonderful greatness to be drawn athwart the Haven from Constantinople to Pera. The Venetian Galleys returning from traffic forth of the Pontic Seas, remained in the Haven for the 
Aide entereth into Constantinople by Sea.  aid of that Christian City. Certain ships of Candie were likewise there, and an Argozie of Genoa of a wonderful bigness, whereof Georgio Doria was Captain. Then three other Genoa ships of like bigness which came from Chios arrived there being laden with men and victuals. As they entered the Haven in the City's view, the Turks vessels went and assailed them, whereupon there began a bloody fight on both sides, which lasted long without any advantage to either party. In the end, the Galleys and other vessels that lay at Anchor not far from thence coming to their rescue, the Turks quitted the place, and retired to the pillars of Pera. The last that arrived there, was Giovanni justiniano of Genoa surnamed the Long, with two Argosies wherein were three hundred soldiers.  
The Emperor having embraced him, and entertained him with fair promises, he committed unto him the guard of the Roman gate. Nicolao Molino, and Giovanni Lauretano kept the gate Chersina: Baptista Gritti with divers other Venetians, who by chance were at those troubles of Constantinople, guarded the Palace of Paleologus: And by reason that the enemies naval Army had been beaten forth of the Gulf, all was safe on the Sea side: The Turks greatest fury was towards the land. They had brought divers great pieces of Ordnance in sundry places near to the walls, and especially at the gate Sutrina.  
There and elsewhere the continual shot of Ordnance had beaten down a great part of the walls: But the Turk, that he might divide the forces of the besieged in sundry places, and thereby make them weaker, resolved, (for otherwise he could not do it) to cause part of his vessels to be carried by land over into the Gulf. He did without resistance draw seventy five Galleys from the pillars of Pera into the waters of the castle near to the walls, & commanded an assault to be given to the City on that side with threescore and ten thousand men. He himself came to guard those vessels whilst they were drawn forth of the water for fear lest the Army should on a sudden come and set fire on them. He had beside planted certain pieces of ordnance over-against the mouth of the Gulf, opposite to the city, not so much to batter the walls, as to keep the Christian Galleys from approaching. Some say that those of Pera might have hindered the Turks in their enterprise of carrying their Galleys into the Gulf, but that they were unwilling to do it for fear of drawing that warlike tempest upon themselves.  
The Galleys being thus drawn into the Gulf, there was nothing more certain, than that such ill neighbours would soon procure the ruin of the city. The Venetians and other Christians, although in number of men and ships they were far inferior to the Turks, did nevertheless resolve to assail them; supposing that by a sudden assault they might amaze them, and in that fear, to set fire on their vessels. To further whose purpose the night was very dark and misty, whereby the enemy was so far off from discerning them, as they could hardly descry one another. It is thought, That the enemy could by no means have discovered the intent of our men, and that perhaps the Turks navy might have been defeated, and Christendom thereby freed from the loss of so noble a City, or at leastwise, that it would not have happened so soon; if those of Pera, who desired the ruin of the City, had not discovered the Christians design to the enemies: By whose advertisement Mahomet sent the same night as many soldiers to overthrow our naval Army, as he had done at the former time.  
The Captains of the Christians vessels being full of hope and courage, set forward against the enemy, thinking that their coming had not been known; but the Turks being prepared for fight, waited for them, and did not only courageously receive them, but having on a sudden discharged a piece of ordnance upon a Candiot galley, which was commanded by Zacharia Gria, they went to environ all the rest. The Christians being amazed to see them in that readiness, turned their backs. One Galley which was commanded by Giacomo Cocco coming in considerately with two others to charge the enemy, was by a cannon-shot sunk in the enemy's view, with all those in a manner that were in her; Three and thirty men that fell into the enemy's hands, were murdered before the City's gates.  
A great quantity of the wall in the mean time on the other side of the City near to the gate Sutrina was beaten down. This breach was forth with repaired with new fortifications according to the usual manner. The Turk attempted to enter the City by a mine, which took no effect; for by a countermine it was made unprofitable. A Tower at the Roman gate which the canons had much shaken, fell down, and had made a great breach, and near thereunto the enemy had raised a rampire and gabions against the Christians ordnance. There was a great breach near to the gate Chersina, which caused Mahomet, upon hope to enter the city there, to give a furious assault. The Turks, the more to amaze the besieged, did before day enter the rampires with fearful and terrible clamours. The Emperor riding up and down the city, encouraged his soldiers to fight valiantly for their Country, wives, children, and lives, telling them, That the time was come, 
The emperors exhortation to his soldiers.  that unless they did bravely bear themselves, that famous City would not only he lost, but the fame and renown of ancient Greece would be clean extinguished. He told them moreover that they had to do with an enemy, from whom they were to expect no grace nor favour: It therefore behoved them, either to live with their Country, or to die with her ruin.  
This did he speak to the soldiers as he walked the round upon the walls; but coming to the Roman Gate, he found justiniano the Genovese grievously wounded, who began to talk of yielding, from which the Emperor could by no means divert him. It is reported that the Emperor perceiving those that  
fought in justinian's company, to think on nothing but flight, did stand in his place with those few forces that he brought with him, and that he did bravely attempt 
The Emperor in despair.  to beat the enemies from the walls; but perceiving that his soldiers were too weak to resist such multitudes, he was well-near ready to have slain himself. But considering that it did not become a Christian to use such desperate means, he did entreat his own soldiers to kill him, and upon their refusal so to do, he resolved to die more nobly. For he threw from him his Imperial ornaments, fearing if he should be known, that they would take him alive, and with his sword in hand ran in among the thickest of the Turks that were entering, where this Prince, worthy of eternal memory, fight valiantly with the enemies was slain by 
The death of the Emperor of Constantinople.  them. His body falling down, together with that great Empire, was confusedly mingled among his other subjects: and being afterwards known among the dead bodies, his head by Mahomet's command was stricken off, and borne in triumph through the Camp and City. Some say that he was smothered at the Roman Gate among the throng which fled, and that he was afterwards known by his Coat-armour. The enemies naval army was not idle in the mean time: for the Venetian Galleys, and the rest of the Christian naval army, with divers others who came running to the ships at the enemies first assault, being out of hope to defend the city, presently went their way, but the Turks took diverse of them near the sea-shoare. The city was wholly sacked, Virgins were deflowered, young 
The Turkish cruelty.  boys forced, and wines tormented with detestable filthiness, according to the manner of that cruel Nation. Men that escaped death were made slaves. diverse Venetians were on that day slain and taken, among whom were seven and forty Gentlemen.  
In this manner was Constantinople the chief city of Grecia taken by Mahomet the Turkish Emperor, and thus was that most ancient Grecian Empire overthrown, the year 1121. after the establishment thereof. The news of this loss gave great terror to all Christendom. Pope Nicholas sent to Venice to have five 
Pope Nicholas recompense to as many as should take arms against the Turks  Galleys armed at his charge against the Turks, and propounded to as many as should take arms under the Ensigns of the Roman church against those Infidels plenary remission of all sins, which they had till then committed: And if any soldier that was forth of pay should refuse to enroll himself for that war, he did incur his bitter curse.  
The Venetians sent Bartolomeo Marcello to Mahomet, to crave restitution of their countrymen with their goods. An other Messenger went overland before Marcello, who promised to return to Venice from Constantinople within five and thirty days. The Senate was very desirous to understand what was become of those Venetians which were in Constantinople when it was taken, whether they were still alive or dead, and if they were living, in what state they were, either at liberty or captives. The above mentioned Galleys, with certain ships of burden, had already before then sailed to sea under the command of Giacomo Lauretano, who upon news of the taking of Constantinople retired into the Isle of Nigrepont.  
The Senate thought upon this new war, whilst all Lombardie was filled with 
Sforza's exploits in Lombardie.  arms and soldiers: for Sforza having recovered all towns upon the plain approached with his army near to Rhodes, that he might become Master of the mountain: where during his abode, the towns of Romans, Martinenga, the Camonick valley, and Brisanza yielded to him; the like did all the Inhabitants of the Gyradade. Rhodes also being afterwards taken, he went to besiege the new Orgies, 
He takes Rhoads the O gies, Soncina, and Romanenga.  in which mean space, those of Soncina yielded to him. At the last, the Orgies being recovered, Romanenga, who alone did obey the Venetians, did voluntarily yield as the rest had done. Afterwards, there were no greater exploits done in Lombardie.  
Toward the latter end of Harvest when Winter drew near Sforza was desirous in the behalf of Lodovico Gonzaga to take Asola, but he was enforced to give over his enterprise, and to put it off till some other time, as well by reason of a mighty tempest which then happened, as in regard of the continual rain that followed it. Renatus being in a rage (as it is supposed) against the Florentines and Sforza, went hisway in the midst of Winter, and returned through the country of Ast and Thurin into France.  
But to return to the affairs of Greece. The Venetians being desirous to understand of the welfare of those, who with the city of Constantinople had been taken by the Turks, had intelligence within a while after by some that came to Venice, that the Venetians that were taken in Constantinople were prisoners, and that the enemy had used no cruelty on those whom Fortune had saved: within a while after Lauretano's letters did assure the Senate of the prisoners redemption, and that the Turks for seven thousand crowns would set them at liberty. The very same day of these news, the Pope's Nuncio came to Venice, who was received by great 
The Pope's Nuncio cometh to Venice to treat of peace.  troops of people. He spoke to the Senate concerning peace which he said he had motioned at Florence, and said, that at his departure thence, he would go to Sforza to treat likewise with him: And that the Pope did determine to quiet Italy, the better afterwards to prevent the great danger which threatened all Christendom from the Turks, and to that end, he was desirous to be judge and Umpire of that peace, and that he which should impugn it, should be held as excommunicate, and for an enemy, not only to Italy, but to all Christendom. This advertisement being given, which the Venetians did willingly entertain, he took his leave of the Venetians, and went to Sforza.  
Lauretano who had intelligence (as hath been said) of the taking of Constantinople, was gone to Nigrepont, from whence he writ to the Senators, certifying them 
Lauretano his exploits in the Iste of Nigrepont.  That he was resolved to tarry there for the guard of the Island; that he had sunk four of the enemies great Galleys, and thirteen other small ones; that their Rowers and Mariners swimming to Land had been all slain by the Country people; and that he had hanged those whom he took in the Galleys. No sooner were Lauretans letters read in the Senate, but the Pope's Galleys which were ready to set sail were commanded to go and join with their Naval Army; with which Lauretano being strengthened, determined to tarry for the Galleys from Alexandria and Syria, and then with that mighty Fleet to set forwards against the enemies, whom he had still forborn to meddle with, till such time as the troubles of Italy being pacified, he might increase the number of his vessels.  
Within a while after, Christopher Moro and Vrso justiniano were sent to Rome to 
Christopher Moro and Viso justiniano are sent Ambassadors to Rome.  treat of peace with the other Ambassadors of Italy in the Pope's presence. The Venetian cavalry before the Ambassadors departure had surprised certain victuals from the enemy, together with those which convoied it, but after that the treaty of peace was mentioned the Venetians made no more incursions into Lombardie: Yet, because they would not seem quite to abandon the Province, they sent acertaine number of Archers and some vessels thither by the River Po. They did afterwards make a league with the Genoveses and those of Luca, for which, general processions were made in the City. They did likewise at the same time procure Bartilmeo Coyoni underhand to come and serve them.  
But whilst this was done, the Pope's five Galleys which at the beginning went against the Turks, about the Springtime returned to Veniee without Lauretano's leave. Giovanni Dandulo, Antonio Quirini, Andrea, and Nicholas Contareni who were Captains of them, were by the Senate's decree committed to prison: Andrea Contareni 
The Captains of the Galleys are punished because they left the fleet without leave.  and Giovanni Dandulo being found guiltless were acquitted, and the rest condemned in a pecuniary fine and to endure imprisonment for half a year, & were declared unworthy ever after to have any command at Sea: And against four others of meaner quality who were known to have been the chief motives of leaving the army, they proceeded more sharply than against the gentlemen; for they were whipped from the marketplace to Rialto, and their noses being slit they were for ever banished the City.  
Within a while after, peace was concluded with Sforza & the Florentines, which, 
The conditions of peace concluded by means of an Hermit.  contrary to the Pope's opinion was effected by means of Simon Camertes the Hermit, who after sundry journeys concluded it on these conditions: That Sforza should restore to the Venetians whatsoever he had taken from them in the last war (the Towns of the Gyradade excepted) That the Marquis of Mantua should reinvest his brother Carolo in his State: That the Florentines should receive from Alphonso whatsoever he had taken from them, (Chastillon excepted and the Sienna territory belonging to the Florentines): And for the greater confirmation of that peace, the Pope interposed his authority, and it was expressly mentioned, that if henceforward any strife did arise betwixt them, that the Pope should have ample authority to decide and end it, That either of them which should first take Arms against the other, after the wrong known should presently be declared an enemy not only to the party wronged, but to the Pope, and to as many as had been present at that accord. And in this manner by these conditions of peace, every one was satisfied, saving the Genoveses. For Alphonso would still continue war against them; which we must suppose to have been granted him, because otherwise he would hardly have been drawn to have consented to the peace which ensued.  
The City of Venice being tired with so long a war had never a more welcome day than that, when peace was published over the City with sound of trumpet: They did first appoint prayers to be made in Churches, and general processions, in which, the relics and images of Saints were carried about with great solemnity, the 
The great rejoicing at Venice in regard of the peace.  whole Clergy following them with the Prince and Senate, and all the orders of the City. The night following many torches were lighted, and other signs of joy were showed over all the City. This was in the year of our Salvation 1454, and the eighth after the war was renewed in Lombardie against Philip concerning Cremona, & the fifth against Sforza in the behalf of their associates the Milanese. Italy was afterwards a long time quiet, and especially Lombardie, which was very peaceable till such time as it felt the terrible tempest of the Ferrarese war.  
Zacharia Trevisano and Nicholas Canalis were sent Ambassadors into Germany to the Emperor Frederick who had written to most parts of Europe, That Commissioners 
Ambassadors sent into Germany to the Emperor.  might be sent to him, with whom to consult in open assembly concerning the war with the Turk. Bartilmeo Marcello did in the mean time return from Constantinople, who in the republics name had made peace with Mahomet and freely obtained of him whatsoever he craved. Mahomet's Ambassadors followed Marcello to Venice to cause that peace to be ratified. But the Senate fearing to do any thing inconsiderately, did delay the business a long time, till the league among Christians was contracted, and then, (for they rather wished the wealth and commodity of Italy 
The Venetians great discretion in doing nothing without good advice.  and all Christendom than any good to the Turk) they would have war and no peace with him. Yet, in the mean space, because they would not seem to contemn the friendship of so mighty a Prince, they returned the same Marcello together with the Turks Ambassador to Constantinople with new Articles, & commission, that if Mahomet should receive them, then to conclude peace in the name of the Commonwealth, and that he should remain there as their Magistrate.  
But here an occasion may seem to be offered to condemn and tax the Venetians. It was very well known that the Venetians had forsaken the Christians alliance (will some detractor say) in regard they had enjoined their Ambassador, that if the Turk should entertain the offered conditions, then to make peace with him, the which being once sworn to, it would not have been lawful for them (their public faith saved) to alter. But we must imagine that they did foresee this; for we find no certainty thereof, because that the enterprise against the Turks had been propounded in the Emperor's presence two months before, so as it is to be supposed, that it was then concluded, whereupon they had time enough to determine which was the profitablest way for their commonwealth, though perhaps some will be of another opinion. But according to all men's saying, the Venetians dealt very discreetly, as they have always done, who would not rashly thrust themselves into so dangerous a war, wherein being entangled by Sea and Land, the other Princes of Europe might in derision have looked a far off upon their loss and overthrow, as it happened within a few years after, when the Venetians being enforced to make war on the Turk, they were not only forsaken of all other Christians, but were betrayed in the very confines of Italy. But we will speak of this in his place.  
Let us now return to that which happened after the peace in Lombardie, which seemeth to be worthy the noting because that arms being scarce laid down, a new war had like to have entangled the Venetians at their doors. The Senate demanded Bagnacavallo a dependent on Ravenna, and some other Towns of the Pollesin, of Borsia D'Aeste. To this end they sent messengers to him to Ferrara to denounce war according to their custom, unless he did surrender those Towns which they demanded. But he being a lover of peace, and one that made great account of the Venetians friendship, did by his Ambassador write to the Prince and Senate, that he desired peace with them and no war, and that he would refer 
The honest answer of the Ferrarois.  himself to their discretion: Upon this honest answer they did presently lay down their Arms which they had already put on, and attempted nothing against him.  
Then the Venetians having changed the war by Land to that by Sea, did Arm two vessels against Navipator the Venetian, who having received some disgrace of his fellow-Citizens, was become a Pirate. The Senate accounted it an heinous matter that any Venetian should in those days scour and rob the Seas, seeing that their Ancestors from the first foundation of their City had rigorously pursued such thieves. About the same time Victore Capello was sent to the Princes of Morea, who foreseeing the great danger which threatened them from the Turks had sent to the Prince and Senate of Venice, to treat with them about the delivering up of their Island into the Venetians hands, provided that they would give them in recompense as much revenue in Italy as would suffice for their honourable entertainment according to their present fortune, though not so much as they were 
The Genoveses come into Morea for the same purpose as the Venetians did.  wont to have.  
At Capulets arrival, the Genoveses had approached the Island in hope to become Masters thereof, their Naval Army consisting of ten Galleys and eighteen other ships of war. Lauretano likewise was come thither with his Galleys; Each of them did but wait for a fit occasion. The same year there were such Terrible tempests over all Italy and especially upon the Venetians Coasts, as wonderful hurt was done thereby. It is reported that one storm broke as many glass windows in Venice, as were thought to be worth seven thousand Ducats. The Venetians being at peace ever sinte the taking of Constantinople, there was no Prince nor Commonwealth in all Italy that had war, but only Pope Calixtus and the Genoveses: who for the loss of Pera (for so soon as Constantinople was taken, those of Pera yielded) had some attempts upon the Turks. Calixtus all the time of his Papacy did not cease both by Letters and messages to stir up all Europe to take Arms against those Infidels, and to those ends, himself Armed thirteen Galleys, whereof Lodovico Patriarch of Aquileia was made General. This man for three years space, did scour all the Sea Coasts of Asia, doing great harm, and took divers Islands from Mahomet.  
This cruel Tyrant in the mean time prevailed so far in Europe by an admirable course of victory as he subdued all Thrace, the Tribals, and Macedonia: and 
The Turks good success both in Asia & Europe.  in Asia likewise he utterly subverted the Empire of Trebisond, howbeit rather by treachery than force of Arms: Then he took the old & new Foglies; and drawing one war from an other, he seized on Imbria and Smirna: Then he took from the Gathelosis of Genoa (against whom he began the war about a child) the Isle of Lesbos which yielded on conditions: He did afterwards usurp upon Bossina, killing the king thereof: And in a manner, reduced under his Empire whatsoever the Christian Princes had till then enjoyed, from Constantinople as far as Albania and Dalmatia, betwixt Hungary and the Danubie, and the Ionian and Aegean Seas. But whilst the Infidel made all these conquests, the Venetians attempted nothing, although their aid sundry times had been earnestly implored. Morea only (which at last they took from the Princes Thomas & Demetrius) did certain years after Arm against the Turk. We will in the books following set down the original and success of that war. But whilst Ottoman executed these exploits the which we thought good briefly to touch, in regard they do in some sort belong to our History, the Venetians had no war.  
The end of the seventh Book of the third Decad.   

THE EIGHTH BOOK OF THE THIRD DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the eighth Book of the third Decad.  
 
THE Prince accompanieth the funerals of his Predecessor, which was never seen before, since the custom of associating a Colleague was abolished. The cause of the war against OTTOMAN. The Description of Morea. The Venetians having taken Algiers, fortify the Straight. The Venetian Army hath no good success at the siege of Corinth. The Venetians in Italy besiege Thryeste. The Turks drive the Venetians from the Straight. They fight twice with good success against the Turks before Naples. The sieges before Thryeste and Arimini are raised at one time. The Venetians being vanquished at Talamata in Morea, receive a notable overthrow. VRSO JUSTINIANO doth twice assail those of Mitylene in Lesbos with great loss of his soldiers. SIGISMOND of Arimini taketh Sparta by assault. VENIERI his Galley having in the nighttime passed beyond the Dardaneans, returneth safely to his Countrymen. Pope PIUS being come to Ancona, dieth within a while after that the Prince and Venetians naval Army came thither. Supplies of money are given to the King of Hungary in the name of all Christendom. VICTOR CAPELLO after that he had fortunately executed divers gallant enterprises upon the enemies, at last receiving an overthrow at Patras, dieth with grief. BARTHOLOMEO of Bergamo, surnamed COYONI, coming into Flaminia had like to have endangered the Venetians with a new war. NICHOLAS CANALIS General of the Venetians naval Army ruineth Oenos. MAHOMET having a long time besieged Nigrepont, takes it in fine, to the great hurt of the Venetians.  
THE Venetians State for the space of ten years had peace both by Sea and Land. But this security was mixed with fear and care. For the Venetians in this mean time might well be likened to that man, who seeing his neighbours house on fire although his own be free from it, can not for all that but fear, lest the same flame being dispersed should take hold of his, and runneth forthwith (according to the proverb) to the River. Even so the Venetians, though they had no open war against the Turks, omitted not carefully to observe his ten years actions in Asia and Europe; to ruminate divers things in their minds; and to premeditate on that war which they foresaw they should one day be enforced to make upon that barbarous Tyrant. Yet in all that time they kept themselves from taking Arms, till some just occasion should enforce them. But hereof we will speak hereafter. Now we must set down that which happened at Venice during that peace. The Venetians limits were mightily extended during Foscari his principality. Which came to pass, as well by reason of the public felicity and good fortune of the State, as by the long time of his government, which was managed with singular 
The happiness and cont●…t of the city of Venice during Foscari his principality.  skill and discretion: And not the State alone, but the city's self was illustrated with rare and costly buildings. For in his days, the Porch of the Palace was on the outside beautified with white Marble. Saint Gregory's church, which was begun to be repaired from the foundations, was finished in costly manner. After all this the Prince, when he had governed the Commonwealth four and thirty years, being four score and ten years old, and in regard of his age being no longer able to manage the public affairs, was deposed from the sovereign Magistracy. And because his fortitude and vigour of spirit was not yet diminished, although his body were enfeebled, he was reduced among the rank of Gentlemen.  


¶ PASCALIS MARIPIETRO, the 66. Duke of Venice   
 
PAscalis Maripietro (the other yet living) was subrogated in his stead. But Foscari survived not long after the creation of the new duke. The honourable Ensigns that had been taken from him in his life time, were restored to him after his death: For he was buried with Ducal pomp 
One Prince waiteth upon an others funerals.  in the Church of the friars Minors; and by this means it came to pass, that one Prince accompanied another's funerals, which had never happened till then, since that the custom of associating a Colleague was abolished. His Nephews built him a Tomb of white Marble, richly guilded, near to the high Altar.  
In the time of Maripietro that great Earthquake happened, which about the fifth day of December, did shake all Italy, especially the Realm of Naples. This Prince was adorned with divers eminent virtues: He had a sound and excellent 
The new Prince's virtues.  judgement, without feigning or dissimulation. He was a lover of peace, a friend to Religion, and a severe punisher of vice: He did execute offenders according to their deserts, or at leastwise banished them from the city. The peace which he had received from Foscari, as by tradition, which had been well observed in all times and places, was by him delivered entire to his successor.  
To this felicity and other fortunate events which happened in his time, the Art of Printing may be added, which in those days was invented in Italy. The invention 
The invention of the Art of Printing is attributed to a German.  thereof is attributed to a German. But this divine art being by succession of times dispersed over all Italy, the chief workmen in that mystery did openly contend for the garland of singularity: In which art we find Nicolao jansonio of Venice to have exceeded all the rest. Maripietro having governed four years and a half, departed this life, and his body lieth honourably buried in the Church of the Twins.   


¶ CHRISTOPHER MORO, the 67. Duke of Venice.   
 
CHristophero Moro succeeded him. The second year of his government, the war began against Ottoman: We must briefly set down the cause thereof. The tyrant having done much hurt to the Christians of Grecia and other Provinces of Europe, determined to take 
The description of Morea.  Morea. This Province is almost like an Island, and is (as they term it) one of the three rocks of Europe, joining to the straight of Corinth. For the Ionian Sea on the one side, and the Aegean on the other, do in a manner make an entire Island of it. It is in form like to a leaf of a Plane tree, by reason of the Seas which environ it, towards the North the Ionian, the Sicillian towards the West, the Greek on the South, the Aegean on the East, and that of Mirtona towards the Solstitial. It is in circuit (according to Isidore) three hundred and threescore thousand paces. Towards the straight on the North side lieth the Sea of Corinth, at this day called Patras: Just opposite to that is the Saronic Sea, where in times past the ancient Haven of Cencrea was, and in the other, that of Leches. This whole country in former times was called jappigia, afterwards Pelasgis, and for a long time Peloponessus, which name by divers is yet given unto it. It is commonly at this day called Morea.  
Ottoman having mightily enlarged the confines of his Empire was desirous to take this Province as a member of the Greek Empire from the brethren Thomas and Demetrius. 
The occasion of the Ottomans war against the venetians.  In regard of the situation thereof they might have defended it a long time, if they had been assured to have been relieved by the Christians in time, or if the brethren with a mutual consent would have undertaken it: But both those means were wanting. For Demetrius went to the Turks side, which was the first and chiefest cause of the ruin of that state. He gave his daughter in marriage to Ottoman, and gave him entrance into one of the goodliest Provinces of Grecia. Thomas made some resistance near to the straight, but in vain. And having lost all, flying from the rage of that cruel enemy, he went to Rome whither he brought with him S. Andrew's head: in regard whereof, Pope Pius being accompanied with all the Clergy went 
Saint Andrew's head is brought to Rome.  to meet him as far as the Miluian bridge, and appointed a marble Chapel to be built in that place where he had first saluted the Apostles head, and another larger than that in S. Peter's Church where the head was afterwards laid up with great solemnity.  
The Dominion of the Greeks being extinct in Morea, the Venetians still kept those towns there which they had a long time enjoyed. But the violent and perfidious inclination of the enemy would not long let them rest. For after that he had taken Algiers by treachery, he entangled the Venetians in a war more necessary than profitable. The Senate being thereby enforced, did presently take arms against him Victor Capello was then Admiral of the Sea, who being entreated by the chief of the Isle of Lesbos, (at that time when Ottoman took it from the Cateloses of Genoa) to come & defend the Island, would not do it: as also when the Theodorans sent to him who dwelled in a part of the Island, that he would aid them, and receive them upon their homage, when the Isle of Mitilene was taken, he refused it, notwithstanding that he had a mighty naval Army, fearing least by any inconsiderate attempt, he might precipitate the Repulicke into a manifest danger of war, although he might justly have taken Arms, seeing Ottoman had contrary to the ancient accord, which the Venetians had made with Amurath his father, and afterwards with himself, crossed the straight of Gallipolis with his Army. This is the report of such as were there present. For there is no Venetian An●…all, nor any other Historian whatsoever which makes mention thereof: Cepio exepted, who in an eloquent style hath written the notable actions of Pietro Mocenigo. Nevertheless it is certain that so soon 
The war against the Turks is begun in Morea.  as the war was proclaimed against Mahomet, it began in Morea where the wrong had been first offered. And whilst they expected greater forces from Italy, certain foot companies under the command of Pietro Palmiero together with two hundred light horse, which the Greeks call Stradiots, entering fiercely into the enemy's country, did by a sudden incursion surprise a small town betwixt Arcadia and Modon; the Garrison whereof being put to the sword, they brought away a great booty.  
Within a while after, Bertoldo d'Aeste, Betin of Calcina, Cicco Brandolino, Giovanni Attellano, Roberto Thyente, Giovanni Massano, Leon Illirico, and divers other great persons with gallant forces arrived at Modon: From thence the whole Army went speedily to Naples, where making no long stay, Aeste, who was General of the 
The Venetian Army before Algiers.  Army, went to besiege Algiers. This town among all others of Greece was very famous, as well for the original thereof, as for the residence and Court of kings. It was easily taken, and as soon given to the soldiers who spoilt it. The Turks in the city who were no great number were retired into the Castle. Two days after the Christians arrival in that place five hundred Turkish horse came and assailed the Christians near to the City, & in the skirmish slew an hundred of our soldiers, and among others Martin of Dalmatia, who held an honourable rank in the Venetian Army. Those of the Castle yielded within a while after. The Priest who had delivered the town to the Turks being taken in that place, was put to death. Bertoldo 
The traitor punished according to his deserts.  having left three hundred Candiot Archers in the Castle, brought back the troops to Naples.  
Within a while after, the Venetian General departed from Naples with fifteen thousand men. He went first and encamped at Basilia, the which being taken at his first arrival, he marched the morrow after to the straight through the territory of Corinth, and fortified his camp near to the Saronich Sea. Lodovico Lauretano was there with a mighty naval Army. They had before placed a Garrison on the the other side of the straight, opposite to that place: Six Galleys rode at Anchor not far off. Now (because that the Sea and Land troops were come thither for that purpose) they presently with great courage began an admirable piece of work, which in 15 days was finished. They fortified with a wall & double trench the whole 
The Venetians make a wall at the straight.  length of the straight, which from the Aegean Sea to the Ionian containeth 4000 paces, though the circuit of the walls makes it appear greater. It is reported, that in the same place they did set 30000. men on work, but the great number of men did not so much prevail for the speedy ending of the work, as the aptness of the matter wherewith it was made, which was ready at hand. The stones of old buildings were scattered here & there which had been in times before cut foursquare for the same purpose. With that the wall was easily builded, with Rampires & trenches on both sides: This Straight was by the Greeks in Xerxes' time enclosed with walls It is certain that many great Princes in divers ages have attempted to cut through that straight to make it Navigable: King Demetrius first, than Caesar the Dictator, next him Calligula, and lastly Domitius Nero, whose enterprises nevertheless were in vain.  
Four thousand Turks that were encamped near to the walls of Corinth, did 
The Turks attempt to hinder the Venetians enterprise.  within three days after their coming thither, attempt to divert the Venetians from their enterprise; but being repulsed and enforced to retire to their Camp, the night following before that the straight was enclosed with walls, they dislodged without any rumour at all, and went their way through the places which were yet left open, leaving no Garrison in the whole Island. The Venetians being freed from their encumbrances, did at the same time as they were busied in the work execute some slight attempts. Benedetto Coyoni was sent to Misistrate. Some Cosmographers say, That the same Town is that which was in old times called Sparta. All the places round about it were taken at the first: the Castle excepted, with t●…e enemy held, at the assault whereof, Coyoni the chief of the enterprise was 
The death of Benedetto Coyoni.  slain.  
john, surnamed the Great, with a troop of Soldiers having assaulted the City of Londaria, did presently take it, but not the Castle. The Fortification of the straight being finished, and manned with a strong Garrison, Bertoldo went with the rest of the troops to besiege Corinth. This City is seated in a place as difficult as commodious; 
The description of Corinth.  whereupon, Philip King of Macedon was wont to call it one of the keys of Greece: It stands almost in the midst of the straight near to the Mountain in times past called Ephiro, threescore stadij distant from the one and other shore: From the height of the Castle which is called Acrocorynth it looketh upon two Seas, the Ionian on the one side, and the Aegean on the other. The Venetian assailed it in three sundry places. Bertoldo encamped toward the West, Giovanni Attellano on the East side, and Lazaro Pontoliano towards the North, near to the Walls, with certain foot companies. They gave two assaults to the City; but the first was in some sort most fortunate, because that Attellano took a very strong place from the enemy, which did afterwards keep them more straightly shut up. But whilst they prepared for the second assault, and that Bertoldo was very busy in ordering matters, and approaching the ordnance near the Walls, he was grievously hurt in the head with a stone which was thrown from the town, of 
Bertoldo D'Aeste is slain at the siege of Corinth.  which hurt within a while after, he died. The generals misfortune did not divert the Soldiers from the determined assault, but they gave in furiously upon the enemy's Rampires, & though all the defences wherewith the Soldiers covered themselves the more safely to approach the Walls, were broken, nevertheless with great valour they made good the place which they had once taken. But the night following those of the City making a sudden sally, as many as remained near to the Walls were thrown down headlong from the Castle rocks, where they all died. And because great numbers of Turks were reported to be near at hand, they raised 
The Venetians raise their camp from before Corinth.  the ●…iege and retired into the straight.  
Bertino of Calcina, who after Bertoldo his death was made General of the Army and the other Captains, having in that place assured intelligence of the enemy's number, who were said to be fourscore thousand horse, distrusting their own small number) for besides the Sea troops which kept the vessels, they were far inferior in number to the enemy) having left the straight without a Garrison, they speedily retired to Naples; whither they were scarce come, but word was brought them that the enemies were arrived. For after that they had recovered and burnt Algiers, and made a great massacre of the poor Country people, they did the next morning by daie-breake without any rumour show themselves before the Walls of Naples. But before their approach those within the Castle had discovered them from 
The Turks before Naples.  far. Their arrival being divulged over the City, certain mercenary Soldiers would needs make a rash sally upon them, who being environed with thir●…ie horse, most of them were in a moment slain before the City gates, the rest escaped into the Rampires. The Turks seized on a small Rising beneath the Town, but great numbers of them were there slain as well by the Archers which continually shot, as by the ordnance which scoured amongst them, wherewith they were not only tormented, but in a manner wholly overthrown.  
The Venetians would not lose so fair an occasion, but divers troops did with 
The Turks loss before Naples.  great cries environ the Rising, and gave great terror to the enemies: Others ran fiercely upon the troops of horse which stood close together before the City's Rampires, and slew great numbers of them. divers that were there present report, That five thousand Turks were slain at that time; others lessen the number. They skirmished likewise upon the Dike of the City, and along the rampires from whence the Barbarian was repulsed with great loss. The enemy being discouraged with 
The Turks leave Naples.  these two losses so soon as he perceived that he lost but his labour to lie any longer before Naples, did on a sudden make incursions upon the Territory of Modon, where at his first arrival he took Molines, and certain other small Towns by force. This storm spread itself likewise upon the Territory of Coron, where the greeks were wonderfully molested. The Turks being desirous to depart from Morea, they did for three days space besiege the Town of Zonchia. Giovanni Crasso of Coma lay in Garrison there and did bravely defend it: whereupon the enemies dislodged, and went to their wintering places. After their departure the Venetian Captains would needs have their revenge, and went with three thousand men to scour Arcadia, from whence they carried away a great booty. They did beside make an attempt to force the Town which at this day beareth the name of the Province, but not being able to do it, they sacked the suburbs and went their way.  
This happened in Morea during the summer and harvest season. The Venetians likewise in the mean time had some troubles in Italy, about a contention betwixt the Thryestines & those of Cap-Histria, by reason of tributes and highways; the strife on both sides grew so hot, as although the Senate were busied in a greater war, they were nevertheless constrained to send forces thither. But for the easier understanding of the matter, we must fetch it a little farther off. The Alman 
The cause of the war betwixt the Thryestines and those of Cap-histria.  merchants were wont to come directly to Cap-Histria & other towns of the Province to trade, not coming near to Thryeste by five miles. The Thryestines perceiving that themselves had no profit at all by this commerce were greatly vexed. Whereupon they sent an Ambassador to the Emperor Frederick whose subjects they were, to crave that it might be lawful for them to enforce all German merchants which came into Histria to pass by Thryeste, supposing thereby that their city would become the chief Mart of all Histria. And because the Emperor had not flatly granted nor denied their request, they sought by fair and courteous means to divert the Merchants from their usual way and trade, but if gentle means would not serve, they resolved to use force, and to proceed by constraint. Those of Cape-Histria taking the matter in bad part, did speedily dispatch Messengers to the Prince and Senate, who complaining of the wrongs done to them by the Thryestines, did unfold the great discommodities which all Histria was like to receive by that new insolency of their neighbours. The Senate being moved with these complaints; commanded that certain armed vessels should lie at anchor near to the more of Thryeste, and should have a special care not to suffer any victuals to enter into the city by Sea. The Thryestines seeming to make small account thereof, and constantly dissembling their grief, it was resolved, the better to bring them to reason, to put garrisons for the same purpose in the fittest places by land. Gavardo justinopolitano was sent thither with some horse, who having borrowed a certain 
Gavardo justinopolitano is sent against the Thryestines.  place of Count Gorician▪ and straightly shut in their confines, should advise the Merchants to keep their ancient way: And if the Thryestines should attempt by force (as they had done) to hinder their journeys then by Arms to repulse them.  
By chance, one of those soldiers that were appointed to convey the merchants, was slain by a sudden incursion of the Thryestines, and the rest put to rout; Gavardo not digesting this injury, went with a brave troop of Histrians, and wasted the Thryestines territories on the other side of the Sea. The Senate, in regard this tended to an open war, commanded those of Cap-Histria to send three of their Townsmen to Venice that might instruct them more amply in the matter. The Senate by these men's report perceiving that the strife could not be ended but by 
An Army sent against Thryeste.  arms, war was on a sudden concluded against the Thryestines: And according to this Decree, Antonio Martiano, Bernardino son to Carolo Montone, a young man, Girardo Martinenga, Antonello Cornetano and divers other Noble men were sent into Histria with four thousand horse, and gallant companies of foot. divers that were present in that action say, that the army consisted of ten thousand men; others say the number was not so great. With these forces, such as they were, it was resolved to besiege▪ Thryeste. The Venetians encamped in three several 
Thryeste is besieged.  places. The first was at S. Francis Gate on a little rising. The second towards that part of the city, which is opposite to the high way of Pucina: And the third not far from thence on a high place upon the way of Chersina. The Inhabitants were first assailed with the ordnance which did beat down the tops of the houses; whereupon they craved truce for three days to consult about the yielding up of the town. Vitalis Land Providator in the Army did freely grant it, for he had determined to plant ordnance against S. Francis Gate, the which during that space he hoped to do without impediment, because there was some likeliehood that he could not otherwise do it without fight. But so soon as the enemies perceived the ordnance to be removed, doubting the matter, they did presently break the truce, and shot at the peasants that wrought in the work.  
News in the mean time was brought to the Camp, that a company of Germane horse was coming to the relief of the town. The Providator sent Gavardo justinopolitano before with a brave troop of light horse, to surprise them by ambuscado▪  
On these terms stood the affairs before Thryeste, when Giacomo Antonio Marcello 
Antonio Marcello Providator before Thryeste.  came as Providator to the Army. This man before then had been Governor of Vdina. He at his arrival having altered the form of war, the enemy's Cavallerie without any let entered the City, and giving in on a sudden upon the camp toward the high way of Chersina, took two hundred horse from the Venetians, and did not only afterwards defend the city, but as long as the siege lasted, did 
The Almains make sallies upon the venetians.  greatly molest the Venetians by their continual sallies and incursions. And because that by frequent shot of the ordnance, part of the wall had been beaten down, and that the soldiers in an other place craved to be sent to their wintering Garrisons, they resolved to give a general assault to the city. But the business had no 
The assault given to Thryeste hath no good success.  great good success. For an hours space they fought valiantly on both sides, some with ladders mounting the walls, but the hottest fight was at the breach. The city was bravely defended by the valour of the Almans and the townsmen; and the soldiers were enforced to retire with bad success.  
The siege continued all Autumn, and would have lasted till the enemy had been subdued by famine or force: But Pope Pius, who besides his ancient friendship and alliance with Frederick, was much unwilling to have the Thryestines receive any harm, in regard he had been their Bishop, had from the beginning of the siege solicited the Venetians to abstain from pursuing them, and ever after had not ceased to entreat and exhort them, to draw their troops upon certain conditions from their Gates. It was concluded betwixt the Pope and the Venetians, That the Pope should cease from making war on Sigisneund Malateste whom he besieged in Arimini after that he had vanquished him in fight by Frederico of Urbin, and had taken from him the greatest part of his State; and the Venetians did 
Thryeste and Arimini are freed from the siege.  raise their Camp from before Thryeste: and so by this accord those of Arimini, and the Thryestines, were wholly freed from the war about the thirteenth day of November.  
Sigismond having obtained the Pope's pardon, for that in the wars of Lombardie he had molested and wasted the Country of Flaminia, on promise ever afterwards to be obedient to him, and to the Venetians, went the Summer following into Morea against the Turks.  
Lauretans naval Army at such time as the land troops abandoned the straight, and after it went forth of the Sarronic Gulf, and had environed all the Islands, received of Cominius the Pirate the Isle of Lemnos in Morea. He with two Galleys 
The Isle of Lemnos delivered to the Venetians.  had taken it from Mahomet, who had made it his own, by reason of the Empire whereon it depended, and after that he had held it for a time, distrusting (as it is to be supposed) his own forces, he did deliver it into the Venetians hands.  
The naval Army wintered in the confines of Modon, Zonchia, Naples, and Coron. Vrso justiniano did at the Spring time succeed Lauretano in the place of General. He departed from Venice about the beginning of january, but in regard of the extreme cold he arrived in the Province three months after with three galleys. At Zonchia he received one and twenty Galleys that lay in the Haven; with those, 
Vrso justiniano is General of the venetian naval Army.  and them which he brought with him, he sailed towards Modon, where half way he met Lauretano with three great Galleys, who after sundry reciprocal embracements did according to the Senate's command surrender the charge of the Galleys to him, and retired himself to Sapienza.  
Vrso stayed at Modon till the whole Army were come thither together, then departing thence with two and thirty Galleys, he sailed towards Coron, and within a while after, passing by Naples, he came in a short space to Nigrepont, and from thence, having coasted all the Islands of the Aegean Sea, he had heedfully observed what state they were in But whilst Vrso made these reviewes, Nicolao Ragio, and john surnamed the fat, Captains of the bands of men at Arms, with those troops that they had with them, took certain small towns from the enemy upon the Gulf of Patras. Francisco Sidicino, Cicco Brandolino, with divers other Venetian Captains were encamped with three thousand men at Mantinaea, and the enemies at Pithyma, five hundred of whose horse being come to Tulmutha (which was a town betwixt both Armies) came to defy the Venetians, who contemning the small number of the Barbarians went forward presently to assail them, who a long time stood firm against the foremost ranks of the Venetians, until that the rest of their Cavallerie whom they had sent for by sundry messengers did arrive. For then, by their coming, those which began the fight being slain, they which were left alive, were without armour, Captains and ensigns, miserably massacred here and there. It is reported that fifteen hundred Christians lay dead upon the place, among whom were Brandolino and Giovanni Attellano, who the day before was come from Modon to Mantinca with Andrea Dandulo the Providator, Giovanni Massano, and divers other noble men, who had command in the Venetians Army. The Republic had no better success near to the Islands. For Vrso having viewed them, went to Lemnos, and from thence returned to Nigrepont, where within a while after having received supplies from thence, and having forty Galleys in his company, he sailed fiercely against the Isle of Lesbos. From Nigrepont he came directly to Lemnos, & having by the way taken a ship of the enemies 
Vrso Iustinian●… saileth against the Isle of Lesbos  he did put ten Turkish Merchants to death that were in it, and hung up the rest.  
Then about midnight departing from Lemnos, he went with great rumour about the third hour in the morning, and encompassed Mytelene, the chief City of the whole Island. It hath two havens on the North side, and one towards the South: The Army entered into this as being further off. Those of the country betook themselves to flight, and the whole Island was in alarm. Then three hundred Turks that were brought to the Galleys, were by Vrsos command, impaled, thrown into the Sea, and some of them hanged. Within a while after, he did by 
The Venetians do give two assalis to Mytilene  day-break give an assault to the City by Sea and Land, having first sent a ship of Genoa▪ which to that end he had stayed by the way, and a Dalmatian Galley, to take the tower upon the haven: And himself in the mean time landed his troops on the other side of the City. The two vessels being sent against the tower, did presently retire by reason of the Ordnance shot. The troops being landed, went bravely to the assault, throwing themselves inconsiderately to manifest danger, whereupon the fight lasted with wonderful fury for six hours space to the loss and ruin of the Venetians, who being vanquished by the multitude of shot, and grievously wounded, after a great overthrow were enforced to retire. It is reported that three thousand of them were slain that day.  
This loss did not abate the Venetians courage, for within a while after, returning again to assault the enemy with greater fury, they were after sundry unprofitable attempts beaten from the wall with like loss as at the first. In the mean time news was brought, that the enemies naval Army did approach, the which beside, other smaller vessels consisted of five and forty Galleys. It was likewise reported that two thousand horse, landed on the other side of the Island, would presently arrive. Vrso being daunted with these news, after that he had lost five thousand men, and the rest for the most part hurt, quitted Mitylene, and came to Nigrepont, where with remorse of conscience for such bad success, he fell into so great sorrow and melancholy, as notwithstanding that he was a man of a great spirit, did nevertheless behave himself like one that had lost his 
Vrso justiniano dieth with grief  senses. From Nigrepont being brought to Morea, and from thence to Modon, he was landed by his own servants, where on a sudden being oppressed with grief, he died within half an hours space. Such was the end of Vrso justiano, a man valiant and noble among his countrymen.  
Giacomo Lauretano was after his death sent to command the Army. He departing from Venice, was followed by Sigismond Malateste accompanied by a thousand Italians. A long time before, Pope Pius had made a league with the Venetians, the king of Hungary, and Philip Duke of Burgundy against the Turks. But Malateste so soon as he came into the Province where he heard of the death of Giovanni Attellano, and Brandolino, and saw the small forces there, made a loud protestation, that he would never have embarked himself for that war, if he had but known in what state the affairs of that Country had been: yet, because men should not say that his coming thither was in vain, he marched with all the troops he could levy to take Sparta (a City in old time most famous among the chiefest Cities of Greece) the which in a short space he forced. It being taken which 
Malateste besiegeth Sparta.  at this day is in a manner inhabitable, he began to batter the Castle with his Ordnance. That siege continued many months, and it could not be taken by reason of the strong Garrison within it.  
About the latter end of Autumn, fifteen thousand Turks arrived there, who encamped very near to the Venetians. Sigismond distrusting his own small number (for he had but two thousand men in his camp) durst not assail them with his whole forces at once, but skirmished oftentimes with them: And so long as the enemy remained there, he did by cunning and force so amaze him, as the Turks having put some supplies into the Castle, dislodged without any loss to the Christians: And perceiving his encamping there to be but to small purpose, after that he had burnt the City, he brought back his troops to Naples. During the siege of Sparta, Lauretano besieged Rhodes, and did great harm to the inhabitants, 
The Venetians assault Rhodes.  he spoilt and burnt their farms and country-houses. He did afflict them in this manner, because that the Rhodians not long before had by force taken forth of the Venetians ships which lay in the haven certain Syrian merchants with their goods, and would in no sort give satisfaction to the Venetians that carried it: This being done, he returned to Nigrepont. From whence he craved all the Islands on the Aegean Sea, without any other memorable exploit for that year.  
But at the beginning of the next, he did put to Sea and came very near to the 
The Dardanes are two sorts at the mouth of the straight.  straight, meaning by force of Oars to pass through betwixt the dardan's, that he might afterwards scour the coast of Galipollis. The Dardanes are two Castles just opposite to one another at the mouthof the straight, in which was great store of Ordnance to sink all enemy's ships that should pass that way. Mahomet so soon as he had made himself master of the Costantinopolitane Empire, caused one of these to be re-edified which was in a manner ruinate, and builded the other from the foundations, that he might with a continual Garrison keep those of Europe from entering into the straight.  
The sleet being come thither (as hath been said) Venieri his Galley which according to the manner went before for discovery, being deceived by the Admiral's signal, which as he thought willed him to pass through the straight, being driven forward by the wind and Oars, went through notwithstanding all the shot. Some say that Venieri craved leave to be the first to attempt that passage, and that the enemy would not spend all his shot upon this one Galley, but determined to bestow his bullets upon the rest of the fleet that would attempt to pass, whereupon, the next that followed it, being struck through with the Ordnance, and many of her men slain, and in great danger, returned: the like did the rest of the fleet, except the first Galley that went through. Venieri, who although he was Providator of the Gulf, did nevertheless follow the public ensigns under the command of Lauretano being a man of singular judgement and experience in marine matters, 
Giacomo Venieri returneth safe to the fleet.  did comfort his soldiers, and willed them to hope well: but in the darkness of the night, he returned towards the enemies, sailing fair & softly without use of Oars. divers c●…non shot were made at him, and to speak truly, he did not avoid them all, yet at last, with the loss of some few of his men, he did contrary to all men's hope return to the fleet.  
This same Summer Pope Pius determined to set on foot the voyage against the 
Pope Pius cometh to Ancona to prepare an Army against the Turks.  Turks which had been propounded in the Council at Mantua, and was afterwards neglected by the ambition and avarice of some Princes. For although all his associates should have failed him (the Venetians excepted) he nevertheless resolving to bring it to pass, came to Ancona. Upon the rumour of this holy voyage, great numbers of people from Lombardie, and both the Germans were come to Rome before his departure thence. But as he passed through the Duchy of Spoleta and La Marca, he met with greater multitudes. These men with plenary remission of their sins, he sent home again●… into their countries, because they were come as well without means to defray the expenses of that journey, as for that most of them were men unfit for war. Christopher Moro, the Venetian Prince, came to meet him there with ten well-armed Galleys, to the end the Venetians might have a share in the honour of that war. Two days after his arrival the 
The Pope dieth at ●…ncona.  Pope died of a lingering fever. To speak truly he had but small store of money for such an enterprise, which by a decree of the College of Cardinals was given to Prince Moro, on condition that he should send it to Mathias king of Hungary towards the expenses of his ordinary war with the Turks.  
Some think that the whole sum amounted but to five and forty thousand ●…uccats. But the Venetian did not only send this sun into Hungary to king Mathias, but a greater quantity of gold for many years after, that he might with his forces stop the incursions of those Barbarians into Dalmatia and Histria. After Pope Pius death, the Venetians alone did for a long time undergo the burden of so great a war, in the view not only of all Italy, but of all the Princes of Europe, who were not ashamed to be idle spectators, whilst the cruel enemy had already overthrown two mighty Empires, and many kingdoms: and yet it cannot be denied but that king Ferdinand and the Pope did at times send aid by Sea, but it was seldom; and then, when as they had no need of it. There was no memorable matter either by Sea or Land done during that Winter in Grecia. The next Summer, the pestilence being dispersed in Naples, Sigismond went into Laconia, against whom came ten thousand Turks, but upon their arrival, he with his soldiers retired to Mantinaea. After his departure the enemies assailed Pithimia, and having beaten down the fortifications, entered it by force. In the mean time Victor Capello succeeded 
Vittore Cape●…o General of th●… naval Army.  Lauretano, who having received the flee at Sapienza, sailed to Modon, from thence departing within a while after with five and twenty Galleys, he went to Nigrepont, and afterwards, going into the enemy's country, he took Aulida by force, 
Capel his exploits.  which stands in the firm land over against Nigrepont, with Larsa on the Salonicke Sea. Then he took Imbra in the AEgean Sea betwixt Thrace and Samothrace near to the mount Athis. At the last, coming to Pirea, he besieged the City of Athens, the noblest of all Greece, and having made a breach there before day, and burned the City's gates, he entered it. It is at this day called Sethina. Capel sacked the City, the booty whereof was so great, as it did enrich the Mariners and Rowers.  
Within a while after, the Fleet left Pirea, and came to Nigrepont, where taking in victuals, it went to Modon, from whence departing in secret, it sailed into the Gulf of Corinth. Those of Patras had promised him to deliver the city into his hands, and to kill all the garrison. Capel had three and twenty Galleys, and six and thirty other lesser vessels well armed for the fight; and besides the soldiers and mariners, Nicolao Ragio was there with two hundred men at arms. The soldiers, who the day before had been grievously tossed in a tempest, and by reason thereof could not hold up their heads, were presently conducted to the city by Giacomo Barbadico the Providator, they were in number four thousand: And bei●…g come 
The Venetian●… are defeated, and Barbadico the Providator is slain.  to certain Farms within a mile of the city, the soldiers being desirous of booty, did without any commandment fall to pillaging those country houses. Whilst these were busied in spoiling, and expected nothing less than the enemy's arrival, three hundred Turkish horse did with great cries environ and assail them, who were all slain there, having no means of defence or escape. Barbadico riding upon a Mule, and coming by chance to that place where the enemies made great slaughter, was beaten down among a number of thick bushes, and there trodden to death under the horses feet. His body being afterwards known by his Coat-armour and Signet was carried to the Castle of Patras, and impaled upon the highest tower thereof: and of so great a number, one thousand only escaped. Ragio being taken by the enemies, was impaled alive.  
Capel for all this was not discouraged, supposing it to have happened, rather by the carelessness of his own soldiers, than by the enemy's valour and prowess. Therefore eight days after, he sent the bravest men of his troops together with the Ensigns to assail the City. Vincimanica the Sicillian, who commanded the naval Army as vice-admiral, with Dominicke the Black, and other valiant men that followed the Ensigns, went and displayed them before the city. The enemies did not refuse the fight, but making a furious sally, came courageously upon the Christians. There was a cruel fight for some hours space, at the last, fortune inclining to neither side, the Venetian resolved to send threescore horse of the remainder of those which were Ragios, down the hill which was on the one side, to charge the enemy in flank, and thereby to make him retire, and abandon his standing: but they were not gone far ere they discovered the Turks coming forward for the same purpose; at the sight of whom, Ragios horse betook themselves to flight, and fell in among the troops of the Islanders. There a great slaughter of men, and horses, was presently made. The Turks in the mean time arrived who did cut the disordered squadrons in pieces. And this loss would have proved far greater than the former, had not a great dust risen up into the air like to a black 
The venetians are again put to rout near to the former place  clould which took away the sight both of Turks and Christians. A thousand Christians lay dead upon the place, and the rest with the ensigns escaped to the vesels.  
Capello being daunted with these two overthrows, went to Xant, from thence to Modon, and within a while after to Nigrepont where he remained six whole months without any memorable exploit. After the overthrow at Patras, he was never seen to smile, though Giovanni Diede the State's Secretary with divers others of his familiar friends told him that it happened not through his default. At the last being wasted with grief and melancholy, eight months after the battle of Patras, he died at Nigrepont. Giacomo Venieri after his death commanded the Army 
Capello dieth with grief.  until that Giacomo Lauretano sent by the Senate to succeed the late Capello, arrived in the Province.  
This man for the space of sixteen months that he was General of the Army, did bravely defend all the Islands and Seacoasts from the enemy's assaults and incursions.  
About the same time likewise, or soon after, or rather a little before Lauretans departure to the Army, although the Venetians were in some sort quiet in Italy, the cause nevertheless is not known why Bartholomeo of Bergamo a great Captain in his time, did by his sudden incursions into Romagna, in a manner trouble and entangle them in a new war. This man departed from Lombardie with great troops of horse and foot at the pursuit of Angelo Accaivola, and Nicolao Soderino that were banished from Florence, upon hope that they gave him of good success in Tuscanie by means of a popular commotion: this was the common rumour. 
Bartolomeo of Bergamo bringeth sources into▪ Tuscanie.  But others supposed that he departed in Arms from Lombardie at the soliciting of Pope Paul, to the end, that bringing his troops through Romagna and La Marca, he might on a sudden in his name make war on king Ferdinand, who refused to pay usual tribute to the Church of Rome. But whatsoever the cause was, it is certain that all his attempts which seemed at the first to be fearful to all Italy, did soon deceive every man's expectation. For so soon as he came into Romagna Galeas Maria Duke of Milan, a brave and courageous young Prince, made head against him: Then did the forces of king Ferdinand and the Florentines withstand him, wherewith this great Captain being troubled, did in some sort begin to decline. A battle was presently given at Molinella, a town on the confines of Bolognia, 
The battle of Molinella.  which was fought in the absence of Galeas under the conduct of Frederick of Urbin. Those that were at the battle affirm that in memory of man there was never a more furious or mortal in Italy.  
The Senate fearing if his forces should be broken (for till than he had ever been in the Venetians pay, and therefore it was thought that the Venetians did favour him) the adverse Princes and Commonwealths being armed, would cast the whole burden of the war upon them, sent him some supplies of horse and foot, with express charge to make peace, and safely to bring back the Army into Lombardy. jeronimo Barbadico, a man of excellent wisdom and advise, and who not long before was made Procurator of S. Mark, was in the Army; yet this new dignity, nor the entreaties of his friends were of power to keep him at home, nor to stay him 
The death of jeronimo Bardidico  from assisting the Republic in so great a danger. But his authority and wisdom being grealy feared of the enemies, it fell out that before peace was concluded, he was by their means, (for so it was thought) poisoned. There is no other mention made of Lauretans exploits at Sea, besides that which hath already been said.  
Nicolao Canalis succeeded him. He departing from Venice with two Galleys arrived 
Nicolao Canalis General of the naval Army.  at Nigrepont, from whence setting sa le with twenty Galleys, he spoilt certain farm houses, and villages in Thessaly, and then returned to Nigrepont; and from thence went to Modon, and afterwards to Coron. He resolved to seize upon the city of Lagostitia on the Sea of Patras, which the Turks had forsaken, and speedily to fortify it, the which he easily performed without any resistance. jeronimo Novello (for Malateste had left Morea) had well fortified it; and there the whole Army remained, consisting of six thousand men, at such time as two thousand Turks made an attempt to recover it: but they being beaten from the rampires with great loss did within a while after dislodge.  
Canalis having left Giacomo Venieri with six Galleys for the guard of the city, returned with the rest of the fleet to Nigrepont; and having there reinforced the fleet with fresh supplies he sailed to Lemnos, and thence to Imbres, where he determined to assault Oenos; and coming by day-break to assail the city he commanded 
The venetians take Oenos.  his soldiers to rear ladders against the walls, which being done, they mounted them, and having broken open the Gates, they gave entrance to the rest of the Army. The town was spoiled, and for the most part burnt, many were slain, but more were made slaves, men and women that were taken prisoners 
Great outrage committed in Oenos.  were villainously handled, the Sacred places were polluted and profaned without any respect to the name of Christians; for although they obeyed the cruel Turks, they had not changed their Christian Religion; besides all these outrages, Nuns were ravished and deflowered, whom the barbarous enemy for reverence to Religion never durst touch. divers have thought that for the punishment of this sin, the taking of Nigrepont ensued, together with the generals banishment. A great booty was brought to Nigrepont, with two thousand captives. Within a while after he took and spoiled the new Foglies. But at the Spring time the Turks with a mighty Naval Army surprised the city Coccina in the Isle of Lemnos, and after they had spoiled it, and carried away the Inhabitants, they made it desolate. Canalis upon report hereof, being come to Lemnos with four Galleys, so soon as he perceived all places to be ruined (for the enemy was already gone from thence) returned to Nigrepont. There he found six Galleys of new supplies, which were come from Venice. With these and the rest, he went to Modon, whither sending for all his Galleys that had wintered in sundry places, he made a fleet of five and thirty Galleys, and presuming on his forces he returned to Nigrepont, determining to advance forwards against the enemy. But whilst he was busied in preparing his fleet, those in Albania fought with good success against the Turks. Alexis, and Nicholas brethren, strove for the principality there, who followed several parties. Nicholas being aided by the Venetians, had 1200. soldiers, which were commanded by josepho Barbaro as Providator. Alexis had assembled a thousand Turkish horse. He coming in haste with his cavalry encamped in the valley of the Black Hill, upon the River Drimon, where the next day he drew his brother to battle, by whom being vanquished, all his horsemen were slain, except two hundred that fled. Canalis was still at Nigrepont, when news was brought him thither, that the Turks had above an hundred Galleys near to Tenedos, and that their fleet did daily increase by new supplies. Being moved 
The Turkish fleet at Tenedos.  with this report▪ he departed from Nigrepont, and went to Lemnos, and from thence to Imbres, where at his arrival he understood by the Islanders, that the Turkish fleet lay upon the other side of the Island, and they being not able to tell him in Latin the number of their vessels, did by plucking the hairs from their heads demonstrate unto him, that it was very great.  
The Venetian gave no great credit to this advertisement, nor did he altogether reject it. Matters seemed more terrible by the Islanders report, than they were discerned then to be. Now because he would be thoroughly satisfied, he commanded Lorenzo Lauretano to go with ten of the best Galleys in the fleet, to discover the enemy, and if he should perceive that he had but three score Galleys, to turn his prows towards him, and he forthwith would come to his rescue with the rest of the fleet; if they were more, then to put to Sea, and to avoid the fight.  
Lauretano sent Francisco Quirini with one Galley, to descry the enemy's number, who should afar make it known to him by his ordnance shot. Their number being known by Quirini his signal, the Venetian fleet speedily returned, and put to Seaward. The Galleys that were sent abroad for discovery, so soon as they saw the Turkish fleet, began to fly with sail and oars: for so soon as the enemies had from far descried the Venetian Auisoes, and the rest of the fleet that 
The Venetian fleet escapeth from the Turks  came after, they presently sent ten Galleys forth of the Haven, who gave chase to the Venetian fleet till late in the evening. Canalis with four Galleys went into the Haven of Paleocastra. The Turks having by the darkness of the night lost sight of the Venetians directed their course to the Isle of Scyros.  
The morrow after, the Venetian Galleys being all together, sailed in close battalion towards the Isle of Scyros. The enemy was on the other side of the Island, and fiercely battered the city. Against him thus busied in the siege the Venetian sent ten Galleys which durst not go near to fight, but by their Ordnance shot, did from far attempt to offend them. The Venetian would not assail them, fearing lest the rest of the enemy's fleet should come and invest his Galleys, the which without all doubt would have been done, if he had offered to fight. The enemies sailed from Scyros into the Isle of Nigrepont, where at their arrival they took Stora by force, a Town in the Island seated towards the West, and afterwards, 
The Turkish fleet before Nigrepont.  that of Basilica: both which were burnt and spoiled. This being done, they went directly to besiege Nigrepont. The Venetian was come from Scyros to Cape Martillo. This place is near to Nigrepont, and from thence before he had possessed all the passages, he sent three Galleys laden with victuals, through the channel of Loretto to Nigrepont, and commanded the Captains of them to tarry there for the guard of the City, if the officers of the Town should think it expedient. The victuals being received, the Galleys were returned to the fleet.  
Not long after Giovanni Troni was commanded to go thither with two Galleys. But all passages near to the City being already stopped, and his own Galley being bruised with the shot of the enemy's canon, he was enforced to return.  
Now the better to understand the State of the siege, we will make a brief description here of the situation of the Island. The Isle of Nigrepont being divided 
The description of the Isle of Nigrepont.  from Boetia, is an hundred and fifty thousand paces in length, the breadth thereof is not above forty thousand, and the narrowest not above twenty thousand. It is in circuit three hundred three score and five thousand paces. There are two little hills in it, the one termed Gerasa, and the other Capharea. It was in ancient time enriched with very goodly cities, at this day there is in it but Nigrepont. The city of Nigrepont which is seated right over-against Aulida, is divided from Beotia by a small Gulf: Wherefore the Turk the better to besiege it, made a bridge over that Gulf, so soon as the land forces were wholly arrived.  
On the fifth of june the enemy's fleet, wherein were three hundred vessels, and amongst others above an hundred Galleys, approached the city; but by the valour of the Inhabitants and the soldiers which were in it, the enemies that then 〈◊〉 were beaten back to their ships. The 13. of the said month, the Emperor Ottoman being come with threescore thousand soldiers through Beotia, caused a bridge to be made over the channel, as far as Saint Marks Church, within a mile of the 
The enemy builds a bridge over the Gulf.  City. In that place all the forces being landed, the City was environed, and d●…uers pieces of Ordnance wereplanted in sundry places: and with five and fifty canons every day the wall was much battered. The siege continued 30▪ days, in which time, besides sundry light skirmishes made before the walls upon occasions, the Turk, with all his forces, gave three assaults, wherein he lost five and twenty thousand men, as it was afterwards known at the muster of the Army. Some report that they have heard the Turks say, that after the taking of Nigrepont, more than forty thousand were found to be wanting in their Army.  
But during this siege by Sea and Land, the Venetian Fleet wanting victuals by continuing too near Nigrepont, sailed to Candie, whereby the way meeting with some Turkish Fusts, it sank them, and tarried there four days. jeronimo Molino Governor of the Island, did presently take order to furnish them with necessary victuals, and did beside in that short space cause seven ships of burden to be armed. Being strengthened with these armed vessels, and with his own fleet of 35▪ armed Galleys, the Venetian returned from whence he came. The news in the mean time of the siege of Nigrepont being brought to the Senate, did afflict them with grief and fear. It was certain that without some speedy remedy, that most excellent 
The Senate is grieved at the news of the siege of Nigrepont.  Island of all others of the Aegean Sea would be subdued by that cruel enemy, to the great loss of the Commonwealth: whereupon they speedily decreed to send as many Galleys as could possibly be made ready one after an other without intermission, to the relief of Nigrepont. Canalis in the mean time, departing from the place where he ankored, went with his whole fleet, & lay in the straight of the channel 
The Venetian Fleet entereth the the channel of Nigrepont.  near to Laureta: then with sails, oars, wind and tide, he went forwards against the enemy.  
Those within the City being tired with continual fight, had already endured the siege almost a month; and yet they durst not well trust some of their own Citizens. For Thomaso of Sclavonia that was sent with a troop of Soldiers to guard the city, being convicted of treason, and sent for before the Magistrates, was by commandment cut in pieces, Some say that he did by secret intelligence solicit the Turk to undertake that enterprise: and that at the beginning he would have delivered the City to Ottoman, if he would have but granted him and the townsmen their lives & liberties. Ottoman promised the traitor any thing saving that which he demanded, and he would have none other recompense but that. Now whilst these 
The treason is discovered.  practises continued on either side as well by those which fled to the enemies, as by letters tied to arrows, the whole matter was discovered to the Magistrate by a young maid of Nigrepont.  
The besieged being afflicted with so many miseries, had in their extremity but only one hope left, which was, that the Venetian Naval Army, having first broken the bridge over the channel, would come and bring them aid and assistance. This did they talk of day and night, and wished for it with tears in their eyes, when on a sudden they descried fourteen Galleys and two ships of burden, within view of the City, with which Canalis was come before the rest of the Fleet▪ There was then great joy in the City, and the townsmen from the walls began to cry out upon the enemies thereby to terrify them. This General noise did altogether amaze them.  
Some say that Ottoman having intelligence of the Venetians approach, began to think on flight, and to that end he mounted a very swift horse, determining presently to pass forth of the Island into the firm Land, and that without all doubt he would have gone his way, had not Mahomet the Governor of Asia, a valiant and courageous man, dissuaded him from it, telling him, That if he fled, the Soldiers and his Navy being affrighted with the departure of their General, would at one time together fall into great danger: And therefore that he should do better, to give a general assault to the City by Land and Sea, more fierce than all the former, and promise the spoil thereof to the Soldiers, with a great recompense to him that should first advance his Ensigns on the Walls. The great Turk being moved with this good counsel commanded his Soldiers to give the last assault: His Galleys at Sunset came forth of the channel near to the Walls.  
The Venetians that were come forward with the General (as hath been said) went with full sail within a mile of the bridge. Then, because the wind, tide, and necessity did invite them to set forward against the enemy with as great courage as they were come thither, all men cried out that a fit time and occasion was offered to do a notable piece of service. Canalis alone was of opinion to tarry for the rest of the Fleet, which stayed at Politia; no man knoweth whether they did it for fear, or else because the Captains of the Galleys were commanded so to do; howbeit Canalis did condemn their slowness: Those which were there did earnestly solicit him to set forward, saying aloud that there was no good meaning in that delay. The Picemanes of Candie, brethren, Captains of a ship of Burden, craved leave that they 
A memorable ●…ffer of two brethren of Candy.  with their ship might Sail against the enemy, promising, by the force of their ship, and by the wind and tide to break the bridge, and if their enterprise should succeed badly, they would at least think themselves happy to have exposed their lives and fortunes in the service of the Commonwealth. The General commanded them and all the rest not to stir, but to tarry still where they were, till the rest of the Fleet were arrived.  
Those of Nigrepont who in the mean time were furiously assaulted by Sea and Land, perceiving by day-break that their Fleet Lay still, like men amazed could hardly hold their weapons in their hands. Great numbers of Arrows covered 
A general assault given to the city  the wretched inhabitants: The ordnance confusedly beat down whatsoever it encountered, steeples, towers, walls, and people. Leonardo Caluo Governor of the City, Giovanni Bondomaria the Providator, Paulo Hericio the Magistrate, and many other Venetian Gentlemen were upon the Walls and in the trenches, some to exhort and encourage the Soldiers, others to run up and down to those places which had most need of help. And although many thousand enemies were near to the walls, they did not cease for all that still to fix their eyes on that side from whence they had descried the Venetian Galleys: The wretched inhabitants held up their hands and eyes to Heaven and them. Then by day-break they erected a black Ensign upon the higest tower of the city to demonstrate their miserable condition, to the end that those which lay in the channel being moved with their disaster might come and relieve them. The fierce assault continuing without intermission, had in such sort tired the besieged as those which guarded the gate Burchiana being grievously wounded and weakened with hunger and watching, did quit the walls to the enemies, which they on a sudden seizing on, all other parts of the walls were in an instant abandoned. 
The Turks take the Nigrepont.   
Then they began in every place to murder the poor inhabitants, together with the Magistrates and officers. Leonardo Caluo was murhered in the Palace, Bondemario in the house of Paulo Andreatio, who hath written the history of the taking of Nigrepont. And Hericio coming upon Ottomans word forth of a very strong place which he had made good, was by the tyrants command sawed a sunder in the middle; that treacherous scoffer saying, That he had promised to pardon his head, but not his flanks. Then he made a cruel decree, That all young men of twenty years of age should be slain, and that he which should save any one of that age, should himself be put to death. Then was a horrible slaughter made upon the townsmen, and against those whom adverse fortune had brought thither, all places reeking with blood. The heads of those that were slain being laid on an heap in S. Francis marketplace near to the Palace before the patriarchs house, did serve for a pitiful spectacle to women & children. The dead bodies lying here and there, for fear lest the stench should infect the air, were thrown into the neighbour channel. At the very same time that the city was taken, the Galleys whom the General had overnight sent for, arrived when it was too late: And perceiving that the Venetian Ensigns were no more upon the towers, and that by other evident signs they knew that the City was lost, they did in sad and lamentable manner with tears in their eyes, behold the City's walls; and because there was no safety in abiding there, they weighed Anchors and sailed thence.   
The end of the eighth book of the third Decad.   

THE NINTH BOOK OF THE THIRD DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the ninth Book of the third Decad.  
OTTOMANS naval Army contrary to all men's expectation returneth whole and unbroken to Constantinople. CANALIS attempteth in vain to recover Nigrepont. PIETRO MOCENIGO cometh to the Army. CANALIS is confined to the Port Gruario a Castle of the Forlani. Peace being for a time treated of with OTTOMAN, taketh none effect. MOCENIGO goeth to the frontiers of jonia▪ and returning within a while after into the same Province, he mightily wasteth Pergamene, and the inhabitants of Gnidos. He doth the same on the confines of Caria. He doth with the supplies of the Pope, and King FERDINAND take the City of Sattalias in Pamphilia. MOCENIGO giveth courteous entertainment to the Ambassador of VSSAN-CASSAN king of Persia, who was sent to the Venetians. The Turks begin to make incursions into Albania, Dalmatia, and other places on the frontiers of Italy. The troubles of Ferrara do for a time hold the Venetians in jealousy. MOCENIGO taketh the City of Smyrna by assault: He wasteth and spoileth the territory of Clazomene. A young man of a noble house doth in a night burn OTTOMANS Arsenal at Gallipolis. MOCENIGO rest●…reth CARAMAN to his kingdom. He doth confirm the widow of the late king of Cyprus, who was a Venetian Lady of the family of the CORNARES, in her kingdom. OTTOMAN fighteth with good success against VSSAN-CASSAN the Persian.  
AAter the taking of Nigrepont, the Venetian fleet was for a time banished as it were from their country, wandering up and down in the neighbour Islands. At last, returning to their first Rendezvous, it was in a short space, (though too late,) marvelously increased. Giacomo Venieri came to it with five and twenty well-armed vessels, and within a while after fourteen other Galleys arrived, who were followed with sixteen others, after them presently came divers more, so as in a very short time, the number amounted to more than an hundred vessels fit for service. The ships of burden, because they would not sail without wind, were left at the Isle of Cea, near to Negrepont. The Galleys gave chase to the enemy's fleet which was laden with booty as far as Chios. For Ottoman having left a stung Garrison in Nigrepont was gone forth of the Island, and retired by land with all his troops.  
The Isle of Chios lieth betwixt Lesbos and Samos, Ephorus hath termed it Ethalia 
Description of the Isle of Chios.  by the ancient name: Methodorus and Cleobulus say that it was called Chios, of the Nymph Chione. It is in circuit an hundred and five and twenty thousand paces, and it is seated right over against Erithrea. It was in former times free, now it acknowledgeth the Genoveses for her Lords, who by a corrupted speech call it Sio. The Venetians being come to the Promontory of Mastic in the enemy's view, Canalis fearing if he should lose the battle which he determined to give, that then he should more increase men's hatred towards him, called all the Captains of the Galleys to council, and craved their advise, if they thought it expedient for the Commonwealth to fight that day with all their forces, and to give the enemy's battle. Their opinions thereupon were various. At last, most of them being of opinion not to precipitate the Commonwealth into an apparent danger, the fleet returned to Sea without fight.  
It is reported that so soon as the enemy descried the Venetian Galleys near to Chios, he presently determined to make away, resolving by no means to fight in 
The enemy's fleet is afraid of that of the venetians.  regard of his small number of men, so as some of them were already embarked in light vessels fit for flight; and others so soon as they perceived the Venetians coming towards them, determined to leave their vessels, and to swim to the neighbour shores. But when they descried that the Venetian fleet shaped another course, they presently left Chios & sailed to Lesbos to man their vessels with rowers. From Lesbos going to the straight, they were afraid lest the Venetian fleet should be at Tenedos, and there whither they would or not, enforce them to fight. But having intelligence by their discoverers, that all there was quiet, after that they had passed by Tenedos, they sailed with great cries and wonderful joy to a safe Haven. It is reported that the General of the Turkish fleet having crossed the straight turned towards his soldiers, & with a smiling countenance said unto them: The Venetians have dealt very courteously with us, for they have accompanied us with great numbers of Galleys from Tenedos to Nigrepont, & then from thence to Chios.  
The loss of Nigrepont did affect the Senate and people with such discontent, as they would hardly have received greater if they had lost all that they possessed on the firm land or at sea. All men generally said that this loss did not only concern the Venetian State, but all Italy: That they had no Island, channel or sea-streight 
The venetians great grief for the loss of Nigrepont.  left, that was able to withstand the attempts of that barbarous enemy, but that he might at his pleasure with a direct course sail to Italy: That their own negligence with that of others, had been the cause thereof, who having been able in time to have quenched that fire▪ had by their mutual hatred & avarice, suffered it to increase: That they were to blush for shame, & to repent that they had not relieved that loyal City, during the siege. Therefore all men with one consent detested both the fleet and the General: and a Decree was made that he should be dismissed of his place, and being sent for home, he should give an account why he had not relieved Nigrepont. Pietro Mocenigo was by a general consent subrogated in his place: who 
Pietro Mocenigo is chosen General of the naval Army.  was presently commanded to make haste to the Army. In the mean time, after the fleet had made some abode at Sea, Canalis and the rest determined to surprise Nigrepont, and by an unlookt-for assault to attempt the recovery of the City. They concluded then among themselves that Giovanni Trono, Nocolao Molino, and Frederico justiniano should sail before with nine Galleys, and so soon as they from the channel should perceive the fleet to be near the City, then to land their men, and march to assail it on the other side. But these men were somewhat too forward, for being ewironed with great troops of Turks, more than two hundred of them were in a moment slain: among whom was Giovani Trono, a man whose valour did greatly appear in that fight, although their forces were not equal. The rest of the fleet landing on the shore being daunted with the death 
The venetians enterprise upon Nigrepont is to no purpose.  of their fellows, and perceiving those in the channel to go slowly to work, escaped to their Galleys: And in this manner the fleet retired without any good success to Aulida, not far from Nigrepont.  
The same day somewhat before Sunset Pietro Mocenigo with three Galleys came to the fleet, so soon as Canalis descried him, he descended into a long boat, and went to meet him, where after mutual embracements, he acquainted him what his purpose had been, and why he had assembled that great fleet, for the 
Mocenigo cometh to the army. Canalis speech to Mocenigo.  recovery of Nigrepont, which he hoped to have effected if he had any longer tarried in commission. But his hope was, that what himself could not execute by reason of the loss of his place, the new General by his valour and conduct would fortunately bring to pass, all things being in a readiness for that purpose. Mocenigo said unto him; Pursue what thou hast begun, and if thou hast any hope to 
Mocenigo his answer to Canalis.  recover the City, go on a God's name: as for myself, I am so far off in this my new authority from hindering the public good, as on the contrary I freely offer to aid and assist thee in this important business, as a friend or ordinary Captain: but he refusing to enter upon an other man's charge, Mocenigo dismissed the Galleys that had been sent for, and determined not to continue, to the weal publiques loss, and his own dishonour, an enterprise which had been so unfortunately begun. Then he departed (for winter was at hand) with the rest of the fleet into Morea, determining at the Spring to remove from thence, and to attempt some notable exploit which should recompense the loss of Nigrepont. Canalis so soon as 
Canalis is condemned to perpetual banishment.  he came to Venice was condemned to perpetual banishment. He was confined to the Port of Gruare, a town of the Forlani, where to lessen the grief for the loss of his country, he spent the time in hunting and study.  
Mocenigo during that winter was not idle, for he repaired his Galleys, and sent to the Islands on the Aegean Sea to comfort and assure the Inhabitants, who were yet daunted with the loss of Nigrepont. Thus was he busied when Marino Maripietro and Lodovico Bembo, did about the beginning of the Spring come as Providators to the Army, who were sent thither, that Mocenigo together with them might manage the affairs of the Republic. Ricaosa came thither likewise from Apulia with ten Galleys, being sent by King Ferdinand to make war on the Turks, in the company and by the advise of the Venetian General.  
The loss of Nigrepont had troubled all the Princes of Italy, and especially king Ferdinand, who, the more he perceived the frontiers of Apulia and Calabria to lie open to the Turks invasions, the more did he fear their prosperity and advancement. Ottoman fearing that by his taking of Nigrepont from the venetians all Christian princes would arm against him, was willing to try if he could make peace with the Venetians, or at least, if that could not be done, to draw the business out in length, to the end that time might sweeten the sharpness of that loss. But because he would not have them think that he did it for fear, he was content to 
A new pol●…icie of Ottoman.  use the mediation of his mother in law, who was a Christian, and Daughter to George, who in former times had been Prince of the Tribulles.  
She having been made acquainted with her son in laws meaning, sent one of her household servants to Venice, from her to advertise the Venetians that they should do well to send their Commissioners to the Turk, and that if they were desirous of peace▪ it should be granted them, and peradventure upon better conditions than they hoped for. Hereupon Nicolao Coco and Francisco Capello were sent to her by Sea, who found her in a village of Macedonia where she remained, and from thence they went by land to Ottoman. But peace being treated of, and the Conditions propounded not pleasing, and the Commissioners being by Letters called home to Venice, Capello being troubled with a fever, died at Constantinople: Coco in a fisher boat went to Lemnos, and from thence in a Galley that he found 
The Commissioners return without any conclusion.  there by chance▪ sailed to Candie: And thus by the going to and fro of Ambassadors by treaties of peace at Constantinople, and by transporting of Letters from both sides, all that Summer was spent to no purpose.  
Winter drawing near, the King's navy returned to Naples, and the Providators being called home by the Senate, went back to Venice. Within a while after, Prince Moro died, having governed the Commonwealth nine years and six months: He was buried in Saint jobs Church, which, together with the Monastery near adjoining, he had erected at his own proper costs. During his government, the City was not only beautified with that building, but the inner side of the entry into the Palace, which was begun before then under Maripietro, was in his time wholly finished, where his Marble Statue is to be seen, with two others underneath him, representing our two first parents, wrought by Antonio Crispe the skilfullest Carver of his time. Saint Peter's Steeple of the Castle made of a white square stone, which is an excellent piece of work, was then builded.  
 


builded NICOLAO TRONO, the 68 Duke of Venice.   
 
NIcolao Trono succeeded Moro, whose short government was very fortunate, because the Venetians in his time made a league with the king of Persia, and united the famous Isle of Cyprus to their dominions.  
The Senate sent Messengers to the Pope, and to King Ferdinand, to entreat the, that they would the summer following arm against their common enemy the Turk, and to tell them that the matter was not to be delayed, but that it was time already to be at Sea. The Ambassadors were courteously entertained by either of them, who promised all assistance according to their power. Mocenigo likewise, did by Letters entreat the King of Cyprus, and the great Master of Rhodes, that they would arm against the Turks: Himself in the mean time visited all the Islands of the Aegean seas, and confirmed them by his presence. There is a small town in jonia opposite to the Isle of Chios, which is called Passage, whither from Asia all goods were brought, at such time as the Italian Merchants did frequent the Isle of Chios, as into a common storehouse. Mocenigo having intelligence that the same place was without garrison, came with his fleet before day near to the shore, and sent his Mariners and some of the Rowers to fetch 
Mocenigo his first exploit.  this rich booty. The Inhabitants of this Town being affrighted at this sudden incursion escaped into the neighbour-mountaines: the Shops full of Asian merchandise were rissed; and the whole booty being brought to the Galleys, the town was burnt. Mocenigo returning to Modon (for Winter was not yet spent) made some stay there. Then being provoked by the common report, how that the enemy's fleet of forty Galleys were ready to invade Lemnos, he with his fleet speedily sailed into the Island. But finding this rumour to be false, and being unwilling 
Coccina in the Isle of 〈◊〉 is re-edified.  to have his coming thither to be to no purpose, he caused the town of Coccina in the Isle of Lemnos to be repaired, which before had been overthrown by an Earthquake, and having re-edified it, he manned it with a strong Gar rison.  
Having provided for the assaires of the Island, he returned to Modon where he found two new Providators sent from Venice, who were Stephano Maripietro, and Vittori Soranza, two of the chief Senators. At their arrival, they concluded betwixt themselves, that in every Galley, besides the Soldiers and Mariners, ten horsemen whom the greeks call Stradiots, should be placed: These men are more apt to take booties than to fight. They use a buckler, sword and lance, few of them waere curases, but they quilt their doubtless and casocks with cotton to bear off the enemy's strokes. They have very swift horse and well breathed. The Venetians did use these kind of men in the wars in Albania and Morea. But those of Morea near to Naples we reaccounted most valiant: The choicest of these, were put into the Galleys. The Fleet being furnished with such supplies, put to Sea, to waste and spoil the Provinces of Asia. It spared the Cities and Islands of Greece, for respect it did bear to the Christian name, notwithstanding that they were subject to Ottoman. From Morea he went to Lesbos, where near to the Promontory on the eastside, where the Island is least habitable, the Fleet cast Anchor in a safe Haven. Right over against it on the Sea shore stands the City of Pergamus, a town 
The city of Pergamus.  in old time very famous in the lesser Asia, it was well known to the Romans for the Tapestry that was made there, but much more because it was the inheritance of king Attalus. There is nothing to be seen at this day but the ruins of tance of king Attalus. There is nothing to be seen at this day but the ruins of old buildings. The Territory by reason of the fertility thereof is stored with villages. The Venetian departing about midnight from Lesbos, landed his troops on the opposite shore in the lesser Asia, and commanded Giacomo Parisotto the Admiral of the Fleet, to place part of his troops in Ambush, and with the rest to spoil and waste the enemy's Country, putting all to fire and sword According to this commandment, all places were spoiled to the great terror of the Countrie-people, and great store of cat-tail with many prisoners were carried thence: But the Turkish horsemen of the neighbour Garrisons, hearing the lamentations of the poor people that fled, did fiercely charge the Venetians, who retired to their ships, and by that unlooked for assault did greatly molest the 
The Turks are put to rout.  Soldiers that were laden with booty: Then the light horse of Morea coming speedily to their rescue, did easily chase and pursue them with great slaughter. The enemy's heads together with the booty were brought to the vessels, and for every head the Soldier received a Ducat, the which recompense the General promised to all those that served him in that journey against the Turks, and was exactly performed during that war. The Fleet departing from the enemy's Country, went and cast Ankour in a desert Island betwixt Chios and the firm Land: There was the booty laid abroad, and sold to them that offered most. The treasurers appointed for that purpose distributed the money to the horsemen, Soldiers, and Mariners. The same night the Venetian sailed to the Islands near to Caria which in times past had belonged to the inhabitants of Gnidos, to spoil and waste them. Gnidos in times 
What Gnidos was in former times.  passed among the Cities of Caria was very famous, in regard of her Arsenal and two Havens, and at this day sundry ruins of old buildings are to be seen there. The Territory near adjoining, is not tilled, but frequented by shepherds. The Fleet being come to this place, both horse and foot were landed to waste the Country: many of all sex and ages were taken and brought to the Galleys, but of Cat-tail no more than served for their present use. They found nothing else there but certain tapestry and fustians to make tents, such as the Numidians used when they were wont to go wandering up and down.  
The Venetian putting to Sea went to Delos an Island of the Ciclades, famous 
The Isle of Delos  informer times for Apollo's Temple, and the great concourse of people that resorted thither; it is now desolate and inhabitable; there is nothing now to be seen but the ruins of the temple with those of an amphitheatre of white marble, columns and other statues, with a Colossus of fifteen cubits high. From Delos, Mocenigo directed his course to Morea because victuals grew scant. By the way near 
The Venetians join with King 〈◊〉 fleet  to the Cape of Mailles he met with Rachainesis the General of King Ferdinando his fleet with seventeen Galleys, and after reciprocal salutations with great acclamations and other signs of joy after the manner at Sea, they went together to Modon. There the Venetian had intelligence that the Pope's Fleet would soon arrive there. But because he would make no long abode there, having victualled his Fleet, he and the King's General departed from Modon, and with a fair wind sailed to the Islands of the Rhodian Sea next to Asia.  
Those of Rhodes possessed the City (which was exceeding strong by art and manned with a strong Garrison) called the Castle of S. Peter, seated in that part of Caria opposite to the Isle of Coos, the only refuge of the Christians that fled forth of Asia. The Turks were Masters of all places near to the Rampires, so as the inhabitants durst not come forth of their fortifications by reason of the enemies daily incursions,  
There the Venetians were told a wonder of the skilful sent of their dogs, how that the inhabitants kept fifty dogs which in the night time they did put forth of the Rampires for the guard of the City, and that their manner was, if any Christian did by chance come thither in the night they would gently fawn upon him and lead him to the city, but if they met with any Turk, they did first by their loud barking as it were by a trumpet give warning of their coming, and would then fall upon them and tear them in pieces. Now the better to procure means for the inhabitants to come forth and to seek for their commodities abroad, the Venetian resolved wholly to ruin all the Towns and villages near adjoining: And for the effecting thereof having sailed all night, he came before day near to the enemy's shore, where finding that all his Galleys were not come up, he determined to stay for the rest of his Fleet which the error of the night had caused to stray about the Promontory: And early in the morning when the inhabitants perceived the enemies on their shore they sent their unexperienced troops up to the Mountains determining on the assurance of the steepiness of the places there to fight with them. The Venetian perceiving the boldness of those people, did put his Soldiers in 
The defeat of the Barbarians.  battle, and gave them a fierce charge. They did not refuse the fight, but answered them as bravely, the bickering was for a time doubtful, and the horsemen could do no great matter by reason of the stony and steep ways: the Soldiers and Mariners did with darts and arrows charge the enemies from far, and at last came to handy strokes with sword, pikes, and iron maces, but many of them being sore wounded by the Turks fell down dead. In the end the Venetian being stronger both in valour and number, euforced the enemy to quit the place, and with great slaughter brake and defeated him, divers threw away their weapons & were taken prisoners, but the greatest number being skilful in the craggy ways escaped by the Mountains. Then the Venetians fell to spoil, and having wasted all that Country they retired to their vessels laden with tapestry.  
In that part of Asia the women are cunning in weaving of tapestry, and do not only deal in household business, but in trade of Merchandise. The heads of those that were slain being numberless were carried to the General; many were taken in the fight, but very few in the fields and villages.  
Four days after the fight, the Fleet departed thence, and in a morning before 
Tabia a City of Caria.  day drew near to Tabia a City of Caria. In that place, two Seas coming to join together, make part of Caria in a manner like an Island: The Territory in time passed belonged to those of Halicarnassus, with their royal City, famous for the magnificent tomb of King Mausolus: there is yet to this day (as Cariolan writeth) among the ruins of the city certain marks of that admirable work to be seen: The inhabitants of those places, detesting husbandry give themselves to feeding of Cat-tail: from thence great store of Cat-tail and many prisoners were brought to the Galleys. Then Mocenigo sailed to the desert Island, called Capraria, where whilst the booty was divided; news was brought that the Pope's Legate was at hand with his Fleet: The Venetian to do him honour prepared certain Galleys and went to meet him, and after that he had welcomed him with the general applause of all men with sound of trumpets and reciprocal embracements, Mocenigo said unto him.  

Mocenigo his Oration to the Pope's Legat.  
 
I Am sure (most reverend and excellent Father) that you are not ignorant how valiantly hither to the Venetians have borne themselves for the Christian faith. This is the ninth year we have fought by Sea and Land against this cruel enemy, without the assistance of any Christian Princes, but of King Ferdinand only: It is needless to rehearse the losses, travails, and dangers which we have sustained; for there is no place in all Morea, no shore in Greece, nor Island in all the Ionian and Aegaan Seas which is not watered with our blood, or with that of our enemies: we have not spared our labour, nor expenses, and we heartily wish that whatsoever we now do, or shall hereafter execute, may be for the wealth of Christendom. We have lately with fire and sword wasted Aeolia and Caria two rich Provinces of the enemies; and now we hope by thine happy arrival to bring to pass some nobler enterprise: It rests therefore on your part to teach us what you know to be profitable for Christendom, and to prescribe unto us what to execute; and on our parts forthwith to obey thy commandments.  
The Legate answered. It is sufficiently known with what zeal & affection the Venetians 
The Legates answer to Mocenigo.  have till this present defended Christian Religion; and how by their valour and industry they have preserved, Cities, Commonwealths and Islands: But for thy own particular, I may well say, That although other Generals have done valiantly, yet thou hast not only c●…rried thyself valiantly, but most fortunately, and (if I may so say) almost divinely. This being thus, I entreat thee to continue as thou hast begun, and let not our conductor that of any else, interrupt the course of thy happy fortune: For myself (as it becometh a Churchman) I will pray unto God and his Saints, that all thy entreprizes may succeed fortunately, & those troops which I have brought with me, shall follow thy commandment.   
After this they sailed into the Isle of Samos, intending there to consult whether they should shape their next course. This Samos is at this day desolate: for we 
Of which 〈◊〉▪ he speaketh.  speak not of that which is near to Thrace, but rather of that which is right over against it. This that we now speak of is upon the coast of jonia, and is (according to Isidorus) an hundred thousand paces in circuit, called in old time Parthenia, afterwards Adrisia, and Anthemusa, Melamphila, and Ciparissa, and lastly Samos. At this day it aboundeth in wild Beasts, in regard of many desert places thereof. In this Island the Fleet made some abode, till such time as the horse that were tired with their long being at Sea had refreshed themselves in the pleasant meadows. The Soldiers and Mariners in the mean time going on shore, spent the time in banquets and hunting. The General and Captains of the Army concluded to assail Satalias on the sudden, a City of Pamphilia builded by King Attalus. This City is at this day the greatest of all the Sea-townes of Asia. It hath an Haven fortified on both sides, and is embarred with a mighty iron chain. The Syrian and Egyptian merchants do usually come thither as to the ordinary Mart of the whole Province. Mocenigo commanded the Captains of the Galleys speedily to prepare ladders the which being made ready, he departed from Samos with a gentlegale of wind, and sailed to the assault of Satalia: Being come to the Islands of Calidonia, he received supplies of two Galleys sent to him by those of Rhodes. The whole 
The number of the Venetians naval Army.  Fleet consisted of four score and five Galleys, namely twenty which the Pope sent, seventeen from King Ferdinand, two from Rhodes, and six and forty of the Venetians: The Fleet departing at Sunset from the Caledonian Islands, did the next day by three of the clock in the morning arrive upon the enemy's shore. Mocenigo presently commanded Victor Soranza one of the Providators to go with ten Galleys to seize upon the Haven, and Maripietro the other Providator, to Land his Soldiers, and with them to give an assault to the City on the other side, and he commanded the horsemen speedily to make good a little Hill near to the City, from thence to send supplies where need should be: He did moreover exhort them to remember their accustomed valour, and to consider that they were to deal with an unexperienced enemy, and such an one as was to be taken unprovided; and that they did assail a City, which being taken would for ever enrich them. Thus being full of hope and valour they marched towards the City: Himself with the Captains of the associates tarried in his Galley to behold the assault. The horsemen without delay ran to take that Hill. Souranza with force of oars being come to the Haven, after that he had in the midst of a terrible shower of darts and arrows broken the chain, was himself the foremost that entered into the Haven. The other Galleys that followed him seized on the Forts on both sides the Haven & slew all those that were within them; then they broke in to the houses in the Suburbs and into them that were near the walls, where the Merchants for the most part dwelled in regard of their traffic, who at the first approach of the Fleet had abandoned their wares and retired themselves into the City: All the storehouses were full of pepper, cinnamon, ginger, perfumes, and other costly merchandise. All 
The naval Army giveth an assault to Sat●…alia.  which being taken and brought to the Galleys, they set fire on the houses the more to terrify the inhabitants: Then because their ladders were unprofitable by reason of the great height of the Walls, the Soldiers fell to the spade and mattock.  
The General of the Rhodes, whilst inconsiderately with his Soldiers he was busied in breaking open one of the City▪ Gates, was slain outright with the fall of a great stone which fell upon his head. His Soldiers carried his body to the Galleys. The death of this valiant man did greatly afflict the Soldiers, but their fireworks most of all, which being thrown into the air were by the wind carried into their faces, and falling thick amongst the assailants did grievously scaled them, whereby they wear enforced to give over the assault and to retire to their Galleys. Maripietro likewise with his Soldiers fought valiantly on the other side of the City, which being encompassed with a double wall, the first was presently entered by scaling ladders with no mean slaughter of the Turks; but coming to the second, and the ladders proving to short, the courageous Soldiers fell instantly to undermining. Our men did many gallant exploits there, and it was certainly thought that the City would have been taken that day, had not the darkness of the night prevented them, which enforced them to retire.  
It is reported that a Dalmatian woman who had a long time been a slave to the 
A Generous act of a Dalmatian woman.  Turks, was so valiant as with cries and exhortations from the walls she encouraged the Christians, whereupon, some that were not far off threatening her with punishment, she clapped her gown round about her and leapt down from the walls, where being wounded with the fall, she died among her Countrymen. The Providators having left a strong guard in all places near to the City, that none might come forth or enter in, they retired in the night with the rest of their forces to the Galleys where after that they had well considered among themselves, that the City being strongly encompassed with high walls, and well-manned with Soldiers, could not be taken without great ordnance, and that it would be too long a time to send for any 
The Venetians resolution.  from Morea, and very dangerous to bring it thither in regard of the continual tempests which are usual along the coast of Pamphilia, exposed to the Southeast wind which doth fiercely toss those Seas, they determined to depart the next day, having first burnt the Suburbs, and wasted the Country which was the richest of all Pamphilia.  
The Fleet being gone from Sathalia, did within a few days after come to Rhodes, where, whilst it remained, the Ambassador of Vsancassan King of Persia came thither. He told them, that at the entreaty and pursuit of Catharin Zeno a Venetian Gentleman and their Ambassador in Persia, his King had determined to join his forces with those of the Venetians to overthrow the power of Ottoman, 
The Ambassador of Vsancassan king of Persia.  and that his troops were already entered into the greater Armenia which was subject to Ottoman, and had taken the City of Toccata the wealthiest of all the Province, and some other towns of great worth. He told them beside, that he had great numbers of men and horse: That the Persians in their wars did skilfully handle the lance, sword, and bow, but that they were not accustomed to other arms: That he was sent to the Venetians, Pope, and other Christian Princes, to entreat them from the King to furnish the Persian Army with Artillery against their common adversary.  
Mocenigo and the rest gave a willing ear to the ambassadors discourse, and did put him in good hope that he should easily obtain all his demands: They showed him their mighty fleet well furnished with men and armour, and told him that it was ready to sail whither his King should command it, if his pleasure were to employ it. The Persian being in this sort dismissed, went towards Italy, and they made themselves ready for some other enterprise, wherein to spend the remainder of that Autumn. But whilst these things were done at sea, Ottoman did invade the Venetians in sundry places: For the Turks made incursions into Albania and Dalmatia, and entered into Italy. They did at the beginning of the war at a certain time prefixed make incursions twice a year into Albania, namely in the time of harvest, and grape-gathering, near to scutary, Lesia, Croya, and other places with the Venetians held in the Province. For before the Venetians were open enemies to Ottoman, Amurath his father had a long time before made war in Albania, and especially then, when he came to invade Scanderbag, who 
Scanderbag a famous caplaine  in his time was a famous and valiant Captain, and such an one, as next to Pyrrhu●…, who warred on the Romans in Italy, Albania never bred the like. Those which have seen him in Apulia when he came thither to the aid of king Ferdinand with six hundred horse, say, that he fought with his arms bare, sometimes with an iron Mace, and sometimes with a Sword, and executed there so many brave exploits, as himself alone was more feared than all the rest of his cavalry. He, after that he had by his own industry recovered the principality of Albania, did so long as he lived, with few forces defend it against the whole power of the Turks. He had six hundred choice horse, with whom he did ordinarily use to overthrow far greater numbers of his Turkish enemies. For which his glorious exploits it is reported, that the people after his death, in admiration of him, as if they had observed in him somewhat that exceeded human performance, did by Hymns and Songs solemnize the memorial of so worthy a Prince. Some credible Authors affirm, That in the hottest time of the war when the Turks filled all places with arms and terror, great multitudes of Virgins would assemble themselves together in those cities where he had commanded, and every eight days would sing the praises of that dead Prince, therein imitating those of old time, who in their high feasts did publish the acts of notable men that were dead. But this (as I have said) was done in former time. The Turks likewise made sundry incursions into Dalmatia. But because it was done rather to forage than to fight, it is not worthy of memory. It had been good for the Venetians, if the Provinces only, and not Italy, had felt their cruel arms, who whilst Mocenigo executed his fortunate exploits in Asia, did enter the Confines of Italy, and came as far as Vdina.  
About the midst of Autumn, a company of Turkish horse in an evening at Sunset, came with great rumour and encamped on the River of Sconcino, and many of them had already forded the stream, when on a sudden they encountered 
The Turks incarsions into Italy.  the Venetian troops. For divers troops of horse lying in the Villages here and there upon the river, assembled themselves upon the enemy's arrival to stop their passage; and although the Venetians used great speed, the Turks nevertheless by their swiftness were gotten before them, and some of their cavalry had already crossed the River, when as the Venetians upon their first charge did beat them into the water, and enforced them to return to the other side to their fellows. The Italian cavalry remained on the river banks most part of the night, but through fear of the enemies great number, before day they retired into the Isle of Ceruia. This place is near to Aquileia, and is made an Island by the circumfluence of the Rivers Ronedula, Amosore, and Alsa. But so soon as it 
The Turks come into the country of the Forlani.  was day, and that the enemy had lost sight of the Venetians, he speedily crossed the River, and with great outcries made incursions into the Country of the Forlani.  
All those in the villages betook themselves to flight, and they in the Towns thought themselves not secure. The smoke of the Villages and Country-houses which were seen to burn a far off, had greatly terrified the Inhabitants of the cities, but much more the sight of the poor Country people, who dragged their wives, children, and cattle to their very gates. The Inhabitants of Vdina, which at this day in wealth and populousness is one of the most renowned of the whole Province, was greatly affrighted with the approach of the Turks, who were come within three miles of the city, no less than if the enemy had been at their gates. In which amazement, mothers with their children stood weeping before the Altars, 
The city of Vdina is mightily affrighted at the coming of the Turks.  and others ran up and down to the Marketplace, and to the Castle. And it was certainly thought, That if the City had been assailed by the Turks in that general confusion, it might have been endangered without any notable danger. But so it was, That the Turks fearing some Ambuscado, because they knew not whither the Venetian cavalry was retired, went back the same way they came with great numbers of prisoners and cattle. Now the Venetians at the same time were not only molested in that place, but near to the Po likewise, by reason of the troubles of Ferrara. After the death of Borsia d'Aeste the Venetians assisted 
The venetians install Hercules d'Este in the principality of Ferrara.  Hercules his brother with men, money, and shipping, for the obtaining of the principality of Ferrara against his Nephew Nicolao son to his brother Lionello, who claimed it, and being therein established, they maintained him in it by force (notwithstanding that in other places, they were pressed with the burden of a greater war) when by the conspiracy of certain particular persons, he had like to have lost it. In the city of Venice, they called in all silver coin, which (for the most part) was counterfeit, and coined other bigger pieces of a new stamp, which were called Troni, by reason of the Prince's effigies upon it. After the Persian ambassadors departure forth of Asia, Mocenigo, and the Associates, being desirous 
Mocenigo his incursions into Asia.  to spend the small remainder of Autumn in some honourable exploits, directed their course towards that part of Asia which is opposite to Chios near to Thermena a Promontory of those of Mindos. The horsemen and mariners being landed in that place, and sent up and down that Territory which aboundeth with vines, olive trees, and rich villages, they made a great spoil, and carried away infinite numbers of prisoners. The soldiers brought an hundred seven and thirty heads of the enemies to the Galleys. The prisoners were sold by the sound of Drum, and the money was equally divided among the troops. From thence being come to Nasso, the General of the King's Galleys (for winter approached) took leave of Mocenigo, and with his fleet went home into his Country.  
The Venetian and the Pope's Legate being desirous to attempt some memorable action before winter, leaving Nasso, sailed directly to besiege Smirna, in times past a famous City of jonia. They had intelligence, that because it was seated in a Gulf far off, it had not of a long time tasted any misery of war; and that therefore, the Inhabitants of the place did live in all security, which had bred in them a careless neglect of fortifying their City, which in many places was much ruinated. They first arrived at Psira a desert Island: From thence sailing by night, they came the third day after in the morning to the strand of Smirna. A great part of the City standeth upon the hill, but the better half of it is in the plain, and 
The Christians besiege Smirna.  yet the hill is most inhabited. The troops being presently landed, gave a furious assault to the walls of the City where they found small resistance: but so great was the terror of the distressed Citizens, as all their attempts could not long bold out the Christians: for whilst they ran up and down confusedly, the City was spoiled 
Smirna is taken  by the soldiers and mariners. Great was the lamentation of the flying townsmen, whilst women with their children, ran into their Temples or Mesquets, embracing the Altars, and imploring the aid of Mahomet. At length the inhabitants being reduced to all extremity, did from the ●…ops of the houses throw tiles and stones down upon their enemies. The victorious Venetians in the mean time ran up and down the City, and violently drew women, children, & maids forth of the temples: the men that were unarmed they took prisoners, and such as made defence were slain: They took away their goods, gold, silver, and all their curious plate, and spoiled all places of what condition soever.  
It is reported that a young woman being perforce led towards the Galleys, did by 
The lamentation & great courage of a woman.  the way fall down upon her husband's grave, and embracing it with warm tears, did often repeat his name, and spoke in this manner. O my dear and well-beloved husband, the misfortune and fate of my country compels me, whom neither love nor force could ever change from being thine, to be at this present carried away by a cruel enemy into perpetual bondage: I poor wretch am hurried from thy sight, and shall never more behold my loving country nor this dear monument. I power these last tears of mine on thine ashes, and with sighs I invoke thy Ghost: But why should I do so? I will rather die than be drawn from hence. And in this manner lying close to the grave, she could not be removed thence, neither by threatenings nor force, whereupon a rash young soldier thrust his sword through her body: happy only in this to be entombed there where she desired.  
Balaban Governor of the Province, upon report that the City was taken, came from the neighbour Garrisons where he lay, with great troops levied in haste. The light horse of Morea encountered him, and they had scarce begun the fight, when as all the other troops from the Galleys arrived: the fight for a time was equal, but on a sudden the enemy was broken and put to rout with great loss. The victorious soldiers returned to the City, from whence carrying all the booty to the Galleys, and the City being fired in sundry places, it was in a moment burnt to ashes. Cepio saith, that he saw there among other old monuments, that of the excellent Poet Homer with his picture, and over his head his name written in Greek. The town being sacked and burnt, the whole territory was wasted. Two hundred and fifteen of the enemy's heads were carried to the Galleys. The fleet departed thence, and sailed to the desert Islands of jonia, where the booty was sold to them that gave most, and the money according to the custom was distributed among the soldiers and mariners.  
The fourth day after, the troops landed on the shore of Clazomene. This 
The City of Clazomene.  town is seated in the farthest part of the Gulf of Smirna, and was in old time very famous in jonia: From thence they carried away no great booty. For the news of the taking of Smirna had caused the people of the count●…ey to retire with their goods, wives, and children into the mountains: very few tarried in their houses, who were carried away prisoners, and with them many Camels and much cattle. From thence, because winter approached, the two fleets left jonia, and with a fair wind sailed directly into Morea.  
When they came to Modon, it is reported, That the Pope's Legate after he had 
The Pope's Legate his speech to Mocenigo when he took his leave of him.  embraced Mocenigo, spoke thus unto him. I will take my leave of thee O thou valiant man, and will be the public witness and trumpet of thy heroic deeds. And if it shall please God to send me safe into Italy, not only the Pope and our most Reverend College of Cardinals, but all Italy, together with the Princes and remetest nations of Christendom, shall understand what the Venetians under thy conduct, skill, and counsel, have done against our common enemies the Turks, in Asia, Licia, and Pamphilia. Go forward brave Captain as thou hast begun to enlarge the Venetian glory, to defend Christian Religion: and thereby to immortalize thine own name. I beseech Almighty God to favour thine enterprises, and I hope it will come to pass, that all the losses which Christendom hath sustained by this barbarous enemy, shall ere long by thine only valour, and to their ruin, be fully recompensed.  
Mocenigo in his own behalf answered him briefly; but for the Venetians he promised much, provided that the Princes of Christendom would assist them in that war. Thereupon, the Legate sailed towards Italy, and the Venetian went to Naples in Morea, where, whilst the General fortified the town, a young man of Sicily came unto him, (who was taken prisoner at the loss of Nigrepont) and told him that he had diligently viewed Ottomans Navy at Gallipolis and his Arsenal there, and that it was an easy matter to burn them both, in regard they kept no nightly watch, and if that he would furnish him with some trustic mariners, he should shortly find that he had told him nothing but the truth. The Venetian embraced the young man, and promised him great matters. The Sicilian having 
A brave deed of a young man.  received sailors and a ship, counterfeited the Merchant, and with his vessel laden with Apples sailed to Gallipolis, and all day long made sale of his trash: (though his head were busied with greater designs) the same night he did set fire on an hundred Galleys which were rigged, but he could not burn all the rest that lay at Anchor by reason of the great concourse of people that came running thither at sight of the fire.  
This being done, he sought to escape forth of the straight, but his own ship by mishap being likewise set on fire, he with his fellows were enforced to hide themselves in the next wood. But when the Turks saw the Apples float up and down the water, and the Bark sunk not far from thence, they presently imagined that the Merchant of Apples had done the deed. The next day the Sicilian and his fellows were taken and sent to Ottoman, who demanding of this young man what had moved him to do it, he bravely and fearelesly answered, That he had done it to hinder the common enemy of Christendom, and that his attempt would be much more glorious, if he might as easily run his sword through his body, as he had set fire on his Galleys. Mahomet wondering at the young man's courage, did not like King Porsenna, but according to his barbarous cruelty he commanded the bodies of him and his fellows to be sawen a sunder in the midst. The Venetian Senate in regard it could not recompense him according to 
The Senate recompenseth the young man's brother & sister.  his desert, gave his sister a dowry forth of the public treasury, and to a brother of his, a yearly pension during his life.  
The Fleet wintered at Naples, and the General was busied in providing all necessaries for the City and fleet, when as letters came thither from the king of Persia and Catharin Zeno directed to the Prince, and Senate, containing the self same demands which the Ambassador had craved certain months before: Mocenigo in an express Galley sent them to Venice. The Senate being moved by these letters, did presently from all parts cause great quantity of Ordnance to be provided, 
The venetians present sent to the Persian king.  and gold plate curiously wrought, with many pieces of Scarlet cloth of Verona, and a certain sum of Duccates likewise for a present to the Persian king, with an hundred young men skilful in Gunner's art to attend upon the Ordnance, whose Captain was Tomaso Himolao. josepho Barbaro an old Senator, a man skilful in the Persian tongue, was appointed Ambassador for to carry these presents to the king which loaded three ships. All things being in readiness, Barbaro embarked himself, and with a fair wind sailed to Cyprus, from thence along the coast of Cilicia and Syria, he arrived in the country of the king their friend.  
Moreover, the Senate commanded Mocenigo to make his fleet ready to sail with it whither soever it should please Vssan-Cassan to command it.  
Mahomet in the mean time having left a strong Garrison in Constantinople, marched with great forces into Asia, to oppose himself against that war. The Venetian lik●…wise (because the common rumour was, that the Caramani, brethren, associates to the King of Persia, whom Mahomet had bereft of their father's Kingdom, did invade the Sea-townes of Cilicia) did at the Spring time in the behalf of the king of Persia, sail with his fleet to Cyprus, from thence to go to the aid of the Caramen. He had as many horse and foot troops, and the same provision for war, as the year before. The Rhodians sent him two well-armed Galleys, and the king of Cyprus their friend and ally, gave him four. 
The Venetian fleet in Cilicia   
The Venetian fleet being thus augmented, sailed into Cilicia, near to Seleucia, at the siege whereof Caraman was then encamped. There is an haven called Theodora, which the Venetian fleet made good. There in old time stood a Temple of Venu●…, and the place by reason of the commodiousness thereof was much frequented by Pirates; without the ruins of the City on the shore there is at this day a very ancient Temple to be seen, builded of square stone. Cassambet the younger of the Caraman brethren (for the eldest whose name was Piramet, and king of Cilicia remained in the king of Persias Amie) sent Ambassadors to the Venetian, 
Ambassadors come to Mocenigo.  who after they had congratulated his safe arrival, told him that the Caraman brethren, had ever grounded their hope and trust on the Venetians, in regard of the friendship and alliance betwixt their dead father and them; that Cassambet had for four months besieged three Cities of Cilicia; Sichin, Seleucia, and Coric: which if he might take, he did assure himself in short space to recover his whole 
The Ambassadors request.  Kingdom; that he wanted nothing but Ordnance and other warlike engines to batter towns: That he did entreat him to aid the king a friend and ally to the Venetians, till such time as he had recovered his father's kingdom, which Ottoman their common enemy did wrongfully possess.  
The Venetian after that he had put the Ambassadors in good hope, dispatched Victor Souranza to Cassambet to consult with him concerning the form of the war. He learned of him that of those three Cities which were besieged, it behoved him first to take Sichin, for that being taken, the rest would presently yield. Mustapha the Cilician was Governor thereof, a treacherous man, and one that with his fortune had changed Religion, and had in times passed been a friend to Cassambet and his brother, who so soon as he saw their Kingdom to be taken from them, did follow Ottoman●… Army, and did wrongfully seize on that City. Cariolan Cepio of Trah●…, being sent to view the town, reported that the City was seated on an high place, but that the wall was weak and unfortified, the people unskilful and disarmed, with other matters which did promise victory. The Venetian resolving to besiege that City, sent Lodovico Lombardo the Venetian with ten Galleys 
The Venetians besiege Sichin.  to Coric by Sea, to keep all victuals from coming to the inhabitants. By land Caraman with his troops did nearly press the enemy: the rest of the Army drew neete to Sichin, and gave an assault, but by reason of the difficulty of the place the town could not be taken. The inhabitants waxing proud for that good success, did from the walls mock the Venetians, saying: Get ye home O Venetians, and command the Sea and fishes, but leave the Empire of the land to Ottoman. The Venetian by 
The venetians take Sichin.  an Herald of Arms sought to draw Mustapha to a voluntary yielding, wishing him rather to make proof of the Venetians loyalty and gentleness than of their Arms: but perceiving that the Turk contemned peace, he gave a more furious assault to the City, and planting his Ordnance on the North side, and having made a reasonable breach, the enemy being daunted, presently yielded.  
The Venetians suffering Mustapha with his soldiers to go whither he would, delivered the City to Hisafa Caramans' Lieutenant. From thence going to Coric, he did by the way meet with Zanchio General of the royal Army, with ten Galleys. The Sea environeth two parts of Coric, the rest on the land side hath a very deep ditch fortified with a double wall: The haven lieth towards the East, whose entrance is likewise fortified. On the South side is the Isle of Eleusia three hundred 
The sit●…atien of Coric.  paces from thence, fortified with a wall of white square stone. The Venetian from the poop of the Galley having curiously viewed the situation of the place, made a sign to his Galleys to enter: Thereupon the Galleys with discharging their Ordnance, and in a shower of arrows did win the Haven, Mocenigo having landed his troops, sent to the Governor of the City to know of him whether he would 
The Governor of Coric his answer to Mocenigos Herald.  yield and go from thence: He made a proud answer, saying: Tell him from me, that the weak coward Mustapha is not here, but another, who by his deserts commandeth the royal troops which are here in garrison.  
The Turkish Princes do use to appropriate to themselves the fifth part of all captives. They make choice of male children from ten years old to sixteen. If there 
After what sort the janissaries are made.  be no captives, they do by their officers carry away children of that age in despite of their parents, forth of such Provinces as they have won from the Christians. These by constraint having renounced Christianity, are instructed in the Mahometan superstition, and then are delivered over into the hands of tutors, who teach them martial discipline, and when they come to be men, they follow the Prince to the wars. The vulgar call them janissaries: such among them as are wise and valiant, attain to great honours: of these, the Baschas, Governors of Provinces, Towns, and Castles are made: Some of them lie in Garrison in the Cities, and some of them remain at the great Lords port, to be near him with their Arms when he rides abroad. Out of these, he chooseth a Regiment for the Guard of his own person when he goeth to war. Ottoman had left many of these men for the Guard of Coric. Ishmael the City's governor presuming upon them, would not endure to hear tell of yielding. But when the Venetian perceived it to be time to 
Coric yieldeth.  use force and no threatening, he planted his Ordnance on the South and West sides of the City, and having made a great breach in the wall, Ishmael yielded on conditions to have his own life, and those of his soldiers saved. The Venetian surrendered the City to Caraman: From thence he went to besiege Seleucia.  
Seleucus' one of Alexander of Macedons successors builded it five miles from Sea. This City is now ruinated. Nessembeg lay in Garrison in the Castle which was strong by situation and art, who although at first he made show not to yield, yet so soon as he perceived the ordnance & other engines to be planted against him, he forthwith yielded the fort & the garrison to the Venetians, who by Souranza did presently deliver it to the king his friend. Caraman having won his kingdom, presented the Venetian 
Seleucia yieldeth to the venetians  general with a horse, bridled, saddled, & barded withsiluer, & with a tame Leopard giving him infinite thanks, for that by his means he had recovered his father's kingdom, 
Caraman his present to the Venetian.  assuring him that whatsoever his brother and himself should possess, they would ever confess to hold it of the Venetians. War being in this manner ended in Cilicia, & Mocenigo hearing no news of the king of Persias Army determined to invade Licia, which had not as yet tasted the miseries of war. But news being brought unto him that james king of Cyprus lay grievously sick of a Dissenteria or flix, he sailed to Cyprus to visit him. The Venetian being come into the Island, having after reciprocal salutations inquired of his disease, & of the remedies applied thereunto, entreated the king to be of good cheer, and with patience to bear the force of his malady, who made him this answer. I know very well most excellent Captain, 
The king of Cyprus speech to Mocenigo.  and feel how that by the violent torment of my disease. I am in great danger of life, and not to flatter myself, I have no hope to escape, I make my dearest wife with the child which she bears in her body mine heirs, and she is (as thou knowest) daughter to Marco Cornari, and being adopted by the Venetian Senate, was by it given to me in marriage. If I die, (which I make no question of) I recommend my wife, issue, and kingdom to the Venetians. And I heartily entreat thee, in regard of our friendship, and for the greatness of the Venetian state (if it come to that) that thou wouldst defend and keep, both herself, issue and kingdom from all wrong and oppression.  
Thy body (quoth Mocenigo) most Royal King, is yet in good estate, and thou in the 
Mocenigoes' answer to the king.  prime of thine age, which may put thee in good hope of speedy recovery, but if it should fall out otherwise (which God forbid) I bescech thee be confident, that neither myself, nor the Venetians forces will ever be wanting to thee or thine. And then taking leave of him, he speedily sailed with all his fleet to the Islands near to Licia, from thence going to the firm land, and carrying away a great booty from that coast, he resolved to besiege 
The venetians besiege Micra.  Micra a town near to the sea; and because he had small hope that it would otherwise yield, he planted his ordnance on both sides. The wall was in some places very much shaken, when Aiasabet Governor of Lycia showed himself with great troops of soldiers. The light horse of Morea went against him, and there was a cruel fight on both sides. Aiasabet being slain, the Turks were with great slaughter broken and put to rout. An hundred and fifty of the enemy's heads were brought to the Camp, and being fixed upon lances with that of Aiasabet, were set up near to the walls, to the end the besieged might behold them. Charago the Tribull, who commanded in the City, being daunted with the disaster of his Countrymen, and perceiving a great part of the wall to be beaten down, he capitulated 
Micra is taken by 〈◊〉.  for himself and the Inhabitants, that they might have their lives saved, and depart whither they pleased. This being granted, the Venetians sacked and burnt the city.  
From thence the fleet sailed to Flisca, which in times past was opposite to Rhodes, but at this day there is nothing to be seen but the ruins, the territory round about it is filled with Villages. The horse of Morea and the Mariners being landed, wasted all that Country. The General had determined to pass the straight, and had already commanded the Captains of the Galleys, to be ready to that end, when the Messengers of Charlotta sister to the King of Cyprus, (whom her brother 
Ambassadors come ●…o Mocenigo from the king of Cyprus sister.  had driven forth of the kingdom, and like a banished woman had lived a long time at Rhodes) arrived, who certified the General of the King of Cyprus death, by whom his sister Charlotta (being borne in lawful matrimony) had been wrongfully expelled from her father's kingdom. They craved his aid, and entreated him to assist the King of Cyprus daughter, and kinswoman to the Duke of Savoy, and to restore her to her father's kingdom, from which her brother, son to a concubine, had driven her. Mocenigo, after that he had acquainted them with the ancient league and alliance which had been betwixt the Venetians and King james, answered; That in the commonwealths name, he would do the Lady Charlotta 
Mocenigo his answer to the Ambassadors.  all right: yet he did greatly wonder that she did not remember how that the right of Kingdoms is rather debated by the Sword, than by Law. And that the Realm of Cyprus had not been only taken from her, and from the Genoveses, who then held a part thereof: That for his part, he knew how that the wife of the late King, the adoptive daughter of the Venetian Senate being left with child, had been, together with the fruit of her womb, made heirs by the deceased King before his death; and therefore he told them plainly, That he would in that just quarrel take upon him the defence of the Queen wife to the late King, who did hope ere long to be mother to a King. He willed them then to depart, and to seek aid elsewhere against her, for he was resolved, in honour of the Republic to defend her from all wrongs and oppression. The Ambassadors being dismissed with this answer, he determined to pass the straight, but in the mean time he received Letters 
Mocenigo his determination is broken 〈◊〉.  from Catharine Zeno which did advertise him, that the Armies of the Persian king and the Turk were not far off from one an other, and that their meaning was to fight with displayed ensigns for the final deciding of their controversy; that he should do well, speedily to bring his fleet to the sea coast of Cilicia, whither the Persian king promised to bring his troops, there to treat with him after what manner the war should be managed.  
These Letters made the Venetian to give over his journey into the straight, and to shape his course towards Cilicia, and after that he had suddenly wasted the territories of the Mireneans in Lycia, he failed to Cyprus, where after that he had comforted the mournful Queen for her husband's death, he entreated her to be of good cheer, and to fear no warlike menaces; for he was ready to defend her and her kingdom from all assaults and attempts whatsoever. Then he made haste towards Cilicia. So soon as the fleet came to Coric. Lodovico Lauretano Captain of one of the Pope's Galleys came thither to him, and told him that he came from 
Lodovico Lauretano comm●…h from the Pope's Legate.  the Archbishop of Spalatra the Pope's Legate who was arrived with ten Galleys at Rhodes, to know of him what he meant to do, and whether he intended to prefer some notable service against the Turks; for if his intention were such, he would meet him with his fleet, by which speech he gave him to understand, That the Pope's Legate had no meaning to come forward, but upon hope of some great enterprise, thereby going about to infer, that till then he had done no memorable matter: Mocenigo taking his speech in bad part, could not so much master 
Mocenigo his answer to Lauretano.  himself, but that he told him, That peradventure the new Legate thought, that what he till then bad done against the enemy, was but a trifle, yet those who had felt his forces, did think that no greater mischief could light upon them, and that it was at his own choice, whether he would join with the Venetians fleet, or not: but for his own part he promised for the Pope's sake, to have the galleys, soldiers, and Legates self in singular estimation, and that he would have no less care of them in all places than of the Venetians.  
The Venetian fleet had already remained certain days on the confines of Cilicia, when the General had intelligence by Letters from Catharine Zeno, that the Persian had fought twice with the Turks. Ottoman had two of his chiefest Officers in his company, the one was the Governor of Anatolia, and the other of Romagna; The first commanded the Provinces of Asia, and the second, those of Europe. Modern Cosmographers have termed Romagna, all the coast of the Pontic sea from Tauris of Chersonessus, to the furthest part of Morea. This name (as some do think) was given it, at such time as the seat of the Empire was transported from Rome to Constantinople. Anatolia, which in time past was called Pontic containeth (with whatsoever belongeth to the straight,) all Caria, Lycia, and Pamphilia. The great Lord useth the advise and council of these men in any weighty and important business, and specially in martial matters: in the Barbarian tongue they are called Baschas.  
The Governor of Romagna then, coming to fight with Vssancassans son, 
A battle betwixt the Turks and Persians. Vssan-cassan his son is victorious.  was vanquished and slain in fight. Some think that the Persians are superior to the Turks in number of men and horse, as the event of that battle did testify: For Ottomans army being broken and put to rout, they were in a manner all slain, together with their General. The king being puffed up with pride for this victory, did the next day encompass the enemies Campe. Ottoman in the mean time had fortified himself in the midst of his Camp where he remained as in a strong for't; he had enclosed it with a trench of four thousand paces in compass with rampires, near to which he caused wagons made fast together with iron chains to be placed, upon every of which two field pieces were laid, then there was great store of ordnance planted in every place, to defend the fortifications. Round about 
The order of Ottomans camp.  it fifteen thousand shot were appointed, continually to play upon the enemy: within the rampires were five and twenty thousand choice horse, all Thracians and Tribulls, and twenty thousand janissaries reputed invincible, and like to the Macedonian Phalange.  
At the enemies first approach, infinite cannon shot were at one time bestowed upon his troops which made a great slaughter of men and horse. In that place Vssancassans son a brave young Prince being emboldened by the precedent victory, fight in the former ranks was slain with a cannon shot. The Persians being 
The Persians are vanquished by the Turks.  amazed with the great slaughter of their men and horse, and being affrighted with the unusual report of the ordnance, turned their backs. The Turks coming furiously forth of their Camp, did pursue the vanquished, and made a great execution. All the Persian Army consisted of horse●…, who by their swiftness did in a moment escape far from thence. The victorious Turks durst pursue them no further▪ The King retired into the mountains of Armenia, where his wife and children were. Ot●…oman accounting himself the Conqueror, for that he had won the enemy's Camp, dismissed his Army, and returned to Constantinople. 
The number of both Armies.   
The Persians were reckoned to be three hundred and fifty thousand fight men, and the Turks three hundred and twenty thousand: of the Turks forty thousand were slain, and ten thousand of the Persians. The General having intelligence hereof by Zenos letters, went from Cilicia into Cyprus. For Zeno sent him word that the king in regard of the loss of the battle would not come to the Sea-coast that year.  
Mocenigo held the Queen's son which she lay in off, at the Font, and was his Godfather. Andrea Cornari the Queen's uncle was at the same time in the Island. The Queen and her Council governed the affairs of the Kingdom. Mocenigo inquiring of Cornari concerning the state of the Kingdom found that all things were quiet there: Nevertheless, being unwilling to leave such a Realm altogether naked of forces, he added two Galleys to those that were come thither at the beginning of Summer, and commanded them to remain at Famagosta under the command of Cornari. The Pope's Legate likewise came thither with two Galleys, for the Treasurer had carried the rest to Sio. Both of them within a while after departing thence went to Rhodes, from thence to Sio. And after that they had coasted the Islands Ciclades, they sailed into Morea. The Legate taking his leave, returned towards Italy, and Mocenigo went to Modon. This is all that was done abroad during that Summer. In the midst of Autumn Prince 〈◊〉 died, having governed one year and eight months. He was buried in the Church of the Frie●…s Minors, where his son Philip did afterwards build him a very sumptuous Tomb of white and black marble curiously guilt, near to the high Altar.  
 
 
  


¶ NICOLAO MARCELLO, the 69. Duke of Venice.   
 
NIcolao Marcello a man of singular virtue succeeded him. In his time they bega●…ne orderly to paint in the great councel-chamber that which the Venetians had done in times passed for Pope Alexander against the Emperor Frederick. The undertaker of this work was Gentile Bellino, the excellentest painter of his time, who after the peace being sent to Constantinople to the Emperor Mahomet showed so many excellent proves of his skill, as he received of him the honour of Knighthood, and was 〈◊〉 home into his country with rich presents. During this Prince's government a new kind of money was coined in the City, which was called Marcello by the Author's name.   
The end of the ninth book of the third Decad.   

THE TENTH BOOK OF THE THIRD DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the tenth Book of the third Decad.  
THE description of the Isle of Cyprus. The Islanders sedition, and CORNARI his death are mentioned in the beginning. The conspirators leave the Island upon the arrival of the Venetian fleet. MOCENTOO by his presence assureth the state of the Island. The description of Albania and 〈◊〉. SOLIMAN the Eunuch with great forces besiegeth scutary. The Venetians●… see all means by land and water, toraise the siege. The Venetians Galleys fight fortunately with the Turks, at the mouth of the Boiano. The Turks are with great loss repu●…ed from the walls of scutary. TRIADAN GRI●…TI being infected with the ●…adayre of the Boyano dieth at Catharra. The king of Hungary at the same time f●…ghteth often with good success against the Turks. The siege of scutary is raised. ANTONIO LAURETANO, who had defended Scutarie, being made General of the Galleys, doth by his ●…ppartune arrival, first, keep Lepanto, and afterwards Lemnos. The Venetians are vanquished, and receive a great utter throw in 〈◊〉 before Croya, and within ●… while after, another in Italy near ●…o the River Lizonza, where they lose their Cavallerie. The Turks put all the country of friul to fire and sword. scutary is again besieged by the Turks more fiercely than it had been four years before. The Turks make incursions into Italy. Peace is made with OTTOMAN during the siege of scutary; Yet scarce observed in the Islands, about controversy for the Garrison of Xant. Peace being made with the Turk, war is continued for a time in Tuscanie in the behalf of the Florentines.  
THE Isle of Cyprus being afterward entangled in new broils, did in the midst of winter call the Venetian to heraide. The family of the Goth●…lans was very powerful in that Island, for king 〈◊〉 having in a manner thrust all the nobility forth the country together with his sister Charlotta, had mightily enriched these men, and seated them in the chiefest places of his kingdom. In former times they had given themselves to piracy, and lived only by theft. But the king being dead, and they by his bounty possessing goodly inheritances were nevertheless desirous to embroil the state of the Province. Of their faction there was a Cypriot Bishop, a man esteemed by his countri●…en no less ingenious than fortunate. At the king's death, he was his Ambassador with King Ferdinand. This Bishop determined to invade the Realm by tyranny, and the better to effect his purpose, he persuaded King Ferdinand to pursue by his means the marriage betwixt his bastard son, and the bastard daughter of the late King james gotten on a concubine. And for speedy conclusion of the business, the Bishop with two Galleys returned to Cyprus, with one of King Ferdinand's trustiest counsellors.  
Mocenigo who lay at Modon having intelligen●…e of the arrival of the king's Galleys, began to suspect that they were not sent thither but upon some great occasion, whereupon he presently dispatched Coriolan Cepio, and Pietro Tolmiere the Dalmamatian with two Galleys into Cyprus, and commanded them to inquire of the Queen, whether those of the Island practised any innovation, and if the feared any treachery, boldly to send him word what she would have him to do, who would be ready to come to her with the whole fleet upon any occasion. After their departure Mocenigo had intelligence by letters from the Governor of Candie, that the 
Mocenigo is advertised of the enemy's purpose.  Cypriots had an intent to rebel, and that it was to be feared, that unless their designs were broken by the sudden arrival of the Venetian fleet in Cyprus, that the state of the Island would be greatly endangered. The General being moved by these letters, did speedily send Victor Souranza with eight Galleys into Cyprus, who coming to Candie before that the two Galleys which were first sent, were gone from thence, Souranza commanded Coriolan to pursue his journey, and told him, that he with the rest of the Galleys would follow after.  
Whilst the Venetians were on their way, the Cypriots having commplotted with their Bishop, did in the night come forth of their houses armed, and s●…ue Polizappa of Cyprus, and the Queen's Physician, who being 〈◊〉 with that sudden rumour ran to his chamber. Andrea Cornari at the first noise fled to the Castle, where the Captain refusing to give him entrance, he hid himself betwixt the two walls, but being discovered, and coming forth upon the conspirators 
Andrea Cornari murdered.  words, that he should have no harm, he was presently by them murdered together with Marco Bembo his Nephew, son to his sister. They left their bodies naked in the place. These murders being committed, they ran with the self same fury to the Venetian Magistrates house, who remained in the Island to do justice, to his conntreymen. Nicolao Pascali was then Magistrate: they told h●…m that the soldiers had slain Cornari, because he would not give them their pay, and that they would not have that night's murder committed through the covetousness of one man to be by the Venetians imputed to them, who protested still to continue loyal to the Queen and the Venetians, entreating him to write to the Venetian General, that Cornari had been slain by his own fault for defrauding the soldiers of their pay: they told him beside, that they would send messengers to the Prince and Senate to assure them of the Islanders loyalty towards the queen and her son, and of their friendship towards the Venetians.  
Although Pascali knew all this to be false, he made show nevertheless to believe them, and promised them to write to Mocenigo. They in the mean time entering into the Palace, betrothed the king's bastard daughter of six years old to king Ferdinand's bastard. They entitled him Prince of Galilee (wherewith the successors in the Kingdom were wont to be honoured,) and assigned him divers lands and signori●…s for her dowry. These things being done, they presently in a Galley sent away King Ferdinand's counsellor, who came th●…ther with the Bishop, to acquaint the King his master what had past. They sent messengers likewise to Venice to satisfy the Senators with words, and to sweeten the bitterness of 〈◊〉 death, or if they could not appease them, yet at least in some sort to defe●… the war which the Venetians might make upon them, before their forces could be united. They compelled the Queen to write to Mocenigo that Cornari her uncle had been slain●… by the soldiers for his covetousness; that with her son she freely governed the kingd●…me: that all the Cypriots were dutiful and loyal: all which the poor Princess being environed with traitors durst not refuse to write.  
That done, they began to strengthen their faction, and manned the Castles and strong places with men at their own devotion, and sharers in the conspiracy.  
In the mean time Cariolan arrived, who seeming to be ignorant of matters past, 
The Providator cometh to the Island.  told the Queen that the Venetians had received advertizement, that the king of Egypt had promised the Realm of Cyprus to Charlotta, and therefore the General had sent him thither to confirm her and the Cypriots likewise: That Souzanza the Providator would shortly be there with eight Galleys, and that the General would follow him with the rest of the Fleet: That the Venetians determined to defend herself, her son, and kingdom against all foreign attempts. These news did comfort the Queen and her followers; and on the contrary, the Conspirators began to fear. Four days after, the Providator arrived. At his landing two of the Conspirators came to him upon his word; they entering into discourse of what had happened, imputing the cause of Cornares death to his only covetousness, promised to continue loyal and obedient, and to account nothing so dear to them as the Venetians friendship. Souranza although he knew the Islanders actions not to be answerable to their words, did nevertheless labour to quiet all matters, and promised them, that by surrendering to the Queen the forts and revenue of the kingdom, they should not only be accounted friends, but inward friends to the Venetians. As for Cornares death, it concerned one private man alone, and not the commonwealth: He told them that they might depart and show 
Souranza his proposition to the conspirators.  by those means which he had propounded to them, what love they did bear towards the Venetians. They promised to accomplish the Providators demand. But procrastinating the performance, all their promises were found deceits.  
Then did Souranza write both to the General and Senate, that the Queen and her son were by the conspiracy of some traitors straightly kept, and that unless some speedy remedy were used, it was ●…o be feared that she would shortly lose both the kingdom and the name royal.  
In the mean time the Conspirators messengers being come to Mocenigo were roughly entreated, and sent back without any hope of peace: Then being provoked by the present danger, although he knew that Triadin Gritti was appointed his successor, and foreseeing how dangerous it was to temporize in a business of so great importance, he made a stay of seven Galleys that were going in trade of 
Moceniga●…s diligence to relieve Cyprus.  merchandise to Alexandria, and sent those of Alexandria to Candie, and them of Syria to Naples, that they might return to him loaden with horsemen of Morea, and the other with Candiots. He commanded the Magistrates of the Island to load as many ships as they could find with victuals, and to send them to Cyprus. And himself on the other side having assembled all the soldiers of the neighbour garrisons, and embarking them in the vessels, which he had made ready in the Island, and in other places of Greece, he sailed towards Rhodes. By the way he received Letters from Souranza the Providator which advertised him of the manifest rebellion and conspiracy of the Islanders. These news caused him to make haste. Being come to Rhodes, and expecting the troops which he had sent for, he had intelligence by later Letters, how that the Conspirators having notice of his great warlike preparations, together with his mighty fleet, were gone forth of the Realm, and thereby all matters quieted: yet, the Queen's letters, 
The conspirators fly from C●…prus.  though they imported the same, entreated him, if his journey might not prejudice the Commonwealth, to come into the Island, because that divers partakers in the conspiracy were there, and did disquiet the peace of the Country, and that she was well assured unless the authority of some of them were abated, the Realm would ere long be greatly endangered. Mocenigo being moved by these Letters, left Rhodes, and within a while after arrived in Cyprus.  
This Island is seated upon sundry seas: on the West side it is watered with the 
The description of the Isle of Cyprus.  sea of Pamphilia, towards the South with that of Egypt, towards the East with the Syrian, and on the North with that of Cilicia. It was in old time called Achamante. Philonides saith, That it was termed Cerasa: Xenagoras, Aspelia, Amathusa, and Machare: Astimones, Chritona and Colinnia. There were in it in former time●… fifteen goodly Cities, but at this day there are very few. Tymostenes writes, That it is in circuit four hundred and nine and twenty thousand paces, and Isidorus mentioneth but three hundred seventy five thousand: and in length from the East to the West, betwixt the Promontories of Dinareta and Achamante, Artemidorus faith, an hundred sixty two thousand, and Timostenes two hundred thousand. Damastus was deceived to take the length thereof from the North to the South. Cyprus is inferior to none other Island whatsoever: it aboundeth in wine and oil, it hath corn sufficient, it produceth metals, and divers other necessaries; in which respect it is no less frequented by merchants, than for those other commodities which they transport to Syria.  
The Venetian after his arrival landed all his troops at Famagosta, and embattled them, as if he intended to have mustered them in S. Nicholas marketplace, beneath the Royal Palace, in the sight of the Queen and the Cypriots, who were greatly terrified therewith. His musters being ended, he did on a sudden dismiss the Galleys which went for traffic, and all the rest likewise which he had brought from the neighbour Islands, together with all the Cavallerie: he only retained with 
Mocenigo at his arrival in Cyprus punisheth those that were guilty of Cornares death.  him the Candiot Archers, and the old Army. Then he manned the forts with natural Venetians. He did afterwards make a diligent enquiry of Cornares death, and those that were attainted and convicted of the crime, he punished with death, and banished such as were suspected of it. Those who in that commotion had continued loyal, were recompensed with the conspirators goods. The affairs of Cyprus being thus quieted, he received letters from Prince Marcello, and a Decree from the 
Mocenigo is chosen Governor of Cyprus.  Senate, whereby he was made Governor of Cyprus: where although he had carefully provided for whatsoever was necessary for the peace of the Island, and that all matters there were quiet, the public Decree did nevertheless enforce him to remain there for the defence of the Island.  
In the mean time Giacomo Marcello, Providator to the new General, arrived in the Province, unto whom at his coming into Cyprus Mocenigo surrendered ten Galleys, that with them he might defend the Islands of the Egean sea, till Triadans' arrival: but being certified by letters, that Triadan was come into Greece, and perceiving the Realm of Cyprus to be quiet, leaving Souranza the Providator (who likewise by the Senate's Decree was appointed to command the foot forces in the Island) with ten Galleys for the defence of the Kingdom, he took leave of the Queen, and entreated her to fear nothing, telling her, that the Venetian forces should be ever ready for the preservation of her State. She gave him a Target curiously wrought, and a purple banner in consideration of his brave exploits; then departing from the Island with the rest of the Fleet, he went first to Rhodes, from 
The Turks besiege Scutari.  thence to Candie, and lastly to Modon. Thither news was brought him, how that the enemy with great forces lay before the City of Scutari.  
This City standeth in that part of Dalmatia, which being possessed by the Epirots, was by the moderns termed Albania by a particular name: it is seated on an hanging hill, and in some places the access to it is very difficult. On the West side 
The situation of Scutari.  is a lake, in circuit fourscore thousand paces, though Authors make no mention of it. The inhabitants call it the lake of Scutari, out of which issueth a navigable River called Boyano. Pliny saith, That in former time the River Drina did run on the East side thereof, very near to the City walls, where at this day the ruins of the bridge are to be seen: now the River changing her course, it runs near to the Island, and delivers itself by two channels to the sea, ten miles from Boyano. The champain country, which lieth betwixt these two Rivers, and the fields near adjoining, are so fruitful, as seed being cast upon the ground without any tillage, give a wonderful increase; and they are enforced to drive their cattle forth of the pastures, for fear they should overfeed themselves. Alongst the sea coast are goodly woods, wherewith they build ships.  
Ottoman, who aspired to the Empire of Italy, being alured by these commodities, resolved to attempt Scutari, the chief City of that Province, hoping by taking thereof, with ease to become master of the rest: he committed the charge of the 
Soliman the Eu●… General of the Turks army before Scutari.  siege to Soliman the Eunuch, whom he made Governor of the Provinces of Europe in his stead, who the year before was slain in the Persian war. And besides his other forces, he gave him eight thousand janissaries of his own guard, with an hundred canoneers. He, having assembled great forces forth of all Provinces subject to Mahomet, had fourscore thousand men in his army. The City being besieged, he made a bridge over the river Boyano, the guard whereof he committed to Alibeg, 
The number of the Turk●…sh army.  with his fierce troops of Tribulls. Then he caused four pieces of ordnance of a wonderful bigness to be planted near the walls, to make a breach: the munition belonging to those pieces did load four hundred Camels. He did besides cause twelve other smaller pieces to be planted to batter the houses of the town. So soon as Mocenigo had intelligence of the siege of Scutary, he went to Corfu, where he received letters from the Prince, and a commandment from the Senate, to be careful of the defence of Scutari, and of the sea-coast of Albania. Therefore he presently passed over into the firm land, where at the mouth of the Boyano he met with Triadin Gritti his successor, and Lodovico Bembo the Providator. Then, although he might have commanded alone, yet being in no sort ambitious, he resolved to do nothing without their common consent. First of all than they sent Leonardo Bolda with four Galleys to Catharra, and commanded him to go to john Cernovich, who 
The venetian Captains ●…are for the relief of Scutari.  commanded the slavonians, neighbours to the Lake, and to entreat him from them, that he would (as became a faithful associate) levy forces from all parts, in some sort to relieve Scutari, if it were possible: That Leonardos' self, with his vessels appointed for that purpose, should together with Ceruovich use means to put some supplies into the town by water. They did afterwards send five Galleys by the River Drinon for the guard of the Island. The City is seated on a plain, and is in no sort strong by Art or Nature. The river Drinon falling by two channels into the sea makes an Island, whither all the Country people of that Province which dwelled in the Villages were retired with their wives and children upon the enemies coming.  
Now for the defence of this Island, the Venetian Generals sent divers armed vessels beside the Galleys. They did moreover assure Durazzo, with four galleys, and certain troops of Albanian horse.  
This city was in former time called Epidamnum, by the Founder's name: his 
From whence Dirrachium took the name.  Nephew son to his daughter, added the Haven to the City, and would have it to be called Dirrachium after his own name. He lost his son jonius in the war against his brethren under the conduct of Hercules, who slew him by misfortune, and threw him into the neighbour Sea, of whom it afterward took the name. This is the opinion of the Greek Authors. The Latins do not reckon the place to be of such antiquity, and affirm that the Romans named it Dyrrachium, in stead of Epidamnum, because that name seemed to presage some misfortune to such as went thither. It was in old time a very famous city, and much renowned during the civil wars of the Romans. For Pompey in that place made all his warlike preparations against Caesar; but it is now desolate and uninhabited. The Venetians kept it for the commodiousness of the haven. They did afterwards place garrisons in Buda,▪ Antivari, and Olchina, which in former times, according to Pliny, was called Colchina, founded by the Colchians, who pursuing Medea, entered into the Adriatticke sea and Ionian seas. Some Author's worthy of credit affirm, That the Inhabitants of that place do yet retain the barbarous cruelty of their Ancestors, and that among all the Inhabitants of that coast, they are most uncivil to strangers.  
The Venetian Generals went and encamped with the rest of the army at Saint Sergius Church in view of the Inhabitants. This place is five miles from Scutari, and fourteen from the Sea. The Galleys could not sail up the River beyond the Church, by reason of the shallowness of the water. From thence the fleet gave signs of encouragement morning and evening to the City, by making fires. The 
The Turks design.  river Boyano divides itself into two very narrow channels beneath the Temple Eschella eight miles from the Army. The Turks went about to embarre those straits with iron chains and piles, to shut in the Venetian Galleys; which would have mightily endangered the Venetians, had not a fugitive given them notice thereof in time; whereat they being somewhat troubled, did suddenly sail in order of battle to seize upon the mouth of the River. The enemy upon the galleys arrival being landed was encamped upon the shore in a close battalion. The fight 
The venetians prevail against the Turks.  being begun, the Turks did extremely afflict the Venetians with their arrows, and they them with their ordnance, howbeit in the end the enemy was enforced to quit the place with the loss of five hundred of his men.  
The victorious Venetians having left four galleys for the defence of the place, returned to their camp near the Temple. Many that were present at this exploit affirm that this fight against the Turks at the entry of the river Boyano happened under the conduct of Triadin before Mocenigo his arrival. But whilst this was done upon the River, the Turks did continually with the cannon batter the city walls, and overthrew the houses. Antonio Lauretano, a valiant gentleman commanded in the city, and was Providator in the Province, who, as one well advised, was careful of all matters, and so soon as he saw the walls to be beaten down, he did repair them with a countermure.  
The siege which began in the end of May, had continued many days, when Lauretano sent a boy through the enemy's camp to let the Venetian Generals understand, That though himself and fellows were bold and resolute to endure a long siege, yet because the events of war are still uncertain, they requested them to think upon some means to relieve the City. Triadin and Mocenigo did their best to effect that which Lauretano craved, by the means of Leonardo Bolda, and john Cernovich: who having levied foot companies and prepared a strong fleet upon the Lake (for the enemy had Garrisons in all places) coming to strokes with the enemies, returned without performance. And by reason that the Country was covered with enemies, and the River banks by which they were to pass to Scutari, were manned with Turks, they had need of greater forces, and especially of horse, if they intended, maugre the enemies, to come to the city; whereupon the generals hoping that the situation of the place would defend the city, together with the Providators valour, and the townsmen's constancy, they gave over all further attempts for that time.  
Triadin in the mean time, with Bembo the Providator, by reason of the fennish air fell sick; and not they alone, but the whole fleet in a manner languished. They went to Catharra to recover their health. Mocenigo (although he were crazy) resolved, with Maripietro the Providator, to tarry till the end of the siege.  
The Turk on the other side, the city walls being beaten down, attempted sometimes by menaces, and afterwards by entreaties, to induce Lauretano to yield. But his answer not sorting to the Turks expectation, he caused certain engines 
The manner of the Turks assault.  to be brought near to the walls, with which his soldiers being protected, might with more safety approach the rampires. Afterwards he commanded his janissaries, who were armed with swords and targets to second them. Moreover, he caused great numbers of Archers to gall those that were on the walls. His battalions being thus ordered, he did by day-break march to the assault.  
Those of scutary likewise prepared for defence, They had great store of wildfier, 
The Scutarians prepare for defence:  which at the assault they abundantly bestowed upon the enemies. They had beside laid store of great stones upon the Rampires, and did much hurt with their Murderers. The Turks with great cries according to their manner, environed the City, and attempted to enter at the breach. The besieged without any fear at all, did bravely repulse them with shot and wildfire, which they could not escape, and the huge stones being thrown down upon them, made a great slaughter. But the Turks like brute beasts marching upon the dead bodies, did fearelessely assail the Rampires. Those of scutary on the contrary, did beat them thence with pikes and shot. Lauretano in the mean time went up and down encouraging his soldiers, furnishing them with necessaries, and planting fresh men in their steeds that were hurt and wearied. Soliman on the other side was not idle, but with an iron mace did drive his slow soldiers forward to the assault. At the last, the Turks being 
The Turks retire from the assault.  tired and mastered by the defendants valour, retired. Those of scutary being accompanied with the soldiers of the garrison, made a furious sally upon them in their retreat, and slew them on heaps upon the dead bodies of their fellows, and then being laden with the enemy's spoils, and military enseigns, they returned triumphant to the City.  
Cepio, who hath curiously written the occurrents of this warr●…, saith, That three thousand Turks were slain at this assault, and the number of those that were hurt, did far exceed it: the greatest part of whom died soon after. Those of scutary say, That, at the assaults, and other encounters during the siege, sixteen thousand Turks were slain and perished.  
All things succeeding prosperously at scutary, Mocenigo thought good to provide for his own health. For it was reported, that Lodovico Bembo died at Catharra, and that Triadan drew towards his end. And fearing that the like might befall himself, he went to Ragusa to take physic. Ragusa is a City in Dalmatia, builded in times passed by the Epidaures, in a more happy seat, having their own Country by the Goths formerly ruined. It is a free City, and adorned with good 
Ragusa a free City.  laws and customs. Whilst Mocenigo remained at Raguza, Soliman still held scutary straightly besieged, and was fully resolved not to have risen from before it, till he should constrain them to yield either by force or famine, had not the warlike preparations of Mathias king of Hungary enforced his dislodgement.  
The Venetians from the first time of their war with Ottoman, had made a 
Mathias king of Hungary 〈◊〉 great soldior.  league with that martial king, and had promised to give him a yearly pension. Francisco Venieri was sent thither Ambassador at the beginning, to procure him to make war with the Turks: Giovanni Hemo followed him. During the time of his embassage, he fought fortunately twice with Ali Bey upon the frontiers of Hungaria: Francisco died, & Francisco justiniano succeeded Hemo. At the last the Senate, having intelligence of the siege of scutary, sent Sebastian Badoario to the king with a great sum of gold. At his arrival, he obtained such interest in the King, not so much for his gold he brought with him, as for his good carriage and discretion, as procuring him presently to take Arms, he did in such sort affright Ottoman, as he presently wrote to the Eunuch to raise his siege from before scutary, and to return home. Badoario by the senates appointment tarried with the king, and continued with him more than two years. During which time the Hungarian performed many notable exploits upon the Turks: For besides six battles wherein he overthrew them, he took Subassa, a very strong town, from Ottoman, together with a thousand of his janissaries.  
Besides, at that time when war was denounced to Stephen the Vaivode, and 
The Italian Princes send a present to Mathias king of Hungary.  that the Turks had besieged Zuzan, a very famous City, so soon as he understood that the Hungarian was coming thither, he left his ordnance and baggage behind him, and basely fled from them: whereby it came to pass, that the Commonwealth being supported by the protection of so great a Prince, did for a time receive no loss by the enemy. In regard whereof, certain Princes and Commonwealths of Italy, did at the Venetians pursuit, send an hundred thousand Crowns to him into Hungary, by the Bishop of Arieta and Antonio Vitturi, who succeeded Badoario.  
Soliman being called home by Ottoman, did forthwith mount his Artillery, and raised his Camp, having besieged the City almost three months, and marched into Macedonia. This report is more credible than that which saith, That he discamped for fear of the great preparations which were made against him in Italy. Those of scutary (of whom two thousand died in the siege) were reduced 
The siege raised from before scutary.  to such scarcity of water, as the want thereof would have enforced them to have yielded, if he had maintained his siege but a while longer. Whereupon so soon as the enemy was dislodged, they ran with such earnestness to the river, and drank so excessively of the water, which had a long time been kept from them, as many of them surfeited, and died suddenly. Mocenigo being advertised of the enemy's dep●…rture, and being not able to recover his health at Ragusa, went to Venice. Within a while after, Triadin the General of the Army, a man of four score years, died ●…r Catharra▪ Stefano Maripietro whom Mocenigo had left with the Fleet at St. Ser●… Church, having after the siege commanded all the Captains of Galleys, soldiers, and mariners, who in a manner were all sick, by reason of the fenny air of the Boyano, to remove to a wholesomer air, himself being very sick also, retired to Venice.  
The report of the enemies discamping being brought to Venice before Maripietro his arrival, they did highly rejoice the whole City, which whilst the siege lasted, had been greatly afflicted with care. All men extolled Laure●…ano, and a decree was made, that the Commonwealth should send him presents. The Captains of the garrisons likewise were much esteemed, but especially the loyalty of the Inhabitants, and their constancy in defending their City, and rewards were appointed for either of them: Then they went to Church to give thanks to God, for that the Commonwealth had been freed from so dangerous a war. Great Rewards were likewise given to Mocenigo, who after the death of Prince Marcello, which deceased about the beginning of Winter, was by the general consent of the whole Senate declared Prince. Marcello governed one year and three months, and was honourably buried in the Chartreux.  


¶ PIETRO MOCENIGO, the 70. Duke of Venice.   
 
ANtonio Lauretano, who for that he had bravely defended Scutarie, was made General of the Galleys, did about the Spring time of the same year, took a Genevois Argozie betwixt Cyprus and Sicilia, laden with rich Turkish merchandise, and sunk it: sixteen Galleys had fought with her, and could not take it, till Georgio Dragone arrived with a Venetian Argozie, and then it yielded, her mast being struck overboard with a Cannon shot.  
Not long after, Solyman who the year before had besieged Scutari, did with thirty 
Solyman besiegeth Lepanto.  thousand Turks besiege the city of Naupactum, called at this day Lepanto, seated on the Corinthian Gulf, and in times passed amongst the cities of Aetolia, next to Calidonia, very famous, but at this day it is not much inhabited, and her walls are in a manner ruined. Towards the North on the top of an hill it hath a castle: This fort was valiantly defended, as well by reason of the trenches and rampires, as by the magnanimity of those within it: For Lauretano came thither with a mighty fleet before the Turks arrived. The enemies on all sides made a great battery. The soldiers of the Army and five hundred horse that were in the Tower, did not only defend the Rampires, but did make daily incursions upon the enemies as occasion was offered: this siege continued four months. But the enemy being out of hope to take it, (for besides the strong garrison within it, the Venetian fleet lay in the Haven, which did abundantly furnish the besieged with victuals men, and munition) and tired with that war, raised his camp. 
The Turk besiegeth the ●…sle of L●…mnos.   
This is all which the enemy attempted by land that Summer. But at Sea Ottomans fleet after it departed from Lepanto, went to the Isle of Lemnos, where, having besieged the city of Coccina, and with their ordnance beaten down a great part of the walls, the enemy undoubtedly would have taken it, had not Lauretano come in time to the relief of the besieged, who so soon as he had intelligence that the enemy had besieged Lemnos, left the Providator with four Galleys at Lepanto, and sailed with the rest of the fleet to Psara a desert Island very near to Lemnos. He durst not on a sudden assail the enemy, by reason that his soldiers were 
The Turks leave Lemnos.  in a manner all sick. But the enemy interpreting his delay in an other sense, as though the Venetian tarried there, but till all things were in readiness for the battle, did put to Sea, and sailed thence. Then did Lauretano go to the Island. The Inhabitants and soldiers of the garrison were highly commended.  
It is reported, that a young Maid of the Island was presented to him that had fought valiantly, and by whose means (as it was reported) the city had been 
The great valour of a young maid.  chiefly defended. This Maid whose name was Muralla, her father being slain fight valiantly at the Coccine Gate, ran to him and took up his sword and target, where alone she withstood for a time the Turks assault, who had almost made themselves Masters of the Gate, and then being assisted by her Countrymen, they repulsed the enemy with great slaughter to their ships: in regard whereof the General gave her double pay, and the Providators with all the Captains of the Galleys gave her crowns a piece: The General bid her make choice among all those brave Captains which she would have to be her husband, and promised her that the commonwealth should give her a dowry. She gave him many thanks, and answered, That for her part she did not altogether respect the valour of a man but his wisdom and discretion, and that she would never marry before she had exactly known the disposition of him that should be her husband. By this Maiden's discretion and virtue (if it be lawful to judge of the rest) I do affirm that the women of Lemnos do not at this day degenerate either in fortitude or valour from that excellent Hipsiphile of old times, and from the rest, who with her did command that Island, and that the common Proverb is most true, How that the fortune of places is very often changed, but not the manners and behaviour of the Inhabitants.  
This is all that was done by land and sea during that Summer; after which the Armies went to Garrison. About the Spring time of the year following, upon a rumour that was spread, how that King Ferdinand determined to invade the Isle of Cyprus▪ john, of the illustrious family of the Georges was sent thither with five galleys, and many ships of burden, but this report being found to be idle, vanished. Lauretano in the mean time took special care for the defence of the seacoasts of Morea with the Isles near adjacent. We do not find that the same Summer or the next that ensued it, till peace was made with the Turk, which happened four years after, any memorable matter was done in the Islands. Prince Mocenigo, the second month of his government died, and was buried in the Church of the Twins, where at this day his sumptuous monument is to be seen, enriched with the spoils of Asia. Andrea Vendramino was chosen in his place.  
  


¶ ANDREA VENDRAMINO, the 71. Duke of Venice.   
 
THE Summer following, which was the third after the siege of Scutari, Croia in Albania was besieged by the Turk. Eight thousand of them besieged it at the Spring time, and continued there all that year and more: this city is seated on an high mountain which the inhabitants call Croiana, and there are deeper Precipices round about it, whereby for a time all the enemies attempts were in vain, and longer would 
The Turk besiegeth Croia.  have been unprofitable, had not famine afflicted them.  
The first Summer of the siege was already spent, and a great part of the Autumn, when two thousand Venetians came into the Island, to relieve the afflicted Croians: Among these were five hundred light-horse commanded by Nicolas Ducan the Albanese, a man famous among his Countrymen. The Captains of the Italian Cavalry were Antonioatio Docia, and Lodovico Tifernato: Leon of Dalmatia, and Carlino commanded the chief troops of foot. These men on the sixth of December marched in a square battalion against the Turks, who were encamped in a plain which the Inhabitants call Tyranna four miles from Croya. Being come to strokes, the enemy presuming on the swiftness of his horse, made an attempt to disorder the Venetian Army. The Venetian footmen on the contrary fight at times upon occasion forth of their ranks, after that they had repulsed the enemy with loss, retired into the close battalion of their horsemen, fearing to be cut off 
The Turks are put to war befor●… Croia.  from their troops. The fight had continued from the sixth hour of the day till Evening when on a sudden the Turks turned their backs, and betook themselves as vanquished to open flight. The victorious Venetians pursued them to their very camp, the which being taken, and full of riches, the Venetian fell to pillage, very few pursuing the victory. Those of the city presently sallied forth and took two forts which the enemies had built not far from the city, which they presently razed.  
But the joy for this victory continued not long: For whilst that Contareni the Providator, and the other Captains were consulting, whether it were best to remain that night in the enemy's camp, or to return back to their quarter, the enemies returned with great cries upon the Venetians, & presently environed those of the foremost ranks. Then a cruel fight began. The Albanese cavalry, so soon as it perceived the foot troops to be enclosed, fled. The Italian cavalry did the like. The Turks by reason it was Moonlight, chased & slew them up and down the plain, 
The venetians are defeated.  and followed the execution as far as the river Lamissa. The enemy that day and the night following made a great slaughter, but the treachery of the Albanese did them more hurt, who to the number of eight thousand horse stood all day long in order of battle and stirred not, as spectators of the fight: And when they perceived the Venetians to have the worst, they likewise fell upon them in the wood, and along the rivers side, in as vile manner as the Turks. Mare then a thousand Venetians were slain in that flight, & among them Francisco Contareni the Providator with diverse Captains. The bickering was no less bloody to the enemies: for so long as the Venetians battalion stood firm and unbroken, they slew great numbers of them.  
The news of this loss was grievous to the City, but that which they within a while after received in Italy, did much more afflict them. The Venetians after the first incursions of the Turks into Italy had stopped up with strong Rampi●…es and Causies all places that were footdable betwixt the bridge Gorician and the marshes of Aquileia (the river Lizonza excepted) and builded a Fort upon the ancient bank 
The venetians fortifications against the enemy's incursions.  of the river not far from the new channel. They had employed thousands of pioneers in this work, who were commanded by Citadino Fratrinas a famous Ingenere. And they did not only make Rampires, but likewise near to the marshes, where the woods were very thick, they cut down divers great trees, binding them so fast together as they could not be separated, and there left them, and on the champain they laid earthen turfs of seven foot broad all along, and in them they did set branches of willow, and other small trees apt to take root, then upon them they laid other ranks of turfs, so as thereby the fortification was drawn forth to the very end towards those places, by which the enemies were wont to pass: this fortification being made with small towers and battlements, did a far off show like a town. And where the river might easily be forded, they built two Forts environed with strong Rampires and deep Trenches, the one named Gradis●…an, and the other Foglian, by the names of the two towns that are on either side of them. This last after the overthrow given upon the River banks was abandoned as a desert place, but the other is till this day kept by a strong Garrison, and for the most part is enclosed with walls, and by means of Francisco Trono sent thither to that end is reduced into the form of a strong town. This work was in length more than an hundred furlongs. But these fortifications are almost ruined, and especially where the matter was but sand, which the continual rains have easily washed away. There was beside, a little mount in form of a Castle, near to the bridge over the river hard by Goricia, & at first certain foot companies were sent thither to guard it. Then they built two Castles within a mile of each other fortified with strong Rampires, and in it three thousand horse, with certain foot companies, but the infantry was not proportionable to the horse. By these means the foordsand passages which before lay open to the enemy, were now stopped up, by Rampires which could not be forced, which being strongly garrisoned, kept out the enemy that way from entering into Italy, so as the Commonwealth thereby was freed from all danger and fear. 
The Turks co●…e to the banks of the river Lizonza.   
But by how much their security seemed great, by so much more was the Province afflicted with a terrible overthrow. For at such time as they least doubted of the enemy's arrival, they perceived them on a sudden to lie encamped with great forces upon the farther side of the river Lizonza. Those which were in the Army, do not consent about their number, for some affirm them to be ten thousand, others make the number greater, and other-somelesse. There was a great clamour in the two Forts when they first descried them, and presently the alarm was given, and had not night prevented them, the fight would have begun on both sides. The Venetian troops that were in the two Forts kept watch all night long, the horsemen were commanded to let their horse stand bridled, and themselves to be ready armed. jeronimo Novello was their Captain, a man from his youth bred up in the wars, and had been employed with great command. There were likewise divers noble persons, as Giovanni Antonio Gaudolisca, with his son Anastasio of Romagna, Hercole Maluecia, Giacomo Picinino son to that great Captain Picinino, Giacomo Badoario, Philippo Nefalone, Georgio Galesia, Giovanni Clericato of Vincenza, with divers others that held an honourable rank in the Army. They consulted together that night, whether it were best to fight with the enemy, or only to defend their own Forts. For it was likely that those Forts being defended the enemy durst 
The venetian captains resolution more valiant than discreet.  not go far forward, for fear lest all means of return should be taken from him: yet at last they made a more valiant than a discreet resolution, which was to oppose themselves against the enemies which way soever they should pass. They divided their Cavallerie into three troops, and over every troop appointed a Captain.  
But the Turk in the mean time intending to use policy as well as force, coming to the opposite shore did about sunset room up and down with his horse: men, and at last without any difficulty seized on the Fort near to the bridge, some 
The Turks took the Fort near to the bridge.  of the soldiers retired to the bridge, resolving to break both the ends, and to defend themselves in the midst; but being on a sudden overwhelmed with great showers of darts and arrows, they were beaten into the river. This place was four miles from the camp, so that they had no news of the taking of the Fort till it was late in the night, and then they hardly believed it. Marbeg (for so was the Turkish General named) having taken the bridge, did send up and down to discover some fit place for an ambuscado, and finding one not far from thence, he commanded a thousand choice horse, to pass over the river about midnight at a Ford, and to lie in ambush till a signal were given them to break out, then to fall on a sudden upon the enemies.  
So soon as it was day, the Turk caused a troop of horse to cross the river, and commanded them to go as far as the enemy's camp, and to gallop even to their gates to draw them forth to fight, and then to retire by little and little to the place of ambuscado. But by the way they encountered jeronimo, and the rest of the Cavallerie which followed him in order of battle. At first they fought valiantly on both sides, but the Turks at last did of set purpose give back, the Christians pursuing them. jeronimo his son a courageous young man made a fiercer pursuit than any of the rest, and was seconded by a troop of young gallants who were as forward as himself. The politic old man was displeased with their rashness, saying that he was certain that the Turks would not so easily fly, but upon some special advantage. And because they were almost come betwixt two straits, which were much to be suspected, Novello sounded the retreat. Then the Turks returning to charge, renewed a fierce fight. jeronimo sent for the first squadron to come to his rescue. For from the other side of the river a company of men at Arms were already coming to the aid of their fellows.  
In the mean time a great squadron of Turks had gotten up on the nearest banks of the river, where the fight being renewed, the Turks were repulsed as far as Graman (a little stream running a thwart the valleys Pergotanes.) But whilst the Venetians were wholly busied in the victory the signal being given to the Ambuscado from the top of the mount Licinicia which was on their left hand, the Turkish troops broke forth, and with fearful cries fell upon the Venetians, who were so terrified w●…th the enemies sudden eruption, as one would not have taken them for those Venetians that even now fought so valiantly: Nevertheless, perceiving that the hope of their lives consisted only in their Arms, they were enforced somewhat to give back, that they might fight more at large. But upon a sudden, the Turks gave them so furious a charge, as being beaten back into a straight place, they could not have room. In the mean time the cruel enemy assailed them in 
The venetians a●…e 〈◊〉 by the Turks.  front and in flank, and made an horrible slaughter of them, so that the first band was in a moment cut in pieces by the enemies great numbers, and were all slain, saving a few men of note, who yielded to the enemy.  
The Captains of the second squadron perceiving their fellows to be enclosed by the enemies, gave back by little and little towards the Plain, but in such amazement, as those in the rearward supposed it rather a flight than retreat. Within a while, they all began in disorder and without Ensigns or Captains to fly as vanquished into the thickets of the neighbour-forrests, the Turks still pursuing them. Some leaving their horse and armour behind them, escaped into the Mountains. In this battle died I●…ronimo General of the Cavallerie his son, Giacomo Badoario, Anastasio of Romagna, and many other noble persons: most of the rest were taken.  
The Turks likewise bought this victory at a dear rate: Marbeg their General was grievously wounded, and great numbers of soldiers slain, who being heaped up all together, were by his commandment burnt.  
The news of this overthrow did much terrify the whole Country, for the people thought themselves scarce safe even in their walled cities. The next day about noon a great smoke was seen in the air in many places near to Vdina, whereby they knew that the enemy was not far off, and in an instant, all the farm houses betwixt the Rivers Lizonza and Taillement were seen to burn. It was a lamentable sight to behold so goodly a Country filled with clouds of smoke; but 
The Turks burn the country of 〈◊〉.  most of all, when the night following the whole territory near adjoining was on fire. The Turks spoiled and wasted all places the same night, and by day-break, uniting themselves, returned merrily home to their camp beyond the river Lizonza laden with booty, and store of prisoners.  
The next day they marched with their Ensigns into the field, a days journey from the River, making show to depart, but with greater fury than before, they came and encamped on the banks of Taillement, and crossing the River, they set fire on all places, carrying away more prisoners, and doing more hurt to the poor inhabitants than at the former time: And upon report that the Venetian forces were coming against them by land and Sea. Marbeg raised his camp, and left Italy. This overthrow at Lizonza terrified all men, and affrighted the famous City of Verona. At Venice the fire of the Country houses which burned by night, being seen from the highest Turrets of the City, did much amaze the inhabitants. Many said; That it was a great dishonour to the Seignory, to see ●…he pleasantest country of the Venetian Territory, burnt and wasted before their faces by a barbarous enemy.  
This caused them presently to dispatch certain armed vessels along the Sea-coast, 
The venetian 〈◊〉 comes too late into 〈◊〉.  and certain troops of horse and foot through the firm land. But they arrived in friul, when the enemy was gone. The two Forts were for a time without Garrison, and some were of opinion to have them razed. The Senate sent certain Gentlemen thither to view the state of the Province: Dominico Georgio, who in that journey died at Vdina, was sent thither with Zacharia Barbaro, Giovanni Hemo, and Candian Bellano to take order for that which should be expedient for the Commonwealth, and either to raze them both, or else repair and fortify them. And for safe withstanding the enemy's incursions it was concluded, at the least to place a strong garrison of horsemen in one of them. Carolo Montone who the year before had been cassed, was called from Tuscanie, and sent into the Province: he placed a strong Garrison in the Fort of Gradiscan, and fortified it with dikes and Rampires. But whilst he continued his works, Prince Vendramino died, the second year of his Principality being scarce expired. He was honourably buried in the Church of the Seruians.   


¶ GIOVANNI MOCENIGO, the 72. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
Giovanni Mocenigo brother to Prince Pietro, a man of singular wisdom and judgement, was by general consent declared Prince. Such success had the Venetian affairs in Italy, whilst in Dalmatia the siege of Croia without any intermission lasted one whole year.  
Ottoman not satisfied herewith did on the fifth day of june with 
Croia yielded to the Turks.  greater forces than four years before come and besiege Scutari. At his arrival those of Croia oppressed with famine, and terrified with the fearful report of the Turks arrival yielded. Alibeg a little before his coming had with 15000. 
They besiege Scutari.  men begirt Scutari: Four days after Solyman came thither, and encamped on the east side of it with threescore and ten thousand men: The Governor of Asia followed him with a power not much inferior, and lodged on the south side. Last of all, the great Turk himself came thither in person on the fifteenth day of june. Those which were present at this siege, say, That the enemy's multitude was such, as on the Mountains, Plains, and on all sides of the City as far as man's sight could discern, there was nothing to be seen but Tents and Pavilions: The ordnance was forthwith planted to batter the walls. In the City there were sixteen hundred inhabitants, and two hundred and fifty women. They had before the enemy's arrival rid the town of all unprofitable eaters. Moreover, there were six hundred mercenary soldiers in it under the command of Carlino, Antonio Cortone, 
Antonio Legiero Governor of Scutari.  Francisco Sanserobar, Micaele Spalatino, and other brave Captains; Antonio Legiero was Governor and Providator of the city.  
This small handful of men was in Scutari when it was the second time besieged by so great a multitude. The Defendants did cheerfully receive the enemies, for they were now better provided of all necessaries for a siege than at first. A breach being made, the Turks gave two assaults. Both Christians and Turks used the self same Arms and Engines as at the former time. But by how much the preparation for war was greater than at the first siege, by so much more great was the slaughter on both sides: And the assaults were much more furious by reason of the emperors presence, than at the beginning under the conduct of Solyman. Those of Scutari were twice assaulted in a short space, and in both, the retreat was made with great slaughter. The enemies shot such store of arrows, as some worthy of credit report, That a dog being frighted with the great noise, ran home to his master's house with eleven arrows sticking in his hinder parts.  
And because the Reader shall not think this to be a ridiculous report, all writers affirm, that for many months whilst the siege lasted after the great Turk's departure, the inhabitants used no other wood to heat their Ovens, nor to dress them meat, but faggots made of Turkish arrows. They write beside, that in the hottest assaults at such time as nothing was heard, but terrible reports of the Canon imitating thunder, and that a thousand sundry kinds of death were presented to men's view, the inhabitants and soldiers of Scutari fought with such animosity and resolution, as nothing did less terrify them than the hazard of their lives: so soon as one troop of enemies were overthrown, others presently marched to the assault on the dead bodies, and others after them. The dikes were filled with dead carcases so were the hollow places of the mountains, and though multitudes were slain, others stepped in their steed. Those in the City likewise, contemning death & wounds though they saw their fellows torn in pieces by the Ordnance, did not for all that cease valiantly to repel and beat back the enemies from the Rampires.  
In the end Mahomet's wilfulness being overcome, and divers telling him that it was in vain to hazard so many thousand brave men to such manifest dangers, & than he had to do with enemies who rather resolved to die that yield, he all enraged sounded the retreat, & afterwards gave no more assaults, yet still continued his battery.  
But whilst he straightly besieged the Scutarians, he forgot not Italy. For he sent forces to those places, whither, he thought the Venetians would send least aid, who arrived in Italy the same day as the first assault was given to Scutari. They encamped with great noise not far from the Forts of Lizonza, where embattialing themselves, they sought to draw forth Carolo Montane to fight. But he, remembering the late overthrow, durst attempt nothing rashly, but containing his soldiers within the enclosure of his Fort, he kept the Turks in expectation more than half a day. But they perceiving that they could not draw the Venetians to fight, went from thence, and encamped within four miles of the Fort Gradiscan, betwixt the mount Medea and Cremona. But the next day he left Masan, and marched through the deep bottom directly to the foot of the mountains. They were in number 30000. who went into Germany through the precipices of those steepy hills which are in a manner inaccessible to the inhabitants of the country. In passing those mountains, they performed matters scarce credible, and among others I thought good to set down this one. Being come to the top of those craggy hills which were impossible to be descended by horse, they tied them with cords, and by engines and devices which they made, did let them down into the next bottoms, and from thence into the rest, till they were come down into the lowest of all. What did they not to get over the top of the Alps down to the foot of the mountain Cargna: 
The Turks great labour and danger, to pass the s●…eepy mountain●…  where having intelligence that the mount Lanca, over which they were to pass into Germany, was guarded by the inhabitants of the Alps, being come thither, neither that danger, nor difficulty to ascend to it, could in any sort amaze them: who leaning on their targets crept up those steepis rocks ind despite of their enemies; wherewith they that guarded the passages being affrighted, betook themselves to flight, and thereby gove occasion to the Turks to commit great slaughter.  
This was the last journey which the Turks made into Italy against the Venetians. But in the mean time Mahomet still continued the siege of Scutari, battering it continually with his Ordnance: whereupon it lasted till the fifth of September, at which time the Governor of Asia took Drivaste by force, from whence he carried away five hundred of the inhabitants, and bringing them in view of the Scutarians did cut them all in pieces.  
Four days after, Ottoman being wearied with so long a siege, went from thence with the greatest part of his forces: The same day he departed from scutary he took Lissa on the banks of the river Drimon, with two Venetian Galleys, wherein finding two hundred rowers and mariners, he sent them to Marbeg, (who with eight thousand Turks continued the siege) to be massacred before scutary. This siege lasted eight months after, and two forts were built at the mouth of the Boyano with strong Garrisons in them, to keep all relief from the City.  
In the mean time the Venetian Secretary began to treat with the enemy concerning peace, which was granted and concluded about the latter end of Winter, on these conditions: That the Venetian should give over Scutarie to Ottoman, 
Peace concluded betwixt Ottoman and the Venetians.  (with liberty to the Garrison and inhabitants to depart whether they pleased) together with Tenarus a Promontory in Laconia, with the Isle of Lemnos; and should pay him yearly 8000. crowns; and that the Venetian Merchants might freely 
The conditions of peace.  traffic on the Pontic seas. Peace being entertained on these conditions, the soldiers, and all the inhabitants came forth of scutary, and in regard of their ancient affection to the Venetians, they rather chose to be banished from their Country, than to undergo the yoke of a barbarous enemy.  
The City was yielded according to the agreement upon the fourth day of April. Of 1600. men which guarded the City, there survived only four hundred and fifty: and of women there remained but one hundred, who followed their husbands through the enemy's Camp, and accompanied them in their journey.  
As many of the Scutarians as came to Venice, some of them received yearly pensions from the public Treasury, others were rewarded with governments of Towns and Castles, according to every man's former estate and condition, so as the 
The venetians recompense ●…hose of scutary.  Commonwealth suffered none of them to be unsatisfied; some write that the like was done to those which escaped from Nigrepont.  
Peace being published, did not so much rejoice the Venetians tired with long war, as it did fear and terrify other people and Princes of Italy; and not without cause: For it was likely, that the Venetians being at rest, the Turk would make some attempts on other parts of Italy, whereto he was already become too near a neighbour, so as from the Haven which he had newly gotten, he might easily see it: and indeed it so fell out afterwards. But of this we will speak after the siege of Ottranto.  
In the mean time, the Venetians were like to have incurred new troubles. For the Summer after the peace, a mighty Turkish fleet sailed into the Ionian seas against the Lords of Cephalonia. This Island is opposite to Anatolia: from whence the Lords being expulsed, Ottoman became master thereof. Pietro Buaillio was at Xant with five hundred brave horse of Morea, who not long before had taken it from the Lords of Cephalonia, and till then held it. So soon as the Turkish fleet came thither, as to an Island which belonged to the Cephalonian Princes, Loretano, who was still General of the Venetian naval Army, did presently follow them; 
Variance betwixt the Venetian General, and the Turk●….  saying, That he would never suffer that Island to be besieged, so long as the horsemen of Morea remained there. He did afterwards tell the General, that he ought not, contrary to the treaty of peace, assail the horsemen being Venetians. Both of them wrote to Constantinople; the Turk to his Lord and master; and Loretano to Benedetto Trevisano Ambassador at the same time at the great Lords Port. He having informed the great Turk of the business, did freely obtain from him, That it should be lawful for the Venetians, not only to draw all their horsemen forth of the Island, but as many other as would willingly depart thence. By this means the Venetians conveyed many thousands forth of the Island, who otherwise would have been made slaves; and being conducted into Morea, went freely whither they pleased to inhabit. The Turk after the taking of Xant, retired to Constantinople. These were the exploits done at Sea.  
In Italy the Venetians, before the war with Ottoman was ended, had taken arms (as at other times) to defend the Florentines liberty. It fell out that the year before, juliano de Medicis was by a conspiracy slain at divine service in St Liberatos 
The death of julian de Medicis.  Church, and his brother Lorenzo like to have been murdered with him, but that by his own valour and aid of his friends, he escaped. The Florentines being affrighted with the death of so eminent a person, took arms, and slew many that had an hand in this murder; imprisoned P●…pe Sixtus nephew, who then was at Florence, and did publicly hang Saluiato Archbishop of Pisa, author of the conspiracy, with divers others, who ca●…e to Florence to accompany either of them.  
The Pope, incensed with the Florentines rigorous proceedings, having first interdicted and excommunicated them, raised an Army▪ himself being first combined with King Ferdinand and the Sienois. The year before this murder committed, 
The confederate Army against the Florentine●….  a mighty Army was sent into Tuscanie. Frederick of Urbin was made General, but the whole honour was attributed to Alphonso Duke of Ca●…abria, son to Ferdinand, a sworn enemy to the Florentines, one, who from his great grandfather did mortally hate them. He was accompanied by Vrso el Conte, Roberto Vrsino, and Virginio his nephew, son to his brother Neapolio, Matthew of Champain, and Roberto 〈◊〉 Armini; but this last being afterwards entertained by the Florentines, was created General of their Army.  
The Florentines relying on their own forces, and those of their associates, (for the Venetians, the Milanois, Hercules d'Este, and Frederick Gonzaga, were leagued with them) did bravely entertain the war. But the Venetians being still busied with Ottoman, both by land and sea, even in the very confines of Italy; being likewise daunted with the troubles of Milan arising by Duke Galeas death (who the 
Galea●… Duke o●… Milan slain in a Church.  year befote was slain in St Stephens Church by Giovanni Lamponiano and his complices at the time of divine service) could not so soon send aid to the Florentines. But as well the one as other, striving to do their v●…most, sent forces to them, though unequal to the greatness of both Commonwealths, yet at least such as the quality of those times permitted. The Venetians sent Francisco Micaeli to the army as Providator during that war.  
Not long before they had sent Bernardo Bembo to Florence, who for the space of two years that the war continued in Tuscanie, did good service to the associates: The Enemy in the mean time being backed by a mighty Army, took Renze, Castelina, Rada, Broia, Cachiane, and mount Sabina in the Imbrian valley from the Florentines. And then, because Winter approached; they went to garrison in the Sienois territories. But the Venetians perceiving some likelihood, that the enemies would the next Spring invade the Florentines with greater fury, and having intelligence that Ottoman by letters and great promises from some Christian Princes was solicited to do the like to them, they were moved by this common danger; and therefore first laboured about the end of Winter (as hath been already said) to free themselves from that war.  
The Spring following they sent Carolo Montone into Tuscanie with a brave Cavalerie: who falling sick presently after his arrival died at Cortona. He had five and thirty Cornets of horse, and with them he crossed the lake Pergia, making furious incursions upon the frontiers of the Perusins, where he took certain Towns of small importance. Those of Perugia, who at the arrival of the Venetian were thought to have an intent to raise some insurrection in the City, in regard of the ancient controversies betwixt themselves, being advertised of his death, durst not rise against the Pope, notwithstanding that his son Bernardino el Conte revived his father's practices. By this time half summer was spent, when as Robert with equal number of horse fought with Mattheo Campana Governor of Rome, and Nephew 
Roberto Malateste General of the Venetian Cavallerie.  to Pope Sixtus, on mount Sperella, in a small village: where, for two hours space was a fierce fight. But the enemies first squadron being broken which came forth of the trenches, the rest terrified with the rout of their fellows betook them●…elues to flight, and left a notable victory to Robert, who became Master of their horse and baggage. After this expedition he retired in safety, fearing lest Alphonso upon news of this defeat should with greater forces come and assail him. Certain lakes run from Arezzo betwixt the Sienois and Perusin territories falling into the river Pales, and afterwards empty themselves altogether into Tiber: the Tuscans call them Chane. Two bridges cross these waters, the one at Clusina, which the enemies made good; and the other did Malateste fortify: these rivers ran betwixt the two Armies. Whilst the Aragonian was coming to the bridge of Clusina, Robert and his soldiers made a safe return, and from their quarter wasted the Sienois territories: And if the Duke came to rescue the Sienois, Malateste made incursions into the Perusins' country: And in these idle and unprofitable journeys was the greatest part of Summer spent without any other memorable action.  
In the end about mid-haruest, Frederick of Urbin, and Alphonso had intelligence that the Florentine troops at Podia Imperiale were much diminished, by means of a controversy betwixt the soldiers of Aeste and Gongaza. For Hercules d'Aeste not long before in a mutiny between the Regiments was like to have been slain, whereupon he left the Army and returned home; the 〈◊〉 went to Milan, from whence Roberto Sanseverino was at the same time expulsed, because that he with his complicies had attempted somewhat against the state: And that this mutiny might grow to no further inconvenience: Gonzaga came from Tuscanie into Lombardie to appease it. The enemies then full of hope marched against the Army that wanted a General: By day-break they sent a troop of Archers up the hill, who afterwards went down bravely upon the enemies: Andrea Burgensis, whose quarter was in the midway upon the hill being put to rout, the light horse seconding their 
The Arragonois defeat the Florentines.  foot, encouraged their own men, and terrified the enemies: whereupon the Tuscan troops thus disordered and put to flight, the Dukes of Calabria and Urbin did with ease ascend the mountain, and by gaining the Florentines camp, recompensed the loss of the Perusins. Then drawing near to Colla, after a long and a tedious siege they took it. The Florentines terrified with this loss sued for peace: for the obtaining whereof Lorenzo de Medicis the noblest Citizen, who was both envied and esteemed by the Pope and king, went to Naples to free his country 
Peace betwixt the Florentine●… and the associates.  from so dangerous a war: whereupon, peace soon ensuing, the Venetians sent jeronimo Marcello to call back their forces into Lombardie, which were then commanded in Tuscanie by Antonio Donato.   
The end of the tenth Book of the third Decad.    


THE FIRST BOOK OF THE FOURTH DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the first Book of the fourth Decad.  
 
A Comparison betwixt the Romans and Venetians. The Isle of Rhodes is in vain besieged by the Turks. They take Otranto in Italy; and the Venetians the Isle Coritia. The original of the Ferrarese war. A Council is called, concerning war against HERCULES D'AESTE. Great preparation for the war resolved. The description of Lombardie and the River Po. The ways through the marshes near to the enemy are fortified. Ficarolles is besieged. The naval Army saileth on the Po. The Venetians take Hadria, and the towns near adjoining. The enemies are defeated at Policella. Ficarolles is taken in the night by Scalado. Many die in the Army by contagion of the air. The whole Island of Roviga is reduced under the Venetians command. ALPHONSO of Arragon wasteth all places near to Rome. ROBERTO of Arimini is sent to aid the Pope, and by defeating the Arragonois getteth a gallant victory upon the Veliternian territory. ROBERT of Arimini dieth within a few days after his victory. FREDERICK of Urbin likewise dies not long after at Ferrara. VICTOR SOURANZA vanquisheth SIGISMOND D'AESTE, and HUGO SANSEVERINO at Argento. SANSEVERINO having crossed the Po at the obscure lake, encampeth in the view of Ferrara, and doth afterwards make an inexpugnable F●…rt upon the River banks: wherein he placed a strong Garrison.  
THis History which in divers things resembleth that of the Romans, deserves in this place some comparison betwixt them concerning their actions by sea and 
Comparison betwixt the Romans and venetians.  land; saving in this: That the Romans overthrew themselves by one only war●…e, which the Venetians have not done. For such as at first the Hernici, Equi, and Vols●…ians were to the Romans, such have the Dalmatians, Liburnians, & Histrians been to the Venetians. The French was a dangerous enemy to them and left them nothing but the Capitol; the same nation molested the Venetians, and took all from them but Rialto. The Cimbrians, Teutonians, and Ambrons' were terrible to the Romans and to all Italy: the like were the Goths, Huns, and Lombard's to the Venetians and their neighbours. Carthage was an enemy to the Latin name, the like was Genoa to the Venetians: But Carthage showed her greatest fury against the Romans when she was confederate with king Philip and the Siracusans against them: Genoa was never more terrible to the Venetians, than at that time when in the war of Chioggia she was backed by Lewis king of Hungary, and the Paduans. Pyrrhus was an enemy to the Romans, but more mild than the Carthagenians. Pipus was so to the Venetians, but much more tractable than the Genovese. The Romans had tedious war w●…th Mithridates, the Venetians with Philippo Visconte. Antiochus was great, but Ottoman greater. The Romans maintained the confederate war, the most dangerous that ever was in Italy: and the Venetians to resemble them in all things, did not only in Lombardie withstand the forces of all the Princes of Italy, envying their geatnesse, but broke and defeated them.  
We will then first speak of the cause and progression of the Ferrarese war, from whence afterwards sprang that of the confederates, that we may the better understand what ensued. But before we enter into this discourse, we must set down somewhat which preceded that war, among others, two journeys of Ottoman against the Christians: which, though they may seem impertinent to our History, I nevertheless thought good to insert, because we account all Christendom for matters of religion to be but one entire body.  
A year and more after peace was concluded, Ottoman besieged Rhodes with as warlike preparation, as he had certain years before iwaded Nigrepont. Rhodes 
The description of the Isle of Rhodes.  is the goodliest Island of the Aegean and Ionian Seas, wherein in old time were three beautiful Cities, Camia, Linda, and Lalissa: at this day there is no more but Rhodes. It is in compass one hundred five and twenty thousand paces, though Isidorus say it is not so much. The Turk at this siege attempted many notable enterprises, and by frequent assaults went about to vanquish the Christians, and at times the walls being beaten down, entered the City, but by the valour of the besieged, most of whom were knights of jerusalem (for those of that order had the absolute command of the Island) they were with great slaughter driven from the walls, and the City by divine and human aid was preserved.  
The Turks themselves did afterwards report, that two men of divine countenance 
Ottoman besiegeth Rhodes.  so long as the siege lasted, with torches in their hands, did every night walk the round upon the walls with their swords, threatening the enemies, so as they being terrified with this vision, retired. The common people said that they were Saint Peter and Paul. If this be true, we may then justly affirm, that Rhodes at that time was not only preserved by human, but by divine assistance. It was also accounted for a miracle, That the very day that Ottoman a cruel enemy to Christians died, the Haven of Rhodes stood dry. (and yet it is exceeding deep) This happened a year after the siege.  
The Spring following, the great Turk resolving of some important enterprise, did by sudden incursion take Ottranto. This City is in Calabria, divided from Valona 
Ottoman takes Otranto.  by a small Arm of Sea. Valona is an ancient Haven. The small space of sea which separates this place from Italy, containing 50000 paces in length, king Pyrrhus first of all attempted to pass over his Army on foot, and to that end builded bridges there. After him Marcus Varro Admiral of Pompey's naval Army against Pirates, was desirous to do the like: but both of them were diverted from their enterprises by sundry accidents. Ottranto being taken, it was to be feared that Ottoman with all his force would come and invade Italy, which would mightily have endangered 
The death of Ottoman.  Christendom, had not God's providence preserved it from that mischief by the Tyrant's sudden death: for this plague to mankind was cut off even in the midst of his warlike preparations: whereupon king Ferdinand besieging Ottranto by land and sea recovered it, and took all the Turks that were in it.  
The Venetians in the mean time annexed the Isle of Coritia in Dalmatia to their dominions, which the moderns call Veglia. It was their own in former time when they were Lords of Dalmaria, and the Islanders for a time had been governed by▪ Venetian Magistrates. But in the days of Prince R●…iniero Zen●… it being given in perpetuity to the Schi●…els in those days one of the noblesse families of the Island, they and their successors for two hundred years space continued loyal to the Venetians. But in succession of time, the affection of these petty kings began to alter in the troubles of Dalmatia, now following the Venetians party, and then on a sudden that of Bela, Ladislaus, Lewis, and other Hungarian kings, even till the time of john son to Bano the last Prince of the Coritans: He having rashly and forcibly entered certain small towns on the firm land belonging to Prince Martin his brother, by whose will and testament after his death they were bequeathed to Mathias king of Hungary, he did in such sort provoke the Hungarian against him, as he was enforced to have recourse to the Venetians.  
Maerblaisius, who to that end was sent from Hungary into Dalmatia, not satisfied with the recovery of those towns on the firm land, passed over into the Island, and had already besieged the city of Musella, when Giacomo Venier●… sent by Antonio Lauretano General of the naval Army from Corfu, arrived there, followed afterwards by Antonio Vinciguerra one of the Secretaries sent from the Prince and Senate; who in the commonwealths name willed the Hungarian to desist from invading the Coritans, who were under the Venetians protection: But the Hungarian was so far off from giving over his attempt, as on the contrary, having taken Musella by force, he brought his Army to the chief City of the Island: The Islanders standing ill affected to their Prince in regard of the grievous subsidies he exacted from them at the beginning of the war, were in a manner all revolted from him upon the enemy's arrival. Then the Coritan Prince having lost all hope, did by the persuasion of friends, quit all the claim which himself and predecessors had in the Island, to the Venetians, into whose hands he resigned the Castle, and himself went to Venice whither already he had sent his wife and children. Not long after, four Galleys arrived in the Island, wherewith the Hungarian being terrified, and fearing to be intercepted in his return home, having first taken assurance of the Venetians, did peaceably surrender the Island unto them.  
Victor Souranza who succeeded Lauretano in the Admiralty, coming thither by chance, fortified it. The Senate assigned a perpetual pension of a thousand crowns to the Coritan Prince, and four thousand ducats for his daughter's dowry: 
The Coritan Prince flies into Germany.  But he accustomed to tyranny, and not being able to live under Laws in a free State, departed secretly with his household into Germany.  
It is now time to return to the propounded war of Ferrara. The Princes of Ferrara had of a long time been friends to the Venetians, so that Borsia Predecessor to Hercules, if at any time strife arose concerning their bounds, came with a small train as a private person to confer with the Prince and Senate, supposing that he could do them no greater honour, nor better express his love, than to come himself unlooked for to give them satisfaction. This Prince to his dying day had nothing in greater admiration than the Venetian Seignory, nor accounted any thing comparable to the peace and friendship thereof. This man's deserts, and the hope which the Senate had conceived, that no man would more resemble Borsia in his behaviour and affection towards them than his brother Hercules, the Venetians did earnestly embrace his cause, and assisting him by land and water, seated him in the Dukedom, for which he lately strove with Nicolao, son to Lionello, favoured by his uncle the prince of Mantua, and Galeas Visconte.  
But not long after, Hercules married Leonora daughter to king Ferdinand, by means of which new alliance growing more insolent, his love to the Venetians waxed cold, and he did not greatly care to infringe his league with them. For contrary to their 
The cause of the war of Ferrara.  agreement he had permitted his subjects to make salt at Comachio: Nevertheless to clear himself thereof, he was content at the Venetians entreaty by Benedicto Trevisano sent to him to Ferrara to that end, that a great quantity of salt made there, should be cast into the Sea. He did beside, lay taxes and impositions on the Venetians, notwithstanding their ancient freedom and exemption. But this was nothing: for he builded a Fort near to Cap-Darger, as if himself had been to have bounded his own confines. Lastly, the Venetian Magistrate, which by covenant remained in Ferrara, being outraged, expulsed and excommunicated by the City's 
The Duke of Ferara declares himself an enemy to the Venetians.  Archbishop, the Duke declared himself an open enemy to the Venetians.  
The Senate in the mean time knowing whereunto his designs intended, did sometime by Letters, then by Ambassadors, entreat him not to enforce the Venetians to become his enemies, but rather, imitating his brother Borsia and other his Predecessors to persever in their ancient friendship, which would both be profitable and honourable for him. This proud man, who by reason of his new alliance promised great matters to himself, contemned this counsel. Nevertheless, the Senate made Pope Sixtus a means to contain him in their ancient friendship. But his mediation doing no good, they being provoked, as well by new as old injuries (which they had dissembled during the war with Ottoman) resolved to invade him, and by Arms to revenge that which till then for quietness sake they had more kindly than honourably endured.  
This determination did for certain days busy the Council. Some of the ancient Senators were of opinion not to make war on Hercules upon any occasion whatsoever; not that it was unlawful, but because the time permitted it not, and did often advise those 
The opinion of those dissuading war.  that craved war to take heed, that by desire of revenge, they did not precipitate the Commonwealth into danger, saying, That the City and Tributary Towns were tired with long war: That it behoved them sometimes to lay down arms, lest by heaping one war upon another, the world should say that the Venetians loved nothing less than peace. Moreover, though there were nothing else in it, they ought to consider that Hercules besides his own experience in Martial matters, was allied to two potent Kings, and that undoubtedly he would never of his own private motion have so mightily provoked them: Besides, it was certain that divers Italian Princes were leagued with him, which being so, they desired those that wished for war to advise themselves, if they had not more need of a Target than of a Sword.  
At this speech most of the Senators, (as every man was inclined) cried out to the contrary, saying; That the allegations of cowards ought not to divert their former resolution, 
Their answer that craved war  and much less cause them to believe them, that by the example of one man, other Princes their neighbours would rise against them, who would be twice advised ere they invaded the Venetians. That the City was able to undergo the whole burden of the war, and being of a long time accustomed to war, would not live idly. That the State by God's goodness was so wealthy, that notwithstanding the great mass of gold spent in the war against Ottoman, her treasure was in a manner infinite, whereby war might be managed to the honour of the Commonwealth: That all passages to sealay open to the Venetian Merchants, whose traffic did daily augment their imposts and customs: That diverse Senators present in Council offered to aid the Commonwealth with great sums of gold, whereby they might perceive that nothing could be wanting for the entertainment of the army: That the King of Hungary was in no sort to be feared: for besides his perpetuallwarre with the Emperor Frederick, the Turks were still on his confines and wasted his Country, so that he had enough to do, to defend his kingdom from two such potent enemies: That King Ferdinand was not to be regarded, who had not yet recovered his losses at the siege of Ottranto: That the Venetian fleet scoured the Sea coast of Apulia and Calabria, which if he were desirous to defend, it behoved him whether he would, or no, to have no hand in the Ferrarese war. But admit (said he which spoke) that his forces be so great, as they may fitly be divided into sundry places, by what way shall he come to bring aid to his son in law? His soldiers have no wings to fly through the air from Calabria into Lombardie. Rome belongeth to Pope Sixtus, so doth Sabinia, the Duchy of Spoleta, la Marea, and all Italy beside, from Tiber's mouth, as far as Ancona. His Holiness so soon as he perceived that he could not prevail with Hercules, hath not only advised us to make war upon him, but together with the Venetians hath an hand therein. The Florentines and Milanois will not take our parts; But the Genovese and Prince of Montferrat will assist us: The Rubrians of Parma will do the like, who as we understand are ready to revolt. And seeing we want neither Arms, money, nor aid, what shall hinder us from invading Hercules? When did ever any of your neighbours (most noble Senators) more provoke you? Over all his Territories he hath canceled your freedom and immunities. He hath of a long time usurped upon the confines of your dominions; He hath suffered your Magistrate to be outraged, expulsed, and excommunicated: If this wrong cannot move you, what then is able to incite you? Will you tarry till he invade you first? Questionless he will assail you, and it may be sooner than you imagine. On then, follow the steps of your Ancestors, and with fire and sword pursue this open enemy. Let your Arms quench this flame which our long sufferance hath so kindled, as but by this means will hardly be extinguished. Let all men see, that when need is, the Venetians know how to draw peace from war, and war from peace.  
Hereupon, the Senate with general consent presently resolved to take Arms: 
War is resolved against the Duke of Ferrara.  And that all requisite solemnities might be observed therein, it was decreed, that so soon as the people were made acquainted therewith, it should be denounced to the enemy. When it was published, the people were so joyful, as men might easily perceive, that never any war was more pleasing to them than that. Whereupon the Senate resolved to prepare two fleets, the one to invade Apulia and Calabria, 
Two Venetian fleets.  if Ferdinand should stir; And the other to pass up against the stream of the River Po into the enemy's Territories. That by sea was committed to Victor Souranza, who had been Admiral of the Galleys; and the other to Damiano Moro, both of them valiant Captains: But when the Senate considered, that he was not only to be invaded by water, but by land, it divided the forces into sundry places. Roberto Sanseverino (who not long before served them for large entertainment) was appointed to make war upon him on the hither side of Po, and Robert of Arimini General of all the troops, on the other side towards Flaminia. Many did voluntarily follow the Venetian ensigns both by land and water, not so much for hope of booty, as for particular hatred to the Duke, whose pride they could not endure.  
divers Vessels were already gone from Venice when Roberto Sanseverino and Antonio Lauretano the Providator, marched towards Legnaga. These, having viewed all places, resolved with their troops to pass into the enemy's Country, over the Lakes of the River Tartar, which are betwixt the Po and the Adice. But here it is requisite (seeing all Lombardie from Hostilia a City of the Mantuan on this side, and beyond the Po, as far as the Sea, is watered by divers streams) to discourse somewhat of the situation of the Province, and winding of the River.  
Now this Province is enclosed by part of Flaminia, and La Marca, on every side 
The description of Lombardie.  by Mountains, saving on the South and East, where it is watered by the Adriatic Sea, so, as if it extended no farther to Seaward than towards the Apennine Hills, and Genoa, it would retain the true form of a Theatre. And if it might be called a Theatre, it might truly be said to be that of Mars, and none other, as the greeks termed Beotia, because there is no Country of Italy where War hath oftener begun or lasted longer, than in Lombardie. It hath on the West the Apennine Hills, stretching themselves towards Genoa, and after that they have coasted and left Tuscanie on the right hand, have their extent towards Ancona. The Alps in a manner do the like towards the North and West. The Tuscans in times past possessed the whole Country. The French drawn thither by the beauty and fertility of the Province, chased them thence, and did a long time after enjoy the whole Country on this side and beyond the Po. Some think that the Gauls, Lebetians, Insubres, and Cenomans, have inhabited betwixt that River and the Alps: Some likewise affirm that the Venetians are descended from the Gauls, and others say it is not so, because they differ from them in speech, though resembling them in habit and manners. The Boyans, Egans, and Senonois dwelled beyond the Po, whereupon it was afterwards rightly termed Gaul. But they were extinct by the Romans. Lastly, by the arrival of the Lombard's (who did a long time inhabit the Province, where the greatest part of their power remained, with Pavia their Royal Seat) it was called Lombardie, one syllable being taken from their name.  
The goodliest and greatest Rivers of this Province, are the Po, Thesin, Oglio, Abdue, Mincia, and Adice. The Po which as some say the greeks termed Eridanus, receives her Spring in the midst of the Mount Vesula, on the confines of Liguria, 
The original and spring of the River Po, with ●…er course.  from thence falling down into the plain, it runs first towards the South, then turning towards the East, it entereth by six Channels into the Adriatic Sea, and being augmented by thirty Rivers falling into it, it grows so great, as some think it nothing inferior to the Danubium or Nilus. The Rivers which fall into it are very famous, and with great abundance of water, issue from very excellent Lakes. From the Lake Larica vulgarly called Coma, it takes the Abdue. From Verbana or the great Lake Thesin. From Benac, or la Garda, Mincia. From Sabina, or Isea, the Oglio. From the Lakes Epilles, whereof the one is called Pucian, and the other Ceruian, Lambroma. Besides these Rivers, snow melted in the Mountains, do much increase it, especially in the Dog days, and being once swelled, it is as dangerous to ships as to the Neighbour Territories, which causeth the Inhabitants to make great Banks and Rampires to restrain it, nevertheless in this it deals well with them, for it easily gives them again whatsoever it hath taken from them.  
Being thus augmented (as hath been said) it runs with a direct course to Ficarolles (this City is a little beneath Hostilia) where being over-pressed and glutted by superfluity of waters, it begins to enlarge itself somewhat beneath the City, and dividing into two, makes the first Island which the Inhabitants call Polesina, placing (as I think) one syllable before an other, pronouncing Polesina for Polinessa, which is as much to say, as a long and broad Island. And because that Ferrara is not far beneath the place where the River divideth itself, they commonly call it the Pollesin of Ferrara. The branch which runneth on the right hand, before it comes to the City recovereth her strength by succour of divers Rivers, which in a little space fall into it, whereupon being overloden with this new burden, the Citizens looking on, as if it were troubled with some faction, it divideth itself into two, and differently pursueth her course: by that second division making an other Island, wherein are the Cities of Argentia and Comachio, environed with Lakes. The right Arm of this River coming to the Argentine territory, on the other side near to Faniola, receiveth the River Vaterna, which the Inhabitants by corrupted speech call Sauterna, coming from Forecornelia. And there, as though it were not able to endure all her increase, coming near to Comachio, at a Town called S. Albert's; it prodigally disgorgeth as much water as it took in at Vaterna, the which gliding through the Lakes of Ravenna, entereth like a navigable River into the Sea: And in this manner the Haven of Ravenna may be termed one of the mouths of the Po. The other part which is far greater, from S. Albert's runs directly into the Sea, and the Inhabitants call her entrance Primaria, in old time named Vaterna of the River which falls into it.  
That branch on the left hand beneath Ferrara, runs into the Sea with the self same force, as it cometh from the City, and the entrance thereof is called Volana. Betwixt this and Primaria, which we lately mentioned, the Lakes of Comachio have their mouth, or rather Haven, which is called Magnevaca. But to speak truly these are arms of the Sea, as may easily be perceived by reason of salt which is made there.  
Now I return to the first division of the River, which we said was a little beneath Ficarolles: This is esteemed to be new, not so much by the Map of Italy, which Robert King of Naples, and Francisco Petrarca have made, where Blondus of Forli affirms no mention at all to be made of this division, as by the authority of Polybius a learned Author, who saith that the Po entereth by two channels into the Adriatic Sea, by Padusa and Volana, which are properly parts of that River, whereof we even now discoursed. But to return to the other part, it runs on the left hand without any diminution at all, as far as the Confines of Hadria, and dividing itself again into two mouths, entereth by two several ways into the Sea: That which is next to Volana is called Abba, and the other Goria. The Inhabitants of the Country call the other bigger Channel which runs on the left hand into the Sea, the furnaces.  
This in brief is all we can say of the original of the Po, of her course and entrances into the Sea. Some think that it was called Pava, because that round about her spring there grow many trees called in the French tongue Pines. Pliny saith 
From whence the Po took her name.  that the Ligurians called it Bondimaca, by the name of the Village, and for proof of his saying allegeth the Town of Bondicomaca near to the River.  
The Adice likewise which divided in sundry sorts makes divers Pollesins, coming down from the Mountains of Trant runs a thwart through the City of Verona, from thence being parted in two at Castagnare, beneath Legnaga, that part which environeth the Village, falls into the Tartar, issuing from her Lakes, and joined together are not long ere with a greater course they meet with the other part of the Adice at Malopra, and so all these rivers meeting in one, do behind enclose the Pollesin of Roviga. At last falling into the Lakes they lose the name of Rivers. But the Adice being divided into two above the Tower Marchiana, That part which runs directly towards Sendovare and Roviga, before it comes to Cap-darger, gently reenters into her own streams, and thus mingled, runs through the Lakes and Marshes unto a place called the new Tower, where again separating itself into two parts, falleth by two mouths into the Sea, that on the right hand being called Fossiones, and the other Brandules. The Adice being there divided (as hath been said) makes two Polesins, the one beyond Roviga called the old, and the other on the hither side, termed the new.  
Now these divisions of Lakes and Rivers made the Venetians journey much more difficult, for in some places they were too deep to be forded, and in others too shallow to be passed by Boat. First, Sanseverino and the Providator Lauretano, were of opinion to cause divers small Boats to be brought through the Lakes of the River Tartar to Boaria, not far from Legnaga, and in them to transport three companies of Foot, under the command of Andrea de Parma, and Thomaso Himulano, first to Crocelta, and from thence to the Mellaritan Confines. By this means the Venetian Soldiers came on the last of April before day into the Enemy's Country. Some of the Garrison of Mellaria with Francisco Sica coming from Hostilio with troops of Horse, sought to repel them at their first arrival, but after some light skirmish they were glad to retire. The next night Antonio Marciano a very famous Captain, began with three hundred Peasants to cut a way for the Army through the Lakes near to Casalon, They wrought there all that night, and the labourers stood in water and mud up to the girdles: but so soon as it was day and the work not finished, Sanseverino and Lauretano coming thither, and considering the danger which those troops were exposed unto, that were already in the enemy's Country, they presently sent for all the Country people there about of every sex and age, to help to finish the work: more than one thousand persons laboured there, who the next day after finished it, and by three of the clock after noon of the same day the troops came to the banks of the River Tartar: so soon as their fellows which guarded the opposite shore saw them, they presently made a Bridge over the River, over which every man passed at his pleasure into the enemy's Country.  
This way (four and twenty furlongs in length) cut through the Lakes, was by reason of the great quantity of Faggots wherewith it was made, called Fascinada. A 
Fascinada.  Fort was builded on the hither side the Tartar near to the Bridge, and strongly fortified that men might freely pass up and down. The same day the forces marched into the Mellarians Territories: some that were there agree not about their number; saying, that they were 20000. Others mention not so many. But Sanseverino marching to besiege Mellaria on the Po, did at the first assault win the enemy's Rampire near to the Castle: whereupon those within it presently yielded.  
Mellaria being taken, the enemy showed himself about Sunset on the other side of the River: this gave a sudden alarm to the Venetian, who in arms presently ran to the River banks: but perceiving their small number their fear ceased. They had intelligence afterwards that it was Frederick of Urbin, who came to cross the Po at Hostilia, from thence to march to Milan, King Ferdinand and Hercules confederates, had made him General of their Army, and sent for him to come away speedily to Ferrata to oppose himself to the Venetians first attempts. The Venetian returned to the Camp, and two days after leaving Mellaria, went and encamped at the Village Brigantino, which they had taken not long before. Then Sanseverino had intelligence that the enemy had abandoned Trecenta, and some other 
The Ferrarois abandon Trccenta  lesser Towns of no great moment. He thought it fit there to make a bridge, by which supplies and victuals might be brought to them from Verona. Though this was not so near a way as that of Croselta or Fascinada, yet was it more sure than any of them, whereupon he left a strong Garrison to guard the bridge.  
Within a while after, the camp marched from Brigantino towards Castelnovo, where filling a great trench which the enemy had drawn from the Po to the lakes, to stop the Venetians approach, the Army came near the City, wheresor three days space the Ordnance playing upon the walls, in the end after some assaults, the 
Castelnovo yieldeth to the Venetians.  City yielded. In the mean time they made incursions into the enemy's Country, and every day brought great store of Cat-tail and prisoners to the Camp.  
The report of these incursions being bruited in the neighbour Villages, provoked many to come to the Venetians camp upon hope of booty, so as in a short space the Army consisted of 30000. able Men. From Castelnovo they went to Ficarolles, 
The Venetians besiege Ficarolles.  where an other great trench being likewise made by the enemy, did for a time restrain the course of their victory; but this impediment taken away, they planted the Cannon against the walls, when speedy news was brought from Mellaria, that Frederick of Urbin with great forces lay at Hostilia. The Venetian General, fearing if the enemy should at his back shut up all passages, he should not be able when he would to return, did presently raise his camp and returned to Castelnovo: There he understood by spies that the forces which were at Hostilia were not sufficient to make any attempt on this side the Po: Then Sanseverino sent word to Count Marcian presently to break down the cawsies and banks of the River betwixt Mellaria and Hostilia; for that once done, they needed no more to fear the enemy's incursions: and himself returned again to Ficarolles. But in his absence, the townsmen had fortified the trench, planted their Ordnance on the opposite shore, broken down the camps Rampires, and burned the soldiers Cabins. Urbin coming thither afterwards from Hostilia had strengthened the Town with a stronger Garrison, and from thence retired to Stellata on the opposite shore, and there remained to relieve his people when need were, with supplies, armour, and victuals: all his troops came thither to him.  
Robert in the mean time being somewhat tired, did again fill the trench, and encamped on either side thereof. But whilst these things were done there, Christofero Muletto a valiant Captain, who commanded the small vessels (for Damiano Moro General of the fleet upon the Po had passed on beyond the enemy) besieged and took Hadria a very ancient City: The soldiers of the garrison and townsmen 
Hadria is taken.  did at first bravely defend it. The situation of the place did greatly avail them, which is for the most part environed with water, not navigable but by certain Channels, through which very hardly vessels come near the City. Dominico Hericeo a courageous soldier was slain at the first assault. The Venetians incensed by his death, did with greater fury assault the City, and without fear of danger mounted the rampires, and never gave over till the soldiers and mariners entered it. Then the inhabitants casting down their Arms, cried for mercy. The Conquerors at their first entrance slew divers, and the houses in many places were burnt and spoiled, and Hadria had that day been wholly ruined, had not the Venetian presently commanded the soldiers to abstain from spoil and murder. We have elsewhere spoken of the situation and antiquity of this ci●…tie. 
Comachio veeldeth to the Venetians.   
Hadria taken, the whole Country round about was wasted. Comachio likewise at the same time yielded to the Venetians. These Cities with others near adjoining, some by force, and others voluntarily, being taken by them, and Moro sailing with the fleet up the River, all men fled on both sides the Po: for the Inhabitants of the Country terrified with the loss of Hadria, ran with their wives and children to Ferrara and other Towns of safety.  
Hercules had fortified a place upon the Po called Pilosella, by which the fleet was to pass, and had there builded three Castles of wood, one in the midst of the River; and the other on both sides; which he furnished with ordnance and other necessaries, and strong garrisons. Sigismond d'Este Hercules brother and Giovan Bentivole of Bolognia lay there with six hundred horse, and as many foot. Moro had great numbers of vessels, to wit, gall●…ots, small boats, Ganzarioles, with many other of sundry sorts to the number of two hundred well armed and ready to fight. Himself in his own Galley, sailed against the enemy, the like did the forces by land. The Venetian began the fight with such animosity, as putting the Cavallerie and the rest which were on each shore to flight, after along and dangerous bickering he took the Forts upon the water. The victory was very bloody. But the joy to have vanquished made them forget their present loss. They sent the Castle which was builded in the midst of the water upon a great vessel, to Venice, the others were burnt.  
Moro victorious, caused his soldiers and mariners to spoil and waste all places near to the River; they being as well provoked by revenge, as desire of booty, pillaged all villages, and country houses upon the River, and then burned them, and so satisfied, carried away with them great numbers of prisoners and cattle, and thus loaden with booty, arrived at the camp before Ficarolles. These men by their speed, coming thither before the fleet, and being taken for enemies, did put the Camp in alarm; but when they were known to be friends, they did cheerfully embrace one another, and continued the siege both by land and water: then they made so fierce a battery as they overthrew the Cities, walls, and rampires. Frederick of Urbin, who was on the opposite shore, beholding the danger of his friends, 
Cast pieces called Bases.  was not idle, but annoyed the Venetians with his ordnance from the farther side, and supplied the besieged with armour, victual, and whatsoever else he knew to be necessary for a siege. But nothing did so much hurt to the Venetian as certain pieces called Bases, than not usual. For neither armour, rampire, or fortification could withstand their fury and iron bullets, which carried away with them whatsoever they met with. And because that contrary to the discipline of those times they played aswell by night as day, Sanseverino sent him word by a Trumpet, that if he did not cease his new kind of war, he would turn his Cannons from the walls of Ficarolles upon his Camp, whereupon they agreed together, that when Sanseverino should assault the City, or batter the walls with his ordnance, the enemy might use those pieces.  
Moreover, Sanseverino resolving wholly to shut up the River from the enemy, commanded certain vessels of the fleet to be drawn by Land up the River, beyond the enemy's camp. Urbin sent for nine Galeots from Hostilia (of those five and twenty which he had brought with him from Milan) to overrun those vessels. Five of them being come to an Island near to the Venetians fleet, four hundred of the Soldiers landed there to refresh themselves by reason of the great heat, and lay down here and therein the shade upon the grass. The Venetians, advertised of their landing, and unwilling to omit so fair an occasion, landing on the farther side of the Island to the number of 150. did suddenly assa●…le the enemy half asleep, who being amazed with such an unlooked for assault, in stead of defending them 
Some of the enemies are defeated in an Island.  selves fled towards the vessels: most of them were slain or taken; threescore and ten being taken alive were brought to Sanseverino, who understanding that they were Milaneses and Artificers, not coming thither of their own accord to fight, but sent by their Prince's commandment, did use them gently, and furnishing them with clothes and money, gave them leave to depart.  
It was not long ere the enemy had his revenge, with greater loss to the Venetians. The Po divides itself into two branches (as hath been said) five hundred paces beneath Ficarolles. The Venetian Captains determined to build a Fort at the point of the Island where this separation begins, that the right side thereof on the way from Stellata to Ferrara, might be shut up from the enemy. Antonio Marciano was the first that propounded it, wherefore the charge thereof was committed to him. He being accompanied by Bartilmeo Falceria, Tomaso of Immola, and two Companies of foot, did on a sudden seize on the place, and then with great numbers of peasants brought thither with him to that end, began the work. The soldiers and mariners in the mean time desirous of booty, straying far from the work, made incursions as far as Ferrara, from whence returning with great booty, they went without leave to the Camp on the opposite shore, leaving Marcian and his workmen with few or no forces at all. By reason hereof the work could not be finished in one day. Hercules, by messengers from the Duke of Feltre advertised of the enemy's design, came speedily thither to defeat them: For he was not ignorant how discommodious that Fort would be to Ferrara. At his arrival he charged them, but Marcian in the end being oppressed by the multitude, was taken, and Falceria 
The Venetians are put to rout, and their enterprise made frustra●…e.  with him: Many of his soldiers were slain, Thomaso of Imola in a little boat escaped with some few soldiers, and went over the River. Hercules presently finished the fortification which the other had begun, and placing a strong Garrison in it, did greatly relieve Ferrara.  
Sanseverino in the mean time lying longer before Ficarolles than he expected; the better to annoy the enemy, sent Fracasse, G●…ouan Maria, and Pietro Marcello the Providator, with part of the troops to take the Towns of the Rhovigian Pollesin: For the enemy's Country near to the Adice had not yet tasted the calamities of war. At their first arrival there they took Castle-Guillielmo, the tower Sandona environed with lakes, Roviga, Lendenara, the Abbey, and other places of the Pollesin, but not without fight, where jeronimo, son to Count Marcian a brave young man was slain.  
For the assurance of the Towns yielded to the Venetians, Augustino Barbadico at that time Governor of Padua, a man of great wisdom and authority, did by the Senate's command go to Roviga, with whom they joined Pietro Trevisano.  
The Province being settled, Barbadico by the same commandment returned to Padua: Trevisano falling grievously sick, died soon after. Roberto Venieri son to Francisco, succeeded Trevisano in the Province. This man did not alone fashion the people's minds to obedience, but by his meekness confirmed them in their duties towards the Venetians.  
Whilst these things were done near to the Adice, Frederick of Urbin falling sick, was carried from the Camp at Stellata to Ferrara. Sanseverino, though his sons had part of the forces, did not cease continually to annoy the enemy, whose walls being beaten down by the Canon, himself impatient of any longer delay, resolved to give an assault, wherein the Venetian took the Parapet of the Tower, and made it good; many after the retreat was founded, remaining in it. Hercules' soldiers, terrified with the enemy's boldness, did set fire on the piles that supported the Tower, and overthrew it. Sanseverino thereby perceived the inhabitants small hope, whereupon he assailed the City more fiercely. Upon the 29. day of june at midnight the soldiers went to the assault, and favoured by the night, made many bridges over the dikes and hollow places. The besieged, notwithstanding the 
A fearful assault by night.  darkness of the night, did bravely defend it, so as this assault both in show & effect was more furious than that by day. It continued till daylight: but the enemy being then vanquished, the Venetian in sundry places entered the City, which taken the soldiers threw down their Arms: some of them were cast into the river, others 
The Venetians take Ficarolles.  murdered, very few taken prisoners. This being done, and the Venetian master of the City, he did forthwith begin to repair it.  
Within a while after, Sanseverin and Lauretano fell sick, by reason of the unwholesome air of the marshes: both of them were carried to Padua, but with several destinies, for the Venetian died there, and the General recovered. Moro likewise, General of the naval Army, called home by the Senate, died soon after his arrival at Venice. This Summer was unfortunate, but the Autumn after it much more: Some that have written the Ferraresse war, and were present there, affirm that more than 20000. men of those that were at the siege of Ficarolles by land and water, 
Great mortality in the Venetians camp.  by some one accident or other died there, but most of all by reason of fevers occasioned by the infectious air of the marshes. This is all that happened in Lombardie during that Summer.  
In Flaminia, Robert of Arimini did not cease to annoy the enemy by ordinary incursions with those forces which he had received at the beginning of the war: he was abundantly furnished with victuals & other warlike necessaries from Ravenna, governed at that time by Bernardin Bembo. Roberto in the heat of Summer was commanded by the Senate to go to Rome to relieve Pope Sixtus which was besieged.  
Alphonso Duke of Calabria at the beginning of the Venetians war sought to bring 4000 men to aid his brother Hercules. But because his way lay through the Pope's territories, he marched by assistance of the Colonessi, and Sauell●… who 
The noblest houses of Rome.  were open enemies to the Pope, directly towards Rome, which City hath divers noble families in it, among whom the Ursini, Colonesi, and Savelli, hold the chief rank, as well for wealth as antiquity of descent. These men of a long time being ill affected to each other, have often by means of their mortal hatred banded together, sometimes in the City, but oftener in the field, as in a freer place: most of the towns and villages near to Rome are theirs. But beside these, there be divers other noble families in the City, yet the Ursini have for many years excelled them all both in wealth and knowledge in martial discipline. Four of this house, sons to Carolo, have in our time been very famous, Latino, Giovanni, Neapuleo, and Roberto. The two first followed Pope Eugenius to Florence, where they did win his love and favour, as Latino the eldest brother was made Cardinal, and Giovanni elected Bishop of Trani, and being enriched with divers other benefices, did much augment the greatness & dignity of his house: These two did greatly illustrate their family, but not so much as Neapuleo and Roberto, who by their experience in martial disci 
The greatness of the Ursini.  pline, purchased such honour, as at one time the first was made General of the king's Army, and the other of the Popes. They did not only by their valour keep their paternal principality, but did wonderfully increase it, so as they became Lords of all the whole country, from the Tyrhene sea as far as the lake Piscino extends itself.  
This prosperity procured them hatred and e●…uie. For at one time the Colonessi, Savelli, and Anguilares were their enemies: and because they were all too weak to withstand the power of this one family, they caused Pope Calixtus likewise to Arm against them, whose attempts they did not only frustrate, but broke and defeated them, and chiefly at that time when Borsia Nephew to Calixtus, with forces far superior to Vrsi●…os, was by him vanquished at Varro his village.  
But if Vrsinis greatness was envied before, it was most of all in the days of Pope Sixtus, when their enemies desirous wholly to ruin them, had (in their own opinion,) found out a fit occasion. For these four noble men being lately dead, they jointly bent all their malice upon Virginio son to Neapulco, sole heir to Vrsinis principality. But he being young and powerful, after the Precedent of his Ancestors, did together with jeronimo Visconte follow the Pope's party, by whose council he was wholly directed. In hatred to him rather than the Pope, the Colonesi 
Alphonso aided by the Colonessi and Savelli besiegeth the Pope  and Savelli did upon Alphonso's arrival practise innovation as well in the City as abroad, whereupon two Cardinals of both those families, men of great authority, were by the Pope's commandment, as guilty of treason, imprisoned for a time in Castle Angelo. Their kinsmen incensed thereat, did by their factions trouble all Rome, aided Alphonso with victuals, and the more to annoy the City, gave him free entrance into their Towns and Castles. And although the Pope at that time was strong, many noble Gentlemen serving him, his Army nevertheless stirred not forth of the walls of Rome, fearing if they should leave the City, those of the contrary party would make some commotion.  
Alphonso laying hold on this occasion, took divers towns from the Pope, spoiling and wasting the whole country near to Rome. The Pope wrote to the Venetians to send Roberto Malateste to raise the siege. Though the Senate at that time was busied in the Ferrarese war, it nevertheless commanded Victor Souranza to waste the Sea coasts of Apulia and Calabria with a mighty fleet: They wrote to Francisco Diede their Ambassador with the Pope at their charge to raise forces in Rome: And willed Robert of Arimini to march speedily thither with the greatest power he could to raise the siege. They sent Pietro Diede to be his Providator, to raise forces from all parts: this they did, because they would not only aid his Holiness with a General, but with soldiers. Robert being commanded to go to Rome, departed from Flaminia with many troops of horse: but having intelligence by the way that Nicolao Vitelli aided by the Florentines had taken the town of Typherna, he went thither, where ruining certain places belonging to the Typhernians, the danger of Rome calling him thither, by great journeys he arrived there: At his coming the state of the war was changed, and they marched against the enemy.  
Alphonso having intelligence of the Venetians approach, encamped on the Veliternian territory in a place called the Dead field. So soon as the Venetian General discovered him, he encouraged his soldiers, and full of hope marched against him: being more confident through the number of his men, whereby he enforced the Arragonois to fight on all parts at once. Alphonso was likewise strong both in horse and foot, but chiefly in horse: he had beside four hundred Turks which he had brought from Ottranto: with these forces he bravely received Malateste's charge. 
A cruel fight betwixt Alphonso Duke of Calab●…ia and Roberto of Arimini general to the Venetians.  The fight was hot for six hours: The Venetian General did greatly annoy him. The Arragonois on the contrary presuming on the valour of his men, resolved either to die or conquer: many fell on both sides, in all places the battle was bloody, especially where the Turks fought. At last the Pope and Venetians multitude, with the General's encouragement prevailing, the enemy by little and little retired. Alphonso sought to reinforce them, but perceiving he could not, withdrew himself to a place of safety, accompanied with some few horse: other brave Commanders preferring any hazard before flight were taken, in greater number than ever before in any battle.  
The conqueror within a while after entered Rome with his prisoners, representing the Romans the form of their ancient triumphs, and having by this victory 
The death of Roberto of Arimini.  purchased immortal glory, he died not long after. Some say that he was poisoned, but it is most likely that he died of asurfet taken by his great travel in the heat of the battle. He was honourably buried in Rome, where this Epitaph was written on his monument. Veni, vidi, vici, Laurea●… Pontifici retuli, Mors secundis rebus invidit. In English thus, I came, saw, overcame, brought victory to the Pope, which death took from me. Some write that on one day two the greatest Captain●…s of Italy died: he of whom we now spoke; and Frederick of Urbin, that was carried away sick to Ferrara from the camp at Stellata.  
But whilst these things were done near to Rome, Pietro Maria de Rossis following the Venetians party in Lombardie, ceased not to annoy Sforza's troops on the Parmesan confines: But the Venetians intention was not so much to hurt the Milanois, as by entangling him in a domestic war, to keep him from aiding Hercules. Sforza's forces suddenly marched towards Parma, where Rossis being sharply assailed, was not only enforced to retire into his own territories, but lost Nucetta, and the Castle Candida.  
But Pietro Rossis a brave and valiant Gentleman falling sick, died within a while after. Guidone whom he had made his heir, went with his brethren to besiege a certain Town, but being abandoned by the Venetian succours, who could not follow them by reason of the Po, though for a time they did bravely withstand all Sforza's attempts, and sometime defeated his forces, yet being tired with so long a war, they were enforced to retire.  
autumn was already more than half spent, when Sanseverin having recovered his health returned to his desolate camp, where nothing was to be seen but weak and sick soldiers. Luca Pisani whom the Senate had sent from Verona after Lauretanoes' death, commanded the Army as Providator, till Giovan Heme called from the confines of Bressia arrived at Ficarolles. He being come, Pisani who was already infected with the bad air returned to Venice. The new Providator repaired the walls of Ficarolles, when Frederico Cornari, and Francisco Sanuto came to the Camp as Providators. At their arrival, the Army made some abode there, together with the fleet, not daring to enterprise any memorable matters; for though their numbers were great, yet most of them were so weak, as they could hardly walk up and down. But towards the end of Harvest, the air being purified, they began by little and little to recover their healths: Then Sanseverine loath to lose any longer time, sent Fraccasso his son with many troops of horse, to assault the Fort which Hercules had made upon the River banks at the obscure Lake, for it did greatly annoy the Venetian vessels going to and fro: He planted his ordnance on the opposite shore, from whence in short space by continual shooting he had so beaten down the Rampires as he was in good hope before long to drive them thence.  
But whilst Fracasso was there busied, Victor Souranza General by water, coming up the River Po as far as the Argentine territory with one and twenty galleys, fourteen foists, and other lesser vessels, determined to assault the Town of janiola, seated at the mouth of Vaterna: For if it were not taken, it was certain that the fleet could not go up farther but with greater danger. To this end Souranza landed four hundred horse, and six hundred foot at a place opposite to the City. These having begun to fortify the River banks to defend themselves from the enemy's incursions, that they might afterwards without any let batter the town walls, Sigismundo d'Este on a sudden with Nicolao Corregio, Hugo Sanseverino, and other noble men coming forth of Argento with three thousand men, assailed them, and gave their first charge upon Andrea Burgensis quarter, where at first the Venetians had the worst, but so soon as the alarm was given in the camp, every man armed ran fiercely to the fight. Sigismond opposed to the Venetians front four wagons, on each of which lay four falconets. There the battle was very doubtful, till three hundred Venetian light horse wheeling about to give 
The defeat of the Ferrarois.  in upon the enemies back, did so terrify Hercules' soldiers, as Sigismond and the other Captains betook themselves to flight, than the Galley called Valeresa coming with great rumour up the water upon their backs, the enemies changed their fight to flight. Sigismond mounting a swift horse, escaped himself alone to Argento. Many were drowned in the River, more were slain in the battle, but the number of prisoners was greatest of all. Souranza that day obtained a great and notable victory. For besides Hugo Sanseverine, he took three score and ten other Captains whom he sent prisoners to Venice.  
Roberto Sanseverino being likewise desirous to execute some memorable enterprise, 
The venetian army crosseth the Po  resolved to pass over into the Ferrarese Territory, and for effecting it he commanded a bridge to be made on galliots, and committed the work to Bassan of Verona, which being soon finished, he left Barbadico at Ficarolles, and himself with Heme and Sanuto the Providators, went a mile beneath the enemy's Fort, where he began to pass over his troops, and so soon as one boat had passed, it cast anchor, and so the rest served for a bridge. By this time eighteen hundred horse and foot were already gone over into the enemy's Country, when they perceived that there wanted vessels to finish the bridge, which happened by their error who had not taken the just breadth of the River: by the means whereof, a troop of valiant soldiers remained on the other shore destitute of their fellows aid: whereat Sanseverine was moved, in great choler protesting, that if they did not before day provide boats to finish the bridge, his bravest troops through the carelessness & indiscretion of some, would undoubtedly be cut in pieces before his face. But by the Providators' diligence, it was prevented, and the bridge being wholly finished, the rest of the Army crossed the river ere the enemy had any notice thereof.  
Hercules' soldiers having discovered them, and not trusting to their Fort, threw their ordnance into the River, and setting fire on their fortification, retired speedily to Ferrara. By their example others that held certain fortified places upon the River, did for fear abandon them: whereupon the Venetian in an instant became Master of the River (one Fort excepted, standing at the head of the Polesine which the enemies had fortified.) So soon as the Venetians perceived that neither the river nor any forts could resist their fury, they wasted the whole territory, burning farms and country houses down to the ground.  
There is a Park within a mile of Ferrara: Borsia was the first that enclosed it with 
A park near to Ferrara.  walls, but Hercules' enlarging it, did much beautify it with lakes, ponds, groves, and other places fit for chase. The Venetian first encamped near to the walls which are close to the river; and in the mean time made a new bridge over the Po, stronger than the former. They first placed a rank of ships of burden, one close to another, from one side to the other, fastened to their anchors, by strong iron chains which could not be cut in sunder, than they laid even planks upon them so cunningly 
The venetians build a bridge upon the Po, ●…eere to Ferrara  joined together, as it resembled a well-framed bridge of stone: This being done, they builded shops upon it on both sides, wherein all sorts of wares were sold, which hindered Passengers from looking on the water: They made moreover draw-bridges at both ends, which when they were drawn up, those shops seemed an Island in the midst of the River. And to keep the enemy from firing it by night, some two hundred paces before it they hung up above water great wooden planks fastened to anchors with iron hooks to keep out the fire works, which might be thrown upon it, till they were either quenched or burnt out.  
The bridge finished, Sanseverine broke down the Park walls, and through it marched with his army in battle within a mile of Ferrara, where he remained for a 
Sanseverino in battle before Ferrata.  time in the City's view, but when he saw that the enemy did not sally, he brought back his troops to the Camp: then he began to repair the Fort upon the river which the enemy had abandoned; he did first enlarge it, then environed it with trenches of twenty foot deep, with strong bastions, Towers, and Ravelins: This work undoubtedly was in a manner impregnable, and would perpetually have terrified the City of Ferrara, had it not by peace been razed. The Venetian having in this manner assured his Camp, galloped with his Cavallerie to the very gates of Ferrara, filling all places with fear.  
The Citizens viewing the bridge so near them, and the Fort much nearer began 
The Ferraroi●… complaints.  to lament their own and commonwealths estate, saying, That Hercules Principality was overthrown, themselves in great danger, and that the strokes of war had pierced their very heart, that they were out of hope ever to have peace with the Venetians, who had displayed their victorious Ensigns at their gates: That the Marshes, Lakes, and Rivers had not been of force to restrain the course of their Victory, of whom they were to receive very unjust conditions of peace, or submit themselves to their mercy. The Venetian in the mean time omitted nothing that might further his Victory, he did shut up the rivers and lakes, placing corpse du guard and garrisons in all passages. In a word, he held those of Ferrara at such a bay, as Conquerors are wont to do the vanquished, when they are desirous speedily to end the War.  
 
The end of the first Book of the fourth Decad.   

THE SECOND BOOK OF THE FOURTH DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the second Book of the fourth Decad.  
THe Pope maketh a new league, and abandoneth the Venetians. The Duke of Calabria comes to Ferrara. All Princes and Commonwealths of Italy band themselves against the Venetians. The Senate sends for the Duke of Lorraine into Italy, and gives him large pay. SANSEVERINO with great forces crosseth the Adda by a bridge, and encampeth at Frezzia. LODOVICO SFORZA doth easily overthrow the ROSSIANS. ALPHONSO taketh divers towns from the Venetians on the Bressian and Verona territories: then crossing the Mincia, he scours the country as far as the River Adice, and not long after takes Azzola. The Venetian Infantry upon HERCULES arrival at Stellata leaps into the River. ALPHONSO leaving Azzola with an intent wholly to overthrow the Venetian forces upon Po, being stopped by SANSEVERINO returns without effecting it. GIACOMO MARCELLO General of the Venetian fleet, dies at the siege of Gallipolis, which being taken, the Venetians make farther incursions into Calabria. The enemy's Army comes to Baignols' where peace in vain before motioned at Cesenna, is determined and concluded. And lastly the triumphs, tournaments, and barriers made at Venice for joy of this peace.  
THE Venetians had already mightily prevailed, and the war with Hercules would soon have been ended, 
Pope Sixtus withdraws himself from the venetians friendship.  had not Pope Sixtus by his sudden alteration not only snatched the victory forth of their hands, but that which worse is, thrown them headlong into a dangerous war. For the Pope and jeronimo Visconte by whose council and advise all matters were directed, ●…alling by little and little from the Venetians after Malateste's death, did at last openly declare themselves friends to the Fe●…arois. Francisco Diede, who at that ●…ime was Ambassador with the Pope, had of a long time foreseen it, and a little before had by letters advertised the Prince and Senate thereof, who to contain them still in league, omitted no kind offices of good friends and confederates. It is not certainly known upon what cause they did it.  
The Pope having made a league with the enemy, did by letters go about to cause the Venetians to lay down Arms, to induce them no more to war upon the Ferrarois, and to restore unto him whatsoever till then they had taken from him. The Senate moved by these letters, were unwilling to let go the victory whereof they had so sure hold, and yet desirous to answer the Pope, and to let him and all the Princes of Italy and Europe understand that they were not Authors of that war: for they would never have taken arms against Hercules, had not Pope Sixtus provoked them thereunto. They decreed that Bernardo justiniano a very eloquent person should, in the commonwealths name, answer the Pope.  
The effect of those letters which he composed, and after the Senate's approbation 
The Venetians answer to the Pope.  were sent to Rome, is this. That the Senate were so far from entertaining this war without his Holiness consent, as they did it by his instigation: That as at first so now they did not only prefer peace before war, but before victory, so it were sought for in time, and not on such conditions as might make their lenity in●…erpreted in discretion: That they were confident his Holiness actions had no private end, but such as imported the common good of Christendom: only in this it was notorious to the whole world, that he dealt more subtly than sincerely: That for twenty years wherein both by land and sea they had been singled out by dreadful Ottoman, none of the Princes of Italy afforded one drop of blood towards the quenching of this neighbour flame, but seemed deaf to all solicitations, lame in assistance: But in this private cause of Ferrara those which shrank back from the public quarrel could all bandy together, not as if they would arbitrate, but enforce peace: That they humbly desired his Holiness to deliberate this business temperately which others did passionately, & let his own understanding advise him whether it more concerned him to favour the Venetians or the Ferrarois. As for them they were resolved to prosecute that war, which by his advise they had undertaken, hoping the success should be as happy, as the cause just and honourable.  
This is in sum the import of the Venetian letters: But the Pope not respecting 
He excommunicateth the Venetians.  his ancient league, and perceiving the Venetians to continue their resolution, excommunicated them. He had already leagued himself with Ferdinand and others. And whilst this business was pursued by letters to and f●…o, Alphonso Duke of Calabria came to Ferrara with two thousand men, among whom were four hundred Turks which he brought from Otranto, but they within a while after ran over to the Venetian. Upon his arrival certain skirmishes were made near the City, himself stayed not long there, but leaving his troops with his brother in law, went first to Mantua, and then to Milan. But at a council held at the sametime at Casal-Maior upon the Cremonese where the commissioners of all the confederate Princes and states met, war was concluded against the Venetians by general consent. Frederick Gonzaga Prince of Mantua had the title of General of the Army, but Alphonso Duke of Calabria the honour. The Senate having intelligence of what had been concluded in that assembly, and considering the dangerous war they were to oppose the next Spring, (For the Genoveses excepted whom Giovanni Pascalis sent to that end had exempted, all other Princes and States of Italy had conjured their destruction) and for the strengthening of their party, they sent into France for Renatus Duke of Lorraine, unto whom they gave honourable entertainment. Antonio Vinciguerra one of the Secretaries had long before solicited him from the Pope and Venetians to come into Italy against the Ferrarois, who now the Pope relinquishing the cause remained firm to the Venetians, and brought two hundred horse, and one thousand foot to their aid. Vinciguerra conducted him through the Alps: Bartilmeo Victurini, and Nicolao Foscarini Venetian gentlemen, went as far as Trent on the confines of Italy to meet him.  
The Duke of Austria and the other Potentates of Germany in favour of the Pope denied passage to the Savoyards', and other French whom Lorraine had enroled. The Spring was already come, when Pietro de Priuli, and Marco Antonio Morosini came to the Army as Providators. The enemy's comminations were great: but the Senate having intelligence that their favourites in Milan which yet stirred not, would if Sanseverin crossed the Adda, raise some commotion upon difference betwixt the widow of Galeas and Lodovico Sforza, after mature deliberation, commanded one part of the Army to pass into Lombardie, and the other to remain before Ferrara Deifebo A●…guillare went before with a brave troup of horse, and expected Sanseverino at Azzola upon the Bressan Confines. Roberto soon followed him, leaving the Prince of Mirandola, Bernar dino Montone, Antoniace Dulcino, Gasparo Perussini, Alessandro surnamed the Turk, and divers other Captains at the siege before Ferrara. The French General went thither likewise with his forces: But their arrival was more terrible to their enemy than profitable to the Venetian, the French every day mutining.  
Sanseverino with Marc-Antonio Morosini the Providator being come to the Bressan territory, remained for a time at the new Orges, then making a bridge over the Adda above Trezzia, and fortifying it at each end, himself encamped on the further side, where he contained his soldiers without executing any hostility upon the Country, rather like a guest than enemy, which was so far from di●…inishing the malice of the Confederates, as on the contrary it increased it, hastening not deferring this intended war. Lodovico Sforza, with a mighty Army was in field against 
The state of the Rossians of Parma yieldeth to Lodowick.  the Rossians of Parma, who till then had bravely defended their patrimony, but now seeing so unequal a power bend against them, fortified their towns, and yet not thinking themselves secure, retired with their children into the Genoveses territories. Their Tenants following not their Lords but their fortune, presently upon their departure yielded to Sforza. Lodovico▪ upon this victory marched unto the territory of Gremona where Alphonso expected him, (as some say) called in by the Milanese upon Sanseverins arrival to guard the frontiers in the absence of Lodovico. Others affirm that he came voluntarly offering his assistance against Sanseverino.  
Such was the state of the Venetian affairs, when the Commonwealth was shaken with a new fear by a transcursion of two of S●…ins sons to the enemy. 
Two of Sanseverins sons fly to the enemy.  He had four sons which served in this Army, all valiant and brave young Gentlemen, of whom Francisco and Galeas unknown to their father, dishonourably fled to the enemy, alured (as it seems) by fair promises: yet their error was so much the less, as it extended no further than to themselves. This, at first did greatly ●…rpiex the father, who in great passion called God and men to witness of his sons treachery, practising not only against their father's honour, but life: yet herein comforting himself, that his fidelity was sufficiently known to the 
Sanscuerino's Apology to the Senate, with their gracious acceptation.  Venetians, and should every day be more and more manifested: whereupon, he sent messengers to Venice to make his own Apology, and excuse the temerity of his children, which he hoped ere long to redeem with his own service and loyalty, and let the world know that he esteemed nothing so dear, as the safety and honour of the Venetian Estate. But the Senate was so far from imputing the érrour of his sons to himself, as they did by letters comfort him.  
Alphonso in the mean time having made a bridge over the river beyond Cassian, passed over his Army with great rumour into the Gyradade, and thence, marching into the Bergamasco, took Colloigna and Vnguiana. Sanseverino having intelligence of his coming, kept strong guard on the bridge on that side and strengthened his Rampires, and then retired with his forces towards Bergamo: Thence, crossing the Oglio at Palaznoles, he encamped at the new Orges. The enemy having taken Trecian, and reenforced the Popes and Florentines troops, passed over the Oglio betwixt the new Orges and Quintiano. The Senate considering how dangerous the enemy's Army would be to their territories (for it was reported that he had an hundred companies of men at Arms) did speedily send the rest of the Cavallerie which lay upon the Po, to Sanseverino, that he might be better able to resist him.  
Alphonso in the mean time, had taken all that part of the Bressan territory 
Alphonso's great progression.  which lieth betwixt the River Mella and the new Orges, a very fruitful soil abounding in towns and villages, which upon terror of his arrival presently yielded unto him. The Venetian being inferior to the enemy in strength, resolved not to confront but follow him, and prevent his attempts: And leaving Antonio Sc●…riotto with 300 horse in garrison in the new Orges, himself went through byways first to Maclou, then to Saint Zene three miles from Bressia. Augusti●… Barbadico and Zacharia Barbaro men of great authority, came from Venice to the Campe. But Morosmi and Barbadico remaining with Sanseverino in the Army, Barbaro went to fortify Bressia. He was son to that Francisco who in former time had for three years space defended that City against all the attempts of Duke Philip, worthy indeed of such a father whose wisdom and virtue he inherited, but more famous in being father to H●…olao, the learnedest of his time in Greek and Latin●… Alphonso crossed the River Mella and seized on Baignols'.  
The Prince of Mantua (who till then had carried himself as a friend not enemy to the Venetian●…) did openly show himself their enemy, joining with Alphonso, 
The Mantuan goes to the Confederates A●…mie.  whose Army by this addition amounted to one hundred and thirty companies of horse, which being divided over the Bressan territory took all the towns on this side the River Mella (Azzola excepted) from the Venetians.  
Sanseverino upon the enemies coming to Baignols', retired to Regiana five miles from Bressia, but Alphonso taking all the other towns, brought his Army to Calcina. This is all which that summer, till the beginning of Autumn was done, upon the Bressan and Bergamasch territories.  
Near to the Po, most of the French being dead by sickness, their General having 
The 〈◊〉 of Lorrique rain returns into France.  intelligence of King Lewis death, who by his Testament had made him Governor and Protector of his Realm, returned into France. The Senate being advertised about the Spring, that King Ferdinand, assisted by the Pope and Confederates, had rigged a mighty Fleet, the better to resist the enemy at Sea, wrote to jacomo Marcello who succeeded Souranza in the Admira●…tie; ●…o have a care that the State were not prejudiced about the Islands, nor in the gulf near to Histria and Dalmatia; and if he might safely do it, to invade the fro●…tien of Apulia and Calabria as Souranza had done.  
Marcello had not long been Admiral, when forty of the enemy's Galleys, under the command of Frederick of Arragon, son to Ferdinand, a brave young Prince, came into the Haven of Ancona. Their arrival did trouble the Senate, for it was likely that the enemy, by tarrying in that place, would cut off the Venetians passage on the Sea. All Venice had their hope fixed on Marcello and his Fleet, despairing of their Dominion at Sea, unless the enemy could be speedily repelled; expecting when Marcello should either assail or fire them.  
But whilst he intended the supplying of the Galleys, not yet complete with soldiers and mariners, which he could hardly effect without promise of pardon and impunity to the Bandits of Albania, Dalmatia, and Histria, the enemy thinking himself not safe departed from Ancona three days before his arrival. This omission 
The enemy 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉  was hardly interpreted, especially by the vulgar, measuring things by the event. But better understandings made more favourable construction of it, saying; He did better to absent himself from fight, than unadvisedly hazard his naked Fleet, and that victory was more easy in discourse then action. Thus was he variously censured.  
The enemy in the mean time being out at Sea un willing to seem idle, made 
The enemies take the Isle of Lissa.  sudden incursion upon Lissa an Island in Dalmatia, putting all to fire and sword●… From thence he sailed to Corfou, Georgio Viare a wise & valiant Gentleman governed the Island. He descrying the Arragonian Navy, encouraged the inhabitants, pr●…paring all things requisite for defence: The enemies first assaults were very violent: for being many; they at one time scaled all par●…s: but through the valour of the defendants, they were not only kept from entrance, but pre●…ipitated from the walls with great slaughter.  
Notwithstanding this brave repulse, the assault continuing till night without intermission, and the Governor fearing, that the Defendants wearied, though not 
A subtle 〈◊〉 of Vi●…re.  conquered, would give way to the enemy, invented this stratagem. He diu●…ged that the Venetian fleet would in few hours arrive there, whereupon ●…ee commanded all the bells to be rung, acclamations of joy to be made by the soldiers on the walls, as though supplies were already arrived. The enemy terrified with this sudden clamour, having lost 500 men in this assault, put to Sea. Shortly after 
The enemy retires from Cors●…  the Venetian fleet, arrived and wintered there.  
Alphonso was (as hath been said) encamped at Calcina, and it was probable, that from thence he would go and besiege Lonata. Morosini the Providator departed from the Camp at Rezza, and went thither to fortify the City, whither he sent for Country people, who with the inhabitants and soldiers of the Garrison, made a trench and ra●…pires. Giacomo Media was likewise there, who not long before had been sent thither with three hundred men to guard the City. These, together with the light horse of the Town, did by their frequent incursions, forestall all things from the enemy's foragers so long as they remained there. Moreover, the Venetian had diverted the ordinary current of the River Seriola, that if the enemy came to encamp there, he might want water. Nevertheless he attempted to take Vidaciolla, which Sanseverino having strongly fortified, and the enemy twice assaulting it, could not be taken. Then Alphonso being loath to lose any longer time, determined to march directly to Verona.  
Some say, that the Prince of Mantua, from thence returned home, discontented 
The Ma●… discontented lea●… the army.  with Alphonso, for refusing to besiege Lonata and Piscara, which two towns heespecially desired to take from the Venetians. The Senate had been advertised of the enemy's design, and therefore sent divers boats, and a strong Garrison to Piscara to guard the Town and Lake of La Garda: they had beside commanded the Galley which lay at Lalissa to be armed, and brought into the Lake. The charge thereof was committed to Andrea Marcello, who had command of those vessels, till Pietro Diede was sent thither by the Senate.  
The enemy lying still at Calcina, Thomaso of Imola, who commanded the foot 
The Venetians come to Stellata  forces upon the Po, crossing the River before day, gave a sudden assault to the suburbs of Stellata, and to the rampires next the Castle: the Sailors were mingled with the Soldiers. The suburbs were easily taken and burnt. The ordnance and other engines being taken from the enemy's rampires were carried to the vessels: this being done, they gave a fierce assault to the Fort: The Soldiers and Mariners urged with such fury, as in a moment they became masters of part thereof: Then they which were in the highest places craved parley, first of Immola, then of Andrea Zancane, who commanded the vessels, and of set purpose prolonged their parley, expecting some speedy aid from Ferrara, wherein they were not deceived. So soon as news came to the City, that the enemy had taken the bastions, and part of the Fort at Stellata, and that without speedy help, they within it would be enforced 
〈◊〉 d Es●…e 〈◊〉 to the relief of S●….  to yield; Hercules on a sudden taking the light horse with him, and commanding the rest of his forces to follow in order of battle, showed himself unlooked for to the Venetians, whom he charged: the Sailors running to the vessels, left the soldiers to the slaughter, who for a while made head, but upon the arrival of the rest of the troops, they threw themselves into the water, trusting to their skill in swimming, hoping thereby to get into the vessels, but most of them being carried away by the violent swiftness of the torrent, perished, those that escaped drowning were taken prisoners, among whom was Immola, who being but slightly wounded, and dying the night following, was supposed to have been poisoned.  
Those that lay at the obscure Lake, made incursions as far as Ferrara, where among other places they spoiled the rich and beautiful Monastery of the Chartreux, 
The death of Gi●… H●….  burning part thereof. Giovan He●… Providator in that Camp having intelligence that the Fort of Stellata was taken, and making himself ready to march to the relief of his soldiers, and in joy of that good news curuetting his horse not well managed, it threw him, of which fall he died not long after. Giacomo surnamed Media came to the Camp as Providator in his stead, who by reason of the infectious air falling sick was carried back to Venice, where not long after he died. Lastly, they sent Francisco Troni thither, a discreet and brave young man, who had no better success than his fellows. 
Alphonso taketh Carpinetta.   
Whilstthe is was done on the Po, Alphonso departing from Calcina took Carpinetta, thence marching to Calauria, he crossed the Mincia with part of his forces beneath Valegia, where having well viewed the whole Country, he repassed the River and came to Godia, where again crossing the Mincia at a bridge, by the 
The situation of Valegia.  Mantuans confines came into the Veronois. Vallegia stands upon an high hill, and underneath it runs the Mincia; the walls fortified with towers extend themselves as far as the Marshes of Tartar. In this space stands Villafranca in the midst of a Plain, strong rather by Art than Nature. The Arragonois breaking down the walls in that place, approached with his army near to the City, and battering the Castle, took it the third day after his arrival.  
From thence scattering his forces throughout the Veronois, he filled all places 
Alphonso upon the Ueronois.  with terror, even to the City walls: He likewise sent some of his Captains to view the strong towns of the Country, and without difficulty became Master of Vigatia, the Isle of Escalla and Sanguineta. Then coming to the River Adice, and being discovered by the Inhabitants of the farther shore, they terrified, fled, which terror ran as far as Padua and Vincenza, the Country people flying to the cities and strong towns. In this alarm the Magistrates of both places assembled 
Sanseverino co●…meth to Valegia.  forces to oppose the enemy's passage over the Adice. Alphonso stayed not long at Villafranca, ere Sanseverino coming up the Lake of Benac encamped near Valegia, where Marc- Antonio Morosini met him with part of the forces which were at Lonata; at his arrival Augustino Barbadico his Colleague fell sick, and was carried to Venice.  
Alphonso perceiving the Venetian to be encamped before him, and not able to draw him to the fight, nor yet safely to assail him, on a sudden rose and marched into the Bressan, where he besieged Azzola. Some thought that the enemy did not without cause remove and give over his other dessigns for that siege, but that he had correspondence with some of the Garrison and Citizens for surrender of the town. It is certain, that the town being afterwards delivered back to the Venetians by agreement, some by decree of Senate, who feeling themselves guilty had removed their habitation, were absolutely banished, whereby we may perceive 
Alphonso takes Azzola.  that it was not a public but private surrender. But howsoever, the City reputed impregnable yielded at the first assault, the Castle following their example: Sanseverino after Alphonso's departure recovered all the Towns which he had taken upon the Veronois, and leaving Antonio Souranza for the guard of Valegia, he went into the Bressan, and encamped at Calcina.  
While these things were done abroad, the State received an ill presage at home. For the Duke's palace was in part burnt down by night. It is thought one of the 
Par●… of the duke's palace burnt.  Chapel negligently leaving a candle lighted, the snuff thereof falling down kindled the fire, which about the second watch of the night broke forth into a flame: the mischief would have extended farther, as in former time, had it not been speedily prevented. Sanseverino strengthened at Calcina with new supplies, was desirous to pursue the enemy, when contrary to all expectation he understood the loss of Azzola and the Castle. This news bred general amazement, many expostulating 
divers expostulations upon the yielding of Azzola.  why the Azolans ever favoured by the Venetians should so betray them? why the Castle should so distrust it own strength? That this yielding proceeded not from fear but treachery: and that the enemy not uninuited had so confidently entered the Bressan. These rumours passed in the Venetians Campe. But Alphonso delivering the Town to the Mantuan, resolved by all means to free his brother Hercules from the siege, from whom he daily received letters full of complaint, how thath e gained not by the Venetians loss; that his Victories benefited others, not secured his subjects still besieged: That the Venetian Ensigns still braved Ferrara, 
Hercules' plaintive Letters to Alphonso his brother.  and possessed the banks of Po: Therefore he entreated him in such extremity not to relinquish his sister Leonora and her children parts of himself, and desired him to consider how that he should be able to hold out a winter siege; if the enemy should persever and his associates fall from him, (the only thought whereof was terrible) were not he and his whole estate ruined? Therefore he importuned him whilst he had time and means, that he would do his utmost to remove the enemy from the Po, and raise the siege ere Winter.  
These Letters did not move but spur this forward Prince, who sending his infantry before by the Po to Hostilia, himself about midnight followed with the horse by land. Sanseverino having intelligence of the enemy's departure, and assured that his haste tended to the surprisal of the Venetians on the Po, removed likewise before day, and by great journeys came to Verona with two companies of men at arms, and sent order to the magistrates to prepare all the vessels upon the Adice, that nothing might retard his design. Francisco Diede was then Governor of the City, the year before Ambassador with Pope Sixtus (as hath been said) and Francisco Marcello Provost. These spending most part of the day in gathering the boats, and the business not yet ended, were feign to labour all night, so that upon Sanseverines' arrival, the soldiers embarked and sailed directly towards the enemy.  
The Venetian troops following after the General being come to Piscara, they divided themselves and took sundry ways. Morosini the Providator, and Fracasso coming to Verona with certain companies of horse, followed Sanseverino to aid him if need required. Antonio Victorini who had been Providator at Verona returned to the Camp at Calcina with Deifebo Anguilare, and the other part of the army. The Venetians had the good fortune that those whom Alphonso had sent to Hostilia by the Po, were detained by a south wind. They being wind-bowd, 
Sanseverins speed.  Sanseverino with a more favourable gale arrived at Castel-novo as soon as Alphonso. The enemy amazed with the sudden noise heard from the Castle, and wondering at so many confused voices, what, and whence those numbers were, at last understanding Sanseverino to be come, Alphonso broke into these words; O immortal God doth this old fellow fly now ●…e can not go? must the vigour of my youth be outstripped by his deerepitude? and, his journey being greater than mine, must his speed 
Alphonso●…s ●…xclamations.  be so too? Then turning to his Captains and Pilots, he exclaimed against the winds and waters, as confederate against him; and so grinding his teeth, and bewraying much passion, returned frustrate to Hostilia.  
Victorini in the mean time, Deifebo, and Rodolpho Gonzaga departing from Calcina, went to Castagnolles. There they understood that Lodovico Sforza did with great force batter Romagna upon the Bergamasch. The Venetian crossing the Oglio went to Pallasuoles, from whence Thomaso Primania was sent to Bergamo, and Pietro of Carthage to Martinengà to secure those Towns: But Sforza remaining before Romagna after long siege took it. The Venetian Army coming afterwards to Pontoglio, and from thence, near to the Oglio, did in short space recover divers towns lost that Summer.  
In the mean time, Sanseverino and Morosini the Providator returning from the Po, joined with the Army. All things succeeding prosperously, Pietro Marcello as Providator was left to winter at Valegia, and the Albanian horsemen at Villafranca under the command of Nicolao Enonio and his brother, two brave young men, and the rest in other places of the Veronois near to the Mantuan confines, who by their frequent ●…cursions, did all that winter disturb Mantua and the Territories adjacent. Sanseverino united with Victorini and Rodolpho Gonzaga, took Manerbia and the strong garrison in it: From thence Morosini by the Senate's licence returned to Venice, leaving Victorini in the Campe. Manerbia taken, the Venetian General recovered Valeriota, Scorsariola, and to conclude, all towns lost that Summer, but Azola, Quinciana, and Senica: Then, sending the troops to Garrison, himself in mid winter honourably accompanied, went to Venice. Prince Moc●…nigo attended 
Sanseuerino's magnifi●…nt 〈◊〉 at Venice.  by the noblest Senators in the Bucentauro richly hung, went to meet him, and because he had honourably borne himself in his place, the State gave him many rich gifts: they afterwards bestowed upon him Catadella a town on the Paduan territory, and Montorio on the Veronois, with a delicate and pleasant place near to the city, with a goodly palace in it: and that his wife might be a sharer of his good fortune the Senate enriched her with many costly jewels. The like acknowledgement did the Rossians of Parma receive, who being by Sforza expulsed their Country, were at the same time in Venice, where they were bountifully entertained 
The Senat●… compen●…th 〈◊〉 Russians of Parma.  by the Prince and Senate, promising never to forget their good service, and for the time present gave them certain sums of gold forth of the public treasury for the entertainment of their great family: afterwards assigning a perpetual annuity of 32000. crowns to the two brethren Guido and Giacomo, and to the third, who had taken holy Orders, a very rich benefice upon the Veronois.  
Whilst these magnificent rewards were given at Venice, it fell out after Sanseverines' departure forth of Lombardie, Giovanni Antonio Scariotta leading five hundred horse to their Garrison at Cremona, by the treachery of his guides fell into an Ambuscado, in which he lost most of his horse, but himself, son, and one servant, made way through the enemies and escaped. Sanseverino toward the latter end of winter together with Nicolao Pisaura the Providator came to the new Orges where Fracasso lay in garrison; upon their arrival, Antonio Vittorini by the Senate's 
Sanseverino comes to the new Orges.  permission returned to Venice, so that Pisaura was sole Providator in the Army, till the coming of Luca Pisani, who after Zacharia Barbaro had for a while commanded Bressia. They remained still in the Army till the end of the war, and in the mean time weary of Idleness, made a bridge over Oglio, and a Fort at it, which crossing, they took the Tower Tristania on the farther side the River, and 
The tower Tristania taken.  finding store of corn, victual and hay, it was a great help to them that winter: And because the place seemed of some importance, they suddenly fortified it, placing a strong Garrison there.  
The spring already approached when a rumour was spread that the Consultation of the confederate Princes which Alfonso held at Cremona had no prosperous issue, and that they dissented concerning the renovation of the war. This did put the Venetians in some hope that peace propounded in Flaminia by the Pope's Ambassadors, might upon reasonable terms take effect, and to these ends being solicited, the Senate sent Zacharia Barbosa and Frederico Cornari to Lesenna; where after long consultation, they perceived by the unjust conditions propounded, that this treaty of peace was motioned only to amuse the Venetians, and to keep them from pursuing that which they had begun the year before in France and Germany.  
The Venetians the precedent summer, careful of the issue of that war, and incensed against Pope Sixtus had sent Ambassadors to the French Army and German Princes to incite them to summon the Pope and all Christendom to a general Council, wherein it might be lawful to complain of the Pope, and to implore 
The Venetians c●…aue a general Council.  the aid of all Christians against him; and to this end they sent Seb●…stiano Badoario to the Emperor Frederick, Antonio Lauretano to the French king, Paulo Pisani to the Duke of Austria, and Nicolao Foscarini into Flaunders to Maxmilian, the Emperor frederick's son.  
The Pope fearing this matter, was desirous to hearken unto peace. The Venetians in the mean time, though they intended peace, did not omit their warlike preparations against the Spring: for besides the Italian forces which by new supplies were mightily increased by sea and land, they drew from Morea and the Islands next adjacent to Corfou, from Albania, and Dalmatia, twelve hundred 
The venetians receive new supplies.  horse, one part of these were quartered in the villages near to the enemy, from whence they daily made roads into his Country, and the rest upon the Bressan.  
The Spring was already past when Sanseverino sent commandment to all the Garrisons, to meet him on the 27▪ of May, betwixt Variola and Cortiana. But whilst this was done on the Bressan, the sailors of Diede his Galley, and four other Galleys of Marcello's Fleet mutined. The Authors of the mutiny were secretly punished by the commandment of Tomaso Zeno General of the Fleet on the Po: which the other Mariners having notice of, went with their Galley to the enemy's side, who lay near to Philocina, but they were by him basely stripped, spoiled and sent away. The Senate upon these news proclaimed them traitors; and that they might serve as an example to others, banished them from their territories, with this addition, That if any of them were ever afterwards taken in the Venetian jurisdiction, they should be put to death as Capital offenders.  
At the same time that this Galley was lost, Captain Porco, agreat enemy to the Venetians, made daily incursions from Hostilio even to the trenches of Mellaria, and among other bravadoes against the Venetians, he did by oath protest unto 
The arrogant brag of Porco.  Giovanni Canalis (at that time Governor of the Castle) that within few days he would come knock a nail into the gates of Mellaria. This brag cost him dear; for being taken and brought before Canalis, the Venetian said to him; Thou arrogant and vainglorious fellow, perform thy insolent promise: and seeing as victorious thou canst not perform this brag, at least as a captive; And because thou shalt not be forsworn, take this nail and hammer: (which he delivered to him.) This being done, he presently sent him to Venice to be executed.  
Marcello, General of the Venetian Fleet, toward the latter end of the Spring left Corfou, and went to besiege Gallipolis. This city is like an▪ Island, and seated in 
The Venetians besiege Gallipolis  that part of Calabria advancing toward the Ionian sea, confining upon it and the Adriatic. Pliny saith, That in time past it did belong to the Gauls, which is not unlikely to be true in regard of the name. The Naval Army consisted of 56. vessels, among which were 16. Galleys, and five ships of burden. The Venetian before he would assault the City, summoned it to know if they would voluntarily yield, but seeing that labour was vain, he drew his vessels near the shore, and landed part of his soldiers to assault it by land, and on the water from his Fleet annoyed the enemy so, as on both sides a cruel fight began. Marcello from his Admiral Galley encouraged his soldiers, willing them bravely to mount the Rampires; the soldiers obeyed and desperately ran through the midst of the enemy's shot. Dominico Delfino, Lodovico Garzone, Constantino Lauretano, Tomaso Diede, and many other Captains of Galleys, did bravely acquit themselves at the assault: And the Venetians had already, not without great slaughter, reared ladders against the walls, on which some were mounted, when Marcello from the poop of his Admiral Galley, encouraging by name the soldiers and Captains, approving the valiant, and condemning cowards, executing all offices of a skilful Captain and General, being shot with a bullet, presently fell down dead. Sagidino the Secretary saw him fall, and covered him with a cloak, and after that he had conveyed the body into 
The death of General Marcello.  his Cabin, encouraged his Countrymen to pursue the victory, telling them that the General was slightly hurt, and gone to be dressed, willing them, in the mean time, to let the enemy see that they could fight valiantly without a Commander, and in recompense of their valour, the City's sack was theirs, it being once taken.  
Dominico Maripietro Captain of the ships of burden, so encouraged his soldiers, as in despite of the enemy they mounted the walls. At last the victorious 
Gallipolis taken.  Venetian entered the City, not yet knowing their General was dead. Every street was filled with slaughter and spoil. Commandment was given not to ravish women or spoil Churches. The Citizens threw down their arms and cried for mercy: all places echoed the cries and lamentations of women and children. The noble Venetian presently grew passionate, and pitied their distress, by sound of Trumpet commanding his Soldiers and Mariners to abstain from spoil and slaughter. Gallipolis taken, the command of the fleet was by a General consent committed to Maripietro, till such time as the Senate should provide a new general. The victorious Venetians did forth with fortify the City, and made it a safe retreat for their forces.  
In the mean time Nerita a City of the Salentines Radisca and many other neighbour towns daunted with the disaster of the Gallipolitans, voluntarily yielded. Marcellos death reported at Venice, did somewhat sour the sweetness of the victory. The City nevertheless rejoiced, because that by the taking of Gallipolis, a means was offered them at their pleasures to annoy king Ferdinand their enemy, whose pride was no whit daunted, notwithstanding that he saw the Venetians make incursions into the very bowels of his Kingdom; yet that turbulent spirit of his when it perceived his country entangled in a difficult and tedious war inclined to peace.  
His son Alphonso who lay on the Cremonese, having intelligence by spies that the Venetians coming from their Garrisons, were with a mighty Army encamped at Varioles, did with his troops (which were far inferior to the Venetians) march to Quintiana, where fortifying himself, his Army by supplies from 
Alphonso's Army at Quintiana.  the confederates, did daily increase. Sanseverino in the mean time, because he would not be idle, thought it fit, that Nicolao Pisauro the Providator, and his son Francisco should with certain troops of horse make incursions into the enemy's country: 
The Venetians take Calais.  These having at a bridge crossed the Oglio, did on a sudden surprise Calce, and other towns of small importance, some of which they fortified, and razed the rest.  
The enemy being not far off, lay still and would not remove, so as all that harvest there was no other memorable exploit done. In the end, after that Alphonso had assembled all the confederate forces consisting of six score companies of men at Arms, with an infantry to their Cavallerie, he marched against the new Orges. Sanseverino though he were inferior to him in number of horse, yet being his superior in foot forces, went to the old Orges, supposing that the enemy would come thither. Nicolao Trevisano Governor of Bressia, accompanied Sanseverino with a gallant troop to the new Orges.  
Alphonso in the mean time being come to Metella, enforced the townsmen to 
Alphonso takes Metela.  yield, together with some other places of mean importance: From thence he went and seized on Varioles and Scosariolles, and then continued at Baignolles: But the Venetian who still followed him, seeking for a fit occasion to give him battle, went from Maclodia to Torbolles, and from thence not long after encamped at S. Zenes betwixt Bressia and the enemy's camp. There peace was motioned with more likelihood of good success, than before at Cesenna, and as it had a better beginning, 
A motion of peace.  so was the end more prosperous. For the Captains (which seldom happens) who were wont to abhor the name of peace, became Authors and umpires thereof.  
Sanseverino on the one side, and Lodovico Sforza on the other, after sundry messages from both parts undertook this treaty so much desired, not only in Lombardie, where war was hot, but over all Italy.  
During this treaty of peace, or not long before, the Venetians received a great overthrow near to Ferrara. Certain foot-companies of the Garrison of the obscure lake had made incursions to the very gates of Ferrara, seeking to draw forth the enemy into some Ambuscado: but the Ferrarois still contained themselves within their walls till the Venetians retired towards their camp: for than they sent 
The Venetians are put to rout.  certain troops of horse against them, who skirmished with them as far as the Park corner which confrontes Cassagio, where the Venetians in disorder were put to rout, divers were there slain, and many wounded: but the number of prisoners was very great, who (according to the manner of the Italian war) being stripped, were dismissed. Troni Providator at that time of the obscure lake, falling sick, and being carried to Venice, died there.  
Peace (as hath been said) being motioned by the Captains did then take effect, on 
Peace concluded with the Venetians.  these conditions: That the Venetians should re-enter Asola Romania, and all other towns lost during that war of Lombardie▪ That they should withdraw all their Garrisons on this side, & beyond the Po; raze all the Forts built upon the river banks; and should surrender to Hercules whatsoever they had taken from him: the Pollesin 
Condition of peace.  of Rovigo excepted, which themselves retained; and should enjoy the same liberties old and new as they were wont to have in Ferrara, and places near adjoining: That Sanseverino should still continue in the Venetians pay, and yet should be General to all the Princes and States of Italy.  
Such was the end of the confederate war of all Italy against the Venetians, the greatness of whose preparations may be imagined by this: That in two years space or little more whilst this war lasted, they spent three millions and 600000. Ducats. 
How much the Venetians spent in this war.  The Venetians of a long time had not so willingly entertained peace. In all Towns and Castles over their dominions, bonfires were made in sign of joy.  
Besides, triumphs, tournaments, and fight at barriers, were proclaimed which should continue certain days. The rewards propounded to the combatants were two pieces, the one of cloth of gold, and the other of silver. Great multitudes of people came from all parts to behold those shows. Hercules de Oeste, and julio Count of Camerin were present at them, whom the Prince and Senate went to meet. Leon, son to Lodovico Sforza, and Galeas Sanseverino came from Milan to Venice. Old Sanseverino chose rather to be a dealer in the triumphs than a spectator. The Rossians of Parma, and the Prince of Mirandula came thither likewise, with many other great Lords, some to fight, others to look on. The marketplace of S. Mark as far as S. Geminians Church was to this end sumptuously adorned. The combatants preparations were magnificent: Three of Sanseverines' sons, who sundry times made shows apart, caused five and twenty brave coursers to be richly trapped with gold and purple. The Rossians of Parmas' shows were in a manner like this: But that of Count Camerins nephew, son to his brother, was accounted more sumptuous than all the rest. More than an hundred thousand persons beheld these triumphs.  
Prince Mocenigo accompanied with the Senate and City Magistrates had a place prepared for them. These tournaments lasted certain days. In the end, the honour of the triumph was adjudged to Sanseverines' sons, as they that had best deserved it, Fracasso and Antonio Maria divided the cloth of gold betwixt themselves, and Galeas alone had that of silver. Count Camerins nephew, who in all men's judgements had done bravely, refused three hundred crowns, which the State would have given him. Some thought he did it in disdain, because others were preferred before him. Mariotto, a younger brother of the Rossians of Parma, doing more at barriers than his years promised, was rewarded with a horse richly barded. Many others were rcompenced according to their merit, many were likewise knighted. julio Count of Camerin was made General of the Venetian troops, seeing Sanseverino commanded those of all Italy.  
The end of the second Book of the fourth Decad.   

THE THIRD BOOK OF THE FOURTH DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the third Book of the fourth Decad.  
THE Duke's Palace burnt during the war, is sumptuously re-edified. The Pestilence begun in Summer doth in Autumn make divers places in the city desolate. A brief Description of their Sea-trafficke. Four Galleys trading into France are taken by Pirates on the coast of Portugal. Troubles in friul by the sudden arrival of the Hungarians. ROBERTO SANSEVERINO with a brave Cavallerie goes to the war lately begun near Rome. The election of MARCO BARBADICO who succeed MOCENIGO in the Principality of Venice. A brief Declaration of the war of Rome betwixt Pope INNOCENT and king FERDINAND Three Commissioners are appointed to provide all things requisite to purge the City from the pestilence. SANSEVERINO despoiled of his troops, returns to the Venetians. Their usual custom at their Prince's funerals. The cause of the war with the Archduke of Austria, and sudden commotions of the enemy on the very confines of Italy. The beginning and end of the Rethicke war. The kingdom of Cyprus is joined to the Venetians Dominions; by a conveyance made by Queen KATHERINE in her life time. The invention of harquebusses, and the recompense of such as learned to shoot in them. An extreme cold frost at Venice, and over all the Lakes. A league betwixt the Pope, Venetians, and GALE AS SFORZA. The preparations of CHARLES the French King for the conquest of the kingdom of Naples.  
THat part of the Duke's Palace which was burnt during the war, was from the foundation re-edified 
The Duke's palace is re-edified  this first year of the peace: It is an admirable piece of work, and likely to last long. The City was greatly molested with the Infection the next Summer, which increasing in Autumn, did make Venice very desolate. This domestic loss was accompanied 
A great plague at Venice.  toward the end of Summer with an other far from home. But before we enter into this Discourse, it shall not be impertinent to mention the Venetians great industry, & wealth, purchased by traffic at sea.  
There is no place in all the Sea from Gades, betwixt Africa and Europe, towards Syria and Egypt in the Levant; nor from the North and West towards Bosphorus and the Fens Meotides; nor any place so remote, which the Venetian Galleys have not at all times frequented in trade of Merchandise. It is almost incredible to think how the Venetian vessels do ordinarily enter into the Havens, not only of Italy, but of Liburnia, Dalmatia, Macedonia and Grecce, as if it were in the suburbs of Venice. We will speak of those, who at the commonwealths charge are yearly sent to take in lading in the remotest places of the world.  
Of these, four great galleys bring home into Italy, Spice, Silk, Precious stones, and Pearls from Syria and Egypt. Three others go into Lybia, for gold, jewels, and slaves. Two sail into France and bring home wool and Spanish silk. Others go towards the Tana is, and Fens Meotides, from whence they return laden with tapistry and Emeralds. And besides this number, four direct their course into the French Ocean, and from the Martes there, load themselves abundantly with wools, gold, tapistry, and cloth of Flaunders.  
According to this custom four Galleys for this purpose were abroad under the command of Bartilomeo Minio, who coming into the Spanish Seas, met with young Columbus, (nephew to Columbus the famous Mariner) who with seven tall ships of war encountered them in the night near to the sacred Promontory, modernely termed S. Vincents Cape. But although at first he determined to assault the Venetian Galleys, yet he abstained that night, and resolving to fight with them, came so near, as the prows of the pirate's ships were asterne the poops 
The Venetian galleys are assailed by Pirates.  of the Venetian Galleys. So soon as it was day Columbus assailed the Venetians, who were inferior to him in men and vessels, but superior in courage and resolution. They fought fiercely for certain hours space, and with such great slaughter as is seldom seen in any fight with such enemies, who rarely come to fight but upon constraint. diverse that were present at the bickering say, that three hundred Venetians were slain at that fight: others mention not so many. Among the dead were Lorenzo Michael Captain of a Galley, and Giovanni Delfino brother to another Captain. The Venetians were wearied with long fight. The Galley Delfina was taken by the enemies, whereupon the rest yielded. Some say, that in one Galley four score dead bodies lay betwixt the prow and poop, which spectacle the victorious enemy lamented, saying in despite, That the Venetians by their wilfulness had procured that loss. The dead bodies were thrown into the Sea, and the wounded set on shore. Those which escaped went to Lisbon, and from thence were sent home. 
Lisbon a City of Portugal.   
Lisbon is a City of Portugal standing upon the Sea, I think it was in old time called Olisipone. It is at this day very famous, as well for the ordinary residence of kings, as for her great wealth. The Venetians were there very kindly entertained by the king, and those that were sick he commanded to be carefully looked to, the rest, according to each man's quality, received money and clothes, and were sent home into their country.  
The Venetians are in ancient league with the kings of Portugal, the which being 
League betwixt the venetians and kings of Portugal. The cause of this league.  derived from the Father to the Son, they inviolably observe. They say, that the cause of this league and friendship proceeded from the Venetians courtesy and liberality. It is reported, That a king of Portugal came in time passed with a small train to Venice to see the City, where he remained certain days in disguised habit. But so great a guest could not long be concealed: For the Senate having intelligence, that a Noble man of royal parentage lay in the City, it did honourably receive and conducted him to a goodly Palace, where he lodged, being accompanied by certain Senators to show him the singularities of the City, and to wait upon him whither soever he went: At his departure they gave him rich gifts, and for his greater honour appointed some to attend him as far as the Venetians confines. This did the Venetians, not (as they thought) to a king but only to a private person of blood royal. At his return into Portugal he acquainted his Princes with the Venetians courtesy and liberality; and made a Decree, That his successors should for ever acknowledge the Venetians bounty towards him. And for this cause the king of Portugal gave such good entertainment to the distressed Venetians: he did likewise command that none of his subjects should buy any part of the Venetians goods which had been stolen from them. The news of this loss did greatly afflict the City, the which exceeding (as it was reported) the sum of 20000. crowns, touched some particular persons: But the death of so many men did much augment their sorrow. The pestilence at this time did greatly infect the City, in regard whereof, the Senate was of opinion at that time not to revenge that wrong, but to defer it to a fitter time.  
At the same time there arose some troubles in friul. Certain light horse, sent by the King of Hungary (as it was afterwards known) made sudden incursions upon the very confines of Italy, to surprise Porto-novo, a town upon the River Lizonza. The Hungarians made a stay upon the Thryestines territory. But the Senate, though it certainly knew that the same King made war still upon Frederick, and that those troops were expressly sent into Italy to surprise Porto-novo and Tryeste, which Frederick yet held; yet because they were not well assured of the King's intention, they forthwith sent certain troops of horse which lay in Garrison betwixt Verona and Padua, to the Carnons territories. But the Hungarians passing quietly through the territory of Vdina, and frustrate of their hope to take the City, which the Bandits had assured them of, left Italy, and returned without any farther attempt.  
The better part of Harvest was already spent, when Roberto Sanseverino (who 
Sanseverino aideth Pope Innocent.  notwithstanding the peace in Lombardie still remained in the Venetians pay) earnestly solicited by Letters from Pope Innocent who succeeded Sixtus, went without the Senate's consent or knowledge (who were then at peace by sea and land) with his sons Fracasso and Galeas and two and thirty companies of horse, first into Faminia, and afterwards to Rome in the midst of winter: but he arrived somewhat before his forces; for the Pope being pressed by Alphonso, hastened his coming.  
The cause of this war proceeded from the commotions of the Volaterrans, and rebellion of certain Princes, who by a sudden conspiracy, revolted from Ferdinand, retiring to Pope Innocent, requesting his aid against that King. The Pope finding them not only worthy to be protected by his authority, but likewise to be freed from all wrong by the forces of the Church of Rome, it fell out that Virgino Vrsino, who (as we have elsewhere said) besides sundry towns which he possessed near Rome on this side, and beyond Tiber, had likewise divers others in the Marshes as far as the lake Fuscino in the confines of the Realm of Naples, remained still loyal to the King. At first he resolved (as it is reported) not wholly to abandon the King, nor likewise in any sort to take Arms against the Pope, but together with Ferdinand defending the realms frontiers, following his Ancestors steps, to make no attempt near Rome. In this manner, he remained, as it were, neuter amidst these new garboils of war, when after Sanseverins arrival, by the persuasion (as it was thought) of some chief Commanders of the contrary faction, the Palace of the Ursini upon Mount jordano, (which is the name of some part of the City) was suddenly by the soldiers spoiled and burnt: whereat Virginio being incensed, did presently declare himself together with the other Lords of that family, an enemy to the Pope. Alfonso strengthened by this man's power, and having seized on certain bridges near Rome, began after Sanseverines' arrival, to waste and spoil all places round about the City. We only mention this to acquaint the reader with the cause of the war betwixt the Pope and King Ferdinand.  
Now while these things were done near Rome, Prince Mocenigo died the seventh year of his Government.  


¶ MARCO BARBADICO, the 73. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
MArco Barbadico, a Senator of great wisdom and authority, was by a general consent chosen Prince in his stead. This man (the Commonwealth being quiet at home and abroad) repaired the ducal Palace begun a while before, with such expedition, as in a few months whilst he remained Prince all that part thereof towards the East was with stately Architecture almost finished. The cold weather nothing abating the fury of the Pestilence, it did greatly afflict the City. Therefore three Senators were appointed, who had ample commission to do whatsoever they should find necessary, to free it from that calamity. These men, that they might the sooner take away the cause of the sickness, in an open place for the purpose caused a great quantity of infectious apparel which the covetous grave-makers had laid up together, to be burned in one fire. And because great numbers of people did surcharge the City, they sent a great part of the vulgar to inhabit elsewhere. At the same time the great Channel, opposite to the great marketplace, was cleansed, the which by a decree of Senate, though it were of great extent, was in all places scoured. They sent certain foot companies (according to their usual manner) into Cyprus for to guard the Island.  
In the mean time, war betwixt the Pope and the Ursini (who as hath been said, showed themselves openly for Ferdinand) broke forth into great flames, after the arrival of Sanseverines' forces. For Pontenomentana being recovered, which they had taken, and Fracasso, son to old Sanseverino almost slain with a bullet, 
Sanseverino recovereth Pontenomentana.  the whole burden of the war felon Paulo Vrsino, and other of Virginio's kinsmen. For Nomentana being taken by force, was sacked and ruined. Sanseverino marched towards Monterotonda, when Cardinal Baptista Vrsino came to the Pope, and assured him that himself and friends would be obedient to the holy Sea, by means whereof there were none other attempts made near Rome.  
Virginio's troops of horse did in the mean time waste the Roman territory, till Alphonso's return from Tuscanie, where according to their agreement they received a brave cavalry from the Florentines and Milanese, with which they made towards Rome: Sanseverino with far fewer number went to encounter him near Flisco; there in skirmish the enemy lost certain horse; but this notwithstanding, Alphonso presuming on his own strength did in despite of Sanseverino make furious incursions upon the Romanesca.  
The Pope who till then had constantly maintained this great war, though he already before resolved (as some say) to crave aid from France, having sent for Renatus Duke of Lorraine to come into Italy against Ferdinand; and had likewise by his Nuncio Nicolao Franco elect Bishop of Treviso, requested the Venetians to associate him in that war; yet because supplies from France are accounted far off, and tedious, and that the Venetians in respect of their league sworn in Lombardie at the finishing of the Ferrarois' war, with Lodovico Sforza, Alphonso and the Florentines, would not take Arms; having thereby lost all hope of aid from any other place, and fearing to precipitate the State of Rome into greater dangers, he did willingly incline to peace which the enemy offered him on honourable terms. For though he was a great Protector of the papal dignity, yet he loved peace and 
Peace betwixt the Pope and Ferdinand.  quietness, in concluding whereof, he did as much as in him lay, procure the wealth and advancement of the Church of Rome, together with that of his friends and confederates.  
Sanseverino presently after peace was made, being cashiered, and resolving to carry back his troops of horse into Lombardie, did by letters and express messengers 
Sanseverino dispo●…sed of his forces.  crave leave of the Senate to retire with two thousand horse into some town belonging to their territories: But his demand not granted, himself destitute of all counsel, as a man forsaken, having no safe place of retreat, and Alphonso still at his back, who had followed him into Flaminia, was enforced to leave his Cavallerie to his enemy, and himself with a few followers to make a speedy retreat into the frontiers of Ravenna.  
Such was the end of Sanseverino and his sons renowned journey from Lombardie to the war of Rome, which we have not so much mentioned for himself, as to 
The venetians loyalty.  let the world understand the Venetians great constancy and loyalty. For although an occasion was offered to ruin king Ferdinand entangled in a domestic war, or at least mightily to endanger him if they would have embraced those offers, promises and conditions, yet because they would in no sort violate the treaty of peace which they had once sworn to, they stopped their ears to these motions. Now whilst these things were done near Rome, news was brought from France, that Maximilian son to the Emperor Frederick was chosen King of the Romans, a name 
Maximilian is chosen king of the Romans.  very hateful to the City of Rome, taking it original in the days of that Charles who overthrew the Lombard's greatness in Italy. For many Historians affirm, That he did afterwards make his son Pipin, King of Italy, himself being Emperor: and by this means it came to pass in time, that he is not only called king of Italy, but of Romans, which enjoyeth the same digintie and greatness like him.  
Maximiliam had married the daughter and heir of Charles Duke of Burgundy, who died in the war against the Swisses, and by this marriage purchasing great and ample Signories, being young, valiant and apt either for war or peace, had after some new troubles and difficult men aces of war, enforced that stirring nation to obey his commandemment: Himself and Frederick his father, acquainted the Venetians, 
〈…〉.  (as their great friends) with this new election. Dominico Trevisano, and Hermolao Barbaro were sent Ambassadors to them both, with commission in the State's name to congratulate that royal election: They were both knighted. Another Ambassador was likewise sent into Portugal, to thank that king from the Prince and Senate, for that not long before he had relieved and assisted the Venetians, who by Pirates had been robbed and spoiled and set on shore in his country. 
Ambassade into Portugal.  jeronimo Donato a very excellent Philosopher was appointed to go thither. Toward the Spring, the sickness lessened, and before Summer ended, it wholly ceased, so as of a long time before, the City was not seen more healthful. This prosperity was accompanied by another, proceeding from Prince 
Great prosperity of the venetia●…▪ State.  Barbadicos care and diligence, which was, great plenty and abundance of all things, for such store of corn, wine, oil, and all sorts of meat was brought to the City, as in the memory of man the like had not been seen. This joy was likewise seconded by another: for the Venetians at that time had peace both by land and sea, so as the Commonwealth was never more happy than at that time.  
The Prince was not only busied in maintaining the State in this prosperity, but in augmenting it, when on a sudden to all men's grief, death prevented him. He died in the ninth month of his government: and therein perhaps more happy than all his predecessors: because, that besides a goodly race which he left behind him, himself having well deserved of Religion, Country, and Citizens, the City at his death was clear from pestilence, and abounded in plenty. We may moreover add this to his good fortune, That upon his deathbed an Ambassador came to him from Bajazet son to Mahomet Emperor of Turks, and brought him rich presents. It is reported that drawing towards his end, he called for four of his sons, whom after virtuous instructions which he gave them, he exhorted to love and honour 
The Prince's instruction to his children on his deathbed.  the State, entreating them often to remember the honour it had done him, for raising him from a mean Citizen to the highest and sovereign dignity, the which ought to make them to render that piety to their country which their father by reason of his short government could not perform. The whole City did infinitely bewail his death. Every one did publicly speak of his meekness towards all men. For besides other pious examples towards the poor, he did at the beginning of his government, (fearing that by reason of multiplicity of causes the poor should have no free access to him) make a decree, That the names of those who were desirous to have audience of him should from eight to eight days be drawn by lot: and that their names who were first drawn, should be first dispatched. This holy Decree was cause that neither ambition, bribery, nor favour could hinder poor men's suits, nor bar them from audience. Great numbers of people followed his funerals to the Church of the Twins. But his body lies buried in the Church of the Public charity.  
It shall not be impertinent to set down briefly in this place, the ceremony 
The ceremony at the Prince's funerals.  which is at this day used at the interment of the Venetian Dukes. After he is dead and bowelled, they embalm the body, and lay it under a Canopy of Gold, with his guilt sword and spurs reversed: he is publicly kept in the Palace for three whole days; then all the companies of the City which are as many as there be Trades, do with their banners, in solemn order, go before the body; after them follow the Clergy, next them the mourners who are many, in sad and sorrowful manner: last of all come the Senate clothed in Scarlet and Purple, to demonstrate, That the City which is free, doth never in mourning habit follow the funeral of any Prince, how virtuous so ever. In this manner and habit, so soon as the body is brought into the Church, they sit round about it, whilst the memory of the deceased Prince (according to the ancient manner) is recommended to the people in a funeral Oration. From thence the Senators returning to the Palace, do publish the first assembly for the creation of a new Duke.  
  


AUGUSTINO BARBADICO, the 74. Duke of Venice.   
 
 
AVgustino Barbadico, brother to the deceased Prince, a man of singular wisdom and gravity, and at that time Procurator of S. Mark, succeeded his brother. This election was by so much more pleasing to the City, by how much every man thought, that they could not have chosen a man more resembling the late Prince in all virtuous qualities, than this man. The next day after his creation he made a sweet and gentle Speech to the people, but his majestic and reverend presence, with a long white beard hanging down beneath his girdle, made him more venerable. After his election all things flourishing in peace as before, he began his government like to his brother, by repairing the ducal palace.  
The next Winter, Antonio Ferriere, and within a while after Giovanni Baria were sent to Constantinople to the Turkish Emperor. Antonio Lauretano Ambassador at Rome was called home, because the Senate supposed that he had not faithfully discharged his place; he was a very wise man and excellently learned: he was banished the City for ten years. Sebastiano Badoario and Bernardo Bembo were sent to Rome in his stead, where Antonio Vinciguerra the Secretary after 
A league betwixt the Pope and venetians.  Lauretans departure, had in the mean time by the Senate's command treated with his Holiness, whereupon at their arrival, they made a league with him.  
At the same time almost that this league was published, Francisco Priuli was made Admiral of the Sea. He at the Spring receiving the public ensigns in S. Marks Church from the Prince's hand, departed from Venice. Certain armed Galleys to secure the Sea-frontires, were gone before, and some others followed them. So great care had the Senate at that time for the guard of the Seas, when an unlooked for war from Germany assailed them, about contending for their bounds; the beginning and progression whereof was thus. Sigismond, brother to the Emperor Frederick, was Lord and Sovereign Prince of the Rheticke and Noricke Commonwealths, and other Countries of Germany near adjacent: He was a meek 
The original of the Rheticke war.  and courteous Prince, but inclining too much to flatterers: He had ever been in league with the Venetians, in which regard, the Almain Merchants his subjects had free traffic over all the Venetians territories, and the Venetian Merchants did the like in his; and especially at a famous Mart which is yearly held for a certain time at Bolzan, a City under his obedience.  
Now the Venetians coming to this Fair after their usual manner, in the year 1487, were by Sigismunds' commandment (contrary to the law of Nations) taken 
The law of Nations violated.  and imprisoned, and their goods seized to the Prince's use. His subjects had not long before driven the Venetians from the silver Mynes in the Alps, bought by the Signiory, and because they were near to them, they withheld them by force. When they were demanded why they did so, their excuse was; That Sigismonds' subjects inhabiting upon the Lake of La Garda, were dispossessed of their dwellings, making this a colour to shadow their malice: for the strife of those men being referred to arbitrement, was in friendly manner debated by Commissioners from both sides.  
And the better to manifest that their project was not new, after the imprisonment of the Venetian Merchants, they levied forces from all parts, aswell of their own, as Swisses & Grisons to the number of ten thousand men. Then at the Spring they came into the field under Gaudentius Amasianus their General, and entered furiously upon the Confines of Verona: and from thence running fifteen miles into 
The Almains besiege Rovero.  the Country, along the River Adice; they drew near to Rovero, a Castle belonging to the Venetians, seated in a straight of the Alps upon that River, which they being not able to take as they supposed to have done, they wasted the Country round about, and then made Sturma their Rendezvous.  
These incursions being known at Venice, the Senate commanded that their soldiers which were in the Trevisan, Friul, and Lombardie, should speedily meet at Verona, and that beside those, new levies of soldiers should be made. Within a while after, Pietro Diede Governor of Verona, and jeronimo Marcello were made 
Pietro Diede, and jeronimo Marcello Providators.  Providators, and the Signiory committed unto them the command of that war. The Senate afterwards thought good to make julio Caesare Varrana Count of Cameryna General of their Army, who presently came to Verona.  
The Almains in the mean time being provided of all necessaries to besiege and take that place, approaching near the walls, battered it with their ordnance, whereof they had great store: and the battery continuing certain days, they did beat 
Ronero yielded to the Almains on composition.  down a great part of the wall; the Captain of the Castle, by reason of their great number, being hardly able to repulse them from the assault, howbeit notwithstanding all his resistance he was at last enforced to yield it upon composition. That which did most torment the besieged at the besieged at the battery and assault, was the enemy's artillery, which was charged with iron bullets, hollow within and filled with wild fire. These bullets striking on the walls, scattered the fire up and down, with such vehemency, as it burned whatsoever it met with, so as no man durst come upon the walls to the assault.  
The Senate, perceiving that the war would continue longer than they had imagined, 
The Venetians entreat old Sanseverino to be their General.  and in some sort distrusting the speedy finishing of it by the valour and skill of one General, entreated Roberto Sanseverino, (who after that Pope Innocent had cassiered him; retired to his own house near Padua) to accept the place of General of their Army, together with julius Caesar Varran, and to make all haste possible to the Alps above Verona, with certain troops of horse, together with his sons, two brave young men. Sanseverino entertained the offer, and speedily went thither; At his arrival the army was filled with hope: he made certain light skirmishes, whose event was somewhat doubtful, and made a bridge over the River, that the soldiers might pass from one side to the other, and that by it, victuals might likewise be brought to the camp.  
At the same time certain companies of Almains made incursions on the Territories of Vincenza, Feltre, and Friul; the fear of their coming doing more hurt than their actions. For jeronimo Savorgnano issued from a noble and ancient family in Vdina, and a great friend to the Venetians, who had made him a Gentleman of Venice, so soon as he had notice of the Almains incursions, did speedily arm the greatest forces he could, and together with many Country people whom he assembled, marching from the mountain tops and bad ways which were not usually 
Savorgnane defeats the Almains.  passed, he came down unlooked for upon the enemies, and assailing them on their backs, brake and defeated them, many of whom perished in those deep and fearful precipices. The Senate in acknowledgement of this notable service, gave him great thanks, and recompensed him with the command of three hundred foot men, which himself bestowed on his brother Giacomo, choosing rather to live quietly at home, than to meddle any more in martial matters.  
The Almains puffed up with pride, after they had taken Rovero (as hath been said) made many incursions into the Venetians Country, who determined to surprise them: which they by their spies having notice of, laid an ambush to entrap the Venetians, from which after a fierce fight, Roberto Sanseverino by the valour and 
The Venetians are defeated.  prowess of his son Antonio Maria, hardly escaped: Not long after julio Caesare Varrano Count of Camerina being afflicted with a fever, went from the Camp to Verona.  
The Almains afterwards, wanting victuals and pay, were ready to mutiny; which the Captains fearing, craved of Sanseverino a suspension of Arms for a time, which he refusing, they did about midnight set fire on the Castle, and with their Arms and baggage dislodged before day. The Venetians wondering in the morning that they heard no noise in the enemy's Camp, could hardly believe that they were wholly gone, but doubted some treachery or ambuscado: but their spies assuring them that they were gone far enough, they recovered the Castle.  
Sanseverino being assured of the enemy's return, and strengthened with new supplies from Ravenna, La Marca, and Vmbria, resolved boldly to pass on and besiege 
Sanseuerino's resolution.  Trent, to let the Almains know that the Venetians could and durst invade them likewise in their own Country. He imparted his design to the Providators, whereupon Luca Pisani an ancient man whom the Senate had sent in Pietro Diede his place, who was gone home to Verona, answered;  
That he did not think that this enterprise could any way profit the State; because first, 
Luca Pisani his opinion on Sanseverino his design.  it was not a thing likely to be true that the enemies, who of late were so many, and so gallantly armed, were so far gone into Germany, but at their pleasures they may return and reunite themselves, yea and confront us ere long, so ready is that nation to take Arms: and by that means, we shall be in danger of losing this place, so commodious for barring strangers forth of Italy: Secondly, if our men have been now strong enough to drive the enemies hence, we will not say that they went away of themselves or unconstrained, but that they have been enforced so to do: But admit it were so, we are too weak to invade them, and to enter into their Country, there to maintain a siege, if need were: For we must persuade ourselves, that all Germany, with forces infinite, would unite themselves and come into the field, rather than endure such disgrace: Lastly, if we should enter their Country and he there broken and put to rout, what place of retreat have we, having the Alps on one side and our enemies on the other? Besides, we are to fear the passages, which are so narrow, as in time of peace they are hardly passable. And therefore it is better for the State to protract the war, rather than on hope of uncertain victory to tempt Fortune. Again, the City being much tired with the Ferraresewarre, aught to make more account of peace without glory, than of war, though honourable, and of an assured good event. This is mine opinion, which peradventure, in regard of an error, common to those of many yceres, (fear) I will entreat you, if you so please, to declare your advise, that we may follow that which is most expedient.  
jeronimo Marcello replied in this manner. I would not doubt but that it were dangerous to enter into the enemy's Country, and to besiege Trent, if that were true which my Colleague hath alleged, Because that the Province or City which we should take, might animate all Germany against us. Yet according to his own opinion the matter is far otherwise, for the enemy is not gone away of his own accord, but desperately enforced, as well through want of victuals as pay. Now, he that cannot entertain an Army already levied, with victuals and money, which are the true sinews of war, hardly for want of these two will he raise a new. For it is much easier, to preserve things already made, than to renew those which are overthrown and wasted. It is not credible that all Germany, to assist Sigismond, would take Arms against the Venetians, who have ever been their good friends and Confederates: For Sigismond, unknown to all other German Princes, without being provoked, hath insolently begun war. The Emperor Frederick his brother, approves not what he hath done, he would neither aid him with money, men or aught else, but seemeth to be highly displeased with this war. Who will then suppose that he which is forsaken of his own friends and countrymen, should ever be relieved by strangers? And if any man shall say that all the Princes of Germany will not stir in Sigismunds' behalf, but in their own; fearing that the taking of Trent would open the Venetians a passage into their Country: and this alone might excite them to unite their forces to expulse us: This objection is easily answered, for the Venetian Signory hath many towns and Castles through which they may easily pass into Germany. Feltre is not far off, nor Belluna likewise; and least of all Cividalla in friul: Besides these towns, it hath many strong Castles towards the East, as Buerna and Lodron on the Bressan, and the Fort of the lake Isea, together with the Topine valley in the Bergamasco, with all that Country which extends itself from the lake of Coma to the Grisons; And yet the German Princes have never attempted to drive the Venetians thence for fear of the passage. And though we should take Trent, they would not stir, but rather confess and freely say, that Sigismond deserved it for unjustly provoking the Venetian Signory their friend and Confederate. As for the straight and narrow ways we are to pass from hence to Trent, it is nothing; Yet we must open them, and foot by foot seize upon whatsoever we shall find by the way doth belong to the Almains, and leave nothing at our backs which may prove our enemy: And whereas my fellow hath alleged that the State wanting money, by reason of the Ferrarese troubles, is weary of war; I say we need not care for that. For if we take Trent, all the expense of this war shall be well recompensed with profit and usury, and our wrongs justly revenged, to the honour of our Commonwealth, which shall extend her bounds further; The which our ancestors have so highly esteemed, as they have never cared for any expense, so that they might augment their State. A fair occasion is now offered to take Trent, aswell because our valiant soldiers will enter it, the City being not well fortified, as also for that the townsmen fearing the sack thereof, will yield upon the first summons, and therefore our forces are sufficient to hazard the matter without expecting any further aid: If the enterprise prosper, my Lord Pisani will be the first that shall commend the Author thereof. If the City shall resist, and we cannot take it, yet having first wasted the Country, burnt their Country houses and villages, and filled all places with fear and amazement, we shall bring back our victorious Army into these parts: And thus being revenged, we may more easily treat of accord, than if we now retire without any further exploit. We must think that opportunity doth not every day offer itself, and therefore we are to take it when it is opportunely offered, and not let it slip, lest the remembrance of not accepting it, together with repentance, torment those who have so lost it.  
Marcello's speech ended, Pisani freely allowed his opinion: The Providators thought 
The siege of Trent is resolved.  it fit that the General should execute that which he had propounded, who speedily caused all things to be made ready: But because that betwixt Rovero and Trent upon the River towards the left hand, there stands a Castle called Pietro, seated on a little hill, commanding the high way, the General determined to take it, from thence to bring victuals to the Camp, and because (according to Marcello's advice) he would not leave any enemy place behind him. This thus resolved, because that on Rouero's side they could not march to this Castle by reason of the difficult hanging of the mountain, he caused his Army to cross the River at a bridge which he made at his arrival: then he marched up against the stream of the River, and within an hour and an halves march, came to Caillan a small town within a mile of Castle Pietro, where on small boats making another bridge, he repassed the River, and encamped in a plain six hundred paces from it, betwixt the mountain and the river, and from thence sent his light horse to make dscoverie, who were to advertise him if they should chance to descry any of the enemy's ensigns. These light horse for getting the General's commandment, road up and down wasting and spoiling the country, only intending to get booty. Those of Trent in the mean time advertised of the making of the bridge, & fearing their own danger as much as their neighbours, their Army being far off, and their City badly fortified and unprovided of all necessaries, entreated George, Lord of Pietro Plana a Castle be▪ yond Trent, to make speedy head against the Venetian Army, with such forces as he had, and the greatest numbers of Boors he could levy, and with them to amuse the enemy, till Sigismond should come to their rescue. He presently did what they entreated, and from Besina and other places near adjoining had in an instant above one thousand men ready to march: Then with many drums and trumpets he began to come down from the hills: The light horse who rome up and down, descrying them, and being not able to view their exact number by reason of the hill top which shadowed them, and perceiving their file to be very long in regard of the straight ways, supposed them to be far more than they were, and 
The Venetians in amaze.  seeing them to approach with such great rumours, turned their backs and fled, and meeting with their fellows which followed them, caused them likewise to run away towards the Camp, the horse and foot being pellmell together.  
The Almains being more encouraged by the Venetians flight than their own valour, were presently at their heels, and so terrified their enemy's camp, as every man fled and retired to the General's troops, who having notice of his soldiers flight was coming to back them, where he bravely resisting the enemy, and reprehending the baseness of his own troops, fought very valiantly for a time: Many on both sides were slain. And noble Sanseverino perceiving the enemy's squadron 
The death of old Sanseverine the noble Venetian General.  to press in upon him, acted wonders with his sword, till at last being beaten to the very brink of the River, still advancing one of his own ensigns, and being oppressed with multitudes, wrapped himself in his colours, and so mortally wounded fell into the water where he died. The rest of the Army terrified by their General's death, fled every man toward the bridge. Andrea de Burgo Colonel of the infantry perceiving this disorder, and that no man had any care to resist the enemies, supposing that if the bridge were broken, the runnaways would stand to it, and be enforced to fight, ran presently to cut the ropes which held the boats: But it fell out otherwise than he imagined: For fear doth commonly entertain no 
The Venetians are wholly put to rout.  counsel; even so those who fled, hoping to escape by crossing the river, when they saw the bridge broken, did headlong with their horse and Arms throw themselves into the river, where they all perished by the violence of the stream. Few or none escaped to the other side, so, that of the Venetians, accounting as well those that were drowned, as they whom the Almains slew, above a thousand men lay dead on 
A generous act of Guido Maria de Rossis.  the place. Only Guido Maria de Rossis with his troop of horse, fight valiantly, manifested the worth of carriage and magnanimity in war, who being environed by the victorious enemy, made way through the midst of them, and came off bravely. Other Captains and Soldiers that could not cross the river, some by unknown ways got up to the tops of the mountains, and others, but very few, 
A bloody victory to the Almains.  entered into boats and escaped to Rovero, among whom was De Rossis and his company. There died great numbers of the Almains, who with a bloody victory returned home.  
The Venetians spent some time in renewing their Army, which was almost disbanded. The Almains in the mean time did not stir, but were glad to do the like, having received no less loss than their enemies. Nevertheless, there happened at the same time divers skirmishes and encounters, with taking of towns upon the Feltrine and Vincenzan territories, and along the lake of La Garda, with such troops as each side could raise, putting all to fire and sword. The Venetians, among others took a Castle near to the lake, called Arques, which by the Senate's decree was burnt and ruined, because it had been the principal motive of the war, and had caused the strife concerning their bounds, as also because that the Lords of that 
The Castle of Arques taken and burnt.  Castle were capital enemies to the Venetians.  
In the meantime Andrea de Burgo accused before the Council of Ten, for that he had treacherously, and of malice, broken the bridge at Caillan, was committed to prison, but upon report of Marco Beazana chancellor of the Senate, who had been in that encounter, he was enlarged, and restored to his place. Pope Innocent, being displeased with this war, at that time dispatched the Bishop of Ozima to Sigismond, to entreat him in his name to give an end to to that war, and to tell him that the Turk being so near a neighbour, it did not befit two such potent Christian nations to contend with one another, & that if it should please him to make his Holiness umpire of his controversy with the Venetians, he would do him all right. The Bishop 
The Venetians refuse th●… Articles of peace.  made some stay with Sigsmond, till articles of peace were drawn, which he carried with him to Venice, who imparting them to the Senate, they were rejected: In this manner without effecting his legation, he returned to Rome.  
The Pope made the same motion of peace to the Venetians by Nicolao Franco Bishop of Treviso his Nuncio, who earnestly entreated the Senate to embrace it, assuring them that his Holiness would employ his credit and authority to effect it. But all was in vain, till Sigismond, tired with the heavy burden and expense of war, being no longer able to entertain his Army, did himself sue to the Venetians for peace, whereupon after sundry messages from both sides, peace was concluded in November on these conditions: That the towns taken on either part, should be restored to the true owners: That the Venetian merchants taken at the 
Peace concluded betwixt Sigismond and the venetians.  Fair of Bolzana, should be set at liberty, and their losses recompensed. Other matters not here mentioned, were referred to the Pope.  
Such was the end of the Rethicke war. The Senate recompensed the Captains and Soldiers according to their merits. julius Caesar Varran was casseerd, because he had behaved himself negligently in his place. The two sons of noble Sanseverino were still retained in the Signories pay, and each of them made Captain of six hundred horse. Sebastiano Badoario, and Bernardo Bembo were sent to the Pope to accomplish this Treaty. All matters thus concluded, the Senate made decrees concerning the expenses of private families, women's garments, and generally against all superfluities, namely, dice and cards-play, saving a●… weddings, Inns, and under the two Columns in S. Marks place, with this addition: That the sum which was played for should not exceed the fifth part of an ounce of gold.  
There was a rumour at the same time, That Bajazet the Turkish Emperor made incursions on the Aegean Sea. The Senate hereupon commanded Francisco Priuli 
The venetians send a fleet to guard Cyprus.  at that time General of the Galleys to be in readiness to put to Sea. And because they supposed that the Turks had an intent to invade Cyprus, he was commanded to sail thither. Priuli embarking his soldiers in April, went to Corfou, and from thence to Modon, accompanied by Cosmo Pascalis the Providator, where Nicolao Capello the other Providator met them, augmenting the number of their vessels; with which, being five and twenty Galleys, and ten Brigandines they set sail, and the fifth day after arrived in Cyprus.  
The report of this Turkish fleet consisting of many long vessels which had sailed by Cyprus through the Gulf of Aiazza, and then returned into the Hellespont 
What moved the Senate to desire the Realm of Cyprus.  without any exploit, bred a longing in the Senate to impatronize the Realm of Cyprus: As also because Ferdinand king of Naples went about to make it his, by means of a marriage which he secretly treated betwixt his son and Queen Katherine, borne in Venice, of the illustrious family of the Cornares, given in marriage by her father Marco Cornari to james of Lufignan king of Cyprus, with a dowry of a thousand pound of gold.  
This Queen a little after her husband's death, being a widow, and with child by him, was by his last will and testament left coheir with the child she should bring forth, and yet committed to the protection of the Venetian Senate, who at her marriage adopted her their daughter. After the king's death she was delivered of a son, who died before the year was expired: Then did certain Lords of the Island go about to raise commotions, but the Senate sent forces thither under the command of a Providator together with the Queen's father, who were still to attend upon her, so as these stirs were on a sudden appeased.  
The Realm then being at quiet, the Queen under the Senate's protection had for the space of fifteen years peaceably governed that kingdom, when Ferdinand underhand by two of his familiar friends practised the said marriage: Their names were, Riccio Marini of Naples, an inward friend with the late king, and Tristan Cybelletto of Cyprus, who had a sister attending on the Queen: these two coming thither from Ferdinand, were apprehended by the General of the fleet, and presently sent to Venice: but Tristan died by the way, having swallowed a Diamond, and drunk Sea-water after it: for he knew that if he came to Venice, the Senate would punish him according to his deserts, because after the king's death he had raised tumults in the Realm, and slain Andrea Cornari the Queen's uncle.  
The Council of Ten, moved by these practises, fearing Ferdinand's policies, and the Turkish preparations, together with the king of Syriaesneere neighbourhood, 
The Senate send George Cornari into Cyprus.  commanded Georgio Cornari the Queen's brother, to go into Cyprus to her, and persuade her to remit the government of the kingdom to the Venetian Senate and herself to return to Venice; where she might spend the remainder of her days merrily in her own Country among her friends and kinsfolks, and not trust her life and means among strangers, in aforraine Realm.  
Georgio Cornari embarked himself in a small vessel to make the more haste, and in the winter time in a short space arrived in Cyprus, where he presently acquainted his sister with the cause of his coming. The Queen wondered at his demand (as one that had been wont to live royally, and knew the sparing and parsimonious 
The Queen resuseth her brother's request.  life of the Citizens of Venice) and boldly refused it, saying: That she would not for the world forsake so rich and goodly a Realm; and that the Senate ought to be satisfied with enjoying it after her death. He, insisting on the contrary, entreated her not to make 
Cornari his reply.  more account of Cyprus, than of her own Country; because that worldly affairs being variable and inconstant, it might in short space come to pass that she might be expulsed her kingdom, it being so desired by many great and potent Lords, and herself envied by her own subjects, who disdained to be governed by a woman. One only means was left her whereby to prevent all these mischiefs, which was, seeing she had no children to refer the government of the Realm to the Venetian State, now in her life time: That the Venetian Commonwealth had been well pleased to suffer her to govern the Realm, so long as the time had been quiet and void of suspicions: But now when all her neighbours wait for occasions, and lay snares to surprise it, the Senate hath thought this only remedy most expedient: But if she feared not these dangers, he besought her to consider the peril she was likely to have fallen into the precedent Summer; had not the State of Venice rescued her with their Galleys, the Turkish army would have taken her kingdom from her, and herself have been enforced to fly, or else in danger to have been carried as a captive to Constantinople. It is good to foresee that which a small accident or some error may cause us fall into, and to prevent it. Fortune is variable, sudden and inconstant, and we cannot ever prevent the enemy's designs, nor can our friends be always ready to help us when we please. There is a great distance by land, but far greater by Sea betwixt the farthest part of the Adriatticke Gulf, and the Isle of Cyprus: This aught you (Madam) to remember and especially consider, that though nothing enforced you thereunto, yet what greater honour, or more lasting praise can you leave behind you, than to have given so flourishing a kingdom to your Country? and to have it written in the Annals, That the Venetian State was honoured and augmented with the kingdom of Cyprus, by a Lady her own Citizen. You shall still be a Queen. And if the case were mine, I should be desirous, especially having lived so long in Cyprus as you have done, to behold my native country and place of birth, there to show my greatness and magnificence, there to embrace my brethren, sisters and kinsfolk. Never was the arrival of any Lord or Lady so welcome to Venice as yours will be: And if Venice were a base and abject village; yet in you it would be a pious duty to be willing to review the place where you first drew breath, and those who of a long time you have not long seen. But it is certain that Venice in all men's opinions, is preferred before all other cities under heaven, and accounted the goodliest of all Italy. What cause then is able to move you after so long absence, especially, your country requesting you to come home, to refuse it? You are to thank the Senate, for being Queen, and for that you have reigned so long in peace, but it seems you have no desire to acknowledge it; if otherwise, you would not neglect and refuse their entreaty. In a word, I being your brother, and one who ought to have some interest in you, if you deny me this request: all men will think that it is not you which have refused to gratify the State, but that I have advised you to the contrary, whereby I shall purchase my country's hatred, and blot my children with infamy. And therefore (Madam) I humbly beseech you to grant the Senate's request, and to respect me and mine. There is nothing more worthy commendation, than to know modestly how to entertain Fortune when she smiles on us, and not to desire to be still on the wheels top. Almighty God doth sometime by adversity try those whom he hath a long time favoured, to make them remember that they are mortal. To conclude, you can offer up to his divine Majesty no prayer more pleasing, nor sacrifice more acceptable, than to submit yourself to his will, which you must be persuaded is, that you grant your Country's request.  
Georgio more eloquent by Nature than Art, having thus discoursed with his sister, prevailed so far with her as melting into tears, she made him this unwilling answer. Brother, if this be your opinion, I will yield unto it, and will strive to overmaster 
The Queen's answer.  myself: But our Country shall thank you for my kingdom, and not me. Their departure concluded, and order taken for all things, the General and Providators commanded a solemn Mass to be celebrated in the Cathedral Church of Famagosta: then by the Queen's commandment and in her presence, the Standard of the Venetian Commonwealth was e●…ected in the cities Marketplace, and by this means was the kingdom of Cyprus▪ reduced to a Province.  
The Queen and her brother did afterward embark themselves, train, and royal provision in the Venetian Galleys, and in short space in the midst of winter arrived in the haven of Venice. She was honourably received by Prince Augustino Barbadico, and by all the Senate who met her at Saint Nicholas Church with infinite multitudes of people of all sorts, who entering into their Gondolas, did with great joy accompany her. Herself in the Bucentauro sitting in the midst of the 
The reception of the Queen of Cyprus at Venice.  Senate and illustrious Ladies of the City, did in that magnificence enter Venice: The like honour was never done to any Venetian Lady, and her arrival was most pleasing to the people. Not long after, the Council of Ten presented her with the Castle of Azzola, seated on the Trevisan hills, and appointed fifty pounds' weight of gold for her yearly expense, with many other rich presents which they gave her.  
Within a while after, the king of Tremisen in Africa, did by his Ambassadors request the Senate to send some Venetian Gentleman to do justice to the Venetians that lived in three of his Cities. The Senate to satisfy the king, created a new Magistrate 
A new magistrate sent by the Senate into Africa.  to goethither, who for his entertainment should have the hundred part of all merchandise sold by the Venetians. Lodovico Pizamane was the first that was appointed to this office. At the same time they builded a Fort upon an hill near to the Lake Ider not far from Anfer a small Town on the Bressan, which did greatly secure the country.  
About the same time there arose some contention betwixt Mathias the valiant 
Contention betw●…xt the Emperor Frederick and Mathias king of Hungary.  king of Hungary, and the Emperor Frederick: Mathias levied two armies to invade his enemy in two several places; the one he sent into friul, and the other to the confines of Liburnia. The Senate being troubled with this neighbour war, dispatched two Ambassadors, Antonio Bolda, to the Emperor, and Dominico Bollano to Mathias, who dealt so wisely with these two enemy Princes, as they appeased them and procured truce for a certain time.  
Frederick in the mean time freed from war, came to Trent, to know if the Senate would give him leave to pass through that part of Italy, which stretcheth along the Alps from the lake of La Garda, as far as Aquileia. The Senate advertised of his coming, sent four Gentlemen in embassage to him, jeronimo Barbaro, Dominico Grimani, who was afterwards Cardinal, Paulo Trevisano, and jeronimo Leone, who meeting him near to Rovero, did in the State's name honourably salute and receive him, and accompanied him so long as he remained on their territories, taking order that he should want nothing in his journey. They bringing him as far as Portonovo, which is not far from his own confines, took leave of him: He sent three Ambassadors to Venice, to gratify the Senate for the honour and courteous entertainment he had received in their Country, which he took as a demonstration of their love towards him: From thence he departed home to his own kingdom.  
Now, although the City was peaceable, they did not for all that cease to provide 
The invention of Harquebuses.  things necessary for war. Harquebuses were at that time much in use, an engine which footmen used in war, devised at first by the Almains. The State unwilling to be without such weapons, when need should be, did by a decree of the Council of Ten, send for the expertest workmen in that Art, from all parts of Christendom, and for the skilfullest gunner's to instruct and teach their youth. And because the Country people should not be ignorant therein, it was decreed that in every village under their jurisdiction, two young men should be chosen to practise 
A decree for the exercise of youth  this exercise, and for recompense, should be freed from all subsidies and impositions: and that those young men at a certain day in the year should meet at the next Castle or City to shoot at a mark, where his village that should shoot best, was for one whole year freed from all tax and tribute.  
The ensuing winter was so sharp and cold by reason of snow which fell, as all 
An extreme frost at Venice.  the marshes round about the City was frozen over, the Country people coming thither on horseback with provision, and the Magistrate of Mestre came in a waggon as far as S. Secondo's in the midst of the lakes. And the horsemen for disport armed themselves, and ran at Tilt upon the great Channel: so sharp and vehement was the frost.  
Not long after, Marco Barba Cardinal, and Patriarch of Aquileia died at Rome. Pope Innocent bestowed the Patriarch ship on Hermalao Barbaro the Venetian Ambassador 
A law carefully observed by the venetians.  then at Rome. This being known at Venice, notwithstanding that Hermolao was a man of great desert, and had written to the Senate that the Pope had enforced him to forsake his order of Senator, and put on that of Patriarch, yet because there was an express law, forbidding all Venetian Gentlemen, being Ambasdors at Rome, to receive any Ecclesiastical benefice from the Pope, during the time of their embassage: the Senate took the audacious infringing of this law, in bad part. And though he were very rich, well allied, and had great friends, his father being one of the noblest men in the City, the only love and reverence to law caused the Senate to write back unto him, that presently without delay he should redeliver the Patriarkeship to the Pope, and for not so doing, they threatened to take 
Great justice of the Venetians.  from his Father the Procuratorship of S. Mark, and to confiscate all his goods. His father not being able to moderate the sentence given by the Council of Ten, fell sick with grief, and within a while after died: The son likewise, having published certain excellent books of his own composing, did before the years end die of a Squinancy.  
The same year Lorenzo de Medicis died at Florence, a man of a rare and excellent 
The death of Lorenzo de Medicis.  judgement, governing his Country in Peace: He left three children living, who were afterwards expulsed the government and banished. The summer following Pope Innocent died, in whose stead by gifts and bribery, Alexander Borgia a Spaniard, borne in Valentia, was chosen. This Pope made a league offensive and defensive for five and twenty years with the Venetians and Galeas Sforza Lord of Milan, who was at that time very young and ruled by Lodovico his uncle.  
By this league they were tied to defend and maintain one another's territories, and to destroy their enemies: And because Zemes, brother to Bajazeth the Turkish Emperor, lived at that time in Rome, there was an addition made in the treaty of the league, that if Bajazeth should make war on the Venetians, the Pope should deliver him unto them that they by him might invade his brother. This Zemes, being by his brother driven forth of his kingdom, fled to Rhodes. The Rhodians unwilling to draw war to their own Gates, sent him to the French King; he delivered him to Pope Innocent who had earnestly craved him. Pope Alexander at his election found him at Rome, where he was carefully guarded, lest he should renew war against his brother, in recompense whereof Bajazeth sent yearly to Rome to the Pope 400. pounds of gold: Hercules de A Este Duke of Ferrara did afterwards enter into this league.  
The Venetian State thus peaceable, Charles the eight French King sent a Gentleman to Venice, who being brought before the Senate, told them, That his King 
Charles the eight French king, sends an Ambassador to Venice.  being resolved to come into Italy with a mighty Army to conquer the kingdom of Naples, which by hereditary right belonged to him, did desire therein to know the Venetians love towards him, and to be satisfied whether they intended to keep and observe the same league and friendship which of old had been betwixt them. The Senate upon this news, which was likely to alter the State of Italy, assembled the great Council, namely, to debate this business, being loath by their answer to provoke the King against them.  
After sundry opinions, the Council answered the Ambassador, that the Signory had ever preferred peace before war, and did now desire it more than ever, therefore they could wish, that his King living at peace, would suffer other Princes 
The Venetians answer.  of Italy to do the like: yet if he came thither with an intent to make war, they would in no sort stir, nor quit his league and friendship.  
This Gentleman with their answer left Venice and went to Rome. After him, two others in less than two months came to Venice one after another from the same King for the same business, who received the self same answer as the first. But Lodovico Sforza was the only motive that provoked this King to the enterprise of Naples. He after the death of his brother Galeas Sforza Duke of Milan, took upon him the government of the State, and expulsed his widow, who would have managed it in the behalf of her son john Galeas that was very young, when his father died. Then by little and little, he dismissed the ancient Officers, placing others in their rooms, and in this manner had commanded the Duchy above thirteen years. And though in outward show he seemed very careful of his Nephew, yet in his young years he had so carelessly brought him up, as it seemed that his only aim was to make him incapable and unfit for any honourable exercise, drawing him from all virtuous studies.  
Alphonso, son to Ferdinand King of Naples, gave his daughter Isabella in marriage to this young john Galeas▪ yet though he were married and had children by his wife, his uncle nevertheless still governed the State, meaning to leave it to his own children. Ferdinand and Alphonso taking his usurpatio (for it was no better) in bad part, moved by the continual & lamentable letters of their daughter, did lovingly entreat Lodovick (according to equity and reason) to surrender the government of the State of Milan to his nephew, son to his brother, unto whom it belonged, who was of years to govern, married, and had two children. They having often used these entreaties proceeded to sharp and bitter terms, telling him, That they had made alliance with the Duke of Milan, who was his Nephew, whose State he usurped, and therefore he should do well to detain it no longer.  
Lodovico fearing their power and threatening, and having intelligence that the French 
Lodovico Sforza sends Ambassadors into France to king Charles.  Kngs laid claim to the kingdom of Naples, sent an honourable Ambassade into France, under colour to salute king Charles, not acquainting Pope Alexander or the Venetians with it, with whom he was in league, and commanded his Ambassador, secretly to motion the matter, and to assure the king, that if he would attempt the recovery of that Realm, he would assist him with all his forces and means; and that the conquest would be easy, so that he would only pass the Alps, and show himself in Italy. This advertisement coming from such a person, did greatly prevail with the king to cause him to undertake this journey, being beside incited thereunto from another place. Antonio Prince of Salern maligned by Ferdinand, and by that means enforced to forsake his country Italy, had retired himself into France. He in all his discourses with the king, spoke of no other matter, telling 
Antonio Prince of Salern incites king Charles to this journey.  him, That he should do ill to let slip so fair an occasion, offered for the recovery of his own right: assuring him beside, that Ferdinand was generally hated for his avarice, cruelty, and treachery; and therefore it would be an easy matter to dispossess him, especially for a king of France, whose authority and credit in those countries was very great. Besides all this, Pope Alexander was no friend to Ferdinand in regard of Virginio Vrsino that served him, whose open enemy the Pope had declared himself in regard of the town of Anguilare.  
All these reasons were approved by the Lords of France that were in favour with 
What moved the French Lords to persuade the king to this journey.  the king, who desired nothing more than this journey. For some of them hoped by the Pope's means to obtain Ecclesiastical dignities, others expected some honourable command in the Army, and to be governors of Cities and Towns which the king should conquer, and some likewise were possessed with a desire of novelty.  
King Charles lending a willing ear to this Ambassade, and tasting the Prince of Salernes proposition, a rumour was presently spread, That the French were coming into Italy, to invade the Realm of Naples. Upon these news king Ferdinand began to arm by sea and land, and to invent means to draw Pope 
Lodovicos fear.  Alexander to his side. Lodovico foreseeing, that if they leagued themselves together, Ferdinand might join his Army with that of the Pope, and send them both into Lombardie, before the king's arrival, and by the same means expulse him from Milan, entreated the Venetians to send their horse and foot troops to the river Oglio in the Bressian territory, to divert king Ferdinand from his design, or else to let them cross the river to defend his State. The Venetians answered, that it was needless: for his country was out of danger.  
Lodovico perceiving the French delays, and fearing that it might breed his ruin, did again send Ambassadors to Charles to hasten his journey, promising to assist 
He sends another Ambassade into France.  him with men and money, and victuals, so soon as he should set foot in Italy. King Charles who had spent certain months in the only consultation of this business, and had not as yet made any certain resolution, when this second Ambassade arrived, did by these continuate pursuits and offers of Lodovico, presently resolve upon it.  
Now because he would not in any sort be hindered in his conquest, he renewed the ancient league with the kings of Castill, and surrendered to them the county of Rossillon, engaged to king Lewis his father for three thousand crowns by john king of Arragon, father to Ferdinand, on condition that the said kings should in no sort aid the Arragonois against him in his conquest of the Realm of Naples. This 
The death of Ferdinand king of Naples.  league sworn to, the king made all things ready for his journey. Ferdinand had intelligence hereof one day as he came from hunting▪ whereupon he fell sick, and within two days after, died of an Apoplexy. Alphonso his eldest son was by his 
Alphonso's request to the venetians.  younger brother and all the Princes of the Realm saluted king. He entreated the Venetians by their Ambassador resident in his Court to persuade Lodovico to desist from soliciting the French king to come into Italy, and that he would not be a means of his ruin, promising no more to tax his usurpation of the State of Milan, which he should enjoy so long as he pleased. The Senate by letters acquainted 
The Senate write to Lodovico in Alphonso's behalf.  Lodovico with Alphonso's request, and entreated him not to draw the French into Italy: But perceiving that he made no direct answer they gave over and solicited him no more. 
Philip de Comines, Ambassador for king Charles at Venice.   
King Charles having resolved upon the enterprise, sent Philip de Comines Lord of Argenton his Ambassador to Venice, who in his king's name made a proposition to the Senate, That if they would join with him in this war of Naples, they should have a great share in the kingdom, and if they would not accept that offer, to entreat them at least to persever in their ancient league and friendship with the king his Master: hereunto he added that his king had commanded him to remain at Venice to acquaint them with all his designs and enterprises. The Senate replied, That the king was so potent and so well furnished with all warlike necessaries that he needed not their aid in that war, and therefore they determined, according to the example of their Ancestors, not to stir, who never made war but upon 
The Venetians answer to Philip de Comines.  constraint, and that they would crave no part in a kingdom whereunto they had no right. For the rest, they would never go from that which they had promised to the king's Ambassador; that they would ever make great account of his league and friendship; that they had willingly heard him for his king's sake, and would still do so if he remained among them; that he might at his pleasure familiarly discourse with them about any matter that concerned his king, as well in regard of their love towards his father king Lewis, as to himself.  
In the mean time Pope Alexander (who repented that he had incited the French 
League betwixt Pope Alexander and Alphonso king of Naples.  king to this war) and king Alphonso by the mediation of Virginio Vrsin, coming to Viconare, a Castle of his own, to see one another, and to discourse together of their affairs, made a league on this condition: That the Pope should take Alphonso into the protection of the Roman Church, and with all his power defend him against his enemies: and in counterchange, Alphonso promised to pay him down in ready money a thousand pounds of gold for the arrearages of the tribute due to the Church of Rome for the Realm of Naples, and to pay him yearly afterwards, four hundred pounds of gold. And for greater assurance of this treaty, Alphonso promised to give one of his daughters in marriage to Guifredo son to Pope Alexander. This thus concluded, both of them made preparations for war.  
Alphonso had already armed thirty Galleys, and eighteen great vessels to scour along the River of Genoa, and to annoy the enemy's fleet which was making ready in the City; and he was to make a levy of horse and foot in Calabria to send them into Lombardie, when news came that Bajazeth the Turkish Emperor made new preparations, whereupon the State of Venice determined likewise to arm. 
The Venetians fleet in Sclavonia.  Antonio Grimani made General of the Galleys, Commanded all Galleys that were ready to be launched, and with them sailed into Sclavonia, where commissioners from Scardona and Clissa came to him, who received their oath of allegiance for the Venetian Signory. from thence he went to Corfou.  
Alphonso's fleet, whereof his brother Frederick was General, entering the River of Genoa, came to Portovenere, where Ob●…eto de Fiesca, a man highly esteemed among his country men, landed with certain soldiers, but being repulsed by the enemy, he returned to his Galleys, and presently made towards Livorne, and from thence held his course to Naples. Alphonso having lost all hope by Sea, sent his Army united with the Popes, into Romagna, having intelligence that part of the enemy's forces had already crossed the Po  
Ferdinand, son to Alphonso, a young Prince of great hope, assisted by Nicolao Vrsin, Count Petillan, Virginio Vrsin, and john james Triwlce the Milanese, commanded the Arragonoise army, consisting of two thousand five hundred horse, and eight thousand foot.  
Whilst the Venetian fleet was at sea, Ambassadors from Florence came to Venice, to crave the Senate's advise how they should answer king Charles, who had entreated them to give his army passage through their territories, and also how 
The Florentines crave council of the Veneti●…s.  they should behave themselves in those occurrents; for they referred themselves wholly to them, and determined directly to follow their Council. The Senate knowing very well, that whatsoever they should say to the Florentines, would be reported to king Charles and Alphonso▪ answered; That in so difficult a business, subject 
The Senate's answer.  to sundry accidents, they knew not what was best to be done; and though they loved the one better than the other, yet they durst not deliver their opinion, because that Fortune is commonly Mistress in war, and that it usually comes to pass, that matters done by chance and adventure, did oftentimes prosper better than those which are premeditated, and debated with long consultation: and therefore they ought to crave council of none but Almighty God, who only knew what was best for men to embrace or avoid: and with this answer dismissed them.  
Now the forces which king Charles and Lodovico had sent before, being come near the enemies, neither the one or other durst come to strokes, but marched close together, being still protected by some fort or river, which was ever betwixt them: yet they made sundry light skirmishes to show their valour. King Charles had sent the Duke of Orleans, julian the Cardinal nephew to Pope Sixtus, and Antonio Prince of Salerne (of whom we have heretofore spoken) to Genoa, with brave troops of foot, to man the Galleys which were ready rigged, with them to open a passage by Sea into the Realm of Naples, whilst himself did the like by Land.   
The end of the third Book of the fourth Decad.   

THE FOURTH BOOK OF THE FOURTH DECAD OF THE HISTORY Of Venice.  
The Contents of the fourth Book of the fourth Decad.  
KING CHARLES' departs from Vienna in Dauphin towards Italy. The King by reason of his sickness tarries at Ast. The death of JOHN GALEAS Duke of Milan, whereupon LODOVICO his uncle usurps the Title and Arms of Duke of Milan. The French take Fivizana and sackeit. PIETRO DE MEDICIS grants all King CHARLES demands, and for his labour is driven from Florence, and declared an enemy to the Common wealth. The King restoreth the PISANS liberty. The French take Bertinora. King GHARLES his victorious entry into Florence. The King makes an accord with Pope ALEXANDER, and kisseth his feet and cheek. ALPHONSO in love to his son FERDINAND deposeth himself from the Kingdom of Naples. FERDINAND retires into the Isle of Ischia. King CHARLES' entereth Naples, and takes the Cities two Castles. Aleague made at Venice against the French betwixt the Pope, Emperor, King of Spain, Venetians, and Duke of Milan. King CHARLES' is crowned in Naples, and departs from thence to return into France. The preparation of the League to stop King CHARLES his passage. The Duke of Orleans his incursions on the League's territories: he takes Novara. The battle of Fornovo betwixt King CHARLES and the Confederates. And lastly, King CHALES his arrival at Ast.  
SOON after the departure of the Duke of Orleans and his troops towards Genoa, King Charles leaving Vienna in Dauphin on the 23. of August 
King Charles departs toward Italy.  1493. journeyed toward Ast by the mount Geneva. Galeas of S. Severine met him at Suza, and accompanied him to Ast: whither Lodovico Sforza came presently to him, with his wife and many fair and gallant Ladies of the Duchy of Milan. Hercules' Duke of Ferrara came thither likewise, where after consultation of sundry affairs, it was concluded that the Army should presently march. Lodovico in the 
The King by reason of his sickness, stayed at Ast.  mean time retired to Num, a Castle on the Milanois a mile from Ast, whither those of the Council went often to see him, whilst the King tarried at Ast sick of the small pocks, whereupon his Army was quartered in that town and in other places near adjoining: the number of it, beside the 200. Gentlemen of the King's guard 
The number of the King's Army.  (accounting the Swisses that were gone before with the Bailie of Dijon to Genoa, and those troops in Romagna under the command of Aubigni) amounted to 1600 men at Arms, 6000. Suisse, and 6000. French footmen: And for the use of this Army they had brought by sea to Genoa great store of Ordnance both for battery and the field, with munition, in such abundance, as the like before was never seen in Italy.  
The King, during his abode at Ast, had sent for the Duke of Orleans from Genoa, willing him to attend him there. This town belonged unto him by his grandmother, unto whom it was given in dowry by the Duke of Milan her father. Now so soon as king Charles had recovered his health, he sent his Army into the field, and himself went to Pavia, where being lodged in the Castle he went to visit john 
The King visits john Galeas Duke of Milan.  Galeas Duke of Milan, his cofin german, (the king and he were sons to two sisters, daughters to Lewis the second Duke of Savoy) who lay dangerously sick in the same Castle. His talk to him was general, by reason of Lodouico's presence: he told him that he was extremely grieved for his sickness, comforted him, and willed him to be of good cheer, and to use all means for the recovery of his health: But the hope thereof being small, the King and as many as beheld him did lament his estate, and perceived that this young Prince, through his uncles treachery, would not live long.  
This compassion was augmented by the presence of Princess Isabella his wife, who languishing aswell for her husband's sickness, fear of her young son, as for 
The Duchess in tears falls down at the King's feet.  the danger whereunto her father and kinsfolk were exposed, fell down at the king's feet, recommending unto him with floods of tears the perservation of her father, and family of Arragon, and though her youth and beauty moved the king 
His answer to the Duchess.  to pity her, yet so great an enterprise could not be delayed upon so weak a ground, whereupon he told her, that war being now begun, he was enforced to pursue and continue it.  
From Pavia the king went to Placentia, where, whilst he remained, he received news of john Galeas death; whereupon, Lodovico who had followed him, returned 
The death of john Galeas Duke of Milan.  in post to Milan, where the chief of the Duke's Council, suborned by him, provided in open Council, that in regard of the State's greatness and misery of the times, it would be a dangerous matter, to have Francisco, son to the late Duke Galeas, who was but five years old, to succeed his father: but that it behoved them to have a Duke that was a man of wisdom and authority: and therefore they ought to dispense with Law, and for the general good, enforce Lodovico to accept the ducal dignity. Under this colour, honour giving way to ambition, he did the next morning (though he seemed to be unwilling) take upon him the Title 
Lodovico usurps the title and Arms of Duke of Milan.  and Arms of Duke of Milan, having first solemnly protested that he received the Duchy as belonging unto him by the investiture of the king of Romans.  
The King remaining certain days at Placentia, was in a manner willing to return home into France, as well for want of money, as also because no Italian Potentate showed himself on his party, and beside, because this new Duke returned no more, though at his departure he promised to come back again. Yet at last he determined to pass on.  
The same day that the King went from Placentia Lorenzo and Giovan de Medicis stole secretly from their Country houses whither the Florentine Magistrate had 
Lorenzo and Giovan de Medicis persuade the French King to go to Florence.  confined them at the pursuit of Pietro de Medicis their kin●…man and mortal enemy. They came to his Majesty, & earnestly entreated him to come near Florence, and told him that he should be honourably entertained there, as well in regard of the people's love to the house of France, as for their hatred towards Pietro de Medicis, who commanded there, and held the Arragonois party, being by marriage allied to the family of Ursini.  
Upon this proposition the King changed his purpose, for though at his departure 
The first resolu●… changed.  from France▪ it was concluded in his Council, that he should rather pass through Romagna and La Marca, than through Tuscanie and the territory of Rome; yet, the Pope and Florentines being declared his enemies▪ his Council thought it a matter unworthy the greatness of such a King, if for fear of them he should refuse to pass through their territories: As also because it was dangerous to invade the Realm of Naples, and to leave Tuscany and the Church's State behind him as enemies. Therefore it was resolved, rather to pass the Appenine●…▪ by the hills of Parma, then by the direct way of Bolognia, and to march without delay to Florence.  
The vanguard conducted by Guilbert of Bourbon, Duke of Montpensier, a 
The King's vanguard at Pontrema.  Prince of the blood, went on to Pontrema, a town seated at the foot of the Apennine upon the River Magra, the King following with the rest of the army. From Pontrema the Duke went into the country of Lunigiana, where he joined with the Swisses, who had defended Genoa, together with the ordnance which by sea was come to Specia, and drawing near to Fivizana belonging 
Finizana taken and sacked by the French.  to the Florentines, which they took it by force and sacked it, killing all the soldiers, and many of the inhabitants, the which did marvelously amaze all Italy not accustomed to such cruel and bloody wars.  
Serezzana was not far from thence, where the Florentines determined for to make their chief resistance, which they had strongly fortified, but not sufficiently to hold out so mighty an enemy, for it wanted a captain to command 
Serezzana and Serezanella two strong places.  it, and men to defend it. Yet because some thought it would not be easily taken, especially the Citadel, and least of all, Serezanella, a strong Castle on the hill above Serezzana, they counseled the King to pass on and leave them, but the King disdained so to do, and thought that unless he took the first town that made resistance, it would much blemish his reputation, and that they would take example to do the like.  
The Florentines having intelligence that the King resolved for to come to Florence, and that his army had already passed the Apennine, and then the cruelty which was used at the taking of Fivizana, did publicly detest the rashness of Pietro de Medicis, who of himself, without any necessity had so inconsiderately 
The Florentines in alarm.  drawn upon them the army of so potent a King, assisted by the Duke of Milan, and this rumour had like to have raised a great tumult in the City.  
Pietro terrified herewith, and with the danger which he had before rashly contemned, and perceiving the aid promised by the Pope and Alphonso to 
The resolution of Pietro de Medicis.  be but à dream, precipirately resolved, to go seek that safety amongst his enemies, which he could not hope for with his friends. And there upon, leaving Florence, and not far on his way from the city, he heard say, that the troops of horse and foo●… sent by the Florentines to enter Serezzana were defeated by the French, and all of them either slain or taken. This caused him to tarry at Pietra Sancta for a passport from the King, whether the Bishop of Saint Malos, and other Lords of the Court went to him to safe conduct him to the camp, coming thither the same day that the King, with the rest of his forces, joined 
The Articles of agreement.  with his vanguard, which being encamped before Serezanella, battered it with the ordnance. Presenting himself before the King he was entertained with more ceremony than love▪ and perceiving that the King did not much affect him▪ by reason of his enemy's reports, he resolved by all means to appease and satisfy him.  
The next day being brought before him, he granted all the king's demands▪ which were excessive: viz. that the 〈◊〉 and castles of Pietra-Sanct●…, Serezzana and Serezanella, which were the keys of the Florentine State, and the forts of Pisa, and of the haven of Livorne should be delivered to the king, who by a promise signed with his own hand, obliged himself to surrender them so soon as he should have conquered the Realm of Naples: That Pietro▪ should cause the Florentines ●…o lend the king 〈◊〉▪ Ducats, and that then he should receive them into his protection.  
The consignation of the strong places was presently made: for the money, they wrote to Florence. Pietro de Medicis did hereby much assure the State of Tuscany to the King, and removed all impediments from him on Romagnias' side. The Florentines advertised of these Articles which Pietro de Medicis had agreed to, the whole city was highly discontented with this reproachful and dangerous wound given to their Commonwealth.  
Pietro having notice of this rumour; the better to provide for his affairs before any greater troubles did arise, took leave of the King, under colour of going to accomplish that which he had promised. But at his return to Florence, he found most of the Magistrates banded against him, and the minds of his dearest friends greatly troubled, and the next day as he would have entered into the council chamber he was put back.  
He returned home to his own house, destitute of courage and council, 
Pietro de Medicis flies from Florence.  and presently left Florence, being followed by the Cardinals john and I●…lian his brethren, who after their departure were declared enemies to the Commonwealth, their houses ransacked which were very rich in movables, and their goods confiscate. Two of them, the eldest and the younger went to Venice, the 
The Medici are declared enemies to their country.  second which was Cardinal john stayed for a time at Bolognia, and then retired himself to some of his kinsfolk.  
The King went from Serezzana to Luca, and from thence to Pisa, where the citizens both men and women falling at his feet, began to cry out liberty, liberty, infinitely complaining of the wrongs and injuries done to them daily by the Florentines: The King at the persuasion of some of his Lords, not considering the importance of the matter, did freely grant their request, 
The King gives liberty to the Pisans.  whereupon, the people presently armed themselves, and throwing down the Florentines arms, that were set up in the public places, recovered their so much desired liberty, repealing all those whom the Florentine Magistrates had banished.  
In this confusion of all things the King departed from Pisa, having first delivered the Citadel to the Pisans, keeping the new one of greater importance, for himself, and then went towards Florence. Being come to Signa, seven miles from the city, he stayed there till the Florentines popular tumult were in some sort appeased, who had not yet laid down arms, taken that day when Pietro de Medicis was expulsed; and also to give Aubigni time to come and meet him, whom he had sent for.  
Aubigni was in Romagna where he had remained ever since his coming 
Aubigni with his troops makes head against Ferdinand.  into Italy, making head against Ferdinand Duke of Calabria Alphonso's son, where after sundry retreats on both sides, being reinforced by the arrival of certain companies left behind him, two hundred Lances, and one thousand Swisses, which the King had sent so soon as he came to Ast, he remained Master of the field and enforced Ferdinand to retire into the Cerca of Faenza, which is a place betwixt the walls of that City, and a great trench some mile behind it, environing them both, which doth make it strong. Aubigni then returned into the Country of Imola, where he took certain strong towns, filling all Romagna with fear and amazement▪ so that having taken Faenza, after the enemy's departure, he marched directly to Bertinora to pass the Appenine to join with the King's army: But Bertinora 
Bertinora taken.  refusing to give him passage, he assailed and took it by force, and in despite, sacked it.  
Ferdinand perceiving that he could not by any means stop the French men's passage, and thinking it dangerous to remain betwixt Imola and Furli, retired near unto the walls of Cesenna, and from thence went to Rome. The Venetians having intelligence that King Charles had crossed the Po with a mighty army, the more to honour him, resolved to send him Ambassadors, whom 
The Venetians send Ambassadors to the King.  they commanded to tarry still with him, and in the mean time armed at all adventures. The Ambassadors were Dominico Trevisan, and Antonio Loredano, who finding the king at Florence, accompanied him whereso ever he went.  
Now after sundry comings too and fro, the king with his army marched towards Florence. There was great magnificence, used both by the Courtiers and Citizens: The king entered the city like a conqueror, himself and horse armed at all points, with his Lance on his thigh. They began forthwith to treat of agreement, but not without great difficulties, the which at last ended by the valour of Pietro Caponi, one of the four Commissioners appointed to treat with the king, they accorded, and the contract lawfully passed, it was with great ceremony published in the Cathedral Church at divine service, 
Accord sworn betwixt the ●… King and Florentines.  where the king in person, and the cities Magistrates, promised by solemn oath upon the high Altar, in presence of the Court and people of Florence, to observe the contents thereof.  
Two days after, the King departed from Florence, having tarried there ten days, and went to Sienna, where making short stay, he left a Garrison, because he suspected it to be at the Empire's devotion. Then he journeyed towards Rome, where not long before Pope Alexander had given entrance to Virginio Ursini, and Count Petillan, captains to King Alphonso and his son Ferdinand. So as it seemed he meant to have anticipated the enemies, to fortify the city, and to repulse them from it: But doubting King Charles intention, and fearing his forces, he had a wonderful conflict in his mind. For now he determined to defend Rome, and to that end suffered Ferdinand and his captains whom he had introduced into the city, to fortify the weak places; then supposing that he should not be able to defend it, he determined to leave Rome; and thus floating betwixt hope and fear, the French in the mean time spoiled all the country on the hither side Tiber, taking now one town, than an other, no place being strong enough to hold them out, so that after divers parleys, he resolved, as it were by force, to grant all King Charles his demands, 
Ferdinand goes fourth of Rome at one gate, and the French King enters at an other.  and to receive him into Rome, from whence he caused Ferdinand and his army to depart, who went to Tivoli, and from thence into the Realm of Naples, and whilst he went forth at Saint Sebastian's Gate, the French King armed at all points, with his lance on thigh, entered with his army at the gate of Sancta Maria del Popolo.  
The Pope many times determined to fly, but at last retired into Castle Saint Angelo, well provided of ordnance, munition and victuals. When the King and his army were entered, an accord was propounded by means of Cardinal 
Accord betwixt the Pope and French King.  Ascanio, on very rough conditions, which nevertheless were effected to the King's content, who thereby made a league with the, Pope saluted him, than kissed his feet in open Consistory, and afterwards his cheek: and at an other time was present when the Pope said mass, and sat down next beneath the first Cardinal Bishop, and according to the ancient custom, when the Pope celebrated mass, served him with water to wash his hands. This done, the Pope made the Bishop of Saint Malo, and the Bishop of Man's, descended from the house of Luxembourg, Cardinals.  
Whilst the King remained at Rome, which was some month or thereabout, 
Alphonso in ●… love to his son Ferdinand deposeth himself.  Alphonso despairing of his own good fortune, sent for his son Ferdinand to Naples, and in presence of his brother Frederick tenounced, and made over unto him his Kingly title and Authority: he did this peradventure for to lessen his subjects love towards the French, because this young Prince was of great hope, had never offended any of his subjects, and was gracious with the people.  
Alphonso after this voluntary demission, having given his son a large instruction to recommend himself to God, departed from Naples with four light Galleys, laden with treasure and rich stuff, and fled into a town in Sicily called Mazare, where before the year was expired he died.  
Ferdinand after his father's departure, rode in royal habit up and down the city, attended by his uncle Frederick and other great Lords of the Kingdom, setting open prisons, pardoning all offenders, promising to repeal those that had been banished. Then mustering his army, he gave great gifts to his soldiers, and placed new Garrisons in his towns.  
King Charles at the very instant of his departure from Rome received intelligence of Alphonso's flight, he went to Velitra, and with him Caesar Borgia Cardinal, 
The King comes to Velitra Cardinal Borgia flies from the King by night.  the Pope's son, as Legate Apostolical, or rather pawn of his father's promises. This Cardinal fled away secretly in the night, and to take away all suspicion that he did it not by his father's consent, went not to Rome but to Spoleta. And at the same time those whom the King sent to the castles of Hostia, Civita-uecchia, and Terracina, to receive them according to the accord made with the Pope, that they might keep them so long as he remained in Italy, were repulsed by the Pope's soldiers. For the fort of Hostia which Fabricio Colonna held, was recovered by Count Petillan, and re-delivered to the Pope.  
From Velitra, the vanguard marched to Monte-fortino, a very strong town, 
M●…nt-fortino taken by the King's army.  seated in the Church's territories, and subject to jacomo de Contis a Roman Gentleman, who held for the Arragonois, which being battered by the cannon was in short space taken by the French, notwithstanding the strength thereof. Ferentino, and Monte Sancto Giovanni, seated on the kingdoms confines, had the like fortune, where after breach made, so furious an assault was given to it in the King's presence, who was come thither from Verula, as all difficulties surmounted, it was taken the same day by force, and great slaughter committed there.  
From thence the King sent one of his Gentlemen to the Pope, threatening him that if he did not perform the accord which he had sworn to, he would come back and make war upon him. The Pope upon receipt of the King's letters presently commanded those places to be delivered to the King's officers.  
In this manner, and without great resistance, did King Charles conquer that noble and magnificent Kingdom, when Ferdinand, by his father's flight, taking upon him the title and authority royal, assembled his forces, and marched to Saint Germans, where he encamped, thinking to keep the enemies from passing 
Ferdinand encampeth at Saint Germains.  on any farther, by reason of the fitness of the place, environed on the one side with high and steepy mountains, and on the other with a fenny country, and in front with the River Garillan, whereupon, that place is properly called one of the keys of the kingdom of Naples. But his army, already terrified with the only name of the French, no more showed any signs of valour, but all his soldiers wavering, in a manner, as much in loyalty as courage, and thinking how to save themselves and goods, despairing of being able to defend the kingdom, so soon as they had intelligence of the taking of Mont Saint Giovanni, and that three hundred Lances, and two thousand foot approached, did basely abandon Saint 
Baserctreat of Ferdinand's army.  Germane, and in such amazement retired to Capua, as by the way they left eight great pieces of ordnance behind them.  
Ferdinand and his army were scarce come to Capua, when he received news from the Queen, that since the loss of Saint Germans, the Neapolitans were risen, and that unless he speedily came thither, some great tumult was likely to ensue upon these news, he presently went thither with certain troops 
Ferdinandis denied entrance into Naples but with his own family.  of horse, by his presence to prevent so great a danger, promising for to return to Capua the next day following. The Neapolitans would not suffer him for to enter with his troops, but only gave entrance to himself and family; where understanding their resolution, which was, not to endure a siege, for fear lest their city should be sacked, caused two of the three greater ships in the haven to be buried; and gave the third to Obi●…to de Fiesca, bestowing three hundred brave horse that he had in his Stables upon certain citizens his friends and servants▪ and having victualled the new castle and that called Del Ouo, he returned according to his promise to provide for Capua.  
But in his absence the city of Capua, thinking he had forsaken it, Triulcio the city's Governor being gone to treat with the French King, his own soldiers, breaking open his house and ●…ansaking it, Virginio Vrsin and Count Petillan being likewise gone, his whole army in a manner broken, he was enforced to give place to the Conqueror. Ferdinand being come within two miles of 
Capua yielded to the French.  Capua was advertised of what had passed, by certain Lords sent to tell him that he should come on no farther: whereupon notwithstanding his entreaties, he was enforced to return to Naples, where having made some bootless speech to the Nobility, unto whom the name of his grandfather and father were odious, he withdrew himself into the new castle, from whence within a while after he departed, and embarking himself in the Galleys, which attended him in the 
Ferdinand flies from Naples.  haven, with Frederick his uncle, and the old Queen and her daughter joan, sailed into the Isle of Isehia, thirty miles from Naples, where he was enforced to make trial of his virtue and patience.  
After his departure from Naples, all places yielded to the victor's fame, so as two hundred French horse coming to Nola, did without any resistance take 
Virginio Vrsin and Count Petillan taken by the French.  Virginio Vrsin, and Count Petillan prisoners, who were come thither with four hundred horse, they were carried to the fort of Montdragon. King Charles having intelligence of Ferdinand's flight, drew near Naples, and came to the city of Auersa, betwixt Capua and Naples, where the Neapolitan Ambassadors met him, and presented him with their cities keys, unto whom he having freely granted sundry privileges and exemptions, the day following he entered Naples, where with incredible joy and contentment he was received by the Nobility 
King Charles received into Naples.  and people. He had sent his captains before to restrain the insolency of his soldiers: He was accompanied to the Cathedral Church by multitudes of people, and from thence (because Castelnovo held still for the enemies) he went to lodge in the Capuan castle, which was the ancient abode of the Kings of Naples, having with an incredible course of happy fortune vanquished before he was seen.  
The King, peaceable possessor of the city (though not of the castles) did by letters, and by their own Ambassadors gratify the Signory of Venice for that it 
King Charles writes to the venetians.  had kept promise with him and continued his friend. The report of King Charles his arrival and success in the Realm of Naples, was bruited so far, as the very Turk feared him; because that the king had publicly vaunted, that after the conquest of the kingdom of Naples, he would turn his forces upon him, so as all the inhabitants on the sea frontiers of Sclavonia, Albania, and Macedonia, presently forsook their dwellings, and retired into the firm land, so as if the king had crossed over thither, he might easily have conquered those Provinces. And to speak truth, so soon as Bajazeth understood that he was come to Florence, he began to trim his old vessels and to build new.  
About the same time, threescore ships of war, wherein were six thousand 
A Naval army comes from Spain to Livorne.  foot, and three hundred horse, arrived at Livorne, sent by the kings of Spain for the guard of Sicily, with Lorenzo Suares, deputed by their Majesties, for Ambassador to the Venetian Senate.  
He told the Senate, that the cause of his arrival with those forces, was 
The Spanish Ambassadors speech to the Venetians.  the king his Master's fear, least after the conquest of the Realm of Naples, king Charles would make an attempt upon Sicily, which in former time had belonged unto the French kings: That their majesties knowing the pride and great power of the French, did suppose that the Venetians, moved with the nearness of the danger to see so mighty a King in Italy, would be possessed with the like fear; and therefore had commanded him in their names to salute the Prince and Senate, and to assure them that if they desired aught of them, they were ready to bear a part in their fortune: for in regard of their wisdom and loyalty there was no Prince or King whatsoever with whom they more desired to enter into league then with them: That Pope Alexander likewise would make one, who desired nothing more than to be united with Spain and Venice; and if any thing should happen otherwise then well, their forces thus joined together, they might easily prevent it.  
This speech of Suares did highly content the Senate, who being already jealous of King Charles his greatness and good fortune, began to look about them, and to fear other matters not yet thought of▪ Lodovicos distrust likewise of King Charles, as well for that john james Triwlce, whom he had driven forth of Milan, received the King's pay, as because he had commanded the Duke of Orleans to attend him at Ast: for Lodovico complained thereof to the Venetian Ambassador, and told him, that he would gladly leave the French parts▪ and make a league with the Venetians. Beside all this, Maximillians' Ambassadors (whose father the Emperor Frederick died that year) did not cease to solicit the Senate to league itself with them against the French.  
In the mean time, Castelnovo and that Del-Ouo two Citadels in Naples, 
The two Castles of Naples yielded to King Charles.  which yet held for Ferdinand yielded to the French. For Castelnovo, the abode of Kings, seated on the shore, was after some small defence yielded to King Charles, by the cowardice and baseness of five hundred Lansequenets that lay there in Garrison. And the castle Del Ouo built upon a Rock in the sea, being continually battered with Ordnance, was content to yield, if it were not relieved within eight days. The fort likewise of Gayetta, notwithstanding that it was 
The fort of Gayetta yielded to the King.  provided of all necessaries did after some sleight assaults, yield: so as in a very short space, the whole kingdom, in a manner, was with great facility reduced under the King's obedience, the Isle of Ischia excepted, and certain towns in Puglia and Calabria which still held out for the Arragonois.  
King Charles did now no more entertain the Venetian Ambassadors with such cheerful countenance as he was wont; but oftentimes said, That those who were not pleased with his coming into Italy, for the conquest of the Realm of Naples, should repent it.  
This being reported at Venice, caused them to hasten the conclusion of a new league, to which end, Lodovico had sent new Ambassadors. Lorenzo Suares at his arrival, told them, that his King's pleasure was to have him in his name to enter into the league, on any conditions pleasing to the Senate. Pope Alexander likewise did daily expect a fit time to join himself with the Venetians and the rest, having openly said, that if the French returned to Rome, he would go to Venice, and no more behold them. At last, in the month of April, the Ambassadors of these Princes did in the City of Venice make confederacy, betwixt 
A league made by sundry great Princes against the French.  the Emperor, Kings of Spain, Venetians, and Duke of Milan: it was only published for the defence of one an others States, with reservation of place for any else to enter into it that would. But all of them thinking it more than necessary, to draw the French King forth of the Realm of Naples, concluded, in their more secret capitulations, that the Spanish companies that were in Sicily should aid Ferdinand of Arragon to recover his Kingdom, who much presuming of his people's love, made means to enter into Calabria.  
In this confederacy it was concluded, that the Confederates should make account to entertain an army of four and thirty thousand horse, and twenty thousand foot, viz. That the Pope should furnish four thousand horse, Maxmilian 6000. the King of Spain 8000. the Venetians the like number, and Lodovico as many. And if any of them by reason of the long distance of place, could not so soon as need were, levy the number of soldiers he was rated at, in sending to his associates six hundred pounds of gold, they should for him furnish such forces.  
These were the conditions of the confederacy, the which was so speedily and secretly concluded, as Philip de Comines, Lord of Argenton, Ambassador for king 
Philip de Comines King Charles his Ambassador at Venice, daunted with the news of the league.  Charles at Venice, who went daily to the Palace, and conferred with the other Ambassadors, had never any inkling thereof: and being the next day after it was concluded, sent for into the Senate, and understanding by the Prince and Senators what had been done, he was in a manner like a man bearest of his senses: and when the Prince told him, that they had not done it to make war upon any one, but only to defend themselves; he recovered his spirits, and said, My King then shall not return into France? The Prince answered, But he shall, if he will return 
The Prince's answer to Comines.  as our friend, and we will willingly help him with whatsoever he shall need. After this answer, he went forth of the Senate so amazed, as being at the stairs foot he turned towards the Chancellor, who accompanied him, and said to him, Good Sir, tell me what the Prince said, for I have for gotten it, which he did.  
Beside, the insolency of the French, by reason of the facility of their victory was so increased, as in respect of themselves they contemned all Italians: for which, the people's love towards them was already converted into mortal hatred: and on the contrary, their hatred towards the Arragonois into pity and compassion to Ferdinand. Whereupon, Naples and all the rest of the kingdom, waited but for a fit occasion to repeal him.  
King Charles had in a manner resolved, before the conclusion of the league, to return presently into France, provoked thereunto by some occasion unknown to me, notwithstanding that diverse important businesses were not ended in Naples, his victory being not fully perfected, by reason that the Realm was not yet altogether conquered. But having intelligence that so many Princes were leagued against him, and that the Venetians had called home their Ambassadors, resident with him, his mind was much troubled, and he consulted with his Lords what was best to be done in a matter of so great importance. His counsellors were of opinion to hasten his departure, fearing that by his longer stay, difficulties might increase, and the Confederates have time to make greater preparations. 
King Charles his resolution.  Thereupon, the King resolved to return by land, maugre all the Confederates; seeing that he wanted vessels to transport so great an Army by sea: for the fleet which he had prepared at Genoa, was wracked by tempest, upon the shore of Plombino, the Admiral whereof, and Antonio Prince of Salerno, came to him by land.  
In the mean time, King Charles perceiving that Lodovico as well as others had deceived him, was desirous to take the City of Genoa from him, and to that e●…d sent Pietro Fregosa Cardinal, thither, who had been Duke thereof, and Obietta de Fiesca, with eleven Galleys, the remainder of his whole fleet. Then desirous 
Guilbert of Bourbon Viceroy of Naples.  to prosecute his own return, he left Guilbert of Bourbon, Duke of Montpensier, Prince of the blood, his Lieutenant General in the kingdom, with the moiety of the Suisse, and part of the French footmen, eight hundred French lances, and five hundred Italian men at arms, which were in his pay, part of them under the command of the Provost of Rome, and the rest under Prospero, and Fabricio Colonni, and Antonello Savello, all three great Captains, on whom he had bestowed many benefits. This done, he departed from Naples with the rest of his Army, on the twentieth of May, and marched directly towards Rome. But before his departure he would be crowned King of Naples, which was performed 
King Charles is crowned King of Naples  with great solemnity in the Cathedral Church of Naples, where with great pomp he received the honours and oaths which are usually made to new Kings. The King carried away with him eight hundred French Lances, the two hundred Gentlemen of his guard, the Lord Triwlcio with a hundred lances, three thousand Suisse, and two thousand French footmen: and appointed Camillo Vitelli and his brethren to meet him in Tuscany with two hundred and fifty men at arms.  
In this equipage did King Charles march towards Rome: Pope Alexander, although two days before he came thither had promised where to attend him, did nevertheless after he had left a strong garrison in Castle Angelo, retire to Oruietta, accompanied by the whole College of Cardinals, two hundred men at arms, a thousand light horse, and three thousand foot, leaving the Cardinal Santo Anastasio his Legate in Rome, to entertain and honour the King. The Venetians not long before, had for his better safety sent him five hundred Albanese horse.  
The King being come to Rome, refused to lie in the Palace of the Vatican, which the Pope had appointed for him, and lodged in the suburbs: From thence 
King Charles sends a messenger to Venice.  he sent a Gentleman to the Venetian Senate, to tell them from him, that his King had yet never entreated or sued to any; but now he was only desirous to know of them, whether their State were his friend or enemy. The Prince answered 
The Prince's answer to him.  him. That wise and discreet men were wont sometime to refer themselves to the will and opinion of others, and in time of need to request their aid: That he spoke this, only to let him understand, that it lay in his King's power, to make the Venetians his friends or enemies. With this answer the Gentleman departed from Venice, together with Philip de Comines the Ambassador.  
The Florentines likewise, so soon as they had intelligence of this new confederacy, and that King Charles was come from Naples, to return home into France, began to levy soldiers, and to fortify their towns, to stop the King's passage, if he intended to pass thorough their City. The King departed from Rome, and though at his approach near Viterbo, the Pope had again promised 
The Pope's inconstancy.  to confer with him in some fit place, yet he went from Oruietta to Perousa, meaning if the King directed his course thither, to go to Ancona. The King never the less, though he were highly incensed against the Pope, did redeliver the Castles of Civata-uechia and Terracina, reserving that of Hostia to himself, and passed thorough the Church's country as a friend, Tuscanella excepted, where the inhabitants refusing to lodge his vanguard in their town, it entered by force and sacked it, with great slaughter.  
The Venetian Senate being advertised that one of their chief Confederates territories had been so spoiled by the French, thought that King Charles had begun war against them, fearing that coming upon theirs, or on those of the Duchy of Milan, he would do the like: Whereupon they commanded their General Antonio Grimani, to sail with their Fleet into Puglia. The King afterwards arrived at Sienna, where he remained six days, notwithstanding that every man advised him to depart speedily: but there they treated concerning the restitution of the Florentines forts, promised by the King at his departure towards Naples, whereunto all his Councillors were induced for sundry reasons, but others crossed it: whereupon the matter was referred to his coming to Ast.  
The King leaving Florence on his right hand, took the high way of Pisa, and from thence went to Luca. The Pope perceiving the King was past, sent back the Venetians and Lodovicos forces which they had lent him, and returned to Rome.  
In the mean time they in Lombardy began to stir. For the Venetians and Lodovico 
Great preparations made by the Venetians and Lodovico Sforza.  Sforza made great preparations to hinder the King's return into France, or at least, to secure the Duchy of Miian, through which he was to pass, whereupon each of them raised forces, and as well in common as in particular, omitted nothing that might further their design. And Lodovico being very desirous to perform that whereunto he was tied by the Confederacy, concerning the City of Ast, sent Galeas of Saint Severine to that enterprise with 700. men at arms and three thousand foot making no other account but to take it.  
The Duke of Orleans, who remained in it, upon the first intelligence of the 
The Duke of Orleans taketh Valfenieres.  new League, had fortified Ast, and with great earnestness solicited new supplies from France to relieve the King. On a sudden forces from all parts were assembled, who with great speed passed the Mounts, so that the Duke of Orleans in a short space being backed with a mighty power, went forth into the field, and in the Marquisate of Saluces took the town and Castle of Valfenieres, held by Antonio Maria of Saint Severin, whereupon Galeas with his army retired into Anon, despairing to execute any notable matter.  
The Duke returning to Ast, an occasion being offered to take Novara, would not omit it, and having concluded with those that offered to give him entrance 
The French take the town and Castle of Novara.  he crossed the Po by night at the bridge of Stura, and with his forces, without any resistance, was received into the City by them: from thence he sent part of his Cavalry to make incursions as far as Vigeva. The Castle of Novara still held out for Lodovico, but the Duke of Orleans to assure his conquest, resolved to take it; whereupon, on the fifth day after, it promised to yield (which it did) if it were not reieeved within 24. hours.  
The Venetians having intelligence that Lodovico was invaded, and that the French made incursions into his Country, did freely give their consent that he should call back some of those companies which he had sent into the Parmesan, and besides that, sent him four hundred Stradiots. By these new forces near to Novara, the Duke of Orleans his farther passage was stopped, who retired with all his forces thither.  
Now after some controversy with the Florentines concerning the restitution 
The number of the Confederate Army.  of their Forts, the King's vanguard led by the Marshal of Gie went to Pontrema. In the mean time the Confederate Army was speedily assembled near to Parma in number two thousand five hundred men at arms, 8000. foot and 2000 light horse called stradiots, most of whom were Albaneses, and of the neighbour Provinces to Grecia, brought by the Venetians into Italy. Francisco Gonzaga the young Marquis of Mantoa was General of the Venetian troops, whose valour surmounted his years, and with him two principal Senators, Luca Pisani and Melchior Trevisan, as Providators The Count Gaiazza commanded Lodovicos troops, Francisco Bernardino Viscount being joined in Commission with him.  
All the Confederate Captains consulted whether they should encamp at Fornovo, a small Village at the foot of the hill, and it was concluded because the place was very strait, and peradventure likewise to give the enemy means to descend into the plain, that they would lodge in the Abbey of Guiaruola, three miles from Fornovo, whereby the French Vanguard came thither sooner than the rest of the army, which conducted the ordnance, uneasy to be brought over that steepy Apennine hill.  
The Marshal de Gie being come thus forward, sent a trumpet to the Confederate Army, in his King's name to crave passage, who without offence to any man, and taking victuals at a reasonable price, was desirous to pass on and return into France. The Confederates consulting upon an answer for the Marshals trumpet, the captains opinions were different, in the end they concluded to send to Milan, where the Duke and Confederate Ambassadors lay, to know their pleasures. But the matter being delayed, the Captains sent back the Trumpet without any certain resolution, determining to assail and charge the French as they passed.  
The King at last joining with his Vanguard, did with his whole army the next 
The King lodgeth at Fornovo.  day following lodge at Fornovo. The French, who till then had marched with great boldness and assurance, making no account of the Italians arms, so soon as at their going down the hill they discovered the enemy's army with infinite numbers of tents and pavilions, and considering their resolution to fight, began a little to abate their former heat, and would have been well pleased, so that th●… Italians would have suffered them to pass. The King enforced to embrace new Council commanded the Lord of Argenton to send atrumpet to the Venetian Providators, to let them understand that he desired to confer with them 
The two armies near to one another.  for the public good: They accepted the parley in some fit place betwixt both Armies: but the King, altering his purpose, would not attend the issue of this parley.  
The two armies were quartered within three miles of one another along the Turo, which is rather a torrent then a river, which running betwixt two little hills doth in a manner environ them. On one of those hills was the Confederate army lodged on the right hand towards the river banks, they had fortified themselves with Dikes and Rampires well flanked with ordnance, and the French were of necessity to go that way to Ast, nothing but the river being betwixt the enemies and them.  
All that night was very tedious to the French, both in regard of the Stradiots continual alarms, as for a sudden shower of rain, intermingled with 
The French army crosseth the Turo.  fearful thunder and lightning, Which they interpreted as a presage of some sinister fortune. In the morning by day break, the French army began to cross the river, the ordnance going first, followed by the Vanguard, wherein were three hundred and fifty Lances, john james Triwlcio with his company of an hundred Lances, and 3000. Swisses, to whom the King added three hundred archers and 
The order of the King's ar●….  some crossbows on horseback of his guards whom he caused to march on foot, for he supposed that the enemy would turn his cheese forces upon it. The battle followed the vanguard, in midst whereof was the King's person, armed at all points, mounted on a gallant courser, and the Lord Tremoville near him with his authority and Council to govern that part of the army. Next followed the rearward conducted by the Earl of Foix, and behind it the baggage.  
So soon as the two armies began to move, the light horse on both sides skirmished, the ordnance flew from both parts, and the Italians, prepared for the battle, extended their Squadrons on the river banks. The French marched on notwithstanding, so as their Vanguard was already led to the right side of the 
The Marquis of Mantu ●… his order to assail the King.  enemy's Camp, when the Marquis of Mantua crossed the river at the back of the French rearward, with a Squadron of 600. men at arms, a great troup of Stradiots, and other light horse, and 5000. foot, having commanded Antonio of Montfeltre to be ready with his troops when he should be sent for to refresh the first battaillon, and the light Cavalry to give in in flank upon the enemies so soon as the fight should be begun, and the rest of the Stradiots to cross the River and to fall upon the French baggage which was left alone. The Count Gaiazza on the other part crossed the Turo with 400. men at arms, to relieve him when need should be, and for the guard of the Camp, two companies of men at arms and a thousand foot were left behind.  
But the King perceiving that contrary to his expectation the whole burden lighted on the rearward, turned his back to the Vanguard, and drew near to the 
King Charles his ●…alour.  Rear with the battle, and came with such speed, one squadr on before another, as himself was at the front among those that fought bravest. And though the Marquis assault was brave and furious, the French did as bravely answer him, throwing themselves pell mel among the Squadrons. It is certain that at first the Italians valour was very excellent, being encouraged by the Marquis, who attended by a gallant troup of brave young Gentlemen, omitted nothing belonging to a valiant Captain. The French did likewise valiantly repulse this first charge, yet being pressed by multitudes, began to stagger, the King himself being in danger, who though he had not many of his own soldiers about him, did valiantly defend himself, the goodness and firecenesse of his horse doing him better service than the aid of his people, and then he made a vow to Saint 
His vow.  Denis and Saint Martin, that if he might safely pass into Piedmont, he would at his return into France, with great gifts go and visit their Churches, the one being near Paris, and the other in the City of Tours. These vows made, he began to fight with greater courage than before, till his soldiers that were next him, being incited by his danger, did all of them with their own lives, run to save the Kings, and repulse the Italians, whither the battle that stayed behind, 
The King rescued by the battle.  arriving in time, and giving in furiously upon the enemy's flanques, stayed their fury: in this charge Rodolfo Gonzaga, Uncle to the Marquis of Mantua, a very famous Captain, hurt in the face with a sword as he lifted up his Beaver, and falling from his horse, was miserably trodden to death by the horse, and could not be saved.  
The battle thus changing by sundry accidents, and no advantage on either side appearing, made all men more and more to wonder unto whom the victory would incline: The French were inflamed by the presence and danger of their King, and because they were in a place where they could hope for no safety but in victory. The Italians on the other side were incited by a covetous desire of rich booty: so that Fortune's power being, (as all men know) very great in humane actions, especially in affairs of war, where the least error doth often times transport the victory to those that were almost vanquished, did at that time very clearly demonstrate it. For the Stradiots, sent to assail the French baggage, began to spoil, and to drive away the Mules, and other wagons beyond the River. Their fellows appointed to charge the French in flank, perceiving that others returned laden with spoil, incited by the self same desire of gain, fell upon the baggage, and by their example, others both horse and foot left their files, and went from the battle to do the like. By this means the Italians wanting their looked for fresh supplies, and the number of those that fought still decreasing, nothing did so much encourage them, as the valour of the Marquis, who fight valiantly did still abide the enemy's fury, encouraging his own soldiers, who much weakened by the departure of their fellows that went to spoil, and their enemies on every side pressing in upon them, and no longer able to resist, were enforced to fly, and to attempt to repass the river, which being swelled by the former night's rain, and by a great shower of hail which fell during the fight, they could hardly do. The French followed them very fiercely even to the River, killing all those that fled, taking no prisoners at all.  
Whilst they fought so valiantly on that side of the Army, the French Vanguard, 'gainst which Count Gajazza brought part of his Cavalry, presented it 
The French vanguard disordereth the enemy.  self in battle, with such fury, as the Italians, daunted, because they were not seconded, did of themselves fall into disorder, and fled to the body of their Army which was on the farther side of the river, whereupon the Marshal de Gié would not pursue them any farther, some afterwards, reputing it to wisdom and discretion, others to cowardice. The Marquis of Mantua passed the River in the best and closest order he could, where he found his troops so disordered, as every man with his booty thought on nothing but means how to escape; but his presence and authority, stayed that confusion.  
The King with his troops coming to his Vanguard, which had not stirred, demanded 
The King determineth to assail the enemies in their Campe.  his captains advise, whether he should suddenly cross the River, and assail the enemies in their Camp, but their opinions being various, and also the troops which had fought, wearied, they resolved to take up their lodging: and for that night, they lodged on the hill, in the village called Medezana, a mile from the place where they fought.  
Such was the end of the battle betwixt the French and the Italians near the River Tarro, where of the French side died scarce two hundred, but of Italians more than three hundred men at arms, and as many others as amounted to three thousand men, in regard of which number of dead so disproportionable, the victory was attributed to the French, though the Venetians challenge to themselves the glory of the day, because that their camp and baggage remained whole and entire, whereas the French on the contrary, lost much of theirs, and among others, some of the King's rich stuff: Whereupon, by public Decree, over all the territories under their obedience, and especially at Venice, bonfires and other signs of joy were made. The day following, the King remained in the same village, and by means of the Lord of Argenton, who parleyed with the enemies, truce was granted till night.  
The next morning before day, the King with his Army dislodged, sounding neither d●…um nor trumpet, the better to conceal his departure; and all that day he was not pursued by the Confederate Army, by reason that the Taro was exceedingly swelled, and could not that day be forded. Sanseverine whose self and soldiers had not fought in that battle, made an offer to the Marquis and Providators, that if they would give him a troup of light horse to cut off the 
Sanseverin his offers.  tail of the King's army, he by his incursions would amuse the French, so long, till their Army might overtake them. His demand granted, he departed from the Camp with two thousand five hundred horse, and by reason of the swelling of the River, took a longer way, so as that day he did not overtake the King's 
The small effect thereof.  troops: but so soon as he drew near them, he served rather for a guide to conduct them to Ast, than a disturber of their journey: so, as it seemed that his request to the Marquis and Providators, was only to accompany and safe conduct the King. His intent was afterwards known to be such, by Lodovicos commandment, who when Bernardo Contaren would have given in upon the King's rearguard, could not be suffered so to do.  
So soon as the waters were down, the Marquis pursued the King's Army, which he not being able to overtake, sent six hundred horse after it, to cut off the tail and to keep it in continual alarm, who returned to him laden with booty. The French at last coming near to Alexandria, took the higher way towards the mounts, where the River Tanare is most shallow, and in eight days 
The King arr●…neth at Ast.  march, without loss of men or other encumbrances, came before the walls of Ast, where after the King was entered he caused his Army to be lodged in the field.  
The Camp of the league which had followed him into the Tortonois, being no more able to annoy him, joined with Lodovicos Sforza's forces before Novara. The King's retreat being known at Venice, the Senate commanded general Precessions, and public prayers to be made, to give God thanks for that by his retreat the City was freed from the danger which threatened it.  
The end of the fourth Book of the fourth Decade.   

The Contents of the fifth Book of the fourth Decad.  
THe Venetians at Genoa arm by Sea against the French, and take Rapalla in the Realm of Naples. Lodovico and the Confederates besiege Novara. Peace concluded betwixt King Charles and the Confederates, the King returns into France. The Neapolitans revolt from the French, & bring Ferdinand into Naples. A General rebellion over the whole kingdom against the French. The Pisans give themselves to the Venetians. The Venetians aid Ferdinand, he giving them three Cities in Puglia. The Venetians resolving to defend Pisa against the Florentines, send aid thither. King Charles determineth to return into Italy, and makes great preparation for it. The Duke of Montpensier, besieged in Attella, is through want of victuals enforced to Capitulate, and quit the Realm of Naples. The death of Duke Montpensier and other great Captains. King Ferdinand's death. The pursuits of Lodovico and the other Confederates to have Pisa restored to the Florentines. The death of Charles the eight French King. Lewis Duke of Orleans, French King. Coruin, son to the King of Hungary, made a Gentleman of Venice. Caesar Borgia, son to Pope Alexander, quits his cardinals Hat, and is made by King Lewis Duke of Valentinois. Lodovico procureth the Turkish fleet to invade the Venetians. League betwixt Lewis the French King and the Venetians. The French King sends an Army into Italy, under the command of john james Triwlce. And lastly, the taking of Caruagio by the Venetians.  
The fifth Book of the fourth Decade, of the History of Venice.  
THE Venetians, advertised that King Charles at his departure from Naples, had sent diverse vessels to make incursions into 
The Venetians arm certain vessels at Genoa against the French.  the river of Genoa (as hath been said) sent one of their Citizens to Genoa with money to rig certain great Argozies. Lodovica Sforza had likewise given order to arm a certain number of Galleys, so as together they prepared a fleet, the which departing from Genoa, did by night land seven hundred footmen, which without any difficulty took the town and castle of Rapalla, seized on by the French at their arrival: Then meeting at sea 
The Venetian flette takes Rapalla.  with the French fleet, it assailed and defeated it, the Admiral thereof being taken, and four French Ensigns, which the Genevois sent to Lodovico Sforza, who presently gave two of them to the Venetian Ambassador, resident with him, saying that he did present them to the honour and merit of the Venetian commonwealth. 
The French naval army is defeated.  The Marquis of Mantua in the mean time being at Clastegia, following King Charles his Army, requested by Lodovico, and commanded by the Senate's decree, sent two thousand foot in Garrison to Tortona and Alexandria. Then he entreated the Senate to send two Senators, who as Providators should manage the war with him: whereupon Luca Zeno, and Andrea Venieri were appointed, who coming to the Army, went all together to the siege of Novarra, which Lodovico with a mighty Army did straightly besiege. The Venetians sent so great aid, as scarce any enterprise can be remembered, wherein they spent more money, so that in a short space, there were three thousand men at arms, three 
The number of the Army before Navara.  thousand Almain horse, five thousand Italian foot, and ten thousand Lancequenets, in the confederate camp.  
The Venetian Senate was not only careful to send forces to this siege, but the more to encourage their soldiers, had from Lieutenant of the Army made the Marquis of Mantua Captain General thereof, the better to honour his courage and valour manifested at the battle of Fornovo: and with a very gracious example, had not only augmented their pay who had valiantly behaved themselves, but given pensions and sundry recompenses to the children of those that were slain in the battle, and dowries to their daughters.  
The siege still continuing before Novara, those of the town were in great want of victuals, by reason of the great number of soldiers and Country people that were in it, nor could the King, who lay at Ast, relieve it, for want of men: and though the Duke of Orleans, when he was made acquainted with the dearth, did put forth all unprofitable eaters, yet this remedy was to no purpose: The French made many attempts by night to victual it, but being still discovered, they were enforced to retire without effecting it, and often times with great loss of their men.  
The King then, out of hope to raise the siege in any time, and daily importuned 
The King resolves to hearken unto peace.  by the Duke of Orleans, who was in great want, determined to hearken unto peace. But the difficulty to obtain it was very great, in regard of the jealousy and distrust betwixt the King and Duke of Milan: yet it was motioned by an unexpected means. For the Lady Marquis of Mont-ferate being dead, the King wishing well to that State, sent the Lord of Argenton to cassal, to consult with her subjects concerning the profit and commodity of a young son she had 
A motion of peace made at Casall.  left behind her. The Marquis of Mantua's Steward came thither likewise in his masters name to bewail her death. They two entered so far into discourse of peace, as the Lord of Argenton, by the persuasion of this Steward, did write thereof to the Venetian Providators, who inclining thereunto, acquainted the Duke of Milan's Captains with it, who with one consent, sent to entreat the King which lay at Ver●…eill, to appoint some of his officers to meet them in some fit place where they might confer together. The King allowing it, the Commissioners on both sides met betwixt Bolgare and Camarian, where after sundry difficulties alleged on both parts, peace at last was concluded and signed by the King, which was no sooner sworn to by the Duke of Milan, but the King made haste to return into France. And in this manner about the end of October 1495. he repassed the mounts.  
The Venetians were displeased with Lodovico, for that without the advise and consent of all the Confederates he had made peace with King Charles, seeing 
The Venetians are displeased with Lodovico.  that they having been often entreated by the King, and him, to hearken thereunto, had ever answered, that they would do nothing but by the consent of all the Confederates: so that now they perceived it was a dangerous matter to trust him, and therefore they would no longer be in league with so perfidious a man.  
Lodovico was much troubled with these news, and perceiving that the Venetians were no more his friends, gave secret commandment to all his Garrisons, by which the Venetian Camp was to pass, to guard the passages, and especially the Rivers, and to shut up all the boats, to stay their departure against his will. This being known to the Providators, they were much amazed, in regard they were to pass many great rivers: and conferring hereupon with Bernardo Contaren, 
A bold enterprise of Bernardo Contaren.  not knowing what to resolve on, he offered to poinard Lodovico in open counsel, saying, That he once dead, no man would stir. The Council of Ten at Venice, being acquainted with this proposition, wrote back, that by no means he should do so, for it would much blemish the Venetians reputation; but only temporize with him till they were forth of his territories, which they did, whereupon, Novarra surrendered, they led their army which in a manner they cassed to Crema, and from thence went to Mantua, and so to Venice.  
But to return to that which was done at the same time in the Realm of Naples, where war was managed as well as in Lombardy. So soon as Ferdinand had intelligence of King Charles his departure from Naples, (being then in Sicill) attended by the Spaniards who were come thither by Sea, he landed in Calabria, to whom many Country people presently ran, and within a while after the City of Regium yielded to him, the Castle having still held out for him. At the same time likewise the Venetian fleet was descried not far from the shore of Puglia, whereof Antonio Grimani, a man of great authority in the State, was General, who coming near to Monopoli a City in Puglia, landed the Stradiots 
The Venetians take Monopoli.  and certain foot companies, then by land and sea, gave an assault to the City, which was taken by force, whereupon the Castle soon yielded: This fleet likewise took the City of Pulignana by composition.  
Ferdinand in the mean time with many vessels, but few soldiers, leaving Sicily, having besides the love and favour of the people of the Realm of Naples, who longed for him, came to the flattes of Salerno: and on a sudden, Salerno, Melphi and la Cava erected his banners. Afterwards he hovered two whole days before the City of Naples, expecting some popular commotion in the City (which had been promised) but it was in vain, for the French took good order there for that time, so that the third day after Ferdinand despairing of any good success, made to Sea, determining to return to Ischia.  
The Citizens of Naples, who had resolved to deliver the town to Ferdinand, (their plot being half discovered), determined to make a virtue of necessity, and to win or lose all, according to this resolution secretly sent a small boat to call back Ferdinand, entreating him to land all, or part of his forces to give encouragement to those that intended to rise in his behalf. Upon this advertizement, Ferdinand 
Tee Neapolitans re●…ult i●… favour of Ferdinand.  returned again before Naples, and then landed, a mile from the City; which the Duke Montpensier perceiving sallied forth of Naples with all his forces to hinder his landing. The Neopolitans then taking hold on occasion, presently took arms, and at the first ringing of the Toxin or alarm bell, made good the gates, and began every where to cry Ferdinand, Ferdinand. The French amazed at this sudden tumult, thinking it dangerous to abide betwixt the rebellious City and the enemies, determined to return to Naples, but they were enforced to fetch a great compass, to come to the Gate near Castelnovo, for that through which they came forth was seized on by the Neopolitans. Ferdinand in the mean time entered the City on horseback, where, to the people's incredible joy, he road up and down. The French entering at the Gate next the Castle, did their best to get into the heart of the City, but their attempts were vain, for at every streets end they found resistance, and night approaching they retired into the Castle, to gether with the Duke of Montpensier, Yues of Alegre a famous Captain, Antonio Prince of Salerne, and many other French 
A General revolt made oaer the whole Kingdom  and Italian Captains of note. Those of Capua, Auersa, the Fort Montdragon, and other towns near adjoining, and the greatest part of the Kingdom did the like. Those of Gayetta going about to follow their example were with great slaughter prevented by the French Garrison, who in heat of blood sacked the City. The Venetian Senate having intelligence that Ferdinand had recovered the City of Naples, wrote to Antonio Grimani that he should no more assault any town of the Kingdom in the Venetians name, but to remain at Monopoli to know their farther pleasure. The Pope understanding that the Venetian fleet was idle, entreated the Senate that it might sail to Naples to aid Ferdinand: this was granted, and Antonio Grimani leaving 100 light horse and two Galleys for the guard of Monopoli, went to Tarentum which held out against Ferdinand. But Grimani being there afflicted with a flux, sent twenty Galleys to Ferdinand, under the command of Contaren the Providator, and himself, with the rest of the fleet (for he had in the mean time received new supplies) directed his course to Corfou. At the same time, the Florentines being desirous by all means to recover Pisa, and the Pisans being to weak to resist, sent secret messengers to the Venetian 
The Pisans commit themselves to the Veneti●…ns  Senate, to entreat them to receive their City into their protection, and to hold it for a member of their state. At first the Senate found the matter to be of such importance, as they made no great haste either to refuse or accept it: yet at last some Senators began to taste this offer, and to hearken unto it, as they who with the designs and hopes embraced the entire Monarchy of Italy, for obtaining whereof, they supposed that the Signory of Pisa would greatly avail them, in regard that their ancient union with other Potentates was broken, and most of those who were wont to resist them, weakened: as also, because that City would give them sure footing in Tuscany, and extend their bounds as far as the lower sea: and therefore concluded to accept it as an offer sent from God. This opinion being approved by the greatest part of the Senate, the business was consulted on by the council of Ten, that the resolution of it might be kept more secret, whose opinions being various, the matter was put off till some other time.  
Lodovico likewise was greedy to impatronize this City, and thereupon seemed very ready underhand to aid the 〈◊〉 against the Florentines, whom he entertained with sundry practices.  
The Pope moved by Ferdinand's entreaties, wrote at the same time to the Venetians, to send part of their Army returned from the siege of Novara, to aid Ferdinand to drive the French forth of the Realm of Naples, promising that Ferdinand should engage certain sea towns to them, till they were satisfied for their expense in that war. The Senate not fully resolved to send the Army to the King, commanded Bernarao Contaren to go before to Ravenna, with 600. light horse, to the end that if they should determine to send it, he might be so far onwards on his way. This being understood at Rome, the business was prolonged, for Cardinal Ascanio, brother to Lodovico, made a proposition that the Venetians should assist the King in that war, and yet have no towns engaged to them.  
Ferdinand's Ambassadors, that came to Venice to make an accord, following the cardinals advice; demanded the army, but offered no pawn. The Senate knowing that this was Lodovicoes practise, who envied their greatness, did on a sudden dismiss the Ambassadors, not suffering them to remain a moment in the City. The Ambassadors spent many days to pacify the Senate, and notwithstanding that they promised that Ferdinand should deliver three of his best Cities, 
The venetians 〈◊〉 an ac 〈◊〉 with Fer●… Ambassadors.  with their territories, unto them, namely Trani, Brundisium and O●…ranto, they would hardly agree to it, had not the Confederate Ambassadors, there present, interceded for them, whereupon a new league was made, by which the Venetians, having first received the three towns, were obliged, speedily to send 600. men at arms and 3000. foot to Ferdinand: and the Treasurer to the State did deliver to Ferdinand's Ambassadors. 150. pounds of gold by way of loan, with divers other conditions, which the Pope approved and ratified, as one having interest in the Realm of Naples.  
The League thus made, Commissioners were sent to Ferdinand to receive the 
The Venetians send aid to Ferdinand.  three towns, and messengers to the Marquis of Mantova▪ to will him without delay to lead his troops into the Realm of Naples. These things thus concluded and divulged, caused divers towns in the Kingdom, which the French held, presently to yield to Ferdinand; the like did the two Castles in Naples. King Charles after his return into France sent the Lord of Argenton to Venice to tell the Senate, that he accounted their State to be comprehended in the accord made 
King Charles sends an Ambassador to Venice.  with Lodovico, because their Generals & Providators were present at it, in which regard, he entreated the Senate to surrender Monopoli to him which their Army had taken from his subjects, and that they would no more assist Ferdinand: The Venetians sent him back without satisfying his King's demands. Charles raised a new army, determining to send it by Sea to the relief of Caietta, under the Conduct of the Duke of Orleans, who craving to be excused from that journey, the army was dissolved, and the determination to relieve those in the Kingdom of Naples, vanished into air.  
Lodovico, having intelligence of whatsoever was done in France, and now no more fearing the French, was advertised by letters from his friends of the Pisans request made to the Venetians, whereupon he entreated the Senate to receive him as an associate in the defence and protection of Pisa, because that the Florentines were leagued with King Charles, and himself had taken their Ambassador in his own Dominions which was going into France.  
This business, sundry times debated in the Senate, it was at last concluded 
The resolution for the defence of Pisa.  by the general consent of the Ambassadors, that Pisa should be defended at the common charge of the Pope, Venetians, and Duke of Milan, and that two thousand foot should be levied at Genoa by the Venetians, to be sent to Pisa.  
Hereupon the Florentines raised 6000. foot, and with the ordnance sent them to Pisa before the enemy's forces were assembled, hoping to take the city. But coming near to the gates, those within the town made a sally, and after a furious charge upon the enemy, defeated and put them to rout, and took their ordnance. Not long after, Paulo Vitelli the Roman, a valiant and brave Captain, forsook the Pisans, and went to Florence, where being honourably entertained and made General of their Army, he marched with 10000 foot against the Pisans, and at his arrival lodged in the cities suburbs, from whence the townsmen did beat and repulse him: but the Florentines winning them again, were enforced to quit them, and to give over the siege, to defend their own confines against Pietro de Medicis, who was said to be coming with great forces against the city of Florence, accompanied by this kinsmen the Ursini.  
The Venetians in the mean time levied five hundred foot at Genoa, whom 
The Venetians and Lodovico send aid to Pisa.  they sent to Pisa, the like did Lodovico: The Florentines having used all their cunning to take the Citadel of Pisa, as well by means of the King, as money; the governor thereof, provoked by his own inclination to the French, that were in Pisa, or by secret Commissions from the Lord of Ligni, whose Lieutenant he was, or else being enamoured on a young maiden of Pisa (for it is not likely that money alone would have prevailed with him, seeing he might have received a greater sum of the Florentines) was very loath to yield up the Castle, but in the end being enforced by the King's frequent commandments and threatenings, he surrendered it to the Pisans, having first received twenty thousand Ducats of them, whereof twelve thousand fell to his own share, and eight thousand for the soldiers that were in it.  
The Pisans running in heaps to the Citadel, razed it down to the ground: 
The Pisans raze their Citadel.  But because they found themselves too weak to resist the Florentines, they sent to crave aid at one time of the Pope, Emperor, Venetians, Duke of Milan, Genevois, Seinoi●…, and Lukeses: but they were most earnest with the Venetians and Duke of Milan, on whom they relied more than on any other, because he had provoked them to rebel, and had speedily relieved them. But the Duke, 
And crave aid of sundry Princes.  though he extremely desired it, did nevertheless doubt whither he should accept it or no, fearing lest the other confederates should take it ill, by whose council the treaty of the State of Pisa had been begun, as a matter common to them all, and standing in need of them, he durst not openly declare himself until the King were wholly forth of Italy: But the Pisans then grew cold, hoping to be relieved by the Venetians, who without sparing for any cost did bountifully supply them with all things: whereupon they betook themselves to their 
The Venetians protect the Pisans.  protection, and were received by the Senate, after long cont●…station among the Senators.  
The Venetians at the same time had taken Astor, Lord of Faenza into their pay, and accepted the protection of his state, which was very fit for to bridle the Florentines, Bolognese, and all the rest of Romagna. To these particular aids of the Venetians other supplies from the Confederates were joined, for the Pope, Venetians, and Duke of Milan sent certain companies of men at arms, paid in common, to the aid of Ferdinand. In the mean time Antonio Grimani being enforced by his indisposition of body to retire from Corfou to Venice, Melchior Trevisan was in his steed sent as General to the fleet, who going to Corfou with certain Galleys, did presently sail into Puglia, and from thence into Calabria, where he united himself with the rest of the Venetian vessels, and with them enforced diverse towns to yield to Ferdinand.  
Whilst the whole kingdom of Naples was filled with war and troubles, King Charles having understood the loss of the two Castles in Naples, through want of supplies, began a new to bend his thoughts on the affairs of Italy, and to determine to go thither again in person: This desire daily increasing in him, whereunto divers great Lords both French and strangers provoked him. Therefore his council concluded, that Triuu●…cio, who not long before was come forth of Italy to his Court, should return in post to Ast, as Lieutenant to the King, and with him eight hundred Lances, two thousand Swisses, and two thousand French foot; that the Duke of Orleans should ere long follow him 
Resolution of the King's council or his journey into Italy.  with greater forces, and the King last of all with all provisions: moreover, that thirty ships in the havens of Provence, where thirty Galleys & Galleons were to be armed, should sail through the Ocean with supplies of men, victuals, munition and money into the Realm of Naples, and that in the mean time, whilst the fleet was making ready, certain vessels well manned and victualled should be sent thither.  
The rumour of these preparations in France divulged in Italy, did much trouble 
Lodovico send●… every where to get force●… to secure himself from the French.  the Confederates, especially Lodovico Sforza, who was the first to be exposed to the enemy's fury, but most of all when he understood that the King had dismissed his Agents with sharp and bitter speeches. He sent Ambassadors to the Emperor, to draw him into Italy, and others to Venice to request the Venetians to contribute towards this expense, to prevent this common danger, and to send certain troops to Alexandria to make head against the French. The Venetians freely offered to send forces to Alexandria; but they were not so willing to give their consent for the Emperor's passage, who was no great friend to their State, yet fearing lest Lodovico, whom they knew to be fearful and timorous, should fully reconcile himself to the French King, they agreed to send Ambassadors to the Emperor to the same end. And standing in doubt of the Florentines, they 
The Uenetian●… join with Lodovico.  sent word to Giovan Bentivole to make war upon them with such forces as the Confederates should furnish him on the frontier towards the Bolognese; promising him that they should be at the same time invaded by the 〈◊〉, and Pisans: yet though Bentivole promised so to do, his meaning was clean contrary. But the French affairs being prolonged by the Cardinal of Saint Malo, who, besides the superintendency of the treasure, managed all matters, did so delay the execution of things, already resolved upon, as one accident more happened, which had almost wholly diverted them. For when every man thought that the 
The King tak●…s his 〈◊〉 of the Saints▪ Denis and Martin.  King would have gone into Italy, he determined a journey to Paris (according to the custom of ancient Kings) before his departure forth of France to take his leave of Saint Denis, and likewise of Saint Martin, passing by Tours, promising within a month to return to Lions to pursue his journey into Italy. The advise of his Lords, nor urgent entreaties and tears of the Italians, could not alter this determination. The Duke of Orleans, Cardinal of Saint Malo, and the whole council remained at Lions to hasten the provisions, and the King went to Tours, where the Queen lay.  
The affairs of Naples were in the mean time brought to great extremity, where the fortune of the French began openly to decline, being at one time assailed with infinite difficulties▪ want of money, victuals, the people's hatred, captain's discord, and soldiers disobedience, many of whom forsook the camp, some willingly, others on necessity. On the contrary, Ferdinand's army, reinforced with men, victuals and money, did still attend the French, and were continually at their backs. But that which did most ruin them, was the Lord D' Aubignis sickness, which caused divers to forsake him, and to go to the Duke Mo●…tpensier his army: Calabria by that means being unfurnished of men, so as Gonsaluo that was come thither, took divers towns in that Province, and obtained a gallant victory there, whereby his forces being augmented, he determined to join with Ferdinand's camp before Atella, where Duke Montpensier lay with divers other Barons and great Lords, both French and Italians, which followed 
Ferdinand doth straightly besiege At●…lla.  the French Kings party.  
By Gonsaluos coming to the camp, the besieged were more straightly enclosed, the town being wholly environed, both by the Arragonese, Venetians and Spaniards, so as no victuals could enter into it, especially in regard of the Stradiots and Venetians who scoured the country: neither could they go forth to forage as they were wont, so that being deprived of all commodities, they were brought to such extremity, as they could not get water from the River, either for themselves or horse.  
Being then oppressed with so many miseries, they craved a safeconduct, 
At●…lla enforced to capitulate.  which was granted them, whereupon, the Lord of Persi, Barthelmeo Aluiana and a Swiss captain were sent to capitulate with Ferdinand, with whom they thus agreed. That there should be truce for thirty days: That in the mean time the said accord should be showed to King Charles. That none of the besieged should go forth of Atella, and that the Arragonois should daily give them competent victuals. If they were not relieved in that time, he should leave Atella, and whatsoever else was under his command in the Realm of Naples, together with all the ordnance. That the soldiers might depart with their lives and baggage, with permission to return home into France either by sea or land. That the Ursini and other Italian soldiers might with their companies depart forth of the Realm whither soever they pleased. The truce expired Duke Montpensier came forth, with all the French, Swiss, and the Ursini, and was conducted by the Marquis of Mantua and his light horse in safety to Baja, where finding no vessels ready to embark themselves they quartered betwixt Baja, and Pozzuolo, where by reason of the bad air and other discommodities, they grew sick, and the Duke Montpensier and great numbers of his people died, so 
Montpensier his death.  that of five thousand, five hundred hardly returned into France.  
After the taking of Atella, Ferdinand divided his army into sundry parts, for the recovery of the rest of the kingdom. He sent Don Frederico of Arragon his uncle, and Prospero Colonna before Caietta: Fabricio Colonna into Abruzzo, and himself went and encamped before Salerno, where he made an accord with the Princes of Besignano and Salerno. 〈◊〉 returned into Calabria, which for the most part was held by the French, where although the Lord Aubigni 
Aubigni is enforced to leave Calabria to return into France.  made some resistance, yet at last being cooped up in Gropoli, having lost Manfredonia and certain other towns, and despairing of all aid, he consented to leave Calabria, and was suffered to return by land into France.  
Thus, no other towns holding out in the whole Kingdom but Tarentum and Caietta, it seemed that Ferdinand had attained the height of his desires, when coming to Somma a town seated at the foot of Mount Veswa, to visit the Queen his wife, he fell grievously sick, and was carried to Naples where within a while after he died: but before his death, he commanded the Bishop of 
A great desire of revenge.  Theanas' head, whom he kept in prison, to be cut off, and fearing that they would not obey him by reason of his sickness, he caused the head to be brought into his Chamber and with beholding it was satisfied. His uncle Frederick coming in haste from Caietta to Naples with Melchior Tre●…isan, was by the Princes of the Realm saluted King, his Nephew dying without children. This Prince beloved of all men for his meekness laboured to reconcile to himself all those who in any sort had favoured the French, and freely restored their castles to them. In this manner winning the people's hearts, the war against the French 
Tarentum and Cai●…tia yield to Frederick.  in the Realm of Naples was almost ended, for the city of Tarentum, oppressed with famine, did with her castles yield to the Venetians, which besieged it by sea, who presently delivered it to Frederick. Those of Caietta within a while after, did the like; and by this means the French lost the Realm of Naples. But this notwithstanding, war was not ended in Italy by reason of Pisa, in which 
The Venetians hold Pisa.  the Venetians had placed four hundred men at arms, seven hundred light horse, and two thousand foot, against the Florentines. They went moreover with the Emperor Maxmilian to besiege Livorne, where their enterprise succeeding badly, they were enforced to discampe, and from thence, the Emperor returned with speed into Germany, with small honour to the Imperial dignity, whereupon he was contemned over all Italy. 
King Charles resolveth to afsaile Genoa.   
King Charles likewise being despited with his loss and infamy, determined to assail Genoa, presuming upon Baptist a Fregosa his party. The Pope on the other side, desirous to possess the Vrsins States, the chief of that family being imprisoned at Naples, did in open consistory declare Virginio and the rest traitors, and confiscated their lands. This did no whit please the Venetians, who were very desirous to win the love of that family, and draw them to their service: yet not daring to contradict the Pope, they were unwilling at that time to alienate him from them: for notwithstanding Lodovicos flatteries, he could not but with grief endure to let Pisa, which he had pursued with such labour, fall to their share; whereupon he caused the Pope, and the Ambassadors to the Kings of Spain (who were jealous of the Venetians greatness) to propound the drawing of the Florentines into the league by restoring Pisa unto 
Lodovicos pra●… against the Venetians.  them, seeing by other means they could not be induced to it. The Venetian Ambassador with great earnestness oppugning this proposition, the motion was dashed, for fear of losing the Venetians friendship.  
But the hope of King Charles his return into Italy being wholly lost, and most of the Italians that held his party otherwise employed, Lodovico hereby encouraged, did daily more and more discover his hatred towards the Venetians 
Lodovicos practices against the Venetians.  concerning Pisa, inciting the Pope, and Kings of Spain with greater efficacy to revive the motion of the restitution thereof: Hereunto he drew the Florentines, who to that end sent their Ambassadors to Rome.  
This treaty was continued there many days where the Pope and Ambassadors of the King of Spain, Duke of Milan, and King of Naples, did openly urge the Venetian Ambassador to this restitution, thereby to join the Florentines to their party against the French, to the end that all seeds of discord being rooted out, no man might again have any cause to call the French into Italy.  
But the Senate contradicting all this, and sufficiently perceiving from whom this earnest motion proceeded, answered by the same Ambassador, that it 
The Senate's answer to this motion.  was a very dangerous matter to deliver that City to the Florentines, whose minds were strictly united with the French, and that the surrendering of Pisa would not divert their inclination: and also that thereby the fidelity of all the Confederates would be called in question, who had taken upon them to protect the Pisans, especially the Venetians, who when others did shut their purses had freely opened theirs, and to defend them had spared for no cost or labour, whereupon it would be great dishonour to them to leave them then and to falsify their promise. Now whilst this business was treated betwixt the Confederates, a sudden accident happened in France, begetting sundry and different 
The death of Charles the eight, French King.  effects in men's minds. It was the death of King Charles, who on the seventh day of April died at Amboise, of an Apoplexy as he stood looking on some of his Courtiers that played at tennis; and because he died without children, the crown of France descended to Lewis Duke of Orleans, the next Prince of the blood, as heir male. Italy by King Charles his death was somewhat freed from fear: for no man supposed that King Lewis the twelfth coming newly 
Lewis Duke of Orleans French King.  to the crown, would at the beginning of his reign make war in Italy: But the same right to the Realm of Naples (he being French King) belonged as well to him as to his Predecessor, and beside that, the Duchy of Milan which was his own by succession from his Grandmother Valentine.  
After his Coronation, he desired nothing so much, as to conquer that Duchy: and though from his infancy he had ever carried that mind, yet his success at Novara had much enkindled him, together with his hatred to Lodovico Sforza, by reason of his insolent carriage towards him when he was at Ast. And for an introduction to his design, he did not only entitle himself King of France, Naples, jerusalem, both the Sicily's, but likewise Duke of Milan: This was as a summons to Frederick and Lodovico. He wrote letters full of friendly congratulation to the Pope, Venetians and Florentines concerning his coming to the crown.  
These three seemed to be highly pleased with those letters, being desirous to advance and revenge themselves: Lodovico nevertheless, though he knew that he had to do with a rougher enemy, feeding himself with hope, as Frederick of Arragon likewise did, that the new King would not so intent the affairs of Italy, did still oppose himself against the Venetians concerning Pisa, his hatred to them making him forget his own future danger.  
The Venetians notwithstanding his opposition chose three Ambassadors 
The venetians send Ambassadors to the French King.  to go and congratulate the King for his coming to the crown, and by way of excuse to tell him, that the only suspicion (and not without cause) which they had of King Charles, least after the conquest of the Realm of Naples, he should have attempted that of all Italy, had enforced them to take arms against him: The Pope for the same purpose sent a Nuncio into France, being desirous to invest his son Caesar, than Cardinal, with temporal greatness. The Florentines likewise, according unto their ancient custom to the crown of France, sent Ambassadors thither: Whereunto they were earnestly solicited by Lodovico, who by their means thought to frustrate the Venetians practises for Pisa, and also to mediate some accord betwixt himself and the King.  
The King did very lovingly entertain all these Ambassadors, and gave them audience, concluding nothing till he had first secured the Realm of France by new leagues with the Princes his neighbours. The Florentines in the mean time still pursuing their design against the Pisans, their forces 
Encounter betwixt the Florentines and Pisans.  which lay Pontadera, having intelligence that certain troops gone forth of Pisa, returned homewards with great booty, went to intercept them, and meeting them, did put them to rout: but fifty men at arms of the Pisans coming on a sudden to rescue their fellows, the Florentines were put to flight, many of their footmen slain, many captains taken prisoners, with the greatest part of their cavalry.  
During these troubles in Tuscany, the Venetians reputation was every where so augmented, as Coruin, son to Mathias King of Hungary, se●…t an Ambassador to the Senate to certify it that he was very desirous to make a perpetual league of friendship with them, and to be received into the number of the Venetian Gentlemen: This, propounded to the great Council, was freely granted.  
Lodovico in the mean time fearing that the Venetians by reason of that defeat of the Florentines, would grow so great as it would be an hard matter to repulse them forth of Tuscany, offered to relieve the Florentines: and to the same end was desirous to know what provisions were necessary, not only for defence, but to execute the enterprise of Pisa. For though at first he did not determine openly for to relieve the Florentines, but only to aid and succour them secretly with money; yet, being transported with choler 
Lodovico o●… declares himself for the Florentines.  and disdain, using insolent and threatening speeches against the Venetians; he resolved openly for to declare himself their friend: And therefore having first denied passage to their people, which went to Pisa, and enforced them to go through the Duke of Ferrara's country, he caused the Emperor to declare himself their enemy, and procured the Pope to promise the 
His practi●…es against the Venetians.  Florentines to send them an hundred men at arms, and three Galleys, under the command of Captain Villamarini, who should keep all victuals from entering into Pisa by sea, yet afterwards delaying to send them he did at last openly refuse it, fearing by favouring them, to offend the Venetians, with whom he was desirous to join.  
Moreover, Lodovico did draw Giovan Bentivole with the State of Bolognia to his part, and caused the Florentines to take his son Alessandro into their pay, together with Octaniano de Riare Lord of Imola and Furli, with an hundred and fifty men at arms. He did in like manner cause the Lukeses to promise, never more to favour the Pisans.  
The Florentines having in vain attempted to draw the Genevois and Sienois to their side, went into the field under the command of Paulo Vitelli their General. The Pisans understanding that the Florentines were abroad, raised their camp from before Ponte di Succo, and went to Cascina: where Vitelli placing an Ambuscado, assailed them, and slew many Stradiots, and took Franco their captain prisoner with an hundred horse: In this manner did the Florentines annoy the city of Pisa, having taken divers towns round about it, when they received some likely advertizement from the Duke of Ferrara and others, that the Venetians would be content to hearken unto peace, provided that they would proceed in the treaty, not as with their equals, but superiors. They then sent Ambassadors to Venice, to sound their meaning. Guido Antonio Vespuc●…, and Bernardo Rucelli two of the honourablest Citizens went thither, who after kind entertainment, being introduced to the Senate, after long disputation, concerning means to satisfy both parties, neither the Venetians for Florentine Ambassadors would propound any, referring themselves to the Spanish Ambassador, who incited them to this accord: But the Venetians distasting his opinion, the Florentines returned back without any satisfaction.  
This treaty broken, the Venetians on the one side, and Florentines on the other, 
New treaty: on both sides.  began to strengthen their party with new leagues and treaties, the one with the Sienois, and the other with Pietro de Medicis and the Lord of Faonza, Lodovico still showing himself very much affected to the Florentines.  
The Venetians hope from Syen●…a and Perousa being by this means frustrate, did by the assistance of Pietro de Medicis attempt to relieve Pisa, on Romagnias' 
The Florentines take Li●….  side, but in vain. In the mean time Paulo Vitelli, General to the Florentines, took the town and castle of Librafa●…ta: whereat the Venetians being incensed, sought again to draw the Marquis of Mantua to their pay, whom not long before they had dismissed (he leaving them by means of Al●…iana) the Florentines army being turned from Pisa, but so, as the whole burden of war fell upon the Venetians, who wisely procured means of agreement: For although the Florentine Ambassadors departed from Venice, hopeless of any accord, yet at Ferrara a new treaty of composition was made, propounded by the Duke, at the Venetians entreaty.  
During these troubles in Italy by reason of Pisa the new French King made preparations against the next year to invade the Duchy of Milan, where he hoped to have the Venetians on his side, who mortally hating Lodovico, did particularly negotiate with him; so did the Pope, who sent his son (which had 
Caesar B●…rgla the Pope's son is made Duke 〈◊〉 Valencia by the French King.  cast of his Cardinal's hat) into France, in secular habit, to carry a dispensation to the King to repudiate his wife Ioan●…, and to marry his Predecessors widow. Caesar Borgia came to the French Court in great pomp, where the King very honourably entertained him, giving him a company of an hundred men at arms, a yearly pension of 20000. French pounds, and made him Duke of Valence in Dauphin. Then desirous to pursue his journey into Italy, he made peace with all Princes his neighbours, and especially with the Kings of Spain, who presently called home not only all their Ambassadors from Italy (he with the Pope excepted) but Gonsaluo with all his forces: The King likewise made an agreement with the Emperor, unto whom, for his son the 〈◊〉 sake he promised to surrender the towns in Artois. He did moreover confirm the peace made by his predecessor with the King of England.  
Whilst the Senate was busied in providing for the relief of Pisa, news came to Venice that the Turk prepared a great fleet, which caused them to send an Ambassador to him: for they were afraid that he was offended with them because that toward the end of the precedent summer, Nicolo Priuli, Providator of their fleet had on the Aegean Sea sunk a great ship belonging to one of his Bassa's which first assailed the Providator. Zancani, whom the Senate sent, being come to Constantinople, had notice of the great numbers of vessels which the Turk had caused to be armed: The great Lord courteously entertained him showing no sign of discontent: He determined to assail the Venetians 
Lodovico incites the Turk against the Uene●…ians.  whilst they should be busied in Lombardy with making head against Lodovicos forces, who had promised to invade them in those parts.  
Zancani entreating him to renew the league with the Signory, he the better to deceive him, granted it, giving him the Articles of the league written in Latin. Now their law saith, that they are not bound to perform any thing unless it be written in their own language. Zancani advertised thereof by Andre Gritti, a Venetian Gentleman, skilful in the Turkish laws and customs, and for his bounty and other good parts beloved of that nation, having dwelled a long time at Constantinople, was by him in some sort put in hope to have them written in the Turkish tongue, but not obtaining his desire, Zancani returned with the Articles in Latin, concealing what Gritti had told him, because his journey should not be thought vain.  
Now the French King so soon as he had made peace with his neighbour Princes, and in his absence secured his Realm, made a Confederacy with the Venetians (not mentioning Pisa as he●… had done at the beginning) wherein it 
League betwixt the French and Venetians.  was concluded that at the same time as he with a mighty army should invade the Duchy of Milan, they on the other side from their frontiers should do the like, and the Duchy being wor●…▪ 〈◊〉 with the country of Gyradade should remain to the Venetians, on this condition, that after this conquest they should 
Capitulation of the league.  be bound to defend the King for a certain time, with certain number of horse and foot, the King being bound to do the like for Cremona and what soever they possessed in Lombardy. This contract was so secretly made, as Lodovico, nor yet the Pope who was very inward with the King, could (but very late) have any certain knowledge thereof.  
The King, not mentioning Pisa, did afterwards propound conditions to the Florentines far different from the former; whereupon they resolved to rely on the Duke of Milan, by whose assistance their affairs prospered in the Casentine territory, where they were Lords, their enemies having been enforced to abandon the towns by reason of great difficulties.  
Lodovico who never imagined that the Venetians would have leagued themselves with the French King, who was greater and more potent than they, and least of all change his neighbourhood for that of the French, was wonderfully daunted when he understood that the league betwixt the King and Venetians was resolved, he not knowing the particularities thereof. He was then ready to send Francisco of Sanseverine with great forces to aid the Florentines, but he detained them, upon intelligence that Triwlcio levied soldiers near Ast. He 
Lodovico amazed at the league, goes about to divert the Venetians from it.  likewise thought that if the accord betwixt the Venetians and Florentines should take effect, they would peradventure moderate their indignation conceived against him, and forsake the French King. Herein he employed Hercules D'Aeste Duke of Ferrara his father in law, and by forcible reasons enforced the Florentines in some sort to condescend to the Venetians desire, sending them word that if they did not agree, he should be constrained for fear of the French King, to call home those forces he had sent to aid them.  
Hercules the better to effect it came in person to Venice, whither Lodovico sent his Agents, and from the Florentines Giou●…n Baptista R●…dolfi, and Pa●…ic Antonio Soderini, two of the wisest and chiefest Citizens came thither: all which, after long disputation concerning the means to be observed in that accord, made an absolute compromise for eigh●… days, in the person of Hercules Duke of Ferrara, who having well considered the matter, did on the sixth of April provounce his sentence. But the Venetians, not satisfied therewith, in regard of the small consideration had of their expenses in war; nor yet the Pisans, who obtained nothing but a servile kind of liberty, contrary to the intention of most of the Venetian nobility; nor the Florentines, who thought themselves over burdened, for that they were to repay part of their expenses who had unjustly molested them, it took none effect, notwithstanding that the Venetians and Florentines had signed and ratified it, because that the Pisans determined to endure all extremity rather than to return under the Florentines command; being there unto secretly incited by the Geneaois, Lukeses, and by Pandolfo Petrucci. And so soon as they understood the tenure of the sentence, being wonderfully incensed against the Venetians, they took the guard of the City's forts, and gates, from their soldiers, and would not longer suffer them to lodge in the City. The Florentines, despairing by this accord to obtain Pisa, resolved to win it by force. King Lewis in 
The Florentines resolution conce●…ning Pisa.  the mean time commanded his forces to march into Italy, his army consisted of 1600. Lances, 5000. Swisses, 4000 Gascons, and 4000 out of the other parts of France, whereof Giovan jacomo Triwlcio was made General: This army coming before the fort of Arazza, seated on the river Tana●…e, took it in a short space, notwithstanding that there were five hundred footmen in it: from thence it went to Anon, a little town betwixt Ast and Alexandria upon the same River, 
The French Kings army 〈◊〉 into Italy under Triwlcio his command.  which being battered in four several places, was in two days taken by force, notwithstanding that the Duke of Milan some few months before had well fortified it, and placed seven hundred men in Garrison there. The King came after as far as Lions, intending to pass the mounts, from whence he sent an Ambassador to Venice, for to accompany the Venetian army whether soever it marched; to which so soon as it was ready, Melch●…or Treu●…san, and Marc Antonio Morosini were sent as Providators: And the Senate presented this French Ambassador, with a gallant horse richly caparisond, a pavillon for the field, and two pounds of gold.  
The Venetians having intelligence of Triwlcio his good success, caused their 
The number of the Venetian army.  army to march, consisting of seven thousand horse, and as many foot, which under the command of Aluiana, having crossed the Oglio, and entered the enemy country, did in a short space take divers towns and castles; and coming before Caravagia, the chief City of the country, took it by force, with other towns near the River Adda.  
The end of the fifth Book of the fourth Decade.   

The Contents of the sixth Book of the fourth Decade.  
Lodovico is troubled with the news of the league betwixt the French King and Venetians against him. Alexandria is taken by the French. The Milanese revolt, and Triwlcio entereth Milan for the King. The Venetians take Cremona. King Lewis comes to Milan. The Venetians fleet against Bajazeth. It sustains great hurt by fire. The Turk takes Lepanto. Lodovico is received into Milan by the disloyalty of the Inhabitants. Lodovico, going forth of Novara, is taken by the French and sent prisoner into France. The Venetians great war with Bajazeth. The Venetians through want of wind at sea lose the battle. The Turk takes Modon. Coron and the fort of junca are yielded to the Turk on composition. Naples in Morea, besieged by the Turk, is bravely defended. The Isle of Samothrace yieldeth to the Venetians. They take the City of Cephalonia. Confederacy betwixt Ladislaus King of Hungary and the Venetians against the Turk: Peace betwixt the Venetians and Turk: The Portugals traffic to Calicut for spices: The castles of Mova and Faenza are re-delivered to the Venetians: The Pope complains against the Venetians in regard of the Cities of Romagna: And lastly, are set down the Venetians Ambassadors invective to the Emperor Maxmilian and French King against the Pope.  
 
The sixth Book of the fourth Decade, of the History of Venice.  
THese news did greatly afflict Lodovico Sforza, putting him in fear of his State: who lost (as it often happeneth in sudden Adversities) both courage and council, flying to bootless and unprofitable remedies.  
He sent an Ambassador to Venice to use some means to pacify the Senate. This Ambassador coming first to Ferrara, Duke Hercules sent one of his Gentlemen before to the Senate with Lodovicos letters, entreating them to suffer his Ambassador to come thither: The contents 
The Venetians refuse to give avaience to Lodovicos Ambassador.  of his letters were, that himself and his brother Ascanio sent an Ambassador to them on great and important affairs, requesting them to give him audience. The Senate having read both their letters, commanded the Ferrarois presently to leave the City, and gave Lodovicos letters to the French Ambassador.  
At the same time Frederick King of Naples did by his Ambassador acquaint the Senate with his desire to send five hundred horse to Lodovicos aid. The Senate told the Ambassador, that he should make his King this answer; That the Cavalry he intended to send to the Duke of Milan would do him small good, he having need of far greater forces; and that if he should send him any, they would take it as a wrong done to themselves: adding, that there was no man living who had received more favours and benefits of them, than he; which he had requited with ingrateful injuries: That the time was now come when God was his enemy, whom he had so often offended by his disloyalty and perjury, and that therefore his King should do much better to leave him to himself.  
In the end, Lodovico, frustrate of all hope, made means to the people of Milan, who extremely hated him for his great exactions: and having assembled them, he did acquit and release part of his imposts to them, and thereunto added very earnest speeches to win their loves, which were heard with more attention than profit: that done, he enrolled all those in the City that were able to bear arms.  
The Venetian army in the mean time still prevailed, and after the taking of the town and ●…astle of Caravagia, crossed the River Adda, on a bridge of boats, and made incursions as far as Lodi. The French army on the other side besieged Alexandria, where Galleas, Lodovicos son in law, lay with twelve hundred men at arms, twelve hundred light horse and three thousand foot, who the third night after the siege, acquainting none of his captains with his intent, but only Maluezza, did secretly fly from Alexandria to Milan, with certain light-horse. His departure known in the city, as many as tarried behind began, in tumultuous manner, some to fly, others to hide themselves: whereupon the French army entering it by day break, did not only ransack the soldiers, but sacked the whole city.  
The taking of Alexandria caused those of Placentia to send their Commissioners to Triwlcio with their City's keys; the like did those of Pavia, and all other towns round about. There was the like confusion at Milan as in other places, where the foot companies demanding pay, Lodovico sent them to his chief Treasurer, who giving them no satisfaction was by them wounded and left for dead.  
This accident did so terrify Lodovico, as he sent his children to Coma, together 
Lodovico determineth to fly into Germany.  his with mistress, (for his wife was dead) Cardinal Ascanio his brother, and Cardinal Sanseverine brother to Galeas, and from thence into Germany, himself resolving ere long to go thither. The Milanese perceiving Lodovico to destrust his own forces, made an assembly in their townhouse, where they appointed four of the chief among them to take order for their affairs. These coming to Lodovico told him that they were resolved to yield to the French King seeing that in distrust he had sent his children and family forth of the City: So soon as he heard this, he caused pay to be given to five hundred light-horse and with tears in his eyes, departed with them and Galeas of Sanseverin his son in law towards Germany. He was scarce gone forth of the castle, when Count Gayazza came to him, and the better to colour his disloyalty told him, that he 
Count Gayazza takes the King's part.  now thought himself freed from the martial oath which he had made him, seeing that he abandoned his State, and that he was now at liberty to go whether it pleased him; and at the very instant not tarrying for an answer, went his way to serve the French King, with the same company which he had levied and entertained at Lodovicos cost. Before his departure from Milan, he left Bernardin de Corte of Pavia, whom he had brought up of a child, to guard the castle, whereof he was then Governor, with three thousand footmen, under captains whom he greatly trusted, with provision of victuals, munition, and money sufficient to defend it for a long time, preferring this man before his brother Ascanio, who had offered to take that charge upon him.  
Four days after his departure Triwlcio, sent for by the Milanese, entered the 
Milan receives Triu●…lcio for the King.  City, where he was received with great joy, reserving the capitulations till the Kings coming; all other towns of the Duchy which yet held out, yielded on a sudden. The Venetians coming near Cremona, the townsmen sent to entreat them to grant them some respite to consider upon their yielding. This granted, they sent to Triwlcio, to request him to receive them for the King, for they aborted the Venetians government but answered, that by agreement made betwixt the King and them, that city was theirs, the chiefest Citizens, with the Bishop and Clergy, went to the Gates and there receiving the Providators, placed them under a Canopy, and in this manner accompanied them through 
Cremona ye●…ldeth to the Venetians.  the City to their lodging, where they entreated the Venetians to free them from the taxes and impositions where with Lodovico had oppressed them, the which was presently granted.  
There is in that City, a very strong castle which being well furnished with all necessaries, it was a hard matter to take it. Antonio Battaglione was Governor there, unto whom Lodovico had committed the guard of that place. The next day the Providators sent to him, willing him to yield up the castle to the Venetian State: at first he made refusal, but after sundry messages too and fro, the 
The castle of Cremona yieldeth to the venetians, upon recompense.  Prouidators●…ntred it by means of an hundred and fifty pounds of gold, which they paid him, some in hand, and the rest by promise, with letters of a Venetian Gentleman's place, and an house in Venice, and an other in the country near to Padua with divers other lands.  
The same day that the Venetians entered the castle of Cremona, Triwlcio did 
The castle of Milan doth the like to Triwlcio for money.  the like into that of Milan, which was yielded unto him by Berdardino de Corte, with all Lodovicos and Galleas rich movables in recompense of a certain sum of money, a company of an hundred Lances, and a perpetual pension.  
Cremona obeying the Venetians, the Senate sent two Precedents thither to govern it, and to do justice, Dominico Trevisan, and Nicola Foscarin●… were sent thither: and beside these, two Ambassadors were chosen, and all four of them appointed to go to Milan to receive the King, and in the State's name to congratulate his new conquest; so soon as he should arrive there.  
The King receiving news at Lions of such fortunate success his expectatioon, road presently in post to Milan, where received with in credible joy, he 
King Lewis comes in post to Milan.  granted to the people, unreasonable in their demands, exemption from divers t●…xes, but not from all, as they vainly presumed, and gave great rewards to many Milanese Gentlemen, and among others to Triwlcio, unto whom he gave Vigeva and other towns, in acknowledgement of his desert. All the Potentates of Italy went thither to him (King Frederick excepted) some personally and 
All the Princes of Italy come to him to Milan.  some by Ambassadors, some to congratulate his happy success, and others to clear themselves from imputation of inclining to Lodovico Sforza more than to him, and others likewise to secure their own ever after. The King gently received them all, and compounded with them all, but after different manner, according to the diversity of the conditions, and greatness of the profit he expected from them. But whilst these things were done in Lombardy, the Senate having intelligence that Bajazeth armed by sea and land, made Antonio Grimany General of their Naval army, commanding him speedily to depart.  
He unwilling to prolong his journey for want of money, their treasure being 
The Venetians send a fleet against the Turks.  much wasted by continual war, lent the State four score pounds of gold to pay the mariners and other officers of the fleet, and promised to carry as much with him to Corfou and other places to supply the fleets want when need should be.  
Those of Corfou upon intelligence that the Turkish fleet was under sail, and that the State was not able in a short space to set forth a Navy able to resist it offered men and money to arm three score vessels, provided that the Senate would furnish them with bread and ordnance. The Senate willingly accepted this offer, and command a florin of gold to be given to every man which should enter into those vessels.  
The Governor of Zara advertised the Senate that two thousand Turkish horse 
The Turk on the z●…ratin 〈◊〉.  were entered on their confines, and had taken great numbers of the country people, still continuing their incusions. The arrival of the Turkish cavalry on the Zaratin made the Venetians think that they would not at that time besiege Rhodes. Whereupon, they forthwith made two Providators, namely, Francisco Cicogna for Morea and Romania, and Andrea Loredano for Corfou: and beside these, Andres Zancani was with forces sent into Frioull, because they had intelligence that the Turk determined to come thither.  
In the mean time, the Turkish fleet came forth of the Straight, consisting of more than two hundred three score and ten sail, and being come near Negrepont, directed it course towards Romagna, the great Lord being there in person, who before his departure from Andrinople, commanded all the Venetians which were in Constantinople to be imprisoned, and amongst others Andrè Gritti (before mentioned) who was more streighty looked to then any other, for that in love to his Country, he had by letters written in caractery advertised the Governor of Lepanto of all the Turks proceedings against his country, 
A●…drea Gritti imp●…isoned. The number of the 〈◊〉 fleet.  which had like to have cost him his life. Grimani having speedily assembled all the vessels which were in the Islands near adjoining, made up the number of forty six Galleys, seventeen great merchant ships, and forty other lesser ones, with as many brigantines and light vessels, and anchoring at Modon, had an eye on every side upon the Turk.  
Having intelligence that the enemy was coming to seek him, he sailed with all his navy towards the Isle of Sapienza opposite to Modon: and there 
The two fleets near together.  embarrailed his fleet, and having given order for all matters necessary for fight himself went somewhat forward with four Galleys, the Turkish fleet being not far from thence, which with the wind he might have assailed at his pleasure: yet he deferred the fight and returned back to Modon: where after that the Turk had in a few days made two or three several bravadoes, Grimani ordered his fleet, resolving to fight with him, when at the very instant Andrea Loretano with eleven Brigantines and four great ships arrived; he came to Grimani and told him that he was come to do service to the State, intre●…ting him to command what he would have him do. He was a valiant Gentleman, and skilful mariner, and at his arrival the whole fleet made great signs of joy. The General placed him in one of the great ships.  
Albano Armerico commanded an other great ship, who in open Council was enjoined by the General to assail the enemy's biggest ship, which he performed, and Loretan an other, who grappled with it to fight more conveniently: 
The Venetian fl●…et hurt by fire.  and in the bickering wild fire was thrown into the enemy's ship which being on fire, was by the wind carried amongst the Venetians and fired them: This accident did more hurt to the Venetians then Turks, because that they did easily save their men with other small vessels, but our men could not be rescued in time, so that they all perrished, some few excepted with Tomaso Duodo recovered in his long boat, Albano was saved by the Turks.  
Grimani wonderfully troubled with this loss, sounded the retreat, and without any farther fight retired to the Isle of Podroma: the Turkish fleet for a time remained in the self same place where it had fought. Albano, brought to Constantinople was solicited by Bajazeth to turn Turk, which he boldly refusing 
Turkish cruelty.  to do, was sawed a sunder in the middle and so constantly died.  
The French King, solicited by the great Master of Rhodes (whether it was reported the Turk would come) to relieve him, dispatched two and twenty Galleys, which being rigged in Provence sailed towards Rhodes. But that Island needing no supplies as then, they did by the Kings command join with the Venetian fleet. The Venetians and French coming to Zant, resolved to assail the Turkish fleet which lay at Tornes: but drawing near it, perceiving that the enemy's vessels lay with their poops to land ward, and their prows towards the sea, filled six small unserviceable vessels with reeds and other combustible matter mingled with wild fire, and sent them before the wind upon the enemy's fleet, but it succeeded not according to their hope. And 
G●…imani los●…th his place of General.  Grimani in the mean time omitted a second opportunity to fight with, and vanquish the enemy, whereupon, an other being sent into his place, and himself cited to Venice, he was committed to the examination of the Council de Pregati. The Turkish fleet went forward to Lepanto, whither the Emperor was already come, and by the arrival of his vessels having begirt the town by sea and land, those within it despairing of relief, and wanting all necessaries, 
Lepanto yieldeth to the Turk.  yielded. These news did greatly trouble the Venetians, and augmented their hatred toward Grimani, every man saying, if he had done his duty, the enemy's fleet would have been defeated.  
The Turkish Cavalry on the other side, scouring the confines of Zara, entered Frioull to spoil and waste, and finding the country not defended, spoiled and burned all places as far as Livenza, where they took many prisoners: upon these news Zancani with great forces was sent to the frontiers.  
Seven thousand of the enemy's horse came in troops through very bad ways into Histria, and then crossing the River Livenza, came and encamped near unto Gradisca, where Zancani lay, determining if he came into the field to fight with him. But the enemy's General perceiving that he meant not to come forth, sent two thousand horse to waste and spoil the Country, whom he commanded to make no long stay.  
These disperfing themselves over that goodly Country, took many prisoners burning and wasting many Country houses, both on the Trevisan and Paduan territories. Three hundred Albanese horse sallied forth of Vdina, and defeated some hundred of the Turks, if Zancani with his forces had done the like, the Turk would have received a great overthrow, but he would not suffer any one 
Zancani confined ●…o Padu●…  to go forth of the Town: whereof, accused at Venice, he was sent for thither as a prisoner, and by a Decree of Senate confined for four years to Padua.  
On such terms stood the Venetian State at home and abroad, when Cesar Borgia with the King and Senate's forces, went into Romagna to besiege certain towns which of right did belong to the Church, & being conquered Pope Alexander gave them to his son.  
This Borgia, was a Cardinal (as hath been said) and casting off his rob and Hat of Cardinal, married a wife in France. He coming before Imola and Furli, after some assaults enforced the inhabitants to yield; but the Castles which were very strong held out longer, especially that of Furli, for the other yielded sooner.  
The Senate in the mean time to secure their own territories during the war in Romagna, sent three thousand foot, and two thousand horse to Ravenna, under Aluianaes' command, to distribute them through the territories of the Confederates near adjoining, with two providators, Francisco Capello and Christophoro Moro, the one for Arimini, and the other for Faenza: So soon as Borgia had taken the Castle of Furli, Gionan Sforza Lord of Pessa●…e, knowing that Borgia hated him, fearing lest he would come and assail him, was desirous to commit himself and State to the Venetians protection. The Senate answered that they would never defend one that had been so great an enemy to them: for he had concealed the Ambassador which Lodovico sent to the Turk against the State of Venice, and furthered his passage: The like had he done by the Turks messenger sent to Lodovico, whom he entertained in his house, and caused him secretly to be conducted to Milan, himself likewise having often acquainted the Turk with the occurrents in Venice.  
Borgia deferred his punishment till some other time, because Triwlcio was enforced to call back those troops which he had lent him, by reason of some tumults 
Lodovico re●…urnes with forces out of Gema●…y.  feared in Milan, in regard of Lodovicos arrival, who had brought some small aid forth of Germany, with which, and by their assistance who distasted the French, he hoped to recover what he had lost. The Senate presently commanded their forces, both horse and foot, to pass into the Cremonese, levied three thousand Swisses, and appointed Pietro Marsello and Christophoro Moro providators in that war.  
Lodovico coming at the same time to Coma, took it without strokes: for 
Lodovico recovereth▪ 〈◊〉  the French within it fearing to be shut in betwixt the Inhabitants, and Lodovicos troops, went their way. He sent his brother Ascanio before to Milan, from whence the King, not long before, was gone home into France; having left a strong Garrison in the City, and Triwlcio his Governor General in the Duchy: but the Lombard's not so well rewa●…ded by the King as they had expected, proved false to him & refused to obey Triwlcio, who was chief of the Guelph faction, for the Gibeline party was very strong in the City: whereupon, the most of the Nobllity and people, desirous of innovation, wished for Lodovicos return, and openly proclaimed his name, and so soon as they heard of the loss of Coma, and that Ascanio was not far from Milan, the people rose, and the chief of the Gibelline faction, began to tumult: so as Triwlcio was glad to retire to the Castle: and the night following from thence to Novara.  
The morrow after Cardinal Ascanio entered Milan, Lodovico followed him, who by this means recovered it as easily as it was lost; Pavia and Parma presently 
Lodovico entereth Milan by the disloially of the Inhabitants.  echoed his name: Lodi and Placentia would have done the like, had not the Venetian companies by their arrival prevented it. The Senate advertised of this revolt, determined to send a man of worth to command the Castle of Cremona. Lodovico in the mean time, desirous to have the Senate his friend, made suit that Ascanio his brother might send the Bishop of Cremona to Venice, to offer them his service: but it was in vain, for the Senate resolved not to quit the French Kings confederacy. The Genois refused to obey him, and the Florentines contemned him.  
The King in the mean time having intelligence of the rebellion of Milan, used great speed and sent the Lord Trimoville into Italy with six hundred lances, 
The King sends an army to recover Milan.  levied great numbers of Swisses, and appointed the Cardinal of Ambois his Lieutenant General beyond the mounts, who coming to Ast, had in short space assembled one thousand five hundred lances, ten thousand Suisse, and 6000. French under the command of the Lords Trimoville, Trivulcio and Ligni.  
Lodovico before these supplies came from France, went and besieged Novara, which he took▪ but not the Castle. The French Army assembled at Mortara drew near him, and did cut off his victuals: then both sides falling to blows, Lodovico was enforced to retire into the City; where the Swisses mutined for want of pay; he being not able to pacify them. They told him that they would 
Lodovico is taken prisoner by the French and sent aw●…y into France.  suddenly depart home into their country; whereupon he earnestly entreated them to safeconduct him to some secure place, which they denying did at last consent that he should march amongst them disguised like one of their footmen, and in this manner marching amidst their troops was by them discovered to those that sought after him, who presently apprehended him as the King's prisoner and sent him into France to the tower of Loches,  
His brother Ascanio followed him, who taken by the Venetians and carried to Venice was delivered to the King and sent into France, where he was more honourably and with greater courtesy entertained then his brother, for he was sent prisoner to the great tower of Bourges, where the same King had been imprisoned two whole years: yet afterwards he was enlarged, but this brother died in prison.  
Now to return to the Turks. After the taking of Lepanto, the Senate dispatched Lodovico Manenti, Secretary to the Council of ten, to Bajazeth, to complain for that he had without cause invaded them by sea, and had contrary to the treaty 
Lodovico Manenti sent to the great Turk  of peace made not long before with him in the Signories name by Andrew Zancani their Ambassador, and to entreat him to enlarge the Venetian Merchants, which by his commandment at the beginning of the war had been imprisoned. That it might likewise please him to surrender Lepanto unto them, which he unjustly had taken from them. And lastly if he would grant none of these, yet at least to renew the League with them.  
Two things moved the Senate to send this embassage; the one, because some that were very inward with the great Lord, had written to them, that if they sent 
The cause which moved the Venetians to send Manenti.  an Ambassador to Constantinople, they might be reconciled to his favour: the second, for that they considered how chargeable it would be for them, if they should be enforced to set forth a new Army against him, their treasure both public and particular being exhausted. Whereby all their attempts would prove vain and unprofitable against so mighty an enemy.  
Manenti arriving at Constantinople, all his demands were crossed: for the Turk answered, that if the Venetians were desirous of peace with him, 
The Turk answer to Manenti.  they should deliver unto him, Modon, Coron, and Naples, three Cities which they held in Morea, and pay unto him as his tributaries an hundred pound in gold yearly: otherwise he protested to make war upon them. with this answer Manenti returned. But because at Manenti his departure from Venice, there was a report, that great numbers of Turkish horse were come into Albania: the Senate fearing least the desire to spoil the Country of Frioul, might draw them thither, as the precedent year, appointed Pietro Doria, and Angelo Barozzi Providators, who taking along with them the Governor of Vdina and others of the Country should consult together about repairing and fortifying the towns and ways necessary and fit to repulse the enemy; giving them 
The Venetians take order for the defence of Frioul.  for assistants Aluiana with his light horse, and Gurlin of Ravenna with two thousand foot. Pietro Marcello likewise one of the Providators of the Army in Lombardy, was commanded to carry forces into Frioul, but the Turks came not thither at that time, because their Emperor called home their General to Constantinople.  
This report again revived about Midsummer, that the Turkish army was in field to waste the Venetians confines, Count Petillan with a great part of the forces, and Giovan Baptista Caracciola Colonel of the State's Fantery, did by the Senate's command march into Frioull, where all the inhabitants of the plains retired with their goods to the Castles and strong Towns: yet the enemies came not thither, either for that they had intelligence▪ that the towns were fortified, or else being employed by their Emperor in the war of Peloponessus.  
Manenti was newly returned to Venice, when the Senate fearing to lose the Isle of Corfou, sent Angelo Quirini and Lodovico Canalis, with a hundred foot 
Supplies sent to Corfou.  to guard the two forts of the Island which are seated on two Promontaries near one another, and not far from the City, being so small, as they needed no greater forces to defend them. News was afterwards brought that the Turkish fleet which had wintered at Lepanto much increased, determined to sail into Morea (their Emperor being with them in person) to take those towns which 
The design of the Turkish fleet.  he had demanded of Manenti.  
Hereupon the Senate commanded ten great Galleys, and four great ships to be made ready under the command of jacomo Venieri, with a particular Captain to every vessel, whose pay was augmented, the better to incite them to go the voyage. Rowers were sent for from the firm land, and money given to pay the fleet, diverse Brigantines and other lesser vessels apt for war, were rig'd to attend upon the fleet. Melchior Trevisan which lay not far from Cephalonia, to keep out all Turkish aid, being assured of the enemy's design, made speedy means to send men, victuals and ordnance from Candy to Naples, because all men thought that the Turk would make his first attempt there: he likewise sent victuals to Modon.  
The Modonois having wasted the country round about their City, and burned 
Those of Modon fortify against the Turk.  the houses, because the enemy should not make use of them, builded a Fort near to the Haven, to keep the enemy's vessels from the walls, leaving but a little space at the entry of the haven, for one ship to come in at once. Melchior Trevisan being come to Zant, sent for the whole fleet thither, consisting of seventy vessels, both Galleys and ships of burden: but that of the Turk in number more than two hundred, coming to the confines of Naples, had sent part of the cavalry before by land to scour as far as the city. The horse within the town to the number of one thousand five hundred, made a sally upon the enemies, and in a manner defeated them all. Thereupon, the enemy leaving Naples went to Modon, from whence he sent forces to besiege junca, which is a Castle seated on a hill with a haven beneath it some ten mile from Modon. Those within it having been newly supplied with men and victuals by jeronimo Contaren the Providator did bravely repulse the enemies, so as despairing to take it, they returned to their fleet. In the mean time Melchior Trevisan fell sick and died near 
Melchior Trevisan his death.  to Cephalonia, whereupon by a General consent, Contaren the Providator was chosen to command the Army, till the Senate had otherwise provided.  
The Turk came and assailed the Burrow of Modon, and with his Canon did beat down a great part of the wall, those within it being out of hope to defend the breach carried away all their goods into the City, and abandoned it. The enemy entered it, and hoping ere long to become Lord of all, did without intermission batter the walls of the City.  
Whilst this siege lasted, Contaren left Zant, determining if it were possible to relieve Modon, or at least to annoy the enemy's fleet, whose great ships lay near Sapienza, and the Galleys and other lesser vessels in the Haven of junca: So soon as the Venetian descried them, he resolved to fight with them, and ordering his fleet, did bravely set forward. The Turk seeing them to come on, received them with an hundred Galleys, the fight was sharp and cruel, victory inclining to the Venetians, so as the Turks were once ready to make towards the shore and fly. But the misfortune was, that whilst they fought the wind slackened, whereby the ships of burden could neither go backward nor forward, and part of the Galleys durst not come up to them: the Turks seeing this, took courage and renewed the fight for three hours space, till night, one great Venetian Galley was sunk, and an other taken, but all her men slain, who alone had fought all night with the enemy. Contarens Galley being shot thorough both sides, and a great leak in her, himself leapt into an other and retired to Zant, to trim his vessels which were much bruised. 
Pesare General of the Venetian fleet.   
The Senate having notice of Trevisans sickness and death, chose Benedetto Pesare to succeed him, who receiving money to pay the Army, departed from Venice three days after his election. Contaren having trimmed his Galleys, resolved to relieve Modon, fearing lest the besieged despairing of help should yield to the enemy: He chose five Galleys out of the whole fleet, which he loaded with all necessaries: yet before their departure, he thought good to advertise the besieged thereof, that they might be ready to receive supplies. To this end he sent a valiant and courageous fellow in a Frigate with ten Oars: He at noon days passed thorough the enemy's fleet, even in their view, and entered Modon, doing his message.  
The next day Contaren with the whole fleet, sailed towards Modon, 
Supplies enter into Modon.  and being in sight of the enemy, he called for the Captains of those five Galleys, entreating them valiantly to relieve the besieged, four of them with great difficulty passing thorough the midst of the enemies, entered the Haven; the fifth, slower than the rest, perceiving diverse of the enemy Galleys to come up towards her, returned to the fleet.  
The Modonois greatly cheered, ran presently to the Haven to receive those supplies and to carry them into the City, and they were so earnest in it, as those on the other side of the City which were on the walls forsook their guard, and ran thither likewise, so as the walls were bared of defence; which the enemy perceiving, and loath to let slip so fair an occasion, reared Ladders, and entered the City, killing some few that resisted. This being known, 
The Turk takes Modon.  the Townsmen and Soldiers ran upon them, and fought valiantly with them a long time in the midst of the City, killing great numbers of them. But the multitude of enemies still increasing, and all the streets stopped, the Christians were in a manner all cut in pieces. Those which escaped the slaughter, fired the City, and with it burned themselves and goods.  
In this manner was the City of Modon taken: The Venetian Magistrate being tied in chains, was by the Turks command carried to junca, to be 
The Castle of junca yielded to the Turk●….  seen of the Captain of the Castle, and all those within it, who thereupon yielded, their lives and goods saved. As the Venetian fleet returned towards Zant, an horrible tempest arose, which dispersed them into sundry far Islands, even to Candie, their masts, rudders and tackle being all broken in pieces. Modon taken, the Turk sent one of his Baschas and part of his fleet to Coron, who told them that if upon honourable composition the would yield before he besieged them, he would use them curreously, otherwise, if they stayed till the Canon were planted, he would put them all to the sword. They terrified with the desaster 
Coron yields to the Turk on composition.  of the Modonois, without respect to the Magistrates or Captains, who had prepared all things for defence, did upon very profitable conditions receive the Bascha into their walls.  
The Turk supposing to take Naples in the same manner, and as soon as he had done Coron, sent part of his army to their Confines, and sent thither with his Captains, even to the City gates, Paul Contaren a Venetian Gentleman that was married in Coron, and well known in those Countries, who after Coron 
A brave and bold deed of Paul Contaren  was taken, the Turk took along with him to this end, to persuade the Neapolitans to yield. He conferring with those in the City concerning their yielding, and standing upon the edge of the Dike right over against the Gate, did on a sudden and unperceived spur his horse, and leaping into the Dike presently entered the City. The Neapolitans both by his advice, and being willing of themselves, 
The Turkish army before Naples.  did very valiantly repulse all the enemies attempts; and did moreover as occasion was offerred, make very fortunate sallies. And the Turk sending for his whole army thither, thereby thinking to terrify them, they despised all his threatenings, and bravely defended themselves.  
In the mean time, Pesare coming to Corfou, and from thence to Zant, tarried there, till the fleet, dispersed by tempest, was reunited. The Vessels trimmed and made ready, there were 18. great Galleys and 25. lesser ones, and 20. ships well rigged and armed; with these he determined to seek the enemy's fleet and 
The Turk discampeth from before Naples.  fight with it. But the Tuke having intelligence of his coming to Zant commanded his Baschas to raise the Siege, and to carry back the fleet to Constantinople, and himself, with his whole army departed from thence the next day. Pesare at the 
The venetians take the Isle of Legina.  same time sent a Frigate to Naples to view the enemy fleet: but perceiving they were gone, he sailed to Legina, which the Turk had taken during the siege of Naples, where landing his soldiers, he took the Fort, and slew all the Turks within it, reserving the Captain for his prisoner, and restored the Island to the Venetian 
They recover Mitelyn.  State. From thence he went to Mittilyn, where he did the like, giving the spoil to his soldiers and mariners. The next day he sailed to Tenedos which he burned down to the ground. And finding the enemy's fleet, which fled at the mouth of 
Pesare assails the enemy fleet  the Strait, he gave in upon their tail, and took divers vessels and many prisoners, whom, upon Gibbets set up on the two shores that divide the confines of Europe and Asia he hanged; and afterwards spoiled and wasted the Country with fire and sword.  
From thence he directed his course to the Isle of Samothrace, where understanding that the Islanders obeyed the Turk on constraint, he sent Lodovico Canalis to them, to know if they would yield to the Venetians: they willingly accepted the offer, and he promised to give them a Venetian Gentleman for Governor, unto whom for his entertainment they offered to give the tenth part of their revenues.  
Then after that he had taken and sacked Carista, he returned with his fleet to Naples laden with spoil: and having there made a review of his forces, he did 
Samothrace yielded to the Venetians.  by his bounty highly please and content his soldiers. And upon intelligence that the King of Spain's fleet, commanded by Gonsaluo Ferdinandes, came to aid the Venetians and was at Zant, he sailed thitherward, and passing along by junca, he caused Charles Contarens head to be cut off upon the Prow of his Galley, who commanding that Castle for the Signory, which was exceeding strong, both by 
Charles Contaren beheaded.  nature and art, had yielded it to the enemy upon the first summons, not being enforced by a siege.  
Being come to Zante, he there found Gonsaluo, with whom and the Spanish Captains that were with him, having consulted upon the affairs of war, by their advise and consent of the Providators, he determined to go and besiege 
Coron yields to the Turk on composition.  Modon: But because they wanted store of vessels, they sent all their workmen to Cephalonia (which a bounds in woods and Forests,) to cut downcitees.  
Whilst some were busied in cutting of wood, because they would not lose time, they resolved to besiege the town of Cephalonia, because the Turks should not say that two fleets united, durst not assail them. This thus resolved, Pesare and Gonsaluo, caused Ordnance to be brought from the ships to batter the walls; and giving every man his charge, they were desirous to make trial of the valour of those within the tower, who were in number three hundred.  
The same day as they would have begun the battery, there fell such store of rain, as they were enforced to defer it till some other time. The weather at last being fair, the Ordnance was planted against the walls, where after a breach made, an assault was given; but the enemies did with all sorts of weapons so valiantly descend themselves, as the town could not be taken, so as our men were enforced to retire, and great numbers of them hurt. The Generals thus repulsed, raised a mount higher than the enemy's fortifications, from which they might easily see whatsoever was done in the city: and then gave an other furious assault, where the Venetians and Spaniards so bravely behaved 
Cephalonia yields to Gonsaluo.  themselves, as they constrained the Turks to retire into the Fort, who within a while after yielded to Gonsaluo, fearing the Venetians indignation whom they had so often deluded and offended.  
During the siege of Cephalonia, the Castle of junca returned to the Venetians, by means of one called Demetrius of Modon, who practised it with an 
junca returns to the Venetians.  Albanese, a friend of his, which was of the guard of the Castle: where killing fifty Turks that lay there in garrison, and enforcing the rest to leap over the walls, they became Masters of the place, whether Pesare presently sent jeronimo Pisani, the Providator with forces, and after him Siluestro Troni for judge. In this manner in a short space they took Cephalonia and junca. Gonsaluo who had already made war at sea many months, perceiving that Pesare deferred the siege of Modon till some other fit time, and that the enemies had strongly fortified it since the recovery of junca, returned into Sicily. Pesare presented him with five hundred pieces of Malmsey, and seventy thousand weight of sweet meats of all sorts, which the Senate had sent him from Venice.  
Pesare, advertised that the enemy had made certain Galleys at Preveze, and that some of them were already launched, sailed thither with fourteen well armed Galleys, and drew them thence, notwithstanding all the enemy's resistance, and directed his course to Corfou, there to trim his vessels, and to review his fleet. The Senate in the mean time recompensed those who had well deserved in that war, as well those that were living, as their heirs that were dead. The Precedent year, the state had sent an Ambassador 
League betwixt the Venetians and King of Hungary against the Turk.  to Ladislaus King of Hungary, to move him to war upon the Turk, who after a long discourse, did in the Senate's name make a league and confederacy with him, by which the King was bound, to make war on the Turk with his whole force, and the Venetians to give the King yearly, at three distinct times, three thousand pounds of gold. The Pope would needs make one in this treaty of peace, and sent a Cardinal thither for his Legate, promising for three years space, to give four hundred pounds of gold yearly to the same King. Pesare having repaired his fleet, determined to burn the Turkish Galleys at the mouth of the river Bojan: but this enterprise took none effect because that the Turks had intelligence of it, who fearing the like danger as at Pre●…ese, withdrew their vessels fourteen miles up the river from sea. The Turk at the same time recovered the Castle of junca. 
The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉▪ 〈◊〉 ●…unca.   
Pesari returning to Corfou had intelligence that the enemy's Galleys upon the river Bojan would shortly come forth, he sent certain of his Galleys thither to keep them in; himself in the mean time with the rest of the fleet consisting of five and twenty Galleys returned into Morea, where from the confines of Coron, he laded his Galleys with great numbers of men, women and young children, carrying them into Cephalonia desolute of inhabitants. From thence he returned to Corfou, expecting the French King, and King of Portugall's fleet.  
Whilst these things were done abroad, Prince Augustino Barbadico died at home, haviuing governed the Commonwealth fifteen year: and in his place, according to the usual manner, Leonardo Loredano, a man wise and noble, was chosen.  


LEONARDO LOREDANO the 75. Duke.   
 
AT the first great Council held after he was made Prince, Benedetto Pesare, Captain General of the fleet, was made Procurator of Saint Mark in steed of Philippo Troni, who was newly dead. In his time the French Fleet went to aid the Venetians against the Turk, the like did that of Portugal, according to both those King's promises, but they came not both at one time, nor to one place, for that of Portugal went to Corfou, and the French to 
The French & Portugal fleets aid the Venetians against the Turk.  Zant, and yet neither the one or other did any great service to the State, which having long time maintained war against the Turk, alone of itself, and in the company of the King of Hungary, did at last make peace when it lest thought thereof.  
For those being redeemed, who at the beginning of the war were imprisoned at Constantinople, Andre Gritti was one of the number▪ who returning to Venice, was by his Contreymen kindly welcomed home. He brought letters to the Senate from Achmet, one of Baziazets' chief Captains, which contained, that if they were desirous to end the war they should send one to Constantinople to treat of the conditions of peace, and that he would be their friend.  
The Senate upon these letters sent word to Pesare to dissolve the fleet, twenty Galleys excepted which he should keep with him, and wrote to Ladislaus King of Hungary, (sending him Achmets letters) that they determined to send an Agent to Constantinople, entreating him to do the like, to the end peace might be made with more honour. Ladislaus understanding the Senate's determination did highly commend it, and promised to grant what they demanded: But the King prolonged the matter, because if the Senate made peace with the Turk, unless there were some new agreement betwixt them, he should be deprived of the 
A new agreement with the King of Hungary.  yearly sum which the Signory gave him: whereupon the Venetian Ambassadors that were in Hungary fearing to prolong the treaty with the Turk, granted that the three thousand pounds of gold which they paid him yearly towards the war, should (if peace were made) be reduced to three hundred pounds of gold so long as Bajazet lived.  
In the mean time Bajazeth made peace with the Sophi, & thereby finding himself more fit to continue war against the Venetians, grew haughty, and told Achmet that he would not have peace with the Venetians, except they would redeliver the Isle of Saint Maur which not long before they had taken from him. The 
Peace betwixt the Venetians and Turk.  Senate advertised thereof by Achmets' letters written to Gritti, and sent by an express messenger, unwilling any longer to consume themselves in expense by continuing the war, quitted that Island to Bajazeth, and made peace with him, reserving the Isle of Cephalonia to themselves, in old time called Leucadia.  
The Venetians were much troubled for that the King of Portugal forestall their traffic, had appropriated unto himself the trade for spices, which their vessels and Merchants bringing from Alexandria, did with marvelous profit vent 
The Portugals trade for spice.  into all places of Christendom: For the portugals going by Sea into those remote parts, and in the Indian Sea insinuating themselves into the friendship of the Kings of Calicut, and other lands their neighbours, have gotten to themselves the Commerce for spices which the Alexandrian Merchants before were wont to have: and bringing them home into Portugal, send them by sea into those places whether the Venetians used to trade.  
But to return to the Peace, the Senate commanded thanks to be given to God: and three pounds of gold to be distributed to the Priests. Bajazeth sent an ambassador unto whom the Prince should swear to observe the peace, as he had done to the Venetian Ambassador.  
At the same time Lewis the French King, sent john Lascaris of Constantinople his Ambassador to the Venetians to request them to renew the league and Confederacy betwixt them: for he being enforced to make war upon Gonsaluo 
The Venetians refuse to reew the league with King Lewis.  Lieutenant General to the King of Spain, who had defeated his Army in Calabria, was desirous to have the Venetians take arms in his behalf: and to induce them thereunto propounded many fair conditions, but they refused to renew the Confederacy and also his offers, saying that they were satisfied with the old one. Pope Alexander in the mean time supping in a Garden near to the Vatican with the Duke Valentinois his son, was on a sudden carried thence for dead to his Palace, whither his son was likewise carried sick like the father, and the day following, the Pope died, black and swelled and very ugly: very evident signs of poison, but the Duke his son, by reason of his youth, and presently taking divers counterpoisons escaped, but was afflicted with a long and 
The death of Pope Alexander.  grievous disease. At the same time, Benedeto Pesare General of the Venetian fleet, being ready to return from Corfou to Venice fell sick of a Quotidian and there died.  
In the place of the deceased Pope, Cardinal Picolhuomini of Syena was chosen, a man Noble and for his other qualities not unworthy such a dignity, who to 
Pius Terti●… Pope dies.  revive the memory of his Uncle Pius Secundus, entitled himself Pius the third: But the 26 day after his election he died, whereupon the Cardinal of Saint Peter ad Vincula, mighty in reputation and wealth was chosen in his stead, and was called julius Secundus; this did highly please the venetians: They presently appointed 
julius Secundus Pope.  eight Senators to go as Ambassadors to him to congratulate his election, Antonio justiniano being one of them. At their arrival in Rome, being brought to the Pope's presence, he lovingly entertained, and embraced them, saying; that he was much bound to the state of Venice, and that he would deny them nothing in his power: Then entering into discourse concerning Duke Valentinois, 
The Venetian●… send Ambassa▪ dors to Pope julius.  justinian told him, all men thought that his Holiness would aid and assist him: that he was desirous to have the Towns and Castles which he held in Romagna to be taken from him.  
This saying of his did highly content the Venetian Senate, which aspired to the peaceable possession of the whole dominion of Romagna, and had presently after Pope Alexander's death sent forces to Ravenna, with which the City of Cesenna was on a sudden in a night assaulted: but the people valiantly defending it, they were enforced to retire to Ravenna, being come thither without ordnance: yet this could not discourage them, but they espied all occasions to get footing in that Province; not long after a fair occasion was offered, by means of a controversy betwixt Dyonisius the noble, and the Faventines, who were desirous to repeal the Manfredi: This did Dyonisius contradict, and in despite sent for the Venetians, unto whom he gave the Castle of Val de Lamone which he kept, in which the Venetians placed a strong Garrison, they did the like in the castle of Faenza, which the Captain, corrupted with money, delivered unto them. 
The Castles of Valdelamona and Faenza, yielded to the Venetians.   
They did like wise hold Forlimpopolj and Rimini by the people's consent, recompensing Pandolfo Malateste in an other Province: then they went and besieged Faenza, because that the Faventines, nothing terrified with the loss of their Castle, which, seated in a low place, they had divided from the City by a deep ditch, made valiant resistance, as well for their love towards the Manfredi, as provoked there▪ unto by the Florentines, who feared nothing more, then to suffer 
The Pope against the We▪ netians.  Faenza to be the Venetians: And to these ends employed the aid and credit of Cardinal Francisco Sonderini their country▪ man, to make the new Pope grow jealous of the Venetians, who one day talking with his Holiness told him that the Venetians did already possess the Castle of Faenza, and all places near the City, the which they shortly hoped to win; not so much to take from the Valentinois that which he unjustly possessed by usurpation, as to appropriate it to themselves. And that their custom was, never to restore any thing they held: That Faenza being a territory belonging to the Church, the Pope could do no less then to take it into his own Protection. 
The Pope's answer to the Venetian 〈◊〉▪ bassad●….   
The Venetians being advertised of this discourse of the Cardinal, justinian went to the Pope to excuse the state, and to entreat him not to give credit to their enemy's tales: and after a long discourse thereupon made, the Pope replied, that he had never believed any thing against them, being well assured of their love and friendship toward him, as they of his: But for that which concerned Valentinois state, he could have wished that whatsoever did belong to the Church might have first been surrendered up, with this answer the Ambassador took his leave.  
The Venetians notwithstanding all this continued the siege of Faenza, and 
Faenza yielded.  beginning their battery, the besieged, despairing of all aid, yielded, the venetians having agreed to give Astor a small pension to live by. They could as easily have taken Imo●…a and Furli: but they determined as then to pass on no farther, because they would not incense the Pope: where upon they sent their forces to Garrison, having beside Faenza and Rimini taken divers towns in Romagna. At the same time Andre Gritti returned from his Ambassade of Constantinople, where he had confirmed certain Articles of Peace with the Turk, to the profit of the Signory. Not long after, justinian acquainted the Senate that the Pope had given the Valentinois leave to go and recover his State. These news caused them to write to the Providators that were in Romagna, to use means to take whatsoever might be for the profit of the State, from Duke Valentinois: by means whereof 
Tossig●…rua and Meldola yielded.  Tossignans and Meldola two strong towns, did upon the first summons yield to the Venetians.  
The Pope much incensed against them for this manner of proceeding, sent 
The Pope re●…kes the Vene●…ians.  Angelo Bishop of Tivolito Venice, to reprehend them for that they had taken Faenza and Rimini which belonged to the Church, which he craved to have surrendered to him, entreating them likewise to aid him to recover the rest, he being resolved to leave the Valentinois nothing, yet he would have whatsoever should be taken, to be restored to the right owners. The Senate, displeased with the Pope's demands, answered. that they did never expect this from him, in regard 
Their answer  of their long friendship confirmed by many reciprocal good offices, especially, because they knew he had no interest therein: that they had embraced the offered occasion to seize on Faenza and the rest, those towns being not possessed by the Church, which in open Consistory had disclaimed all her right therein and transferred it to Duke Valentinois: As also, for that the precedent Popes did never possess those terrritories, but from time to time, had given them to new Tenants without any other acknowledgement of superiority than the rent, which they offered presently to pay. Lastly they besought him, that being Pope he would continue towards the Venetian Signory the same friendship which he had ever born them being Cardinal, and that in so doing he might make use of their men, force and means as themselves.  
Such was the Senate's answer to the Bishop of Trivoli the Pope's Nuncio. But the Pope continuing his resolution, and knowing his own forces to weak to invade them, said, that he would crave the aid and assistance of foreign Princes. justinian did put him in mind that the Signory of Venice had done nothing but by his council and advice being Cardinal; whereunto he replied, let them first surrender Tossignan which belongs to the territory of Imola to me, and then afterwards I may chance to do somewhat concerning Faenza and Rimini; hereof justinian advertised the Senate, who whilst they were assembled to determine 
The Bisoap of Tivoli comes again to Venice from the Popei  thereof the Bishop of Trivoli arrived with letters from the Pope, whereby he took from them all hope of agreement with him, unless they did deliver unto him those Towns they had taken, saying, that to those ends, he would implore the aid of God and men, threatening, if they did it not; to do his worst against them.  
The Senators were greatly troubled and incensed with these letters, but more 
The venetians send Ambassadors to the Emperor Miximillan and the French King.  against the Bishop than Pope, whom they thought had incensed his Holiness against them. This discontent was accompanied by an other: for the Pope had sent an Ambassador to the French King by whom complaining of the Venetians, he craved aid and assistance against them, requesting him to enter into league and Confederacy with himself, and Maximilian, called to be a third man) against them. This being known at Venice, the Senate presently sent Ambassadors to those two Princes, to let them understand that the Signory had taken nothing from the Pope, but only Faenza and Rimini from a wicked man, fearing lest the Florentines, their enemies by reason of Pisa, should seize on them as they had determined, having already sent forces thither: That they had recompensed those that kept them, giving them other Towns in exchange. That those two Cities with their dependences were wont to be given to new Tenants, before Valentinois had them; and the Senate demanding them in that nature, the Church could lay no claim to them, so as they paid the usual Rent, but on the contrary aught to be content therewith, because they could not fall into the hands of any, that were better able to defend and keep them then the Venetians: That the Pope had been the Author and motive of the Signories taking of Romagna from Valentinois, and now changing his opinion did causeless seek all means to expulse them thence. And therefore the State of Venice did earnestly entreat King Lewis, nor for that regard to infringe the league made with them; and Maximilian in like manner, that he would rather aid and assist the Signory, as a good friend and neighbour, in so just and reasonable a matter, than the Pope who craved a thing wholly unreasonable.  
These remonstrances being kindly entertained by both these Princes, they promised to debate the matter with his Holiness. This answer did in some sort satisfy the Senat. Count Petellan at the same time, being on great promises entreated by divers Kings and Princes to serve them, would never forsake the Signory. In acknowledgement whereof, the state of Venice made him General of their Army for three years, with a yearly annuity of five hundred pounds of gold.  
  
The end of the sixth Book of the fourth Decade of the History of Venice.  
FINIS.     

THE SECOND VOLUME OF THE GENERAL HISTORY OF VENICE.  


The Contents of the seventh Book of the fourth Decade.  
THe Emperor entreateth the Venetians to deliver the Cities of Faenza and Riminy to the Pope. Lewis the French King maketh the same request to them. The Emperor craves leave of the Venetians to pass in arms thorough their state to Rome to his Cornonation, which they deny. john Paul Baillon restoreth Perugia with her territory to the Pope. Bolognia is yielded in the same manner to the Pope by the Bentivolies. The King comes into Italy, by reason of the revolt of Genoa. The Pope doth greatly suspect and distrust the French King. Interview of the Kings of France and Arragon at Savona. The Emperor performeth bad offices in Germany toward the French King. How the report of the emperors coming down into Italy did trouble the Venetians. The Emperor cometh into Italy, and returneth suddenly into Germany. The Almains are defeated in the vale of Cadora. The Venetians take the town of Goritia. The conclusion of the truce betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians did breed some discontent betwixt the King and them. Confederacy sworn at Cambray against the Venetians, by the Pope, the Emperor Maxmilian, and the Kings of France and Arragon. The Venetians make great warlike preparations against this confederacy. The Pope casteth aterrible excommunication on the Venetians. The King's army and that of the Venetians very near together. The Venetians are defeated by the French in the Country of Giradade. The great progression of the French army over Italy after the Battle. All Romagna in a manner is yielded to the Pope. Lastly the Venetians resolving to quit the firm land, do leave Padua, Verona, and all the other, Cities appointed to the Emperor.  
The seventh Book of the fourth Decad of the History of Venice.  
Maxmilian, forgetting the promise which he first made 
The Emperor Maximillians' Ambassador come to Venice in the Pope's behalf.  to the Venetians to debate their cause before the Pope, sent two Ambassadors to Venice to entreat them to yield Faenza & Ryminy to him. That it belonged to him to make that request, as Protector of Holy Church and of whatsoever appertained thereunto. If they thought it an unreasonable matter, they should refer it to arbitrement: That he would labour to cause the Pope to condescend thereunto; and that if they would choose him for their umpire, he would willingly accept thereof, and would give sentence according to equity. The 
The Senate's answer to the Ambassadors.  senates answer with that of the Great Council to these Ambassadors was, (having reiterated all that which their Ambassadors had first of all declared to the Emperor from the Senate) that their right to those lands being so plain and evident, they would not put it to compromise. Upon this answer one of the Ambassadors departed from Venice to Rome, the other stayed there, whose expenses were defrayed by the State. 
A league betwixt the Emperor Maxmilian and Lewis the French King.   
In the mean time a league and confederacy was made between the Emperor Maxmilian and the French King, after long strife and disputation of their Ambassadors. This league being concluded, King Lewis sent again john Lascaris of Constantinople his Ambassador to Venice, to entreat them to seek all possible means of agreement with the Pope: for that being done, they were determined to join altogether against the Turk. He added that his King had sworn 
King Lewis his Ambassador at Venice.  league and friendship with Maxmilian, not to hurt any man, but only for the safety and preservation of each others State.  
The Senate, who had already decreed that the Ambassador should have a 
The Senate's answer to the Ambassador.  pound weight of gold given him every month towards his expenses, made answer, that they had omitted nothing, either by entreaty or promises to give the Pope satisfaction, having not long before made him this offer, that albeit Pope Alexander had given Faenza and the other lands to the Valentinois free from all conditions, they were content nevertheless to hold Faenza and Riminy of the Church, on what conditions and rend it pleased, promising to make true payment every year, but this would not be accepted of: That they were exceeding glad that two such great Princes, had converted their hatred and contention into a sound and firm league & friendship. But because it was specified in the contract betwixt King Lewis and them, that neither of them two might make alliance with any other Prince whatsoever, without the consent of his fellow, they did willingly desire to know, why his King had not first advertised them thereof.  
At this demand the Ambassador made some little pause, than he answered that he knew nothing of it: yet nevertheless it was mentioned in the treaty, that each of them might within four months' space name a fellow whom he would, whereupon it was lawful for his King to name the Signory of Venice.  
The Ambassadors answer did not greatly content the Senate, and could not hinder them from suspecting this league contracted without their knowledge. 
The Venetians resolution.  Whereupon they thought it most expedient to try if they could appease the Pope, unto whom, certain months before, they had offered to deliver unto him Riminy, and withal that which they had possessed in Romagna since Pope Alexander his death, provided that he would be content, that they might still retain Faenza with her Territory. This was for fear of the French King, and likewise because the Emperor, at the Pope's request, had sent an Ambassador unto them, to will them to make restitution of the lands belonging to the Church, as hath been said.  
But the Pope having given them this resolute answer, that he would not in 
The Pope's answer to the Venetians offers.  any sort consent to the withholding of one only tower: and threatening them to recover yet before he died Ravenna, and Ceruia, which they possessed as wrongfully as they did Faenza, they passed on no farther at that time. But their fear being increased, by reason, of this new confederacy betwixt the Emperor and the French King, they offered by the means of the Duke of Urbin, a friend to both sides, to deliver up all that which they possessed (the appurtenances of Faenza and Riminy excepted) if the Pope would give admittance to their Ambassadors to come and make the oath of obedience, whereunto in time before he would not consent. The Pope inclined to this proposition made by the Duke of Urbin 
Agreement betwixt the Pope and the Venetians.  (though unwillingly) in regard he had so highly threatened them, for he perceived the affairs betwixt the Emperor and the French King to be drawn out at length, and that in the mean time those of Furli, Imola, and Cesenna, did endure many discommodities.  
Upon this consent, that which they had offered being re-delivered, the Senate sent their Ambassadors, who after they had protested obedience with the accustomed ceremonies, they brought home with them to Venice no sign whereby it might be perceived that he was become any whit the milder. In the mean space the Pope perceiving well enough that without the French Kings aid he could not hurt the Venetians, and that he could not as yet induce him to make war upon them, to the end his Popedom should not be spent unproffitably or without honour, he turned his thoughts elsewhere, and entreated the French King to help him to reduce under the Church's obedience the Cities of Bolognia 
The Pope's request to the French King.  and Perugia, the which in all ages did belong to the Sea of Rome, and were possessed, the one by john Paul Baillon, and the other by john Bentivogle whose predecessors having usurped them, were become absolute Lords thereof.  
The Pope's request was very pleasing to the King, because thereby he might find means to keep his friendship, from which he was in some sort estranged, in regard of the King's alliance with the Venetians, which did much trouble him. Whereupon because he would not disappoint him, he offered him all aid and succour: and the Pope on the other side gave him the breefes of Cardinalship for the Bishops of Achy, and Bayeux, with authority to dispose of the benefices of the Duchy of Milan. The execution of this enterprise was delayed, by reason of the journey which Maxmilian desired to make into Italy with his 
The Emperor's request to the Venetians.  army, to receive his Imperial crown at Rome, wherein he being desirous not to be hindered by the Venetians, he sent four Ambassadors to acquaint them with his intent, and to entreat them to grant a passage for him and his army likewise, assuring them that he would pass through their territories without disturbing them in any sort, being desirous likewise to unite himself with them.  
The Venetians having a long time consulted thereupon, made him a pleasant 
The Venetians answer to the Emperor.  answer: for after they had given him to understand how much they desired to conform themselves to his will, they counseled him to come into Italy without arms, especially coming for so peaceable a matter which was pleasing to all men, where on the contrary coming in arms, Italy despairing for so many calamities which it had sustained, would rise, determining to take arms, and not to lay open a way to new troubles: and that the French King might do the like for assurance of the state of Milan.  
The determination of Maxmilian caused the Pope to defetre his enterprise till an other time, being persuaded thereunto by the King, who was urged of his promise about that business, lest they by reason of that accident of Italy should rise in arms: as also because he feared to provoke the Venetians, who had sent him word, that they would take arms for the defence of Bolognia, if the Pope did not first give over to them the rights to Faenza which did belong to the Church.  
But the Pope being by nature sudden and impatient, would not temporize, but sought all means to effect his purpose after a furious manner. And without staying for any other resolution, he departed from Rome with five hundred men at arms, where fortune did so favour him, as john Paul Baillon, by the Duke of 
john Paul Baillon, yieldeth up Porugia and her territory to the Pope.  Urbin's persuasion, went to him to Oruietta, where he was received into favour, having wholly referred himself to the Pope's discretion and delivered into his hands the castles of Perugia and the territory thereunto belonging, into which he afterwards entered. Then marching towards Bolognia, being attended on by six hundred French Lances, and three thousand footmen of the King's forces, he went by the way of the mountain, because he would not come upon the territory 
The Pope threatncth th●… Bentiuo●…es  of Riminy which the Venerians held, and being come to Cesenna, he commanded Bentivoli to depart from Bolognia on pain of most grievous censures both spiritual and temporal.  
The Bentivoles had made great preparations for their own defence, but all their hope was turned to despair, so soon as they heard of the Frenchman's arrival in the Pope's army, and much more when the Lord of Chaumont, who conducted them, did tell them the same day that he arrived at Castel-novo on the Bolognians territory, that the King being willing to observe whatsoever he was tied unto, by the capitulations of the protection, did mean to continue him in the possession of his goods, so that he would leave the Government of the City to the Church. At these words Bentivoli and his children, who before, with great threatenings had published every where that they would defend themselves, being wholly 
The Bentivoles being discouraged, submit to the Pope..  discouraged made answer that they would altogether refer themselves to his arbitrement, beseeching him by all means to mediate tolerable conditions. Upon this answer the Lord of Chaumont being come within three miles near to Bolognia, dealt so with the Pope, as he gave him leave safely to depart from Bolognia with his wife and children, and to dwelin what place of the Duchy of Milan he pleased, permitting him to sell and carry away with him all his movables, and to enjoy the immovables which he possessed with just title.  
The Bentivoles being departed, the people of Bolognia sent their Ambassadors 
Bolognia yielded to the Pope.  to the Pope for to give him the entire government of their City. At the same time the King of Arragon being embarked at Barcelona came along by the coast of Provence to Genoa; and from thence keeping close by the land continuing his journey he entered into the Haven of Gayetta. Then being conducted to Naples, he was received with great magnificence. Ambassadors from all places of 
The King of Arragon cometh into the Realm of Naples.  Italy came thither with speed, and among others from Venice, whither George Pisani and Marc Dandulo were sent to congratulate and honour so great a Prince.  
The Pope likewise, notwithstanding that he was displeased for that he had not▪ scent to offer his obedience as the manner was, sent a Nuntio to him to incite him against the Venetians, thinking that for the recovery of the havens of Apuglia, which the Venetians held, he had wished their overthrow: And the Venetians on the contrary did still study to keep his friendship.  
Soon after King Lewis came into Italy, by reason of the rebellion of Genoa, 
Lewis the French King cometh in●… Italy.  the Venetians sent Dominico Trenisano, and Paul Pisa●…i their Ambassadors to him to congratulate his arrival, who came to Milan, whether the king came so soon as he had recovered Genoa.  
The Pope being at Bolognia, had solicited the King to come into Italy that they 
The great hatred which the Pope did bear to the Venetians.  might confer together, whereunto the King did incline, albeit the Pope's intents were against the Venetians, whom he hated in regard of the Cities of Romagna which they possessed. But when he understood that the King determined to take arms in favour of the Gentlemen against the people of Genoa (because the strife betwixt the Gentlemen and the Commons had been cause of the rebellion) he was much discontented thereat▪ because he had ever favoured the people against the Nobility, and he persuaded the King as much as in him lay to abstain from arms, alleging that it might kindle some fire in Italy, which would hinder the war which they had decreed against the Venetians. To the which, perceiving the King would not agree, being transported with choler, he gave out on a sudden at the beginning of the year 1507. contrary to all men's expectation, that 
1507.  he would return to Rome, saying that the a●…e of Bolognia did not agree with his health●… whereupon the King was troubled, not knowing what to think, because 
A strange suspicion of the Pope concerning the King.  he interrupted that which himself had ●…raued, and did all he could to alter his determination. But the King's earnest instance to change his mind did increase the Pope's suspicion, which he had conceived that the King would keep him still there, where they might meet together at one self same place, which did so much the more confirm him in his determination, wherein being obstinate, he departed from Bolognia about the latter end of February, being not able to dissemble the disdain which he had conceived of the King.  
By this wrath, the hatred which he did bear to the Venetians being in some sort mitigated, he determined to pass by the City of Faenza, new quarrels arising every hour betwixt the King and him, in regard of the Bentinoles, whom he would have the King to expel from the Duchy of Milan, albeit by his own consent they were permitted to abide there, in such sort as nothing could appease him, complaining grievously of the King: and being thereby provoked, he did 
The false reports which the Pope threw abroad against the king.  by his Nu●…tios and by a Brief, give the Emperor, and the Electors to the Empire, to understand, that the French Kings preparations for his passage into Italy, with a mighty army, under pretence to appease the sedition of Genoa, was in effect to oppress the state of the Church, and to usurp the Imperial dignity.  
The Venetians likewise fearing the Kings coming into Italy with so great an army, did give the like advertizement? Maxmilian being desirous of novelty, having received these advertizements, held an Imperial Diet in the City of Constance where all the Barons, Princes and Commonwealths of Germany being assembled, he did in such sort aggravate the matter against the French King by his oration, as the minds of all those that were there present, were marvelously moved, where he exhibited the Popes and Venetians letters of advertizement.  
The French King having intelligence of the whole matter, did on a sudden cassier his army, to take away the cause of such a suspicion, and would himself have repassed the mounts, had not the desire which he had to speak with the King of Arragon stayed him, who was preparing for his return into Spain, and 
Interview of king of France and Arragon at Savona.  leaving Naples came directly to Savona, where he had appointed to confer with the French King, who for that cause was come from Milan to attend him there: where Fernand with the Queen his wife being arrived, all distrusts being laid aside on both parts, with infinite numbers of reciprocal embracings they had divers long and secret conferences betwixt themselves, and by that which fell out afterward, it was apparent, that they promised a perpetual league of friendship one with the other, and that Ferdinand should use means to reconcile the Emperor and the French King, to the end that all of them being united together, they might afterward show themselves open enemies to the Venetians.  
The two Kings departed from Savona the fourth day after their arrival, with the same shows of love and friendship. The one went by sea to Barcelona, and the other by land returned into France, leaving the other affairs of Italy at the same stay. King Lewis in the mean time perceiving that the Diet of Constance 
Aduertizements to the Princes of Germany to clear the suspicion of the French King.  continued, where Maxmilian had so highly animated all the Germane Princes against him, he sent underhand certain men of purpose to Constance, who should not be publicly known, but dealing secretly, should work means▪ by the hidden favour of the Princes his friends, to appease the minds of the rest, excusing those slanders which were imposed upon him, by the evidence of the effects, seeing that after the reduction of Genoa to his obedience, he had on a sudden cassie●…ed his army, and returned with all possible speed into France, to take away all suspicion that he would attempt nothing against the Church, nor against the title of the sacred Empire▪ and with these justifications they wrought means to appease the Germans arms, by the force of gold which they so highly love.  
These things did greatly trouble the French Kings mind, who was altogether uncertain of the Venetians meanings, who would not openly discover themselves 
What was concluded in the Diet at Constance.  but had ever held matters in suspense. The Diet of Constance being ended it was there concluded, after sundry disputations, that Maxmilian should have for his passage into Italy eight thousand horse, and two and twenty thousand footmen; paled by the Country for six months, and six score thousand Florins of the Rhine for the expense of the Artillery, and other ordinary charges. Upon the report of these news the Venetians were greatly perplexed in their minds as well as others, because they knew not whereon to resolve, in regard of 
The Venetians greatly perplexed.  the great means which every one of them used to win them to his side. The Emperor at the beginning sent three Ambassadors of great place to them▪ to entreat them to give him passage thorough their territories, and to make a more strict alliance with him, wherein should be mentioned, that they should be participants of the reward of the victory. The French King on the other side, did not cease by his Ambassadors, and by that of Venice, which was resident with him, to do all he might to induce them to oppose themselves by arms against the Emperors coming, as hurtful to either of them, offering them for this purpose all his forces, and to continue for ever their confederate.  
The Venetians, who could have been well contented to have lived at quiet as neuter, perceived themselves to be in such sort pressed by the Emperor, as they were of necessity either to refuse it, or to grant him passage. For they feared, that by their refusal they should be troubled first, and by granting it, they should ensring their confederacy with the King: And yet nevertheless, each of the Senators did affirm that it was necessary openly to adhere to one of the sides, but they knew not to which, and after great diversity of opinions, the remembrance at last of the Emperor's continual inclination, to recover the Cities which they possessed, which he pretended to belong to the Empire, or to the house of Austria did most prevail.  
They made answer then to the Ambassadors, that their determination was to 
The Venetians resolute answer to the Emperor's ambassadors.  grant him passage coming without an army, and to stop it if he came in arms; saying that necessity enforced them so to do, in regard of their confederacy with the French King, by which they were bound to assist him in the defence of the Duchy of Milan, with a certain number of men specified therein.  
Maxmilian being frustrate of his hope to have the Venetians on his side, was encumbered with other doubts which did wholly delay the effect of his designs. For first of all; That foundation whereon he chiefly builded, that the Cities and Potentates of Italy, fearing his name and army, would come to composition, and 
The Emperor find to himself frustrate of his hopes.  would furnish him with sufficient sums of money, did daily decay: Then the conclusions of the Diet of Constance vanished into air; when they perceived the great preparations of the French King, and the new resolution of the Venetians.  
The Pope likewise, who would not show himself more affectionate to the one side then the other, did refuse the demand he made that it might be lawful for him 
The Pope refuseth the Emperor's request.  to take a hundred thousand ducats which were levied in Germany for the war against the Turks and were kept in the same Province, and were not to be converted to any other use without the leave of the Sea of Rome: Yet nevertheless in the midst of all these difficulties, he forgot nothing which might nourish the report of his coming down, in such sort as all those who stood in awe of him made mighty provisions in divers places, but they were uncertain, with what forces, at what time, and from whence he would come.  
The French King had provided for the Duchy of Milan, and for the frontiers of 
The great preparations of King Lewis & the Venetians to stop the Emperor's passage.  Burgundy: And had beside sent john james Triuncle with four hundred French Lances, and four thousand footmen to Verona to the Venetians aid, who had sent the Earl of Petillan to Rovero, with four hundred men at arms, and store of foot-forces, to the end there to keep back those which should come by Trent, and Bartholomew Aluiana into the Friul with eight hundred men at arms.  
The Emperor at the beginning of the year 1508. was desirous to put in execution the reports which had been spread abroad of his coming down, and 
The Emperor summons those of Verona to g●…ue him passag.  sent an Herald to Verona to summon the inhabitants to provide lodging for himself, and for four thousand horse which he brought with him, going to Rome to take the Imperial crown. The Governor of the City, by the advice of the Senate, with whom the matter was communicated at Venice, made him answer, that for his coronation which he mentioned he needed not so many men at arms and such store of Artillery.  
Maxmilian upon this answer being already come to Trent departed thence in a morning before day with fifteen hundred horse, and four thousand footmen, not of those which had been granted him at Constance, but of those of his 
The Emperor cometh towards Vincenza and on a sudden returneth into Germany.  Court, and of his own state, and took the way of the mountains towards Vincenza. And the Marquis of Brandenbourge marched at the same time towards Rovero with five hundred horse and two thousand footmen, but he returned the next day, not being able to obtain any passage. The Emperor by the way of the mountains being come within twelve miles of Vincenza, and having taken the territory of the seven Commons, did on a sudden return towards Bolsane which is a town farther of from the confines of Italy then Trent, whereat all men did greatly wonder.  
This did awake the Venetians courage, did incite them to levy divers foot-troupes, 
The Venetians great preparations.  and to make great preparations, urging the French King to do the like. They chose two Providatori, Andre Griti & George Cornare, one of whom went towards the Rheticke, and the other into friul. Aluiana was commanded speedily into Friul where George Cornare the Providator already was, because four hundred of Maximillians' horse and five thousand of his footmen being come thither and entered into the vale of Cadora, had taken the Burrow and the Castle.  
Aluiana having passed the mountains full of snow, came in two days near to Cadora, where tarrying for his footmen that came after him; he seized on a passage, which was not kept by the Germans, by which men enter into that valley. The coming of Aluiana did encourage those of the Country who did affect the Venetians, who suddenly did possess the other passages of the valley, by which the enemies were to retire. The Germans perceiving themselves to be shut in, and that no hope of safety was left them but in their arms, they came with great fury to assail Aluiana, who 
The Almains defeated in the vale of Cadora.  did bravely receive them, the fight lasted certain hours with great fervency, but at the last the Germans, being not able to resist the numbers nor prowess of their enemies, were defeated, and above a thousand of them lay dead on the place, with divers of them taken prisoners: of the Venetians very few died.  
Before this exploit of war, the Emperor had sent Luke de Renaldis his Ambassador 
The Emperor reiteraeteth his Am●…assadio the Venetians for passage.  to Venice, to entreat the Senators to grant him passage thorough their territories, as he had oftentimes before requested them, that he might go to Rome, saying that his King would come armed for fear of his enemies▪ Nevertheless he did assure the Signory of Venice, that he and his would pass without doing wrong to any of their subjects, or else that he would pass without Arms, provided that the commonwealth would give him hostages for the assurance of his passage. To that, Prince Loredano answered, that Maxmilian was not ignorant, how that the Commonwealth had ever been a friend to him and to his father the Emperor Frederick, and that it was not well done of him in counterchange, to use all hostile actions against them, as to ravage and spoil their country, to take their towns and castles by force, whereof they had just cause to complain, and to call God to witness, whether they had deserved it at his hands: nevertheless he would propound the demand to the Senate, and according to the same, he would give him answer.  
And because Cornare had written to the Senate, that Aluiana was in great hope, and would, in a manner, be bound, that the enemies should in short space recompense the wrongs and spoils which they had committed, the Senate was 
The Senate's answer to the Emperor's Ambassador.  of opinion to defer the answering of Maximillians Ambassadors, till such time as they had news from Friul. And so soon as they heard from thence, they answered the Ambassador as they had done in times before, without making any mention of the defeat of the Almains, and caused him to be accompanied thorough the Rhetike country, to the end he should receive no outrage.  
Aluiana after the taking of the castle of Cadora would not stand still in so fair 
Aluiana his exploits in Friul.  away, but pursuing his good fortune, recovered Portonanove, than Cremousa seated on a high hill, and from thence went and encamped before Gorithia, which is at the foot of the Alps, strong by situation, and well fortified, and which hath a castle of difficult access. But having planted his Artillery before the town, he took it the fourth day after by composition, by reason that they within wanted Armour, water, and victuals. The Captain of the castle yielded up the place in few days after, receiving four thousand Ducats. The Venetians made diverse fortifications there, to serve in time to come against the Turks, to stop their passage over the river Lisona.  
Aluiana after the taking of Gorithia, went to besiege Thryeste, and took it with the Castle likewise, which being seated on the Gulf of Venice, was very commodious to them for their traffic: whereupon the Venetians being puffed up with their prosperous success, determined to follow the course of the victory▪ and to make war on Maxmilian, by entering farther into his country: But Dominico 
An old man's speech to the Senate.  Morosino, Procurator of Saint Mark, a man of fourscore and ten years of age, wise and advised, began to speak and to entreat the Senate, not to suffer any farther attempts to be made, saying That Germany was not pleased that Maxmilian made war on the commonwealth, when as he might freely live at peace: that it was also to be feared, that the same Germany would take it in evil part, and would resent it, if any farther roads were made into their country, for they would not suffer their Imperial dignity to be so abased and contemned. That the offence which he had committed against the commonwealth was not great, for which nevertheless thorough the goodness of God, he had made a worthy satisfaction, all his soldiers having been cut in pieces in Friul, Cadora, and Portonanove being recovered, and we have lost nothing on the Verona territory, nor received any disgrace. And herewith being satisfied without passing on any farther, we shall receive great profit by our cessation from Arms, and especially the friendship and goodwill of the whole Germane Nation, of whom we receive infinite commodities, as well for the trade of merchandise, whereby our customs are increased, as for all other matters concerning provision of victuals. That it was indeed a glorious matter to vanquish a man's enemies in war, and to augment their own bounds and confines: But that it was more glorious to ●…ame and vanquish a man's own passions and himself▪ that the events of war depended commonly on fortune, who is variable and inconstant: But councils proceeding from mature deliberation and from wisdom are firm and stable and do profit much more than those which issue from furious rashness.  
The good old man having uttered this speech, the heat of those who craved war was in some sort cooled, and therefore they concluded nothing for that present, but said only they would consider of it at more leisure. But Maximilian continuing the war in the confines beneath Verona, and raising forces in divers places of the friul against them, hereby abusing their love, war was resolved 
wars resolved against Maximilian.  against him on the fourth of April. This resolution of the Senate was on a sudden sent not only to Gr●…tle & Cornare Providatory, but likewise to jeronimo Contaren who was Providator in Histria with certain Galleys, to the end that each of them should invade whatsoever they found to belong to Maximilian, either on the firm land or at Sea. According to this commandment Cornare, and Aluiana, pursuing their victory took Protonove, then Fume which is a City of Sclavonia, which they burned: and passing ovet the Alps they took Possonia seated on the marches of Hungary▪ This was done in the Friul, whilst not far from Trent the German Army which was come to Calliana did assail three thousand Venetian 
Flight of the Venetian Garrison  footmen, who being well fortified on the hill of Bretonic fled thence nevertheless so soon as they descried the enemies, whereupon the Germans deriding their cowardice, did raze the fortifications which they had made on the hill, burning the houses and then went back to Calliana▪  
But this great army of Maximilian, within a short space came to nothing, by 
Maximilians Army desolued for a small occasion.  reason of a contention of small importance which arose about the payment of the Grisons, who mutining therefore did spoil the victuals of the Camp: by means whereof all things being in disorder, and all the Grisons being departed, the residue of the Army, who were about seven thousand men, were enforced to retire. The Venetians than made incursions on the neighbour Villages, and came and assailed La Pietra, six miles from Trent: but those of Trent coming to their 
The Castle of Crest yielded to the Venetians.  rescue the Venetian companies retired, and went to ass●…ile the Fort of Crest, which is a place of importance, which yielded before the supplies from Trent arrived, which caused the Almains to re-assemble their foot forces, and to return with a thousand horses and six thousand Lansquenets to Calliana which is distant from La Pietra a crossbow shot.  
The Venetians returned to besiege this Castle of La Pietra with four thousand horse and sixteen thousand foot, determining to batter it with sixteen pieces of Ordinance: The two armies were within a mile one of another, each of them having the Castle before them. But the Venetians having lost divers of 
The Venetians retire from before the Fort of la Pietra.  their men there, with two pieces of ordinance which the Almains took from them in a sally, thinking it lost time to tarry there any longer, seeing they could not enforce the enemies to fight they went to Rovero, and the Almains to Trent, the most part of whom within a while after disbanded.  
Mazimilian, who during these warlike exploits had run up and down from place to place to be relieved with men and money, perceiving all men to forsake him, after the defeat of his forces at Cadora, sent a Gentleman of his to Venice to crave truce for three months: but the Senate contemned it, and would not grant any for less than a whole year, not without the knowledge and consent 
The Venetians refuse to grant Maximilian truce for three years.  of the French King: Maximilian being the more daunted for the loss of Tryeste, and other places of the Sea-coast, did solicit the Bishop of Trent to invite (as of himself) the Venetians to truce, thinking by that means the sooner to purchase Peace. The Venetians made answer; That it lay not in their power: but that he ought to move the French King.  
For this purpose Commissioners were appointed to meet and confer together, for Maximilians part, the Bishop or Trent, and Serentano the Emperor's Secretary: for the French King, Triwlce, and jacomo Galfredo Precedent of Milan, 
jarring betwixt the Come missioners assembled about the truce.  and for the Venetians, Zacharie Contarene, a particular Ambassador deputed for that business. Conferring together they easily condescended to all conditions saving that the Frenchmen would have a general truce, and that all the confederates of either of them, as well out of Italy as within should be therein comprised, and especially the Duke of gelders, whereunto Maximilians Agents would not consent, because their master had determined to ruin that Duke, saying that in the treaty there was nothing mentioned but the wars of Italy, and that nothing ought to be intermingled therewith but that which concerned Italy. The 
Truce betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians.  Venetians did all they might to content the French King, but perceiving the Almains to be obstinate in that business they resolved for their part to accept of truce in the same manner as they had concluded it, being desirous to free themselves from such a war, which lighted wholly on their dominions; and notwithstanding the protestation of the French Kings Commissioners, that a mutual enterprise ought not to be finished but in common, the Venetians went on, and concluded the truce on the twentieth of April, the which was speedily ratified by the Emperor and the Venetians, by means whereof the wars ceased betwixt them, and divers did hope that Italy thereby should for a time enjoy Peace and quiet.  
Arms being laid a side, Aluiana and Cornare returned to Venice where they were received with great pomp, and in a manner triumphal: The French King 
The French King complaineth of the truce.  having intelligence that the truce was concluded and signed, showed signs of discontent, and complained to Antonio Condelmerio Ambassador for the Venetians in his Court, saying that he had not deserved of the Seigneiury of Venice that without staying for his answer and consent they had granted truce to Maximilian: That he did not greatly care if the confederates of Italy were comprised therein, provided that the Duke of gelders might be assured in his state, whom he much affected, and yet nevertheless the Signory had made his desire frustrate, wherein he did hope to be assisted and furthered: And yet he had an hundred thousand crowns ready to employ in his aid, and that he would not endure that any wrong should be done to him by the fault of his confederates.  
The King having uttered these words in choler did repent him of it, and feigning to forget all matters, he began to entertain him with more pleasing discourse; namely when the Ambassador had excused the commonwealth, and told him that the Senate ever had a principal regard to maintain him in the Duchy of Milan, to the end that whilst the truce lasted he might not be molested in 
The French King 〈◊〉 bleth.  that State. The King gave him then some hope that he would ratify the truce, but in himself he began to think on all means how to be revenged.  
The Emperor on the other side not digesting the bravadoes which the Venetians had offered him, and being desirous to resent the wrongs which he had received, because he had no hope to draw any more aid from the German Princes, made show that he had a will to unite himself with the French King against the Venetians, as the only remedy to recover his honour and lost states. The Pope likewise provoked the King against them, because, besides the old hatred which he did bear to them, he thought that the Bandits of Furli, who dwelled at Faenza, had by their means made some attempt on that City.  
The King calling to mind (besides his new displeasure for the truce) all the 
What was practised under hand again ct the Venetians.  wrongs which he thought they had done him in his wars of Naples, and being desirous to snatch forth of their hands Cremona and other towns which had been a long time possessed by the Dukes of Milan; had the same inclination like to the Emperor. wherefore the better to bring it to pass, they began betwixt themselves to ha●…ken to the contention betwixt the Archduke, & the D. of Geldres, and for that purpose they chose the City of Cambray for their place of conference. Whether from the Emperor came the Lady Marguerit his daughter, Regent of the Low Countries, and Matthew Langy the Secretary, and for the French 
Confederacy of the Pope, Emperor, French King, and King of Arragon, against the venetians.  King the Cardinal of Amboise, who under colour of treating a peace betwixt the Archduke and the Duke of gelders (as they gave it forth) to the end that the true cause might not be known to the Venetians, they concluded a perpetual peace and confederacy, betwixt the Pope, the Emperor, the French King, and the King of Arragon, against the Venetians, each of them to recover those things which they held from them.  
The new confederacy being thus concluded, the Cardinal of Amboise departed 
The Confederacy ratified by the Emperor and the two Kings.  from Cambray, the Bishop of Paris, and the Count of Carpy went to the Emperor from the French King, for the ratification of the peace, who did soon ratify and confirm it by oath, the like did the French King, and when it was afterwards brought to the King of Arragon, albeit he had some doubt in his mind, yet nevertheless he did forth with ratify it with the same solemnities: But the 
The difficulty which the Pope made to ratify the confederacy.  Pope made more difficulty in the matter, being on the one side swayed by a desire to recover the cities of Romagna, and with his hatred to the Venetians, and on the other side, his fear of the French Kings forces did greatly move him: As also for that he thought it a dangerous matter for himself, if the Emperor by recovering from the Venetians the places which they held, and which did belong to the Empire, should grow too great in Italy. To prevent this inconvenience, he thought it more commodious to seek to recover his towns by a more gentle way then by war.  
To this purpose than he laboured by all means to induce the Venetians to yield up Riminy and Faenza to him, declaring to them that the great dangers which threatened them by the combination of so many Princes, would be much greater if he united himself with them in this confederacy, For he could not 
The Pope's secret menaces to the Venetians.  choose but pursue them both with spiritual and temporal Arms; He caused in secret this remonstrance to be made by a Greek called Constantine Comniato to john Badoario Ambassador for the Signiory of Venice to the Sea Apostolic, for this confederacy was not yet divulged. The Ambassador gave speedy notice thereof to the Senate, who had an ynkling of it from elsewhere, and were determined by no means to quit those towns, as they advertised the Ambassador according to the discourse made to him by Constantine.  
Now it was told them that they might easily cause Maxmilian to change his mind, and distract him from the alliance with the French King, in regard of the 
The Venetians secret practices with Maximilian.  ancient enmity betwixt them: they secretly sent john Peter Stella, Secretary to the Senate, to Maxmilian, who had oftentimes been with him, and was very well known to the Emperor, to the end he might find means to reconcile him to the Senate. This man being too hasty in the execution of his design, and not having well considered on the means, and discovering himself to the Emperor's domestic servants, King Lewis his Ambassadors, who were with Maxmilian, had knowledge of his coming, whereby he did no good to the commonwealth. George Pisan likewise coming to Rome, by the Senate's commandment, to treat with the Pope, his journey was to no purpose.  
The Senate despairing of peace, made levies of men and horse, and decreed to unroll the greatest number of men at arms and light horse that they could raise, among whom were diverse Stradiots, and a great number of footmen, they commanded likewise for resistance at Sea, if King Lewis should come to assail them, fifteen Galleys to be armed. They likewise dispatched André Badoario to the King of England to purchase him for their friend.  
In the mean time Lascaris King Lewis Ambassador at Venice was dismissed, 
The Venetians great preparations for their defence.  the like was done to Condelmare, who was their Ambassador in France, unto whom from the King was presented a chain of gold, the which he refused, saying; That he would not receive any present from a King, that was their enemy and so departed. Carsode, in like manner who was Agent at Milan departed thence: within a while after supplies came to the Senate, of a thousand light horse, and five thousand strangers footmen, a thousand Archers from Candy, and another thousand armed at all sorts from the Country of Albania. They did afterwards with speed fortify the Castle of Cremona, and furnished it withal things necessary for a long siege: As also all there Towns, and Castles near thereunto, of which fortifications 
Ambuscado 〈◊〉 surprise the Count Petillan  the Count Petillan had express charge, who coming one day meanly accompanied to Bergamo, to see what was done there, those of Milan having notice thereof by their spies, two hundred horse sallied forth of Milan, in the night, every horse man having a huquebusier behind him, who having crossed the river Adda, hid themselves in the wood, to surprise him, which they might easily have done, he not mistrusting it. But the Governor of Bergamo, being advertised by peasants of the country of the Ambuscado, sent suddenly after the Earl who was already departed, and so saved him from that danger. The Senate having notice of the Frenchman's Ambuscado to surprise the Earl, accounted the war to be denounced, whereupon they chose Andrew Gritti and George Cornare for Brovidators, who in the time of the Rhetick war, had the same command. The Pope who had deferred to ratify the confederacy, till the very last day assigned for the 
The Pope ratifieth the treaty of Ca●…bray.  ratification▪ did confirm it, but with express declaration that he would not execute any hostile act against the Venetians, till the French King did begin the war. This was about the latter end of the year 1508. When as the league being ratified, by all the confederates, the French King began to make very great preparations, and being come to Lions, he caused his companies to march towards the Mounts; and six thousand Swisses, whom he had in a readiness, prepared themselves to come down at the sametime into Italy.  
The Venetians on the other side with great courage made preparations (as hath 
The Venetians attempt in vain to be reconciled to the Pope, and the Emperor.  been said:) but considering afterward how all Christendom in a manner were in arms against them, they desirous to try by all means possible if they could dissolve that Union, repenting for that they had not separated the Pope from the other, the which they might have done by the only yielding up of Faenza unto him. They would have renewed their former treaties, both with the Emperor, and the King of Spain: but it was in vain with all three of them: for the Pope could no more accept of that he had desired: the Catholic King had no means to divert the rest, and the Emperor did so abhor them, as he would not vouchsafe to look upon their Ambassador: whereupon they converted all their thoughts to defence, and to wage (as hath been said) great numbers of horse and foot, and to arm divers vessels as well to keep the sea, as the Lake of La guard, the river Po, and other Neighbour places. 
The Venetians are astonished at sundry bad presages.   
Sundry prodigies which did happen did greatly terrify them: First they lost a bark within the which were ten thousand Ducats, sent by the Senate to Ravenna, which was drowned: then lightning fell on the Castle of Bressia: after that, the place where the Charters of the Commonwealth were kept, fell wholly down to the ground, and fire took either by chance, or by the secret malice of some in their Arsenal in the same place where their salt peeter lay, where it burned twelve Galleys, and a very great quantity of Munition which did much amaze them, because it presaged nothing but mishap. They made preparations then chiefly on that side, whereby the French King was to come, which was towards the Giradade, crossing the river Adda, near to Cassiana, and therefore they assembled their army at Pontuico, on the river Oglio: the Earl of Petillan was made General thereof, Bartilmeo Aluiana was Governor, and George Cornare and Andre Gritt●… above named were providatory.  
These men being assembled to determine after what manner the war should be managed, the opinions were different betwixt the general and the governor: This man was of opinion to make the seat of the war in the enemy's country, rather 
The Venetians army on the entry of the country of Giradade.  than in their own, and to go and assaill the Duchy of Milan, before the French King should pass the Mounts: The other, who for his long experience, would not hear tell of tempting fortune, was of a contrary opinion, and counseled, that contemning the loss of the country of Gyradade, they should encamp near to the City of Orci, as in times past other great Captains had 
Sundry opinions of the Venetian Captains.  done in the wars betwixt the Venetians and the Milanois. The Senate rejected both these counsels; that of Aluiana as to bold, and that of the General as over fearful: whereupon they determined, that the army should draw near to the river Adda, because they would not leave the Gyradad in prey to the enemies, with the Senate's express commandment, not to fight with the enemy but upon great hope or urgent necessity.  
The French King having passed the Mounts with an intent to fight, sent his Herald to Venice, to denounce war; and in passing by Cremona to do the like to the Venetian Magistrates. The Lord of Chaumont began the first motion of the war on the fifteenth of April, crossing by a ford the river Adda, near 
The Lord of Chaumont General of the King's army.  to Calciana, with three thousand horse; and passed over by boat six thousand footmen and the Artillery afterwards, marching directly to the town of Trevi, which being besieged and battered, yielded: whereupon justinian Morosin, Viteli de citto de Castello, and Vincenzo de Nalde, who were within it, and with them an 
The French take Trevi.  hundred light horse, and about a thousand footmen remained prisoners, the Sradiots saved themselves by flight. Upon report of the taking of this place, divers neighbour-townes did likewise yield. The Lord of Chaumont did soon after with all his forces repass the river Adda. The Marquis of Mantua came with his forcas to Casalmajor, which forthwith yielded. Rocalatin likewise 
Casal-Maior yielded.  having on a bridge of boats passed the river Adda, where it entereth into the Po, came and made incursions on the Cremonois, with an 150. Lances & 3000. footmen, the like also did they of the Garrison of Loda. The peasants likewise of the Mountainy of Briança made incursions as far as Bergamo. After these first attempts of war, the Pope for his part began by spiritual arms, for he published 
The Pope's terrible monitory against the Venetians,  a terrible Bull, in form of a Monitory against them, specyfing all the usurpations made by the Venetians on the Church's lands, and the authority which they attributed to themselves to the prejudice thereof: whereby he admonished them to yield up within four and twenty days next following the Church's towns which they possessed, with the revenue received by them ever since they enjoyed them, upon pain, in case of disobedience of incurring censures, and interdictions, not only for the City of Venice, but likewise for all the towns under their obedience: declaring all those to be excommunicate, who should in any sort detain them, guing power to all men in all places, to seize on their goods and to make slaves of their persons. The Senate kept this Monitory close from the people, for fear lest they should have mutined, and threw in an appeal to the next General council, which was carried and fixed on the Churches of Rome, by unknown 
The Duke of Venice his answer to the French Kings Herald.  persons. At the very same time, in a manner, King Lewis his Herald came to Venice, who in his King's name in open Senate did denounce the war already begun for divers occasions which he declared in their presence. The Duke by the advice of the Senate, answered, seeing that the French King did denounce war, contrary to their alliance with him, the which they had never violated, they would with their forces, and with the justice of their cause seek to defend themselves▪  
After this answer, they gave order to their army, the which being assembled at Pontuico, to the number of two thousand men at arms, three thousand light horse and stradiots, fifteen thousand footmen chosen forth of all Italy, and fifteen thousand other choice footmen of their own territories, with great quantity of Artillery, 〈◊〉 came to Fontanella, which is within six miles of Loda, a place very commodious for the relief of Cremona, Crema, Caravagia & Bergamo, 
The Venetians Army at Foutane lla.  Cities under their obedience. And because they had a fit time to recover Trevi, by reason that the King's Army was not yet assembled, the Senate was of opinion to assail it. The ordnance being planted, which made great execution, those 
The Venetians recover Trevi.  within it did yield the next day following, on condition that the soldiers lives should be saved, who were disarmed, the Captains to be prisoners, and the town to be used at their discretion.  
The King was at Milan, who departed thence▪ so soon as he understood that that town was battered, for to relieve it, and came and passed over the river of Adda on three bridges made of boats, near to Cassiana, with his whole Army, the enemy 〈◊〉 stopping him, who having entered Trevi, busied themselves in pillaging the town, from whence the Captains could not withdraw their soldiers, neither by entreaties nor threatenings, until that Aluiana in a ●…age caused the town to be set on fire, to make them to depart thence. But it was too late▪ for the French were wholly come over the river. 
The King's Army 〈◊〉 very near to that of the Venetians.   
The King so soon as he had passed over the River, came and lodged within little more than a mile of the Venetians camp, who being encamped in a place strong both by sit●… and art, the King could not assail them but with great disadvantage. The matter was debated, where some of the King's council were of opinion to draw out the war in length, expecting the Emperors coming down, 
Sundry opinions in the King's Army.  for then the Venetians should be enforced to come to a battle, not being able to look to so many places at once. But the King was of a contrary opinion, as well for fear lest the Emperor would come too late, as for the desire which he had, being there in person with all the forces of his kingdom, that he might without an others help finish that war by a glorious victory. The armies in the mean time did not stir, but remained encamped, the one before the other, for the space of a day, with sundry skirmishes betwixt the light horse on either side. The next day the King marched towards Rivolta, to provoke the enemies to come thither, that he might fight with them, but they did not sti●…re, showing thereby that they had no meaning to fight; The Artillery being brought before Rivolta, the Fort within a few hours was taken by assault, wherein the King with his whole army lodged the same night.  
The King wondering at the enemies proceedings, the which to himself he nevertheless 
The King's resolution to enforce the enemies to fight.  commended, resolved to depart thence, & to come into a place where he might cut off their victuals which came to them from Cremona and Crema, thinking that the want of victuals would break their determination: wherefore having stayed one day at Rivolta he dislodged and burnt it, and took the way of Vailla and Paudina, the very next night, because that either of these places were in the way by which victuals came to the enemy.  
The Venetians did very well perceive the King's meaning, and how they were of necessity to remove: but the Count Petillan would have them to tarry till the next day, and Aluiana would have them instantly to depart▪ to the end to prevent them; the which was done. There were two ways to go to the places above mentioned, the one lower, & farther near to the river, with crooked turnings, by which 
The number of the King's Army.  the king's army marched, which was said to consist of more than two thousand lances, six thousand Swisses, and twelve thousand foot, as well French as Italians, with great store of Artillery, and pioneers: the other farther off from the river, and 
The number of the Venetians Army.  the shorter way, the which led directly for the passage of the Venetian army, wherein were 2000 men at arms, more than 20000. foot, and great numbers of light horse, some Italians, and some Albanese: there being nothing betwixt the two armies but bushes & shrubs, which hindered either army from seeing one another.  
The two armies marching in this manner, the French vanguard conducted by Charles of Amboise, & the Venetians rearward conducted by Aluiana, encountered one another. Aluiana not thinking to fight that day, did not march in good order. But perceiving himself to be so near the enemy, and in such a place as he was enforced to fight, advertised the Count Petillan, who went with the Vanguard, of his necessity, craving his aid. The Earl sent him word to march on still and to eschew the fight, according to the Senate's determination. Aluiana in the mean time placed his footmen with six pieces of Ordinance on a little rising: and then assailed the enemies with such force and fury, as he enforced them to give back: but the Army's battle, wherein the King's person was, coming forward: 
The King's Army and that of the Venetians, fight suriously one with an other.  the chance of the Dice soon turned, albeit Aluiana for his lucky beginning had promised to himself the victory: who running up and down, now here, now there, encouraged his soldiers: They fought on all sides with great fury. The French were on fire by their King's presence, who not sparing himself, was exposed to all dangers, and did not cease where need was to command and encourage his soldiers. The Venetians on the other side full of valour, by reason of their first good success, did fight bravely: But at the last, after long fight, and the Venetians losing rather their strength then their courage, not turning their backs to 
The Venetians lose the battle of Gyradade.  the enemies, they fell down in a manner all dead upon the place, and chiefly the footmen, some of whom affirmed that there were eight thousand of them slain there. Barthelmew Aluiana was taken prisoner, who being hurt in the eye, with his face all bloody, was brought to the King's Pavilion.  
Such end had the battle of Gyradade, which was fought on the fourteenth of May, in the year 1509. The King in memory hereof caused a chapel to be builded on the place of battle, which he called Saint mary's of the Victory: then because he would not lose his opportunity, he came to 
The King take to Caravagia.  Caravagia, which yielded upon composition, and four and twenty-houres after, the Castle, on no condition, having been beaten with the Artillery. Bergamo did the like the next day, and the Castle a day after. From thence he marched towards Bressia, which by the council of the Gambares, did cast off the Venetian yoke, and yielded to the King; and the Castle two days after did the like, on condition that all that were within it might depart, (the Venetian Gentlemen 
Bressia yieldeth to the king.  excepted) because the King would not have them comprised in the composition of towns, not for hatred that he did bear to them, but in hope to draw great sums of money from them.  
The news of the battles loss, and of the king's progression after that, did afflict 
How the Venetians were daunted at the report of the battles loss.  Venice with such grief and universal fear, as it is scarce credible, so great it was. For from all parts of the city, people ran to the public Palace with great cries and pitiful lamentations, where the Senators knew not on what to resolve, their Council being dulled by despair; so weak were their remedies. At the last taking courage, they determined to use means to be reconciled in any sort whatsoever with the Emperor and the Catholic King, not mentioning the French King, because they did as much distrust his hatred, as they were fearful of his Arms.  
The Senate then did write to Dominico Grimani, and to Marco Cornare, son to the Providator, both of them being Cardinals at Rome, to promise and 
The Venetians offer to the Pope.  offer to the Pope, in the Senate's name, that the Cities which he demanded in Romagna should be yielded unto him, by means whereof they besought him not to abandon the commonwealth to the pleasure and dispose of barbarous people, such as the Frenchmen were, who if they should once become masters of all Lombardy, the Popes themselves should not be safe in Rome.  
They likewise decreed, that Antonio justiniano (who being chosen Providator for 
The Venetians seek to be reconciled to the Emperor.  Cremona, was ready to go thither) should directly go to the Emperor Maxmilian, & conclude a peace with him, if it were possible on any terms whatsoever. That the Senate was ready to deliver to him Thryeste, Portonove, and the other lands which they had taken from him the year before, and that the Signory would acknowledge to hold of him whatsoever it possessed in Frioul, in Lombardy, and in the country called old Venice. So weak and uncertain were their remedies, as if one of these two did not help to repulse the audatiousnesse of the French, they had not any sure means left to stay them.  
Nevertheless, making a virtue of necessity, they consulted for their defence how to provide money to wage new companies, for those which remained alive after the defeat were bereft of strength and courage. They determined likewise to augment their army by sea, whereof Andre Trevisan was General with 〈◊〉 Galleys to oppose against that of the enemies which was preparing at Genoa. But the French Kings sudden speed did prevent all their councils, unto whom, since the reduction of Bressia, Cremona was yielded (the Castle expected 
The great progression of the French army.  which the Venetians yet held). Pisquetona did the like: then he marched towards Piscara to take the Castle, for the town was yielded: And as they began to batter it, the Swisses and Gascons made a furious entry by small ouctru●…es in the walls, and slew all those that were within it, except the Captain and his son who were Venetian Gentlemen, who were both by the King's commandment hanged on the Castles battlements, to the end by that example to move those of the Castle of Cremona, not obstinately to make defence, nor to hold out till the very last.  
The King in this manner, in less than fifteen days after the victory, had recovered (the Castle of Cremona excepted) all that which did belong to him, according to the division which had been made at Cambray. The Pope had enuaded the Cities of Romagna, with four hundred men at arms, four hundred light horse, and eight thousand footmen, and with the Duke of Ferrara his ordnance, under the command of Francisco Maria de la Rovera his Nephew, Son to his brother john, who with that army scoured from Cesenna to Ceruia, then took the town of Savarolla, betwixt Imola and Faenza, and that of Bre siquella with the Castle, and all the other towns of the Faentyne territory. 
Al Romagna ye●…ldeth to the Pope upon the same only of the King's victory.   
The Burrow of Russi, strong both by nature and art, after the King's victory did yield to the Pope on composition, the like did the City of Faenza, which being unfurnished of Venetian soldiers, and at her own command, did promise to acknowledge the Pope for her Lord, if it were not relieved within fifteen days, which was not done. Ravenna did the like, so soon as the army of the Church drew near (the Castle excepted.) In such sort as the Pope conquered more by the fame of the French Kings victory, then by his own army, the Venetians possessing no more in Romagna but the Castle of Ravenna, new enemies showing themselves daily against them, ever since the defeat of their army. 
The Duke of Terrara declares him▪ self against the venetians. The Marquis of Mantua doth the like. The Emperor's army under the Duke of Brunswic.   
The Duke of Ferrara on a sudden showed himself, who till then had abstained, and having expelled the Visdoma from Ferrara (a magistrate which the Venetians kept there) he did forcibly without any let at all recover the Pollesin of Rovigo. The towns of Azole and Lunate yielded to the Marquis of Mantua, which the Venetians had in former time taken from john Francisco Gonzaga his great Grandfather. Christofero Frangipane held Pisinia and Divinia in Histria. The Duke of Brunswic with his forces, ent●…ing friul by the Emperor's command, took Feltre and Bellona Thryeste likewise and the other towns upon his arrival did return to the Emperor's obedience. The Earls of Sodron seized on certain Castles and Villages which lay near them: the like did the Bishop of Trent who took Riva di trent, and Agresta. 
The Venetians quit Padua Verona, and their places of the firm land.   
The Venetians being brought to all extremity determined to quit the Signory of the firm land, to the end to avoid so many enemies, hoping that good fortune one day returning, they might easily recover it. Being contented then only to retain the salt waters, all their care was to fortify their City with men, victuals, and munition, and they sent Mandates to the Magistrates and Officers of Padua, Verona, and other cities allotted to Maxmilian, that they should suddenly depart thence, leaving them to the power of the people.  
During these atchivements, Antonio justinian who had been sent to the Emperor, being admitted to his presence in public audience, did speak with very great submission, but it was in vain, for he would do nothing without the French King. The Venetian Cardinals likewise, who besought the Pope to absolve 
The Venetians obtain nothing of the Pope nor Emperor.  solve the monitory, seeing they had offered to make restitution of the towns within the space of four and twenty days, could obtain nothing: For the Pope answered, That they had not obeyed, because they did offer it with limited conditions, not mentioning the profits which they had received by them. The Senate sent likewise into Puglia to yield up the havens to the King of Arragon, who being certain to obtain them with ease, had sent a small fleet from Spain, the which had already taken possession of diverse places belonging to those Cities, and Sea havens.  
In this manner were the affairs of the Venetian commonwealth thrown headlong down all hopes failing them. Those of Verona would yield to the King, seeing the Venetians had forsaken them, but he would not receive them, meaning faithfully and wholly to observe the capitulations made with the Emperor, seeing he had conquered all that which did belong to himself, and he commanded the Ambassadors of the Veronois to present the Keys of their City to the emperors Ambassadors, who were in his Army, the like did they of Padua and Vincenza.  
This determination of the French King, not to pass with his Atmie beyond his limits, gave some beginning of hope and safety to the Venetians, concerning whom the minds of all Italians were diversly moved: Some were highly pleased 
Hope given to the Venetians.  with their misery & calamity, and said, That with great ambition they had sought to subject all Italy to themselves, by means whereof they had made their name very odious. Others considering more judiciously, how unseemly a thing it would be for all Italy to be brought under the bondage of strangers, did infinitely lament the disaster of that City, the ancient seat of liberty, and which more than any other had upheld the common glory and renown of all Italy.  
This compassion began to touch the Pope's heart, who fearing the power of 
The Pope being moved with pity, takes compassion on the Venetians.  the Emperor and the French King desired to divert their thoughts from any more oppressing it by entangling them in affairs. Therefore he resolved (but secretly) to hinder as much as he could, that the miseries of that Signory should go on no farther, and did willingly receive the letters with Denis Loredan wrote unto him, requesting that it might please him, to receive six Ambassadors which the Signory would send unto him of the principal Senators, most humbly to entreare him to pardon and absolve them. The letters were read in open consistory, where their petition being propounded, the Pope consented to admit them, notwithstanding that the Ambassadors of the Emperor, and the French King sought to hinder it, alleging that by the league of Cambray, he was bound to pursue them with spiritual and temporal Arms, until that each of the confederates had recovered that which did belong to him, and that the Emperor had not yet recovered all. He answered them, That the ancient custom of the Church was not to show itself obdurate to those, who repenting of their faults did crave pardon, but that he would not absolve them, before they had given satisfaction to every one.  
This reception of the Pope did increase their hope, with the news they 
Treviso co●…tinueth obedient to the Venetians.  heard from Treviso, which being forsaken by the magistrates, and by the Venetian companies, as others were, Leonardo of Dressina banished from Vincenza, being come thither without forces to take possession thereof for the Emperor, they in the city mutined, and began with a general voice to cry S. Mark: protesting that they would acknowledge none other Lord, and a fellow that was a shoemaker named Mark being their leader, he carried with great shouts and concourse of people the Venetians banners into the market place, and having driven thence Dressina, they placed soldiers in their City, and speedily fortified it with victuals, and all other necessaries, the horsemen which were within it scouring the country round about.  
The end of the seventh Book of the fourth Decade.   

The Contents of the eight Book of the fourth Decade.  
WHat moved the Venetians to hope to raise themselves. An interview resolved on betwixt the Emperor Maxmilian. and Lewis the French King broken on a sudden by the Emperor. The Venetians recover Padua, whereby they become masters of the Champain Country. The Marquis of Mantua is taken by the Venetians. The Emperor's proposition to go and besiege the City of Venice. Frangipane maketh war in Histria. The Venetian Ambassadors come to Rome by night. The Emperor's siege before Padua. The King of Hungary refuseth to make war on the Venetians during their adversity. The Venetians recover Vincenza and besiege Verona. The Venetians naval army on the Po, scoureth as far as Fiquerolla. The Venetians conquer the Pollesin of Rovigo. The Duke of Ferrara defeateth the Venetians naval army on the Po. The Emperor holdeth a Diet at Inspruch. The Pope absolveth the Venetians, notwithstanding the oppositions of the Ambassadors of the Emperor and the French King. The Pope's displeasure against the French King. The French Kings grievous displeasure conceived against the Swisses. The Pope in hatred to the French King Assaileth Ferrara. The Vincentines are enforced to crave pardon of the Prince of Anhalt. The French take Legnaga. The Emperor engageth Verona to the French King. Monselesia taken by the French. The Pope's designs and propositions against the French King broken and come to nothing. The King of Hungary summons the Venetians Ambassador. Lastly the French King resolveth to make war on the Venetians and the Pope.  
The eighth Book of the fourth Decade of the History of Venice.  
THe Commotion of Treviso and the Emperor's carelessness 
The Venetians take courage.  gave hope to the Venetians to retain some part of their Signory, and to execute divers great exploits, which afterward they did. For in all this great course of victories there was nothing heard of but the Emperor's name only, albeit by means of the French army, and for fear of it, divers towns had been yielded to him. He had run to divers places since the confederacy of Cambray to get money by way of loan of the Flemings and other his subjects, the which he quickly spent prodigally after his usual manner, beside a hundred thousand crowns which he had received of the French King, for the investiture of the Duchy of Milan. Forthwith after the news of the battle of Gyradade, he sent the Duke of Brunswick to recover the Country of Friul, but for himself he did not move at all, for want of money, albeit the Pope did greatly solicit him thereunto, being afraid of the French forces, and to cause him to make haste, had sent him fifty thousand Duca●…s.  
At the last he came to Trent, from whence by letters he thanked the French 
An interview resolved on betwixt the Emperor and the French King.  King, for having by his means recovered his due. The Cardinal of Amboise being come thither from the King to talk with him, they concluded betwixt themselves that he and the King should see one an other and talk together in open field, near to the town of La guard, on the marches of either's Country. The King set forward to be there at the day appointed. But the Emperor being come as far as Riva di trent for the same purpose, having tar●…ied there two hours, returned on a sudden to Trent, sending the King word that, by reason of 
The Emperor on a sudden breaketh the interview.  certain accidents newly happened in Friul, he was enforced to return back again, requesting him to defe●…re their meeting till an other time, and in the mean space to tarry at Cremona.  
This alteration of the Emperor, together with his tedious negligence in not providing sufficient garrisons to defend Padua and the other Cities, were causes, that the Venetians did help themselves by this opportunity offered them to recover Padua, which they knew to be badly man'd with soldiers, and the which they had by overhasty counsel too soon given away. They concluded then that Andrew Gritti, one of the Providators, should go to Novale on the Paduan territory, and that there he should take part of the footmen (who being followed by divers of the Country were sent to the village of Mirana) and should march towards Padua, to assault the Gate of Codalonga, and Christofero de Mora the other Providator, should follow him at the heels with the residue of the army: This design being thus decreed fell out better than they thought for: for being early in a morning come to the Gate, they found it half open, by reason of certain carts laden with hay, which were a little before entered. So as possessing it without any difficulty, they tarried there without any noise till their fellows were arrived who were not far of, than they marched to the marketplace, before any one had descried them.  
But Dressina, who was Governor of the City for Maxmilian being lodged in the Citadel, having heard the noise, came forth with three hundred Lancequenets which he had only for the guard thereof, with Brunaldo of Saregia with fifty 
The Venetians take Padua.  horse, who perceiving the townsmen to forsake them, and no man to offer them any help made great haste to enter into their fort, the which being not well fortified they were constrained to yield certain hours after. The Venetians by this means being masters of the City, commanded no hurt to be done to it, and that the jews houses only, with certain Paduans who had showed themselves their enemies, should be spoiled.  
The French King, who not long before had by composition taken the Castle 
The French Kings resolution.  of Cremona, knowing the emperors answer, and not staying to do his bidding, went towards Milan, resolving to cassier his army, for to free himself from so great expenses and to return into France. But the departure of the King's person and his army did much diminish the reputation of the Emperor's affairs. For after the Venetians had recovered Padua, they soon became masters of all the Country round about, because the Cities and the champain country did 
The Venetians masters of the Champain country.  favour them. Vincenza of itself had done the like, if Constantine of Macedonia, who by chance was not far off, had not speedily entered it with certain forces. They recovered nevertheless the town and castle of Legnaga, a very commodious place to indomage the countries of Verona, Padua, and Vincenza.  
It was supposed that the taking of Padua would delay the King's return into France: but that, notwithstanding, he determined to pass forward so soon as 
New agreements betwixt the Pope and the King.  he had made new agreements with the Pope's Legate in the City of Biagrassa whereby the Pope and the King did bind themselves to protect each other. He left on the frontiers of the Veronois the Lord de la Palisse with seven hundred Lances, to do whatsoever should please the Emperor. But before his departure 
The Marquis of Mantua taken prisoner and brought to Venice.  an other happy event befell the Venetians, which was, the taking of the Marquis of Mantua, with the defeat of all his soldiers, who were surprised half a sleep in the Island of Escalla: who being brought from thence to Padua, and then to Venice, was imprisoned in the little tower of the public palace to the great contentment and wonderful joy of the whole City.  
The Emperor till now had not hindered nor did hinder the Venetians proceedings, as well because he had not suffi●…ient forces, as also for that he was kept back by the peasants in the mountain, and in the planes likewise by other companies of peasants, who waited for him at a very strong passage, where he was in danger. But surmounting all these difficulties, and having not as yet forces strong enough, he busied himself in mean enterprises, besieging now one village, and then an other, scouring and spoiling the country. The Prince of Anhalt did the like, who by the emperors command having entered Friul with ten thousand men attempted 
Cadora taken and sacked by the Imperials.  in vain to take Monfalcone, but he gave a furious assault on the town and castle of Cadora where he committed great slaughter on those that were within it.  
The Venetians in the mean time took the town of Valdesera by force, and 
The Emperor propoundeth to assault Venice,  Bellona by composition. The Emperor perceiving that his forces were not worthy the name of Imperial, propounded to the confederates the uniting of all their forces in one to assail the city of Venice, and to that intent to use the help of the sea armies and Galleys of the French King and the Pope. The French King would willingly have consented thereunto if he had seen any likelihood of the matter. But the Pope and the Catholic King gainsaid it, as a thing most unjust and dishonourable. The Duke of Brunswick on the other side being sent by the Emperor could not take Vdina the Capital city of Friul nor Ciuital-D'Austria, which he likewise besieged. Christoforo Frangipane did the like in Histria where 
Frangipane makes war in Histria.  near to the village of Verme he defeated the Venetian officers, and did greatly burn and spoil the whole country.  
During these temporal accidents of arms in divers places, they disputed at Rome on spiritual arms, whither before the recovery of Padua the six Ambassadors from the Senate were arrived; namely Dominico Trevisan, Leonardo Moceniga, Paulo Pisani, jeronimo Donato▪ Paulo Capello, and Lodovico Maripietro: who 
The Venetian Ambassadors come by might into Rome.  entering by night in poor and wretched habit, because the Pope would have it so, who did not see them, they went to the palace of the Cardinal of Naples to confer with him and the other Commissioners: Great were the practices of the Ambassadors of the Emperor, French King, and the King of Spain to hinder them from obtaining absolution: and on the contrary the Archbishop of York solicited for them in the behalf of Henry King of England.  
The Emperor in the mean time having assembled all the forces he was able to 
The Emperor determines to besiege Padua.  make, as well of his own as of others that assisted him, determined with a mighty army to go and besiege Padua.  
The Venetians weighing how much the preservation of that city did import them did not forget to furnish it with all necessaries for defence. Whereunto Prince Loredan did greatly incite them in an Oration full of mighty persuasions by whose counsel two hundred young Gentlemen departed from Venice to go to the relief of that city, where they were received with incredible joy of all men. They received letters at Venice at the same time from Andre Foscole Ambassador at Constantinople for the Commonwealth near to the great Turk: whereby he assured the Senate that the Turk was mightily dipleased when he understood of the defeat of their army at Gyradade and for that they had not acquainted 
The great Turks offer to the Venetian Senate.  him with their enterprises and requested his aid, and that now he freely offered them all aid and favour, it being his pleasure that Prince Loredan should be speedily advertised of this offer. The Senate by their Ambassador did highly thank him, but would not accept the offer, because it was neither seemly nor profitable.  
But to return to the emperors preparations, who whilst he tarried for forces 
The Emperor's progression near to Padua.  which came to him from all parts, he came to the bridge of brent three miles of from Padua where having taken Rimini by force, and turned aside the current of the water, he marched towards the Pollesin of Rovigo keeping aloof off from Padua to open the passage to his victuals, staying for his Artillery which was to come forth of Germany, and took the village of Este by assault which he sacked, and next he took Monselecia & the castle, with the town of Montagnane by composition. From thence returning towards Padua, he encamped near to the bridge of Bassonella near to the city, where he attempted, but in vain, to turn back the course of the River Brento.  
To this place came the artillery and the munition which he expected, with the 
The Empero●… besieged Padua.  residue of his army, wherewith he went forward and encamped near to the Suburbs of Saint Cross, determining to give an assault in that place: but when he understood that it was the strongest part of the city, he changed his purpose, and removed towards the little Gate on the way to Venice, as well for that it was the weakest part of the city as also to cut off supplies that might come thither by land or water: wherein having spent much time unproffitably and given leisure to the enemies to fortify and furnish themselves with victuals, He approached near to the walls with his army, which besides the French Kings seven hundred Lances, under the command of the Lord de la Palisse, consisted of one thousand Italian men at arms, eighteen thousand Lansquenets, six thousand Spaniards, 
The number of the emperors army.  six thousand boot-halers of sundry nations, & two thousand Italian●…. After these followed a great train of all sorts of pieces of battery, with wonderful store of munition: so as never any siege in Italy was of the like expectation as well for the importance of the place, whereon depended the good or bad success of the Venetians, as in regard of the greatness and authority of such a leader, which caused the number of the army daily to increase, albeit the soldiers were not paid, who fed themselves nevertheless with hope of the City's spoil. On the other side the army which the Venetians had in Padua for the defence thereof, was 
The number of the army in Padua.  little inferior, to the Emperors. For there were six hundred men at arms, fifteen hundred light horse, fifteen hundred famous and well experienced Stradiots: and besides the Cavalry, there was twelve thousand footmen of the best soldiers of Italy, and ten thousand other footmen, as well slavonians, as Greeks, and Albanezes drawn from their Galleys, and besides all these, all the Venetian young Gallants were there with their followers, whose example did much encourage the rest. Moreover it did not want great abundance of all necessary provisions, nor great store of artillery, with a marvelous quantity of all kind of victuals, and a multitude almost numberless of peasants, who without intermission laboured in the City's fortifications: so as within a short space, it was fortified with bastions, ram piers, casemates, parapets, and necessary trenches. And to the end that the courage of all those within it might be answerable to those 
The Count Petillan hath the command in Padua.  preparations, the Count Petillan, who was General, caused them all to be assembled in Saint Anthony's marketplace, where having encouraged them by grave & valorous speeches, he first bound himself by solemn oath, and then the captains; the whole army and the townsmen in like manner, faithfully to employ themselves in the defence thereof even to the death.  
In the mean time, the Pope, the Emperor, and the French King, did earnestly 
The King of Hungary will by no means make war on the Venetians, being solicited thereunto.  solicit the King of Hungary to make war on the Venetians, telling him how easily he might recover all the lands which they held in Histria and Selavonia, now when as they had in a manner lost all their forces, and were assailed on every side. But the King of Hungary would never give ear thereunto, but continued still their friend. Whereof the Senate being advertised by Vincentio Guidocho their Secretary and Agent in Hungary: sent Petro Pascalio their Ambassadors to the same King, to entreat him to continue in the alliance which he had sworn of a long time with them, the which he promised to do.  
Now the Emperor having made his approaches near to the walls of Padua, towards the little Gate, where his army was extended round about the city three miles in length, he began to plant his pieces of battery, which could not be done in a long time, by reason of the number of them, some of them being of a marvelous greatness. Being planted, they would needs see how the enemies could defend themselves, and therefore the French and the Lansequenets gave 
Assault given to a Ravelin of the city.  an assault on that side where the Lord de la Palisse had command at a Ravelin of a Gate, but it being valiantly defended, they returned to their quarter. The next day the artillery played with great fury, and did beat down a great part of the wall: the shot from the city likewise did greatly hurt the whole army and those within the town made many sallies, especially the Stradiots and the light-horse.  
The artillery having played nine days together, and made so large a breach as all men thought was more than needful, the whole army made preparation the next day to give an assault: But when they perceived how that the same night they within had filled the dike with water, the Emperor sent back his soldiers to their quarters. They began afterwards to batter the Bastion which was near to the Gate of Codalonga, the Emperor determining to do his uttermost 
Assault given to the breach of the Bastion of Codolonga●…  to force it, and having overthrown a part thereof with the ordnance, he caused the Spaniards and Lansquenets two days after to give it an assault, who fight furiously did mount it, and placed two Enseignes thereon. But the valour of the 
These that came to the assault retire.  defendants was such, and the abundance of defensive engines so great, as they were enforced to leap down in heaps, & many of them were slain and hurt: By means whereof those who were already prepared to give an assault to the wall, thinking that the Bastion was taken, retired and disarmed themselves, without attempting any farther  
Maxmilian by this attempt did wholly lose the hope of victory, wherefore 
There Emperor raiseth his camp from before Padua.  resolving to dislodge, having first sent away his artillery to a place of safety, he raised his camp, and came with his whole army to Limini the seventeenth day of the siege, from thence he went to Verona, all men generally blaming him for that by his own fault he had lost Padua, and had not taken Treviso. And he on the contrary imputing it to other men, complained of the Pope and the French King: of the one, for suffering the Venetian Ambassadors to go to Rome, and of the other, because he had delayed to send supplies of men. But these complaints did no whit better his condition: for the Pope cared not greatly for him, and the King was glad to have his faults and change known. Having received the oath of fidelity of those of Verona, he departed thence towards Germany, determining (as he said) to return the next spring with greater forces to make war in Italy, leaving the Marquis of Brandenbourg for the guard of Verona.  
The emperors return into Germany left all that which he possessed in great 
The Emperor re●…rneth into Germany.  hazard, and all Italy in doubt, in regard of some contention, arising betwixt the Pope and the French King, which being soon after appeased there remained nevertheless some discontent in the Pope's mind, whereupon he wished that 
Contention betwixt the Pope and the King. What the Pope's meaning was.  the King might lose whatsoever he held in Italy, and was willing to employ himself to effect it: And albeit he propounded so great a design to himself, yet nevertheless he would not enter into league with any one, but trusting wholly to himself and to the authority which the Papal Sea had over all Princes, he showed both by deed and words that he did not greatly account of any one, and waxing strange to all others he inclined only to the Venetians side, whom for the safety of all Italy, and for the preservation of his greatness, he thought fit to absolve, and to assist with all his power.  
The Emperors and French Kings Ambassadors opposed it, the like did the Ambassador for the King of Arragon, alleging the confederacy made at Cambray, by which they were not yet fully satisfied. The Pope made answer thereunto, 
The Pope's answer to those who hindered the Venetians absolution.  that it was not the office of Christ's Vicar to pursue with spiritual arms, to the prejudice of the salvation of so many souls, those who repenting had with great humility craved absolution: especially the cause for which they were censured ceasing. That it was an other matter to pursue them with temporal arms, and therein he was determined to persever, and made offer to consent with the rest to observe the league of Cambray. Being in these terms with the Ambassadors, he would willingly have absolved them, if the Venetians would have given place and consented to two conditions. The one, to leave the navigation of the Adriatrick Sea free to the subjects of the Church; the other, that they should keep no more a Magistrate called Visdomo in Ferrara, which was a City depending on the Church.  
The Venetians in the mean time, upon this different meaning of Princes, 
The Venetians recover Vincenza.  not greatly esteeming the Emperor, sent forces under the conduct of Andre Gritti the Providator to Vincenza, on assurance that they were wished for by the people, who at his arrival took the suburbs of Posterla, then being brought into the city by the townsmen, the Prince of Anhalt and Fracasso retired into the castle, which was yielded four days after. It was verily thought that he might have taken Verona likewise, if he had gone thither on a sudden: but whilst he tarried for the reduction of the castle of Vincenza, new companies of the Emperors entered into it, and three hundred Lances of the French Kings, commanded by the Lord D' Aubigns, so, as there being in it five hundred Lances, and 
The Imperials succour Verona with men and victuals.  five thousand footmen as well Spaniards as Lansquenets, it was a hard matter to take it. The Venetian army nevertheless came thither soon after, upon hope, that at their arrival, they in the city would rise: but because it being divided into two parts, did not show itself before the walls at one time, the business fell not out according to their project.  
The Venetians at their departure thence took Basciana, than Feltre and Civitall, with the fort of Escalla. At the same time Antonio and jeronimo Savorgniane, gentlemen of the country following the Venetians party in friul, took 
The Venetians naval army scoureth the Po as far as Fiquerolles.  Castel-novo beyond the river of Tailemont, no news being heard of Maxmilian. The Venetian army for the recovery of the Pollesin of Rovigo, marched towards Monselecia and Montagnane, to the end from thence to enter on the territory of Ferrara. Having moreover, sent their naval army, conducted by Angelo Trevisano, to make war on the Duke of Ferrara, which entering the Po at the mouth of furnaces, burnt Corbolo and other villages near to the Po, not sparing the whole country as far as the Lake of Scarra, from whence the light horse which kept way with it by land scoured as far as Fiquerolles.  
The incredible hatred which they had conceived against the Duke of Ferrara 
The cause of the Venetians hatred to the Duke of Ferrara.  did move them to do so, who not being content with that which he said did belong unto him, did detain that which was none of his own, having received of the Emperor for money the village of Este in Fee, and that of Montagnane by engagement, he having no title to those places, which from time to time belonged to the Venetians.  
The Duke of Ferrara was much amazed at the coming of this army, and at the report that their land-army followed it: for he had no means to defend himself, till the supplies which he expected from the Pope and the French King were arrived, but only with his artillery planted on the banks of the River to stop the enemies farther passage, which was the cause that Trevisan lay at Anchor in the midst of the River behind a little Island, tarrying for the land forces, without which he knew he could not go forward: And to remain there at more safety 
The Venetian General builds two Bastions on the two banks of Po.  till their arrival, he caused two Bastions to be made on the River Po, the one on Ferrara's side, and the other on the opposite shore with a bridge of boats, to the end he might be able to relieve the Bastions, chiefly that on Ferrara side.  
The Duke determined to hinder the finishing of that work, whereupon having assembled the greatest forces he could, as well of the City as of strangers, he sent them before to assail the Bastion, and he himself followed after with store of horse.  
But those of the Bastion being relieved by their own fellows out of the vessels 
The Venetians drive the Ferrarois from the Bastions.  did with such fury charge the Ferrarois as they put them to rout, so as the Duke, who followed them at the heels with his cavalry, meeting with them, turned them back and encouraged them, but it lasted not long. For the enemy's fury was such, together with the safety of the place well fortified with small pieces of Ordnance, as at the last he himself was constrained to retire with great loss of his people, who were slain and hurt. This moved the Lord of Chaumont to send a hundred and fifty French Lances for the guard of Ferrara: and the Pope being incensed against the Venetians, for that without respect to him they had assailed the Duke, sent thither likewise the two hundred men at arms which he had allotted for the Emperor.  
But this aid would have come to late, if the Venetians had not been enforced 
The Venetians recover the Pollesin.  to call back their army, the which having conquered all the Pollesin, was in readiness to go to the relief of their naval army: for it was enforced to return back, having left four hundred light horse, and as many footmen for the defence of the Pollesin, and for the help of their vessels: because the Lord of Chaumont having entered Verona with great forces, had lent eight thousand Ducats to the Emperor who had engaged to the King for the same sum, and for others to be paid afterward the town of Valeggia, six miles from Bressia, and a passage of the River Mincia of great importance: and made preparations beside (as it was said) to go and besiege Vincenza.  
The Venetians divided their army into three parts which they placed in Legnaga, Suava, and Vincenza: then being desirous to conserve Vincenza, they began 
The Venetians provide for Legnaga, Suava, and Vincenza.  to fortify it with strong rampires, and with deep ditches full of water, they like they did afterwards to Suava and Legnaga; and in this manner standing on their guard, they assured the whole country, especially for that winter. Ferrara by this means was in some sort eased, but not altogether freed from fear and danger: For those in the vessels, seconded by the cavalry that was left with them, did daily scour even to the City Gates, and other Venetian vessels coming by an other way to assail the Ferrarois, had taken Comachio. But by the arrival of the Popes, and French Kings forces, the Duke and the Cardinal of Este began to take courage, and for to make diverse attempts to draw the enemies to fight, they which they refused till the return of their army.  
The Duke and the Cardinal perceiving that the overthrow of the vessels would gain the victory, and that it might easily be effected if means were made for the safe planting of the artillery on the bank of the River, the Cardinal came and assailed the Bastion once again, and having beaten back the enemies, who were come forth to skirmish, he did take and fortify the nearest part of the causey, unknown to the enemies: then in the night he brought the artillery to the shore opposite to the enemy and planting it with great silence, it began in the morning to discharge very furiously. The vessels would have escaped by flight, but not being able to make way by reason of the shot, they were in a manner all sunk or taken. The General leaping into a Skiffe saved himself by flight with the 
The Duke of Ferraradeseateth the Venetians naval army.  chief standard of the commonwealth, fifteen Galleys fell into the Duke's power, certain great ships, divers Fusts, with other small boats, almost numberless, two thousand men died there, as well by the shot as by fire and water, and threescore banners were taken. Many that came on shore were saved by the Venetian light horse men.  
The Duke after this defeat, sent forces of horse and foot to do the like to 
The Duke of Ferrara takes Loretta.  those who had taken Comachio, who recovered Loretta which the Venetians had fortified, and they had defeated the army which was there if it had not retired to Bebies' knowing the danger.  
Such unfortunate end had the siege of Ferrara which lasted about one month. Their affairs prospered better on the Paduan territory: for the Emperor being on the Vincentin with four thousand footmen, the Venetians, by the aid of the country peasants, almost under his nose and before his face, took the Paces of Escalla, Cogola, and Basciana: whereof the Emperor complaining said, That the departure of the Lord of La Palisse had bred divers disorders: 
The Emperor goeth to bold a Diet at Inspruch.  and thereupon he went to Bolsane, and from thence to Inspruch to hold the Diet which he had appointed, and the Lord of Chaumont following his example retired to Milan, leaving strong garrisons in all places on the frontiers, and especially in Verona, which the Emperor could not have defended alone.  
During this cessation of arms, Maxmilian sought to take truce with 
A treaty of trnce, motioned betwixt the Imperor and the Venctians, broken.  the Venetians: the Bishop of Pescera the Pope's Nuntio, practised it by his Master's commandment; the Ambassadors were at Hospitaletto, a little above Escalla, and conferred with john Cornare and Lodovico Mocenigo the Venetian commissioners: But the emperors excessive demands broke off this treaty without any conclusion, to the Pope's great grief, who wished that the Venetians might be freed from this war, that he might join them to himself against the French King, whom he more and more hated, thereby to lay foundations of great importance, and to this purpose had secretly sent a meslenger to the King of England.  
The Venetian army in the mean time being quartered at Saint Boniface on the Veronois, held Verona in a manner besieged, albeit deeds of arms were coldly performed on either part, according to the season which was cold. The Prince's minds nevertheless were greatly troubled, and especially the Emperor, who inventing all means to get the upperhand of the Venetians, drew his affairs still out at length, and did publish an other Diet at Ausbourg, where the Electors of the Empire having made instance to treat of peace with the Venetians, before they mentioned any provisions for the war: he thought that the Bishop of Pescera the Pope's Nuntio had solicited the matter, whereupon he sent him away.  
And considering that the resolutions of Diets were long & uncertain, he resolved 
The Emperor's proposition to the French King.  with himself to induce the French King to condescend to take Padua, Vincenza and Treviso with his own forces, and to accept of a sufficient recompense for it. This offer being propounded in the King's Counsel, was much debated on all sides, and the King almost consented by the council of divers, to accept it, and to return again in person into Italy with a mighty at my: But upon the difficulties which were made to the contrary, he delayed the answer and resolved above all things, to use means to appease the Pope and to make him his friend if it were possible, at leastwise that he should not be his enemy: and for this purpose sent post to Rome Albert Count of Carpi, a man of excellent wit and judgement, unto whom were given very ample instructions, and commission likewise to dissuade the Pope from absolving the Venetians: but as he arrived, the Pope had already concluded and promised it: the Venetians having after long disputations for certain months space consented to those conditions, whereon the difficulty lay: because they saw none other remedy for their safety, but to be joined with him.  
The Ceremonies of the absolution being ended, the Ambassadors returned 
The Pope absolutely the Venetian.  to Venice, leaving at Rome, near to the Pope, jeronimo Donato a very learned man, one of their own number, and very pleasing to his Holiness, who did great good service to his country in matters which he afterwards treated with him. Maxmilian and the French King were displeased for that the Pope 
Maxmilian and the French King are displeased with the Pope for absolving the Venetians.  had absolved the Venetians; the one because he had not yet recovered his own according to the treaty of Cambray, and the other because he desired for his own particular profit that the Venetians might no more recover themselves: But neither of them did in any sort perceive the Pope's meaning, especially the French King whom the Pope fed with vain hopes.  
For after the absolution, contrary to King's meaning, he gave leave to the Feudataries and Tenants of the Church, to receive the Venetians pay, and to john Paul Baillon to be General of their army in Count Petillans' stead, who 
The Pope's bad meaning to the French King.  was newly dead: Then he used means to reconcile the Venetians with the Emperor, to the end that they three being joined together might make war on the French King. But they could not agree, for the Emperor would absolutely have Verona for his share, and the Venetians stoutly craved it for themselves.  
Moreover, the Pope did secretly solicit the King of England to make war on the French King, putting him in mind of the ancient quarrels betwixt those two Kingdoms, and the fair occasion which offered itself with fortunate success.  
He did beside continue his practises begun with the Swisses by means of the Bishop of Zion whose authority was great amongst that Nation, which fell out in the end as he desired.  
For they growing proud that all men sought their friendship, the King soliciting them to renew the league which was almost expired, with great boldness and presumption they craved the augmentation of their pensions which were threescore thousand pounds a year, besides the secret pensions which were given to private persons: At which insolency the King being moved, he rejected them 
The King's anger against the Swisses.  with haughty speeches, making show that he did not esteem them, and flatly denied to augment their pensions, having made alliance with the Valesians, and the Lords of the Grisons.  
The Pope being glad of this disunion, made new confederacy with them, and 
Whereunto the Pope's actions tended.  thought he had done much for the execution of that which he intended, and first of all he assailed the Duke of Ferrara, for spite that having received so many benefits at his hands, he depended more on the French King then on him.  
And he imperiously forbade him to cause any more salt to be made at Comachio. Duke Alphonso complaining for that he went about to hinder him from receiving the profit of his own revenues, would not obey this commandment, whereupon he threatened him with grievous censures if he did not desist, his thoughts and actions wholly tending to defend and raise the Venetians.  
The Emperor and the French King, who desired nothing so much as their downfall, being displeased with the Pope's proceedings, did more strictly unite themselves together, and resolved to assail the Venetians that Summer with great forces, and summoned the Pope to join with them according to the purport of the confederacy of Cambray; but he answered that he was no more tied to that confederacy, which was accomplished, it being Maximillians' fault that he had not Treviso, or recompense in money for it: In the mean time Verona had like to have been taken by the Venetian Garrison which lay at Saint Boniface, who being sent for by the townsmen, came by night near to the City, to scale the Castle of Saint Peter, but in setting 
The enterprise upon Verona discovered.  up their Ladders, which were to short, they were discovered, whereupon they returned to their Garrison, and divers of the conspiracy in the city were punished.  
About the same the Pope having notice that peace was newly concluded betwixt the Kings of France and England, and perceiving on the other side the bravado which Maxmilian used in his behalf, in demanding of him the loan of two hundred thousand Ducats, threating him if he refused it to unite himself with the French King against him, he was desirous to reunite himself with the King, and began to deal with the Earl of Carpi who was still at Rome.  
But on a sudden he changed his mind, so soon as he had notice of the small aid which the commissioners in the assembly of Ausbourg had offered the Emperor, and that the King of England had not made him such an answer as he expected: By means whereof taking courage, he began a new to assail the Duke of Ferrara, because the said Duke had raised some new impositions on merchandise which was brought to Venice by the River Po, 
The Pope in battered to the King doth assail the Duke of Ferrara a new.  saying, That by the law, the vassal could not do it without the leave of the chief Lord, and that the same did prejudice those of Bolognia his subjects, threatening him, if he did not take away those imposts to make war upon him.  
The King hereby found himself greatly perplexed, for on the one side it grieved him to make war on the Pope, and on the other he would not forsake 
The French King greatly perplexed.  his friend the Duke of Ferrara, being obliged to maintai●… and defend him: and the more the Pope did urge him to forsake him, the more constant he was in his defence. After divers reasons alleged on either side, that the King had propounded conditions, whereby, for the most part, he should be satisfied, for those losses which he should pretend to have sustained by the Duke, he was moreover content to be bound, (according to the Pope's request made unto him) that his army should not pass over the River Po, unless it were to protect the Florentines, and to molest Pandolpho Petrucci, and john Paul Baillon.  
During all these differences the Lord of Chaumont had taken without any 
The Lord of Chaumont taketh the Pollesin of Rovigo.  impediment with fifteen hundred Lances, and ten thousand footmen with great store of Ordnance, followed by three thousand pioneers, the Pollesin of Rovigo which the Venetians had abandoned, and the tower Marquisana, the Duke of Ferrara being joined with him with two hundred men at arms, five hundred light horse and two thousand footmen. Then he came to Castelbaldo, and from thence to Montagnane and Este, which he took at the first summons, and gave them to the Duke.  
The Prince of Anhalt, the emperors Lieutenant, came forth of Verona, with three hundred French Lances, two hundred men at arms, and three thousand Lansquenets, and following the Lord of Chaumont, they came both together towards the Vincentine territory, where the whole country did forthwith yield unto them, the Venetian army being retired into a place of safety: by means whereof the Vincentines perceiving themselves to be wholly forsaken, having of themselves no means of defence, had none other hope left but only in the victor's mercy the which they did hope to obtain by the means of the Lord of Chaumont, of whom having gotten passport, they came to the Camp in wretched habit, where one of their number having with great humility declared to the Prince of Anhalt the infinite and intolerable losses that they had sustained, 
The Vincentine commissioners crave pardon of the Prince of Anbalt.  and the misery and calamity whereto they were brought, to the end to move him to some compassion, and to appease his wrath, they received but a very unpleasing and ungentle answer, which in effect was to have their lives, goods and honours, at his own discretion. The Vincentines being daunted with so cruel an answer, remained for a certain space like men without any motion or feeling, and not knowing what to answer or think, they at last, by the Lord of Chaumonts' council, fell down prostrate on the earth, and did absolutely 
The Vincentines yield themselves to the victor's mercy.  refer themselves and their city into the conqueror's hands. But the Lord of Chaumont making intercession for them, with divers others, the matter was so handled as the Prince of Anhalt was content to promise them, that their persons should have no harm, but the disposing of their goods should be absolutely referred to his will and pleasure.  
After the taking of Vincenza, all be-it the Emperor did in no sort stir against the Venetians, as he had promised he would, but on the contrary, his companies decreasing daily for want of pay, the Lord of Chaumont nevertheless perceiving that whatsoever had been done till then, was to 
The French besiege Legnaga.  no purpose, unless Legnaga were taken, he determined to go and encamp before it, where having overcome the difficulties of the waters, which the Venetians had in such sort let forth, as the whole country was drowned therewith, he wan Porto, which is a part of Legnaga, and having caused four thousand French foot, and six pieces of ordnance to cross over to the farther side of the River Adicé, he began to batter the Bastion on both sides the River, part whereof being beaten down, the Providator who was within it, albeit his soldiers did what they could to rampire it up again, being dan●…ed with fear, retired on a sudden the night following into the castle with certain Venetian Gentlemen.  
This retreat being known by day break, the captain of the footmen 
Legnaga taken.  which were in the Bastion, did yield on condition of safety of lives and goods. The Town was forthwith sacked, and they who kept the other Bastion fled thorough the Marshes: The castle yielded soon after, on this condition, that the Venetian Gentlemen should remain prisoners, and the soldiers should depart with white wands in their hands. There did the Lord of Chaumontreceive news of the death of the Cardinal of Amboise his uncle, whereat the 
The death of the Cardinal of Amboyse.  Pope made great show of contentation, thinking that so long as he lived he should ever have an enemy: And so much he told the Venetian Ambassador, discoursing with him concerning other occurrents.  
The Lord of Chaumont having left for the guard of Legnaga an hundred Lances with a thousand footmen, determined to return into the Duchy of Milan, according to the King's command, but by the emperors entreaty he was countermanded till the month of june were ended, by which time the Emperor promised to come into Italy: and to the end his coming down might 
The Lord of Chaumont takes divers places which stopped the Emperors coming into Italy.  be more easy, the Almains desiring to recover Marostic, Civitella, Basciana, and other places near about, the Lord of Chaumont came and encamped with his army at Longare, to keep the Venetians troops from entering into Vincenza, where was a weak Garrison: but the Venetian army was retired to Padua.  
The Almains who were joined with the Lord of Chaumont went to Torricelles, then to Civitella, which soon yielded; the like did Marostic, Basciana and other places not far from thence, which were abandoned by the Venetians. From thence they marched towards Escalla which the Almains did much desire to take, because it was a commodious passage for those companies which were to come forth of Germany, but they could not pass forward: for the peasants wonderfully affecting the Venetians, had possessed divers places in the mountain: so that having taken Castel-nova by composition, which is likewise a passage in that mountain, they returned to the brent, where they had formerly been quartered.  
From thence the Prince of Anhalt did by an other way send divers foot-companies towards Escalla, who passing by Feltre did spoil and burn it: then being come to the place of Escalla, they found it wholly abandoned, and Covola likewise. The Country of Friul was no less ruined and assaulted on every side, now by the Venetians, and then by the Almains, now defended by some, then spoiled by others: There was nothing to be seen every where, but dead bodies, and burnt and sacked places. The time drawing near that the French army was to depart, the Emperor and the French King made new covenants together, That the army should remain there the next whole month following, and that the King should lend him fifty thousand crowns, to defray extraordinary expenses, and for the payment of the footmen that month, and the 
Verona and her territory pawned to the King for a hundred thousand crowns.  King should receive in pawn Verona, with her whole territory, as well for these fifty thousand crowns, as for the other fifty thousand which had been lent him before.  
In regard of this agreement, the King sent to command the Lord of Chaumont to remain there, who soon resolved to assail Monselesia, to pluck forth that thorn from his foot, for which he made preparation so soon as four hundred Spanish Lances were arrived, sent by the Catholic King to the emperors aid. Having then together crossed the River brent, and that of Baquillon at the village of Pearl, they came to Monselesia, which is a town seated on the plain at the foot of the hill which is very high, on the top whereof is a castle; and on the back thereof, which as it goeth on waxeth more narrow, there are three enclosures of walls: The town was on a sudden abandoned, and the French men being quartered in it began to batter the first wall, wherein having made a reasonable breach in divers places, the French and Spaniards being come to the assault, those within it after a slight defence began to retire in such disorder, as the French and Spaniards having already entered the first wall, did in skirmishing enter pellmell with them, into the other two, and 
Monselesia with her Castle taken & ruyned  then even to the Castle, where the most part of them being slain, the others retired into the Dungeon, where yielding upon discretion they were massacred by the Almans, who having not men to keep that place, did race the Castle and burn the Town.  
This exploit being executed, the armies retired, albeit the Almains did incite the Lord of Chaumont to go and besiege Treviso, but he answered them, that if the Emperor had come against the Venetians, with his promised forces, it had been an easy matter to have done it, but that those who were joined with him, were brought to a small number, and not sufficient for such an enterprise, seeing that within Treviso, there were store of soldiers, and beside, the Venetians had greatly fortified it, and last of all, that there was no more victuals to be found, in the country.  
During these exploits, a new commandment came to the Lord of 
The Lord of Chaumont with his forces returneth to the Duchy of Milan.  Chaumont, from France, to retire speedily with his army, into the Duchy of Milan, leaving four hundred Lances, and fifteen hundred Spanish footmen, paid by the King to accompany the Almains, the which he did, under command of the Lord of Perfi, and himself speedily marched whether he was sent for: For the Pope would never have absolved the Venetians from the censures, nor practised the Swisses alliance, but only to bring to pass, that which he had determined in his mind, not only to reintegrate divers states to the Church, which he said did belong unto it, but likewise to drive the French King forth of Italy; who not desiring to make war on the Church, and wishing by all means to avoid the hatred thereof, did agree to make new conventions with him. But the more 
The Pope's discontent against the King.  that the King drew near to the Pope's demands, the farther of was the Pope from coming to any agreement, and seemed to be displeased with nothing, but for that the King had taken the Duke of Ferrara into his protection, whom he extremely hated: whereupon the King propounded divers Articles to give him content, but he would not accept of any one. At the last he craved that he would absolutely quit the Duke's protection. The King replying, That in so doing he should incur great dishonour, he answered, That seeing the King refused it, he would neither be his friend, nor his enemy.  
These were the outward behaviours of the Pope, but he began secretly to treat of greater matters then against the Duke of Ferrara, seeing that he had the Swisses on his side, and that the Venetians were on foot again, and also because 
The Pope's secret practices.  the King of Arragon was not sincerely conjoined with the French King; That the Emperor's forces were weak, and for that he was not out of hope to cause the King of England to stir. The Pope then working very secretly, would have Genoa to be besieged at one time, by sea and land; that twelve thousand Swisses should come down into the Duchy of Milan; that the Venetians with all their forces should come into the field, to recover the Cities held by the Emperor; and that his own army should enter the Ferrarois, meaning afterward to cause it to march into the Duchy of Milan, upon the good success of the Swisses enterprise.  
In the mean time he caused it cunningly to be given forth, that the Swisses preparations and his own, were but only to assail Ferrara on the sudden. 
Genoa assured for the King.  But the coming of Lodovico Fiesca to Genoa, for the King, with eight hundred men of the country, did assure the City, and broke all the Pope's designs, with those of the Bandits. On the other side the Pope's army had entered Romagna, under the command of the Duke of Urbin, who having taken the towns of Lugo, Bagnacavallo, and divers other places on the hither side the Po, did encamp before the Castle of Lugo: but being advertised that the Duke of Ferrara was coming thither with great forces, he on a sudden raised his siege and retired to Imola, leaving beehind them three pieces of ordnance for a prey to the enemy.  
Alphonso then recovered all that which had been taken from him in Romagna, but he did not long hold it: for the Pope's army being increased, it recovered with ease, the above named place, and the Castle of Lugo likewise, and soon after the 
The Pope's army taketh Modena.  City of Modena, for which Duke Alphonso could not provide: but the loss of the same town was the cause, that he speedily provided for Regio, fearing the like mishap as had fortuned to Modena.  
The Swisses on the other side, (the confederacy betwixt the French King, and them being expired, certain Months before,) being vexed that the King had denied their demands, had determined in an assembly held at Lucerna to rise against him. The Lord of Chaumont having notice of their determination, and being uncertain which way they would enter, placed strong Guards on Coma's side, took all boats forth of the lake, he brought victuals into strong places, and took away the Millstones from Mills. Besides, fearing least by Saint Bernard's Mount, they might pass into Piedmont, he had procured the Duke of Savoy to deny them passage, and by the same Duke's consent, he sent five hundred Lances to Yuree for that purpose. The Swisses being animated (as hath been said) against the King, and paid by the Pope, six thousand of them without Artillery came by the way of Bellinsona, and having taken the bridge of Trese, which was forsaken by six hundred French footmen, they came and encamped at Varesa, waiting for (as they said) the Bishop of Zion, with new 
Six thousand Swisses come to Varese against the king  companies.  
The Swisses coming did greatly trouble the French, because a great part of their forces was distributed for the guard of the strong town of the Duchy, and an other part thereof was joined with the Almains army against the Venetians: Yet nevertheless, the Lord of Chaumont having assembled, all the power he could, came with five hundred Lances, and four thousand footmen into the plain of Chastillon two Miles from Varesa. Four thousand Swisses more came, and joined in that place with the former six thousand, and all of them together sent to the Lord of Chaumont, to demand passage, saying that they were going for the Church's service, but it being refused them the fourth day after their arrival, they all marched towards Chastillon, and in their march they Valiantly defended them▪ selves against the French army, who was still at their side, and skirmished with them in front, and in flank, and they answered them in like manner, no disorder being seen among them.  
After they had in this manner passed along, into divors places, the Lord of 
The six thousand Swisses return home into their country for want of victuals and money.  Chaumont still attending on them, they came at last to the bridge of Trese, and from thence in troops retired home into their country, being brought to the extremity of hunger, and want of money, which enforced them to retire. If the Pope's design had taken effect, which was to have assailed the French, in divers and sundry places at once, their affairs would have succeeded badly, but the enterprise of Genoa, was long before the Swisses coming.  
The Venetians also tarried longer, than they thought to have done, who coming from Padua, recovered without any difficulty, Este, Monselesia, Montagnana, 
The Venetians recover all the places near to Padua which had been taken by the French.  Marostia, and Basciana, and passing forward, they entered the Vincentine Territory, the Almains being retired to Verona: So as in a very short space they recovered whatsoever they had lost the year before (Legnaga excepted,) and not satisfied here-with, they came and besieged Verona, where lay three hundred Spanish Lances, a hundred as well Almains as Italians, and more than four hundred French Lances, five hundred footmen and four thousand Almains, under the command of the Prince of Anhalt, who not long before died▪  
The people of Verona not affecting the Almains, had taken arms, and therein 
Verona besieged.  consisted the Venetians chiefest hope, expecting when they within the city would rise in their behalf. The Venetian Army was of eight hundred men at Arms, three thousand light horse, the most of whom were Stradiots, and ten thousand 
The number of the Venenetian Army.  foot, with great numbers of husbandmen. They began with great fury to batter the cities walls, (notwithstanding that the towns artillery did greatly hurt them) and they did beat down a great part of the wall, even to the scarpe: yet nevertheless, it was more valiantly defended then assailed, whereupon the Venetian Captains being discouraged, perceiving likewise that the people were quiet in the city, they determined to raise their Camp, and made haste so to do, upon intelligence, that the Lord of Chaumont, (who after the Swisses departure, having notice of the danger wherein Verona was) marched thither to their relief.  
The Venetians being retired to Saint martin's, five miles from Verona, marched 
The Venetians raise their Camp from before Verons.  to Boniface, in regard of the Lord of Chaumonts' coming. In the mean time, Vdislaus King of Hungary, being solicited by Maxmilian and the French King, did at the same time call Petro Pascalic, Ambassador for the Signory in Hungary into his council chamber, and told him that his meaning was to make war upon 
The King of Hungary summoneth the Venetian Ambassador.  them, unless they yielded up Slavonia unto him, which did in times past belong unto his crown, and that he was resolved to have it: That if the commonwealth would freely redeliver it, he would for ever remain their friend and confederate, otherwise he would let them know how much better it were to yield up in friendship, that which they could not keep by force. The Ambassador upon this demand beginning to excuse the Senate, was not suffered to speak, and all the favour he could get was, To say that he would advertise the Senate thereof, craving time that he might receive an answer: But at the coming forth of the Council, certain of those who had been there present, did in secret bid the Ambassador not to be discouraged, and told him, that their King for want of means could not make war upon them, but that those threatenings were only to content the French King and the Emperor, who requested it, and some Hungarian Lords, who for their own particular ambition, incited him thereunto, the which the success of that business proved afterward to be true.  
Now to return to the Venetian Army which was retired to Saint Boniface, 
The Venetians take Azola.  those of Treviso took the town of Azola by composition, whilst in the Frioull they proceeded with the usual cruelties and variations, in destroying buildings, and spoiling the country. The Marquis of Mantua was at the same time delivered from his imprisonment by the Pope's means, who did greatly affect him, meaning to make use of him and his Estate in his war against the French 
The Marquis of Mantua is set at liberty.  King. Others say, that it was by the means of Bajazet Emperor of Turks, who was a great friend to the Marquis, who caused the Bailiff of the Venetian Merchants, trading at Pera, to promise that the Senate should▪ set him at liberty, the which was speedily done, because they would not incense so mighty a Prince against them.  
The Pope was again desirous to make an attempt on the City of Genoa, promising to himself more than ever the alteration of that State: Whereupon the Venetians, rather of necessity, then for any liking to his furious motions, did augment 
Enterprise upon Genoa.  their sea Army which lay at Civita▪ vecchia, with four great ships, the like did the Pope, adding one Galeasse, with certain other vessels to his own. This fleet departing thence, wherein were fifteen light Galleys, three great Galleys, one Galeasse, and three ships of Biscay, went and showed themselves before the haven of Genoa. But the City being kept in such manner, as not any of the contrary faction durst stir, and the Ordnance of the tower of Codifa playing continually upon them, they were constrained to retire: and being come to Portovenere, despairing likewise of doing any good there, it returned to Civita-vecchia, from whence the Venetian vessels departing homewards by the Pope's consent, were assailed by a terrible tempest, in which five Galleys were cast away, 
The Venetian fle●… sh●…'t by a tempest.  the residue being driven upon the coast of Barbary, did in the end come into the Venetians havens much broken.  
In this manner nothing fell out luckily for the Pope of all that he had enterprised against the French King: for no commotion arose in Genoa as he had confidently promised to himself; the Venetians also attempted in vain to take Verona, and the Swisses, who had rather showed than brandished their arms, returned, and went on no farther: and in Ferrara, by reason of the speedy aid of the French who were come thither there was no likelihood of any danger Modena only taken by stealth, remained to him.  
Yetneverthelesse the Venetians alone took his part, because his enterprises proceeded not from any particular interest, but from a sole and sincere desire of the liberty of Italy, but he could not hope much from them, by reason their treasure was exhausted, and themselves oppressed with sundry difficulties. The French King being by so many experiences assured of the Pope's bad meaning towards him, determined to strengthen himself as much as he might with the Emperor's friendship, and to pass in person the spring following into Italy, to make war on the Venetians, or on the Pope, according as the state of his affairs should petmit.  
 
The end of the eight Book of the fourth Decade.   

The Contents of the ninth Book of the fourth Decade.  
WIth what boldness and resolution Pope julius marched against the Duke of Ferrara, and being not able to overcome him by temporal arms, he used spiritual; A General Council published at Lions. A new Confederacy, as well offensive as defensive, betwixt the Emperor and the French-King. How greatly the march of the French Army toward Bolognia, did affright the Pope and all his Cardinals. The Lord of Chaumonts' retreat into the Duchy of Milan. The Duke of Ferrara defeateth the Venetians naval Army. The Pope's Army taketh the City of Concorda. Mirandolo taken by the Confederates. The King doth wholly resolve to make war on the Pope. The Death of the Lord of Chaumont, where upon Triwlcio is made General of the Army. A great Earthquake at Venice, and in the Country near adjoining. The Pope's Army is defeated before the Bastida Genivola. The French Kings discontent for that the Emperor consenteth to a peace with the Venetians. The King of Arragon's secret practices against the French King. The Cardinal of Pavia flies from Bolognia at the arrival of the French. The flight of the Duke of Urbin, General of the Pope's Army. Death of the Cardinal of Pavia, slain by the Duke of Urbin. The French King greatly desireth to be at peace with the Pope. How the Venetians did still maintain their forces and greatness. A new confederacy betwixt the Pope, the King of Arragon, and the Venetians. The Swisses come down into the Duchy of Milan. The Army of the Confederates before Bolognia, the which is relieved by Gaston of Foix. And lastly how the Confederates Army dislodgeth from before Bolognia.  
 
The ninth Book of the fourth Decade of the History of Venice.  
THe Pope continuing his displeasure against the Duke of Ferrara, omitted all other designs only to pursue this: and to this end he came to Bolognia, at the later end of 
The Pope's great resolution against the Duke of Ferrara.  September, by his presence to hasten matters, and to give the greater authority to his affairs, resolving to assaill Ferrara both by land and water, with all his own forces, and those of the Venetians, who at his request sent two armed fleets against Ferrara, which being entered into the Po by the furnaces, and by the haven of Primara made great spoil on the Ferrara territory: the like did the Pope's forces at the same time, and yet they came not near to Ferrara, where besides the Duke's forces, were two hundred and fifty French lances, and the Pope's army was not suffitient to assail the City by land. For albeit the Pope gave pay for eight hundred men at Arms, six hundred light horse, and six thousand foot; the complete number of so many was greatly wanting: as also for that by his command Mark Anthony Colonna, and john Vittelli were gone with two hundred men at arms, and three hundred foot, for the guard of Modena. In regard whereof he requested, (seeing that the Venetians had in a manner recovered the country of friul,) that part of their army might be brought on the Ferrarois. He did moreover expect 
The Pope's preparations against the city of Ferrara.  three hundred lances, which the King of Arragon was bound to send him, according to the articles of the investiture of the realm of Naples, making account upon the arrival of all these forces to assail Ferrara for his part, and that the Venetians should do the like for theirs; he persuaded himself that the people of the City would forthwith take arms in his behalf against the Duke, and he would not hearken to those who told him, That it would not so fall out, in regard of the garrison within it, which was sufficient to defend the City, and to hinder the people (if they were so bend) from revolting.  
About the same time an intelligence, which the Venetians had on the City 
The Venetians intelligence upon Bressia discovered.  of Bressia was discovered, the Author whereof Earl john Maria of Martinenga was beheaded there.  
Now the Pope persevering in his hope, did promise to himself though all his other forces should fail, to be able to take Ferrara with his own, and the Venetian fleets, notwithstanding all the reasons given by his Captains to the contrary; but he found himself to be deceived, For the Duke coming forth of Ferrara, did assaill the Venetians fleet, which was entered by Primaria, and coming to Hadria with two Galleys, two Fusts, and with divers small boats, he did easily defeat it: then he went to meet with the other, the which consisting only of 
The Ferrarois defeateth two ●…cetes of the Venetians.  fustes, and other small vessels had entered by the furnaces, and was come to Puliselsa; which attempting to retire into the river Adicé, by a channel near at hand, it could not by reason of the shallowness of the water: whereupon being assailed, and beaten with the enemy's ordnance, those of the fleet not being able to defend it were enforced to forsake it; and to use means to save them-sel●…es and their ordnance. The Pope perceiving that his temporal arms, were not of force to execute his designs, made use of spiritual, and did publicly excommunicate Alfonso of Este▪ and all those who were or should come to his aid, and 
The Pope ex●… Alfonso of Este and all his adherents.  namely the Lord of Chaumont, and all the chief persons of the French army.  
The French King, who already upon the Pope's behaviour determined to call a general council against him, and had caused all the prelate's of his Kingdom, to meet at Orleans and afterwards at Tours, having notice of his Ecclesiastical censure, executed so rashly upon his subjects, was of opinion in this assembly where he was present divers times, that before he would free himself from his 
A General council published at Lions.  obedience to send Ambassadors to him, to advertise him of the articles concluded on by the French Clergy, against which if he thought to except, he should be cited to the general council, which all Christian Princes had determined should be assembled by a certain day. According to this resolution, the Council was published at Lions, against the first day of March next ensuing.  
Within a while after, the Bishop of Gurcia, sent from the Emperor arrived at 
The Bishop of Gurcia cometh into France from the Emperor.  Tours where his entertainment was sumptuous, which showed how greatly his coming was desired: with whom the King continuing, to treat of matters which had already been handled, at the first they seemed to be very easy, but they were afterwards drawn forth at length, as well by reason that the Emperor's answers were very slow, as for the doubt they made of the King of Arragon: The Emperor and the French King thought it fit to be assured of his intent, as well in regard of the continuation of the League of Cambray, as for that which was to be done with the Pope, if he persevered in the Venetians friendship, and in his covetousness to purchase immediately the demain of Ferrara to the Church. The Catholic King, having answered all these demands, and his intent being fully known: the Bishop of Gurcia on the one side, in the name of the 
New confederacy betwixt the Emperor and the French King.  Emperor, and the French king on the other, did pass a new confederacy together, reserving place for the Pope to enter into it, within two months after, and for the Catholic King, and the King of Hungary within four. The King promised to give the Emperor a hundred thousand crowns, the one half to be paid presently, and the other half at a time prefixed: and the Emperor promised to pass into Italy against the Venetians, at the spring time, with three thousand horse and ten thousand foot: and that then the King should send him, at his own charge, twelve hundred horse, and eight thousand foot, with store of artillery, and certain ships by sea.  
But during these treaties in France with the Bishop of Gurcia, the Lord of Chaumont having recovered Carpi, determined by the soliciting of the Bentivoles, on a sudden to assail the city of Bolognia, wherein the Pope and his whole Court lay, in regard of the fair occasion which was presented, there being in the City but a few strange soldiers. In this determination he set forward, and having taken Spilimberta, and Castelfranco he came and lodged at Crespolana, ten miles from Bolognia, meaning the next day to show himself before the gates. His coming being divulged through the City, and that the Bentivoles 
The French army marcheth toward Bolognia where the Pope lay.  were with him, it was filled with confusion and tumult. The Cardinals and Prelates not accustomed to the dangers of war, came to the Pope, complaining for that he had exposed the sea Apostolic and themselves to so great danger, beseeching him to use means to appease matters, by the mildest composition he could. The Ambassadors of the Emperor, the Catholic King, and the King of England made the like request. Himself alone in so great confusion and disorder, uncertain of the people's fidelity, and discontented for that the Venetians aid was so slow, did obstinately resist all their importunities. But being at last overcome by the prayers and entreaties of so many, he did consent to have a messenger sent to the Lord of Chaumont to know of him whether john Francisco Pico Earl of Mirandola, might safely come unto him from the Pope. The Lord of Chaumont being assured of the King his masters mind, who desired nothing more than to be at peace with the Pope, did freely condescend to the Earl of Mirandolas coming to him, who being arrived he gently heard, and sent him back the same day to Bolognia, to signify to the Pope the conditions, whereon he was contented to make an accord, who soon returned with an answer. The Pope having, contrary to his custom, patiently heard the articles propounded by the Lord of Chaumont, together with the entreaties of the Cardinals 
The Earl of Mirandole sent from the Pope to the Lord of Chaumont.  who besought him with incredible affection to compound howsoever, did greatly complain, for that they propounded over hard conditions to him, and seeming greatly to doubt, he spent that day without declaring, what his intent was. But the arrival of Chiapin vitelluses at Bolognia with six hundred light horse of the Venetians, with a squadron of Turks whom they kept in pay, did increase his hope.  
The Lord of Chaumont came the day following with his whole army and quartered it at the bridge of Rene, three miles from Bolognia, whether the Ambassadors of the Emperor, and the Kings of England, and Arragon, came to see him, who returned divers times the same day (and with them Albert Pico) toward 
The Pope takes courage, at the coming of supplies.  the Pope and the Lord of Chaumont. But the disposition of either of them was much changed: For the Pope had taken courage, perceiving the people of Bolognia freely to show themselves in the Church's behalf, and that besides these companies that were arrived, he expected the same day two hundred Stradiots 
The Lord of Chaumont distrusts the victory.  from the Venetians, Fabricio Colonna with two hundred light horse, and certain Spanish men at Arms. On the contrary, the Lord of Chaumont began to distrust the getting of the victory, perceiving that the people did not rise in favour of the Bentivoles, as they had promised him, and that he began to want 
The Lord of Chaumont retireth from Bolognia.  victuals, the which was likely to grow greater every day: The Pope by means here of beginning again his usual braves, answered, upon new conditions of peace which were propounded, That there was no means to come to an agreement, unless the French King would be bound wholly to give over the defence of Ferrara; whereupon the whole business remaining imperfect, the Lord of Chaumont departed thence, as well by reason of the want of victuals which were greatly diminished, as because he despaired of doing any good, either by arms or by treaties of peace, and returned to Castel-Franco, and the next day to Rubiero, making show that he did it to give the Pope time to think on what he had propounded, and for himself to understand the King's pleasure. The Pope being extremely incensed against the king, so soon as the Lord of Chaumont was departed, complained of the king, & told the Ambassadors, that he would no more give 
The Pope returneth to his former wr●…h.  ear to peace, unless Ferrara were first of all yielded to him, whereupon he levied new forces, and incited the Venetians to send part of their forces to Modena, to join with his, & to molest Ferrara with the other part, promising to himself in a short space to take Regio, Rubiera and Ferrara. If the forces of the Pope, the Venetians, and the Spanish lances united together had forth with marched against the French, it was cerrenly thought that the Lord of Chaumont would have forsaken Regio, but their delay encoraged him, and caused him to levy new companies of foot in stead of those whom he had cassed at his discamping from before Bolognia. Whilst the Pope's army, and that of his associates did temporise 
The Duke of Ferrara assaileth the venetians naval Army.  near to Modena, the Duke of Ferrara with the French companies, which were commanded by the Lord Castillon, encamped on the Po, just opposite to the Venetian companies who lay on the farther side of the river; they making a retreat, were assailed by divers boats of Ferrara and by the Duke's ordnance, which sank eight of their vessels, and the residue hardly escaped. On the other side, the Pope's 
The Pope's army taketh Sa●…suala.  army, commanded by Fabricio Colonna in the absence of the Marquis of Mantua, did besiege Sassuola the which being beaten with the artillery was taken by assault and the Castle within a while after. Sassuola being taken, the Pope would have Montechia, a very strong place, to be besieged, but Fabricio Collonna would not do it, saying; that his King had expressly forbidden him to meddle with any thing that did belong to the Empire.  
The Lord of Chaumont, according to the meaning of the King his master, having placed a strong garrison in Rhegio, went to Parma resolving to temporise till the spring. The Pope being impatient to see his designs not executed, notwithstanding 
The Pope's proposition to the Captains of his Army.  the sharpness of the season, fent for all his Captains to Bolognia, and propounded to them the siege of Ferrara, and notwithstanding their general dislike of the matter (the Venetians excepted) they at last resolved, (to please him) first to assail Mirandola, thereby to take from the French all means of hindering the siege of Ferara afterward, and the relieving thereof: and by the same means to besiege as they went along, the City of Concorda, which held 
Concorda taken by the Pope's Amy.  for the King. This being determined was likewise executed: for being come before Concorda, they forthwith took it by force, and the castle by composition: then they drew near to Mirandola, whether the Pope came in person, thinking that his soldiers went slowly to work, and that his presence would advance the business, preferring the fury and heat of his spirit before all other respects: albeit the Cardinals did earnestly entreat him not to go thither, and that the Venetians who were his greatest favourits, did blame him for it. In regard of his presence, complaints, promises and threatenings, all things were set forward more than otherwise they would have been; and yet nevertheless the sharpness of the weather, and many other difficulties oppugning it, no great matter was performed. 
The Cause of the Kings losing of Mirandola.   
Those within Mirandola did bravely defend it (who were commanded by Alexander Triwicio seconded by four hundred stranger footmen) upon hope that they should be relieved, but the contention betwixt the Lord of Chaumont, and john jacamo Triwlcio was cause of the loss of the place: for the Lord of Chaumont preferring his own passion before the King's profit, was glad that the Nephews of Triwlcio might be deprived of Mirandola: and therefore he excused his sending of relief by reason of the difficulty to bring ordnance thither in so cold a season, by so bad ways, and through such deep snow as the like had not been seen of a long time before, which were things greatly to be considered.  
The Pope on the contrary omitted nothing for the obtaining of the victory▪ whereby those within the town being out of hope to be relieved, and fearing that they should not be able to resist the first assault, in regard of the great breach 
Those of Mirandola yield, upon s●…fety of their lives and goods.  which the enemy's ordnance had made, sent messengers to the Pope, to certify him that they would yield, so their lives and goods might be spared: albeit the Pope would not at first tie himself to save the soldiers lives, yet nevertheless he did at last agree to it at the earnest entreaty of his followers and the inhabitants that redeemed the sack of their town which had been promised to the soldiers the Castle in like manner yielded. The Pope by the taking of Mirandola, hoping as suddenly to get Ferrara, would no more give ear to any talk of peace, unless first of all Ferrara were yielded to him. The French King on the other side, having notice of the loss of Mirandola, and considering how greatly it did blemish his reputation, perceiving likewise that the Pope continued in his displeasure against him, resolved to assail him: therefore he sent word to the Lord of Chaumont not only to defend Fertara, but to offend the Church's lands upon the first occasion that should be offered: For which, the Lord of Chaumont making preparation, and having assembled his whole army, he made the Pope to alter his mind, who by the advice of his Captains went back to Bolognia, and from thence within a while after to Ravenna.  
The French Army being ready to march, the Captains consulted on what place to make their first attempt: some were of opinion to go directly, to assail the enemies in their trenches, hoping by force of arms and by the fury of the artillery, easily to enforce them to retire, and by that means to free Ferrara from all danger. Others were of a contrary opinion, and the chief of those was Triwlcio, who was newly come from France, who having declared the danger 
The different opinions of the French Captains.  of assailing the enemy's army in their fortification, counseled them to march towards Modena, or Bolognia, hoping if the enemies did remove, for fear of losing any of those towns, to fight with them, and to obtain the victory: and if they did not remove, they might then with ease take the one or other of them.  
This was Triwlcio his opinion, but it was not followed, the better thereby to diminish his authority, in regard of the hatred which the Lord of Chaumont did bear him: as also because that Alfonso of Este, did urge them to follow the former opinion, for fear that if the French should go far from thence, the enemies might enter into the Pollesin of Ferrara, a matter which would greatly have augmented the cities disease. But the Lord of Chaumont having understood by the way, the great difficulty which was made to come to Final where the enemies were encamped, by reason of the waters which over-flowed the country near adjoining, he began greatly to doubt, for the cleared whereof, notwithstanding that Alphonso did persuade him to the contrary, he assembled the council, where Triwlcio being entreated openly to deliver what he thought thereof, spoke in this manner.  
I Did yesterday hold my peace, because I have oftentimes known by experience, 
Triwlcio his oration in defence of his opinion.  that my council hath been lighlty esteemed, the which if it had been followed at the beginning, we should not at this present be where we are, nor have lost so many days vainly, which might have been spent with more profit, and I should now continue in the same opinion to be silent, if I were not spur'de forward by the impotance of the matter, in regard we now stand on terms, to commit to the most uncertain hazard of one day, this army, the state of the Duke of Ferrara, and the Duchy of Milan, which is to great a cast except we reserve somewhat to play afterwards. Besides, that which provoketh me to speak, is, for that as I imagine, the Lord of Chaumont desireth that I should be the first to council that which he already beginneth to taste and think well of: Which is no new thing with me, because I have heretofore known my counsels to be less contemned, when it is needful to retract somewhat which peradventure hath not been maturely determined, then when the first determinations are to be made. We treat of going to fight with the enemy, and I have always observed that great Captains, have held for a firm ground, (the which I have likewise known by experience,) that a man never ought to hazard the fortune of a battle, unless he be invited thereunto by some great advantage, or enforced by urgent necessity: for it is according to the reason of war, that it belongeth to the enemies who are the assaillants, and who are in the field for the conquest of Ferrara, to seek to assail us; and our Captains whose part is to defend, ought not to attempt to assail them, contrary to all rules of Martial discipline. But let us consider what advantage we have, or what necessity enforceth us to it. It seemeth unto me, and I do not altogeter deceive myself, that it is a matter very apparent, that we cannot do what the Duke of Ferrara propoundeth, but with our great disadvantage, because we cannot go to that place, but by a causey and by a very narrow and bad way, where all our forces cannot display themselves, and where the enemies may very well with small forces resist a greater number. We must march upon the causey one horse after another, and we must bring the artillery, carriage, wagons and bridges over this narrow causey. And who is it that knows not that in a strait and foul way every piece of ordnance, every wagon that shall stick fast in the mire, will for a large hours space cause the whole army to make a stand? And that being pestered with so many encumbrances every contrary accident, will easily disorder us? The enemies are driely lodged, furnished with victuals and forage; we shall in a manner encamp in the open air, forage is to be brought after us, and we shall not be able but with great labour, to bring the one half of that we shall need: We must not refer ourselves to that which ingeners say, and to husbandmen which know the Country, Because wars are managed by soldiers arms, and by captains Counsels: They are made by fight in the field, and not by projects which those that are ignorant of wars do figure forth in paper, or describe with their fingers, or with a stick in the dust. As for myself I do not presuppose that the enemies areso weak, no●… their affairs in such disorder; nor that in their lodging and fortification they have had so small skill as not to help themselves by the opportunity of the waters, and sytuations, as I can promise to myself, that so soon as we shall be come to the place whether we make account to go, (their we could with ease arrive there) that it lieth in our power to assail them, Sundry difficulties may enforce us to tarry there two or three days, and if there were none other let, the snow and rain falling in so bad a season, will stay us▪ And besides, how should we provide victuals and forage, if it should fall out that we were to carry there? And though it were in our power to assail them, who is he that can so easily promise to himself the victory? Who is it which considereth not how dangerous a matter it is to deal with enemies that are strongly encamped, and to have to do at one time with them, and with the discomodities of the countries situation. Unless we can be able on a sudden to to enforce them thence, we ourselves shall be constrained to return back. And how hard a matter will it be, in a country which is wholly our enemy, and where every small mishap will prove very great. Besides, I see small reason, to put the King's whole state in such precipitate danger, seeing we are chiefly in action for no other matter but for to relieve the City of Ferrara, of which, if we furnish it with a stronger garrison we may be assured (yea although we should break up out army); for it is thought to be so much consumed, as if the enemy's weight on ita little longer, it is impossible but it will shortly fall of itself. Is it not yet in our power to turn back, a most mighty remedy in war, whereby without hazarding any one horse, we will enforce them to depart from before Ferrara? I have ever counseled, and now council more than ever, to turn towards Modena or Bolognia keeping the broad way, and to fortify Ferrara for a few days, (for it will not be long) with all things necessary. Now in mine opinion it is best to go forthwith to Modena, whereunto the Cardinal of Este doth provoke us, who is a parsonage of great state, in which Town he doth assure us to have intelligence, and that we may easily take it, For by winning a place of so great importance, the enemies shall be enforced to retire on a sudden towards Bolognia. And although we should not take Modena, yet the fear which would possess the enemies, as well for that as for the state of Bolognia, will constrain them to do the like, as without all doubt they would long ere this have done, if at the first this opinion had been followed. The great reasons of this wise Captain was approved by all men, by means whereof the Lord of Chaumont having strongly man'd 
The French Army marcheth towards Modena.  Ferrara with soldiers for her safety, held on his way towards Carpy, from thence to march to Modena.  
But the Pope by the king of Arragon's council having restored it to the Emperor, to avoid so many discontents and to quiet his mind which was displeased for that the Pope had seized on it, it being ever accounted a City of the jurisdiction of the Empire, was cause that the Lord of Chaumont being certified of this restoration, desisted from his enterprise: who within a while after falling sick was brought to Corregia, where fifteen days after he died, having before his death very devoutly adknowledged the faults which he had committed against the Church, and besought the Pope to give him absolution, the which he freely granted.  
By his death john james Triwlce, governed the Army because he was one of the four Marshals of France, unto whom (the General of the Army being dead,) the government belongeth, by the customs of France, until the King hath other-wised disposed thereof.  
There happened at the same time a great Earthquake in Venice, whereby 
A great earthquake at Venice.  part of the walls of the ducal palace fell down, with the Marble statues in Saint Marks Church, which had been set up for the beautifing of the building, the st●…ples of Churches were shaken, and the Bells range of themselves: The waters of the canal●… did swell, divers houses and chimneys fell down, wherewith infinite numbers of people were slain, sundry women with child died; But God's pleasure was that it lasted not long, whereupon the patriarchs commanded prayers to be made over all the City, with fasting for three days space, with bread and water. The like Earthquake happened soon after at Padua, Treviso, Vdina, and in other places and territories belonging to the common wealth.  
Now Tri●…ulcio commanding the Army, returned with all his forces to S●…rmidi, to go to relieve the Bastid Genivola, which the Pope's Army besieged, 
The Pope's forces defeated before the Bastid Genivola.  and whether the Venetian fleet was going. But he went on no farther, having notice in that place, that the Duke of Ferrara, with the Lord Chastillon, and the French forces, were gone forth with great numbers of soldiers, and had defeated the enemies, whom they found in disorder, and taken their ensigns and Artillery.  
During these warlike exploits, the designs of the Princes were sundry, and uncertain, especially those of the Emperor, who being by nature variable, and 
The EmperorMaximillian inclineth to peace.  inconstant, and solicited by the Kings of Arragon, an enemy to the French name, and jealous of the French Kings greatness, determined to listen to peace, notwithstanding that he had concluded before with the French King, by means of the Bishop of Gurcia, to make war withal his might on the Venetians, at the spring: and to this end wrote at one time to the Pope, and the French King, that he was resolved to send the Bishop of Gurcia to Mantua, to treat of an universal peace, requesting them to send their Ambassadors thither likewise with full and ample power: he wrote nothing to the Venetians, knowing that they would do whatsoever pleased the Pope, whose authority they were enforced to follow.  
This advice pleased the Pope, upon hope to reconcile the Venetians to him, and to disunite them from the French King, whereat he chiefly aimed. But the King 
The King displeased with this new deter mination.  was not contented with such an unhoped for determination, as well for fear of the determination of matters concluded with him: as also for the doubt he had, that the Pope thorough fair promises to aid him in the conquest of the Duchy of Milan, and to give a Cardialls Hat to the Bishop of Gurcia, might separare him from his party: He was well assured, that it was the practices of the King of 
The practices of the King of Arragon's Abassador.  Arragon, and kn●…w very well that his Ambassador with the Emperor had laboured, and did openly labour, for the agreement betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians; and did use divers other practises to contradict his designs, and among others, did hotly oppose himself against the convocation of a general council under colour of courtesy, and caused the King his Master to be earnest with him to make peace with the Pope, making in a manner a silent protestation to take Arms in the Pope's behalf if he did not agree with him.  
The French King dissembling all these dealings, because he would give the Emperor no cause of discontent, resolved to send the Bishop of 
The King sendeth the Bishop of Paris to Mant●….  Paris to Mant●…; and in the mean time advertised john james Tri●…lce, that his pleasure was to have him to command the army, but that he should not assail the Church's state, till the Bishop of Gurcia were arrived. Triwlcio upon this command turned his forces against the Venetians, and came to Stellata; then passing on farther, he surprised certain Venetian cavalry, and sent 
Gaston of Foix his incursions.  Gaston of Foix son to a sister of the kings, being yet very young, with a hundred men at arms, four hundred light horse, and five hundred foot to scour even to the enemy's barriers: who did put those that kept them to flight and made them to retire to a strong place beyond the channel.  
In the mean space the Bishop of Gurcia came to Mantua, but later than he was expected, where within a while after the Bishop of Paris arrived. The Pope entreated the Bishop of Gurcia to come and visit him, hoping by his presence, and authority, and by fair promises to win him. The Bishop after divers difficulties propounded and well debated on, being solicited by the king of Arragon's Ambassadors, consented thereunto, on condition that the Bishop of Paris should stay at Parma, and expect what would fall out by his journey.  
The Bishop of Gurcia arriving at Bolognia, whether the Pope was of purpose 
The Pope's great entertainment given to the Bishop of Gurcia at Bolognia.  come to receive him, there was so great honour done unto him, as a King could not be entertained with greater magnificence: the Venetians Ambassador near to the Pope, went to the city gates to meet him, using signs of very great submission: but the Bishop turning from him with marvelous pride and disdain showed great discontent, because that ●…epresenting the enemies of the Emperor his master▪ he had been so bold as to come before him. That being done, he went with great pomp to the Consistory, where the Pope, accompanied by all the Cardinals, stayed for him; And having briefly declared the causes of his coming into Italy he returned to his lodging. The next day with great arrogancy, he conferred of divers matters with the Pope, and especially, that if the Venetians did mean to have peace with the Emperor, it behoved them in any case to restore whatsoever they detained which did belong to the Empire.  
Yet nevertheless they began after to treat of agreement betwixt the Emperor 
Speech of agreement betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians.  and the Venetians, where at the first divers difficulties were made on both sides: at the last after long disputation, each party cutting off some pieces of the hard conditions propounded by them, it was thought that by the mediation of the King of Arragon's Ambassadors, they would come to an agreement. But so soon as they began to speak of reconciling the Pope to the French King, betwixt whom appeared none other contention but concerning the Duke of 
The Pope breaks off the treaty.  Ferrara, and that the Bishop of Gurcia went to the Pope to make an end thereof, (because without that, the Emperor would conclude nothing) the Pope did suddenly interrupt him, requesting him to hold on with the Venetians, and not to talk of the affairs of Ferrara, being in a manner desirous to incite the Emperor against the French: whereupon the Bishop of Gurcia took his leave, and without effecting any thing returned from whence he came.  
Triwlcio perceiving the departure of the Bishop of Gurcia and by that means 
〈◊〉 ●…keth Concordia.  all hope of peace being lost, came into the field, and besieged Concordia which he took the same day, and then marched towards Bomport a village seated on the River Panare, that he might be near the enemies, to the end that by cutting off their victuals he might enforce them to dislodge, or to fight forth of their camp. Entering into the country of Modena, he understood that john Paul Manfron was with three hundred light horse of the Venetians at Massa near to Final; he sent Gaston de Foix thither with three hundred foot and five hundred horse, who found john Paul Manfron at a bridge in order of battle, to stop his passage, but being 
john Paul Manfron taken prisoner by Gaston of Foix.  forsaken by his own soldiers he was taken prisoner by the French, with some others.  
Triwlcio found means to pass the Channel to assail the enemies who durst not tarry his coming. The Channel being passed, he forded Panare without, impediment in a very broad place, and where the water is not deep, and marched towards Plumacia, three miles off from the enemy's army, which was the cause that Castelfranco yielded to him. He was there in great doubt what to do: for on the one side he would willingly have assailed Bolognia, if he had been certain that the people would have taken arms in the Bentivoles behalf: on the 
Triwlcio draweth near to Bolognia.  other side he feared, if he should come thither, upon hope only of a popular commotion, to be enforced forthwith to depart thence as the Lord of Chaumont had done to his great disgrace. At the last he determined to tempt Fortune, and to try by drawing near to Bolognia, if the particular intelligences of the Bentivoles might stand him in any stead, and came and encamped at the bridge of Laina, five miles from Bolognia.  
The Pope so soon as the Bishop of Gurcia was departed, and that he understood that Triwlcio marched with his army, left Bolonia, determining to go to his own army, by his presence to induce the captains to fight, whereunto he could not dispose them neither by letters nor messages, but being half way on his journey, he came back again the day following, resolving to go to Ravenna. Yet nevertheless before his departure, he was desirous to make some small exhortation to the Bolognese, whom he sent for to come and speak with him: and 
The Pope's exhortation to the Bolognois.  after he had declared unto them how that by the benefit of the Sea Apostolic, & by his means they were freed from grievous tyranny, he requested them with greater seruensie than eloquence to continue faithful unto him, and to show their generousness by valiantly defending themselves, and by that means to oblige to themselves and the Sea Apostolic, both himself, and all the Popes which should succeed him.  
To this exhortation they answered: that they were not ignorant how much the 
The answer of the Balognois to the Pope.  city was bound unto him in particular for having driven thence the tyrants, and therefore they were resolved to spend all their goo●…s, to hazard the honour and safety of their wives and children, and to lose their own lives, before they would quit his party or that of the Sea Apostolic.  
The Pope on this assurance departed from Bolognia, leaving the Cardinal of Pavia there, and went to Ravenna: but so soon as he was on his way and that Triwlcio was come to the bridge of Laina, the Bolognois were troubled with 
Sundry thoughts of the Bolognois.  sundry thoughts: some of them desired the return of the Bentivoles, others on the contrary, who showed themselves their enemies, did favour the Church's signory: so as all the people were in arms, some for one side and some for an other. The Cardinal being amazed thereat, did attempt for his own assurance to draw captain Ramassotta into the city with a thousand foot (for in all that great and populous city there were but two hundred light horse, and two thousand foot) 
The flight of the Cardinal of Pavia.  but the people would not suffer it: whereupon the Cardinal in despair forsook the palace by stealth in the night, in disguised habit, and came to the Citadel and from thence attended by a hundred horse, he took his way towards Imola.  
The Legates flight being known, the whole city begun to rise, which the faction of the Bentivoles perceiving, they would not lose so fair an occasion, but ran forthwith to the gates which were most commodious for the French 
The Bentivolcs with the French, are in Bolognia.  camp, and broke them open, than they sent for the Bentivoles, who came forthwith with a troop of French horse. The Duke of Urbin, General of the Church's army, having had some inkling of the Legates flight, did in great haste dislodge 
The flight of the Duke of Urbin.  with his whole army, which was near him: whereof Triwlcio having notice, came to follow the runaway, and meeting with Raphael de Passi, who for a while made head, he fought with him and took him prisoner.  
The Venetians companies with those of Ramassotta being lodged on the mount, having intelligence of the Duke of Urbin's flight did escape by the way of the mountains into Romagna, not without great loss. The French won in this victory, obtained without fight, fifteen pieces of great ordnance, with divers small ones as well of the Popes as of the Venetians, with a great part of the Church's baggage, and in a manner all that of the Venetians, and more than a hundred and fifty of their men at arms were stripped. There was not any one slain in Bolognia, nor no violence offered, divers only of the Cardinal's followers were taken 
Injury offered to the opes statue in Bolognia.  in the palace, from whom he had concealed his departure, and the Pope's statue was dragged by the people in great derision thorough the marketplace. Triwlcio after the taking of Bolognia came to the Borough of Saint Peter, to attend there before he went on any further the French Kings pleasure.  
The Senate having notice of this rout sent word to the Providator Gritti, who determined to go and assail Legnaga with his army, to desist from his enterprise, 
In what manner the venetians provided for their Cities of the firm land.  seeing their affairs had so bad success at Bolognia, and that he should have a care to bring the artillery from the banks of the River Po, and to send it to Padua, and if that the French made preparation to execute any enterprise, that he should also retire for fear of being surprised.  
The officers of Padua and Treviso were likewise commanded to hasten the fortifications already begun in their cities. And not satisfied there with, they chose Cristofero Mora for superintendant of those fortifications, who speedily went thither and brought with him as many footmen as could be gathered together in Venice, for fear lest the French waxing proud for this victory should cross the Po, and make incursions on the Paduans confines, to the end that if they did surprise any place, they might speedily recover it again. They wrote likewise to Donato, their Ambassador with the Pope, what the Senate had determined, and commanded him to entreat the Pope from them not to trouble himself for the loss of his army, for the commonwealth would never fail him, but ran the same fortune which he did. Whereunto the Pope answering, said, that he did greatly joy to see the Venetians magnanimous constancy, and that it alone had much more increased his courage against the French, and had infinitely comforted him.  
In this mean time the Cardinal of Pavia arrived at Ravenna, who fled from Bolognia (as hath been said) & having obtained audience of the Pope to purge 
The Cardinal of Pavia performeth bad offices in the duke of Urbin's be●…alse.  himself of accusations made against him, laid the whole blame of the loss of Bolognia on the Duke of Urbin, as on a young man insufficient and small experienced in martial matters. The Duke having notice of the bad offices which the Cardinal performed in his behalf to the Pope his uncle, was desirous to come and kiss his feet, and to clear himself of those imputations. But being come into the Pope's presence, he found him so transported with choler, as he would not suffer him to speak, but sent him away with sharp and injurious speeches. The Duke perceiving himself to be disgraced by the Cardinal's means, resolved on revenge. And thereupon going towards his house to speak with him having no great train, he met him in the street riding on his Mule being attended 
The Cardinal of Pavia slaive by the Duke of Urbin.  on by the horsemen of his guard, with Guido Vaino his brother in law, riding to the Pope's palace, the Duke drew near unto him, all men giving him place in sign of reverence, where with his own hand he slew him with a poinard, which being done he went to his own lodging, leapt on horseback, and retired himself to Urbin.  
The Pope upon the brute of the Cardinal's death, began extremely to grieve and lament, as well for that he had lost a Cardinal whom he loved decrely, as also because so high a dignity had been violated in a manner before his face and by his own Nephew, whereupon he determined to stay no longer there, but to return to Rome. Being departed from Ravenna he understood by the way that sundry libels had been set up on the public places of Modena and Bolognia, 
Libels set up in divers places against the Pope.  by which notice was given him of the convocation of the General Council in the city of Pisa, whether he was cited to appear in person, because he was accounted unfit to govern the Papacy, being Author of all the wars. The Pope being come to Rome, did forthwith excommunicate the Bolognois, unless they did return to the obedience of the Sea Apostolic.  
Within a while after, there happened a great tempest, with hail of such unmeasurable bigness, as the like had never been seen at Bolognia, which did spoil and beat down the fruits of the territory near adjoining, the common people thought that it was a divine punishment, by reason of the Pope's censure. Now all be-it it was in the French Kings power, after this victory to have taken 
The French King●… great desire to be at peace with the Pope.  Rome, the Pope's forces being greatly weakened and dispersed, and those of the Venetians much more, he nevertheless commanded Triwlcio, that leaving Bolognia to the guard of the Bentivoles, he should with his army return speedily into the Duchy of Milan; thinking that the Pope being freed from the suspicion which he had causeless conceived of him, would be drawn to desire peace, the treaty whereof, had never yet been wholly broken off.  
But so soon as the Pope perceived the army to be recalled into the Duchy of Milan, he took courage, and propounded by the Scottish Ambassador whom for that purpose he had sent to the French King at his departure from Bolognia very hard and grievous conditions of peace, the which nevertheless the King, for the great desire he had to be at peace with him, was content to accept of, if the Pope upon his return to Rome had not changed his mind thorough the persuasion of the King of Arragon. For than he made answer that he would have no peace, unless the Venetians would make an accord with the Emperor, adding divers other excessive demands, which did so greatly move the King's spirit, as he determined to hinder his recovery of Bolognia, the which he took into his own protection with the Bentivoles likewise, and sent four hundred Lances thither. Then because he would still continue in his alliance with the Emperor, he commanded that the number of soldiers granted to the bishop of Gurcia should go from the Duchy of Milan to the succour of the Emperor's lands under the command of the Lord de la Palisse.  
The Emperor had a great desire to make war on the Venetians, but considering the great preparations which he was to make, especially for the taking of Padua, without which he knew he could do no great matter, he was in a manner 
The Emperor's sundry thoughts.  ready to agree with them, so as being tossed up and down by divers thoughts he spent the time in vain, without executing any enterprise, promising from day to day to come in person into Italy, or to send his forces thither.  
The Venetians in the mean time finding themselves to weak to take Verona, and being encamped betwixt Soava, and Loniga, they burned in a night a great part of the Veronois. But having intelligence of the coming of the Lord of La Palisse with twelve hundred Lances and eight thousand foot, they retired into a strong place towards Legnaga and Vincenza, from whence likewise they dislodged, 
The Venetian army retireth to Padua and Treviso.  and put themselves into Padua and Treviso, for the defence of which cities, divers Venetian young gentlemen came thither from Venice.  
The French army tarried divers days at the bridge of Barbarana, expecting the emperors coming or his resolution, who being come betwixt Trent and Rovero, being irresolute, after his wont manner, what to do, after he had given audience to the Venetian Ambassadors, with whom he daily conferred, he solicited the Lord of La Palisse to go and take the Pace of Castel-novo which is beneath Escalla towards the Friul, to make his coming down more easy on that side. The which the Lord La Palisse did bravely execute, and then retired to Escalla. But the Emperor having altered his determination in stead of enuading what the Venetians held on the firm land, and going to besiege Rome, retired 
The Emperor changing his mind goeth back to Trent.  to Trent, determining to go no more to the army, & commanded the Asmains to enter into the Friul, where they took Vdina with the whole Province, them they returned to join with the Lord of La Palisse, who lay within five miles of Treviso, the which the Emperor would have to be assaulted, but being well sortified on every side, they found it most expedient speedily to retire the which they did. Whereupon the Lord of La Palisse did soon after return into the Duchy of 
The King's forces in the Duchy of Milan.  Milan by his King's command, in regard of the Swisses new stirs and confederacies which did daily increase. The Venetian Stradio●…s did follow him at the heels, hoping to endamage him at his passage over the brent and the Adissa, but he found means safely to cross them. His departure was cause that john Paul Baillon, General to the Venetians, by the death of Luke Malueze did recover all that they had lost the same Summet, as well near to Vincenza, as in Friul (Gradisca excepted.)  
In these kinds of warlike exploits was that Summer spent, to the emperors great disgrace, and to the increase of the Venetians reputation, who notwithstanding 
The Venetians do●… still maintain their 〈◊〉 and greatness.  the Emperors and the French Kings armies against them for the space of two years, did in the end still retain their own forces and signories, and albeit that it was directly against the Emperor, it was nevertheless much more hurtful to the French King. For the Emperor, by reason he wanted aid, perceiving himself to weak to obtain the desired victory, did willingly hearken to those who persuaded him to be friends with the Venetians, so as already men began to perceive, that new designs were begotten in his mind.  
The Pope in the mean time having made show that he would come to an agreement 
Confederacy betwixt the Pope, the king of Arragon, and the Venetians.  with the French King, did at last declare himself openly against him, and made a confederacy with the Catholic King and the Venetians to preserve (as he said) the union of the Church, to root out the Conventicle (for so he termed it) of Pisa, and to recover the city of Bolognia, with all the other towns which mediately or immediately did belong to the Church, therein comprehending the city of Ferrara▪ that they would attempt with a mighty army to drive all those out of Italy who should oppugn it; leaving place to the Emperor to enter if he pleased into this confederacy, being desirous to disunite him from the French King.  
Don Raymond de Cardona borne in Cattalognia and at that time viceroy of 
The number of the confederates army.  Naples was made General of their army, who by their agreement was to have two thousand four hundred men at arms, two thousand five hundred light horse, and four and twenty thousand foot, namely for the Pope's part four hundred men at arms, five hundred light▪ horse, and six thousand foot, from the Senate of Venice, eight hundred men at arms, a thousand light horse, and eight thousand foot, and from the King of Arragon, twelve hundred men at arms, a thousand light▪ horse and ten thousand foot. This confederacy was made under colour to free Italy from the Barbarians; a very special title which all men interpreted according to their judgement and passion.  
Gaston of Foix was made viceroy in the Duchy of Milan and in the army, who 
Gaston of Foix Lieutenant general for the King in the Duchy of Milan.  having intelligence of the Swisses preparations for their coming down, by means of the Pope and his confederates into the Duchy of Milan, caused all the victuals of the Duchy to be shut up in the forts and castles, and placed strong Garrison in the neighbour cities, hoping that the men at arms would be able to make head against them in the plains, and by that means soon enforce them to return, if they should come into the field. The Swisses nevertheless were not daunted with these difficulties. But being come down to Varesa, their number did daily increase, bringing with them seven field pieces, and divers great Harquebusses carried on horseback, with some provision of victuals. 
The Swisses defy Gaston of Foix.  They sent a trumpet from Varesa to defy the King's Lieutenant, who only to keep victuals from them, was come to Assaron, a place thirteen miles distant from Milan. From Varesa they came to Galera, being ten thousand in number, and Gaston of Foix did put himself into Legnana, four miles from Galera. 
The Swisses come down into the Duchy of Milan.   
Then being increased to the number of sixteen thousand, they came to Busti, where a hundred French men at arms lay in Garrison, who hardly escaped from them, losing their baggage and some of their horses: by means whereof the French, which still retired as the Swisses advanced, came and quartered themselves in the suburbs of Milan, within two miles whereof the Swisses were come▪ but wondering that they heard no news from the Pope nor from the Venetian army (as it was known by letters intercepted which they sent to their Lords) certain 
The Swisses retu●…ne home 〈◊〉.  days after they retired towards Coma, and from thence returned home into their country.  
Whilst they were retiring two posts arrived from the Pope and the Venetians: whereupon it was thought of a certain that if they had come sooner, the Swisses had not returned. But they being gone (as hath been said) the Spaniards and the Pope's forces entered into Romagna, whereall that which the Duke of Ferrara possessed did forthwith yield unto them (the Bastion of La Fossa, and the ford of Genivola excepted.)  
Petro of Navarre, Colonel of the Spanish Infantry, till such time as all their 
The Bastide taken by the Spaniards.  companies were come together, came and besieged the Bastide, and having battered it with three pieces of ordnance, and given it an assault, he took it the third day after his arrival, where all the footmen that were in it were slain with Vest●…tello their captain. Pedro of Navarte leaving two hundred foot there, returned to the viceroy's army: but the Duke of Ferrara going thither afterwards with nine great pieces of ordnance, did so suriously assail it as he recovered it the very same day: where all those who were within it with their captain were slain, in revenge of the death of his soldiers.  
The confederates army: namely that of the Pope, and the King of Arragon, to 
The 〈◊〉 army marcheth towards Bolognia.  the number of eighteen hundred men at arms, eight hundred Genets, eight hundred light horse, and sixteen thousand foot, as well Spaniards as Italians, abundantly furnished with munition, the most of them being come forth of the Realm of Naples, determined to encamp before Bolognia. The Venetian army on the other side being come upon the Marches of Verona, seemed to threaten the city of Bres●…ia.  
Now the viceroy, General to the Pope and the Spaniards, caused his army to march, and came and encamped betwixt the River Adicé and Bolognia, where having given order for matters necessary to besiege it, he drew near to the walls, quartering and extending the most part of his army betwixt the hill, and the high way which goeth from Bolognia into Romagna, in regard of the commodity of victuals which came from thence, and seized on Saint Michel's Monastery which is very near to the city, seated on an high place, and which doth in a manner command the town.  
Within the city, beside the people which did bear arms and certain companies 
The forces that were i●… Bolognia.  of horse and foot, paid by the Bentivoles, Gaston of Foix had sent thither two thousand Lansequenets, and two hundred Lances, commanded by Odet of Foix Lord of Lautrect, and ●…ues of Alegre, two famous captains, and with them were the captains Fayete, and Vincent surnamed the great Devil, who upon the assurance made to them by Gaston of Foix to relieve them, did freely enter it, in 
The confederates small progression before Bolognia.  regard of the Cities large circuit. Yet nevertheless they began to be bold, when they perceived the enemies small progression, who were nine days before the walls, and enterprised nothing but only made certain idle Coluerine shot from Saint Michel's Monastery into the city: but they suddenly abstained, perceiving very well that they spent their munition unproffitably. They were divers days determining on what side to batter the city, especially to keep relief from it: and after divers and sundry opinions, they resolved to assail it on that side near to Saint Stephen's Gate, by which men go to Florence, and the artillery was planted within thirty fathom of the walls.  
Pedro of Navarre on the other side made a mine, drawing towards the gate of Chastillon, in a place where within was a little chapel called Baracane. The Artillery having begun to play, did in four and twenty hours space beat 
A breach made at Bolognia.  down an hundred fathom of the wall, with the tower of the gate, the which was abandoned, by reason it could be no longer defended so as the assault might be easily given on that side, and in the mean time they c●…used bridges of wood to be made, and filled the dike with faggots to come with more ease to the assault. The mive being finished they gave fire to it, which with merucilous force did in such sort blow up the wall and the chapel, as in that space, those without the town did plainly discern those within the city, with the soldiers who stood ready for defence, but the whole wall falling down again on a sudden, did light in the very self same place, from whence the violence of the fire had forced it, 
A strange miracle in the mine.  and was in such sort 〈◊〉 to the self same foundations, as one would have thought that it had never stirred ●…rom thence, which was accounted by all the people for a strange miracle.  
The captains within the town perceiving the enemy's preparations, before the mine was fired, fearing lest the people through scare might be won, did speedily send to demand aid of Gaston of Foix, who the self same day sent thither 
Aide sent to the b●…seeged.  a thousand foot, and the morrow after, a hundred & four score Lances and then resolved to go thither in person with the whole army, notwithstanding that in council all the captains contradicted it. Therefore he came forth of Final, late in the evening, and the next morning he marched towards Bolognia with the whole army in battle, notwithstanding the snows and sharp winds 
Gaston of Foix comes to the aid of Bolognia.  and entered it by Saint Felix gate, having in his company thirteen hundred Lances, six thousand Lansequenets, & eight thousand foot both French and Italians.  
The enemies had no knowledge of his coming till a day after, that a Stadiot, of the number of those who were come forth among others to skirmish, was taken, who being questioned what was done in Bolognia, answered, That he could not say much, because he came thither but the day before with the French army: whereat the enemies wondering did more exactly examine him in what manner and what numbers had entered, and finding him constant in his answers, they believed him, and resolved to raise their camp, in regard it was dangerous to tarry 
The confederates army dislodgeth from before Bolognia.  there, as well in respect of the cold season which did greatly afflict the soldiers, as also for the neighbourhood of the City, so great an army being within it. Wherefore the next night following which was the nineteenth day of the siege, after they had with great diligence and stillness, retired their ordnance, they dislodged early in the morning.  
It was thought of a certain that if the French army had sal●…ied forth the next morning after their arrival, as Gaston of Foix had propounded it, they had surprised the confederates camp, who in no sort doubted that he was come thither (as hath been said) but ●…ues of Alegre counseled to let the companies rest one day, who were weary with their journey and the bad way, thinking that the enemy had known of their coming, as it was to be presumed, entering at broad day light, and by the highway of Rome.  
The end of the ninth Book of the fourth Decad.   

The Contents of the tenth Book of the fourth Decade.  
 
THe City of Bressia taken by the Venetians is rescued by Gaston of Foix, by means of the Castle which held out still for the French. Bergamo by the example of Bressia expelleth the French. The defeat of john Paul Baillon and Meleager of Furli by Gaston of Foix. The imprisonment of Andrew Gritti and Antonio justiniano. Truce betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians by means of the Pope. Ravenna besieged by Gaston of Foix. The Battle of Ravenna wherein the French were victors. The death of Gaston of Foix slain by the Spaniards, after the battle was won. In what perplexity the Pope was after the French men's victory. The Swisses come down into the territory of Verona, with their great hate to King Lewis, and upon what occasion. The Champain Country of Milan is forsaken, for to keep the Cities from the Swisses. Milan, with all the Cities, almost, of the Duchy, is redelivered to the confederates. The City of Genoa revolteth from the King. League and confederacy betwixt the Pope, and the Emperor. Maxmilian Sforza is restored to the Duchy of Milan. The death of Pope julius the Second. A league concluded betwixt King Lewis and the Venetians. The Election of Pope Leo the Tenth of the family of Medicis. King Lewis his great preparations for the war of Italy. The Venetians take Cremona. The whole Duchy of Milan in trouble and tumult in the behalf of the French. The French make reentry into all the state of Milan, two towns excepted. The Swisses resolution to make war on King Lewis. They come down to Novara.  
The Swisses coming forth of Novara in the night obtain the victory against the French. The French are driven forth of the whole Duchy of Milan. And lastly the taking and dismantling of Legnaga by the Venetians.  
The tenth Book of the fourth Decad of the History of Venice.  
THe army being dislodged from before Bolognia, Gaston of Foix having left there three hundred Lances, and four thousand foot for the guard thereof, came with great speed to the relief 
Gaston of Foix relieves the Castle of Bressia.  of the Castle of Bressia, for the Venetians took the City the same day that he entered into Bolognia. For Count Lodovico Auogare a Bressian Gentleman, being wearied with the arrogancy and indiscretion of the French, having written to the council of the Ten, That if they would send their army to Bressia, he would find means to raise some tumult there, during which he would by night open a gate for them, by which their forces might easily enter, and seize upon the city. This matter was for certain days debated in the council of Ten, and then by them referred to the great council, to the end it might be maturely determined, whether Count Lodowickes' offer ought to be entertained or refused. After divers and sundry opinions it was concluded to accept it, the matter being commanded to be kept secret: then they acquainted the Providator Gritti therewith, enjoining him to march speedily with his troops towards Bressia, and to march at the very hour, and to the gate which Count Lodowick should send him instructions for.  
Gritti upon this commandment crossed the River Adice at Albera, then that of Mincia, at the mill of La Volta, and coming to Monteclaro with three hundred men at arms, thirteen hundred light-horse; and three thousand foot; he encamped that night at Castagnetta, five miles from Bressia, from whence he on a sudden sent his light-horse to scour even to the gates. But the enterprise being discovered by a wife of one of the complices, who advertised the Goverthereof, of whom she was enamoured; and by that means the town being carefully guarded, Gritti thought it not fit to pass on any farther, whereupon Count Lodowick not being stayed by the French, came with his son forth of the City. Andre Gritti being returned near to Montagnane, from whence he first came, 
Andre Griul re●…ireth.  left a sufficient guard for the bridge which he had made over the River Adicé, to the end to assure the passage, if he should happen to return again, as it afterwards fell out. For within a while after being recalled, he crossed the River with two Cannons and four falconets, and returned to his quarter at Castagnetta.  
Count Lodowick on the other side being accompanied with very great numbers of the people of the valleys of Eutropia & Sabina, whom he had caused to rise, was come within a mile of Bressia. And albeit they within the City did not yet 
The Venetians returning to the assault of Bressia, enter the City.  make show of favouring the enterprise, yet nevertheless Gritti perceiving, that he had greater forces then at the former time, he resolved to have it by force: And being come with all those peasants, he assailed it in three several places, two of which had good success, namely at the Gate of Piles where Auogare fought, & at the gate of La Garzulo, where the soldiers entered at the iron grate, by which the river of the same name entereth into the city, notwithstanding all the attempts and resistance of the French, who perceiving the enemies to be entered, and that the Bressans did rise in their behalf, they retired to the Castle, with the Lord of Luda their Governor, losing their horse and baggage.  
Bressia being taken all the towns along the Lake of La guard, did drive away 
Bergamo expelleth the Frinch.  the French, and yielded to the Venetians: Bergamo did the like soon after (the two castles excepted) the one of which standeth in the midst of the city, and the other half a mile off. It was thought that if at Venice (where the joy was incredible) they had forth▪ with provided that which Andre Gritti did suddenly write for, namely to send soldiers, and artillery which he had need of to win the castle of Bressia, they had made greater progression, or at least the victory would have been more assured.  
But during these exploits, Gaston of Foix being advertised of what had passed 
The speed of Gaston of Foix.  at Bressia, did speedily march thither, who having passed the Po at Stellata, did so one cross the river Mincia at the bridge of Molino, than he came and lodged at Nogera on the Veronois, and the day following at Pontpesara, and at Trevilla, where having intelligence that john Paul Baillon was come with three hundred men at arms, four hundred light horse, and twelve hundred foot to lodge at the Island of Escalla, he ran speedily thither with three hundred 
john Paul Baillon is broken and defcated by Gaston of Foi●….  Lances and seven hundred Archers, the residue of the army, who could not march so speedily, coming after, and finding him to be gone, they followed him hastily and overtook him, as he was at the point of the passing a ford of the river Adicé.  
john Paul Baillon having descried him a far off, thinking it to be nothing else but part of the forces of Verona, did embattle his soldiers and tarried for him. Both fides joining, fought valiantly for more than an hours space: but the Venetians fortune began to decline by the arrival of the residue of the army which came in file, and notwithstanding that they disordered them, they nevertheless rallied themselves divers times, until being no longer able to resist the greatnumbers, they betook themselves to flight; whereupon john Paul passed the river safely, but divers of his people were drowned.  
The morrow after, Gaston of Foix did likewise put Meleager of Furli to rout, 
Gaston of Foix defeateth Meleager of Furli.  whom he encountered as he conducted certain Venetian light horse, than he came and encamped in the suburbs of Bressia, and without any delay at all he sent to assail the Monastery of Saint Fridiana, which stood half way off from the hill under which he was lodged, and having assaulted it, he drove thence those which guarded it, and turned with his army to the other side of the town, that he might be the nearer to the castle. The next morning by day break, having chosen 
Gaston of Foix having entered the Castle of Bressia marcheth to the res●…ue of the 〈◊〉.  out of the whole army, four hundred men at arms well armed, and six thousand foot, and going up on that side near to the Gate of Pisceses, he entered without any resistance into the first wall of the castle, where after he had for a while caused his soldiers to test and refresh themselves, he did encourage them with fair speeches, and promises of an inestimable booty. That being said, he marched forward. But at the coming forth of the Castle he found certain footmen, who with the Artillery thought to have stayed him, but their attempt was in vain, for having put them to flight, he came down furiously upon the void place where captain Burlettes palace stood, where the Venetian forces being close joined together, did attend him with great boldness: and there joining, they fought furiously on either side for a long time, the one fight for their own safety, and the others for glory, and for desire of the spoil and sack of so rich a City.  
The Venetians at the last, having bravely defended themselves were driven 
The French after a long fight became masters of the City.  from the place. For the French being victors, did by force drive their enemies before them in all places, not going to pillage▪ until they were wholly become Masters of the city, following the command of Gaston of Foix who had so enjoined them before their coming down. Of the French side there died many 
André Gritti and Antonio justiniano taken prisoners. Count Lodowick Auogare beheaded.  foot, and some number of men at arms, but more than eight thousand of the enemies were slain, and great numbers of them taken prisoners, amongst whom were Andre Gritti and Antonio justiniano with many others. Count Lodowick Auogare and a son of his being taken among the rest were beheaded in the public place of execution.  
Gaston of Foix preserved the honour of the Nuns, but their goods were pillaged, and those who had retired into their Covents and other Churches, were the captains booties. In this manner fell the City of Bressia into extreme misery, which in dignity and nobility did not give place to any other of Lombardy, and 
The loss of Bressia troubleth the Venetians.  which did for wealth surpass all the rest, (excepted Milan). It was sacked seven whole days together. The news of this reprisal being come to Venice did greatly trouble the whole City, who thought they should be no more able to enterprise any thing, condemning chiefly the small speed that was made to send necessary forces and munition to the Providator Gritti, the which was cause of that loss. The Senate forthwith consulted about the repairing of their army, sent to levy two thousand foot in Candy, and a great number of Stradiots in Albania. Two hundred pound weight of gold was sent to the viceroy of Naples, as had been promised. The foot which were not at Bressia, and the horsemen which escaped, together with those who were stripped and disarmed came to Vincenza. Instinian and Gritti were sent prisoners to Milan.  
The Pope understanding that the French had recovered Bressia, counseled and persuaded, even with threats, that they should accord with the Emperor. And certain commissioners being assembled for that purpose, perceiving the great difficulties which were made in the treaty of peace, it was propounded to make truce for a while in the mean time, during which they might with more ease deliberate on the Articles of peace and other reasonable conditions.  
According to this advice, truce was concluded at Rome in the Pope's presence 
Truce agreed on betwixt the Emperor and the Venetian●…  betwixt the commissioners, on condition that the Senate should at two payments give four hundred pound of gold to Maxmilian, to the which were one hundred pound more added, to cause the Emperor to ratify this agreement, the whole amounting to five hundred pounds of gold.  
Gaston of Foix after the recovery of Bressia, having given order for his affairs, (for Bergamo which had rebelled, and all the other towns near adjoining had recalled the French) and refreshed his army which was wearied with so great and long travail, determined to go and encounter with the confederates army, according to the commandment which he had received from the King, which did expressly import, that with the greatest speed he could, he should march against them, whom h●…e heard to be very weak, and therefore he promised himself the victory, and being victorious, he should besiege Rome and the Pope without any respect, to the end to free himself of so many dangers which did threaten him: and for the diminution of his envy, & increase of his own justifications, he would have that enterprise to be made in the name of the council of Pisa, which should depute a Legate to go to the army.  
Gaston of Foix departed from Bressia, and came to Final, there for to gather together all the companies which were in Italy (those excepted who remained for the guard of the Cities) and from thence he went to Saint George's on the Bolognois, where there came to him three thousand Gascons, a thousand pioneers, and a thousand Picards which were newly sent him, being all choice soldiers. These being arrived, he found that he had with him five thousand Lanfequenets, five thousand Gascons, and eight thousand, as well Italians as French, with one thousand 
The number of Gaston of Foix his army.  six hundred lances. The Duke of Ferrara was to join with him, with a hundred men at arms, two hundred light horse and a great quantity of excellent munition, because the General had left his at Final, in regard of the bad ways. The Cardinal of Saint Severine being deputed Legate by the council came likewise to the army.  
Gaston of Foix marching in this equipage did burn with desire to meet the 
Gaston of Foix his great desire to fight.  enemy and to fight with him, as well to satisfy the King as for his own valour and prowess: his meaning nevertheless was not to assail him rashly, but only to try if by approaching near to him he would cheerfully come to the battle, in any place where the quality of the situation might make them equal.  
The enemies had an other intent, who thought it not safe for them to fight in an equal place, at least wise before the six thousand Swisses whom they expected were arrived: as also for that the King of Arragon had commanded them to abstain as much as they could from fight, for divers considerations by him alleged.  
The two armies did often change places, marching continually near together in good order, the artillery going before and their faces turned towards the enemies, as if every hour they were to begin the fight. Gaston received a new commandment from the King to hasten the battle. Whereunto his King was incited so soon as he understood the truce made betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians. But Gaston perceiving that he did win nothing by coasting the enemies in this manner, in regard of the commodiousness of the Cities of Romagna, whether they still retired, determined to besiege Ravenna 
Gaston of Foix beseegeth Ravenna.  wherein Mark Antony Colonna lay for the Pope with fifteen hundred foot, and five hundred horse, thinking that the enemies would not suffer such a city to be lost before their faces, and by that means occasion might be offered to fight with them in an equal place. He came and lodged betwixt Contignola, and Grana●…olla, then at Rassi, having driven them thence who kept it, and from thence the day following he came and encamped near to the walls of Ravenna betwixt the two Rivers; namely, Ronca, and Mo●…tona betwixt which the town is seated. He possessed the space which is betwixt the one and other river.  
The next day he caused his ordnance to be planted, and by all means hasted the battery, that he might come to the assault before the enemies (whom he knew were removed) should arrive, as well for to get the town, as in regard of his great want of victuals, by reason of the Venetian vessels which lay at Fiquerolles, and at the mouth of the Channel which falleth into the Po, which stopped those that came both from Lombardy and Ferrara.  
This was the reason why he resolved to give the assault the same day, albeit he knew that there was no reasonable breach made, and that he could not enter but by ladders: those likewise which were sent thither, being out of hope to force the City: and perceiving themselves to be greatly hindered by a Culueryne, having fought for the space of three hours, retired with the loss of three hundred foot, and of certain men 〈◊〉 arms, and as many in a manner were hurt. But the retreat was no soon●… made, but they descried the confederates army co●…ming to the relee●…e of the Town, the which marched along the rivers side.  
So soon as the French had discovered them, they arose in arms and placed themselves under their ensigns, having in great haste with drawn their ordinance from before their walls, the which they turned towards the enemies: who imagining only by the show of their army, that Ramenna was suffi●…iently relieved, thinking that the French durst not assail it they being so near, they encamped within three miles of Ravenna, at a place called Moulinachia, which they forthwith fortified, with as deep a trench as the shortness of the time would permit them. The French were long in council, to know what was to be done, either to assaill the City, or the enemies. In the end after divers and sundry opinions, they resolved to go and assail the enemy, so soon as it was day. Which 
The reso●…ue to assail the enemy and not the City.  Gaston of Foix gladly approving, he caused the same night a bridge to be cast over the Ronca, and to li●…ell the causeis on all sides, to make the ways easy. There by day break, being Easter day, he prepared to march against the enemies; and having encouraged his soldiers, with a more eloqu●…, then Martial oration he enforced the enemies by the shot of his ordnance, to come forth of their trenches, 
The French are victors in the battle of Ravenna.  and to join fight with him, where the con●…ederates were so dealt with, for the space of six 〈◊〉, ●…hat the fight lasted, as not being able to make any more resistance, they turned their backs, and among others the Viceroy and Caranagio were the foremost, carrying away with them, a squadron in a manner whole and unbroken: so as the French remained masters of the field.  
But because the Spanish Infantry made a soft retreat, and in god order, Gaston 
Goston of Foix is slain by the Spaniards.  of Foix was desirous to break them, and going furiously to assaill them with a squadron of horse, he was on a sudden environed by the enemies, and being beaten from his horse, was slain by the push of a pi●…e, thrust into his flank. The Lord of Lau●…rec lay by him, in a manner dead, being wounded in twenty places, but being brought to Ferrara, he was there healed.  
The generals death caused the Spaniards to escape without any empediment, the residue of their army being dispersed and put to flight, and their baggage, ensigns and artillery taken. The prisoners were the Popet Legate, Fabricio Colo●…, Pedro of Naua●…e, the Marquis of Palu, Bito●…o, and 〈◊〉▪ with many other Barons, and great Lords. The brute was that there died on both sides, eighteen thousand men, one third part French, and the two thirds of the confederates. But the loss of the victorious was greater, without comparison, by reason of the death of the General, of ●…s of Alegre, ●…ters French Gentlemen and Almain Captains, to whose valour the victory was partly ascribed.  
The victors being returned to their Camp, those of the City sent word that they would yield, but whilst they c●…pitulated, the Lan●…equentes, & Gascons perceiving the walls to be carelessly kept, did enter it at the breach which was 
Ravenna taken and spoiled by the French.  made before the battle, and ●…ade cruel spoil, for despite of the loss which they had sustained in the battle: but they could not take the Castle, whether Mark Antony C●…llonna was ●…tyled, which he afterward yielded, upon condition ●…o have their goods and lives saved.  
The Venetians having news of this loss, sent word to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whom they kept in pay with a thousand foot in Flamin●…, to guard, and defend the lands of the Church. The Vi●…y never ●…aid till he came to A●…coha, where he used means to renew his army, promis●…g to himself, that being joined with the Swisses, he would easily drive the French forth of ●…taly, so as every one would employ himself in that busienesse. The Venet●…ns being advertised of his inten●…, sent to comfort him for his loss and to offer him all aid and relief by Anto●… 〈◊〉, who brought him a good sum of money from the Senate, the li●…e also did King 〈◊〉 A●…ssador which lay at Venice.  
The French Army being daunted with the death of their General, remained within 4. miles of Ravenna, attempting nothing, expecting the king's pleasure. In the mean space news being brought to Rone, of the loss of the battle, all the Cardinals came forthwith to the Pope, earnestly entreating him to accept 
What astonish nent the loss of the bata●…le brought to Rome.  of peace with the French King, the which they assured him he might obtain, on honest conditions, they seeing no other remedy for all these dangers, but peace only. The Ambassadors of the King of Arragon, and the Signury of Venice insisted on the contrary, giving him to understand that matters were not so desperate, nor the army so much decayed, but that it might easily be restored in short space, without any great expense, with many other very pertinent reasons, 
The Pope's perplexity.  to induce the Pope to their opinion. But he continued in very great doubt; for on the one side, hatred and disdain against the French did possess him, and on the other, fear, and danger. Whereupon he answered the Cardinals that he would make peace with the French King, and yet it was not with that resolution, which might give any certain hope: and last of all when as julius of Medicis a Knight of Malta, who was afterwards pope, came to him from the Cardinal of Medicis, and had fully informed him, how greatly the French were weakened, by their generals death, and of divers other particularities of the French army, 
The Pope will by no means have peace with the French.  which did much recomfort him; And bringing him into the Consistory, he caused him to rehearse the self same things to the Cardinals, who nevertheless did persever in their desire of peace, the which though in words he made show (to please them) to accept of, he had nevertheless resolved not to grant, but upon the last extremity, and rather to leave Rome, hoping that his cause would be maintained by the arms of Christian Princes.  
But so soon as he understood that the Lord of La Palisse, who commanded the French army, after the death of Gaston of Foix, was called into the Duchy of Milan by the General of Normandy, for fear of the Swisses coming, and that he was with the army departed out of Ro●…gina, he found himself freed of the doubt and fear which he was in, concerning the affairs of Rome, whereby he was more than before confirmed in his obstinacy, albeit the Legate of the council ●…arried still in Romagna, with three hundred lances, three hundred light horse, six thousand foot, and eight pieces of ordnance.  
Now the Pope being greatly confirmed by that which hath been already said, and by the great hopes which the King of Arragon gave him, so soon as be had intelligence of the loss of the battle of Ravenna, promising to send him Gonsaluo the great Captain into Italy with new supplies and likewise by the commission which the King of England had sent to the Cardinal of York, 
The Cardinal of Medicis prisoner at Milan.  to enter into the league, he did openly reject peace, and pronounced in open Consistory a Monitory, against the French King, if he did not release the Cardinal of Medicis, whom he kept prisoner in Milan, where he was honourably used.  
The Swisses in the mean time, who stood badly affected to the French King, and did wonderfully hate him, being assembled at Coire, a city of the Grisons there ancient confederates, marched from thence to Trent, (the Emperor to colour the matter with the King, saying that he could not stop their passage, in regard of the ancient confederacy which he had with them.)  
From Trent they came upon the Verona Territory, where the Venetians army expected them, who together with the Pope did contribute for their pay, They were in number more than six thousand, though no more were demanded: For the hatred which they did hear to the French King was 
The Swisses ●…atred to the French King.  so great, as contrary to their custom, they did p●…tiently endure all difficulties, and namely, they ca●… from home having received only one florin of Ryne a piece: whereas in time before they would not march for the King's service, unless they had been promised many pays and their Captains presented with sundry gifts.  
La Palisse coming first of all with the Army to Pontoglio to stop their passage, thinking that they would come that way into Italy, perceiving afterward their meaning to be otherwise, came and encamped at Chastillon of the stirrup, not being assured whether they would come down into the Duchy of Milan or else march towards Ferrara. It was certainly thought that they would have held on the way towards Ferrara according to the Pope's directions, had not a letter which the Lord of La Palisse sent to the General of Normandy, been in●…ercepted by mishap, the which fell into the hands of the Venetian Stradiots; by which he sent him word how his affairs stood and that it would be a hard matter to resist 
The Swisses take the way towards the Duchy of Milan.  them, if they should turn towards the Duchy of Milan. This letter made them change their determination, and caused the Cardinal of Zion, the chief motive of this war, with the Captains, to resolve to enterprise that which their enemies most feared (as was perceived by that letter). Therefore they came to Villafranca to join with the Venetian army, under the command of john Paul Bailon, which was of four hundred men at arms, eight hundred light horse, and six thousand foot with pieces of Ordnance, as well for battery, as for the field.  
La Palisse, who in all had not above seven thousand foot and a thousand lances, did with the Captains determine wholly to forsake the field, and to look 
La Palisse forsaketh the field, and guardeth the towns  to the defence of the towns of most importance, till such time as those great numbers of Swisses should be wasted, or else some fresh supplies might come to them from France to make head against them. Whereupon he did put into Bressia two thousand foot, one hundred and fifty lances and a hundred men at arms of the Florentines: into Crema fifty lances and a thousand foot, and into Bergamo, a thousand foot, and a hundred Florentine men at arms; he 
The Lancequenets forsake the French King.  brought the residue of the army to Pontuico, which consisted of six hundred lances, two thousand French foot, and four thousand Lansquenets. But the next day letters came from the Emperor, who commanded the Lansquenets forthwith to abandon the French Kings service: they not daring to disobey, departed the very same day, because they were all his subjects.  
La Palisse despairing (by reason of the Lansquenets departure) of being able any longer to defend the Duchy of Milan, did in great haste retire to Pisquetona. The Venetians in the mean time having already taken Valegia and Piscara, did still with that Army win the Country as they went along. Those of Cremona 
The Venetians great progression in the company of the Swisses.  being wholly forsaken did yield to the Cardinal of Zion and gave him a good somme of money, to the end that the Swisses should not enter into their City. The like did Caravagio and Soncino, wherein the Cardinal of Zion placed his own people in Garrison, in steed of delivering it to the Venetians, as it was mentioned in the treaty of the League. All other towns near to the river Adda did yield to the Venetians, the like did Bergamo with her territory, by reason that La Palisse, had recalled his companies which lay there to join them to the army.  
La Palisse forsook Pisquetona, and went and crossed the River Adda, hoping to keep the enemies from passing the river if the footmen which they made account to levy had arrived▪ But through want of money to pay them, none were 
Triwltio coming to the Army is of opinion to abandon the Duchy of Milan.  raised, whereupon he retired to Saint Angelo, and the day following to Pavia, determining to stay there. But after that Triwlcio came thither to him, and had showed him the vanity of his opinion, and how that it was impossible to hold back so great a ruin, seeing there were no footmen in the Army, nor means to wage new, as well for the shortness of the time, as for that there was no money to pay them, he went and made a bridge over the Po, at a place where it is most narrow, to the end that the companies might more commodiously pass holding on their way towards Ast.  
So soon as the French had passed the River Adda, Loda yielded to the confederates who being come to Pavia, began to batter the Castle. The French likewise did soon abandon it, and came to the stone bridge, which is over the river Thesin, fearing lest it should be surprised, having but that place alone, whereby to escape from Pavia. All the French men, with certain Lancequenets, who were not departed with the rest, being come forth of Pavia, the Citt●… promised to pay a great sum of money to avoid the sack thereof, Milan had already done the like, compounding for a great sum, and all other towns, (By essia and Coma excepted) did with great desire do the same.  
All matters were governed in the name of the holy league (for so all men called it,) and all the profit fell to the Swisses, which caused many more of that nation to come down into Lombardy, and to unite themselves with the first. In 
Genoa revolteth from the King.  this change, Parma and Placentia were given to the Pope. The Swisses ●…eazed on Lucarna and the Grisons on Voltolina and Chiavenna, jano Fregossa, by the Venetians aid, in whose army he served, went to Genoa, and so handled the matter, as the French governor being expelled, it revolted and created him Duke.  
In the like manner all the towns and Castles of Romagna did return to the Pope. Bolognia likewise yielded to his officers, after the Bentivoles being deprived of all hope, had forsaken it. The Cardinal of Medicis had already before then escaped, by means of some stir which happened of purpose, as he entered into a boat at the passage of the Po, whereupon he was taken from the French who kept him, who intended flight rather than resistance. The Senate in the mean time, being desirous to recover Bressia and Coma, solicited the Cardinal of Zion to come with his troops and their army to besiege those towns, who making no haste, being loath to increase the Venetians greatness, came in the end and encamped before Bressia, near to Saint john's gate, battering at one time both the town and Castle, whether the Viceroy came to them with the Spanish army. The Lord of Aubigni who was within it, perceiving that in the end he could not choose but deliver it, thought it best to yield it, together with the Castle, rather to the Viceroy then to the Venetians, compounding with him, that all 
Legnaga yielded.  the soldiers within should depart with lives and goods. The French that were at Legnaga followed the same council. Crema did otherwise which was besieged by Ranze de la Cere, with a part of the Venetians forces, unto whom, Benedict Cribario (being corrupted by gifts, and upon promise to be made a gentleman of Venice) did yield the town by the consent of the Lord De Duras governor of the Castle, the which he would not do to Octanian Sforza, Bishop of Lodi; for & in the name of the future Duke Maximilian Sforza, being come thither for that purpose, with four thousand Swisses In these interims, the Bishop of Gurcia as Lieutenant to the Emperor went to Rome, who being received with all honour they began to treat of the establishment of the common business, and how to root out particular strife and contentions, to the end that Italy being united together 
The treaty betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians handled.  might resist the French King: and the hardest matter of all this was, the agreement so often treated of betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians: For the Bishop of Gurcia demanded to have Verona and Vincenza, to remain to the Emperor, and the other towns to the Venetians, for which they should presently pay to Maximilian two hundred thousand florins of the Rhine, and thirty thou sand for ever after, yearly, in manner of rent. The Venetians would not pay rend for those towns, which they had enjoyed for so many years, as belonging unto 
Difficulties concerning the agreement.  them, nor consent to give money, and much less to deliver Vincenza, for divers reasons by them alleged. The Pope did what he could to atone them, now inciting the Venetians, then entreating them, & sometimes threatening. The King of Arragon's Ambassadors did all they could; the like also did the Swisses. In the end the Bishop of Gurcia persisting in his demand, and the Venetians in their refusal, as well of Vincenza as of the sum of money, the Pope forsook them, protesting to their Ambassadors that he should be enforced to pursue their Republic with spiritual and temporal arms, and made a league with the Emperor, to the end that he might allow of the Council of Lateran, and disallow the Conventicle of Pisa. The Spanish Ambassador would not enter into that League, saying; that he had no commission so to do from his King.  
The confederacy being contracted, the Bishop of Gurcia at the next Session of 
League betwixt the Pope and the Emperor.  the council of Lareran, did in the emperors name adhere to the Council, where he affirmed in the presence of all men, that the Emperor had never consented to the Conventicle of Pisa, rejecting all those who had used his name. This being done, the Bishop of Gurcia took his leave, that he might be with Maximilian 
Maxmilian Sforza in possession of the Duchy of Milan.  Sforza at such time as he should take possession of the Duchy of Milan the which he did After his entry, the Viceroy went and besieged the fort of Tresa upon the river Adda, which was yielded unto him upon condition that they within it might depart with their goods.  
The confederacy made at Rome, had not wholly broken off the hope of agreement between the Emperor and the Venetians, and therefore the Pope sent jacomo Stafilea Auditor of the Rote to Venice, to entreat the Senate to agree with Maximilian, and to enter into the league, saying; That to his great gree●…e he had forsaken them, the which, many taking in bad part, Said that they were assured that it would cause them to enter into League with the French, and by that means to recall them a new into Italy; but that he for his part did so much presume on 
The death o●… Pope julius the second.  them, as he knew they would never do it: and in regard of these matters being troubled with sundry thoughts, he fell sick, and his health daily impairing, not being able to eat or sleep, he deceased the two and twentieth day of February in the year 1513.  
Now the Venetians having determined before the Pope's death to contract 
A motion of agreem●…t betwixt the French King and the venetians.  League and alliance with the French, according to the motion made by King Lewis to Andrew Gritti, prisoner at that time in France, they resolved (the matter having a long time been debated in council) to send one of purpose into France to treat of this business with the King: and to this end they named Lodovico Pietro Secretary of the Council of Ten.  
He being departed from Venice, and onward on his way, they had news of the Pope's death: but for all that they did not call him back, not knowing who 
The league concluded betwixt the King and the Venetians.  should be his successor, and least of all what his affection towards them might be.  
The Secretary being come into France, the King did enlarge Andre Gritti, and did forthwith conclude the league with him on condition that Cremona and the country of Giradade should belong to the state of Milan, and that the Venetians should have Bressia, Bergamo and Crema, (the King making over all his right to them, which he could pretend to those Cities:) That they should be bound to aid one another; and to hazard together one self same fortune, until the King 
The Articles of the League.  should recover the whole state of Milan: and that likewise the Republic should be restored to the entire possession of whatsoever it did enjoy on the firm land: And lastly that all prisoners on either side should be set at liberty, and the fugitives restored to their goods and country.  
In the mean time, after the Pope's death, the Cardinals entered quietly into the 
The election of Pope Leo the tenth.  Conclave, and did the seventh day following with a general consent choose for Pope, john, Cardinal of the title of Saint Mary in Dominica, of the most illustrious family of Medicis, of seven & thirty years of age, which was a strange matter, and contrary to the custom: He took upon him the name of Leo the tenth. This election was pleasing to all men, and chiefly to the Venetians, who did ever greatly affect that family: by reason whereof, the Senate did hope easily to draw him with them into this league, confederacy and alliance. But Leo having obtained the Pontifical dignity, found himself to be assailed with sundry thoughts, revolving in his mind divers matters, as well belonging to war as to peace.  
His ancient habit and manner of life from his youth, did excite him to embrace peace and quietness, especially now when he saw himself established in the supreme dignity: so as the n●…e of war, in regard of dangers past was displeasing and odious to him: And on the other side, he found no great safety in peace, in the midst of arms, and confusion of all things, as also, because the memory of his predecessor, who by arms had much increased the de●…aines of the Church, did provoke him to war. But by taking arms, he knew not to which side he 
The new Pope is t●…ssed with sundry thoughts  should rather incline: For the return of the French into Italy did not like him, in regard of the wrongs and grievances which he in particular had received by them, and his predecessor likewise, and which did still threaten him, in regard of the council of Pisa, which was transferred to Lions. On the other side, the French; confederate with the Venetians, did in such sort daily increase, in strength and reputation, as he knew not by what means▪ to oppose himself against such warlike attempts.  
Leo then being thus troubled with sundry thoughts, did oftentimes change his determination. At the beginning of his papacy, he sent a brief to all Christian Princes, exhorting them to peace, and unity: and the more easily to induce them there unto, he determined not to show himself more affected to one side then to another. Yet nevertheless, perceiving at the sametime that there was no great hope of peace, he began to provoke the Venetians, against the French, using means to persuade them to league themselves with himself, the Florentines, the Swisses, and the Duke of Milan, for the liberty of Italy. The Venetians would not consent to his proposition, thinking it to be against reason to abandon for vain hopes, an alliance already made with the 
The Venetians constancy in mai●…tayning their▪ alliance.  French; and also for that considering matters more judiciously, they perceived that at the first he promised some apparent liberty: but that dangers did still increase, and that they went about to throw all Italy headlong into perpetual bondage.  
With these discourses did the Venetians maintain their opinion, soliciting the French King in the mean time to make the greatest haste he could with his army into Italy, to surprise the towns, before they were man'd with garrisons, putting him in mind, that the victory of an enterprise, dependeth chiefly on speed. The French King being moved by these remonstrances, did wholly 
The King prepareth ●…or his return into Italy.  bend his actions to this war, and to cut off all lets that might hinder him therein, he made truce for one whole year with Fernand, King of Arragon, only for that which concerned matters forth of Italy.  
And as for the English, whom he understood were making great preparations for their coming into France, he made no great reckoning thereof, hoping in short space to drive Sforza from the state of Milan, and to return victorious with his Army into France, time enough to resist their attempts.  
Now the Rendezvous for all the King's troops was at Suza, from thence to march with ease into Italy, under the conduct of the Lord of La Tremoville, albeit the war was managed by john james▪ Trivulce, a man of great repute, for his excellent skill in martial discipline. The report 
The number of the French Army.  was that there were twenty thousand soldiers in the King's Army. The Venetians had for their parts eight thousand footmen, twelve hundred men at arms, and five hundred light horse, with great store of munition and ordnance: Dominico Contaren, and Andre Loredan were providators of the army 
The number of the Ventian Army.  and Bartilmeo Aluiana General in the Count Pettillans' stead, who was deceased.  
He being come to the Army, which lay on the banks of Adice, sent to the Senate to know if he should pass on farther whilst the enemies were unprovided of all aid and succour, and their towns without garrisons. The Senate being assembled thereupon, after ●…undry opinions, decreed, that their Army should not pass the Po, nor Adda, referring the rest to the pleasure and discretion of their General, according as he should think it fit. For the Senate had as yet received no certain news, whether the French Army had passed the Alps, whereupon they thought it not discretion to abandon their state to the enemy's mercy, or to send their Army into any place, from whence, (if matters should fall out unfortunately) they should not be able to withdraw it.  
But Aluiana being full of courage, and desirous to exploit some gallant enterprise, if occasion should fitly serve, resolved without delay t●… pass over, and first of all took his way directly towards Verona, hoping for to win it. Pandolfo Malateste commanded for the Emperor in one of the Forts of the City: He with certain of the Townsmen, had practised to give him 
The enterprise on Uerona discovered.  entrance: But the next day, five hundred Lansquenets entered Verona by the River Adicé, and the matter being discovered, Aluiana perceiving that the City could not be easily forced, and that it would ask much time to besiege it, did on a sudden march towards Cremona, and by the way made himself master of Valegia, and of the Fort of Piscara two strong and commodious 
The Venetians take Valegia and P●…scara.  places for the Venetians, in respect of their situation.  
Upon report of Aluiana his coming, a great tumult was raised in Cremona: those which were of the contrary faction, forsook the town, and the others without contradiction did receive Aluiana into the city, who being entered, he did suddenly disarm Caesar Fieramosca, who lay there in garrison with three hundred horse, and five hundred foot of the Duke of Milans. He needed not to spend any 
The Venetians take Cre●…a.  time for the recovery of the castle, by reason it was ever held for the French King: Whereupon he forth with erected the French Kings banner, saying; That he did receive the City, for, and in the name of the French King, for whom Theodore Triwlce his Ambassador was there present in the Venetian Army. He went afterwards to Pisquetona, Sonzino, Lodi, and other places near adjoining, having already, by the change of Cremona, erected the French Kings Banners.  
But on the Verona and Vincentine territories, the Venetians affairs were differently managed. For so soon as Aluiana was departed with his Army, Rocandolphe Captain of the Lansquenets, and Frederick Gonsaluo of Bossola coming forth of Verona with six hundred horse, and two thousand foot, went to Saint Boniface, where Aluiana had left under the command of Sigismond Cavallo, and john Fortino, three hundred light horse, and six hundred foot: who being scattered here and there, upon news of the enemies coming, fled to 
The 〈◊〉 descate some of the Venetian ●…orces.  Colognia, and were so nearly pursued by the Lansquenets, who entered the town by force, as they were all taken prisoners, and the town being sacked and burnt, they returned to Verona laden with spoil.  
The enemies for this exploit waxing more proud and insolent, four thousand foot, and five hundred horse, sallied forth of Verona for to assail Vincenza: whereof john Paul Manfron, the cities Governor, having intelligence, he 
The Lansque●…ets enterprise upon Vincenza broken.  caused great numbers of peasants on a sudden to enter into the City, and did so carefully provide for the rest, as the enemies hope being frustrate, having spoiled the country round about, they were enforced to return to Verona.  
But during these exploits on the Veronois and Vincentine territories, the whole Duchy of Milan was in uproar and Arms: There was no Town, Village, not Castle, but did rise and take arms upon the coming of the Venetian 
All the Dutch●… of Milan i●…●…proare.  Army, upon the report that was spread, that the French had passed the Alps: for albeit that the people of Milan, wearied with the French government; had desired the return of the Sforza's their ancient Lords: yet neuer●…helesse, having not by their return obtained the liberty and freedom which they hoped for, but on the contrary all discommodities and charges, they changed their minds, and desired the return of the French. Many likewise, enemies to the quiet of other poor banished men, or moved by the diversity of factions, did favour the French. In regard whereof the Earl of Man●…oc, son to john james Triwlce, riding up and down the Champain country of the Duchy of Milan, to stir them up to commotions, found it no hard matter to make them to revolt and to take arms.  
Maxmilian Sforza being daunted thereat, not knowing whereon to resolve, 
Maxmilian Sfoorza retireth to Novara  perceiving all things to tend to his ruin, thought it most expedient for his safety and escape, and for the trial of his latest fortune, to retire with certain horse to Novara, where he understood some Swisses were arrived, resolving there to tarry for the rest, who in great numbers were coming down for the defence of his state.  
Those of Milan, seeing themselves to be without garrison, and without a Captain, that their well fortified Castle held for the French, and that the Venetians Army did approach, some of them being stirred up with hope o●… better fortune, others with fear and distrust; thought it fit to yield to the French, and to that end, to send an Ambassador to the Venetian General; who having made a bridge over the Adda, threatened that he would shortly be with them. The French on the other side, (with whom Andrè Gritti was in quality of Ambassador for the Signory) entered Italy took diverse towns and castles, some by assault, and others by a voluntary redition: so as the state of Milan being enuaded 
Milan reduced to the French government  by two mighty armies, French and Venetian, was in short space reduced under the French government: Two Cities only held out for Maxmilian, Novara, and Coma.  
The Venetians, for these so fortunate attempts, did promise to themselves a glorious end of this war: for their army had gotten such reputation by the the taking of Cremona, as Ranze de Cera going with a troup of Soldiers to recover Bressia, it was yielded unto him upon the first summons; by reason that the Spanish Soldiers, who lay there in garrison, being frighted at his coming, 
Br●…ssia yielded.  retired into the Castle. There was but one only thing which could cut off the hope which all men had conceived of the victory, and that was the coming 
The Swisses Protectors of of the State of Milan.  down of the Swisses. For the common report was, that the Swisses had with such affection entertained the protection and safeguard of Duke Maximilians state, as it was certainly thought that they would omit nothing which might further the conservation thereof.  
This Nation was at the same time very famous for their exact observation of martial discipline, and they could by no means swallow the contempt and disgrace 
The Swisses discontent make war on the French king.  wherein King Lewis held them, at such time as he sent to renew the league with them (as hath been said) having more esteemed a little overplus of money, than their friendship; as also because the desire of gain did provoke them thereunto, having seen their fellows to return home from other wars victors and laden with wealth.  
Now these Swisses having assembled their general Council, did all with one consent resolve to make war on the French, and they proceeded therein with such earnestness, as the most of them, contrary to their custom, enroled themselves for very small pay, diverse also without any pay at all, and in a short time after, they levied a great Army, both of horse and foot, which began to come down into the Duchy of Milan, one company after an other.  
The news of their coming down, did at the first amaze the French, in regard of the recent remembrance of matters bravely executed by them: But when they considered that they brought no cavalry with them, nor victuals, artillery, nor ought else fit for such an enterprise, they thought it best not to enforce such enemies, who came rather to steal then to fight, being so unprovided of all warlike necessaries, as they assured themselves that their Army would shortly dissolve itself, as it had done at other times, and would return home again, by reason of the want of all things.  
The French therefore contemning them in this manner, having left a strong garrison in Alexandria, came and encamped before Novara. Their intent was to try if they could win those Swisses by money, rather than by force, and to practise with them for money to deliver Maxmillian Sforza into their hands, as the same nation had done by his Father Lodovico Sforza in the same place. And if this should not fall out, they thought it no hard matter to take that Town, the winning whereof, as they thought, would be the ending of the war.  
But the wise and well experienced Captains did deride these designs and vain imaginations, and did blame the French, who instead of assailing the Spanish Army, and breaking it, which they might easily have done, did busy themselves in besieging Novara, and employing all their forces there, which was directly against Gritti his advise, who did many times put the French Captains in mind of the fault which they committed, in not first of all assailing the Spaniniards, who seemed to be the enemies chief prop. In regard whereof the Senate thinking it fit to be done, had commanded their General to make a bridge over Adda, causing it to be given forth, that he would presently with the whole Army pass over and join with the French, to the end that the Spaniards, being moved by this report, might not alone abstain from aiding the Swisses, but thinking how to escape, might be enforced to return to Naples. 
The French besiege Novara in vain.  But the French trifling the time vainly before Novara, broke all these sound determinations, and found themselves to be entangled with many difficulties: because the rumour daily increased, that of a certain great aid was coming to the besieged, the which did make their enterprise more difficult: And as their discamping from thence, would greatly blemish their reputation, and increase the enemy's boldness, even so their long stay there was dangerous and unprofitable. And therefore diverse Captains were of opinion to retire from those boggy places, and to go into the champaign country, where their cavalry, wherein their chief hope consisted, might be employed and show their valour, counseling to go and meet the enemies, promising unto themselves to obtain the victory with ease, they coming so unfurnished of all warlike preparations.  
But the authority and opinion of Triwlcio did most prevail, who thought it not fit to hazard the whole, on the uncertain event of a battle, but by altering their form of war, to retire two miles off from the City, near to the River Mora, to the end that being safely encamped, they might cut off the enemy's victuals, 
The French retire from before Novara.  and enforce them thereby to yield. The Camp being gone thus far from the city, certain troops of Swisses entered it without any empediment, where they were received with great joy: and not losing one minute of time, Captain Motir, one of the chief of the bands, called them all into the market place of Novara, where after he had encouraged them with most vehement speeches, he 
The resolution of the Swisses.  resolved with them by a general consent, to depart about midnight, and on a sudden, by the favour of the night, to go and assail the French Camp, whereupon he commanded them to go to rest, and to refresh their bodies, and to be ready when the drum should call them.  
This nation did never make a more bold and brave attempt, being a few against many, without horse and Artillery, against an Army excellently well provided of all necessaries. About midnight than they sallied with great fury forth of Novara, on the sixth day of june, in the year 1513. They were about ten●… thousand men, who were disposed and ordered in such manner, as seven thousand 
The Swisses sa●…ly fo●…to to fight with the French.  were appointed to assail the ordnance, about which the Lansquenets were lodged, and the residue should march with their long pikes against the men at arms.  
The French being come into that place, having continued the remainder of the day, and a part of the night in arms, betook themselves here and there to sleep (according to the report of the spies at Novara) not doubting that any such accident would so soon befall them, having in no sort fortified their Campe. The 
The French Camp in fear and confusion at the Swisses 〈◊〉.  tumult and confusion was very great upon the Sentinels report of the enemies coming. The Artillery began to play with great fury upon those who came to assail it, and did greatly hurt them. Triwlcio was lodged in the midst of the battle, because Trimoville sought in the right wing, and Robert de la March on the left, each of them exhorting the Soldiers to do well. The men at Arms did readily put themselves in battle, and the Lansquenets, who were followed by the other footmen, did on a sudden place themselves in order. The Swisses notwithstanding that many of their fellows fell down dead round about them, did nevertheless, with marvelous boldness, march forward upon the ordnance, not ●…esteeming present death, nor were daunted at the death of 
The Swisses great boldness  those that fell down at their feet, until that coming unto the Artillery, the Lansquenets and they did charge one another with incredible fury, fight with great rage, and yet never broke their order. All in general did fight with great courage (the men at arms excepted) who stood still and did nothing, no persuasions, commandments, nor entreaties of the Lords, Triwlce and Trimoville being able to prevail with them: being so affrighted, as they had no courage to charge the enemy, who stood before them, and the Swisses were well pleased with their standing still, and for that they came not on to the aid of the footmen.  
At the l●…st, the great boldness and valour of the Swisses, carried it away, who 
The Swisses victory at No●….  having bravely won the ordnance, did turn it upon the French whom they put to rout, the footmen as well as the men at arms doing nothing worthy of prase. This is the famous battle of Novara, where they fought for the space of two hours, with great loss on both sides, but most of all on the French, which did afterward bring great calamity on the Venetians.  
By this defeat of the French a great alteration followed in Italy, chiefly in those matters which concerned the Venetians. Gritti who was in the French army was likewise one that accompanied them in the flight, who being by no reason able to persuade them to tarry at Alexandria or in Piedmont and not blot their reputation with so base and shameful a flight, perceiving their Army to be wholly broken, and knowing that he could in so sort advance the service of the Commonwealth, went to Savona, and from thence to Genoa, then to Luca, and so at last he came to Venice.  
This victory caused Milan, with other towns which had openly showed themselves for the French, to send to beg pardon, which was granted 
The whole Dut●…hy of Milan yieldeth to 〈◊〉.  them, on condition to pay the Swisses, unto whom by right was due, not only the profit, but the glory of the victory, purchased by their valour and blood.  
The Viceroy, who till then had still kept the Spaniards in their garrisons, and not showed himself against the French nor Venetians, following the victor's fortune, did on a sudden cross the Po, and marched towards Cremona (where he knew the Venetian army lay) to assail it. Whereof Aluiana having intelligence and how that in other places the people began to rise against them & the French, in Maximillians' behalf, attempting to cut off victuals and passage from them, determined to leave those confines, and to draw his Army in safety from thence; the which the Senate upon the report of the battles loss, had commanded him to do: but yet nevertheless, to retire in such manner, as his retreat might not savour of a manifest flight, lest it should discourage his own soldiers, and cause the enemies to become more audacious.  
Aluiana being departed, and Cremona left naked of Soldiers, the Spaniard did forth▪ with seize on it, and wholly sacked it, because it had given entrance to the 
Cremona taken and sack●… by the Spaniards.  Venetian Army. Then sending aid to Maxmilian Sforza to Novara, and to Octavian Fregosa at Genoa, against the Adorni, he brought the residue of his Army towards the Venetians confines, having crossed the river Adda, where without any difficulty he took the Cities of Bressia and Bergamo. These Cities were taken in the Emperor's name, and rated at certain great sums of money, which being rigorously levied, were distributed among the Spanish Soldiers.  
Aluiana in the mean time, with all his forces remaining on the Veronois, being much discontented to see the great designs which he had projected to be snatched forth of his hands, resolved on a great and difficult enterprise: for having won the town of Legnaga, he left john Paul Baillon at the siege of the Castle, with twelve hundred foot, and himself went speedily with the residue of the Army to assail Verona, to try if he could take it on the sudden. Baillon having made a breach in the fort of Legnaga, gave a furious assault to it, and notwithstanding the Spaniards resistance, it was taken by force, for which he was greatly esteemed by the Senate.  
This place being taken, was not able to beekept without a strong garrison, 
Legnaga taken and dismantmantled by the Venetians.  wherefore they resolved to dismantle and forsake it. Aluiana on the other side, being come before Verona, did assail it on the weakest side near to Saint Maxims gate, where having planted his ordnance, he did with great fury batter the Tower of the gate, and the wall thereto adjoining, expecting in the mean time when any tumult would be raised in the City; and having beaten down to the 
The Venetians besiege & 〈◊〉 Verona.  ground forty fathom of the wall, with the tower which fell down likewise, he gave it a fierce assault. But three hundred horse, and three thousand Lansquenets being in Verona, it was valiantly defended, by reason that the breach was very high on the towns side, which made the descent very uneasy. Which Aluiana perceiving, and that the Veronois did in no sort stir, contrary to his hope, he did with great speed retire his footmen and artillery from before the walls, as wholly despairing of the Victory, and returned the very same day to his quarter, from whence he came in the morning, having in that assault lost above two hundred of his soldiers.  
In this exploit there was nothing worthy of praise, but his great speed, because 
Aluiana raising his siege, spoileth the Country.  he had done that in one day, which other Captains were scarce accustomed to do in three or four. After that, he spoilt the Country, trying whether for fear thereof he could enforce the Veronois to come to any agreement.  
The end of the tenth Book of the fourth Decade.    


The Contents of the first Book of the fifth Decade.  
THE Spaniards take the Castle of Legnaga. Pope Leo reviveth the treaty of peace betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians. Offers made to the French King by the Venetians. Lewis the French King submitteth himself to the Pope. The Venetians lose the town and Castle of Pescara, Padua besieged by the enemies; they soon quit it. The enemies make great spoil being come within fight of Venice. Aluiana coming forth of Padua with his Army, opposeth himself against the enemy's passage. The enemies are greatly perplexed, by reason they could not could not come to any place of safety. The enemies do defeat, and put the Venetians to rout near to Vincenza. The admirable constancy of the Venetian Senate after the loss of the battle. Prospero Colonna doth secretly favour the Venetians, by diverting the siege from Treviso. The Pope in person makes a Compromise, concerning the strife betwixt the ●…mperor and the Venetians, which takes none effect. Selim King of Turks, his war against Acchomat his Brother. The difficulties which held back the Pope from procuring peace betwixt Christian Princes. The Countries of Padua and Friul wholly ruined. Frangipan taketh Maran, by the treachery of a Priest. The Venetians are defeated before Maran. A great fire in the City of Venice. A new compromise made in the Pope's person, concerning the same differences. Feltre taken and spoiled by the Almains, is opportunely relieved by the Venetians: The difficulties which were found a new in the accord betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians, with the Pope's arbitrative sentence. The Venetians defeat the Almains in the Country of Friul. And lastly, the means which the Venetians used to recover money for the entertainment of their Army.  
The First Book of the fifth Decade of the History of Venice.  
Whilst the Venetians spoiled the Country about Verona to enforce the Veronois to some agreement, the Spanish army came forward, the Viceroy fearing, lest through the bad disposition of those of Legnaga, Verona would open her gates to the Venetians, and therefore he determined without delay to 
The Castle of Legnaga taken by the Spaniards.  give aid to the Emperor's affairs: which made him to cross the Po at Stradella, & to encamp before the castle of Legnaga, which was guarded by two hundred and fifty foot, the which (notwithstanding the common opinion that it might well have held out for certain days longer) he took by force, the Vènetian Providator being taken prisoner, with all the footmen which were not slain at the assault. Aluiana having intelligence of the Spaniards approach, 
The Venetian Army retireth to Padua and Treviso.  retired to Albera, on the farther side of the river Adicé, where he used all the means he could to repair his army, the which he afterward divided for the guard of Treviso, and Padua, sending john Paul Baillon, Malatesta Sogliana, and the Knight de la Volpe to Treviso, with two hundred men at arms, three hundred light horse, and two thousand ●…oote, and himself went with the residue of the Army to Padua.  
During all these warlike exploits, and different practices, because the treaties of 
The Pope reviveth the agreement betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians.  the accord betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians were not wholly broken off, Pope Leo would have them to be revived, thinking it an easy matter to obtain of either of them that which he pretended. For he supposed that the Emperor, being invited by his occasions beyond the Mounts, would be content to hearken thereunto, that he might with more ease recover Burgundy for his sons son: and the Venetians much more, as well because they were daunted with the defeat of the French, as for that they knew that the French King (many dangers threatening his kingdom) could not for that year think on the affairs of Italy: and beside, he saw the Spanish Army at their doors, with which the companies that were in Verona went to unite themselves: They were more over drawn dry of money, unprovided of Soldiers, and namely of footmen: and they were to make resistance alone, no spark of light appearing, nor no aid near.  
The Senate nevertheless made a most constant answer, That it would not 
The Venetian●… constancy.  hearken to any agreement, unless Vincenza and Verona were yielded to them. And on the otherside they solicited the French King, by their Ambassador Dandulo, resident with him, to renew his army, and not to make show of being daunted for one only loss happened at Novara: not to suffer those mountainer Swisses to boast for that they had driven so mighty a king from his state, and robbed him of the fruit of the purchased victory: That he should boldly make choice of 
The Venetians offers to the French King.  counsel worthy his greatness, that the Venetians would not fail him in any thing: That he should make use for his service, of their Arms, Soldiers, and means: that so long as life should remain in their bodies, they would be ready to undergo all pain and danger, for the greatness of the Realm of France, and for the defence of their common cause.  
King Lewis thanked the Venetians for their offers, and with fair words gave 
The French Kings an●…wer 〈◊〉 Venetians.  them good hope, manifesting his desire to be revenged on his enemies, and to continue his friendship and confederacy with them: that the Frenck Kings custom was not to be chargeable: but to bring all aid, profit, and comfort to their friends and confederates. But because it was certainly thought, that the Realm of France, being assailed in sundry places: namely, by the King of England at Calais, and by the Emperor, and the Swisses in another place; it would be hard for King Lewis, to intend for that whole year the affairs of Italy. The Venetians in the mean time did exhort him to free himself from all those difficulties which 
The Venetians 〈◊〉 the French King.  might in time to come hinder him from the conquest, of that which did belong unto him in Italy, and to purchase friends in the Country, especially the Pope.  
The King, who desired nothing more than the uniting of his Realm with the Church, the which was earnestly craved by all his Court and subjects, did willingly hearken to the Venetians entreaties and remonstrances, and resolved for the same purpose to send the Bishop of Marseilles his Ambassador to Rome, and perceiving that he could never hope for any alliance with the Pope in temporal matters, unless he first of all did compose spiritual dissensions, he gave his Ambassador in charge to assure the Pope, that he had broken and revoked the Council which he had caused first to be assembled at Lions, and afterwards at 
The King's Submission to the Pope.  Pisa: and that he would not allow of any other Council then that of Lateran, which was then to be held in Rome: that he would ever (like to his Predecessors) greatly honour and reverence the Pope's name, and the sea Apostolic, and would be ready with his whole power to defend the Church of Rome.  
The Venetians at the same time, sent ten Ambassadors to the Pope; for age and dignity, the chiefest of the City, for to give him sufficient testimony of the good will and affection which they did bear to him: and had beside (the better to please him) enjoined Francisco Foscare their Ambassador resident with him to be present at every S●…ssion of the Council, in the name of the Republic, so soon as it should be begun at Saint john's of Lateran. But they found afterward that the Pope did not so greatly affect them as they imagined, because that being wholly (since the rout at Novara) freed from the fear of the French, instead of dissembling (which before he had done) he began to discover himself openly. He did aloud rebuke the Venetians and greatly tax them, for recalling the French into 
The Pope's reproachful speeches of the Venetians.  Italy: and that they who ought to have had most care of the liberty and quiet of the Province, were those who had stirred up more troubles in it, and had reduced it under the servitude of Barbarians. And to make them more odious, he did accuse them to have had a desire, if matters had fallen out prosperously, to recover the Cities and Towns of Romagna, which they had enjoyed. The Pope did often use these reproachful speeches.  
The Emperor in the mean time did solicit him to send him the aid promised in the treaty passed with julius his Predecessor, and ratified by himself against the Venetians, in which demand the Emperor still persisting with great obstinacy; albeit it was i●…ksome unto him (fearing lest the French King would be displeased therewith) he sent unto him, (being not able to delay it any longer), under the conduct of Troilo Savello, Achilles Tourella, Mutio Colonna, the number of 
The Pope sendeth forces to the Emperor against the venetians.  soldiers which he craved, because he would not (by refusal) give any sign, that he was not desirous to persever in the confederacy contracted with the late Pope, as also because it seemed unto him that he had no correspondence with the Venetians, who, beside, that their Army had after a sort behaved itself in hostile man: ner on the Parmesan and Placentine territories, at such time as Aluiana lay near to Cremona, had not chosen any Ambassador to make the oath of obedience to him, after the ancient custom, until the French, being vanquished, were gone forth of Italy.  
Nothing did so much astonish the Venetians, as because the Pope had declared himself their enemy. Yet nevertheless they having in his behalf never failed in the reverence and affection which they were bound to, (as himself did confess it) they were persuaded that they might yet be received into his favour, and make use hereafter of his grace and friendship. Nevertheless, they did not alter their former determinations, but resolved to resist fortune as much as they might, and seeing themselves to be our of hope of peace, and that the number of their enemies increased, they speedily began to provide all things necessary to resist so many dangers. They made great leuyes of footmen as well in Romaignia as else where, they armed a great number of vessels, called home all those 
Provisions made by the Venetians.  which they had in Candy and other places, and with the same speed, they made great provisions of victuals, munition and money.  
Some of the Senate were of opinion to have their naval army to sail into Puglia, to assail the sea towns, or at least to seem to resent the many wrongs which King Ferdinand without cause had done them. But having maturely considered how important a matter it was to provoke so mighty a King, they rejected this proposition, as more courageous than discreet, as well in resp●…ct of his power, as for that he had always made show to council the Emperor to peace. The Venetian General in the mean time being encamped on the banks of Adice, 
The 〈◊〉 Army on the banks of Adiss●….  his espies advertised him that the Spaniards had taken the way of Vincenza, determining to march towards Padua, and that Cardona, with whom the Pope's forces were united, came directly towards him with all his forces, he then thought fit to cross the River; as well to free himself from danger, as for to assure the Cities of Padua and Treviso, and came and stayed at Montagnane. But so soon as he had crossed the River with his forces, the Venetians affairs, who by reason of some prosperous and good success, had begun to be reestablished, did a new fall into decadence: For the Pollesin of Rovigo, did forthwith yield to the enemy, and the other people of the country did likewise suddenly rise, because those of the Venetian jurisdiction, perceiving that the enemies did wax strong, and did greatly molest them, and that the Venetians on the contrary grew weak, and could not relieve 
The 〈◊〉 of Rance de Cere, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of Crema.  them, all men in heaps ran to the enemies. Rance de Cere alone deserved great commendation, who remaining ever constant in the Venetian service, did at times sally forth of Crema, where he lay in garrison, and made incursions on the enemy's Country, spoiling and burning whatsoever he met with.  
The town of Pescara, after a small resistance, with the Castle likewise, albeit it was well fortified, fell into the enemy's hands, through the strife and dissension 
The 〈◊〉 loose 〈◊〉.  of those within it, Lodovico Contaren the Providator, and all the Captains with the most part of the soldiers were taken prisoners, the rest escaped by flight.  
The Bishop of Gurcia, as Lieutenant to the Emperor in Italy, coming to the Army, was of opinion to go and besiege Padua, saying; That he had so great hope in the Lansquenets and Spaniards valour against the Italians, as in the end they would surmount all difficulties. That it was a matter of small labour to take Treviso, but that the reward of the victory was different, because that to 
Of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 portance the taking of 〈◊〉 du●… 〈◊〉.  win Treviso only, did not import much for the conclusion of the war, but by the taking of Padua, they should altogether assure the Cities of the Emperor's obedience, from the dangers of war, and deprive the Venetians of all hope, of ever being able to recover those places that they had lost. It is certain, that the Bishop of Gurcia did obstinately maintain this proposition against the advise of all the Captains, who were of a contrary opinion, judging it rather an impossible then hard matter to take Padua by force, in regard of hi●… fortifications almost incredible: It is not known whether the Bishop of Gurcia propounded it by the Emperor's commandment, or else of his own motion, hoping thereby of greater praise, as for an high and difficult enterprise.  
At the last, notwithstanding all the viceroys reasons, and those of the contrary opinion, the Bishop of Gurcia his will was followed, by means whereof the Imperial Army approaching near to Padua, went and lodged at Bassanella, on the right side of the channel, a mile and a half from the city, in which place being much molested by certain double Canons, planted upon one of the cities bastions, it crossed the channel, and lodged a little farther of.  
Aluiana, who had already sent his Artillery and baggage to Padua, to be the lighter to take what way should be most expedient, having notice of their resolution, determined to march towards the city, to keep and defend it against the 
The Imperials resolution to 〈◊〉 Padua.  enemies, Baillon being already in Treviso (as hath been said) with sufficient forces to defend it, whether the Senate sent Andre, Maripietro for Providator. And although that Padua seemed to be well furnished with men, and all other necessaries, the Senate nevertheless would have certain levies of foot companies to be made, as well of Venetians as Histrians, who speedily marched thither, with all the husbandmen near about, which were come to Venice for refuge, to the end to use those men for necessary reparations, in steed of pioneers. diverse young Venetian Gentlemen likewise went to the defence of the city: So great was their care and diligence to keep these two cities, as well for the commodity of their situation, as for the fertility of the soil, having made the country plain round about, cut down the trees which were there, and razed all 
Padua furnished of all things necessary to sustain a siege.  the farms and houses of pleasure, so as there was nothing within a mile of the city, which lay not open to the mercy of the Canon.  
The enemies encamping round about padua, sent the footmen to S. Anthony's Church, which is within half a mile of the town where they began, (that they might approach with less danger) to make trenches near to Saint Antony's gate. But the work being great, and the want of pioneers greater, it went forward slowly and with danger, because the soldiers on the sudden making many sallies, as well in the day time as by night, did greatly hinder them that wrought.  
On the other side the number of the enemies was to small for such an enterprise, for they were not above eight thousand foot and a thousand horse of all sorts, so as a small quantity of the town being environed by the enemies, the Stradiots 
The number of the enemies before Padua.  sallied forth at other places and did freely scour the whole country, intercepting whatsoever was brought to the Camp, the like did certai●…e armed boats which the Venetians had placed for that purpose on the River Adicé so as victuals beginning to fail them, they we every day to seek new.  
They had worthy Captains in their Camp, but their skill and experience was to no purpose in that business, in regard of the authority and obstinacy of the Bishop of Gurcia. That which did most trouble them, was, the bringing of their ordnance near to the walls, and how to bring the soldiers afterward to the assault, the which they could not do without a broad and large trench, to avoid the shot of the ordnance which incessantly played from the town, and they wanted pioneers to continue it. These difficulties being propounded by the Viceroy in the enemy's council, with the sickness wherewith the soldiers were afflicted, by reason of the bad air, the camp being seated in a low place, and subject to the over flowing of waters, all men were of opinion, that it would be less disgrace to correct the determination unwisely made, by discamping, then by persevering in that error to be cause of some great loss that might happen, the which would be followed with greater disgrace.  
The Viceroy acquainting the Bishop of Gurcia with this determination, he made answer in the presence of divers Captains, that martial discipline being none of his vocation, he was not a shamed to confess, That he had no understanding in martial matters, and if he had counseled to besiege Padua, it was by the Viceroy's advise, who by letters and express messages had counseled the Emperor that it might be so, and given him great hope to be able 
The Imperials raise their siege from before Padua.  to take it: and therefore he gave consent, (difficulties still continuing) to raise the siege, the which was done on the sixteenth day of August, after they had encamped twenty days before the walls of Padua.  
The enemy marched directly to Vincenza, the which being found, for the most part, empty of inhabitants, and abandoned by the Venetian Magistrates was forth with seized by them, and made a prey to the enemies, 
The enemy's spoil & ruin●… Uincenza.  where they committed cruel and foul actions, not spoiling alone citizens houses, but Churches and sacred places, not for hatred they did bear to that wretched city, but because their army was altogether maintained by theft and robbery.  
The Bishop of Gurcia and the Viceroy remained certain days at vincenza with bad entertainment, as well in regard of the continual molestation of the stradiots who scoured the country day and night, as scarcity and want of victuals, in the City. This enforced them to dislodge: The Bishop of Gurcia with his Almans went towards Verona, and the Viceroy encamped at Albera on the Adicé, where he tarried certain days, as well to give means to the veronois to gather in their harvest vintage, and to sow their grounds, as for to make a bridge over the river, having an intent to bring his troops to winter on the Bressan and Bergamasc territories. But Aluiana perceiving that the viceroy made no haste to depart thence, was of opinion to sally forth of Padua and Treviso with their forces and to assail the enemies, who without any suspicion thereof, being disperse here and there about pillage, gave occasion of an assured victory: showing, that that Army being defeated, the war was for a time ended.  
The Senate judging otherwise of the matter, said that it was not necessary 
The Senate's opinion on Aluianas' desire to fight with the enemy.  to hazard, on the uncertain event of a battle, that army, wherein consisted the chief hope of the preservation of their State: thinking it likewise no discretion to unfurnish, in so dangerous a time, the Cities of Padua and Treviso of their garrisons: Neverthe less, concealing their intents, they caused it to be given out, That their Army should shortly come forth into the field, to the end, that the enemies being troubled with this news, should abstain from making any more incursions, and dislodge forth of their confines.  
But the Viceroy making no great account of these rumours, in regard he saw no likelihood thereof, propounded to himself greater designs, and changing his former determination, to place his army in garrison on the Bressail and Bergamase Country, having no other means to feed his Army, but by boot-haling, he sent for the Almains, and went to Montagnane and Este, and to the village of Bovolente, from whence bringing away great store of Cattle, the Soldiers burned diverse goodly houses near adjoining: Then being provoked by the desire of spoil, and emboldened because the Venetian troops were distributed for the guard of Padua, and Treviso, they determined to draw near to Venice (contrary to the opinion of Prospero Colonna) and having 
The incursions of the Imperial Army.  crossed the River Baquillon, and spoiled Pieva di Sac, which is a great Burrow, they went to Mestre and Marguera, seated on the salt waters, where the Viceroy commanded his Artillery to stay, and seeing the City of Venice before him, he caused ten pieces of great ordnance to be discharged upon it, the bullets whereof fell on the Monastery of Saint Secundus, and at the same time, his soldiers robbed and spoiled the whole country, making war most unjustly on the very walls, for being not satisfied with their booty, they cruelly burnt Mestre, Marguera, and Lissafusina, together with other towns and villages.  
Now the Viceroy beginning to perceive his error, and therefore being desirous to make haste to get from thence, could not keep back his soldiers from pillaging, neither by his authority nor by showing them the danger they were in if they stayed any longer there, in regard of the overmuch liberty which they had taken to spoil.  
Aluiana being with his army shut up in Padua, was extremely grieved to see 
Aluiana his great grie●…e that he might not come ●…orth  his reputation so soiled, and that before his face the enemies passing along near to so strong a City, should so unluckily give spoil to so great a Country. Therefore he advertised the Senate that his intent was to sally forth of the Cittty with his forces and to come and meet with the enemies, to stop their passage at their return, saying that being laden with spoil as they were, they could not choose but march in disorder and by that means they might easily be broken and defeated, 
Aluiana his earnestness to the Senate that he might fight with the enemies.  That certainly their Republic was fallen into a wretched condition, far unworthy their ancient glory, the which they could not shake off, but by some valiant and generous exploit▪ But the Senate inclining to the contrary, thought that the same did not proceed from a base and abject mind, but rather from a generous constancy, carefully to provide for all inconveniences that might happen, and that it was no great wisdom to hazard all on the event of a battle, which for the most part is doubtful and uncertain: therefore their opinion was, that he should assail the enemies with the Cavalry only, and leave the foote-forces for the guard of the city.  
But Aluiana being carried away with an extreme desire to obtain the victory, by which oftentimes he was spurred forward by vain glory, as by a certain dazzling, so as he did not foresee dangers, and contemned all council how wise and profitable soever, did every day make greater instance, that he might with the Army come forth into the field, the Providatory made the same request, being induced as they said by the great affection which they perceived in the Captains in the Republics behalf. 
The Senate permits Aluiana to come forth with his Army.   
The Senate at these entreaties, gave over their former opinion, and referred all to Aluianas' discretion, if he thought that his coming forth of Padua with the army might turn to the profit and utillity of the common wealth; and that to those ends he should assemble all his soldiers, and cause all the peasants, as well of the champain as hilly country to rise, to stop if it were possible the enemy's return (as Aluiana promised to himself to do) who were so rashly gone forward, being come betwixt Venice, Treviso and Padua.  
The Viceroy (as hath been said) having acknowledged his error made all the hast he could to march away, and being come to Civitella, he could not take it, by reason that it was well manned with soldiers. For Aluiana according to the Senate's permission being with all his forces come forth of Padua leaving a garrison in Civitella, came to Cotincella, where the River brent might be so orded. The enemies failed not to come thither, for they could not 
Aluiana 〈◊〉eth himself at the enemy's passage.  enter Civitella: But perceiving Aluiana to be lodged on the other side with the Artillery, they durst not pass over: and making show that they would pass a little beneath, Aluiana turned all his forces thither, whereupon they passed the night following, without any let, at the passage called the new Cross, 
The Imperial Army by night passeth the river brent.  three miles above Civitella, taking afterwards with great speed, the way towards Vincenza.  
Aluiana having notice of their passage, resolved to stop them at the River Baquillon: André Gritti, and john Paul Baillon, coming forth of Treviso, joined with him, with two hundred and fifty men at arms, and two thousand foot, determining not to fight with displayed Ensigns, but only to guard the strong passages and commodious places to stop their way, on what side so ever they should turn, as well on Monteseas side, as on that of Barberana, having sent forces thither for that purpose, and caused the country peasants to posesse all the passages leading into Germany, and to fortify them with dikes and trenches, Aluiana having left Theodore 〈◊〉 in Vincenza, with sufficient garrison, came with the residue of the Army, and encamped at Olma, which 
Aluiana encampeth at Olma, determining their to tarry for the enemy.  is a place two miles distant from Vincenza, on the high way of Verona, which was so stopped with ditches and trenches, with artillery planted on the ways, as it was almost impossible to pass. Aluiana chose this place as most safe and commodious, where he determined to stay for the enemies, (according to the Senate's advise) having in abundance all things necessary for a camp, and the enemies on the contrary wanted all.  
The Viceroy in the mean time holding on his way was come within four miles of the Venetian Camp, and stayed at a place called by those of the country La Motta, where he was much troubled in his mind, together with his other Captains, what way he were best to take, all their opinions were different: For they could not pass along by the sides of the mountains, by reason of the marish country which was full of water, nor yet by the streightways of the mountain, which was guarded by divers armed men. So as being in a manner environed on every side by the enemies, in front, on their backs, and in flank, and continually followed by great multitudes of light-horse, they could not determine on any thing which was not hard and dangerous. Whereupon after long consultation, they resolved at the last to open their way by arms, thinking it fit and well beseeming to show in great dangers a singular and unusual valour. Therefore the viceroy, perceiving the difficulties that did present themselves could no longer be concealed from the soldiers, he thought good without 
The emperials brave resolution.  dissembling any thing, to let them understand how their 〈◊〉 stood, and by some remonstrance to exhort them to do well, and to open their way with their swords points, putting them in mind, how much he had ever relied on their valour and prowess, the which alone had made them to enter so far into the enemy's country, hoping that they would altogether strive to free themselves from danger, if any should be offered, as then was: for having on the one side, sharp and height mountains, possessed by the enemies, and on the other side the Venetian Army stopping their return, they were resolved themselves by fight to endure sundry discommodities to win way, which would nevertheless be great disgrace to them, who had never been vanquished: And therefore he thought it much better to come at the first to handy-stroakes with the enemies, and to pass thorough the midst of their camp, continuing their journey: for want of victual enforced them to depart thence▪  
The soldiers being greatly encouraged by this remonstrance, promised the General to behave themselves bravely in the fight, and in this resolution they marched the next day by day-break to Bassan, turning their backs to the enemies, marching always in order, with small hope nevertheless of escape.  
Aluiana by reason of a thick mist, did not very soon perceive that they were dislodged, which was done without drums or trumpets: but having notice thereof, he speedily followed them with his forces: so that their difficulty in marching, passing thorough narrow ways, full of ditches, did still increase their danger, and having gone about two miles in such way, not without great travail, Aluiana not being able to contein●… himself, did assail, not disorderly, but with his army ordered for the fight, and with the artillery the enemy's ●…ereward, conducted by Prospero Colonna, who having bravely received them, sent speedily for the viceroy, who led the battle; and the Spanish footmen commanded by the Marquis of Pescara, marching at the same time on the one side, and the Lans●…quenets on the other: The Venetian soldiers being with great fury charged upon, not being able to sustain the enemy's force, did basely on 〈◊〉 betake themselves to flight, flinging their pikes from them upon the ground.  
The footmen of Romagna were authors of this flight: the residue of their army did forthwith follow them, so as none in a manner did fight. Aluiana himself was so amazed at so sudden a rout, as without fight he left the victory to the enemies with all his baggage and artillery, the footmen dispersed themselves in divers places, and as for the men at arms, part of them fled towards the hill, and the other saved themselves in Padua and Treviso, whether Aluiana and Gritti did likewise retire: Many Captains were slain there, and many were taken prisoners, 
The Providator Loredan, slain.  but the Providator Loredan made proof of them both, by reason that two soldiers striving who should have him, the one of the two did most inhumainely kill him. And in this manner at this battle, as well dead as taken prisoners, four hundred men at arms, and four thousand Venetian foot were found by reason the marshes which hindered the escape of many. 
The constancy of the Venetian Senate.   
But notwithstanding that the Senate was afflicted with so many miseries, and amazed at an accident contrary to their hope, yet nevertheless, the same day that 
The tenor of the Senate's letters sent to Aluiana.  they received these lamentable news, they determined to write to Aluiana, That they could not deny, but that they were in some sort troubled at the report of so strange an accident, but not danred or wholly discouraged, whereupon they were rather to awake themselves in such adversiy, then to lose one jot of their usual constancy, Therefore they did with great affection entreat him to take courage, and not to yield to fortune: That they were very careful of his health, in regard of the great hope they had in his valour, and that they did still hope, if he recovered his strength and magnanimity, to break the course of adverse fortune, to calm her too much rigour, by bringing back in the end victory from the enemies, albeit they were now victorious: They willed him then speedily to provide for the defence of Padua and Treviso, that the Senate would soon furnish him with soldiers, armour, victuals, and money, and generally with whatsoever they knew to be necessary for the safety and preservation of those Cities.  
These letters being written, the Senate made provision of all things needful. Prince Loredan by a grave remonstrance inciting every one to employ himself 
Prince Loredan his remonstrance.  therein, said, That it behoved them▪ selves to relieve their state, and not to hope for aid from elsewhere, and that each man ought to aid the commonwealth with what he knew was in his ability. As for himself he was determined to spare nothing that he knew might serve the Republic▪ and how for that purpose he resolved to send his two Sons, Lodovico and Bernardo; the one to Treviso, and the other to Padua, for to expose them to all dangers which should happen, consecrating them to his country.  
The Prince's speech did greatly move; but his example much more, by which divers young Gentlemen of the chiefest families of the City, and of great hope 
Di●…ers Venetian young gentlemen are sent to Padua & Treviso.  being incited did likewise depart for the guard of those towns; divers of the common people were likewise enrolled to be sent to Treviso, whether the report was, that the enemies would first come. The which undoubtedly had been done, had not Prospero 〈◊〉 by deferring from day to day, the resolution of that business hindered the execution thereof.  
He, as it was afterwards known, did sufficiently favour the Venetians affairs, for the conservation and defence of the common liberty of Italy: so as after many and sundry determinations, he caused the council at last to condescend to defer the matter till the Bishop of Gurcias' coming, saying That 
The siege of Treviso is deferred till another time by Prospero 〈◊〉.  there was nothing which did so much wrong their reputation, as to attempt an 〈◊〉, and then to be enforced to give over, without effecting it, as they had done at Padua. And thus the Viceroy, and Prospero concluded together to leave part of the Army at Vincenza, and to lead the residue to Verona, staying for the Bishop of Gurcia: where having delayed the time twenty days, Colonna took upon him the place of Captain General of Maximilian Sforza's army, and forsook the Spaniards.  
The Viceroy being desirous to renew his Army: sent for all the Captains with their Companies which lay on the Bressan and Bergamask, assuring them that upon their arrival, he would forthwith go and besiege Treviso: Gritti was within it, with the Knight La Volpe, Hug●… de Pepoli, john Paul Manfrou, with divers other worthy Captains, great numbers of horse and foot, and store of victual. The Viceroy being advertised thereof, and it being winter, he deferred the matter till some other time, and sent his army to winter on the Paduan territory, some to Este, and the rest to Montagnane and Moncelesia.  
In the mean time matters were changed from Arms to consultations of peace, which were treated of in the Pope's Court, whether the Bishop of Gurcia 
Compromise made by the Pope.  was gone; at whose coming a compromise was made by him and the Venetian Ambassadors in the Pope's person, concerning all the strife which was betwixt the Emperor and their commonwealth: but it was a compromise in name and show rather than in effect and substance: the Pope likewise left the matter imperfect, albeit he had declared by a Brief, that there should be a surcease of arms on both sides: for this was not well observed, neither by the Viceroy, whose soldiers since the victory did nothing but rob and spoil every where, nor by the Germans, who by means of a Priest did by stealth take Maran which is a Sea town in the Country of Friul, than they took Montfalcon; In the recovery of which towns, Fortune showing herself no more favourable to the Venetians, then in other places, they were on both sides much endamaged.  
At the same time as these affairs were thus managed in Italy, there were great stirs in Asia. Selim son to Baziazet, his father yet living, did usurp the Ottoman 
Troubles in Asia.  Empire, and having in sundry battles vanquished Achomat his brother, who likewise laid claim thereunto, had enforced him for relief, to have recourse to his neighbour Kings, and chiefly to Hismaell Sophi, King of Persia. And albeit 
Selim's cruelty  that Selim in his victories gave sufficient testimony of his vile and cruel nature, and the desire he had, (being freed from this war) to assail the Christians; The Venetians nevertheless being else where molested, and having no means to resist his greatness, resolved to purchase his friendship, and to fit themselves to the 
A 〈◊〉 Ambassador sent to Selim●…  time. Therefore they were of opinion to send an Ambassador to him, and they appointed for this purpose Antonio justiniano, in the Republics name to congratulate his coming to the Empire, and to rejoice with him, and to confirm a new the ancient friendship and alliance which they had with the Ottoman family.  
This Ambassador was honourably received by Selim in the city of Andrinopolis, where he than was with his army, who gave him great entertainment, knowing very well that without peace he could not assure his affairs of Europe, then when he was to pass with a great Army into Asia against his brother Achomat, who being backed by the Sophy's forces, had already recovered certain places in Cappadocia, and approached to assail him, whilst he as yet was not strong enough to resist him; whereupon Selim (perceiving that which he had chiefly wished for to be freely offered) did willingly embrace the Venetians friendship, promising for ever to observe it inviolably: And in this manner the alliance was renewed betwixt them on the same conditions as they had been before treated of with Baziazet.  
This treaty being concluded and effected, justinian returned to Venice, with whom Selim sent Alimbei his Ambassador, to cause the Prince and Senate to ratify the present treaty, unto whom he likewise wrote, exhorting them to entertain his friendship: And that he for his part would never fail them. The Turkish Ambassador being come to Venice, and brought into the Senate, Prince Loredan, swore and ratified, as well in his own name as in the Common wealths, all that which justinian, their Ambassador, had agreed to, and signed. Selim by this means being out of fear of the wars on Europe's side, having likewise renewed the truce with the Kings of Poland, and Hungary, he marched courrageously against Achomat, whom having broken and defeated, he commanded to be slain, to the end that by his death he might without contradiction 
Achomat brother to ●…elim vanqu sh●…d and slain.  become absolute Lord of Asia the less, thereby promising to himself, that nothing should be able to resist him: whereby he became so proud as he thought he was able to conquer the whole world, and chiefly Italy, on which he began to fix his thoughts, imagining that he could with ease subjugate it, being weak and molested by the forepast wars.  
He was moreover incited thereunto by the Emperor Maximilian, who thought 
The Emperor Maximilian pro●…oketh Selim against the Venetians.  on nothing more than how to ruinate the Venetians. It is certain that he sent an Ambassador to Constantinople to advertise Selim of the great opportunity then offered, to invade the sea coasts of the Venetians state, whilst he with his army would assaille them by land: but it was not certainly known, on what place he meant first to attempt  
Selim being thus solicited, caused that winter divers Vessels to be armed, and new to be made, and to new build those that were broken. But at the spring 
Amurath Son to Achomat in arms against Selim.  news was brought to Constantinople, how that Amurath, Son to his brother Achomat, (who being not at the battle where his Father fought, with such bad success, had escaped into Persia) had on a sudden entered Cappadocia with great numbers of horse and foot, where affrighting the whole country with great waist, he was become master of divers places of that Province.  
Selim being greatly daunted at these news, and considering that the Sophi alone 
Selim march●…th 〈◊〉 Asi●… with the army which he had prepared for Europe.  was cause, as well of those present troubles, as of those which Achomat his brother had in time before raised, resolved to take revenge: and to this end determined to send all that great army, as well by land as sea into Asia, the which was levied for Europe. This Asian war fell out opportunely for the Christian Princes, whom this most mighty and cruel enemy would have wholly ruined, and afterward would have gone on in despite of all their resistance.  
This being considered by Pope Leo, with the great good which this war of 
The 〈◊〉 on peace.  Persia had done, thought it his duty to meditate a firm peace among Christian Princes, to the end that being united together, they might with more ease oppose themselves against that Barbarous enemy. The Cardinals solicited him thereunto, in setting on foot the treaty of peace, and not to leave till it had taken effect according to their desire. But albeit the Pope did very well know that this 
The difficulty which held back the Pope from procuring a general peace.  was more than reasonable, yet never: thelesse he revolved in his mind, which was troubled with divers matters, that as the success of that wholesome council, did promise a very great and certain commendations, even so the divers respects of war and peace, and the difficulties which he met with in this treaty did affright him and wholly draw him back from that enterprise. For his fear lest the French should return again into Italy, and make head against the Spaniards and Almans, did extremely trouble him: thinking verily that the same would happen, if the realm of France were not enuaded in some place or other, knowing that King Lewis, by nature, was altogether an enemy to quiet, and that so soon as he had made peace with the English, he would turn his thoughts upon Italy, for the recovery of the Duchy of Milan, in regard he had ever rejected all motions of peace wherein was propounded that he should quit his claim to the state of Milan.  
The Venetians affairs were almost at the same stay, the Pope being not desirous to have them recover their former greatness, no●… yet to be to much dejected in regard of the common reputation of Italy. Whilst the Pope was in this sort afflicted with sundry thoughts, and that at one time he would favour the Venetians, and at another show them an angry and froward countenance, the war did still continue, notwithstanding the sharpness of the Winter, for Prospero Collonna with the Duke of Milan's forces marching to Crema, joined himself to the Spanish army, the which did reinforce the cities siege, 
The Paduan territory with the Frioul 〈◊〉 ruined by the enemy's incursions.  and the Paduan territory was daily scoured and spoiled by the enemy's incursions, the like was done in the Country of Friul, where there was no town or castle so strong, either by art or nature, which was not enforced to obey that party who was strongest in the field; so as the inhabitants of that poor country, were wholly stripped of all.  
And for to dispatch them at once, Bernardino Frangipan having forsaken the 
Frangipan taketh Maran by treachery.  Venetians, did by treachery seize on the Fort of Maran (as hath been said) by means of a Priest called Bartholomeo, who being a familiar friend to Alessandro Marcello Providator of the place, got leave of him on a morning, before day, to have the Castle gates opened for him, under co●…ller that he went forth to hunt, so as Frangipan, according as it was concluded betwixt himself and the Priest, did on a sudden seize on the gate, with certain Almain foot, and some horse, until his troops were arrived, whereby he became master of the place. But the traitor within a while after was paid his desert; for being taken by Nicolo Pisare 
The traitor punished.  who commanded in Gruare, he was sent to Venice, where being hung up by one foot, he was by the people stoned to death.  
This place being very commodious for the Venetians, the Senate was of opinion to have it speedily besieged, the better afterwards to assail Goritia, which Frangipan had taken in the same manner, and held it in the Emperor's name. The land Army marched thither under the conduct of Balthasar Scipione of Luca, and the naval army, commanded by Bartholomeo de Must a man well experienced in marine matters. These two Armies being come before Maran, an Herald was sent to the inhabitants of the town, and to the Almains that were within it, to 
The Venetians bese●…ged Maran.  summon them in the name of the common wealth to yield up that place to the Venetians, advising them not to delay till it were taken by force.  
Those within it made shows wholly contrary to the summons, and used many injurious speeches to the Herald, whereat those of the Camp being incensed, determined to give an assault, not tarrying for certain galleys which were to arrive, but at the first shot of ordnance which the besieged made upon the armed boats, which did disorder them, and slew some, the sailors and soldiers were so daunted, as on a sudden they retired as far off as they could from the shot of the Cannon, whereas at the beginning they craved to be led to the assault, so as afterward they durst in no sort stir, until that four armed gallcies arrived to their aid.  
The towne-walls next to the Haven were in some sort lower than other places, where the small towers likewise had been beaten down by the Canon; the Venetians made account to enter there with ease; and to make the matter less difficult, to assail it on a sudden in sundry places, as well on the land side, as on the Havens, to the end that the besieged being busied in so many places, might be the weaker in all. According then to this resolution they went to the assault, but 
The assault resolved on Maran in divers places at once.  on a sudden there fell such a shower ofrayne, as those on the land side were enforced to retire, not only from the walls, but a great way from the town, the whole plain being covered with water, by reason of the Marshes near adjoining, by means whereof the besieged being assured on that side, turned all their forces towards the Haven, from whence with ease they drove the assailants, who already began to mount the walls.  
At the same time as this happened, the soldiers whom Scipio had sent to guard 
Those that guarded the mountains, forsak●… the passages.  the passages of the mountains, to stop all aid from the besieged sent intelligence to the Camp, that Frangipan approached with great numbers of soldiers, requesting to have supplies sent unto them, otherwise they should be enforced to abandon those places, being to weak to resist them, Savorgnane who was in the army, being out of hope to take the town, upon these news turned his forces towards the Mounts, but he had not marched a mile, ere he met with those that sent for more aid, who being affrighted at the great numbers of those who were said to be coming, to relieve the town, had not the courage to attend them, and Savorgnane uniting them with his forces, went to the horsemen's quarter, who were lodged on a little rising hill, not far from the camp, and did earnestly entreat them (having acquainted them how their affairs stood) to approach near to Maran, to join themselves with the residue of the army, and to keep back the aid, that was coming to the town: they were not ashamed to refuse it, whereupon those of the Camp being affrighted, at the report 
The Camp before Maran disband●…th.  of the enemies great numbers, did in a manner all disband, under colour that they had not their pay.  
Frangipan in the mean time, being come with his succours, did without any 
Frangipan entereth Maran with his succor●….  difficulty enter the town, finding no where any resistance, where he took without delay part of the Almains, who lay there in garrison, and joining them with his soldiers they made a good troup, with which he went on a sudden, and assailed the remnant of the Venetians camp, who little expected it, so as with ease he did put them to rout, who thinking on nothing but how to escape, forsook their camp and their ordnance, whereby the greatest part of them were 
The Venetians 〈◊〉 defeated before Maran.  either taken or cut in pieces.  
Francisco Tron Captain of a Galley, did win that day great reputation; who remembering the Venetian glory, did never forsake the place which he had seized on with a few soldiers, until he saw the most part of them slain, or grievously hurt. Frangipan following the course of his victory, went on a sudden to Strasoda 
Strasoda and Montfalcon taken by Frangipan.  and Montfalcone, towns of the Friul, which he finding unfurnished of garrisons, did easily take, and committed most lamentable spoil.  
During this unfortunate success of the Venetians war, and the small hope they had that the French King would that year send an army into Italy a grievous fire happened in Venice in the night, in the beginning of the year, 1514. on the bridge of the Rialto, which being driven forward by the north-winds did so 
A great fire in Venice.  run on, as no diligence or humane labour could for a long time quench it: it burned the most inhabited and wealthiest part of the City.  
The Pope at the same time, being desirous to atone the Emperor and the Venetians, did in his own person cause a new compromise to be made, with ample & unlimited power, whereupon by a brief he commanded both parties to surcease 
A n●…w compromise in the Pope's person concerning the strife betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians.  their arms, which was not very well observed by the Spaniards and Almans, because the Spaniards in the mean time did spoil the whole country near to Este, and the Viceroy sent to take Vincenza, because he would be found to be possessed thereof at such time as the sentence should be given. Frangipan on the otherside, having done great harm in the friul (as hath been said) began to scour the whole country, the like did the Almans under the command of the Captains Rissan, and Calepine: who separating themselves, Calapine came afterwards to Feltre, which he took by assault, where staying three days, he was expulsed by john Brandolino, who marching to the recovery thereof by the commandment 
The Almans take Feltre.  of jeromino Pisare the providator, with strong troops gathered together from Valmarino, and with his light cavalry, enforced the enemies, who were daunted at his sudden arrival, to abandon the C●…tty, and to seek means to escape by flight.  
Calepine with the greatest part of his soldiers retired to Bassan, where not standing on his grave he was assailed a new by Francio Duoda, Governor of the country for the Venetians, having called to his aid Bernardino Antignole with his light horse, and Calepine being surprised in that place was taken prisoner, and three hundred of his foot were slain. But 〈◊〉 with eight hundred foot and three hundred horse, having taken the way of Goritia, met with Frangipan as he returned, and having united their forces together, and by that means being to the number of five thousand foot, and a thousand horse, they resolved to assail Vdina. The Senate having intelligence thereof, sent Malateste Sogliane and john 〈◊〉 thither, the one to command the army, and the other to be Providator, with six hundred horse and two thousand foot: jeronimo Savorgnane was there already with two thousand men of the country, where after long consultation, whether it were best to tarry there for the enemy, or by crossing the River Livensa to go unto some safer place: at the last it was concluded upon the advice of the inhabitants concerning the commodities and discommodities of that place, to quit 
The 〈◊〉 ●…dina abandoned to the 〈◊〉.  and abandon it, and to retire else▪ where beyond the River: the which was speedily done, for fear lest the enemies preventing them, their passage might be stopped: Savorgnane retired to Osof, a place of his own, to keep and defend it from the enemies.  
Vdina being thus abandoned did yield at the enemies first summons their lives and goods being saved, on condition to pay a thousand crowns to the army to avoid the sack of their City: The like did Ciuid●…le Port Gruera, and some others. But the enemy finding no victuals in that Province whe●…ewith to feed the army, after they had wasted and spoiled it, were desirous to march towards Treviso, to join with the Spanish Infantry, which lay on the Paduan and Vincentyne territories, to the end that being united, they might execute some notable enterprise. But one only matter delayed their design; which was, not to leave the fort of Osof behind them, the which was able to stop their victuals, and aid, coming forth of Germany. Therefore they resolved to assail it before they went on any farther; and that which induced Frangipan to do so, was the hope he had to take it, as he had done the castle of Chiuse, strong by situation, the which the soldiers that kept it, had yielded upon the only sight of the enemies, without fear of reproach, so as Osof being taken, there was nothing that could stop their victuals or relief from Germany, or hinder them from conquering the whole country of Friul.  
But Savorgnane trusting to the situation of the place, and to the valour and courage of his soldiers, albeit he had but an hundred foot, and four score crossbows on horseback, with some few peasants, did hope to keep and defend it in despite of all the enemies attempts. 
Osof besieged by the Almain●…   
The Almains then coming to encamp before Osof, seated on the top of a steep mountain, did batter it with their ordnance, and gave divers assaults to it in vain, which made them resolve to win it by a long siege, having intelligence that they within it wanted water; but God provided for them, for at the sametime there fell great store of rain, wherewith they were abundantly relieved. In regard whereof the enemies renewed the assault, but all in vain, so as despairing to take it, either by assault or by long siege, they raised their camp. 
The enemy's discamp●… from before Osof.   
Whilst these things were done in the friul, the Venetians affairs, although they were not very peaceable in Lombardy, did nevertheless su●…ceed more prosperously, where Rance de Cera commanding Crema for the Venetians, did perform sundry notable exploits, notwithstanding that the Spaniards 
Rance de Cer●… his bra●…e exploits.  and Sforza's forces were encamped before the town. These things did greatly displease the Pope, who as a deputed arbitrator sought to bring them to accord, but he could find no means of agreement, which might content both parties, by reason that by the frequent alteration of matters, hopes changing according to the success thereof, it happened that when the Emperor had given his consent 
Difficulties in the agreement b●…twixt the Emperor and the Venetian●….  to quit Vincenza, reserving Verona for himself, the Venetians refused it, unless they might be repossessed of Verona: and then when the Venetians being dejected, were satisfied only with Vincenza, the Emperor would have both or none.  
The Pope being wearied with these difficulties, albeit he doubted that his declaration would not be accepted, was desirous nevertheless (to show that it was not his fault) to pronounce his sentence, after this manner: That the Emperor should commit Vincenza into his hands in deposito, and all that which the Spaniards 
The Pope's arbitrative s●…ntence.  and himself did possess on the Paduan and Trevisan territories: That the Venetians should do the like by Crema. That as for other matters, each party should hold those possessions they enjoyed, till the declaration which he pretended to make within a year, of the conditions of the peace, but that in the mean time, arms should be laid down on both sides: That each of them within a month should ratify that sentence, and that the Venetians in ratifying it, should pay unto the Emperor five and twenty thousand Ducats, and within three months after, other five and twenty thousand: And if each of them did not ratify it, the sentence should be of no validity.  
After this manner he gave judgement, because he would not discontent any of the 
The Venetians refuse to ratify it.  parties: but this sentence came to nothing, by reason that the Venetians would not ratify it: for their desire was to have had the conditions of peace pronounced at the same time. Therefore they returned to arms, and determined to recover the friul, whereupon they sent Aluiana thither for that purpose, with two hundred men at arms, four▪ hundred light▪ horse, and seven hundred foot, who marching on the high way of Portonone, where part of the Almains lay, his light horse which scoured before, met with captain Rissan, the Almain, without the town (of whom we have heretofore spoken) with two hundred men at arms and three hundred light horse, and coming to handy-stroakes with them, 
The A●…mains defeated by the Venetians.  they had been repulsed, had not Aluiana arrived with the rest of his forces, whereupon began a furious fight, the issue whereof was at the beginning doubtful, until that captain Rissan being hurt in the face, was taken by Malateste Sogliane: for then his forces being broken, escaped into Portonone, and despairing of being able to hold it, did speedily forsake it, and betook themselves to flight, whereby the City was wholly spoiled, and divers people of the country were slain.  
Aluiana at his departure thence, took the way of Osof, which Frangipan had again besieged with the other part of the Almains, who having intelligence of Aluianas' approach, did soon dislodge, having razed the forts which he had built there about, taking his journey towards Germany, but the Venetian light horse charging him on the tail, he lost his baggage and artillery: By means whereof the whole country in a manner returning to the Venetians obedience, Aluiana having attempted in vain to take Goritia, returned forthwith to Padua with his forces.  
Frangipan said that the same disorder was no fault of his, but that being ill disposed of his person, by reason of a blow on the head with a stone which he had received at Osof, he could not provide for that which was necessary for the safe retreat of his army: But being afterwards healed, and running up & down the 
Frangipan is taken by the Venetians.  neighbour mountains to stir up new troubles, and to levy new forces, he fell into an Ambuscado, laid for him by john Vitturi, where he was taken and brought to Venice: A man indeed very haughty and cruel, and a great enemy to the Venetians, and who by his ordinary incursions had for a long time greatly molested the country of friul. In regard of this fortunate success, wherein 
The Senate recompenseth Savorgnane.  Savorgnanes aid did greatly prevail, his fame and reputation was much increased, whereupon the Senate for his deserts, created him Earl of Belgrado and Osof, for himself and his heirs, to the end that the memory of his valour might be known to posterity, with four hundred Ducats of yearly revenue forth of the public treasury.  
Now to return to Aluiana, the number of the Almains being increased by his departure, they took again Cremona & Montfalcon, & enforced the Venetians to remove their siege from before Ma●…an, for the Venetians having intelligence that supplies arrived, dislodged thence and retired in great haste. Such alterations often happened in the country of F●…iull, in regard of the Almains neighbour▪ hood, who after they had robbed and spoiled, so soon as they had any notice of the coming on of the Venetians forces (with whom divers of the country joined) they forth with retired home, and then returned, as occasion was offered.  
The Venetians in the mean time, perceiving that all hope of agreement was 
The means which the Senate used to get money.  taken from them, and that the wa●…re was to be continued, began to think on means how to get money, their treasure being wholly exhausted. All the magistrates were assembled to this end, to consult in what manner they might raise money for the expenses of the war. divers means were propounded in the Senate, and debated with sundry opinions. At the last they resolved to make a general taxation, whereof the highest should not amount to above three hundred crowns: and to this end, three persons were chosen to make this rate, according to the ability and authority of every man, provided that it did not exceed (as hath been said) the sum of three hundred crowns for one house. By means whereof in short space great sums of money were raised to pay the army: For the goods of those men that refused to pay what they were rated at, were judged to be confiscate to the public treasury.  
The end of the first Book of the fifth Decade.   

The Contents of the second Book of the fifth Decade.  
THe Venetians besiege Maran, and forthwith raise their camp. The defeat and taking of Vitturi the Providator. Bergamo is taken by Rance de Cera, and soon recovered by the Spaniards. The Venetians take Frangipan. The Venetians recover Vincenza. The victory of Selim against Ishmael. Soliman entereth Hungary. The Croisado published in Hungary against the Turks▪ Pope Leo his means to join the Venetians with the Emperor and the Spaniards, and to disunite them from France. The Venetians send Ambassadors to the French King, and to the King of England. The death of King Lewis the twelfth. Francis the first, Duke of Angoulesme, succeed him. The new King confirmeth the league with the Venetians. The Venetians send Ambassadors to the Pope to draw him to their side. What the Pope did against the Venetians. A league contracted betwixt the Emperor, the King of Arragon, the Duke of Milan, and the Swisses against the French King. The viceroy of Naples his enterprise on Vincenza, and the aid which Aluiana brought thither. The Swisses great guard at the foot of the Alps against the French. The French pass into Piedmont by the hill of Argentire. Prospero Colonna is taken by the French. Agreement betwixt the King and the Swisses contracted and broken all in one day. The battle betwixt the King and them at Marignan. The Swisses soft retreat towards Milan.  
The Second Book of the fifth Decade of the History of Venice.  
ALVIAN A being returned from Friul (as hath been said) the Venetians were of opinion by the soliciting of Savorgnano, to renew their enterprise upon Maran, the whole charge thereof was committed unto him. He according to his commission having levied two thousand men of the country, and four hundred of the best soldiers from Vdina, went with his forces and encamped before Maran. john Vitturi General of the light horse, and john Paul M●…nfron captain of the men at arms, did by the Senate's appointment meet 
The Venetians besiege Maran.  him there with their Cavalry, to the end that the enterprise might be executed with more assurance and reputation. Savorgnane at his arrival seized on a strong place not far from the walls of the City, and there encamped, causing great trenches to be made, to the end the soldiers being the better defended, might in more safety march to the walls. And because the situation of the place was not commodious for them, by reason the ground was very low▪ and boggy, he by his industry and diligence overcame the discommodity of the place, by making plat forms and bulwarks of sundry substances▪ for two purposes, the one for that they should serve for a safe retreat to his soldiers, if so be the enemy should make any sudden sally; and the other, that his soldiers coming to the assault, should be as high mounted as the enemies on their walls.  
All things being in a readiness for the assault, and some soldiers being already marched thither, certain captains, who at the first were not of opinion to give an assault made a stand, by reason of some encumbrance of water which they found somewhat high, which caused them for that time to defer that which had been determined: In the mean time letters came from the Senate to Savorgnane and to the chief of the army, which imported, that the Senate's 
The Senate's intent is not to give an assault.  meaning was, to have them use means to take that town rather by a long siege, then by assault, because the Senators feared (as the experience of what had formerly happened in the self same enterpri●…e had made them wi●…e) that being deceived through the hope of the Authors of the siege, the enemies coming on a sudden to pass thorough then camp, the army might receive some notable loss: As also, for that to assail that town so often in vain did greatly diminish their reputation. Hereupon, they resolved, according to the Senate's direction, to encamp only before it, and not to assail it, setting up divers tents and lodging places, to shut in the town more straightly, and to keep all victuals from being brought unto it.  
But whilst they spent the time thus unproffitably, they gave the enemy leisure to assemble his troops, and to reinforce themselves for the relie●…e of the besieged. Those of the camp having notice that the 〈◊〉 had for this purpose gathered together great numbers of horse and foot, and that divers peasants of the neighbour villages were gone to Gradisca to come speedily to assail them, they resolved presently to raise their siege, and to retire to Vdina and Civitella.  
The enemies so soon as the Venetians had raised their camp, did supply Maran with victuals and soldiers: by means whereof those within it being grown stronger and more audacious scoured the country round about. The Senate being much discontented with these incu●…sions, and fearing if it were not speedily remedied some greater harm might ensue thereby, commanded the Knight La Volpe, General of the light horsemen, to go with two hundred horse into Friul to restrain the enemy's courses: Petro Marcello was commanded to do the like who had been sent Providator to the camp: But before they could arrive there, the poor country men had endured much misery.  
Vitturi the Providator retiring with a hundred Albanese horsemen to a place of weak defence, was assailed by the enemies, where after he had valiantly defended 
Vitturi the Providator is defeated and taken.  himself, being hurt, and his soldiers forsaking him, he was taken prisoner, all his soldiers were either taken or cut in pieces. At the same time Rance de Cera, who lay in Crema, despairing almost of being able to keep the town, in regard of the great want of victuals in it, and of the terrible plague, as also for 
Rance de Cera 〈◊〉 Si●…uio 〈◊〉 to r●…ut.  that the souldier●… wanted divers months pay, did (unlooked for) assail Silvio Savella, as he came from Milan, who had with him two hundred men at arms, a hundred light horse, and fifteen hundred foot, whom he did forthwith put to rout, so as Savello fled to Lodi with fifty men at arms only; whereupon, the Venetians did re-victual Crema the second time, & Count Nicolo Scoto manned it with fifteen hundred foot.  
Rance being encouraged by these supplies, did within a while after enter into 
Bergamo taken and soon lo●…t.  Bergamo, whither those of the City had sent for him, and the Spaniards that lay there fled to La Chappella. The viceroy and Prospero Colonna being awakened with the loss of Bergamo, assembled the Spanish companies, with those of the Duke of Milan, and went to encamp before it with five thousand foot joined to the Spanish and the Duke of Milan's forces, where having planted the artillery against Saint Catherins' gate, and made a breach, Rance who was in the city perceiving that it was impossible to keep it, left it to their discretion, and capi●…ulated for himself and his soldiers, that they might depart thence with their lives and goods, without sound of drum or trumpet, and their ensigns ●…oulded up.  
Whilst these things were done at Crema and Bergamo, Aluiana having much importuned the Senate, that he might come forth of Padua with his forces, was permitted to do so, to the end he might restrain the Spaniards, who although peace was treated of, did not cease to waste and spoil every where: whereupon at his coming forth, he made a very notable enterprise, full of wonderful speed and industry upon the City of Rovigo, where lay above two hundred Spanish men at arms, who thought themselves safe there, because the River Adi●…é was betwixt them and the Venetian companies: for at such time as they thought not of him, he cast a bridge near to the town of Anguilare, and with one company without baggage, he crossed the River, and being come to the town, whereof one of the gates was seized by a hundred foot, clothed like peasants, whom he had sent before under colour that it was market-day, he entered it, and took all the 
Aluiana tak●…th 〈◊〉.  men at arms prisoners whom he found there.  
This exploit caused all the other Spaniards that were lodged in the Pollessin, to abandon it, and Legnaga likewise and to retire to Ferrara. Aluiana after the taking of Rovigo being come to Oppian near to Legnaga, meaning to have gone to Verona, having intelligence that the Spanish army had recovered Bergamo, and was returning towards Verona, he resolved not to tarry there, and therefore he sent the companies of men at arms by land to Padua, and he went thi●…her by night by the River Adicé, with the Infantry, the baggage, and the ordnance, to 
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉.  avoid the great wet and mire, and not without fear of being assailed by the enemies, who were kept back by the waters which were risen very high; then coming on shore he speedily went into Padua whether the men at arms were come two days before. The Senate upon the report of this brave exploit upon Rovigo, did receive great contentation, hoping still for better fortune hereafter, and wrote letters to Aluiana full of congratulation, saying that he had truly manifested his valour and martial experience, together with the good will which he did bear to the Republic.  
The same year, the country of Friul was in more quiet than of a long time 
The country▪ Friul at quiet by means of the taking of Frangipan.  before, by reason of the taking of captain Frangipan, who had molested it mo●…e then any other: whereupon, the Venetians knowing how much it did import them still to detain him, refused to exchange him for john Paul Baillon. At the same time likewise Rance de Cera being returned to Crema, and finding there great want of all things, did of his own authority without communicating it to the Senate, make truce with the enemy for six months: then, leaving Giovan Antonio Visin in the City, with five hundred foot, and as many horse for the guard thereof, he went with the residue of his forces to Padua, and from thence himself went to Venice, to give them an account of what had passed at Bergamo and Crema, and also to consult with them of what was needful to be done. 
The venetians give great e●…tertaiment to Rance de Cera.  He was honourably entertained: and because he had in former time re●…used the place of General of their army, no greater honour being at that present vacant, the Senate gave him the town and castle of Martinenga with all the revenue thereof.  
The viceroy and Prospero Colonno being crossed in their designs, by reason of Aluiana his retreat to Padua, having sent their forces into Garrison in the Pollesin of Rovigo, they went to Ispruch, to consult with the Emperor what was to be done.  
Whilst fortune showed herself so variable and inconstant to the Venetians, the City of Vincenza, which was reduced under their government, was kept with a small garrison, notwithstanding that divers of the enemy's troops lay round about it: for it continued still in the fidelity and devotion of the commonwealth, chiefly by the means and diligence of certain Citizens, who having gathered together great numbers of people of the territory near adjoining, did keep it always well furnished and provided of all necessaries: so as Nicolo Pascalic the Cities Magistrate, resolving in regard of the small number of defendants which was in it at the beginning, to abandon it, did take new courage, and did so well exhort all the inhabitants to the defence thereof, as the enemies durst never come again to besiege it.  
In these petty exploits of war, and with an uncertain hope of peace, the Summer of that year was spent for the affairs of Italy. But Asia produced greater enterprises; for ▪ Selim marching into Persia (as hath been said) and meeting 
Selim's victory against Ishmael.  with Ismaels' army, fought with him, of whom he gate a glorious victory, chiefly by means of his artillery, the use whereof was then unknown to the Persians. In regard whereof the great dangers were plainly discerned which threatened other Realms and Provinces, by reason of Selim's fierce and haughty courage, who for this fortunate success was become more proud and insolent. And that which did most manifest it, was, that at the same time that he made war in Persia, Soliman his son entering Hungary, did spoil the country with great 
Soliman entereth Hungary.  numbers of horse, and had already taken divers towns.  
The Pope was desirous to remedy it, and caused great levies of soldiers to be made in Hungary, who took for their badge a red cross, calling themselves the Crossed, taking arms for the defence of Christian religion against the Infidels. But this levy of soldiers, which were thought would have aided and 
A Croizado i●… Hungary ag●…inst the Turks.  relieved the King of Hungary, did in a manner ruin him: for, weapons being put into the hands of the peasants of that country, who are deadly enemies to the 
The great harm with the Croizade did to Hungary.  Nobility, they committed infinite riots, and threw the Realm headlong into greater dangers: wherewith the Pope being troubled, turned all his thoughts to the peace of Italy, and for that purpose, he sent to Venice Petro Bembo, his Secretary, a Venetian Gentleman, who being come thither, spoke to the Senate in this manner.  
That Pope Leo his affection towards the Republic had ever been sound: 
The Oration of the Pope's Nunci●… to the Senate  That he was still grieved by their losses and afflictions, as the care which he hath had of them, might largely witness: Besides there was nothing more sure, then that his whole designs and aim did ever tend to peace, and if he had at any time taken arms, it was of necessity and by constraint. That he had ever embraced their commonwealth with a fatherly love, and had never ceased to exhort, admonish and entreat them to fit themselves to the time: by which offices he thought that he had sufficiently discharged his duty, and perceiving that all which he had done was to no purpose, he had determined to give over the business, and no more to talk of peace, wherein he had so often laboured in vain. Yet nevertheless having of late changed his mind, and compared the time present, with the ancient affection which he had borne to the Republic, he had now sent him to them, to exhort them in his name, to respect their own liberty and the safety of all Italy, and to embrace the best and wholesomest council: They should do well to consider the manner of the French proceedings, their great desire to command, and their immeasurable cruelty towards the vanquished. That King Lewis his great desire to recover the Duchy of Milan, was only afterward to make himself Master of all Italy. For, having once overcome Maxmilian Sforza, and wholly expulsed him from his father's state, he believed that the way would be easily opened to him for the attaining thereunto, and for abusing, by means of other Italians, the Venetians liberty: whereas they had in time passed made alliance with the French, enforced thereunto by great necessity, they had done well, in respect of those times: But now to be allied with them was most dangerous, in regard, that thinking to assure themselves, it was to be feared, that they would precipitate their commonwealth into ruin, by the friendship of the French, which is not wont to last long, and therefore it were better to have them far off then near at hand: That divers recent examples might teach them the fidelity and constancy of that Nation, who had forsaken the King of Navarre, being driven forth of his Realm for their service, and because he would not abandon their friendship, with many others likewise who had well deserved of the Realm of France, towards whom they have used the like ingratitude: and therefore they were not to hope, since they had been forgetful of their neighbours, that they would prove more loving to the Venetians, who are strangers: and namely that the French had sworn the total ruin of their Republic, at such time chiefly as they had received infinite benefits of the Venetians, and had been in no sort offended by them, and that they might with honour have compounded with the Emperor. They should do well then to resolve, to keep the French armies far from Italy: That it was against reason to believe, that the French having conquered the state of Milan, would contain themselves within their bounds, & not fly out upon other men's confines. That the Venetians being wearied with so many wars, ought henceforth to embrace peace, & quiet, to which their was nothing more contrary, than the coming of the French into Italy, by which it was sure to sustain a cruel war: where, on the contrary, if the commonwealth would agree with the Almains and Spaniards, & with all the potentates of Italy, to expel the French; the only report of that alliance would be sufficient to make them to lay down their arms, & to change their present purpose to repass the mounts and to come into Italy, which by that means might become quiet and peaceable. But if ye shall contemn this council, the Pope will take God and men to witness, that he hath in no sort been wanting to the common good of Christendom, and to the particular profit of the Venetian commonwealth. That they were beside to believe, that he could ere then have embraced those parties which do now presently offer themselves to his advantage, and perhaps he would accept them, by allying himself with the Emperor and Spaniards, to their hindrance, of whom so often he hath had great care, and yet to no purpose. They had no need to crave any greater assurance of him; for the interest of the Sea Apostolic, and that of their Republic was all one, so as both of them ran one self same fortune, being in a manner, both the one and other subject to like accidents. That they were likewise to remember that men oftentimes are ruled by their own particular passions rather than by reason, as then, when to be revenged on Lewis Sforza, they threw themselves headlong into manifest danger, by associating for their fellow in arms, a foreign King, most mighty, who was to be a neighbour to their state, in stead of a weak Prince, and their countryman. Therefore they should do well to advise themselves how to reap some fruit by the Pope's favour and good will, the which till then they had with great care sought to entertain.  
With these or such like speeches Bembo executed the tenor of his commission: but the Senate, (the matter having been determined) thought it neither easy 
The Senate's resolution on Bembo his demand.  nor safe to ally themselves with the Emperor and Spaniards; whereupon with a general consent it was concluded, to continue in the friendship and alliance of the French, and to make this answer to the Pope's Ambassador.  
That his Ambassador was greatly pleasing to the Senate as well in respect of 
The Prince his answer to the Pope's Nunch.  himself, whose virtue and particular affection towards their country was suffitienly known to all men, as likewise in regard of the Prince that sent him, seeing they had ever borne great honour and reverence to the sovereign Bishops of Rome, and were particularly inclined to Pope Leo. That the Senate had ever highly esteemed his good and wholesome council: but the mischief was, that by how much, they, above all others, had desired his friendship and alliance, in that uncertainty of all things, by so much more were they continually kept from it. And albeit their love was never disjoined from him, yet their forces were ever divided. As than they did humbly thank the Pope, and confessed themselves much bound unto him, in that he had been ever ready by divers good offices to embrace and favour their cause, even so likewise they were extremely grieved that they could not follow his council, their ancient custom not permitting to leave an old alliance for a new, especially not being provoked thereunto by some wrong, their ancient fathers thinking that alone to be profitable, which was most honest: and that therefore they could not, without great blemish to their reputation, break and abandon the alliance which they had already contracted with the French. And if the Pope would call to mind the ancient benefits of the French Kings, not only to the Venetian commonwealth, but likewise to the Church: and to consider the wealth and power of that Kingdom, he would not only excuse, but commend the Venetians council, and be desirous himself to follow it, because that being backed by the French forces and those of the Venetians, there was likelihood that he should be able to lay surer foundations, as well for the state of the Church, as for the greatness and advancement of his own house.  
This speech being pronounced by Prince Lauretan, they made private remonstrance to Bembo, how the Senate did greatly suspect, that under that 
The Senate's suspicion privately declared to Bembo.  treaty of peace some deceit might lurk, in regard it was practised by the Emperor & by Ferdinand, being assured that under colour of agreement, they would, as at divers other times, practise some dangerous war on the Venetians: because that at the same time as the Spanish Ambassador dealt with the French King concerning the affairs of Italy, Ferdinand had revived this treaty of peace, to none other end but to cause the French King to suspect the Venetians friendship, and thereby to separate himself from them, the better afterwards to enforce them to agree with him, to his own great advantage: and that the same coming to 
To what intent the Spaniard spoke to the Venetians of peace.  pass, the Venetians being so divided from the French, what should hinder Ferdinand to make himself master, and quiet possessor of all Italy, as long time before then, he had aspired thereunto.  
Bembo being returned to Rome, reported all this to the Pope: but before he left Venice, he assured the Venetians, that the Pope would never suffer any man to attempt against their State, knowing very well that on them depended the liberty of Italy, and that he was to rely on them for the greatness and maintenance of the house of Medicis. The Venetians made declarations that they did not greatly care for that agreement, for thereby they should be deprived of the richest and goodliest city belonging to their state, which was Verona: and 
The Venetians hope on the French King.  that which maintained them therein was, the hope which they had that the French King would shortly come into Italy. For King Lewis being provoked with a desire to recover the Duchy of Milan, had made peace with Henry King of England, and made preparations to repass the mounts, and to come into Lombardy with a mighty army, whereunto the Venetians being joined, they hoped with ease to chase their enemies from their bounds and confines.  
This hope caused them to send Ambassadors to the French King, and to the 
The Venetians send Ambassadors to the French King and the King of England.  King of England their friends, for to continue them still in their affection towards them, and to this end were appointed Francisco Donato, and Petro Paschalic, but in Donato his stead, who fell sick, Sebastian justinian was sent thither.  
Their chief commission was to congratulate both of them for the peace and alliance contracted betwixt them (King Lewis having married King Henry's sister) and to thank them, for that in the treaty of agreement made betwixt them, they had therein comprehended the Venetians, by name, as their friends and confederates.  
That they should moreover assure the French King that the Senate did bear the same lovetowards him as it had done in times past, determining to prefer his friendship before any others, resolving to renew the war, if he so pleased, and that to that end they should council him to return speedily into Italy, where he should find the Venetian forces ready to join with his. Now whilst these Ambassadors were on their way, King Lewis, died: for as he over ardently took his pleasure on the excellent beauty of his new wife, who was not above eighteen 
The death of Lewis the 12. French King.  years old, not remembering his age nor the weakness of his complexion, he was taken with a fever, beside which, being troubled with a continual flux, he soon departed out of this present life, and made the first day of the year 1515. famous by his death. It was thought that his death would have bread great alterations. Yet for all that they did not call back the Ambassadors, but commanding them to go forward on their journey, they were enjoined to stay at a certain place, to expect a new commission from the Senate. King Lewis was a lust Prince, and well-beloved of his subjects; who neither before that he was King, nor afterward did ever find either bad or good fortune firm and constant to him.  
The joy which they had of King Lewis his death, who desired not the return 
Francis Duke of Angoulesme French King.  of the French into Italy, lasted not long. For Francis Duke of Angoulesme succeeded Lewis the twelfth, as the next in line Masculine of the Royal blood, and of the very race of the Dukes of Orleans, whose virtues and magnanimity was admired of all men, who with the title of French King did likewise take that of Duke of Milan, as belonging unto him, not only by the ancient claim of the Dukes of Orleans, but as being comprised in the investiture which the Emperor made, according to the treaty of Cambray: and beside, he had the same desire to recover it, as his predecessor had: The which he nevertheless dissembled for the present, seeking first of all to practise the friendship of other Princes, divers of whose Ambassadors came forthwith to him, whom he graciously received, and among others, those of the Venetians having had new commissions sent unto them to Lions where they stayed: with whom he confirmed the league in the same form as it had been made with his predecessor, and he caused the Bishop of Ast to do the like in his name, who being sent to Venice by King Lewis, tarried still there.  
The Venetians, who already did make great account of the friendship of the 
King Francis confirmeth the league with the Venetians.  French, and had enjoined Marco Dandulo their Ambassador to sound what the new King's mind was concerning their alliance and confederacy, were exceeding glad when they received his letters, and had seen the Bishop of Ast his commission, praising his gentleness, being desirous to show how highly they esteemed his friendship, and therefore they commanded their Ambassadors to give him great thanks, for the love which he seemed to bear to their Republic, and his desire to aid and succour them, promising him to employ themselves with like affection in aught that should concern his service, and would use means that the French might again hold some dignity in Italy, to the enemies fear and terror, and to the maintenance and stay of the Republic their friend and confederate: They should likewise persuade him to hasten his journey, and assure him that the chief point of victory consisted in speed, and not to give the enemy's leisure, who were now weak, to strengthen themselves; as also for fear lest the City of Crema, which did import much for the recovery of the State of Milan, should incur some danger, in regard it had of a long time endured many discommodities of war, so as it was reduced to the last extremity, being out of hope of having any longer truce with the enemies, it being almost expired, expecting every day when Prospero Colonna with new forces would come again to besiege it. They should likewise assure him, that the Senate would never fail of their duty, having already made new provision of soldiers for the land army, of armour and munition, and given order to arm certain Galleys to amuse the enemy as well by sea as land, and that the King should for his part do the like.  
The Venetian Ambassadors having executed their commission with the King 
The Venetian Ambassadors in England.  in the City of Paris, went into England to finish the remainder of their embassage, where being courteously entertained, they declared at their first audience the great sorrow and grief that the Venetians had for the death of King Lewis his brother in law, a very mighty Prince and a great friend to the Republic, than they gave him many thanks for the great correspondence betwixt them, for that 
The Ambassadors request to the King of England.  in the conclusions of peace, as well with King Lewis, as since then with King Francis, he was ever desirous that their commonwealth, as his good friend, should be especially named and comprised. And afterward the Ambassadors being in private with the King, did earnestly entreat him, that it might please him by his authority to persuade the French King, according to the desire he had to hearken to the affairs of Italy, to give aid and succour to the Venetians, and incite him to put in practise his said desire. That in the mean time the peace and alliance betwixt them might continue firm and inviolable, from which would proceed nothing but good to both parts, and be very commodious for all Christendom.  
After both the Ambassadors had in this sort accomplished their charge, justinian remained in England with King Henry, and Paschalic returned into France 
〈◊〉 sent to the Archduke.  to do the like there, who being come to Paris received letters from the Senate, whereby he was commanded to go with speed into the Low countries to the Archduke to congratulate him for his marriage and for the peace, whereof the commonwealth was very glad, which they would have to be signified to him by their Ambassador.  
After this manner did the Venetians strive to entertain the friendship and alliance of fortaine Princes, fitting themselves to the time. But their greatest 
The Venetians d●…firous to draw the Pope to their party.  care was how to find means to draw the Pope to their side, and to join him with the French, whereof they had some hope by reason that juliano de Medicis the Pope's brother, who could do much with his Holiness, had married Philiberta sister to the Duke of Savoy, and a very near kinswoman to the French King, by which they supposed that he would favour the French: and that the Pope in time to come, would more incline to them then he had hither unto done, perceiving that the Realm of France being strengthened both by kindred and confederacy with England, and the Archduke, nothing was able to hinder King Francis from growing great in Italy, and from being feared there. Yet for all that the Pope being tossed to and fro with his accustomed doubts and difficulties, had no firm or certain resolution, for now he took part with one, and anon with an other: sometimes being vanquished with fear he inclined to the friendship of the French, but he did oftener and more willingly discourse with the Ambassadors of the Emperor and King Fernand, and made answer to the Venetians, who spoke to him about it, that they might draw some thing from him, that he would be a looker on, and see what the issue of the war would be, intending to join with the Conqueror. But he did not imagine in his heart that the French King would ever pass into Italy, so as if King Francis had already passed the mounts with his army, yet he would not believe it.  
The Venetians being acquainted with his humour, sent Marin Georgio their Ambassador to Rome, with express commission to tell him, That he was of necessity 
The Venetians send an Ambassador to the Pope.  to show himself otherwise then hitherunto he had done, and to do his best to alter his former opinion, and to that end he should make the French Kings forces to be very great, and give him to understand how that seeing his Realm was out of danger of foreign wars, he might without contradiction and on a sudden turn towards Italy, whereunto he was much inclined in regard of his desire to conquer the State of Milan, that there was nothing so hard 
The Ambassadors remonstran ●…e to the Pope.  or difficult that was able to divert him from this design: That the Venetians had the same will to renew the war, and to join themselves with the French: That they ever desired as well in peace as war, to be united to the Sea Apostolic, to run the self same fortune with it, and had greatly laboured to have it so. But not being able to obtain it of his Holiness, and perceiving the hope of the victory to be very great on the French side, the Venetians were resolved not to abandon their friendship and alliance, thinking that by so doing, they had discree●…ly provided for their affairs: The which he likewise ought to do, having first maturely considered whatsoever might hinder or delay the King's intent; and finding none at all, to preserve by so doing the papal authority and Majesty, together with the possessions of the Church: That there was but only one remedy left in all this, which was, that the Pope would unite himself with the French and Venetians, because that the Swisses being forsaken by his Holiness, and by his succours, would of a certain give over the defence of Maximilian Sforza, and lay down their arms which they had taken against the French, so as the confederates being deprived of that aid, should be enforced to change their minds: the Emperor would no more think on the affairs of Italy, and Fernand would satisfy himself with his kingdom of Naples; whereupon, others might recover what belonged unto them, namely the French, the State of Milan, and the Venetians those Cities which had been wrongfully taken from them, and thereby a firm and sure peace might be established.  
All these goodly discourses could smally prevail with the Pope to make him 
The Pope's determination against the Venetians  alter his opinion: but on the contrary, continuing firm in his first determination, he thought in himself that he might easily induce the Venetians to do what he pleased. But perceiving that to deal with them by fair and gentle means, he should never obtain his desire, he resolved to use severity and rigour. He caused to be published over all the Church's territories, that no subjects or Vassals belonging to the holy sea, should upon pain of most grievous censures, bear arms under the Venetians pay; commanding all Captains as well of foot as 
The Pope's publication against the venetians.  horse, to come with all speed to the Spanish camp, with their soldiers and horses, going about by that means in such sort to diminish the Venetians forces and reputations, as being encompassed with so many mischiefs they should be at last enforced to have recourse unto him, and to do his pleasure: but the Venetians on the contrary continued firm, and constant in their alliance, hoping by that means of the French, to be able to maintain and defend their own state.  
King Francis in the mean time began very carefully to gather together very great sums of money, and to increase the ordinance of his men at arms, 
King Francis his dissimulation.  to the number of four thousand, publishing abroad that his meaning was not to make war on any one, for that year, but only to make head against the Swisses, who threatened to assaill Burgundy or Daulphinè, if so be he should refuse to fulfil the conventions made at Dijon in the name of the late King.  
Many believed it, inregard of the example of some late kings, who would never encumber themselves with new wars the first year of their reigns: But the Emperor and the King of Arragon were of another opinion, in regard of the King's youth, and the great preparations of war which King Lewis had left behind; whereupon because they would not be taken unprovided, they made means to confederate themselves with the Pope and the Swisses.  
The Pope delayed it as much as he could: The Swisses on the contrary, whose heat against the French did not only continue still, but daily more and more 
League betwixt the Emperor, the king of Arragon, the Duke of Milan and the Swisses.  increase, did alley themselves with the Emperor, the King of Arragon, and the Duke of Milan for the defence of Italy, reserving place for the Pope to enter; wherein was concluded that the Swisses should invade, either Burgundy or Dauphinè, and the Catholic King with a mighty army should come in by Fontaraby or Perpignan, to the end that the French King being assailed at one time, in divers and sundry places, might not be able though he would to trouble the Duchy of Milan, but should be enforced to defend his own country.  
The French Kings intent was for a time kept close, until the greatness of his 
The French Kings great preparation.  preparations could by no means be any longer concealed, in regard of his huge provisions of money, with which he waged very great numbers of Lancequenets; he caused store of Artillery to be carried towards Lions, and had a while before sent Pedro of Navarre, who was newly come to his service into Guienne to levy ten thousand foot on the marches of Navarre.  
It being then apparent to all men, that war was prepared for the Duchy of Milan, and that the King determined to go thither in person, he openly craved to have the Pope to join with him, as well by the means of juliano his brother who was (as hath been already said) allied to the King, as by his Ambassadors, to the end to be assured of his intent.  
But the King soon began to be out of hope, as well because the Pope had granted to the King of Arragon the Croizads of Spain for two years, whereby it was thought that he would raise above a Million of gold, as by the fair and goodly promises, which he made to those who pleaded for him, and yet without any resolution at all; besides it was wholly in vain, for he had already 
What shifts the Pope used to declare himself openly against the king  before made a very secret convention with the others for the defence of the stta●…e of Milan, the which nevertheless he would not have yet to be known, till such time as he had found out some more apparent pre●…ence, whereby he might say that he had been enforced thereunto, because the King would not grant him what he demanded, but the King condescended to all his requests, and notwithstanding all this he made divers doubtful and irresolute answers.  
The King not tarrying any longer for his replies, being come to Lions, accompanied with all the French nobility, made Charles of Bourbon Constable of 
〈◊〉 of Bourbon Constable of France.  France his Lieutenant General to command in the war, if himself went not thither in person, whereof he yet doubted, promising to himself the certainty of the victory by reason of his great forces, for he had in his Army two thousand Lancequenets, conducted by the Duke of gelders, ten thousand Basques or Gascons, eight thousand French, and three thousand Castadours. For of all 
The number of the King's army.  the enemy's army there was none to be feared but the Swisses, who continually came down into the Duchy of Milan, so as already more than twenty thousand of them were there arrived, ten thousand of whom, being come near to the mountains, did undertake to guard the straight passages of those valies against the French.  
This determination of the Swisses did greatly trouble the King's mind, because 
The Swisses determination in the straits of the mountains.  it was an hard matter, in regard of the valour of that nation, to drive them from those strong and narrow passages. The rest of the confederates having left sufficient garrison for the defence of those towns which they had snatched from the Venetians, were not able to levy the one half of a strong Army.  
Whilst France made these preparations, upon the report of the Kings coming into Italy, the Viceroy of Naples, who for a time had been at truce with the Venetians in the Vincentine territory, made show to bring back his army to Verona, (as he said) to the aid of the Duke of Milan, but it was to seize on Vincenza, in regard of the fit season that then was to make silk, wherewith the country doth greatly abound, hoping from thence easily to draw 
The Viceroy his enterprise on Vincenza.  means to pay his army. But Aluiana being advertised of this design, left Padua, where he than lay, and passing speedily on the Vincentine Territory, leading along with him sufficient troops to guard the City, and to break the enemy's enterprise, whereby the inhabitants had leisure to gather their silks, and to transport them to a place of safety. 
Alu●…ana relieveth Vincenza.   
That done, Aluiana, retired towards Padua, (the Spanish forces daily increasing,) and encamped with Rance de Cera at Brentelles, two miles distant from Padua, where he tarried many days, because the Senate had willed him not to stir from thence with the army before he were certain of the enemy's purpose, to the end not to go into any place, where he might be enforced to come to handy strokes, and to tempt fortune, fearing if he should receive any loss, it might happen to keep back King Francis, who affirmed that the chief hope of his designs depended on the Venetians, and therefore discoursing with their Ambassador resident with him, he did council him that his countrymen should not hazard aught, before his arrival in Italy it being indiscretion to hazard the success of that war on a small part of those forces which he hoped would 
The Venetians incursion on the enemies.  be great, being united together, Yet notwithstanding, the Venetian soldiers made often incursions, chiefly the light horse, under the command of the Captains Mercurio Buono, and Giovan de Nalda, who did greatly molest the enemies, taking great Booties from them, as well from Rovigo, as on the Veronois.  
In this sort did the two Armies, Venetian and Spanish, behave themselves for a certain time, without any other attempts, still expecting news of the French army, who leaving the realm freed from the fear of war, were ready 
The passages of Suza, Pegner●…lles, and Sal●…sles guarded by the Swisses.  to pass the mounts.  
For neither the Spaniards nor Swisses, did ever go according to their treaty of Confederacy, the one to invade Burgundy, and the other the confines near to Spain, but the Swisses went and encamped at Suze, pignerol and Salusses, to stop the entry of the French into Piedmont, and the Spaniards kept himself in Lombardy with the Pope's troops, of whom juliano de medicis, his brother, was General.  
The French then marched forewards on the fifteenth day of july towards the Alps, and being come to Grenoble they were enforced to make some stay there to resolve upon their way they were to hold, for all the ways were so difficult, as well in regard of the nature of the places, as for the guard in them, that it was impossible to possible to pass without danger if they would go the ordinary high way which leadeth into Italy by Piedmont, the Swisses keeping the narrow passages of the mountains, but there was another way betwixt the sea and Coctian Alps, descending towards the Marquisate of Salusses, by which they might carry their ordnance beyond the mounts, not without wonderful difficulty, because they could not do it but by the strength of men and engines.  
The King resolving wholly to pass on howsoever, would needs go directly over the Alps, whereby the French in three days came to the hill of Argentire, 
The French pass into Pied mont by Argentire.  where taking the way on the left hand, and overcoming all the bad ways, they came on the fourth day upon the confines of the Marquisate of Salusses, without any stop at all, because no man would ever have thought that it had been possible to bring the Artillery over such steep and sharp mountains, and the Swisses being lodged at Suza were ready to guard the ways by which they must pass which cometh down by mount Senis, or mont Geneura, or the hills near thereunto. But they having intelligence that the French had passed by an other way, being amazed thereat, forsook those passages and retired to Novara: which gave hope to the French to be soon able to end that war, and without any 
The Swisses r●…tire to Novara.  great bloodshed to conquer the State of Milan, knowing that the Swisses are by nature lightheaded, seditious, mutinous, and desirous of novelty, and above all things, very covetous to get money: by which means the King thought suddenly to win them.  
Great promises of sums of money were made to divers of the chiefest of them if they would prefer the certain offer that was made them before their first heat of war, and not hazard the uncertainty of a Battle. Whereupon they were desirous to return home, and in a bravery demanding their pay, they forsook their Ensigns, and refused to obey the commandments of their General and other their Captains, alleging for excuse of their alteration, that the affairs of the French at their entry into Italy, had prosperously succeeded: and how on the contrary, whatsoever the Swisses had undertaken, had redounded to their shame and loss, and therefore they were minded to depart, and no longer to draw out the war at length.  
The French in the mean time having passed the mounts, the Lord La Palisse came speedily with four Cornets of light horse, being lead by people of the Country to Villa Franca, (a town seven miles distant from Salusses, where Prospero Colonna with his company was lodged, not doubting any thing, by reason of the great distance of the enemies,) from whence some said, that he would 
Prospero Colona taken prisoner by the lord La Palisse.  depart the same day, to join with the Swisses. It is nevertheless certain that he sat at meat, and dined at such time as La Palisse his soldiers arrived, who were not descried by any before they came near the house, because those of the town, with whom La Palisse had intelligence, concerning that great booty, had already secretly agreed to keep themselves very quiet, and had seized on the scouts and Sentinels. Prospero Colonna that famous Captain was thus taken prisoner, and Petro Margare the Roman with him, others at the first noise saved themselves and escaped by flight.  
The passage of the French, and the taking of Prospero Colonna, did change all 
The Pope amazed at the King's passage and the taking of Prospero Colonna.  men's minds, and altogether the whole state of the affairs, causing new alteration in the minds of the Pope, the viceroy of Naples and the Swisses. For the Pope perceiving that the King had passed contrary to his hope, and that Prospero Colonna was taken prisoner, in whom he chiefly trusted, he commanded his Nephew Lorenzo, General to the Florentines in stead of his brother julian, who lay sick at Florence, to proceed slowly: then he secretly dispatched Cintio his familiar friend to the French King, to excuse him for what had passed, and to begin to treat with him, if so be it should fall out badly for the Duchy of Milan.  
The Viceroy of Naples likewise carried himself otherwise then he had done. For remaining still at Verona, expecting means to cause his soldiers to march, and new companies promised by the Emperor to leave in Verona and Bressia, he with these excuses began to defer his departure, because he would first see what would become of the Duchy of Milan.  
The Swisses in like manner being amazed at the King's passage came on a sudden to Pignarol and from thence to Novara (as hath been said) where they began to treat of agreement with the King. In the mean time all the French 
The Swisses begin to treat of agreement with the King.  troops being reunited at Thurin, the King went to Verceill, where he stayed many days, expecting what would become of the treaty with the Swisses, who showed themselves full of variety and confusion. For they began to mutiny in Novara, where they lay, because they had not yet received the money which the King of Arragon had promised them, and they did perforce take the money from the commissaries which the Pope had sent them. And in this fury they departed from Novara to return home into their country, the which many of them did greatly desire to do: but they were scarce gone from Novara, ere the King of Arragon's money was brought thither, whereupon being better advised, they redelivered the Pope's money, that they might receive both the one, and the other, according to the usual manner, by the hands of the commissaries. The King perceiving his hope of agreement with the Swisses to decay, by means of these Variations, and by the coming of other new companies forth of Switzerland, departed from Verceill intending to go and besiege Milan, leaving at Verceill with the Duke of Savoy, the Duke's bastard brother, the Lord of Lautrec, & the General of Milan to continue the treaty begun with the Swisses. divers armies were in the field, as well for defence as to assail, but in such manner, as they were separated in sundry places, not being able to join together, because the enemies lay between 
Agreement contracted with the Swisses, and broken the same day.  them and home: by means whereof the King being desirous to join with Aluiana, departed from Bufalore, and being come with his army to Biagrassa, whilst he stayed there the Duke of Savoy, with the other commissioners, whom the King had left at Verceill, had made peace with the Swisses in the King's name. But this peace was almost in one day concluded and broken, by the arrival of new Swisses, who being proud for their forepast victories, hoping to carry home with them as great wealth, as they saw their fellows laden with, they would not hear tell of peace, refusing to yield up the valleys mentioned in the agreement: so as by this breach of peace, matters returned to their former difficulties, and to much greater, in regard of the Swisses new forces, as also of those of the Viceroy and Lorenzo de Medicis who approached Milan. Aluiana in the mean time sent word to the French King, that he would so amuse the Spanish army, as it should have no means to hurt him: and therefore so soon as he understood that the 
The number of the Venetian army conducted by Aluiana.  Viceroy was gone from Verona, he left the Pollesin of Rovigo, and having crossed the Adice, he speedily came along the river Po, with nine hundred men at arms, fourteen hundred light horse, and nine thousand foot, with great store of artillery near to the walls of Cremona. The King according to Aluianas' letters, came to Marignan, to give him more easy means to join with the royal army, and to stop the companies of the Church, and Spaniards, from doing the like with the 
The King com●…th to Marignan.  enemies. For it did greatly import the king to have the enemies force divided in sundry places.  
The King being come to Marignan stayed there, and wrote to the Venetian Senate, giving them notice of his arrival in Italy, and of the fortunate success of his affairs till then, together with the hope he had that his designs would prosper, in regard that both their affairs were managed by one selfsame Union and concord.  
But in these interims, Rance de Cera who had well demeaned himself against the enemies, being moved with iealozy against Aluiana, for that he would not be enforced to obey him as General if the armies should come to join together, 
Rance de Cera leavet the Venetian party.  craved leave of the Venetians to depart, who being not able to make them friends, did freely grant it. He was a brave Captain, and could not abide any superior, and Aluiana could not endure an equal, by means whereof they could not agree together, whereupon, having taken his leave he put himself into the Pope's pay with two hundred men at arms, and two hundred light horse.  
Mark Antonio Colonna in the mean time, who remained for the guard of Verona, 
Mark Antonio Colonna guardeth Verona.  made a sudden sally with three thousand footmen and about seven hundred horse of all sorts, and went and scoured the Vincentine Territory, spoiling and wasting whatsoever he met with. Albeit this did trouble the Venetians, yet could it not divert them from their former determination, which was that Aluiana should join with the French army, knowing well that if the French Kings affairs did prosper, this could not do amiss. 
Four armies at one time in ●…vly.   
Four armies were at one time in one country, very near to one another. The French army was of forty thousand men, among whom were five hundred men at arms, chosen out of the French Nobility, excellently well armed and mounted, who after they had seized on Novara and Paula, were come to Marignan, not far from them lay the Venetian army, of twelve thousand foot and three thousand horse, which stayed at Lodi, both armies being well stored with artillery. Against these two were two other armies of the enemies, who for the same reasons were enforced to remain divided one from another. That of the Pope and the Florentines joined with the Spaniards, was more esteemed for the old soldiers then for the great number, and it was lodged near to the City of Placentia, on the bank of the river Po. The other was of Swisses which was said 
The number of Swisses.  to be forty thousand men who at the pursuit and persuasion of the Cardinal of Zion, kept the City of Milan, which was well furnished with all necessaries.  
This Cardinal returning from Placentia, whither he was fled, wondering that his countrymen practised with the French king, relying on great numbers of soldiers newly come, which did favour his party, he came among them who were all in a manner divided, some of them not enduring to hear tell of war, and others not of peace. And causing them all to come together on a day, he began with a very 
The Cardinal of Zion's oration to the Swisses.  vehement and affectionate speech to incite them, without any more delay to go forth the same day and assail the French King, and not to set so much before their eyes the number the enemy's horse and artillery, as to let it make them to forget the valour of the Swisses, and the victories obtained by them against the French. That it was not the artillery which gave the victory, but only the prowess and valour of the soldier. And that besides the giving of the victory, which he assured them of, they should consider the great wealth they were to get, as well by the spoil of the French army, as by that of the whole state of Milan. And therefore he willed them to advance their pikes, with their usual courage, and sound their drums, and without delaying one hour of time to go and use their arms effectually, and to glut themselves with the blood of those, who by their pride would molest the whole world, and by their baseness do ever become a prey to all men.  
The Swisses being incited by these or such like speeches did furiously on a sudden put on their arms, and going forth of the City did put themselves 
How greatly the Swisses were incited by this speech.  in order of battle, and albeit it was near night, they marched towards the French Army with such courage, as if they had already obtained the victory, notwithstanding that diverse of their Captains thought it great rashness and a very dangerous matter to assail the enemy in his camp, who was 
The Cardinal makes use of false rumours.  resolved for battle. But the Cardinal of Zion fearing lest delay might produce something contrary to his designs, and that as the desire of fight had easily inflamed their courages, it might as easily be quenched by the remonstrance of their Captains of the contrary part, he gave forth a false rumour among them that the French gathered together their baggage and prepared for their departure, and that their vanguard was already forth of their Camp, to go and join with the Venetian army, to retire afterwards to besiege Milan, whereupon he exhorted them to make haste to surprise the enemy in disorder who little doubted thereof. This exhortation was seconded by divers Captains of his faction who did greatly▪ praise his council, and incited them to battle, going up and down the ranks, making the like remonstrances, wherewith the soldiers being encouraged marched on with a speedy pace towards the enemies.  
Now the French being advertised of the Swisses coming towards them, albeit they were at the first greatly amazed, (as it happeneth in matters not foreseen nor premeditated) they did nevertheless forthwith put on their Armour, made ready their horses and all other things needful for a battle, then having taken courage, they placed themselves under their ensigns and opened themselves more at large. Their whole Army was divided into three parts.  
The Duke of Bourbon lead the Vanguard, accompanied by the Lord of Talamont, 
The order of the French army in battle.  son to Trimoville, john jacomo Triwlcio, Pedro of Navarre, and other famous Captains, with all the Almains, Gascons, and French. In the battle was the King, about whom were the greatest part of the men at arms, and a choice troup of Almain soldiers, with the Dukes of Lorraine and Albany, the Lord Trimoville, Francis of Bourbon Count of Saint Paul, Odet of Foix, Lord of Lautrech, and diverse others. The Duke of Alançon conducted the rearward, with the Lords La Palisse, and Aubigni, and the residue of the Cavalry.  
The Swisses in the mean time having left certain companies of Soldiers upon 
Fight betwixt the French and Swisses.  the rearward, had made of their whole Army but one body, which was very strong, and being well closed together, they went on furiously (that they might the better seize on the Artillery) and gave in upon the Lansqnenets, who were at the front of the French Army. These men suspecting that the French, according to the common report, were agreed with the Swisses, and that they came only 
The Lancequenets open their ranks.  to assail them, in regard of the deadly hatred betwixt these two Nations, opened themselves, and suffered the first charge of the Swisses, who came furioufly upon them to pass on, whereupon, they went directly towards the Artillery, which being perceived by Pedro of Navarre, he on a sudden called up his troops, and caused them to keep the place appointed to the Lansque nets, whereby the enemy's passage was soon closed.  
The Cavalry on the other side, and the King himself who was environed with a valiant troup of Gentlemen, coming against them, their great fury was in 
The battle continueth till four hours within night.  some sort cooled, and a very cruel battle began, the which with divers events continued till four hours within night, certain French Captains being already slain, and the King himself stricken with divers bushes of Pikes: at the last both sides being so weary as they were able to do no more did separate themselves and retired forth of the throng, without any commandment or sound of drum or trumpet. The Swisses lodged in the very same place expecting day, and they suffered one an other, on both sides, to rest that night, as if they had taken truce. 
How the King ordai●…eth his Army that night.   
The King in the mean time did not spend the remainder of the night unproffitably, but assembled his council to determine what was to be done the day following, he caused the Artillery to be drawn back, and planted in more commodious places, he did reordaine the battaillons of the Lancequenets, who promised 
The bataillis r●…neued by break of day.  to amend their former days fault, and to give sufficient proof of their faith and loyalty: and sent word to Aluiana, speedily to come and bring his forces to the battle. So soon as it was day the Swisses went and assailed the French with the self same fury of the day before, who valiantly recevied them, but with more discretion and better order, where upon the Swisses were beaten, partly 
Aluiana cometh opportunly to the battle  with the artillery, and partly with the Gascon Crossbows, and by the horsemen, so as they were beaten in Front and in Flank, at such time as Aluiana who was sent for (as hath been said) arrived with his light horse and with part of his army in the greatest haste he could.  
He arrived at such time as the battle was most closed and most fierce, and when matters were in greatest hazard and danger. He gave in with great fury upon the Swisses backs, who nevertheless did still fight valiantly.  
But at last despairing of the victory, as well in regard of the great resistance made against them, as by the arrival of the Venetian army, they sounded 
The Swisses retire with soft pace towards Milan.  the retreat, and retired with a soft pace towards Milan, keeping still their usual order, with such an amazement to the French army, as there was neither horse nor foote-troupes that had the courage to follow them, by reason they were much tired in the battle, having fought without intermission from day-break till none.  
The end of the second Book of the fifth Decade.   

The Contents of the third Book of the fifth Decade.  
COntention among the Swisses, being retired to Milan after the battle. Milan, and the whole Duchy is reduced under the French obedience. The French Kings entry into Milan. Aluiana his enterprise on the City of Bressia, with the Venetian army alone. The death of Aluiana, and the establishment of john james Triwlce in his place. The Venetians take Pescara. The French are present at the siege of Bressia. The Pope maketh motion of peace. Parma and Placencia are by the Pope yielded up to the French King. The interview of the Pope and the French King at Bolognia. The Camp dislodgeth from before Bressia. Triwlcio gives over his charge. The Duke of Bourbon Viceroy in the Duchy of Milan. The Lord of Lautrec with the Venetian army comes again before Bressia. The Pope's practices to break the siege of Bressia. The Emperor, the King of England and the Pope band themselves against the French King. Manfron and de Bue are defeated by the imperials. The Lancequenets are defeated by Fregosa at the Castle of Ansa. The Emperor cometh with great forces into Italy, and beseegeth Asola. The French and Venetian armies retire to Milan. The arrival of the Swisses at Milan for the King. The Emperor's shameful retreat into Almain, and the abandoning of his army. King Francis his complaints against the Pope. The Lord of Lautrec Governor of the Duchy of Milan beseegeth Bressia the third time. Bressiayeeldeth upon composition, Verona after divers determinations being besieged in two several places is by the Almains freed from the siege. The contents of the treaty of Noyon. Verona by the same treaty is yielded to the Venetians. The great joy of the Venetians, together with the Veronois for that redition.  
 
The Contents of the third Book of the fifth Decade.  
THE Swisses after the battle being retired to Milan, a very 
Dissension among the Swiss●…s in Mila●… after the Battle.  great contention arose amongst them, some of them being desirous to make an agreement with the French King, and others to continue still for the defence of Milan. Those who demanded the accord, making another pretence, craved money of Maximilian Sforza, the which they very well knew he had no means to pay; but it was only by that refusal to take an occasion to leave him, the which they did by persuasion of roast their Colonel, leaving fifteen hundred of their countrymen, with five hundred Italians, for the ga●…d of the Castle, promising Maxmilian nevertheless to return to the aid of their fellows, whom they left behind. Upon which promise Maxmilian Sforza, accompanied by john of Gonzaga, and jeronimo Morone, and by other Gentlemen of Milan, shut himself up in the Castle.  
The French after the Victory remaining masters of the field, did with ease reduce under their power all the towns of the Duchy of Milan. The Viceroy of Naples who all this while had not stirred forth of the Placentyne Territory, being 
The Viceroy retireth to Naples.  out of hope to be able any longer to guard and defend the state of Milan, and fearing beside that the Pope had abandoned the league, he retired into Romagna, and from thence soon after brought back his army into the realm of Naples. The Cardinal of Zion perceiving himself to be disgraced among his countrymen, for the bad success of the battle, went to the Emperor to solicit aid, the like did Francis Duke of Barri brother to Maxmilian Sforza.  
The City of Milan being thus abandoned, gave itself to the French King; 
Milan ye●…ldeth to the French King.  with entreaties that he would forget what was past, promising to be ever after more loyal and obedient, granting to pay unto him a very great sum of money. The King refused to enter into it so long as the enemies held the Castle: but the Duke of Bourbon came thither to receive the City, in the King's name, and gave speedy charge to Pedro of Navarre to attempt the taking of the Castle, who promised, contrary to the opinion of all-men, to win it within a month, whereupon he began to batter it with the Canon certain days together; then according to the usual manner, he made mines, whereby 
Upon what Articl●…s Sforza yielded the Castle of Milan.  he blew up the walls and towers which were of a wonderful height.  
Sforza being daunted when he saw a Case-mate and a part of the wall flying in the air, and being beside ill disposed of his person, making use of the council of some of his trustiest servants, he determined to receive into the Castle Antonio Bratan Doctor of the laws, to make a draft of the agreement and redition of that place, which he was resolved to yield up to the French King, which imported, that Maximilian Sforza should presently consign to the French King, the Castles of Milan and Cremona. That he should give over unto him all his claim to that state, and should receive of the King a certain somme of money for the payment of his debts; and that he should go into France where the King should give him a yearly pension of thirty thousand Ducats, or else should cause him to be made a Cardinal with the like revenue. There were beside, divers Swisses that were in the Castle, who were all of them well satisfied and pleased.  
These Articles being accomplished, the King entered in great magnificence into 
The French Kings entry into Milan.  the City of Milan, environed with the greatest part of his cavalry. Four Ambassadors of the chiefest Senators of Venice came thither to him, namely Vntonio Gr●…mani, Dominico Trevisan, George Cornare, and Andrew Gritti, as well to congratulate him for his victory, as to entreat him, as he was tied by the capitulations of the confederacy, to help them to recover their Cities.  
The King after that he had graciously received and entertained them, commanded speedily the bastard of Savoy and Theodore Triwlcio to aid them with 
The King promiseth a●…d to the Venetians.  six dundred lances and seven thousand Lancequenets: But because they delayed their departure, until they had seen what would become of the Castle of Milan, or else because the King would send the same companies, before that of Cremona. Aluiana (whom the Venetians would not suffer to follow the viceroy) 
Aluiana his enterprise upon Bressia.  marched with his army towards Bressia, to try if he could take it by force, according to the Senate's direction, who desired (that all matters being laid aside) he should seek to recover Bressia and Verona: in regard whereof Aluiana having passed over the river Adda, marched directly to Bressia, the City of Bergamo being yielded unto him presently after the rout of the Swisses.  
Now in the Venetians Camp there was diversity of opinions among the Captains, some of them thinking it much better to go first and besiege Verona for diverse important reasons, and chiefly because that being taken, all the Towns and Castles of the Veronois would soon yield, the which 
The Siege of Bressia resolved on.  would not so fall out by the taking of Bressia. The Senate at first was of this opinion, but because they would not spend the time vainly in that determination, they referred that business to Aluiana his discretion, who because Bressia was nearer to the French Camp, he marched thither, hoping to take it with ease; for he thought that Bressia had not so strong a garrison as Verona.  
But Icaro the Spanish Captain being wise and subtle, who commanded Bressia, having intelligence of Aluiana his design, had speedily caused a 
New succours enter into Bressia unknown to Aluiana.  thousand footmen to come thither from Verona, with store of victuals and other necessaries to sustain a siege; and had handled it so cunningly, as Aluiana had no knowledge thereof, who made account so soon as he should approach the walls to give an assault in divers and sundry places: But by the sudden and unexpected arrival of the new aid, he found more resistance there then he looked for, and having greatly laboured in his approaches, 
Aluianas' death.  a grievous feever seized on him, which enforced him to leave the Camp, and to retire to Gueda, in the Bressan Country, where he departed out of this world about the beginning of October, in the year of our Lord, one thousand, five hundred, and fifteen, not being fully three score years of age; wherewith the Venetians were greatly grieved, but the soldiers much more, who kept his body five and twenty days together in the Army, carrying it with them when they marched in very great solemnity, than it was brought to Venice, where by a public decree, it was very honourably buried in Saint Steevens Church, where at this day his tomb is to be seen: And because he had ever made more esteem of honour and reputation then of wealth, having left his wife and children poor, the Senate in acknowledgement 
The Senate's recompense to the widow and children of aluiana.  of his good service, decreed, that every month three score Ducats should be paid to his widow, and as much to a son of his forth of the public treasury so long as they should live, having given them a goodly house in the City, with exemption from all taxes, and impositions, and that to every of his three daughters should be given the some of three thousand Ducats for their Dowry when time should serve. 
john james Triwlce General of the Venetian army.   
After Aluiana his death, George Eme the providator did for a while command the army. The Venetians in the mean time entreated the King to give them john james Triwlce to be General of their forces, as well in regard of his experience, as for his renown in martial discipline, as also because for the common inclination towards the Guelphe faction, there had ever been good will and friendship betwixt them and the same Republic. Whilst he prepared for his going to 
Pescara taken by the Venetians.  the army, the Venetian companies took Pescara having not▪ long before defeated certain troops of horse and three hundred Spanish footmen that went to relieve it; then they recovered Asola and Lona which the Marquis of Mantua 
Asola & Lona taken by the Venetians.  had abandoned.  
Triwlce being arrived at the Venetian Army received letters from the Senate full of congratulations and entreaties that he would carry himself in that place, so as he had ever done in all employments: he did likewise receive the army at the hands of George Eme the Providator, where he began to bear himself with great wisdom, and discretion and according to the Senate's desire he besieged Bressia, albeit it seemed very hard unto him to take it without the French 
Bressia besieged by the Venetians.  army, by reason that the City was strong, and that there were within it two thousand foot as well Lancequenets as Spaniards, as also because winter aproached, and the weather was much disposed to rain, as the event did not deceive his 
Those of Bress●…make a sally on the Venetians Campe.  judgement. For as they battered it with the Artillery which was planted upon the very brink of the dike, those within made a sally with fifteen hundred as well Spaniards as Laucequenets, who giving in upon the guard of the Artillery which were a hundred men at arms and six hundred foot, they easily put them to rout. albeit that john Paul Manfron did in some sort stay their fury with thirty men at arms.  
They slew about two hundred foot, burned the powders and drew ten pieces of ordinance into Bressia; so as the Venetians were like that day to have received a far greater loss, had not Triwlce come speedily thither with certain foot companies and Cavalry, who enforced the enemies to retire, and recovered from them certain pieces of ordnance which they were carrying away beside.  
This disorder caused Triwlce to withdraw his army, and to lodge it more at 
The retreat of the Venetian army.  large, even as far at Coccai, ten miles distant from Bressia, expecting the coming of the French, at whose arrival, so soon as Triwlce had made new provisions of artillery and munition, he returned again, and encamped before it: The French supplies being conducted by the Bastard of Savoy, which consisted of five thousand Lansquenets, eight hundred men at arms, and certain 
Bressia again besieged by the French.  pieces of ordnance, with all manner of provision in abundance, being joined with the Venetians, the City was by a general consent besieged, hoping with those forces, and by the Soldiers diligence, easily to finish their enterprise.  
Yet nevertheless it fell out otherwise then they thought, for the Lanquenets refused to march against the cities of the Emperor's obedience, whereupon being dismissed the Venetians craved Pedro of Navarre of the King, who came 
The Eancequenets refusal.  thither in their stead, with five thousand Gascons and French: These being encamped on the one side of the town, and Triwlce on the other with the Venetian soldiers, the battery began in divers places, the chief command of all matters, remaining in a manner to Triwlce, by reason that the bastard of Savoy being sick, was gone from the army.  
After a long battery, no assault was given, because those within had made divers rampires, and very carefully provided for all things necessary for defence, so as Pedro of Navarre had recourse to his ordinary remedies, whereof he had not as yet made use in that siege, by reason it was very painful and laborious, and for that he likewise feared, least by means of the continual rain that had fallen of a long time, his design might not fall out as he desired. He began 
Pedro of Navarre makes use of the mine at the siege of Bressia.  then to mine and sap the walls, but those within the town suspecting the matter, because those of the Camp had given over their battery, having diligently searched all over the City, if they could hear any noise of the miners, at last it was discovered, whereupon they made a countermine, which being filled with powder and fired, they overthrew all that Pedro of Navarre had done, and slew his people that wrought in it, so as in a moment all that was lost which had been set forward in many days. 
Pedro of Navarre his mine blo●…ne up.   
The Venetians nevertheless did not despair of taking the City, but by straightly shutting them up to stop alsuccors from coming to them, they hoped to win it, having had intelligence of the great want of all necessaries wherewith the besieged were afflicted, which at last would enforce them to yield, especially the Almains, who are impatient of long suffering: as also for that they had not 
Great dearth in Bressia.  received any pay of a long time from the Emperor, by means whereof they refused all military observation, and prepared themselves to mutiny and rebellion. This being reported to Triwlce, he supposed that a fair occasion was offered to conquer the city, whereupon he resolved not to stir from thenoe, notwithstanding the sharpness of the winter, the deep snows, and the long time that he had lain before it, knowing how much it concerned his reputation, if that which he had begun should not succeed fortunately.  
He began then straightly to shut it up on every side, to the end that no victuals might enter it, nor no soldier of the town might come forth, and for this purpose he still entertained them with light skirmishes. And because those of Verona did in the mean space scour the Bressan Territory, and molest the Venetian Army, he placed strong Garrisons in Pescara and Valegia to stop their incursions, and to shut them more straightly up.  
At the same time that Bressia was besieged, there was some motion of peace, the Pope seeking to accord the Emperor and the Venetians, hoping afterwards 
The Pope motioneth a peace  to be better able to conclude peace with the French. But the Venetians being so often beaten with hope of those matters, without giving any trust to the Pope's words, did not assure their State on many, but only on the friendship and alliance with the French, and to the end that their intent might be known to all men, they refused all conditions propounded to them, whereof they were desirous to advertise the French Ambassador resident at Venice, and that in like case, their Ambassadors which were at the court, should acquaint his Majesty with the whole business, that he might see how they accounted only of his friendship, as the King did the like by their●… The which he made show of to the Emperor's Ambassadors, who came to him to talk of agreement from their Master, whom having dismissed without any resolution, he did speedily aduer●…ize the Venetians thereof.  
As concerning the Pope, the King had sundry thoughts. For all be-it his Holiness had forsaken him, at such time as he thought him one of his greatest 
The King desirous of the Pope's friendsh●…p.  friends, he nevertheless did greatly desire his friendship, the which he had not left but by constraint. Therefore the Pope having sent his Nuntio to the King, unknown to the other confederates, he was courteously entertained by him, the King manifesting his hearty desire to enter into his Holiness favour: Yet nevertheless 
The Pope yielded Parma & Placentia to the King.  resolving not to buy that at a dear rate which was offered, the Nuntio could obtain nothing of his Majesty, till the Pope had quitted and yielded unto him Parma and Placentia which he held.  
The Pope could hardly be induced to quit those two Cities. At last, fearing that by delaying the matter, some mischief might arise, he satisfied the King's desire, referring the accomplishing of the rest till their interview, which by their mutual consent was concluded to be at Bolognia. The Pope for that purpose departed from Rome, and the King from the City of Milan, the Venetians Ambassadors did accompany his Majesty, all Italy received great contentation by that assembly, hoping that it would produce an assured peace to the whole Province. A legate was sent to the Emperor to treat of agreement betwixt him and the Venetians, and to have him to remit Bressia and Verona to them for a pecuniary recompense.  
The Pope likewise sent a brief to the Venetians, exhorting them unto peace. 
Interview betwixt the Pope and French King at Bolognia.  The Pope and the King being come to Bolognia, they covenanted together, That the King should take upon him the protection of the Pope's person, and the Church's State, of juliano and Lorenzo de Medicis, and the State of Florence. That the Pope should cause his forces to leave Verona, and countermand those companies sent to the Emperor's aid against the Venetians. divers other Articles 
The Articles concluded betwixt the Pope and King.  were concluded, concerning only the profit of either of them: In the which treaty having continued six days together, both of them departed from Bolognia: the King thinking that he had done a great matter, to have drawn the Pope to his side, and to have disjoined him from his enemies.  
The King being come to Milan, began to think on his return to France, having nothing to detain him but the desire he had to see the Venetians reestablished in their Cities. Therefore he commanded to reinforce the Venetians army which lay before Bressia, and had reduced the besieged to that extremity, as all men thought that they would soon yield; for the Almains and Spaniards that lay within it, had resolved together, that if within twenty days they were not relieved, they would yield up the City to the Venetians, on these conditions nevertheless, to depart with displayed Enseignes, the drum beating, with the artillery and all their baggage, which was the self same composition 
The composition of those of Biessia.  which they had concluded with the Venetians General. But the Almain succours came and entered the town before the time agreed upon was expired.  
The report of the coming of this aid had caused sundry opinions in the army, some of the being of opinion to continue the siege; others, to lead the army elsewhere, but the report of the number of the Almains being greater than the effect, and for that they had notice by their spies that Mark Antonio Colonna, who was 
The arrival of succours to Bressia, causeth the Venetians to raise their camp.  come forth of Verona, & entered the Mantuam territory, made preparations to come and assail them, caused the Venetian captains, who feared that by staying there, the enemies might come and enclose them, to determine wholly to dislodge, and to bring the artillery to Crema and Cremona, and the rest of the army to Castlenedulla six miles off from Bressia.  
These news being brought to Venice did greatly amaze the whole City, because they expected rather to have heard of the taking of the City, then of any thing else. The General and the Providatory had written, that there was such 
The raising of the camp amazeth the City of Venice.  strong Garrison at all passages, as it was impossible that any aid could enter into it, which might keep them back from observing the agreement which they had made, and that which caused them most to believe it, was that the French supplies which were to come to the camp, being three thousand Almains and 400▪ horse, were departed from Milan and were on their way towards their camp.  
This did much blemish Triwlcio his reputation, whereof he having notice, 
Triwlce leaveth his charge.  craved leave of the Signory, That he might depart, saying that the affairs of his own house called him thence, and that he could tarry no longer in their army. But the Senate knowing that this man's experience was much important for their affairs, used means to appease him by letters, and did entreat the King to cause him to take that charge upon him, but he would by no means consent thereunto, but returned to Milan. Theodore Triwlcio took charge of the Venetian army, and of the whole managing of the war, holding the same authority in the army as john james Triwlcio had done, albeit he had not the name nor degree of captain General.  
The King in the mean time having given order for his return into France, left the Duke of Bourbon for viceroy in the Duchy of Milan, and before his departure 
The Duke of Bourbon viceroy in the Duchy of Milan.  he commanded Odet of Foix Lord of Lautrec, to carry speedily greater aid to the Venetians, and generally to do all matters for them, as if it were for his own service, showing thereby his great affection to the Republic, as in all other his speeches and discourses, not letting to say, that if the Venetians were not wholly restored to their Cities he would return into Italy with greater forces 
The King's affection towards the Venetians.  than before.  
The King being gone forth of Italy, and the Duke of Bourbon tarrying there to command the Duchy of Milan, the Venetians still kept an Ambassador near to him, to solicit whatsoever was needful for their affairs, Andrew Trevisan was sent thither, who being come to Milan, Andrè Gritti who had remained there after the King's departure to hasten the supplies, went to the army to be Providator 
The Lord of Lautrec cometh to the Venetian army before Bressia.  there, in stead of Dominico Contaren, that fell sick, and was brought home to Venice. At the very same time, the Lord of Lautrec came to the army with great forces which did much increase it, so as it seemed that there was no doubt but that Bressia would be taken.  
Now the Pope supposing that this success did greatly cross his designs, sought all means to hinder it. He propounded truce to draw the matter forth at length, hoping to cause the Venetians to condescend to some agreement, though it were to their disadvantage, by reason of the difficulty to take that City. 
The Pope's practices to break the siege.  And because he knew that himself could do no good in that business, for the small credit which the Venetians did give to his words, he determined to make use of the King of Poland's authority, whose Ambassador (having intelligences likewise at Venice) he persuaded to revive the treaty of peace, and to propound to the Venetians, that if they would disjoin themselves from the French, and ally themselves to the Emperor, they might add two goodly Cities to their State, Lodi, and Cremona, because that with the Pope's arms, the Emperors and their own, being united together, they might easily expel the French, and afterwards by the King of Poland's authority obtain them of the Emperor in gift, so as being thus separated from the State of Milan, they might for ever after be incorporated to the Venetians domains.  
Besides this proposition the Pope, hoping that by the General's absence the siege of Bressia might be prolonged, wrote to King Francis that it might please him to command the Lord of Lautrec to go to Rome, being desirous to confer with such a man about divers matters concerning the affairs of Naples, to which he knew the King inclined, whereupon he exhorted him to make haste to begin the war on that side, seeing that the King of Arragon was dead, and that Charles Duke of Burgundy having taken upon him the name of Prince of Castille, made himself terrible to all those who held any States in Italy, and chiefly to himself.  
But the Pope's cunning being already known of a long time, caused no great regard to be given to his speech. The Venetians thus continuing the siege of 
The Venetians resolve to continue the siege.  Bressia without hearkening to any truce resolved not to stir from thence till it was either yielded up, or taken by force. The Emperor, who had made war but slowly the year before by his Lieutenants, determined to go thither in person, sought all means to make new stirs in Italy, assembled divers Diets, craved aid, made great levies of soldiers, and above all, provoked the Swisses to take arms to revenge the death of so many brave men their companions, offering to be their captain and not to abandon them in any travail or danger whatsoever. The King of England made the same request, being jealous of the glory and reputation of the French, and for that the French King also had taken upon 
The practices of the Emperor, king of England, and the Pope against the French.  him the protection of the King of Scots. The Pope did no less, but in more secret manner. And all three of them promised good pay to those Swisses that would come, showing them moreover that the profit which would redound to them by that war of Italy and by their alliance, would be much greater than their hire.  
The Venetian captains in the mean time, after the arrival of the Lord of 
Sundry opinions in the Venetians camp.  Lautrec, did often sit in council, where their opinions were very different, saying, That there was no great garrison within the town, and that it was beside destitute of all provision, making but small doubt of the siege. But this opinion was not received, by reason of the unfitness of the time, which was in the midst of winter when it is not good to discampe and to lead the soldiers to a new faction: As also because they thought it mere folly to quit a certainty, such as was the taking of Bressia, for the uncertain success of that which would happen before Verona. For they certainly knew that there was in Bressia such want of money, corn and all other kind of victuals, as it was of necessity soon to be theirs, either by agreement or by force, and this being verified by divers, it was concluded by a general consent not to stir from thence, and that the City should be more streightlly looked to. In the camp there was plenty of all things, for the Senate was careful to furnish it with all necessaries, notwithstanding all the impediments which the enemies used against the purveyors which proved vain & to none effect. Mark Antonio Colonna, was the man, who being lodged at Verona, used all means to cut off victuals from the army, and to that end kept great numbers of Spaniards and horsemen at Legnaga, which they then possessed, so as by little and little, the enemies waxed so bold, as they came and scoured as far as the Venetians camp whilst they were busied at their siege.  
The General and the Providatori, thinking if they should endure that indignity, it would greatly blemish their reputation, sent john Paul Manfron and Mark 
Manfron, and de Bue, are defeated by the Imperials.  Antonio Bue with four hundred men at arms, and four hundred light horse to surprise them, but the design succeeded badly: for Colonna being by his spies advertised of their coming, came forth of Verona with six hundred horse and five hundred foot, and went speedily towards Valegia and met them in the field, and coming to handy-stroakes, he defeated them. At this encounter julio, son to john Paul Manfron his horse being slain under him in the fight was taken, & his father fled to Gueda. A more prosperous issue had the enterprise of jano Fregosa, & john 
The Lansequenets defeated at Ant by Fregosa.  Corardo Visin, marching with certain companies as well of the one as other army to the castle of Anse to stop the passage of 3000. Lansequenets: for they slew 800. of them, and the residue escaped with the money which they carried into Lodron. All these exploits were great; but not of any great consequence in comrison of the total of the war, and of that which happened on report of the Emperors coming into Italy which daily increased, whereby both the assallants 
The Emperors coming into Italy.  and the besieged were shaken with divers hopes and fear. The Emperor having assembled divers foot and horse companies, & provoked great numbers of Swisses to take arms, was on his way to come into Italy, intending to enter by the mountains of Trent, and to go directly towards Verona, then to Bressia, and leaving strong garrison in both those Cities, to pass on into the Duchy of Milan to expel the French.  
The Pope having notice of the emperors entry into Italy, the better to honour him, and to acquaint him particularly with his love towards him, created Bernardo de Bibiena Cardinal of Saint Mary in Porticu, Legat, and sent him to 
The Pope sendeth the Cardinal Bibiena Legate to the Emperor.  him, for that he was ever wont to show himself on the Pope's behalf against the French, and to hinder their proceedings. But the Venetians, believing verily that the Emperor would come into Italy, exhorted the French King to provide for their common affairs, and not to suffer the Emperor and the Swisses, who 
The Venetians exhort the French King.  envy his glory and greatness, to enjoy the fruit of his labour and travail; and that therefore he should either in person return again into Italy with a mighty army, or else augment that which he had here already, according to the worthiness of the cause, promising for their parts to spare nothing that might avail him.  
The King knowing that what they said was most true, took great care, not only for the danger wherein he saw the Duchy of Milan, but because he should be enforced to put off his enterprise of Naples till some other time, whereunto he greatly inclined. Resolving nevertheless first of all to defend his own Estates and those of his allies, he propounded to the Venetians to wage, at their common charge eight thousand Swisses: because that he having at the same time very opportunely renewed his alliance with them, it was expressly agreed upon that it should be lawful for the King to draw what number of soldiers he pleased forth of their country.  
The Venetians soon agreed to give pay to two thousand foot of that Nation, 
The Venetians offer to the King.  and readily to furnish money necessary for other expenses of war. And notwithstanding that the public treasury was much exhausted, and the whole City greatly afflicted with so long a war, Yet nevertheless there was no want seen in any provision for the army, nor in aught else that concerned the continuance of the war. They made a levy of four thousand Italian foot, they did increase their garrisons in the Cities, and created two Providatori, Paul Gradonico and Lodovico Barbaro. In the Venetians camp were four thousand Gascons 
The number of the French & Italian forces.  and five hundred men at arms, commanded by French captains: but amongst those soldiers, who were particularly under the command of Triwlce, were seven thousand foot, and about five and twenty hundred horse, as well men at arms as light horsemen, and there stayed with the Duke of Bourbon after the King's departure four thousand Gascon and Italian footmen, and seven hundred men at arms.  
Now all these forces being united together, with the Swisses who were already said to be arrived at juree to the number of six thousand, seemed to be sufficient to defend the State of Milan, and to make all the emperors attempts vain and unprofitable, albeit the report was that his army consisted of five and twenty thousand, which were no great good soldiers, especially the Almain foot who 
The number of the Imperial ●…rmy.  had been levied forth of his countries in haste, and his Cavalry was well worse, so as his best forces were Swisses, whom the Emperor did well not to trust over much, as well in regard of the Nature of that Nation, which is variable and inconstant, as for the small love they bear to the house of Austria: so as the emperors forces being such, the common opinion was to march against them as they approached, nevertheless they resolved on the contrary, and the whole army 
The Swisses nature.  departing from the Bressan Territory, came upon that of Cremona, whither the Duke of Bourbon a while before was come with all his Cavalry and foot, intending there to stay for the Swisses, who were not yet arrived, and likewise to stop the enemies from passing on any farther.  
The Emperor being come by Trent to Verona, went and encamped before Asola, which was guarded by an hundred men at arms, and four hundred Venetian footmen, where having spent divers days to no purpose, he was enforced to depart thence and crossed the River Oglio at Orcinovo, whereupon the French and Venetians determined to raise their camp, and having left three hundred Lances and three thousand footmen in Cremona, they retired on the farther side of the River Adicé, resolving to stop his passage. But the French and 
The whole country betwixt Oglio, Po and Adda yield to the Emperor.  Venetians were scarce gone from thence, but the whole country, which lieth betwixt the Rivers, Oglio, Po, and Adda, were at the emperors devotion (Cremona and Crema excepted) the one guarded by French, and the other by Venetians.  
After that the Emperor had crossed Oglio, he drew near to the river Adda to pass it at Pisquetona, and finding the passage there to be very difficult, he came to Rivolta, the French lying at Cassiana on the other side of the River: who by reason that the Swisses were not yet arrived, and that the Adda might be forded 
The French & Venetian army retire to Milan.  in many places, they marched away the next day to Milan, whereby the Lord of Lautrec purchased small honour, who had published and written to the King, that he would with ease stop the Emperor's passage over that River.  
Maxmilian being moved at this retreat crossed the Adda, than he pursued his journey, and being come within six miles near to Milan, he sent an Herald to summon those of the City, threatening the Milanois, that if within three days, they 
The Emperor summoneth the City of Milan.  did not chase thence the French army, he would handle them in worse manner, than Fredrick Barbarossa his predecessor had done, saying that he was come into Italy, to receive, according to the custom of his Ancestors, one of the marks of the Empire in the City of Milan, and to drive thence, and forth of all the confines of that State, the French, as unjust and unlawful possessors thereof. They answered the Herald according to the pleasure of the French. That the State of Milan being in times past a member of the Empire, was by the consent of Emperors cut off from it, for a sum of money given unto them; in regard whereof Emperors, could no more lay any claim to it, the which was lawfully possessed by Francis the French King, as well for that it was his own inheritance, as being likewise won by right of arms: and therefore that the Milanois would keep that City for their lawful Lord, unto whom they had sworn homage and fealty.  
Notwithstanding this brave answer the whole City was filled with great amazement, and their determinations were different. Some were of opinion to 
The diversity of opinions in the City.  abandon the City, despairing of being able to resist the enemies, others on the contrary rejecting that council as too base, would not depart, but persuaded to tarry still and defend the City, and the better to do it, they resolved to retain all the footmen in Milan, with eight hundred Lances, and to distribute the residue for the guard of the neighbour towns.  
Nevertheless the first council had been followed, had not André Gritti and Andrè Trevisan, the Providators, dissuaded it, who by means of their authority procured them not to make so much haste: so that as they were ready to depart, certain news arrived, that the day following Albert Peter would be at Milan, 
The arrival of the Swisses at Milan for the King's service.  with ten thousand Swisses and Grisons. These news did encourage the Citizens and soldiers. The Emperor in the mean time came and encamped at Lambre two miles from Milan, whether he was no sooner come but the Swisses arrived at the City. This coming gave spirit to the French, but greater terror to the Emperor. For, seeing the City to be strengthened with such a garrison, he doubted not but that the siege would be long and painful: whereunto he himself had no means to tarry there long, for want of money, victuals, and all other 
The Emperor distrusteth the Swisses.  necessaries for a siege: as also, for that he did greatly suspect the fidelity of that Nation, by reason of matters past, and for that the French might easily win them, for some great sum of money, the which himself could not do in regard of his poverty: calling to mind beside, what had befallen Lodovico Sforza at Novara, there having been Swisses in his army, and in that of the French his enemies, he feared lest they should play him the self same trick as they had done to Sforza, because he could not pay them. The Emperor being troubled with these and other such like cogitations, fear having mightily possessed him, determined to leave his army, and to return into Germany, having caused it to be given forth that his departure was only to provide money to pay his soldiers, and that he would soon return again. And in this resolution, he went on his way with two hundred horse only.  
Now the soldiers of the camp, perceiving themselves to be forsaken of their captain, began to take a new party, as their particular profit urged them. The Swisses went to Lodi, which had yielded to the Emperor when he crossed the Adda, where having wasted the country round about, they spoilt the town, and had continued their ravaging, had not the other Swisses that lay in Milan protested against them, that if they did not abstain from so doing, that they, with the French and Venetians would come and assail them. Upon these threatenings they ceased from spoiling, and having remained peaceably there for certain days, they returned home into their country, (some excepted) who with Mark Setio their captain went to guard Verona, the like did Mark Antonio Colonna with his cavalry, and Spanish and Almain foot.  
Soon after the emperors departure the Marquis of Brandenbourg came to 
The Marquis of Brandenbourg cometh to the emperors army.  the camp with certain sums of money, who although he used all means to stay the soldiers, who were already disbanded, all things being in confusion, and the money likewise not being sufficient for the payment of the whole army, he lost but his labour.  
Amidest these troubles, the small love and affection betwixt the Pope and the French King, began to show itself, the which till then lay hidden. The King complained for that the Pope being moved with a bad intent, had made so long delay 
The French Kings complaints against the Pope.  to send that aid to the camp which he was tied to by their agreement; That he had secretly stirred up the Swisses against him, and had in divers other matters manifested his small affection towards him. The Pope on the other side alleged divers causes which had moved him to suspect the King's friendship. The Venetians did all they might at sundry times to accord these Princes, and to take away all suspicion from them, knowing very well how important a matter it was, for the Pope, the French King, and their Republic to be united together.  
Whilst this agreement was handled by Ambassadors, all the enemies designs turned into smoke. For besides the Swisses, who were gone home into 
The Emperor's designs come to nothing.  their country (as hath been said) three thousand Spanish and Almain foot, came to the French and Venetian camps, who having crossed the River Adda, had for certain days mightily molested the enemies, by divers and sundry accidents, the French now having the worse, and anon the enemies.  
The Duke of Bourbon being at the same time departed forth of Italy, the Lord Lautrec remained Governor for the King in the Duchy of Milan, who marched speedily with all the French and Venetian forces on the Bressan territory, where with the ordnance he began to batter Bressia in four several places, to the end the besieged might not be able to make resistance in so many places at once, who 
Lautrec beseegeth Bressia.  held out so long as they had any hope of aid, which they expected out of the country of Tirol, it being promised them, but it came to nothing, by reason that the Venetians did shut up the castle of Anse and other passages, so as the townsmen being not willing to endure an assault, because of the great breach that was made, covenanted to leave the city and castle (their gods and lives being saved) if they were not relieved within three days, on condition that the soldiers might 
Bressia yieldeth on composition.  go any whether saving to Verona. Icaro, the City's captain, came forth of the town, and the Lord Lautrec with the Venetian Providators entered it at the same time, where they were joyfully received by all the inhabitants, who by their cries and salutations did manifest their great content, for that the City was reduced under the power of the commonwealth. Lautrec at his entry, took possession of the town, and afterwards redelivered it to the Venetian Providators, who 
Lautrec being 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 doth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it to the Venetians.  soon erected the republics standard. In this manner did this famous City, after many thwarts and accidents of fortune, return to the obedience of her lawful Lords.  
The news of the reddition of Bressia being brought to Venice, did greatly rejoice the whole City, all men hoping that this happy success would be followed with more fortunate events which would give end to the wars. The Senate did particularly thank the French King, for that by means of his aid they had prevailed: They likewise wrote to the Lord of Lautrec, infinitely commending his speed and loyalty, exhorting him not to let slip the occasion which offered itself of other most fortunate exploits, as was that of Verona, if without delay the army might be brought before it, by the taking of which City, the war with wonderful speed would be ended.  
Lautrec being moved by these words resolved suddenly to discampe, and 
Laut●…ec marcheth to besiege Uero●…a.  with Triwlcio to march towards Verona. But being come to Pescara he had intelligence that those five Cantons of Swisses with whom the King was not in league made preparations to come and assail the Duchy of Milan, He then told the Providators that in regard of his King's service he could not be absent so far from the State of Milan.  
This business being debated in council, all men were of opinion to remain in the same place where they were, and there to expect more certain news of those stirs, the report whereof was yet uncertain. But the rumour of the Swisses coming, still increasing, Lautrec was desirous to bring back his army 
Sundry opinons in Lautrecs' camp.  into the Duchy of Milan, notwithstanding that all the other captains were of a contrary opinion, showing how the situation of the place was very strong and most commodious, where they might resolve on whatsoever should be needful, and provide for all things necessary to stop the enemy's passage, of whose coming they were yet uncertain. He on the contrary remaining firm in his resolution to discampe, propounded that he would go and encamp on the Bressan territory near to Asola, alleging for his reasons, that Verona being well manned with soldiers as well Swisses as Almains who had retired thither after the rout of the emperors army, that it would be labour lost to besiege it, so as to attempt a difficult enterprise without great hope to effect it, would hinder their other affairs, and confound all order of war.  
Besides, he made use of other excuses, namely, how that the Venetians had 
Excuses alleged by Lautrec, tha●… be might discampe.  conferred with the King of Poland's Ambassador who spoke to them of peace, and that the money promised to pay the Almains, was not yet sent to the camp. Gritti the Providator opposing himself to what Lautrec had spoken, said, That he knew of a certain, that there was great scarcity of all things in Verona, and chiefly of corn, whereby the soldiers that were come thither, did more hurt 
Gritti the Providator, his answer to Lautrec.  then good to the city, that they ought not to give them time to make provision, lest that afterwards the enterprise would prove more difficult: That he had intelligence by the soldiers that were come to their camp, that the townsmen and soldiers were at dissension among themselves▪ that all things were in confusion, by means whereof the affairs of war was managed more slowly, and with great suspicion: so as if the army were but before it, the people being partly provoked by their own interest, and partly likewise by their love which they did bear to the Venetians, might raise some tumult, and give them means for to enter the City: As for the Ambassassador of Poland, that the Senate had not treated with him of peace without the knowledge of the French King, whom they did so honour and reverence, as they had refused sundry and honest conditions of agreement, because that they would not disunite themselves from him: As for the payment of the Almains, the money was ready long before, and should be brought to the camp so soon as any safe means of sending it should be presented. But when I consider that you mean to depart hence, to go and encamp on the Bressan country, I am greatly troubled thereat, as are all those of our city, because the people of that country, who are very loving and loyal to our Republic, and by war have endured infinite miseries, should be again tormented by the arrival of the army, now when they began to recover themselves and to breath, so as by this means, we shall charge and oppress our friends, to ease our enemies.  
Gritti having uttered this speech, added, that if Lautrec would not follow them, 
The Venetians resolution.  he was resolved to pass with the Venetian army upon the Verona territory, where unto the General and all the Venetian captains gave their consent. But having afterwards, maturely considered the mischief which that dividing of the army might procure to the Commonwealth, they did solicit and entreat Lautrec, to pass on, but he would by no means hearken thereunto, and all that they could obtain of him, was, that he would a while longer stay in that place, and expect (as he said) money from France, and that the Venetians in the mean time should make greater provisions of money, artillery and munition; but the chief 
The cause which moo●…ad Lautrec to stay still where he was.  cause of his abode there was, to hear what end the treaty of Noyon would come to betwixt his King, and the King of Spain: employing in the mean space his arms upon the poor country men. For Lautrec having made a bridge at the village of Monzarban, was ready to reap down all the corn of the Veronois, and to waste the champain country by his light horse, having to these ends sent part of his army to lodge on the Mantuan territory, where it grievously spoiled and wasted that country.  
The Lord of Lautrec being afterwards moved by the Venetians great come plaints, crossed the Adicé, at Gothalonga, where after that his soldiers had taken great booties, he drew near to Verona, but it was after that the Venetians had protested not to give him the money which was come to the camp for to pay the Almains, unless he would march to Verona. Lautrec with his army having crossed (as hath been said) the Adicé, his captains did first of all seize on all the straight passages of the mountains, thorough which the Almains were wont to come forth of Germany to Verona, to the end that they being shut up and stopped, no succour might come to the City. The Swisses on the other side having all of them in a manner left Verona, detesting the siege, were gone home into their country.  
The Venetians army, with the French aid, consisted of eight thousand Italian 
The number of the Venetians army.  foot and of six thousand Almains paid by King Francis, of a thousand men at arms, and two thousand light horse, with divers great captains well experienced in the art military. These forces being come before Verona, they were divided into two camps, to batter the City at one time in two several places, thereby the more to molest the besieged, who were already reduced to a very small number.  
The French coming to execute what had been determined, the Lansequenets 
The Lansquenets refuse to besiege a City belonging to the Emperor.  although they had received three months pay of the Venetian Providators, either of their own proper motion, or else being suborned by the Emperor, protested that they would not come to the siege of a City which was belonging to the emperors possessions, to which the French King had no particular claim, and so by no means would pass on any further: whereupon Lautrec repassing the Adicé, lay a mile off from the walls of Verona, and the 
The army dislodgeth by reason of the Lansquenets refusal.  Venetian army where the Lansquenets remained (five hundred men at arms, five hundred light horse and four thousand foot being gone away) not thinking it a safe matter to remain beyond the River, went and joined with him.  
In the mean time the City's forces did daily decrease, by reason that divers Almain companies returned home into their country, and others went to the Venetians camp, where they resolved to entertain no more of them, by reason that they did somewhat distrust them. We must think that the number of those who at the beginning were in Verona, was very great, for albeit many of them were gone from thence, it was nevertheless sufficiently well manned with soldiers: in regard whereof the Lord Lautrec, meaning not to hazard any thing, but upon a certain hope of good success, demanded greater aid of the Venetians, if they would have the army to march before Verona. The Venetians albeit they found it very difficult, in respect of the quality of the matter and the time, yet nevertheless because they would not foreslow an enterprise, which did so much import them, having speedily gathered together four thousand foot 
The venetians send supplies to the army.  out of their own state, they sent them to the camp, with great store of artillery, powder, and victuals, by the river Adicé, to the end that the camp should want nothing.  
Within Verona, which was strong by situation and art, and well furnished with 
What forces were in Uerona.  all kinds of artillery, were, besides the cavalry, six thousand foot, as well Spaniards and Almans, as Swisses, commanded by Mark Antonio Colonna their General, who was no more in the Popes pay but in the Emperors, a man excellently experienced in martial matters.  
This man had diligently provided for whatsoever was necessary for the cities defence.  
Lautrec approaching the walls, divided his army into two parts, He went and encamped with his infantry and cavalry on that side which looketh towards Mantua: And Triwlcio having crossed the Adicé with the Venetian forces, seated his camp against the walls towards Vincenza. The battery began at one time in both those places, but with sundry intents, because that Lautrec did batter it furiously 
Verona besieged in two several places.  in one only place, to open away into the City, and to take from the enemies the means to repair it: But Triwlcio being encamped more at large did batter a great space of the wall, hoping that it being beaten to the ground, he might with more advantage come to the assault.  
Lautrec having espied a place near to the gate Calcina, which was not very 
Assault given to Verona.  strong being rampired only with a weak old tower, he planted his ordnance against it, which being thrown down, he commanded the soldiers to go to the assault, who upon hope of the sack of that rich City, went to it valiantly, and came without fear of the ordnance or arqebus shot upon the breach; fight with the enemy's hand to hand, where the French did bravely behave themselves: 
The assailants re●…ire with loss.  but the enemies having brought certain pieces of ordnance to play in flank upon the breach, the French were enforced with great loss of their people to retire to the camp. But Triwlce notwithstanding that the breach was very great, did nevertheless delay to give the assault, knowing very well that the besieged, having well fortified the place where the first assault was given, were gone to the other breach to the aid of their fellows, whereof ha●…ing acquainted Lautrec, entreated him to send him more aid, that he might the safelier go to the assault.  
Now albeit Lautrec had means to do it, for the commodiousness of going from one army to an other, upon a very strong bridge over the Adicé, and that he 
Lautrec deli●…eth.  did often promise to do it, did nevertheless delay the matter. And the camp had already lain fifteen days before the town, the enemies were reduced to extremity, the cannon had beaten down a great space of the wall, the soldiers within the City were wearied with continual factions, they wanted powder, the captains and the townsmen did not agree together, and yet for all that, none of these matters could move him to make haste to force the City.  
News in the mean time came to the camp, how that great numbers of Almain footmen were coming to relieve the besieged. These news did amaze Lautrec more than there was cause, and distasted him of continuing the siege, so as he thought on nothing more than how to retire his army into some place of safety. The Venetian Providators being advertised of this sudden resolution, 
The Venetians remonstrance to Lautrec.  came unto him, where after divers remonstrances of the great blemish he should do to his honour and reputation to raise his camp, they infinitely entreated him with great earnestness to temporize for a while longer, and not to depart till the enemies were arrived, that they might see what they were: But all their entreaties could not divert him from his first resolution. Whereupon he commanded on a sudden to discampe, so as all his troops went to Albareda, Paul 
The Venetians stay to guard the bridge.  Gradonic the Providator, and john Paul Manfron remained for the guard of the bridge, with eight hundred horse, as well men at arms as light horsemen, and two thousand foot, fearing if the same were broken their army might want victuals but they tarried not long there, for they forthwith went on to Villa Franca, where they fortified their camp.  
In the mean time Rocandolf Colonel of the Almain foot (the French and Venetian 
Rocandof the Alma●…n victual th' Verona.  army being retired) entered Verona without any empediment, and having relieved it with victuals and new soldiers in their stead that were hurt, returned into Germany▪ whereupon the Providators, did again solicit the Lord of Lautrecto return to the siege of Verona, and not to spend time so unprofitably. But Lautrec comforting them used divers excuses for his slowness, assuring them that the City of Verona should shortly be reduced under the Venetians power.  
The Providator having seriously ruminated these words in his mind, began to doubt of some treaty which did not appear; and namely because that at the same time as the camp dislodged from before Verona, the report was that a messenger came from France to Lautrec, who had secret conference with him, and entreated him to keep close his coming. Therefore the Providators did earnestly entreat Lautrec to discover unto them what he knew thereof, to the end 
The Providators and Venetian Senate in great care.  they might be no longer enforced to entertain so great an army, which charged the Republic with a marvelous expense: the Senate likewise being advertised by the Providators of what had passed, had the same thoughts, at such time as they had news from their Ambassador in the French Kings Court of that which had passed at Noyon: Because that King Francis being desirous that the Venetians 
For what cause the French king would have the Venetians to be advertised of the treaty.  should have time to consult of their affairs, would forthwith have them to be acquainted with the treaty of Noyon betwixt him and the Archduke Charles, to the end that the Commissioners of both Princes coming to Brussels, should find all difficulties to be taken away and resolved on.  
The sum of the treaty concluded at Noyon, was thus: That there should 
The sum of the treaty of Noyon.  be a perpetual peace betwixt the French King and the King of Spain, and a confederacy for the defence of their States against all men, in the which were comprehended all other Princes, friends or allies, of either of them. That King Francis should give the Lady Renè, daughter to the late King Lewis, in marriage to the King of Spain. That the said King should within a certain time redeliver the Kingdom of Navarre to her ancient King. That the Emperor might within two months enter into that peace, and though he should enter into the league, the French King might help the Venetians to recover Verona: the which if the Emperor would within six weeks commit to the King of Spain, with power to give it freely to the French King, to dispose thereof as he should think fit, the King should pay unto him a hundred thousand crowns, and the Venetians an other hundred thousand, part whereof should be paid at the consignation thereof, and the rest within six months after, and that he should likewise be acquitted of three hundred thousand crowns which he had received of King Lewis whilst they were confederates.  
The Venetians doubting whether the Emperor would accept of peace on these conditions, did not cease to solicit the Lord of Lautrec to besiege Verona; and also in regard of the sum of money they were to pay, which they desired rather to recover by arms. But peace was more agreeable to the French King than force, being desirous of accord with the Emperor: yet nevertheless Lautrec not knowing how to excuse himself to the Venetians, who had made what provisions soever he craved, as also because the Lansequenets did no more refuse to 
Verona again besieged.  go to the siege, he condescended to their request and went again and encamped before Verona.  
Now whilst the French on the one side, and the Venetians on the other were busied in the battery, nine thousand Lansquenets arrived, who were sent by the Emperor to relieve it. For the Emperor, being solicited by the Cardinal of Zion, and by the King of England, would not hearken to a peace, so as his commissioners were ready to depart from Brussels, without any conclusion, when the Emperor understood that the French King had made a league with all the Swisses by means of a great sum of money: for than he seemed to be very desirous of peace with the French and Venetians, albeit that at the arrival of these nine thousand Lansquenets, the camp did rise from before Verona, and was retired to 
The Emperor wholly inclineth peace.  Villa-franca.  
The matter than was concluded at Brussels as well with the King of Spain as with the Emperor, in the manner above said, the which going slowly on, was hastened by King Francis, on condition that there should be truce with the Venetians. The whole business being thus ended, the Bishop of Trent was sent to the Lord of Lautrec, to consign the City of Verona, in the King of Spain's name, to the French King within the space of six weeks, according to the contents of the Capitulation, the which was done on the fifteenth day of january 1517. after the Venetians had paid the first fifty thousand crowns, and fifteen thousand to 
Uerona consigned to the Lord Lautrec for the French King, is presently delivered to the Venetians.  the footmen that were in the City: whereupon at the very instant the Lord of Lautrec, in the name of the said King, gave it to the Senate of Venice, and for the said Senate, to Andre Gritti and john Paul Gradonic the Providators, to the great contentment of the Nobility, and the whole people of Venice, who did highly rejoice, for that after infinite expenses and labours, they had made a fortunate end of so long and dangerous a war.  
But if they rejoiced in Venice, they did no less in Verona, and in all the towns 
The great joy of the Veronoi●… for that they were reduced under the subjection of the Venetians.  round about, hoping that by means of that peace they should be freed from all those troubles and miseries which they had so long a time endured. After all these demonstrations of joy, the Senate acknowledging the Lord of Lautrec for a wise and valiant captain, after they had presented him with great gifts, they commanded the Providator Gritti, to accompany him to Milan. But being come 
The Senate's acknowledgement to the Lord Lautrec.  as far as Lodi, he found john james Triwlce there, who came to meet and to bring him from the King the order of Saint Michael. Gritti having orderly performed his commission, took his leave of him, and returned, according as the Senate had commanded him, to the country newly reconquered.  
The end of the third Book of the fifth Decade.   

The Contents of the fourth Book of the fifth Decade.  
THe Impositions and taxes laid upon the people during the war, are in time of peace revoked. The university of Padua, reestablished. The Senate send two Ambassadors to Selim Emperor of Turks. The great victories obtained by Selim. He granteth the Venetians demands. The Venetians send an Ambassade to Charles King of Spain concerning traffic. Truce prolonged betwixt the Emperor Maxmilian and the Venetians, The Emperonr Maximillians' death. The French and Spanish Kings aspire to the Empire. Charles King of Spain is chosen Emperor. Soliman, by the death of Selim, his father, obtaineth the Empire of the Turks. Lewis King of Hungary hath recourse to the Princes of Christendom. The Venetians in league with Soliman. The French King distrusteth the new chosen Emperor. The Emperor elect seeketh the friendship of the Venetians. The coming of Soliman into the Realm of Hungary enforceth King Lewis to implore the Venetians aid, who lend him thirty thousand Ducats. The Turk taketh Belgrade, the chief City of Hungary. The King of England is chosen umpire and mediator for the strife betwixt the Emperor and the French King. The French King & the King of England talk together. Why the league that was determined betwixt the Pope, the French King, and the Venetians, was not concluded and signed. A secret agreement made betwixt the Pope and the Emperor. The imperials practises on the Duchy of Milan. The Pope inventeth matter of discontent, that he might leave the French King. The secret intelligences that the Pope and Emperor had with the Bandits of Milan. The Venetians refuse to give passage to the emperors army thorough their territory. In what manner the Venetians did relieve the State of Milan. Parma besieged by the imperials, and suddenly recovered by the Lord of Lautrec. The army of the league passeth the Adda, and cometh to Milan. The Swisses forsake the French for want of pay. Prospero by the adverticement of a Traitor marcheth directly to Milan. The suburbs of Milan and the Roman gate taken by the league. The Lord of Lautrec with his Cavalry retireth to Coma. Milan is taken and sacked. The imperials take Coma, with divers other towns. The sudden death of Pope Leo. Lastly the resolution and preparations of the Lord of Lautrec and the Venetians to besiege Milan.  
The Fourth Book of the fifth Decade of the History of Venice.  
Arms being laid a side by the means above said betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians, the Republic was three years at peace, which began at the entering of the year, 1517. Whereupon all the cities of the firm land, which were by the last agreement reduced under the Venetians government, sent their deputies to Venice to rejoice with the Senate, for that to their honour, arms being laid down, they had recovered all their state, and to offer likewise all their means and forces to the commonwealth.  
The Senate's chief care was to discharge the city of Venice and all other towns and Villages of the firm land from divers taxes and 
The Senate disburdeneth the commonwealth in time of peace.  impositions laid upon them during the war, by reason of the small means of the public treasury: to the end that particular men, increasing their means by peace, if afterward any need should be, they might be more ready to relieve the public with their wealth. It was decreed likewise that all those who served the common wealth in any place whatsoever, should ever after be wholly paid their wages, which had not been done during the war. In a word they omitted nothing which they knew to be commodious or honourable for the Signory.  
They did likewise re-establish the University of Padua, which had been unfrequented for the space of eight years. Then because they would no more fall into 
The University of Padua re-established by th'. Senate.  those inconveniences, as they had done for want of providing fortifications necessary for their Cities, they began to fortify them, and chiefly the two famous cities, Padua and Verona, the two chiefest of their state on the firm land: and for that purpose Andre Gritte, and George Cornare were appointed, who going to those places should resolve by the advice and council of Triwlcio, and the other experienced Captains of the Venetian army, on that which was to be done, By which means, divers places being ruined in time of war, were by them reestablished, and many others newly built. 
The Venetians send two Ambassadors t●… the great Turk●….   
But because the friendship of the Ottomans was very necessary for them, as well for the conservation of peace, as for the cities traffic, they decreed to send two Ambassadors to Selim Emperor of Turks: Lodovico Monce●…igo, and Bartholomeo Contaren were chosen for that purpose to go and congratulate him in the name of the Republic, for all the goodly victories that he had obtained. For Selim in an encounter having vanquished his brother Achomat, and put him publicly to death, did likewise overcome the Adulians, who are a very valiant people of 
Selim's victories.  the mountains: then going into Persia against the Sophi, he defeated him in set battle, and took the city of Tauris, the chief seat of that Empire, with the greatest part of Persia, the which he was enforced to abandon, for want of victuallls, because that year had been very scarce. Returning aftetwards to Constantinople, having refreshed and reinforced his army, he turned his forces upon the Sultan of Suria and Egypt, who was a Prince always highly esteemed by those of that Religion, and likewise very potent, as well for the extent of his dominions, as for the eperience and military discipline of the Mamalukes, for by their arms they had possessed the same Empire, with great reputation for the space 
The Mamal●…kes vanquished by Selim.  of 300. years. Selim then being come with his army against this kind of people, defeated them sundry times in field, so as the Sultan was slain, and an other Sultan his successor was taken in battle, whom ignominiously he put to death openly: he made beside, a great slaughter of those Mamaluks, and thereby in a manner did wholly root out their name: he took Cairo, which is a populous 
Selim takes 〈◊〉 Cairo.  city, and the Sultan's ordinary residence, and in a shorttime seized on all Suria and Egypt. All these great victories and increases of his Empire, had not without cause given occasion to all Christian Princes to stand in awe of him, and cheefel●… the Venetians, of whom he pretended to demand a yearly tribute, of 8000. Ducats, which the Kings of Cyprus were wont to pay to the Sultan's of Egypt in times before. Now the Venetian Ambassadors being embarked at Venice, did first touch at Cyprus, and from thence they went to Damascus, where Selim returning 
Selim granteth the Venetians demands.  from his victories had wintered with all his army. The Senate had expressly enjoined them to procure, that the Venetian merchants who dwelled at Tripoli, Alexandria, Barath, Damascus, and other merchant places of those Provinces, might be maintained there in the self same privileges, which they were wont to enjoy in former times, granted unto them by the former Kings of Suria and Egypt: That it might likewise be lawful for the Signory, to have their Magistrates in those places with the same authority they were wont to have, to do justice to their Citizens in their strife about merchandise, and other such like business. Selim aiming at other ends did easily grant it, as well for the desire he had to entertain the Venetians friendship, as to restore traffic to his new conquered Provinces, 
The Venetians send Ambassadors to Charles King of Spain concerning tra●…fick.  whereby great profit and commodity might redound to him. At the same time for the same purpose an Ambassador was appointed to go to Charles King of Spain, to the end that it might be lawful for the Venetians to traffic thorough all the lands and signories newly fallen to him, as they were wont to do in the life time of King Fernand in Spain, because that his officers did seem to make some difficulty in it, in regard of the trade with Africa, whereof it shall not not be impertinent to say some thing by the way. The ancient founders of the city had special care, that the citizens of their new city should exercise themselves in voyages and sea-traffick, to be able by their virtuous industry to increase their domestic means and faculties, and make themselves known to foreign nations. The situation of their city invited them thereunto because the Inhabitants had not they any inheritances whereon to busy themselves. Whereupon they decreed divers ships should traffic into sundry places of Christendom, and of the Infidels, in which they sent divers gentlemen, to learn them navigation, and other matters belonging to the sea: some of whom remained for a time among those foreign nations, and chiefly where there was greatest trading, negotiating for themselves and others, whereby, besides the great wealth which they purchased, they made themselves fit by experience for great matters, so as returning afterwards to Venice they readily executed all matters, committed to them.  
Now the places whether these vessels, (which were commonly called ships of traffic) used to go at their departure from Venice, was first into Sicily to the 
The usual trade of the Venetian vessels.  City of Saragossa, from thence to Tripoli in Barbary, and having coasted the Island of Gerbes, they passed on to Tunis: from thence they directed their course to the realm of Tremisen, staying chiefly at Tusen and at Mega, two excellent Merchant towns, called at this day Ona and Orana. Then they went to divers places of the Kingdom of Morocco, and touching at all the havens of Barbary, which were anciently comprised under the Provinces of Mauritania and Numidia, they sailed into Spain.  
But their traffic was very different, for at their departure from Venice, they carried to the African moors sundry kinds of metals, and woollen clothes which they sold there: then coming into Spain they bought sundry kinds of merchandise as silk, wool, grain, and other things which they found in the country, with which being laden they returned to Venice. This traffic then being interrupted by the difficulties which the agents of the new King of Spain did set abroach, and by reason of other accidents that did happen is wholly lost.  
But to return to our discourse, the Venetians perceiving that a great part of the time of truce betwixt the Emperor and them was spent, they thought it necessary to come to some new agreement with him; the which the Pope desired, and that it might be by his means at Rome. But the Venetians trusting more to the most Christian King, referred the whole matter to him, and made means that the Emperor should to that end send his Ambassadors into France, who 
Truce ●…ed betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians.  coming thither, and concluding no peace the truce by the King's means was prolonged betwixt them for five years, on condition that for every of the five years they should pay twenty thousand crowns to the Emperor. The occasion of this truce, was, because that the Pope being moved by the Turks fortunate success, began to think on other milder matters; he sent Breefs to all 
The Pope exhorteth christian Princes to take arms against the Turks.  Christian Princes putting them in mind of the danger which threatened them, requesting them that all discords and contentions being laid aside, they would speedily provide for the defence of Christian religion, and for their common safety, the which was exposed to very great dangers, unless that they being united together did transport the war into Turkey, in regard of the increase of Selim's Empire, and his great desire of rule and sovereignty, which would provoke him at last to oppress all other Princes, as he had done by the soldan of Egypt and the Mamalucks.  
These things being by the Pope represented to the Venetians as well as to other Christian Princes, were cause that the Venetians consented to the truce (as hath been said) made by the French King betwixt the Emperor and them, seeing that peace could be hardly concluded on: to the end they would not seem by their refusal to turn away so great a good from all Christendom. But as 
The Venetians answer ●…o the Pope's exhortation.  for the pope's proposition, made particularly unto them to take Arms against Selim, they answered that when they should see matters set forward, and earnestly pursued, the Venetian Senate would be more ready for that enterprise then any else, and would never fail of their duty, knowing very well how much it did import them, not only in regard of the common interest of all Christendom, and for the Pope's entreaties and exhortation, as because their Sea-state did border upon that mighty enemy, the which he would in a moment assail, and molest with all outrages, before the Confederates Army would be ready to enter into his Country.  
Soon after this treaty of truce the Emperor Maximilian fell sick and died 
The Emperor Maximilian▪ death.  at Lynx in the be●…inning of the year. 1519. which is a town seated on the marches of Austria, his death being known to the soldiers that lay in Garrison at Gradisca and Maran, they sallied forth upon the lands belonging to the Commonwealth, robbing and spoiling the Venetians subjects, executing divers other hostile actions. The Senate wrote to the Lieutenants of the Empire, saying That for their parts they would keep, and observe the truce, and not make any innovation because of the Emperor's death: but that they likewise should do well, to contain, their soldiers in peaceable manner, and keep them from making any more incursions upon their Territories: The Lieutenants thinking this to be just and reasonable, the truce was inviolably observed every where.  
In the mean time, preparation was made for the election of a new Emperor: The French King and the King of Spain, two great and excellent Princes, began openly to aspire thereunto: And albeit the practise was of great importance betwixt 
The French and Spanish King aspire to the Emperor.  two such mighty Princes, yet never▪ thelesse they handled the matter on both sides very modestly, without any injurious speeches or warlike menaces, each of them seeking by his own authority, and means, to draw the Electors on his side: But the Italians did stand in awe of either of their powers, fearing that which of them two should attain that dignity, would by the aid of the Almains invade all Italy, and join it to the Empire, as it had been in times before: so that either of their elections could not but be very much distasteful, and grievous to the Italians: and yet for all that they inclined more to the French King, then to the Catholic Majesty, for divers causes, and chiefly because the French, as a stranger should not bear such authority in Germany as the King of Spain, who was descended from thence, and by that means might turn them at his pleasure: So as the Pope and the Venetians did rather favour the French Kings party then the Spaniards, and the French sending his Ambassador for the same purpose to Rome and Venice, they were honourably entertained, and freely audienced.  
Now besides these Ambassadors the French King sent the Lord of Teligni to Venice, as well for this purpose as for divers and sundry other negotiations, and 
The French Kings request to the Venetians.  among others to entreat them to lend him some good store of money, to supply his great expense he was to make, if he should be chosen Emperor, and also that they would send forces into Germany, to assist the Electors, to the end they might not be enforced in their election, and to ask them what they would have him to do if Charles should enter with an army into Italy, to enforce the Pope to free him from the oath made to Pope julius the second, concerning the investiture of the Realm of Naples.  
The Senate made answer to the Ambassadors demands, That in regard of their great obligation to the French King, albeit their treasure was much exhausted 
The Venetians answer to the French King.  by the late wars, they would nevertheless strive to aid him with an hundred thousand Ducats: But for to send forces into Germany, it would smalely avail the King, and greatly hurt them, Besides, the Almains would never suffer their soldiers to pass, the passages being very straight and well guarded. As for Charles his passage, if without being provoked there unto he would enter armed into Italy against the most Holy Father of Rome, that the Venetians would no less show themselves defenders, and protectors of the liberty and dignity Ecclesiastical, than their Ancestors had done, preferring the greatness thereof before that of the Empire.  
During these treaties of King Francis by his Ambassadors, Charles' King of Spain, being more apt to levy solders with money, then to give it to the Electors, sent an army into the field, under colour of keeping the election from being forced, the which drawing near to Franckfort, did encourrage those Electors that favoured his cause, and made those which wandered to incline to him, so as Charles of Austria, King of Spain, was chosen Emperor the eight and twentieth 
Charles king of Spain chosen Emperor.  day of june, which was at the very self same time that Soliman the son of Selim did peaceably obtain, without any contradiction, the O●…taman Empire by the death of his father Selim: There was but one only Captain named Agazzell Governor of Suria, that did oppose it and make himself master of the Provinces of his government, who taking arms for that purpose, his rebellion was soon appeased, and all the other Provinces reduced under Soliman's obedience, remained peaceable.  
He was noted to be of a haughty courage, and fit for high enterprises, and a great enemy to Christendom: yet notwithstanding Christian Princes, not considering the perils and dangers which followed them at the heels, suffered this young Prince, their natural enemy, to grow great, whilst they had time to abate his power, by busying him in the defence of his own lands and Seignories, and 
Lewis King of Hungary prepar●…th for defence against the Turk.  means to keep him from enuading those of their neighbours.  
Lewis King of Hungary alone, levied soldiers, and made great preparations of war, employing all men's aid and succour, as one that feared this barbarous enemy, by reason that Solyman would not renew the truce which this King had made with his father Selim, whereupon he sent his Ambassadors to the Christian Princes, and chiefly to Rome and Venice, entreating, exhorting, and admonishing them of other men's ruin and loss by the example of his own near at hand.  
The Venetians answered him that the power and greatness of the Ottomans was so mightily increased, as all Princes and Potentates stood in awe thereof, and chiefly themselves, by reason their State was to near a neighbour to them: that they had never refused such offers, but that they on the contrary had solicited other Princes, to oppose themselves against the mightiness of their Empire, which they saw did daily increase: but that they of themselves alone and with 
The alliance is renewed betwixt Soliman and the Venetians.  their own forces could do no great matter. Not long after, they sent Marco Minio their Ambassador to Constantinople, who with their usual presents was to procure the articles of peace to be confirmed in the same manner as some few years before Antonio Justiniano had done with Selim, and with the same authority, immunity and franchize.  
Soliman showed himself very ready to grant their demands, as being desirous of their friendship and alliance, and for a demonstration of his good will towards them, at the same time as Minio departed from Venice, Acmat Ferrat set forward from the Port of the great Turk towards Venice, to give them notice from him of his succession in the Oriental Empires, and to renew their alliance begun with his father Selim. Besides he was desirous, (for that the Venetians traffic into his countries might be more free and safe,) with his own forces to chase the Pirates that scoured the Levant Seas, entreating the Venetians for their part to do the like, to the end the navigation might be assured.  
This renewing of their league with the Turk, did greatly profit them, in regard their state in Italy was not very firm, and by reason that the alarms and 
The venetians arm against the Pirates.  suspicions which they had conceived at the beginning of the year, because it was reported that the Turk armed, was by that means cleared: so as one part of the naval Army that they had prepared upon that rumour, sailed into Barbary against the Pirates, of whom, many being taken, the passages were freed from danger. In this manner did the Venetians temporise with the Turk, using all means to keep his friendship, despairing of being able to hurt him, so long as the Christian Princes careless of the common danger, were at strife among themselves.  
Now the most Christian King being somewhat troubled with this election, and 
Why the French King did distrust the Elect Emperor.  fearing lest Charles of Austria, would turn his designs upon Italy to expulse him from the state of Milan, acquainted the Pope and the Venetians with the great danger that threatened them if they suffered the elected Emperor to pass with an army into Italy, and therefore he counseled them to enter into a threefold league together, against those that would attempt to invade any of their states, and specially to oppose themselves against the Emperor's passage coming in arms to go to Rome (as he said) to receive the Imperial Crown, because he could not enter in that manner but to the great danger of all those who possessed 
After what manner 〈◊〉 Pope would consent to ●…he King●… preposition.  any states in Italy-  
The Venetians soon consented to the French Kings proposition for the safety of their states. But the Pope being resolved what to do, and ruminating sundry matters fed the King and the Venetians with fair hope: but when it came to the conclusion, he would not consent to have any thing set down in writing, saying, That in such a case the only words of Princes did suffice, with their true meaning to execute what had been concluded. In this manner the business being delayed, the French Kings hea●…e in time began to cool. 
The Venetians suspect the French King.   
The Venetians had some suspicion, that the King did seacretly treat with the Emperor, and that the same might be the cause why the Pope doutbed, and prolonged the affairs that were concluded on. And that which did increase their suspicion, was, for that they had certain notice, that Artur Gouffiar Lord of Boyssy, great master of France, and the Lord de Cheures, met at Montpellier; the one from the elect Emperor, and the other from the King, to consult of a final peace betwixt both their Majesties, and to decide all controversies betwixt them and their allies. The Venetians nevertheless still continuing their former resolution and firm desire, not to separate themselves in any sort from the alliance of the French, made no show that they suspected the King, (albeit his Majesty was 
The Emperor seeketh the Venetians friendship.  sufficiently advertised of their suspicion;) but held it for certain, that if the King were desirous of agreement with the Emperor, they especially should be named and comprised therein, and all their contention with the Emperor should be wholly composed. Charles so soon as he was chosen Emperor having turned his designs upon Italy, knowing how much it did import him to have the Venetians friendship, did show himself desirous to compose all the differences, which had been betwixt the Emperor Maximilian his predecessor and them: and to effect this good desire, he sent his commissioners to Verona, according as it was concluded in Maximillians' life time, with ample power and authority, to conclude 
The com●…ssoners of the Emperor and the Venetians me●…t at Verona  and decide, not only the business of the truce for five years, but likewise to end all other matters, which were yet undecided two years before betwixt them. Francisco P●…sare a long time before chosen by the Senate, for that purpose went to Verona, whither for the Emperor's part came four of the chief of the council of Inspruch, who had ample power to negotiate that busin●…sse. john Pin, the French Ambassador, came thither in his King's name, who at the last truce was chosen Umpire and judge of all their controversies. 
The dem●…ds of the Venetian commissioners.   
The Venetians craved possession of all the places taken from them in the last war, and that all thing should remain as they were before the war, saying, That it was the surest means to end all their controversies, and to establish a firm and assured peace. But the imperials alleging now one thing, and then an other, did still d●…lay the business, and would conclude on nothing, so as having spent certain months there in vain, and being recalled by the council of In spruch, they returned home.  
Yet nevertheless the Venetians having at the same time their Ambassadors in the emperors Court, they were put in hope of a prosperous end of that business, 
The assembly is broken of without any conclusion, and the venetians are put in hope of ●… prosper●…s ●…d.  and that the Emperor would speedily appoint Commissioners to intend it, being very desirous by means of a sure peace to become their good neighbour and perpetual friend, his officers thereby showing how much he desired the Venetians friendship, who for their parts did in like manner declare, how they desired nothing more than peace: but that they could not (their faith kept inviolate) do any thing contrary to their alliance with the French King.  
After this manner did these two Princes at one time pursue the Venetians friendship and alliance, but by different ways, each of them seeking to make use of them in their enterprise of Italy: so as in these practises and negotiations all that year passed on without any certain resolution. The year following which 
An. 1520.  was 1520. Italy did still continue peaceable, but Christendom was threatened by Soliman, who perceiving his Empire to be at quiet, and all things to fall out as he wished, would not be idle, but following rather the generousness of his 
Soliman resolveth to invade the Realm of Hungary.  Ancestors, he determined to take arms, and to war upon the Christians.  
This was a long time before foreseen of many, but remedied by none. Following then this determination he resolved to invade the realm of Hungary; hoping to reap great glory thereby, by reason that the Hungarians were reputed valiant and great soldiers. Therefore so soon as all things were ready he departed from Constantinople, about the beginning of the year 1521. with a 
An. 1521.  mighty army, and marched into Hungary.  
King Lewes being amazed at the coming of so mighty an army, and distrusting his own forces, did again send new Ambassadors, to solicit and entreat Christian Princes to aid him, it being the common cause of all Christendom, Philippo Moro Bishop of Agria was sent to the Venetians, who being brought into the Senate, spoke in this manner. My King, (most excellent Prince, and ye 
The oration of the Hungarian Ambassador.  most noble Lords) hath such confidence in yourselves, in your fidelity, courtesy, and power, in respect of the strict alliance which of a long time hath been betwixt this Republic, and the crown of Hungary, of the Common interest of both your states, of the justice of his cause, and your own ancient custom, with that of your ancestors, who ever favoured just and reasonable actions, and relieved those that stood in need, as he is desirous in this eminent peril of the Turkish war, chiefly to have recourse unto you, my Lords, and unto you to communicate his deseins and necessity, hoping to find from you, not only a speedy aid, as much as in you lieth for the defence of his Kingdom, but likewise all favour and furtherance to foreign Princes, thereby the more easily to obtain of them some succour and relief. It seemeth indeed, and not without cause, that the first address belongeth to this Republic, when any question is of opposing the Ottamans' greatness, because that as well in regard of your power at sea, as for your near neighbourhood to them, ye have excellent means to molest that enemy, and to hinder him from growing great at other men's costs. Therefore, my Lords, ye shall purchase great glory, and shall establish a greater safety, to your state, if ye will be Authors to move other Princes to protect and defend the realm of Hungary, against this new furious enemy to Christians. Consider, my Lords, to what greatness the ●…ttaman family hath in short space attained, and wholly (if I may so say) by the carelessness of Christian Princes, that have not opposed themselves against it. He marcheth forward with a swift pace to a sovereign Monarchy: If the cries, prayers and protestations of Constantine, had been heard, when the warlike and cruel Mahomet did assail Constantinople the greeks Empire should not now be ruined, not that of the Mamalukes be wholly extinct. For both the one and other gave such counterpoise to the Turkish forces, as if they now wear in force, they might with ease assure▪ not only the Kingdom of Hungary, but likewise all the residue of Christendom. Who-soever shall consider the progression of the ancient Monarchies, will find that their difficulty was not great to attain to a sovereign degree, when there was none of power sufficient to oppose their greatness, and to counterpoise their pride, whereby the conquests which afterwards ensued proved very easy. The romans spent much time in subduing Italy, but being once Masters thereof, and by that means most mighty, they in few years subjecteth under their power and dominion many foreign Kings and Provinces. Therefore it is certain that by how much we shall delay to cut off the greatness of this cruel enemy, by so much more will dangers increase, and remedies become more difficult. I will not say that to take arms for the defence of the Kingdom of Hungary, is a matter only honourable for Christian Princes, as well in respect of the duty of their religion, as for their profession, nor also that it is profitable for them, for any particular interest, but I will say, that of a certain it is most necessary for the conservation of their states. For that Kingdom being lost, which hath already of a long time opposed itself against the Turks attempts, and hath interrupted the course of their victories: who is it that is able to hinder him, from entering into Austria, from molesting Germany, and from making incursions on the very confines of your state? This same Kingdom, which still hath been the Bulwark to stop his progressions, being ruined, (which God forbid) and taken by the enemy, who doubteth but that it willbe very commodious for him, to subdue other nations, to invade other Kingdoms, and generally to execute all his enterprises? But as this defence is said to be necessary, we must not likewise judge it impossible, and least of all difficult, provided that Princes will no more want will and desire, than they do means and power. Our Hungarian nation hath been warlike, and our Kings have purchased great glory by war. Our King at this day, my Lords, and his subjects, do not degenerate from their Ancestors, they want not courage nor aught else that men are to have for their defence. But what can one Kingdom alone do aga●…st such numbers of enemies, gathered to gether out of so many Provinces? against the warlike preparation of the richest and mightiest enemy in the world? And yet, this our Kingdom is not very great or rich, to furnish store of soldiers, armour, money, munition and so many other necessaries for any long continuance against such warlike enterprises: but if it be aided by other Princes, her forces will not only increase, but likewise her reputation and valour, so as we do not doubt but to make all the enemies attempts, and designs unprofitable: and if occasion serve, we will not refuse to fight wi●…h him in the field, to assure for a long time, at our own perils, and by the hazard of our own fortune (if God do favour, as we are to hope, our holy and valorous ●…enterprizes) with our own country, other Kingdoms and Provinces of Christendom. But I see that perhaps I have passed my bounds by my long oration. The sum of all is, Our Kingdom is the Bulwark and defence of all Christendom against the fury of the Turkish arms: now the common defence ought to be managed by common forces, your wisdom and piety makes ye to foresee and esteem of dangers, and your authority and power gives ye means of speedy remedy.  
The Ambassador was heard with great attention, and as they were before already 
What the Senate concluded after the Ambassadors oration.  well disposed to this business, he likewise left a very great impression in their minds. Therefore they concluded to solicit other Christian Princes, by their Ambassadors that were resident with them, to the end that they might with a mutual consent relieve the Realm of Hungary, and provide for future dangers: whereunto they freely offered all the means of the Commonwealth. But this negotiation had no better issue than the former: whereupon, dangers daily increasing, and King Lewis supposing that to free Belgrade from the siege, which was a very strong City, and of great impotance, and which had ever been the Rampire of the whole Kingdom, that he must fight with the Turk, did after that send john Statilius his Ambassador to Venice, to obtain of 
Another Ambassador from the King of Hungary at Ve●…ice.  the Senate certain sums of money, thereby to increase his forces, to the end that being strengthened with means he might at tempt, on hope of happy success, the hazard of a battle.  
The Republic had often in times past aided with money, and other means the Kings of Hungary against the power of the Turks, but it thought itself at that time more bound then ever before to do it, as well in respect of the strict alliance and friendship with King Lewis, as for their fear of the Ottoman greatness, 
The Venetians send the King of Hungary thirty thousand Duca●…s  who daily grew more potent and redoubted, by reason whereof the Venetians sent the King thirty thousand Ducats, with promise of greater offers, and for a testimony of their friendship to King Lewis, they sent word to Lorenzo Doria, their Ambassador resident with his Majesty, that he should ordinarily follow the King's army.  
But the King's designs and enterprises had a disastrous success, for Belgrade 
Belgrade taken 〈◊〉 the Turks.  was lost, all the other Cities of the Kingdom continuing still fearful of the force and violence of the Turks, who after the taking of this town, returned to Constantinople, having left his Artillery and munition in Hungary, intending to return thither again at the spring, as himself advertised the Senate of Venice by one of his servants, acquainting them with what he had done in Hungary.  
About the same time, Prince Loretan deceased, to the great grief of the whole City, who with singular wisdom had fortunately governed the Republic the space of twenty years, having still retained to the very last gasp his usual quickness of wit, wherewith he was adorned, he was buried in the Church of the Twi●…s.  


ANTONIO GRIMANI the 76. Duke.   
 
 
 
ANtonio Grimani, Father to Cardinal Dominico, was chosen in his stead, a man very famous, as well for his great wealth, as for the noble offices which he had borne in the Commonwealth, having often times tasted prosperous and adverse fortune, and who not long before was called home from a tedious banishment to which he was condemned, because he being General of the Galleys had let slip the occasion of fight with and vanquishing the Turkish army near to Lepanto.  
He then entering into the government of the Common wealth, found it in peace (as hath been said) but in so many different rumours of discontent betwixt Princes, as it was to be feared that the Republic would thereby be drawn into new troubles, and into a necessity of taking arms, because that the Emperor, (who being already come into Germany, had received his first Imperial Coronation at Aix La Chappelle) had a great desire to come into Italy, in regard whereof, he sought by all good offices and fair promises to draw the Venetians to his side, thinking that their friendship might much avail him for the execution of his designs: whereupon, among other matters he promised to give them in authentical 
The Emperor's promises to the Venetians.  manner the investiture of all the Cities and places which they then possessed to which the Empire might pretend any title or claim.  
These offers were the cause that the Senate delayed to send (according to their usual manner) to congratulate the Emperor for his new dignity: For having determined to send Francisco Contaren to succeed Gasparo Contaren their ordinary Ambassador resident with his Imperial Majesty, whose time of stay there, appointed by the Laws, was already expired, they did put off his dispatch from day to day because they would give the French no occasion to suspect that they intended to enter into any league or treaty with the new Emperor.  
Charles by this means being out of hope to draw the Venetians from the friendship of the French, changed his purpose, and resolved to send Philliberto 
What moo●…d the Emperor to send his Ambassador to the French King.  his Ambassador to the French King, as well for that he would have men think that he was desirous to treat with him about the affairs of Italy, without mentioning the Venetians, as for to induce them to have recourse to himself, for fear of some agreement betwixt their two Majesties, wherein they should not be comprehended, they having already made proof of very many mischiefs which the 
The King of England, is chosen Umpire and mediator betwixt mighty Princes.  alliance of such like Princes had procured to their common wealth: he did beside write to his Ambassador, resident with the King of England, to complain unto that King, (whose authority at that time was so great, as he was chosen for Vmpier and mediator of all the important strife betwixt the Emperor and the French King) of the Venetians, who not being contented to accomplish the agreement betwixt Maximilian and them, did moreover refuse his alliance and friendship (being thereunto invited) but there was no great regard given to his complaints, because that the Emperor making show to be desirous of Peace, intelligence was given, that he prepared all things fit for war. These policies being known to King Francis, after that he had freely communicated to the Senate all the Emperor's practices and designs, would not give ear to the offers of his Ambassador, 
The French King and the King of England talk together  and standing upon his guard, he sought by all means to entertain his friends and Confederates, and to that purpose he had mutual conference with the King of England near to Ardres in Picardy, who for that end came to Calais, that he might more amply confirm the peace and friendship sworn betwixt them, where having seen one another and conferred together with their councils of their particular affairs, with all manner of sports and delights in the midst of the plain betwixt Guynes and Ardres, the French King returned to Boloign and the King of England to Calais.  
About this time, a daughter being borne to the French King, he entreated 
The Venetian common wealth, do ●…sten a d●…ghter of the French Kings.  the Republic of Venice to witness for it at the Font, showing thereby that he was desi●…ous in all things to gi●…e them content, in regard of his special love tow●… 〈◊〉.  

Why the King delayed to conclude the league.   

The Pope's new 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉.   
Upon these new propositions of the 〈◊〉 and the French King, the Vene●… 
The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  likewise were desirous to look to themselves, and they grew ●…ore 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the conclusion of the league, no●… breaking the five yea●… tr●…ce alre●…dy 〈◊〉 by the Elect Emperor, nor would they likewise displease the King of England, who by sundry good offices had showed hims●…lfe their great friend, whom they knew would be ●…ighly displeased with that league, in regard of the alliance and friendship betwixt him and the Emperor.  
Whilst th●… upon these occasions ●…he treaty of the league remained doubtful▪ they had intelligence of that which they never expected▪ how that the Pope had 
The Pope and the E●…peror make 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 against the French King.  secretly agreed with the Emperor to en●…ade, at their common cost, the Duchy of Milan; This did wonderfully amaze all ●…en, and especially the Venetian●…, because the Pope by driving the ●…rench, forth of Italy with his forces and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, was desirous to in●…hronize and increase the Emperor's power there, whom 〈◊〉 long before, himself did grea●…ly ●…pect, and held dangerous for the Church's state and for all the Princes of Italy.  
The Pope's design was accompanied with divers and ●…ondry practices of 
What the Popes and Emperos designs were.  the imperials, (the Bande●…i of Milan who were in great no●…ber and the 〈◊〉 of the City being joined to them) to the end that by their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 on●… 〈◊〉 same time some sudden 〈◊〉 might be raised in the City, and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 places of the Duchy, to expel the French who dremp●… on 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and whose number was already much decreased by reason of the Lord 〈◊〉 absence, who not long before was gone into France.  
But the Lord of Le●…cut, his brother and his Lie●…tenant General in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, having discovered this 〈◊〉 befo●…e it was executed, did forth●…ith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 
The Lord of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ●…prise of the ●…andetti of Mi●…an.  numbers of Soldiers, as he made himself assured 〈◊〉 of all 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and frustrated their practices 〈◊〉 designs, driving all the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the Duchy, where they had by degrees 〈◊〉 themselves, whom he 〈◊〉 even to the gates of Rhegio, whither they escaped by means of him that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 For the Pope, who (as hath been said) was a Partaker of their design. Hereupon the Pope took matter of discontent, for that without any respect to his dignity and power, or to the friendship and alliance betwixt him and the most Christian King, the French had come and used violence in his towns and Castles, 
The Pope is is 〈◊〉 with the Lord L'●…scut his pursuit.  making his complaints to the Venetians; whereas indeed, the King had most cause to complain, because that by the agreement made betwixt them, it was expressly mentioned, that the Pope should not receive the bande●…i of the Duchy of Milan into his Territories, nor the king those of the Dominion of the Church into his. The Venetians being desirous, as much as in them lay, to appease this discontent, (for the Pope's resolution and the treaty made, and sworn by him with the Emperor, was no●… as yet manifestly known) sought to blot out of the 
The Venetians seek to appease the Pope's indignation against the French.  Pope's mind the suspicion which he seemed to have, by remembering him of the good offices which the King had ever performed to the Sea Apostolic, earnestly entreating him, not for a trifle to break the holy alliance, so long time sworn betwixt them, seeing that by the breach thereof nothing but mischief could ensue. But all these remonstrances and entreaties were bootless with the Pope, who had already contracted with the Emperor, on condition, that the French being expelled forth of the Duchy of Milan, Parma, and Placentia, should be joined to the Church's Patrimony, and all the residue of the state should be 
The conditions of the agreement betwixt the Pope and the Emperor.  restored to Francis Sforza; and that the Pope in the mean time should dispense with Charles for the oath which he had taken in the investiture of the Kingdom of Naples, to the end he might with more just title still retain the Empire.  
The Venetians, being wholly hopeless of making any atonement betwixt the Pope and the French King, resolved not to fail in their duty wherein they were tied to the King, for the conservation of the Duchy of Milan. The report was that divers soldiers were already levied by the Pope and the Emperor's command, 
The Popes and ●…emperors for●…s need●… to march, if their secret intelligences should fail.  and if their secret practises could not prevail, they would on a sudden fall to open war; for which cause, the Pope, (albeit it was under an other colour) had levied six thousand Swisses, and Prospero Colonna being declared chief of the enterprise coming to Bolognia, did from all parts levy soldiers, whilst the Viceroy of Naples, with the Cavalry of that Kingdom, and the Marquis of Pescara with the Spanish Infantry, were on the banks of the River Trante, speedily to pass over on the first occasion. This caused the Venetians, for their part, speedily to unroll six thousand Italian foot, and to assemble all their Cavalry on the Bressan Territory, committing their whole army to Theodore Triwlcio their General, commanding him to encamp on the banks of the river Adda, that he might speedily pass over, if the affairs of the French should require it. They commanded moreover Paulo Nany, Governor at that time of Bergamo, to follow the Army with the General in quality of Providator.  
In the mean time upon the rumour that was spread abroad in France of these 
The Venetian army ready to march.  stirs in Lombardy, the King forthwith sent the Lord Lautrec to Milan, and being come thither, perceiving that his forces were not sufficient to defend that state, if it should be enuaded with a mighty army, he thought it fit to keep back the new aid which the enemies expected from coming to join with them, who already had a thousand men at arms and about eight thousand foot. The Pope had but three thousand Swisses, for of six thousand that he had levied, there remained with him but the one half. And at the same time, Fernand the Emperor's brother being come to villac, to assemble six thousand footmen, to pass afterwards with them into Italy, to the relief of the imperial army; for which 
The Emperor 〈◊〉 passage for his soldiers  forces the Emperor having craved passage of the Venetians, they answered that they could no●… do it, in regard of their alliance with the French King, whom if they failed at his need they should be taxed with shame and infamy. Upon this answer, because they would have their passages to be enforced, they sent strong garrisons thither, yet nevertheless after divers propositions for the stopping of Almains passage, the matter being found to be difficult, they left it by the consent of the Lord of Lautree to the inhabitants of the country, and sent all their forces on the Cremonois, there for to join them with the French, according to Lautrecs' direction, who being desirous to have near him some Venetian Gentlemen of authority and experience, to confer withal on the affairs of the war, and about the defence of the State of Milan, the Senate sent Andrè Gritti to him, Paulo N●…i notwithstanding remaining still in the camp as Providator.  
They choose likewise jeronimo Pesare for Providator General, who was carefully 
jeronimo Pesare Providator of all the forts on the firm land.  to provide for all their forts on the firm land, wherein were placed two thousand footmen newly levied, and certain companies of men at arms, who on all occasions should defend them from trouble and dangers. They determined moreover at Lautrecs' perswasition to have other three thousand foot; namely fifteen hundred Gascons, and as many Valesians, and likewise to contribute to the expense of certain horse and foot companies with whom the Duke of Ferrara promised to come into the field in the behalf of the French, to the end that 
In what manner the Venetians did relieve the Start of Milan.  the King and all men else should know, that they had in no ●…ort failed for the speedy relief of the State of Milan, according to the covenants made betwixt them.  
The French in the mean time were readier to solicit the Venetians to do that whereunto they were obliged by the treaty of confederacy, than they were of themselves to make necessary provisions, proceeding therein very slowly, which 
The Lord of Lautrec hopeth for aid.  undoubtedly is a very dangerous matter in war: and albeit the Lord of Lautrec did warrant, that the Lord of Saint Vallier should speedily pass the mounts with six thousand French, and that ten thousand Swisses, levied for the King, should forthwith march: yet for all that none ca●…e: and on the other side the enemies being grown strong and mighty, by being joined with the Almain foot having safely passed thorough the Mantuan, and from thence thorough the State of Milan, knowing how greatly speed might import them in that enterprise, were 
The Imperials besiege Parma.  come to besiege Parma, supposing that the taking of that City would purchase them great safety and reputation.  
Now the Lord Lautrec having intelligence of their march, suspecting their design, sent his brother the Lord of Escut with a strong garrison for the guard of that city: yet nevertheless that did not stay their enterprise, hoping easily to achieve it, as well for that the place was not very strong, as because their army was 
The Lord of Lautrec succoreth Parmai Prospero Colonna raiseth his camp from before Parma.  great and well stored with all necessaries, as in deed it would have come to pass, if Lautrec, who had received new supplies of Swisses, had not approached the enemies, by whose coming, and likewise for that the Duke of Ferrara with great numbers of footmen marched to assail Modena, and Regio, Prospero Colonna was enforced (as he afterwards said) to discampe from before Parma, to the great grief and discontent of the Pope, who by his confederacy with the Emperor did chiefly hearken after the taking thereof.  
The event of this first enterprise having such bad success was cause that the 
The Pope suspecteth the Imperials.  Pope complaining of the emperors captains entered into sum suspicion of them, as if they had drawn forth the siege of Parma at length, until that necessity had enforced them to discampe, perceiving that his great desire to obtain that City made him freely to contribute to all the charges and expenses of the wars.  
The Emperor on the other side having discovered the Pope's suspicion, feared, 
The Emperor 〈◊〉 destasted with the Pope's suspicion.  that if he should obtain that which he pretended to have by the treaty of agreement betwixt them, he would then give over the remainder of the enterprise as easily as he had forsaken the French Kings alliance, excusing himself either upon the cost or danger of the wars: whereupon for the better assurance of his designs, he resolved if it were possible to draw the Venetians to his party, and join them to the league, and to that end he determined to send Alp●…so Saus to Venice to remain there as Ambassador for the Imp●… Majesty, and whom he caused with great cunning and vehemency to 〈◊〉 again to the Senate, 
The Emperor by his Ambassador seeketh to draw the Venetians to his side.  that to join with him and the Pope was the true means to obtain peace no less by him desired then by themselves, and for a testimony of his speech he alleged, That although the Emperor might obtain the Duchy of Milan, by just title, yet nevertheless he would invest Francis Sforza Duke of Ba●… therein, thereby to reduce the affairs of Italy to a quiet and peace able State.  
 
At the last Prospero Colonna began to march first, bending towards the River 
The army of the league marcheth directly to Milan.  Adda to pass i●…, and afterwards to march directly to Milan, which was the whole aim of the war. Lautrec being advertised hereof did soon dislodge from the Cremona territory, where he had for a certain time remained, and marched towards Cassan, to stop the enemy's passage of the River, who nevertheless 
The enemies pass over the river Adda without any impediment.  by their speedy coming thither before the French, did cross it betwixt Riva and Cassan: and then went on their way towards Milan▪  
Lautrec being prevented of his hope did in great haste follow the 〈◊〉, being desirous, if occasion served, to offer them battle. But Prospero Colonna, not meaning to hazard any thing, proceeded in such manner as he look away all means of coming to a battle, which Lautrec perceiving, did at last retire with 
The Swisses leave the French camp for want of pay.  his army, which did daily decrease, especially the Swisses, who went their 〈◊〉 without leave under colour that they wanted their pay, and came to Milan, leaving the Venetian Providator with the artillery at Lodi, because that their General Triwlcio, having followed Lautrec had entered with him into Milan.  
Now Lautrec being come to Milan perceiving his own army to be diminished, 
Leutrec fortifieth Milan.  and that of the enemies to be mightily increased, he caused the Bastions and rampires to be razed, which the Duke of Bourbon had before then caused to be made, resolving not to stir from thence, and there to expect aid from France. Prospero having crossed the Adda, and having intelligence that Lautrec was retired to Milan, fortifying it in all haste, determined to follow him, and came 
Prospero Colonna is within four miles of Milan.  and lodged in an Abbey with in four miles off Milan, called Cheravall, where being uncertain what he were best to do, in regard of the great numbers of men that were within the City, a husbandman was brought before him that had been taken coming from Milan, who told him in the presence of all the captains, 
The traitors in milan give advertizement to Prospero Colonna.  that he was sent by some of the Imperial faction that were within the City to jeronimo Moron, to let them know that if they would march directly to Milan, they were certain that he might enter it, but if they should delay the matter and give the French men leisure to fortify themselves it would not then be in their power to expel them. Upon this advertisement it was concluded by the chief captains that the Marquis of Pescara with the Spanish bands, whom he then commanded, should march directly to the Roman gate, to be there at sun set. Theodore Triwlcio, General of the Venetian army, had the guard of that gate and the suburb, where the Marquis of Pescara being come, taking twelve 
The enemies being come to Milan win the Roman Gate ●…d the suburb.  hundred men for that service he gave directly in upon a bastion that was new begun, and not yet defensible, whereupon those of the guard were so amazed as without fight they were put to rout, forsaking their guard and fortifications.  
Theodore Triuu●… Commander of those troops being sick in his bead, did on a sudden arise and marched against the enemies with such few soldiers as he could gather together, to sustain that attempt, thinking that they would follow him, but Night not blushing, and being unaccompanied, he was beaten down 
Triwlcio taken prisoner by the Imperials.  and taken prisoner with julio of Saint Severin, the Marquis of Vigeva, Mercurio Buono, captain of the Venetian light horse, Lodovico Marin Secretary to the commonwealth, with divers others.  
Lautrec having notice that the Venetian army being surprised had abandoned the suburbs without any fight, came with the residue of the army before the place of the castle. But perceiving that there was no means to keep the City the said 
Lautrec vetireth with his Cavalry to Coma.  suburb being lost, determined to retire, and took the direct way towards Coma, with all his men at arms to be near the Swisses, expecting the succour that was to come from France, having before his departure left captain Masearon a Gascon to command the castle with fifty men at arms and six hundred French foot. 
Moscaron captain of the castle of Milan.   
The enemies being masters of the city, made an inestimable spoil there, without any exception of persons, for the sack lasted ten whole days, no commandment being of force to cause the soldiers to give over. The Venetian horsemen 
Milan is sack●… ten whole days together.  departed from laud and were coming towards Milan, but having intelligence by the way of the City's loss & Lautrecs' retreat, they escaped to Bergamo.  
Lautrec being come to Coma, the four thousand Swisses that remained in the French camp, did the morrow after retire home towards their country, their captains 
The Swisses retire home into their country.  not being able to hold them back. Lautrec departing afterwards from Coma with the residue of his troops, went to Lec, where having crossed the River, he placed all his men at arms in garrison in the Venetian country, but so soon as he was gone from Coma, the enemies came thither, who having battered 
Coma taken.  it ten or twelve days, took it by composition.  
Upon report of these conquests of the enemies, Lauda, Pavia, Parma and Placentia yielded unto them without any difficulty, Cremona within a while after did the like, but Lautrec coming thither on a sudden with his forces did forthwith recover it by means of the castle which held out yet for the French.  
In this sort did the French lose, without being defeated or fight any one Battle, that goodly and rich State, which they had purchased at so high a price, and with so much effusion of blood. Prospero Colonna in the mean time, to make use of his good fortune, pursued Lautrec, seeking wholly to defeat him, who (as hath been said) departing from Coma and being come to the Giradade, had passed the Bressan territory, and from thence was come to Cremona, which having recovered, he remained there three or four days, and then returned into the Venetians Country. Now in this mean time Prospero Colonna having intelligence that Alexandria was left to the Guard of the Citizens, he went thither and became master thereof. At the last, because winter was well forward, the Senate permitted Lautrec to winter in their territories, whereof the emperors Ambassador, resident at Venice, complaining to the Senate, they answered that in so great a disaster enemies were to be relieved, and that it was against reason to refuse their friends and confederates, and that in regard of the conventions & treaties passed betwixt them, common civility did tie them to relieve the French in their adversity, and to give them all help & aid, as well for the desense as recovery of the State of Milan: yet nevertheless somewhat to content him, it was decreed that the French and Venetians should remain quiet whilst the French should continue in the Venetians territories, lest that the enemies being enforced to defend themselves, should make any incursions upon their State.  
But Bartholomew of Villa-claro having transgressed that decree, and crossing the 
The Imperials break the Decree.  Adda, making incursions on the Bergamask, the Providator Gritti permitted all men to defend themselves against the Imperials, whereupon certain companies of light horse with certain gentlemen banished from Milan going forth of Cremona, & having crossed the Adda did on a sudden assail certain numbers of the enemy's men at arms, and having disarmed them, brought them away as prisoners.  
Lautrec in the mean time was desirous to march into the field with these forces 
Lautrecs' determination.  that he had, and to go to Cremona, determining to make a bridge over the Po at Pontuico, near to Casalmajor, to become master of the country on this side and beyond the River, that he might freely join with the Duke of Ferrara, who was in the field with great forces to try if he could take Modena and Reggio. As also because that place was thought to be very commodious for the assailing of the Mantuan territory, and especially Viadana, a rich place and abounding with all things, from whence they might draw great quantity of victuals for the nourishment of the army, and enforce the Marquis of Mantua (who as Gonfaloniero, or captain General of the Church, was in the army of the league) to come and defend his own country. But the Venetians not being 
The Venetians dissuade Lautrec from his resolution.  of opinion to enterprise any thing till their forces were strong and well confirmed, nor in time of adversity to purchase new enemies, dissuaded Lautrec from that determination.  
The affairs of Lombary standing at this stay, Pope Leo, upon the news that the French had lost the City of Milan, received such high content, and was so ouerioyed 
Pope Leo his sudden death.  as a Catharre and a continual fever killed him in three days space. His death did greatly prejudice the army of the league, as well in regard of the Swisses, who no sooner understood it but they departed suddenly from the camp and forth of the whole state of Milan and returned home into their country, as 
The Cardinal of Medicis after the Pope's death retireth to Rome.  also for the departure of the Cardinal of Medicis, Legat in the Church's army, who upon the report of the Pope his cousin's death, having discharged the army retired himself to Rome.  
A new occasion did then present itself for the recovery of the State of Milan as easily as it was lost, the towns not being furnished with sufficient garrisons, nor the army of the league strong enough in the field for to relieve them. Beside, there was great confusion and disorder in Milan, the people being incensed against the imperials, for the losses which they had sustained by the Spanish footmen, Swisses and Almains, for which they hated them as much and more than they had in time before done the French, and next, by the departure of the Cardinals of Medicis and Zion, who were gone to the creation of the new Pope, the authority of the league was much diminished.  
For these causes the Venetians began to levy forces from all parts, and 
The Venetians levy forces to march into the Duchy of Milan.  commanded the greatest part of their garrisons which were dispersed here and there to march into the field: and that which did most of all confirm them, was, that the Swisses having published a general assembly at Lucerna, they there decreed with a general consent, to take upon them the protection of the French, and to help them to recover the Duchy of Milan, whereupon, they speedily sent to the Venetians, wishing them still to continue their alliance with the French, for they were resolved to take arms for them and their allies. These news did put fresh courage into Lautrec, and albeit it was in the depth of winter, he nevertheless determined to march into the field, and to enter the State of Milan.  
Prospero Colonna in the mean time did his best to fortify the City of Milan, 
Colonna fortifieth Milan.  having strengthened the Spanish garrison there with certain number of Lanse quenets whom he sent for thither, and made all preparations for the sustaining of a long siege if need should be.  
The French on the other side and the Venetians sitting in council to determine what they should first attempt, after divers and sundry opinions, they resolved that Frederico Bozole should cross the Po, with a good troop of choice soldiers, and should go to the confines of Parma, to listen what was done there, not carrying any artillery with him, to the end that if his design prospered not he might freely & without danger make his retreat, & that the residue of the army, as well French as Venetians should meet on the Cremonois. But Bozole being 
The French & Venetian army on the Cremonois.  come near to Parma and Placentia, not daring to attempt any thing, returned to Lautrecs' camp at Cremona, as wise as he went, and no other enterprise was made in this year 1527. These two great Princes nevertheless, the Emperor Charles and the French King continuing much incensed the one against the other, whereby it was foreseen, that Italy and divers other Provinces were to endure grievous wars, as it came to pass the years ensuing.  
  
The end of the fourth Book of the fifth Decade.   

The Contents of the fifth Book of the fifth Decade.  
THe French and Venetian camp lie before Maran. Francis Sforza cometh to Pavia with six thousand Lansequenets. Novara is taken by the French. Sforza cometh to Milan with his troops. Lautrec beseegeth Pavia and forthwith raiseth his camp. The battle of Bicoq. The Swisses retire into their country. Lauda and Cremona yielded to the enemies. The Emperor seeketh the Venetians friendship. The Emperor and the King of England confer together, with the league made betwixt them. The Isle of Rhodes is taken by Soliman. The creation of Pope Adrian the sixth. League betwixt the Pope, the Emperor, the Venetians, the Duke of Milan and the Florentines. Alliance made betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians against the French King. The Duke of Urbin General to the Venetians. The Duke of Bourbon leaveth the French Kings party. The French army in Italy under the Admiral Bonivet. Novara and Vigeva are taken by the French. The French come before Milan, and soon dislodge thence. Monce taken by the French. Motion of peace betwixt the Emperor and the King. The death of Pope Adrian. The creation of Pope Clement the seventh. The French retire in disorder. The cause of the King's discontent with the Emperor and the Venetians. The King cometh into Italy and taketh the City of Milan. The Duke of Albany is appointed to go and invade the Kingdom of Naples. The King beseegeth Pavia. The Venetians are sought to by both parties. A secret league made betwixt the Pope, the King, and the Venetians. The Marquis of Pescara keepeth the viceroy of Naples from dislodging forth of Lombary. The imperials come into the field and assail the King. The King is taken prisoner by the Imperials and the French army is put to rout. The Pope's resolution after the defeat of the French. The Venetians resolving to defend Italy, are diverted from it by the Pope. And lastly the words and gesture of the Emperor at the news of the victory.  
 
The Fifth Book of the fifth Decade of the History of Venice.  
 
THe French army being much increased in the beginning of the 
Great numbers of Swisses in the French camp.  year 1522. by the arrival of the Swisses, who in great numbers came to their camp, and by the Venetians forces joined to them, which were six thousand foot, six hundred men at arms, and eight hundred light-horse. Lautrec by the advise of all the captains resolved to march directly towards Milan, which was the principal motive and aim of the war. According to this resolution they passed the Adda on the first day of march, and the camp was lodged within two 
The French camp before Milan.  miles of the castle. The third day after the French were encamped, they marched in order, making show that they would assault the Rampire, the which they did not, either because that at the first it was not Lautrecs' meaning, or else for that in 
What hindered the Lord of Lautrec from assailing Milan.  regard of the great numbers of soldiers that were within it, the disposition of the people, and the readiness which was seen in the defendants, he was diverted from it, for the manifest difficulty of such an enterprise.  
It is certain that the Lord of Lautrec had no hope to take Milan by assault, but thought to effect it by length of time, because that by reason of the multitude of his horse and great number of the bandettis which followed him who scoured the whole country, he did cut off all victuals from it: as also because he had broken down all the mills, and turned away the waters forth of their Channels, which brought great commodities to the Milanois, and he did beside, hope, that the pay which the Milanois did give the soldiers would soon be wasted: for the Emperor sent little or none at all.  
But the Citizens of Milan's hatred towards the French was wonderful, and their 
With what seruensie the people of Milan endured the discommodity of the siege.  desire marvelous to have Francis Sforza their new Duke again, in regard whereof, enduring patiently all discommodities, they did not only, not change their minds for all those miseries, but the young men of the City did put on arms, and made captains in every parish: in such sort as the guards which speedily ran to the remotest places of the army, did greatly relieve the soldiers; providing beside, in stead of the mills that were broken down, hand mills; for all their meal was spent.  
The Duke of Milan in the mean space, who had a long time remained at Trent, expecting some fit occasion to pass forward, went on his way with six thousand Lansequenets, and seized on the Fort of Croare which did belong to the Venetians, to the end to open his passage. From thence he came thorough the Veronois and Mantuan territories with ease to Casalmajor, because that 
The Duke of Milan cometh to Pavia with six thousand Lansequenets.  the Venetian army was joined with the Lord Lautrec, and there crossing the Po, he came to Placentia, being afterwards aided by the Marquis of Mantua he marched to Pavia, where he remained waiting for some fit occasion to go to Milan, where his arrival was extremely wished for.  
So soon as the Lord of Lautrec, had intelligence of his coming to Placentia, he raised his camp, and went and lodged at Cassin five miles from Milan on the high way towards Pavia, and the Venetians at Binasca which lieth on the same road way, to hinder his coming to Milan, where in the mean time he took Saint Angelo, and Saint Colombane. But being advertised that the Lord of Escut his brother, was come from France with money and certain companies of footmen, and came by the way of Genoa, he sent thither for his convoy Frederico de Bozzole, with four hundred Lances and seven thousand foot, Swisses and Italians, against whom the Marquis of Mantua going forth of Pavia, came back thither on a sudden, standing in fear of them, by reason they were more in number than had been reported unto him. Bozzole having joined his forces with the Lord of Escut, both of them together took the way towards Novara, and coming to the castle, which held out yet for them, they took the ordnance that was within it, and battered the City, the which they took by 
The French take Novara.  force at the third assault, sacking it wholly and putting all those within it to the sword, Count Philip Tournielo the Governor excepted, and some few others with him who were made prisoners; from thence they went to Vigeva, which they likewise took, opening the way by the taking of those towns to the supplies which they expected from France.  
But in the mean time, Francis Sforza departing secretly in a night from Pavia, went thorough byways, and joined himself with Prospero Colonna near to Landriana, a few soldiers remaining in Pavia with the Marquis of Mantua, who would not pass on any farther, because he would not be far off from the Church's territories.  
By reason whereof the Lord of Lautrec supposing his stay at Cassin to be to no purpose, seeing that Francis Sforza was escaped, as also because it had been no discretion for them to encamp before Milan, they determined for to turn the army towards Pavia, hoping to take it; whereupon so 
Sforza arriveth at Milan.  soon as he had reassembled his army, he went and encamped there, where at his arrival a furious battery was made in two several places, as well by the French, as the Venetians, so that the breach was judged reasonable for an assault: 
Pavia besieged by Lautrec.  And yet the besieged resolved valiantly to defend themselves, and to hinder the enemies from taking it, not sparing their lives and means.  
Prospero in the mean time perceiving the manifest danger wherein the City was, did speedily send thither a thousand Corsicans, and as many Spaniards, who in the night passed along very near to the camp, not being descried before they were in a manner all past, and then the French watch which was still on horse▪ back, did charge them on their backs, and defeated some few of them, but not very many, by reason they were to late descried. Now the breach being thought to be reasonable, the Swisses, who by nature are impatient, requested the General of the army that they might march to the assault, but it was put off till an other time, the better to assure the business, staying till Pedro of Navarres mine had played, which was made under a great Bastion, to the end that the ruins thereof might help the soldiers in their going to the assault.  
And in this sort the arrival of new supplies at Pavia, and their hope in the 
The camp dislodgeth from before Pavia.  mine, were the causes that the assault was delayed and the camp raised. For Prospero Colonna perceiving himself to be reinforced with six thousand Lansequenets and others which Francis Sforza had brought, did with his whole army come into the field, that he might be near to Pavia, and he went and encamped at the Chartreux within three miles off the French and Venetians, to hinder them from giving an assault to the City, for it had been against reason to have suffered it to be done, so great a power as his being so near the enemies. Then was the Lord of Lautrec out of hope to take Pavia, whereupon he dislodged and retired his camp to Ladriana, and from thence to Monce, that he might be relieved with victuals as well from Laudesan and from the territory of Cremona as from the Venetians country, receiving in his discamping no other discommodity than a few light skirmishes.  
The Imperials perceiving the French army to march towards Monce, thinking 
The Emperor's camp lodgeth at Bicoca.  that they would have gone to Milan, went and lodged at Bicoca three miles off from Milan, on the high way to laud, which is a very spacious house belonging to a Gentleman, environed with goodly gardens and enclosed with deep ditches, the fields round about being full of fountains and streams brought by conduit-pipes, according to the manner of Lombardy, to water the meadows: being come to that place, they did speedily raise all the dikes, and flanked them with great platforms well stored with ordnance.  
The Swisses being, according to their manner, impatient, sent their captains to the Lord of Lautrec, to let him understand that their fellows were wearied with lying in camp, and that of three things they craved one, ready money, leave to depart, or that he would speedily, without any to more temporising, lead them to a battle. The Lord of Lautrec considering how dangerous a matter it would have been to have gone and assailed the enemies in their camp, used means to moderate their fury, and told them that if money were long in coming, it was not thorough the King's fault, but in regard of the danger of the ways, and yet nevertheless it would very shortly arrive, therefore he entreated them, (as did all the other Lords of the army likewise) that they would be patient for a while longer, seeing they did hope to vanquish the enemies without fight, or at least wise to fight with them with greater advantage. But the captains of the French army, not being able to win or retain them, neither by their authority, entreaties, promises, nor reasons, knowing that the chief strength of their army consisted of that nation, of whom being abandoned they should remain a prey to the enemies, they concluded to fight rather than to fly, seeing that unless the Swisses were lead to the battle, they were determined to depart thence. 
Lautrec sendeth to discover the enemy's camp.   
Now according to this resolution, the Lord of Lautrec did by the Swisses consent send the Lord of Pontdormy to discover the enemy's camp, who marched thither with four hundred men at arms and six thousand Swisses, who having discovered it they found small likelihood of being able to assail it, yet nevertheless that did not change their opinion: whereupon the Lord of Lautrec coming forth of Monce, did with his army march towards that place, having appointed 
In what order the French did assail the enemies.  the Swisses with the artillery to go and assail the front of their camp and the enemy's artillery, which was guarded by the Lansequenets: That the Lord of Escut with three hundred Lances, and a squadron of French and Italian foot should march on the left hand upon the way that leadeth to Milan, and should go to the bridge by which they might enter into the enemy's camp: As for himself he would use means to enter it with a squadron of horsemen, 
Policy of the Lord of Lautrec.  hoping rather to prevail by cunning then by open force; for the better to deceive them, he commanded that all his soldiers should wear red crosses on their cazakes, which was the badge of the Imperial army, in stead of a white cross which was the device of the French army: Francisco Maria Duke of Urbin, with the army of the Signory of Venice lead the rearward.  
Now the Swisses being come near to the enemy's cample, albeit that in regard of the depth of the trenches, which were deeper than they imagined, they could not according to their first hope assail the ordnance, their courage nevertheless not diminishing, they assailed the trench, striving with great boldness to get over it, but in the mean time the ordnance and the enemies small shot, wherewith the 
The Swisses boldness in ass●…yling their enemies.  rampire was stuffed, did greatly hurt them, so as the greatest part of the captains and chief soldiers died there. For as soon as Prospero Colonna had notice of their coming, he embattled his troops, than he appointed every man his place, accounting the victory for his own, in regard of the strength of the place, so as the Lord of Escut being gone on the other side, as he was commanded, directly to the bridge, finding, contrary to his expectation, a strong guard there, was enforced 
The battle of Bicoca.  to retire, so that the whole burden of the battle fell upon the Swisses▪, who, as well in respect of the vantage of the place, as for the defendants valour, did labour in vain, and did receive a very great overthrow, so as being well rewarded for their rashness, by the death of many of their fellows, they were enforced to retire.  
The Lord of Lautrec, with the other Lords of the army, perceiving all things in disorder, would have persuaded the Swisses to encamp upon the same place, offering them the next day to set the greatest part of the men at arms on foot to march in the forefront, but it was impossible to cause them to condescend thereunto, 
The Swisses retire to Monce.  so as they would needs return to Monce, whether marching in good order with the French and the artillery, they received no hurt in their retreat, all be-it that the Marquis of Pescara and the other Imperial captains did importune Prospero to follow them, but he would not do it, believing, as it was very likely, that the French army made their retreat in good order, the men at arms remaining on the tail of the army to repulse the enemies if they should follow them.  
The army being come to Monce, the Lord of Lautrec used all means to detain the Swisses, and to that end did give great presents to their captains, and among others to Albert Peter, a man of great authority amongst them, who having declared unto them in an open assembly the wrong which they did to their reputation, if they should depart, then when they were in greater hope than ever to vanquish the enemies by reason of the French Kings coming, who was daily expected, could not for all that stop their retreat: whereupon, the morrow after their arrival at Monce, they returned thorough the Bergamask home into their mountains, their number being much decreased, for that, three thousand of their fellows, and two and twenty captains were slain at the trenches. The French and Venetian army did soon dislodge from Monce, and crossed the 
The Swisses return home into their country.  Adda at Tressa, and there the two armies being parted the Lord Lautrec went to Cremona, to give order for the defence of the City, and afterwards for his going into France (which he did) leaving his brother the Lord of Escut for the guard of Cremona, with the companies of men at arms, and the Lord of Bonevall in laud and Frederick of Bozole with six companies of men at arms, and a sufficient number of footmen.  
The Venetian army retired to the Bressan territory, having left a sufficient garrison 
The enemy's surprise Lauda.  for the guard of Tressa. But forthwith after the Lord of Lautrecs' departure, the town of Lauda was surprised and sacked by the Marquis of Pescara, and soon after the Lord of Escut yielded Cremona on composition to Prospero, in 
Cremona is yielded to the enemies.  regard he had no other hope to be able to hold out the siege, but by such succours as he expected from France, of which he heard no news.  
The fortune of the French being in this sort altered, and their reputation greatly diminished, by being in so short a time driven forth of the Duchy of Milan, by forces no greater than their own, it was thought that the Venetians (who had already casiered their army, dismissed the greatest part of their Cavalry, and given leave to Andrew Gritti their Providator in the army to go home to his own house, having well acquitted themselves (though to small purpose) of whatsoever their confederacy and alliance with the French King had bound them to) would at last follow the prosperous fortune of the Emperor Charles, who made show (as he had often times before then done) to desire their 
The Emperor sicketh the friendship & alliance of the venetians.  friendship, and much more then, then before, in regard of the great hope which he had conceived in his mind, that the rout of the French would incite them so to do, promising to himself thereby to disjoin them, and so to draw them to his party, for the opinion he had that this new confederacy and aid of the Venetians would chiefly avail him for the conservation of the State of Milan, and for the obtaining of a prosperous issue of the war.  
The Emperor then, resolving to do it, and not being satisfied with opening the way to Gaspar Contaren, Ambassador to the signory in his Court, and to have told him how much it did import their Republic, to make the same alliance 
The Emperor and the King of England talk together.  with him, as they had done before with the French King, did likewise communicate the same to the King of England, having talked with him at his return from Spain, the capitulations whereof being drawn by the Chancellor of the Empire, were given to Contaren, who finding them too rough, promise was made to him, that they should in such sort be moderated as the Senate should find them reasonable. But because by the distance of places, the matter was drawn forth 
A league betwixt the Emperor & the King of England.  at length, there was in the mean time a league and confederacy concluded betwixt the Emperor Charles and Henry the eight King of England, reserving place for the Venetians to enter into it within three months, which time was given them to advise thereon. This being communicated to the Senate, there was nothing resolved on for that present, but only to make a general answer to the offers and signs of friendship of those two Princes, which was, That they were very desirous of peace, and of their alliance.  
But the report daily increasing of the French Kings great preparations of war for his passage into Italy, which held the Venetians from making any certain resolution, the Emperor and the King of England, fearing that the Venetians would still continue in their friendship and alliance with the French, determined, the better to hast the conclusion of the new league, to send Ambassadors to Venice.  
The King of England's Ambassador came first to Venice, and being brought 
The Ambassadors of the Emperor and the King of England come to Venice.  into the Senate house, he entreated the Senators to deal plainly, and to declare what they intended to do, if the French King should return with his Army into Italy, to seize on the Duchy of Milan. The same request did the Emperor's Ambassador make, who came thither presently after him, who going on farther, entreated, that if the most Christian King should pass the mounts, that the Republic would take arms and join itself with the Imperial forces to resist him. The Venetians in this treaty dealt very considerately, well weighing the inconveniences that might happen on either side, resolving nevertheless not to enter 
The Venetians great discretion in their resolution.  into any new alliance but upon necessity, meaning not altogether to separate themselves from the friendship of the French, nor yet wholly to reject that of the Emperor, whereupon they answered the Emperor and King of England's Ambassador in general terms.  
About the end of the year 1522. Soliman Ottoman, to the great infamy of 
An. 1522.  Christian Princes, took the Isle of Rhodes, defended by the Knights of 
Rhodes taken by Soliman.  Rhodes, who before then were called, the Knights of Saint john of jerusalem, whither the great Turk came in person, who having reduced those of the Island and Town to the extremest point of necessity, enforced them to capitulate, namely, that the great Master should deliver him the town: that as well himself as all the Knights of that order should depart in safety, and carry away with them as much wealth as they could, and for to have some assurance thereof, the Turk should retire his naval army from thence, and withdraw his land forces five miles from the City. By means of this capitulation Rhodes remained to the Turk, and the Christians, (promise being kept with them) departed into Sicily, and from thence into Italy. Now to return to the Emperor and King of England's pursuits to the Venetians, for the conclusion of the above mentioned league, the Venetian Ambassadors resident with those Princes, were often dealt with; but, the better to hasten the business, and to prevent the delays caused by reason of the far distance of places, jeronimo Adorni Councillor and ordinary Chamberlain to the Emperor, came to Venice, being sent by his Master to treat of and conclude that business: who being brought into the Senate, went about to persuade them to forsake the French Kings alliance, and to embrace that of the Emperor and the King of England. But the Senate being moved by sundry reasons, did still answer as they were wont, not breaking either with the one or other.  
In the mean time, after Pope Leos death, Pope Adrian, Cardinal, Bishop of 
The Creation of Pope Adrian the sixth.  Bertheusa, and a Dutchman by Nation, who had been Schoolmaster to the Emperor Charles, and by his means made a Cardinal by Pope Leo, was at the time of his Election in Spain, and having received news thereof (would be called Adrian the sixth, taking none other name upon him than his own) did embark himself, and came to Nice: and from thence went to Rome, whither all the Prelates speedily came, and all Princes sent their Ambassadors to present their accustomed obedience: wherein, because the Venetians among others would not fail, they deputed six of the chief of the City: namely, Marco Dandulo, Lodovico Mocenigo, Vincentio Capel, Antonio justiniano, Petro Pesare, and Marco Foscare: who being come to Bolognia, and understanding that the plague 
The Venetians embassage to the Pope.  was very great in Rome, they remained there for certain days: but being advertised that the Pope was enforced to leave the City, and to retire elsewhere, they returned to Venice.  
The new Pope was noted to be of a generous disposition, and very much addicted to quiet, being very zealous for the common good of Christendom. For so soon as he was installed in the supreme dignity, his greatest care was, to use means to unite all Christian Princes together, and to end all their controversies, writing briefs to them all for that purpose, with great affection, causing his 
The Pope is zealous of an universal peace.  Nuncios to present Monitories to those Princes with whom they resided, threatening to excommunicate them, if within three months they did not agree together, or make a general truce, in which mean space all their strifes might be composed and ended. He did likewise write particularly to the Venetians, entreating and exhorting them, not only to hearken unto peace, but to procure all other Christian Princes to unite themselves together, and to oppose themselves against 
League betwixt the Pope, the Emperor, the Venetians, the Duke of Milan, and the Florentines.  the greatness of the Ottoman Empire. But perceiving the execution of this enterprise to be very difficult, he was desirous in the mean time to conclude a league betwixt himself, the Emperor, the Venetians, the Duke of Milan, and the Florentines, for the defence and quiet of Italy. The Senate did at the first entertain his proposition with great affection, esteeming it to be very good and profitable, but having considered in what manner the Pope did practise it, how that the end was to have them to take arms against the Turk, they would not enter too far into it, nor incur the displeasure of so mighty a Monarch: wherein wholly to satisfy him, they on a sudden sent the abovenamed Ambassadors, that were appointed to present their obedience to him, (the plague being ceased in Rome) who being arrived, were honourably received and entertained by his Holiness, who promised them to deal in such sort as they should be fully satisfied.  
The treaty of agreement in the mean time with the Emperor was not interrupted, for all these goings and comings, the Senate having appointed three of their number, namely, Ledovico Mocenigo, Georgio Cornare, and Marc-Antonio Veniere to confer with jeronimo Adorni the Emperor's Commissioner, that they might determine of it afterwards, upon their report, in the Council of the Pregays, and make some resolution thereupon.  
This conference being ended, and the whole business being sent back to 
Different opinions in the Senate concerning their alliance with the Emperor.  the Council to be debated, their opinions were very different, some saying that it was best to continue their alliance with the French King, and others to make a new one with the Emperor; the two chief of these contrary opinions, were Andrè Gritti, and Georgio Cornare. The first, being highly esteemed for the great offices which he had borne, and for his great authority in the commonwealth, spoke first, with great vehemency in the behalf of the French King: The other being of like authority, and accounted as wise a man as any in the Council, spoke to the contrary, and said, that the Duchy of Milan did by right appertain to Francis Sforza, and that therefore by consequent they were to make alliance with the Emperor.  
Both of them by their great and apparent reasons, did rather possess the Senators minds with doubts then with any certain resolution, so that the Senate delayed the determination thereof as much as they could, their usual manner inducing them thereunto, which was not to do any thing rashly, the importance of the matter, and their desire to see more preparations of the French Kings, who providing for war had sent the Bishop of Bayeux, to entreat them to put off their determination for a month longer, assuring them that before that time were expired, he would come down with a greater army than had ever been seen in Italy in the memory of man.  
But because the King did daily send new messengers to the Senate with very 
The protestation of the Emperor and King of England's Ambassadors in Senate.  great offers, and for that they were advertised that Anna of Montmorency and Frederick de Bozzolo were coming to Venice for the same cause; The Emperor and the King of England's Ambassadors, who did very much suspect those delays, did protest in open Senate, that within three days next they would depart thence, leaving all matters imperfected. In regard whereof, the Senate being enforced to end that business, and the trust which they reposed in the French Kings promises beginning to fail, by reason that he had for divers months fed them with vain hope, and especially, because their Ambassador with the same King did assure them of the contrary, they resolved to embrace the Emperor's friendship, with whom they made agreement on these conditions.  
That there should be a perpetual peace and confederacy betwixt the Emperor 
The articles of the alliance made betwixt the Emperor, Francis Sforza and the Venetians.  Ferdinand Archduke of Austria, and Francis Sforza Duke of Milan, on the one side; and the Senate of Venice on the other. That the Senate should send, when need should be, for the defence of the Duchy of Milan, six hundred men at arms, six hundred light horse, and six thousand foot. That it should do the like for the defence of the kingdom of Naples, if any Christians should invade it (the Venetians being unwilling to oblige themselves against the Turk, because they would not incense Soliman against them): That the Emperor should be bound to defend against all men, with like number of Soldiers, whatsoever the Venetians possessed in Italy.  
That the Venetians should in eight years pay to the Archduke, the sum of two hundred thousand Ducats, in regard of their ancient strifes, and for the agreement made at Worms. That the Venetians should possess their Cities, towns and places of their domains, with the same pre-eminence and jurisdiction as they then enjoyed them: That all those who had been banished by the Senate, and their goods confiscate for taking the emperors part, should return into their own Country, be restored again to their goods, and should during their life have a yearly pension of five thousand Ducats.  
These things being thus concluded, the Kings of Poland, Hungary and Portugal, as friends to both parties, the Duke of Savoy likewise, the Florentines, the family of Medicis, Antonio Adorni Duke of Genoa, and the Marquis of Montferrat were joined in this league; as for the Pope and the King of England they were named Guardians and conservers of this convention.  
This accord being thus established and confirmed, the Senate elected two 
The Venetians send Ambassadors to the Emperor to rejoice with him for the new league.  Ambassadors to send to the Emperor, namely, Lorenzo Prieuli, and André Novagiero: and to the Archduke his brother Carlo Contaren, to rejoice with them for the new league, and for to give them ample testimony of their affection towards the house of Austria. And because that Triwlcio, General for the Venetians, did greatly affect the French, the Senate in that regard, did honourably dismiss him, seeming to be very well pleased with his former service, by offering him a yearly pension of three thousand crowns if he would continue with them as a private Citizen, till such time as a better opportunity and occasion should present itself; but refusing their offer, he went into France: And in his place they chose Francisco Maria Duke of Urbin General of their forces, with the same conditions, taking upon them the protection of his State against all men. 
The Duke of Urbin General to the Venetians.   
In Italy all men thought, that seeing the Venetians were contrary to the French King, who in time before had favoured him, that he would forbear to come into Italy to invade the Duchy of Milan, but when they understood how that he did not only continue his preparations, but that his army began already to march: those who feared his victory, did forthwith make a new confederacy to resist him, and persuaded the Pope to be the chief thereof. In very deed it was a thing to be wondered at, that so soon as the French King had certain news that the league betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians was concluded and finished, he made greater preparations than before to march into the field, where as in times past, being solicited by the Venetians, he proceeded therein more slowly, and that which is more, he bent his thoughts on the Duchy of Milan, at such time as he had most reason to look to his own kingdom, in regard of 
The Duke of Bourbon forsaketh the French Kings party.  the Duke of Bourbons practices with the Emperor, the which being discovered, he forsook the Realm, and retired himself to the said Emperor, according to his former project: by means whereof, the King determined for that time not to pursue his journey into Italy: and yet nevertheless keeping at home with him, part of those forces prepared for the new war, he sent the Lord of Bonivet Admiral of France thither, with eighteen hundred Lances, six thousand Swisses, two thousand Grisons, two thousand Valesians, six thousand Lansquenets, two thousand Frenchmen, and three thousand Italians: who having passed the Mounts with that Army, and being come to the borders of the Duchy of Milan, 
Novara and Uigeva yield to the French.  marched directly towards Novara, the which being not well fortified, neither with Soldiers nor Rampires, did soon yield, (the Castle excepted) the like did Vigeva and all the rest of the Country on the hither side of the river Thesin.  
Prospero Colonna (who could not be persuaded that the French King would 
What Prospero Colonna did, upon report of the arrival of the French.  persever in his determination to assail the Duchy of Milan for that year, as well because that the Venetians were confederated against him, as for the Duke of Bourbons rebellion, had not so soon as need required assembled his soldiers who were lodged in sundry places, nor made necessary provisions for so great a motion) solicited all men to unite themselves together, to hinder the French from passing over the Thesin.  
The Venetians on the other side being advertised of the Frenchmens arrival, did suddenly command all their men at arms to meet upon the banks of the River Olio, determining at the same time to make a levy of six thousand foot, and four hundred light horse, to send them according to the treaty of 
The Venetians preparations against the French.  the Confederacy for the defence of the Duchy of Milan, and three thousand other footmen to lie in garrison in their Cities and strong Towns: they made Leonardo Eme their provid ator general, and sent a speedy messenger to the Duke of Urbin, to will him to march forthwith into Lombardy, for the execution of his charge there. And having notice of the Lord of Bonivet's progression, they commauded their Providator to lead their forces into the Country of Giradade, to assure the Cities of Bergamo and Crema, and likewise to relieve speedily the City of Milan, whither the French did bend all their designs.  
The French being come to Vigeva, finding the waters of the river to be shallower than Prospero supposed, part of them began to pass over at a ford, and others in boats, within four miles of the imperials Camp, and made a bridge 
The French pass the Thesin without any let.  for the artillery at a place where they found no guard, nor resistance: whereof Prospero being advertised, did speedily send a hundred men at arms, and three thousand foot for the guard of Pavia; and himself with the residue of the army went into Milan, where by the advice of all the Captains, he began to repair the bastions and rampires of the suburbs, which had been neglected since the last war: so as if the French had directly come to Milan, the imperials would 
The error of the French.  have forsaken the City, and would have gone either to Pavia or Coma, for it was so resolved in their Council; but having stayed longer than they should near to the river Thefin, to unite themselves together, they came afterwards to Saint Christopher's within a mile of Milan, and then coming betwixt the gate of Thesin, and the Roman, they planted their ordnance in the vanguard, making show as if they would asalt the City: but after they had encamped there certain 
The French lying before M●… lan do ●…on a sodoine raise their Camp.  days, without assailing it at all, in regard of the great forces that were within it, they went to Monce, which they took with ease: from thence Captain Bayard, and Frederic of Bossola, marched towards Lauda, on which, (being altogether abandoned,) they likewise seized. Then determining to relieve the Castle 
They take Monce.  of Cremona, they marched on the Cremonois, and being without any difficulty come near to the Castle, they did refresh it with victuals, and other necessaries, and resolved to assail the City.  
The Ambassadors of the Emperor and the Duke of Milan, which lay at Venice, being moved by these dangers, did solicit the Senate to send their forces over the river Oglio, to the end that they might go and encamp in some strong, and safe place on the Cremonois, to divert the French from the siege of Cremona, albeit their whole enterprises, were only for the taking of Milan, for which part of their forces were at Caravagia, and at Monce, to stop the Venetian army from passing on any farther.  
The imperials perceiving the enemy's intent did solicit the Venetians to join with them, not considering the perils and difficulties that did present themselves: by means whereof the Senate knowing that the same business did depend on the situation of places, and on sundry accidents which happened, did refer the whole matter to the judgement and discretion of the Duke their General, who after he had heedfully viewed all the passages determined to encamp beyond the river Oglio, betwixt Romano, and Martinenga: whereat the imperials being discontented, made a new entreaty that they might come and encamp more near to Tressa.  
In the mean time other succours came from elsewhere, into the Duchy of Milan, as well of Lancequenets by the way of Trent, as from the Vicery of Naples; and beside, they daily expected the Duke of Bourbon, who was coming into Italy as Lieutenant general to the Emperor.  
Now in the midst of all these arms, the motion of peace betwixt the Emperor and the French King was not altogether interrupted, for the Archbishop of Barri, who for a time had been his Holiness Nuncio in France, was for that purpose gone into Spain to treat of the conditions of peace, the which in respect of an universal quiet like was likewise very pleasing to the Venetians, not without suspicion nevertheless, that it would come to pass as it had at other times happened, that those Princes should afterwards agree together to overrun 
The venetians suspect the motion of peace betwixt the Emperor and the ●…rench King.  them: yet notwithstanding, they would not without some other greater occasion fail in aught whereunto they were tied by their last confederacy: and therefore they sent to their Providator, (upon the report that the imperials would march into the field) willing him to cross the Adda, and to join with the Viceroy of Naples, leaving strong garrisons in their frontier towns, and to take care to lodge ever in safe and strong places, and especially to avoid, as much as he could, from being enforced to enter into Milan.  
The Duke of Urbin nevertheless made some difficulty to execute that commandment, and to pass the Adda, thinking no safety to be therein till the Lancequenets were first of all come into the field with the Marquis of Mantua's 
The Duke of Urbin's difficulty to execute the Senate's command.  forces; as also for that he had intelligence, that great numbers of Swisses were come to the French Camp, who were thought to be ten thousand: in regard whereof, being entreated by the imperials, to join with them at Beauregard, he refused to do so, because that Quarter was but four miles off from the French camp, whereby it was to be feared, that approaching so near the enemies, they might be enforced against their will and to their disadvantage to come to a battle: as also for that two thousand Swisses were lately come to Laud, and it was to be doubted that they would come and assail the Territory of Crema, or the Bergamask, whither it was likewise reported that six thousand Grysons were coming, sent by the French King, who had at the same time dismissed the Venetian Ambassador resident in his Court.  
But the imperials still soliciting the Duke of Urbin to join with them, the Senate, to take away all suspicion of bad dealing, commanded their General to 
The Venetians make new levies of horse and ●…oot.  do it, having in the mean time levied three thousand Italian foot, and four hundred light horse which were stradiots, for the guard and defence of their towns; the command of whom was given to john Mora, who was elected governor of Crema, with title of Providator General of the Bressan Teritory. At the sametime Petro Pesare was sent Providator to the army instead of Heme who fell sick, and was retired to Venice.  
The Venetian Army being come to Tressa, and the Marquis of Mantua being gone to Pavia, the French army was in great want of victuals, all passages being stopped whereby they were wont to be brought to them, wherein the Venetian army purchased great praise, especially the Venetian Stradiots, so as the Admiral fearing himself to fall into the same want of victuals whereunto he thought to have reduced the City of Milan, resolved to discampe, and to retire some twelve miles from the City.  
At this stay stood their affairs, when Pope Adrian died on the fourteenth day of September, to the great loss and discommodity of the confederates, to 
Pope Adrian his death.  whom by his death the Pontifical authority was not only wanting, but likewise the pecuniary contribution, whereunto he was tied by the Capitulations of the confederacy. So soon in a manner as the Admiral was departed from before Milan, the Cardinals, who had already been fifty days in the conclave, created 
The creation of Pope Clement the se●…enth.  a new Pope, which was, julius of Medicis, who took upon him the name of Clement the seventh.  
This election certainly was very pleasing to all men, for the great opinion that the whole world had conceived of him, because he was a man of great authority and worth, and reputed to be grave and constant in his determinations. The Senate being desirous to let him know how highly they loved and honoured 
The Venetians send Ambassadors to the new Pope.  him, appointed eight Ambassadors to go and congratulate him for his new promotion: and to present him with their usual obedience: the Ambassadors were Marco Dandulo, jeronimo Pesaure, Dominico Veniero, Vincentio Capel, Thomaso Contaren, Lorenzo Bragadino, Nicolo Tepula, and Lodovico Bono.  
Within a while after Prince Grimani died, after he had governed one year and ten months, he was with great pomp carried to Saint Anthony's Church.  


ANDRE GRITTI the 77. Duke.   
 
 
ANDRE GRITTI, Procurator of Saint Mark, a man very famous for his rare and singular virtues, was chosen in his place, who had already in time before managed abroad and at home, the most important affairs of the Common wealth.  
After this manner was the year 1523. ended. At 
An. 1523.  the beginning of the next following, the French men's difficulties, did invite the Emperor's Captains to think on means how to finish the wars: for this purpose They sent for the Duke of Urbin to Milan, with Petro 
The Imperials determine to 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉.  Pesare the Providator of the Army, to consult how they should proceed in the wars, where all men were of opinion, that so soon as the six thousand Lancequenets, which the Viceroy had sent to levy, should be arrived at Milan, the Emperor's army together with that of the Venetians should assaill the enemies, and either by force or famine drive them forth of the Duchy of Milan, who being already reduced to extreme want of victuals, and money, did daily disband at the head of their Army, the which the Admiral perceiving, did still by little and little retire forth of the State of Milan. This retreat of the French caused the Venetian army to advance forward, the which being come to Binasca, did join with the Viceroy and the Marquis of Mantua, who having left a sufficient garrison in Milan, were come into the field, and finding themselves to be strong, they came within five miles of the French Camp, thereby keeping them not only from scouring the Country, but from victuals which were wont to come unto them. And the Imperials and the Venetians 
The Imperials pursued the French.  growing afterwards more bold, did cross the Thesin near to Pavia, to make themselves masters of the country, and to take from the enemies those commodities which they used to receive from thence.  
The French wondering at the enemy's boldness were likewise enforced to pass the same river to oppose themselves against their designs, the Duke of Urbin having passed Thesin began to scour the Country, and having on every side beaten the plains, he went and encamped before Garlas, a town strongly fenced with dikes and Rampires, wherein were four hundred Italian footmen, to which after he had made a breach, he gave an assault the very same day, and took it by 
The Imperials take Garlas.  force, with great slaughter of those that were within it. The taking of this town caused divers others to yield unto him.  
The Admiral's hope being grounded upon two points, both of them failed him: The one was that Rante de Cera coming down with eight thousand Grisons into the Venetians territories, would constrain them to call back their forces to defend their own Country: and the other was, that the aid of Swisses which the King sent to him would speedily arrive, and fill up his army which was much diminished; but both those hopes proved vain. For the Grisons would not depart from their houses, when they understood that they should find resistance and no aid, and the Swisses being come to the banks of the river Stesia, 
Why the Grisons would not leave their houses.  tarried there still, being not able to pass it by reason of the great increase of the waters: whereupon the Admiral being pressed by the Enemies and the number of his forces daily decreasing, being desirous to join with them, commanded a bridge to be made over that river, and the day following he caused all his soldiers to pass over to the Swisses, the enemies being lodged within two miles of them.  
Now the imperials perceiving in what disorder the French were retired, who left divers pieces of Ordnance, with other munition behind them, entreated the Duke of Urbin to pursue them in their company, whereunto the Duke of Urbin seemed to consent: But the Providator refusing so to do, the Venetians would not pass over the river, thinking that they had already passed farther than they were tied to by the bonds of the Confederacy, by which they were bound to nothing else but for the defence of the Duchy of Milan, and they had entered into the lands of the Duke of Savoy: for which refusal the Duke of Urbin was greatly commended, and the Senate being desirous to acknowledge it, albeit he had not served them long, did nevertheless honour him with the Title of General of all their forces, as well horse as foot, with a present recompense.  
Now whilst the Venetians were busied in this war, sundry cares & dangers troubled them from elsewhere, for they had intelligence that Soliman practised some high attempt, and was desirous to execute it, by reason that he made great preparations of Soldiers and armour, the which did much amaze them, and caused them 
The Venetians stand in fear of Soliman.  to keep strong garrisons in all their sea towns, and chiefly in the I'll of Cyprus, whereunto they knew the Turk aspired; and to furnish that expense, imposed a loan, as well on their particular cit●…izens, as on all their cities and subjects, which speedily furnished them with ready money.  
In this mean time the French King, notwithstanding the bad success of his army, had neither lost his courage, nor his desire to return into Italy, being the more provoked thereunto by the disdain which he had conceived of the Emperor, who not being satisfied with taking upon him the defence of the state 
'Cause of the French King●… discontent with the Emperor.  of Milan did moreover trouble him in his own Realm, by stirring, up the King of England against him whereupon, he made great warlike preparations to return himself in person into Italy the which he hoped to do with more ease and speed, because his Army was safely returned into France.  
These news did greatly trouble the Senators, not only in regard of the huge expense they were to be at, by reason of their alliance with the Emperor for the defence of the state of Milan, but likewise for the fear they were in of their own 
Why the French King was displeased with the Venetians.  state, the French King being mightily incensed against them, not so much for that which they had done in their last encounters, as for that they being since then solicited to return to his alliance and to quit the Emperors, they had wholly refused it.  
The Venetians being then advertised that the French army passed the mounts, did cause all their forces, which lay in sundry places in Garrison, to meet on the Verona territory, whether they sent word to the Duke of Urbin to come, and willed Pessare their Providator to go thither with all speed, to wait what should be commanded him. The Pope in the mean time being shaken with fear, & sundry suspicions, told the Venetians, that it was well done to be united with himself and the Emperor and to proceed matu●…ely in all matters, for the liberty of Italy, and 
The Pope's remonstrances to the Venetians  for the defence of the stare of Milan that they possibly could: but if they should not find themselves strong enough to resist the mighty army of the French, it were better to seek in time to reconcile themselves to the most Christian King, then to delay it till he should fiercely march against them, thereby to avoid those insolences, which do usually follow victories: He willed them to consider that the power of the French was very great and of force to overturn the whole state of Italy: and 〈◊〉 they should do well to send ample power and authority to Marco Eoscare their Ambassador at Rome, to treat of that which the French had already offered them.  
Though the Pope propounded all this by way of Council, yet nevertheless 
Whereunto the Pope ●…ded.  it was perceived thereby, that his meaning tended to a new confederacy with the French the better to assure the state of the Church, and that of Florence: For which the Senate did not yet perceive any reason, so soon, and without cause to quit the Emperor's alliance, to return to that of the French King, seeing it would 〈◊〉 argued overmuch lightness and inconstancy, and small discretion to make the Emperor their en●…my, before they were certain of the French Kings will: and therefore they had determined that their army should enter into the state of Milan, to be employed in the Emperor's service, but the Duke of Urbin before he would execu●…e their determination sent them word how dangerous a matter it were for the Commonwealth, to send their army abroad at that time, because that if they with their forces should assure the state of Milan, it was to be feared that the enemy would turn his designs somewhere else, and perhaps against their 〈◊〉 and therefore he said that it were best to tarry till the French army had passed the river Sila, before that they did put their resolution in practice. But 
The French come to 〈◊〉.  the French making great haste, were sooner in the Duchy of Milan than they were looked for, and from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 directly to the City, they came to the sub●… of the gate of Thesin, before it could be sufficiently rampired and provided 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hereupon all the Captains were of opinion to forsake it: therefore the Duke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, the Viceroy and Sforza retired to Soncina with all the 
The Imperial retire to Soncina and Lauda.  troops 〈◊〉 within it; and the Marquis of Pescara to Lauda; but they gave 〈◊〉 order, that 〈◊〉 might be well fortified and stored with soldiers and all other necessary provisions, into the which A●…tonia de 〈◊〉 entered with three hundred 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and five thousand foot, partly Spaniards and Almains 〈◊〉 all of them old soldiers. In this sort did the French recover the City of Milan, into the which the King would not have the army enter lest they should sack it. At the same time john Stuard Duke of Albany, appointed by the 
The Duke of 〈◊〉 enuades Naples.  King to go and invade the Realm of Naples, with two hundred Lances, seven hundred light horse, and four thousand Swisses, craved passage of the Pope thorough the Church's territories, and thorough Tuscany, to march to that enterprise, which was resolved on to draw the Imperial forces thither, to the end that the defence of the state of Milan might be weakened, where daily sundry towns yielded without any great difficulty.  
All the chief exploits of war were near unto Pavia, whither the King 
Pavia besieged by the French King.  with his whole army was come to besiege it, resolving not to stir from thence till he had taken it, thinking that it would greatly diminish his reputation, if having so goodly an army, he should leave such a City behind him, so well stored with Soldiers and victuals, as that was. The King had (according to the common report) not reckoning those who stayed at Milan, two thousand Lances, eight thousand Lansquenets, six thousand Swisses, six thousand pioneers, and four thousand Italians: the number of whom did afterwards very much increase, with great provision of Artillery, and the flower of all the French Nobility.  
The Imperials on the other side placed their chief hope in the conservation of that City, and therefore all men were desirous to see, what the event of that siege would be, especially the Pope and the Venetians, fearing on the one side, the French Kings arms who was displeased with them, if he should prove the 
The Venetians fear.  victor, and on the other, those of the imperials, if chase thence the French, they should become masters of Italy.  
Amidst these sundry thoughts, they showed themselves in a manner neuter, neither sending their forces to the aid of the imperials, nor agreeing in any sort with the French, expecting with good devotion the success of Pavia, which being reduced to a siege, did seem would be very long. The Pope nevertheless thinking it to be a part of his duty, to procure peace betwixt these Princes, sent 
The Pope 〈◊〉 a mediator betwixt the Emperor and the French. King.  his datary to the King's Camp to treat of an agreement, whereunto the King seemed to condescend, the Viceroy was soon advertised thereof by his Holiness, to the end he might testify that his desire was conformable to the duty whereunto he was obliged by the place and degree that he held, to unite the Emperor and the most Christian king in a firm peace and friendship, that all of them together might afterwards arm against the power of Soliman, who was already in the field with a mighty Army.  
The conditions of the treaty of peace propounded by the Pope, were, That 
Conditions of peace propounded by the Pope  the Emperor should enjoy the kingdom of Naples, and the French king the Duchy of Milan, with particular promise not to pass on any farther into Italy, without the Pope's knowledge and consent. This treaty having continued for certain days, no effect thereof succeeded, but only jealousies betwixt the French 
The Venetians sought to, by both sides  and Spaniards: whereupon the Venetians were again solicited by both parties to favour their sides. The Count of Carpi came to Venice from the French to solicit the Senate to renew their alliance with the most Christian king, or at leastwise, that they would not be against him: The Viceroy on the other side, sent Charles of Arragon thither, to require them to send those forces which they were bound to by the capitulations of the league: They answered the French Ambassador in general terms, how that they had referred all that business to the Pope: but to him the Viceroy sent, albeit they did not refuse his demand, yet nevertheless they answered coldly, as those who knew very well how to fit their counsels to the event of things, and this irresolution of theirs continued till such time as the Pope had very secretly concluded with the French king, both for himself & them, whereupon, when they came to resolution in the Senate, their opinions were different, either because in many of them the memory of their ancient ●…lliance with the French King was renewed, or else for that they supposed he would prove victorious, in regard of the great forces that he had ready in 
What moved the Senate toally themselves with the French.  Italy, against enemies that were wholly unready and very ill provided of all necessaries: which caused them rather to incline to the French, then to the Imperials.  
According then to this resolution, a peace, and league betwixt the Pope, the King, and the Venetians was determined and concluded at Rome with the Ambassadors, 
An. 1525.  in the beginning of january, the year 1525. and confirmed afterwards by the Senate at Venice. This treaty being handled very secretly, the Senate being most importunately urged by the Emperor's Ambassadors, to join their troops with the Imperial Army, after sundry excuses, answered that they would not contradict the Pope's command, and least of all at that time when they were upon a treaty of peace which his Holiness pursued by the Emperor's consent, and that therefore they would not interrupt it, nor be a a means to prolong the war.  
The league being thus concluded, the French King sent the Bailiff of 〈◊〉 to Venice, to congratulate them, and to assure them of his love to the Commonwealth, from which he promised never to divide himself. He did afterwards require that the same accord, which was secretly concluded, might be published abroad, whereunto the Venetians did freely condescend: thinking it to be the 
The Senate's answer to the imperials.  best, thereby to cause the Imperials, who expected their aid, to hope no longer for it, and that they being destitute of their help, despairing of being able to keep the State of Milan, might retire somewhere else, or incline to peace.  
The Pope was of a contrary opinion, saying, That the treaty ought not to be 
Sundry opinions on the publication of the league.  published, the better to reduce the Imperials to greater necessity and danger, which would happen so soon as the French should pass the Po, which they said they would do, promising to repass it at the Pope's pleasure: but time and necessity pressing him to discover himself, in regard he was to grant passage to the Duke of Albany thorough the Church's territories, for his journey into the Realm of Naples: the Pope made show, as if the Duke of Albany would pass by force and violence with his troops thorough the lands of the Church and the Florentines, and that for himself he would remain neutral in that war, and seek to procure an universal peace and concord, protesting against those two 
The Pope protesteth against the Emperor and the King, if they agree not.  Princes, and admonishing them both to throw down Arms, to come to an agreement, and to lay in deposito in the hand of a third person not suspected, whatsoever did yet hold out in the Duchy of Milan, for the Emperor, and Duke: He gave notice thereof to the Viceroy by Paul Vettori, Captain of his Galleys, as also how he could not stop the Duke of Albanies' passage, but that it behoved him to be assured of him by new conventions, he likewise sent him diverse other articles, which he hoped to insert in the peace.  
These propositions caused the imperials to suspect that the Pope had agreed 
The imperials suspect the Pope.  with the French King, (as in effect he had done) for perceiving themselves enforced at one time, with great want of money to maintain the war in Lombardie, and to have an eye to the kingdom of Naples, they could never be aided either by the Pope or the Florentines, and were beside very well assured that the Venetians would forsake them, who entertaining the Imperial Captains with hope that they would observe the league, did defer the execution thereof with sundry excuses, so as the Viceroy was even at the point to return with his Army into the Realm of Naples for the safety thereof.  
But in the Council held for that purpose, the opinion of the Marquis of Pescara 
The 〈◊〉 of Pescara causeth the Imperial arm●… to tarry in Lombary.  did wholly pr●…uaile, who showing himself no less courageous than discreet, said, That it was most necessary to continue the war of Lombary, and that on the victory thereof, all other matters did depend.  
The Emperor at the same time according to his alliance made with the King of England, did so handle the matter, that the said king should the year following come to Calais with a mighty army to make war on France, who to that end sent a Knight to the Emperor's Camp, which caused the Imperials to hold out more boldly, as being assured that the Christian King assailed in his own Realm, would be enforced to raise his camp, & to haste thither for the defence thereof, the agreement made betwixt the Pope, himself, & the Venetians, being not as yet divulged.  
The news then of the King of England's great warlike preparations for his coming down into France, being blazed abroad, caused the Venetians not to hasten the publication of the agreement, fearing lest the King, upon that report, might be enforced to lead his forces else where. But the success of the enterprise of Lombardy, and of all other designs, depended at the last on the siege of Pavia, which held out longer than all men expected: the which the Pope and the Venetians did very much distaste, not altogether so much for the length thereof, as fearing lest the French Captains, impatient of so long 
The Pope and the Venetians fear lest the King should come to hatsaile.  stay, should persuade the King to go and charge the enemies, and by that means commit to the hazard of fortune, not oney his Army, but likewise their states, and the liberty of Italy, which (having none other means to withstand the imperials, if they should become victorious) would prove their prey.  
In the mean time the siege of Pavia still continued, notwithstanding that for want of munition, the battery did in some sort cease, which was forthwith remedied by the Duke of Ferrara, who caused great store to be brought to the Camp thorough the Pa●…mesan and Placentine tenitorics, by the carriages and beasts of husbandmen. But the Imperial forces being augmented by the succours which were newly arrived, and the Viceroy having notice of the decay of the King's Army, by reason of the long winter that they had continued in 
What caused the Imperials to come into the field.  field, as also that the King had dividen his Army (namely those whom the Duke of Albany led, and five thousand men that the Marquis of Saluces had with him at Savona, and the places neerc 〈◊〉, besides great numbers of others, who remained as well at Milan as in other places, for the safety of Victuals) determined, till the Duke of Bourbon with the Lansquenets should arrive, to march into the field for the relief of 〈◊〉. But the Duke of Bourbon arrived in the mean time, with five hundred Bourgonian men at arms, and six thousand Lansquenets whom the Archduke paid: whereupon pursuing their journey, not determining to give the King battle unless it were upon great advantage, but only to try if they could put fresh succours and victuals into the City, they came and lodged without the Park, on the side of the Chartreuse, with in Cannon shot of the King's Camp, who being persuaded by all his followers to discampe, and to retire either to Binasca or to Milan, and that thereby without blood or danger he might forthwith obtain the victory, because that the enemy's Army being without money, could not long hold out, but would be enforced to 
The King would by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 discamp from before Pavia.  dissolve itself, or to be scartered up and down here and there about the country: He would not for all that give over the siege of Pavia, thinking that it would highly shame and disgrace him, if that Army wherein he was in person, should see me to be afraid, and give place at the enemies coming.  
The imperials then having made two squadrons of horse, and four of foot, they came thorough she Park wall, of which they had beaten down three score 
The Imperials assail the kings Camp.  ●…athom, some of them directly to Mirabel, & the residue to the king's camp, where after ●… so 〈◊〉 fight o●…●…ither side, the king being with great numbers of men at arms in the midst of the battle, fight valiant●…y, his horse was slain under him, and 
The King is taken by the 〈◊〉, and the ●…rmy is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  falling to the ground, being 〈◊〉 in the face and in the hand, was taken by five soldiore 〈◊〉 knew him not: but the Viceroy 〈◊〉, he made himself known to him, who with great reverence kissed his hands, and received him prisoner for the Emperor. All the French Army was forthwith put to rout, & the greatest part of the 〈◊〉 were disarmed, the rearward of 〈◊〉 excepted, conducted by the duke of Alançon. This so great & famous a victory obtained by the Imperials over the French; did greatly afflict the Venetians with care, foreseeing the great burden they were to undergo, the counterpoise of the French forces failing them, and all the other Princes of Italy being too weak to make resistance: and were 
The Venetians discourse on the Kings taking.  greatly affrighted with that success, they alone being to defend the liberty of Italy, against such a mighty enemy, grown great in strength and reputation: being yet doubtful whether he would contain himself within the limits of the Duchy of Milan, or else being puffed up with that fortunate success, pass on farther and follow the course of his victory.  
Their whole forces were but a thousand men at arms, six hundred light horse, and ten thousand foot, and resolving to levy more, they exhorted all the other potentates of Italy to do the like according to their strength and means: but they chiefly laboured to unite themselves with the Pope, supposing that all other Italian Princes would depend on his authority: unto whom after they had declared all the eminent dangers that threatened them, and that he had attentively heard them, they would not for all that, induce him to make any brave resolution, nor hinder him from thinking on an accord, determining to accept such an one as it should please the conqueror to offer him, rather than with his own forces, and those of his friends and confederates, oppose himself against the violence 
The Pope's resolution after the defeat of the French.  that might be offered him: and he had already begun to treat with the Viceroy, fearing lest the Imperial forces being destitute of all means, should come and fall upon the Church territories, and on those of the Florentines.  
The Viceroy gave a willing ear to the agreement which the Pope craved, knowing of what importance it was for the confirmation of the victory, and for the drawing of himself and the Army forth of many necessities wherewith they were oppressed, supposing likewise that by his example all the other Princes of Italy doing the like, it was no more to be feared that the French would ever afterwards come and raise any tumults in Italy.  
The Venetians having discovered this treaty, and knowing how many inconveniences the Pope's safety would bring upon them, they not being able to divert him from his intent, proceeded slowly in their determinations, without breaking off altogether with the imperials, nor likewise contracting any other alliance with them, but they sought to persuade the Pope, that for their last refuge 
The Venetians seek to alter the Pope's opinion.  (because they would not be found unfurnished, if the accord which he sought to make show of, have no good success,) to levy ten thousand Swisses, and at the same instant to dispatch a Nuncio to the King of England, to entreat him to succour Italy in such an urgent necessity: that they likewise would send an Ambassador to the same King, to make the like request, whereby they hoped to obtain some speedy aid of him: such great envies and distrusts had that victory procured unto Charles.  
But the Venetians perceiving that the Pope's intent did wholly tend to an agreement with the imperials, they likewise resolved to follow him therein, seeing they could not do otherwise. Therefore the Viceroy having sent john Sarmiento to Venice, to advertise them of the victory, they courteously entertained him, with great demonstration of love towards the Emperor: and 
The venetians send Ambassadors to the Emperor.  they sent word to Lorenzo Prieuli and André Novagero, (who being already gone in embassage towards Charles, did tarry at Genoa) that they should prosecute their journey into Spain, to rejoice with him in the Senate's behalf for his got victory, and to excuse their delay for not sending their Forces to the Imperial Campe.  
Now the Emperor being advertised of this fortunate success, (albeit in his 
The Emperor's speech and gesture upon the news of the victory.  heart he was pricked forward with a desire of glory and greatness, which made him very joyful, yet nevertheless showing by his speech and outward gesture, a wonderful modesty, he assured all men that he would use it, as it beseemed that special favour which God had done him, and for the good and quiet of all Christendom: Whereupon he forthwith sent the Duke of Sessa to the Pope to offer him peace, and to assure him that he was wholly disposed 
The Emperor sendeth an Ambassador to the Pope.  to the peace and quiet of all Italy. He caused the same speech to he delivered to the Venetian Senate by Alonzo Sanchez his Ambassador, and by the Prothonotary Carracciola, who remained at that time in Venice.  
But by how much the imperials seemed to desire peace and alliance with the Potentates of Italy, at such time when as they should rather have been sought to, then have solicited others, by so much more they gave suspicion, that they practised high and secret enterprises, hurtful to the liberty of Italy, which caused the Venetians to temporize, without concluding or rejecting those treaties which the Emperor motioned.   
The end of the fifth Book of the fifth Decade.   

The Contents of the sixth Book of the fifth Decade.  
THE sorrow which did afflict all France for the King's imprisonment, and the Counsels resolution. The Venetians answer to the French Commissioner. Accord betwixt the Pope and the Emperor. The Marquis of Pescara demandeth the Castles of Milan, and Cremona of Sforza. Accord betwixt the Pope and the Venetians. The courtesy which the King of England used towards the French King. Agreement betwixt the Emperor and French King. The King complaineth of the Emperor. A league concluded at Coignac, betwixt the Pope, the French King, the Venetians, and Francis Sforza. The King of England is entreated to enter into the league, with his answer. Lauda is taken by the Confederates. The Duke of Bourbon cometh to Milan. The Army of the league retireth from before Milan. The offer of the Pope and the Venetians to the King, concerning the enterprise of the kingdom of Naples. Genoa is besieged by the Confederates. Francis Sforza delivereth the Castle of Milan to the Emperor. The City of Cremona is delivered to the Confederates. Rome is surprised by the Colonnesi, and the Pope maketh an agreement with them. The King of England giveth a great sum of money to the Pope. The Emperor's preparations both by land and Sea. The Confederates provisions to resist the Emperor. The great levy of Lanfquenets made by George Frondsperg in the Emperor's behalf. The Marquis of Saluffes crosseth the Po with his forces. Foscare exhorteth the Florentines to continue firm in their league. The Spanish Naval Army flieth from the Confederates. The Pope seeketh an accord with the Viceroy. Frossolona is in vain besieged by the Viceroy. The Confederates Army in the kingdom of Naples. Aquileia in Abruzzo taken. The Confederates take the Burrow of Sea. The Confederates summon the City of Naples to yield. Great disorder in the Army of the league for want of pay. The Duke of Bourbon cometh into the field to besiege Rome. Accord betwixt the Pope and the Viceroy. Cottignola is taken by Bourbon. Great troubles in Florence. Bourbon being come near to Rome craves passage of the Pope to go into Naples. The Duke of Bourbon assaileth Rome. His death. Rome is taken by the imperials. And lastly, the great cruelties which they there committed.  
 
The Sixth Book of the fifth Decade of the History of Venice.  
THe news of the battles loss, with the Kings taking, being 
The sorrow of all France for the King's captivity and the Counsels resolution.  brought into France, the sorrow and grief which afflicted the Lady Regent his mother, and all the subjects cannot be imagined: yet nevertheless like a discreet and virtuous Lady, she determined by all means possible to redress it, and for that purpose having sent for all the Princes and Lords which were in France, to come speedily to Lions, where she than lay, to determine and provide for matters concerning the King's liberty, and the realms safety; It was there resolved to send to foreign Princes to use means for the King's delivery, and among others to the Venetians, and Gaspar Sorman being to that end sent to Venice from the Lady Regent, he declared unto them in her name, that albeit the Realm of France did not fear the enuasions of any, but was strong and mighty enough to defend itself, and willing to employ all her power for her King's delivery; yet nevertheless she entreated the Signory to assist her in so just a cause, and so profitable for them and all Italy, by joining themselves with the Lords of France, to inform the Emperor Charles to set the King her son at liberty, upon honourable conditions.  
The Senate, upon these entreaties, did manifest their great grief for the King's 
The Senate's 〈◊〉 to the French Commissioner.  disastrous fortune, with that of the kingdom, declaring the great affection which it did bear to the crown of France, and for that present made none other answer but this, That because the business was of great importance, it deserved to have the Council assembled to determine thereof. But during these practices, 
Accord betwixt the Pope and 〈◊〉.  the Pope, who had sent the Archbishop of Capua into Spain to make an agreement with the Emperor, did ra●…ifie the accord, concluded and determined before with the Viceroy, by which the Venetians were excluded from it, if within twenty days after the signifying thereof, they did not ratify it, by means whereof the Senate was enforced to renew their treaties with the emperors Ambassadors, and to send, (in regard of the difficulties of importance which were offered) Petro Pesare to Milan, to treat with the Viceroy.  
The French in the mean time did not give over their former pursuits, being not yet out of hope to join the Venetians to themselves, (albeit the Pope's authority might then have drawn them to a contrary resolution): whereupon 
French Agents sent to Venice to treat o●… an agreement.  the Bishop of Bayeux, and Ambrose of Florence came to Venice, to make in the name of the said Lady Regent, and in that of the whole Kingdom, more certain and resolute propositions then at the former time, concerning the league and the King's freedom. For this cause, as also for that apparent signs were daily discovered of the emperors great ambition, by reason of the designs of his Officers and Agents, which tended only to make him absolute Lord of the State of Milan, and of all Italy; these French Ambassadors were attentively heard in the Senate, and their cause consulted on.  
The Marquis of Pescara at the same time entering Milan with three thousand foot, two hundred men at arms, and with great numbers of light horse, required the Duke to deliver into his hands the Castle of Milan, with that of Cremona, speaking plainly, That he was come to take possession of the City of Milan, being sent thither by the Emperor for the same purpose, (in whose name all Proclamations and other Mandates were already published) and although the Pope sought to procure the Emperor to accomplish the Articles of the confederacy, by consigning the State of Milan 
The Marquis of Pescara his audations demand to Duke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉  into the hands of Duke Francis Sforza, all his pursuits were in vain, for, delaying the matter from day to day, he made now one excuse, and then an other, imputing to the Duke diverse faults committed by him, and among others, That he had treated with the Venetians, to deliver the Castle of Milan unto them; a matter which was never thought of by either of them.  
These things with diverse others, did greatly withdraw the Venetians 
Accord betwixt the Pope and the Venetians.  affection from the Emperor, and caused them to give no more credit to all his promises; nor the Pope likewise, who speedily to prevent those perils, which threatened them daily, resolved to join in league, in regard there was some difficulty, and more trouble and ●…ediousnesse to call the French into it.  
The Pope then renouncing the accord formerly made with the Emperor, contracted a new one, aswell in his own name as in the Florentines, for 
The articles of the agreement.  the which he strengthened himself with the Duke and Senate of Venice, in which agreement it was mentioned, that they should join together, to prevent those dangers which the experience of things past had taught them might happen, and so assure the peace and quiet of Italy, and their own states in particular, each of them taking upon them the protection of one another's states and persons, running altogether one selfsame fortune, not bee●… g●…wfull for either of them to treat with any other Prince, to the pre●… of that accord; and to succour one an other with four thousand footmen, four hundred men at arms, three hundred light horse, and with gre●…er numbers if 〈◊〉 were. And it was moreover added thereunto, that the Venetians should be bound to defend and maintain the greatness and power of the house of Medicis, to stop and prevent all tumult and commotions which any s●…ditious mutins should practise against it, and to 〈◊〉 and assist him, who soe●… he were, that the Pope should place a●… chief Gouern●… in the City of Florence. These things being thus concluded and sworn to, the Pope the better to begin for his part to prepare that which was concluded on, commanded the Marquis of Mantua to visit the Parmesan with his men at arms, taking order beside to hasten the Grisons and Suisse footmen, where they had begun to levy, but very slowly. The Venetians on the other side determined to increase their Army to the number of ten thousand foot, to make a levy in Greece of other three hundred light horse, and generally to provide for all matters belonging to their safety▪ And that which did greatly incite them thereunto, was, the courtesy which the King of England used towards the French, who being jealous of the Emperor's power and greatness, fearing that if he should grow too mighty, he might afterwards chance to tread 
The king of England's courtesy towards the French King.  him under foot, converted his ill will towards the King into friendship; so as he treated with the Lady Regent, and the Council of France, promising them all aid and succour possible, as well of men as money to set the King at liberty, and to free Italy from all oppression.  
This treaty being passed betwixt the Pope and the Venetians, gave hope that they should be united with the Realm of France, but they proceeded therein after an unusual manner, because that the Pope, supposing that by the confederacy which he had already made, he had time enough to prevent dangers, and to be able in the mean time to obtain more reasonable conditions of the Emperor, he proceeded very slowly in his agreement with the French, and chiefly since the Duke of Sessas' coming to Rome, who was sent from the Emperor to his Holiness▪ to signify unto him the great desire he had to peace, and to restore Francis Sforza unto the Duchy of Milan, being found innocent of those crimes imposed upon him, or if he were guilty, to invest his brother Maxmilian in it. But the Venetians not relying on his promises, made earnest suit to agree with the French, meaning not to trust to his offers, which only tended to break the league, and to delay the provisions of war, they likewise fearing 
The Venetians 〈◊〉.  lest the French should enter into league with the Emperor, as they were desirous to do for the recovery of their King, and all their practices should by that means prove vain.  
That happened which they had foreseen, in the beginning of the year 1526. 
An. 1526.  when the news yet unhoped for arrived at Venice, of the atonement betwixt the Emperor and the most Christian King, by which the King was not only set at liberty, but likewise a firm peace established betwixt them, by means of the King's marriage with the Lady Eleonor the Emperor's sister, & that of the Emperor 
Agreement betwixt the Emperor and the 〈◊〉.  with the sister to the King of Portugal: and that the Duke of Bourbon should have the Duchy of Milan, and should marry the Lady René, sister in law to the King.  
This was that which they had ever most feared, but this doubt was for that time cleared, the Lady Regent having sent ample power and commission to Albert de Carpi her Ambassador at Rome, to conclude the league, the which did trouble the Pope and the Venetians: But it lasted not long, by reason of a common rumour that was spread abroad, that King Francis would never perform to the Emperor, that which he had been enforced to consent to, and that which made it credible, was, for that it was reported, that after his departure from Spain, he was much discontented with his entertainment in the time of his imprisonment, and especially because that to free himself from thence, he had signed a very disaduantageous contract by the which he quitted the Duchy of Bourgondy to the Emperor.  
Now that they might truly know what his intent was, the Senate determined, (albeit they had decreed to send two of the chief of the City in embassage to him, to condole with him for his fortunes past, and also to rejoice for his delivery and manage) not to spend so much time as an embassage would require, but they so●…nly sent into France Andre Ressi Secretary to the Preguays, where with more speed and less suspicion, might negotiate a business of so great importance: and the Pope following their example, sent Paulo Vettori thither for the same purpose.  
These men needed not greatly to labour to be assured of his meaning. For after he had lovingly entertained them, in the first discourse that he held with either of them apart, he did greatly complain of the Emperor's inhumanity towards him whilst he was prisoner, not using him as beseemed so great a Prince as he 
The King complaineth of the Emperor.  was: assuring them that he was no less free than ready to moderate the Emperor's insolency, whereupon, the King's conclusion was, that if the Pope and Venetians would send Commissioners, the league should be presently made, the which they said was best to be done in France, to the end the King of England might the more easily be drawn into it, whom they hoped would prove a party:  
He said likewise that he would ratify whatsoever had been begun, and for the most part concluded on by the Lady Regent his Mother, and the Council of the Kingdom; they were then only to bring ample authority from their Princes to contract, because that then he would show them how conformable his affection and good will was towards the common safety:  
That he did hope to find in the King of England, the same intent and like desire to abate the emperors greatness, and to provide for the defence of Italy: 
The King intendeth to take Arms against the Emperor.   
That he would out of hand send his Ambassadors to him, and that if the Italian Princes would do the like, it would greatly help and further the cause;  
That with the forces of so many Potentates joined together, they might more easily resist the designs of the imperials.  
So soon as the Venetians understood this answer, so conformable to their desire, they sent instructions and ample Commission to Rossi to conclude the league: the Articles whereof being before determined, were easily passed, some few things being altered.  
Gasparo Spineli the Secretary was likewise commanded, (who at the same time, 
The Venetians make means to draw the King of England into the league.  was Agent for the Signory, with the King of England) to use means to induce that King to enter into that league, by declaring unto him the great opinion which all men had conceived of him, and the great account which was made of his authority, and that they only craved him to be Protector of that accord, and defender of the liberty of Italy.  
But the Pope proceeded very slowly therein, so as they were enforced oftentimes to urge him to it, whereupon the Ambassador of the Commonwealth 
The Venetian Ambassadors remonstrance to the Pope.  resident at Rome, showed him daily the goodly occasion which presented itself, for the procuring of their common safety, in that the French King was desirous to revenge the wrongs which he said he had received of the Emperor: and that if the same desire should grow cold, and they two chance to agree together, by the Kings observing the treaty of Madrid, there was no more hope of defending Italy from the cruel and slavish yoke of the Spaniards.  
The Pope being moved by these remonstrances, resolved to send Caponi into France, in whom he reposed great trust, with instructions and special power to conclude that league, albeit that at the same time Don Hugo de Moncado, coming to Rome from the Emperor, did treat to the contrary: and had in the same manner almost negociated by letters with the Senate of Venice, to whom so soon as he was come to Milan, he gave notice of his arrival into Italy, and of the cause why the Emperor had sent him.  
But the Pope and Venetians answered all his requests in one form, That when soever the Emperor should seem desirous of peace, he should find them disposed thereunto, but that he was to show it in deeds, to which they would give 
The Pope and Venetians answer●… Don Hugo, negociating for the Emperor.  more credit than to words: that he should do well to raise his siege from before the Castle of Milan, to restore Francis Sforza to his state, and to accomplish whatsoever he was tied unto by the Articles of the Confederacy, and that then it would be a fit time to talk of laying down arms, and of settling peace and quiet in Italy: but his answer hereunto was in general tei mes: whereby they plainly perceived, that this speech of peace tended to none other end but to delay with vain hope the provisions for war, and by those cunnings to estrange the French from the Princes of Italy.  
They had almost obtained their desire, the French being not so greatly affectionate to the league as they were at the beginning, either because the King was not well assured of the Pope and Venetians minds, by reason of their practices with Don Hugo de Moncado (albeit they were communicated to him) or, (as some 
The children of France are given in ●…stage for the King their Father.  thought) that he would but make use of the name of the league, only to make the agreement more easy, and to redeem his children whom he had given in hostage to the Emperor; and that instead of Bourgondy, he should take some other recompense: namely, for that the Bishop of Bayeux his Ambassador at Venice, sent thither for that purpose was a whole month without receiving any letters from the King, either for the conclusion of the league, or for the execution of that which had been agreed upon; whereupon the Pope and the Venetians resolved to send again into France, and with new offers to end the business of the league: to the which at last, the King, after that he had intelligence that the Emperor would alter none of the Articles of the Capitulations made at Madrid, began more to incline, and upon the tenth day or May 1526. it was 
An. 1526. The league concluded at Coignac.  concluded at Coignac▪ betwixt those of the Council, and the King's Procurators on the one si●…e and the Agents of the Pope and the Venetians on the other. The chief points of which, were, That betwixt the Pope, the French King, the Venetians, and the Duke of Milan, (for whom the Pope and the Venetians promised the ratification) there should be a perpetual league and confederacy▪ to the end that Francis Sforza might freely enjoy the D●…tehy of Mi●…an, and the children of France be set at liberty, by receiving an honourable ransom, which the King of England should appoint, with other particular obligations concerning the preparations of the war concluded with the Council of the Realm before the King's delivery.  
In this manner than was the league concluded, but it was not presently published, because they tarried for the King of England's resolution, whom they desired should be named one of the chief Contractants. Therefore the Confederate Princes resolved to send an expres●…e message into England, to solicit him forth with to declare himself against the Emperor in the behalf of the league: john Baptista Sangua, a man of singular wisdom went thither from the 
The Confederates send Commissioners to the King of England.  Pope, john l●…q i●… from the French King, and Marc Antonio Veniero for the Venetians. But the King of England albeit he seemed to be de●…ous to listen to that agreement, as being distasted of the Emperor▪ resolved ne●… helesse not to make any public demonstration thereof, until he had first of all requested 
The King of England's answer.  the Emperor Charles to gratify the Confederates so much, as to set the children of the most Christian King at liberty, and re●…der the state of Milan to Francis Sforza, and for want of so doing, to protest against him, and to denounce war, in the name of all the confederates.  
Now because it would have been too long to have proceeded after this manner, by reason of the difficulties which might have been made, such as it was, it was published with great ●…olemnity, they thinking themselves strong enough to abate the Imperial pride.  
There was at the same time in the Venetians army, ten thousand foot, nine hundred men at arms, and eight hundred light horse, and they daily expected great numbers of Swisses, paid partly by the Pope and the Venetians, and partly by the French King, at whose arrival they resolved to march to the relief of the 
The number of the Army of the League.  Castle of Milan and to try if they could take the City. The Marquis of Salusses on the other side with the French men at arms, and ten thousand foot, waged at the common charge of the league, was ●…o enter the Duchy of Milan, and to assail N●…ara and Alexandria, whilst in an other place order should be taken for anavall Army.  
The Venetians commanded their General, and Petro Pesare their Providator to go and encamp speedily at Chiari, upon the Bressan terrritory, which was the rendezvous of all their troops: and those of the Pope, commanded by Francisco Guicciardin came upon the Parmesan, to the end they might join together 
Lauda is taken lie the Confedeates.  and then ma●…h whether it should be thought fittest for the service of the league. In the mean time Malateste Baillone with a band of the Venetian troops marched to Lauda, where he had intelligence with Lodovico Visturlin a gentleman of the same City; and albeit there lay within it fifteen hundred footmen in Garrison, he did nevertheless with ease seize on it and became master thereof, and kept it in the name of Francis Sforza. 
The two Armies being ioyded together m●…ch to Milan.   
After the taking hereof the whole Venetian army passed the Po, and within two days after, joined itself with the Popes, and all of them together marched directly towards Milan, the Duke of V●…bin being in great hope to take the City, because it had been told him that upon their arrival the People would life, and take arms in their behalf, and that the imperials Captains ●…ring it, had already sent their riches and baggage forth of the City, meaning forthwith to abandon it. And upon this hope of the people rising, and of the enemy's disorder, Lodovico, Earl of Belgie, requested the Duke of Urbin to give him two thousand footmen, with whom he offered to relieve the Castle of Milan.  
Now the Confederates Army being come very near to the City was lodged at the Monastery of Paradis towards the Roman gate, intending to assail that surburbe, supposing to take it and to lodge there. And albeit the enemies made many sallies and hot skirmishes, they were still notwithstanding beaten back by 
The Duke of Bourbon cometh to Milan  those of the league. But the night before the day that the Army should set forward, the Duke of Bourbon who not long before was come to Genoa with six Galleys and bills of Exchange for an hundred thousand Ducats, entered Milan with eight hundred Spanish foot that he had brought with him: He was very much solicited thereunto by the Marquis of Guasto, and Antonio de Leva. The 
The army of the league retireth from before Milan.  Duke of Urbin at these news despairing to take the City by assault, and fearing some greater disorder, if he should tarry any longer there, raised his camp, and retired in good order unto Marignan, without any loss or impeachment at all.  
The Senate, who had conceived great hope by reason of the armies approach near Milan, that the Castle would be relieved, which was reduced to extreme want, did greatly wonder, and was sorry, when it understood by the Providators letters that they had raised their camp, so that the Duke of Urbin sent Lodovico Gonsaga to Venice to insti●… his actions, who being brought into the Senate yielded a particular account of what had passed, and of the occasions which moved him to proceed in that manner, wherewith the Senate was well satisfied; but the Pope was nor so easily appeased, complaining very much not only of this retreat but likewise of the whole course of the Duke of Urbin's actions, who did 
The Pope is discontented.  not vouchsafe in any ●…ort to communicate the affairs of greatest importance to his Lie●…enants, the which had greatly moved him; so as for to please him, the Senate commanded the Duke of Urbin ever after to communicate with Guiccardin all matters of importance, which should be handled in the army.  
On the other side, they prepared the naval army, to assail the sea-townes belonging to the Emperor, and to those ends the Venetians having appointed Lodovico Armiero for their Providator, sent him to Corfou, where john Mora the other Providator, was with the army, of which, Armiero had commandent to take 12. Galleys, and with them to sail towards Rome, to join with those of the Pope and the most Christian King, that all of them together might direct there course according as they should judge it to be necessary and profitable for the confederates. divers propositions were made concerning those places whither the naval army was to go. The Pope desired to have it go into Puglia to break the designs of the Colonesie, and to divert their forces from those places, who having at Saint Germans above seven thousand foot, and great numbers of horse, had made themselves fearful to the Pope: but the French King and the Venetians thought the enterprise of Genoa to be much more profitable for the Confederates, as well for the Commodiousness of the same city & for divers other enterprises, as for the great good hap of that exploit, which falling out fortunately would much increase the reputation of the League: Pedro of 
Pedro of 〈◊〉 general of the naval army  Navarre was declaired General of the Confederates Naval army, a man well experienced in Martial affairs, who although he was presented by the French King, was nevertheless entertained by all the associates together.  
But the Church's Galleys, and those of the Venetians being ready, they were a long time tarrying for those of the French King and the General, a matter which did greatly weary the Pope and Senate, and gave them just cause of discontent, and to suspect that the French King had changed his mind, by thinking on his own particular interest, and not caring for that of the league: adding 
The endfedrats suspect the King.  to this suspicion other presumptions: That small store of money had been sent to the Swisses, in comparrison of the forty thousand Ducats which he was tied to give for the payment of ten thousand foot of that nation, and that he had not begun to war on the Emperor in the parts beyond the mounts according to the conclusion.  
The King alleged for his excuses, that before he was to renew that war, it behoved him to denounce it to the Emperor, although there was no such mention made in the articles of the confederacy: And as concerning the delay of 
The French Kings excuses.  his army, and payment of the Swisses, he laid all the fault upon the Captains and Officers, as the Lord of Langi gave them to understand at large. For, the most Christian King, fearing lest the Confederates being distasted of him, should disjointly agree with the Emperor, he dispatched the said Lord of Langi into Italy, for to excuse the long stay of his army, with commission to go first into Switzerland, to solicit their levy and departure, or at leastwise to give them to understand that he did procure and desire it.  
The Lord of Langi being come to Venice, made the above mentioned excuses, assuring the Senators that the King was much disposed to wars, and that besides the Galleys he prepared great ships of war in Brettaine, to sail with 
The Lord of Langi cometh to Venice and Rome from the King.  a mighty army, to overthrow at sea all the enemies attempts and designs. From thence he went to Rome where he executed the same commission: and as for the Swisses, he said that they had promised to hold a general assembly, where all things should be resolved on in the King's behalf; and above all things he assured the Pope and the Venetians that the King would not enter into any accord, unless mention were made of a general peace, and by the consent of all the other confederates. The king made like promise to john Baptista Sa●…ga the Roman▪ whom the Pope had sent, (as hath been said) to the King of England: who by the way remained certain days for the same purpose in the French court-  
The Senate making show that his arrival was most pleasing to them, and that they did wholly give credit to his saying, answered, that it had never doubted of 
The senates answer to the Lord of Langi.  the King's good will and affection towards the league, and particularly towards their commonwealth, and therefore it promised, that not only in that business, which concerned the common good, but likewise in all other, and at all times, their love and forces should be inseparably joined to his: but as concerning peace, they had never refused it; that on the contrary, they had never taken arms but with an intent to procure a firm and assured peace: and therefore if they might have it, to the honour of the league and safety of the confederates, it should always be most acceptable to them: yet nevertheless knowing that they might at that time rather desire such a peace then hope for it, they would incite the 
The offer of the Pope and Venetians to the King.  King to a greater willingness to war: whereupon the Pope and the Venetians gave him to understand, that if they should conquer the Kingdom of Naples, it should be for one of his children: the Common wealth retaining only such a portion as should be thought sufficient for the recompense of their costs, labour and travel.  
Upon this hope, the King promised three hundred lances more, with a surplusage of twenty thousand Ducats every month, for the service of the league, whensoever they should make any enterprise upon the Kingdom of Naples. During these treaties Armiero the Providator being departed from Corfou with thirteen Galleys came to Terracina, where finding Andrew Doria with eleven of the Pope's Galleys they went altogether to Civitavechia, then from thence to Livorne, where they met with Pedro of Navarre with four Galleons and sixteen light Galleys of the French King.  
It being then there determined to besiege Genoa and to reduce it to the King's devotion, for the great profit and commodity of the confederates, the Army went first to Protovenere, which soon yielded, with Spetia, and all the other towns upon the river even to Monega Then the army being divided, Doria and the Venetian Providator went to Portofin, twenty miles from Genoa, and Navarre with the French Army sailed towards Savona, which forthwith yeeleed to him: The first and chief design of the Captains of the league was, to stop victuals from entering by Sea into Genoa, whereof they knew it was badly provided, and 
The Confederates naval army not farr●… from Genoa.  that by keeping it short, they hoped quickly to reduce it under their obedience: and for that purpose they placed six Galleys in Guard, two of every prince, which took certain ships with other smaller vessels laden with victuals that were going to the City: so that it soon felt great want and discommodity. But the besieged were secretly relieved by those of the river, who furnished them with part of the victuals, which upon sundry pretences were suffered to be carried to the neighbour towns, albeit it was not done without some complaint against Doria, who either for some secret envy that he bore to Navarre, for that 
Doria is suspected to relieve Genoa  under his authority and command his country should be vanquished and taken, or for any other design of his own, was suspected not to have carried himself faithfully as he ought to have done, nor after such a manner as was requisite for the speedy ending of that business.  
The Genovois for the assurance of their City, had with great speed placed at 
The fortifications of Genoa.  the mo●…th of the haven certain great ships laden with Artillery, besides which were six light Galleys, commanded by Gobba justinian, who coming forth at times to skirmish with the enemy, would not go farther than within Cannonsho●…te of the ships, placed at the mouth of the Haven, and of those of the Castle of the Lantern, whereby all the hope to take the City consisted in the siege, which still continued, the Captains of the Pope and the Venetians, having entrenched themselves, to be freed from the enemy's incursions and surprises, if they should happen to come forth, as also by reason of a tempest at sea, which would not suffer them to draw the army forth of Portefin where it remained.  
But the Genowais perceiving themselves daily to be more shut in, determined to make a sally, and to assaill and beat down the enemy's fortifications: the Captains of the army having notice of the enemy's design, landed Phillippin Doria and john Baptista Grimani, with eight hundred footmen, and two pieces 
The Genowais are bravely repulsed in their sally.  of ordnance, and turned the poops of the Galleys towards the land, so as the soldiers of the City coming to execute their attempts, were not only courageously received, but bravely repulsed with great loss.  
The Duke of Urbin at the same time being solicited by the Venetians, and being pricked forward by a desire to recover that reputation, which he had lost in their retreat from before Milan, so soon as one part of the Swisses were come to the army, to the number of five thousand determined to return towards Milan, to the relief of the Castle, in which Sforza still remained: and being come within a mile of the City with the army, he sent two thousand footmen to take Monce, and the mount of Briança, two places very commodious for victuals which mought be brought forth of those quarters to the Campe. The residue of the army being logded there, and the Captains being assembled in council to advise by what means to relieve the Castle; which without was environed with double trenches, and great bastions, covered with great numbers 
Francis S●…orza yieldeth the Castle of Milan to the Imperi●…lls.  of the enemy's ordnance, they were advertised that Sforza, wholly despairing of relief, had yielded himself, and had quitted the Castle to the imperials, on this composition: That without prejudice to his titles he should give the Castle of Milan to the Duke of Bourbon, who received it in the Emperor's name, suffering him to come forth in safety, with all those that were with him. That it should be lawful for him to remain at Coma, which should be given to him for his abode, with the government and revenue of the same City, till such time as the Emperor's determination might be known concerning his affairs. That a safeconduct should be given him to go in person to the Emperor: with divers other articles contained in the agreement, he came forth of the Castle, and being accompanied by the Imperial Captains, he went to the Barriers of the Army, where having continued one whole day, he took his journey towards Coma; but the imperials saying, that they had promised to give him abode, and safe lodging in Coma, and not to cause their soldiers that lay there in Garrison to dislodge, he would no more trust to them: And albeit he had before determined not to do any thing that might incense the Emperor, he nevertheless went to the Camp of the League, being accompanied by the Count of Gajazzo with two hundred light-horse, where having remained certain days, he went to Lauda, the which City the confederates did wholly restore to him: And because of all the Captulations made with the imperials, nothing else had been performed to him but that he and his people should come forth with their goods saved: He did by a public instrument, 
Francis Sforza ratifieth the league.  whilst he stayed in the Camp, ratify the league made in his name by the Pope and the Venetians.  
The loss of the Castle of Milan, albeit that it was irksome to them and of great importance for their enterprise, did not for all that drown their hope of taking the City, the which they knew to be badly provided of all things, and that there was not within it suffitient number of men for the defence thereof, in regard of the bigness of it, and the great number of assaillants, divers other Swisses being come to the Camp, besides four thousand which were daily expected, paid by the King, whereby they hoped that it would shortly be reduced under the power of the Confederates either by force or by a siege.  
Whilst they expected these supplies the Duke of Urbin had resolved to send part of his forces to Cremona, to attempt the taking of the City, which was an enterprise very pleasing to the confederates, and chiefly to the Pope. But they were to delay the execution of that design, for fear lest the imperials making a sally, as it was reported they would do, should come and assail the Campe. Nevertheless at the last Malatesta Baillone went thither, but with less forces than was at the first determined, by reason of the afore said fear, who being come before Cremona, found the City to be fortified with a 
Malatesta Baillone before▪ Cremona for the league.  double trench, and well furnished with defendants, he nevertheless assailed it divers times, but in vain: whereof the Duke of Urbin being advertised knowing that it was an hard matter to take it with so few forces, and on the other side how greatly it would diminish the reputation of the league, if they should give over that enterprise, it was resolved to send thither the Providator Pesare, Camillo Vrsino, and Antonio Castello, with store of footmen, and within a while after, 
The Duke of Urbin bringeth supplis to the siege of Cremona.  new supplies of a thousand Italian foot men were sent thither with a thousand Swisses. But for all that the business going never the more forward, the Duke of Urbin resolved to go thither in person, albeit it was greatly to the prejudice of the enterprise of Milan, who drawing forth of the army which lay before Milan, in a manner all the Venetian footmen, he left part of the men at arms there with all the Church's Companies, and the Swisses who were arrived to the number of thirteen thousand, and went before Cremona, making his account to have it, not by the only force of batteries and assaults, because that the enemy's rampires were two strong, but by seeking with great numbers of pioneers to approach near to their trenches and bastions, and to become Masters thereof, rather by the force of the pike-ax then by arms: but all this being not sufficient to take it, he proceeded to the battery and assaults, and 
The Capitulation of the City of Cremona.  at the last, those within it being reduced to such extremes, as a trumpet being sent to summon the City to yield, there came forth two Captains, the one a Lancequenet, and the other a Spaniard, with Guido Vaina who capitulated: That if they were not relieved by the months end, they would come forth of Cremona the which they did, the time prefixed being expired: Whereof the Duke of Urbin did forthwith advertise the Senate, and the City was delivered to Francis Sforza.  
These news were very pleasing to the Senate, who understanding that Sforza made account to reside there, sent thither the Secretary Lodovico Sabadino, to 
The Colonesie enter Rome violent●…y.  remain there with him in the name of the Signory.  
But in the mean time their happened a great disorder at Rome to the cofederates great prejudice, who after the conquest of Cremona hoped to prevail in the enterprise of Genoa, and to be able (according to the projects formerly made) to encamp in two several places before Milan. For the Colonnesi having assembled six hundred horse, and five thousand foot, marched with great speed towards the City of Rome, where no man thinking of their coming, they entered by night, and seized upon three gates; then running up and down the City, they sacked divers Prelates houses, the Palace and Church of Saint Peter, without any respect to the Majesty of Religion, esteeming sacred matters less than Turks would have done, so as the Pope could hardly retire, with some Cardinals and others whom he most trusted into the Castle Saint Angelo, the Colonnesi having determined to take him prisoner; who without any long stay did suddenly leave the City; the Cardinal Colonna having first of all attempted in vain to cause the people to rise in his behalf▪ They carried away with them in gold, and silver, and other commodities more than three hundred thousand crowns.  
The tumult being appeased which lasted not much above three hours: D. Hugo after that he had taken assurance of the Pope went to the Castle to talk with him, where using terms beseeming a Conqueror, he enforced him to grant a truce betwixt them, as well in his name as in that of the confederates and the Emperors for four months, by means whereof the Pope promised speedily to cause his 
The Pope's agreement with the Colonesi.  Army to repass the Po, to call home his Galleys into the Church's territories, and to pardon the Colonessi, and all others that had any hand in that assault and tumult. That the Imperials and Colonesi with their Companies should depart from Rome, and forth of the Church's state; and should retire themselves into the Kingdom of Naples.  
This truce was for the time present willingly embraced by both sides: by the Pope because the Castle was not well victualled: by D. Hugo (the Colonesi nevertheless making instance to the contrary) because it seemed unto him that he had done much for the Emperor, and because that all those, in a manner, with whom he had entered Rome being laden with spoil were slipped away into divers places. The truce did interrupt all the designs of Lombardy, and the whole fruit of the victory of Cremona. But the Pope thinking afterwards more considerately, and with a settled judgement, upon the agreement which he had made, and foreseeing into how many dangers he had thrown himself in time to come, the better to free himself from those perils whereunto he was subject if he should observe the Articles of the truce, wrote to his Nuncios to inquire of the most Christian King and the Venetian Senate, whether he were bound to perform that which he had been enforced to promise to D. Hugo, or wholly to reject it, and within a while after he sent the Lord of Liege into France for the same purpose; who at the same time was come to Rome.  
The Pope knew very well that to observe the truce, was nothing else but to 
The Pope's doubt concerning the agreement.  give the Emperor means and time to begin afterwards a greater and fiercer war, and to overcome by that delay those difficulties wherewith he was pressed, assuring to himself in the end his states in Italy, to the great danger and hazard of the liberties of all the rest. But his immeasurable fear diverted him from all good council, and hindered him from well discerning that truth▪ whereupon the General of the Friars being come to Rome, by the Emperor's commandment to treat of peace, he heard him attentively, and exhorted the Venetians to incline to an accord, saying, That since they were of necessity one day to lay down arms and being then invited to do so, they ought not to contemn the occasion that was presented.  
The Senate upon this proposition assuted him that it had never desired war, 
The Venetians answer to the Pope inviting them to an agreement with the Emperor.  but had on the contrary by war procured an assured peace, so that it might be treated and concluded by the most Christian King, because that doing otherwise they should for ever alienate him from the affairs of Italy, and should lose a most assured refuge in their necessities and occurrences: therefore they used means to induce the Pope to temporize, and to expect an answer from France, that nothing did press him to precipitate his affairs, and to grant the Emperors demand on such unjust conditions, as to give him a great somme of money, and beside, to consign into his hands for the assurance of the treaty, Parma, Placentia, and Civita-uechia, places most important of the Church's State: That he was to consider that the Emperor's forces were not so great as they were reported, and that the greatest aid that he had forth of Germany came from George Fr●…ndsperg, who at his own charges had brought him an army, the which being not able to hold out long, would of necessity be shortly broken.  
That the Garrison of Milan, being not paid, refused to obey her commanders and would be gone. On the contrary how that they expected Rance de Cera from France with a great somme of money, and that there was great hope that the King himself, who was come as far as Lions, would in person come into Italy: That the enterprise of Genoa was set forward with good success: in a word, that all things promised an happy issue.  
The Pope being urged by these remonstrances, and most of all (perhaps) by the wrongs which he had newly received, resolved to hold in suspense the practises of that new truce, and to treat only of an universal peace, by the advise and consent of the most Christian King. The arrival of the Lord Russell did much avail the resolution, who being sent by the King of England to offer thirty thousand 
The King of England offereth the Pope a great summ●… of money.  crowns to the Pope for the expense of the war, came at the same time to Rome, who did greatly solicit and exhort him to continue stead-fast in the league, or else to labour to conclude an universal peace betwixt the Princes of Christendom, the which being approved by the Venetian Senate, they wrote to Novagiero their Ambassador with the Emperor, that he should interpose that treaty of peace, it being decreed that the agreement should be treated and concluded in France, and should afterwards, for the Emperor's honour and dignity, be ratified and confirmed by him in Spain.  
The chief points of the treaty were, That the children of the most Christian 
The chief articles of the treaty.  King should be set at liberty: that Lombardy should be left peaceable, and Francis Sforza restored to his State, and that the Emperor should pay the King of England that which he pretended to be due unto him: but difficulties daily arising upon these articles, each of them prepared on a sudden for war. The Pope sent his troops, which he had recalled from the camp of the league, before the towns which the Colonesi had usurped upon the Churches State.  
The Emperor on the other side hastened the provisions of the sea-army, 
The Emperor's preparations by sea & land.  which was reported to be of forty ships, and six thousand foot that were paid, who met at the port of Cartagena to go to the relief of the city of Genoa: he solicited his brother the Archduke to levy the greatest forces he could in his own country, and to send them into Italy: and had beside given charge to the Prince of Orange to go thorough the Duke of Savoys country with greater numbers of Lansequenets into the Duchy of Milan.  
The confederates resolving to stop the passage of these new supplies, made great provisions both by sea and land. divers vessels were arrived for the most Christian King in Brettaine and at Marseilles, with divers others elsewhere which had been taken near to Genoa; to resist the passage of the Spanish army they laboured to induce the Duke of Savoy not to suffer the Imperials to pass thorough 
George Frondsperg leavieth great numbers of Lansequenets in the Emperor's behalf.  his territories: But that which they most feared was the Almains who were reported to be levied by George Frondsperg, an old captain, and much affected to the house of Austria, who assembled great numbers of soldiers, inciting them to unroll themselves in hope of booty; so that having received the garrison which was at Cremona, he had in all with him more than ten thousand foot. 
The confederates pro●…ide to resist the Emperor.   
The confederates, to stop these Lansequenets passage did first of all gain the captain of the castle of Must by five thousand Ducats which were given him, the one half by the Pope and the other by the Venetians, as well to set at liberty the Ambassadors of the Signory, whom he had surprised in their journey towards France, as also to draw him to their party, whereupon beside, they gave him the command of four hundred foot well paid, with a good pension for the guard of the Lake of Coma. The Venetians did likewise send for the same purpose Nicolao Sangotino their Secretary to the Marquis of Mantua to entreat him if the Almains should pass the mounts, that he would not suffer them to pass thorough his State. But being advertised that these Almains had made provision of artillery and munition at Trent, thinking that they would pass thorough the Veronois, they made a levy of other four thousand foot, and commanded certain companies of men at arms and light horse to come from the camp. Then they appointed Augustine de Mulla for Providator General beyond the River Mence, providing all matters to repulse them.  
Now these Almains took their way by the vale of Sabia very near to Pioltella. 
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c●…me into Italy.  By these means the Venetian captains that were on the Veronois, did speedily send Camillo Vrsin to Sales, with the light-horse and certain companies of the ablest footmen, the rest that stayed behind were commanded to follow them by crossing the Lake, which they being not able to do, soon enough, by reason of a tempest that arose, was the cause that Vrsin came to late to meet with the enemies, who were already passed onwards on their way; yet nevertheless h●…uing seized on the Pace of Corona, which is a very narrow place and strong by situation, he enforced the Almains, who were already on their journey, going thither to take an other way thorough the tops of the mountains, which was very difficult and dangerous, by which, at the last they came to La Garda, and from thence to Chastillon: then within a while after they entered the Marquis of Mantua his State, leaving the way of Milan, contrary to the opinion of the confederates taking that of Placentia or Pavia.  
They resolved to follow them and still to hold them in alarms, the Marquis of Saluces, on the one side with great numbers of Swisses and Grisons, and the Duke of Urbin on the other marching towards Soncina, skirmishing continually with the enemy's rearward, to the great commendation of the captains, and especially 
john de Medicis a great captain.  of john de Medicis, who notwithstanding that all the Pope's captains were departed, did nevertheless continue in the King's pay, and retained a company of men at arms in his name, who by his great courage and valour, was a marvelous terror to the enemies, and a great comfort to the confederates.  
George Frondsperg having passed the Po without any let, and being irresolute 
The Pope's fear.  what way to take, did hold the confederates in doubt, and especially the Pope, who fearing lest the enemies might turn towards Bolognia and from thence into Tuscany, did earnestly entreat the Venetians to command their army to pass speedily over the Po, for to assure the Church's territories and those of the Florentines: but their own State being not free from the same scare; The Senate, in some sort to satisfy him, and yet not meaning to much to disfurnish themselves, commanded Lodovico Pisani, who was in the Marquis of Salusses army, to gather together certain foote-forces, to send them speedily for the guard of the Church's State: and Guicciardin making the same request, Baboni di Nal●…i was sent thither with a thousand foot: they did beside send word to their General, that when he should perceive the dangers of the confederates to increase, and those of the Venetians to lessen, not to make any difficulty to relieve them, either with the whole body of the army, or with part thereof, as himself should judge to be most necessary.  
At the last it was concluded, for the present that the Marquis of Salusses alone 
The Marquis of Salusses wi●…h ●…is forces pass●…th the Po.  should pass the Po with his own troops and three hundred light-horse of the Venetians, with certain pieces of ordnance, taken from forth their camp to amuse the enemies: But the Almains having crossed the River Nura, and that of Trebbia afterwards, without any let of their confederates were come and encamped at Fiorenzolles, hoping quickly to join with the forces of Milan: and the Imperial captains not being able to cause the other Almains to march, because they wanted their pay, they presently dislodged, only with the Italian infantry, and certain companies of light▪ horse.  
The Senate in the mean time, being wholly desirous to satisfy the Pope, commanded the Providator to draw a gallant troop of the best soldiers forth of the army, and to send them over the Po, to join with the Marquis of Salusses: whereupon the Providator Vitturi, did suddenly depart with five thousand foot & certain companies of light-horse; the Duke of Urbin being at the same time (to the Venetians great grief) gone to Mantua about certain particular affairs of his own.  
This marching of the enemies towards Florence, caused the confederates to fear, lest the Florentines, being troubled with the danger that threatened them, should come to an agreement with the Imperials, to the great hindrance and prejudice 
Foscare his exhortation to the Florentin●…s.  of the league: Upon this doubt the Venetians did speedly send Marco Foscare their Ambassador to Florence, to exhort them in the name of the Republic not to separate themselves (by reason of that accident) from them, setting before them the great want of all necessaries that was in the Almains camp, the weakness and distress of the Imperials: and on the contrary the great forces of the confederates, and their desire to employ them all for them, and with them to run one self same fortune: and then, the hope of the happy success of that war, by reason of the aid which they daily expected from France, and finally the great preparations which were made to assail the Imperials in sundry places: He willed them to call to mind their ancient generosity, and in particular, sundry fortunate events happened unto them, being united with the Signory of Venice, how that the like might now befall them, having the self same constancy and magnanimity that they then had▪ that it was a thing most certain, that as their love and affection towards the league did much increase the reputation thereof, and did assure the confederates, even so in like manner their disunion would greatly hinder and prejudice it. For, to yield for fear of an imaginary danger, was nothing else but to precipitate themselves into most certain and pernicious mischiefs, and by ruining themselves to draw forthwith by their downfall othermen into the same precipice, or at least wise by their declining to shake and put in hazard the liberty of all Italy: whereupon, for the great affection that the commonwealth did bear unto them, and in regard of their common interest, the Senate would not fail in any point of their duty.  
The Florentines declared how pleasing his coming and remonstrance had 
The Florentines answer and resolution.  been unto them, and sent Alessandro de Pacis their Ambassador to Venice to give thanks to the Senate, promising to continue steadfast to the league, and in particular to have sound intelligence and correspondence with the Republic, persuading them to levy six thousand foot more at their common charge, that they might with them resist the Duke of Bourbon with more assurance, who was reported to have drawn forces from Milan, and with them to march into Tuscany.  
In the mean time the confederates naval army did still continue near to Genoa, which being reduced to all extremity, divers means were propounded to 
Navarre his courageous proposition.  hinder the Spanish naval army to the number of forty ships prepared at Carthagena, from coming to the relief thereof; and among others Navarre was of opinion, to sail unto the frontiers of Spain, and to assail the emperors army which lay in an open haven, and to burn it. This opinion was allowed by the Venetian Providator, but Doria (albeit he likewise approved it) did nevertheless consider that the quality of that country was very contrary to that proposition, and the dangers of the sea much greater, where they should not find any place of retreat to shield themselves from tempests and storms: and setting down sundry other difficulties, he made all the hearers to be irresolute, and himself constant not to go to Carthagena: whereupon they determined to sail into Corsica or Sardinia, and near to those Islands to wait for the Imperial fleet, intending if it came to put forth to sea and to fight with it; for the which purpose they concluded to send for some great ships from Marseilles, and to arm the Genoa ships which had been taken at the beginning.  
Whilst they dwelled on these resolute preparations, they discovered the Imperial fleet fifteen miles off from land, consisting of six and thirty vessels of all sorts, sailing with a fair wind directly towards Genoa, which was de●…arted from Spain sooner then was expected, wherein were Don Charles of Lanoy viceroy of Naples, the captain Alarcon, and Don Ferrant of Gonzaga. So soon as the Venetian Providator that lay at Portouennere to cause the vessels to be armed, had notice of the enemies coming, he put to sea with sixteen galleys that he had ready, and gave chase to the enemy's vessels, but being o●…ertaken with a contrary wind he was enforced to return from whence he came, and the Spanish army in the mean time pursuing their journey, drew still nearer to land, determining to enter into the haven of Genoa, but at such time as it passed by Saint Florenzos' Mount, it was descried by Navarre, who lay at the foot of the hill with seventeen galleys, who coming with them forthwith to sea, did with great courage give in athwart the Imperial army, and falling foul one of an other, they fought from morning till two hours within night, where the Imperials were 
The Imperial fleet in beaten by the confeder●…tes.  so roughly handled by those of the league, and their whole fleet so torn by the artillery, as had not a tempest arose, which separated them, it was certainly thought, that it would have been wholly defeated.  
The confederates fleet retired to Portofin, staying the same night for the other galleys that lay at Portovennere: and whether they did come or not their resolution was by day break to seek the enemy. But so soon as it was day, albeit that they followed them as far as Livorne, yet they could not overtake them, by reason that they were already to far. The viceroy went on his way, but so beaten by the tempest, that his vessels were scattered, part of which wherein Don Ferrant of Ganzaga was, were carried into Sicily, and afterwards came to Gayetta, where they landed the Lansequenets: and as for himself he arrived with the rest in the haven of Saint Stephen, which belongeth to the Sienois: if 
The Imperial fleet scattered by tempest.  Armiero the Providator who lay at Portovennere could have come to the aid of his fellows, as he sought divers times to do, all the Spanish army had been defeated, but he could not come by reason of the tempest: yet nevertheless he was called home to Venice, by the council of Ten, to come and yield an account of his actions, and in particular for suffering victuals to enter into Genoa, and for that he did not go with the army to Carthagena, and they suddenly sent Augustine de Mulla in his stead, who was Providator in Friul.  
But Armiero having cleared himself of all those imputations was wholly quitted, and then they knew that the fault, why Genoa was not taken, did proceed from the not sending of suffitient troops from the camp in Lombardy, which should nearly have shut the City in by land: which the captains of the galleys had oftentimes craved.  
Now the Pope, more than any else, was most troubled with the viceroys coming 
The Pope m●…ke ●…th means to the viceroy for an agreement.  into Italy, fearing lest the aid which he had brought with him would join itself with George Frondsperg: and therefore he sent the Archbishop of Capua unto him to treat of agreement, and to propound in the mean time a suspension of arms: but the viceroy being desirous to treat on very hard conditions, the whole matter was broken off without any conclusion, the Pope having taken courage, for that his army was increased in reputation and strength by the arrival of Rance de Cera, who being sent by the French King into Italy was come to Savona 
The French King se●…eth Rance de Cera into Italy.  with the naval army, and from thence went to join with the Church-army which lay not far from Rome for the subversion of Colonnesi.  
The viceroy on the other side sought to enter into the Church's territories, to defend those of the Colonnesi, and to enforce the Pope to disjoin himself from the league, and to give him a certain sum of money for the payment of his army: whereupon he set forward and came with twelve thousand men before Frossolona, where he encamped, which is a town very weak, and seated in the Champain count●…y, the houses of particular persons serving in stead of walls, within which nevertheless the captains of the Church had left a strong Garrison to keep him from any sure footing in that country. At his first coming 
Frossolana is besieged by the Vicer●…y.  he began to batter the town, not giving any assault to it afterwards. But the arrival of Rance de Cera and Alessandr●… Vitelli with the Church's forces, which were much increased by the Pope's diligence, who had augmented his camp, with great numbers of footmen paid and commanded for the relief of that place, was the cause that after certain skirmishes on either side, the viceroy raised his camp two hours before day, and set fire to certain munitions which were left, leaving there behind him some bullets for great ordnance, and retired to Cesenna, and from thence to Cepparane.  
This fortunate success encouraged the Pope, and at the entreaty of the confederates Ambassadors, whom he could not otherwise satisfy, he resolved to execute the enterprise of the Kingdom of Naples, notwithstanding that it was in the midst of winter, being the month of january in the year 1527. The Venetians for this purpose commanded Augustine de Mulla their Providator in the naval army to bring it to Civitavecchia, and joining there with the Pope's galleys, to sail together towards Naples. But the French army tarrying to long, that of the Venetians sailed towards Terracina to take in three thousand foot, conducted by Horatio Baillon, who was freed by the Pope from his imprisonment wherein Pope Leo had confined him.  
At the same time the Earl of Vaudemont came from France to make one in 
The Count Vaudemont cometh to the army.  the enterprise of Naples, which they resolved to invade by sea and land, who determining to embark himself in the Venetian galleys, they reinforced their army with two thousand foot.  
Rance de Cera in an other place, against the Pope's will, entered into Abruzzo 
Aquila taken b●… Rance de Cera.  with six thousand men, where by the means of the Earl of Montorias children, he did hope with ease to take Aquila, the which he forthwith did, by reason that Ascanio Colonna fled from thence so soon as he had intelligence of their arrival. Doria likewise sailed before with his galleys and went and assailed Pozzola, a place very important for the confederates, in regard of the commodiousness of the haven of Baja: but being at his first arrival repulsed by the artillery, he dislodged 
The confederates take the Burr●…w of 't sea.  from thence without assailing it; afterwards other galleys of the league arriving, they resolved to assail the sea Burrow of Stabia, where Diomedes Caraffa lay with five hundred footmen, the which was taken by assault on the third day towards the side of the hill, and the day after the castle yielded. 
The confederates take divers places on the sea coast.   
The tenth day the soldiers took the Greek tower and Surrenta by force, & divers other places on the coast, did within a while after yield on composition. They had before then taken certain ships laden with corn which were going to Naples where victuals were very scarce.  
Now the army of the league finding no resistance at sea it came so near to the Peer of Naples, as the castle and the galleys played upon it with their shot. It was 
The confederates consult about the s●…ege of Naples.  then consulted on, whether it were necessary to besiege the city, some saying, that by the taking thereof, the war would be ended, they having taken from the enemies all means to come by money for the entertainment of their army: as also, because their greatest hope of being able to keep that State, consisted in the conservation of that city, the which being lost they would forthwith leave the Kingdom, and retire to some other place. divers reasons might incite them to that siege. First of all, the small numbers of soldiers which were in the city, and yet that small number not well disposed to put themselves forward to dangers for the maintenance of the insolent Dominion of the Spaniards. Secondly the Nobility stood badly affected to the Spaniards, who for fear of losing their goods durst not show their discontent: and last of all the Viceroy's absence, who was far from thence, and the small expectation which the Spaniards had of any speedy relief from their fellows.  
Others who wear of a contrary opinion, thought it best to ●…arry for Rance de Cera, the better to shut in that city with greater forces, on which they knew the whole end and success of the war depended, to the end to proceed therein more considerately and with greater hope; the delaying of a small time could not but prove very commodious to them, because they certainly knew that there was want of bread in the city, and if succours did enter into it, the scarcity would thereby be the more augmented, and would be cause of the peoples disordered rising, which would open a more easy passage to their victory: and that therefore it behoved them in waiting for such an occasion to sail towards Salerno, to seize on that city and others near adjoining, whereby Naples itself would at last be brought under their obedience.  
But these reasons being not much approved nor thought worthy to be equaled 
An Herald is sent to summon Naples.  with the profit which was to be hoped for by the then taking of that City, they resolved to send an Herald to summon those within it to yield the city to the confederates with the promises and threatenings determined in the council.  
Don Hugo of Moncada, who commanded there, and held the people in awe, determining to defend himself, so soon as he had notice that the army of the 
Hugo de Moncada sallieth forth upon the conf●…derates.  league was within four miles of the City took two thousand five hundred foot, as well of the Garrison as of the people, and three hundred horse, and with them marched forth of the City, to show that he wanted no courage to frustrate the enemy's designs.  
Those of the league ●…ad already landed divers soldiers under the command of the Earl of Va●…demont and Horatio Baillone, who marching towards the City to make discovery, met with Don Hugo his troops, and skirmishing together, they did put them to flight in such disorder as they left certain field-pieces behind them, which Moncada, having made a stand with his Spaniards, recovered, and by reason thereof having delayed his retreat, he was so amazed as he had not the leisure at his entry to pluck up the drawbridge and to shut the gate: the which standing open was on a sudden seized by Baillone who followed him at the heels having no great numbers of soldiers with him, and considering that if he should enter he could not keep them from the spoil, which would cause them all to be cut in pieces, he retired to the galleys which were with in a mile off the City.  
This exploit did so affright the Neapolitains, as they presently sent to entreat the captains of the army not to batter the city, nor to spoil the country near adjoining: that they for their parts were ready to yield. But they could not m●…ke use of this favour of fortune: because that D. Hugo having intelligence of the small number of the army, showed himself resolute to defend the City: so as the army for want of men remained idle, waiting for supplies out of France which were very slow in coming, and by their delay did snatch the victory forth of 
The great disorder of the army of the league.  their hands: so as in the mean time of this expectation infinite disorders arose in the Church's army, for money and victuals failing, therewithal martial discipline was no more observed, the soldiers did no more obey their captains, every one disbanded, they contemned the commandments of the Legate Apostolic, 
What hindered the taking of Naples.  and all the interest of the league and the Pope: in such sort as divers of the best advised and most respected captains, forsaking the pay of the confederates, went and served the Imperials.  
For these causes the Pope continuing resolute in his former determination of agreement, sought all means to obtain it, saying, That since he must needs serve, he had rather to do it to the Emperor, than still to depend on the unruly wills of captains, and namely of the basest soldiers.  
Now in this mean time, the Duke of Bourbons determination to march into the field, and to come and join with the Lansequenets of George Frondsperg, 
The Duke of Bourbon ●…archeth to the field in dis●…ight of all difficulties.  did greatly trouble the Pope, and altered the confederates designs: for albeit he found himself to be without money, munition, pioneers, and unfurnished of all means to get victuals, he resolved nevertheless to pass on, thorough the midst of so many enemy's towns, and against such enemies as were far greater in number then himself. Bourbon then being thus resolved, having drawn away the Garrison from Milan, and from other places, went with his troops and crossed the Trebia, uniting himself with the Lansequenets that were newly arrived, who tarried for him on the farther side of the River, uncertain as yet what course to take, albeit the common report was, that at his departure from Milan, he had promised to his soldiers the sack of Rome and of the greatest part of Italy, the like also did captain George to his Lansequenets, who upon that hope had endured very many miseries since their departure from Germany, for they had received but one only Ducat for a man, and afterwards two or three Ducats for the whole time they had been in Italy.  
The Pope, in regard hereof, being greatly moved, as well in particular for himself as for the Florentines, did renew his practises of agreement with the viceroy, 
What moved the Pope to s●…ke an agreement with the viceroy.  all be-it he had promised before not to conclude any thing without the consent of the French King and the Venetians. That which moved him thereunto was his own fear, and the continual exhortations of the General of the Friars, of whom he made great account, who being newly returned from the emperors Court, assured the Pope of the emperors affection towards his Holiness, and of his great inclination to peace; whereupon, using this General in that treaty with the viceroy, he continued in such sort as he seemed wholly to be confirmed by that agreement, not making any warlike provisions for 
The Pope trusteth to much to the viceroy  the safety of his own person, saying, That as the universal Father and Pastor, knowing the Emperor to be greatly desirous of peace, he ought not for to show himself less affected thereunto, and for the effecting thereof, freely to employ all his means that he could, without any sinister suspicion, that all Christendom might enjoy the peace and tranquillity which it so much desired.  
Bourbon in the mean time being come into the Bolognia territory, spoiled all places round about, to the end that the Florentines, fearing the like damage, should compound with him, and contribute a certain sum of money for the payment of his army, and thereby to avoid the ruin of their palaces and goodly houses, which lie near to their city.  
These considerations did in such sort move the Pope, as the Lord of Langi being come forth of France to persuade him not to make any agreement with the Emperor, and the rather to induce him thereunto, had brought him twenty thousand Ducats, with promise of a greater sum, so soon as Caesar Fieramosca, 
The Pope acordeth with the viceroy.  sent by the viceroy, had told him that his Master was satisfied with the truce for eight months, propounded by his Holiness, he on a sudden without any regard to the promises and aid of the French King, made an accord with the viceroy, saying, That time might make his condition worse, if the Viceroy should but know what disorder was in the army of the league: and that the danger of the Realm of Naples was nothing in comparison of that of Tuscany and Rome.  
Therefore passing on farther, for the better assurance of That treaty, he procured that the Viceroy should come in person to Rome, whilst the Cardinal Triwlcio, who was Legate in the Church's army should go to Naples to assure the Viceroy from him; who coming afterwards to Rome was honourably entertained there, and ra●…ified the suspension of arms for eight months, according as it had been agreed upon by Fieramosca, promising to cause Bourbon to withdraw his army forth of the Churches and Florentines State.  
The Pope being to credulous, thought his affairs by this means to be well assured, having promised by the agreement to give threescore thousand Ducats for the payment of the army, and to pardon the Colonnesi, and particularly Cardinal Pompe●…, restoring him to the Cardinalship whereof he had deprived him. But the greatest error he committed was, for that thorough bad 
The Pope's ●…rror in disarm●…ng himself.  council he had on a sudden withdrawn his whole army from forth the confines of the Realm of Naples, and his naval army to Civitavecchia, and had wholly disarmed himself, retaining for the guard and safety of his own person but an hundred light horse, and certain companies of black bands which had belonged to the deceased john de Medicis, notwithstanding that the Colonnesi were in arms, and committed sundry insolences.  
The Venetian Senate being advertised of this agreement, would not fail to advise the Pope not to trust overmuch to the viceroy: for albeit that he had proceeded sincerely therein, it was nevertheless to be feared that Bourbon, who had the like authority from the Emperor as had the viceroy, being displeased that the accord was made without his consent, would not ra●…ifie it: Then they declared unto him what inconvenience and disorder his so soon disarming did bring with it, seeing that the Siennese and Colonnesi, with whom he had not yet fully ended, were still in arms.  
But the Pope contemning all these reasons and remaining obstinate in his resolution did verify the common saying, That good and whole some council given by an interressed and suspected person, causeth rather a precipitate downfall. For the Pope thinking that the Venetians spoke for their own particular interest, because he had forsaken them, would not harken unto them: whereupon, Bourbon within a while after writing to Rome, that he could no longer hold back the soldiers for want of pay from coming to besiege it, he then perceiving that to be very true which they had told him: albeit that at the first he thought that he had said so only but for to draw some greater sums of money from him, or else in a bravado, and that he did not mean to break the truce.  
Also he was wont to say afterward, that though he should have feared any sinister accident, yet nevertheless he would not have changed his opinion, because he would not have the world to know that he had been deceived by trusting to any one. Now he imagining that the same would not come to pass which did happen, had already appointed Matheo Guilberto his Datary to go as Legate into Spain, to treat particularly there on the conditions of peace.  
The Venetians being advertised of the Pope's resolution did write to the Duke of Urbin that he should assemble his troops, and join them with those of the Marquis of Salusses that were on the Bolognois: They afterwards sent to Sebastian Iustinia●… their Ambassador with the Christian King, willing him 
The Venetians assurance to the King.  to assure his Majesty, that all▪ be-it the Pope had forsaken them that they would never depart from his friendship, and that if he thought good to accept of the truce, they would likewise accept of it, and not otherwise. The Pope in the treaty of the accord which the Viceroy had reserved place for the Venetians to enter into it, because they had not showed themselves much contrary to the truce, the better to please him, who being united with the most Christian King were very well contented not for to break off wholly with him, hoping still to draw him to their party: for they made more account of the friendship of France then of all the rest: whereupon perceiving that the King did not willingly give ear to this truce, they would no more motion it.  
But concerning his proposition to them to renew the war in the Realm 
The Venetians answer to the King concerning the renewing of the wars of Naples.  of Naples, they did very much commend the reprisal of arms but not to go into that Kingdom, saying, That they had there lost the good will of the people, and their reputation, by yielding up, thorough the Pope's separating himself from them, all the towns which they had there taken: but that the surest and proffitablest way for the present, was to prepare for the defence and conservation of that which they possessed in Lombardy, if the accord should happen to be made. An if it should fall out otherwise, it should be for the profit of the league to have the Cities of the Church's state and the Florentines at their devotion.  
Now the Imperial army notwithstanding the agreement conceived at Rome betwixt the Pope and the viceroy, went still forward, although that Caesar Fieramosca had signified unto them the agreement to cause them to return back, For the Duke of Bourbon at the same time, either because he would not obey, or else it being not in his power to do it, caused his army to march towards 
Cottignola tak●…n by the Duke of Bourbon.  Romagna, where he besieged Cottignola, the which he took by composition, then marching towards Furli, he came and lodged at Villafranca five miles off, and taking the way of Meldola, he showed that his meaning was to pass Tuscany by the Val di bagna: whereunto he was much solicited by the Sienois who offered him great store of victuals, and pioneers.  
The Venetians having notice of the enemy's determination sent word to the Duke of Urbin, that leaving strong Garrisons in the territories belonging to their State, he should pass on with the resid●…e of the army to assure the lands of the Church and the Florentines, and to oppose himself against the Imperials designs. The Duke of Vrbi●… according to this direction being come with part of the army near to Bolognia, and the Marquis of Salusses likewise, being lodged in sundry places, he passed on towards Imola, and encamped betwixt Ravenna, and Faenza, at the same time as the enemy departed from Cottignola: It was there a long time debated amongst the captains of the league what 
The confederates army doth still sollow the Imp●…rials.  course to observe in that war: and in the end it was concluded to have two several camps, the better and with more ease to cut off all victuals from the enemies, to what place soever they should march. The Pope taxing this council did nevertheless make use of it, under colour of his rash agreement, saying, That the slow proceeding of those of the league for the preservation of that which beelonged unto him had enforced him for to take an other course for his safety.  
Now the Pope, who contrary to all men's opinions had still thought himself 
The Pope a●…knowledgeth his error and imploreth▪ the confederates ●…ide.  safe enough, being then strangely daunted, by this new advertizement, called before him all the Ambassadors of the Confederate Princes which were in his Court, and after he had declared to them on the one side, how that the zeal to the public good, but chiefly necessity had enforced him to accept the truce, and on the other, the malicious deceit of the imperials towards him did earnestly entreat them to make intercession for him to their Princes, that they would not forsake him, nor the Florentines likewise in so manifest danger, to the great hurt and prejudice of the common cause, and he did particularly entreat Dominico Veniero Ambassador at Rome for the Signory of Venice, that he would so deal with the Senate, as that they should command the Duke of Urbin to pass the Apennine hills with his army, promising to renew the league and sincerely to observe it.  
The Senate upon this proposition, albeit they judged it to be a very dangerous matter, to send their troops so far off from their own State, and to adventure them in the craggy mountains, and that beside, the Pope had not given them any cause to take care for his affairs, in regard he had forsaken them, continuing nevertheless in their former resolution, commanded the Duke of Urbin and Lodovico Pisani, who was come to the army as new Providator to pass the mounts if need should require: whereupon so soon as the Imperial 
The two armies at one time in ●…ny.  army had passed the mounts, that of the Confederates followed it: so as almost at one time the two armies were in Tuscany, the Duke of Bourbon being then lodged near to Arezzo, and the Confederates army at Barberina, the City of Florence remaining in a manner in the midst betwixt these two armies.  
This was the cause of great troubles in the City, some craving a popular government, and others would have that of a few private persons, whereupon the greatness of those of Medicis came to controversy, and the popular faction would a●… lest have prevailed, those of Medicis being driven from the public government; and Hippolito and Alessandro of Medicis the Pope's Nephews being declared enemies to their country, when as the Duke of Urbin arrived opportunely at Florence during these stirs, who so soon as he perceived the Duke of Bourbon to direct his course towards Tuscany, taking with him fourscore gentlemen forth of the army, with the Providator Pisani and Frederic●… Bozzola, went speedily to Florence to continue the Florentines in their fidelity towards the league.  
He by his arrival did frustrate the designs of the contrary faction which was affrighted to see the army so near, having no assurance of any relief from elsewhere, so as he reduced matters to their former state without any effusion of blood for that time: and dealt beside in such sort, as the Florentines should be under the protection of the league, and should maintain, at their own charge in the confederates ca●…pe, two hundred and fifty men at arms, and five thousand foot, or a greater number if the Pope should so appoint it.  
Whilst these things were done in Florence, the other confederates renewed the league at Rome, by which they promised the Venetians to contribute towards the expense of their army, provided that it did not depart fo●…th of Tuscany or the Church's State without the Pope's permission, and that it would be one of the first in the enterprise of Naples. These conditions seeming to hard to the Senate, were not accepted; Dominico Veni●…ro their Ambassador, for being to forward in his offers was called home to Venice, and as one guilty for going beyond his commission 
Dominico Veniero put to his trial.  was delivered over into the hands of the Auogario to have his process made, and Francisco Pesare was sent Ambassador in his stead.  
The Duke of Bourbon either for that he despaired of being able to make any attempt upon Florence, by reason that all the confederates forces were not far from thence, or for that he was ever d●…sirous to go to Rome, determined to 
What caused the Duke of Bourbon to to march to Rome.  march thither, being partly provoked, by the negligence and small care that they had in Rome to provide for the dangers which threatened it: because that the Pope relying in vain on the people, and on a great number of husbandmen that were retired thither, of whom more than five thousand were armed, had not taken care to levy new forces, and least of all to provide for those that he already had: namely, that having given charge to Philippin Doria to levy three thousand footmen, he having raised one thousand and brought them to Civitavecchia, his Holiness did not vouchsafe to send for them to come to Rome for the guard of the City: and caused his Datary to write to Count Guy of Rangon, who lay at Ottriccoli with great numbers of foot not to come to Rome, unless he should be expressly commanded by him so to do, notwithstanding that the Earl was advertised from the Duke of Urbin, that the Duke of Bourbon marched thitherwards, and that he might have come thither in time: but he durst not disobey the Pope's commandment, so that divers did blame him for it, saying, that in such a case he should have obeyed the Duke of Urbin, as captain General of the league.  
The Duke of Bourbon then, departing forth of the country of Arezzo without 
The Duke of Bourbons great speed in his march to Rome.  artillery or baggage, and marching with incredible speed, not being hindered by the rain which at that season was very great, nor yet by want of victuals, he came near to Rome before such time as the Pope had scarcely any advertizement of his coming, and he found no resistance neither at Viterbo, whether the Pope had not sent forces in time, nor yet in any other place, yet nevertheless, before he would come near to the walls, he sent to the Pope to demand passage for his army into the Kingdom of Naples, (as he said) being moved thereunto by reason of the small store of victuals which he had, and fearing least by his long tarrying that he might be surprised by the army of the league who very nearly pursued him, or as others thought, by a martial arrogancy, to have some colour for that which he had in his mind determined to do.  
The Pope would not regard his demands, nor yet hear them, as well because he knew already the inward policies of the enemy, as for the great trust which he reposed in the people of Rome, and in the leagues naval army of six and twenty galleys that lay at Civitavecchia with certain companies of footmen: As also for that Rance de Cera (unto whom the Pope gave the chief defence of the City of Rome) had rampired the suburbs, in the defence whereof he so much trusted, that albeit they were in all men's judgements very weak, he would not permit the bridges upon Tiber to be cut for the safety of Rome, if the suburbs and part of the City beyond Tiber could not be defended: and had beside, made such bad provision of all necessaries, as it encouraged the enemies to approach the walls, and to come to the assault with ladders.  
The defendants did not descry the enemies till it was almost to late, by reason 
The Duke of Bourbon g●…ueth an assault to the subu●…bs of Rome.  of a thick mist which suddenly arose, wherewith the enemy's army was covered, until it came to the very place where they gave the assault, where Antonio de Mo●…tfalcone was in guard with an hundred soldiers, unto whose rescue divers of the armed people came running, who for a certain space sustained the enemy's attempts. But the Imperials continuing the assault very fiercely, these new unexperienced soldiers perceiving danger hourly to increase forsook the defence, and committed themselves to flight.  
The Duke of Bourbon at the beginning of their assault marching foremost, went before all the companies, where being shot into the body by an arqebus, 
The death of the Duke of Bourbon.  he fell down dead to the ground. The Prince of Orange, being very near him when he fell, caused him forthwith to be covered with a cloak, to the end the soldiers might not be daunted by the death of their General, and then he did hotly purfue the victory.  
The Pope, who in the palace of the Vatican attended what would be the event 
The Pope with divers Cardinal's retiret●… to the Castle Saint Angelo.  thereof, hearing that the enemies had entered, did forthwith fly with divers Cardinals and other Prelates to the castle Saint Angelo. The Lords Rance de Cera and Langey, having laboured in vain to move the people to take arms for their own defence, and had sought valiantly with those few forces they could gather together and with them a long time kept the castle bridge, were at last enforced to retire. The City being thus abandoned, and all the people in confusion and flight, the enemies on all sides entered it, and became Masters thereof without any difficulty. Philippin Doria and Count Guy, so soon as they perceived the Duke of Bourbon to march towards Rome, did on a sudden without waiting for any other commandment set forwards to rescue the Pope with the forces of Civitavecchia and Oruietta: but the Duke of Bourbon by his speed having prevented them, and shut up all the passages by which they were to follow him, did enforce them to return from whence they came.  
Now the Duke of Urbin having set forward to follow the enemies, but very slowly, by reason of the hindrances of his camp, did at last with the whole army come as far as Viterbo, who finding all the country to be spoiled by the enemies, he was enforced by want of victuals to tarry there, his army being by sundry accidents much diminished, having in all but seven thousand men, in stead of thirty thousand appointed by the confederates. The army, lodging in that place, the light horse and footmen did oftentimes scour the whole Country, where meeting with the Imperial soldiers, that were laden with great spoil and disbanded coming from Rome, they striped them of all they had.  
Besides that, at the taking of the City all manner of cruelty was used: faction would at least have prevailed, those of Medicis being driven from the public government, and Hippolito and Alessandro of Medicis the Pope's Nephews being declared enemies to their country, when as the Duke of Urbin arrived opportunely at Florence during these stirs, who so soon as he perceived the Duke of Bourbon to direct his course towards Tuscany, taking with him fourscore gentlemen forth of the army, with the Providator Pisani and Frederic●… Bozzola, went speedily to Florence to continue the Florentines in their fidelity towards the league.  
He by his arrival did srustrate the designs of the contrary faction which was affrighted to see the army so near, having no assurance of any relief from elsewhere, so as he reduced matters to their former state without any effusion of blood for that time: and dealt beside in such sor●…, as the Florentines should be under the protection of the league, and should maintain, at their own charge in the confederates camp, two hundred and fifty men at arms, and five thousand foot, or a greater number if the Pope should so appoint it.  
Whilst these things were done in Florence, the other confederates renewed the league at Rome, by which they promised the Venetians to contribute towards the expense of their army, provided that it did not depart forth of Tuscany or the Church's State without the Pope's permission, and that it would be one of the first in the enterprise of Naples. These conditions seeming to hard to the Senate, were not accepted; Dominico Veniero their Ambassador, for being to forward in his offers was called home to Venice, and as one guilty for going beyond his commission 
Dominico Veniero put to his trial.  was delivered over into the hands of the Auogario to have his process made, and Francisco Pesare was sent Ambassador in his stead.  
The Duke of Bourbon either for that he despaired of being able to make any attempt upon Florence, by reason that all the confederates forces were not far from thence, or for that he was ever d●…sirous to go to Rome, determined to 
What caused the Duke of Bourbon to to march to Rome.  march thither, being partly provoked, by the negligence and small care that they had in Rome to provide for the dangers which threatened it: because that the Pope relying in vain on the people, and on a great number of husbandmen that were retired thither, of whom more than five thousand were armed, had not taken care to levy new forces, and least of all to provide for those that he already had: namely, that having given charge to Philippin Doria to levy three thousand footmen, he having raised one thousand and brought them to Civitavecchia, his Holiness did not vouchsafe to send for them to come to Rome for the guard of the City: and caused his Datary to write to Count Guy of Rangon, who lay at Ottriccoli with great numbers of foot not to come to Rome, unless he should be expressly commanded by him so to do, notwithstanding that the Earl was advertised from the Duke of Urbin, that the Duke of Bourbon marched thitherwards, and that he might have come thither in time: but he durst not disobey the Pope's commandment, so that divers did blame him for it, saying, that in such a case he should have obeyed the Duke of Urbin, as captain General of the league.  
The Duke of Bourbon then, departing forth of the country of Arezzo without 
The Duke of Bourbons great speed in his march to Rome.  artillery or baggage, and marching with incredible speed, not being hindered by the rain which at that season was very great, no●… yet by want of victuals, he came near to Rome before such time as the Pope had scarcely any advertizement of his coming, and he found no resistance neither at Viterbo, whether the Pope had not sent forces in time, nor yet in any other place, yet nevertheless, before he would come near to the walls, he sent to the Pope to demand passage for his army into the Kingdom of Naples, (as he said) being moved thereunto by reason of the small store of victuals which he had, and fearing least by his long tarrying that he might be surprised by the army of the league who very nearly pursued him, or as others thought, by a martial arrogancy, to have some colour for that which he had in his mind determined to do.  
The Pope would not regard his demands, nor yet hear them, as well because he knew already the inward policies of the enemy, as for the great trust which he reposed in the people of Rome, and in the leagues naval army of six and twenty galleys that lay at Civitavecchia with certain companies of footmen: As also for that Rance de Cera (unto whom the Pope gave the chief defence of the City of Rome) had rampired the suburbs, in the defence whereof he so much trusted, that albeit they were in all men's judgements very weak, he would not permit the bridges upon Tiber to be cut for the safety of Rome, if the suburbs and part of the City beyond Tiber could not be defended: and had beside, made such bad provision of all necessaries, as it encouraged the enemies to approach the walls, and to come to the assault with ladders.  
The defendants did not descry the enemies till it was almost to late, by reason 
The Duke of Bourbongiveth an assault to the suburbs of Rome.  of a thick mist which suddenly arose, wherewith the enemy's army was covered, until it came to the very place where they gave the assault, where Antonio de Montfalcone was in guard with an hundred soldiers, unto whose rescue divers of the armed people came running, who for a certain space sustained the enemy's attempts. But the Imperials continuing the assault very fiercely, these new unexperienced soldiers perceiving danger hourly to increase forsook the defence, and committed themselves to flight.  
The Duke of Bourbon at the beginning of their assault marching foremost, went before all the companies, where being shot into the body by an arqebus, 
The death of the Duke of Bourbon.  he fell down dead to the ground. The Prince of Orange, being very near him when he fell, caused him forthwith to be covered with a cloak, to the end the soldiers might not be daunted by the death of their General, and then he did hotly pursue the victory.  
The Pope, who in the palace of the Vatican attended what would be the event 
The Pope with divers Cardinals retireth to the Castle Saint Angelo.  thereof, hearing that the enemies had entered, did forthwith fly with divers Cardinals and other Prelates to the castle Saint Angelo. The Lords Rance de Cera and Langey, having laboured in vain to move the people to take arms for their own defence, and had sought valiantly with those few forces they could gather together and with them a long time kept the castle bridge, were at last enforced to retire. The City being thus abandoned, and all the people in confusion and flight, the enemies on all sides entredit, and became Masters thereof without any difficulty. Philippin Doria and Count Guy, so soon as they perceived the Duke of Bourbon to march towards Rome, did on a sudden without waiting for any other commandment set forwards to rescue the Pope with the forces of Civitavecchia and Oruietta: but the Duke of Bourbon by his speed having prevented them, and shut up all the passages by which they were to follow him, did enforce them to return from whence they came.  
Now the Duke of Urbin having set forward to follow the enemies, but very slowly, by reason of the hindrances of his camp, did at last with the whole army come as far as Viterbo, who finding all the country to be spoiled by the enemies, he was enforced by want of victuals to tarry there, his army being by sundry accidents much diminished, having in all but seven thousand men, in stead of thirty thousand appointed by the confederates. The army, lodging in that place, the light horse and footmen did oftentimes scour the whole Country, where meeting with the Imperial soldiers, that were laden with great spoil and disbanded coming from Rome, they striped them of all they had.  
Besides that, at the taking of the City all manner of cruelty was used: every where infinite complaints were heard of those who were inhumanly tormented, partly to enforce them to pay their ransom, and partly to bewray the wealth that they had hidden. The cries and pitiful lamentations were heard of Roman dames, and Nuns, who the soldiers lead away in troops to satisfy 
The Imprials great cruelty in Rome.  their Luxury. All holy things, the Sacraments and Relics of Saints, wherewith the Churches were stored, being despoiled of their ornaments, were every where trodden under foot; whereunto were added infinite villainies of the barbarous Lansequenets. The sack and pillage lasted many months, which according to the common report, as well in ready money, gold, silver, and jewels, amounted to more than a Million of Ducats, and the ransoms that were paid, did rise to a far greater sum.  
The end of the sixth Book of the fifth Decade.   

The Contents of the seventh Book of the fifth Decade.  
THE Venetians sorrow and grief for the taking of Rome and the Pope by the imperials. The Cardinals meet at Bolognia to treat of the Pope's deliverance. The Venetians warlike preparations by Land and Sea to free the Pope from his imprisonment. The Venetians seize on Ravennato keep it for the Holy Sea. The Duke of Urbin taketh Perugia to the same end. The Duke of Urbin's resolution for the Pope's delivery. The French King maketh great warlike provisions to send into Italy. Andre Doria in the service of the French King. The army of the Confederates remaineth on the Confines of the Siennese. The Pope's agreement to come forth of prison. The Venetians resolution upon that agreement. The Lord of Lautrec cometh into the state of Milan with great forces. Bosco and Alexandria taken by him. Pavia is taken and sacked by the French. Genoa is reduced under the French Kings obedience. The Turk being assailed by Marcello, had soon after his revenge. The Lord Lautrec marcheth towards Rome. The demands propounded by the French King in the motion of peace. The Agreement, whereby the Duke of Ferrara and the Marquis of Mantua enter into the league. The entire enlargement of the Pope's person. The Venetians send an Ambassad to the Pope, inviting him to enter into the league. The like Ambassade of the most Christian King to the same effect. The Pope's excuses not to enter into any new confederacy. The Lord Lautrecs' journey into the Kingdom of Naples. The Pope's demand to the Venetians, with their answer. The imperials refuse to fight. The Lord Lautrec encampeth before Naples. The Duke of Brunswich cometh with great forces into Lombardy. The Venetians preparations against the Duke of Brunswich. He returneth into Germany. The imperials are put to rout at Sea. The arrival of the General of the Venetian Army before Naples with the discommodities which it there endured. Andre Doria revolteth from the King's service. The Pope resolveth to remain neuter. The great wants of the Army before Naples. And lastly the Lord Lautrecs' Death.  
 
The Seventh Book of the fifth Decade of the History of Venice.  
THE accident at Rome being known at Venice, together with the Pope's imprisonment, did greatly afflict the Senate with grief and compassion, and with a disdain for the wrong offered to the person of the holy Father, whereupon 
The Senate after the taking of Rome, determine to oppose themselves against the Emperor.  they not intending to suffer any longer the Emperor's fortune to increase to their own peril, determined to relieve the Pope with all their forces, and therein to spare for no cost: which caused them to write to the Duke of Urbin their General, and to Pisani and Vitturi the Providators, to lay by all other designs and attempt only, if it were possible, to free the Pope from his imprisonment: and the better to effect it to come near to the Castle wherein he was shut up, to seek by all means to draw him thence; and because no other matter might hinder this enterprise, they forthwith made a new levy of foot, to increase their forces to the number of ten thousand foot, which lay on the confines of Crema and Lauda, to resist Antonio de Leva, who being come forth into the field, and finding no opposition, was likely every day to grow more strong by the aid which he expected forth of Germany. The Venetians were incited thereunto, by the great preparations of the Kings of England and France, who having notice of the great inhumanity used towards his Holiness, and the scandal given to the Church of Christendom, by detaining the head thereof in prison, determining to remedy it resolved betwixt themselves at their own charges to send an army into Italy to free the Pope, and to put him in possession of all the Church's lands: and another mighty one into Flanders by assailing that country to enforce the Emperor to abandon Italy for the defence thereof.  
These two Kings were very earnest in this business, whereupon the Cardinal 
The King of France and England resolve to free the Pope.  of York, who could do more than all men with the King of England, came for the same purpose to Amiens to the French king, to procure an interview of those two kings, to the end they might consult together more considerately concerning the Pope's delivery. The most Christian King seemed to be no less willing therein, who sent speedy word to his Captains in Italy to procure by all means the Pope's freedom from imprisonment, and to assure the State Ecclesiastical: and the better to provide for it with more speed, he advised those Cardinals that 
The Cardinals meet at Bolognia to treat of the Pope's delivery.  were at liberty, to meet at Anignon, where, as in a safe and commodious place, they might with ease treat thereof, and from thence send their resolutions into Spain, The Cardinals approving this Council of uniting themselves together did for sundry respects make choice of the City of Bolognia for their meeting place.  
The Emperor in the mean time being advertised of the Pope's taking, by his chief Chancellor that was going into Italy, did by his speech manifest that he 
The Emperor's dissimulation concerning the Pope's taking.  was highly displeased therewith, alleging divers goodly matters for his justification. But the effects were not answerable thereunto, resolving on nothing for his delivery, but in his discourse did oftentimes excuse the Duke of Bourbon and his Army, he did amplify the injuries which the Pope had done him; he accused his inconstancy and little assurance in his treaties, calling to mind the dangers whereinto the Confederates had gone about to east him: whereby and by every of his discourses, it was easily perceived that in secret he was well pleased therewith, and that he would never consent to his delivery, nor to that of the French Kings children, but by compulsion.  
The French King having before sent to make a levy of ten thousand Swisses for the enterprise of Lombardy, and his agents going therein slowly to work, so soon as he had notice of the taking of Rome, fearing the alteration of Fortune, and the imperials designs did suddenly send the money to Lions, and solicited their speedy departure.  
The Venetians on the other side did not cease by all good offices to maintain and increase that good desire in the King propounding unto him how necessary it was hotly to pursue that war with great forces, Religion and State agreeing in one, not to suffer the dignity of the Sea Apostolic, and the liberty of Italy to be trodden under foot: and for to incite him no less by deeds than words, they determined to renew their naval army, which was much weakened by the bad air 
The Venetians preparations by Sea & land  and other discommodities at Civitavechia, where it had for a time remained, & to arm besides it, four Bastard Galleys, of which they appointed Antonio Marcello Captain, thereby to strengben the army that it might assail the Seacoasts of Puglia. They did moreover propound to the King to levy, besides the Swisses at their common charge, other ten thousand foot, drawing in the mean time to their pay all the best experienced Captains in martial affairs that they could find: among whom were the Count of Gaiazzo and the Marquis Palavicin. And to encourage Francis Sforza, of whose friendship and readiness they made great account, they lent him ten thousand Ducats, with which he promised to increase his forces, which were already more than two thousand foot, and to come in person with them to Lauda, there for to join with the Venetian army. Now because that the territories of Romagna were without Garrisons, and exposed to sundry dangers in so wretched a time, no man giving them aid nor succour, the 
The Venetians place a Garrison in Ravenna for the behoof of the Sea of Rome.  Senate being greatly provoked thereunto, fent a good surome of money to the Governor of Ravenna to levy foot forces for the garrison of the City, encouraging him to defend it, with promise of greater aid if need should be, as within a while after they did, by sending him three hundred foot and an hundred light horse under the command of john de Nalde, enjoining him to keep that City for the Sea Apostolic and the league.  
But strife arising in that City betwixt the Inhabitants and the soldiers, the Venetians were entreated by them of the City to send thither one from Venice to be Providator there, whereupon Bartholomeo Contrren by the Senate's consent went thither to supply that place. Those of Ceruia within a while after did the like where the Guelphs, having ch●…sed away those of the Gibelline faction, did receive garrison and a Magistrate of the Venetians, the Legate earnestly requiring it, for the quiet and conservation of the same City.  
Whilst these things were done, the Duke of Urbin having received the Senate's 
The Duke of Urbin taketh Perusa.  commandment, and disposing himself for the execution thereof, did first of all make himself sure of the City of Perusa, wherein Gentil Baillone commanded, who was suspected to hold with the enemy's part, whom with threatenings he enforced to depart thence, and having left a strong garrison, there, he marched with the army to Todi, and from thence to Oruietto where he joined himself with the French, and Ecclesiastical troops, as he had formerly concluded to do. And having there assembled all the chief Captains, to resolve on what they should afterwards do, he caused the Senate's letter to be 
The Duke of Urbin's preposition.  openly read, and then assured them, for the obeying of their command, that he intended to march directly to Rome, to free by all means possible the Pope from imprisonment, resolving if the enemies should show themselves, to fight with them, and with others to run one selfsame fortune.  
This proposition being allowed by the Providator Pisani, was entertained with the General consent of all the rest, (the Providator Vitturi excepted) who being of a contrary opinion opposed himself against it both in word and deed, protesting by writing and detesting such an enterprise as most pernicious, and of 
Vittury is contrary to the Duke of Urbin  doubtful issue, saying that their soldiers were far inferior both in number and valour to the imperials, who were very many, and for the most part good soldiers and well experienced, either in fight, or in knowledge how to vanquish, and therefore more valiant and ready to sustain all attempts how great soever. By means whereof he cooled the Duke's former heat, who notwith standing continued in his first resolution to draw nearer to Rome, meaning nevertheless to lodge in a very strong and commodious place, whatsoever should befall, than he propounded a new invention, to the end to try first without danger, if he could get the Pope from thence, which was speedily and on the sudden to cause Frederick of Bozzola to march towards Rome with one company of men at arms, a certain number of light-horse, and some companies of harquebuziers on horseback, hoping that his sudden and unlooked for arrival, might offer some means to the Pope to escape by that convoy, and to come to the army of the league, but this design succeeded not, for divers occasions, and chiefly because that Frederics horse falling upon him, he was therewith sore hurt, so that he could go on no farther, but was enforced to return.  
But the army in the mean time continuing their approaches, they were advertised by certain spies, that the trenches which the imperials had made near to the Castle, were very great, and hard to be forced: whereby the difficulties of the enterprise were increased: and moreover that they at Rome expected the Spanish Infantry which was at Naples, and that Captain Alarcon was already arrived; whereupon the Duke was of opinion to pass on nofarther with the army, the 
What great forces they were to have to free the Pope from prison.  which was allowed almost by all the other Captains: and therefore he did speely advertise the Senate, saying that for to relieve the Castle, it behoved him to have greater forces than he then had, and in particularizing them, he did affirm that to draw the Pope from thence, there ought to be in the army the number of sixteen thousand Swisses, levied by a decree of the Cantons, not accounting those that were already there, and besides the Swisses ten thousand Italian Harqueguziers, three thousand pioneers, and forty pieces of ordnance.  
These news did greatly displease the Venetians in regard of the delaying of matters, and of the Pope's troubles and wearysomenesse, which was much increased by reading of a letter, written by the Pope to his Lieutenant Guicciardyne, who sent it to the Senate; by the which he entreated, solicited, and conjured the confederates, by all means to procure his deliverance. The Senate therefore having heard of the opposition and hindrance made by the 
Vitturi called to account for being contrary to the Pope's delivery.  Providator Vitturi, concerning the approach of the army near to Rome, discharged him of his office, and being called home to Venice he was committed to the Auogario there to yield an account of his actions▪  
The Senate in the mean time insisting more earnestly in the same resolution, to relieve the Pope, and to draw him from thence, wrote to the General, and to the Providators, to use all means possible for that purpose to approach near to the Castle, the which the General refusing, chose rather to give over his place, which the Senators took in bad part, but after that the one and the other of them were appeased, they confirmed him in the place of General for two years more.  
The French on the other side greatly detesting the Pope's imprisonment, and 
The kings great preparations to send into Italy.  envying the Spaniards fortunate success, made great preparations of war, the King making account to come to Lions to take order for the affairs of war, having first commanded fifteen thousand Swisses to be levied, and ten thousand Italian foot. And that he might likewise have a naval army for that purpose, he took Andre Doria to his pay with eight Galleys, and promised to give him a yearly entertainment of six and thirty thousand crowns, and appointed the 
Andre Doria in the King's service.  Lord of Lautrec Captain General of all the troops by land; wherewith the Venetians being highly pleased, did the more to honour him, appoint Petro Pesare Procurator of Saint Mark, their Ambassador, who should meet him at his coming into Italy and wait upon him wheresoever he went.  
The imperials in the mean time that were in Rome, albeit that their number was much increased by the arrival of the Spaniards that came from Naples, finding themselves to be four and twenty thousand foot, took their leisure, enjoying with ease the wealthy spoils that they had gotten at the sack of the City, their Captains being not able, neither to cause them to come fourth of the town, nor yet to restrain their unbridled licence: two companies alone of Lancequenets, leaving the City went and spoiled Terni and Narni, going on no farther, notwithstanding that the Confederates army was far enough of: for those of the league having lost their hope of the enterprise of Rome, the Venetians following the Marquis of Salusses, and all the French went and encamped on the confines of the Siennese, to assure thereby the Florentines Territories, and to bring them to this pass, (the which they did) to ratify the league, and to entertain five thousand foot in the army at their own charges, wherein they showed themselves so much the more willing and ready, by how much they were near unto danger, the Imperial Captains threatening to turn their forces upon them, being displeased with them, for that in the beginning of the Pope's misfortune, they had made some show to follow the Emperor's party, and yet afterwards had cleaved to his enemies.  
The Venetian forces did at that time consist of six thousand Italian footmen, two thousand Lancequenets, thirteen hundred light horse, and two thousand men at arms, and the French Infantry was not above seven thousand 
The number of the Venetians army.  footmen, albeit the King paid a greater number. But the great dearth of victual and the sharp diseases which did daily decrease the army, did hinder them from enterprizing any matter. By reason whereof the enemies forces being increased and those of the league diminished, the Pope having lost all hope of speedy relief, did wholly incline to practises of agreement 
The Pope inclineth to agreement.  and hoping to have a better composition of the Viceroy, who was at Sienna, he sent for him, and by the same means entreated the Duke of Urbin to suffer him safely to come to Rome▪  
The Viceroy went willingly and in great haste to the army, not so much for the Pope's profit, as for the hope he had to be made General thereof. But being arrived at Rome, whither he came by a safe conduct of the Captains of the league, he had notice that the Lancequenets and Spaniards wished him no good, who after the Duke of Bourbons death had chosen the Prince of Orange for their General, so as he had not the courage to speak of any agreement with the Pope, but much less to tarry there: for being not gracious in the eyes of the army, he had no more authority, neither in the affairs of war, nor in the treaty of agreement with the Pope, who at the last being bankrupt of all hope, did on the sixth day of june make an agreement with the imperials, on the same conditions, in a manner, as he might before then have decreed upon with them.  
That the Pope should pay unto the army four hundred thousand Ducats: 
Articles of agreement betwixt the Pope and Emperor.  should deliver to the Emperor to keep so long as he should think good the Castle of Saint Angelo, the Forts of Ostia, Civitavechia, and Civitacastelane, with the Cities of Placentia, Parma and Modena. For the accomplishment of which matters, the Pope, being not yet wholly set at liberty, was to remain prisoner in the Castle, with the Cardinals that were with him, who were thirteen in number, until the army had received the first payment, which was of one hundred and fifty thousand Ducats, and that afterwards they should go to Naples or Gayetta to expect in that place how the Emperor would determine of them.  
This manner of proceeding did greatly displease the Venetians: but the Pope, 
How the Venetians behaved themselves upon this agreement.  fearing his own life, because of the Colonesi and the Lancequenets, was enforced to allow of this agreement, albeit that it was very prejudicial to him: whereupon the Venetians, hoping that time might bring them better fortune, determined to keep the City of Cremona, and to that end caused the army, which they had in Lombardy, near to Crema, to cross forthwith the river Adda, to put a Garrison into that City, and to hinder the consignation of the others, by breaking the condition agreed upon, and by spoiling the Country near to Milan and Pavia to molest and weaken the imperials.  
Now the Castle of Saint Angelo was by this accord forthwith yielded to Captain Alarcon, who entered it with three companies of Spanish footmen, and three companies of Lancequenets, appointed to guard the Castle and the Pope: But the other towns and Castles, that were promised, were not so easily consigned, by reason that the Castle of Civita- Chastelane was guarded by the Confederates, and Aadrew Doria refused to deliver up that of Civitavechia, unless he were first paid fourteen thousand Ducats, which he said was due unto him for his entertainment: Parma and Placentia on the otherside, abhorring the Spanish government, refused to receive them, and those of Modena were reduced under the obedience of the Duke of Ferrara, who making use of the Pope's calamity, threatening the Modenois to spoil their corn, which was almost ripe, did enforce them to deliver up the city into his hands.  
The Confederates army remained quiet without attempting any thing. expecting the arrival of the Lord of Lautrec, who was said to be already in Piedmont, with great forces, both of horse and foot, albeit the Captains in the mean▪ time were of sundry opinions, some thinking that being united with the French, it would be best for them to march directly to Rome, where they should find the Imperial army in such disorder as they might easily set the Pope at li berty, by reason that it was much diminished, as well by the contagious sickness 
Sundry opinions in the Confederates army about the Pope's deliveryl  which was in the City, as by the overmuch licence which the Soldiers had taken for certain months space, living without all order, and without any martial discipline, some of them being lodged in the City, and others here and there abroad, and that divers of them being disbanded went their ways daily without any leave: whereby they might with ease drive those few from Rome that remained behind.  
Those of the contrary opinion thought, that for the effecting of that design it were better to scour the state of Milan, being near thereunto, to enforce the Imperials to leave Rome, and to come to the defence thereof, which might prove either to slow or insufficient to stop the current of the victory, whereby they might at one time execute divers fortunate exploits, and perhaps give an end to the war. 
Lautrec entereth the Duchy of M ●…lanwith great for ces.   
This being allowed by all men, and propounded to the Lord of Lautrec at his arrival, he entered into the state of Milan with eight thousand Swisses, three thousand Gascons, and ten thousand footmen conducted by Pedro of Navarre, and went and encamped before the town of Bosco, on the marches of Alexandria, 
Bosco and Alexandria are taken by Lautrec.  where was a Garrison of a thousand footmen, the most of whom were Lancequenets, who after they had for the space of ten days sustained the battery and sundry assaults, did at the last yield themselves at the discretion of the Victor.  
This conquest was followed by that of Alexandria, whither the Lord Lautrec came afterwards and encamped, wherein lay fifteen hundred footmen, who being molested at one time, both by the Artillery and the mines, were enforced to yield; their lives and goods being saved.  
But the taking of Alexandria was cause of the beginning of some contention 
Strife betwixt the confederates concerning the taking of Alexandria.  betwixt the confederates. For the Lord of Lautrec being desirous to leave fifteen hundred footmen in Garrison there, to the end that at all events his own companies might have one place of retreat, and those which should come from France find some comodiousnesse of meeting there the Duke of Milan's Ambassador, fearing that it would be the beginning of an occasion to possess that State for his King, opposed himself against it, the like did the Ambassadors of England and Venice, whereupon Lautrec agreed (not without indignation) to leave it freely to the Duke of Milan: a matter which did afterwards greatly prejudice the leagne.  
Now Lautrec, after the conquest of Alexandria propounded that he would march to Rome to free the Pope from imprisonment, who, although he had agreed (as hath been said) with the Almains and Spaniards, did nevertheless still remain a prisoner under their guard, until that he had accomplished the articles of the agreement, as well for payment of the money, as for the consignation of the above mentioned towns, wherein were found sundry difficulties: whereupon the Emperor did not there-in show himself well▪ disposed nor resolute, although by his speech he sought to have all men to believe the contrary. 
The Venetians oppose themselves against the Lord Lautrecs' proposition to go to Rome and to leave the State of Milan.   
But the Venetians did wholly dislike of Lautrecs' proposition; not that they stood less affected to the Pope's enlargement than did the King, but because they thought the enterprise of Rome less profitable for the common cause then that of Milan, as it had been debated before his coming, and afterwards confirmed by himself, that there was at the same time great hope of being able to conquer Pavia and Milan, where there were weak Garrisons, and that Antonio de Leva, who by his diligence and skill, more than by force, did govern that State, lay grievously sick, and was unable to provide remedies: that losing this opportunity the affairs of the league would ever afterwards decline, in regard of the huge number of Lancequenets that were ready to come down from the County of tirol, into Lombardy, But by taking Milan from them, which was their only retreat, and having neither cavalry nor victuals, they would be enforced to change their minds, and to tarry at home in their houses: that in the mean space it would give time and leisure to ten thousand Almains, paid by the King of England, to come to the camp of the league, and afterwards they might with those forces march to Rome, and drive the enemies before them, assuring, together with the Church's State, the liberty of all Italy.  
The Lord of Lautrec inclining to their request, determined to march 
Pavia is taken by Lautrec.  towards Pavia, before which with great speed he went and encamped (the relief which Antonio de Leva sent, not being able to enter it) the which being battered for the space of four days, and a great part of the wall beaten down, the soldiers making their approaches, did enter it by the breach. The City was sacked, and the French for eight days together used all sorts of cruelty upon the inhabitants, who had vaunted that they had been the vanquishers of the French King, because that King Francis was taken prisoner lying at the siege of the same City.  
The Genowais at the same time being afflicted with sundry losses and calamities, and chiefly with famine, sent Ambassadors to the Lord Lautrec for to capitulate. The cities Duke, whose name was Antonio Adorni, retired himself into the castelet, and the tumult being appeased by Philip Doria, who was prisoner there, the City returned under the King's obedience, who appointed Theodario Triwlcio governor thereof: and the Venetians, because they would 
Genoa reduced under the King's obedieence.  not leave their Captains unrecompensed, who had valiantly behaved themselves in the reduction of Genoa, they increased to Caesar Fregosa the conductof other thirty men at arms, and doubled his pay; they did likewise acknowledge the valour and prowess of Guy Nalda, Augustin Clusone, Hannibal Fregosa, Caesar Martinenga, and divers others whose valour did greatly appear in that action.  
The business of Genoa being ended, and john Mora, the Providator of the Venetians naval army being come with sixteen Galleys to Livorne, where he found Doria who tarried for him, with sixteen Galleys, they resolved together to give in upon the Isle of Sardinia, hoping easily to win it, and that it would be very commodious for them, for the conquest of Sicily; but this enterprise 
The French and Venetian fleet are scattered by tempest.  proved infortunate, for the fleet being come near to the Island, and having taken certain Sea towns, it happened, as it went from one place to another, that it was assailed by a furious tempest, which did scatter it into sundry places, certain Venetian Galleys being a long time beaten in it, did at last arrive safely at Livorne. The rest afterwards having run the same fortune, came to Corsica, whether the French Galleys had already escaped, (two excepted) which were broken upon the rocks of Sardinia. And not being able at that time to enterprise any thing at Sea, by reason that winter approached, john Mora retired with his Galleys to Corfou: Petro Land was at the same time General of the Venetians naval army, who was commanded to scour the Seas near to the Islands, and places of their dominions, to assure and comfort their subjects, and that sailing into Sicily he should take all the ships that were fold to be laden with corn, and send them to Venice where was great scarcity of victuals.  
But the General having for the assurance of the Seas sent Augustine de Mulla the Providator with two light Galleys, to scour on the one side, and Antonio Marcello with four Bastard Galleys whereof he was Captain on the other, it fell out that Marcello being come to Candy into the Haven of La Suda, had intelligence that a Turkish Galley was to pass near unto the Island; he suposing that it was Cortugoll, a famous Pirate, who not long before in the same Seas, had taken and spoiled a Venetian ship, and then burned it, killing all the Mariners and passengers that were in it, did speedily come forth of the Haven, and being desirous to revenge that injury came on a sudden to assail it, the which he took, and then retired with his own and this Galley to La Bicorna: Where the Galleys riding with their Poops towards the land, he descried within a while after seven Turkish Galleys to pass along one after another, which belonged to the Moor of Alexandria, (as the same did which he had taken) Marcello remaining firm in that place, without any fear at all was amazed when he saw himself assailed on the sudden by the Barbarian, 
The Turk being assailed by Marcello had his speedy revenge.  who having reassembled his own, did furiously assault him, whereupon Marcello was enforced to escape by flight; the like did his fellows, who not departing so soon as he, but one alone escaped, the other two being taken were carried to Alexandria.  
The Venetian Captain being to yield an account for this deed, the A●…ogares of the Republic were commanded to take notice thereof, and for this purpose he 
Marcello dieth by the way for grief.  was sent for from the army as a prisoner; but grief by the way killed him. Soliman being advertised of the indiscretion of the Captain, and of the Senate's good will, not like a barbarous Prince, using courtesy, and liberality towards the Senate, 
Soliman's liberality to the Venetians  sent back their Galleys which were taken, being laden with saltpeter, which they greatly needed, and bestowed them upon the Venetians as his gift. For this cause and for divers other signs of friendship, the Senate thought good to send an express Ambassade to him to give him thanks in the commonwealths name for all his courtesies and demonstrations of Friendship towards it, and to continue and increase that good will in him.  
Thomas Contaren was chosen for this purpose, unto whom were given divers rich garments and other presents of great value to present to the Baschas of the Port, and chiefly to Ibraim, who for the friendship and affection which the great Turk did bear unto him, was at the same time in great credit and reputation.  
Whilst these things were done in the Levant, the Lord of Lautrec returning 
Lautrec leaveth Milan and marcheth towards Rome.  to his former designs, at such time as all men expected, that following the course of his victory he would have marched towards Milan to besiege it, he turned another way, and having with his army passed the Po, he marched towards Placentia, intending, (as he said) to lay by all other enterprises, and to think on nothing, but how to set the Pope at liberty. All men wondered at this sudden change, seeing the fair occasion which was offered, if he had continued to give an end unto the war of Lombardy by taking the City of Milan.  
It was not known whether Lautrec was moved thereunto, rather by some 
What moved the Lord Lautrec to change his determination.  particular affection, or for some interest of his King, then for any care he had of the Pope's liberty. It is certain that in his heart he did bear a secret grudge to the Venetians, and Francis Sforza, for their oppositions concerning the matter of Alexandria. These suspicions were confirmed by his manner of proceeding, who speedily departing, with such ill provision as he had, forth of the state of the Duchy of Milan, did afterwards pursue his journey very slowly, and for that after he had joined himself with the Almain footmen, upon the expecting of whom he had at the firstexcused his delay, he remained at Parma without doing any thing.  
The Army of the league, had no better success, who being lodged near to Montefiascone did spend the time unprofitably, notwithstanding that the weakness of the enemy's army did sufficiently afford them means to execute some enterprise. This gave occasion to the Venetians to suspect, that the Duke of 
The Venetians do suspect the Duke of Urbin  Urbin, for his own particular interest, did not proceed with such fidelity as he ought, therefore they placed guards over his wife and children who lay at that time at M●…rana. The Duke of Urbin having intelligence that the Venetians did distrust him, sent Horacio Florida, oue of his Gentlemen to Venice, to procure leave for him to come thither, that he might justify himself and yield an account of his actions.  
The Senate, either for that they were better informed, or else being very desirous to fit themselves unto time and necessity, would not permit him to depart from the army, but having removed the guards from his wife and children made a show that they were well satisfied and contented with his service to the Republic.  
And perceiving afterwards that they could not alter the Lord of Lautrecs' resolution, they placed their forces which they had in Lombardy, which were fifteen thousand foot in garrison in sundry places, for the guard of those towns which they had recovered in the state of Milan, and gave to the said Lord Lautrec fifteen hundred light horse for the enterprise of Rome.  
All the care and means to keep the conquered towns in the Duchy of Milan, fell upon the signory, Francis Sforza being not able to do it, who of himself could not entertain the ordinary Garrisons, notwithstanding that he was 
What moved the Venetians to eat the charged of the wawe in Lombardy.  obliged by the treaty of agreement, to send forces into the field to resist the attempts of Antonio de Leva: besides this, the Venetians fear to lose their own, did incite them thereunto, who stood in doubt likewise that the war would light on their own state, having intelligence of the great forces which were levied in tirol, and in other places near adjoining, with the great preparations of victuals and other munitions which was made at Trent to send into Italy. By mean whereof, the Senate imagining that it behoved them to increase their army, to the number of twenty thousand foot, and to make a very great provision to maintain, in a manner, an other very difficult and dangerous war, ●…ent to entreat the King of England, that in so great a necessity he would be pleased to relieve the Commonwealth, by contributing a part of the payment of the army, wherewith they were to conserve and maintain the liberty of Italy, whereof he had so often said that he would be the Protector.  
But the King of England, continuing that which he had at other times spoken, that he would begin to make war on the Emperor in Flanders, and 
A cotorable excuse of the King of England to the Venetians request.  by that means enforcing him to divert his forces elsewhere, he might free Italy from that danger, made a show, that for the common good of them all, he himself was to make great preparations, and necessary provisions for such a design. In regard whereof, the Signory, being constrained alone to undergo all the charges of the war, was feign to have recourse to extraordinary means, the public treasure being in a manner exhausted, by reason of the continual wars.  
Among all these stirs and great warlike preparations, the treaty of peace was not altogether broken of, the Emperor making show to desire it, both with the French King and the Venetians: whereupon sundry practises were set on 
The French king and Venetians demands  foot to that end. The Demands of the most Christian King, and the Venetians, were in effect these, that the Emperor should restore to the French King his children; That he should set the Pope at liberty, give over all that which he held from the Church, re-establish Francis Sforza in the state of Milan, and withdraw his forces forth of Lombardy and from Rome.  
The Emperor did not altogether reject these demands, neither yet would wholly accept of them, but in seeking, not without difficulty, to make some certain resolution, he demanded of the Venetians a great sum of money, holding 
What was the Emperor's meaning concerning peace.  by that means the treaty in suspense, being desirous to make use of time, and to behave himself according to the event of the affairs of Italy, and the new stirs which his brother's preparations would procure: hoping in the mean time still to be able, with better advantage, to conclude an agreement with the French King alone, determining to exclude all the other Confederates, and to appropriate unto himself the Duchy of Milan.  
This was easily discerned by his own words, persisting ever in all motions of agreement, that he would have Francis Sforza's cause debated and censured by judges thereunto appointed, and that in the mean time the City of Milan, and the whole state should be kept and guarded in his name, and by his own Garrisons, his chief aim tending wholly to become absolute master thereof, having first broken all the forces of the Confederates. Where upon all these motions of peace being laid aside, war was again denounced to him by the Confederates: who hoping therein to make good use of the Duke of Ferrara, 
An accord in the with the Duke of Ferrara.  and the Marquis of Mantua, in regard of the near neighbourhood of their states, both the one and the other were sounded, and it was at last concluded with the Duke of Ferrara, that he should be received into the league, on condition to send to the Confederates army, two hundred men at arms, paid by himself, and monthly to contribute, for the space of six months, ten thousand Ducats toward the payment of the infantry: and on the other side, the Confederates promised to take him and his State likewise into their protection and safeguard, whereupon within a while after a great and Magnificent Palace was restored to him which was his own in Venice.  
As concerning the agreement with the Marquis, there was greater difficulty 
The marquis of Mantua, ioyne●… to the league.  in the conclusion thereof, because he craved to be made General of the League in the absence of the Lord of Lautrec: whereunto the Venetians would not consent, for the respect they did bear to the Duke of Urbin. But in the end, jeronimo Zene, Governor of Verona, being sent by the Senate's commandment unto Mantua, to end that business, he did conclude it without the abovementioned condition, the Confederates taking the person of the Marquis, and his State into their protection.  
Now the Emperor perceiving that he was to deal with so many enemies, determined first of all to publish the justice of his cause, and by that means to draw away the King of England from them, and for this purpose he resolved to 
The Emperor commaedeth that the Pope should be enlarged.  set the Pope at liberty, for which he sent an ample commission to the Viceroy, and to D. Hugo de Moncada, (who being newly deceased,) the Viceroy did exexecute it, the Pope making over to the Emperor, according to the agreement, Ostia, Civitavecchia, and C●…uito Castellane, and paying likewise, (but more commodiously) the sum of money promised, and promising in special, not to have any dealing in the affairs of Naples nor Milan against the Emperor.  
The Confederates resolving to make war both by sea and land, in the beginning of the year 1528. prepared great forces for to pass into the Kingdom of Naples, as it had been determined according to the desire and intention of the French King, notwithstanding that they were well assured, that the Imperial army, at their departure from Rome, would take their journey into Naples. But the Confederates thinking it a matter of great importance, to draw the Pope into the Confederacy, were in great hope thereof, because that his Holiness having 
The Pope complaineth of the imperials dealings.  advertised the French King and the Venetians of the passed agreement, and his own liberty, entreated them to excuse him, if necessity had enforced him so to do, confessing that he was greatly bound to the Princes of the League, and to have received a very rigorous and cruel entertainment of the imperials.  
So soon as the Venetians understood that the Pope was set at liberty, and that he was newly gone to Oruietta, they speedily sent Lodovico Pisani the Providator 
The Venetians Ambassad to the Pope.  to his Holiness, to lament with him, in the commonwealths name, for his passed fortunes, and to acquaint him with the great grief that the Signory had conceived thereat, and with what care they had laboured his enlargement, whereof they were now wonderful joyful, to see that to be effected which they had so much desired. That the Republic had willingly employed all her forces and means, been at great charge and expense to entertain an army in Tuscany, at the same time as it behoved it to have an other in Lombardy: had not refused to expose itself to all dangers for the conservation of the Sea Apostolic, and for the particular profit of his Holiness Person, as it was yet still ready to do, and to revenge the notorious injuries done unto him; that the Kings of France and England, the Florentines, the Duke of Milan and the Venetians were of the same mind, not to leave such an Insolency unpunished: how that cursed nation had incurred the wrath of God and men, that they did not doubt but that justice and Innocency would prevail, and that his Holiness being restored to his former state, all matters would redound to his honour and glory. And that therefore all the Confederates did greatly desire and likewise hope that his Holiness to relieve their sincere and entire intention with his authority, would confirm the Confederacy as Chief thereof, by newly ratifieing, that which before had been agreed upon by them, seeing that the first agreement ought to be of more force, than the latter, as being concluded by himself in 
The French Kings Ambassador to the Pope.  quality of Pope, and with his pure and free-will, and this latter being extorted by force and violence, as from a prisoner that was desirous of his liberty.  
The French King caused the same congratulation to be made to him by the Lord of Longuevall his Ambassador whom he sent to Rome, to testify the great desire he ever had to constrain the Emperor by force to do that which at last he had done, and that the practises of peace betwixt the Emperor and him, had been to none other end but to amuse him and make him cold in the preparations for war, and not with an intention to conclude any thing with him, helping himself with the same cunning, wherewith he had sundry times practised in his behalf.  
These Ambassadors were very pleasing to the Pope, and by him attentively heard, whereupon, he gave thanks to the King and the Venetians, with demonstration of great love towards them, saying, that for his deliverance, he felt himself 
The Pope's excuse because he would not enter into any new consedera cy.  no less bound to the French King and the Venetians then if he had been freed by their arms: but yet nevertheless all this was without any resolution, for upon their entreaty that he would confederate himself with the rest, he began to make them sundry answers: at one time putting them in hope presently to do it, at another, excusing himself, that having neither men, money, nor authority, it would not greatly profit them if he should declare himself, and yet nevertheless it might hurt him, because it would give an occasion to the imperials to molest him in sundry places: besides his Pontifical dignity, the condition of the times and the grievous and sharp miseries that he had sustained, did very much incite him to a neutrality, and to become a fit Instrument to treat with the French King, and the other Christian Princes concerning an universal peace and quiet: and that therefore he would no more commit himself to the hazards of war.  
It may be that being carried away by the Emperor's fair promises, (who with his own hand wrote a gentle and courteous letter to him, how that he would hence forward follow his council and commit unto him the whole negotiation of the peace) he might speak thus, or else that which is most likely and which was afterwards discovered, he was content to forget all the wrong which he had received by his imprisonment to have better means to revenge the injuries done to himself and his house by the Florentines.  
His intent then was with sundry excuses to cover this desire of his: for being 
What the Pope's Intention was.  discovered, it would have bred such a distrust in the Lord of Lautrec, as it would easily have caused him to alter his purpose from passing on any farther in the enterprise of Naples which was a thing the Pope desired, to the end that the Lancequenets might be enforced to depart from Rome, who mutening oftentimes among themselves would not get them thence, demanding new payments of money.  
The Lord of Lautrec being ignorant of the Pope's design, and upon the assurance of his aid and favour, did in the mean time pursue the enterprise of Naples, albeit it was against the opinion and consent of the Venetians who by reason of that new levy of Lansequenets for the enemies, could have wished that he might not go so far off, to the end they might the better and with more conveniency be relieved.  
Lautrec then, being resolute in his opinion, took his way thorough Romagna 
Lautrec marcheth towards Naples.  and La Marca, thinking it to be best and most convenient for the commodity of victuals, and for the carriage of the ordnance, determining to enter into the Realm of Naples by the way of Otronte, which divideth the Church's State from the Kingdom of Naples, thorough which at one time were gone before, the Venetian troops, divided into two bands, in the first were Valerio Vrsino and the Providator Pisani: and in the other, followed Camillo Vrsino and Petro Pesare. These being gone before, seized on Civitella, and afterwards on Sulmona, and on divers others in Abruzzo, which yielded voluntarily. But the whole troops did afterwards meet altogether near to Saint Fermo, to the number of thirty thousand foot, and great numbers of Cavalry, as well men at arms as light-horse, a preparation without all doubt suffitient for any enterprise whatsoever, the Lord Lautrec having taken the longest way into Puglia by the sea side, in regard of the difficulty to carry the ordnance, if in those mountainous places he should have met with any encumbrance of the enemies.  
The Prince of Orange and the Marquis of Guasto being greatly moved for the danger, whereunto they perceived the affairs of Naples to be brought▪ did not without great difficulty draw away their troops from Rome, which was greatly furthered by the sum of twenty thousand Ducats which the Pope gave to the Imperial captains, under colour of some old claims, whereof they gave 
The number of the Imperial army.  some pay to the Lansequenets, who more than the rest seemed most loath to depart. But the number of their whole army did not amount to above fourteen thousand, and yet so sore weakened, as well by the contagious sickness which was in Rome, as for that many soldiers were disbanded and gone home to their country laden with spoil.  
But the Pope by this means being freed of that which did most press him, and for the which he had till then kept himself a loof from the confederates, so soon as these enemy's troops were departed from Rome, he sent the Archbishop Sipontyne 
The Pope's demands to the Venetians.  to Venice, to demand of the Senate that it should forthwith render unto him the Cities of Ceruia and Ravenna: and on the other side he dispatched the Bishop of Pistoya into France to excuse him to the King (whom till then he had 
The Pope's excuses to the French King.  entertained with sundry hopes that he would declare himself for the league) for that he could not according to his desire make a new confederacy, because that wanting both money and forces, his declaration would nothing profit the Confederates; that all he could do was to treat of peace, and for that purpose he had given commission to the said Bishop to go to the Emperor, to exhort him with vehement speeches thereunto, mixing nevertheless with that discourse, some complaint against the Venetians, for that they had possessed and did still detain certain of the Church's lands.  
The Pope's demand was much displeasing to the Senate, not so much for the matter in question, as because it was made in an unseasonable time, perceiving very well that the Pope sought only some occasion to break off from them, as also for that it was a matter unreasonable rashly to yield up these towns, in so disodered a time, and in which the Imperials did still hold many towns of the Church's State: yet nevertheless sundry were of opinion that it was not good to break with the Pope for any occasion whatsoever, but that they ought by all means to gratify him, and for the rest to depend on his promise and good will, reposing so much trust in him, as that he would not forsake them.  
This business being debated in the Senate▪ Dominito Trevisan, Procurator of Saint Mark, a man of great reputation for his long experience and knowledge in affairs of importance, declared by sound and pregnant reasons: how that it was best to observe the Pope, and to render those Cities which he demanded: On the contrary, Lodovico Mocenigo Knight, one of the chief Senators, and who had been of opinion to send back the Nuncio with a refusal of his demand, rose up, and having propounded the inconveniences which might redound to the Signory, 
Sundry opinions of the Senate concerning the Pope's demand.  by surren●…ing, in so miserable a season, those Cities which the Pope craved, the Senators grew to be divided, some of them inclining to one side and some to an other. But at last they resolved to answer the Pope, That the Senate had ever been very desirous of peace, which might be for the good and safety of the Commonwealth, and particularly to the glory and advancement of the 
The Senate's answer to the Pope.  Church, and that therefore it would willingly embrace any kind of agreement, but that it behoved them first to consult together to moderate the other difficulties, and that for the same end they would shortly send an express Ambassador to treat in his presence of the business propounded by the Archbishop Sipontine, and of all other matters, to let him know their sincere and entire love towards him.  
According to this answer, they on a sudden appointed Gasparo Contaren their Ambassador for Rome: but the Pope being displeased therewith, showed himself more sharp and earnest in his demand; whereupon the Lord Lautrec having sent to his Holiness the Count Guydo Rangone, and the Knight Casall, to use all means they could to appease him, they did not only lose their labour, but he told them besides that if those Cities were not surrendered to him, in stead of declaring himself for the league (whereunto they did daily solicit him) he would unite himself with the imperials, causing his Nuncio to say as much to the King: and indeed he declared by evident signs that he inclined thereunto, having expressly sent a Nuncio into Spain to treat with the Emperor, albeit he affirmed, that he had given him commission but to treat of an universal peace, whereunto if the Emperor should refuse to hearken, that he should denounce war, as the other Confederates had done.  
During all these practises, the Imperial captains, who were already passed in●…o the Kingdom of Naples, began to be of different opinions: For the Marquis of Guasto on the one side counseled them to march whither the Lord Lautrec lay with his army, to try if they could draw him to the fight, this he did for divers occasions which moved him to hazard the whole, on the uncertain event of a battle.  
F●…st, because that the Confederates were divided amongst themselves (their 
Sundry opinions of the Imperial captains.  infantry being greater than Lautrecs) for that the people of the Kingdom did daily rise in the behalf of the French, the difficulty of receiving any money from the Emperor, and the mutines which upon that occasion the Almain foot▪ men made, in regard whereof it being to be feared that the entire loss of that State would ensue, he thought it much more profitable to hazard all on the event of battle, wherein lay as great hope of good success as of danger: and the French army being broken, all the towns, which they had taken, would return under their obedience, and the Kingdom of Naples might thereby be assured.  
Others maintained the contrary, saying, That the safest way for them was to lodge in some place strong by situation, and commodious for victuals, from whence the enemies could not easily drive them, where they might observe and narrowly mark the behaviour of the army of the league, and according thereunto to order their own enterprises: and if that they should perceive the enemies to increase in prosperous success, then to take upon them the defence of the City of Naples, because that upon the conservation or loss of the same did wholly depend the success of that war: That they had received news how that the Prince of Melphi, and Fabricio Mara●…ani were onwards on their way, with great forces for their relief, & that their army being therewith strengthened, they needed no more to fear the enemy's attempts, but should be able to break all their designs. That it was the part of him that had charge to defend a State enuaded by a mighty army, to temporize, because that time doth very often bring with it great and unlooked for commodities: that without all doubt there were disorders in the enemy's army, and by so much the greater, by how much the interests of the Confederates were different: that there was nothing which could less be governed by discretion and good council, than the success of battles: that there was none so safe and ready a way to victory, nor any thing more worthy the reputation of a great captain, then to entertain the enemy with sundry cunnings, and consume him by little and little, with time and discommodity, the which undoubtedly might happen to the French camp: That they needed not likewise to fear, but that the Neapolitans would provide money for the necessary payment of the Lansequenets, till such time as the pay from Spain should arrive.  
This opinion being accompanied with the authory of Alarçon who did constantly 
The Imperials embrace the opinion of Alarcon.  maintain it, was received for the best, whereupon they resolved to pass forward, with an easy march, ever lodging in strong and safe places, and in this manner to enter into the ●…erra di Lavor, to come near to the City of Naples. But the Imperials being retired into Troy to make provision of victuals and to inquire after the enemy, Lautrec (as the French are more hardy and resolute) embraced that design which the enemy had quited, and determined to seek them out and to offer them battle, moved chiefly thereunto (as he said afterwards) 
Lautrec resolveth to fight with the enemy.  for fear lest his army should on a sudden dissolve itself and deprive him of the fruit of other fortunate successes till then obtained, for want of pay.  
For, payment being to come from France, he perceived that the King did openly show himself to be weary of so great expenses, and his officers to be negligent in appointing necessary provisions: he had beside great hope to win the victory, the Marquis of Sal●…ss es being joined with him, and daily expecting the Venetian and Florentine troops, consisting of very choice footmen.  
On the contrary, notwithstanding that the number of soldiers in the Imperial camp was not inferior to the French, their valour nevertheless was much diminished, as well by the great sickness, as by the disorder and excess which they had for the space of many months committed, whereby their bodies and minds being become weak and effeminate, had in a manner lost all their usual bravery: and beside, those soldiers being wont to live at pleasure, with an extraordinary liberty, did no more observe as they ought martial discipline. Moreover, Lautrec was much stronger than the enemy in cavalry and provision of ordnance, whereby it seemeth that he did not without cause persuade himself to obtain the victory, and to conquer that whole State.  
The Imperial army having intelligence that Lautrec approached, came forth of Troy, and having possessed a little hill which rised towards the plain, did their encamp and fortify itself. Lautrec being come near thereunto, placed his soldiers in order of battle, determining (notwithstanding that the Venetian 
Lautrec defi●…th and provoketh the Imperial army to battle.  and Florentine troops were not arrived) to fight with them and to offer battle, defying and provoking them by his ordnance which played upon their camp. But the Imperials receiving small hurt by the shot, in regard of the situation of the place wherein they were, and resolving not to fight, keeping themselves within their rampires and fortifications, sent forth only some light-horse and a few Harquebusiers to skirmish with the French, who marching still forward came and lodged hard by the enemy's camp, which they did endanger by their artillery, those that were come forth to skirmish not being able to hinder Lautrec from coming forwards, whereupon the enemies determined to dislodge, and to go and encamp on the farther side of Troy towards Nocera: where having within a while after intelligence that Horacio Baillone with the Florentine troops was come to the camp of the league, and that Camillo Vrsino and the Providator Pisani, would arrive there the morrow after; they resolved to 
The Imperials retire towards Naples.  depart forth of Abruzzo, and to march directly towards Naples, according to their first design; chiefly to defend that City as the principal of the whole State.  
The Lord Lautrec being out of hope to enforce the enemies to fight, who had already so openly refused it, converted all his designs to make himself Master of the country, and not to leave any enemy town behind him, before that he would march to Naples. Whereupon having intelligence that the Prince of 
The confederates take Melfi.  Melfi, had entered Melfi with great numbers of soldiers, he sent Pedro of Navarre thither with his Gascon companies, and Baillone with the black bands and two Cannons, who having battered it, they took and ●…acked it.  
At the same time the Providator Pisan●… with two thousand Venetian footmen 
Ascoli, Barletta, Trani, and divers ●…ther tow●…es, yield to the confederates.  took the town of Ascoli, and then he came and joined with Lautrec, unto whom were yielded Barletta, Trany and divers others towns near adjoining, some of them being moved thereunto by the fear of the disaster of Melfi, and others by a particular affection which they did bear to the French, being weary of the Spanish government, so as there was no other town in all Puglia that held for the Emperor but only Mansredonia. Whereupon Lautrec having left for the besieging of that City and for the guard of those that he had conquered, the Venetian troops, which were in all two thousand footmen, an hundred men at arms, and two hundred light horse, he marched in great speed with the residue of the army towards Naples, all places thorough which he passed, yielding unto him.  
Being come to Caforia, three miles from Naples upon the high way to Auersa, 
Lautrec marcheth with his army towards Naples.  he determined to encamp there, as the only means to make himself Master thereof, and for that purpose caused his army to march directly towards the City, betwixt Pog●…o Royal and Saint Martin's Mount, the companies extending themselves within half a mile of Naples, and the Lord Lautrec in person was 
Lautrec encampeth within two miles of Naples.  gone somewhat farther than Pogio royal, to the Duke of Montalto his Farm, where he fortified himself.  
At the same time, the Venetians naval army having been refreshed and restored at Corfou, after the loss that it sustained by tempest near to the Isle of Sardinia, was come along the coast of Puglia, being sixteen Galleys in number, under the conduct of john Mora the Providator, because that Petro Land●… General of the Venetian galleys was gone into Candy, to appease certain troubles of the country men in the straight of La Canea.  
Now by the agreement and convention of the league, six cities of Puglia 
Six Cities appointed to the Venetians by the agreement of the league.  were appointed to the Signory of Venice, namely, Ottranto, Brundisium, Monopoli, Po●…ignane, Mol●…, and Trani, which it had in times past enjoyed, and therefore the Venetians having, besides the Galleys, divers other armed vessels, did with greater courage pursue the conquest of those towns, being assured, besides their own strength, of the love and goodwill of the Inhabitants, who did infinitely wish for them, whereupon so soon as the army approached, Monopoli and Trani yielded to them, the rest making show to do the like, so soon as occasion 
Mon●…pli and Trani yielded to the venetians.  should be offered.  
But the Lord Lautrec having solicited the Venetian captains to come and join their galleys with Philippine Doria at the siege of Naples, they were enforced to give over their enterprise, they being enjoined to follow his commandments: for Philippin Doria was come before Naples with eight galleys only, to keep victuals from entering into the City by sea, but fearing least the besieged sallying forth upon him, he might be defeated, in regard he had no greater forces, the arrival of the Venetian galleys would assure him and more straightly shut in those of the City.  
At this stay stood the affairs of the Kingdom of Naples whilst the Venetians were elsewhere busied with alarms, because that Henry Duke of Brunswich, after a great report of his coming, being solicited by the Emperor and his brother 
The Duke of Brunswich cometh into Italy with great ●…orces.  Ferdinand to pass into Italy, had entered Lombardy to divert the Confederates forces from the enterprise of the Realm of Naples, the which being reduced to great extremity, he could not so speedily relieve as by this means, The Duke of Brunswich then being come to Trent, he entered Lombardy by the Veronois territory, leading along with him about twelve thousand footmen, saying that he would join with Antonio de Leva, who was already come forth into the field with eight thousand footmen, that they two being joined together might go and assail the Cities belonging to the State of Venice, against whom Brunswich had denounced war, and had with a vain and ridiculous proposition challenged Andre Gritti Duke of Venice to a single fight, who 
A vain and ridiculous challenge.  was a man of fourscore years of age.  
The Venetians, resolving to defend themselves, concluded to raise twelve thousand footmen, amongst whom were four thousand Swisses, unto whom they speedily sent money into Switzerland, and entreated the French King by his authority to favour that levy: they had beside, great numbers of light-horse from Greece and Dalmatia: then they recalled the Duke of Urbin from the Marches of Ancona, and commanded him to visit all their towns and forts of most importance, to provide them of strong garrisons, and to take order for whatsoever he should think necessary for their service, safety, and defence: they appointed afterwards, divers Gentlemen, to command their principal cities. jeronimo Diede was sent to Treviso with an hundred and fifty footmen, Pedro Sagreda with like number to Padua, to Verona went Zachary Doria, Philippo Correrio, Alessandro Donato, Ambrosio Contaren, josepho Badoario, Lorenzo Sanuto, Augustino canal, and Almore Barbaro, each of them with five and twenty soldiers with them to look to the gates and other important places of the city.  
In the mean time, upon these news great warlike preparations were made in France to send into Italy, of whom the Count of Saint Pol was made General, 
The Venetia●… preparations against the Duke of Brunswich.  who was of the house of Bourbon, to the end to follow the Duke of Brunswich, if he should pass on into the Realm of Naples, if not, to make war on the Duchy of Milan, together with the companies of the Venetians & those of Francis Sforza. But all these preparations did little avail by reason of their late coming. For the Duke of Brunswich being followed with his own forces determined to assail certain cities belonging to the Venetians, being the rather moved thereunto, because that at his arrival, Pescara, Revotella, and certain other towns upon the Lake of La Garda, had yielded to him. The Duke of Urbin, who had put himself into Verona, having still an eye upon Brunswich, 
The Duke of Brunswich being joined with Antonio de Leva doth come and besiege Laud●…  did prevent his designs, and went suddenly to Bressia, where he strengthened the Garrison, then from thence he went to Bergamo, into which he caused great numbers of the people of those Valleys to enter, who were very faithful and trusty to the Venetians, and with a wonderful celerity, he caused the city to be encompassed with great trenches, making it thereby defensible, then, giving very many traverses and molestations to the enemies, by cutting off victuals and many other commodities from them, the Duke of Brunswich despairing of being able to execute any notable enterprise, after that he had (according to their barbarous custom) spoilt the country, and burned sundry fair buildings to leave some memory of himself behind, he departed without any other great exploit forth of the Venetian State, and came upon that of Milan, where he met with Antonio de Leva, who upon report of his coming had passed over the River Adda to join with him, that they might afterwards execute some great enterprise, and having repassed the Adda, they went and encamped before Lauda, forth of which the Duke of Milan was newly departed, being advertised of the enemies coming, and was come to Bressia, by the consent of the Senate, having left a suffitient number of soldiers in Lauda, with john Paul Sforza, his natural brother, to command there, who being assailed by the enemies, did valiantly receive and repulse them.  
By means whereof, Brunswick finding himself without means to entertain such an army any long time, and being frustrate of his hope to return home laden with glory and spoil, not determining to go on any farther towards Naples, (as at the beginning he had purposed, he took his journey towards the Lake 
Brunswich returneth into Germany.  of Coma, to return into Germany: he was pursued at the heels by the Count Gaiazzo and Mercurio Bue, who coming forth of Bergamo gave in upon his rearward.  
The report of the Lansequenets departure did greatly afflict the besieged Neapolitans, losing thereby all hope of succours, on whom it seemed that their whole safety did depend: because that not long before they had with bad success assailed the Galleys of Phillipine Doria, supposing to open to themselves the passage by sea, seeing that by land was wholly shut from them, Lautrec having taken Pozzuolo and the places near adjoining, by which great abundance of victuals came to Naples; which was the cause that before the Venetians 
Pozzuolo taken●…y Lautrec.  Galleys arrived, they were desirous to tempt fortune, and to free themselves of the stumbling block by sea, by breaking Phillippine Doria, who with the Galleys lay in the Gulf of Salerno.  
They manned six Galleys, four Fusts, and two Brigantines, with a thousand 
An enterprise of the Spaniards against the Galleys of Philippin Doria.  Spanish Harquebuziers of the choicest and most valiant of the army, with whom went along Don Hugo the Viceroy, and almost all the chief captains and men of authority. To these vessels were added divers fisher-boats, to amaze the enemies a far off, by the show of a greater number of vessels. All these Lords being joyfully embarked, as if they had been going to a triumph, came to the Isle of Capri: from thence, leaving the Cape of Minerva, on their left hand, they came into the main ●…ea and sent two Galleys before; who were commanded, that so soon as they should come near the enemies, to make show 
A policy of the enemies.  of flight, to the end to draw them forth to fight at sea, hoping to take them with ease: But the matter fell out otherwise, for Phillipine Doria being advertised the day before by trusty spies of the enemy's determination, had with great speed and secrecy drawn three hundred Harquebuziers from Lautrec, then so soon as he discovered the enemies fleet a far off, making towards it, he was at the first somewhat doubtful, in regard of the great number of vessels that he discovered, but being soon freed of that scruple, when he perceived that there were but six vessels only; he caused three galleys of his own to keep aloof, as though they had meant to fly, to the end that by returning, with a very fair wind, they might give in upon the enemies broad sides, and himself with five Gallic●… went forward to meet them, who were commanded to discharge their ordnance upon him, to take away, by the smoke, both his sight and aim: but Phillippin being quicker than they, gave fire to a very great Basilisk in his own Galley, which struck the Admiral Galley wherein the Viceroy was, who with divers others were therewith slain, than he discharged all his other shot, which did hurt and kill divers.  
The enemies shot on the other side slew some, but not very many: then coming near to one an other, they began with Harguebuzes and other weapons a very fierce fight, which lasted along while, till such time as the 
The Imperials ●…e 〈◊〉 at sea.  three first Galleys, which seemed to fly towards the main sea, returning upon the enemies, struck the Admiral Galley upon the broad side, and sunk two others, two were taken by Doria, and two others, which had been sore beaten, committed themselves to ●…light, perceiving that the enemies were victorious.  
There died at this encounter of chief Commanders, Don Hugo the Viceroy, 
The number of the dead, & of the prisoners.  and Caesar Fieramosea, with more than a thousand men of the ordinary companies: there were taken prisoners, the Marquis of Guasto, Ascanio Colonna, the Prince of Salerno, Santa Cruz, Camillo Colonna, Gobba Serenon, and diverse other Captains and Gentlemen; whereby the City of Naples was bereft of her best and bravest defendants.  
During these exploits at sea, Petro Land, General of the Venetians sea-army, 
The great commodity which the arrival of the General of the Venetian Galleys brought to the confederates.  arrived before Naples with twenty Galleys, who came from Puglia, where he had taken the six Cities belonging to the Venetians. His arrival did greatly profit the French, and annoy the enemies, because that having left six Galleys at Gayetta, and as many at Cumes: he with the residue, scoured all places near to Naples, did shut the sea from the besieged, suffering nothing to enter into the City, and stopped their passage, who were come forth of the Town to run up and down along the Sea side, who durst not return for fear of the shot of the Venetian Galleys, he did beside seize on divers places where their mills stood, whither those of the City did use to send their corn to be ground, whereby they were enforced to use hand▪ mills, or to eat their grain being un-grownd, which was distributed unto them forth of the munition.  
Besides, it did greatly serve for the safe and more easy bringing of victuals to the Army, which came f●…om sea, whereof there was great scarcity, as well by reason of the great number of unprofitable eaters that were there, as of the great dearth which was then generally over all Italy, and likewise in regard of the small care of the Captains. 
The Lord of Barbezieu●… cometh to Savona.   
At the same time, the Lord of Barbezieuz, being come from France to Savona with money for to pay the Army, and having sent it by sea into the kingdom, great difficulties were made for the bringing it to the Camp: the Lord Lautrec sendeth forces to the seaside to receive the money, but the Galleys being not able to come to land, by reason of the working of the Sea, the Marquis of Salusses returned the day following with his Lances, and a strong band of Gascons, Swisses, Lansquenets, and of the black-bands: Whereupon at their return they met with the imperials, who were come forth of Naples in great troops to assail them, and to take away the money, who were valiantly repulsed 
A fierce encounter of those of ●…he league and th●… imperials.  by Valerio Vrsino with the Venetian troops, and by Hugo de Pepoli Captain of the Florentines, to their great loss and hurt, but Hugo de Peopli having too far pursued the runaways, was within an arqebus shot of the Battaillon of the black-bands taken prisoner by the Imperial horsemen.  
Hitherunto had the affairs of the league prospered, with hope of giving a 
The 〈◊〉 of the A●…my of the league before Naples.  speedy end to the war, by the conquest of the Realm of Naples: but within a while after, evident signs began to appear, not of the declination of their good fortune, but of their entire ruin, fortune in a manner declaring that she could no longer favour the affairs of the French in Italy. For the Army was afflicted with diverse sudden diseases, sundry occasions occurring, as first of all, the celestial influence, which the same year had in diverse places caused contagious sickness: next, their abode there in the month of August, when as the Soldiers living carelessly, did greedily and in abundance eat of all manner of fruits: but that which did most hurt them, was the waters, which being for diverse months turned forth of their ordinary channels, and courses, had well near drowned the whole Counttey round about, and infected the air.  
The Lord Lautrec being greatly troubled by these difficulties, & either enforced to continue the siege with these discomodities, or else to enlarge his troops farther of, was counseled by all the Captains, to send the soldiers into the territories 
The great sor●…w of the Lord Lautrec.  near at hand, and by separating them in that manner, to take from the disease, which was already become contagious, the cause of any greater progression, and give means to the diseased to heal and to look to themselves. But that which did most of all torment the Lord Lautrec, was, for that he perceived the victory, which he had almost obtained, to be snatched forth of his hands, and that by enlarging his troops, he knew very well that the imperials, who had great numbers of horse to send abroad, and finding no resistance at all, would have means to provide for all their discommodities. He understood daily how that Simon Roman, whom he had sent into Calabria, had fortunate success, that all those people having a particular inclination to the French, did yield unto him: that the towns and Havens of Puglia, were in the hands of the Venetians: that Abruzzo was from the beginning at the devotion of the French: that the Spaniards were already in a manner driven forth of the whole kingdom: and yet nevertheless, that all these happy conquests would turn to nothing, if by temporizing they should give any relaxation to those of Naples, who were already reduced to great extremity, and lose the occasion of taking that City, whereon depended, the good or bad success of that enterprise.  
Besides, he was ashamed to see the Spaniards, who were afflicted with grievous diseases and discommodities, should constantly bear them, without enduring any speech of yielding; whereas the French at the first touch of adverse fortune did strike sail, and seemed to be overcome by the vanquished. Having 
The Lord Lautrecs' nature.  afterwards received a far less sum of money out of France than he expected, or was needful for the payment of the Army, he despaired of being able any longer to entertain it. But that which did most of all torment him was, to see himself to be constrained to enforce his own nature, being not wont willingly to hear nor esteem an other man's opinion, and least of all to give over a resolution which he had once taken: Whereupon notwithstanding that occasion was daily offered to change his mind, and to fit himself to time, yet for all that he would never consent to discampe, nor suffer any man to depart thence, until that extreme necessity enforced him to do that which reason might have persuaded him to; because that mean soldiers alone did not daily die, but the very chief of the Army, and among others, Lodovico Pisani, and 
Gre●…t sickness in the French Campe.  Petro Pesare the Venetian Providators, and the Earl of Vandemont within a while after: diverse being stricken with the contagion, retired to Gayetta and to other places.  
In the mean time, a new accident did more trouble him then all the rest, and caused him wholly to despair of any fortunate enterprise, which was, the determination 
André Doria 〈◊〉 from the King's service.  of Andrè Doria, who being malcontent with the French, had forsaken the King's service, and entered into the emperors pay. The cause thereof was attributed, as well by himself as by others, to diverse subjects, and chiefly to a disdain which he conceived in his mind, because that the King did not esteem of him according to his merits, not granting unto him the office of Admiral, which was then vacant, and given to the Lord of Barbezieuz: That the 
The cause of André Doria 〈◊〉 revolt.  King would not satisfy his just request, to yield unto the Genowais the accustomed sovereignty of Savona.  
Sundry signs appearing of this discontent, the Pope had some suspicion thereof; Whereupon he advertised the King of it, persuading him to make more dear account of such a man than he had done, who was able to do much for the furtherance of the service of the league, and not to suffer him to depart mal-content with such forces, to the Emperor's service. But the French King suspecting at the same time all the Pope's actions, his council could nothing prevail with him. Yet nevertheless finding it to be true afterwards, and perceiving the matter to be of importance, knowing no means how to prevent it, or else being peradventure willing to be freed from such expense, he counseled the Pope to give him entertainment, in regard of his great desire to serve th●… Church, rather than to suffer him to go to the Emperor's side. The Pope seeming 
The Pope's answer to the King, concerning the entertainment of Andrew Doria  to be desirous of it, and yet not willing to displease the Emperor, excused himself by reason of his own small means, adding that so soon as by the Kings help he should recover Ravenna and Ceruia, he might then more freely, be at greater expense.  
Doria in the mean time without longer dissembling that which he had determined 
Articles ●…fgreement betwixt the Emperor, and Doria.  to do, sent one of his Gentlemen to the Emperor, in whose Court the Articles of agreement betwixt them were resolved on: which were, The Liberty of Genoa under the Emperor's protection: The Subjection of Savona to the Geno●…ois, and the entering of the said Doria into the Emperors pay with twelve Gallels, and a yearly pension of threescore thousand Ducats.  
This revolt of Doria did greatly hinder the Confederates, and mightily prejudice the enterprise of Naples, because that the Venetian Galleys, remaining alone, 
The great discomodity which the revolt of Doria did procure.  were enforced to retire their Rowers or Galleyslaves, which wrought in the trenches, to look to the business at Sea: and the Admiral Barbizieux on the other side being come from France with sixteen Galleys, tarried at Savona, (not daring to sail to Naples) where he landed a great part of the footmen to send them for the guard of Genoa, albeit they were appointed to go to the succour of the Lord Lautrec: so as from this accident proceeded all the mishap of the siege of Naples, and the loss of the leagues reputation.  
As also because that the Lord Lautrec could never make use in time of those forces which Ranc●… d●… Cera had at Civitavechia, by reason of the Pope's different and uncertain resolutions, who (being solicited by the Lord Lautrec with huge and in a manner menacing speeches, and afterwards with gentle and courteous language to declare himself, promising to restore those of his family in Florence) would never make any certain resolution; ever saying, that as one zealous of the common good, peace was his chief aim and object, the which, with more safety, and less suspicion to treat of, he would remain neuter, although the contrary appeared by sundry apparent signs, that he did more incline to the Emperor's side, then to any other: but because he would not urge the Lord Lautrec to prove an open enemy, he answered, that to declare himself, would nothing avail them, in regard (as he had oftentimes said) that he had not sufficient forces for any great enterprise.  
That the most Christian King might nevertheless make use of the Church's State, and of the commodities thereof, without renewing upon that occasion the Confederacy. By this means the French forces were daily weakened, and disorders and discommodities increased in the Camp: and the besieged on the contrary, were in hope of good success.  
The aid from France, which had been so often craved of the King, and which his 
The wants of the army beso●…e Naples.  majesty had so often promised, did not arrive, and the troops raised in the Kingdom of Naples were not sufficient to fill up the army, nor to supply the want of the military factions, the Camp standing in need of all things, because that the enemy's Cavalry sallying forth many times to surprise the victuals, which was brought to the Camp from the neighbour towns, the Army in steed of besieging was little better than besieged.  
In a word discomodities did so increase, as there was no one company in the whole army, but had great store of sick persons in it. The soldiers were become lazy and idle, and throwing their arms from them, observed no order, discipline, 
Disorders 〈◊〉 the army  nor any obedience, especially the men at arms who being disbanded without their captains leave, did forsake the Camp: the Captains likewise, were partly absent far from thence, to cause themselves to be healed, and to recover their healths, and part of them also lived unprofitably in the Camp, being weak and ill disposed of their persons. But among others, the Lord Lautrec was very sick, being spent as well in mind as body, for the great danger that he perceived the Army to be in: Whereupon, his own fault increasing the sorrow and grief of his heart, made him for the space of many days unable to give order for the affairs of the war.  
But being come to himself, and a little recovering his spirits, he began to 
The Lord Lautrec grievously sick.  visit the whole Camp, to preserve order and the Guards, fearing to be assailed. Matters did daily decline, so as by reason of the strength of the Imperials horsemen, there was no more commerce betwixt the Camp and the Galleys, and those of the Camp, because they had no horse, could not run forth of the ways: But that which did aggravate all the disorders, was the death of the 
The Lord Lautrecs' death.  Lord Lautrec, upon whose valour and authority all matters relied, and it was certainly thought, that his disease increased by too much travail.  
The end of the seventh Book of the fifth Decade.   

The Contents of the eight Book of the fifth Decade.  
THE Marquis of Salusses being made General of the French Army, by the death of the Lord Lautrec, raiseth his Camp, from before Naples, and retireth to Auersa. The taking of Auersa, and the Marquis by the imperials. The City of Genoa revolteth from the French King, by the means of Andre Doria. The determination of the Confederates to go and besiege Milan is broken. Pavia is taken by the Confederates. Novara with diverse other places, are yielded to the Confederates. The Lord of Saint Paul his journey to recover Genoa, is in vain. The Castle of Genoa is razed by the people. The Genowais fill up the Haven of Savona with gravel. The Pope demandeth the Cities of Ravenna and Ceruia of the Venetians. A treaty of peace held at Rome, but to no purpose. The great warlike preparations of the Archduke of Austria to send into Italy to the Emperor's aid. The Venetians lend money to the French, and to the Duke of Milan. The French King resolveth to make war upon the Emperor on the frontiers of Spain. The Venetians solicit the King to come in person into Italy. The imperials recover Aquila and Matricia. The Marquis of Guasto besiegeth Monopoli. Brundisium is yielded to the Venetians. An alarm being given to the Duke of Urbin, he runneth to the defence of his own state. An interview of the French and Venetian Armies. The defeat and taking of the Count Saint Paul by Antonio de Leva. The Duke of Urbin's retreat to Cassan. The Duke of Urbin defeateth a part of the enemies at the passage of a River. Antonio de Leva retireth to Milan. The Venetian Senate are malcontent with the King. The Emperor's arrival at Genoa. The Emperor's great forces in Italy. The Florentines send Ambassadors to the Emperor. The great warlike preparations of the Venetians. Peace concluded at Cambray betwixt the Emperor and the King. The King is very earnest with the Emperor to make an accord with the Venetians. And lastly, a new confederacy betwixt the Venetians and Francis Sforza Duke of Milan.  
 
The Eight Book of the fifth Decade of the History of Venice.  
THE Lord Lautrec being dead, Michaele Antonio 
The Marquis o●… Sa●…usses General ●…f the Army aft●…r Lantrecs' death  Marquis of Salusses a courageous Lord, and well beloved of the Soldiers, took upon him the charge of the Army in a manner ruined, who being counseled to discampe, not so much for the present state of their affairs, as for the danger and necessity that pressed him, gathered together those forces that remained, and retired with small loss to Auersa, expecting succours from Rance de Cera. Upon his retreat, the imperials coming forth of Naples, gave in upon his rearward: but by reason of his good order, the loss was not great. Certain French troops were broken, and Pedro of Navarre being taken prisoner was led to Naples, where he died.  
The Marquis being come to Auersa, was nearly pursued by the imperials, 
The Marquis with the Army retireth to 〈◊〉.  and being not able to make defence, he sent the Count Ouy de Rangone to parley with the Prince of Orange the imperials General, with whom it was capitulated, That the Marquis should quit Auersa, with the Castle, Artillery, and 
The Capitulation about the y●…elding of Auers●…  Munition: That as well himself, as the other Captains, should remain prisoners, except the Count Guy, who treated particularly for himself: That the Marquis should do his utmost to cause the French and Venetians to render up the kingdom, with diverse other conventions which made this French Army miserable, who of vanquishers became vanquished, to the Venetians great grief and discontent, whose fortune for the kingdom of Naples, was, to depend on that of the French their friends and confederates.  
This loss was accompanied by a very grievous and most preiudicious accident 
Geno●… by means of Andrè Doria 〈◊〉 from the King to the ●…peror.  to the league, and of great importance to the French, which caused great strife betwixt them: for, the plague being very great in Genoa, and by reason thereof in a manner forsaken by all men, and likewise by the soldiers, and namely by Theodore ●…riuulcio the Governor, who retired into the Castle: Anare 〈◊〉 making use of this occasion, came near to the City with certain Galleys, and those few soldiers that he had, which did not exceed the number of five hundred footmen, not hoping nevertheless to perform that which he afterward did, and entering it without any great resistance, by the favour of the people, who were greatly delighted with the name of liberty, which he promised them, became master thereof, where on a sudden he changed the manner of government under the Emperor's protection.  
It lay not in Triwlcio his power to hinder it, who being come to the City but a while before, had much to do to escape into the Castle, hoping, (as he said) upon the artivall of succours to be able at his pleasure to enter the City, and to reduce it to the King's devotion, as it had been in time before. For he sent to the Lord Saint Paul, to send him speedily three thousand footmen, by whose aid he hoped to recover the City: Whereupon the Captains of the Confederates did determine, That the Lord of Montilan should turn to Genoa with three thousand Lansquenets and Swisses, which came from France, and were already arrived at Alexandria.  
The Senate in the mean time, did not cease to give order for necessary provisions, 
The Venetians great preparations.  for the speedy renewing of the war in Lombardy, and for that they would not give Antonio de Leva any time to make preparations they solicited one an other speedily to take arms: they sent the Secretary André Rossi into France, to hasten the forces which were to come into Italy: they did beside, command the Duke of Urbin to receive all those Almains into their pay, which had forsaken the Duke of Brunswich, having moreover sent to juree, money for the payment of five thousand Lansquenets: so as the Republic had in a very 
The number of the Venetians sources.  short space, more than ten thousand footmen of sundry nations, Almains, Swisses, and Italians, fifteen hundred light horse, and eight hundred men at arms, with which forces, and those of the French being joined together, they did hope to drive Antonio de Leva forth of Italy.  
The Duke of Urbin's chief purpose was to place a strong Garrison in Lauda, 
The Duke of Urbin's determination.  being a place of great importance for the Duke of Milan, and for the Venetians likewise, because the keeping there of did greatly avail for the assurance of Bergamo and Crema: and then to pass the Po so soon as the French succours should begin to come upon the Alps to join with the French, and afterwards to go and assail Antonio de Leva. For▪ the supplies of siue thousand footmen, and five hundred Lances, & as many light horse, which were expected, being arrived, the Duke of Urbin talked with the Count Saint Paul at Monticella on the Po, to consult in what manner they were to proceed in this war for the profit and commodity of the common cause.  
The Duke of Urbin by the advise of the Senate, propounded to employ their whole forces in Lombardy, to drive Antonio de Leva, if it were possible, forth of the State of Milan, to the end to cut off all means from the imperials of sending down any aid by that way into Italy forth of Germany, and of having victuals from thence for the feeding of their Army as they were wont. 
The proposition of the co●…nt Saint Paul.  The Lord Saint Paul, and the other French Captains were of a contrary opinion, saying▪ That it was not fit to abandon the affairs of Naples, unless they should lose their honour and reputation both with the people and the enemies, propounding beside, how important a matter it was to keep the imperials busied in the kingdom of Naples, who by that means could not come and join with Antonio ●…e Leva.  
In this diversity of opinions, a way was found to content both parties: namely, not altogether to abandon the affairs of Naples, and yet to make the chief attempts in Lombardy.  
For, the Confederates, possessing diverse and sundry places in Puglia, where the people did greatly affect the French and Venetians; it was resolved to reinforce those troops that they had there, to try if they could advance the business any better, and keep the Imperial Captains amused and in fear: and for that purpose the Senate wrote to the Providator of their naval Army, that he should carry his vessels into Puglia, and to place strong garrisons in those towns which held for the Signory and for the French, and then to besiege the Castle of Brundisium: and that on the other side, the Prince of Melfi, and Rance de Cera, should pass over into those parts with five thousand footmen, whom the Venetians should furnish with vessels for their passage.  
But as concerning Lombardy, and the state of Milan, they resolved, (the forces there being complete) to go and besiege the city of Milan, and to this end all 
The enterprise of Milan broken.  the troops being come as far as Landriane, the Captains were of an other opinion, he that was sent to discover the City having told them, that such an enterprise could have no fortunate success: Whereupon they determined to go and encamp before Pavia, the which they hoped to take with ease, because there were no more than two hundred Lansquenets, and eight hundred Italians in it, and both the armies being by sundry ways come near to Pavia, they encamped round about it, and having planted on the hither side of the River Thesin, in the plain on the lower side of the City, nine Cannons, they played in such 
The Confederates besiege Pavia.  sort upon a bastion near to the Arsenal, that in a short space it was half ruined, and on the farther side of Thesin, three Cannons to batter, (when they should go to the assault,) a Flanqueer right opposite to the Arsenal, and upon a little hill on the hither side Thesin five Cannons, which did batter two other bastions, and at the foot of the hill three others which played upon the wall, all which ordnance belonged to the Venetians: and that of the Lord Saint Paul served for the beating down of the fortifications.  
After a sufficient battery in sundry places, and so soon as they had drawn the water forth of the Dikes, they went to the assault, where for two hours space those within the town did valiantly defend it, but their number being too small to sustain such an assault, those of the league did at the last enter it with very small loss, and with great honour to the Duke of Urbin: seven hundred 
The Conse●…erates take Pavia.  soldiers of the town were slain, the residue escaped into the Castle with Galeas de Biraga the cities Governor, and diverse of the inhabitants, who yielded soon after upon composition, the City was wholly sacked, but of no great value; in regard of the two former.  
The taking of Pavia did procure to the league great contentment and notable reputation, not only in regard of that City, but because that Novara, 
Novara and diverse other towns yield to the Confederates.  and diverse other neighbour towns did within a while after, yield, to the great loss and discommodity of the enemies, who from thence had abundance of victuals for the relief of their Army in Milan. The Venetian Senate being wonderful joyful of such happy success, promised to itself, that it might be able to recover all those disastrous mishaps sustained before Naples, and in regard hereof it did infinitely thank and extol the Lord Saint Paul, entreating and exhorting him to go forward as he had begun, hoping that under his conduct they should be able to recover not only the State of Milan, but the kingdom of Naples.  
The news of the loss of Genoa being in the mean time brought into France, did greatly grieve the King, who speedily sent commandment to the Lord Saint Paul, that all other Commissions being laid apart, he should march to Genoa, to attempt the reducin●… thereof under his obedience: For the three thousand footmen appointed for the relief thereof not going thither, because they wanted their pay, Tri●…lcio was in great distress, protesting that if he were not speedily relieved he must of force yield himself: 
The Lord Saint Paul leaveth Milan to go to the relief of Genoa.  whereby, the affairs of the league, which began to prosper, did afterwards fall into great dsfficulties: because that as the commodity of conquering Milan did present itself by the reputation of the taking of Pavia, and by the discomodity which Antonio de Leva his army endured, where for the effecting thereof it beehooved all the forces to be brought together, with two Camps to assail and shut in so great a City; they were constrained to give over all, the Lord Saint Paul having bend all his thoughts and designs to relieve Genoa, whereupon, he did not only refuse to go to the enterprise of Milan, but did solicit the Duke of Urbin to go along with him thither with the Venetian forces for the recovery of it, whereunto the Senate would not consent, because that by sending their forces so far off, they should not only lose all the fruit of the Victory, and put the Duke of Milan into despair, but expose the City of Bergamo and other towns of their own State to great dangers.  
Persisting then both the one and the other in their opinion, the French Army separated itself, and passed over the Po at Stella, to march through Tuscany to Genoa, and the Venetians Camp, by the Senate's advise, retired to Pavia, to favour, with the reputation thereof, the affairs of Genoa, (it being in the mean time in safety), and to execute likewise what soever occasion would present.  
But the enterprise of the Lord Saint Paul had no fortunate success, who finding 
The lord S●… Paul his aeseignes to re lee●… Genoa proouet●… vain  Genoa to be manned with a strong garrison, and having in his own army but two thousand footmen, being out of hope to obtain that which he desired by tarrying any longer there, notwithstanding that he had made his approaches near to the City, determined to return into Lombardy to spend the winter time, where by the consent of Sforza he did put himself into the City of Alexandria.  
Now Trinulcio in the mean time having notice of his departure, and expecting aid from no place else, resolved to yield the Castle, as he did, the which 
Castle of Genoa razed by the People.  was forthwith razed to the ground by the People to take away that hindrance of their liberty.  
The City of Savona likewise, where-into the Lord of Monteian (sent thither with his forces to relieve it) could not enter, returned under the Genoese 
The Genoese fill the Haven of Savona with gravel.  Government, who on a sudden filled the haven thereof with stones and gravel to make it unserviceable.  
The Venetians perceiving that the French King did openly show himself to be displeased with them, because that the Duke of Urbin, with their forces, did not go to the relief of Triwlcio, were very desirous for his satisfaction to revive the enterprise of Genoa, as also for their own commodity, because they accounted that City to be very convenient for the affairs of the league, being as it were the only Gate of Italy through which the Spaniards might enter by Sea to molest them, and therefore they wished that it were at the devotion of the French King their friend, and especially at that time, when the report was that the Emperor was in person coming into Italy, whereupon they secretly exhorted the Genoese, to return again under the protection of the most Christian King, as of a most mighty and meek Prince: For they could not at that time execute their desire by open force, as well for the place where they wintered, the which was very sharp and difficult in Winter, as for the small number of their army which was much diminished by sundry accidents: and albeit they were advertised of the great scarcity of victuals in Milan, how that Antonio 
The Veneti●… forces 〈◊〉 diminis●…d.  de leva lay sick, and his Army much weakened, all which were goodly occasions where on ●…o enterprise some great and notable exploit, they durst not for all that in regard of the smallness of their forces go forth into the field to execute any thing, being in fear likewise of the discommodities that commonly grow in winter.  
The Venetians were else where in great care for the towns which they possessed in Puglia, which at all times both in peace and wa●…re were very commodious for them: they held Trani and Monopoli, and the French Barletta: the others 
The Venetians keep the c●…ties in Pagl●…a.  being abandoned, these were kept, and yet not without great difficulty, since the rout of the French Army, by the diligence of the Providator Vitturi, who being advertised at the siege of Mansridonia where he lay, of the disaster before Naples▪ he sent speedily by Sea a certain number of footmen into garrison into those towns, to keep them in th●…ir duty. Camillo Vrsino lay in Trani, and Gioua●…ni Conrado Vrsino in Monopoli, and Rance de Cera, who was the King's Lieutenant in the Province, was retired to Barletta.  
The Venetians then being very careful to keep those places, and hoping to be able not only to resist the enemy, and to keep the war far from their own State, but likewise to make some progression, in regard of the enemy's lets, determined to send relief thither, as well of victuals, and all sorts of munitions, as of Soldiers, by increasing the Garrison with six hundred footmen levied in Dalmatia in the midst of Winter by the Providator Mula, who having brought them into Puglia, went back on a sudden with his Galleys to Cor●…ou, there to repair and increase the naval Army, to the end afterwards to join it with that of the French King, which was making ready at Marseilles, that both of them together might oppose themselves against the imperials sea-forces, which were reported to be very great at Barcelona, and were coming to join with those of Doria.  
The Pope in the mean time continuing his former pursuits, concerning the rendering of the Cities of Ravenna and Ceruia, caused the French King to 
The French Kings instance to the Vene●…ians in the Pope's behalse.  send the Viscount Turenne to Venice, to entreat them in some sort to sa●…isfie the Pope, by yielding up those Cities which he demanded. The Senate making show of nothing more than to please the King, did represent to the Ambassador their just ti●…les to them, having received Ravenna of Obizzo Polente Lord thereof more than four hundred years since, and that Ceruia was fallen to the Republic, by the testament of Dominico Malateste, by the payment of cert●…ine godly Legacies, which they yearly continued by accomplishing the Testators will.  
How that if they had been desirous to possess Towns beelonging to other men, they would not have refused the offers of those of Fu●…ly and of other Cities of Romagna, who were desirous to be under their obedience; 
The Venetians answer to the King●… Ambassad●…r.  they would not beside have defended nor maintained with great cost and danger, the City of Bolognia, and others belonging to the Pope, nor have kept them for him: that those Cities had been taken at such time as the Pope had quitted the League, and that they might now for the same occasion justly detain them.  
Moreover, that they had spent a great mass of treasure in that war, which those Cities were not able to recompense.  
That the King was to consider, how much it might import him, if those so commodious Cities should be quitted by his friends and confederates to be g●…uen to the Pope, who stood badly affected towards the Crown of France, nay even into the very hands of the imperials, seeing that it was apparent that the Pope, either by his own proper motion, or through fear, did wholly depend upon the Emperor: that he was beside, to consider of their interest, and the wrong which would be offered to the other Confederates, to the Florentines, and to the Duke of Ferrara, who undoubtedly would be greatly distasted thereby, and would cool that heat which pusheth them forward to the affairs of the league, and moreover how that those towns, did presently serve for a bridle to contain the Pope in his duty, seeing that without them, he would already have openly showed himself, a friend to the Emperor. 
The V●…counts offers to the Pope.   
The Viscount giving place to all these reasons, went to Rome to the Pope, were for to compose the business, he propounded sundry offers to his Holiness, namely, that those towns might be enfeoffed to the Signory of Venice, with a certain annual acknowledgement, as divers others belonging to the Church had been, or that they might be sequestered by the French King to dispose thereof as he should think fit.  
These propositions being made to the Senate, were neither accepted, nor wholly rejected: but calling to mind the Republics benefits to the Church, and what it had done for the service of Popes, they seemed to repose great trust in his Holiness wisdom, how that himself might find some honest remedy for that difficulty, and in this uncertainty of business ended the year one thousand five hundred twenty and eight.  
The beginning of the year following did show great signs of being disposed to peace, and of fear likewise of new troubles: but the discontent and wearisomeness of Princes caused the Confederates to procee●… slowly in their provisions of war: whereupon as well by reason of the speech of peace, as for the sharpness of the winter, all military factions ceafed.  
The Emperor spoke openly that he desired nothing more than an universal peace, and especially to fit himself to the Princes of Italy, and to these ends had sent the Cardinal of Santa Cruz (for this was the General of the Friars title) to Rome to treat of peace, and to cause Hostia and Civitavechia to be surrendered to the Pope. The French King, who wished nothing more, sent a commission to his Ambassadors, and the King of England sent Ambassadors to Rome for the same purpose, as unto whom it alone appertained to conclude this treaty. The Venetians did the like, by giving ample power to Gasparo Contaren, their Ambassador in the court of Rome, whereby he was enjoined to follow the advise and council of the most Christian King, and his proper inclination to peace and to the common good of all Christendom, and to give unto him all power and liberty to promise in the commonwealths name, whatsoever should be concluded and determined in the particular conventions: they did moreover entreat the 
The Uenetia●… offers to the Pope, so that peace might be procured.  Pope to take upon him the burden of that business, to bring it to such a good end, as all men hoped for by his authority and wisdom: promising that if he should procure an universal peace; in respect of the strife betwixt the Sea Apostolic and the Signory, concerning the Cities of Ravenna and Ceruia, they would then show their good meaning therein.  
But on the other side, there were divers presumptions why they wereto doubt of his intention, and whether he would sincerely acquit himself of that charge: For it was very welknowne that the French King did suspect him, and that he gave no credit to his words, nor did repose to much trust in him, holding whatsoever he propounded for doubtful and incertain: and therefore did secretly exhort the 
S●…cret practices betwixt the King and the Venetians.  Venetians to renew their forces both by sea and land, declaring how that he was in no sort troubled for the unfortunate success before Naples, as proceeding from a certain malevolent fortune, and not from the want of courage of his soldiers, and therefore that he was more ready and desirous then ever, to renew the war in Italy,  
The Emperor on the other side, albeit that he did promise to come into Italy 
The Emperor●… great preparations to co●…e into Italy.  to take the Imperial Crown, and to establish peace there, yet nevertheless the great preparations of war that he made, was the cause why men thought that he had an other design in his mind, clean contrary to his speeches, together with his great desire to appropriate to himself the State of Milan.  
The Pope likewise had a great desire to recover, not only the territories of 
The Pope's intention.  Romagna, but Modena and Regio, and likewise to have satisfaction for the wrongs and grievances which he had received of the Florentines, with a will to restore his Nephews, of the house of Medicis, into Florence to their ancient greatness and dignity: the which was very hard to be accomplished without coming to strokes. 
The venetians intention.   
The Venetians in like manner, albeit that for many years they had been entangled in war, having spent therein more than five Millions of gold, and that therefore it behoved them to desire peace, to give some rest and relaxation of their forepassed troubles, as well to themselves as to their subjects, did nevertheless, with great resolution, constantly persist in the protection and defence of the Duke of Milan, meaning not to suffer, in any sort, that his State should fall into the Emperor's hands: but as concerning the restitution of the Cities of Puglia and Romagna, they were ready to hearken unto it, provided that an universal peace, for the general good and quiet of all Italy, might be well established.  
Such at the same time were the designs and propositions of the confederate Princes, and such likewise were all men's discourses, concerning either war or peace. The report, in the mean time, of the Emperors coming into Italy, did daily increase, and for that end sundry great preparations were made at Barcelona, and the Archduke Ferdinand being come to Ispruch, gathered together certain sums of money to pay the footmen which he levied, to send them into Italy to his brother's aid, giving out, that it was to assail the Venetians State.  
André Doria, nevertheless, at the same time, and some other of the imperials, propounded to the Senate sundry means of agreement, saying, That the Emperor did bear a great and singular affection towards their Republic, offering themselves freely (if so it pleased the Republic) to mediate a peace betwixt them. The Venetians behaved themselves modestly in these offers and treaties, fearing that it was some cunning to separate them by these jealousies from the friendship and alliance of the French, their ancient allies and confederates: So as for all that they did not discontinue their preparations for war, the Senate meaning to depend on none but itself, and that whensoever a treaty of peace should be, it should be made by them being armed with the honour of the Commonwealth.  
By this time, the term of the Duke of Urbin's service was expired: They confirmed him again for three years more in the same office of General of their Army, and augmented his pay with ten thousand Ducats every year, and his company of men at arms to the number of two hundred, and beside, they gave to Guy Ubaldo his son, a company of fifty men at arms in their Army, and a yearly pension of a thousand Ducats. They afterwards made Ian●… Fregosa General superintendant of the affairs of war, with good entertainment, for the acknowledgement of his valour and fidelity, and for that they would ever have in their army some one of authority and command, whom they might trust in the Duke of Urbin's absence, (as he then was,) whereupon they sent for him, being then at Bressia, commanding him to come with speed to the Army, to execute his charge.  
diverse others were in like manner honoured with sundry grades of honour in 
The Venetians great preparatio●… by sea and 〈◊〉.  their Army. The Count Gajazzo was made General of the light-horse, and Antonio de Castello Captain of the Artillery: They did afterwards, send to the Camp to the Providator Nani a great sum of money for the levy of a number of new footmen to make the companies complete. And to show that they had likewise a care of their Sea-affaires, they made jeronimo Pesare General of their Naval army, and Alessandro Pesare, and Vincenzo justiniano, Providators commanding them to be in readiness to depart: they did chose moreover ten captains for the Galleys, who should cause those ten to be armed which at the beginning of winter had been disarmed, to the end that the Signory might have above fifty galleys ready to set sail: and al●…hough that by the Confederacy they were bound to furnish but sixteen galleys, they nevertheless, promised to add four more, to make up the number of twenty for the leagues service, of which jeronimo Contaren was made General.  
Now the Duke of Milan, and the Lord Saint Paul being solicited by them to augment the number of their infantry (as they were bound to do) and 
The Venetians lo●…e to the French and the Duke of Milan.  they excusing themselves, for want of money, the Senate resolved to lend the French twelve thousand Ducats, and eight thousand to the Duke of Milan. But above all things they entreated the French King not to abandon the Confederates at such a time, in regard of the great affection which they had ever borne to him, and for their constancy in pursuing the war. Without this supply, the Lord Saint Paul would have been brought to an extreme want of men, money, and all other things necessary for the maintenance of the war in Italy, for there was not any preparation at all seen to be made beyond the mounts for the execution of any enterprise, which the King had often promised should be done, and especially at that time when there was more need than ever, to stop the emperors passage into Italy, by offering him great resistance at his entry, or by enforcing him to look to the defence of Spain assailed by the way of the Pirenean mountains (as was resolved) which the Venetians did most of all pursue, thinking thereby to break the Emperor's design of coming into Italy.  
But they peceiuing that the King did rather incline to the war of Italy, they were in great hope that at one time the war might be renewed in Lombardy and in the Realm of Naples, and before that the emperors aid should arrive, to make some notable progression.  
Upon these hopes, the Senate sent for the Duke of Urbin to come to Venice, where, in the presence of the Ambassadors of France, and the Duke of Milan, and of one of the Lord Saint Paul's Gentlemen, they might consult 
The ●…esolution of the assembly held a●… Venice by the Confederat●….  and advise on means to make war, where in the end was concluded, before all other matters to pursue the enterprise of Milan, by siege rather than by assault, by surprising all the neighbour towns and places to reduce the army of Antonio de Leva to want of victuals. And for this purpose it was likewise decreed for to have twenty thousand footmen in their army, namely, about some eight thousand in the French troops, and as●… many in those of the Venetians, two thousand from the Duke of Milan, and two thousand Lansequenets which they daily expected from Lions, levied already at the common charge: and as for the enterprise of Genoa, they determined for to pursue it, according unto the aptness of time, and the success of Lombardie.  
Now because that the whole safety of the affairs of Italy did depend upon the stopping of the emperors coming thither, they resolved to augment, they most that might be, the French and Venetian naval armies, and especially of great vessels, which might easily resist that of the Emperors which was composed of the like, to the end that the Emperor understanding the difficulty of his journey, might abstain from coming.  
In the mean time they had notice that the King had changed his purpose, meaning for to make war on the Emperor on the hither side of 
The King determineth to make war i●… Spain.  the mounts, upon the Confines of Spain, as had been before determined: at which news the Senate being assembled to dispatch An●…ré Novagera newly chosen Ambassador to the French King: the Senators were divided in opinion, whether to persuade the King to come in person into Italy, or to send his army towards the Pirenean mountains to invade Spain.  
The matter being debated in open council, where Moceniga on the one 
The resolution of the Venetian council upon the Kings coming into Italy.  side, a man of authority and well acquainted with affairs of State, and Mark-Antonio Cornare, a man of great understanding, on the other, being heard, diversly to maintain the one and other opinion, that of Cornare prevailed, whereby they decreed to enjoin the Ambassador Novagera to persuade the King, or if he were already inclined thereunto, to incite him more, to depart forthwith and to come into Italy.  
Novagera being come into France did not fail to do that which had been resolved in the council, whereof there had been sundry opinions, hoping to obtain that which he had propounded, because the King had heard him with good attention, and greatly commended his council, as determining to put it in 
The King's answer and determination.  practise: and for that purpose the King did mean within a while after to come into Languedoc, to reduce all the forces that were there into the next and nearest place to Italy, whether he promised to go, being followed (besides twenty thousand footmen) with ten thousand Lansquenets, and ten thousand pioneers. The King's departure, being in this manner held for assured, the Senate resolved that Novagera should remain in France near to the Lady Regent, the King's mother, and that Sebastian justiniano, whom Novagera was sent to succeed, should follow the King into Italy.  
The Senate in the mean time did with speed make all necessary preparations for the renewing of the war; making account that at the latter end of April, the republics army should go before, and being joined with that of the Lord Saint Paul, should march to the enterprise of Milan, which being executed, the emperors coming would seem to be wholly broken: and by means of this victory, and by the help of the army, and the King's presence, they supposed to be afterwards able to take the city of Genoa with ease, and any other design that they pleased to execute,  
The Venetians at the same time were very careful to provide for the guard 
The Venetians care to p●…serue the place●… which they held in Puglia.  of the places which they held in Puglia, by sending for that purpose into the same country great numbers of footmen, to preserve whatsoever they there possessed, and to attempt to make some farther progression, if occasion should be offered, and also for to keep the Imperial forces busied and divided far from Lombardy.  
This great heat of the Kings began by little and little without any apparent cause to cool, and the provisions for war to go slowly forward, whereupon money was sent very sparingly from France to the Lord Saint Paul, who despairing in a manner of being able to entertain the army, protested that he would get him gone and leave all, seeing that of ten thousand men, whom he ought to have, he had scarce the one half, by reason that being badly paid, they left the camp in troops. At the last, the Lord Chastillon, who had been long expected, came to the camp, with less store 
The Lord Chastillon cometh to Venice and makes a show that he would g●… into Puglia.  of money than was needful, and within a few days after, he left the camp, and went to Venice, saying that he would go into Puglia to assure the troops that were there, and to carry them a certain sum of money: for which journey, the Senate having speedily commanded some vessels to be made ready, according unto his request, he did daily with many e●…euses, delay his departure, which gave a suspicion that he had neither money, nor any good will for to go into Puglia, but that he gave out that he would go thither, because he would not break off the provisions which the 〈◊〉 had already made.  
The King, doubting the matter, and knowing how great cause he gave them to suspect, did within a while after send john jaquin his Ambassador to Venice to solici●…e the departure of the army with the other provisions for war, without making any mention at all of the Kings so much desired coming, which 
The Sena●…s susp●…tion ●…cerning the Kings coming.  did so highly import them. This did greatly increase the Venetians suspicion, and did infinitely trouble them, in regard of the dangers which threatened them from the Emperor, and also for that this delay did cause them to lose the fruit of so many hopes, their army remaining unprofitable on the shore of the River Adda, because that it was not able alone to execute the enterprise of Milan. 
The Venetians solici●…e the King to come into Italy.   
The Senate nevertheless did not cease still to arm, soliciting the King for that, wherewith he cause lesly did press them, and for this end they chose G●…sparo Pineli Secretary to the Signory, to go speedily into France to give the King to understand, that for their part all things were in readiness to renew the war, and that there was nothing wanting but his presence, promising to send forthwith their troops to meet him: to the end that with greater safety and speed they might execute some notable enterprise.  
At the same time the Bandits of the Realm of Naples came into the field in 
The bandettis of Naples come into the field.  sundry places of the Kingdom, and did extremely press the Imperials, whereby Rance de Cera did promise to himself some good success, being supplied with money, and with certain foot companies; he had by sundry messengers acquainted the King therewith, who from him did represent unto his Majesty the State of the affairs, that he might obtain the supplies that he craved, the which, albe it they were promised to be sent with the army, were nevertheless delayed from day to day, to the great prejudice of their league, by giving time to the Imperials to renew and augment their forces: for the report of the emperors coming had caused divers Barons and people of the Kingdom to change their purposes, divers of them being desirous to insinuate themselves into his favour, some to obtain pardon, and others to get offices and immunities in the Realm, so that the Prince of Orange being gone into Abruzzo, recovered 
Aquila is recouer●…d of the Imperials.  Aquila by composition, by drawing forth of the city and the whole country near adioying an hundred thousand Ducats for the payment of his army: from thence he sent forces to Matri●…a, where Camillo Pard lay in Garrison with four 
Martrica taken by them.  hundred footmen, who being gone forth thereof a little before, promising to return so soon as the Imperials should approach it, the footmen that were within it, went over the walls and left it, whereby the town was yielded.  
This notwithstanding, the success of the Imperials was not so good in Puglia, 
Treason discovered in Barletta.  where treason being secretly practised in Barletta, and discovered, julio of Naples, captain of certain foot forces, and some of the townsmen as authors and complices of the Rebellion were put to death.  
Besides, the Venetians having drawn horsemen forth of Greece into the same Province, they joined with those o Simon Romano, and all of them together scouring the Country, did assure it, and kept the ways open to victuals, having driven Pignatello Count of Borella forth of the whole Province.  
Now the Marquis of Guasto being come into Puglia, would not deal with Barletta, a very strong and well fortified city, but went and encamped before Monopoli, 
Monopoli besieged b●… the Marqit of Guasto.  with four thousand Spaniards, and two thousand Italians, and lodged in a small bottom covered by the mountain, so as he could not be hurt with the town ordnance, wherein lay Camillo Vrsino, Andre Gritti governor of the city and john Vitturt the Providator, unto whom Rance de Cera forthwith sent three hundred footmen by the Galleys.  
The Marquis then caused a great Bastion to be made right over against the walls within Harquebus shot, and two others upon the sea shore, on each side one, Then having battered the town, and made a breach he gave an assault, where he lost above five hundred men, and great numbers of pioneers, 
The Ma●…quis giveth an assault ●…o 〈◊〉 ●…ity to his less.  with three pieces of ordnance that were broken, whereupon he retired a mile and half further off, because that the city's ordnance did him much hurt in the place where he was lodged, which caused the Venetians to sally forth, and to assail the bastions that he had made, where they slew above an hundred men, and then they assured the Haven by a bastion made upon their shore, opposite to that of the enemies.  
The Marquis being newly returned before Monopoli, and having made two Cavaliers, with two trenches, two hundred foot▪ men sallied forth of the town and burned his works. After that, the Marquis making an other approach on the right side of the battery, and causing a bastion to be made behind, he planted the ordnance upon it, and did beat down three score fathom of the wall, within four fathom of the ground: but having intelligence, that new 
The Marquis re●…ireth from before Monopoli.  companies had entered the town the same night, sent by Rance de Cera, he withdrew his ordnance, and at last discamped, whereupon being come to Conuersa, he afterwards retired to Naples. The brave resistance of Monopoli and the retreat of the Marquis, did greatly encourage the Confederates, so that divers Barons and others, repenting that they had gone to the Imperial party, showed themselves very ready for a new rebellion: the which emboldened the soldiers and captains of the league, to undertake some enterprise.  
This being reported to the Senate, perceiving that their naval army remained idle at Corfou, expecting the arrival of the French army, they commanded 
The city of Brundisium yieldeth to the Venetians.  their General to sail into Puglia, where being arrived, he cast anchor near to Brundisium, hoping, (as it came to pass) that those of the town, provoked by a particular affection towards the Venetians, would forthwith yield. The city being yielded on conditions was preserved from spoil, and from all wrongs of the soldiers, and john Francisco justinian was made governor thereof, as Magistrate for the Signory, and presently afterwards they begann●… to batter the castles, the charge thereof was committed to Camillo Vrsino, who having in short space brought them to a straight pass, could not for all that enforce them to yield, by reason of their hope, ere long to see the Imperial navy upon that sea.  
The Venetian army in the mean time did from the Cape of Otranto molest the whole country, to the great hurt of the Imperials: Simon Romano died at that exploit, who was a valiant and courageous person. The affairs standing at this stay, the Prince of Orange knowing that the Confederates forces were not so mean and weak, as they could easily be driven forth of the Realm, neither yet so mighty as they were able to make any progression of great importance, Or perhaps, because that the Emperor would have the Pope's content preferred before all other matters, that he might have him for his friend and confederate at his coming into Italy, after that he had put strong 
The Prince of Orange de●…ermineth to go to Pe●…sua.  garrisons into the most important places, he turned with the residue of his forces towards Perusa, to drive Malateste Baillone thence, and from thence to enter into Tuscany, to restore those of Medicis to their country.  
The behaviour and approaches of the Prince, did cause the Duke of Urbin to suspect, that he went about to invade his State, whereupon he departed suddenly from the army, to go and provide for his own territories: The Venetians 
The Duke of Urbin runneth to the defence of his own State.  were not well pleased with their generals departure, in so trouble some a season, as well for their own interests, as for fear of the suspicion of the French, who by that accident, taking some occasion of a feigned suspicion, might grow slow in the provisions for war. Therefore the Senate determined with all speed to send Nicolao Tepulo to him, who had been already before appointed to go to him to the camp, to advertise him of the new conduct, & by forcible reasons to exhort him, in the name of the Commonwealth, to return speedily to the army, and to induce him the more willingly thereunto, they sent him a good sum of money for the payment of three thousand foot men appointed for the guard of his State: but for that time there was no great need thereof. For the Prince of Orange having intelligence that the Count of Aquila, and Camillo Virsino called Pard, having joined their forces together, were come to Canosa, and their troops daily increasing, it was to be feared that they would cause some commotion of consequence, having changed his determination, would not at that time depart forth of the Kingdom, fearing some great insurrection of the people in regard of the great extortion that was there committed, by means whereof the Spanish name was very odious to them, whereupon he 
The Prince of Orange changeth his determination.  thought it fit, first of-all to appease those stirs, and to make provision of victuals, referring the execution of his former design to a more commodious season (the which he did) so that the Duke of Urbin being thereby freed of his suspicion, did forthwith come to the army, determining for to march towards 
The Duke of Urbin being come back to the army determineth to besiege Milan.  Milan with all his troops, the Lord Saint Paul having sent him word, that he would take the same way; being invited thereunto by the difficulties wherein the Imperials than were, and by the fortunate success of the French; because that notwithstanding that two thousand Spanish footmen were arrived at Milan, whom the Genowais would not entertain, albeit that they expressly came to re●…eeue them, discommodities, nevertheless, by their coming were as much augmented as their forces, seeing that in so great a dearth and want of money they were to feed and pay them. 
Interview of the French & Venet●…an armies.   
On the contrary divers towns on the hither side Thesin were at the same time yielded to the Lord Saint Paul, so as the whole country, in a manner, to his great gain and reputation, was reduced under his power.  
Both the armies then advancing forwards, they met together at Saint Martin's Burrow, five miles from Milan, where after a long consultation, concerning the means how to execute that en●…erprize they resolved with both the armies to encamp round about the town, to encompass and take in as much of 
The two armies distrust one an other.  the walls as they could, thereby to weaken the enemy's defence by busying them in sundry places: But there was not discerned in the captains ●…uch readiness and speed as was befiting the execution of such a design, because that the French said, That in the Venetians camp the number of soldiers was far less than they supposed, and not so many as ought to be, and that by separating themselves, they should, being alone, be weak and in great danger. The Venetians on the other side, declared that they better accomplished that whereunto they were tied then had the French, and that therefore they would see them encamp first, and they afterwards would do the like, and upon these distrusts one of an other they departed, their former resolution being broken.  
The Lord Saint Paul marched towards Landriana, the Duke of Urbin took the way towards Monce, and the Duke of Milan departed with a determination to enter into Pavia with all his forces: making account by this separation, to scour the ways, molest the country, and keep victuals from Antonio de Leva, hoping thereby to overthrow him, and to obtain at last their common desire, which was, to possess Milan and Coma, the two only Cities of importance which held out in that whole State for the Emperor: But so soon as the French were arrived at Land●…iana, they suffered themselves to be carried away (as it was thought they would) with the enterprise of Genoa, being very vehemently solicited thereunto by C●…sar Fregosa, who measuring matters according 
The Lord S. Paul resolue●… to execute the en●…erprise of Genoa.  to his own desire, made the event very facile & easy, whereupon, they promised to themselves that they would soon return to their quarter, and therefore they requested the Duke of Urbin in staying for them, not to stir from thence where he was with the Venetian forces & the Duke of Milans, for the execution of their former designs, suffering nothing whatsoever in the mean time to enter into those cities.  
Now the French army departing in this resolution to go to Genoa, took the way of Pavia, the Lord Saint Paul, sending the ordnance before, with the wagons and the vanguard, and himself somewhat late, followed with the battle and the rearward. Antonio de Leva being advertised by his spies, how that he stayed behind, far from the vanguard, determined to follow and assail him if occasion were offered: whereupon in the night he came forth of Milan with his soldiers wearing white shirts upon their armour, & marching without sound of drum in good order he met with them in the plain, before they had any knowledge of his coming, 
Antonio de Leva assaileth the Lord Saint Paul.  the first squadron of the French being gone on so far, as it could not in any time arrive to the rescue of the rest, as also because that the Lord Saint Paul's self, did stay behind, by reason that a piece of ordnance did stick fast in the mire at the passage of a River, where whilst he was busied with those few men at arms that were there with him, and some fifteen hundred Lansquenets under the command of captain Bossu, he found, unlooked for, the Spanish shot at his back, who were at the first bravely repulsed by men at arms, even into the battaillons of the Almains, but there being a deep stream betwixt the French and Spaniards, their shot retired behind that stream, where was a pace of the breadth of thirty or forty foot. The Lansquenets on the French side did fight valiantly, and with them the Lord Saint Paul, who was alighted from his horse, as were john jeronimo Castillon, and Claudio Rangone, captains of two thousand Italians, who did gallantly defend themselves. But at the last the Imperials coming to the charge with a great battaillon of Almains, the horsemen and Lansquenets turning their backs, the Italians did the like, and the Lord Saint Paul being remounted was taken as he would have leapt over a dike, and there were taken prisoners with him, jeronimo Castillone, Claudio Rangone, Lignach, Carbon, and other captains of great note.  
The Count Guy de Rangone being gone before with the vanguard early in the morning, as it was concluded the night before, had not any notice of the ●…ight till he was safely come to Pavia: all the Lansequenets in a manner escaped, and Antonio de Leva went back with his prisoners to Milan. Those that escaped, part of them retired themselves to the Venetians territories, where they were kindly entertained, and others into other places. The Duke of Urbin having 
The number of the Venetian army.  intelligence of this defeat, forsook his abode at Monce, where he lay, and retired to Cassan, a place of more safety, for which the Senate did highly commend him: he had with him about five thousand footmen, four hundred men at arms, and seven hundred light horse, with great store of carriage. But come to Cassan, which is a place near to the River Adda, he did then fortify himself with strong Rampires, leaving but one way open which was fenced and guarded withal necessaries, supposing that place to be most commodious, to be able with ease to relieve, if need were, Pavia and Lauda, to offend the enemies, and to defend the State of the Signory; and beside, to favour, if occasion were offered, the enterprise of Genoa by sea. Whereupon thinking himself to be very safe in that place, he would not follow the opinion of jano Mar●…a Fregosa, who counseled him to retire with his army to Bressia, for fear of any inconvenience, being not equal in forces to Antonio de Leva. He being emboldened by this victory, and more desirous to break the Confederate forces, had followed the Duke of Urbin 
Ant●…io de Leva follow●…th the Duk●… 〈◊〉 Urbin in his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Cassa●….  as far as Vaury, two miles from Cassan, which caused some doubt in the Venetians, lest he would have passed the Adda to have made waist of the Bressan, Bergamasque and Creman territories: But the Duke reposed great trust in his light Cavalry, the which surpassed that of the enemies, both in number and valour, who by scouring all the neighbour Countries round about, did not only cut off all the victuals from the imperials camp, but had so affrighted them as none of them durst any more come forth of the trenches: therefore the Duke remaining firm in his resolution, to continue in that place, would not raise his Camp, as well in regard of his reputation, as for the victuals that were brought to him from the country, near adjoining, which would otherwise have relieved the enemies, and if he should have retired to the City, he would have spent those which were appointed for their friends.  
Now the two armies being so near one to an other, they did continually go forth to skirmish on both sides, where the imperials were still beaten. Antonio de Leva supposing to have some satisfaction for his losses, by some other means, sent Caesar of Naples on the farther side of the river Adda, to scour the Territories of Bressia and Crema, whereof the Duke of Urbin being advertised, leaving the Count Gajazzo for the guard of the Camp, he took with him a good troup of soldiers and went and ambushed himself, near to the place where he knew the enemies would pass the river, from whence, part of them being gone over, he came forth unlooked for, with great fury, upon those who stayed behind upon the 
Part of the enemies are defeated by the Duke of Urbin.  river shore, ready to pass over, having first of all sent his light Cavalry, to intercept their way, if so be that they would have fled towards their camp. But Caesar of Naples being troubled with this unlooked for accident, did speedily cause the bridge to be broken, fearing lest the Duke, for his part, would have come over and fought with him, whereupon, all those that stayed behind, to the number of fifteen hundred, were either cut in pieces or taken prisoners by the Duke, and among others, it fell out, that a brave Spanish Captain was taken by a woman of big stature, who in man's attire received pay of the Count Gajazzo, and the Count having, for mirth's sake, called before him on a time, the Captain that was prisoner, showing him Margueriton (for so the soldiers called her) told him that the same was the soldier that had taken him prisoner, the Spaniard looking 
G●…eat valour of a woman in man's attire.  upon her, answered, that he did comfort himself in his mishap, for that he had been taken by so brave a man, as he seemed to be, but when he told him that it was a woman, shame and disdain did so seize upon him, as within few days after he died with grief.  
Afterwards the two armies kept them▪ selves in their quarters, for the space of many days: but the Duke of Urbin calling the captains sundry times to council, and propounding divers things unto them, did sufficiently manifest his desire to assail the enemies, and to cause them to dislodge. At the last he resolved to go forth with all his forces, and to use means by cunning to come to strokes with Antonio de Leva, upon some advantage: he caused all the ordinance of the Camp to be brought into one place, and then he began to march with 
The Duke of Vrbîns' enterprise to defeat the enemy.  all the troops, both foot and horse, and with three pieces of ordnance, meaning to leave them behind him, by retiring so soon as he had begun the skirmish, feigning flight both for fear and upon necessity: whereby the enemies coming forward to get those three pieces, should be put to rout by the ordnance of the Camp, and being so disordered he would again return upon them with greater violence. But this design fell not out according to his expectation; because that the Count Gajazzo coming forth sooner than he should, with a part of his Infantry, and beginning the skirmish too far of from the Camp, being not able with those he had brought with him long to sustain the enemy's fury, was enforced, notwithstanding that he fought valiantly, to retire in some disorder. Whereupon, the Duke perceuing him to be in danger did on a sudden make haste to his rescue, and gave in with such fury athwart the Imperial 
The enemies 〈◊〉 beaten by the Duke of Vrbi●….  Infantry, which nearly pursued the Count Gajazzo, as he caused them to make a stand, and to turn their backs, still pursuing and beating them even into their Campe.  
Antonio de Leva lost in this action more than fifteen hundred foot, part of them being slain, and the rest taken prisoners: whereupon he durst no more after that suffer his soldiers to sally forth of the Camp, nor attempt any enterprise, continuing in great fear and doubt, what he were best to do, being afflicted with sundry cares and difficulties. For, on the one side, he could tarry no longer there for want of victuals, and then he perceived that his abode there 
The doubts and fear of Antonio de Leva.  could in no sort profit him: on the other side, to dislodge, and to return to Milan, he thought it would greatly blemish his reputation, and that of the whole army, as if he should confess, that he retired for fear, being chased by a number of e-enemies, far less than himself: That it was to no purpose to enter into the Venetians state, but very dangerous, all their towns being manned with strong Garrisons well fortified and on the other side the people of Milan, were beyond measure discontented, and in manner desperate, by reason of the extortion and wrongs which they had sustained by the soldiers, were ready to make an insurrection, and to alter the state, call, without controlment, for their Duke, who lay then with his troops in Cremona, for he doubted not but that the Venetians being desirous to see him installed in his State, would hazard all their forces, when hope of obtaining that which they so much desired should be offered 
Antonio de Leva retire●…h 〈◊〉 Milan.  them.  
But notwithstanding all these reasons, Antonio de Leva being enforced by necessity to dislodge, retired to Milan. Aftet his departure, the Duke of Urbin was desirous to come nearer to Monce: but the Senate having some suspicion that Sforza did treat of an agreement with the Emperor, which if it should come to pass, their army would be enclosed, and all the passages shut up from relieving 
The report of the Lancequen●…ts coming causeth the Venetian Army to retire to the Cities.  Bergamo, caused him to go with the Army towards Lauda, to discover the Duke of Milan's intent, and to be assured of him: But since then, the report of the Lancequenets coming, daily increasing, and how they did mean to come down thorough the Verona Territory, to join themselves afterward with Antonio de Leva, the Senate decreed to place all their troops in the towns and cities of their own state: Whereupon, the Duke of Urbin, according to this resolution, retired to Bressia, with one part of the army, and the Count Gajazzo went with the residue to Bergamo.  
At the same time as these things happened, the French King tending altogether to peace, that he might have home his children, and the Emperor likewise inclining thereunto, the Lady Marguerite, the Emperor's Aunt, was by him deputed to conclude this treaty on his part, having for this purpose sent her a large commission, which was imparted to a Secretary, whom the King had to that end sent into Flanders: Whereupon, the King likewise did speedily appoint the Lady Regent his mother, with like commission, which was likewise communicated to the Emperor's Agents. The commissions being viewed on both sides, the City of Cambray was appointed, where these two Ladies should meet, and talk together, 
The City of Cambra●… chosen for the ●…reaty o●… peace.  to treat of the particularities of peace.  
The King did in no sort advertise the Senate of this treaty till it was very late, at such time as the Lady Regent departed to the Treaty of Cambray, when the matter could be no longer dissembled, neither did he so much as communicate unto them any particularities of the Treaty, but he only promised the Ambassadors of the Confederates in general, that he would make none agreement what-so ever with the Emperor, without their consent and satissaction; then showing his great affection towards the Republic, he did greatly exhort them to a general peace, (which assuring them should be mentioned in that diet) he entreated all the Confederates to send ample power and authority to their Ambassadors, which were at his Court, to be present thereat in their names, and to conclude the peace. 
The Venetian Senate are male content with the Fr●…ch King.   
The Senate found this manner of proceeding by the King to be very strange, who wonderful cunningly had along time entertained them with hope of his coming into Italy, or to send great forces thither both by land and sea, and for that he had done neither of them, and had ever fed them with words, for fear of breaking of the treaty, yet for all that being desirous to show that they had still the same mind, and in●…lination to peace, which they had before, they determined to send to their two Ambassadors justinian and Novagera, who were at the same 
The Venetians give author●…ty to their Ambassadors to be present at the treaty of Cambray.  time in the french Court, commission and authority to be present at that Treaty, and to promise in the commonwealths name, whatsoever should be necessary and convenient for the conclusion of peaco. But Novagera falling sick before the arrival of this commission in France, died, to the great grief of his Countrymen.  
Now the whole burden of this charge lay alone upon justinian, who had particular instructious of the Senate's meaning and resolution: the which in effect was, That in any case, that which had been agreed upon on the three and twentieth of the precedent month, might be observed, and likewise, that the same which had been concluded and resolved on before, at the Diet of Worms, might take effect: because that all the strife betwixt the Republic and the house of Austria, 
The venetians meaning concerning the Articles of peace.  did only proceed from not observing the precedent accords: but that above all other things, they would have the state of Milan to be rendered, and restored to Francis Sforza: of which charge and commission the Venetian Ambassador had no great cause to make use, For notwithstanding that he had followed the Lady Regent to Cambray, he nevertheless remained the most part of the time at Saint Quintin's, certain miles distant from Cambray, none of the most important particularities, nor truest articles of the treaty, being communicated unto him.  
The Senate by this means did doubt, that the King was desirous to conclude an agreement for himself alone, without any regard to their particular interest, 
The Venetians suspect the King's carriage  nor to the other Confederates; and that as concerning that which he had promised, to conclude nothing with the Emperor without them, proceeded from fear, lest they suspecting his intent, should prevent him, by making an accord with the Emperor, and he by that means should be excluded from all their friendships, and his accord made thereby more difficult, and with less advantage. Therefore the King had sent the Bishop of Tarbi into Italy, with commission to go to Venice, to the Duke of Milan, to Ferrara, and to Florence, to treat of matters belonging to the wars, albeit it was the least part of his meaning: 
Triwlcio his request to the Venetians from the King.  And within a while after Theodore Triwlcio came to Venice, where in the King's name he required the Senate▪ to deliver over unto him in Deposito, the Cities of Ravenna, and Ceruia, till such time as that business were ended, assuring them that he did it to give occasion to the Pope to declare himself, it being a matter of great importance to have his favour.  
Answer was made to this request, that as concerning his coming, the Republic 
The Venetians answers to Triwlcio.  would not fail him of all aid and succour, which it had before times promised, and to give him a more evident proof there of they were content to send to Suza, or to Ast, twenty thousand Ducats, before hand towards the first payment. But for the sequestration of the Cities of Romagna, an universal peace being to be treated of at the Treaty of Cambray, that difficulty, among others, was there to be resolved; how the Senate ought not to consent to that sequestering, till such time as it perceived all their affairs quiet and all other contentions settled.  
But in this, the King's cunning, and sundry intentions, being discovered, they did except, with great devotion, the resolution at Cambray. Therefore the Senate commanded Lodo●…ico Faliere their Ambassador in England, to treat with 
The Venetians recourse to the King of England.  that king, who had ever showed himself a great friend to the Republic, to be pleassed, (as he had at other times been) to take it into his protection, and to procure, that in those affairs which were handled at Cambray, nothing might be concluded to the hurt and prejudice thereof, no●… to the liberty of Italy, whereof, many years before, he had to his immortal praise, taken upon him the defence while●… these preparations were made on all sides, the Emperor, who for all the treaty of peace had not ceased to pursue his deseines, nor to make his preparations for his journey into Italy came to Genoa, with many ships and Galleys, within 
The Emperor arrival an Genoa.  which were a thousand horse, and nine thousand footmen the which he caused to be landed at Savona, for their more easy passage into Lombardy. His designs for that present, could not be truly descovered, because he affirmed that his coming into Italy was to establish peace there, and to compose all his variances with the Potentates of Italy: yet nevertheless, he did with all speed, and 
Nom●…er of the Emperor's 〈◊〉 in Italy  from all parts assemble the greatest forces he could; Antonio de Leva came and joined with him with twelve thousand footmen, the Prince of Orange with seven thousand, the Lanceque nets which had been levied in the connty of tirol to the number of ten thousand came through the Verona territory to meet him so as all his forces being joined together, amounted to forty thousand footmen, beside the cavalry, which was great, the Almains being followed by ten thousand Bourguinian horsemen.  
The Emperor's arrival, and with such provision, did greatly amaze the minds 
Italy amazed at the Emperor crmming.  of all Italy, together with the rumour that was spread abroad, how that the accord betwixt the Emperor and the most Christian King was already concluded, the Confederates being not therein comprehended, notwithstanding that the King had promised the contrary: so that there was not any, but the Pope alone, which was free from this fear in all Italy, (according to the particular treaty which he had before concluded with the Emperor at Barcelona), which till then had been kept secret), whereby he made account to make use of the Imperial forces for the execution of his designs, and chiefly to restore his nephews into Florence, and to place them in their ancient dignity and greatness, as had been concluded betwixt them.  
Therefore, the more to honour his coming, so soon as he understood that he was landed at Genoa, he sent thither three of the chiefest Cardinals of the College for to congratulate his arrival, and to accompany him every where.  
The Florentines upon these news, whom it first of all concerned to purchase 
Florentines send Am●…assadors to the Emperor.  his favour, and to be assured of his meaning, did within a while after likewise send their Ambassadors unto him, who after the congratulation, were to excuse them for entering into confederacy against him, having therein been enforced by the Pope's authority and commandment, and for that they had since then continued therein by necessity: and they proceeded no farther because they had not any commission, especially concerning the strife betwixt the Pope and them: bu●… the Emperor seeming to be desirous to satisfy the Pope in that which he had promised him, their Ambassador was to no purpose.  
The other Potentates of Italy, did likewise send their Ambassadors to his Imperial 
What k●…pt the Venetians from sending Ambassad●…s to the Emperor  Majesty, requesting his friendship and peace▪ The Venetians alone remaining constant in their determination, resolved to enter into no agreement with the Emperor but upon extremity: not, but that they were desirous of peace, but because he feared that the Emperor had a meaning contrary to the liberty of 
Great preparati●…ns of the Venetians.  Italy, and that he would so handle the matter as all the whole state thereof should depend only upon him: whereupon, they thought, that to show themselves humble and low-minded, was nothing else but to encourage him, and to confirm him in his desire and hope of being able to command all Italy. So that they did then wisely by not sending their Ambassadors to him: but they gave their consent that the Duke of milan, (who as being tied unto them, had thereupon, craved the Senate's advise) might send his Ambassadors, as a vassal of the Empire: and as for themselves, being in a manner le●…t alone, they did with speed make great provisions for war, to assure (as much as might be) their own state, they levied new troops of foot to augment their army, and to strengthen the garrisons of other Cities: they chose Francisco Pascalie, Providator General for the firm land, whose principal charge was to visit their forces, and to furnish them with all necessaries: they took divers Captains into their pay, and among others Sigismond Malatest●…, with a thousand foot, and two hundred light horse; and because great numbers of Lancequenets, departing from Bolognia, were already passed by, they caused john Contare●… the Prouida●…or, and Caesar Fregosa with a strong garrison to enter into Verona.  
Now because it did greatly import them to keep the other Italian Confederate 
The venetians exhortation to the consederats  princes in breath, The Senate did not fail to encourage the Florentines, and to commend their constancy, exhorting them to defend their country and liberty, promising to give them all aid and succour that the time would permit, and particularly to cause their forces to enter upon the Parmesan, and Placentine Con●…ines, so soon as the Emperor should dislodge, to draw into those quarters, for the defence of his Cities, the Imperial forces which were in Tuscany.  
They did the like to the Duke of Ferra●…a, unto whom they sent Mark Antonio Renier their Ambassador, to declare unto him the republics good meaning, for the common defence of the liberty of Italy, and the particular affection 
The Venetians offers to the Duke o●… Ferrara.  which they did bear to the Duke, and to his whole state, for which, being conjoined by near neighbourhood, and by sundry other respects, they would never refuse to run one self same fortune with him: and therefore they desired to be acquainted with his intent and meaning. The Duke showed that he was highly pleased with his Ambassade, and promised to do much, and particularly to levy great numbers of men of war, which he assembled near to Modena, to serve, not alone for the defence of his own state, but in all places where the Confederates should have need.  
The Treaty of Cambray was at the same time published, which already by a Common rumour was known to all men, namely, how that none of the Confederates 
Publicatio●… of the treaty of Camb●…ay.  were comprehended in it. There was only, place reserved for the Venetias to enter into it, so as within the space offoure months they would end their controversies with the Emperor, which was nothing else but a silent exclusion in regard the greatest difficulties remained undecided.  
The King by the same treaty was among other things bound ●…o cause those towns which the Venetians held in Puglia to be rendered to the Emperor, and upon their refusal to declare himself their enemy, and to help him to recover them by force. For the execution of which article, the King did on a sudden send his Ambassadors to Venice, to entreat them to render to the Emperor whatsoever they held in Puglia, being bound to make that request by the Treaty of Cambray, and that, according to the form of the Capitulations at Coignac: adding thereunto, that he did so much rely on the affection which they had ever made show to bear unto himself, and to the Crown of France, as albeit that there were not any Treaty that did oblige him to demand that of them, he did 
The King's request to the Venetians.  nevertheless persuade himself that he should obtain it, at his own private request, it importing him so highly, as he could not otherwise redeem his children from the Emperor, who were one day to succeed him in the Kingdom.  
The Senate answered that it did still continue, in that good will and affection which it had ever borne to the King and Crown of France, the Republic being in a manner joined to that Kingdom by an indissoluable band, in regard of sundry 
The Venetians answer to the King.  fair reciprocal offices, and common interests: that they could not deny but that they had greatly desired to have been comprehended in that accord made with the Emperor, not so much for the providing for their own safety as for to take away all suspicion that they were in any fault, or that the Commonwealth had not sound intelligence, and corresponde●…cy with the Crown of France. Yet nevertheless, they did so much rely upon the King's goodness and wisdom, as they hoped by his interposing of his authority with the Emperor, to obtain peace and assurance which they so much desired. But concerning the restitution of the Cities of Puglia, it was evident, that they were not tied to do it by any bond, seeing that the King had concluded peace, without comprehending them therein, having thereby absolved them from the bond of the Confederacy, by which was expressly mentioned, that the King could not make any accord withou●… them: Yet they nevertheless desired to give him therein some satisfaction; but he was to tarry for some opportunity how to do it, seeing that the delivery of my Lo●…ds his children was to be made within two months, by which time, they hoped to find some means to compose the strife betwixt the Empero●… and them, whereby the same business might in like manner by the same means be finished to the King's content.  
Upon this answer the King dispatched the Admiral into Italy, to exhort him to universal peace, and chiefly to make an accord with the Venetians, by means 
The King entreateth the Emperor to make an accord with the Venetians.  whereof, he hoped to be able to accomplish the conditions of the Treaty of Cambray, by causing the Cities of Puglia to be rendered to him, having already for his part begun that which belonged unto him to execute, by commanding Rance de Cera with all his companies, to depart forth of Puglia, having consigned into the hands of the Emperor's commissioners, all the places which he held in his name in the Realm of Naples, by persuading likewise the Venetian officers to do the like: But they being before advertised of the Senate's intention, had refused so to do.  
At this stay stood the affairs of Italy at that time. The Emperor being in arms, and very mighty; the Pope his friend and Confederate, the other Potentates of Italy being in a manner ready to obey him, and the French wholly chased forth of Italy; for albeit they had not as yet laid down their arms, it was nevertheless mentioned in the Treaty, that the King should no more meddle with the affairs of Italy nor Germany, in the behalf of any Potentates, to the prejudice of the Emperor. The Venetians alone, in the midst of so many difficulties, made preparations to resist the Emperor, if so be that he were desirous, (as it was thought he would be) to seize upon the State of Milan: therefore their confederacy being broken with all others, they did newly revive it with Francis Sforza, exhorting him to take courage, and to hope well, meaning in his behalf to employ all their forces.  
The end of the eighth Book of the fifth Decade.   

The Contents of the ninth Book of the fifth Decade.  
FIRST, Soliman taketh Arms to restore john Vayvode into the kingdom of Hungary, with the taking of Belgrade. The insurrection of the Heretics in Germany. A motion of peace betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians. The interview of the Pope and the Emperor at Bolognia. Accord betwixt the Emperor and the Duke of Milan. Accord made betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians. War against the Florentines. Pope Clement crowneth the Emperor at Bolognia. Confederacy betwixt the Pope, the Emperor, the Venetians, and the Duke of Milan. The Marquisat of Mantua is made a Duchy. The Venetians send Ambassadors to Constantinople to be present at the Circumcision of Soliman's children, being by him entreated to that end. The Almains demand a council, and the Pope's answer thereunto. The Emperor granteth the Interim in Germany concerning religion, until a council were called. Soliman's great designs against Christendom. The Venetians make great preparations and stand upon their guard. The Venetians resolve to remain neuter in the war, betwixt the Emperor and Soliman. The Kings of France and England determine to make war upon the Emperor. Soliman returneth into Hungary with a great army. The Emperor cometh likewise with a great Army near to the City of Vienna, there to tarry for the Turk. The Naval Armies of the Emperor, and Soliman. Coron and Patras, are taken by the Imperial army. The Duke of Ferrara recovereth Modena & Regio. A second interview of the Pope and Emperor at Bolognia. The Venetians refuse to renew the league, being satisfied with the former, and not meaning to add anything to it. And lastly a new league concluded, betwixt the Pope, the Emperor and all the Potentates of Italy, (the Venetians excepted.)  
The Ninth Book of the fifth Decade of the History of Venice.  
WHILST Italy was in alarm by reason of the Emperor's arrival with such great provisions, Soliman the Turkish Emperor resolved to restore john Vayvode King of Hungary to his Kingdom, from whence, Fernand had expulsed him, and being entired to this end with a mighty army upon the Confines of Hungary, he came and encamped before Buda, which he took 
Soliman taketh 〈◊〉.  with ease, than he caused his Cavalry to scour the Champain Country of Austria, spoiling all places that were subject to the Arch▪ duke, threatening him that he would within a while after encamp with all his forces before Vienna: Whereupon he caused great preparations, of victuals and warlike engines to be made, to send them thither by Danuby. These news did greatly trouble the Emperor, perceiving that it concerned his reputation and the safety of the States of the Empire, not to suffer so mighty an enemy to come so near him, besides the trouble and care whereto his brother was reduced, whilst he busied himself in matters of meaner consequence, as spectator of the eminent dangers o●… his whole house, and subjects.  
This mischief was followed by an other as great, for his brother advertised him, that the Sect of Heretics did very much increase in Germany, that they were assembled in great troops, and made show of great innovation, and that if 
The Heretics begin to stir in Germany.  they were not speedily prevented by rooting them wholly out, it was to be feared that some great hurt would redound to the Catholic Religion, which would prejudice the temporal States of Princes, and chiefly those of the Empire. These occasions being well weighed, caused the Emperor to condescend to peace, and to pursue it in effect, the which desire at the first, men thought that he had but feigned; For the Emperor thinking it not only dangerous, but smally for his honour, to depart forth of Italy, and to leave matters imperfect, without establishing a sure peace there for a time, he began to show that his mind inclined thereunto.  
But because he plainly perceived that he could not effect it without making an accord with the Venetians, on whom, (during these troubles) the State of all Italy seemed to depend, being yet doubtful whether the French king would join 
The 〈◊〉 in desirous of 〈◊〉 accord with 〈◊〉 Venetians  with them, who were so much distasted of him, by reason that he did no more care to observe the Treaty of Cambray, now that he had home his children, than he had done that of Madrill, after that he was set at liberty: He resolved with himself to make an accord with the Venetians, and made this his desire known to his own councillors, the better to find some means to end this business, in which divers men of authority did employ themselves.  
Andrew Doria sent Frederico Grimaldi to Venice to offer them freely to employ himself in this treaty, assuring them that he knew for certain that the Emperor was desirous of an agreement with them, and that if the Senate would be pleased 
The Venetian ●…nswere to those that spa●… to them o●… Peace with the Empe●…or.  to have him to meddle in the business, he did hope speedily to dispatch it. The Senate neither accepting nor refusing this offer; answered that it had ever desired peace, and highly esteemed (as it became them) the Emperor's f●…eindship▪ being at the same present of that mind, but that they were very desi●…ous to see some evident sign whereby they might perceive the Emperor's intention to be such as as he spoke of, for, the keeping of the Lancequenets in hostile manner upon their State, spoiling and wasting the Bressan territory, was a token of a contrary affection.  
Soon after, Sigismond de la Tour, Chamberlain and Ambassador to the Marquis of Mantoa came to Venice, to exhort the Senate in like manner to an agreement with the Emperor, affirming the very same that Doria had done, how that the Imperial Majesty was desirous of an atonement with them, entreating them to give consent to suffer the treaty thereof to be concluded in the City of Mantoa, whether he knew that the Emperor would forthwith send his Agents, with commissions to that end.  
During these treaties the Emperor prepared for his coming to Bolognia to speak with the Pope, according as it had been concluded at Barcelona.  
All men had great hope of this interview, wherein, matters of importance 
Expectation of the interview at Bolognia.  were to be decided: of which, men greatly doubted, remaining with attention to see what would be the end thereof, especially the Venetians, because their affairs were very much intermingled and of great difficulty. The Pope seemed greatly to affect them, seeking, (by the means of Cardinal Cornare) to induce them to lay down their arms, and to come to some honourable composition: and therefore he had already before then sent the Bishop of Vaison his Nuncio to the Emperor at Placentia, who was thought to have greatly prevailed in disposing him unto peace with all men, and chiefly with the Venetians. 
Sundry opinions in the Senate concerning the motion o●… 〈◊〉 with the Emperor.   
This was the cause why divers Senators showed themselves more strict in this negotiation, some of them being desirous to tarry, till it were called upon in the assembly at Bolognia: others, of a contra●…y opinion, propounded that it behoved them to accept of the offer of the Marquis of Mantoa, and make present choice of Ambassadors to send thither to treat of agreement: And why should we (say they) defer it any longer? The Emperor hath a mighty army, the forces 
A Discourse made in Senate concerning peace with the Emperor.  of the league, being broken and dissolved, are weak, nay rather de●…eated: the Florentines alone, the Duke of Milan, and We, are left to undergo the burden of such a war: which is indeed a matter very uneasy, by reason of our small means after so great expenses that we have been at, and in regard of the great forces that the Emperor hath at this present in Italy: and yet nevertheless in such an inequality of things, whilst he daily increaseth in hope, and we wax weak, he is content to treat with us upon equal terms, and (as I may say) to humble himself and to be the foremost in inviting us to peace and friendship and we refuse it and make small account thereof.  
And beside, it is not to be doubted, but that which Doria first of all; and then the Marquis of Mantoa have so freely offered and promised, hath not only proceeded from his own consent, but hath been done by his express commandment, for believe it, they would never undertake to be dealers betwixt such great Princes, with such an assurance of their minds, were they not more then certain thereof, and is it then a part of wisdom to let such an occasion to escape which offereth itself to do that which we have so oftentimes desired, and which at this present more than ever is to be wished for? We have had for many years, continual war, wherein we h●…ue spent more than five Millions of gold, so, as this City, and our whole State, which did scarcely begin a little to breath after the forepast wars, is now wholly ruined, and all men's means consumed, and yet for all that, a way being opened unto us, to settle us henceforward in rest and quietness to our honour and reputation, by providing (as there is hope) for our safety and comfort, we will hold the matter doubtful, and expose our peace to the hazard of fortune, which may, (as it hath often done) produce such an accident, as will change the Emperor's mind and will, or else, by his remaining armed here in Italy, may increase our discommodities and dangers, or by his departure, leaving matters in trouble and confusion, keep us yet for as many years more at as great expense in war: and then, God knoweth, what will be the end thereof.  
Those which have hitherunto praised the constancy of this Senate, for that without sparing cost, and without fear of any danger, it hath defended, with such great affection, the common cause, and the liberty of Italy, perceiving now, (accidents being changed, and how needful it is to change opinions) that it doth continue in the same way and desire, to dwell in arms, and to make war, having means to avoid it, will perhaps change their minds, and de●…me us to obstinate, and others will repute us foolish and ill-advised, for that we will not handle matters, not only by reason, but according to our own will, without applying ourselves to time and occasion, by temporising and expecting better fortune: It is without doubt good and commendable to deliberate maturely on matters which present themselves, but we must not excced the limits of reason, lest we come to extremity, which is ever dangerous, but follow as most profitable, the middle way; because it often happeneth, that a long delay of his, which holdeth matters in perpetual irresolution and length, causeth as much, and more danger, than an over hasty and precipitate council: From this, until now, we have sufficiently kept ourselves, having for so many years maintained war, and tried all possible means to reduce this Estate to a settled quiet and safety: Let us now take heed, lest we run into the other extremity, for fear least by seeking to much our own advantage, and craving too much assurance, we come to hinder ourselves, and to expose our affairs to greater dangers.  
Others were not of this opinion, thinking it more honourable and more profitable 
A Discourse in Senate contrary to the ●…ormer.  to temporize, not letting the Emperor know, that they were desirous of an agreement. These men did consider the small assurance, that was in the Emperor's Army, which wanted money and victuals, whereby, these two failing, it was of necessity to break: That their Cities were fenced with strong garrisons, That the Emperor could not in any sort assail●… them upon hope of sudden taking of them: That he was beside, called away else where, and enforced to depart ere long forth of Italy: That the Turk had besieged Vienna, and reduced it to great danger: That all his brother's country was spoiled and ruined, by the Turkish Cavalry. That the Heretics had raised great troubles, and of great importance in sundry places of Germany, if they were not speedily suppressed by his presence: That he, being once gone forth of Italy, and his army broken, or at least much decayed, there was no doubt, but that they might with ease seize on the whole Duchy of Milan, and maintain the Cities of Puglia under their obedience, and in a word, become victors in that war, and purchase in all places an immortal glory and reputation: and where as at this present they treated of receiving an other man's laws and conditions, the Emperor should be enforced to sue for and accept the republics friendship, on conditions to their advantage for fear lest the French, ever ready to arms, should attempt to contract a new league with them, and being afterwards joined together should come and trouble him, whilst he were busied in some other war: That no man was to persuade himself, that the Emperor distasting this Republic, because it had been for many years united with the French, would come at this time for any love thereunto, to propound conditions of agreement: but that they were rather certainly to believe that it was his own profit that moved him thereunto, knowing the State of his own affairs to be badly assured, and the impossibility of being able to hold together his army and to make any long abode in Italy: That it was a general rule, that whatsoever pleaseth the enemy, and is by him esteemed necessary and profitable, aught to be rejected, as a thing which on the other side may beget contrary effects. His show of humanity, and his desire of peace and quiet, was a cunning of the imperials to court their own weakness, and to make men believe that by truly procuring their own advantage, their only aim was the common good.  
But let us yet presuppose (said these men) that it were good at this present to make an accord with the Emperor. It is at the least more than reasonable to tarry till the assembly at Bolognia, where the Emperors will and intention may be better discovered, especially in the accord which shall be treated of, concerning the Duchy of Milan, whereon in the end, as well by reason of the ancient and new confederacy, as for sundry great interests of the Commonwealth, the most assured resolution of peace ought to depend.  
These reasons did greatly move many of those that were there present, who were of opinion not to lay down arms, but with honour and safety to the Commonwealth, 
The Senat●…s resolution.  deferring for that time, the nomination of Commissioners which were to go to Mantoa to treat of peace.  
They resolved to send the Secretary Andrew Rossi to the Marquis, to thank him for his offer and kind affection which he did bear to the Signory, and to excuse them for that they could not as yet resolve upon any treaty of agreement, by reason that the Pope and the Emperor were shortly to meet together at Bolognia, to compose the affairs of Italy, that the Bishop of Faenza, the Pope's Nuncio, had already a hand in that negotiation and particularly in that which concerned the Commonwealth.  
The Pope in the mean time being gone from Rome came to Spoleta, and from thence to Bolognia, there to expect the Emperor, who after that the Pope 
The Pope and the Emp●…ror come to Bolognia.  had made his entry, came thither within few days after, so, as sundry welcomes and reciprocal caresses being made, they began to treat of the affairs of Italy, and how to establish a firm peace there, either of these Princes seeming to bevery desirous thereof.  
But the first and most important▪ was, the accord with the Duke of Milan, who after sundry goings, to and fro of the Prothonotory Carracciola, and of D. Garcia de Padiglia from Placentia to Cremona, being advised by the Venetians, who the more to honour him, caused Marc Antonio Veniero their Ambassador, to accompany him, determined to go in person to the Emperor to Bolognia, having received a safe conduct from his majesty, under colour of coming to him to justify himself because the difficultest point of his business seemed to be, for that the Emperor was distasted of him because that being far of, the Duke had refused to humble himself, and to do that duty which did belong to a vassal of the Empire, or else for that he would have debated his business with to great arrogancy, or at the least with too much distrust of the emperors justice and Clemency.  
This matter being almost finished, w●…s interrupted by the imperialists, who demanded, for the assurance of that which should be agreed upon, 
The Imperials d●…mand concerning the accord for Milan.  that Francis Sforza should deliver unto them, the Cities of Pavia and Alexandria, the which by the Venetians advice he flatly refused to do, the State having manned them with strong Garrisons, and lent the Duke ten thousand Ducats for their entertainment. This demand of the Imperial officers did revive both in the Duke and the Venetians their former suspicions, that the emperials were desirous to appropriate to themselves the State of Milan: The Pope upon this refusal, demanded to have these Cities consigned into his hands, whereof the Duke likewise craving to be excused, because he could not do it without the Venetians consent, and that it would be best to refer the matter to the deciding of his cause in the assembly at Bolognia, it was referred thither without any resolution.  
The Duke then b●…ing come to Bolognia, and brought in to the Emperor's presence, he did very humbly thank him for his courtesy, in that he had suffered him to come before him: then he told him, that he did so much rely upon his justice, at he desired none other assurance or support then his own innocency, 
The Duke of Milan's great humility to the Emperor.  and in so saying, he●…laid down at the Emperor's feet the letters of safeconduct, which he had in his hand, wherewith the Emperor was highly pleased: A month was spent in the handling of the difficulties, as well of his accord as of that of the Venetians, and at last the Pope having greatly employed himself therein, both the one and other were concluded.  
Francis Sforza promised to pay unto the Emperor within a year four hundred thousand Ducats, and other five hundred thousand within ten year, namely fifty thousand yearly; Coma, and the Castle of Milan remaining in the Emperor's hands, who promised to surrender them so soon as the first years payment were made, and gave him the investiture, or rather the confirmation of that, which he had before given him.  
As for the Venetians, they did likewise consent to surrender Ravenna, and Ceruia, with their Territortes, to the Pope (their claims saved) the Pope pardoning those who had practised or done any thing against him. They did likewise agree to render to the Emperor, in the month of january next ensuing, all that 
The Articles of peace betwixt the Emperor and the V●…netians.  which they possessed in the Kingdom of Naples, and to pay him the residue of the two hundred thousand Ducats due at the last peace contracted betwixt them, namely, twenty thousand Ducats within a month, and five and twenty thousand yearly afterwards till the end of the payment, and to pay him another hundred thousand Ducats beside, the one half within ten months, and the other within a year after, and that the Duke of Urbin should be comprised in that peace, as being under the Venetians protection. divers other Articles were added, concerning particular persons, and the general commerce, so as by this peace and confederacy, Italy was freed from the tumults and dangers of arms, wherewith it had been afflicted the space of more than eight years, with infinite ho●…tible accidents.  
Florence alone was exempted from this good hap, unto whom other men's peace had procured a worse and more dangerous war, by reason of the Florentines contention with the Pope. The Imperial army leaving the Venetian State, and being come near to the confines of Tuscany, went on very slowly by the Pope's commandment, who desired to preserve the city of Florence and her whole territory from the soldiers spoil and oppression, which gave the Florentines time and occasion to fortify themselves, and to make strong rampires about their walls, and to receive two thousand footmen into it which Malateste Baillone brought thither, after that he had by composition yielded the City of Perusa to the Marquis of Guasto, which made them more unwilling to grant the 
The Florentines great trouble.  Pope's demands: As also because that their delay to make their approaches, had begotten an opinion in the Florentines, that the Emperor would rather in show then in effect, satisfy the Pope's de●…ire. But the Pope on the other side being extremely incensed against them, because they would not refer themselves to his judgement, wherein ●…e promised to proceed with all meekness, and being in great hope to obtain his desire by freely disposing of the emperors forces, seeing that he had no more need of them, by reason that he had made an agreement with the Venetians and the Duke of Milan, he determined rather to come to the extremest point of all then to give place in any thing.  
The Venetians were greatly grieved for the Florentines troubles and vexations, as their friends and confederates, and joined together in one self same cause, for the tuition and defence of the liberty of Italy: but the Republic was charged with such excessive expenses, as al-be▪ it that all her forces were still whole, yet nevertheless it could not give them that aid and assistance which was needful: and therefore the Senate exhorted the Florentines to make an accord, if it were possible, with the Pope, upon any honourable condition which might not prejudice their liberty.  
The Emperor in the mean time commanded the Marquis of Guasto to set 
What moved the Emperor to en●…orcethe Floren●…ines to obey the Pope.  forward with the army, and to go and encamp before the walls of Florence, being moved thereunto by his own particular interests, besides the Popes, greatly desiring to have those of Medicis to return into the city, because that he had promised to give the Lady Marguer●…te his natural daughter in marriage to Alexander the Pope's Nephew, to the end that his son in law might hold an estate answerable to the greatness of so high a marriage: thinking moreover that it would greatly profit him, for the increase and assurance of his power in Italy to have the government of that City, which had ever showed itself much inclined to the French, to depend wholly in time to come upon him.  
All the war being in this manner brought into Tuscany and near to the walls of Florence, all the remainder of Italy, and Christendom, were at peace, the which happened very opportunely at the same time, that all of them being united together might march against Soliman, who desiring there to purchase glory and reputation by arms, being the more emboldened thereunto by the quarrels and contentions of Christian Princes, did menace their Realms and Dominions: for notwithstanding that winter approached, and that he wanted great ordnance, he was constrained to discampe from before Vienna, the which was defended by a number of brave men, he nevertheless cau●…ed it to given forth abroad that he would return again at the spring, and besiege it with greater forces, or else some other City of Germany.  
Soliman dislodging from those quarters, did establish john in the Kingdom of 
Soliman restoreth john King of Hungary to his Kingdom.  Hungary, showing thereby that his principal aim was to purchase the ●…ame of a valiant and generous Prince: he did moreover create high Treasurer of the Kingdom Lodovico Gritti, son to Andre Gritti Duke of Venice, borne of a Concubine at Constantinople, whilst being young he remained there about business. The conditions of peace being thus accomplished, the Venetian Senate being very careful to establish it, and to purchase and keep the favour and friendship of these Princes, determined to send Ambassadors to the Pope and the Emperor to testify both to the one & other, the gr●…at conten●…mēt which they had received by such an accord and reconciliation, and how desirous they wear to have that peace and friendship long to continue betwixt them. Some of the chiefest Senators 
The Venetian●… send Ambassadors to the Pope and the Emperor.  were appointed for this embassage, namely Marco Dandulo, Lodovico Gradonico, Lod●…uico Moceniga, and Lorenzo Bragadin●…, unto whom, to make the embassage mo●…e honourable, were added Antonio Su●…iano, chosen at the first for successor to Gasparo Contare●… Ambassador with the Pope, and Nicolao Tepulo who was to be resident with the Emepror.  
These six than came to Bolognia at the beginning of the year 1530▪ where the Pope and Emperorlay, who honourably entertained them, where they executed the tenor of their commission a part, first of all to the Pope and then to the Emperor. They did highly e●…toll the Pope, for that a●… the common Father, embracing with Piety and wisdom, the cause of Christendom, he had ended so many troubles and calamities▪ and the Republi●…e did particularly thank him, for his care of the wealth and commodity thereof, by composing in friendly manner their strifes with the Emperor, and thereby sreed them from the expense and trouble of war.  
They declared to the Emperor the necessity which had enforced them to take 
The Ambassadors discharge their duties to the Princes.  arms, and to continue the war, their sorrow and grief for matters past: but above all their firm resolution to observe and maintain the accord made betwixt them, and their desire of a perpetual and an dissoluable friendship betwixt the house of Austria and the Republic.  
The Ambassadors having in this mannerfully executed their commission, so as nothing was left for them to negotiate, they were nevertheless commanded not to stir from Bolognia, that they might be present at the emperors Coronation, which was to be done in that City: because that Charles, meaning at the first to be crowned at Rome, according to the ancient custom of other Emperors, being called home by the Germans, for matters of great importance, resolved to have the ceremony performed at Bolognia, by reason whereof great numbers of people coming thither from all parts, and Princes Ambassadors, 
The Emperor is crowned at Bolognia.  they thought that such an embassage as theirs would become the pomp and solemnity of such a day, which was upon the four and twenty of February, which being ended, the Ambassadors returned to Venice, being honoured by the Emperor with a gift of five hundred Portiguze worth ten crowns a piece, the which, according to their custom, were laid up in the public treasury: The ancient fathers of the State having wisely decreed, that if those citizens that were sent 
The Emperor's gui●…t to the Venetian Ambassadors brought into the public treasury.  in embassage to Princes, did receive any thing of them in gift, they were to deliver it up in public, they, thinking it unreasonable to refuse that which was given in honour to him that did represent the Commonwealth, nor likewise to suffer that which was given to public persons, to be converted to private uses, and if at times they were permitted to enjoy them, it passed by the common suffrages of the Senate, whereupon he unto whom it was given, held it afterwards of the Senate's grace and liberality: and by this means, they did cut off all occasion from bad Citizens of being partial for any Prince whatsoever, upon hope of gain, to the detriment of the Commonwealth: Within a while after, three Ambassadors came to Venice from the Emperor, to render a reciprocal office of friendship, and in particular to resolve upon the execution of certain Articles of peace, who were entertained with all honour and sumptuousness, and at their departure they were presented with cups of gold, of the value of a thousand crowns a piece; and touching the emperors demand, for his sake divers of the republics subjects were pardoned, and others raised to great honours and dignities.  
The Emperor after his coronation went to Mantua, where he was received 
The M●…rquisate of Mant●…a is erected into a Duchy.  with all royal magnificence by Frederico Gonzaga Marquis of that place, who by him was recompensed with the degree and title of Duke, to himself and his posterity: from thence, being to pass thorough the republics State, in his journey by Trent into Germany, the Senate commanded Paulo Nani and Giovani Delfino, General Providators in the firm land, and likewise G●…ouani Mora, governor of Padua, and Pedro Grimani governor of Vincenza, to meet him at Villafranca with great company of Gentlemen, which lieth upon the Mantuan and Verona confines, and to wait upon him so long as he should make his abode upon their territories: they commanded likewise the officers of Verona, to make speedy provision 
The great entertainment given to the Emperor on the Venetian 〈◊〉.  of victuals, and other necessaries for those of his Court, and for the soldiers: and they did in particular, in the republics name, present him, with wine, venison, fish, sweet meats, and all other exquisite delicates fit for entertainment.  
The Emperor then passed along with all his forces, being attended on by great numbers of Lords and Princes Ambassadors, and amongst others by Nic●…lao Tepulo, appointed (as hath been said) ordinary Ambassador with his Majesty, and in passing by Verona, without entering the city, where, and in the castles the guards were doubled, he came to Chiusa, being still accompanied by the Commissioners that represented the commonwealth, and being thorough all their State entertained with great honour, he seemed to be highly pleased and satisfied therewith, and protested great love to the Republic.  
As these things seemed to increase these Prince's confidence, and to confirm peace and friendship, even so was it to be feared that they would in Soliman (great States being ever filled with jealousy) beget sum suspicion, that the Signory would enter into league against him with the Christian Princes, and that which made him to doubt it, was the common report that was spread abroad, that peace was established amongst those Princes, that they might afterwards, being united together, make war upon the Turk, and oppose themselves against Soliman's great designs, who having once al●…eady besieged the city of Vienna, did threaten to return thither again with a mightier army. Certain Cardinals, appointed for that end, did meet at Bolognia with the assistance of the Ambassadors of other Princes to treat of necessary preparations to begin the war with the Turk, and though the commonwealths Ambassadors were not present at that 
Soliman distast●…d of the Venetians by reason of a report that was cu●…rant in Constantinople.  assembly where there was nothing concluded on, the report nevertheless increasing the matter (as the manner is) and being bruited at Constantinople for otherwise then the truth, was the cause that divers did blame that council, who thinking to remedy a mischief, fell into a greater and a more dangerous.  
Now, the Senate being advertised by Lodovico Gritti, who as Ambassador to john King of Hungary had followed Soliman to Constantinople, of the Turk●…s 
The Venetians s●…nd an embassage to Soliman.  suspicion, resolved to dispatch an Ambassador to the great Lord, to acquaint him with the peace made with the Emperor, and with the reasons that moved them thereunto: and also to assure him of the Senate's firm and constant desire, ever to continue friends to the Ottomans: and if he should perceive Soliman to be well inclined towards them, then to renew the Articles of peace. The Senate did not without cause use all these respects and demonstrations of friendship to Soliman, because that not long before, at his return from Belgrade, he had sent Ibraim Bei his Ambassador to Venice, to acquaint them with that which had 〈◊〉 in Hungary, and par●…icularly how that he had restored King john their friend and Confederate to his Kingdom: he did beside, send an other Chiaus to the Senate, to entreat them to send their Ambassador to Constantinople to be present at the sollem●…ity of the circumcision of two of his sons; and at the same time he used great liberalit y towards them, by giving them for a present a thousand Canthars of saltpeter, brought from Alexandria having heard that the Venetians did need it.  
Thomaso Moceniga was chosen for this commission, who within few days after did set forwards on his journey with Francisco Barbaro, who was chosen Baylif, to succeed Pedro Zene, who being sent as Ambassador to the port of the great Lord, had borne himself as Vice-bailise for the space of seven years. This embassage came in a very opportune season to Constantinople, for the respects above mentioned: for the Croizade having been published, and the report and expectation thereof being very great, by reason that the preachers in their pulpits had exhorted all the people to contribute towards the enterprise against the In●…idels, Soliman had conceived a certain opinion in his mind, that the Venetians, after the accord made at Bolognia, had with the other Christian Princes conspired against him: whereby measuring all their actions past, he did among other matters complain, for that by the peace they had given a great sum 
So●…iman 〈◊〉 the Venetians.  of money to the Princes of the house of Austria his enemies which had the more enabled them to make war upon him, adding beside thereunto, that because they had not acquainted him therewith, till the conclusion of the business, they had not performed the part of a State that was his friend, such an one as ●…he Signory made show to be.  
But all these rumours being already spread abroad amongst the Bassa's, and other men of note, did at the arrival of the Ambassadors, vanish, whereupon, 
The circumcision of Soliman's children.  was speedily renewed and confirmed the league, on the same conditions as it was before. Then the Ambassadors were present at the feast and solemnity of the circumcision of his children, which was done with great pomp, cost and royal magnificence, in all which shows, the Venetians did still hold a very honourable rank.  
During these great feasts and solemnities, Soliman being in deed invited to great attempts, did in his mind ruminate on affairs of consequence, he did oftentimes discourse with his Bashaes' concerning the raising of an army wherewith to return into Hungary and Germany, to overthrow the power of the Austrian Princes; by reason whereof he dispatched matters of great importance: he determined to send a great Navy to sea, intending upon occasion, to execute some brave exploit, but especially to assure the sea by all means, which 
The incursions of the Knights of Malta against the Turks.  the Galleys of the Knights of Rhodes did continually scour, who having planted themselves in the Isle of Malta, given unto them by the Emperor, did nothing but scour and molest all the seas, and chiefly those which belonged to the Turks.  
Soliman at the same time, thought on the affairs of peace by determining to cause all merchandises to be brought to Constantinople, with the spices which 
Soliman's purpose to enrich Constantinople  were brought from the Levant to Alexandria, and to other markets of his Empire, meaning (as he said) to make that city, the seat of the Empire, to abound in all things, and chiefly in gold, and therefore he had commanded all strangers not to buy silks or spices any where but at Constantinople, whither he caused them to be brought; with great store of such commodities which he had bought with his own money.  
These things did greatly discontent the Venetians, as well in regard of the war he determined to make, as for the change of the traffic: for albeit his meaning was to assail others and not them, yet nevertheless, growing mighty by the ruin of other Princes, his power was fearful to the Venetians, and the dividing of his army, did still give trouble and molestation to the Republic, and did likewise put them to expense, by taking away traffic from 
The Venetians pursuits to divert Soliman's designs.  the usual and ordinary places, which did much disturb the business of Merchants. These considerations did move the Venetians to entreat the King of Hungary, who already did treat of an agreement with Ferd●…nand, to embrace this business, thereby to deliver Christendom from so many mischiefs. They made the same request to the King of Poland, who was already a mediator in that agreement, to pursue it to the end. They did likewise solicit Lodovico Gritti at Constantinople, whose favour and authority did daily increase at the Port of the great Lord, to cool, by means of the Bassa, that great heat of Soliman's, to cause his army to depart, by showing unto him how careful the Republic was to keep the navigation free and safe from Pirates: and for the other likewise, to hinder the transportation of the commerce to Constantinople, which could not be done but with the great hurt and loss of all foreign nations.  
Now, wholly to keep the Turks from arming themselves and entering into 
The venetians forbid the Knights of Malta to come no more upon their Gulf.  the Venetian Gulf, The Senate commanded the Providator of the army, to advertise the Galleys of Malta, no more to come upon their Gulf, nor to hurt those vessels which sailed on the Levant seas which they held, and that he should threaten to disarm them if they did otherwise. The Turks held this for a grievous wrong▪ and complaining of the Venetians, said, that it did not beseem the friendship which they made show to bear to the great Lord, to suffer them in their country before their faces to be so badly dealt with, because that they 
The Turks co●…plaints against the Venetians.  presuming upon the forces and provisions of the Republic, had not entertained any armed vessels.  
The Emperor being in the mean time come to Ausbourg, did there connoke an assembly, where he caused his brother▪ Ferdinand to be elected King of the romans: then treating of affairs concerning religion, the Protestants craved the celebration of a general council, where their opinions, touching saith, might be examined and concluded, which was a pretence to colour their cause with the authority of Religion▪ The Catholics likewise for other respects, desired a council, hoping that the authority of the decrees that would there 
The Almains desire to hau●… a General Council.  be made, should suffice, if not to divert the minds of the chief of the Heretics from their errors, yet at least to reduce part of the multitude to the soundest opinion; so as the one and other of them required one self same thing, namely to have a General Council called.  
The Emperor being desirous to satisfy this earnest request of all Germany, as also, because it fell out very opportunely for his affairs, to appease the causes of tumults, and contumacy of the people in that Province, did very much press the Pope to convoke the council and promised him, to the end he should not fear to have his authority and dignity endangered, to be there in person, and to have a particular care of him. The Pope, perceiving the small hope 
The Pope excuses concerning the convocation of a council.  that was in it of any great good, and fearing rather some occasion of other disorders, without making any open refusal, he answered, That for divers respects, it was not yet time to treat thereof, because that peace was not yet well established amongst the Princes of Christendom, which ought first of all to be looked unto, to the end that all of them being united together, might meet there, to aid and favour the Council.  
The Protestants thereupon being more earnest, and the Pope fearing that it would breed some greater inconvenience, began to detest that Nation, and to 
The Pope hath recourse to the Venetians, against the instances of the Germans.  propound, that they were to be chastised with temporal arms, whereof, he often discoursed by letters, not only with the Emperor, but likewise with the Venetian Senate, to whom of purpose he sent his Nuncio, to exhort them, therein to interpose their council, authority and forces, by entreating the Emperor to hearken thereunto, and the easier to draw him to it, to offer him a sum of money.  
But the Senate being of a contrary mind, sought to dissuade him from it, 
The Venetians answer to the Pope.  and in praising his good meaning they showed him, how that to take arms at such a time, and without urgent necessity, was nothing else but to show that he was afraid of a most just cause (whereof all men were desirous to be assured) by preventing with force, the power which the concourse and favour of the people might bring to the adverse party: That it did not beseem him, who maintained reason and truth, to fly from the trial thereof, especially by the Scriptures and by the same reason; and not to impose a necessity upon the Protestant Princes to raise their forces, and thereby to make their cause to be more favoured by the people, and accounted to have some show of honesty, by opposing themselves against the violence which would be done to them by coming in arms: That the Princes of Italy were whole drawn dry of money by reason of the late wars: The Electors of the Empire were doubtful in such a case, what part to take, and more desirous of peace than war, as their Ambassadors do affirm, who for the same purpose were sent to the Emperor at Brussels: The free cities of Germany, are resolute in no sort to aid or favour the Emperor if he should seek rather to prevail by force then reason: and the Emperor is to weak of himself to levy sufficient forces to overthrow the Princes and people being risen.  
The Pope being moved by these reasons, or by the authority of the Senate, to whom he much referred himself, having changed his mind, desisted from sending his Nuncio to the Emperor as he had determined: whereby this treaty was broken off. And to speak truly, it was then thought most fit to consider rather how to resist the Turks designs, and to keep (as much as might be) the forces of Christendom united together, and chiefly those of Germany who were to sustain the first attempts of the Barbarians, by reason that it was held for certain that Soliman, being proud and haughty, could not digest his shameful discamping from before Vienna which he could not take & that he was 〈◊〉 to return thither with a mightier army, the which, according to the common report, he was already preparing.  
The Emperor in this regard, did rather incline to peace then war, and 
〈…〉  〈◊〉 making any solid resolution, was content for that time to set down cer●… rules, concerning religion, until the next future council. He likewise desired, the better to reduce all matters to peace and quiet, to end the controversies which remained undecided betwixt the Archduke Fedinana and the Republic of Venice: whereupon, he commanded to choose umpiers according to that which they had concluded; whereunto all be it that the Senate did not only consent, but did likewise seem greatly to desire it, by soliciting the deciding of the controversy, yet nevertheless nothing succeeded thereof, contrary to the desire of both parties, by reason of the difficulty they had to name a third person, if it were so that the umpiers could not agree amongst themselves. The Archduke chose the Duke of Mantua, the Bishop of Ausbourg, and the Pope's Nuncio residing with himself; And the Venetians made choice of the Bishop Theatin●…, the Archbishop 
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  of Salerne, who was of the family of the Adorni and the Pope's Nuncio refiding at Venice, but those which pleased one of the parties, displeased the other, whereby matters remained still in controversy, to the great prejudice and hurt of the subjects on the frontiers, and caused an alteration amongst the Princes.  
Besides this, the Emperor had not yet surrendered (which was the very latter end of the year) the castle of Milan nor the city of Coma to Francis Sforza, as he was bound to do: whereupon the Venetians being desirous to have it performed as soon as might be, for fear least time might produce some sinister accident, and Francis Sforza having not altogether means of his own to furnish so 
The Castle of Milan and the city of Coma 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 Sforza.  great a sum of money, as was to be paid to the Emperor, they did lend him fifty thousand Ducats to make up the payment, the which they re-embursed, upon a bargain of salt they made with him, by which means the castle of Milan and the city of Coma, were rendered to Sforza, to the Venetians great content, whose only end was to assure the Du●…chy of Milan to the Duke.  
The Venetians great desire to conserve that State for Sforza, was the cause, that he seeming to have some distrust of the French, entreated the Senate to interpose their authority with that King, that he might desist from his great warlike preparations, which he was reported to make to renew his old claim to Milan: and notwithstanding that they gave small credit to that report, yet nevertheless, to show their constant desire of the preservation and defence of that State, and to take from the French all suspicion that they would ever separate themselves from the Emperor and the other Confederates, they determined to make it known to all men, as well in France, as in the Courts of other Princes. But the Emperor being displeased with this declaration, did summon them beside, to arm the number of soldiers which the Signory was bound to levy by the treaty of Confederacy. The Venetians thereupon supposing that he aimed at some particular design of his own, and would draw them to more than they were tied unto by the league, answered, that the affairs of Italy standing at such a stay, as there was nothing to be more hoped for then an assured peace, they were not to be urged to so great expenses.  
Now at the same time, the Venetians supposing that King Francis, being newly married, and having recovered his children, should rather think on feasting, and pleasure, then on the travails of war, to make it known that they desired to partake some part of his content, sent into France, john Pisani, Procurator 
john Pisani extraordinary Ambassador into France.  of Saint Marke●…, their extraordinary Ambassador to rejoice with him in the name of the Republic. But he having discovered some true likelihoods, said boldly, that they would not suffer the peace and public quiet to be troubled or interrupted, and they would never fail in aught whereunto they were tied by their confederacy.  
In the Interim of these negotiations, the Republic enjoying an assured peace, 
The Venetians 〈◊〉 the nomination of Bishoprics under their 〈◊〉.  the Senate took care to re-establish it in her ancient pre-eminences, which it had enjoyed before the last wars, and amongst others, to appoint all the Bishops belonging to their own State: for which having made many requests to the Pope, without receiving any certain resolution they seized on the temporalties of divers bishoprics which the Pope had given: whereat his Holiness being incensed, made show that he would resent it, and to those ends sought aloccasions to break off from them.  
The Senate considering the difficulty of the matter, did consult thereupon in open Council, where the opinions were very different, some affirming that it was not good at that time to provoke the Pope, but to defer the matter till some other time, and to quit the seizure: Others of the contrary opinion counseled to pursue the business, and that the Pope would at the last be enforced to grant their demands, so as in this diversity of opinions the matter remained undecided. The Senate having at last found a means of agreement, it was decre●…d, that in favour of the Pope, the temporalties of those that had been promoted by his Holiness, should be surrendered to them, in the cities of their obedience: and yet nevertheless they did not give over their demand, saying, that what they had done was only for the respect and reverence which they did bear to Pope Clement, hoping that he would grant them more than they craved: the Pope nevertheless, who at first made show that he demanded nothing else but that, as a sign of obedience, without being satisfied, stood upon far greater difficulties. But other matters of greater importance happening, caused them to sue to the Pope, and to have good correspondence with him.  
Soliman having made peace with the King of Persia in the beginning of the 
Soliman's design against the Christians.  year 1531. determined to assail Christendom on all sides both by sea and land, and for that purpose had sent his Standard of General to Cariadine surnamed Barbarossa, a famous Pirate, for his great experience in marine matters, who was renowned for the infinite mischiefs which he had done to Christians, and having thus received him into the number of his captains, had advertised the Venetians thereof, to the end they should no more use him as a Pirate, but as one of his own port.  
And although the Bassa's did o●…tentimes affirm that Soliman would continue in league and friendship with the Republic, yet nevertheless, it seemed neither safe nor honourable to leave the possession of the sea, to the discretion of that barbarous Nation, who was mighty, and armed: whereupon it behoved them to make an extraordinary provision of Galleys and soldiers: a matter which came to them in an ill time, by reason that their public treasure being exhausted by the late wars, could not furnish them with 
The Venetians crave the 〈◊〉 levied upon the Clergy to help them against the Turks.  money to suffice so great expenses: therefore it was necessary to have recourse to other means, and amongst others, it seemed unto them that the tenths levied upon the Clergy of their Dominions would be suffitient for that business.  
Now they sought in all humility to obtain it of the Pope, but they could not thereby surmont the difficulties wherewith he drew the matter forth in length▪ but to the double discommodity and grief of the Venetians, he made account to levy two tenths upon all the goods of the Italian Clergy, for to employ them (as he said) on the relief of the Cantons of the Catholic Swisses, against the other protestant Cantons, who threatened them with war; and by this means the Republic was frustrate of the commodity which it hoped for by the Tenths, which being raised upon their State, seemed to belong unto them upon so just a cause: as also because the said levy of Tenths, gave some suspicion to the Turk, that it was done for some league practised against him.  
The Senate nevertheless, albeit they were deprived of that help, and out 
The Venetians preparations to stand upon their guard.  of hope to obtain it, did not cease to make provision of all things necessary, but surmounting all difficulties that were offered, they determined presently to arm fifty Galleys, they which they sent to sea well furnished with all necessaries: But these great warlike preparations did by little and little vanish of themselves: because that Soliman being come to Andrinople, intending (as it was said) to take order for his preparations, being carried away with the pleasure of hunting, did daily delay the affairs of war, so as that year remained peaceable and quiet on his part.  
The Venetians naval army in the mean time was not idle, for the sea being 
The Venetians by chase away the Pirates make the s●…as safe.  full of Pirates, who being joined together in great numbers did scour all the Seas, and hindered the navigation and commerce, they were all of them chased, broken, or taken prisoners, to the great profit of all men, and to the Venetians praise.  
The King of Hungary at the same time, notwithstanding that he had all his warlike preparations well ordered and in readiness, and that he was stronger than Ferdinand, yet nevertheless whilst he expected the Turkish aid for his better safety, fearing the great forces which the Emperor was reported to levy for his brother's aid, or desiring rather to end the matter in friendly sort, then to come to strokes, and namely destrusting his own people, did not enterprise 
The King of Hungary seeketh peace of the Emperor and of Ferdinand.  any thing: so as both parties being quiet, he sent john Alasco his Ambassador to the Emperor, of whom obtaining no certain resolution, he went to Ferdinand, where finding likewise as great difficulties, he determined to go to the other Princes of Germany, to treat with them of his King's business, but Ferdinand taking his safe conduct from him, he was enforced to return into Hungary.  
King john nevertheless, did not cease by other messengers to advertise those Princes that were assembled in the Diets held in sundry places of Germany, and chiefly the Protestants, to divert them from aiding Ferdinand, that Soliman accounted those his own friends or enemies, who showed themselves friends or enemies to the Realm of Hungary.  
This King, not to omit any thing, did likewise send his Ambassadors to Venice, to entreat the Senate, to be a means, as well to the Emperor, as to the Pope, that embracing his cause, they might reduce matters to some honourable agreement. The Senate perceiving that King john's intent was to try all means even to extremity, that he might keep the Realm of Hungary to himself, albeit that he had the Turkish army at his command for his defence, to take away 
The Venetians do in vain solicit the Pope for the King of Hungary.  the cause of new troubles in Christendom, they did willingly hearken to this request, and were desirous to further it to the Pope, but all their remonstrances were to small purpose, because that his Holiness, favouring more the cause of Ferdinand, then that of King john, seemed to consent that the matter should rather be determined by arms then by accord.  
Now within a while after, the rumour of war being blown abroad every where, how that Soliman resolved with a mighty army to come down into Hungary to besiege the City of Strigonium which Ferdinand kept, the Pope seat the Bishop of Verona his Nuncio to Venice, to know of the Senate, their determination, & what they would do, if the Turk should return with his army into Hungary, and if all Christian Princes would unite themselves together against that common enemy.  
The Senators upon this proposition were very doubtful and perplexed. For zeal to Religion on the one side did move them, and the fear likewise for their own State, the Turk waxing so mighty a neighbour: on the other side, their doubt not to find in the Christian Princes such steadfast constancy as to expose themselves to necessary travails and dangers, held them back: so as in this diversity of opinions, they answered the Pope, that the Venetian Senate had 
The Venetians answer to the Pope's demand.  ever desired and sought the good of Christendom: but as the same did suddenly incite them to undertake all matters for the service thereof, even so they were sorry, that the condition of the times, and the particular estate of ●…heir affairs would not permit them to show it in effect. That the greatest Princes of Christendom were at the same time at discord and dissension amongst themselves, so as it could not be promised, that they would unite themselves against that common enemy, that the forces alone of the Signory were to weak to march against him: beside, that their State, for the space of two thousand miles, from the Isle of Cyprus unto the end of Dalmatia was near neighbour to the Turks, where there were ordinarily great numbers of Citizens, and much wealth, a matter with indeed did enforce them to temporize with them, and kept them from so easily declaring themselves their enemies: That they did therefore much commend the Pope's goodness and wisdom, for that he did so well foresee and provide for the perils of Christendom: And that they did hope that their excuses would be entertained of all men as most just and reasonable.  
Ferdinand in the mean time, albeit he perceived that all these treaties of league would come to nothing, yet nevertheless, promising unto himself 
Ferdinand's designs against the Turks.  to be able to obtain by arms a more advantageous peace then that which King john had propounded unto him, contemned all treaties that were offered, by reason that he had been declared King of romans in the assembly at Colein, and thereby successor to his brother Charles in the Empire, and had moreover obtained sundry aids in the Diets held at Lins and at Prague, beside the great help which he hoped to have from his brother.  
The Venetians nevertheless without giving over their former proposition of peace, having sent their Ambassadors unto Ferdinand, for to congratulate in the commonwealths name his new dignity, caused him to entertain the 
The venetians exhort Ferdinand to peace.  motion of peace, exhorting him to embrace it, and to answer the hope which men had conceived of him, that as a wise and virtuous Prince he would have the peace and quiet of Christendom in singular recommendation.  
All those that had regard to the public good, and did nearly consider the conditions of those times, desired peace, because they did foresee that great wars and calamities would arise in other places, by reason that the Kings of France and England perceiving a goodly occasion offered to invade the emperors dominions, who was enforced to turn his forces against the Turks, to 
What moved the Kings of France and England to make war on the Emperor.  defend the Estates of his house and the Empire, did practise sundry ways to make war upon him, the one being provoked with an ancient desire to recover the State of Milan, and the other for a disdain newly conceived against Charles for defending his Aunt's cause, wife to the King, whom he had put away that he might marry with an other, therefore they had jointly practised the Germane Princes who did not greatly affect the Emperor, and in the mean time they armed: so as it seemed that they tarried for nothing else to make war upon him, but till the Turk should begin, and thereby draw the Emperor's forces into another place, according to their common report.  
Soliman, who had daily intelligence of the Christian Princes designs, much esteeming the self same occasions to see the Emperor at one time busied in divers and sundry places, seemed every day to be more resolute to defend and maintain the Realm of Hungary for King john his friend and Confederate, desiring to recover his reputation which he supposed he had lost at his retreat from before Vienna.  
At the beginning then of the year 1532. the Turk being come to Andrinople, acquainted all men what way he meant to take: but before his departure, 
1532.  showing both in word and deed, what great account he made of the Venetians friendship, he called home the great Galleys which he kept in Soria and Alexandria, for the above mentioned causes, and freely suffered them to traffic in all places as they were wont to do, caring no more to reduce the trade to Constantinople. Then being careful to raise his army, he sent for all the Spaches from Greece (these are horsemen, unto whom the Prince giveth for wages, the possession of certain lands during their lives) to come to him with their arms and horse; he demanded likewise of the Tartarians, Null and Transylvanians, the aid which by their confederacies they were bound to send him, so as marching into the field, and being come upon the confines of Hungary he 
The number of the Turkish army.  found that there were a hundred and fifty thousand fight men in his army, amongst whom, the most esteemed, were twenty thousand janissaries, who fight on foot, being brought up from their youth in the exercise of martial discipline.  
Soliman then being arrived with his whole army before Belgrade, a City seated in low Hungary, he caused it to be published that he would enforce the Emperor 
Soliman with his army cometh into Hungary.  to come to battle with him, promising to himself easily to vanquish him, threatening with insolent speeches to drive him forth of Germany, and to make himself Lord of all the States of the Western Empire, which (as he said) belonged unto him, as true Emperor and Lord of Constantinople.  
Upon the report of the Turks arrival, the Emperor Charles likewise having assembled a mighty army from all parts of Christendom, and such an one as in 
The Emperor with a mighty army encampeth before Vienna.  the memory of man, the like had not been seen, went and encamped before the city of Vienna: determining there to attend the enemy.  
All men were attentive to see what would be the issue of this war, especially the Venetians, who underhand savoured the Christian party, having suffered their subjects to go, as of themselves to the Emperor's army.  
The effects nevertheless of these two great armies were far otherwise, then were the expectation and fear which men had, because that Soliman entering very late into Hungary, being not able to come sooner, as well in regard of the greatness of his preparations, as for the distance of the way, did not directly march towards the emperors army, but having only made a 
Soliman's retreat.  show of war, and some few incursions, he returned to Constantinople. The Emperor (who had not stirred from before the walls of Vienna, not going forth to met the the Turks, notwithstanding that he had intelligence of their approaches) being assured of their retreat, did on a sudden break up his army, and burning with an extreme desire to return into Spain, after that he had 
The Emperor's retreat.  left certain Italian footmen with his brother, and some numbers of Lansquenets he took his journey into Italy, from thence to sail into Spain.  
But both the Emperor and the Turk, having at one time great navies at sea, the Venetians thought that it behoved them for the safety of their own State, to arm likewise, because they would not by any means be taken unprovided, and to these ends determined to augment their navy with a good number of Galleys: whereupon, by the Senate's command, twenty galleys were speedily armed in the Isles of Candy, Zant, and Corsoù, and in the Cities of Dalmatia, so as their naval army amounted to the number of threescore Galleys, of which Vincenz●… Capel was made General, with express commission to take great heed that no hurt might be done to the towns and subjects of the Signory, and that the imperials and the Turks might be used alike as friends, by furnishing them with Havens and victuals, but not with arms, not war like munitions, the Senate resolving to have firm friendship and correspondency with both of them.  
Now the Turkish Army being come upon the Levant seas, conducted by 
The Emperors and Soliman's naval Armi●….  Imerall, to the number of fourscore sail, reckoning with the Galleys twenty lesser vessels, and that of the imperials upon the Western seas, which consisted of forty light Galleys, with certain great ships of war, under the command of André Doria, being yet uncertain what the captains designs were, and what way they would take: the General Capel went and spent the time betwixt Zante and Corfou giving order, according to his commission, that the subjects of the Signory might have no harm, and to avoid likewise the occasion to meet with these armies, that no suspicion might be given of favouring one more than an other.  
Imerall being at last come to Prevesa, Capello remained still at Corfou, from whence he sent one of his Galleys to visit him; the which the Barbarian taking in good part, promised him that no harm should be done to the subjects of the Signory; and the Turkish fleet arriving afterwards in the Isle of Zante, and in other places belonging to the Republic, took nothing away from them by force. As for Doria, he departed from Sicily where he had made long abode and sailed towards Greece; and understanding that the Venetian fleet lay at Zante, 
Doria his subtle meaning.  he was desirous to sail thither with all his Galleys, to have some occasion to talk with the General Capello, intending, as it was thought, and as himself hath since then affirmed, that by causing the Turks to suspect the union of their Armies, to enforce the Venetians to join with him, of which union he had before written to the Senate, with great offers and hopes: and the Emperor's Ambassador, resident at Venice, having earnestly entreated that it might be so, demanded of them, that if upon occasion the two fleets of the Emperor and the Turk 
The Senate's answer to the Emperor's Ambassador.  should fight one with another, whether they would have their General to aid and favour the Turks: whereunto the Senate readily replied, that they did greatly esteem the Emperor's friendship, and were well disposed to entertain and keep it, but they were not determined upon his occasion, or for any other vain hope, to break the league with so mighty an enemy.  
These two Armies then, Imperial and Turkish, remaining quiet for fear one 
The retreat of the Turk●…sh Army.  of another, did in a manner spend that whole summer without doing any thing. At the last, the Turkish fleet being much weakened by the Pestilence, began to retire towards Negrepont, to go afterwards (as it was thought) to winter at Constantinople. Doria being emboldened by this retreat, sailed with his Army 
Coron and Patras, taken by Doria.  towards Morea, resolving to besiege Coron, which he took after some small resistance of the Turkish garrison that lay there, he did the like to Patras, but it was by composition, than winter drawing on, he retired into Sicily without executing any other notable action.  
Both these Armies being retired, the Venetians meaning to be no longer at such great expense in vain, did disarm the Galleys of increase, with some other old ones which were in the Army. These things were done forth of Italy, the which in the mean time was quiet in all places; but that the Duke of Milan resolved to send his forces against the Captain of the Castle of Must, who being desirous to advance himself by some novelty, and upon hope that the Lansquenets would assist him, had taken certain places from the Grisons, and did sore threaten the city of Coma. The Duke of Milan upon this report, sent john Baptist●… Speciano, one of his household Gentlemen to Venice, to entreat the Senate to aid him to prevent the Captain's designs; the Senate answered that the Duke ought therein to bear himself modestly for fear of altering the quiet of Italy, & giving occasion to those that were desirous of troubles to practise other novelties: but when need should be, he should find in them the same readiness to help him, which he had at other time's experience of. This caused that small stir soon to be appeased, which would have fallen out otherwise, if the Venetians had taken arms. For the Grisons having by the aid of certain Cantons of the Swisses levied certain numbers of soldiers, did enforce the Captain of the Castle to an agreement, whereunto the Duke willingly consented, so soon as he understood the Venetians resolution, and had at last, by means of a sum of money, the town of Locquaca and the Castle of Must restored to him.  
The Duke of Ferrara did at the same time, by the Emperor's sentence, obtain 
The Duke of Ferrara recovereth Mode na and Regio by the Emperor's sentence.  Modena and Regio, the which imported likewise, that the Pope receiving an hundred thousand Ducats of him by a certain time, and reducing the revenue thereof to the ancient form, should again newly invest him in the jurisdiction of Ferrara, asbeit it was against the Pope's will, who demanding caution and assurance for the summer, fifteen Venetian Gentlemen were given unto him, whom the Senate did promise should be answerable for it, whereupon he accepted it. This Duke was not long before reconciled to the Venetians, who restored unto him a goodly and magnificent Palace, which he had in Venice, it being taken from him by reason of the last wars, and had been given unto his Predecessors by the Signory.  
According then to this sentence the Emperor consigned Modena to the Duke of Ferrata, which till then he had heaped in deposito, by reason whereof there had been, for a long time, betwixt the Pope and that Duke, neither open war or an assured peace, for it vexed the Pope to quit those two Cities, which he had so 
The Emperor is again 〈◊〉 rous to talk with the Pope ●…t Bolognia.  much sought after.  
The Emperor being speedily come into Italy, sent word to the Pope how desirous he was to talk with him again at Bolognia, for divers great considerations, and chiefly to renew the Confederacy, made before betwixt them, to the end to comprehend therein all the Italians, and to tax the sum of money, which every one ought to contribute, if the French should invade Italy: for he had intelligence that the French had some design upon Genoa, pretending by reason of their particular claims and interests, that they might do it without breaking the agreement made at Madrill or Cambray: as also because that Genoa was not mentioned in their treaty of the last league, but only the state of Milan 
What was the cause of the interview.  and the Realm of Naples.  
The Pope seemed to be highly pleased with this interview, for having propounded to marry his Niece to the second son of France, and fearing least the Emperor distasting it, would refuse to pass on any further in the marriage already determined and concluded betwixt Alexandro de Medicis his nephew, and the Lady Marguerite his natural daughter, sought all means to entertain the Emperor and to satisfy him in all things; therefore he sent word to all the Potentates of Italy, to send their Commissioners to Bolognia, where the meeting should be, there for to renew the Confederacy according to the Emperor's desire.  
This proposition did for divers reasons displease the Venetians: First for fear lest the Turk should suspect that the renewing of the league was rather made against him, then for the defence of Italy, with whom they were to deal with great respect. Next they thought it to be against reason, so to contemn the interests and designs of the French King, which might beget great discontent in him, which might turn to the loss and detriment of the Signory. And then, that the Emperor's intention, to renew this first league, being only to comprehend Genoatherein, the same might displease the Turk and the French: The Turk, for that he hated that City and Nation, from whom that fleet came which had taken Coron, and done him so much harm; the French because that the assurance of Genoa would enforce them to take arms against them, by reason of the report which was already currant, how that they had an enterprise upon it. And lastly, they were in doubt that this renewing of the league was a cunning of the Emperors, to cause the French King and Soliman to suspect the Republic, and for to reduce it to this point, not only strictly to join and confederate itself with him, but likewise to depend wholly upon him and his pleasure, and altogether to follow his fortune, by declaring itself a friend to his friends, and enemy to his enemies.  
The Venetians made answer to the Emperor's Agents which came from Rome for that purpose, that they were willing to maintain and keep the confederacy 
The Emperor returneth into Italy.  which they had made with the Emperor, and the other Confederates, being desirous of the peace and quiet of Italy. The Emperor in the mean time came forth of Germany into Italy, unto whom the Senate sent four Ambassadors, Marco Minio, jeronimo Pesare, Lorenzo Bragadino, and Marco Foscare, who found him at Pontiebe, and waited upon him thorough their State with all the honour that might be, presenting him with confi●…ures and other sweet meats, where in they spent above ten thousand crowns.  
The Emperor being come to Bolognia, about the latter end of the year, the Pope speedily arrived there, where were showed the self same demonstrations of friendship and familiarity as at the former time. Then coming to confer together at the beginning of january of the next year 1533. to treat of important affairs, and chiefly to renew the last league made in the self same place, by reason whereof all the other Princes of Italy had sent their Commissioners thither: Marc-Antonio Veniero, and Marc-Antonio Contaren, Ambassadors of the Republic, the one with the Pope, and the other with the Emperor, were called, and earnestly entreated by these Princes, to persuade the Senate to 
The Venetians are requested to consent to the renewing of the league.  hearken to that business, which concerned the safety of all men, and the quiet of Italy, which they so much desired. The Pope, beside, these exhortations made to the Ambassadors, sent Roberto Magio, his Nuncio, to Venice, albeit it was more, (according to the common report) to satisfy the Emperor, then for any desire he had thereunto.  
The Venetians had used all means possible to keep themselves from being 
The Venetians answer concerning the renewing of the league.  called into it, by promising carefully to observe that which had been agreed betwixt them, but being at last informed to deliver their resolution, they refused to renew the confederacy, or to amplify the obligations therein contained, alleging for their excuses (not mentioning the Freneh) how that the Turk had notice of the former made at Bolognia for the safety of Italy, so that coming now to renew it, in regard all the designs of Christendom were presently meant against him, he would distrust it, and undoubtedly suspect that the Venetians had a hand in it. Besides, it was sufficiently known to all men, that for the safety of Italy, there was no need to renew the league, in regard of the means they had to resist all attempts which should be made against it: for if they came by Sea, the Emperor's fleet was mighty enough to hinder their approaches: as for any enterprises by land, the league had provided for it, and among others, for the matter of Genoa, whither they could not come but thorough the State of Milan, which was comprehended in the league; the which experience did sufficiently manifest, no man having since three years (that the league was contracted) dared to raise any stirs in Italy, no not those who were desirous to trouble the peace thereof. 
A new league betwixt the Pope, Emperor and all the Italian Potentates (the Venetians excepted).   
The Emperor being not satisfied with this answer, and desirous speedily to return into Spain, having already remained two months at Bolognia, was more earnest with the Pope to conclude one betwixt themselves, refuting all the reasons which he for his part could allege to the contrary: so as they began to treat of the Articles of the Confederacy, which being determined and concluded betwixt the Pope, the Emperor, and the other Potentates of Italy, namely the Dukes of Milan and Ferrara, the Cities of Genoa, Sienna, Luca, and Florence; notwithstanding that the latter was comprehended in the promises made by the Pope, it was published at the latter end of February, and by the same, each of those that were therein named, were bound to contribute to the wars, according to his strength and means, by gathering together in the mean time a stock of one hundred and ten thousand crowns, and monthly to furnish the like sum, if war should happen; and in time of peace five and twenty thousand, for the entertainment of the Captains and other soldiers: and at the same instant, Antonio de Leva, by a general consent, was declared General of the league, with a decree, that ●…ee should remain in the Duchy of Milan.  
But it was a matter truly worthy of note, tha●… albeit the Commonwealth would not consent to this treaty, nor in any sort deal therein, yet nevertheless it was named in the publication thereof, and in the impression that was made of it, either to make that action to be of more account, or else to cause the Commonwealth to be suspected, and to become odious to other Princes, as it came to pass: for, that impression being carried to Constantinople and into England, it gave occasion to those Princes (both of them being the emperors sworn enemies) to complain thereof to the Senate, and to distrust them. This league being concluded and published, the Emperor departed from Bolognia, and went to take shipping at Genoa, where five and twenty Galleys attended him, under the command of Andrè Doria, to sail to Barcelona.  
The end of the ninth Book of the fifth Decade.   

The Contents of the tenth Book of the fifth Decade.  
UMPIRES are in vain appointed to end the controversy, betwixt the Venetians and Ferdinand. The Emperors and the Turks Naval armies, are at one time at Sea without meeting one another. Francisco Dandulo is taken by Pirates and banished at his return to Venice. The Venetians take the Moor of Alexandria by night, and presently set him at liberty. Soliman calleth Cariadin Barbarossa the Pirate to his service. Henry Duke of Orleans second Son to Francis the French King marrieth Katherine de Medicis the Pope's Niece. Great troubles in Germany by means of the Duke of Wittenberg. Sundry great fleets at one time upon the Seas. The Turks recover Coron. The Turkish fleet upon the Coasts of Calabria. Cariadine Barbarossa taketh Tunis. The Death of Pope Clement the seventh, and the Creation of Pope Paul the third. The Pope taketh arms for the Duchy of Cameryne. Soliman's great friendship towards the Venetians. The Emperor's journey into Africa where heetaketh Goletta and Tunis. The death of Francis Sforza Duke of Milan. The French King seeketh by all means to draw the Venetians to his ●…ide. The Duke of Savoy denieth the king's passage thorough his country. The French take Thurin, Fossan, and pignerol. The Emperor cometh with his army into Provence. The King's enterprise upon Genoa. Antonio de Leva dieth in Provence. The King's design to make use of the Turk against the Emperor. divers wrongs and outrages done to the Venetians in Soliman's countries. And lastly the Bascha excuseth all these wrongs as done without Soliman's knowledge.  
The Tenth Book of the fifth Decade of the History of Venice.  
THe Emperor departing from Bolognia to go into Spain, being come to Cremona, wrote weary lovingly to the Senate, giving them to v●…derstand that he had willingly admitted their excuses, in that they would not consent to the renewing of the league; and how that he was desirous to do any thing that might consent them. And signs of friendship thus continuing betwixt those of Austria, & the Republic, both of them seeming to be very desirous to end the controversy which was yet undecided betwixt Firdinand King of the Romans 
Umpires appointed wi●…h a third man, to end the controversy betwixt Ferdinand an●… the Venetians.  and the Signory, concerning the restitution of certain towns held by Ferdinand, which did belong to the Venetians, the Emperor dealing therein, they agreed at last upon a third man, which was Lodovico Porro a Senator of Milan, Ferdinand having chosen for Umpires, Jerome Bulfarch a Germane Doctor, and the Venetians Matheo Auogadre of Bressia, a Doctor and Knight; who being come to Trent, ●…he Senate likewise sent thither Andre Rosse the Secretary, that he might be present there, and acquaint the Senate with the whole business: But the Senate hoping afterwards to compose this controversy by friendly means, and by 
The assembly is bro●…n up without an●… conclution.  disbursing a sum of money, to recover their forts of Maran and Gradisca, they commanded Giovani Delfino governor of Verona to go to Trent about that business, Yet nevertheless, both in this and other matters, so many difficulties were presented, as the assembly broke up, without any resolution at all.  
Whilst the Christian Princes were busied about these affairs, the Turk determining to recover Coron, had prepared a mighty fleet for that purpose, which was sent towards those quarters. Doria to give counterpoise to this Turkish army, caused great numbers of vessels to be armed in sundry places, that he might join together the greatest forces he could.  
These preparations caused the Venetiens likewise to arm the Galleys which they had disarmed at the beginning of winter: continuing nevertheless in their first resolution, not to meddle betwixt those Princes, whereupon, they sent word 
The Venetians make preparations for their safety.  to the General Capello, who was still in commission, to keep the same order, and manner of proceeding as he had done the year before, by reason whereof he sent Francisco Dandulo Captain of the Gulf with certain Galleys into the Gulf, to guard it against Pi●…ats, who being assembled in great numbers did much harm: and for the same purpose he dispatched four Galleys to Zante, and to the Promontory of Mailla the Gallion which was a great ship of a marvelous building well stored with ordnance and soldiers, that place being very commodious for the Navigation of the Venetian vessels which sailed into the Levant, and himself with the residue of the fleet remained near to Corfou, satisfying himself, according to the Senate's meaning, to assure their own State, and keep that which belonged to the Republic from being spoiled and molested, but yet he could not so well handle the matter, but that the subjects of the Signory did susttaine much harm and many losses, as it often happeneth in such cases. Now Francisco Dandulo being come into the Gulf, towards the coast of Dalmatia with six Galleys descried from far twelve Galleo●…s of the Barbarians, and supposing at first, that they were the Galleys of the Providator Canalis, he held on his course, but being come within kenning, he perceived that they were Pirates, whereupon having changed his mind he did put himself more to Seaward, determining (as he after▪ wards said) to come and encompass them that he might fight with them and keep them from escaping by flight, but, not acquainting the Captains of the other▪ Galleys with his determination, they supposed that he did put to Sea, not for to fight, but to escape thence, and therefore, tarrying behind, he was only followed by M●…rco Cornare who commanded a bastard Galley.  
The Pirates being come very near them, and perceiving their own advantage, by reason of the retreat of the other Venetian Galleys, fell upon them and took them, and carried both the men and the vessels into Barbary, and among others, 
Francisco D●… duo is taken by Pirates.  the Captain and Cornare, These news being brought to Venice, did much trouble the Senate, as well in regard of the auda●…iousnesse of those the eves, as for the captains indis●…retion, who through his own fault had caused the Galleys of the Signory which were very famous at Sea, to receive such an affront whereupon, some propounded that it was necessary to send a sufficient number of Galleys 
S●…dry opinions in ●…he Senate concerning the revenge of that wrong.  towards the Seacoasts of Africa, and chiefly to Gerbes and to Argier, there for to burn all the shipping they could find, and to do other harms in revenge of the wrongs they had sustained of that nation: but others considering that it would not be well done to ●…urt all the i●…habitants of that Country with whom they traded, and thereby ●…ut off from the Venetians their traffic and navigations, caused this Council to be rejected, yet nevertheless, to free the commonwealth from disgrace, happened by the default or ignorance of one particular person, Dandulo being returned to Venice, having first been carried to Constantinople, and then by the means of Gritti, set at liberty, was confined 
Dandulo is banishe●… at his return to Venice.  to Zara, for ●…ot well behaving himself i●… this place.  
There happaned beside within a while after a more notable accident, whose beginning was much more dangerous, but the end far more fortunate. jeronimo Canalts, providator of the 〈◊〉, departed from Corfou with twelve Galleys, to convoy the great Galleys which were appointed for traffic into Syria and Alexandria, and to safe conduct them from Pirates, who did usually scour those Seas; and all of them being ●…ome ●…ogether near to the I'll of Candy not far from the firm land, resolved to ●…ay and cast an●…or there, where the great Galleys lay, some miles distant from the light ones; lying in this sort, about sun set, upon the Feast day of all Saints, the sentinels which were in the caiges of the great Galleys, descried certain vessel●… which held their course directly towards them, whereof daniel Bragadino Captain of the great Galleys having speedily advertised the Providator, he supposed ●…hat they were Pirates▪ whereupon he forthwith bravely resolved to go meet them, and that 〈◊〉 confirmed him in this opinion, was, the ●…duertizement which he had received, what course the Turkish army held, the which departing from Modon to go and winter at Constantinople, the Pirates had been discharged.  
Departing then with speed, and being come forth a good way to ●…ea, he found that he had no more than seven Galleys with him; because that the others remained behind, the Rovers perhaps being not so strong or skilful in sea matters as were the first, or else the Captains were not so hardy and valiant▪ but the Pro●…idator seeming not greatly to care for that, and performing the part of a good Captain and skilful ma●…er, commanded all the Galli●… that were with him, each of them like two Lanterns to deceive the enemies, by making them to think that the number of his vessels, were far greater than they were: then making a stand in their view, he suffered them to come forward, himself keeping still before the wind to encompass them at his advantage. They were twelve Turkish Galleys conducted by the Moors Son of Alexandria, Soliman's Captain, who, (the army being dissolved) returned to his quarter into Barbary. This young Moor then having descried the Venetian Galleys, keeping on his way with full sails, was already passed beyond the Providators Galleys, either because his intent was not to come any nearer to the Island, or else perceiving so many Lanterns he was afraid, and had not the boldness to do so.  
The Providator then enforcing the banks of Rowers went and assailed them 
A fight at Sea betwixt the Venetians and Turks.  on their backs, and discharged the ordnance, and beating some of them in flank, others in poop, he●… did greatly ●…urt them, himself receiving no harm by the Turkish shot, by reason of the place where he lay. The chief meaning of the Venetian Galleys was to inues●… the Moors Admiral Galley, where▪ upon the Providator having assailed it, there was a fierce fight, by reason of the great number of janissaries that were in it, who valiantly sustained the assault a long time, but the Providator had near him a Galley of supplies, which did continually furnish him with soldiers in their stead that were slain or hurt, to sustain the fight: whereupon the Moor being 〈◊〉 hurt, despairing of being any longer able 
The Venetians victory at Sea against the Moor o●… Alexandria who was taken  to defend his Galleys, and meaning to cast himself into the Sea to escape to some other of his Galleys, was taken by the Christian Rowers, and making himself known, his life was sa●…ed, but his Galley was altogether spoiled, and four others were taken, and two were sunk, the rest escaped by flight. So soon as the Turk perceived the Vene●…ian Galleys to come towards him, he had determined to fly, but artificial ●…ire was thrown from the Providators' Galley which burned his fails▪ and after▪ wards the Helm of the same Galley was broken by a Cannon shot, whereby he was enforced to tarry and to come to strokes.  
This fortunate success did highly content the soldiers, and people of Candy, but the Magistrates and other men of note were sorry for it, in regard that the vessels did not belong to Pirates but to Soliman, a very mighty Lord, fearing that he would take it ill, and imagine that affront to be done to himself, by reason he was at peace with the Republic: whereupon it was thought fit by the Magistrates of Candy, and the Captains of the Galleys, speedily to send home 
The wisely remedy the error committed by night.  these ●…allies into Barbary, and in the mean time, respectively to entertain this young Turkish Captain, and to gi●…e him kind and courteous language, excusing that fault by the error of the Nigh●….  
The report hereof being brought to Venice, the Senate was extremely grieved thereat, for the self same reasons and doubts, and so much the more, for that the same years store being very small, the city was to be furnished with vicalls from the Turks country, where they had not only obtained licence to do it, but had likewise laden divers ships, whereupon they feared that the same 
The Venetian ships are sta●…ed by the Turkish offic●…rs.  injury would be badly digested at that time, as indeed it came to pass. For so soon as the Turks officers were advertised thereof, without tarrying for any special commandemen●… from the Port, they made a stay of the Venetian ships which were come thither for corn. In regard whereof, some propounded to elect a new Providator in Canalis stead, and being thus dismissed of his place, to call him home to yield an acc●…unt for what he had done, thereby in some sort to appease 
Sundry opinions in the Senate conc●…rning Canalis 〈◊〉.  discontented Soliman: divers others maintaining Canalis cause, did defend it, as a matter done by right of war, and worthy rather of recompense then of punishment, saying that it was a deed unworthy the Commonwealth to chastise, or at least to make show so to do, their officers, that had well and valiantly behaved themselves in their place.  
This reply overcame the former proposition, and caused them to determine to send daniel Federico Secretary of the Preguais to Constantinople, who was a wise and discreet person, to the end to justify by speech, as well before the Baschas as Soliman's self, what had happened, by declaring how that their Captain was enforced to fight, perceiving in the night so many armed vessels near to him, not knowing whether they were friends or enemies: and beside, how that the sudden restitution of the Galleys, done the very next morrow, and the kind entertainment given since then to their Captain could sufficiently witness their 
Soliman accepteth o●… the Venetians. excuses.  good and sincere meaning towards all those that did belong unto him. Ibrahim Bascha and Gritti, stood them in great stead to cause Soliman to allow of these excuses, but yet much more the new war with Persia, whereunto Soliman directing the aim of all his designs, would attempt nothing that might divert him from it: and thereby all matters being appeased at Constantinople, Conalis was with greater praise honoured by all men, who dying within a while after in executing 
The Senate acknowledge Cana●… service by recomp●…nsing his sonn●….  the same office for the Republic, the Senate in acknowledgement of his good service decreed that Antonio his son should during his life enjoy the revenue of the I'll of Corfou.  
These things happened in the Venetians Army; but, that of the Emperor having a long time stayed at Naples and at Messina, did at the last boldly adventure to relieve Coron, which was reduced to all extremity, where at the first, having had some hope of Victory, by reason of the flight and shameful retreat of the Turkish army, it returned afterwards without any honour at all, either by the captains fault, or by a destined plague to Christians, seeing that the baseness of the Turkish Captains, did afterwards procure great hurt to Christendom. For Soliman being displeased with those unto whom he had committed the charge of his 
Cariadi●…e Barbarr●…ssa his gre●… experience at sea.  fleet, taxing their small experience, determined to call Cariadine surnamed Barbarossa, who of a Pirate being become a Prince, commanded at the same time in Argier, to give him, (as he did) the whole superintendence of sea matters.  
He being most expert in marine matters, and having of a long exercised the trade of a Pirate in Barbary, had gotten a perfect knowledge of all the Christians sea places of retreat, and in Africa likewise making incursions upon the Moors; but particularly by his defeating of the Spanish Galleys, whereby he purchased great reputation, at such time as four years before, they coming under the command of Don Hugo de Moncada to meet Doria at Genoa, he did assail and defeat them. We may justly say that this man was the first which taught the Turks the means of well ordering a naval Army, being before then smally experienced in sea matters, as those who till then had increased their power by arms on land: he likewise was the first that began to use slaves in galleys, whe●…as before they were wont to man them with the first unexperienced comers, which hath ever since made the Turkish fleets more mighty, and more fearful to Christians. Soliman then resolving to make use of this man, would so dainly advertise the Venetians thereof, to the end that if they should meet him at sea, they might use him as one of his port, knowing very well that they hated him for the great harm which he had done them. And of a certain, this man was afterwards an instrument of great calamities to Christendom, and of sundry losses to the Signory of Venice, as hereafter shall be seen. At the same time, albeit that the Pope seemed to be careful for the imminent dangers that threatened Christendom, being nevertheless more ardent than ever in his usual thoughts, to advance his Nephews and his house, had used some secret means with the French King, concerning the marriage of Catherine, daughter to Lorenzo de Medicis his Niece, with He●…ry Duke of Orleans his second son: for the which treaty it was concluded, that the Pope and the King should meet together at Nice, a town belonging to the Duke of Savoy, and seated near the river of Var, which separateth Italy from Provence.  
The report of this interview, the occasion thereof being v●…knowne, had greatly troubled the Venetians, and especially because it was added that the Emperor 
The Pope acquainteth the Ve●…etians with all hi●… 〈◊〉.  would be there: whereupon they carefully observed these Prince's actions, because they would not be over taken as they had been at the assembly of Cambray, saying that by reason of Prince's ambition, they were to beware of all things, and to suspect all things, but this meeting, which should have been in the month of july, being deferred to September following, the true occasion of that enter view was in the mean time discarded, for which there met together at Nice, the Bishop of Faenza for the Pope; and the Lord great Master of France for the King, which did free the Venetians from all suspicion.  
The Pope did afterwards advertise them of his departure, and of the occasion thereof, and concealing those nuptials no longer, he sought to cover it with some 
The Pope's prete●… ces to colour 〈◊〉 joy conc●…iued by that m●…riage.  other shadow, saying that in this treaty, he had not so much respected his own particular interest, as the common good and safety of all Italy, wherein nothing did so much avail (as the Senate had often told him) as to hold the forces of two most mighty Princes in equal balance, to the end that the power of the one might give counterpoise to the other: in regard whereof, fearing lest the French King, being wholly out of hope, by reason of the treaty of Bolognia, of the friendship of the Italian Princes, would presently break off from him, and that the Emperor thereby might come to command all, according to his own pleasure, he thought it fit to draw him unto him by the bond of kindred; as he had likewise done by the Emperor.  
Now these nuptials, which all the Princes of Italy did suspect, were celebrated, not at Nice, by reason of the difficulty which the Duke of Savoy made (because he would not displease the Emperor) to grant the Castle unto the Pope; but at Marseilles, according to the King's desire, who thought it more honourable for himself, to have the meeting in ●…is own Rea●…me, wherewith the Pope was pleased, being desirous to give the King all content: but that which men feared came not to pass, by reason of ●…dry accidents, and then by the Pope's death, which happened ●…oone after, so as Italy continued quiet, and the Venetians freed from all obligations of taking Arms again.  
That which did greatly help to moderate the Pope's great designs, were (as it was reported) the stirs in Germany, because that the Landgrave of Hesse having with other protestant Princes levied great numbers of soldiers, to restore 
Great troubles in Germany concerning the Duke of Wittenberg.  V●…drick Duke of Wittenberg to his Estate, it was reported that they would afterwards march into Austria against Ferd●…nand, and that from thence they would come into Italy, the which the Germans did very much desire: but all these troubles were soon appeased, by an accord made with the King of romans, against whom their principal quarrel was about the Duke of Wittembergs land's which he possessed.  
In this manner were the affairs of Italy quiet in the firm land, whereby the Commonwealth was on that side freed from care and trouble; but for the Sea, it behoved them daily to be at new expenses, being very jealous of their Sta●…e: so as the Republic might justly say, that it was deprived of the benefit of a perfect peace.  
It was no more freed the year following, one thousand, five hundred, thirty and four, from troubles and ●…pitions, than it had been before, because that a 
〈◊〉 great preparations for 〈◊〉.  great fleet was prepared at Constantinople, which was to be commanded by 〈◊〉, surnamed Barbarossa, and the like was expected in the West; for the Emperor supposing that the Turkish forces would fall upon his States, used all means to increase his sleet, and to make it fit and able to resist them. The French King on the other side, being provoked by discontent, caused thirty Galleys to be armed at Marseilles, his intent therein being not known. It was likewise reported, that great numbers of vessels of all sorts were armed and prepared in Barbary, not to scour and rob at sea, but to join with the Turk●…h Army conducted by Ca●…aaine, and among other Captains 
Great 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at on time in 〈◊〉 p●…aces.  there was a very famous Pirate called Sinam C●…fut, surnamed the jew, a man very valiant and well experienced in marine business. The Pope in like manner to assure his Sea towns from all incursions and invasions, or ●…or some other design (as it was s●…pposed) had armed ten Galleys.  
All these fleets bega●… jealousy in the Venetians, and enforced them to expenses by augmenting the number of their Galleys, and the soldiers of the garrisons in their sea towns: whereby being in extreme need of help in these extraordinary expenses, it was propounded in the Council to acquaint the Pope again therewith, to the end to obtain leave of him for that purpose to raise the sum of an hundred thousand Ducats upon the Clergy of their own State. Some others of those of the Council, who had already in this business tried the Pope's rigour, were of opinion that the Senate, without tarrying for that leave, should begin to levy that sum of money, or else to proceed therein more earnestly with the Pope, declaring how that the wealth dedicated to the Churches of their State, was very great and ample, which being freed from all public contribution, their other subjects were oppressed with subsidies and intolerable charges, for the payment of their fleets and soldiers levied for the conservation of their liberty, and public faculties. That it was not credible, that the holy intent of those who had enriched the Churches; was, that the Republic being ruined and destroyed, should be deprived of making use of that which they had given to those Churches, in case of necessity: That the Pope stood badly affected to their State, and to whatsoever concerned them, ●…o as he made difficulties upon all their requests, or else used long delays therein.  
B●…t notwithstanding these prepositions, the zeal of Religion, and the respect to the Sea Apostolic, were of such force with the Senators, as preferring it before all other profit and commodity, this proposition was rejected, constantly affirming 
The Senate's holy resolution  that it did not beseem the Republic, which was founded & increased in Christianity, under a continual obedience and union to the Church and Pope of Rome, whereby it had purchased an immortal glory and commendation to lay her hands on Church goods, or therein to force the Popes will. That they in times past had great and urgent affairs, for which they had provided without that aid, and without enterprizing scandalous matters: that they were not to doubt but that he which knoweth the inward thoughts of men, and can do all things, would raise them up aid and succour by means to them unknown, much greater, and far mo●…e 〈◊〉 than that where-unto they wer●… counc●…lled by an evil example, and if the Pope did still continue his usual rigour, by so much the more would appea●…e before God and the world, the devout and holy intent, and accustomed 
The Veneti●… pray parations for their safety.  wisdom of the Venetian Senate.  
This opinion being allowed, they pursued with all honour and reverence the expedition of their request in the Court of Rome, the which at last they obtained. By this means the Senate having raised money, they began to augment the number of their galleys, whereof Capello was still General, and to levy footmen to send to the Islands, and other sea places under their obedience, to the end to assure them, expecting what would become of the preparations of so many fleets. Now the Turks whi●…est their naval army was preparing, were come by land to besiege Coron, & did so strictly shut it in, as the Spaniards that were within it, being impatient, and in a manner desperate, by reason of the miseries they there endured, made a sally upon the Turks, which succeeding unfortunately, they were enforced to retire into the castle with great loss of their soldiers: whereupon, finding themselves by that loss, & likewise by pestilence, to be reduced to a very small number, 
The Turke●… reco●…r 〈◊〉.  so soon as the Sicillian ships arrived which brought supplies, the Spanish Captains being out of hope to keep that town, embarked themselves in the same ships, and left it to the Turks discretion. Yet nevertheless, it was supposed, as a matter more likely, that the same happened by the Emperor's express commandment, who perceiving that he would not but with great expenses defend that place environed on all sides with enemies, and being out of hope of any farther progression, determined to quit it. Cariadine in the mean time having put to sea with an hundred sail, and being come near to the Venetian Gulf, the General, who narrowly observed his actions, prepared, according as the Senate had willed him at the beginning, to retire farther in, and not to abandon the defence 
T●…e Turkish fleet s●…oureth the Sea coast of Calabria.  and safety of the Gulf: but the Turkish fleet directing their course towards the Tirrhene sea, sailed to the sea coasts of Calabria, where on a sudden having landed great numbers of soldiers, they did not only spoil the country, but took two towns upon the seashore, though of small consequence.  
The fear of the inhabitants of Naples and Rome at the report of the arrival of these Barbarians was very great, so as if Cariadine had marched thither, he might easily have taken them, there being no forces to hinder him: but the Turk havin scoured and spoiled the whole Province, went unto the Isle of Ponze to take in fresh water, and then sailed towards the coast of Africa, chiefly to exectute his design, for which he was come from Constantinople, albeit that he had cunningly made show to ●…aile towards the coast of Spain, that he might on a sudden, and unlooked for, assail his enemy Amulcasse King of Tunis.  
Cariadine was sufficiently informed of the whole State of that Country, of the situation and strong towns, and of the King's forces, and what affection his s●…biects did bear unto him: Whereupon, adding to all these things which he well knew, force, and cunning, ●…ee hoped that his enrererprise would fall out prosperously, as it did. For he gave forth, that he brought Roscetta with him the King's brother, knowing how pleasing that name was to the people, where after 
Cariadine taketh Thuni●….  sundry exploits he did at last take the City of Thunis.  
The other fleets at the same time did nothing worthy of memory, except that of the Venetians, which was enforced to come to strokes with certain vessels of Malta to chastise their Captain. It was Philippo Mazzo a Knight of Malta, who having very audaciously, with certain vessels, scoured not only the Levant seas, but came into the Venetian Gulf, spoiling & robbing both Christians and Turks indifferently, was taken by the General and sent to Venice, where his process being by the Senate referred to the criminal Council of the Forts, to consider thereof, and himself in the mean time walking at liberty in the City, not tarrying for his judgement, escaped thence: then having again armed three Fusts, he continued with great arrogancy and contempt of the Commonwealth, 
Ph●…lippo Mazzo a Knight o●… Malta looseth ●…is head for ●…is many robberies.  his ●…ormer courses: whereupon the Providator having narrowly watched him, did in the end surprise him, and having disarmed his vessels, caused Philippos' head to be stricken off as author of all those misehiefes, setting all the Turkish slaves at liberty, whom he sent to Constantinople.  
It was supposed that this execution would have incensed the Emperor, who had that Religion under his protection, and the great master of Malta; but they being advertised how the matter stood, both of them were appeased.  
In the midst of these affairs, the Pope who was fallen sick at the beginning 
The death of Pope Clement the seventh.  of summer, having a long time endured sundry accidents, departed forth of this present lise, at such time as he was at the height of all his happiness. He being dead, the Cardinals, who according to the usual ceremonies had shut themselves up into the conclave, did with a general consent, elect in his steed, Alexander 
T●…e Cr●…ation of Pope Paul t●…e third.  of the family of Farneses', a Roman by nation, and the eldest Cardinal of the Court of Rome, who took upon him the name of Paul the third. All men thought that he would have behaved himself as Neuter, as he had ever done, for the space of fifty years or thereabout that he had been Cardinal, and would thereby maintain Italy in peace and quiet a long time after: the which was very pleasing to the Venetians, as they who greatly desired to ●…ee all matters brought to a settled quiet, and who did beside persuade themselves, by reason of the love which he had ever seemed to bear unto them before he was Pope, that if he should leave his neutrality he would rather confirm the league which they were at with Clement his Predecessor, then practise any novelty; therefore they sent eight Ambassadors to him, namely Marco Minio, Tomaso Moceniga, Nicolao Tepulo, jeromino Pesare, Giovan Badoari●…, Lorenzo Bragadino, 
The 〈◊〉 sendeth ●…ight 〈◊〉 to the Pope.  Gasparo Co●…taren, and Federico Reniero, not giving them any other commission, then to present to the new Pope their accustomed obedience, thinking it not fit to sue unto him for any thing, until they had better discovered his designs in his new fortune.  
But the Emperor being desirous to know his meaning from himself, being thereunto moved by his fear, lest the French would stir, he did forth with 
The Emperor seeketh to t●…e Venetians.  sound him concerning the renewing of his league with the late Pope: And the more easily to induce him thereunto, he made the same request to the Venetians, that they would again confirm betwix●… them the former Articles of their confederacy, exhorting them thereunto for the quiet of Italy, which he knew they so much wished for, and they being united together, would be able to maintain and defend themselves from all the attempts of the French, although the new Pope would not join himself with them: and yet nevertheless the true means to draw him to them, at the beginning of the Papacy, was, to see a firm union and correspondence, betwixt the Republic and him, on whom the wills of other potentates of Italy were to depend.  
The Venetians did not altogether approve, nor yet reject the Emperor's motion, 
The Venetians answer to the Emp●…ror.  for they being in no sort desirous of innovation, said sometimes; That there was no need to have it renewed, and at other times seemed to be ready so to do, when need should be. And in these practices ended the year one thousand five hundred thirty four.  
The Pope who did maturely consider all these matters, not doing anything rashly, did at the beginning of the year following, show how desirous he was to establish a firm peace betwixt the Emperor and the French King, (unto whom he speedily sent his Legates for that purpose), and likewise in what singular recommendation he had the affairs of Italy, above all other matters, with a particular affection to the Signory of Venice. Yet nevertheless, as Prince's actions are different and subject to change, an occasion was offered, which had like to have altered this good disposition of the Popes, to the great danger of all Italy.  
Whilst the Sea Apostolic was vacant, the nuptials had been solemnised betwixt Guido Ubaldo, son to Francisco Maria Duke of Urbin, and julia the only daughter to john V●…ran Duke of Camerine, who succeeded in her Fathers State. This marriage was at the first allowed by the Pope, and all men thought that matters would have gone forward peaceably, but within a while after, the Pope being otherwise persuaded by some, or else aspiring of himself, (as it often happeneth to those that are at the height of their feilcity) to greater and higher designs, thought this a very fit occasion for the advancement of his own house, by conferring thereunto this enfeoffment of the Church for a beginning: Whereupon he openly declared, That he would never suffer that the Duke of Urbin should, against all law and right, possess (as he said) the Duchy of Camerine, belonging to himself alone, to dispose thereof, 
The Pope tak●…th Arm●…s ●…or the Duchy of 〈◊〉.  haui●…g to this end raised great forces to hinder the fortifications which the Duke intended to make at Camerine, and the Garrison which he purposed to place there.  
This declaration of the Pope did greatly discontent the Venetians, under whose protection the Duke of Urbin was, unto whom, and his whole house, they did bear singular affection, for the good services which he had done to the 
The Venetians seek to app●…ase the strife betwixt the Pope and the duke o●… V●…bin.  commonwealth; and therefore they used all possible means to appease the Pope; as also because that the Duke of Urbin did freely offer to have the matter consulted and d●…bated on by reason: but the Pope giving no ear to their entreaties or messages, said that he could do no otherwise therein then he was counseled and advised by affairs of State, and that he did determine without any more dissembling to recover by force, that which had been detained from that State: the which all men did account very strange, in regard of those times, Christendom being infinitely molested, both by the arms of the Infidels, and by heresies newly sprung up in diverse and sundry Provinces. The Venetians therefore not to omit aught which might quench this small spark, which was likely to burst forth into a great flame, did advertise the Emperor thereof, earnestly entreating him therein to interpose his authority, to preserve and maintain over all Italy the same peace and quiet which to his honour and renown he had so well established.  
The Emperor did willingly embrace this business, and having hotly pursued 
The Emperor ●…or the Venetians sake doth maintain the Duke of Vr●…ins cause.  it with the Pope, did greatly moderate his former heat: But it was supposed that the same which did most of all appease him, was a proposition made unto him by those who managed the affairs of the Duke and the Venetians, which was, to give to his son Pietro Lodovico, some honourable estate in Romagna, and to r●…nder Ravenna and Ceruia to the Venetians, to the end thereby to oblige them to take the person of Pietro Lodovico and his State into ●…heir protection and safeguard, because it was not to be doubted, but that the Venetians, in acknowledgement of such a benefit, and sor their own proper interest, desiring rather to 
A new prac●…ise be●…wixt the Pop●… and the 〈◊〉.  have a particular Lord of that State to be their neighbour, than the Church, would employ all their forces for the maintenance and preservation of the greatness of the Farne●…ia family: whereunto the Pope hearkening very willingly, and hoping for some greater matter, the pursuits for the Duchy of Camerine was for the Venetians sakes smothered, of whom he then ●…eemed to make great account. 
The Emperor's preparations for 〈◊〉.   
All the Princes of Italy at the same time, and especially the Venetians were in fear, and stood upon their guard, by reason of a mighty Army which the Emperor prepared, until such time as they were advertised, that it was for Africa to recover Thunis, and thereby to assure the kingdom of Naples, a near neighbour to it which Cariadine did daily threaten to invade. The Emperor did particularly advertise the Venetian Senate of all his designs, seeming to be very zealous for the common good of Christendom, and in particular for that of their Republic, desiring to continue the same friendship and good correspondence which was betwixt them.  
This demonstration of friendship was the cause of the renewing the confederacy betwixt them, according to the same conditions which had been concluded at Bolognia, only to show that by the Pope's death, it was nei●…her finished nor broken off; Whereupon, they commanded Marc-Antonio Contaren their Ambassador, that in sign of continuance of amity, he●… should follow, (which he did) the Emperor whether soever he went. After that general processions and public prayer were made in Venice by the Clergy, that it might please God to favour that enterprise.  
This great preparation of the Emperor's Army had caused the T●…rkes to suspect diverse matters, and this suspicion was most of all increased in them (as it was reported) by john Forrest the French Ambassador at Constantinople, thorough his reports made to the Baschaes, seeking to make them believe, that the Venetians did persuade the Emperor to turn his great forces upon Greece against Soliman's state, and yet ne●…erthe less the French Ambassador resident at Venice, did offer to the Senate, in his King's behalf all favour and courtesy that might be▪ he did likewise en●…reat them to take special heed to the Emperor's actions, and that such great preparations ought verily to cause them to suspect, and that the common rumours abroad were so many signs of the imminent dangers and preiudices which threatened the Commonwealth▪ These offers and adverticements did greatly trouble the Senate, who did well perceive that they tended only to cause the Republic to suspect and distrust all men, and to thrust it into open war, either against the Emperor or Soliman, to enforce them thereby to have recourse to the French King to make use of his favour toward the Turk, or of his forces against the Emperor. Yet nevertheless, partly dissembling these suspicions, they thanked the King for his offers and goodwill, for which, though at that present they had no need of them, the Commonwealth should nevertheless remain much obliged to that Crowne●… they did afterwards complain●… of the bad offers which his Ambassador at Constantinople had done unto them, clean contrary to truth: whereupon the King did disavow it, and assured them that he had never given him any such commissions. 
Soliman adue●…tiseth the V●…netians of what he had done in Persia:   
Howsoever it was, it is certain that notwithstanding all these reports and bad offices done to the Venetians towards Soliman, he did still love and highly respect them: for at his return from Persia he failed not particularly to acquaint them with the prosperous success of his journey, how he had chased away his enemies, entered Persia, spoiled and sacked the City of Tauris, the Royal seat of that Kingdom, had been at Babylon, from whence having expulsed the Garrison, he became Master thereof, and lastly that he was returned victorious to Constantinople: The report was, that, soon after his return home, he was desirous to levy a mighty army: whereupon he called for the same purpose Cariadine and divers other Captains before him to consult with them about the affairs of war, thereby showing that his meaning was, not to suffer his Army long to continue idle.  
The Emperor in the mean time, (the winter season being passed, and all things 
The Emper●…rs great army for his voyage into Affr●…ck.  in readiness for the Voyages of Africa) took shipping at Barcelona, where all the fleet lay to the number of three hundred ●…aile of all sorts, under the conduct of Prince Doria, with forty thousand fight men, not accounting the Mariners and Rowers, who were very many, being attended on by all the Spanish Nobility, together with the Infant of Portugal who met him at Barcelona with fourscore sail of ships of war. The first landing of the army was in Sardinia in the Haven of Caliers, and having there taken order for all warlike necessaries, it sailed to Carthage: then being come near to the land, not far from Goletta, the arm●… was forthwith landed, which encamped not far from thence, knowing very well that on the taking thereof depended that of Thunis: because that Goletta 
〈◊〉 beso●…ged.  is a Tower environed with divers Bastions, and seated almost upon the mouth of a Channel, through which the Sea entering in a good way, it maketh a Lake right over against it, upon which the City of Thunis is seated, some twelve miles from Sea.  
At their first arrival the Turks Garrison in Goletta did valiantly defend themselves; but the Emperor's ordnance having (almost) ruined the Fort, it fell into the Spaniards possession, who entering afterwards into the Lake, did without any disficulty or fight take fifty three vessels, as Galleys, Galliots, and Fusts, which Cariadine had left there as in a place of most safety.  
This loss did so daunt Cariadine, as notwithstanding that at the beginning coming 
Cariadi●…e 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  forth of Thunis with his army, he made a show as if he would give the Emperor Battle, yet nevertheless giving place on a sudden, he retired into the City of Bonna, where finding himself in no great safety, and understanding that Doria followed him, he went to Algiers.  
The Cities of Thunis and Bonna being forsaken by their Captain, notwithstanding that there were strong Garrisons in them, did very quickly and with ease 
The taking of Thunis and 〈◊〉.  fall into the Spaniards hands. Cariadine escaping all these dangers, went within a while after to Constantinople, whither he was sent for, and being come into Soliman's presence, who was newly returned from Persia, he did in the best manner he could excuse all that which happened, and the loss of the Kingdom: Solima●… being joyful for his victories, obtained in Persia, did pardon and receive him to favour, and afterwards gave him the super-in-tendence of his Army by Sea.  
The Emperor on the other side having with royal bounty rendered the Kingdom of Tunis, which he had conquered, to Amulcasse, on condition to pay unto him as his feodatory, an Annual tribute of six Barbary horses, twelve falcons, and twelve thousand crowns for the payment of a thousand Spanish footmen, whom he left in Garrison at Goletta, departed victorious from Africa, and sailed with his whole army into Sicily; where having made some abode in the Cities of Palermo and Messina, he dismissed the greatest part of his fleet, and cassed his 
The Emperor retur●…eth to Naples.  army, retaining no more than two thousand Almai●…e footmen for his guard, and afterwards went to spend the winter at Naples,  
Sundry Princes, and Princes Ambassadors went thither to him: the Slgnory likewise, according to their ancient custom, sent sour Ambassadors thither to him, namely, Marco Foscare, Gionan Delphino, Vincenzo Grimani, and Tomazo Contaren, to rejoice with him in the Republics name for his victories obtained in Africa.  
Whilst the Emperor was on his journey, Francisco Sforza, Duke of Milan, deceased, 
The death of Francis S●…orza Duke o●… Milan.  without any Children of his own to succeed him. The Senate after his death requested Antonio de Leva to have an eye upon that State, and to govern it in the name of his widow, until that the Emperor's pleasure were therein known. The Duchess went to Naples to the Emperor, where being honourably entertained by him, he seemed to be very sorry for the Death of the Duke her hu●…band; either for some particular friendship which he had borne unto him, or else for fear least hi●… death would breed some new troubles in Italy, or rather, by dissembling it, to seek thereby means to make all men believe, that for his own part, he would lay no claim to that State.  
But the Venetians were extremely sorry for his death, who having so long a time with great expense and discomodity maintained war, to the end that the same state might be possessed by a particular Italian Lord, perceived themselves, by the Duke's death, to be thrown into new doubts and difficulties, and being deprived of their hopes, to be peradventure enforced to renew the war. Therefore so soon as the Emperor was come to Naples, the Venetian Ambassadors that followed him, did represent unto him the Senate's desire, together with the State of the affairs of Italy; Earnestly entreating him to find a means if it were possible, to maintain that peace which himself had there established, and the which he seemed so much to desire. The Emperor made answer, that in regard it 
T●…e Emperors 〈◊〉 answer to the Venetians conce●…ning the Stat●… of Mil●…n.  belonged to him as chief Lord to provide for that State, he did likewise therein desire to give content to the Princes of Italy, and chiefly to the Venetians: therefore he would very willingly learn of them what were best to be done for the safe establishing of the quiet of Italy, and also what their meaning there▪ in was▪  
The Venetians, notwithstanding they desired to have the State of Milan fall into the hands of some particular Lord, yet nevertheless being therein ignorant of the Emperor's pleasure, being not willing (and it may be, not in vain) to offend him, or any other, they continued constant in this proposition, to have some one invested therein, who should be esteemed ●…it and sufficient to maintain peace and quiet in Italy, without proceeding any farther: whereupon the four departed▪ Ambassadors had no commission at all for this business when they departed towards Naples, whereat the Emperor wondering, and being defirous to draw the Venetians to his party, (occasion now being offered), he began again to discourse of that matter, concluding in the end, (as he had at other times done) that being not yet well resolved on whom to bestow the State of Milan, he would willingly know their opinions, the which he would greatly esteem and respect in that business.  
Within a while after, there being some suspicion that the French did mean to stir up new troubles, the Emperor sought to the Venetians, that as by the Pope's death they had renewed the league betwixt themselves, even so to renew it now again, by reason of the Duke of Milan's de●…th: that he did desire it, the better to assure the affairs of Italy, and to take away all occasion from those that were desirous to trouble it.  
The Venetians being of the same mind did therein give consent to satisfy the 
The Confederacy confirme●… betwixt the Emperor and▪ Venetians.  Emperor, by confirming the league on the self same former conditions, reserving therein, place for the Pope, and for him also that should be chosen Duke of Milan.  
It was well advised, suddenly and freely to grant the Emperor's first entreaties, to show by that readiness how much they did affect him, and to avoid beside, the occasion of handling that business at Rome, whither he determined speedily to go, whereof the Turks would have conceived some sinister opinion in regard of the leagues which Popes were wont to propound against Infidels: although of a long time they have been to no purpose.  
The Pope not well considering all these occasions, or else being ignorant of them, made show to be displeased with the Venetians, for that they had so readily granted the Emperor's demand, saying, that they ought to have tarried for his presence, and until the Emperor had been come to Rome. The Duke of Milan's death had revived in the French King, his former claims, and his 
The French Kings Ambassade to the Venetians concerning the business of Milan.  earnet desire to conquer that State; wherein being resolute, knowing how greatly the Venetians might aid him in that enter prize, he determined first of all to sound their meaning, and to this end sent the Lord os Beavais, one of the Gentlemen of his Chamber to Venice, to understand how they stood affected to the occasion which did now offer itself, to assure, (as he said) and augment their State, declaring unto them how that his King had great store of money, friends and all other necessaries for such an enterprise, whereby they could not but hope for a good and prosperous success: and if that they show themselves to be his friends and Confederates, he would very nobly recompense them.  
The Senate supposing it to be no fit time to give an ear to these propositions, 
The Venetians answer to the Ambassador.  made answer in general terms, that the Republic had been ever desirous of peace, and never more then now, as well by reason of the great discommodities of the late wars, as for that Christendom was in sundry places afflicted with many heresies, the which ought to be rooted out, before any new war were to begin: yet nevertheless they did highly thank the King for his offers, and for his confident communicating them unto them, whereof they would still be mindful, and perhaps in time make use.  
The French King for all this, not giving over his design of sending his Army 
The Duke of Savoy deniet●… the King's pa●…sage.  into Italy to conquer that State, did levy as great forces as he could to invade it on the sudden, and to that end sent to the Duke of Savoy, to crave passage thorough his country, which the Duke denying, by the persuasion (as it was reported) of the Duchess his wife, the King took it very strangely, in regard of the ancient alliance and near kindred that was betwixt them, by means whereof, he determined first to invade it.  
The King had sundry occasions to be displeased with the Duke of Savoy, which did the more heat and hasten him on: for, the loan of money made by the same Duke to the Duke of Bourbon, a traitor to the King: his gratulatory letters written to the Emperor when he was taken prisoner: his practices to alienate the Swisses from the alliance with France: the purchase of the County of Ast: his 
〈◊〉 of the King's discontent with the Duke of Savoy.  refusal to lend Nice for the interview of Pope Clement and himself: the Kings claims to the dowry of the Lady Loisa of Savoy his mother, sister to Duke Philibert, who died without children, the King affirming th●…t a great part of the succession of Savoy did belong unto himself, by reason that his mother was borne of the first wife, and sole sister and heir to Duke Philibert, together with his ●…resh refusal to give him passage thorough his country, to march to the conquest of the Duchy of Milan, all these things were evident signs of the Duke's small affection towards the King: whereupon the Duke, knowing very well that he had grea●…ly offended him, and being out of hope to be reconciled to him, so soon as the Emperor was come to Palermo in Sicily, being returned from his journey of Thunis, he did secretly send unto him, to crave his aid against so mighty an enemy.  
This business could not be so secretly carried, but that the King had speedy intel●…igence thereof, which caused him on a sudden to send his forces beyond the mounts, under the conduct of Philip Chabot Admiral of France his Lieutenant General, whom he sent to invade Piedmont, about the beginning of the year 
Th●… French take 〈◊〉, ●…ossan and Pigne●…oll.  1536. where finding the country badly provided of defence, he easily took the cities of Thurin, Fossan & pignerol, and was beside like to have taken the city of Verceill, had not Antonio de Leva who was in the Duchy of Milan come thither to the speedy rescue thereof, staying by his arrival the designs and progression of the French. The Emperor seemed to be extremely displeased and incensed against the French King, for making war in Piedmont, and causing speedily a mighty Army to be levied, he did soon hope to overrun him, affirming boldly that he would go in person to assail him in his own kingdom, and within a while after coming to Rome, he c●…me into the Consistory, where in the presence of the Pope and Cardinals, and great numbers of Ambassadors and Prelates, Dukes, Earls, Barons, and other noble personages, he began to complain of the French King, so as being tra●…sported with choler, 
〈◊〉 chalenget●… the Frenc●… King to 〈◊〉 fight.  he proceeded so far, as for the avoiding of greater effusion of blood, he●… would end all controversies by fight with him hand to hand, and that he●… would challenge him for that purpose.  
The Pope did all he might to appease him, and had already employed himself to make them friends, but all in vain. The greatest difficulty was, to find●… a means which m●…ght content both the one and other, concerning the Duchy of Milan, in which treaty, although the Venetians had an hand, (the Emperor's pleasure being to have them acquainted therewith,) yet nevertheless they did very slowly proceed in it, in regard of the above ●…entioned reasons, which were much increased by these new accidents of Piedmont. For the Duke of Savoy being driven from his State, went to Naples to the Emperor, to beseech him to have pity upon him, and to help to restore him to his Duchy. The Emperor being moved with pi●…ty, was ready to make an agreement with the French King to free himself from that war, and to restore the Duke of Savoy to his state, but not agreeing together upon the persons of the Duke of Orleans, or the Duke 
〈◊〉 to acco●…d t●…e Emp●…ror and t●…e Frenc●….  of Angoulesme, for the Duchy of Milan, the Emperor being desirous to give it to the Duke os A●…goulesme, and the French King to the Duke of Orleans, the matter remained undecided; and the Emperor departing from Rome, after some small stay in Tuscany went, without tarrying any where, to Ast. Having there assembled all his chief Captains, among whom were D. Fernand of Toledo D●…ke of Alva, the Marquis of Guasto and D. Fernand de Go●…zaga, he conferred with them concerning the means to make wars, where of h●…s own proper motion, he propounded against all reason & the opinions of the best experienced into Provence, whereupon to that end the rendezvous for all his troops was at Nice whither Doria likewise came with fifty Galli●…s, to second the land army, The Emperor came thither in person; from thence, entering into the French Kings country, he encamped not far from the City of Aix, being not well resolved 
The Emperor 〈◊〉 with b●…sarmy into Prouen●…e.  what to attempt first, chiefly desiring to assail either Marseilles, or A●…les; and having spent much time in this irresolution, he gave the King leisu●…e to assemble a mighty army, who being come to Lions for that purpose, did practise 
The King's ente●… prose upon Genoa.  with sundry Italian Captains, who in his behalf having raised forces near to Mirandola, made an attempt to surpri●…e Genoa, and to reduce it to the French Kings devotion.  
The Emperor being by this means called away to defend his own, perceiving likewise that his army sustained divers discommodities, by reason of the bad disposition of the air where it was encamped, was enforced to retire, without doing any thing, but only making a show of his great desire to hurt the King. 
The Emperor 〈◊〉 to retire forth of Pro●…ence.  But before he came into Provence, he sent Roderigo D'Analos to Venice to acquaint the Senate with his great preparations of war, and with his design to invade France, and to entreat them by the same means to make ready those forces, which they were tied to furnish by their Confederacy, for the defence of the state of Milan: if need should be.  
The Senate thereupon determined to levy six thousand footmen, under the 
The Senate●… answer to the Emperor.  command of Antonio de Castello, General of the artillery, and did in the mean time answer the Emperor, that as it had been ready to renew the league, it was likewise as diligent to maintain that whereunto it was bound, and that for their parts they would in no sort fail to defend the State of Milan: they did afterwards add to these foot-forces five hundred light horse armed after the Burgonian manner, commanding all those forces of foot and horse to meet by a certain day at Azola, upon the Bressan territory, to pass from thence when need should be upon that of Cremona: The Duke of Urbin was likewise sent for, to come in person to the Arm●…: but truce being granted by the arrival of the Cardinal of Lorraine, this former heat of the French seemed to be quenched, whereby the Venetians had no cause to march forth of their own confines: yet nevertheless the French king made show openly to be distasted of them, although he very well knew that he had no just cause, by reason they did not exceed the bounds of their Confederacy, but hoping by his complaints to cause them to proceed more slowly in that wherein they were bound to the Emperor, and to abstain from entering into any new league or confederacy with him, he complained of all these matters.  
C●…sar Fregoza, Captain of a company of light horse in Verona, departing without leave and going to Genoa to favour the King's party, was deprived of his pay, and rank which he held, and was wholly banished from their State. The King complained thereof, and of divers other matters, and sometimes with very bitter speeches, because that the Venetians went about (as he said) to mar his designs and enterprises: The Emperor's agents on the other side seeming to be displeased, if they should casse certain unprofitable soldiers, said, that they did it to augment the enemy's army, whither they retired themselves, which was assembled at Mirandola: so jealous were these two Princes one of an other, which of them should have the Republic for his friend and Confederate.  
The Emperor departing (as hath been said) from Provence went to Genoa, 
Antonio de 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Prou●…nce.  meaning to pass (as he did) into Spain, leaving the Marquis of Guasto for his Lieutenant General in Italy in Antonio de 〈◊〉 steed, who died in Provence, with twenty thousand footmen, both of Almains, Spaniards, and Italians.  
Other Ambassadors from the Republic, came unto him to Genoa, namely, Nicolao Tepulo, Marc-Antonio Veniero, Marc-Antonio Cornare, and Antonio Capello, and at their arrival, he dispatched Do●… Pedro Gonzales de Mendoz●… to Venice, to acquaint them with his success in war, and with the cause of his return, together with his great love to peace, particularly rehearsing unto them, 
The Emperor acquainteth the Venetians with that which he had treated with the King.  whatsoever had been treated of with the King, the first practices being again renewed, where the King had taken time for three months to resolve him▪ self, whether he should accept the Duchy of Milan for his son the Duke of Angoulesme, and thereby have him to marry with Duke Sforza's widow. And if within the time prefixed, the King did not resolve thereon, he did intend to give that State to Don Luigi Infant of Portugal, or to Emanuel son to the Duke of Savoy, wherein he desired to know their minds; but he added, that for the better establishing of all these matters, it was necessary to contract a new league betwixt the Princes of Italy, for otherwise it was impossible that himself alone could bear such a burden, whereunto if they would not give their consent, they should have no cause to complain of him, if he were enforced to do that which would 
The Venetians answer to the Ambassador.  not greatly please them. The Senate being constant in their former resolution, not to declare their meaning concerning the Duchy of Milan, until they had more particular notice of the Emperor's intent therein, nor yet to make any new confederacy, other than that of Bolognia so oftentimes renewed: answered, that concerning the new Duke of Milan, when the Emperor should directly name any one, the Senate would afterwards better consider of their particular & common interests, and make a more certain resolution: as for the new league, they alleged the self same reasons as at other times, that there was no need thereof, with the same regard to the Turk, who every day grew great, and (according to common report) prepared a mighty Army for the year following.  
The Venetians did advertise the Pope of what had passed, still assuring him of their great affection to the peace, and safety of Italy, for which they entreated his Holiness readily to employ himself, because that having revived the matter concerning the Duchy of Camerine, he seemed to neglect this other important business, satisfying himself only for that he had declared himself as never: but being at last earnestly solicited by the Venetians, and by the imminent dangers which threatened them from the Turk, which did daily increase, as also for 
The ●…ree chee●…e points with the Pope bandled with the Christian Princes.  that he had undertaken to convoke a general Council, which was published to be held at Vincenza instead of Mantua, where it had been first appointed, he did expressly resolve to send his Legates to both these Princes, to treat particularly of this business, namely, of an universal peace betwixt the Christian Princes of the league against the Turk, and of the celebration of the Council.  
The Cardinal Triwlcio went to the French King, and the Cardinal Carracciola to the Emperor: but these Legations were fruitless, because none of these three points did take effect, by reason of sundry difficulties which happened. War by this means did in such sort kindle betwixt the Emperor and the French King; as enemies and most barbarous nations were there-in used to the hurt and ruin of Christendom: wherein the Venetians likewise had an hand, notwithstanding that they had determined to remain neuters, and to be at peace and friendship with both parties.  
Now by that which hath been said, the designs of Francis the French King may be sufficiently discerned, who determining to try all means to abase the Emperor's greatness, and to revenge all those wrongs which he said he had received from him, he did at sundry times sound the Venetians meaning, and did by divers means seek to separate them from the Emperor: at the last, the Lord of 
The King 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Am●… to 〈◊〉, ●…o dra●… them fr●… the 〈◊〉.  Rhod●… coming from him to Venice, propounded sundry fair hopes and promises to the Senate, and used all means to change their former determination to continue the league with th●… Emperor, but it was in vain. For the Venetians were as firm and constant in keeping their promise with the 
The King sendeth an Ambassador to Venice, to vs●… means to ●…raw them from the Emperor.  Emperor▪ as they were hard to be drawn to do any thing which might disturb the quiet of Italy. The kings hope herein being frustrate, and himself being mightily animated against the Emperor for coming to assail him in his own Kingdom▪ knowing likewise that he was to weak of himself alone to finish the enterprise of the Duchy of Milan, which was defended by the entire ●…orces of the Emperor and the Venetians, supposed that there was nothing which would sooner cause him to obtain his desire, then to purchase the friendship of Soliman (which he had already practised) whereby he did hope to enforce the Venetians, either to take his part, or at least to abstain from following that of the Emperor; the causes being very great and many which did move the Venetians to make high account of Soliman's authority; and on the other side, by causing the Turkish army to pass over into Puglia, or to other places of the Emperor's obedience, he did 
The King purposeth to use the Turk against the Emperor.  think to divert his forces and greatly to weaken his defence for the State of Milan.  
The King then turned all his designs towards the Port of the great Turk, where notwithstanding that john ●…orrest was his Ambassador, he did beside, send thither Dom Zerafin de Gozi of Ragusa, with new and more important instructions, and great promises. These two, being often in company of the Baschas of most authority, propounded divers matters, which being reported to Soliman, might easily induce him to grant the King's demands: as the Emperor's greatness the which if it were not moderated, would become fearful, or at least to be suspected 
The m●…nnes which the French Ambassadors propounded to Soliman agai●…st the Emperor.  of all other Potentates, with diminuation, if not of their States, yet certainly of their reputation and greatness: the facility of the enterprise, there being but a s●…nal space of Sea for the transportation of the Turkish army from Albiana to Ottranto, and at one time to scour the Sea coast of that country: The great discontent of the inhabitants of that country with the Spanish government and especially of the chiefest of them, who as desperate persons would embrace all occasions to open the way to higher enterprises which might abase the Emperor's authority. ajax Listibei was at the ●…ame time in great authority in the Port of the great Turk; holding the place and guard of first Bascha, a mighty enemy to Christians, and who since the death of Ibraim had often persuaded Soliman to turn his forces upon Christendom. This man because he would not lose the occasion, and praising the overtures, and propositions of the French Ambassadors, propounded them with much amplification to Soliman, using all means to incite him to the enterprise of Italy, laying before him the example of Mahomet, 
ajax Bascha perswad●…th Soliman to make war in Italy.  a discreet and valiant Prince, who with fortunate success did easily take the city of Ottranto, and by his arrival did bring that whole country to extreme consusion opening him▪ self a way for the conquest of Italy, one of the excellentest countries of Europe, had he not been prevented by death.  
These things being represented to Soliman, did greatly prevail with him, who did covet glory, and was full of pride, supposing himself to be highly honoured, in that so great a King did send to crave his aid and assistance, against another 
Soliman cons●…eteth to make war upon the Emperor.  most mighty Prince his enemy, and he was likewise glad that so fair an occasion was offered to divert him from the enterprises of India and Persia, where he unprofitably consumed his army: where upon he did on a sudden consent to promise the French Ambassador, that the next summer he would raise great forces both by Sea and Land, to invade the Emperor's dominions.  
But above all other things, supposing it to be most necessary to separate the 
Soliman aduer●…seth the Venetian of his determination.  Venetians from the Emperor, he resolved to send janusbei one of the Dragomans or interpreters of his Port, to exhort the Senate, that he being to march with a mighty army, it would show itself a friend to his friends, and enemy to his enemies, promising them, that he would take order that nothing should be hurt which did belong unto them.  
The Senate did forthwith answer this proposition. That the republic had ever made great account and dear reckoning of peace with all Princes, and especially 
The Venetian answer to So●… liman.  with the Lords of the Ottomans family, with whom having of a long time contracted peace and friendship, with a free commerce betwixt each others subjects they did at this present retain the same desire to continue it more than ever, whereof there was no need to make any more ampl●… declaration.  
It seemed that Soliman was well content and satisfied with this answer, who was a Prince (if these qualities may be found in a Barbarian) of a goodly understanding, and a friend to justice and honour: but divers of his servants being desirous for their own interest and particular affection to disturb this quiet, and to break this peace, setting forward by a false complaint, the actions of sundry officers of the Commonwealth, who, (as they affirmed) had borne small respect to the majesty and profit of his Empire, did persuade him to permit his officers likewise to use some practices against the Common wealth of Venice, that at last the matter might be brought to an open war; this being permitted divers Venetian Merchants that were at Constantinople and other places of his Empire by reason of their particular affairs, were under sundry false pretences committed to prison and their goods confiscate: after that, two Venetian ships upon divers occasions were stayed, the one belonging to Andrew Contaren taken upon the Sea of Cyprus, by the Galleys of the Garrison of Rhodes as a man of war, and the other 
Wrongs dove the Venetians in Soliman's Dominions.  in the haven of Alexandria, Soliman saying that he would use them in his most important affairs: The merchandise besides which the Venetians were wont to bring forth of Syria had an imposition laid on them oftenne in the hundred: the Bailies letters to the Senate were oftentimes intercepted, and without further dissembling their meaning, M●…stapha, one of the chief Baschas complaining of them told them, that because they were so straightly allied to the Emperor their enemy, they had incurred the hatred and indignation of Soliman.  
This gave him some just occasion to resent it, and some colour of a lawful war, if he had been disposed thereunto, notwithstanding that divers other reasons and conjectures did testiffe unto them the contrary, for it was not likely that the Turk being able to make war upon the Emperor alone, (who was not very strong at Sea), and easily to break his forces, would enforce the Venetians to join with the imperials and to unite their forces with theirs, which being mighty at Sea, would not only hinder his enterprises against the states of other men, but likewise greatly endanger his own, knowing very well that for the space of eight and thrity years, the friendship and peace betwixt the●… had been on both sides so carefully observed, and namely that Soliman had ever made show, both in his words and actions, to desire nothing so much as the Venetians friendships: That since then nothing had happened on the Venetians part, that might alter that quiet, or enforce them to take arms, seeing that the Senate discreetly mesuring the forces of the Ottoman Empire, and fitting their designs and actions to the condition of the times, did with great honour and respect proceed in the Turks behalf, provided that the dignity of the Commonwealth might not therein receive any prejudice, temporizing the best they could with so mighty an enemy, whom being not able to assail, they thought it wisely done to keep him for their friend, and to expect the commodity of time, or some better fortune of the Commonwealth. At the same time Tomazo Moceniga, Ambassador for the Commonwealth arrived at Constantinople▪ being sent, according to the manner to rejoice with Soliman in the name of the Senate for the happy success of his wars in Persia, and for his safe return home to the City, He having kissed Soliman's hands, and presented his usual gifts of rich garments, he was well received and ent●…rtained of all those of the Port, and particularly of ajax the Visier Bascha, who did oftentimes assure him that their Lord did bear great goodwill the Republic, and was ver●… desirous to maintain that ancient peace and friendship with it, so long as the Venetians should bear themselves in his behalf with the like offices of friendship: That Soliman had ever used to 
The 〈◊〉 ex●…uses.  keep his word and promise, and thought they ought not fear that h●…e would ever do otherwise. Therefore he began modestly to excuse the matter concerning Contarens ship, and other things done to the Venetian Merchants and their merchandise, as matters happened without the great Turks express commandment, and which should be speedily remedied.  
There was then a report at that time, how that the Sophy of Persia had taken arms, and that he would shortly be in the field whereby the Turks would be enforced to turn their forces upon Persia: And that the rumour which was currant, how that th' ●… Turks had an enterprise upon Christendom, was rather to maintain their re●…utation among Christian Princes, then for any desire they had at that time to employ their forces against them.  
The end of the tenth Book of the fifth Decade.    


The Contents of the first Book of the sixth Decade.  
THE Turk maketh great preparations both by Sea and land to invade Christendom. The Venetians are enforced to arm, and to stand upon their guard. The French Kings designs upon Italy. The imperials are afraid of the Turkish Army. Count Guy de Rangon cometh to Venice, being sent thither by the French King, and is answered quite contrary to his expectation. Three sundry accidents are cause of war betwixt the Venetians and Soliman. The Venetians fleet is by force of wind cast upon the Coast of Puglia, where that of the turks lay. The Venetian fleet being retired from Puglia, Soliman declareth himself their enemy. Doria his policy to enforce the Venetians to join with him. The Bailie Canalis adviseth the Senate to reconcile them▪ selves to Soliman. The Venetian Merchants are stayed, and their goods seized on over all Soliman's Empire. Barbarossa wasteth the Isle of Corfoù. The description of the Isle of Corfoù. The Venetians determine to fight with the Turk. A league contracted betwixt the Emperor, the Pope, and the Venetiams. Doria his delays, and in the end his refusal to join with the Venetians against the Turks. The Venetians are constant to assail the Turks, notwithstanding that Doria had forsaken them. The Vifier Bascha counseleth Soliman to raise his camp from before Corfoù having viewed the place. Soliman seeketh the Venetians friendship.  
The siege raised from before Corfou. Soliman determineth to assail Naples of Romagna, and Maluefia. Barbarossa his incursions upon the Venetians Islands. The Venetians take the Islé of Scardona. The Emperor although he ●…ffirmed that he would make war upon the Turks, is suspected of the contrary. The Pope's diligence to atone the Emperor and the French King. Sundry opinions in the Senate concerning either war or peace with Soliman. And lastly the Emperor's Ambassador goeth about to break the Venetians Newtrallity, but in vain.  
 
The First Book of the sixth Decade of the History of Venice.  
THE Venetians by the Bassa's speech, remaining irresolute and in doubt either of war or peace, were greatly troubled, wherein the French Ambassador did by a marvelous cunning entertain them, hoping the●…eby to cause them to condescend to his King's designs, to join themselves with the French, and to abandon the imperials friendship, assuring them that if they would so do, to shield them from all danger on the Turks behalf.  
In the mean time sundry rumours were bruited in Constantinople, so●…e affirming that those great preparations for the fleet, was to 
Sund●…y reports concerning the Turkish a●…my.  pass into Puglia, and others said that it was to enter into the Venetian Gulf, there to ●…aile whatsoever it could find to belong unto the Emperor: others thought that it was for Barbary, according to the advise of Cariadine Barbarossa, and others likewise did threaten the Venetians, naming particularly the Isle of Corfoù.  
These preparations were as great by land as by ●…ea, and made with great speed, so as it was certainly thought, that he would set forth more than three hundred sail, with great store of ordnance, war like engines, and great quantity of all sorts of munition.  
The Venetians being troubled with these preparations, and for divers occasions suspecting the Turks faith, non-with▪ standing that the league made of a long time with Soliman did still continue, resolved likewise to arm as fast as they could, supposing that there was no safer means to assure their affairs, then to stand upon their guard for fear of being surprised. Therefore they began to make great provisions for war, and levied on a sudden eight thousand footmen to reinforce their garrisons: they did trim their old Gallie●…, and gave order to build fifty new ones, they stayed some Venetians, and strangers that were bound for sundry voyages, to make use of them for the carriage of the munitions and other necessaries for the fleet; determining if dangers did increase to arm the number of an hundred Galleys; and for that purpose, they chose for Gene●…all according to their usual manner, by way of lot, in the Council of the Preguais 
The Veretians pr●… arat●…ns to 〈◊〉 upon thei●… gu●…rd against the Tu●…ke.  jeronimo Pesare, a man very skilful in the affairs of the commonwealth, and chiefly in sea business, who was afterwards allowed by the great Council. But that which among other matters did most trouble them was the care from whence to have means to furnish the expenses which they were to make, their treasure being wholly exhausted by the late wars, whereby they were to invent sundry extraordi●…ry devices, to get money speedily. They created three Procurators of Saint Ma●…ke, which is one of the chief dignities in the commonwealth next to the Duke, namely Andrew Capello, Iero●…imo Bragadino, Iac●…mo Cornare who did each of them aid the Republic with twelve thousand crowns, they did afterwards entreat the Pope to permit them to raise two hundred thousand Ducats upon the Clergy of their state, which the Pope making great difficulty to grant, alleging sometimes the Clergyes poverty, and then that he could not bel●…eue that Soliman did intend to march against Christendom, they were 
The Senate's carc●…●…rnish m●…anes ●…or ●…e the expenc●… o●… war.  enforced to raise it some where else, and amid these troubles and perplexities of mind, they did not forget, following the holy and religious institution of their Forefathers, to have recourse chiefly to divine assistance, whereupon solleme prayers were commanded to be made in all Churches & four hundred measures of wheat were given to the poor Friars, to pray to God that it would please him to favour the good and devout affection of the Councillors of the State.  
The imperials were in no less care and trouble to be assured of the Turkish forces, whereupon they caused great numbers of Spanish footmen to pass 
Imperials aff●…aid o●… the Turki●…sh 〈◊〉  into Italy, to lie in Garrison in the Realms of Sicill and Naples, and in other places exposed to the enemy's arrival; they sent word to Andrew Doria Prince of Melfi, who at the same time was Admiral for the Emperor on the Mediterranean seas, that he should speedily make ready his Galleys, and come into the kingdom to join with those of Naples Sicily, and the religion of Malta, to command there. But these provisions being weak were not sufficient to resist the Turkish forces. For the Emperor was at the same time enforced to look to the defence of his other Estates which the French King determined to invade, who for that 
The King cometh to 〈◊〉 to go into Italy.  purpose was come to Lions, from whencehe had scent before him into Italy fifteen thousand Almain and Gascon footmen▪ whereupon the Emperor, to divert these deseines, r●…ised in his Country of Flanders an army of twenty thousand footmen, and eight thousand horse, to enter upon the Frontiers of France.  
Now that which most hindered them from providing for the imminent dangers threatened by the Turks, were the rumours which were spread abroad, how 
The 〈◊〉 forbid Doria to carry the Gal●…s o●…t o●… G●…noa.  that the French had an enterprise upon Genoa, where the Genoese, being aff●…ighted, did boldly tell Doria that they could not suffer him to abandon his country, nor to carry the Galleys from thence, which were the sinews of the Imperial army, because that the two and twenty spanish Galleys that lay at Barcelona were in bad equipage to put to Sea. During these contentions betwixt the Princes of Christendom, the Turk taking his advantage thereby (as he had done at sundry times to molest Christendom, departed with his land army about the beginning of March and came to Andrinople, where having remained a while, and spent some small time in hunting whilst other provisions were made for his journey, he went from thence about the la●…er end of june, and came to Scopia a City of Macedon, and then took his way through the confines of Albania. His naval army departed at the same time forth of the Straight of Galipolis, to the number of more than three hundred sail, (as hath been said,) whereof, two hundred were Galleys, and the residue, Galeo●…s, Fusts, and other lesser vessels, under the command of Lufti Bascha Captain General, who represented the great Turk's person: it was not certainly known what commission he had, nor whither he would bend his course: some said that he was commanded to assail the Venetians, if occasions were offered: others affirmed the 
The vn●…rtaine cours●… of the Turkish fl●…et, doth put the Venetians in 〈◊〉.  contrary, saying, That he was commanded in no sort to touch any thing that belonged unto them: but the common report was, that he went to invade Puglia.  
Doria in the mean time, being come to Civitavechia, and finding the Pope's Galleys to be ready there wen to the Far of Messina, there to make a fleet of the Galleys of Naples, Sicill, and other places and perceiving, that when they were all joined together, they were to weak to resist the Turkish forces, determined, (after that he had left the greatest part of the Galleys in places of safety) to sail towards the Levant with a few light Galleys, which he made choice of, to molest in some fort, (occasion being offered) any thing that did belong to the Turks, avoiding by all means to meet with their fleet. The Venetians having notice of the arrival of the Turkish fleet at Modon, being yet uncertain whither, or with what commission it sailed, did, not without great doubt consult in the Senate what the General Pesare were best to do, who was already arrived at Corfou with threescore and ten Galleys.  
The General had not till then received any other commissions then general, and conformable to the Senate's intention, still to remain neuter, namely to hold amity with the imperials, and with the Turks, to preserve whatsoever did belong to the Commonwealth from wrong, to give victuals freely to both of 
The Venetians remain neuters betwixt the imperials and the Turks  them: to avoid all occasions of suspicion, and to keep themselves far off from the Fleets: whereunto they added, that he should still keep his fleet together, and not, if it were possible, lea●…e the Gulf to the discretion of the Turks, lest they should hinder the Dalmatian Galleys, and others which were making ready at Venice, from joining with them, if need should be.  
The opinions in this Council were very different (as it often happeneth in such consultations) what he had more to do, but at last they resolved to refer the whole matter to the diligence and discretion of the General, because it was an hard matter well to provide for the sundry accidents which might happen, according 
A second General created at Venice.  to which, Captains did for the most part use to govern themselves. They only concluded to divide the Army, and to create another General, of less authority than Pessare, so as both of them being together Pessare, should have the sole command, and the other was to remain in the Gulf, whilst Pessare should be at Corfou, or any where else. 
john Vituri created s●…cond General.   
Giovan Vituri was by the common consent of every one appointed for this place, who was in great account both for his wisdom and valour. This man having taken speedy order for his voyage, departed from Venice with some armed Galleys of the latter Governors, and sailed into Dalmatia, where there came unto him, Francisco Pascalic the Providator, with certain Galleys which were at Corfou, Nicholas Bondimiero Captain of the Gulf, and Dominico Contaren 
Number of the Venetian forces at Sea.  Captain of the Fusts, so that Vituri had six and forty Galleys under his command, besides six Fusts, and the General Pessare had four and fifty Galleys, one Gallion commanded by Bert●…ci Contaren, and a great ship of war governed by jacomo Armiero.  
Now within a while after there arose among the Senators a doubt almost like the former, by reason of the report that was spread abroad how that the Turkish Fleet was coming into the I'll of Corfou, and that they had already descried it from the I'll of Zante, sailing thitherwards amain, some thinking it fit thereupon to keep the fleet divided, others refuting this opinion, s●…id that they ought to permit the General Pessare, if he should find it expedient for the Commonwealth, to make a fleet of all the Galleys; and to Command Vituri, that if Pessare should send to him for that purpose, to obey him without expecting any other express commandment from the Senate. divers did likewise reject this opinion, for many reasons, and propounded for the safest course (if that the peace with Soliman were broken) to join their forces with the Imperials (who had already sought it at their hands) and that, as soon as might be; for the more easy defence of Corfoù. This proposition being rejected like the rest, they at last concluded to refer the whole matter to Pesare, who might join with Doria if need should be.  
The French being advertised of all these difficulties, and hoping to be able by new practises to induce the Venetians to consent to that, whereunto till then they would ●…euer hearken, did forthwith send the Count Guy de Rangone to 
The French King sendeth Count Guy de Rangon to Venice.  Venice, who being brought in before the council of Ten (the French Ambassador not being present) who afterwards did the like a part by himself, having presented his letters of credit from the King, began with great eloquence to declare the great good will which King Fra●…cis did bear to their Republic, and how highly he did esteem it, than he did put them in mind of divers and sundry things which the French Kings had done for the maintenance and stay of that 
The effect of the Count Rangon ●…it ora●…ion to the Senate.  common wealth; from thence falling upon the sundry and particular accidents of those times, he did persuade them to abandon the emperors alliance, and to embrace that of the French King, offering them from him and by his commandment the city of Cremona, and all the country of Gyradade, so, as by their common armies the State of Milan might be conquered, promising them beside, all aid and assistance to reduce the Cities of Ravenna and Ceruia under their obedience, with the territories of Puglia, Ottranto, Brundisium, Monopoli, Polignan, and Trani, by which means they should be restored to all that which they had enjoyed before the last wars. But he did especially insist very much upon the miserable condition of the time, which was to be considered, promising to defend and shield them, by his King's means and authority, from all those perils and dangers which threatened them from the Turks to their own honour and reputation.  
This proposition being uttered with great vehemency did greatly trouble the minds of the Auditors, for on the one side, great and fair hope●… were propounded with equal recompenses, and yet not with out war, and great travail; on the other side an incertenty of peace, with as many difficulties, did present itself before them, the self same dangers remaining still in force, made far greater by the French Kings indignation, if he should perceive his friendship, with such goodly offers to be so often contemned and set at nought.  
The Senate being assembled thereupon, the Collodge of the wise men, having determined to tell the Count Rangon; that the Senate did first of all thank 
Propositions in the Senate ●…or the answering o●… the Count Rangon.  him for his great and notable offers made unto them, then, concerning the vinon which he propounded, that the King might have perceived by their actions past, what account they had ever made, and now more than ever of the Council of France, to the which they had never been wanting, nor would ever fail when occasion should be offered, earnestly requesting the King so to hold and believe it: one only person, Mark▪ Antonio Cornare, a man, at that time highly esteemed, 
Antonio ●…ornare repug●…th the former prop●…sition.  for his eloquence and great reputation, though he were not very old, being of a contrary opinion, would have them freely to answer the Count Rangon, That the commonwealth had ever used to keep her promise inviolably, which was a matter worthy and beseeming a Prince, and that therefore the same being united with the Emperor by a new confederacy, could not hearken to any other contrary thereunto: but they did hope that the King, as a wise and most Christian Prince, and their friend, would not for all that discontinue the good offices which he ●…ad already begun in their behalf towards the Turk: and he did constantly maintain this opinion by a vehement and persuasive o●…ation; whereupon he was attentively heard, and commended of all men. So soon as he had ended, Leonardo Eme one of the wise men of the council, a man of authority, and well experienced in matters of importance both at home and abroad, rose up, and began 
Rangon it answered according to the opinion of Cornare.  to answer to every point of Cornares speech: But neither his authority nor all the reasons which he all eadged to the contrary, could keep them from answering Rangon in the same manner as Cornare had propounded.  
In the mean time news were brought to Venice how that the Turkish fleet was arrived at Valona, and that passing along thorough the Channel of Corfoù, it had saluted the castle with ordnance shot in sign o●… friendship, according to the use and manner of war, that the castle had in friendly sort given them the like salutation: and how that Soliman had neither in that Island nor elsewhere committed any hostile action; but that certain things, being forcibly taken from some of the republics subjects, had been restored to them, and the Robbers, for terrot to the rest▪ had been hanged upon the sail yards of his galley. Some Senators were of opinion, that the General Pesare, in acknowledgement thereof, and under pretence of peace and friendship, should send some captain of his Galleys to Soliman, to use means to discover some of his designs; but it was rejected, for fear lest the Turks would interpret it sinisterly to their advantage, and lest the reputation of the Venetian forces should thereby be diminished with them, or else give them some occasion to make some great and unreasonable demand: but they were within a while after freed of that care, by news that they received, how that jacomo Canalis, going to Constantinople to execute the office of Bailie in steed of Nicola justinian, and being come to Novobazar, was by Soliman's commandment brought back to the camp who could satisfy them in all things. At this stay stood the Venetians affairs at that time, neither at open war, nor assured peace, 
Three sundry accidents caused war betwixt Soliman and the venetians.  all matters being full of fear and suspicion, when as unluckily and unlooked for, three sundry accidents happened which did cast the Republic headlong into war with Soliman. The first was that of Simon Nassi the Zaratin, who commanding a Dalmatian Galley, did unfortunately meet with a small Turkish vesselladen with victuals which was going to Valona, against which (because it would not obey a certain signal according to the manner of navigation, nor strike her sails) he discharged a cannon and sunk it. Although this fact did greatly trouble Soliman's haughty courage, and all his Bassa's, yet nevertheless making show to 
Soliman's discontent for the first accident.  bear it patiently because he would not perhaps at that time interrupt his other designs, he determined to send janusbei the Dragoman to Corfou to complain to the General Pesare, how that thorough the insolency of a mean captain of a Galley, the peace betwixt them had been violated and infringed, and to demand to have the author thereof punished, and the damages, amounting to more than thirty thousand Ducats, to be repaired. Upon the neck thereof the second accident 
The second accident worse than the first.  happened. There were four captains of galleys at the same time at the guard of the channel of Corfou, to wit, justo Gradonico, Micaele Grimani, jacomo de Mezze, and jeromino Micaele: these men so soon as they perceived those armed vessels to come towards them, which were two Galleys and one Fust, conducting the Turkish Ambassador, without taking any farther notice of them, they fiercely charged them, so as the Turks being amazed betook themselves to flight, and supposing that they could not soon enough escape from them, sailed as fast as they could to Cimera, a barbarous nation and enemy to the Turks: whereupon, they were badly entreated there, and all of them committed to prison, and among the rest this janusbei. This exploit did greatly discontent the General Pesare who in some sort to moderate the fact, did suddenly send Francisco Zene captain of a Galley to Cimera, to use means with a good sum of money to redeem janusbei, the which for the Republiks sake he soon obtained without money. This being likewise brought to Soliman's knowledge, he was provoked by some of his servants to take speedy revenge thereof, yet nevertheless he would not for that time hearken thereunto, but sent for the Bailie Canalis to come before him, unto whom he greatly complained of the officers of the Republic, who did not daily cease to commit deeds clear contrary to the desire of peace and good will, which he had at his arrival assured him that the Commonwealth did bear unto him, at the last he seemed to be content that the Bailiff should expressly send some of his servants to Corfou, truly and particularly to understand how matters had passed, whereupon he suddenly sent Alessandro Vrsino thither who was then with him.  
Soliman in the mean time continuing his purpose to assail the coast of Puglia, caused great number of horse to be landed on the territory of Ottranto, who scouring the whole country brought away men, women, and all sort of cat-tail, with other movables, filling the whole country with fear and terror.  
Doria in the mean time having manned eight and twenty light galleys with soldiers and mariners, coming to scour the seas near to Zante and Zeffalonia, took divers Turkish vessels, which being laden with victuals, were going to Valona, then sailing towards the Gulf he arrived upon the sea of Corfou, at 
Doria his incursions causeth the Turks to suspect the venetians.  the very same instant in a manner, that janusbei being chased by the Venetian Galleys, landed at Cimera, whereby he had his part in the booty, and carried away the empty Turkish vessels, which did much increase the Turks hatred to the Venetians, and made them to suspect that they had some secret intelligence with the Imperials.  
The General Pesare being advertised of Barbarossas' departure from the confines of Zant, where he had remained to assure the victuals which came from Constantinople to the camp, and of his sailing towards Corfoù, did think it a very fit occasion for himself to make use of the liberty which the Senate had given him, to join both the fleets together, whereupon he resolved to enter into the Gulf and to join with the General Vitturi, meaning nevertheless by all means to avoid meeting with the Turkish galleys: But being on his way, and driven by a contrary wind, he was carried to seaward before the wind, to those 
The wind carrieth Pesare with all the Venetian forces near to th●…se of the Turks.  quarters where he was to meet with that which he had most of all avoided: for having sailed a long time with the whole fleet, and about night being come near to land, he was counseled to anchor there, to pass the rest of the night, which was so dark, as they could not discover a far off, which gave occasion to the third accident. For it fell out, that the vanguard consisting of fiteene Galleys, conducted by Alessandro Contaren the Providator, did unawares strike upon a Turkish galley (this was an Imperial galley, prepared for the great Turk, if he should desire to come to sea, and was commanded by Bustan Raise) those within it 
The third accident occasioned by the taking of Soliman's Galleys.  having, in the Italian tongue, demanded of the Venetians, whose vessel that was which was so near them, and they replying that it belonged to the Venetians, did ask them the self same question, who they were, but they making no answer, used all means to escape thence, and then on a sudden shot off a piece of ordnance: Contaren being then moved with disdain, and spurred forward by a zeal to honour and reputation, notwithstanding that the darkness of the night would not suffer him to discern any thing, did nevertheless redouble the banks of Rowers, and followed that Turkish galley, which had played an enemy's part, and after a long fight, there being more than three hundred soldiers in it, he became Master thereof, by the death of all the Turks, some few excepted who had hid themselves.  
Contaren was by some reprehended for this deed as though being carried away by a particular desire of revenge, he had enterprised that which he knew to be against the commodity and service of the commonwealth, by executing that hostile act upon the Turks: yet nevertheless others in excusing him said; That He had more than any man else foreseen all those disorders; by means whereof, to avoid all occasions, he demanded to have the army conducted into Candy, seeing that the Turks had passed as friends thorough the Channel of Corfoù.  
The General after this exploit passing forwards on his way, came very near to the coast of Puglia, where they descried an infinite number of fires, and heard at the same time sundry shot of ordnance. They thought at the first that it had been those of the country, who having descried the Venetian fleet, and not knowing what vessels they were, did give warning to the inhabitants round about to retire 
The Venetian fleet upon the coast of Puglia.  themselves into the strong towns: but they soon found the contrary, for it was a warning to the Turks that were there, speedily to embark themselves (as they did) and to fall into order of battle before the Venetian fleet.  
Then was there great confusion in the Venetian army for the unhoped for arrival 
The confusion of the Venetian army when it saw that of the Turks to be near them:  of the Turkish galleys; on the one side danger was very near, and their doubt very great, whether they were best to escape by flight, or dispose themselves to battle. Flight seemed dishonourable, and of small pofit▪ to fight, was against the Senate's express command, the which they were to observe, and not on the uncertain event of a battle, and to their own disadvantage hazard the galleys, on which depended the whole defence and safety of their Estate by sea.  
Matters remaining in this confusion by reason of these irresolutions, either to abide, or to be gone, it happened that when the General commanded to turn the prows, and to return towards Corfoù, it was done in a manner in disorder, so as all of them preparing with speed to get forth of that danger, five Venetian 
The Venetian ●…leet lo●…seth four Galleys taken by the Turks.  galleys tarried behind, either because they had not soon enough turned their prows, or for that they were not so light as the others, four of them fell into the Turks hands, who soon after, by declaring himself their enemy, did inhumainely put the four captains to death which commanded them, as for the fifth which was commanded by Giovan Baptista Mirchovich of Pago, albeit it was farther behind then any of the rest, did nevertheless by chance escape that danger, for carrying in her flag the crescent or half moon, they thought it to be a Turkish galley, and thereby, being not meddled with, it found means afterward to escape to Ottranto.  
Now this latter exploit caused Soliman wholly to resolve to make war upon 
Soliman resolveth to make war on the Venetians.  the Signory of Venice, who was before that time halfe-minded so to do by reason of the precedent actions, whereby he perceived the small affection that the Venetians did bear unto him: his servants likewise the more to animate him thereunto, did agraua●…e the matter; and afterwards, a letter of Doria written to Pesare coming to his hands, assured him of that which he most doubted: Doria had (as it was thought) forged that letter, and found means to have it fall into the 
Doria his policy to enforce the Venetians to join with him.  Turks hands, to make them believe that he had some secret intelligence with the Venetians, and by that means to set them at odds, thereby enforcing them for their safety to join with him, for the which purpose, passing along at the same time almost near to Corfou, he had craved conference with the General Pesare, meaning expressly more than once to hold long discourse, that he might cause the Turks to enter into some suspicion.  
All these exploits being known at Venice did greatly trouble the Senate, where the opinions nevertheless were different, some blaming the indiscretion of those who by their rashness had thrown the commonwealth headlong into a great and dangerous war, contrary to the Senate's intentions, others, publicly affirming the contrary said, that they had done well and discreetly, according to the rule and discipline of sea affairs, and the reputation of their army, and after sundry other reasons propounded on both sides, they concluded to tarry for advertizements from the Bailie, to understand particularly in what manner the Turk had taken those things which were passed: and all their determinations against those who had offended, were deferred till then. 
Canalis commanded by Soliman ●…o send to the Venetian Senace.   
The Bailie within a while after, by Soliman's commandment sent Alessandro Vrsino, who did wholly resolve them of all that they desired to know, and sent them word, sharply to punish those who had violated and broken the peace, and to make it apparent that whatsoever had been done was not by the Senate's will or consent, and that by so doing, ajax the Visir Bassa, did put them in hope of the continuance of the peace. Upon this advertisement they resolved to write to the General to send the Zaratine captain, justo Gradonico who commanded those Galleys that were for the guard of the Channel of Corfoù when janusbei was pursued, with all the rest whom he should think had offended in that action, with their legs and hands bound to Venice: as for the Providator Contaren they commanded 
The Senate's resolution upon the Bailies eduertisement  him to sail with his Galley to Zara, where leaving both it and his office, he should come to Venice and present himself before the Magistrate of the Auogario. Some of the Senators were of opinion to call home the General Pesare likewise, for to purge himself of that matter, because that all errors committed in war are to be attributed to the General who holdeth the sovereign authority, they supposing, that if the General, had punished the Zaratine, all the other inconveniences would not afterwards have happened, and that therefore he was guilty thereof: that the peace with the Turk was of such importance to the Commonwealth, that all other respects were not to be compared to it beside, in regard that the whole fleet was to remain still together, there was no need to have so many Generals, who for the most part do cause disorder in affairs of importance, rather than any good government.  
The Senate not consenting to call home the General did sendbacke Vrsino to the Bailie, and yet they would not have Soliman at that time to be acquainted with that which had been concluded against the Providator, and the captains of the galleys, because they would not have the Turks to think that what they had decreed, was done rather to satisfy them, then for their love to justice. Therefore they enjoined the Bailie to demonstrate the Senate's sound and sincere affection, and how desirous the Venetians were to continue their friendship and peace 
The Senate's answer to the Bailie.  with Soliman; and that for the better testimony thereof, they would shortly send an express messenger unto him with particular instructions of what had passed, and within a while after, Vincenzo Grimani, Procurator of Saint Mark, was chosen for that purpose.  
But before Vrsino camebacke with his instructions to Valona, Soliman, who after the taking of Castro had besieged Ottranto, being spurred forward by disdain and by Barbarossas' pursuits, notwithstanding that he had promised the Bailie to attempt nothing till Vrsinos return, did nevertheless determine to return to 
Soliman resolveth to make war upon the Venetians.  Valona, and to turn all his forces both by sea and land against the Venetians, and especially to assail the Island and fort of Corfou, it being at the same time very commodious for him.  
It is reported that ajax the visier Bassa, sought by sundry reasons to divert Soliman from this resolution, by showing him that in so doing he would increase 
The visier Bassa his reasons to divert him from his resolution.  the Imperials forces, who were deadly enemies to the Ottomans, with whom the Venetians should be enforced to join for their own defence and safety: beside, that the year being already very far spent (for it was the latter end of August) would not suffer him to begin any long or difficult enterprise: that the camp did already want victuals, by reason that Doria had taken so many small vessels laden with victuals: But Barbarossa being greatly incensed for that Doria had taken and sunk twelve of his Galleys at the Merleres, sought to revenge himself upon the Venetians, saying that it was They, who had given means, and advised the Imperials to assail his Galleys near to the Channel of Corfou, and in their sight almost, having secret intelligence with their enemies, furnishing them with havens, victuals and all other commodities, so as by these reasons he caused Soliman to condescend to his council. 
The Venetians are imprisoned & their goods seized upon over all the Turkish Empire.   
Now so soon as he had resolved to make war upon the Venetians, he wrote to all places of the Ottoman Empire, where the Venetians had most traffic, that they should imprison their persons, and seize upon their goods, and especially at Alexandria, whither three great Galleys were come upon his word.  
Soliman came in the mean time from La Valona to Butrintotto, right over against Corfou, the more commodiously to pass over his forces from thence into the Island. Barbarossa was already gone thither with part of the fleet and some thousand horse to spoil and scour the country (which he did.)  
The news thereof being brought to Venice (which they had before that time suspected) did greatly trouble all men: for notwithstanding that the castle of Corfou was thought to be strong enough to sustain all the furious attempts of the Turks, they nevertheless feared, that they should not long be able to resist so 
Description of the Isle of Corfou.  mighty an enemy, and defend their own State exposed in so many sundry places to his mercy. The Isle of Corfou lieth right over against the Venetian Gulf betwixt the Ionian and Adriattick sea, on the North side thereof lieth the coast of Albania, from whence it is some two miles distant, and stretcheth itself from the West to the East in manner of a Crescent or half Moon, saving that in the midst, the inward part thereof breaking betwixt the great arch maketh it like two Semicircles, it being in circuit a hundred and twenty miles; that space of sea which lieth betwixt the Island and the firm land, is commonly called the Channel of Corfou. The air there is very good, and soil fertile enough, there being divers goodly plains on the Northside. The town is seated almost in the midst of the Island, within it, upon the sea, at the foot of an hill which in a manner doth wholly environ it, it is of a sufficient bigness, and inhabited, and there were in it at the same time above eight thousand persons: but the castle is of no great circuit, nor capable of containing great store of people, but for the situation thereof, most safe against all the assaults of enemies; it hath two forts in a very high place upon the point of the hill, which do not alone beat upon all sides of the town walls, and castle, but discovering likewise the sea, and the valleys and neighbour Mountains, can with their ordnance keep any army from encamping there, but with great danger. There is no other town or castle in the whole Island, but divers country houses scattered here and there in the Champain: yet nevertheless on the South side thereof, upon an hill, there is a castle called Saint Angelo, stronger by situation then by art.  
This Island had belonged to the Venetians more than an hundred and fifty years, and they did carefully keep it, as most fit for the conservation of their dominion at sea, it being accounted the Bulwark of Italy against the forces of Barbarians: Babon di Nalda was governor thereof, being accompanied with divers 
The number of soldiers and munition in the Island.  Venetian Gentlemen. There was a strong garrison of Italian soldiers in the castle to the number of two thousand, and as many of those of the Island all good soldiers: and besides the Rowers of four Galleys which were lest there for the guard of the Island, great store of artillery and munition; and for the avoiding of all confusion, every man knew what he had to do, which made them without any fear at all to attend the arrival of the enemy's army.  
The Senate fearing a long siege, and the sinister accidents which do commonly accompany it, did resolve to fight with the enemy to cause him to raise his camp, being invited thereunto by sundry reasons, because they knew first, that so long as the Turkish fleet should remain whole, furnishing the camp with men, of whom they had great numbers, that the Isle of Corfou and all the rest should remain exposed to infinite dangers, not for any other cause then the long continuance of the war, all the forces of the Republic being consumed 
The Senate determineth to fight with the enemy.  and they in danger beside, to lose some portion of their dominions: next, that which did incite them to hazard the fortune of a battle, was, their own great fleet of an hundred strong galleys, with the means to increase it, because they would not unprofitably consume the great expenses of such a warlike preparation: but that which did most animate them to this resolution, was their hope to be speedily relieved by the other Christian Princes, according to their offers and promises so often reiterated at what time they should enterprise any thing against the Turk, especially of the Pope and the Emperor; and not to accept of them at that time, the Commonwealth should seem wholly to have forgotten her own safety, and that of all Christendom.  
The Imperials had fifty light galleys at sea, with as many other great armed vessels, the Pope had four galleys there, and the Knights of Malta some other. 
The forces of the Imperials, and the Pope.  These forces being joined to theirs, they hoped to chase away the Turkish fleet, and if they could not free Corfou from the siege, yet at least to open a way to some great and notable exploit, whereupon▪ having certain notice that the enemy's army was come to Corfou, and thereby war declared against them, they determined to write to Marke-Antonio Contaren their Ambassador in the Court of Rome, that in speaking particularly of this business to the Pope, together 
The Venetians remonstrance to the Pope.  with the Senate's resolution, he should declare unto him the greatness of the danger, in the common cause of Christendom, and the speed which it behoved them to use, against the common enemy.  
The Pope having understood the Senate's resolution seemed to be highly pleased therewith, saving that he did desire nothing so much, as during his Papacy, to 
The Pope's answer to the Venetian Ambassador.  see all Christian Princes united together against those Infidels, who in the mean time that the Christians had particular quarrels one with an other, were so mightily increased, as they now did threaten to ruin them.  
Thereupon, he did not only confirm the offers and promises that were made before, but did likewise augment them, and as a most discreet and well advised person, he motioned the making of an union and league together against that common enemy, whereunto▪ his exhortation to all other Princes, and especially to the Emperor, was of great force.  
This league being resolved on, it was concluded by a General consent of all men to arm two hundred light Galleys, and the greatest number of 
A league betwixt the Pope the Emperor and the Uenetianes against the Turk.  ships of war and other great vessels that they could, and in them to embark fifty thousand footmen, and four thousand horse; But because some difficulties seemed to arise concerning the distribution of that expense, and upon other Articles, and that the time in the mean space did urge them speedily to send away the army to the relief of Corfoù; the Pope by confirming that which had been concluded, would presently have the league to be published, to give it more force and reputation, and to invite the other Christian Princes to embrace and follow it, reserving the conclusion of certain points, till he could receive news from Spain.  
It was solemnly published in Saint Peter Church, where Gasparo Contaren, the Venetian Cardinal, celebrated mass in the presence of the Pope, and the 
The league is published at Rome, and at Venice.  whole College of Cardinals: the like was afterwards done at Venice, with prayers in all Churches, to give thanks unto God for that he had united the Christian Princes against the Infidels: and for the execution of that which had been concluded, the Senate sent word to the Generals, that leaving the Captain of the Gulf with four Galleys for the guard of Dalmatia, they should sail with the whole fleet to Brandiza: they did afterwards make a great levy of foot forces for to fill up the promised number, than they appointed captains for the great Galleys, and for the bastard ones, who did very 
The Venetians preparations for the army.  speedily cause them to be made ready, which sailed all of them under the conduct of Boudumiero, captain of the Gallion: so as in a short space, all things were ready on the Venetians part.  
Andrew Doria, who lay at Naples, having intelligence of that which had been 
Doria delays to join with the Venetians.  concluded at Rome and Venice, that he should meet at Brandiza to join with the Venetians fleet, alleging sundry excuses, some times that he would sail towards Marseilles against the French naval army, then, that he would go to Genoa, to new man his galleys, and to make provision of other necessaries, did by all means prolong his departure, notwithstanding that Gasparo Bassalu the Venetians counsul at Naples did earnestly urge it, by declaring unto him the importance of the Isle of Corfou, which was to be preserved and defended from the danger wherein it was, in doing whereof, notwithstanding that he was to do the Emperor service, he should nevertheless purchase great glory and reputation, the enterprise being executed under his conduct and command as General of the army: As also, for that he was obliged thereunto by his promise often made to the Venetians, upon which they had not feared to commit into his hands all their forces, which were very great, and such, as the assurance of their Estate by sea, did wholly depend upon them.  
Doria, not being moved with all these reasons, answered that they should 
Doria his answer and departure towards Genoa.  have accepted his offers at that time when occasion was offered of overthrowing Barbarossa, when with a part of his army he passed thorough the Channel of Corfou, so, as neither the Pope's letters which he wrote unto him with his own hand, nor the arrival of the Emperor's Ambassador at Naples, who for that purpose came thither expressly from Rome in post, could in any sort alter his determination, but he speedily departed from Naples to go to Genoa, saying that he would acquaint the Emperor with what had passed, and there attend his commandment. The departure of Doria, and his manner of proceeding did greatly trouble the Venetians, not so much for that their hope was frustrate of being able to break the 
How Dorias departure did trouble the Venetians.  Turkish army, as for to see themselves under vain promises, deceived by the Imperials: yet nevertheless albeit that Doria his departure, and the report that Barbarossa was coming into the Gulf with an hundred galleys might have persuaded them to countermand their Generals not to go to Brandiza; the Senate notwithstanding, to show their constancy in matters determined and resolved upon, and to preserve the reputation of their army, which would have 
The Venetians constancy.  been much blemished, if they should have seemed to depend wholly upon Dorias counsels and actions, after sundry opinions, resolved to alter nothing of that which had been determined, but made a new request to the Pope, that he would command the Count of Anguillare to sail with the Church's galleys and those of Malta to Brandiza according to their former resolution.  
The Turks in the mean time had landed five and twenty thousand men and thirty pieces of ordnance in the Isle of Corfou, & builded four Cavaliers round about the castle, to make them equal to those within it, and to beat down their defences, having first wasted the whole Island, cut down the fruit trees, burned the country houses, and led away as prisoners all those whom they found in the Island which had not saved themselves in the castle, many nevertheless escaped into Saint Angelo's castle, the situation of the place being able to guard them: Then having begun the battery and perceiving, that by reason of the long distance of the place, where they had been enforced to build their Cavaliers, for fear of the ordnance within, their cannon shot was of no great force, they were desirous to approach nearer, but they were beaten back with cannon shot to their great harm & loss. The Visier Bassa came twice from Butintrot into the Island, 
The Visier Bassa, counseleth Soliman to raise his siege.  and being come upon the brink of the castle dike to view the place, reported to Soliman that the situation of the place, and the fortifications were such as their was no hope in a long time to do any good there, whereupon he counseled Soliman to raise the siege, and to retire his armies, which began already to seel great discommodities, as well by sickness, as by the small store of victuals that was brought thither: as also because that winter drew near, a very unfit season for such an enterprise, and that the longer he tarried there, the more he should lose his reputation, being afterwards enforced to discampe without any prosperous success: that he had by a sudden alteration turned his forces upon that enterprise which had been prepared for other more easy purposes against the Emperor, and therefore that he was not to wonder if the event of a rash and headlong action, had not answered the fortunate success which was wont to follow the wise and discreet counsels of the Ottomans: that he should send away his two armies by sea and land to Constantinople, there to refresh them which were much weakened by sundry accidents, to the end they might the year following with better success enterprise some exploit more assured and generous.  
Such was the opinion and council of ajax the Visier Bassa, yet nevertheless to preserve their reputation feigning some other designs contrary to that which he spoke; or rather envying Barbarossa his greatness, and seeking to disgrace him by reconciling the Venetian Commonwealth to Soliman, he called for the Venetian Bailie, who had still followed the camp, and told him, that if his countrymen would satisfy the harms and damages, as well of men as other matters, which Soliman had sustained at that siege, and make a demonstration, how that whatsoever had happened, was not by the consent or appointment of the commonwealth, he had so handled the matter, that the siege should be raised from before Corfou, and his countrymen should recover peace and friendship, as in times before with Soliman: janusbei the first Dragoman did afterwards affirm that the same came from Soliman's self, as that did manifest which soon after ensued, the Bailie having leave given him to send one of his followers to Venice for that purpose, who was conducted in safety by two Chiaus to Castel-novo.  
But Soliman almost at the same time not tarrying for any answer raised his 
Soliman does lodgeth fr●… before Cor●…  camp, and having shipped his ordnance and all his soldiers, sailed towards Constantinople after that he had continued his siege for ten days space, and carried away with him more than fifteen thousand souls into bondage. The Isle of Passu very near to Corfou, with Butrintor, seated on the firm land on Albanias' side a near neighbour to it, tasted the like harm and loss.  
Barbarossa departing with the army from before Corfou, sailed towards Preveze, Soliman not permitting him to remain upon those seas with an hundred galleys to scour the coasts of Puglia and Sicily.  
It was supposed at that time, that the chiefest cause that moved Soliman so suddenly to raise his camp, was certain news from Persia: because, that two days before this resolution, some Olaches were speedily come to the camp, and the cause of their coming not being divulged, it was certainly thought that they had brought bad news, that nation being wont to publish every where anything that did concern their glory or reputation, and to keep secret and conceal that which might procure them any contrary effect: but undoubtedly, the true cause of his dislodging, proceeded from the great difficulties which ajax had discovered in that enterprise of Corfou.  
The news of the enemies discamping did infinitely rejoice the Venetians, and general processions were made for it, with prayers in Churches, and sundry 
Soliman de mineth to a sail Naple in Romagn and Malu●…  alms given to the poor Monasteries and other devout places of the city. But Soliman seeking to molest the Venetians in sundry places, had at the same time commanded Cassin the Sangiack of Morea, that assembling all the soldiers round about, he should besiege Naples of Romagna and Maluesia.  
The Republic had held under her dominion divers of the principal towns of Morea, the fruitfullest country of all Grecia, and the most renowned for the great number of virtuous men that are issued from thence: it had lost in the former wars against Bajazet Ottoman, grandfather to this Soliman, Modon and Coron; it still possessed these two, being seated in a most strong place, and filled with inhabitants that did greatly affect the Venetians.  
Naples is seated on a small Promontory, the which coming forth from the 
The discrip●… of Naples ●… Romagna.  land maketh a great and safe haven, and is in such sort encompassed by the sea, as of the four parts thereof, the therd is environed therewith, and the land side hath a very high and difficult going up, so as there is but one little narrow way to go unto the town, which lieth betwixt the hills side and the sea; and the outward banks are so high and uneasy, as it is impossible for the galleys to batter the walls, or to land those that are within them: the entry likewise of the Haven hath a very narrow mouth, so as but one galley at once can enter i●…to it, which may be easily defended by the ordnance of a little castle, seated on a small rock, in the midst of the sea, right opposite to the entry, some three hundred paces off, which can on all sides beat upon the vessels that will come near to the haven, and yet itself not to be battered from the land, nor by the galleys, none but small boats being able to come near it, by reason of sundry points of rocks which lie round about it.  
Maluesia is likewise seated in the same Province, and more near to the 
Description of Maluesia.  Cape of Mailla, upon a mountain, or rather a small rock of eight hundred paces, which being divided from the firm land, extendeth itself in a long and narrow form to sea wards: so as this town being seated on an high place is environed on all sides by the sea, there being none other entrance into it but by a bridge, the waters near thereunto not being in any sor●… foordable by reason of their exceeding depth, and as nature hath furnished that place with such strength and natural safety, it hath likewise given it wholesome fountains, with a good and fertile soil, and a goodly plain on the top of the mountain, from whence victuals may be provided for fi●…ty or three score men, who are sufficient for the guard thereof.  
Vittore de Garzons, in quality of Baily; commanded Naples, a man of ripe years, 
Vittore de Garzons gouern●…r of Naples.  and of great experience, by reason of the great offices which he had borne both by sea and land. This man by his valour and good council, and by the trustiness of the inhabitants did not only defend the place from all peril and danger, but likewise by the sallies of his cavalry, did assure the country near adjoining, and greatly molest the enemies.  
Cassin, who for to obey Soliman was come into those quarters with as great forces as he could raise, having sounded those of Maluefia both by promises and threats, returned towards Naples, and having perceived the difficulty of the enterprise, and being without suffitient means to take it by siege or by assault, he dislodged thence, and dismissed part of his army, placing the residue in garrison in the nearest towns thereunto within ●…ixe miles of the city.  
Barbarossa on the other side with three score and ten galleys, and thirty as well Galeots as Fusts given him by Lustimbei, having scoured the Islands of the Archipelago belonging to the Republic, took some of them which had not means of defence, either for want of soldiers, or for that their situation was not strong enough to sustain his attempts, such as were the Islands of Scyro, Pathmos, Ligina, and some likewise belonging to particular persons, as Nia, proper to the family of the Pisani, Stampallea to the Quirni, Paros very famous for marble, 
The Islands taken from the Venetian●… by Barbarossa.  subject to the family of the Venieri, with divers others, Barbarossa pursuing his victory to the content of his soldiers unto whom he gave the pillage, reserving nevertheless the b●…st of the spoil as presents, for the chief of the Port, to purchase to himself new favours, to the end that the year following he might be permitted to scour the seas with greater forces and more authority.  
divers Venetian captains after that the enemies had raised their camp from before Corfoù, propounded, that the Venetian fleet should follow them to stop these incursions and disorders which every man did already foresee, by that means to preserve those Islands, from whence they received many commodities, and chiefly great numbers of men for to man their galleys, yet nevertheless, they had respect to the time, and to the enemy's forces, from whom they feared some sinister accident: and above all they especially considered the Senate's intention, which was to unite the Confederates forces, to which nothing was more contrary, then to be far off with the army, whereupon they resolved (quitting this proposition) that the General Pesare taking with him a great number of soldiers from the garrisons of Dalmatia, should with certain galleys go and besiege Scardona, and Vitturi with other some should sail to Obrovazza.  
Scardona, lieth near to Sebenic, and therefore they thought it fit to take it, for the safety of that fort, and to take away the great discommodities which all those of the country round about might receive from thence, it being possessed by the enemy: it was circled with very weak walls, and had two small castles: whereupon, 
Scardona t●…ken by the Venetians.  so soon as the Venetian troops drew near, the Turks that were wi●…hin it, after some small resista●…ce, did yield to the discretion of the general Pesare, who notwithstand●…g that he had ●…termined to receive them, on condition to give them their lives and goods, yet nevertheless, his commandment being neither heard nor obeyed in that fury, the first that entered it began forthwith to waste and ●…oile, and the Turks which were gone forth to escape into their Confines being encountered by a troop of armed men of the country of Sibenic, were all of them cut in pieces. The General left Francisco Salom●…ne for the guard and government of that place, determining at that time to fortify it, yet nevertheless having afterwards considered, the great difficulty of so doing, and the expenses of entertaining a garrison amongst so many of the enemy's forts, with the hurt which would redound if it we●… again recovered by the Turks, he thought it fittest and most profitable to raze the castles, and to satisfy himself, for having taken such a place of retreat from the enemies.  
As for those of Obrovazza, the Turks that were within it, though they were 
The Turke●… of Obrovazzo re●…ire 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  but few in number, did valiantly for a time defend the place, afterwards, being enforced to quit it, they retired into the castle, the which whilst the Venetians made all things ready to besiege, the galleys were countermanded by the General, having had a new commandment from the Senate to sail with the army to Corfoù, as resolving above all things to guard that place, which was of so great importance for them. The winter season being much spent, the exploits of war did for that year cease, all men expecting what would be the beginning of the year following 1537. Soliman seemed to be desirous of peace with the Venetians, whereof 
An. 1537.  the Visier Bassa by his commandment made a motion to the Bailie Canalis, persuading him to cause the Ambassador to come to Constantinople who had 
Soliman seemeth to desire peace with 〈◊〉 Venetians.  been already appointed for that purpose, unto whom he promised to give a passport, and good entertainment▪ But by how much the Turks did use gentleness and curtezy, contrary to their fierce and haughty nature, by so much the more did 
The Venetians suspect hi●….  the Venetians suspect their speech and actions, doubting that under these treaties, they sought not a firm peace, but how to separate them from the emperors friendship, and to break the practises of the league.  
The Emperor Charles on the other side made show that all his thoughts were bend to make wars upon the Turks, so as he often times said, that he greatly desired 
The Emper●… in sh●…w desire●… to make war on the Turk.  to march against them in person, to have a share in that glory, craving none other recompense then that; being willing to have whatsoever should be conquered from them, to be joined and united to the dominions of the Venetian commonwealth, the which he termed the very bulwark against the Turkish forces, and that he might the better▪ intent that enterprise, he had consented to a truce with the French King in Flanders. Such in outward appearance were the discourses of the Emperor and his officers in Italy, who made a show to be very careful of 
His officers confirm his desire.  preparing all things for the wars. Doria promised to have his galleys ready in a short space, & to join them with the Venetian fleet, assuring them that he would in that war do some notable service to Christendom, and to the profit of the Signory. The Marquis of Guasto governor of Milan did the like, both of them seeking to make all men believe, that the Emperor in that business did proceed w●…h great zeal & affection, yet nevertheless, many were of opinion that these exterior shows of the Emperor were only to hide some other of his design●…, & to provoke the Venetians in the mean time to war, who by altogether intending the league, might wholly break it with Soliman, and thereby be enforced to join with him, who was more desirous to make war upon the French, to assure unto himself the State of Milan, then upon the Turks.  
Sundry signs of the Emperor's secret purposes were discerned: his long delay 
The great signs why men did suspect the Emperor.  to answer the Senate concerning that which it had written to him about the league, than his refusal to make a general truce with the French, and lastly the report which was current, how that by means of a Spaniard, nephew to the viceroy of Sicil, and prisoner to the Turks, he made means by fair promises to purchase the friendship of Barbarossa, and namely, that Barbarossa passing by the Far of Messina, at such a time as there were none to make resistance, had in no sort touched any that did belong unto the Emperor.  
As for the French King, all men did perceive how desirous he was of peace, and that the Venetians should be in league and amity with Soliman, that he might see 
The French Kings designs and end:  them freed from all constraint of being united to the Emperor, to the end that if he should happen to make war upon the Emperor he might easily draw them to his party; although he did greatly desire to be friends with him, hoping thereby to obtain the Duchy of Milan for the Duke of Orleans his second son, perceiving very well that he could not get it by force, whereupon he did willingly hearken to all motions of peace that were propounded to him.  
Francisco justiniano by the Senate's command went to him, not in quality of an Ambassador, but only as a Gentleman of Venice, who was honourably entertained and welcomed by the King. The Pope likewise to this end, sent both to the 
The Pope sendeth to the Emperor and the French King to make them friends.  Emperor and the King, to every of whom the King answered that he desired nothing so much as peace: and whereas he understood that the Emperor propounded a meeting at Narbona, there to consult thereon, he speedily sent the Cardinal of Lorraine & the great Master of France thither, with ample instructions to conclude a peace. But all these assemblies proving vain and to none effect, the Venetians were greatly perplexed. For some, rejecting that which did make them to 
Sundry opinions of the▪ Senate.  doubt and fear, did promise to themselves that being joined with the other Christian Princes, they should be able not only to defend their State from the Turks, but likewise to daunt and overthrow their pride, whereupon they were of opinion to embrace the league, and to continue the war. Whereunto they were the more provoked by an opinion that all Germany was wholly ready to take arms against those Barbarians, being incited thereunto by Ferdinand King of the Romans to revenge himself on Soliman, who had a long time molested him in Hungary. Upon this hope, time hasted away, they not answering the Bailies letters, for that they could not resolve on the motions of peace made by the Turk, and upon the Bassa's particular discourse to the Bailie, the which did greatly displease the other Senators who opposed themselves against all propositions that were made of sending new commissions to Rome concerning the league, saying that it was not expedient for the Commonwealth to reject all propositions of peace, and altogether to intend the practises of the league: that they ought first, well 
The reasons of those who desired peace with Soliman.  to examine the conditions and State of the present affairs, and afterwards to see how they could make war, with what forces and means they could continue it: that the public treasure was so exhausted by the last wars on the firm land, as the Republic had more need of long quiet, then to enter into a new war, more dangerous than all the former; and for to show that their hope upon the aid of other Princes was badly grounded, they were to call to mind, that the Isle of Corfou by Dorias means, who derided their designs, had been almost lost, had not their own forces and the situation of the place defended it: that they ought not still to contemn the great interests of so many citizens, who were to undergo the burden of so many subsidies, whose means were in the Turks hands and who were in hope by that treaty to recover them from them.  
divers other reasons were propounded to direct them from war, which were answered by those of the contrary opinion, how that they did not abhor peace, but that they did in some sort seek to provide for the necessities of the times, if they should happen to maintain war, and that which kept them from writing 
The reasons of those that were desirous to join with the league and to make war upon the Turks.  to Constantinople, was because they would not give any cause of jealousy and suspicion to the Christian Princes▪ 〈◊〉 lest they should afterwards grow could in their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 war●…: that to make 〈◊〉 great haste to send an answer, was to discover their weakens to the Turk, and to make him become more insolent in the conditions of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: 〈◊〉 they were not to make account of expenses, in regard that they were to arm howsoever, and being armed to treat of peace, and not rashly to rely upon the faith: and discretion of those perfidious enemies.  
In this manner did the practise of the league continue, by delaying the affairs of Constantinople. But at the last, by means of divers, who did not cease to solicit them to send an answer, and not wholly to give over that treaty, and to take 
What the Senate propounded to write to the Bailie.  arms, it was propounded in the Senate to write to the Bailie, still to entertain the Basch●… ajax, and to tell him how that the commonwealth had great cause to complain of Soliman, who without being provoked had broken the peace, and came like an enemy to invade the Isle of Corfoù, not taring for Vrsinos return, who by his express command was sent to Venice, with promise to attempt nothing till his return, that the Senate had been ever very careful to continue the peace and friendship with Soliman, whose enterprises it had never sought to hinder, but had inviolably kept there promise with him, ever behaving themselves as neuter: If the General ●…esare had met with his forces upon the coast of Puglia where the Turkish army lay, it was by mere chance, having been driven thither by force of the winds. Their drift that propounded this was, to have the Bailie by this discourse to use means to discover the Turks meaning concerning peace, and if he should see any good likelihood thereunto, then to begin to motion it.  
This being thus propounded in the Senate, three days were spent in the resolution thereof, after-which, the matter having been long debated by the chief 
The propositio●… taketh none effect.  Senators, two voices wanting for the ending of it, the whole matter remained unresolved; the promises of Princes having made such an impresion in all men, as they wholly relied thereon.  
Don Lopes the Emperor's Ambassador having notice of this irresolution, hoping that the Commonwealth would make a more strict alliance, with the Emgeror, 
The Emperor's Ambassador useth means to break the Venetians neutrality.  began to solicit the Senate (as Doria had already done) to Unite and join their naval Armies, and to be no longer neuter, but openly to declare them▪ selves enemies to the Turks. But the wisest and best advised among them, meaning not to be carried away by words abused by vain and idle promises, did continue in their former proposition, not to take arms but upon constraint against so mighty an enemy, who was able in so many sundry places to invade the State of the Commonwealth, which was not alone of itself suffitient to make defence against him, and ought not to rely overmuch on an others help. Therefore they determined to answer the Ambassadors offers in general terms, and by the same means to thank the Emperor as author thereof, assuring him 
The S●…ts answer to the Emperor.  that for divers respects they could not pass on any father, and namely because that the French and the Turks seeking their friendship, they had answered them, that they would not therein give them satisfaction, by reason that the senates meaning was by showing themselves neuter, to keep their promise with all men, intending nevertheless to remain armed whatsoever should befall, setting always before their eyes, with their own proper interest, the commodity of all Christendom.  
At this answer the Ambassador held his peace, not making any farther reply: but within a while after coming into the Senate, he made another request unto them, which was, that for fear lest the French should come down into the State of Milan, they would raise the six thousand footmen to defend it, which they were bound to furnish by their last accord, for which the Duke of Urbin having taken speedy order, who was their Captain General, they replied, that there was no need to cause those troops to march any farther, which were appointed only for the defence of the State of Milan; seeing that the French were still making war in Piedmont, and that so soon as they should pass the river Sefia, it would be the●… time to urge their promise, which they would in no sort break.  
The end of the first Book of the sixth Decade.   

The Contents of the second Book of the sixth Decade.  
THE Venetians do hasten the fortification of the Islands and Sea towns of their jurisdiction. Andre Doria is chosen General of the Army of the league. Soliman's great preparations against the Venetians. The Venetian Senate resolve to make war upon Soliman. The league concluded andresolued on betwixt the Pope, the Emperor and the Venetians against Soliman. The French King refuseth to enter into the league. The treaty of peace betwixt the Emperor and the French King, is broken. The Pope cometh to Nice to atone them, where truce was only granted. Barbarossa wasteth the Islands of the Archipelago; He cometh into Candy, with his retreat thence. The Senate sendeth supplies into Candy. The Sangiach of Morea summoneth the cities of Naples and Maluesia in Morea to yield. The Turks, waist and Spoil Dalmatia, whither the Senate sendeth supplies. The Turks take certain Castles in Dalmatia. A motion made in the Senate for the recovery of that which they had taken there. The Turks return doth break that motion. The Emperor after that the Venetians had renewed the league sendeth his Naval Army to Corfoù.  
The Army of the league resolveth to go and assault the Castle of Preveze. Doria favoureth the Army of Barbarossa Doria is unwilling to give Barbarossa battle. The General Capel complaineth for that they did not fight. And lastly, Dorias retreat to Corfoù, to the great grief and discontent of the whole Army.  
 
The Second Book of the sixth Decade of the History of Venice. 
The Venetians diligence to fortify the islands against the Turks.   
THE Treaty of peace being wholly broken, and no hope remaining but in arms, diligent and careful provision was made in Venice of all things necessary for the war, great numbers of vessels, and soldiers, munitions and victuals to furnish the Islands, and other towns on the Sea coast. Those of Naples and Maluesia made suit to have their Garrisons augmented, and especially to furnish them sufficiently with victuals and munition, for want of which Naples had like to have fallen into the enemy's hands, promising that if they might be thus relieved, to sustain all the perils and dangers of war, to keep those Cities under the Venetians obedience.  
The Isle of Candy made the like request, where certain troubles being raised 
The Isle of Candi●…s offers to the 〈◊〉.  and sundry scandalous speeches given forth that they would yield to the enemy, if he should come thither, for fear of sack and spoil, as it had happened in the Islands of thy Archipelago, the chief towns of the Island sent Ambassadors to Venice to clear them▪ selves o●… that imputation, and to let them know that the error of some of base condition had occasioned those reports, rather by cowardice and indiscretion, then for any evil will: and therefore they did offer to spend both their means and lives for the service of the Commonwealth, promising to give sufficient and ample testimony of their loyalty, earnestly and humbly entreating them, not to forsake them, seeing that they were ready, and determined to make defence.  
The Senate did willingly give ear unto them, and with fair speeches, and great promises, they were sent back again; whereupon, the General was commanded to send five and twenty Galleys to the Isle of Candy, under the conduct of the Providator Pascalie, who had likewise commission to carry soldiers and victuals to Naples, and to leave four Galleys there for the guard of the city. They did in like manner furnish the Castle, and Isle of Corfoù, with all things necessary. As for Dalmatia, sundry companies of light horse drawn from Greece 
The Venetians are uncertain what way the Turks would take.  and Croatia, were sent thither to guard the country against the enemy's incursions. But that which did trouble them, was the uncertenty which way they would take, there being sundry speeches thereof: whereby they were at one time to provide for all the places which they held upon the sea, and likewise to assure Patria in Frioul, because the report was, that Soliman in person would be in his land army which made them fear that he might come thither.  
In the mean time the last conclusion of the league, was most earnestly solicited, whose forces were supposed would be very great, which was the cause that no 
Andrew Doria chos●… General of the Army●… 〈◊〉 the League.  more mention was made of the treaty of peace, the which for a time lay dead. The Venetians, to please the Emperor, had chosen Andrew Doria General of the whole army, and the Pope, in favour to the Commonwealth, had appointed Marco Grimani Patriarch of Aquileia to command his Galleys, a Venetian by nation, and of a noble and rich family. But there rested to conclude the portion of their expense which each of the Confederates were to bear in that common enterprise, knowing very well that the third part was to great for the Sea Apostolic, the Venetians being contented somewhat to ease it, and that the Emperor should bear the rest: but his Agents, notwithstanding they said that it was reason to ease the Pope, would nevertheless not give their consent to have him charged more than the Venetians.  
The Emperor at the last fearing least that the delay of the conclusion of 
The Expense d●…uided betwixt those of the League.  the league, might breed some coldness in those who were most forward to war, and might in the end cause the Senate to give ear to the propositions of peace, and that thereby he might be enforced alone to sustain all the Turks attempts, did increase the authority of his Agents at Rome, promising to be pleased with whatsoever they should agree to, and chiefly concerning the difficulty about the expense, suffering the Pope to bear but the sixth part, and of the residue, the three parts should be for him▪ self, and the two for the Venetians.  
Whilst these treaties were made in the Court of Room, Genesino who at 
The Venetians acquainted with Soliman's preparations for war are exhorted to peace.  Constantinople served as Dragoman for the Commonwealth, arrived at Venice, bringing letters from the Bayley, and was enjoined by the Visier Bascha, and the admiral, to advise, council, and exhort the Venetians to hearken unto peace, he did afterward acquaint them particularly with the great warlike preparations which were made in sundry places of Soliman's Empire: he told them beside, from ajax the Visier Bascha, that he did greatly marvel why they had not answered his former letters; that he did nevertheless bear the self same good will and affection to the Republic; that a way lay open unto them for peace, if they would send their Ambassador to the Port of the great Lord, to justify their actions past, and by the satisfaction for losses to use means to appease Soliman, who otherwise was ready to make invasion upon them.  
The arrival of this Dragoman and his new offers, did cause sundry effects in the Senate, for it did more animate those that craved war, and strengthened the other in their opinion which required peace. Therefore the Senate being thereupon assembled to answer the Bailie, the business being bravely disputed on in the assembly, chiefly by Marc Antonio Cornare, who had at other times maintained in that place, That it behoved them to join with the League, and to 
The Senate determines war against Soliman.  make war: and by Marco Foscare who was one of the Council, and by his skill and long experience in the managing of public affairs, had purchased great authority, it was determined by the plurality of voices, according to the former resolution, not to write unto Constantinople at all, but only for to make war.  
Thereupon, within a while after, they sent ample commissions to their Ambassadors at Rome, for the conclusion of the league, and for the signing to the articles thereof, on which, after a long contestation, they had agreed, and which were read and approved in the Senate, being these: That there was a league and confederacy made betwixt Pope Paul the third, the Emperor Charles the fifth, and the Republic and Senate of Venice, as well offensive as defensive, against Soliman King of Turks: whereby the Confederates did promise, to make war upon the Turks with two hundred Galleys, a hundred armed ships, and fifty thousand Italian footmen, ten thousand Spaniards, and twenty thousand Almans, with four thousand five hundred horse, armed after the Bourgonian manner, to which forces were added a sufficient quantity, of artillery, munition and other necessaries, which should yearly be ready about the midst of March.  
Of these Galleys, the Pope armed thirty six, the Emperor four score and two, and the Signory of Venice as many, under the command of Vincenzo Capello their General, the Emperor was bound to furnish all the ships of war, and the Venetians to lend the Pope Galleys ready furnished with all necessaries. Concerning the expense, it was divided as above is said. Ferdinand King of the Romans, was under-stood to be comprehended in that Confederacy, whom the Emperor did promise should wholly ratify it, and would cause him to levy an army a part to assaille the Turks in Hungary. The most Christian king was therein likewise comprehended, so soon as he should declare that he would accept of the chief and most honourable place, which they had reserved for him: wherein the Pope was to appoint with what forces he should be present there. That the Pope should likewise use means to draw the King of Poland, and the other Christian Princes to this Union: and if that any contention should arise among the Confederate Princes 
Andre Doria, General by sea and the Duke of Urbin by land.  concerning the League, the Pope was to decide it, and to make them friends. Andre Doria was (as hath been said) General by Sea, and the Duke of Urbin for the enterprises of the firm land.  
As for the conquests which should be made by the common arms, it was mentioned in a schedule apart, that every of the confedrates should enter upon the same state, which had belonged unto him: so as if they should conquer the Empire of Constantinople, it should belong to the Emperor, without prejudice to the claims of the Republic, and so in like manner of the rest, but for the Apostolic sea was reserved the preeminecne of some State worthy the merit thereof, & according to the quality of the conquest that should be made. Concerning other things whereunto no man laid any claim, that every of the Confederates might have a share therein according to the expenses which he contributed towards the wars: and if they should chance to recover the Isle of Rhodes, it should return 
The Venetians seeke●… to draw the King of England to the league.  under the Dominion of the Knights of Saint john of jerusalem.  
In this treaty there was no mention made of the King of England: The Venetians nevertheless supposing that they might draw great aid from that King, who was a Prince of exceeding great wealth and authority, and had in time before showed great affection to their Commonwealth, went about by means of jeronimo Zuccate their Secretary, resident in his Court, to dispose him to favour the league. But the King, disdaining the matter for that he had not been particularly 
The French K●…ng 〈◊〉 to enter 〈◊〉 the League.  invited to the treaty thereof, would by no means endure to hear of it, but did greatly complain: for that neither himseife nor his Realm, had been mentioned in the number of the Confederates. As for the French King, they did daily pereeave that he had no great desire to enter into it, because that they treated therein of increasing the Emperor's forces, and reputation, his corival, and perpetual enemy.  
The Venetians then, the league being concluded and established (as hath been said) commanded the General Capello, that if the Turkish fleet did come into the Gulf he should keep aloof towards the Levant, that he might with more ease pass into Sicily, where he was to join with the Confederates fleets, as well to assure those quarters, as to hurt the enemies, if occasion were offered. And because they would not weaken their garrisons, they did on a sudden levy two thousand footmen, whom they sent to the Army. Some were of opinion to refer to the generals discretion, in all causes, to do that which he should judge to be most profitable and convenient for the Commonwealth, according to the occurrences of the affairs, and not to limit him what he had to do, which might peradventure be clean contrary to reason, seeing that war is managed by the sight of the eye: alleging for example that which happened the year before, by limiting the General Pesare what he should do, which hath occasioned sundry disorders, and at last the war against the Turks: yet nevertheless, the other opinion was followed, because they would not hinder nor delay the union of their Army with the Confederates.  
Now the Senate's greatest care, was to find ready money for the great expenses 
The Senate useth means to get money to d●…fray the expenses of the w●…res.  they were speedily to be at. By means whereof it was decreed, that all those who would put in any money into the public Treasury, should have an annual rent for it of fourteen in the hundred: and they did afterwards proceed sharply against the debtors to the Commonwealth, as well by the imprisonment of their bodies as sale of their goods.  
They did moreover create three Pocurators of Saint Mark, jeronimo Marcello, Bernardo Moro, and julio Contaren, in regard of some loan of money. As for the goods of the Clergy, they could never make any use of them▪ for although the Pope had permitted the Senate to alienate of Church goods by reason of ten in the hundred, to the worth of a million of gold, and afterwards calling back that favour had given them leave to raise the said some upon the revenue of the Clergy for the term of five years, yet nevertheless, they could never draw a brief from him either for the one or other, his Holiness still finding new shifts and excuses.  
In this great want of money the Senate went very slowly forward in the propositions that were made unto them of raising the said some, peradventure for fear of displeasing many people, and chiefly those of the Champain country of the firm land: whereupon it rejected a proposition which was made (although it would have amounted to a great some) to sell the meadows of the commonalties, of which there are store over the whole state, in a manner, of the Republic on the firm land.  
The Senate nevertheless in this great necessity did spare nothing that was necessary 
A treaty of peace betwixt the Emperor and the French King is broken off.  for the wars. Peace at the same time was treated of betwixt the Emperor and the French King, which each of them made show greatly to desire, and they concluded to send their Agents for that purpose to Canus which lieth betwixt Perpign an and Narbona: but having spent all the time there in contestations, the assembly broke up without any resolution, by reason of the distrust that the one had of the other, which did greatly grieve the Venetians, because that by those Prince's discord, the war against the Turks would prove more difficult, the likelihoods thereof being already discerned. For the Marquis of Guasto, 
The Emperor declareth that he could not take arms for the 〈◊〉.  whom the Emperor had in the beginning appointed to serve in the enterprise of the Levant, was countermanded not to stir forth of Italy, and speedily to augment the Garrisons in the State of Milan, so as all hope of agreement being taken away, the Emperor being constrained to divert his forces elsewhere, for fear of the French King, he did boldly affirm, that he could at that time do no other service to Christendom, then to stand upon his own defence against the 
The Pope resol ●…th to go to Nice to ato●… the Emperor & the French King.  Turks & for to assure his own States from receiving any hurt from their Army. The Pope being infinitely sorry that the enterprises against the Turks were not forward, and it concerning him, as the head of Christendom to procure peace and union among Christian Princes, resolved, seeing that his letters and Ambassades had been to no purpose, to attempt to prevail by his presence, supposing that his authority and entreaties joined with reason, might cause them to condescend to some honourable agreement: whereupon having exhorted and invited the Emperor and the French King thereunto, he requested them that they would meet at Nice, whither he likewise offered speedily to come, as to a place fit for that purpose▪ The Venetians were very glad of this proposition, because that the desired effect of peace falling out successfully it would much augment the forces and hope of the League, the which with out that help would be very poor and weak: but on the other side they were very sorry for the loss of so much time, which was to be spent in the provisions for war, and in the union of the Armies: because they well perceived that the Emperor coming from Barcelona by sea to Nice, Doria must needs be employed in that journey, at such time as he should be busied in ordering the fleet, and sailing against the enemies, who were already with great forces upon the Seas: on the other side they feared, that the same meeting would be to no purpose by reason of the great difficulties to establish a perfect peace betwixt these two Princes, in regard of what had happened on either side: and that the cause which had moved both of them to grant the pope this interview, was but for to justify themselves, and to make a show to all men, that they were desirous of peace, but that the means to obtain it were hard: both 
What mo●…ued these Princes to grant the interview at Nice,  their iealozies being equally alike to purchase the Pope's favour, by allowing all his councils and designs: for his Holiness ever fearing to advance the one of them more than the other, would not suffer any of them to grow more mighty by the forces and authorities of the Sea Apostolic, and especially in Italy.  
Some likewise did think, that the Pope was not moved to procure this interview only for the public and universal good, but for some particular profit of his own, hoping by the means of his presence, and the meeting of these two Princes to insinuate himself into their favour and to obtain some matter of importance for the establishment of the greatness of his own house, as the effect 
Octavio Farneze marrieth the Emperor's bastard daughter.  did afterwards manifest, having at that assembly concluded the marriage of the Lady Marguerite the Emperor's natural daughter, and widow to Duke Alexander of Medicis, with Octavio Farnes●… the Pope's Nephew, whom the Emperor invested with the State of Navarre.  
Notwithstanding that the Venetians were possessed with these doubts and suspicions, the Senate nevertheless did not cease to do the duty which the time re quired, to testify the honour and respect it did bear to those great Princes, and chiefly to the Pope, and to this end, to manifest how much it desired, according to their ancient custom to aid and favour that accord, they chose two Ambassadors, 
Ambassadors chosen at Venice to be present at the Assembly of Nice  Nicholas Tepulo and Marc Antonio Cornare, to be present at that assembly to make known the Senate's good will, and withal, how greatly it desired peace betwixt Christian Princes, and also for to make war upon the Turks.  
Now the Pope departing from Rome in the month of April according as it had been determined, came to Parma, where he celebrated Palme-Sonday in the Cathedral Church, staying in that City and at Placentia certain days, expecting the Duke of Savoyes' resolution concerning the City of Nice where the assembly was to be made, because some difficulties were made thereupon, not without suspicion that it came from the Emperor, who was desirous before his coming to the assembly to see what the Turks progression would be. But the Pope at last resolving not to make so long stay in his journey, did set forewards 
The Pope denied entrance int●… Nice.  directly towards Nice, where at his arrival, the entry into the City was denied him, the Governor thereof saying, that he held that place for the Prince, and that the Duke his father was not to dispose thereof, where upon the Pope was enforced to retire himself into a Monastery of Monks being not far from thence, whither within a while after the cities keys were brought unto him. 
These two Princes refuse to set one another at Nice in t●…e Pope's presence.   
The Emperor and the French King came suddenly into those quarters, the one being lodged at Villafranca and the other at Villanova beyond the River Var. Yet the Pope could never procure them to meet in his presence, because they both determined not to grant the Pope's desire in that meeting, which was to make them good friends and to establish a firm peace betwixt them, yet nevertheless he procured the prolongation of the truce, which was already confirmed, for the space of ten years, hoping that in the mean space, the hatred, which was so deeply rooted in their hearts, might be worn out; that being done, every one went his own way, the Pope towards Rome, the Emperor towards Barcelona, and the King journeyed to avignon, from thence to return into France.  
But the King being come to avignon, was adnertized that the Emperor was desirous to confetre with him; and that for the same purpose he entreated him 
Interview of Emperor and king at Aigues▪ Mortes.  to come to Aiguesmortes where he would land; which the King willingly granting, went thither, where both their majesties did carsse each other, and the Emperor went and dined with the King in the town, with great demonstration of brotherly friendship: Then the king wentinto the Emperor's Galley, where they had long conference to gether, whereupon all men hoped shortly to see a firm peace established betwixt them, but no effectas thereof could ever since be discerned: but on the contrary the Emperor perceiving himself to be assured, by the confirmation of the league with the Venetians against the Turks, not alone to sustain their attempts, began to make greater demands to the King, accorping 
War renewed betwixt the Emperor and the King.  to the treaty of Madrill, the King on the other side promising to himself, to recover the States which he detained from him, made great warlike preparations to assail him in sundry places, not tarrying for the expiration of the truce.  
Now whilst Christian Princes stood upon terms of making war one upon another, the Turk had in the winter time prepared all that which was necessary for his coming forth into the field, who likewise remembering that which did belong to his own religion (for those Barbarous people have some impression of divinity in their hearts,) did before his departure celebrate with great solemnity, 
The Turkish feasts of Baieran.  the feasts of Baieran, (those days are celebrated and reverenced by that nation even as Easter is by the Christians) he caused prayers to be made in all his Mesquites for the happy success of himself and his army. Then in the month of March, his armies by sea and land departed from Constantinople, where Soliman was in person, and Barbarossa near to him, who held the rank and grave which Lufti had done not long before, who was deprived of his place of Bascha, and confined into Macedon: But the whole army being not yet well accommodated, Barbarossa in the mean time, with six score sail, went to wards the Archipelago, 
Barbarossa spoiled the Islands of the Archipelago.  as to an assured booty to assail the Islands, the which being defended the year before, had as than no Garrisons that were suffitient to make defence, whereby it came to pass that Schiros, Schiaroc, Schiati, with certain others of less fame being first sacked and spoiled fell into the power of the Turks.  
There happened a memorable accident at the Taking of Schiati; for the Islanders and those few soldiers that were within it, having constantly sustained the first assaults of the Turks building upon the assurance of the situation of the Castle, seated upon an high place; some of the chief amongst them were desirous, either thorough fear or a premeditated malice, to yield themselves unto the Turks, but fearing peradventure to be punished for their baseness and treachery, if the matter should not fall out according to their desire, did run to the Palace where jeronimo Memio governor of the place lay hurt in his bed, who by his valour giving example to his soldiers, had beaten the enemies from the walls, whom they slew, by whose death all matters remaining in confusion among them they did by ropes draw the Turks up into the Castle. This cruel and Barbarous act did so highly displease Barbarossa, as instead of recompensing those villains, he did by death chastise their infamous wickedness. Then having increased 
A worthy recompense.  his forces, he sailed into Candy to get more booty there, or else to view the strong places of the Island.  
The Senate upon the report which was currant at Constantinople, how that the army should sail into Candy, had carefully provided whatsoever was necessary for the guard of the Island, against so mighty an enemy, by sending thither, money, soldiers, munition & victuals, and Giovani Moro to command there, during the war in quality of Providator General, a man very well experienced and of great valour and discretion. The conservation of that Island was thought to be of very great importance, as well for the Nobility thereof, being descended from a Venetian Colony, as for her richesses, as an ancient seat of Kings, as also for the frutfulnesse thereof, and other great commodities which those received from it that traded into the Levant. This Providator was chiefly enjoined to exhort the Gentlemen and Knights, (for so are the feudataries of the Republic termed who enjoy the benefits thereof) to the defence of the Island, and to assure them that the Senate would never forsake them.  
Now Moro being come into Candy, did assembly the General council of all the Nobility of the Colony in the City of Candace, to dispose them by some honest exhortation constantly to attend the enemies coming.  
If ye consider (said he) the quiet of your state, where at this present, ye do peaceably enjoy so many goodly inheritances, so sweet an air, such abundance 
Moro his oration to the gentlemen of Candy.  and commodity of all things as grow here, or else are brought hither from the countries near adjoining, I do assure myself that this remembrance will be of greater force with you, than the efficacy of all my words can be able to persuade you to do all you can, and to be sparing neither in expenses, travail, nor life itself, to keep either yourselves, or children, from changing your present condition, and to fall from the top of so great happiness, into a Gulf of misery and calamities, as it is like to happen, if this Island falling into the Turks power (I tremble with fear only to think thereof, and to tell you of it) ye should be enforced to go and dwell elsewhere, to forsake your country, so great wealth, and so many commodities as ye here possess; or else tarrying here still, be subject to the Tyranny of a faithless and Barbarous nation. An other thing besides your wealth doth oblige ye to defend this Island, one of the chief and most important members of our Commonwealth, which is, the love and duty which you owe to our common country, from which I hope, the distance of place is not able to divide you, being true members thereof, and not cut off from it, having a share in the honours, favours, and in all other her fortunes. Now your particular interest being, for these respects, inseparably conjoined to ours, it behoveth me to labour to let you see, the importance of the business in question, and to stir ye up to provide those remedies which may defend ye from such a danger. I will then only entreat you, not for any fear what soever, to lose that courage, and good resolution which I discern in you all, least being disfurnished of valour, and strength, ye happen to undo yourselves. I will not deny but that the enemy's power is very great, and that we ought not to contemn it; but I dare well assure you that it is not such as may cause ye to despair of being able to resist it; but on the contrary we are to hope, that their coming will purchase us honour and reputation, by valliantrepulsing them from the whole Island. We are certainly to believe, that although there be great numbers of soldiers in the enemy's Army; yet nevertheless they have no store of ordnance, or other necessary matters sufficient to batter and force towns, whereby we are assuredly to think, that if they do come to this Island, their intention is rather to spoil and get booties, if by our negligence we will suffer them so to do, then to tarry here and make war. And though they should come hither to that end, what-like-lihood is there that they will busy themselves in a long and difficult enterprise, perceiving so many mighty fleets of the Christian Confederate Princes at sea, which may on a sudden assail and fight with, either their fleet, or some of their towns: for they are no less careful for the preservation of their own, than they are to offend and conquer other men's. I know, and am expressly commanded from the Senate to acquaint you with it, how highly above all other things it esteemeth the preservation of this State, and your safety, for which, they are ready to expose all their forces, witness the provisions which of it own proper motion, it hath speedily sent unto you. You then, whom these dangers do more nearly concern, and for whom we are here assembled, are so much the more obliged not to omit any thing wherein you may manifest your loyalty, diligence, and love, towards both the one and other country: Let every man then dispose himself to succour the common cause with his wealth, authority, and person; I do assure myself that in so doing, we shall not only avoid the greatest danger, but shall free the whole country, to your great glory and praise from the enemy's spoils and incursions.  
The Providator had scarce made an end of his exhortation, when all of them 
The provid ators speech is applanded by all men.  arose, applauding his speech, and promising with great offers, to employ all their power, care and diligence in the defence of the Island: He did afterwards make the same remonstrance to the people of Candy, exhorting them to their own defence: whereupon all of them began with great speed to provide things necessary, to arm certain Galleys, and to assemble the country people, unto whom having given Arms, they placed part of them in candal, to increase the garrison 
The Candio 〈◊〉 preparations for their defenc●….  of Italian foot men, and the rest were sent to the guard of sundry passages and places of importance to stop the enemy's progression. The Gentlemen of the Island and the feudataries of the Commonwealth, did proceed therein with such earnestness and courage, as the family alone of Calergians, which is one of the chief and richest of the country, did raise more than five and twenty thousand armed men.  
Barbarossa pursuing his journey came near to the Island on the North side, betwixt Standia and the City of Candace, and without casting anchor ran along the Island as far as Rettima, where making but a short stay, because that the 
Barbrrossa cometh into Candy.  cities ordnance did greatly hurt him, he sailed to La Suda, having there found better abiding then in any other place, by reason of the Haven which is great and safe, whose entrance was then open to him, it being not fortified as it is now at this day, he landed great numbers of his people to scour and spoil the Country.  
This City was in old time called Cidonia, and reckoned among the chief of the Island. Andre Gritti was Governor thereof, having with him about a thousand Italian footmen, and divers greeks of the city and places near adjoining. These men perceiving the Turks to approach in disorder, who had not entrenched themselves, did boldly sally forth of the City and assailled them, who being first beaten with the cities ordnance, whereof it was well provided, and being found in disorder, they chased, and slew a great number of them: Those which scoured the country had no better fortune, by reason that great multitudes of the Islanders arising who were divesly armed by their Lord's commandment, went and encountered the Turks which were laden with spoil, whom they fell upon and slew many of them; so as they enforced them to give over their enterprise, and to retire with speed to their Galleys.  
Barbarossa hoping for better and more fortunate success in another place, or at least to recompense that loss, leaving behind him nevertheless some memorial of his being there, to the peasant's detriment, sent an hundred Galleys to Sithi●….  
This place is seated in another corner of the Island on the west side, being weak and ill provided of defence notwithstanding that a particular magistrate sent from Venice doth usually make his abode there. From thence the enemy might easily pass into the I'll of Scarpenta, possessed at that time by the Turks and distant from thence some forty miles.  
The enemy finding that place to be abandoned, took away certain pieces 
Barbarossa bi●… etrc●…t from Candy.  of ordinance and other munitions, spoiling all the champaign near adjoining. But fearing least the Venetian Fleet coming to the aid of Candy would enforce them to come to strokes, the Soldiers being speedily embarked and all the Galleys being united together, they sailed towards Negrepont,  
The Sangiach of Morea did at the same time by Soliman's command besiege 
The Sangiach of Morea sum month Naples and Maluesia to yield.  Naples and Maluesia. He having encamped before those two towns, wrote to the Governors and people thereof that they should speedily yield, promising to them great rewards in so doing, and on the contrary, severe punishment, if they should continue to make resistance: that Soliman had sent him thither commanding him by no means to stir from thence until he had reduced both of them under his obedience: that their succours were far off, and their hope vain, long to hold out, and therefore that it was best for them to fit themselves to the time and to the fortune of the vanquisher.  
The Governors and all the people, resolving bravely to defend themselves, as 
Resolution of those Inhabitancs.  well by reason of the situation of the place as for their hope that the Venetian Army would shortly relieve them with victuals and necessary munitions; made none answer to his letter, but betook themselves more carefully to the Guard of their towns.  
And because they in Naples wanted water, the horsemen that were Stadiots a hardy and warlike nation, making divers sallies, being followed by the Italian Harquebuziers did provide for that want. The General Capello having intelligence of this sieege, and being very desirous to relieve those valiant and trusty defendants, did opportunely with six Galleys send them supplies of whatsoever they needed.  
But during these exploits those of Dalmatia were in like manner greatly afflicted 
The Turks waist Dalmat●…  by the Turkish Army, who entering into the Country made an horrible spoil there, carrying away, men, women, little children, and all sorts of cattle, burning the houses, and putting the whole Country in fear and confusion: so as Camillo Vrsino, Governor of the Province, had thought to have abandoned all the other Cities, and that the Soldiers should retire to Zara to assure it, as the chiefest and easiest to guard, fearing that to attempt to preserve all of them against such great numbers of enemies, would be a cause to expose them all to great dangers.  
The Senate did not allow of this opinion, esteeming much more, besides the loss of so many Cities, this note of infamy, to have at once without any fight given place unto the enemy's insolency, and abandoned so goodly a Country: wherefore, using all means to preserve and defend it, it determined to make a new levy of horse and foot, to weet, twelve thousand footmen and fifteen hundred horse, hoping with these forces to be able sufficiently to assure the Province: and also to increase the People's affection towards 
The Venetian●… aid sent into Dalmatia.  the Commonwealth, and to encourage them bravely to defend themselves, they appointed fifteen Gentlemen who should speedily be transported thither for the guard of Zara, S●…enic and Catarra, with thirty men a piece▪ moreover Lodovico Badoario was sent unto Zara, in quality of Providator General of Dalmatia, with commandment nevertheless, not to go forth of that City without the Senate's permission and leave: the Inhabitants likewise of Dalmatia were permitted to send their wives and children to Venice for fear of the enemies.  
In these occurrences, the Prince showed the Senate, how that every man was to help his country in a time so miserable, and alleged unto them for example that which had been performed and done in the last wars of the firm land, in which (said he) the citizens love towards their country, the union and readiness of their help, had been of so great force, as in despite of bad fortune, they had drawn the Republic forth of so many calamities, and had restored it to her favour, splendour and dignity, wherein, (God be thanked) it now continued. That the dangers present, were no less than those that were passed, having to do with an enemy, who though he be alone and of himself, is nevertheless very mighty, and to be feared, whom if they did not speedily resist, but suffer all things to fall out according to his desire, his overweening would in such sort increase, as they were never to look for any safety from him: that their hope of foreign aid, did daily more and more vanish, the Confederates, proceeding with such uncertenty, and slowness, as they were to expect nothing from them: That their true, safest and only defence, depended upon themselves. It did then behove every man to find means to surmount his forces, and speedily to relieve the Commonwealth with council, means, yea and with his own life: That the public Treasury would shrink under an insupportable burden, unless it were speedily relieved by the Citizens; in regard that the expense alone of Dalmatia with the new provisions thereof, did monthly mount to more than five and twenty thousand crowns: that it behoved them to glad the people who were over pressed with sorrow, and amazed, and to comfort them by the presence of those, unto whom the conservation of the state did belong, to show that they were desirous to be sharers in the dangers, and troubles, which should be offered. Let those then (quoth he) who were appointed depart with speed, and go to execute that which is commanded them, and let others, unto whom some public charge shallbe committed, freely accept thereof: He that is moved thereunto by his duty, increaseth his own glory, and he that maketh none account thereof, let obedience move him; if nothing else can provoke you, yet at least wise let necessity and the present dangers, make ye difcreet, diligent and ready in all things. The Prince's authority, and the force of his reasons, did confirm divers, who would have freed themselves from taking any public charge upon them.  
The Turks in the mean time, the more that they under-stood the great preparations which were made to prevent them in Dalmatia, the more they made 
The resolution of the Turks in Dalmatia.  haste to come and assail it: And for their better weakening of the Venetians defences, they resolved at one time to assail all the Principal towns, to the end that the one might not help the other: And having assembled great forces at Cluin, a town under their obedience, they entered with four thousand horse and as many foot, upon the Territory of Zara, and besieged Nadin the Venetians 
Nadin yieldeth to the Turks.  chief Castle, seated upon those confines, Sebastiano Sagreda being Governor thereof, who had an hundred and fifty Italian footmen with him, unto whom the only sight of the enemies gave such fear and terror, as they basely yielded on condition to have their lives saved, without making any proof of their valour, or use of the places situation, and retired to Zara, whether they brought more fear than comfort, by exalting the enemy's forces to cover their own shame.  
The like befell the Castle of Laurana which was commanded by Vittore Sorance with like number of soldiers as in Nadin, who having for one whole day sustained 
The Turks take the castle of Laurana.  the battery, fled away and was taken by the enemies: but Zemo●… being abandoned by the I●…alian footmen, was guarded and defended by certain slavonians, whom some Venetian gentlemen of the family of the Venieri, unto whom it did belong, had placed there.  
The Turks having put Garrisons in Nadin and Laurana, went up and down scouring the country even to the gates of Zara, so as none durst come abroad although the enemy's camp lay far off. The Cities of Antivare, Dulcina, and Sebenic, were in the same trouble. The Sangiach of Scutari went with great forces of foot and horse to Antivare, and did encamp betwixt the sea shore and the walls, and had sent part of his forces to besiege Dulcina. 
Succours sent to Antivare.   
But Bondulmiero, captain of the Gulf, having notice thereof did speedily relieve the Antivarians, the like did the General Capello within a while after, by sending them soldiers and munition, so as the Bassa despairing of any speedy or happy success in his enterprise, determined to raise his siege from before Antivare, causing those who at the same time lay before Dulcina to do the like.  
As for Sebenic, part of the forces that were assembled at Cluin, went thither at the first, and after the taking of Nadin and Laurana, many soldiers did go thither, who never came near the city, because their number was not comparable to a 
The Sibenssans brave resolution.  true army, but went scattering up and down, and spoiled the country. The Sibenssans having intelligence of the enemies coming, resolving bravely to defend and keep the town for the Venetians, did assemble themselves together in the marketplace, where they all swore a solemn oath that they would not yield to the enemy, but endure all extremity rather than falsify their faith. But the Turks being not able to execute their designs upon the other towns so easily as they supposed, would not likewise meddle with this, having before bend their thoughts 
The Turks leave Dalmatia, and go into Hungary.  upon Hungary: whereupon so soon as they had reduced all their forces together, and made up the body of an army, leaving three thousand men for the guard of the frontiers, they marched towards Bossina, from thence to pass into Hungary. The Turks departure forth of the confines of Dalmatia did greatly ease the Venetians, and freed that poor people from much calamity. But as the alteration of affairs do easily alter men's designs, the governors and captains of that Province, who did badly digest the wrongs which they had sustained by the enemies, and most of all because an infamous imputation was laid upon them for the loss of certain towns, and for suffering them without resistance to scour and spoil the country, made a proposition (being desirous to make use of the occasion 
The Proposition of the captains in Dalmatia.  which did offer itself by reason that the enemy's camp was far off) to attempt the recovery of those towns which the Turks did possess; wherewith acquainting the Council of Ten, they did affirm that the forces which were in Dalmatia, were sufficient for the execution of that enterprise: As also, because that if the castles near to Zara were not recovered, the city would be still in fear, having such mighty enemies to their near neighbours who not stirring forth of their Garrisons, did hold it in a manner besieged.  
These propositions were entertained in the Senate with great attention, where the desire to be revenged on the enemies caused the more credit to be given unto them: next, the Duke of Urbin's persuasions, unto whom the whole matter was imparted, did augment their hope, who did not only commend that proposition, as a matter of great importance, but affirmed, that by adding five thousand Lansquenets 
The Senate & the Duke of Urbin, allow this proposition.  to those Italians that were in Dalmatia, and certain numbers of Italian horse to the greeks and Stradiots, it would be an easy matter with those forces to enter into Bossina, and seize upon some good town, which might open them away to greater conquests. That it was better and more profitable to make war in their enemy's country then in their own, and that there were but three thousand horse in garrison at Bossina.  
This advise carried with it a goodly show, and a certain valour attended by profit: whereupon they concluded speedily to raise the Lansequenets, and to this end Constantino Ca●…zza, Secretary to the Council of the Preguais, was sent into Bavaria, who by means of Duke Lewis, a great friend to the Commonwealth, did in a short time perform that he was enjoined, so as those soldiers having received their first payment, marched forthwith into friul. Camillo Vrsino having in the mean time assembled forth of the garrisons of Dalmatia four thousand foot and five hundred horse, and taken with him some pieces of ordnance, went and besieged Obrovazza.  
The taking of that town was of importance, it being a place of retreat for the Turks, where they were wont to assemble themselves to invade the Venetians confines. The castle was neither strong nor well manned, whereby the enterprise was thought to be as easy as profitable. The castle then, having 
The Venetians take Obronazza.  been battered two days one after an other, the third day the soldiers went to the assault, where after some small resistance, they entered by the ruins of the wall.  
Vrsino being Master of the place, perceiving that he could not fortify it but with great difficulty, nor afterwards keep it, but with much trouble, commanded it to be razed down to the foundations. But the Turks being advertised thereof, came back on a sudden and found the Venetians ruining off the castle, who being possessed with fear and terror by the Turks unlooked for arrival, did forsake their work and retired in disorder towards their ships, being 
The Turks arrived causeth the venetians to quit Obrouazz●… & there other enterprises.  followed at the heels by the Turks, who in the end would have broken and defeated them had not captain Camillo de Monte the Neapolitan with certain troops made head against them, whilst the soldiers were embarked.  
As these designs had at first increased men's courages and hopes, even so, the condition of the affairs altering in a short time, there was no more speech of the other enterprises of Nadin, Laurana, Clissa, and Ostrovizza, greater difficulties being daily discovered concerning them, those likewise who had showed most heat and forwardness towards the Turkish enterprises, began by the same accident to grow could, and especially the Duke of Urbin; who had propounded it, did allege divers impediments, saying that the number of soldiers which he had first craved was not sufficient to invade those places, and 
The difficulties allead●…ed by the Duke of Urbin.  withal to keep the passages against the enemies, and that a great number would need so great a quantity of victuals and other provisions as it would be an hard matter to send them thither, by reason that they were to pass thorough the enemy's country. In these perplexities of mind what was best to be done, opinions were very different, some supposing that their forces being ready, they were to be employed for the relief of the people, who by that means might hope for some better fortune, and not to keep them idle: others on the contrary having maturely considered the matter, were of opinion to dismiss the Lansquenets, by giving halfe-pay to the soldiers, and great gifts to the captains to keep them still their friends when need should be, and not to pass on any farther against the enemies, for fear least by provoking them, they might draw upon themselves the whole Turkish forces, to the entire ruin and loss of Dalmatia, seeing it was more 
The Senate resolveth to send home the L●…squenets, to pass on no farther.  expedient to quench that fire then to kindle it, in regard that all foreign aid did deceive them. These reasons were allowed of, and the Lansquenets were sent home into their country.  
The Turks after this exploit returned into Hungary having first refreshed their Garrisons, which remaining quiet the country was for a time at rest.  
All men were in the mean time very desirous to see what would become of those naval armies: Barbarossa departing from Candy retired towards the confines of Negrepont not attempting any thing, for fear of meeting with the Christian armies. The General Capello having great number of galleys, one gallion, and divers ships of war, the Patriarch Grimani being joined with him with the Pope's 
The Venetians ●…aual army, and that of the Pope, joineth ●…ogather.  galleys, did wait for the Spanish naval army which was reported every day to arrive, but none effect thereof was to be seen, consuming to the great grief of all men the fittest time and season for Marine actions.  
The Emperor did promise, speedily to send the 30. Neapolitan galleys which lay at Messina, to Corfou, and fifteen ships of war with three thousand Spanish footmen conducted by Don Ferrant de Gonzaga, Lieutenant for the King in Sicily, who (because the Duke of Urbin by reason of his indisposition could not come to the army) was to supply his place: he promised moreover, that so soon as he should come to Barcelona, he would forthwith send away Doria with two and thirty galleys, to sail to Corfou to join with the other army. 
M●…n did doubt the Emperor's promis●…s.   
divers things nevertheless caused men to doubt that it would not so come to pass: first, because that the Emperor before his going to Nice, had of●…en said, that it was impossible for him at one time to assail the Turks and the French, and the assembly of Nice being broken off without any effect, by reason of the French, there was no great hope in his forces. Next, his officers at Naples did not only hinder those captains whom Camillo Vrsino had sent to levy soldiers in the Kingdom for the defence of Dalmatia, but under feigned excuses refused (contrary to the treaty of the league) the General Capello a certain quantity of corn for the entertainment of the army. divers others deeds and words gave just occasion of suspicion, that the Emperor sought nothing else but to let time ship away unprofitably, not being willing, or else able, to make war upon the Turk as he should, hindering on the other side as much as he could, the Venetians 
The Emperor●… desci●…ne.  from agreeing with them, for fear lest the whole burden of the war should light alone upon himself.  
The Emperor in the end seeking new means of assuring himself, propounded to the Venetians the renewing of the capitulations of the league, the which although it was a superfluous matter, in regard of the short time since the agreement was made at Rome, they did nevertheless satisfy him therein, because they would not omit any thing which might serve for the union of the armies to let all men know their great desire to pursue the war.  
The Capitulations being confirmed, the Emperor commanded Gonzaga, who was not yet gone, to sail to Corfou, where he arrived with the Galleys only, having left their ships behind to the end (said he) that the residue of the foot forces 
Don Ferra●… de Gonzaga cometh 〈◊〉 〈◊〉  which were not yet come thither might have shipping. But his so much desired coming, was to no great purpose, because that the Generals to the Venetians and the Pope, having made a motion to go from thence and to scour towards the Levant, he would not consent thereunto, saying, that it was no safe matter for the Confederates, nor very honourable for the Emperor to execute any enterprise with so few forces, whereupon he was desirous to tarry till the arrival of the ships, which he knew could not much linger.  
The armies remaining in this manner at Corfou, the Patriarch Grimani being 
The Patriarch Grimani his enterprise upon the castle of Pr●…ueze.  impatient of so long stay there, without doing any thing, departed thence with six and thirty galleys, and sailed toward Saint Nicolao de Civita, and having intelligence by the way, that the castle of Prevese was not very well guarded, he resolved not to let slip such an occasion, but to assail it on the sudden, the place being an assured retreat for the Turks, when they did mean to invade Christendom: the Patriarch going on in this resolution to assail it, hoping to take it by some unlooked for assault, and being come to the Channel of Prevese, the galley of Paul justinian did show the way to the rest, where all of them being entered, he landed his soldiers and artillery in the plain field a mile of from the castle, and because the greatest hope of the happy success consisted in speed and diligence, without spending time in making trenches and rampires, he began suddenly to batter the castle-walles with the artillery, himself being come on shore to hasten the business, and to continue the battery without intermission. But they had scarce begun the battery when on a sudden, people from all places round about come running into the field where the Venetians lay, and the number of them hourly increasing, grew so great, as our men being lodged in the same field without trenches or rampires, were afraid lest the enemy's cavalry should come and overrun them, whereupon they resolved on a sudden to reembarke 
The Patriarch saileth of his enterprise.  the soldiers and the ordnance, and without any farther attempt to return to Corfou.  
Grimani his valour and speed was highly praised by some, and condemned by others, who said, that he should have used more mature deliberation, and not rashly to have exposed himself to so great a danger, his journey nevertheless was to purpose, for the viewing of the situation of the place, and for whatsoever should belong to such an enterprise, and was the cause that within a while after, an occasion of a goodly victory was offered, if the Venetians had known better how to have used it: because that Barbarossa having intelligence that the Patriarch had entered the Gulf of Larta, did forthwith sail thither with all the army, hoping to find him there still and to overthrow him.  
Now news being brought to Corfou which way Barbarossa directed his course, and that he had tarried at Preveses, the captains opinions were very different concerning that which was to be done. Some said it was best to send to Messina; whither Doria was come from Spain, for tó hasten his coming to Corfoù: others, that it was not good to depart from Corfou, but there to expect him, because he did mean to come thither shortly, it being neither for the profit nor safety of the Commonwealth, to abandon the castle of Corfou and the guard of the whole Gulf.  
Doria at the last came to Corfou upon the seventh day of September, but not 
Doria comm●… to Corsoù.  with all the galleys, for he had some of them in Spain for the guard of those seas against Pirates, and other some were gone into Africa to the aid of Thunis and Goletta, there being some suspicion that the Moors & Turks of those quarters would raise some tumults. At his arrival they began a new to consult on that which was 
The army of the ●…eague resolveth to go to Preveze.  to be done, where by the General consent of all men they resolved to go to Preveses to fight with the enemies. The meaning of our men was, so soon as they should come thither, to land the troops, and to use all means to become Masters of the castle, & to build a fort right over against it, to keep the entry of the Gulf open, that it might be in their own power to take what resolution they pleased, either to enter into it to fight with the enemy's army, or to stop the going forth thereof, and to defeat it of itself. There were in the leagues naval army a hundred and six and thirty galleys, two galleons, and thirty armed ships. These vessels were divided into five battalions▪ in the first were all the great ships placed, under the command of Francisco Doria, and in the other four, all the light vessels divided in this manner: The Patriarch Grimani sailed foremost, and the General Capello last of all, and in the midst, were Doria and Gonzaga. The whole fleet stayed a 
The order of the league army.  while at the Gomenizzes, tarrying for the Emperors other ships, but they making no haste to come, and the Generals having a prosperous wind, sailed towards Saint Maure.  
The Turks having notice that the Christian army, which departed from Corfou, did sail directly towards them, were greatly amazed, as those who thought 
The Turks do wonder at the Christians boldness.  themselves safe enough in that haven, and could not think that those armies would so soon have been united together, or that being united, they would have resolved to seek them out to sight with them: whereupon, wondering at their suddenness, they were in great doubt what they were best to do: some thought it a goodly matter, for that after they had scoured the seas all the summer, and greatly endamaged the Venetians, they had retired themselves without any loss into the Straight of Gallipolis, being able (as they said) by drawing the war out in length, to consume the Venetians, and to separate the intelligence and forces of 
Sundry opinions of the Turkish army.  the Confederates, and by that means, purchase to themselves a more assured victory: whereupon they counseled Barbarossa not to stir forth of the Haven, where they might live safely, by reason of the castle, and the Straight of the Channel, with commodious abundance of all things: others with a barbarous insolency not being able to endure that the Christians who were wont to fly from them, should now shut them up into an haven, made a motion presently to go forth with the whole army to fight with them, saying, that to continue so shut up, besides the great infamy that would redound unto them thereby, it would not purchase them any safety, by reason that they might be kept in longer than they thought, and thereby be deprived of all commodities: How that Soliman would undoubtedly commend that valiant and generous council, rather than to endure that his enemies should come and defy his army in his own havens and under his own forts, to the contempt of the reputation of his forces and happy fortune, and of the Ottoman Empire. 
Barbarossa his considerations upon those sundry op●…nions.   
Barbarossa was a man valiant and courageous, and accustomed to the hazards of fortune, who had often favoured him, he knew likewise how that divers of the great Turks port did envy his greatness, and that the retreat from Corfou and the infortunate issue of that enterprise, whereof he had been the chief author, had caused them to use sinister speeches of him, whereby he feared the diminution of his credit, and the losing of the great Turk's grace and favour: beside, he had some hope, that the captains of the Christian army, notwithstanding that they were near them, were not fully resolved to fight: and that which confirmed him in that opinion, was the treaties of agreement which Doria had already practised with him.  
These things made him resolve to go forth with the army, and promised him 
The number of Barbarossas' slect.  great reputation for such an exploit. He had in his fleet, a hundred and fifty vessels which used the oar, and a certain number for fail, wherein were comprehended, divers Galeots, Fusts, and other smaller vessels. Resolving then to go forth and to show himself to the Christian army, not to seek, nor refuse the battle, but as a politic and well advised captain, to use means to discover the enemy's 
Barbarossa sendeth forth fifty Galleys to discover the Christian army.  behaviour and designs, he would before his going forth with the whole fleet send forth fifty of his galleys, to sound the meaning of the Captains of the league, and to discern whether their intention was to fight, and in what order they did set forward.  
The Confederates naval army did at the the same time sail towards Saint Maure; but those in the tops having discovered the enemies that were come forth, advertised the captains, who altered their course, sailing against them towards the entrance of the Gulf of Larta, from whence they came: whereupon by altering their course the order of the fleet was likewise changed, so as the General Capello was in the vanguard, who from as far as he could descry the Turks vessels causing those of his battaillon to double the banks of Rowers, did speedily 
The Turkish Gallics are in a manner put to●…out by the army of the league.  set forward against the enemies and by discharging divers Canons upon them, enforced them to return from whence they came, the which they did speedily (being come forth only to discover and not to fight) as they fell into some disorder, whilst every one of the galleys strived which should enter first to free themselves from danger, which nevertheless grew greater by their fight, by reason that by turning their galleys, their poops lay open to the ordnance shot, being neither able to defend themselves, nor to be relieved by their fellows, who kept the mouth and entrance of the Gulf closely shut up.  
Doria who sailed in the battle, so soon as he perceived it, did set forward, all men supposing that he did it to keep the enemies from entering into the mouth of the Haven, who being beaten both in poop and flank, could not choose but be vanquished or sunk: But so soon as he came near to them, he sent commandment thorough the whole fleet (no man knowing the cause why) that upon pain of punishment, all his galleys should forthwith retire, and being joined 
Doria in savour to the enemies causeth his army to retire.  altogether should sail to the ducal Cape in the Island of Saint Maur, to the great astonishment and grief of all men, whereupon, men did boldly and openly through the whole army use reproachful speeches against him, for that by his means they had lost the commodity of over-throwing a great part of the enemy's fleet without the loss of one only man.  
Being come to that place the chief of the army began a new to consult onwhat were best to be done: some were of opinion to send part of their galleys to assail the castle of Lepanto, affirming that Barbarossa would neither himself come forth nor yet suffer his galleys to leave the Gulf without urgent necessity: and if he should come forth, it would be in their own power to take what advantage they pleased to give battle; others thought it fit to return speedily to Preveses, because that the Turkish army not stirring forth of his place, they might assail the castle, and if it did come forth they would be enforced to come to battle to their disadvantage, and be assailed before they could put themselves into order of battle.  
This opinion was allowed, as being thought fi●…rest for the honour of our army, and for the assurance of breaking that of the enemies: and thereupon the army of the league, departing from Saint Maur on the eight and twentieth of September, sailed forward in the same order as at the first. But the wind having failed them by the way, which till then had ever favoured them, they were enforced because they would not separate the galleys from the ships to tow them with great discommodity and delay, by means whereof the Turks had time to come 
The Turks come forth of the Gulf & do put themselves in battle.  forth of the Gulf, and to order themselves in battle as they desired, contrary to the opinion of the confederates: so as the army of the league descried that of the enemies in battle, before it could come to the mouth of the Gulf, the which came sailing with a fair wind up to ours.  
We have now (said Doria) caused the enemy to dislodge according to our desire, it is now in our power to fight, but certainly it behoveth us well to consider of it: it is a matter of very great importance, and repentance afterwards will be in vain. We are to consider, that by giving battle, we commit to 
Doria his remonstrance 〈◊〉 the whole army.  the hazard of a short time not only this army, but likewise the whole reputation of the Confederate Princes, and if I may so say, the wealth and safety of all Christendom; because that these forces being jost, where are the means to set forth an other fleet to oppose the enemies to stop the course of their victory? What hope is there of being able to defend and preserve the sea towns, without forces at sea? Then turning himself towards the Venetian General, he added, that it was his part, whom it most of all concerned, to consider those things, because that the danger which threatened the State and liberty of his Commonwealth was greatest of all other.  
Capello made answer, that the Senate had commanded him to fight with the enemy when occasion should be offered, and that at the same time so fair an one being 
Capello his answer.  presented, he was to obey that commandment, and to beseech God that the justice of their cause might be accompanied with a fortunate success to the service of all Christendom, and their own particular commendation, and that his desire was to be placed in the most dangerous part of the battle which he would willingly accept. The Patriarch Grimani seemed to be of the same mind, notwithstanding that in the beginning he had counseled them to go to Lepanto.  
Doria perceiving that all men consented to a battle, Be it so the●… (quoth he) and I beseech God to favour our enterprise, and in so saying, he did speedily cause the battles banner to be erected, and gave order for whatsoever was necessary, saying that with his own battaillon he would be the first that should charge the enemy: All men were joyful when they understood this resolution, for the great hope they had of victory, and in regard of the small forces that were in the enemy's army, 
The resolution to give battle rejoiceth the ●…hole army.  whereupon they imagined that they would not have the courage to attend them, but that they made that show only in bravery. The captains in the mean time did exhort the soldiers to fight valiantly, setting before their eyes the greatness and facility of the victory, the rich spoils, and the immortal glory prepared for the vanquisher. Doria would needs sail foremost with his galleys, placing Capel in the battle, and Grimani in the rearward, to succour with his battaillon those parts which he should perceive to have most need, he commanded Antoni●… Doria who conducted the great vessels, that keeping before the light galleys, he should use means to get the wind of the enemies, that he might with more ease run upon them, and with his ordnance disorder them, before they should come too near the light galleys. But the Turks on the other side, seeking the same advantage, 
The Turks purpose broken by Doria.  used all means they could to get before the Christian Army, that they might first assail it; which Doria perceiving, did in time draw his army towards the land, to keep the enemies from possessing those quarters. Then upon the sudden, there being no wind at all, it was an hard matter to pursue that design, in regard that the light Galleys were with many turnings enforced to tow the great ships: yet nevertheless, all men were so earnest to the battle, that by their industry this impediment was taken away, and the two great ships, namely the Argozy and the Gallion, were placed at the head of the Army like two strong Towers, to break the enemies first assaults.  
So soon as Barbarossa perceived those two great ships coming against his Army before the calm, fearing lest he should be first enforced to fight with them, having avoided it as much as he could, began to repent his coming forth 
●…arbarossa repentcth his coming forth of the Gu●…phe of Preveze.  of the Gulf of Preveze: Yet nevertheless taking presently courage, he did every where play the part of a good Captain, thinking on nothing more than on fight, seeking all advantages that the condition of the time and place would afford him, and chiefly he sought to bend his course towards the cape of the Island of Saint Maur: whereupon avoiding at the same time the meeting with those two great vessels, he did use means by turning to the other side, to charge one Army on their backs, the which being desirous to keep the great vessels united to the light ones, could not but with great difficulty & disorder move and change their place; and therefore he did solicit his soldiers, both by promiscs and threats not to be discouraged; and to speak truth, he did that day do whatsoever belonged to a discreet and va●…ant Captain. He had divided his Army into three parts, the right wing was governed by Trabacchio, the left by Salecca, both of them valiant Captains, and renowned for their great experience, and Barbarossa was in 
The order of Barbarossa his Army.  the midst with the body of the battle. Dragut a famous Pirate, went before the whole army, with great numbers of Fusts, Gal●…ots, and some light Galleys, as it were to lead the way to the rest, and with those lighter vessels to begin the skirmish. The long delay and irresolution of our men, or the speed and good fortune of the enemies, the sea being calm, so that the great vessels could do no service for want of wind, did give the Turks time and leisure first to possess that part near to the firm land, which the Captains of the league had determined to seize on, and to drive the enemies from it, who lying in a very commodious place, and a great way off from our vessels, lay in front of the Christian Army to descry how it would make up towards them, supposing themselves to be forth of danger, by reason that they perceived that the Captains of the league were determined to give battle without those great vessels, and that it was dangerous to tow them any further on in the view of the enemies; so as it seemed that it was in their power either to give battle or not.  
Doria in the mean time being followed by all the light Galleys, turning towards 
The enemies got into a plac●… of safety thorough the fault of those of the league.  those great vessels, had for a time not only held our men, but the enemies in doubt what he would do, all men expecting when he would turn the prows upon the enemy, and begin the fight. But during this long delay, he gave time to the Turks to get the vantage, and to eschew the battle. Dorias policy was (as he said afterwards) to beguile the enemies, who being uncertain what course 
What Dori●… purpose wa●….  he would hold, thought it best to lie at sea in the same place, and close order which they held: whereby it had been an easy matter for him, by fetching a great compass, to have assailed them with his Galleys in sundry places. But Barbarossa perceiving his intent, did with great speed (as hath been said) make to land-ward, keeping still, as he sailed along, the prows of his Galleys turned towards our Army, keeping as far off as he could from our great vessels.  
The Army of the league in the mean time, to all men's wonder, stood immovable to behold the enemies insulting, and the fair occasion which it lost; the General Capell, and Grimani, began to cry out with a loud voice, that they were no longer to loose time, nor the certain hope of so goodly a victory. Capel, presently after, leapt into a Frigate, and was carried round about the fleet, stirring up all men to battle, being reciprocally welcomed and commended of all men, and being 
Capulets speech to Doria to provoke him to the battle.  come to Dorias Galley, he said unto him, Let us go my Lord to charge the énemies that fly from us; time, occasion, and the soldiers cries do call us forth, the victory is ours, I will be the first that shall charge, and I tarry for nothing but the commandment to begin the fight.  
Capell was a man of three score and thirteen years of age, of a cheerful countenance, 
The whole army crieth out for battle.  healthful constitution, singular judgement, and was reverenced of all men for his age and great discretion, joined with a singular experience in marine matters, so as great estimation was made of his advice and council; and indeed all men were desirous of battle, and did jointly cry out, battle, battle, victory, victory. Doria at the last being moved by these cries, and spurred forward by shame, commanded the rest to ●…et forward, and himself with his battalion did pass on beyond the great ships, our army came nearer to the enemy's Galleys, who were already come to the place they wished for, their poops being towards the land, and their prows to seaward: whereupon, from both parts (though a far off) the Cannon played, so as a man would have thought that the battle had been 
A beginning of the battle a far off.  begun, and yet neither on the one side nor other, did the Galleys set forward. Doria did still look when that the Turks, all amazed, would forsake the Galleys without fight, and save themselves on shore, and Barbarossa perceiving the light Galleys to be backed by the Gallion and the Argozey, durst come no nearer for fear lest the Ordnance of those great ships would disorder and sink him, but 
Doria his retreat encourageth the Turks.  Doria having for a time continued in this manner, and perceiving that his policy took no effect, and resolving (as his actions did afterwards show) not to commit himself to the hazard of a battle, began openly to retire.  
The Turks taking courage by the retreat of our men, did come so far forward, as diverse of the enemy's Galleys were very near to the Gallion and the Argozey, who by reason of the place, wherein they were, and their greatness they could not retire so soon, but a Cannon shot being made upon the Gallion, and fire taking in a barrel of powder, the mariners and soldiers were in great fear and disorder: but the Captain providing a speedy remedy for it, did defend them from danger, and the Turkish Galleys coming still nearer to these ships, both of them at one time discharged their ordnance upon them, so as every Bullet doing execution, they enforced them suddenly to retire.  
In this manner the whole army of the league being safe and untouched (saving 
The Army of the league returneth to Corsou.  a few vessels that were lost in the retreat) was brought to Corfou. Doria in his Galley would be the last that should retire, thereby to show himself more brave and valiant, or else that he had a great care of the Army: but all men knew, that it did not proceed from magnanimity of courage, or from any good will that he did beat to the cause, but only because he trusted to the swiftness of his own Galley, wherein he might easily escape, which Capel perceiving, would not likewise depart, till the very selfsame time that he retired.  
The end of the second Book of the sixth Decade.   

The Contents of the third Book of the sixth Decade.  
BArbarossa retireth into the Gulf of Larta, for fear of Sea tempests. How all men did condemn Andre Doria. The Confederates take castle Novo in the Gulf of Cathara. Doria with his Galleys retireth into Sicily. The Venetians take Rissana. The occasions which moved the Senate to make peace with the Turk. Gritti goeth to Constantinople for that purpose. Guy Ubaldo, Duke of Urbin, son to Francisco Maria, is made General of the Venetian troops. An Accord betwixt the Pope and the Duke of Urbin for the Duchy of Camerin. Barbarossa recovereth Castel-novo. The Bascha allegeth Soliman's complaints concerning the accord with the Venetians. Barbarossa giveth an assault to Cathara, hoping to take it. The Baschas unreasonable demands upon the agreement with the Venetians. The Emperor Charles passeth thorough France into Flanders, to chastise the Gantois. The Cardinal Farneze cometh into France, as Legate at that enter view. The Conclusion of the peace with the Turks according to their own mind. The sorrow and discontent of those of Naples and Maluesia, when they understood that their Towns were made over to the Turks. And lastly, the Consignation of those two towns into the Baschas hands, with the departure of diverse of the Inhabitants, to go and dwell elsewhere.  
The third Book of the sixth Decad of the History of Venice.  
THE Army of the league being returned to Corfou, Barbarossa not being satisfied that he had escaped shame and danger, went into the Isle of Paxu, some twelve miles from thence, where he continued for a time, daring as it were the Confederates to come forth of their Haven and fight, or else waiting for an opportunity to endanger them, but the Army of the league was filled with disorder and fear, Doria his conduct being thought most infortunate, and his loyalty and counsel much suspected: there was no man that durst undertake 
The Turkish Army retireth into the Oulph of Lar●…a.  a deed of consequence: if any proposition were made, infinite numbers of difficulties were found therein, and the Galleys remaining thus in the haven, without any military action, the Turks after that they had braved the Christian army, fearing foul weather and tempests, by reason that part of October was spent, retired into the Gulf of Larta.  
Such was the success of that year, such was the end of so great a warlike preparation, and in a word, that great expectation of all men came to nothing, to the great hurt and disadvantage of all Christendom, and to the particular dishonour of André Doria, against whom, all men cried out, some taxing him of cowardice, 
All men cry out upon Doria.  others of treachery, and for that he stood badly affected to the good of Christendom, and particularly to that of the Venetians. Those who spoke of it more openly, did blame his sundry immoderate affections, his intolerable ambition, his fear to expose himself to dangers, his great avarice, wherewith he was sometimes so blinded, as he esteemed nothing so much as his own private gain. The Spaniards more than all others cried out against him, and especially the Marquis of Aguilar the Emperor's Ambassador at Rome, who went about to wipe out the opinion which all men had conceived, how that the Emperor his master had intelligence with him, and that by his commandment he had so carried himself. But the Venetian Senate being well advised, thinking it not fit to make him their enemy, in regard he still had the command of the Army, was desirous, amid these public curses, to show that they did in no sort resent it, nor were any whit displeased with him, but wrote him a very loving letter, to assure him that they believed, that he, as a wise and discreet Captain, had done nothing, but with great consideration and good council. Yet nevertheless, the imputations laid upon him, being come to his hearing, did greatly afflict him: so as since his return to Corfou, he did for many days live in private, not coming abroad in public, and when in his own presence, any mention was made 
〈◊〉 so●…row for his fault.  of that which had happened in that voyage, he did seem to be extremely sorry for it, being scarce able to keep himself from shedding tears, (either true or feigned,) in acknowledgement of his fault.  
All the Army of the league after that retreat, did for a time remain at Corfou: but the Confederates supposing it to be a disgrace unto them to continue so long in the haven, the season being fit for sea actions, notwithstanding that it was then Autumn, and the enemies being far from thence, they began to propound sundry matters. The General Capell did solicit them to sail with the whole Army into the Archipelago, where (as he said) some new occasion might be offered of fight with the enemy, and though that should not come to pass, yet an other notable and certain profit might redound by that journey, in regard that divers ships that were laden going to Constantinople, would fall into their hands as an assured booty, beside, they should relieve Naples and Maluesia, and 
Sundry opinions in the confederates council.  might recover diverse Islands of the Archipelago, as easily as they had been lost, from whence they might draw great commodity, and chiefly of Rowers for the Navy, whereby double profit would redound to them, as to drive the enemies from thence, and to make abode there by reason of the hauen●…, wherewith those Islands do abound, where the fleet might lie in all safety, and their abode there would make Barbarossa jealous and fearful, so as he would not dare to carry his fleet to Constantinople, and that Gulf being taken from him, which was very commodious for his use, he would not come forth at all, or else very late, to sea the next year: whereby his honour and reputation would enforce him to come to a battle.  
Others, and especially Doria were of opinion, rather to go and besiege Durazzo, thinking it a dangerous matter to sail at that season upon the Archipelago, and the labour likewise which should be bestowed in the recovery of those Islands would be lost, there being no safe nor assured Fort; whereupon so soon as the Turkish Army should show itself, they would be again recovered: But on the contrary, they could but have great hope of the happy success of the enterprise of Durazzo, inregard of the quality of the place, being of itself very commodious, a near neighbour to Italy, and fit for opening the way to greater exploits in Albania. But this proposition likewise did find sundry difficulties, first, that there were no havens there fit for the Fleet, especially for the ships, who without danger could not ride upon those shallow flattes: Next, that the country was full of Turkish Cavalry, who might easily break the enterprise, the like might Barbarossa do coming to Valona: so as it would be no safe matter to land the soldiers, and to leave the vessels unfurnished, having so mighty an enemy near them: that they were to make war elsewhere, and to molest the enemy in places farther off from his greatest forces, which consisted in horse and foot.  
Both these propositions then being for these reasons rejected, they resolved to enter the Gulf, there to enterprise somewhat, which might assuredly, and without difficulty answer their desire. The Army then departing from Corfou, sailed to the mouth of the Channel of Catharra to besiege Castle-novo, a place seated on the seashore, a little within the Gulf, which Mahomet had certain years before, taken from Chersega: that place was sufficiently esteemed, not for being great, or of an impregnable fortification, but only for the situation, 
The Confederates Army cometh ●…o besiege castelnovo.  commodious for divers matters, and chiefly for the Venetians, for the safety of Cathara. Above the Town there is a Castle, kept by a garrison of Turks, all the other inhabitants are Dalmatians or slavonians.  
The fleet having entered the Gulf, Doria landed his footmen not far from the castle, and within a while after his ordnance to batter it, giving the particular charge thereof to Don Ferrant de Gonzaga. But whilst they planted the ordnance, the General Capello being come near to the cities walls with his galleys, forth of the danger of the Castles short, the which coming from above ●…lew over their heads, he began to give an assault to the Tower with his Rowers and mar●…iners, who using their oars instead of ladders, and 〈◊〉 it in sundry places, did at last enter it, and opened the Gates to the soldiers: Whereupon the Turks did suddenly retire into the Castle, but within a while after, perceiving that they could not long hold out, they yielded upon discretion. The town was sacked by the Spaniards, notwithstanding Don Ferrant's prohibition, who knew that the spoil did belong to the Venetians, but the insolency of that nation was so great, as not being satisfied with the spoil of the City, when they did meet with any of the Venetian Rowers, returning to the Galleys laden with pillage, 
The Spaniards insolency.  they did take all from them, and would perforce enjoy the fruit of other men's labours. Barbarossa being advertised that the Christian Army was gone to besiege Castel-novo, did leave Preveze, and was onward on his way, meaning to go and relieve it, or at least by the report of his coming to break the enemy's 
The most part of Barbarossas' fl●…et is cast away by tempest.  enterprise: But having sailed half way thither, a marvelous tempest arose, in which thirty of his Galleys were cast away and sunk: Whereupon he returned with the rest, very much beaten to Volona.  
The Christian army having intelligence of this loss, all men began to cry out and said, that it behoved them to sail forthwith towards the enemies, who were weakened both in courage and forces, to fight with them: the General Capello did with great vehemency persuade Doria not to lose such an occasion, seeing it was not far from thence to Valona, where they might assail the Turkish fleet, which was not in state to fight, being weakened by the fortune of the sea, nor was able to escape, by reason that all their Oars were in a manner broken: neither could it presume upon the safety of the place where it lay, the Castle of Valona being not able to defend them, because it was too far off from the haven. But Doria making excuses, saying sometimes that he resolved to go thither, and 
Doria his excuses because be would not fight with Barbarossa.  afterwards that the season was unfit for such an enterprise, with diverse other impediments, did make such long delays, as he gave Barbarossa time and leisure to conduct his army in safety to Constantinople, having left Dragut in the Gulf of Lepanto with five and twenty Galleys, and a certain number of Galeots and Fusts belonging to Pirates, to hinder the Christians navigation.  
Doria afterwards alleging new occasions, that he might be gone from thence; and chiefly the want of Biscuit that was in the Army, resolved to depart, and to carry his Army into Sicily, notwithstanding that he was counseled and exhorted by his own friends and countrymen, and namely by Don Ferrant, to keep the armies joined together all that winter, either at Corfou, or in some other commodious 
Do●…ia with his galleys retireth ●…nto Sicyll.  place, to the end they might at the spring put to sea betimes, and outstrip the enemy's preparations. He left four thousand Spaniards for the guard of Castel-novo, under the command of Captain john Sarmiento, notwithstanding that the Venetian General entreated him, that according to the capitulations of the league, the town might be consigned to him, to be kept by his soldiers: but excusing himself for that he had no commission so to do, he referred that business to the Emperor: he went about beside to place six thousand Spanish footmen in garrison in the cities of Budua, Antivari, and Dulcino, under colour that he did it for the Venetians commodity, the better to assure those towns, and to have soldiers always ready to make speedy use of, at the Spring.  
Doria being gone, the Patriarch Grimani followed him within a while after, and sailed to Ancona, where he disarmed the Galleys, and sent them empty to Venice: afterwards he went to Rome to yield an account to the Pope of that which had been done. Capello in this manner remaining alone (all the other Commanders being gone) in the Gulf of Catharra, went to Rissane a small town not far from thence, held by the Turks with a small Garrison, which being soon yielded unto him, he manned with Soldiers, and made Lodovico Zene their Governor. Capello in the mean time, by reason of the toil and travail which he had sustained, or rather with grief and discontent, to see matter, handled contrary to his desire, fell into a grievous sickness, in regard whereof he besought the Senate to give him leave to return home to Venice to take order for his health.  
The Duke of Urbin at the same time being consumed by a linger disease 
The death of the T●…uke of Vrbi●….  died, not without suspicion of being poisoned, to the Venetians great grief and discontent: Solemn obsequies were made for him at Venice in the Church of the Saints john and Paul.  
Now the occasion being so often lost of fight with the Turkish fleet with a certain assurance of the victory, and the Spaniards seizing upon Castelnovo, did more and more increase the suspicion which all men had conceived of the Captain generals small sincerity, or great cowardice: but some said that he had proceeded in that manner by the Emperors will and consent: whereupon the Senate was greatly troubled and perplexed, for that it had undertaken such a war against so mighty an enemy, and made their at●…onement with him more uneasy by their refusal thereof, (having been thereunto invited), upon the weak and uncertain hope of the aid of Christian Princes, so as it knew not by what means to assure the conservation of their State.  
The Emperor by good offices had been disposed to the observation of the Articles of the league, namely, to grant a proportion of corn out of Naples and Sicily toward the entertainment of the army; to cause Castelnovo to be consigned into the hands of the Republics officers, and to command the Galleys to be ready in the month of March, that the fleets might be joined together: but the Emperor performing nothing of all this, did still find out delays and excuses; 
The Emperor's excuses for not performing his promise.  for concerning the proportion of corn, his officers were first to have their own share and division: for the restitution of Castelnovo, they alleged that the Commonwealth should first pay the Spaniards for keeping that Fort till then; and as concerning the ready expedition of the Army, in regard that the Emperor determined to be in it in person, it behoved them to make greater preparations, and also to have more forces, and so consequently a longer time.  
But in some of these things, reason, and the effect did manifest, that he did neither regard equity nor the common good: the Emperor's speeches were very magnificent, full of goodly promises, but greatly suspected that he did only intend 
The Emperor's 〈◊〉 aim.  to keep the Venetians bound, by means of the league, that he might make use both of their arms and friendship, in as much as concerned his own particular profit and commodity, and not for the wealth or service of the Republic, by reason that it was known, how that the Estates assembled in Spain did beseech him not to deparrt forth of the Country: beside, his want of money was so great, as although his meaning had been to have gone in person into the Army yet he would not have had means to have defrayed the expenses of such a journey: in regard whereof all men may perceive that it was far more safe and expedient for the Signory of Venice to think on peace and agreement rather than on arms. That which moved them to this Treaty, was their hope 
The Senate resolveth to be at peace with the Turk.  to obtain peace on honest conditions, seeing that the Turks did use them with more respect than they were wont, for they had released the Bailie forth of the Tower of the great Sea, and admitted them into Constantinople, and did likewise put them in hope (as it came to pass) speedily to restore all the Venetian Merchants to their liberty, and to suffer them to trade in the same manner as they had done before, so as they would be bound one for another, not to depart from Constantinople, nor to send their goods forth of the Ottoman Empire.  
There came beside to Venice a man whose name was Antonio de Modon, dwelling at that time in Zante, bringing letters from janusby his friend, which he had written to him concerning their own particular traffic, wherein he mentioned how that the great Turk and the Bascha were desirous of a Peace with the Republic: so as if an Ambassador were sent from Venice to Constantinople for that purpose, some agreement might be easily concluded, and that this jawsbey did offer, (so that they would entreat him) willingly to employ himself therein.  
All these things did move the Council of Ten to begin some practice of agreement: but to the end it should be kept secret, they would not for that time send any public person to Constantinople, but appointed Lorenzo Gritti the 
Gr●…tti goeth to Constantinople to treat of an agreement.  Duke's son for that journey, under colour of some affairs of his own, and in particular for the recovery of certain goods belonging to a brother of his, who a little before died at Constantinople. They enjoined him first to speak of a general truce, and that he should be very earnest therein, the better afterwards to come to some resolution. But if the Turks should not entertain it, then to motion a treaty of peace for the Commonwealth, by renewing the ancient capitulations, and on conditions that both sides should yield up those places that had been taken during that war.  
The French King had an hand in this treaty of truce, sending an Agent expressly for that purpose to Constantinople, but the small hope of any peace was soon discerned, the Turk being not willing to have any accord with the Emperor, whereupon the better to turn all his forces against him, he had propounded and consented to an agreement with the Venetians. But so soon as Gritti his going to Constantinople was published, notwithstanding that the cause was kept secret, all men did suspect the matter, how that his journey was to treat of peace with Soliman. Don Diego Hurtado de Mendoza, Ambassador at that time for the 
The Emperor's Ambassador doth in the Senate complain against this agreement.  Emperor at Venice, being come into the Senate in secret audience, did discover this suspicion, and made a modest complaint, for that they went about to treat of peace with the common enemy, not comprehending therein the Emperor, their friend and confederate, and did afterwards seek by a long and persuasive oration, to dissuade them from peace with the Turks. They answered him that the Republic had more than two years since entered into the league, & yet nevertheless 
The Senate's answer to the Ambassador.  it might truly say, that it had alone sustained all the Turkish attempts: That they did allow of the lawful occasions which had held back the arrival of the aid of the other Confederates, at that time when they most needed them, that they did likewise believe, how it might easily come to pass, that by sundry accidents the same occasions might be again offered: and yet nevertheless they had ever borne and would bear great respect to the Confederates: that the French King had procured general truce at Constantinople, by accepting whereof they did suppose to have procured much wealth and profit to the common cause, whereby great commodity might redound to the league, if there were nothing else then the gaining of time, which the Emperor's self did think to be most necessary for his voyage into the Levant.  
The like pursuit was made in the Emperor's Court betwixt his Majesty and the Ambassador of the Commonwealth: But it was not to any purpose, either to hasten the Emperor to make provisions for war, or to withdraw the Venetians from the treaty of peace already determined. With such success ended 
An. 1538.  the year 1538. about the latter end whereof, on the seven and twenty day of December, Prince Gritti deceased, being four score and four years of age, having governed fifteen years and seven months, and was buried in Saint Francis Church.  
 


PIETRO LAND the seventy eight Duke.   
 
 
PIETRO LAND was chosen in his place, a noble man, and of three score and eighteen years of age. The year following was in a manner spent about the negotiation of peace, at the beginning whereof, the Venetians supposing that it behoved them only, to trust and hope in their own forces for the safety of their state, went about to increase the Garrisons of their 
The Senate prepareth for the conservation of their sea towns.  forts, and to reinforce their Army, whereupon▪ they made a great levy of Soldiers, and armed other light and great galleys at Venice, they likewise sent a commandment to Alessandro Contaren the Providator in Candy, that he should speedily arm five and twenty Galleys in that Island.  
The Senate at the same time decreed, that four thousand artificers of the City should be enroled, with whom, four times a year, the Galleys appointed for that purpose should be manned, that they might all of them row together, and they did commonly call it, Regater: and sundry stipends were appointed for such as had continued that course thrice together: This was done, that they might be assured by this exercise still to have men fit and ready to man on a sudden, a certain number of Galleys.  
They did likewise confirm Guy Ubaldo Duke of Urbin, in the degree of General of their forces by land, who in his father's life time, had served the Republic, they increased his place with an hundred men at arms, an hundred light horse, and the pay of ten Captains, with four thousand Ducats for his entertainment. This Duke was thought a very fit man for the service of the Common wealth, as well for the excellent parts that were in him, having from his youth been trained up in martial discipline, under his deceased Father, as by reason of his Country, full of good Soldiers, it being commodiously seated, for the easy sending of them from thence to their Forts along the Sea coast: Therefore the Senate after the death of the Duke his father, did in sign of love and honour, send Francisco 〈◊〉 their Ambassador, to condole with him for his death, and to assure him that the Senate would never forget the notable services which he had done to the commonwealth. But certain months were spent before they confirmed him in his place, in regard of the Pope, fearing lest he would take it ill, to see them honour and entertain a Duke that was a feodatarie of the Church, he being at variance with him. The occasion of their stri●…e, (as hath been already mentioned) proceeded from the Duchy of Camerin, which the Duke of Urbin did enjoy, by reason of his wife, the sole daughter and heir to the last Duke of Camerin, and the Pope pretended that the line masculine failing, that infeofment was to return to the sea Apostolic. The Senate in remembrance of Duke Francisco Maria, who had deserved well of the common wealth, and for the love that it did bear to the son, did earnestly employ itself in that business, fearing lest it might stir up some new troubles in Italy, because that the Duke of Mantua, Uncle to Duke Guy his wife, did determine to defend him, not only with his own forces, but with those of strangers whom he did mean to call into Italy. The Pope at the last, resolving by force to have that Duchy, if he could get it by fair means, it was agreed that Duke Guy should refer himself to the sea Apostolic, and that his 
Agreement betwixt the Pope and the duke of Urbin.  Holiness should give him a certain sum of money in recompense, in name of dowry of the Duchess julia his wife.  
This controversy being thus ended, Duke Guy was confirmed (as hath been said) in the pension of the Commonwealth. But to the end likewise that the Naval Army should not be without an Head, whilst Capell, by the Senate's permission lay at Venice for the recovery of his health, who was not yet in state to execute his place, they chose in his steed john Moro, Providator General at that time in Candy: but the Senate having notice within a while after of his death, the place of General was given to Thomaso Moceniga, a man excellently seen in the important affairs of the Commonwealth at home and abroad. john Moro was slain in Candy in a Popular Comotion betwixt the greeks and the Italians of the Garrison, among whom he running with his Halberdiers to appease the tumult was stricken with a stone upon the head, whereof within a while after he died.  
These were the preparations of the Venetians, whilst the Turks did speedily 
The Turks great preparations for the recovery of Castel-novo.  make ready their fleet, being not able to digest the loss of Castel-novo, as men that were always wont (to the great loss of all Christendom) to win and not to lose: therefore resolving before all other things to attempt the recovery of that place, thereby to repair their honour which that accident had bereft them of, they made great preparations of men and warlike engines, sufficient for a far greater enterprise.  
Dragut in the mean time, whom (as hath been said), Barbarossa had left in the Gulf of Lepanto, departed thence with thirty vessels both Galliots and Fusts, all well armed, and being come into the Isle of Paxu, did there bar the Christians free Navigation: for hiding himself in Saint Nicholas Haven, four miles off from Corfu, he often sent his vessels to scour the channel of Corfou, and to take those ships which should arrive in that Island: but the Providator Pascalic being not able to bear that indignity, determined to go forth with twelve of his best Galleys, against certain Turkish Galleys, which were come near to the land: but the enemies not tarrying for him, fled towards the Gulf of Larta, to deceive the Providator, and to make him think, that there were no other Vessels of theirs at Paxu: but as the Providators Galleys, giving chase 
Draguts' policy to encompass the Venetian Galleys.  to those Galeots, were come farther to Seaward, they discovered Dragut, who coming forth of Paxu, with the residue of his Galeots and Fusts, had put himself forward to Sea, to take the advantage of the wind, that he might the better be able to encompass the Providator, who then perceiving the danger, whereinto he should run by going any farther forward, did suddenly did suddenly hoist sails, and turned back towards Corfou, being still pursued by the enemy's vessels, which coming very near to them, caused three Venetian Galleys, who feared that they should not be able to escape by flight, to run on ground upon the Sands of Messanga twelve miles off from Corfou, where they did beat themselves in pieces, all the men within them, with their goods, escaped, one only Galley, belonging to Antonio Canalis, whose sail yards were broken and thereby unable to follow the rest, was taken by the enemies.  
This success having made the Turks more bold and insolent, they went with those vessels into the I'll of Candy, where landing upon the territory of Canea, they burned and spoiled the Country; but great numbers of Stadiots and feudataries of the Island being gathered together, did charge them so fiercely as having slain divers of them, they did enforce the rest to return to their Galleys Gritti the same time returned▪ from Constantinople about the beginning of April, having made great haste in his journey: he reported how that by the means of janusby he had been brought into the presence of the Visier Bascha, who although he entertained him very courteously, did nevertheless first of all greatly complain, of the hostile actions which sundry officers of the Republic 
The Basche complaineth to Gritti against the 〈◊〉  had executed upon the Musulmans, which the Signory had left unpunished, then proceeeding farther he told him how badly he did digest their manner of proceeding against the great Lord, and all those of his Port, having never vouchsafed to make any answer to the propositions of agreement which he had set down unto them. Gritti upon this discourse supposing that the Turks were not at that time much disposed to peace, had craved a suspension of arms, on all 
Truce for three 〈◊〉 betwixt the Turks and Venetians.  sides, for three months, to the end that in the mean time they might treat of an agreement, which having obtained, he did at the same time publish as he passed along upon the Frontiers; so as the Turkish troops encamped before Sa ona to take it, that they might afterwards go and besiege Spalatia, did suddenly retire upon this publication.  
The news of this truce did not greatly please the Venetians, divers fearing that his suspension of arms for so short a time might rather tend to cause some distrust in the Confederate Princes, then procure any peace: therefore the opinions in the Senate, touching the pursuit of this business, were sundry & different, where after long disputation it was resolved to send an Ambassador to Soliman to treat of peace, and Petro Zene was chosen to that end. And whilst he was preparing 
Petro Zene 〈◊〉 chosen Ambas sador to go to Soliman.  for his journey, and the accustomed presents, Gritti was dispatched to Constantinople to carry news of the Ambassadors election, and to use means to prolong the truce, and to begin, as occasion should be offered, to motion peace, being expressly enjoined, therein to employ the favour and Council of the Lord of Rincon, Ambassador for the most Christian King at the Port of the great Lord, who had very earnestly often times offered himself to deal in that business: but it was afterwards perceived that he did more harm then good, by making the matter more difficult, to the end that the King his master might at the least be chosen umpire of their controversy, and might reconcile them to Soliman, 
The French Ambassadors design.  and thereby oblige them to himself and disjoin them from the Emperor.  
At the same time that Gritti arrived at Venice, the new General had received the Standard of the Commonwealth and was ready to depart to his charge, but being not yet gone forth of the Haven, his departure was deferred, supposing that his proceeding on his journey might cause the Turks to suspect that this negotiation of peace was feigned, and by that means might return to invade the confines of the Republic, which newly began to live at quiet: but to the end that the Army in the mean time should not be without an head, the same power and authority which the Generals by Sea were wont to have, was given to the Providator Contaren.  
The Ambass. Zene within a while after departed from Venice being sufficiently instructed what he had to do, but being come to the Seraglio of Bossina, and falling grievously sick, he died there within a while after, whereof the Senate being advertised by Petro Franceschis his Secretary, they chose Thomas Contaren in his steed, a man of four score and four years of age, but greatly esteemed for his wisdom and particular knowledge in the Turkish affairs, with whom he had a long time conversed upon sundry occasions. He was enjoined to depart within four days, and in the mean time they speedily advertised Gritti, and the Secretary of the new election, to the end he might acquaint the Bascha therewith, with whom Gritti his proposition, concerning a general truce, was to no purpose, the Turks still continuing their preparations, determining to recover 
Truce is prolonged wi●…h the Venet●…ans.  Castel-novo rather by force then by agreement. Barbarossa was already gone thither with an hundred and fifty sail of all sorts, and with great store of Artillery: the Beglerby of Grecia was at the same time gone thither with a great Cavalry: so, that being contented to make an agreement with the Venetians, they did likewise make no great difficulty to prolong the truce with them for the whole month of September. The report of this treaty being divulged, men did diversly discourse thereof; interpreting it according to their own passions: the Pope nevertheless among others did greatly commend the Venetians, for that they had in such sort provided for the safety of their state, seeing that the other way would rather have hurt then profited them. Now Barbarossa pursuing his journey, did in no sort hurt any thing that did belong to the Venetians, saying, That his meaning was to observe the truce with them, but that the Emperor was not comprehended therein, whereupon he was desirous to besiege Castel-novo, which was held 
The Spaniards not being ab●…e to keep Castel-novo, offer it to the Venetians.  by the Imperials: The Spaniards that were within it being dannted by the arrival of the Army, and great numbers of Turks, did offer that to the Venetians which they had before so bravely refused, namely, to deliver Castle-novo to them; but the Senate answered, That the same offer was out of time, that they had oftentimes requested that the Capitulations of the league might be observed, and that according thereunto, that the same place might be delivered to them, and that at the same present, being enforced to a treaty of peace, they neither aught or could do any thing that might interrupt it.  
Barbarossa then in the month of August, being come into the Gulf of Catharra with ninety Galleys and thirty Fusts, did cast anchor so far off from Castel-novo, as the Artillery within it could not offend him, and safely landed his troops, with four score pieces of ordnance of all sorts. At the same time in a manner, Vlaman Sangiach of the Province came thither with great numbers of foot and horse, which encamped round about the town, those within it not being 
Castel-novo it taken by Barbarossa.  able by their sallies to hinder their encamping. The Turks having begun the battery in three places, did so well continue it, and did afterwards assail it in such sort, as all those of the town, after they had bravely defended themselves, being taken and slain, Barbarossa made himself master of the place, who after the taking of Castel-novo went to Rissane, which was yielded unto him without contradiction, by Lodovico Zene, the Garrison being not strong enough to defend it: Barbarossa sent to Matteo Bembo Governor of Catharra, to will him to deliver that place unto him, with whom he sought occasions of quarrel, that he might assail that town.  
In the end, after sundry complaints that his runaway slaves were retired thither, with other feigned matters which he alleged, having laid aside all 
Barbarossa su●…moneth the Governor of Cata●…ra to deliver the town unto him.  respect of the truce, he did audaciously send word to the Governor to deliver the City of Catharra into his hands, otherwise he would come and take it by force, being commanded by Soliman to seize upon that Fort, and on whatsoever the Signory did possess in those quarters: therefore he should not do well to attend and wait for his own ruin, but to provide in time for the safety of himself and people; that he would give leave to as many as would depart thence, so to do, and good entertainment to such as would abide there.  
Bembo not being daunted with these summons, although he did not look for 
The governors answer to Barbarossa.  them, used speedy means to provide all things necessary for the defence of the town, and to stir up the Citizens and soldiers to a brave resistance; then he answered Barbarossa, that he did greatly wonder, and so would likewise all the world beside, at his audacious demand, the which being wholly against all reason, he could not imagine to proceed from Soliman, who was ever wont to keep his word and promise, and that therefore he did so much rely upon the justice of his own cause, as he did determine to keep and defend that town, committed unto him by his Country and Commonwealth.  
Barbarossa made no reply to this answer, but caused part of his Galleys to set forward, the which being inconsiderately come near to the fort, were to their great hurt and loss beaten back by the Artillery: Barbarossa being the next day come thither with the residue of the army, was likewise repulsed by the ordnance; and having landed great numbers of soldiers far of from the castle, those which went by the way of the hill, coming very near unto the walls, were so hurt by small pieces of ordnance which were planted upon the highest place of the castle, as being disordered they made all possible 
Barbarossa doth in vain give assaults ●…o Catarra.  haste they could for to return towards their Galleys: but upon those who went on the land side where the Church and Monastery of Saint Francis standeth, with whom Barbarossa was in person to view the place, the Stradiots with certain Harquebuziers on horse back made a sally, and enforced them to retire to their loss, and to save themselves on the top of the next hill whither the horsemen could not follow them.  
Barbarossa having well viewed and observed the castle, and the resolution of those within it, bravely to defend themselves, despairing of being able to take it, having stayed there one day longer without enterprizing any thing, determined to raise his camp and to return to the mouth of the Gulf; whether being come, and leaving a strong Garrison in Castel-novo, he did wholly depart forth of the Gulf of Catharra: it was then thought that he would go to scour the seacoasts of Puglia; and by the way he passed by the Channel of Corfou, wherein sign of friendship he was saluted with certain Cannon shot from the castle, and presented from the Governor with fresh cates, and certain garments, which he did very willingly receive with great thanks, and kind speeches.  
The report of the taking of Castel-novo, and Barbarossa his enterprise upon Cathara was not very pleasing to the Senate, fearing, that their army being divided, the enemy would make some other attempt upon their State. At the same time whilst that the Turks did batter Castel-novo, Andrew Doria 
Doria his proposition to the Providator Contar●…n.  departing from Sicily was come to Casopa, from whence he sent word to the Providator Contaren, who lay at Corfou, that a fair occasion was offered to overthrow the enemies, whilst they having forsaken their Galleys were busied in battering Castel-novo, therefore he did advise him for to join both their fleets together: the Providator having answered him (the better to sound his intent) that he would be ready to relieve Castel-novo, and to 
The Providators answer to Doria.  execute any other enterprise, so that all the forces might be joined together with hope of profit: Doria making no reply at all unto this answer, retired to the haven of Brandissa.  
The Ambassador Contaren in the mean time iournyed towards Constantinople, whither being come and brought into Soliman's presence who had granted him audience, all the time that he was delivering his commission, Soliman held his hand upon his breast, signifying (as his servants interpreted it) a troubled mind, yet nevertheless having quietly heard him, he told him that he was welcome, not making any other answer to his negotiation, referring him (as the manner is) unto his Bassa's: with whom Contaren afterwards 
The Basha●… demands to Contaren.  conversing, and beginning more particularly for to explain his commission, so soon as they heard him to motion the yielding up on both sides, of places taken in that war, they answered on a sudden that he was not to speak any more of that; how that their Lord was greatly animated against them, and especially for their league made with the Emperor against him, whereby he was so far off from hearkening to any restitution, as on the contrary they were not to hope to obtain any thing of him, unless that they did render unto him the Cities of Naples and Maluesia, with whatsoever the Signory did possess on the sea of Constantinople, as far as Castel-novo, by means whereof all cause of war should be taken away for after times, and a firm peace established betwixt them: they demanded moreover, to have Soliman recompensed for his expenses in that war, having been by them drawn to it perforce, and not moved thereunto by any avarice, but for his own honour, knowing very well that they had granted as much to the Emperor, a far meaner Prince than he.  
The Ambassador declaring that he could not grant any of their demands, told them that his commission did not extend so far, that the Commonwealth 
The Ambassadors answer to the Bassa's.  ought verily for to desire peace, so far forth as it might stand with her honour and dignity, the which it would ever maintain and defend by arms, and that for himself, he being but an actor of the Senate's will and pleasure, neither could nor would say or do any other thing, but that he would acquaint them at Venice with the whole matter; entreating them in the mean space that the same business might be delayed till such time as having written thither he might understand the Senate's resolution thereupon.  
The Bassa's did put him in hope that the business might have a prosperous end, so that the Venetians would grant part of their demands: how that their custom was to crave much to obtain little: therefore they did advise him to return back in person to Venice, particularly to acquaint his superiors with the whole business, that they might afterwards come to some new treaty, and that his return would be in a very fit time to be present at the nuptials of the great Lords daughter, and at the circumcision of one of his sons.  
Contaren upon these words, notwithstanding that so many journeys and delays were tedious to him in regard of his years, and the important business that was in hand, yet nevertheless supposing that if he should stay any longer at Constannople, after this leave given him, it would put the Turks in hope to obtain their demands, he resolved to depart, having first very speedily advertised the Senate of all that which had passed.  
The Ambassadors departure did greatly trouble the Senate, together with the difficulties made upon the accord: for the found it a very hard matter alone and 
The Senate's doubt upon those news.  of themselves to make war upon so mighty an enemy: that their hopes grounded upon other men's forces, although weak and to small purpose, were by that negotiation wholly lost: on the other side, to accept peace on such unjust conditions would to much blemish the republics reputation, and by quitting so easily their towns, and giving away their money, was nothing else but to cause the enemies who by nature are insolent, to demand greater matters.  
During these irresolutions Caesar Cantelmo came to Venice, who having been already sent (as he said) to Soliman from the most Christian King, about the negotiation for the truce, at his return into France, had informed the King of the whole matter, whereupon he returned again by his commandment to Constantinople for the same business.  
The French Ambassador coming into the Senate, told them that the King his Master did expressly send that gentleman to Constantinople, about the affairs of the Venetian Commonwealth, and from him to deal in the negotiation of peace, and therefore he was come to Venice to receive their commandments thereupon, being by the King enjoined to execute them as though they were his own. The Lord john Francisco Valerio a Venetian Gentleman, did affirm the very same, who having remained a long time in France, had been very familiar 
The French Kings love towards the Venetians.  with the chief Lords of the Court, who did often acquaint him with matters of importance: this Gentleman did testify the King's love and hearty affection towards them and his readiness to send other Agents to Soliman, if the Senate should dislike of Cantelmo; exhorting them to trust to the King, and to his love towards the Republic, the total sum of this negotiation: that there was no better nor safer way than that to reconcile them to the Turk, with more honour, and less loss.  
They were advertised at the same time that an interview was practised betwixt 
The Emperor desi●…eth passage through France to go into Flander●….  the Emperor and the French King: the cause thereof was the journey which the Emperor determined to make into Flanders, to chastise those of Gant who had rebelled, resolving to go thither through France, and to talk with the King, and to treat with him (for so it was reported) about some good agreement, that being good friends they might afterwards join their forces together against the Turks.  
The interview of these Princes furnished all men with matters of sundry discourse, and chiefly the Venetian Senate, where it was a long time debated whether they should continue the treaty of peace with the Turk, in regard of matters offered, and the hard conditions propounded by Soliman: On the other side, some were of opinion to embrace the occasion of Cantelmo his voyage, and the Kings offer; if they should refuse it, it was to be feared, that his Majesty would take it in ill part, thinking that they made small account of him or his friendship: that they were at least to entreat that Gentleman on the King's behalf to insist upon the General truce, which being granted, would greatly 
Sundry opinions in the Senate.  serve, for the fitness of the time and the quiet which thereby would arise, to enjoin him beside, to assure the Turk, that the Senate's intention was none other then to procure a firm peace upon honest conditions.  
Others propounded that it was best to send a speedy messenger to Contaren to command him for to tarry in that place where he should meet with him, and there to expect a new commission which the Senate would send him, according to the progression of the affairs: others thought it fit to proceed to the election of a new Ambassador, or else to refer the whole business to the Bailie Canalis, who was at liberty, and able to negotiate: but these men were not of opinion to make use of Cantelmo in this negotiation, nor to impart any thing unto him: that he was a Neapolitan, banished from his Country, who besides the King's designs and interests, quite contrary perhaps to those of the Republic, had his own likewise a part, which might hinder and not further the good success of that business: That their safety and public dignity did not permit them to discover unto such men any jot of the Senate's intention, the which they were to suspect, and not without cause, that he was very desirous to know rather to cross then to further it: that the Emperor sought all occasions to break this pursuit of peace, which did so much trouble and annoy him; and the French King upon hope to recover the State of Milan, was ready to con; tent him in all things.  
To all these considerations they added an other, which was of no mean 
Dearth of victuals in V●…nice.  consequence, which was, that because the harvest of the same year had been every where, and especially over all Italy, very bad, wherewith the City of which was to feed an infinite number of persons, was greatly troubled, so as the people, who were wont to far delicately, and to eat none other bread then that which was made of wheat, were enforced to feed on all sorts of grain, and in hazard likewise to want them, unless they might be brought from foreign countries (Venice having no corn territory of her own) a thing which did greatly trouble the Senate; whereupon, the better to provide for a matter of so great importance; some said that the friendship of the Turks was very necessary: and others thought it fit to have recourse to the Spaniards to get proportions of wine and grain from their countries: whereby it fell out that the same subject served for a foundation whereon to build the two sundry opinions.  
In this manner was the time spent without any certain resolution, so as the Ambassador Contaren having continued his journey, and received no new commandment 
Cantelmo departeth from Venice without any commission.  from the Senate, arrived at Venice, and Cantelmo departed thence without any commission.  
These irresolutions gave the Emperor some hope, who espied all occasions to break the negotiation of peace with Soliman, and once more to draw the Venetians to confirm the league, therefore supposing that there was nothing which could better further his intention, then to make them believe that he was friends with the French King, and that being thereby freed from all other lets, he would employ all his forces upon the enterprise of the Levant, and that the French King would aid and favour the league, determined to send some noble parsonage to Venice, persuading the King to do the like, to acquaint the Venetians with the interview, and to discover somewhat of their intentions.  
The Marquis of Guasto who was governor of Milan for the Emperor, and the Lord of Annebault Martial of France, and General for the most Christian 
The Emperor and French King send to the Venetians to divert them from peace with the Turks.  King in Piedmont, came to Venice upon the tenth day of December. Their entertainment was magnificent, as well in regard of the Prince's greatness that sent them, as for the quality and nobility of the persons, great numbers of Senators went to meet them with the Bucentaur, and seven Galleys; then they were lodged in a goodly palace, and their expense defrayed by the Signory. Their first audience was given them in the great Hall, where the great Council is held, in the presence of many people, where there were no other speeches used but complemental and of entertainment.  
Returning at an other time into the Senate in secret audience, the Marquis of 
The Marquis of Guasto his speech to the Senate.  Guasto began to tell them, that he was sent by the Emperor Charles to acquaint them, as his trusty and inward friends, with the interview which he determined in France with the French King, and in Flanders with King Ferdinand his brother and the Queen his sister, who did then govern those countries for him, assuring them that in the same assembly of Princes, affairs would be handled concerning the common good of Christendom, and the particular profit of that Commonwealth, which the Emperor did as much desire, as that of his own Estates. And that now seeing they were ready to assail the Turks with very great forces, the Emperor was desirous to know the Senate's will and intention therein, what provisions they would judge to be necessary, and what they would have him to do for his part, for the better managing of his designs: that the peace with the French King, although it were not established, might nevertheless be held for done, in regard of the mutual disposition and good correspondence betwixt those Princes: whereby all men were certainly to believe, that they would both together turn their arms (being freed from all other lets) upon the Infidels: but because the greatness of the business did likewise carry with it length of time, and for that the time of year was already to far spent to make such great provisions, the Emperor thought it fittest for the time present to stand upon the defensive rather than on the offensive with the enemies, wherein he would not fail to have as great a care of the safety of his friends States as of his own.  
The Lord of Annebault spoke in a manner to the same effect, protesting his King's good will and desire to the peace and profit of all Christendom. It was no hard matter to discern whereunto all these practices tended; and what the emperors true designs were, namely to feed the French with a vain hope of restoring unto them the Duchy of Milan; and the Venetians, by propounding unto them to make great preparations for war against the Turks, not caring very much to perform these things, but only thereby to win time, by being assured of the arms of the French, diverting the King's thoughts from war, and of those of the Turks, by opposing against them as a Bulwark the States and army of the Venetian Commonwealth.  
Answer was made to the Marquis and to the Lord Annebault how that their 
The Senate's answer to the 〈◊〉.  arrival was very pleasing and acceptable, as well for respect to the Princes which sent them, as for their own persons, for which, and for the honour and friendship which they did bear to the Commonwealth, they did infinitely thank their Princes▪ the news of the good correspondence, and certain hope of peace betwixt such mighty Princes, had much rejoiced them, and so much the more, by how much greater the profit was which all Christendom might receive thereby. But as concerning the declaration of their meaning and intent towards the present occasions, it might be sufficiently known by their actions, seeing that they had so soon at the first taken arms, many times refused all propositions of agreement, and liberally furnished all expenses requisite, without niggardize, neither had they refused to execute all enterprises how dangerous soever▪ how that for their parts, they had already for the space of three years borne the whole burden of the war: and being at that time invited by those hopes, they were ready again to expose themselves: yet nevertheless all men might well perceive that they were not able alone to hold out long against the power of so great an enemy: therefore what could they say more? Their necessity being known unto all men: how every one knew that Barbarossa lay in the Gulf of Lepanto with fourscore sail, intending (as it was reported) to winter there, whereby the whole world might perceive to what danger the whole State of the Commonwealth was exposed, and by consequent that of all Christendom, unless the naval armies might be everywhere ready by the month of February, to divert his designs: all which things were very exactly to be thought upon and considered, and speedily r●…medied.  
This answer without any resolution at all was thought fit for their proposition, and the condition of the times: and without proceeding to any more particular negotiation, the Ambassadors of the Emperor and the King returned home into their countries.  
The Pope on the other side having had notice of these Ambassadors coming to Venice, was displeased therewith, because that the interview was resolved on, without his knowledge and consent; not that he did 
These cause of the Pope's doubt and discontent.  any way distrust the Republic, being very well assured that it would ever run the self same fortune as did the Sea Apostolic: but because he greatly feared, lest all that outward show of honour and friendship should cover (as at other times) some important practise against the liberty of Italy: whereupon, he did by all good offices solicit the Venetians, that their might be betwixt the Sea Apostolic and their Commonwealth a sound and perfect intelligence and correspondency, and he for his own part would not any way fail for to provide all possible means to beat back all the dangers which might happen.  
The Emperor having intelligence of these suspicions of the Pope, fearing lest his discontent might be some hindrance to his designs, did on a sudden lend Luigi Davila to Rome, and caused the French King to send the Lord of Saint Just thither, to acquaint the Pope with that interview in France and for to justify their actions. The Pope by the arrival of those Ambassadors was greatly satisfied, and the better to demonstrate it, he determined to send his Nephew, the 
The Pope sendeth the Cardinal Farnese Legatinto France.  Cardinal Farneze, into France, to the end that as Legate to the See of Rome, he might be present at the assembly of those Princes, favour the conclusion of peace, and offer the Pope's authority, with all the Church's treasure, for the enterprise against the Infidels. The Senate in demonstration of the friendship and respect which it did bear to those Princes, did appoint two Ambassadors to be present likewise at that interview, namely Antonio Capello, and Vincenzo Griman●…, both of them Procurators of Saint Mark, who were enjoined by the Senate to thank the Emperor and the French King for the friendship and honour which they had showed to the Commonwealth, by acquainting it with what they determined to do; next to praise and commend their intentions, and to incite them to provide for the dangers of Christendom, and lastly to excuse them for that they had sent an Ambassador to Constantinople, being enforced thereunto, because they had not sufficient forces to resist the enemy.  
At the same time an Ambassador came to Venice from the King of Hungary, to request the Senate to make a firm alliance with him for the common defence 
An Hungarian Ambassador cometh to Venice.  of both their States, and to exhort them beside to continue the treaty of peace with the Turks, in regard the Emperor would never be at peace with the French, so long as he could have the Estates of the Venetian Republic, and the Realm of Hungary for his Bulwark: for the which advertisement they thanked his King, and for that present dealt no farther with him.  
But although the Pope did offer his forces to maintain the war, and exhorted the Senate to provide diligently for the conservation of their States and defence of Christendom, yet nevertheless he did not dissemble the suspicion which he had conceived of the Imperials, and the small hope he had in their aid: whereupon, he did often times affirm, that being assured that the Venetian Senate, as most prudent and well advised, would never make peace with the Turk, unless they were enforced thereunto by very urgent necessity: even so, the occasions being once known to be such, he did commend their council, which knew how to fit itself to times and necessity.  
Now about the same time the Senate received letters from the Bailie Canalis, who advertised them that great and magnificent triumphs were preparing at Constantinople for the nuptials of the great Lords daughter, married to Rusten Bassa and for the circumcision of two of his children, and to that end they expected some from Venice, and that the Bassa did greatly desire, that according to the usual custom, some Ambassador of theirs might come to the port, to have an occasion to revive the treaty of peace.  
The Senate being assembled thereupon, and a proposition being made to elect an Ambassador to send to Soliman, all of them with one voice and consent embracing the business, did choose 〈◊〉 Badoario, a Senator of great authority, and one of those who had most of all persuaded the Senate to an accord with Soliman, offering himself, if need were, to go thither for that purpose.  
They did then enjoin him first of all to procure the negotiation of the General 
Lodovico B●…doario is chosen Ambassador to go to Soliman.  truce, according to the former instructions of the Ambassador Contaren, continued by the French Kings Agent: then to motion the restitution of all those places possessed on either side during that war; and if he could not obtain that, then to treat of a final peace, by renewing of the ancient capitulations: 
What the Senate did enjoin the Ambassador.  giving authority for to offer some five or six thousand Dicat●… a piece for the Cities of Naples and Maluesia, and to promise three hundred thousand Ducats for the expenses that Soliman had been at in that war. This was the Senate's commission. But the council of Ten, who at that time did Sovereignly treat of the most serious affairs of state, without communicating them to the Senate, to the end they might be more secretly managed among fewer persons, added another more ample commission, namely to have power, if he should perceive the treaty to be wholly desperate, to surrender unto them the towns of Naples and Maluesia.  
These Senators, who were of the ancient and best experienced in the government, did very well know how grievous, and insupportable that war had been unto them: how that Naples and Maluesia were far off from them, and therefore 
The Emperor cometh to Paris.  hardly to be relieved and easy to be besieged by the enemy, whereby they had been in danger oftentimes to have been taken, in regard of their want of many things: So as they would ere then have fallen into the enemy's hands, had not the truce protected them. That the Commonwealth was at the same time in great danger, whereupon it was discreetly advised, to cast away some▪ what, although it were dear and precious, to conduct it safely to the Haven of peace, forth of the rocks of that dangerous war: That it was a Maxim confirmed by many experiences, that time, in the negotiations with the Turks doth breed danger, and the conclusion of matters, by delays, have ever had a bad and difficult success.  
This happened about the latter end of the year, and at the beginning of the next which was 1540 the Emperor came to Paris, where the king entertained him 
1540  with all possible signs of honour and friendship. Christopher Capello, Ambassador at the same time for the Signory in France, did acquaint both of them with the Senate's answer to the Marquis of Guasto, and the Marshal D. Anibault, whereunto the Emperor answered, that although for his own part he did resolve to make war upon the Turks, yet nevertheless he could not see, in regard of the shortness of the time, how they might satisfy the Republcks desire: and therefore that it would be to more purpose, at that present, to obtain a general 
The answers of the Emperor & the French King to the Venetian Ambassador.  truce, during which they might have time to prepare forces, convenient for such an enterprise, and that he in the mean time, would not omit to do whatsoever lay in him for the common safety of their Sea Estates. The most Christian King did at the same time make great protestation for his good will, saying, that he would let men know, that his intention never was to divert the common good of Christendom, but that he was ready speedily to embrace peace, and concord with the Emperor, that he might afterwards undertake a war, more profitable and necessary, but that the present time would not permit him to treat of those bussinesses, because he would not mingle grave and serious matters among feasts, and joy for the Emperor's arrival, the negociating whereof might breed difficulties and discontents, whereupon, they had referred the whole business to the assembly of Flanders.  
Capello having acquainted the Senate with the Emperors and French Kings answers, they were found to be very general, so as no certain hold could be taken thereon; neither of peace betwixt themselves, not of war against the Turks; 
The Senate resolveth on peace with Soliman.  whereupon they resolved more earnestly to pursue the treaty of peace already begun: and did write to Badoario, who arriving at Constantinople about the midst of April, began to treat according to his commission with the Baschas, therein using the favour and advice of the French Ambassador. But at the beginning of their negotiation, great difficulties did arise, not that the Turks were unwilling of an agreement, but because they having notice of the secret commission, given to Badoario, and thereby being grown more insolent, as well in regard of the fear and desire of peace, which they discovered to be in the Venetians, as for that they were assured to obtain whatsoever they demanded, began forthwith to protest that they would not hearken to any other proposition, unless▪ that besides the islands of the Archipelago and the Castles of Nada Laurana which they already enjoyed) the Cities of Naples and Maluesia might be freely surrendered to them, and restitution made for the expenses of the war.  
The Ambassador being amazed at these demands so suddenly and obstinately made, and suspecting the truth of the matter, did for certain days give over 
Bado●…rio is greatly 〈◊〉.  that negotiation, incertain of himself what he were best to do, on the other side he was drawn from it, when he considered how that by continuing this treaty and consenting to the Turks demands, he should put them in hope to obtain other matters. Having spent certain days in this perplexity, Barbarossa seeming to be desirous that he should go forward with the treaty of agreement persuaded him not to give over his enterprise, offering to aid and favour him, and although he opened him a way to be a better hope, yet nevertheless by continuing the Treaty he found no alteration in the Baschas, whereupon he was enforced in a short time by little, and little, to consent to that which was reserved till the very last, namely to give over, besides the Towns which they already possessed, the Cities of Naples and Maluesia, and to pay unto them within three 
Peace concluded with the Turks according to their own minds.  years towards the expenses of the wars, the sum of three hundred thousand Crowns. Then were the ancient Capitulations renewed and confirmed, together with divers other particularities concerning the establishment of the peace.  
The report of this agreement being brought to Venice, although every man desired it, the Republic being in great distress by reason of the discomodities of the wars, and the dearth of victuals, and at such a stay as it had need of, being restored by peace, was nevertheless badly welcomed, when men understood the particularities thereof, many blaming that Council for having bought peace at so dear a rate, by the giving away of so goodly a portion of their state and so great a some ofmoney, wherewith they might have been still able for a time to have maintained the war: others did tax the Ambassador's ignorance, or to much fear, who by a precipitate resolution had yielded at the first to the Turks demands. and had suffered himself to be carried away by latest remedies, reserved for the safety of most desperate matters. But these first motions being vanished, and the State of the affairs more maturely considered on, with the reasons which had moved those wise Senators to consent thereunto, all men did rest satisfied and very well contented, praising their good advise and wisdom.  
Within a while after, the treachery of certain perfidious persons was disco vered, 
The Tr●…itors which bew●…ayed 〈◊〉 commission to the Turks. are disc●…nered.  whereby the intention and honour of the Ambassador Badoario was preserved. The traitors were Constantine and Nicholas Cavazzo of the order of Citizens, who entering into the Council of ten and into that of the Preguais in quality of Secretaries, receiving pension of the French King did acquaint him with the affairs of greatest importance of the Commonwealth: with them Maffeo L●…one, of the order of Senators, was joined, who by reason of his place had access into both of the councils: besides Augustino Abondio, and Francisco Valerio had a hand in that treachery. These men being discovered by means of certain letters found in the Cabinet of Abondio, wherein matters of State were mentioned, three of them, to wit, Nicholas Cavazzo, Abondio and Valerio, retired unto the Palace of the French Ambassador; as unto a place of franchise.  
This retreat of theirs having caused the Senate to think very badly of them, the officers were forthwith sent to apprehend them, where some resistance being made, they were enforced for to bring a small Bark thither, 
Force is offered to the lodging of the, French Ambassador.  with two great pieces of Ordnance in it to spoil and batter the house, whereupon the traitors were delivered to them, and being committed into the hands of the officers of justice, and their process made, they were hanged in 
The traitors are punished.  the market place of Saint Mark. Constantine Cavazzo and Maffeo Leone, leaving the City betimes, had leisure to escape to some place of safety: They were proclaimed thorrow the City three several days, with promise of a good sum of money to any that could take them alive or dead.  
The King seemed to be much displeased, for the violence offered to the Ambassadors 
The French king compla●…neth to the French Ambassador.  lodging, so as for certain months space he denied audience to Giovan Antonio Veniero Ambassador to the Signory, until that one day being at the Camp before Perpignan, and being desirous to here news from Constantinople, he called for him, and complained (but very modestly as though, he were half reconciled) for that his Ambassadors house had been forced, using these speeches 
The Ambassadors brave answer.  among others, what would you have said, if the like had been done unto you? Venier made this ready answer. If God should send into my house, and under my power, a traitor to your Majesty, I myself would lay hands on him, and deliver him unto you, being well assured if I should do otherwise, that the Signory would sharply reprehend me.  
During the negotiation of the treaty of peace, albeit that the General Moceniga was abroad with a great fleet of Galleys, yet nevertheless he executed no warlike exploit, for fear lest he should hinder the agreement, but only sailed up and down, entertaining the time, and having intelligence that Dragut lay near to the Isle of Zante with great numbers of Fusts, and other vessels belonging to Pirates and robbed all those that he met with, he sailed thitherward to meet and fight with him; But he having a far off descried our Galleys, and having a fair wind, took another way and escaped, and after▪ wards not daring any more to return into those seas, he went into the West, where he was taken by janetin Doria, with eight of his vessels.  
Now after the conclusion of the peace, the General before he would go to 
The sorrow & grief of those of Naples and Maluesia when they understood the conditions of the peace.  Dalmatia to disarm the fleet, went to Naples of Romagna, and Maluesia, to acquaint those people with the success of the business concluded at Constantinople, and the Senate's resolution, to quit those towns to the Turk. It is not to be imagined how grievous these news were to the people, being as loath to tarry there as to go from thence: For to live under the Turkish tyranny, seemed a very hard matter unto them: To depart thence likewise, and for ever to abandon their country, goods, houses and sepulchres, was a grief almost intolerable.  
The General then to comfort them, (the whole people of Naples, being assembled in the market place) spoke to them in this manner.  
The fatherly love wherewith the Commonwealth hath embraced and received 
The 〈◊〉 Moceniga his oration to the people of Naples.  you from the beginning under her rule and protection, and then gently governed you for a long time, may very easily persuade you, that the same which I am now enjoined to deliver unto you, (which perhaps ye already know) how that this City and Maluesia your neighbour, are by an agreement made at Constantinople, to be delivered to Soliman, hath been done rather upon extreme necessity, then by any free or voluntary will. divers things may make you see how dearly the Republic hath ever loved you, and especially in these last wars, in which for your relief it hath readily exposed part of her forces to great dangers: it hath furnished you with money, soldiers and victuals, for fear lest ye should fall into the enemy's power, who with barbarous cruelty would have bathed their hands in your blood, (as they threatened to do) and made this City desolate: hath in aword, not to come to this last point to leave her dear and well-beloved subjects, under a tyrant's power, made great provisions of Arms, been at excessive expenses, and at last, undergone for a time, the insupportable burden of war. But what greater sign of love, can the Common▪ wealth show unto ye in this present affliction, then to promise, (as it doth) unto all those who are willing to depart, to give them another fit dwelling place wherein they may safely live under her protection, and to help, favour and nourish them. The ancient Sages said, how that the same place may be truly termed a man's Country, where he liveth well: but what better thing is there, or more to be desired, then to live under the moderate government of a good Prince? ye shall remain under the government of the Common wealth, we will find ye out a dwelling place in an other Country, where ye may live, if not so commodiously as here, at leastwise more safely, and free from the continual dangers and alarms of the Turks, to which I may truly say that ye were daily exposed. divers nations, their numbers waxing over great at home, have of their own freewill departed from their native Country, have followed fortune, seeking by arms for new and uncertain habitations. In miseries and calamities to have a certain and assured refuge carrieth with it such a comfort, as a man doth o●…ten-times remember things passed with greater contentation. Without all doubt our chiefest desire hath been, to have still lived at peace, not to have had the enemies to come and besiege this City, not to have purposed to take it by force, or if this should happen, to have had greater forces to resist and repulse their attempts. But seeing neither the one or other was in our power or yours, what other thing is there now to be done in this State that we stand, but for us to perform the duty of a good Prince, Father and Pastor of his people, to defend, under our safeguard and protection, your persons, seeing that we cannot preserve, and bear from hence the houses and walls of this City; and for you, to comfort yourselves with the love of your Prince, to fit yourselves to time, and to make use of necessity: your persons shall be preserved, your posterity shall increase, and of you, being valiant fathers, shall be borne generous Children: who knoweth but that some of them may one day revenge your wrongs? so great is the change of humane affairs, whereunto the greatest Empiers are no less subject than the meanest things on earth. It is certain that the Commonwealth will ever retain the same will and desire to take arms against these enemies, so soon as it shall perceive the Christian Princes so well united together, as it may hope for some commodity thereby, and be able to do some notable service to Christendom. Therefore as it is necessary, so is it great discretion, and a gallant resolution to seek to live in safety, and still hope for better and better.  
Whilst the General did thus comfort them, all men did shed warm tears, being no less moved by love, then by grief and sorrow.  
The General afterwards did make the same remonstrance to those of Maluesia, whereby the poor people beginning by little and little to be resolved, the 
Naples and Miluesia are consigned to the Turk.  greatest number of them prepared for their departure, carrying with them their best and dearest wealth: And so within a while after, in the month of November the treaty of peace being confirmed and ratified, the Providator Contaren came thither with twenty Galleys and divers other Vessels of all sorts, in which having embarked the artillery, munitions, soldiers, & those inhabitants who were willing to depart, with their baggage, consigned, (as it was decreed) those two towns into the hands of Cassin Bascha of Morea, who came thither with small forces.  
All matters being in this sort pacified, the General and the Providator did disarm, leaving only abroad the ordinary number of Galleys for the guard of the Gulf. But so soon as the Providator Contaren came to Venice, he was called into question by Petro Moceniga, Auogator for the commonwealth, to answer (according to the Senate's decree made three years before) for that which he had done in Puglia when he sank the Turkish Galley; but the matter being debated in Senate, and divers Senators defending Contarens cause, the Commandment of the Auogatore was declared to be of none effect, and Contaren was wholly acquitted, in regard of the worthiness of his good services done, during the time of that war. No other thing worthy of Memory happened during this year 1540 which was made notable by the peace concluded with the Turks, which continued for the space of thirty years.   
The end of the third Book of the sixth Decade.   

The Contents of the fourth Book of the sixth Decade.  
 
THE occasion of the war of Hungary. Soliman determineth to make war in Austria. The French king resolveth to make use of the Turkish forces against the Emperor who had broken promise with him. The imperials do murder Rincon and Fregosa going in embassage from the most Christian king to Soliman. The Emperor granteth the Interim in Germany.  
The Senate deny the Pope the holding of a Council at Vincenza. The Accord betwixt the Turk and the Venetians is confirmed. The Venetians are discontented because there was not a particular Duke of Milan. An Enterùiew betwixt the Pope. and Emperor at Luca. The French King being incensed against the Emperor doth at one time prepare three armies against him. Maran is taken from Ferdinand. A league betwixt the Emperor and Henry King of England against the French King. Barbaros●…a with his Army aideth the French King. Interview betwixt the Pope and the Emperor at Basset. The Turkish Army in Hungary. Maran by agreement remaineth to the Venetians. The English men take Boloin. Peace betwixt the Emperor and the French King. Trruce granted betwixt the Emperor and Ferdinand on the one side, and Soliman on the other. The Pope giveth Parma and Placentia in title of Duchy to Petro Lodovico. And lastly the great contentions betwixt the Emperor and the French King, which were the causes of the quiet of Italy.  
 
The fourth Book of the sixth Decade of the History of Venice.  
PEACE being in this manner concluded betixt Soliman and the Venetians (as hath been said) and the Venetians having elsewhere no war with any Christian Princes, they did hope after so many toils and travails of war, to see an age full of peace and felicity. For Soliman made show, that he was disposed to make a general truce for a long time with the Princes of Christendom. Wherein the French Ambassador did much good, who assured them that he held the to ●…all resolution thereof in his own hand, and that which made them to give more credit to his speeches, was because though the fleet were ready to set sail, yet Barbarossa his journey was held doubtful, and beside, no preparation 
The great hope of a long peace.  at all for a land army was made, which might give cause of suspicion of any enterprise.  
The Emperor on the other side and the French King had confirmed the truce, formerly made at Nice, and showed to one another sundry good offices of love and reconciliation: For whilst the Emperor stayed in France in his journey towards Flanders, he remained for a time with the King, which gave hope to all men that those Princes having trodden all hatred and rancour under their feet did determine to live in peace and quiet. But the new accidents which did happen (as human affairs are subject to change) did alter the State of things, and altogether break of all hope of peace.  
For john King of Hungary being deceased, and leaving a young Child by his wife Is●…bell, daughter to Sigismond King of Poland, and Perdinand King of the Romans; saying that the Realm belonged unto him and not to the child, by 
The cause of the war of Hungary.  virtue of a late agreement made with that King, made haste to get it by arms, and having to that end raised great numbers of Soldiers, he entered, unlooked for, into the Kingdom, and seized on Alba Regalis, Visgrade, pest, and other towns of Hungary, and at the same time he sent jeronimo Alasco to Constantinople to treat with Soliman that he might obtain the Kingdom after the same manner as King john had held it: but the Queen, widow to King john, had likewise sent thither, procuring by means of a solemn Ambassade of the chiefest Barons of the Kingdom, the aid and succour of the Turkish army to keep the Kingdom for her Son, which by the self same arms had been maintained 
Soliman incensed agoinst Fer dinand determineth to make war in Austria.  for the Father. Soliman seemed to be greatly displeased therewith, and by so much more, as he supposed to have received a double injury from Ferdinand, for enuading a state recommended unto him, and under his protection, and for craving thatby his Ambassador which he went about to take by force. Wherewith being greatly incensed, he did not only cast from him that good inclination which he seemed to bear to peace and concord, but for the revenging of this injury determined to assail Ferdinand with great forces both by Sea and Land, and at the same time to keep the Emperor so busied as he should not be able to help his brother: Therefore having revoked that which he had treated with Rincon the French Ambassador concerning the truce, he sent him back to his King to tell him that he had changed his mind, resolving altogether upon war.  
The troubles of Flanders were in the mean time appeazed, the Emperor having 
The Emperor's reso●…ution contra●…y to his promise.  rigoro●…sly punished the Gantois for their rebellion, to give fear and terror to others. This being done sooner then was expected, was cause, that the foundations of peace betwixt him and the French King were not surely laid, and finding 
The King resolu●…th to use the 〈◊〉 aid●… against the Emperor.  himself freed of that let which hindered him, he resolved in no sort to quit the Duchy of Milan. On the other side, Soliman's hatred to the house of Austria, did augment the French Kings courage, hoping to make use of his mighty aid, and thereby to revenge the wrong which he had supposed he had done to him by contemning his friendship.  
Rincon then being come to Venice did acquaint the Senate particularly with all whatsoever had been done, and of the Turks great warlike preparations, the which he presumed to be able to dispose of at his King's pleasure, and craving afterwards a convoy for his safe passage into France, Mercurio Bue was commanded to attend upon him with his company of light horse as far as the confines of their State. And because there were but three months limited him for his return to the Port of the great Lord, the King having speedily dispatched him, and returning onward on his way to Venice, from thence to pass to Constantinople, he was near to Pavia, upon the river of Po, assailed, taken, and murdered, together with Caesar Fregosa, by certain Spanish footmen, and by the commandment (as it was thought) of the Marquis of Guasto.  
This deed, did more than can be imagined incense the French King, for that during the truce they had so villainously slain his servants, & that the Emperor not 
Rincon and Fregosa being se●…t Ambassadors to Soliman are marthered.  being satisfied (as he said) to have deceived him with words, having at first put him in hope of peace, and that he would restore the Duchy of Milan to him, afterwards to be so slack therein, having appeased the troubles of Flanders, and beside, to have injuried him contrary to the law of Nations, by the treacherous murder of his servants. He complained hereof and caused to be published all a broad that he would be revenged thereof; he wrote to all Foreign Princes, 
The king's complain●…s against the Emperor.  giving them to understand that he had not broken the truce: Then he did particularly advertise Soliman thereof, to whom he sent Captain Polin, enjoining him to go first to Venice, to feel how they stood affected to the Emperor, and to acquaint them with his just occasion to take arms for the revenge of such aniniury, and afterwards, to offer unto them for his own part what-so ever he could do for them at Constantinople, by employing his credit and authority so long as he should continue there in quality of Ambassador.  
Polin having executed his commission, and craving of the Senate that he might pass on safely, a Galley was given him for his transportation to Raguza.  
The Emperor at the same time was in Germany, where at Ratisbon he held a Diet concerning matters of Religion, wherein nothing being concluded he granted to the Protestants an interim, so as every man might use the same ceremonies which before he had done; and upon report of the Turks great warlike preparations, who were already come into hungary (Soliman being there in person) a here they had defeated Guillan of Rocandolf, Lieutenant General to King Ferdinand, perceiving that in regard of his own honour, being in Germany and so near a neighbour to that defeat, all men expected when he would march against the Trukish forces; he, the better to free himself from it, determined to undertake the enter prize of Argier, thinking it to be easier than that against the great Turk, to the great amazement of all men which did see him to attempt an enterprise nothing so honourable as the other: but he did it upon hope that passing along by Italy he might take the King unprovided, and make some attempt upon him, desiring rather to leave his own patrimony in prey then to omit any occasion to be revenged on the King, whom he knew he had greatly wronged by the murder of his Ambassadors: but he found that the Lord of Langey, lieutenant for the King in Piedmont, had diligently provided for all matters. Such were the State of affairs and such were the designs of Princes concerning Peace and war. The Venetians thought it fit in those stirs to bear themselves with great consideration and vigilancy, and to keep themselves neuters, and free from all danger of being offended. They very well knew how important a matter the loss of Hungary was, as well for Christendom, as because hereby the Turk, their common enemy, would grow more mighty. But what hope was there of any happy success? King Ferdinand was not strong enough of himself to resist the Turkish army: the Emperor resolved not to hazard his forces against the Turks in his brother's defence. Germany, badly 
The reasons that mo●…ued the Ven●…ians to keep themselves 〈◊〉.  affected to the house of Austria, would enterprise nothing which might augment the power and authority thereof▪ and on the other side the widow Queen Isabella and the King her son, young and without means to defend that Kingdom, and enforced by necessity not only to make use of the Turkish aid, but wholly to depend upon them. The Venetians notwithstanding that they knew all this, did nevertheless determine to be Spectators of all these miseries, and to avoid all occasions that might cause the Turks to suspect any sinister affection towards them, being not desirous to provoke them to take arms against the Signoty.  
Whilst these affairs were thus carried the Pope entreated the Senate to grant, That according to that which had been concluded at Luca, betwixt him and the Emperor, the Council might be held at Vincenza, the year following 1542. but the Senate supposing that it would greatly hurt them, by reason 
The Senate refuseth to have their Council helda●… Vincen za.  of the Turks, made an excuse, saying, that at that time when they had wars with the Turks, they could willingly have granted it, but that now, Soliman would think that the Venetians went about to stir up the Christian Princes against him, and by that means they should draw ruin upon themselves, for a small and uncertain hope of a great good: As also because they knew very well that the chief Prelates did intend to make the Christian Princes friends, before that they would assemble the coun●…ell. This excuse was strengthened by an accident newly happened, which gave suspicion that the Venetians stood badly affected to Soliman: it was thus, two Turkish Galeots going from Barbary toward Constantinople, and suspected, by reason that they fled from our fleet, to be Pirates, were taken by the Providator of the Sea: the greatest number of the Turks were slain, and all the Christian slaves within them were set at liberty: the Turks took this in bad part, and especially Barbarossa, unto whom those vessels did belong, who being grievously incensed thereby, threatened to be revenged.  
The Senate speedily excusing the matter, did at last obtain that their might be a treaty concerning the making of amends for it, and the business being delayed, and Barbarossa being by time and sundry good offices appeased, the strife was ended by means of a sum of money to the content of both parties, the Venetians resolving to continue their friendship with Soliman who sent janusby to Venice to cause the Prince and Senate to confirm the agreement made at Constantinople by the Ambassador Badoario, who was likewise enjoined upon enteaty of the French to dispose the Venetians to contract alliance with their King.  
The Turkish Ambassador was honourably entertained, and his demands attentively heard: as concerning the confirmation of the Treaty of peace, he was therein speedily satisfied: But to his proposition of favouring the French they answered, how that they were at peace and friendship with the French King, intending to continue the same: But they they could not as then do any thing which might enfore them afterwards to take any arms against other Princes: how they were assured that Soliman being a most wise and just Prince, would like wise allow of their lawful reasons and excuses. This answer being reported to Soliman by janusbey, 
Peace confirmed betwixt the Turks & the Venetians.  was allowed by him, and understanding by the same man, the Venetians firm desire faithfully to observe the agreement, he was very glad of it, and seemed to be desirous to perform the like towards them. This is all which passed at that time betwixt Soliman and the Signory of Venice: But as concerning the Christian Princes, they dealt with them with no less respects, aiming still at this, not to offend any one, nor to favour any one, not yet to do any thing contrary to their neutrality. The Venetians for sundry reasons were greatly displeased 
The Venetians are grieved for that there is not a Duke of Milan.  with the contention betwixt the Emperor and the French King, they were likewise displeased for that the Treaty of placing a new Duke in the State of Milan was broken, a matter so often promised to them, and treated of not long before with the French king at the interview of Paris: and to suffer the Emperor peaceably to enjoy that state, was nothing else, (as the wisest and discreetest Senators had a long time before foreseen) but to support the Emperor's immoderate greatness, to the great prejudice of the liberty of Italy, and yet for all that, to depart from his confederacy, and to enter into a new war, the conditious of the times, and the commonwealths necessity would not permit them. They were grieved beside, 
The Venetians are solicited to leave their neutrality.  for that the Turks being solicited by the French against the Emperor, had determined to march with their army to the hurt of Christendom: yet never thelesse they only busied themselves, in furnishing their sea towns with soldiers, munitions, victuals, and all other necessaries, in reenforcing and augmenting their army not meddling with the affairs of other men. Each of those Princes did use means to divert the Senate from the resolution of their neutrality, by propunding sundry means unto them of new agreements.  
The Emperor was ready come into Italy, resolving to pass into Africa, notwithstanding the Pope dissuaded him from it, setting before him his brother's danger: His Captains likewise propounded unto him the doubtful event of the enterprise of Argier, being to attempt it in the Autumnal seasons of the year, which is commonly subject to divers alterations, and in a place filled with all discommodities. Yet nevertheless, considering the great forces of the Turks, and how far they were able to enter, (which was a policy to draw the Venetians to another Treaty by altering the former capitulations) he did propound unto them a new confederacy for the safety of Italy against the incursions of those Infidels, assuring them that the Pope, King Ferdinand his brother, and divers other Princes should enter into it: But the Senate resolving no more to enter into those dangers, excused itself from hearkening thereunto, and being more earnestly solicited, they 
The senates refus●…th to make any new alliance.  wholly refused that proposition, especially when they heard that the Pope had no great inclination thereunto, by reason of the small hope he had (being wise and well advised) to bring that business to a fortunate end, as also because he having despoiled Ascanio Colona of all his Estates, by reason that he had been rebellious and disobedient to the Sea Apostolic, would avoid all occasions of restoring them again unto him, as he well perceived that he should be enforced to do, by making a new league with the Emperor, who for his own honour could not forsake a man that had so well deserved of him, and that had been chief of his faction in Italy: beside, aiming at an other matter, he was desirous to continue in his neutralitiy, to the end that he might obtain first to have the state of Milan delivered into the hands of Octaviano Farnese as Guardian thereof, and to yeeeld to the Emperor and the French King a certain homage, till such time as they should find out some more assured means of Agreement wherein he presumed that the Venetians would interpose their authority. The Venetians perceiving that they proceeded slowly in that business, and with small hope, being desirous not to give the Turks any occasion of suspicion, did abstain from it, notwithstanding that they were divers times solicited by the Emperor, to send their Ambassadors to Luca where the Pope and he were to meet▪ In all other matters they had never failed in their duty to the Emperor. They had given passage through their state to the Almain footmen levied for the journey of Africa, and so soon as they understood of his coming into Italy by the way of Trent, they appointed four Ambassadors, to weet, john Antonio Veniero, Nicholas Tepulo, Marc Antonio Contaren, and Vincenzo Grimani, who entertained him very honourably upon the Verona territory, and attended upon him so long as he remained upon their State, which was for the space of two days; for being come to Pescara he entered the Mantuan territory, from whence afterward, he went to Milan, from thence to Genoa, and then to Luca where he met with the Pope, with whom having made some small abode, he pursued his journey for the enterprise of Africa, which succeeded badly, as it had been foretold: for having landed his soldiers upon the sands of Argier, he found more resistance in the Garrison of the City than he did expect, and did beside receive great hurt by the Arabian horsemen, procured by the Turks, who coming upon them with great celerity, and fight in a new and unusual manner with our soldiers, did prevent all their designs and the business being drawn forth in length, great harm happened: for their arose so terrible a tempest at Sea, as the ships being not able to ride at Anchor, by reason of the force of the wind, some of them were driven on shore, and the others to Seaward in the midst of the tempest, So as having lost divers of his vessels, and the residue being sore bruised and beaten, the Emperor was enforced to give over his enterprise. divers men of note died in that voyage by diseases and bad air, and among others, Marin justiniano Ambassador for the Signory, who by the Senate's command had still followed the Emperor, and Doctor Nicholas de Ponte, who at that time was governor of Vdina, was sent in his place During the Emperor's journey, the French King was not at quiet who 
The French King is incensed against the Emperor.  being mightily incensed (as hath been said) against the Emperor, thought on nothing but means how to be revenged of these wrongs which he had offered him: therefore by means of his Ambassadors whom he sent to Luca to meet the Pope, he had earnestly entreated his Holiness to declare the truce made at Nice by his own means and authority to be broken and infringed, by the murder of Fregosa and Rincon, the better to let all men see the justice of his cause: But resolving by all means to prevail by force, he did with greater vehemency revive his former conceits to prevent the Emperor by means of the Turks aid and friendship, whereupon he determined to send back Polin to Constantinople to treat in particular of the coming of the Army against the Emperor and as he passed along to use new means to draw the Venetians to his party.  
Polin then being come to Venice from thence to pass to Constantinople, 
Polin▪ soliciteth the Venetians to make a league with the French King.  he with the Bishop of Montpellier, ordinary Ambassador to the King, came into the Council of the Ten, according to the usual custom of secret audiences, where they discharged their commission from their Prince: Polin. siriving very much by a long oration to persuade the Senators by a new alliance to embrace the King's friendship. But all his discourse and goodly reasons could not prevail with the Senators to make them alter their opinion, or to draw them to any new alliance, thereby to entangle them in a new war. 
The Senate's answer to 〈◊〉   
Therefore that business being referred to the Senate their resolution with a general consent of them all was like to that of the council of the Ten, to give the lame answer to the French Ambassadors as was made to janusby: How that the Common wealth did dearly account of the French Kings friendship, the which for their parts they would ever constantly and inviolably maintain: yet neverthe▪ less; they determined to live at peace wi●…h other Princes, & not to enterprise any thing which might procure war betwixt them. Polin after this answer being inbarked in the Venetian Galleys sailed into Albania, and from thence pursued his journey towards Constantinople, with a certain assurance to cause the Turkish army to march whither he would desire: but the designs of the French took none effect for that year, either because it was already to far spent to make great preparations, and to execute all at one time, or else because Soliman had settled all his thoughts upon the enterprise of Hungary, making account to go thither in person with a far greater army. The French King in the mean time resolving on war had raised three armies, the one conducted by my Lord the Dauphin went to besiege Perpignan, the other commanded by my Lord the Duke of Orleans 
The French king at one time raiseth three armies against 〈◊〉 Emperor.  marched to invade the French County and Luxembourg: the third greater than any of the rest, by reason of the supplies of the Duke of Cleaves, governed by the Duke of Vendosme Prince of the blood of France, entered Flanders by the country of Artois. But all these forces did by the report of such great provisions more am aze then hurt the Emperor: because that the Dauphin finding Perpignan to be sufficiently fortified by the Duke of Alva, returned without any notable exploit, the Duke of Orleans on the other side, did but scour and waste the country: Whereupon the French King perceiving all his designs were to no purpose, did greatly tax Soliman and the Venetians because they had not taken Arms to favour his party whilst the Emperor was busied elsewhere.  
The King being thus discontented, was the more incensed against the Venetians 
The King is 〈◊〉 with the Venetian.  thorough the bad offices of the Bishop of Montpellier his Ambassador, so as Polin being informed of his masters discontent, did openly in all places oppose himself against the Venetians affairs, scandalising the Bailie and the Commonwealth: and because he hoped to have the Turkish army the year following, at his king's devotion, he said, that it being once ready, he would make the Venetians feel, to their loss, what great force his King's pursuts and authority had against them. The cause of the king's discontentment proceeded from that which is above mentioned, for that they went armed and in troops to the house of the French Ambassador, to take the three traitors that had retired themselves thither, who after some resistance being delivered over into the hands of justice, were forthwith executed: whereof, the Ambassador having advertised the King otherwise then 
Polin iis pract●…ses against the Venetians.  the matter was handled, his majesty showed both by word and action to be highly displeased with the Venetians: but afterwards having truly understood their manner of proceeding therein, he sent the protonotary Monluc to Venice, to excuse him, if by means of a false report he had sinisterly conceived of the commonwealths friendships, protesting unto them that he would never more remember any thing that was past, but esteem them as his good and trusty friends: within a while after he caused the same protonotary to return to Venice (who by his commandment went to Rome, to acquaint the Pope therewith) to remain there as ordinary Ambassador, in the Bishop of Montpelliers place, who was called home at their entreaty & to please them. Another accident happened at the same time which did greatly trouble the Commonwealth as well for it own particular interest, as for the respect to other Princes which was the surprising of the town of Maran upon King Ferdinand, unto whom it had been given by their last agreement. 
Miranis taken ●…rom Ferdinand.  Bertrand de Sacchia a subject to the Venetians having of his own proper motion seized on Maran, perceiving himself not strong enough to keep it called Petro Strozzi to his aid who was banished from Florence, who speedily came thither with a great troup of soldiers assembled in haste, and having entered it, did forthwith erect the French kings bane●…, saying that they held it for the king, threatening those of the town to deliver it over to the Turks, if they were not speedily seconded by some Prince or other, rather than to return it into the hands of Ferdinand. That, as the beginning to a great war was very troublesome to the Venetians.  
For on the one side they considered how that Ferdinand might suspect that they were consen●…ing thereunto, the chief Au●…hor of that trouble being one of their subjects: on the other, they knew not what to think, in regard those that had seized on it did shield themselves under the name and authority of the French King, 
The Venetians doubts upon the taking of Maran.  being ignorant of his meaning therein: But that which did most trouble them, was their fear lest that town should be delivered to the Turks, it being but four and twenty miles of from Venice, where being once settled they might hourly at their pleasure make incursions upon the land, by means of the lake which is a very near neighbour to it.  
The Senate then determining speedily to provide for those inconveniences, caused proclamations to be made: That none of their subjects on pain of bodily punishment, should carry victuals, or other relief to those of Maran: They did beside, commit to safe and sure keeping, the father and wife of Sacchia who were at Vdina, that they might have in their power, a sufficient pawn to bridle his audacious rashness: yet nevertheless they did still entertain those of Maran, with fair and gentle speeches, putting them in hope to end all matters to their content, for fear lest Ferdinand coming with a great Army, and they despairing (without aid) of being able to resist him, should receive a Turkish garrison into the town. The Venetians in this diversity of suspicions resolving not to meddle therein, but only so far forth as necessity should enforce them, did abstain from doing any thing, that might incense the Princes interessed in that business.  
Upon these news Ferdinand sent the Bishop of Trent to Venice to request the Senate to aid him with vessels for the recovery of Maran, concealing that which concerned the French King: The Senate answered, that it was very desirous, 
The senates answer to the French Ambassador.  as a lover of justice and equity, that Ferdinand should recover Maran which had been so treacherously snatched from him, and therefore it was ready to give passage to his troops and to furnish them with victuals: yet nevertheless, they were in hope that all matters would be ended in friendly sort. And questioning with the French Ambassador thereupon, he answered that the King would no otherwise dispose of Maran, then should stand with the Senate's good liking, 
The senates answer to Ferdinad.  and therefore he desired to know their meaning therein: The same Senate replied that his King was so discreet, as he needed no other men's council; but that their desire was to proceed by such means as might preserve union and concord.  
During these Treaties time ran on, and those which continued in Maran (Sacchia having been driven from thence by his own fellows, who going forth of the gates, to accompany the Germane governors wife, who went to get money to pay their ransom, returning back, was shut forth) waxing more bold and insolent began to build a Fort at the Haven of Lignare, five miles of from Maran, 
The V●…netians raise the sort of Maran.  that they might have a safe place of retreat, when they should come forth, (as they oftentimes did) to surprise and rob such vessels as passed along that way. The Venetians thinking it a disgrace to suffer a deed of so great consequence did suddenly resolve to beat it down and ruin it: The charge thereof was committed to Bernardo Sagreda, who speedily and fortunately executed it. This resolution made them to obtain that certain Imperial galleys, sent for the recovery of Maran, did not enter into the Gulf: for the French King being advertised of their going thither prepared other some to go to the same place, to the relief of Maran, which would have been a great prejudice to the Venetians to have seen both those fleets in their Gulf, but both the one and the other, at the senates entreaty, refrained from coming thither.  
The affairs of Maran remaining thus doubtful, the French King and the king of Romans, had in the mean time begun to treat of an agreement about that town, in which new difficulties daily arising, Storssi and those within Maran, seemed desirous to deliver up that Fort rather to the Signory of Venice then to any other Prince whatsoever, protesting that unless they did speedily agree amongst themselves, they would treat and deal with the Turks.  
Ferdinand although he truly knew the Venetians int●…grity, or else being desirous to dissemble the suspicion which he had conceived, knowing that their friendship and aid might greatly avail him in that business, did choose two Commissioners to end the controversy, heretofore often mentioned, concerning the intelligence and observation of the treaty of Trent: They came to Venice: Francisco 
The controversy be●…wixt the Venetians and Ferdinand is put to compromise.  Contaren, and Francisco Sanuto, chosen in former time for the same business, were deputed by the Senate thereunto, who conferring together, and with them the Emperor's Ambassador as a loving umpire, matters seemed to be brought to a good pass, and in a manner to an agreement, if they could have found means to have composed the controversy, about the towns of Belgrade and Castel-novo, engaged heretofore with other castles by the Emperors of the house of Austria to the Duke of Saxony, whereon, and upon the quality of the engagement having a long time insisted, the whole business remained unresolved on.  
This assembly was broken off by reason of the rumours spread abroad at the beginning 
An. 1543.  of the year 1543. of the great provisions for war made in sundry places, and chiefly at Constantinople, to invade Hungary and Austria, and to scour 
Great preparations for war on all sides.  all the seacoasts belonging to the Emperor. The French King hoping by means of this army, raised in his behalf, and at his entreaty, to break the Emperor's designs and forces, had likewise raised a great army as well of his own subjects as of Swisses, to uphold the Duke of Cleves rebellion and to assail the Emperor in divers and sundry places: who on the other side determining to revenge the wrongs and injuries received from the French, and especially to chastise (as he said) the audaciousness of the Duke of Cleves a feudatary of the Empire, for taking arms with his enemies against him, did assemble the Diet of Princes and free towns according to the custom of the country, where he procured them to make war on the French King, and the Duke of Cleves, at the common charge of all Germany: and for the augmenting of his forces, he resolved to alley himself with Henry King of England, notwithstanding that the same King 
The Emperor allieth himself wi●…h Henry King of England.  had repudiated his Aunt Queen Katherine, and shaken off the yoke of the Romish Catholic Church, that they might both of them together make war upon France.  
King Henry did easily agree to the Emperor's motion, being distasted of the French King, for favouring james King of Scots his enemy.  
The Pope in the mean time and the Venetians did still continue in their neutrality, meaning as much as in them lay to maintain the peace of Italy. The Pope nevertheless being for sundry reasons displeased with the Emperor, made suit to the Venetians to contract a more strict alliance together for their common 
The Pope goeth about to make alliance with the Venetians.  safety, propounding at that time terms tending wholly to peace, and not to depart, but upon constraint, from their neutrality, but determining nevertheless, as it was perceived by sundry signs, to draw the Republic afterwards to some new confederacy with the French King.  
The Senate continuing the accustomed answers, and telling the Pope how that there was not any cause to move them to renew their alliance, which might 
The Sena●…es a●…swer to the Pope.  (not without suspicion to Princes) rather hasten then prevent the mischief to come, made an excuse, saying, that it could not make any new agreement with any one, for fear lest the Emperor would be incensed against them, who had so often sought unto them for new confederacy, to the which they had never consented. But they were most of all troubled to see the Turkish army to depart from Constantinople, whereof men spoke diversly; notwithstanding that the Turks did promise them in no sort to meddle with any thing which did belong to their Commonwealth, and that captain Polin, who was to go along with it, had assured them of the like, who by his King's commandment had changed his mind. Yet the Senate not relying over much on all these promises, determined likewise to arm the number of three score Galleys, and to appoint a General over them, which was Stefano Tepulo, a man very famous for his rare virtues and deserts: whereof they forthwith advertised all Princes, to the end that 
The Venetians do arm for their own safety and defence.  the making ready of their fleet, might not make them to suspect that they had any sinister meaning; saying that the Republic had armed certain Galleys for the defence of their own subjects, and for the guard of their seacoasts: and they commanded their General to visit the Islands under their dominion, and all their forts upon the sea, to give order and provide for all things necessary, with express charge to avoid all occasions that might give the Turks any cause of distrusting their friendship towards them: whereinto they very well knew that Doria would have oftentimes cunningly drawn them.  
The Turkish naval army in the mean time consisting of six score sail departed from Constantinople under the command of Cariadine Barbarossa, captain Polin going along with him, and coming to Negrepont where it made some stay to take in soldiers and other necessaries, it sailed to the Haven of Figara, and from thence directed their course towards the West, and having passed the Far of Messina, came near to Calabria, where landing certain of his troops, he took the city of Regio, and after he had spoiled it and scoured the country round about (the castle still holding out) he did reembarke his people, 
The Turks take Regio in Calabria.  and held on his course towards France, and by the way, he took in water at the Isle of Ponze, and next at Ostia upon the River Tiber, whereby Rome was in alarm, but Polin did by letters assure the Governor of the town, that no harm should be done to any one upon the coast, then hoisting anchors, and still coasting along the Rivers of Tuscany and Genoa, he arrived in the Haven of Tolon, where finding two French Galleys, he was by them conducted towards 
Barbarossa his fleet at Mars●…illes.  Marseilles, whither the Kings other four and twenty Galleys came.  
Barbarossa went on shore where he was magnificently entertained in the city together with great numbers of janissaries, Polin riding post to find the King and to receive his commandments, whom Barbarossa was enjoined wholly to obey, did speedily return to the army, which being increased by sixteen French Galleys, and certain ships wherein were six thousand footmen, he departed from Marseilles and sailed with a fair wind to the haven of Villafranca to besiege the city of Nice which the Duke of Savoy then possessed, which had ever belonged to the crown of France.  
The Artillery and soldiers being landed, the City for certain days was 
Barbarossa taketh the city of Nice and then r●…turneth to Marseille●….  battered, whereby it was enforced to yield without being sacked: but the Marquis of Guasto having victualled the castle, and Barbarossa being dissuaded from making any longer abode there, Autumn being very far spent raised his camp and returned with his whole fleet to the haven of Marseilles.  
Now the Venetian fleet being truly advertised what course the Turks held, and how that janetin Doria was gone into the Levant, did entertain time in the Gulf, the General thinking it more safe and profitable to provide for that which concerned themselves, and to avoid occasion of meeting with the others, that he might take away all suspicion of being desirous to help or hinder their designs.  
The Emperor at the same time resolving to go into Germany to stir up that country against the French King, having first caused the Estates of Spain to accept the Prince Don Philip his son for their King, came to Barcelona where finding Doria with forty Galleys and certain ships he embarked himself with the Spanish fantery, and came to Genoa. Upon the report of his arrival in Italy, the Venetians chose four Ambassadors, to wit, Carlo Morosin, 
The Emperor returneth into Italy.  Gabriele Veniero, Lodovico Faliere, and Vittor Grimany, to meet him as he passed through their State and to entertain him by the way.  
The Pope in the mean time having promised other matters to himself, seeing that the confederacy propounded to the Venetians had taken none effect, resolved to talk with the Emperor, determining first, better to assure his own affairs, as well for temporal matters as for Religion, and his Pontifical dignity 
The Pope's des●…ignes to confer with the Emperor.  in the council which was to be held at Trent a city in Germany: and next, meaning once more to try if the Emperor would quit the Duchy of Milan to Octavio Farneze for a certain sum of money, which he perceived the Emperor stood in great need of, by reason of the wars he had in hand: but concealing for that time those his secret designs, made show, that the cause which moved him as the common father and head of Christendom to embrace the Emperor passing along so near him, was to exhort him to peace with Christians, and to war against the Infidels; and to try if his presence in that business would be of more force than his exhortations made by his Legates sent to the Emperor into Germany, and into France to the most Christian King.  
Now the Pope having acquainted the Venetians with his departure from Rome and going to Bolognia, alleged no other reason of his journey then the former, wholly concealing the negociating concerning the Duchy of Milan, thereby to feel if he could discover any thing from them concerning it, for, on the one side he knew that the same treaty was pleasing unto them, but on the other, it behoved them to proceed therein very respectively in regard of the above mentioned matters. The Senate continuing the old resolution not to meddle with these negotiations, did unfeignedly commend the Pope's good and holy meaning, with his resolution in so honest and important a business for the common good of all Christendom, not passing on any further to any other consideration.  
The Pope seeming to be greatly desirous of that interview did not cease to pursue it, notwithstanding that he was alone in that negotiation, and that the Emperor alleged divers difficulties and lets, who making no great account of him, made show that he did not much affect him, either because he was distasted 
The Emperor resuseth to conser with the Pope.  of him, the Pope having not openly showed himself his friend as he ought to have done by reason of the honour done by the Emperor to him and his house, having by the marriage of his daughter preferred it to so many other noble alliances: or else because he did suspect the truth of the matter, how that the Pope would recommence his suit, that the Duchy of Milan might be made over to Octavio Farneze, the which he resolved not to quit to any man whatsoever: and therefore he was desirous to eschew all occasions of discontenting the Pope, and of provoking him to embrace the French Kings friendship, by refusing his demand.  
But the Pope supposing it would greatly blemish his greatness and dignity, if he should let the Emperor pass through Italy without seeing him, had to that end sent, first, Petro Lodovico his son to Genoa, and then the Cardinal Farneze his Nephew, to entreat him that the interview might be at Bolognia, and upon his majesties excuse that he was not willing to come so far back and to delay his journey, he determined to come farther forward even to Busset, where it was 
The Pope and Emperor's interview at Buss●…tisto no purpose.  concluded they should see one an other, which was a town very discommodious and smally frequented belonging to the Palavicins: but this interview had no better success than all men expected, nothing being there concluded, either for the Church's service or the particular profit of the Farnezes'. For the Emperor continued his resolution to make war upon the French King, and the Duke of Cleves, and as for Milan, because he would not flatly deny it, he told him that he could not dispose of that State, until he had acquainted the Princes of the Empire therewith, whereby he might easily perc●…iue that he did mean to appropriate it to himself.  
The interview being dissolved which only lasted three days, the Emperor pursuing his journey entered upon the Venetians State, where the four above mentioned Ambassadors met with him, and did honourably entertain him, furnishing him with whatsoever he needed either for his own person or his household, so long as he continued upon their territories, waiting upon him as far as the confines of Trent, making divers offers unto him in general in the name of the Common wealth, not mentioning any negotiation till they were ready to take their leaves of him, and then they besought him to be a means to his brother for a dispatch concerning the agreement of Trent which they had taken upon them. From Trent the Emperor went to Vuormes, and from thence to Spire, to be nearer to that which he had determined to do, having still resident with him daniel Bouricci Secretary to the Commonwealth, the Ambassador de Pont remaining sick at Trent, who being returned to Venice for the recovery of his health, Bernardo Novagera was chosen in his stead.  
War was at the same time much kindled in Hungary whither Soliman being 
The Turk maketh war in Hungary.  come in person with a mighty army (having first scoured and wasted the country) had besieged the city of Strigonium, from whence he sent an Ambassador to Venice to acquaint the Senate with his journey and designs, and also there to understand news of his fleet, which at that time lay in the haven of Villafranca at the enterprise of Nice, where of the Senate advertised him, and withal 
A Turkish Ambassador cometh to Venice.  did infinitely thank him for the honour he did them by acquainting them with his actions and designs. This demonstration of friendship from the Turks did serve them for two purposes, first to continue peace betwixt them, and next, to increase their reputation with other men. Therefore Soliman having again sent an other Ambassador to Venice to advertise them of his progression in Hungary, the Senate resolved in reciprocal manner to render him the like demonstration of honour and friendship, by sending an Ambassador to him. This charge was committed to Stefano Tepulo (he having given over the place of General) who at the spring was to go to Constantinople to Soliman (who was come thither from Hungary) to rejoice with him in the commonwealths name for his fortunate success, and to make show at his port of a correspondency of love and friendship.  
The affairs of Maran were not yet appeased, but on the contrary much more enkindled, as well in regard of the French, who did mean to keep and defend it, as for the Almains who determined to have it by force: so as besides four hundred 
Sharp war about Maran.  footmen which the Lord of Senei brought thither, the French King sent great troops of horse and foot: on the other side the King of Romaives having caused certain companies of Lansequenets to pass the mounts at Pontieba, under the command of john Baptista Savella, did beside assemble all the soldiers on the nearest places of his Dominions to make a body of an army, and to besiege it. The Senate had given free passage through their State both to the one and other, to show that they had no hand in that business: they were nevertheless displeased for that one Fust and two Brigantins had been armed at Trieste which entering into the Haven of Dignana had begun straightly to shut in those of Maran on the sea side: whereupon, to suffer them to stay their, besides the drawing of many others thither, would seem greatly to prejudice the republics claim to that Haven, and show some partiality, by suffering them to offend Maran from that place: the which they determining not to suffer, because they would proceed modestly therein, did entreat Ferdinand and the Emperor likewise to cause those armed vessels to depart forth of the Haven, sending thither at the same time an armed galley to hinder their incursions, till such time as they should receive an answer.  
During these treaties, john Francisco de Pacis a Florentine came to Venice, to 
A motion made to the Senate for the having of Ma●…an.  offer unto the Senate in Strossi his name the fort of Maran for some honest recompense, protesting that upon their refusal, he should be enforced to negotiate with some other great Prince, whom he knew would gladly accept it: Strossi resolving in no sort to render it to Ferdinand, but rather to get some great sum of money for it, by contracting with the Turk: that the French King had left Maran to be disposed of at Strossi his pleasure, to make his profit thereof, in recompense of the good services done by him to the crown of France.  
The Senate thereupon was greatly perplexed, either to accept or refuse it. It desired to avoid all occasions of contention with Ferdinand, who might suspect that they had some intelligence with Strossi: and to suffer that place so near a neighbour to Venice to fall into the Turks hands, would be very dangerous, not only for the Commonwealth but for all Christendom. Being then moved with fear of such a danger, they resolved to hearken to Pacis proposition, and to that end two Senators were appointed, Antonio Capello, and Francisco Contaren, to treat with him upon the particularities of the agreement: where after sundry contestations the composition was made in this manner: that Strossi for 
Agreement betwixt Strossi and the 〈◊〉 concerning Maran.  consigning Maran into the Venetians hands, should for recompense receive five and thirty thousand Ducats at one entire payment. This being thus concluded, Alessandro Bondimiero was so dainely chosen Providator of that place, who going along with Pacis, with some few foot forces, was brought into it, and Strossi having consigned the town to him, the whole people with great joy did forthwith take the oath of obedience to the Republic of Venice.  
The Venetians did afterwards acquaint the Emperor and Ferdinand with the 
The Venetian●… excuses to the Emperor and Ferdinand, concerning Maran.  causes which had moved them to embrace that necessary resolution: that their actions in two years space, that the town had been offered unto them, could yield sufficient testimony of their integrity, during which time they had not only refused to give an ear to their often propounded offers, but had given passage, victuals, and other commodities to Ferdinand's troops for to recover it: that they had likewise considered, how that place was of no great importance to Ferdinand, neither for the State's confines, nor revenue there of: but on the contrary of great expense, accompanied with extreme danger for all his States if it should have fallen into the Turks hands, as undoubtedly it would have so happened, if they should have refused Strossi his offer.  
These reasons being cunningly delivered to those Princes by Bernardo Novagera, and Marin de Canalis, Ambassadors for the Signory, the one with the Emperor, and the other with King Ferdinand, did in some sort appease them, both of them having at first taken the treaty concerning that place in bad part: and then the quality of the times did greatly help to make those Princes capable of the reasons by them alleged: by reason that a Diet had been published at 
An. 1544.  the beginning of the year 1544. Where all the chief Princes and Lords of Germany were to meet to treat of affairs of great consequence, to make war upon the French, and to resist the Turks attempts: for all the thoughts of the Emperor and the King of Romans tended only to those two ends; hoping beside (as a matter which they much desired) that the Venetians perceiving so many Princes and free towns of Germany leagued against the Turks, would enter into league with them, and abandon that of the Turks; this was the usual talk among Courtiers.  
Now the Emperor was greatly afraid lest that the Venetians, upon the least discontent given unto them from himself, should quit his alliance and embrace that of the French King, who had so often sought to them for it; and his fear 
The Emperor●… and French Kingspractizes to draw ●…he Venetians to their party.  was at the same time greater than ever, in regard of his hope (being joined to the King of England and the Swisses) to molest France more than ever he had done, perceiving himself to be freed from the care of relieving Italy, which would be peaceable so long as the accord with the Venetians should last.  
The French King on the contrary having the self same considerations, did hope to defend his own Realm by troubling Italy, with the wars of Naples and the Duchy of Milan, to constrain the Emperor to divide his forces, and to send part of them to the aid of those countries, and to that end did again use means to draw the Venetians to his party, and supposing that the quality and reputation of the man might greatly further the business, he caused the Cardinal of Ferrara to go to Venice to that end, who was honourably entertained 
The Cardinal of Ferra a exharieth the V●…netian. In the French Kings behalf.  there, and coming into the Senate in secret audience (as he had desired) he began in substance to declare unto them what the emperors designs were; who only aspired to a sole Monarchy, and especially to that of Italy, the which he might with ease attain to, did not the French King counterpoise him, who being their loving and trusty friend, did by him entreat them to enter into league with him, and speedily to send their naval army into Puglia, where they should find the country disfurnished of Garrisons, and all the people at their devotion, who did openly hold the Spaniards for their enemies, and he in the mean time, for the safety of their State, offered always to have fifteen thousand men ready in Piedmont, or in any other place that they should think fit.  
The Senate according to the custom, did not at that time give the Cardinal any answer to his proposition, but the business being afterwards debated in the council, they answered him, That as the Republic did highly esteem and dearly 
The Senate's answer to the Cardinal.  reckon of the French Kings friendship, it did likewise determine still to embrace and cherish it: but it neither could nor would (being now at peace with other Princes, and in want of divers things by reasons of the last wars) enter into trouble and expense by a new war.  
The King supposing this answer to be no flat denial (so desirous he was to draw the Venetians to his party against the Empetour) within a while after the Cardinal's return to Rome, imagining that the speech which the Pope had used in his behalf would be of force to alter the Venetians minds, caused Barthol●…meo Cavalcanti, who was banished from Florence, to go from Rome to Venice, to acquaint the Venetians with the Pope's great affection towards the affairs of France, and to revive the negotiation of the league, not long before propounded; 
Anew practise to draw the Venetians to the league with the King.  although the King by dissembling it, to make the offence and sorrow seem less, for that so many of his attempts had not taken effect, did protest that Cavalcanti his going to Venice proceeded from the Cardinal's sole and only motion.  
Cavalcanti was a man of great judgement, and an excellent Orator (as his works that are published do manifest) who made a long and excellent discourse to the Senate, containing the self same substance that the Cardinal had before uttered: but the Senate being firm in their resolution did stop their ears to his speech, till they heard him speak of peace betwixt the Emperor and the French King, with all men so much desired.  
The Pope to hasten the matter, sent two of the chiefest Cardinals, to wit, Moron 
Two Legates sent to those Princes to procure peace.  to the Emperor, and Grimani to the French King, exhorting the Venetians to send their extraordinary Ambassadors, as they had done at the assembly at Nice, to the end that the exhortations both of the one and other might be of greater force to persuade them to so good a matter; and worthy the piety of any Christian Prince.  
The Senate although it desired to see peace and concord betwixt those Princes, did nevertheless know that it behoved them to govern themselves moderately therein for divers reasons, having oftentimes had experience of the bad offices done unto them, by sinisterly interpreting in the Courts of Christian Princes, their sound and sincere actions, and that the self same interpretations had been divulged at Constantinople under false colours, to their prejudice, yea, even in Soliman's hearing, and satisfying themselves with doing their duties by their ordinary Ambassadors, they were desirous to eschew that vain and dangerous appearance. These Ambassadors acquainting the Senate with what was done in the Court of those Princes, reported, that they were very much inclined to peace, not so much for any desire they had to be good friends, as because they 
The English do besiege 〈◊〉.  were weary of the wars: for the French being on the one side assailed by the King of England who coming to Calais with a mighty army did in person besiege Bullin, and on the other by the Imperial army, which after along siege had taken the city of Saint Desire upon Marne, was very desirous by peace to free himself from so many discontents: the Emperor on the other side, wholly wanting money for the continuing of the war, and fearing the loss of that which he held in Italy, by reason of forces raised in the King's behalf near to Mirandola. Doubting likewise the success of that war in regard of the great numbers of Swisses which went to the King's aid, and being very desirous to see the Duke of Savoy restored to his State, who upon his occasion had been despoiled there of, the which could not be done but by agreement, was very willing and desirous of it: but each of them did look when some other would motion the business.  
The French Queen offered to employ herself therein, who was the Emperor's 
A Spanish Friar beginneth the treaty of peace betwixt those Princes.  sister, having caused Don Gabriel de Guzman a Spanish Friar and her Confessor to go to her brother's camp, to motion the matter to the chief of the army, supposing therein to do a pleasure to her husband and brother both at once.  
This treaty then begun by Guzman after sundry goings and comings from one camp to another did speedily take effect. Therefore, there being assembled the Admiral of France and the Secretary Bayard, which Granuelle and D. Ferrant de Gonzaga to conclude in their Prince's names on the conditions of peace, it was 
The Capitulations of the peace.  decreed; that on either part those towns which had been taken since the treaty of Nice, should be redelivered; that all particular controversies which might arise thereupon should be decided in the city of Cambray by Commissioners thereunto appointed: that the French King should aid the Emperor with a certain number of horse and foot whensoever he should make war upon the Turk: that the Duke of Savoy should be restored to his State, certain places thereof excepted, to the which the French King laid some particular claim: and for the better assurance of this accord, the Duke of Orleans, the King's second son should marry the Emperor's daughter, or one of his Nieces, daughter to Ferdinand, according as he should think fit, (who within four months was to resolve himself thereupon) and yet with a different dowry; for marrying with the Emperor's daughter the whole Low-Countries were promised him for her dowry, and for the Niece the Duchy of Milan. The Venetians as friends to them both were comprehended in that peace, who had so discreetly behaved themselves during those wars, as both the one and other of them were satisfied 
Both sides complain of the Pope.  and pleased with their proceedings: the like did not happen to the Pope, of whom the French did greatly complain, because that he having made a show to favour their party, had not aided them at their greatest need: the Imperials on the other side did accuse his designs, saying, that if he had not openly declared himself for the French King it was not for want of love, but for fear of the Emperor's forces; so as his Legate had much to do to get him to be comprehended in the peace: but because it was said to be made for the common good of Christendom, it was requisite and necessary to have him therein named, as the chief of Christians.  
This peace happening at a time and after such a manner when all men 
divers opinions concerning this peace.  lest expected it, gave occasion to men to discourse diversly thereof, some thinking that it would continue, because the King did thereby purchase unto himself, either the Duchy of Milan, or Flanders, with the whole Low Countiers, others being of a contrary opinion did imagine that the same accord would be of none effect at all, by reason whereof the Emperor, who would not see the Realm of France to be any way ruined by the English (which was the cause of the agreement) would not likewise endure to see it grow great and flourish by peace, and by the purchase of so many goodly dominions. The Venetians for all that did not let to rejoice therefore both by bonfires and other demonstrations of joy, yielding solemn thanks to God for that he had inspired the hearts of those Princes to embrace peace.  
Barbarossa in the mean time departing from Villafranca to return towards Constantinople, and sailing alongst the coast of the Realm of Naples, he spoiled and wasted the whole country, and chiefly the Isles of Ischia and Lipari, which with a barbarous cruelty he did miserably ruin; from thence sailing to Corfou, and saluting the castle as a friend, he received the accustomed presents, not suffering 
Barbarossa his cruel spoils as he returned home.  any harm to be done to the inhabitants of the Island. Captain Polin was in that fleet with five Galleys and other vessels, who having brought the Turks as far as Lepanto, returned with all his vessels to Marseilles.  
The Turks were displeased at the news of this peace betwixt Christian Princes, thinking it be done, the better to break their designs upon Hungary or Transiluania, for which they had already made preparations; but they went about to conceal their discontent for the better maintenance of their reputation, being wont to contemn Christians; and therefore not giving over their former determination they caused to be given out that they were making far greater preparations then at any other time before, to march at the spring against the States belonging to the house of Austria: and yet nevertheless, the report at the same time was, that if the Ambassadors of those Princes did come to that Port, they should be entertained and willingly hearkened to: for by their law they can not deny audience to any that come to sue for peace and friendship with their great Lord: the report of these great preparations, caused the Emperor and Ferdinand 
The Emperor and Ferdinand do send Ambassadors to treat of agreement with the Turks.  expressly to dispatch their messengers to that Port to treat of peace and agreement: and for their safer going to work, they caused the French King first of all to send one of his servants to sound Soliman's disposition thereunto, and withal to crave a passport for their Ambassadors.  
The King did willingly entertain this business, as well to free himself of that he was tied to by the treaty of peace to aid the Emperor when he should make war upon the Turk, as in some sort to wipe out that blot, for which men taxed him; that a most Christian Prince had made use of the arms of Infidels against Christians: whereupon, his Ambassador passing by Venice, did tell the Senate by his King's commandment, that he had to none other end entertained the Turks friendship, but only to make use of it upon such occasions for the good and profit of Christendom.  
This Ambassador being come to Constantinople found Soliman disposed to whatsoever he demanded, and the passport which he craved being delivered to him (which was at the beginning of the year 1545.) joronimo Adorni, did in 
An. 1545.  Ferdinand's name go to Constantinople; the Emperor having to that end appointed Doctor Girardo, caused him first to go to Venice, where he, and the protonotary Monluke, ordinary Ambassador for the French King with the Signory, did embark themselves in the Venetian Galleys for Raguza, and from 
These Prince's Ambassadors come to Constantinople.  thence went to the Port of the great Lord. Before their departure from Venice they had entreated the Senate that their Bailie might have an hand in that business, the which was granted, and commandment sent to him so to do, but that he should do it so cunningly as the Turks might not conceive any sinister opinion, whereby any harm might redound to the Commonwealth, or profit to themselves. 
Commissioners decide the controversy betwixt Ferdinand and the Venetians.   
They treated at the same time in Venice of composing the strife betwixt King Ferdinand and the Republic, as well for the execution of the sentence of Trent, as for that which happened since concerning Maran, where after great contestation they did at last conclude for the business of Trent, to send Commissioners thither to decide it, but for Maran it was referred to the Emperor's council: one of the chief conditions was that the Venetians should give to Ferdinand threescore, and fifteen thousand Ducats, the which (all other controversies being ended) they promised to pay in three years, and at three equal payments.  
This accord although it took none effect, was maliciously interpreted by 
Solimen is 〈◊〉 informed of the Venetians.  some, who used to sow discord and contention, telling Soliman that the same treaty was made against him in Ferdinand's behalf, unto whom the Venetians promised that sum of money to levy soldiers. These false reports being justified and the truth of the matter known, Soliman was satisfied therewith: whereupon the Senate thought it fit not to give him any more cause of suspicion: and therefore they wrote to their Bailie, willing him no more to visit the Ambassadors, nor to make any more public demonstration of dealing in their business, the which he did exactly observe, yet nevertheless some times when he had any secret conference with the Bassa's, he did not let to do all good offices which might further the conclusion of the accord: wherein because the Republic had no other aim but the common peace and quiet, they solicited the Bassa's that it might be mentioned in the treaty, that the Emperor and Ferdinand should not attempt any thing in Italy during the truce.  
Rustin having heard this proposition, and seeming to be desirous to perform any thing for the particular profit of the Signory, said, that by all means it was particularly to be inserted in the treaty of the accord, as the friend of the great Lord, and express mention was made, how that during the truce the Venetians State should in no sort be molested by the Princes, comprehended in the agreement, who doing otherwise it should be understood to be broken with Soliman's self: yet nevertheless, it was thought that the Venetians had opposed themselves against that truce then handled, seeing that they could not procure peace, which caused the Emperor for that purpose to return from Trent to Venice his Ambassador Mendoza, who not dissembling this suspicion, and assuring them of the emperors hearty affection towards them, entreated them from him to favour the treaty of truce, which was already (as he said) well forward at Constantinople, and which for the republics sake might easily be effected, promising to have it comprehended in the treaty as their good and loving friend.  
This did the rather move the Venetians to solicit a suspension of arms betwixt those Princes, in regard, that besides other commodities, they were to receive thereby great assurance, and reputation, by being declared friends to both parties, enjoying the benefit of peace which they were to hope for by such an agreement. It was thought that the Emperor did not so earnestly pursue the 
What did move the Emperor to solicit truce with Soliman.  conclusion of the league, for any distrust not to be assisted by Germany against the Turks; but because he perceived himself to be enforced to take arms against the chief Lords and States of that country, who having pell mel overturned all matters sacred and profane to the great contempt of the Church of Rome, and the Majesty of the Empire, went daily up and down practising novelties by a manifest rebellion, so that the Emperor, who from the beginning to draw them to his party had consented against the Pope's mind, that the council should be held in the city of Trent, to the great advantage of the Almains, did afterwards repent him of it, knowing that therein he had done no great good service to Religion: that he had broken with the Pope, and nothing prevailed with the Almains, whereupon he sought to moderate the conditions with which it had been published.  
The Venetians on the other side perceiving that the assembly of the council (though they would not openly hinder it) was not pleasing to the Pope, as being made in an unfit time and place, and by means not beseeming the dignity and authority of the sea Apostolic, would not send their Ambassadors thither.  
Concerning the accord treated of at Constantinople, of which all men hoped for a prosperous end by means of a long truce of many years (certain difficulties arising about the restitution of some few castles in Hungary) it ended by a 
Truce for one year betwixt the Emperor, his brother, & Soliman.  short suspension of arms for one year, with an intent nevertheless (as Soliman's self did say, and write to the French King) that after the matter should be well debated in Ferdinand's Court, the Ambassadors might return to the Port the next year following with new Commissions to strengthen the peace with a longer term.  
In the mean time a new Contention arose betwixt the Turks and the Venetians about the confines of Dalmatia, where the Sangiacks of Bossina and Clissa 
Contention betwixt the Venetians and the Turk.  being desirous to disturb the peace for their own particular profit, or else to spoil the country, or to receive so me presents of the Venetians, would have usurped a great part of the territory of Zara, saying, that a country containing nine and forty villages did belong unto them, as dependences of the castles of Nadin and Laurana, which by the last accord remaining to the great Lord, they said did likewise belong unto him with all their territories: whereupon they forbade the inhabitants of those places upon grievous penalties, to acknowledge any other Lord but Soliman.  
This new trouble did greatly vex the Venetians, the country in question being of great importance, both for itself and for the preservation of the city of Zara, and although their reasons were unreasonable, in regard that Nadin and Laurana, small castles, had no territory belonging unto them, but did with the other villages near adjoining depend on Zara, the chief city of the Province, 
A tyrannical law of the Turks.  yet nevertheless fearing lest the strange and insolent proceedings which the Turks are wont to use in such businesses (who hold it for a law, that the whole country whereon the horse of the great Lord hath once trod doth belong unto them) might occasion longer strife, had recourse to Soliman, who referring the decission of that controversy to the Sangiac of Chersega, and to two Cadis (these men are ordinary judges in law) was desirous to have whatsoever they should set down to be executed, who were to meet in the same place with the Commissioners of the Signory. The Senate did for that purpose choose Lodovico Rayniero who handled the business so wisely and discreetly with the Turkish officers, as the whole territory in question was quietly adjudged to the Republic of Venice.  
The same year deceased Prince Landi, leaving behind him a great and singular reputation to have well and wisely governed the Commonwealth for the space of six years and eight months, and lieth buried in Saint Antony's Church. Francisco Donato was chosen in his place.  
 
 


FRANCISCO DONATO the seventy ninth Duke.   
 
 
ABout the beginning of the year 1546. all those that desired 
An. 1546.  the peace of Italy were afraid, lest it would be shortly shaken with new troubles, because that the peace betwixt the Emperor and the French King (the principal Articles thereof taking none effect) was so badly assured, as there wanted nothing but a fit time to take arms.  
The French King by the sudden death of his son the Duke of Orleans having not obtained the Duchy of Milan promised unto him, by means of the marriage, had not for all that lost his desire to recover it: the Duke of Savoy likewise could not be restored of his State, the King still detaining it upon sundry pretences, hoping to enforce the Emperor to some other conditions by the restitution thereof, seeking thereby to obtain his desire. 
The Pope giveth Parma and Placentia in title of Duchy to his son Petro Lodovico.   
An other new matter happened in Italy which gave cause of fear of some new troubles: for the Pope perceiving all his designs to fall out contrary to his desire for the advancement of his house, having cut off from the Churches domains the cities of Parma and Placentia, which Pope julius the second had annexed thereunto, gave them in see to Petro Lodovico his son, on condition to pay a yearly rent of eight thousand crowns to the Church, and in recompense thereof to make over to the sea Apostolic the Duchy of Camerin, and the Signory of Nepi wherewith his son Octanio had been invested. This Session did so much displease the Emperor, as he could by no means be induced to give the Pope the investiture 
The Emperor refus●…th to invest Petro Lodovico in the Duchy of Porma and Placentia.  of those two cities which he demanded, having been in formet time incorporated into the Duchy of Milan.  
This resusal of the Emperor had equally incensed both the father and the son: so, that Petro Lodovico would willingly have embraced the first occasion offered against the Emperor: and the Pope, distrusting both the Emperor and the French King, resolved by all means to maintain and defend what he had done concerning the erection of the new Duchy in the person of his son, who discoursing with the Venetian Ambassador told him, into what danger Italy was like to fail, so soon as the French King should be at peace with the King of England, which at that time was treated of; and that the Emperor, if he could not at the Diet of Ratisbon draw the Protestant Princes to his desire, would be enforced to make war upon them: therefore he did exhort the Senate to join with him a firm and sound intelligence, as it behoved them for their common interests, and for a greater assurance, he caused the new Duke to send Augustino de Landes his Ambassador to Venice, who acquainting them with the new grave 
The new Duke his offers to the Venetians.  and dignity which he had lately obtained, did in his name offer both his State and person to the service of the Signory.  
The Senate did very lovingly thank him for his offers, offering him the self same, but in general terms, which could not tie them to any thing, because they would not thereby give his Holiness any hope by their means to raise any troubles in Italy: then, providing for the defence of their own States, and foreseeing what might happen, they took into the service of the Common wealth Guido Ubaldo Duke of Urbin, in quality of General of their forces by land, with a yearly pension of five thousand crowns, and fifteen thousand crowns for an hundred men at arms and a hundred light horse, which he was bound to have continually ready for the service of the Signory.  
But the troubles wherein the Emperor and the French King were engaged, was cause of the safety of Italy; because that the one, notwithstanding all his attempts could not get Bolloigne from the English: and the other having called the Protestant Princes to the Diet of Ratisbon, to treat of affairs concerning Religion, although he were there in person, could not induce them to decree or conclude any thing: but whereas at the beginning it seemed that they would have been satisfied to have had the council held in the city of Trent, whither they promised 
The Emperors and the French Kings difficulties were cause of the peace of Italy.  to send their Doctors to treat of matters concerning faith, and afterwards to hold and embrace what there should be decided: they did then crave first of all to have a national council held in Germany, and if afterwards it should happen to be referred to that of Trent, that the assembly might on all sides be free, with divers other exorbitant and unreasonable demands. This caused the Pope no more to fear the council, and to assure the State of Parma and Placencia to his son, the Emperor, Princes and people of Germany, having turned their thoughts to other matters, determining to end that controversy by arms.   
The end of the fourth Book of the sixth Decade.   

The Contents of the fist Book of the sixth Decade.  
THE Venetians go about to divert the Pope from taking arms against the Protestants. The Venetians grant passage thorough their Territories to the Pope and the Emperor's Soldiers, who were the Protestants partakers. The Venetians refuse to lend money to the Duke of Saxon and Landgrave of Hesse. The Protestants take the Castle of Chiusa to stop the Italians passage. The cause of the loss and overthrow of the Protestants. What the Venetian Gentlemen are, with their prerogatives. The commotion of the Sienois against the Spaniards. Petro Lodovico Duke of Parma and Placentia is murdered. The Death of Francis the first, French King. The death of Henry the eight King of England. The occasion of the new war betwixt the French and the English. Horacio Farnese marrieth the daughter of Henry the French King. The Venetians being solicited by the Pope and the French King against the Emperor, continue Neuters. The Pope's great perplexities. Soliman takes arms against the Persian, making truce with Christian Princes. Contention betwixt the Emperor and the French King concerning the Truce with the Turk. Controversy about the Place wherein the council should be held. The death of Pope Paul the third with the election of Pope julius the third. Horatio Farnese committeth himself and his family into the French Kings protection. Great war in Italy concerning Parma and Placentia. The Publication of the Council of Trent. Pietro Strozzi his policy to revictuall Parma. The Germane Princes Treat with the French King against the Emperor. The French King being incensed against the Pope forbidd●…th the Annates in France. The Turks war in Hungary and Transil●…ania. All Germany in league against the Emperor and his brother. Ferdinand to free himself from the war with the Turks, offereth to pay him tribute for Transiluania. And lastly the murder of Friar George, Cardinal of the Sea Apostolic.  
The fifth Book of the sixth Decade of the History of Venice.  
THE Pope perceiving the Emperor to be distasted of the Protestants (as hath been said) began to heat him more, by promising to aid him with great numbers both of horse and foot paid by the Sea Apostolic. The Senate from the beginning used means to appease the Pope, and to divert him from meddling in that war, the which it thought 
The Venetians reso●…s ●…o divert the Pope from meddling with the Protestants  could bring no good to Italy, and there was small hope to prevail by force in matter of Religion: For all the free towns of Germany having declared themselves for the Protestant Princes, fearing that the Emperor, under other pretences, went about to subjugate them, Germany on the other side standing badly affected to the Pope, and Court of Rome, it was to be feared, and not without cause, that the same fierce and warlike nation would by reason there of make incursions into Italy, where they that had in no sort dealt in that business were to smart for it: Or if the Emperor should happen to quell Germany; he by that victory growing more mighty, both in forces and reputation, his greatness would prove fearful to the Princes of Italy. But the Senate knowing him to be resolute therein, and that being pricked forward by two mighty spurs, Fear, and Hope, concerning the affairs of state, of his own greatness, and that of his house, he would not embrace any council contrary to his own opinion, did for bear to speak unto him any more concerning that matter, but upon the Pope and Emperor's motion unto it about that exterprize, by their Ambassadors, it made a modest answer, because it would not vainly offend the 
The senates answer to the Pope and the Emperor.  Emperor, without praising or dispraising it, being not willing to give any occasion to be requested to aid him. Yet nevertheless it was certainly reported, that the Commonwealth had promised at the conclusion of the league at Rome, to give payment for five thousand footmen, which was most false.  
The Venetians being desirous, in some sort, to content these Princes in any thing which was not of expense, and being entreated so to do, did promise free 
The Venetians grant passage to the Pope and Emperors troops.  passage to the Pope's soldiers, who being assembled at Bolognia to the number of twelve thousand footmen, and five hundred horse, were to pass thorrow the Territory of Verona to go to Trent: the like was done to the Emperor's forces, who for their money were furnished with victuals and other necessaries. The best and 
The number of the Emperor's Army.  bravest soldiers of all Italy were in the Pope's Army, whereof Octania Farnese his Nephew was General, who was a young Lord of great hope: But that of the Emperor was composed of sundry nations; namely of divers Almans, drawn forth of the patrimonial States of the house of Austria, from those of the Dukes of Bavaria and Cleves, and the Marquis Albert of Brandenbourg, who did follow the Emperor's party, so that the whole number of his forces were forty thousand footmen and five thousand horse.  
The Protestant Princes made preparations at the same time, the chief of whom were john Frederick Duke of Saxony one of the Electors of the Empire, and Philip Landgrave of Hesse, who, saying that they would defend the liberty of Germany, which Charles went about to usurp, (as they said) did draw unto their 
Who they were that took part with the Protestants.  parts divers of the greatest Lords and Cities of Germany, as the Duke of Wittenberg, the Count Palatin another Elector, with the commonwealths of Argentine, Vlmes, Francfort and Norimberg, the City of Ausbourg having a long time before declared itself in their behalf: all which having resolved to hold a diet at ulme's did send their Ambassadors and Commissioners thither, to treat particularly of the preparations for war, where the concourse of all Germany 
The number of the Protestants Army.  was such, as they levied a very great army of fourscore thousand footmen, and ten thousand horse, with which forces they promised unto themselves to be able to overcome those of the Emperor, and to drive him forth of Germany, in regard he was not able to assemble German forces comparable to theirs.  
They feared none but foreign soldiers, and especially the Italian Fantery, levied by the Pope: whereupon, to stop their passage, they did writ lovingly to the Venetians, and by putting them in mind of the ancient friendship betwixt the German nation and them, they entreated them not to give passage to those through their territories, who came only to offend them, and to serve the Emperor, 
The Pro testants suit to the Venetians.  who went about to bring Germany into servitude. The Senate answered that it did hold their friendship dear, which they had ever embraced, & generally that of all Germany, but, their Country being open and Champain, they could not stop the soldiers passage but with great forces, which they were wont to employ but against open enemies. Within a while after, they received particular 
The Senaoes' answer to the Protestants.  letters from the Duke of Saxony and the Landgrave of Hesse, which acquainting them with their designs, and how that for their own defence they had been enforced to take arms, did earnestly entreat them to lend them a certain sum of money. The King of England did greatly favour his demand, by his Secretary residing at Venice, who presented his letters; (that King being distasted of the Emperor): but the Senate making still one answer, said, that it did hold those 
The Duke of Saxon and the Lander●…ue of Hesse their suit to the Venetian Senate. with their answer.  Princes for their good and trusty friends, and did wish them all prosperity and advancement, but that they could not satisfy their request without offending other Princes with whom they were in league and friendship, which they did mean to maintain, and that (these respects excepted) they did greatly affect the German nation. Those of Ausbourg likewsie having by their letters and by an express messenger recommended their Merchants to the Senate, (many of whom were retired to Venice, and greater numbers coming daily thither for fear of those troubles), were kindly answered, that their Citizens, with all others of any 
The Venetians gentle answer to those of Aus bourg.  other Cities of Germany, which came to Venice, should be very welcome and used as their own Citizens, as they had been in former times. Now Whilst either party was busied in making preparations for war, and that already great numbers of soldiers raised in Italy were ready to march, a rumour was spread abroad how that both sides were at peace and become friends, the Capitulations whereof being unknown, and no Posts being sent abroad into all places to publish it, did sufficiently manifest that it was nothing so, yet nevertheless these sudden news did amaze the Venetians, considering that such great numbers of soldiers which at that time filled all Italy, were sufficient to affright other men's states which were unfurnished of force, whenso ever they should be desirous to turn their Arms upon any other enterprise. The Pope having intelligence of 
The Venetians are in some doubt seeing so many soldiers in Italy.  the Venetians doubt, and fearing least the Senate would determine, for their safety, to league themselves with some other, with a resolution clean contrary to his designs, did enter into a long discourse with the Ambassador for the Signory, telling him how that for the Common good ●…hee had evermore been careful of the peace and quiet of Italy, with a particular desire to advance whatsoever did belong to the safety and greatness of the Venetian Commonwealth: wherefore he willed him to assure the Senate of his good meaning, that they might continue their sound intelligence with him, seeing that thereby they should preserve one another's states in safety, yea and all Italy beside; that he was 
The Pope's discourse to drive the Venetians from their suspicion.  desirous at that time to revive that discourse when he was armed and out of danger to be outraged, to let them know that it was not fear, but a true and zealous love that moved him so to discourse with him, and to open unto him the secret of his thoughts.  
The treaties of peace being broken, and the Armies on both sides in the field, the Protestants seeking to do that of themselves, which they could not obtain of others, namely to stop the Italians passage which were coming against them went to seize upon the Castle of Chiusa, a place in the County of tirol, seated among the mountains, by which they supposed that the enemies would pass; 
The Protestants take Chiusa.  but the Pope and Emperors Armies, keeping the way that leadeth nearer to Ispruch, entered the Duchy of Bavaria and from thence went to Ratisbon, where the Emperor with his other forces expected them.  
The two armies as well that of the Emperor, as the enemies, continued a long time idle, each of them watching for some advantage, notwithstanding that they were oftentimes so near together, as sundry great skirmishes were many times 
The occasions of the enemy's loss.  made in one an others view, without coming to battle, which the Emperor, being well advised, did as much as in him lay seek to avoid, the better to draw the business out in length, and to defeat the enemies, (who were many heads of several minds, by temporising, the which he did.  
For the soldiers and the towns beginning to lose their former great opinion of being soon able to vanquish and defeat the Emperor, and to feel the discomodities of tedious contributions towards the wars, King Ferdinand having on the other side entered Duke john frederick's State with a mighty army, accompanied by Duke Maurice of Saxony his enemy, there arose such a confusion and amazement in the enemy's Camp as suffering divers Castles to be taken before their faces, and their Army dissolving of itself, the Emperor might in a short 
The Cardinal Farn●…se cometh to Venice  space contrary to his expectation give an end to that dangerous war. For having by these fortunate events, purchased great fame, and reputation, divers of those Protestant Princes and free towns returned to their obedience and begged pardon: so as in a few months space, he won a great part of the countries of those great Lords and mighty commonwealths, the which he had scarcely hoped to be able to have done in a long time and with great labour and travel.  
This War thus ended, winter being already come the Emperor dismissed the Pope's troops, which being disbanded returned back into Italy. The Cardinal Farnese, the Pope's nephew, who had been his Legate in that Army, returning towards Rome was desirous as he passed along to see the City of Venice, where having notice that they made preparations for his entertainment, he determined to go thither in private, where he was so well received and entertained of all men both in public and private, as he departed from thence well satisfied and contented. The Farneses' not long before at the Pope's request, had been received into the number of the Venetian Gentlemen, in all places so highly reckoned of, both for the ancient government of the Commonwealth, and for the name of liberty which they have ever inviolably maintained together with the dignity and command of great dominions: And because occasion is now offered by the way to speak somewhat of this nobility, we will briefly make some mention thereof. 
Who be Venetian Gentlemen with their Pre●…ogatiues.   
The Venetians do call those Gentlemen that have a share in the government of the Commonwealth, that is to say, those that have authority to elect the public magistrates, and may themselves likewise be elected: this authority is given them from their birth, so as who-so-ever is borne of noble parents, is noble and may at a certain time and manner limited by the laws, enter into the great council, where the ordinary election of Magistrates is made. Into this rank are received, either those who having been the chief inhabitants of the City, and most famous for virtue and wealth, have from the beginning had the managing of public affairs: or also those who for some notable and worthy act, done in serof the Commonwealth, are at sundry times, and for sundry accidents, admitted thereunto: who for the most part have been of the chief and noblest families, of some other place: or some others unto whom by special grace and favour, this title of Nobility hath been given: Wherein nevertheless they have carried themselves very moderately, it being granted but to Lords of great Estate, and in this manner were the families of Este and Gonzaga, with some others of the chief of Italy, admitted thereunto; namely, Henry King of France and Poland, being at Venice, in the year 1574. and among other honours receiving the title of a Venetian Gentleman, did seem to be highly pleased, and satisfied with that gift. Besides, all those that descend from them, who have been once received into this degree, have the same pre-eminence, and to the end it may continually be the better maintained in it perfection, they do curiously search out the pedigrees of those who are to enter into the great council, not only the nobility of the father, but likewise whether they be borne of lawful matrimony, and of no common woman, but of some honourable degree and condition, whereof a register is kept by one of the chief magistrates, termed the Auogario of the Commonwealth. But to return to our history, the Emperor Charles was in all places highly praised, and commended for his fortunate success, and for breaking the enemy's army: Duke Frederick and the Landgrave, were yet unvanquished, who despairing, as authors of all those troubles, of obtaining the Emperor's favour, did still continue in their rebellion: and yet for all that men might perceive that they 
The Pope's complaints against the Emperor.  could not long resist the forces or so great and victorious a Prince. The Pope calling to mind by himself, whatsoever was past, perceived how much more profitable it had been for him to have followed the Venetians council; whose wisdom he highly praised, for he saw no prosperous success of any thing that he had taken in hand; The council lay open as before, the Emperor doing it to content the people of Germany, although by reason of the war certain Prelates were gone home again: That Pietro Lodovico was in no great safety, in regard the war was so son ended, the which he thought would have continued longer, with divers other matters which discontented him, and gave him cause to complain. The Emperor on the other side made his complaints, saying that he had broken promise with him, because the war being not yet ended, which he had begun thorough 
The Emperor's complaints against the Pope.  his persuasion, he had countermanded his troops, leaving him still entangled in Germany, betwixt two mighty enemies, the Duke of Saxony, and the Landgrave of Hesse; the which he much amplified, to draw the Pope to a new contribution of money, or that he might have leave to make use of the wealth of the Churches of Spain, which he had often craved, or else to make his victories seem greater by exalting the enemy's forces; so, as they made him more proud, and increased in him his desire to rule, especially after that he had in battle vanquished and taken john Frederick Duke of Saxony prisoner, and enforced the Landgrave to crave his pardon: whereupon entering intriumphant manner into the City of Ausbourge, he there held a Diet, where he obtained whatsoever he demanded for his own profit and commodity. Yet nevertheless, in the midst of all these prosperities his mind still ran upon the affairs of Italy, how he might keep to himself the State of Milan, whither he sent great store of ordnance, which he had taken 
The Emperor returneth so Milan.  from divers Lords of Germany, with great numbers of Spanish foot, as those in whom he reposed most trust, and himself going thither afterwards, caused the oath of allegiance to be made unto himself, and to him whom he should appoint for their Prince, (meaning his Son Philip) who for that purpose was shortly to pass into Italy: yet nevertheless he procured an agreement with the Swisses, whereby they were bound to maintain and defend the State of Milan. He had moreover placed four hundred Spaniards in Sienna, for the guard of the City with an officer of his own, who in divers matters used great authority, and went 
The Sienois rise against the Spaniards.  about to build a Castle there, that he might afterwards make himself absolute master thereof, under colour of the commotions of the people and nobility, who being not able in the end to endure to see themselves brought into bondage, 
The Emperor's designs in Italy.  had driven the Spaniards forth of the city, and committed divers other outrages against the Imperial Majesty; he did likewise use means to seize on the town of Piombino, to take it from the true Lord upon sundry pretences, 
The death of Petro Lodovico the Pope's Son.  promising to recompense him with some other place, hoping to make use of the commodiousness of that place, being seated on the sea of Tuscany, and fit for his other designs: But his seizing on the City of Placentia, together with the death of Petro Lodovico, did more than all the rest amaze every man, and especially the 
The death of Francis the first French King & Henry the eight King of England.  Pope: & for the full accomplishment of the Emperor's happiness, there died at the same time, not long one after another, the two greatest and mightiest Kings of Christendom, Francis the first of that name French King, and Henry the eight King of England; so, that all things seemed to favour him, and to fall out according to his desire, seeing that those two great and mighty Princes, being taken away, who were his enemies, and envious of his greatness, he remained alone of himself in a manner judge and Umpire of all matters, with a sovereign authority.  
Henry Dauphin of France succeeded King Francis his Father, not only in the crown, but in the self same affections and desires, in no sort to give way to the 
Henry the Second French King.  Emperor's fortune. The Senate were greatly grieved with King Francis death, whereupon they chose two Ambassadors, namely Vittore Grimani and Mateo Dandulo, who were in all haste to go into France to the new King, and according to the custom to bewail with him his father's death, and next to congratulate his coming to the crown, and to assure him that the Venetian 
The Senate sendeth Ambassadors to the new Fench King.  Republic was disposed and resolved to continue peace, and friendship with him, as it had done with his Father the late King. As for Henry King of England, Italy was not so much grieved for him, that Kingdom being farther off: the Venetians alone bewailed him, by reason of their ordinary commerce, and traffic into that realm, for which, they kept an ordinary Ambassador in England. Edward the sixth of that name succeeded his Father Henry, who was young and governed by the 
And to Edward the sixth, King of England.  chief Lords of the Kingdom, unto whom the Senate send Dominico Bollano for their Ambassador, who found them very willing to continue friendship and usual traffic with the Venetians, promising to give kind usage to as many of their nation as should come into those parts.  
The French King was desirous at the same time to make war upon the English for divers respects, but especially for the town of Boloign. Those which feared the Emperors to much greatness, were sorry that the French King should busy himself in that war, which made him to forget the affairs of Italy, and to suffer the Emperor freely to pursue his own designs, but the Pope was more discontented than any other, as he that for his own particular interests, and not for the common good, did determine by the arms of the French to abate the Emperor's greatness: therefore he resolved to send the Cardinal of Saint 
The Cardinal Saint George is sent Legate into France.  George into France, under colour (as it was given forth,) to cause the French Prelates to come to the council published at Bolognia: But in effect it was for other ends, namely to incite the French King to turn his designs against the Emperor, and to stop his pregressions, offering him for that purpose all aid and friendship.  
King Henry did willingly hearken to this motion, as one desirous to execute some great enterprise, and who would not omit any occasion whereby he might hope to purchase glory by some generous action: wherein the Pope, by means of his forces, was thought to be a very fit Instrument for the affairs of Italy, as well in regard of the commodiousness of his State, as most of all for his authority. 
Pet●…o Stross●… sent sor into France to trouble the peace of Italy.  whereupon the King being easily persuaded to hearken to this proposition resolved to strengthen his intelligences in Italy, and to purchase friends there, and among other, he sent for Perro Strossi into France, whom he forth with honoured with the order of S. Michael, which at that time was a great honour, and given to none but noble persons, or to such as had well deserved of the Crown of France: this man was highly esteemed for his excellent wit, and also for that he was an enemy to peace, and greatly followed by the bandettis of Florence and others, which was a ready means to trouble the affairs of Italy. The King did likewise favour therevolt of the Sienois promising to aid them in the defence of their 
Horratin Farn se marrieth King Henry's daughter.  liberties. But together with the Pope (for the union betwixt them was already confirmed, Horatio Farnese son to Pedro Lodovico having married King Henry's daughter) he was likewise desirous to draw the Venetians to that league and Union, because he would attempt nothing against the Emperor in Italy, but that which he was sure would take effect.  
The King to this end sent his Ambassador to Venice, so did the Pope his Nuncio, who supposed to find the Venetians more ready to condescend to their demands, than they had been in times past, in regard of the Emperors dealings, and especially for the Villainy committed upon the person of Petro Lodovico who had been murdered by certain Place nti●…e Gentlemen, by the consent (as it was reported) of D. Ferrant of Gonzaga, Lieutenant to the Emperor in Italy, who presently after had seized upon the City of Placentia, leaving great numbers of Spaniards in Garrison there in the Emperor's name who by that means 
Gonzaga ●…xeu seth●…im concerning the death of Petro Lodovico.  went about to take away an other man's rights not by open force but by deceit.  
Gonzaga knowing that the Venetians would suspect and think strangely of that deed, did speedily send Giovan Baptista Schizze, a Senator of Milan to Venice, toacquaint the Senate with what had been done, and by qualifying the matter to assure them that he was not guilty thereof; but that he could do no less, being sent for and sought unto by the Duke's murthererers who presently came to him to Milan, to have him go and receive that City in the Emperor's name the which he did, but till such time as he might receive news what the Emperor's pleasure was therein: but his deeds were contrary to his worps; for so soon as he entered the City, he caused the building of the Castle, which the Duke had already begun, to be set forward, and caused the nobility and people to take the oath of aleadgeance to the Emperor, and made speedy preparations to go and besiege Parma, notwithstanding that Octavio Farnese complained in vain that so great an injury was done unto him he being the Emperor's son in law.  
This stir being in very deed of great importance had caused the Venetians to make provisions for the defence of their towns: therefore they made Stephano Tepulo Providator General on the firm land, to the end that in that office he should provide for all their soldiers, visit the Forts belonging to the State, and take speedy order for what soever should be needful: They did beside, call home the Duke of Urbin General of their Army, who was then at Rome, about his marriage, not long before concluded with Virginia, daughter to Duke Pietro Lodovico, Farnese They wrote afterwards to Antonio de Castello, who served them as master of their Artillery, and a man of great credit, that he should make haste to the City of Bressia, to augment the ordinary Garrison that lay there; the Providator General did the like at Verona and in all other towns of importance, the 
The Pope an●… French King do solicit●… the Venetians against the Em peror.  Venetians supposing that all places were full of deceit and treachery. Things standing at this stay, the Pope and the French King did daily more earnestly solicit the Venetians, openly to declare themselves without any more delay, and not to defer the remedying of the present mischief till it were too late. The Senate for all that did not make haste to take arms against a most mighty Prince their neighbour, who at the same time exalted to the very height of his prosperous greatness, because that the commonwealth was not so weak and low brought, as whosoever those should be that were desirous to assail it, might think their enterprise easy; nor yet so mighty as it was able to keep others in awe, and thereby gave them cause to go about to abate their greatness: so as the condition thereof was far different from that of others, because it might without any fear of being assailed by the Emperor, expect that which time, and the alteration of affairs might procure it; which might (as it often happeneth) open a way to some better and safer course. Whereupon, after that the matter had been 
The Senate's a●…swer to the Po●…e and French King.  well debated in open Council, the Pope and French Kings demands were answered after one manner, and yet apart, how that the Senate did infinitely praise their care of the common safety, together with the provisions which they had made, for the mainetainance and defence of that which did belong unto them: that they would follow and imitate that Council, and have a watchful eye on the defence of their State, supposing that remedy alone to be sufficient for that time, to free them from all fear and dangers: and therefore, they did not think it necessary to enter into a more strict and particular union, whereby they might stir up and provoke those that were desirous to trouble their peace.  
Although this answer did not greatly please the Pope and King, they did nevertheless dissemble it, because they would not altogether estrange them from their friendship, and lose their hope of seeing them one day (having changed their minds) to be joined with them. Whereupon, commending the grave and mature Council of that Senate, they said, that when they should have a further insight into the Emperor's intention, which could not be long concealed, together with the suspicion which all men had conceived of his ambition, they would then on a sudden resolve with true and firm foundations to assure that which concerned themselves and the whole State of Italy. Now notwithstanding this 
Sundry practices in Italy.  resolution of the Venetians, & that their hope of their good success in their own enterprises was for the most part lost, the desire nevertheless of taking arms against the Emperor was not diminished, neither in the Pope nor French King: and being not able in the mean time, by reason of sundry difficulties, to come to open force, yet divers secret practices were broached betwixt the French and the Farneses' in sundry Cities of Italy, & chiefly at Genoa, Sienna & Milan, Cities infected with the humours of divers factions. The year following 1548. was in a manner spent in such like businesses & secret practises, & conspiracies of 
An. 1548.  Princes against one ano●…hers States & yet without any effect of importance. For although the French King was desirous to trouble Italy, that he might altogether keep the Emperor busied there, and yet nevertheless, he thought it a weak and feeble thing to build his hopes upon the Pope's friendship, who was very old and poor, & one already in the grave & perhaps not very firm & constant to maintain war, if the Emperor should propound unto him (as it was likely he would by reason of his alliance with Octavio Farnese) some means of agreement: he did likewise perceive, that the Venetians being not well resolved to take arms, were still desirous to remain neuters, & were so strongly united with the Emperor since certain years, as he thought it an impossibility to be able to disjoin them, beside, he was desirous to pursue the war with the English, hoping by reason of the contention 
The French Kings doubts and designs  in England betwixt the Governors of the young King, not only to keep Scotland, which he hoped one day would fall to his eldest son, by the marriage of the Infanta of that kingdom, but likewise to win & recover the town of Bouloigne, by means whereof, although he continued his sundry practises, not only with the Pope, concerning Parma, but likewise at Genoa & Sienna, for the alteration of the government of those towns, depending on the Emperor's authority, yet nevertheless he made no preparation to put his desiegnes in execution, nor declared himself openly the Emperor's enemy.  
The Pope on the other side being extremely desirous to revenge the wrongs which the Emperor had done him, and to restore the City of Placentia to his house, did greatly doubt, whither it were best for him to proceed therein by arms, or by way of agreement: sometimes he hoped that the Emperor as Lord of so 
The Pope is greatly ●…erpiexed.  many great States, although he did for a time show himself stern and severe, would not in the end deprive Octavio his son in law with his children descended from that marriage, of that State, and reduce them to a private fortune and condition, for which he had more than once sent express messengers unto him, to entreat him to deliver the City of Placentia to Octavio, and to for bear to molest him any more about the possession of the City of Parma: but at the same time that he sent these Ambassadors, he dealt with the Fre●…ch King, to take Duke Octauto, with the City of Parma, into his protection against the Imperial forces.  
The Pope in this sort being tossed up and down, resolved, (for the satisfying of the Emperor and the Almains, with whom he was at odds in regard of the Council which he would have had to be kept at Bolognia, and others at Trent) to send the Bishop of Fane his Nuncio to the Emperor, and the Bishop of Verona at the same time for his Legate into Germany, with power and authority to grant the 
The Pope to 〈◊〉 the Atmains sendeth a Legate into Germany.  Almains sundry things which they craved for some alteration of the ordinary customs in the Roman Church, the which the Emperor had justly looked into, the better to bridle that nation, after that he had granted them the Interim: and in the mean time, for an answer to the Pope, he fed him and the Duke Octavio likewise, with sundry hopes, without any certain resolution; propounding sundry kinds of agreement unto them, some times that he would recompense him with some other State in an other place: then he said that he would first see who had most right to that State, either the Church, or the Empire: at other times likewise, seeming to be discontented, instead of surrendering Placentia, he demanded to have Parma delivered to him: in a word▪ those which best knew his inward meaning, did suppose that he went about by those incerteinties to entangle the Pope in perpetual doubts, having already determined with himself by no means to quit the City of Placentia, as being very commodious for the State of Milan, but sought to prolong and give time, and to keep himself from being enforced to take arms, waiting for the Pope's sudden death, that he might in the mean time be able to execute his other great designs. Now whilst the Christian Princes, enemies to peace, did in this manner vex themselves with sundry thoughts, their Estates were by mere chance, and unknown to themselves, freed from the assaults of the Turkish arms, because Soliman was desirous to lead his 
Soliman's Army against the Persians.  Army appointed for Hungary against Persia, being thereunto provoked by a desire of glory which he hoped to purchase by the defeat of Tamas forces. This caused him more willingly to grant the truce for which Ferdinand had sent an ambassage to him to Constantinople, which was confirmed for five years, on condition that Ferdinand should pay him a yearly tribute of thirty thousand Ducats, for the lands which he possessed in Hungary. The Venetians in this agreement 
Soliman maketh truce with Christian Princes.  were on both sides mentioned, which procured them much safety and reputation, especially by that wherein it was expressly said, that none of those that were mentioned, should during the time of the truce, trouble the peace and quiet one of another. There happened certainly at the same, a matter worthy of note, which was, that our Princes distrusting one another, did of themselves, by diminishing their own reputation, increase the authority and pride of the common enemy. For the Emperor craved that the French King might be mentioned in that agreement, 
Strife betwixt the Emperor & French king  and enjoined to perform that which the late King Francis his father had promised him, and on the other side, the King did earnestly labour to have it expressed in that treaty, that the Emperor, during the time of the truce, should not make war upon any Christian Prince, & the matter went on so far, that although the treaty was in a manner concluded: King Henry did with speed send the Lord of Cottignac his Ambassador to Constantinople to cross the accord, saying, that the Emperor had not consented to the truce for any other end, but that he might with more ease make war upon him, whereby Soliman was to be advised and not suffer the Emperor's power so much to increase, who would never have entertained the truce, had he not thought to profit himself thereby. The Lord of Cottignac used the same speech at Venice as he passed along, exhorting the Senate to use means that this treaty, without that clause, might be of none effect, 
Soliman sendeth Imperio●…s letters to the Emperor.  which the Venetians making small account of, he went forward to Constantinople, where finding the truce to be concluded and finished, he did nevertheless obtain letters from Soliman to the Emperor, and to Ferdinand, written very imperiously, but with a style fit for a great and just Prince; how that he had willingly granted the truce, with an intent that there should be a sur●…ease of arms on all sides, betwixt those who were friends to either party, and therefore if any of the Princes, mentioned in the accord, should go about to molest one another by arms, he would give aid and succour to the party offended, against the disturber of the peace.  
The French King in this business had diverse suspicions of the Venetians, who being desirous speedily to conclude that accord, wherein they were to be mentioned, had without caring for the King their friend's interest, too much favoured the Emperor and Ferdinand's party: and on the other side, the Emperor complained of them, saying, That they had first given that council to the French King, and afterwards favoured it at Constantinople, to the end he might be more strictly enjoined to be at peace with the French King, by reason that they were desirous to take away all occasion of war in Italy, which was so highly displeasing unto them. At the same time, the discontents betwixt the Pope and the Emperor were much increased, and men did already perceive great signs of war betwixt them two, by reason that the Emperor continued in his resolution, that the Council should be speedily held (according as it had been published) in the City of Trent, as well to satisfy the Almains who desired it, as because he supposed that his reputation would be impaired, if the Council already published at Trent by his authority, should contrary to his pleasure be held elsewhere: & on the other side, the Pope no less constant in his opinion, would have it to be kept at Bolognia, whether diverse Bishops and Prelates by his commandment were already come, but although the Pope had commanded the Imperials to depart from Trent and to come to Bolognia, saying, That the Emperor without all doubt, was Protector of the Council, but that he had no authority to convoke it, did nevertheless, tarry still at Trent, obeying the Emperor's authority and command, 
Contention concerning the place where the Council should be held.  who on the contrary sent to the Prelates that were at Bolognia, and to the Pope's self, making great protestations: and to have more appearance on his side, he caused the Cardinal of Trent, of the family of Madrucis, a Prince of the Empire, to go to Rome, where he protested that he would not allow any other council, then that which had been published to be held in the city of Trent, and if they should go about to cross that, and thereby be cause of infinite other miseries, he did request to be acquitted of it before God and men. These things being very grievous to the Pope, and happening presently upon the neck of the bad success of Parma, did greatly trouble him: yet nevertheless his hope of agreement with the Emperor did make him proceed more slowly therein. But during these delays and prolongations, Octavio being impatient of staying any longer for the event of the business, concerning the recovery of Parma, after that he had attempted in vain to reduce it under his obedience, his entry into the 〈◊〉 having been denied by Camillo Vrsino, who commanded the city, did on a sudden determine by a precipate council, to throw himself into the arms of the same Spaniards of whom he had received so many wrongs, that he might be able (as the Emperors Ambassodor at Rome had craftily persuaded him) by means of their Arms to get that City: at which strange action the Pope greatly wondering, and by reason of the grief thereof, together with his weakness and great age keeping his bed, he being four score and four years old, did within a few days after depar●… out of this mortal life, after he had with great commendations governed the sea Apostolic fifteen years, having ever showed himself a good and discreet Prince, and a lover of good and virtuous people, and above all other things, he had for a 
The death of Pope Paul the third.  time remained neuter betwixt those Princes being very desirous of peace and quiet. The Pope's death did put the Italian Princes in great fear, that it would be cause of the disquiet of Italy, seeing that the French and the Imperials did in diverse places levy forces, meaning (as it was thought) to recover the City of Parma, which Camillo Vrsino did still possess, but with a very weak garrison and 
Parma is kept by Camill●… Vrsino.  small provision, for the maintenance of the war, who would not obey the letters and commandments of the college of Cardinals, who had willed him to consign that City into the hands of Octavio Farnese, who promised to keep it for the future Pope. This fear of troubles increased by reason of the long time that the Cardinals spent in the creation of a new Pope, for the two factions of Cardinals French and Imperials, did obstinately strive one with another.  
The Venetian Senate in these long disputations, according to the custom of their ancestors would not meddle therein, but aiming only at the common good, did write to the college of Cardinals, exhorting them to choose a Pope that might be for the wealth and commodity of Christendom. The Venetians as well advised, have never sought to have Cardinals partial on their sides, nor have meddled in the creation of Popes, although they had as much interest therei●… as any other Prince, for they being in the number of the chiefest Potentates of Italy, there is no doubt but if they were desirous to have a hand in it, that their faction would be one of the strongest: but they considered the great mischiefs which the Commonwealth might receive by such f●…iendship and intelligence with particular persons in the Court of Rome, and how that this word faction hatched at Rome about Ecclesiastical dignities, might afterwards slip among them and infect the Commonwealth: and this is the reason why they have abstained from it. Now after a long strife, Giovan Maria Cardinal of Monte, was 
The Cordin●…ll de Monte is chosen Pope, and called by the name of julius the third.  for his sanctity created Pope, who was borne at Mont S. Seve in●… in Tuscany, a man who obtaining the dignity of Cardinal, not by favour of Nobility, or help of kindred, was reputed to be very virtuous, and especially to be a man neuter: the Venetians being very joyful for this election, were persuaded, that he depending no more on the Emperor then on the French King, they might procure him to hold them both for friends, and mediate likewise betwixt them, and especially in Italy, a firm peace. Whereupon the Senate did speedily write to Matteo Dandulo their Ambassador at Rome, to congratulate Pope Iul●…us (for so the new Pope would be termed, who was the third of that name) with great demonstration of friendship and entire affection: then within a while after, determining to send a solemn embassage to him, to present their usual and due obedience, four of the chief Senators were chosen, namely Philippo Tron, Francisco Contaren, Marc-Antonio Venieri, and Nicolao de Ponte. But the effects did in no sort answer the hope 
The Senat●… 〈◊〉 Ambassador●… 〈◊〉 the Pope.  which men had conceived of this new Pope, and especially in that all men did expect & desire, namely, that he would appease the troubles, & provide for the quiet of Christendom, and for the safety of Italy. For addicting himself to buildings and other vain matters, he seemed to contemn serious things, and such as beseemed the rank & grave which he held, and the miserable condition of those times, in which Christendom was in diverse places much afflicted. For notwithstanding that peace ensued betwixt France and England; all men did nevertheless, perceive that the same peace was the beginning of a far greater war. For 〈◊〉 the French King being greedy of Fame, and finding himself freed from the war with the English, having recovered the town of Boulogne, could not long live in quiet: for Horatio Farnese coming into France to entreat his Majesty 
Horatio Farn●…se putteth himself and family into the French K●…ngs protection.  to take his house, himself, and brother into his protection, and to defend and keep the City of Parma, things which had been already motioned by others, he was very kindly welcomed, and the King did embrace his protection upon certain conditions, being desirous to disturb the peace of Italy, whereby he might afterwards have a more open occasion to take arms against the Emperor, hoping moreover (although the matter fell out very diversly) that it would open him away, either to unite himself more strictly with the Pope, or at least to disjoin him from the Emperor, by taking upon him to defend a vassal of the Church, whom the Emperor went about to oppress and ruin, the Pope's entreaties being of no force to make him desist from his enterprise; by means whereof, fire was already much kindled in the heart of Italy.  
King Ferdinand on the other side, hoping under colour of some contention betwixt the Barons of the Realm of Hungary, and certain rebellion happened in Transiluania, to be able to impatronize that Province, departed from August●… (upon sundry promises of aid which the Emperor had made to him, the better to induce him to quit the succession of the Empire to his son Philip) and went into Austria, where he had already assembled a Diet to levy men and money for such an enterprise: it was beside reported, that Soliman at his return from Persia to Constantinople, could not endure, that the young King of Hungary, who was under his protection, should be so despoiled of part of his dominions: as also 
Presages of great wars.  for that he accounted the five years truce to have been broken by Doria, who ●…ad taken certain places fro●… him in Africa, held by Dragut, which he had manned with Spanish Garrisons: ●…o, that all these things being exactly considered, were presages of great wars.  
These accidents did greatly displease the Venetians, and by so much the more, as they were in hope to prolong the truce for a longer time, Soliman being come to Constantinople, being willing to show how desirous he was to continue friend to the Venetians, sent a Chiaus to Venice, to acquaint them with his return 
The Turk sendeth an Ambassador to Venice.  from Persia, & with his happy success, ex●…olling (according to the manner of that nation) all his exploits done there, saying, That in regard he found the Persians stronger than he expected, his attempts had not succeeded to his desire. The Senate, being desirous still to entertain Soliman's friendship, resolved to do the like by him, and to send an Ambassador to his Port; whereupon Catherine Zene was appointed to that end, who although he was four score and four years of 
Catherine Zene 〈◊〉 sent Am●…assador to the Turk.  age, did not refuse to undertake so long and tedious a journey for the service of his coun●…rey: His embassage was to great purpose, for by his wisdom he caused to be trodden under foot the complaints which the Turks made for the death of Saba R●…is, so often reiterated, whereupon, Soliman promised that it should never more be remembered.  
In this manner was the year 1550. spent, famous of itself over all Christendom, 
An. 1550.  it being the year of jubilee, but it was more noted by the publication of the Council of Trent, whither speedily from all places diverse Prelates began to come: then there happened a great dearth of corn, which was in a manner general, 
A 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  but greater in Italy then in other places: whereby it behoved Princes to open their treasures for the relief of their poor subjects, and in particular the Signiory of Venice, who providing with singular bounty and affection for the necessity of the people of the City, and other their subjects, gave great gifts to such as brought come to Venice, to provoke those of foreign countries to 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉, which was afterwards distributed among other Towns of their obedience.  
The year following 1551. did open great wars over all Italy, whereof the 
An. 1551.  Pope by his 〈◊〉, rather than of malice, was the chief Author, who by little and little falling from his first resolution, did publish monitories against Octanio Farnese, (of whom not long before himself had taken upon him the defence and tuition) accusing and cursing the French Kings protection of the city of Parma, although that (according to the common report) when he was made 
The Pope not▪ thinking there on, causeth great wars in Italy.  acquainted therewith, he seemed to allow it, or at least in no sort to contradict it. He did not consider how that by his ordinary reviling of the French and the Farneses', he did enforce them to league themselves more strictly together, and to augment their forces, which he having no means to resist, in that he had not provided in time, was enforced to have recourse to the Emperor, who for the very self same matter of Parma was displeased with him.  
He was by little and little fallen into these inconveniences, by the craft of the the Imperials, (unknown to him,) his own servants, in regard of their particular profit, not caring to let him know the truth, giving credit to the dissimulation of other men, and entertaining him in the mean time with vain suspicions: whereby, without knowing it, he had in a manner given over his neutrality, and had given occasion of disturbing that peace, for which he had so much sought to purchase fame and glory. The Venetians had often dealt with his Holiness for the appeasi●…g of these troubles, foreseeing the long and dangerous war that might proceed from them, happening then in a bad time for Italy, in regard of Soliman's great preparations to invade Christendom by sea and land: and by putting him in mind, that it was his duty, as the common father, to mediate peace betwixt Princes, and in no sort to show himself partial, but neuter, as he had determined at the beginning, they caused him to consent to procure some accord: Whereupon within a while after, he sent the Cardinal of Medicis to Parma, who was brother to the Marquis of Marignan, and kinsman to the Duke of Parma, offering 
Proposition of an agreement about Parma.  to give him the Duchy of Camerin and Nepi in recompense of Parma, the which should remain to the Church, whereof he forthwith advertised the Emperor, assuring him that the Venetians council had made him to resolve thereon: the Pope supposing that the Emperor would easily condescend to that agreement, as well because it was reasonable, as for fear likewise, that by refusing it, he should league himself against him, and augment the French faction in Italy, which would be dangerous for the kingdom of Naples, in regard of the great troubles raised there at the same time.  
It was thought that the Emperor was willing of himself to have granted it, 
Who hindered the Emperor from allowing of that agreement.  but that he was altered by his servants and officers, and especially by Don Diego de Mendoza his Ambassador at Rome, and by Don Ferrant de Gonzaga Governor of the State of Milan, showing therein (as it was openly spoken) their particular hatred to the Ferneses'. But the Pope perceiving that it did not please the Emperor, and not daring for fear of his forces to displease him, fell to his former resolution, to pursue the Farneses' by Arms, who being already strictly allied to the French King, would no more accept of that offer. War then being kindled in Italy, the French King having sent aid to the Farneses', and the Emperor to the Pope, it increased in such sort, as the Pope entering into some distrust of the Emperor's designs and actions, detesting openly his officers manner of proceedings, repent for what he had done, and sought occasions to withdraw himself from him: Whereupon he determined to send his nephew Ascanio de la Cornia to the French King, to persuade him to lay down Arms, and to consent to some agreement, by putting him in mind of the difficulty of his enterprise, defending a City so far off from his kingdom: not long after, he sent 
The Pope seeketh means of agreement with the 〈◊〉 King.  Achilles de Grassis to Venice, whose coming, although it seemed to be only for the justifying of his actions, and in counter change of so many good offices which the Venetians had done to him, was nevertheless to entreat them to be a means to draw the French King and the Duke to some agreement; which the Senate did not greatly deny, so as they might see any hope of being able thereby to advance the common good. Now Ascanio being returned from France, reported that the King had used many goodly speeches, and seemed willing of agreement, and had likewise caused Octavio to give consent that Parma should return to the Church, provided that the Emperor would do the like by the Castles and strong Towns which he held upon the Parmesan; and that he would not withdraw his forces from Parma, till such time as he were well assured, that it should never more return under the Emperor's power: Whereupon sundry difficulties arising, all men perceived that the proposition tended only to 
The war continueth in Italy.  draw the business out in length, and to weaken the affairs of war, rather than to any firm peace: so as at last, all their care on either side, was to strengthen themselves with soldiers and other necessary things for war.  
The King still sent troops into Italy under the command of the Duke of Nevers and other Captains, causing Pietro Strossi to make an other levy of soldiers in Mirandola. The Pope and the Emperor did the like, so as those two Armies, Ecclesiastical and Imperial, being joined together, amounted well near to fifteen thousand footmen, with great numbers of horse, of whom Don Ferrant 
Strossi his policy to victual Parma.  de Gonzaga was General: but Strossi his wit and diligence was to be admired, who on a sudden going forth of Mirandola, entered upon the Bolognois, scouring and wasting the Country with such terror, as the Pope beginning to stand in doubt not only of Bolognia, but likewise of Ravenna and other places in Romagna, was compelled to call his forces forth of the Parmesan, and to command them to go speedily to the Bolognois, to the rescue of their fellows, whereof Strossi taking advantage, did with great speed march towards the Parmesan, and entered with great numbers of footmen, and store of victuals into Parma; in regard whereof, the assailants being out of hope to take it of a long time, did perceive that the war would long continue.  
The Venetians in the mean time looking warily to all matters, and not willing by any means to depend on any but on themselves, determined to levy four thousand foot, and five hundred light horse, with whom having increased the garrisons of their frontier towns, and caused most of their best Captains to go thither, they were watchful for the guard of whatsoever did belong unto them. The Duke of Florence on the other side, being greatly obliged to the 
The Duke of Florence taketh the Emperor's party.  Emperor, did openly favour his party both with men and money, not with any intent to feed this fire, which he would willingly have seen quenched, but because he would not have him think sinisterly of him: for he likewise, with the other Princes of Italy, did not allow of the behaviour of the Emperor's officers, nor yet of his desiegnes, suspecting them very much, and especially in regard of a new Castle which he had lately built in Sienna, which was commonly termed, Il Ceppo délla Toscana.  
As for the Duke of Ferrara, although as a vassal to the Church, it behoved him to bear himself discreetly in that business, yet nevertheless following his own passion, he did secretly aid the French faction: Whereupon, the imperials, to keep all succours from the besieged on that side, did seize upon Brisselles, and on two other small Castles of the Dukes, seated on the frontier: Wherewith 
The Duke of Ferrara craveth àduice of the Venetians how to behave himself in those troubles in Italy.  the Duke being greatly moved, sent jeronimo Serafino his Ambassador to Venice, to crave (as he said) the Senate's advise, after what manner he should behave himself in so miserable a time, resolving to follow their council, and especially in their neutrality: but finding himself too weak of himself to do it, he feared, unless he were relieved, to be enforced, for the conservation of his own State, to join himself with some one or other, and to deal otherwise then he desired.  
This demand was thought to be very suspicious and full of cunning, they supposing that the French went about by this means to sound their meaning, the better to draw them to some confederacy, or at least to discover somewhat of their interior purposes: whereupon the Senate was of opinion to answer him in general terms. Now it had above all things desired the peace of Italy, and that to those ends it had used all possible means with the Pope, and others besides, according as it had seen occasion: but 〈◊〉 nothing prevailed therein, they were at least resolved to keep themselves in peace and in their ancient neutrality, and the better and more honourably to do it, and with greater assurance, other men being armed, they thought it ●…it to arm; and by providing for that which 
A discre●…t answer of the Venetians to the Duke of Ferrar●….  concerned them, had together taken care for the preservation of the Duke's state, in regard of the particular affection they did bear him, and for their own interest likewise, being in manner inseparable with his by reason of the near neighbourhood of their States. This answer not satisfyieng the French, they resolved to discover themselves more plainly to the Senate, seeing that all men knew that they did mean to en terprize some matter of consequence upon Italy, for which Lodovico Alemani being sent to Genoa, had under sundry pretences attempted to raise his faction there, and craved in the King's name, that it might please the Genovois to lend him their haven, for his fleet to lie in safety, where he might land those troops which he intended to send into Italy. Now the Cardinal Tournon being at the same time at Venice, whither he came from Rome, upon the Pope's commandment that all the French Cardinals should leave the City, King Henry wrote unto him that he should in his name expose to the Prince and Senate in open Council, the State of the affairs of Italy, the occasion and intent, for which, and with which he had resolved to send his troops to the aid of Duke Octavio, and to defend his cause, That he thought he should perform: a 
Instructions sent by the French King to the Cardinal Tournon to be propounded to the Venetian Senate.  noble part, and worthy a great Prince, and which in particular aught to be pleasing to the Princes of Italy, to defend an Italian Prince, weak, and unjustly oppressed by the violence of other men, who had cast himself into his arms and protection: that he could hardly be persuaded that the Pope would hinder the defence and preservation of his own vassal with an other man's arms and aid, seeing he himself was able to give him small relief: and that being so defended he could least of all believe that the other Italian Princes would cross him in going about to moderate the Emperor's greatness, and curb his unmeasurable desires, aiming (as all men did plainly see) to rob weak Princes of their States, and to bring Italy into bondage: that the matter itself was able to give sufficient testimony that his designs tended to none other ends, seeing that he stood upon those terms, that without needing the City of Parma, possessing so many town●…s in Piedmont, the passages lay open to himt through which he might march against the State of Milan: but, because he then knew, that his actions were sinisterly interpreted, he was resolved to give over that enterprise: yet nevertheless he could not be persuaded but that the Venetian Senate, being so great and wise a Prince in Italy, on whose authority all others were at last to depend, would be moved with these troubles which drew after them sundry others of very great importance: that he did excuse that which the Pope had done as falling out by constraint, rather than of set purpose, being encompassed with fear in the midst of the Emperor's power and armed forces, as also in regard of the Council already published, with very dangerous designs, the Heretics of 
The Senate's answer to the Cardinal▪ Tourno●…  Germany being come to it: but when his Holiness should be assured that other men would aid him, it was not then to be doubted but that he would embrace some other resolution; seeing that to quit the Emperor's friendship in such a case might rightly be termed, a setting of himself at liberty. The Senate gave the King thanks and did highly commend his generous design of defending such as are destitute of help: yet they were in good hope that by an accord already treated of with the pope, who did not resist it those businesses might in some sort be composed. The King notwithstanding, continued the war although contrary to his desire he found none in all Italy Octa●…io ●…arnese excepted, whom he might be assured did favour him, but resolving to declare himself afterwards more openly against the Emperor, having sent other forces into Piedmont, he did vnlookt●… for cause diverse places to be assailed which were kept by the imperials, some of which he took, he did at the same time proclaim war by sea, commanding the Prior of Capua brother to Pietro 〈◊〉 Admiral of the French Galleys, that scouring the seas he should fight with the Emperor's vessels: whereby it happened within a while after, that Doria w●…th his Galleys conducting Maxmilian King of Boheme and his wife from Barcelona to Genoa, he hardly escaped the French fleet, yet nevertheless some of his vessels that lod'g behind were taken and brought to Marseilles. But the King's treaty with Duke Maurice of Saxony, Albert Marquis of Brandenbourg, and other Princes, and 
The German Princes treat with the French King against the Emperor.  free Cities of Germany, was of fa●…re greater importance, all these being marvelously distasted of the Emperor, though upon sundry occasions, some being not able to digest the wrong done to the Landgrave, whom the Emperor kept prisoner contrary to his promise, and others, being provoked against the Emperor, for matters of Religion.  
King Henry resolving upon this league, and having imparted it to Giovan Capello the Venetians Ambassador resident with his Majesty, he did assure him that he would in person go into Germany, earnestly entreating him to follow him thither, to the end, (as it was supposed) that he might have occasion to practise some confederacy with the Venetians, or at least to keep the Emperor in perpetual iealouzie and suspicion. The Senate, although it had determined not to enter into any farther alliance with the French, did think it against reason to deny the King that, as well to show their good meaning towards him, as in regard of the profit and commodity which the Republic might receive thereby, to the end that the Emperor, who by reason of Parma and Placentia, and other his actions, which all Italians did greatly suspect, might know, that a more strict alliance might be easily contracted betwixt the French and the Venetians, to the great danger and prejudice of his Estates in Italy. The Pope in the mean time being moved with these troubles, and considering that himself having been the motive thereof, by reason of Parma, all men did blame him for the war which 
The Pope by his Legate goeth about to att●…ne the Emperor and the French King.  he had raised in Christendom, and whose success being different, himself was to beat a part in it, determined to send two Cardinals to those Princes, as Legates from the sea Apostolic, to weet, Verale to the French King, and Carpi to the Emperor, to exhort them to lay by all hatred and malice, and all desire of making any more war one upon another: how that the taking of Tripoli, and diverse other great warlike preparations of the Turks for Christendom, aught to excite them to firm peace and friendship.  
But the flame was already grown so great, as all his exhortations could not quench it, although the French King for his part gave some hope thereof, and had within a while after sent the Cardinal Tournon to Rome, to prosecute the treaty of accord, and that the Venetian Senate was entreated to have an hand therein: yet, all men might perceive that he was more disposed to war then to peace, and that all his practices tended to draw the Pope to his party, and to make him a companion in the war which he intended against the Emperor, who on the other side, suspecting these treaties of peace, had reinforced his army that lay at the siege of Parma, thinking that it would greatly blemish his reputation, if during these practices, they should surprise and take him unprovided. The Pope on the other side, being in great doubt & fear for that he was disjoined from the Emperor, and uncertain of the friendship of the French, knew not what to resolve upon, yet nevertheless being moved by the Emperor's great power, and already tied unto him by a particular confederacy, thought it best to make show of that was not, and in no sort to seem to doubt of his friendship. He did afterwards create diverse Cardinals at his devotion all imperials, using in open Consistory very bitter speeches against against the French King, detesting sundry of his actions, and especially his alliance and friendship with the Turks, so as the King being out of hope to have him for his friend, dismissed his Legate from his Court, and called home the Lord of Terms his Ambassador at Rome, 
The King inci●…ed agai●…st the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 biddeth annates.  threatening both the Pope and the whole Roman Court; forbidding his subjects to send any more to Rome for Bulls concerning benefices, saying, That it was against reason to make war on his kingdom with his own money.  
At the same time a very great and mighty Turkish Fleet departed forth of the Haven of Constantinople, commanded by Sinan Bascha, and Rusten the visier Bascha with divers other Captains of authority and experience. Upon report 
A great Tur●…ish fleet at Sea.  thereof, the Senate did augment the number of their forces with seven and forty Galleys, as being uncertain what way the Turks would take, and Stefano Tepulo was for the second time chosen General. But the Turkish Fleet sailed peaceably through the Channel of Corfou, and held on it course towards Sicily, where the Bascha was desirous to know of the Viceroy, what account the Emperor 
The course held by the Turkish ●…leet at Sea.  made of restoring the towns which Doria had taken in Africa the year before, and being answered that he did mean to keep them, to take away those places of retreats from Pirates, who did ordinarily scour those seas, he landed great numbers of soldiers, who took and sacked the City of Augusta, carrying away with him from that Sea-coast great number of prisoners, whom they made slaves, from thence the Fleet sailed to Malta, which they having begun to batter, and finding the interprize to be very difficult, he did on a sudden reembarke his Soldiers and Artillery, and went to Goze, a small Island eight miles distant from Sicily, the which was likewise spoiled and wasted, and the Castle taken by force, although it was man'd with a strong Garrison: from thence sailing into Barbary, it stayed before Tripoli, which after some small battery was yielded by the Knights of Malta, that commanded there, who with some of the chief inhabitant of the town escaped into the French Galleys which followed the Turkish Fleet, great cruelty being used upon those that tarried behind, contrary to the promise made unto them.  
This is all which the Turks did at sea, but at land on the parts of Hungary and Transiluania, the Christians were strongest, for King Ferdinand by the help of Giovan Battista Gastalda, Sforza Palavicin, and other his Captains, made himself master of all Transiluania, and of the County and City of Temisuar: the which lands although they belonged to young King Stephen, and to the widow Queen his mother, were nevertheless under Soliman's protection, who 
The Turke●… make war in Hungary and Transiluania  first sent the Bas●…ha of Buda and after him the Beglerbey of Grecia, with great numbers of horse to drive Ferdinand's troops from thence, but all their attempts were for that time to no purpose. A certain Friar, called George, who served the young King, did by his authority and good council much further that enterprise, by whose advice, notwithstanding that the chief of the kingdom were of a contrary opinion, advising the Queen to tarry for the Turkish succours, which were expected, she all amazed resolved to quit Transiluania to King Ferdinand, and in recompense thereof, to take the Duchy of Opelia, he promising her to give his Daughter in marriage to the King her son, so soon 
F●…rdinand doth 〈◊〉 enjoy 〈◊〉.  as he should be of age: so that Ferdinand's soldiers having fortified themselves in Transiluania and Temisuar, could not be driven from thence by the Turkish succours that came thither afterwards, who being compelled by the extremity of winter, did wholly give over the enterprise, and returned with small credit and reputation.  
In regard of the self same commodity of winter, all exploits of war ceased in Italy, notwithstanding, that Parma and Miranda were still besieged without any further progression.  
The year following 1552. the Emperor Charles and Ferdinand his brother were threatened with great wars, whereby they were to defend their own States and dominions. All Germany in a manner was banded against Charles, the Almains having resolved in a Diet to drive him by force forth of all Germany, and to elect a new Emperor, because he (as they said) had done diverse things to the prejudice of the Empire, and against the liberty of Germany. King Ferdinand 
All Germany is band●…d aga●…nst the Emperor and his brother Fer●…inand.  was likewise greatly perplexed, by reason of the great warlike preparation which Soliman made to invade Hungary and Transiluania, the which he knew not how to resist, despairing of all aid from the Emperor his brother, as well for that he was busied elsewhere, as also in regard of the discontent betwixt them, because Ferdinand would not quit the succession of the Empire to Philip son to the Emperor, and his Nephew: therefore seeking by other means to provide for the safety of his own, he used means to appease Soliman, by offering to pay him an 
Ferdinand to free himself from war wi●…h the Turk offere●…h to pay him tribute.  other yearly tribute of thirty thousand Ducats for Transiluania, as he already did for those lands which he possessed in Hungary.  
In the mean time, the better to assure himself against the rebellions and commotions which were then made, & all intelligences which the Turks might have upon those newly conquered countries, he caused good guard to be kept, and that all such as went and came too and fro, should be narrowly observed: whereby he discovered that Friar George, who at his entreaty had been made Bishop of Varadine, and afterwards Cardinal, being spurred forward by new ambition, had secret intelligence with certain Baschus, and did favour the Turks party, aspiring to appropriate that Province to himself, under Soliman's protection: this 
Friar George the C●…rdinall is murdered.  being verified, he determined to put him to death, & having given charge thereof to Sforza Palavician be with one more entered on a day into the Cardinal's Chamber to entreat him to sign a passport, and whilst he was subscribing it, both of them fell upon him and slew him.  
The news thereof being brought to Rome, the Pope, and the whole College of Cardinals were greatly offended with it, whereupon King Ferdinand, with all those who had been consenting to his death, were excommunicated: but the King offering to justify himself, and to prove, that if he had not died all Christendom would have been in danger to have received great loss, he alone, at the Emperor's entreaty was absolved, and none of the rest.  
Now the report of Soliman's great warlike preparations at Constantinople, 
The Venetians preparations when they heard how the Turks armed.  which were making ready against the Spring tiime, did hold all men in doubt; because they did not certainly know for what place that Army was destined, nor what Soliman's desiegnes therein were. It more troubled the Venetians then any else, in regard of the great expenses and perplexities of mind which the coming forth of those fleets from Constantinople had procured them, causing them stillto be well provided: therefore they chose Stephano Tepulo for their Gerall the third time, they did reinforce their Garrisons in the Islands and other sea towns, they caused certain Galleys to be armed in Candy, and to have store of them they speedily commanded new to be built in the Arsenal. The Senate appointed twenty Captains for their Galleys, and the great Council as many Lieutenants, to the end all matters might be well ordered, and that their fleet, if need were, might be increased with the number of an hundred Galleys.  
The end of the fifth Book of the sixth Decade.   

The Contents of the sixth Book of the sixth Decad.  
THE French Kings great Army where he was in person to back the Protestants of Germany against the Emperor. The French take the City of Me●…z. The Protestants great forces. The French King over runneth the Country of Luxembourg. The Prince of Salerno cometh into France, to incite the King to the enterprise of Naples: The Emperor is enforced by the Protestants to retir●… and escape by flight. Peace betwixt the Emperor and the German Princes. The French King soliciteth the Venetians against the Emperor. The Almains do band themselves against the French King, for the cities of Metz, Thou, and Verdun. The Emperor besiegeth Metz. The Spaniards are driven from Sienna. The death of Edward the sixth King of England. The election of Pope Paul the fourth, of the family of Caraffa. Sienna is surrendered to the Emperor. The Pope declaring himself for the French King, is assailed by the Duke of Alua. The Duke of Guise cometh into Italy with great forces. Peace betwixt the Pope and the Spaniards. The death of the Emperor Charles the fifth, of his two Sisters, and of Mary Queen of England. Peace betwixt the French King and the King of Spain. The death of Henry the second French King. The death of Pope Paul the fourth. The Creation of Pope Pius the 4. The Cardinal Caraffa with three of his kinsmen are put to death. The Overture of the Council of Trent. Charles the ninth French King. Strife betwixt the French and Spanish Ambassadors in the Council, is appeased by the Pope. A strange matter happening at Rome. And lastly the death of the Emperor Ferdinand.  
The sixth Book of the sixth Decad of the History of Venice.  
ALL these great warlike preparations made by the Turks, could not cause the Christian Princes to make peace among themselves, but on the contrary it seemed that the French King was more provoked thereby to molest the Emperor, whilst he saw him busied in answering the Turkish forces. For continuing in his determination to pass into Germany, he persuaded himself that the Emperor, being assailed in so many sundry places, and especially by the German Princes, who had all conspired against him; would, to free himself from so many dangers, condescend to some accord, by surrendering unto him some State or other in Italy or else where, to which the crown of France laid some claim.  
Having then assembled forty thousand footmen of sundry nations, and four thousand horse, he marched towards the country of Lorraine, whither the Constable of Montmorencie being already gone before, had seized on the City of 
Metz is taken by t●…e French.  Metz, an Imperial city, which was governed by the Bishop and some principal townsinen, and the King coming thither afterwards, was very honourably entertained. He remained for a while with his Army in those parts, to stop the Flemish troops levied by Queen Mary, sister to the Emperor, from hindering his designs, or till the confederate German Princes should set forward, who had already begun their enterprise prosperously, the City of Ausbourg being at their devotion, and passing speedily forwards without delay, thorough the Duke of Bavarias' country, had greatly amazed the Emperor and King Ferdinand, who were then at Ispruch, so, as they presently resolved to retire to some place of safety: but being afterwards encouraged, and having fortified certain narrow passages of the Mountains, thorough which the enemies were to pass unto them, they determined not to stir from thence.  
The French King being advertised of the Emperor's amazement, with that of Ferdinand his brother, and of their enemy's progression, thought it best not to let slip the occasion offered, the Emperor being weak both in courage and sources: Whereupon he resolved to march towards the river Rhine, to encourage their confederates, and to favour their enterprise, intending likewise to pass on 
The French King cometh as far as the R●…ine in favour of the Pr●…testant Princes.  farther if need should be. But being come to the rivers side, he received news that made him turn back again: for the Confederates thinking themselves strong enough to expel the Emperor, and desiring to keep foreign sources forth of their countries, for fear of receiving some discommodine thereby, thought it fit that Duke Maurice should write to the King, how that they had already agreed with the Emperor, whereby they had obtained their desire, and that there remained nothing more for them to do, but to thank him most heartily for the great pleasure he had done them, for the which all Germany should owe a perpetual bond and remembrance to the Crown of France. These news did trouble the King, who saw his hope frustrate beside the 〈◊〉 and expenses of such a journey: yet nevertheless being unwilling to keep his troops idle he marched toward the Duchy of Luxembourg, where he conquered 
〈…〉 the 〈◊〉 of ●…bourg.  divers places of importance, and among others, the Castle of Monualier, accounted the key of that country, in which the Count Man●…felt was taken, who was Governor thereof for the Emperor. Then propounding to himself other important designs, he determined to fashion himself in some sort to the Pope that he might disjoin him from the Emperor, whereby he obtained at last, that for Parma and Mirandola, there should be betwixt the Sea Apostolic, and the Crown of France a suspension of Arms for two years. 
The Prince of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.   
During these practices the Prince of Salerno came to the kings Camp, who propounding unto him the enterprise of Naples, his Majesty did willingly hearken unto it, entering into discourse with him what forces would be sufficient, and what means were to be used for the execution of that enterprise: for which the Prince having made great offers to the King and promised divers matters, grounded chiefly upon the people's desire to shake of the Spanish yoke, and to cast themselves betwixt his arms, the King concluded that he should be the chief of 
The enterprise of 〈◊〉 propounded to the King.  that enterprise.  
This Prince leaving the Realm of Naples by reason of some contention betwixt him and Don Pedro de Toledo the Viceroy, and for hatred to the Emperor, because he maintained his enemy against him, came to Padua, where for a time he remained, & then determining to be revenged of his wrongs and of the small account the Emperor made of him, he resolved to go into France: but he was desirous first to pass by Venice to confer with the Senators concerning his designs, that he might the better inform the King of their meaning, conferring the proposition that he intended to make unto him. And being brought unto the Senate, he began with a long and eloquen●… speech, to set forth the occasion which then offered itself to them, for the recovery of those 
The Prince of Salerno his proposition to the Venetian Senate.  Towns and havens which they had in former times possessed on the coast of Puglia, & for assuring themselves against the Emperor's greatness; going about thereby to sound their meaning, concerning such an enterprise, if the French King should propound it unto them: seeing that the Neopolitans were tired with the Spanish government, and wearied with the viceroys pride and tyranny, who was not only backed and maintained by the Emperor, but highly reckoned and esteemed of him, and chiefly in regard of the inquisition which he went about to bring into that Kingdom, to the persecution and ruin of the Nobility; who being no longer able to endure such bondage, were resolved to embrace any other party whatsoever, rather then to continue under the Emperor's obedience, who did so contemn and overmaister them That the self same reasons had been already represented to the French King, who took great compassion of their misery and calamtiy: and had likewise as a magnanimous Prince freely embraced their protection, and promised to aid them in all he might, which he had put off till some other time that he might perform it with such an army as he desired. Therefore (added this Prince) it behoveth the Venetian Senate more than any others to listen to that enterprise, as an Italian Prince, a lover of liberty, and most potent at Sea, and one that may lay just claim to some part of that Kingdom: that there was no alliance more profitable to their Commonwealth then that of the Crown of France, as thi●… ge passed could give them sufficient testimony, and in particular, the King then being, who did so dearly love their Republic, as it might hope to obtain any thing how great soever it were. But what greater commodity, (said he) can be hoped for, then that which now offereth itself? And what greater trouble and vexation of mind can there happen unto the Emperor, than that wherein he is presently wrapped by the wars of Germany, and by the preparations wherewith the Turk threateneth his brother Ferdinand? But above all other things the mature judgement and wisdom of the Venetian Senate, aught to be well advised, and not to suffer the Neopolitans, destitute of all aid and succour, to cast themselves headlong by constraint and necessity into a wretched resolution, not only hurtful to themselves but much more to others, by having recourse to Soliman's protection who was upon the point of sending a very mighty army into the field they being determined so to do for their last refuge. All these reasons and remonstrances 
The Senotes answers to the Prince of Sa●….  would not prevail with the Senators, none amongst them being of opinion to accept their offers, whereupon the Prince was dismissed, with this answer, That they did much lament the discommodity of the time, and particularly his own toils and sorrows, extenuating the importance of the business, which merited a long and more mature deliberation: yet nevertheless this Prince going afterwards (as hath been said) into France, and acquainting the King with his deleigne, he heard him, and resolved to execute that which he had propounded. At the same time as the French King did ruminate in his mind certain doubts concerning that enterprise, he received news which did confirm him to execute it; namely the vexations and troubles where unto the Emperor was reduced, which were such and so great, as he verily seemed to be forsaken of that good Genius which had ever waited upon him in all his actions with wonderful 
The Pace of ch●…usa is taken by the Protestants.  prosperity. Duke Maurice and the other Confederates holding on their way towards Ispruch, and being come to the pace of Chiusa near to Fussen, (which was strong and narrow), in the conservation whereof the imperials had placed their chiefest hope by stopping the enemy's passage) they forced and took it, opening themselves thereby a way to march to Ispruch without any contradiction. The Emperor, and his brother Ferdinand about midnight receiving news of the loss of this place, haviug but five hundred horse with them, did suddenly leave Ispruch, went towards Persenon, and from thence into the County of tirol: then having intelligence that the enemies were at Ispruch meaning to march on farther they again ●…ourneyed through sharp and steep mountains, and tarried in no place till they came to Villac, where they continued in great fear and suspicion, being advertised by such as came forth of Italy, that they had seen great numbers of horse & foot in the country of Frioul, which made them to suspect tha●… the Venetians, joined with the French Kings & Almains, had assembled those forces to overrun them. This suspicion proceeded from the passengers who had seen great numbers of horse which the Savorgnians had assembled in those parts near to the Castle of Osoff to meet the Count Gazuoles, and to entertain him at thei●… Castle, who was going to the Emperor.  
His majesty had by so much more given credit (as men are easily drawn to be leeve that which they desire or fear) to these reports, in regard of the pursuits and practises of the Prince of Salerno; so, as being counseled whilst he remained at Ispruch, to go into Italy, he seemed not to allow of that Council▪ considering with himself that there was small safety in passing through the Venetians State: and yet they had never less will to hurt him then at that time, hating to take advantage on the adverse fortune of a great Prince their friend and Confederate, notwithstanding that certain German Princes had solicited them to take arms against him, offering them ten thousand footmen and two thousand horse, which the Senate would never accept of: but he being afterwards informed of the truth of the matter by Dominico Morosin, who in quality of Ambassador had still attended upon him, he did commend it, & highly thanked the Senare for their love & good meaning toward him in so hazardous a fortune.  
His majesty then perceiving that in his greatest desaster the Spanish footmen whom he expected were not arrived turned all his thoughts upon peace: and to to this end, the Confederate Princes holding a Diet at Possonia, King Ferdinand went thither in person to treat of the conditions of peace: But the Protestants desiring to make use of the time, to abase the Emperor's authority and to preserve the liberty and privileges of the Princes and free Cities of Germany, made very unreasonable demands: where upon the Emperor, sometimes being enforced by necessity, and so many miseries, did for their satistaction grant their demands, and at other times again, recalling his usual courage and invincible constancy, he said that he would rather endure all hazards of Fortune, then grant things unworthy of himself and his Imperial dignity. In the end standing firm for the matter of Religion, not to innovate any thing in the Cities, which had accepted the interim, nor like wise to submit to the decrees of the new Diets, that which 
Peace betw●…xt the Emperor and German Princes.  appertained to the prerogatives and authority of the Empire, he condescended, by accepting the accord to the enlargement of the prisoners, and granted a general pardon to the rebels. These troubles had put the French King and Prince of Salerne in great hope, to be able to execute the enterprise of Naples: in which they supposing that the Venetians could do more than any others, the Prince of Salerne returned to Venice, where he and the Lord of Selua, Ambassador for 
The Prince of Salerno ●…neth to Venite from the king.  the King, made new & more earnest practises, to draw the Commonwealth into a league for that purpose: They declared whatsoever they thought might incite the Senate to hate the Emperor, and on the contrary they forgot nothing which might serve to insinuate the French King into their favour, and to extol him as well in regard of his great forces, as for his love and affection towards the Republic: And because they perceived the Senate to be resolute to persist in their neutrality, the Lord of Selua embracing the matter with great vehemency: spoke thus.  
My Lords do you not perceive, that it lieth not in your power to divert 
The Oration of Selua the Frech Kings Ambassador to the Venetian Senate.  the King from this enterprise, he being wholly inclined thereunto, either alone, or in your or others company, and whatsoever your resolution is, these Princes are to strive together for their fortune▪ to which side soever it shall incline, it is to be feared that your neutrality will not be able to defend your State, and that which belongeth to you, exposed to infinite dangers, being equally hated of the victor and vanquished: of the one, because that when you had means to assist him, you did not respect his misery, nor vouchsafed to do it: of the other, for that envying his wealth and prosperity, you would not join with him. And what can my King presume either of you, and of your so ancient (as you term it) and dear friendship, if to your own profit and commodity ye accept not his offers, full of affection and good will, and grant not his honest and just demands? What hope may he have of your friendship in adversity, if you make so small account of him in his prosperity? What fitter or more commodious occasion can you expect for the advancement of your Commonwealth, or for your assurance against the Emperor's redoubred power, if you reject that which is now offered? How often upon less occasion, have your Ancestors and yourselves, to the immortal praise of your Senate's magnanimity taken arms? Perhaps you think that my King, being now able, to his great advantage, to make an accord with the Emperor, and refusing so to do, will without you at some other time, harken to it to his own disadvantage and yours: or peradventure some hope, that the Emperor recovering his former greatness, will remember this good office, for that you being sued unto, would not take arms against him: but undoubtedly it is more like, that he according to the custom of all Princes, and in particular, following his own natural inclination, will make more account of his own interest and particular pofit, then of all duties and good offices done unto him: Florence, Sienna and Genoa, may serve you for examples, whom, in recompense of their good service, he hath wholly deprived of their liberties.  
These reasons were great in show, but being nearly examined, it was perceived that they were not well grounded having no firm foundation: and therefore after that the Senate had maturely considered the matter, as well that which concerned their newtrallity, as the time of year already far spent, and unfit for any 
The senates answer to the Prince of Salerne and the French Ambassador.  great enterprise either by Sea or Land, they concluded with a general consent to answer the Prince, and the French Ambassador, thus. That the Senate did infinitely thank the King and Prince, for their love and affection towards the profit of the Commonwealth; and that it would perpetually remember it: but the Venetians having for many years been at peace with all Princes, they thought it not a fit thing to break it upon no occasion: that in any other matter the Senate would strive to satisfy the King's desire, unto whom, and his Realm likewise, it wished all health and prosperity.  
After this answer the Prince continuing his propositions, did in the City of Chioggia assemble divers of the French faction, to determine with them on fittest 
The enterprise of Naples being found very difficul●… is re●… by the King.  means for the enterprise of Naples. There met the two Cardinals, Ferrara, and Tournon, the Lord of Terms the King's Lieutenant in Italy, Selua the King's Ambassador at Venice, The Duke of Somma, with other Dukes of the realm of Naples, and certain other Lords, unto whom the Prince having represented the business very easy, the Assembly did not so find it, in regard of divers great and evident difficulties: the which having likewise been well examined by the King, he wrote to the Prince and to his Ambassador, not to motion it to the Senate: but they had already done it, as hath been said: whereby the Senate's answer and resolution was the more commended by all men.  
within a while after, matters beginning to turn and change, the French King was advertised how that the Almans had forsaken his alliance, and were banded against him, because he had seized upon three Imperial cities, Metz, Thou, and Verdun: that Queen Mary having raised an army of Flemings had besieged Hesdin: and how that his own army on the contrary did daily decay, by reason 
The Almanis band themselves against the French King concerning Metz Thou, and Verdun.  of the contagious sickness which was crept into it: whereby he was enforced to leave the country of Luxembourg and by breaking off the corpse of his victories to send a great part of his forces to winter at home, in their own houses, and to lead the residue to the frontiers of his Kingdom, to guard it; and in the mean time ten thousand Spanish footmen came and joined with the Emperor.  
The Marquis Albert of Brandenbourg, who in the beginning held the king's party, changing his mind, turned with his forces to the Emperor's side, so as by example, divers of the chiefest of Germany did the like, who at the first had made show to favour the King: afterwards they fell at odds with him, because he would not grant their demands, which were altogether unreasonable.  
The Emperor being moved by these new accidents, resolved without any more delay to go in person with his forces to besiege the City of Metz, notwithstanding that winter drew near, and that the Castle of the City, which was great both by situation and art, and excellently well manned with divers good Captains, did dissuade him from that enterprise, together with his own servants, who were of a contrary opinion: For that action being made out of season, had no prosperous success: for after that he had extremely traveled his Army, and lost great numbers of soldiers, he was enforced to retire, having done more hurt to himself then to his enemies. In the mean time an other fire, which had a long time lain raked up in ashes, began to break forth in Italy; for the Siennese being not able to endure the over cruel and severe government of the Spaniards, resolving to drive them forth of their City, sent messengers to Rome to acquaint the French Agents there with their resolution, craving their aid and favour therein, promising to keep their city for the French King. This offer, for which divers secret practises had been already made in France was willingly entertained, and commandment was forthwith given to certain foot companies of the Kings that lay at Parma and Miranda to go thither, and prosently after, the Lord of Sansac went thither to encourage the people, to whose aid other forces being brought by the Count Pettillan, the Spaniards were driven forth of the town, their fort razed, and divers other indignities were committed (such force hath the people's liberty not being restrained by laws or power of the Magistrate) to the disgrace and contempt of the Emperor, they tore in pieces his Ensigns, broke his privileges, and trod his arms under their feet, the which did make the matter more odious, and did the more incense the Emperor against them, who being desirous not to delay his revenge upon the Sienois, 
The Emperor s●…ndeth the Vicero●… of Naples against Sienna.  nor to suffer the French to have an other place of retreat in Italy, did command Don Petro of Toledo, Viceroy of Naples, to march speedily into Tuscany with five thousand Almain and Spanish footmen, seeing that the Realm of Naples was in no danger to be enuaded, and that he should attempt to reduce Sienna under his obedience.  
It was supposed that the designs of the French, succeeding prosperously, would greatly hurt the Emperor. For although the French did publicly say that they had taken the defence of the city upon them, to free it from the tyranny and oppression of the Spaniards, and to restore it to her former liberty and spendor, yet nevertheless, they plainly made show of their meaning therein, in regard, that refusing all motions of agreement that were propounded, they went about to place their Garrisons in that city for their own behoof, and in other places depending thereon, and to levy forces in Italy for their own designs: 
The King's demand t●… the Siennese.  whereupon the French King craved of the Siennese, that in recompense of their liberty they would declare themselves friends to his friends and enemies to his enemies. Now the Viceroy being desirous to execute the Emperor's commandment, having obtained passage through the Church's territories (the Pope saying that he had given him leave, by reason he had no means to hinder him) entered with his army upon the Siennese territory, and spoiling whatsoever he met with, he took certain weak places by a voluntary reddition: for the strong towns were well fortified with men, victuals and all other necessaries, so that the 
The Viceroy of Naples spoileth the country of the Siennese.  Imperials would have spent much time in winning them; wherein the Viceroy being very wilful, besieged Montalcina, because if that fort should hold out, Sienna being well provided of all things would be in less danger. But the Siennese doubt to be severely punished by the Emperor if he should take their city, did mighily encourage them to their own defence, together with the hope to be soon rid from the Imperial army, by reason of the Turkish and French forces, which were to come into the Realm of Naples.  
The Venetians had done all they could to quench this fire kindled in Italy, fearing, like men that saw their neighbour houses on fire, that it might fall upon theirs; but by their valour and discretion they avoided it. In the mean time a famous Pirate called Mustapha Bifo scouring their seas, entered the Adriatricke Gulf with divers Fusts, spoiling and robbing whatsoever he met with upon the coast of Dalmatia, Cristofero Canalis Admiral of the Gulf went forth to meet him with certain Galleys, and encountering with him, he did bravely assail him, and having sunk all his vessels, he took this Mustapha, and struck off his head upon the side of his Galley.  
Thus ended the year 1552. the ensuing year was full of war as well in Tuscany, 
An. 1552.  as in Piedmond and Picardy, the Emperor making great preparations of men and money to renew the war with the French, that he might recover his reputation which he supposed to have lost at the siege of Metz. At the same time, Petro Zene being chief of the council of forty, communicated to the council of Ten, that it was necessary to revive the remembrance and execution of the last will and testament of the Cardinal Zene, who in his time, having been very 
The council of ●…enne reviveth the memory and execution of the l●…st will and testament of the Cardinal Zene.  rich, had left a goodly and honourable Legacy of a yearly rent of two thousand one hundred Ducats, to the Prince, Signory, and Senate, to foreign Ambassadors, to the Clergy, and divers others, as is more at large mentioned in his testament, on condition that all of them should be present at the service yearly celebrated in the month of May in Saint Marks Church by his appointment: the which being granted did procure great magnificence to the memory of that great Prelate, and gave much content to the whole family.  
At the same time great troubles arose in England by the death of young King 
The death of Edward the sixth King of England.  Edward the sixth, whom his sister Mary succeeded in that Kingdom.  
Prince Donato in the mean time, after that he had repaired and embellished the ducal palace, after the same manner as it is to be seen at this day, and by his example animated divers Senators to do the like, departed forth of this life to the great grief of all men, in the seventh year and sixth month of his principality, and lieth buried in Saint Maries of Serui.  


MARC-ANTONIO TREVISAN the eighty Duke.   
 
 
MARC-ANTONIO TREVISAN son to that Dominico Trevisan who was so renowned for his great service done to his country, succeeded him after the accustomed manner: He was a man of such integrity and holiness of life, as they had much to do to persuade him to accept the dignity; for being a good man and brought up from his youth in all simplicity, he knew not what ambition did mean. At the last being enforced by his friends, he consented to their pleasure, with as great humility and modesty as could be desired; so, as being feared and honoured of every one, he maintained justice without any parciallity. He found the Republic at peace both at home and abroad, by the discreet government of his predecessors, who had cut off all occasions of war 
The Duke of Florence sendeth forces against the Siennese.  with foreign Princes, continuing still neuter.  
In the mean time, Cosmo Duke of Florence having declared himself against the Siennese, sent Giovan Giacomo de Medicis, Marquis of Marignan, with Italian & Spanish forces to assail them. The French King being incensed there at commanded Pietro Strossi his Lieutenant General in Italy to besiege the city of Florence to use means to take it, and to restore it to her former liberty, expelling the Duke: but the Marquis preventing Strossi came with his forces unlooked for in the night to assail the city of Sienna, and having at his first arrival given i●… upon one of the Gates, the alarm was so hot, as every man ran thither, whereby he was repulsed and enforced to retire, but with no loss of courage, for in his retreat he seized on a fort builded with in a arqebus shot from the walls, which the Lord of Terms had caused to be made there for the defence of the city, and fortifying himself therein, he could not be driven thence by any means that the Siennese, or Strossi could use, who upon the report thereof came speedily to Sienna, where for the safety of the city he caused an other fort to be built, betwixt that of the enemies and the Gate, forth of which they did usually come to skirmish.  
Strossi after that, marching into the field with certain troops, surprised Rodolfo Baillon and Ascania de la Corn who were going upon an enterprise against Chiusi, whom he put to rout, slew Baillon, and sent Ascanio prisoner to the King, who did ransomless set him at liberty.  
Thus passed this year 1553. which was full of wars in sundry places, the 
An. 1553.  next ensuing was not exempted from it, and yet the Venetians were no way touched there with being spectators of other men's games, they themselves having no hand therein, though war was very near them as well in Tuscany, as in Parma and Mirandola, and afterwards in the Isle of Corpse against the Genevois the Emperor's partisans. In this manner did the city of Venice enjoy an assured peace on every side, when on a morning Prince Trevisan being at Mass in the Hall of the Heads, died suddenly of a faintness that took him, proceeding (according to the common report) from to much abstinence, having governed eleven months and seven and twenty days, he lieth buried in the Church of the Saints john and Paul.  
  


FRANCISCO VENIERI the eighty one Duke.   
 
 
FRANCISCO VENIERI a man of sixty four years old was upon the eleventh of june chosen in his steed. The Republic likewise was in his time at peace, whilst fires of war flamed in all places near unto them, and that no Prince or commonwealth of Italy but felt the misery thereof, the arms of the French and the Imperials ranging every where abroad.  
In this sort was the year 1554. spent, which in sundry 
An. 1554.  places was full of war, desolation, fires, smoke and ashes: in the year following 
An. 1555. The death of Pope julius he third.  divers alterations of State were seen. For first, Pope julius the third deceased on the three and twentieth day of March, whom the Cardinal Marcello Ceruin succeeding, who was a Tuscan by Nation, death within a while after buried both his name and memory.  
Giovan Pietro Caraffa a Neapolitan, called in former times the Cardinal Theatin, 
The election of Pope Paul the fourth.  was chosen in his place, who being termed Paul the fourth, did at his entrance put all men in great hope of a good reformation in the Church, and of a general peace, to which he being not able to induce the Emperor and French King, war began to kindle more than before. Sienna after a long siege did, through want of Victuals, yield to the Imperials, and yet upon honourable composition which was partly performed, but not altogether.  
The Emperor Charles at the same time bending under the burden of worldly affairs, and being discontented to see that great good fortune which had ever accompanied him in all his haughty enterprises, to give place to that of the French King or else being touched with some remorse of conscience for having been the 
The Emperor Charles resigneth all his States to his son Philip, and to his brother Ferdinand  occasion of so much bloodshed in Christendom, in regard of the length of the sad precedent wars, sent for his son Philip forth of England to Brussels, and resolving to quit the Empire, his own Kingdoms, and honours of this world, did by authentical letters of the five and twentieth of October, resign unto him all his Lands and Signories, enjoining all his Estates and subjects to acknowledge him their true and lawful King, determining to withdraw himself (as he afterwards did) into a Monastery in Spain, having likewise renounced the administration of the Empire to King Ferdinand his brother, and recommended him by letters to all the Princes and Potentates of Germany.  
Philip then according to his father's earnest exhortation, seemed very much to 
Truce granted and soon broken  incline to peace, but in regard of the great difficulties which were found therein on either side, truce was granted for five years, that in the mean time they might have leisure to conclude a peace, but this truce likewise was as soon broken as concluded, being supposed to have been but a false bait to delay the provisions of the French in Piedmont, whilst the Duke of Alba should set forward, whereupon war began again more hotly than before, to the great grief of all men, which continued the year following 1556. in which Prince Venieri being 
An. 1556.  ill disposed of his person, and ordinarily sick, departed forth of this mortal life, having groverned two years, one month, and one and twenty days, and is buried in Saint saviours Church.  
  


LORENZO PRIULI the eighty two Duke.   
 
 
THE Senate being afterwards assembled, according to the usual manner, did in his stead elect Lorenzo Priuli, a man wise and learned. At the beginning of his principality the plague began to show itself, which within a while after ceased by the diligence and industry of Petro Mosto the Senator, deputed at that time to the office of La Sanita. The pestilence was followed by a dearth and want of victuals, proceeding from a suspicion that the sickness still continued, by means whereof strangers did no more bring any thing to the city. 
The Pope an enemy to the Spaniards.   
At the same time Pope Paul the fourth a bad friend to the Spaniards, did imprison in Castle Saint Angelo, the Cardinal Santa Fior, Camillo Colonna, juliano Caesaren▪ and the Abbot of Bresegna, all of them enemies to the house of France, for secret assemblles which they made in Rome in the houses of Marc-Antonio Colonna and that Cardinal Marc-Antonio escaping went to the King of Spain, who presently commanded the Duke of Alva to relieve them.  
This Duke being Viceroy of Naples, was grieved to see the Pope openly to pursue the Roman Lords Spain's partisans, and being desirous to obey the King his Master's commandment, marched into the field, and took from the Pope 
The Duke of Alva taketh divers towns from the Pope.  near to Rome, Agnane, Pila●…tina, Segna, Tivoli, and last of all Ostia, whereby he did cut off victuals from the Romans, he on the side, and the Colonnessi on the other keeping the Pope in this manner shut up within the circuit of his wails.  
The Pope made means to the French King, sending the Cardinal Carassa his Nephew unto him his Majesty wrote to the Marshal Stossi who then lay in Tuscany to march thitherwards and to expect aid which the Duke of Guise should bring him. His Holiness di●… likewise send to Venice to move the Senate to 
The Venetians being entreated by the Pope use means to pacify the Duke of Alua.  aid him. The Senators being grieved for the Pope's troubles, and desiring to have him at quiet, s●…rit Phoebe Capello, a very wise & discreet Secretary to the Duke of Alva, to pacify the matter if it were possible.  
Philip King of Spain in the mean time perceiving this war to be backed by the French, and that thereby it was likely to prove more dangerous in regard of the intelligences and partialities which they had in Italy, did receive Duke Octavio of Parma into favour, restoring to him the city of Placentia and all 
Octavio Farneze 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his Duchy.  other places near adjoining which he had seized: in regard whereof, this Duke embraced the Spanish party, to the Pope's great discontent, who said, that a Prince feudatary of the Church, as he was, ought not to make an accord with his enemies without his leave, whereupon, he caused him to be cited to Rome, together with the Cardinal Farneze his brother.  
The Duke of Guise about the same time came from France into Italy, which was at the beginning of the year 1557. with fifteen thousand footmen, eight 
An. 1557. The Duke of Guise cometh into Italy.  hundred men at arms, and twelve hundred light horse, to aid the Pope against the Imperials, with whom within a while after Strossi, Monluc and others, (who by the King's commandment were gone before to Rome with six hundred horse and five thousand foot) joined themselves.  
Upon the report of the arrival of these forces, the Duke of Alva had retired himself to the frontiers of the Realm of Naples, by his retreat opening a way to Rome for the Duke of Guise, who presently went thither, upon hope to find great forces ready there, according to the accord concluded betwixt the Pope, the King, and the Duke of Ferrara, but finding none at all there, he went into La Marca, where the Marquis of Montebel came unto him with the Church's forces, and from thence they marched into the Realm of Naples where they stayed not long, by reason that the aid came not which the Cardinal Caraffa had promised to the King, and because the French army for want of pay did daily decrease, an●… on the contrary, that of the Duke of Alva did increase: whereupon, the Duke of Guise returning to La Marca, and afterwards going to Rome to talk with the Pope, perceiving the small means his Holiness had to make war, and the great pursuit made by the Duke of Alva, he aduized him to hearken unto peace and agreement with the Spaniard, resolving to return into France. For at Rome he received letters from the King bearing news of the loss of the battle of Saint Laurence, and of the taking of Saint 
The loss of the battle of Saint Laurence, and the town of Saint Quintin's.  Quintin's by the Spaniards, with commandment presently to return into France; the Duke of Guise being willing to obey, took his leave of his Holiness, and went forward on his journey homeward, the Pope determining to follow his council.  
During this war against the Pope, The Venetians and Cosmo Duke of Florence, had solicited King Philip and the Duke of Alva, to make an accord with his Holiness, either of them answered that they had not taken arms to take from him any thing that was his, but only to defend the Realm of Naples▪ and that they had made war in an enemy's country to defend their own subjects; and therefore so soon as his Holiness should leave his confederacy with 
The Spaniards demands upon the treaty of peace with the Pope.  the French, and the resolution of making himself master of the Realm of Naples, they would yield him the obedience due to the sovereign pastor of Christendom, and would restore whatsoever they had taken from him during that war: to which the Pope giving ear, the Cardinal Caraffa with certain others went to the Duke of Alva to treat of peace, the which was easily granted with restitution 
Peace betwixt the Pope and Spaniards.  on all sides of places taken in the war, the Duke of Ferrara being therein comprehended.  
The Senate to mediate this agreement, sent Marc-Antonio de Franceschis thither, who was Secretary to the Commonwealth, a very wise and discreet man, who stirred not from thence till the final conclusion thereof. In the mean time two hundred Turkish Galleys returning from the coast of Calabria, did cast anchor at La Valona, and did in no sort hurt the lands belonging to the Venetians.  
Within a while after the two sons of Soliman, Selim and Bajazet, took arms against one an other in Asia, and because the father did most favour the 
Wars betwixt Soliman's two 'zounds.  elder brother Selim, the other was enforced to have recourse to Tamas King of Persia, who in hatred to Soliman did willingly aid him, and giving him great forces, the two brethren joined their battle, which continuing a day and a night, Selim was victor, his brother being fled from the battle hurt, and more than forty thousand Mahometans one either side slain in the place.  
The Senate on the other side being still desirous to continue their ancient customs and alliances, sent Giovan Capello Knight, and Bernardo Novagera Ambassadors to the Emperor Ferdinand to congratulate his promotion to the Empire (as hath been said) and Paulo Tepulo to King Philip.  
This was at the latter end of the year: the next, 1558. bred great wars both 
An. 1558.  in France, Piedmont and Tuscany, together with the death of Princes and Princesses. For so soon as the Duke of Guise returned into France, he executed 
The taking of Calais.  the enterprise of Calais, a long time before determined of, and reduced under the King's subjection the country of Oye, and all the forts which the English held there: the Duke of Nevers on the other side took divers places in the country of Luxembourg, as Herbemont, the forts of jamoigne, Chygni, Rossignoll, Villeneufe and divers others.  
This happy success did change the French men's sorrow into gladness (their hearts still panting for that red and bloody battle of Saint Laurence) and 
Francis Dauphin of Viennois mar●…ieth the Queen of Scots.  chiefly at Court, where the joy was doubled, in regard of the marriage of Francis Dauphin of Viennois with Mary Steward Queen and Inheretrix of Scotland, daughter to james the fifth and Mary of Lorraine, daughter to claud Duke of Guise, and that of Charles Duke of Lorraine, with claud the younger daughter of France. This joy was accompanied with an other, by reason of the taking of 
The French take Thyonuille  Thyonuille, which after a long battery of five & thirty great pieces of ordnance, was yielded upon composition. Great preparations for war being after this manner daily made, Almighty God took pity on the people and raised up Mediators of peace betwixt those two great Kings, the which at that time took no-effect, in regard of the great difficulties which were presented. But the death of Charles the fifth happening in Spain, and that of his two sisters, Flenor Queen Dowager of France, and Queen Mary Dowager of Hungary, who accompanied him, Marry Queen of England died soon after, which procured the accomplishment of the peace, turning the bitterness of the precedent wars into a pleasing sweetness of accord, by means of the alliances made the year following 1559. 
An. 1559.  For as the Commissioners of both Kings did treat together, the death of Charles the fifth happening in September, and that of Queen Mary of England in November, altered the place and time of that conclusion.  
Peace was concluded in the castle of Cambresis, by means of the marriages 
Peace conclud●… betwixt the 〈◊〉 and Spanish Kings.  of Philip with Elizabeth, eldest daughter to King Henry, and of Philibert Emanuel Duke of Savoy with the Lady Marguerite the King's only sister, who tendered back to the Spaniard whatsoever he had taken from him, and to the Duke, Savoy and Piedmont, and to the Genevois Corsica. But whilst the nuptials of the King's daughter and sister were celebrated at Paris with all sports and delights that might be imagined, this pleasant Comedy was turned into a mournful and lamentable tragedy, by King Henry's death, who being at tilt stricken into the eye with a splinter of a Lance, died, the eleventh day after his hurt.  
But to return to the Venetians, great numbers of pirates did at the same time scour the Adriattick sea, and by their usual spoils and incursions did great harm on the sea coast of Dalmatia and Histria. Matteo Bembo, a discreet person and well experienced in many matters and General of the Venetians naval army, came forth of the Gulf of Corfou with twelve Galleys, and with great speed pursued those Rovers, gave them chase, and di●… greatly molest them, who escaping into the Haven of Durazzo, those of the 〈◊〉 having taken 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their behalf, Bembo being incensed thereat, not regarding the peace which the Venetians had with Soliman, discharged his Cannons upon the cities walls where 
The Pirates pursued by Bembo save ●…hemselues in Durazzo.  some of the inhabitants were slain and yet he could not seize on the Pirates. The Turk took this battery and manner of proceeding in very bad part, and determined to revenge it: the Venetians, considering the losses and harm that might arise if they should break peace with so potent a Lord, did appease him both by presents and excuses, banishing Bembo from their State, being not able to apprehend him, that they might give him an exemplary punishment, which did the more cool and appease Soliman. On the other side by the death of Mary Queen of England Elizabeth her sister, obtained the crown. To Henry the second succeeded Francis the second Dauphin of Viennois his eldest son of the age of sixteen years. At the same time died Pope Paul the fourth, who being extremely hated of the Roman people, as well for the behaviour of his Nephews, as for 
The death of Pope Paul the fourth.  the Inquisition which he had established in Rome, before he had scarce given up the ghost, the people arose, and being led by the chiefest of those that been injured by him, ran to the palace of the Inquisition, from whence with their swords having driven the Monks, they opened the prisons and set all the prisoners at liberty: the like did they to all the other prisons in Rome, than they went to the Capitol, where finding the brazen Statue which the Romans had erected in honour 
A Popular commotion in Rome.  of the Pope at the beginning of his papacy in regard of the good offices he had done them, they broke it in pieces, and dragged the head divided from the body through the dirt and mire of the city, that done, they threw it into Tiber.  
The Venetians sent their Ambassadors to the new French King to congratulate (according to their manner) his coming to the crown. Nicolo de Pont 
Venetian Ambassadors to the French King.  Doctor and Knight, and Bernardo Novagera were appointed to that end: and within a while after the Prince falling sick deceased, to the grief of all men, in regard of his integrity and learning: he was buried in Saint dominic Church in the monument of his ancestors. Then by the example of former times, they chose jeronimo Priuli brother to the deceased Duke, a man very famous and of great Majesty.   


JERONIMO DE PRIULI the 83. Duke.   
 
AT the beginning of his government, Giovan Angelo de 
The creation of Pope Pius the fourth.  Medicis a Milanois, brother to the late Marquis of Marignan was chosen Pope to the great contentment of all the Romans, taking upon him the name of Pius the fourth, which was at the latter end of the year 1559. who to make his actions conformable to his name, pardoned the people of Rome the commotion and mutiny made by them against his predecessor: then seeing all Christendom at peace, he took order that the general council begun at Trent, and broken off afterwards, by reason of the wars, should be revived. And although he was by nature meek and gentle, yet nevertheless being enforced, by the great complaints made unto him against his predecessors Nephews, who during their uncles Papacy had committed infinite extortions, he imprisoned Charles and Alphonso Caraffi Cardinals, the Duke of Palliano brother to Charles, and two others of their near kinsmen, who, their process having been made, and considered by judges deputed to that end, being found guilty of sundry bad crimes, the Cardinal Charles was strangled in Castle Saint Angelo, and forthwith buried, the Duke of 
The Cardinal Carassa and three of his kinsmen are put to death.  Palliano with his other kinsmen were beheaded in the tower of Nona, and shown afterwards in public, and Cardinal Alphonso as least culpable, was sent home to his own house by means of a pecuniary amends which he paid, and the office of Chamberlain was taken from him. 
The death of Andre Doria.   
About the same time died that famous Prince Andrew Doria, being four score and thirteen years of age, famous as well for the great enterprises he executed, as for restoring the city of Genoa, his native country, to the liberty it enjoyeth at this day.  
The Venetians in the mean time being unwilling to be surprised, if they 
The Venetians send Ambassadors to the Pope.  should happen to be enforced to take arms, received into their pay Sforza Palavicin Marquis Cortemajor a very famous captain: then they sent jeronimo Grimani, jeronimo Zene, and Marc-Antonio de Mulla Ambassadors to Pope Pius the 4▪ an inward friend to the Commonwealth, who entertained them very lovingly: and having given them audience in the Chamber of Kings, he did greatly commend the Republic, promising to favour and augment it with all his power, who being desirous to root out heresies, which on every side troubled the Catholic 
The overture of the council of Trent.  Religion, did by his brief cause the General council to be published at Trent in the Octaves of Easter of the year following, exhorting the Prelates to come thither and Christian Princes either to come or send their Ambassadors.  
In this manner ended the year 1560. wherein Francis the second French 
An. 1560. Charles the ninth French King.  King deceased, and Charles Maxmilian Duke of Orleans his brother succeeded him in the Kingdom of France, being twelve years of age, and was called Charles the ninth.  
In this mean time the overture of the council still continued at Trent, whither the Pope sent seven of the chief of the College of Cardinals famous both for learning and good life, namely, Hercules Gonzaga of Mantua, jeronimo Seripand 
The Cardinal●… se●…t by the Pope to the the council.  the Neapolitan, Giovan Moron of Milan, Stanislaus Hosius a Polander, Lodovico Simonete a Milanois, Mar●…-Sitic a German, and Bernardo Navigera a Venetian. The Emperor likewise sent his Ambassadors thither, who were Sigismond Thuonius Archbishop of Trent, and Antony Muglitius of Moravia, Archbishop of Casurgia. Those of the French King were, Regnard Ferrier a very learned man, and well seen in the tongues, and Lewis of Saint Gelais, Lord of Lansac, Knight of honour to the Queen the King's mother. For Philip King of Spain there was Claudio Fernandes Earl of Lunel a very noble person: and for the King of Poland Valentine Herbutus a Polonois.  
The Venetians sent thither Nicolo de Ponte, and Matteo Dandulo, men much renowned for their singular learning and knowledge in many matters: they were accompanied by Antonio Milledonna the Secretary, a man of so rare & excellent a wi●…, as being employed in some actions in that holy assembly, he made himself to be admired of all men.  
Toward the latter end of the same year the last Session of the General Council was held at Trent, and about the beginning of the year following, that which had there been concluded, was solemnly published, and sent to Rome to Pope Pius the fourth, who in the open consistory of Cardinals accepted and ratified it, commanding it to be received over all Christendom.  
At this council were present, divers great Prelates of the Venetians State, 
The Venetian 〈◊〉, that were present at the council of ●…rent.  all borne at Venice, namely, Bernardo Navagera Cardinal, and Legate in the council, in stead of Seripand who died there, Giovan Trevisan Patriarch of Venice, daniel Barbaro chosen Patriarch of Aquileia, Pi●…tro Land Archbishop of Candie, Marco Cornare Archbishop of Spalatra, Philippo Moceniga Archbishop of Cyprus, Antonio Coceo Archbishop of Corfou, and afterwards clerk of the Chamber, Lodovico Pisani the Bishop of Padua and afterwards Cardinal, Georgio Cornare, Bishop of Treviso, julio Contaren Bishop of Bellun, Tomaso, Bishop of Cap- 〈◊〉, Giovan Francisco Commendune Bishop of Zant and Cesalonia, and afterwards Cardinal, Pietro Barbarico Bishop of Cursoles, Pietro Contaren Bishop of Bassus, Dominico Bolano Bishop of Bressia, Federico Cornare, Bishop of Bergamo, André Moceniga, Bishop of Himosia, Ier●…nimo Treui●…an Bishop of Verona, jeronimo Ragazzone Bishop of Famagosta, Matteo de Priuli, Bishop of Vincenza, ●…rancisco Contaren, chosen Bishop of Baffus, Giovan Del●…ino Bishop of Torcelles, and jeronimo Vielmo, Bishop of Citta-nova, all men of singular knowledge, and admirable learning.  
At the beginning of the council there arose a controversy (which did greatly trouble the Pope) betwixt the Ambassadors of France and Spain, about precedency, each of those Kings being desirous to have their Ambassadors to take the chiefest place next to the emperors Ambassador: King Philip sent word to the Pope, that his pleasure was to have the chief place assigned to his Ambassador, or otherwise, he gave him to understand, that he would not only call home his Ambassador from the Council, but likewise all his subjects: King Charles protested against it, saying, That if they went about to do him that wrong to take from him the place and rank which his predecessors had ever held, as well in regard of their nobility and antiquity, as for the great benefits which the Church of Rome had received from them, he would not only call home his Ambassadors, but himself, together with his whole Kingdom, would depart from the obedience of the sea Apostolic.  
The Pope to prevent the inconveniences that might arise thereby, did decree, by the advise of the consistory of Cardinals, That the French Ambassador 
The Pope end●… the controtronersie bet●…ixt the Ambassadors of France and Spain.  should keep his usual rank and place, and that he of Spain (to give some satisfaction likewise to that King) should sit in the midst of the Cardinals below the Priests, and above the Deacons, by means whereof the whole matter was pacified.  
About the same time there happened a very strange accident at Rome, the like whereof had never before been seen, which was thus: certain young 
A strange accident at Rome.  men of very good place, being provoked by a vision, which they said they had received from Angels, how that to the Pope then living an other divine Pope should succeed him, who should be the only Monarch of the world, commanding both the Spiritual and Temporal jurisdiction, and should bring all men to the knowledge of the true God, and they being desirous to have it suddenly come to pass, not tarrying till the Pope should die his natural death, resolved to dispatch and kill him, whilst (as his manner was) he should give audience, and one of their number called Benedetto Accolto took upon him to strike him, as he should read a supplication that he would present unto him, but when it came to the execution, so great fear and amazement seized on him, as he withdrew himself all trembling, whereupon, one of the conspirators fearing lest that they should be discovered, went presently to the Pope and opened the whole complot to him, so as they were all apprehended, and publicly executed.  
In other places great numbers of pirates scoured the Adriattick seas, so that 
The Venetians chase away the Pirates.  nothing could escape their hands, coming even as far as Chioggia. The Venetians disdaining these incursions, sent Christofero Canalis against them, who departing cheerfully from Venice with four Galleys, did so narrowly pursue them, as he took part of them, whom he forthwith hanged, and chased away the rest, so as by that means the navigation was assured.  
Toward the latter end of this year the Emperor Ferdinand died, whom his 
Maximil●…an Emperor in 〈◊〉 father's stead.  son Maximilian, before crowned King of the Romans, succeeded, who so soon as his father's funerals were ended, did forthwith march against the Transiluanian, to revenge the wrongs which he said he had done him in his Realm of Hungary, determining hotly to pursue him, but the Transiluanian being backed by the Turk, enforced the Emperor to retire.   
The end of the sixth Book of the sixth Decade.   

The Contents of the seventh Book of the sixth Decade.  
THE great hurt caused by the Inquisition after the manner of Spain. The Venetians being solicited by Pope Pius the fourth to receive it, do excuse themselves because they would not trouble their Dominions with it. The death of Pope Pius the fourth with the election of Pope Pius the fifth. The death of Soliman before Zighet, which is concealed by Mahomet Bascha. Selim succeed Soliman. The ceremony which is used in bringing Ambassadors into the presence of the great Lord, with the form of the oath which he useth to make. The first motion of the enterprise of Cyprus by the Turks. And lastly Selim's resolution to invade the Isle of Cyprus.  
 
The seventh Book of the sixth Decade of the History of Venice.  
THe Pope being desirous at the beginning of the year 1565. to 
An. 1565.  pluckup by the roots all heresies forth of Italy, & to dive into the very secret thoughts of men, fearing lest that Province should 
The great harm with the Inquisiti●…n doth after the manner of Spain.  embrace heresies like others, did throw it headlong into very great and difficult Labirinths, which had almost caused an intestine war in the country. For he procured King Philip to establish the Inquisition after the manner of Spain in Milan, namely this sharp and cruel inquisition, by which the convicted do lose both lives and goods, to the great hindrance and undoing of their heirs.  
Now King Philip having written to the Senate of Milan that his pleasure was to have the Inquisition of Spain received into the City, all the People began 
The Senate of Milan's answer to the King of Spain concerning the Inquisition.  to mutiny, and take arms against the Spanish officers that went about to introduce it: which the Senate of Milan perceiving made answer to him that brought the King's commandment, that they were ready to obey whatsoever his Majesty should please to command, and that they would take order to have his will performed in every point: yet never the less they were not of opinion to have that commandment to take place as then, in regard of the King's profit, as well because those rigorous laws were needless in Milan, by reason that the Inquisitors would know all matters, though distinct and divided, from all customs and laws as also for that the City of Milan, and all Italy in general did detest that new manner of proceeding, which might in the end breed much hurt: That it was not good, especially in these times, full of miseries and calamities, to put good men and a warlike people into desperation, for fear of the mischiefs which might ensue thereof, which could in no sort profit his majesty. This discreet answer of the Milan Senate, did change King Phillip's determination, who revoking his Edict, did greatly assure and confirm the Milanois.  
The Pope perceiving that his design had taken none effect at Milan as he de 
The Venetian●… answer to the Pope.  sired, he did by letters exhort the Venetians thereunto, entreated, and in a manner went about to enforce them to embrace that novelty. The Venetians being wise and discreet, after they had maturely considered the business, together withthe great danger they were like to incur, if they should permit such cruelty to take place in their Towns and Cities (in regard that the Realm of Naples for the self same matter, had in a manner revolted from the Emperor, and the Milanois had bruely impugned it,) they being unwilling openly to seem to deny the Pope, nor likewise to grant his request so dangerous unto them, delayed as much as they could to make him an answer.  
But his Nuncio still urging them more and more to grant the Pope's demand, the Senate was assembled for that business, where after sundry opinions had been propounded, they diligently considered the discomodities which might arise unto them by means of the Pope's wrath and indignation, if they should refuse him, who being already not very well affected to the Commonwealth, would be the more inflamed against them: On the other side they did represent before their eyes, how that the wretchedest of all others was a civil and domestic war, whereby the Republic did weaken her owneforces, which were sooner raised, then pacified.  
Therefore the Senate, all this being well examined, made the Pope an answer full of meekness and humility: how that it was of opinion by rigorous and sharp punishment to extirpate all execrable heresies: but that it was not seemly to deprive 
The Death of Pope Piu●… quar●…us, ànd the election of Peus quintus  children, guiltlesle of that crime of their father's successions, seeing that they had Cities very zealous of Catholic Religion, which had no need of such great rigour and justice: yet they would take order, that those who should be convicted of Heresy should abjure their errors, or else, should be punished with death according to the manner of their justice.  
About the latter end of this year died Pope Pius Qu●…rtus in the sixth year of his Papacy, unto whom succeeded, at the beginning of the year 1566. Friar 
The death of Soliman before Zighet.  Michael Giseleo of the order of Saint Dominick, called the Cardinal Alexandrine, who took upon him the name of Pius Quintus  
Soliman lying at the siege of Zighet, and being enraged to see a handful of Christians so bravely to resist the great numbers of his soldiers, this disdain and rage did so alter him, as it brought him to a flux, which killed him on the fifth day of September: but his death was in such sort concealed by Mahomet Bascha, who next him was the chiefest man in the Army, as the Turks knew it not, fearing (as it was likely) that the news of the great Lords death, would be the cause of the ruin of the whole Army, Selim his son succeeded him in the Otoman Empire.  
But to return to the Venetians, of whom our meaning is chiefly to speak, certain months after that this new Emperor of Turks was installed in his Empire, and that from all parts Ambassadors were sent unto him to congratulate 
The Venetians send Ambassa dors to Selim the new Emperor.  his happy coming to the Crown, they appointed Marin Caballo, a nobleman, and excellently well seen in the knowledge of divers things, being both learned and rich, to go and rejoice with him likewise in the Common wealths name for his advancement to the Empire, and afterwards to confirm the ancient Articles of peace and alliance which they had made with his father Soliman: the which that he might obtain with more ease, he took along with him the presents which Ambassadors were wont for to carry to the new Emperors. But whilst he prepared for his journey, it happened, that one called john Miches a jew by nation, a great favourite of Selim's, a man of an evil disposition, and who had turned Turk, for a certain wonderful policy, did continually solicit Selim against the Duke of Necsia, (one of the Islands Ciclades, descended from the race of Crispes, and was the one & twentieth Duke of that Island) to bereave him of his Prnicipallity, hoping (as it came to pass) that he being driven thence, easily to obtain it for himself.  
This Duke being advertised of the practices which were wrought against him, went to Constantinople to justify his cause, where, knowing that the favour and friendship of the great Lords Councillors is bestowed on such as give most for 
A mischievous practice of a revolted jew.  it, he car●…ied with him fifteen thousand Crowns to bestow among them, hoping by that money to win those of the Council to his side, but at his arrival the laid hands on him, and being committed to prison, he lost at one time both his money, and all the wealth he had.  
At last being set at liberty as innocent, and having committed no fault at all, he could never afterwards recover his principality, so as being reduced to extreme poverty he came to Venice. The Venetians taking pity on that honest man, who by the malice and envy of that jew was fallen into such misery and calamity, and not through his own fault, were very liberal to him: the like did the Pope when he came to Rome.  
By this time Marin Caballo, who was appointed by the Senate (as hath been said) to go Ambassador to Selim, was ready, who departed from Venice, and with a fair and gentle wind sailed towards Constantinople, where at his first arrival he treated (according to the use) with the chief of the great Lords Council: (for no stranger is admitted to speak with the Emperor, till such time as his demand be determined and concluded by them) but he had much to do to obtain that which he demanded, those Councillors feigning that Selim the new Emperorrefused to confirm their alliance, which was only to draw greater gifts from them, which they did: for the Ambassador having given them many other great presents he did at length procure the Councillors, to consent to the conditlons 
The Ceremony of bringing Ambassadors to the great Lord  of peace and friendship: then he was brought in by the Captain of the Port, and led by the Arms to kiss the Emperor's hand, the like did divers young Gentlemen which had accompanied the Ambassador: but they were led in another fashion: for two Turks held each of them by the arms, and brought them as prisoners, who did not Kiss the Emperor's hand, but his knees, that done, they returned, and went backward, their faces being still turned towards the Emperor. These young Gentlemen being led forth of the room, not any Christian remained in Selim's Chamber, but only the Ambassador, who spoke briefly unto him in this manner.  
As much grief (most gracious Emperor (as our Venetian Commonwealth, highly affected to the Ottomans, hath received by the death of Soliman that glorious 
The Venetian Ambassador●…●…on to the Empepor.  and most wise Emperor, even so much joy and contentment hath it, to understand that the divine power hath raised you to such a dignity and placed you in the throne belonging to the famous and mostiust family of the Ottomans. For it is most certain that the soul of Soliman doth at this present glory, not only for that it did so much surpass all men in good hap and glory for high enterprises, in wisdom and knowledge of divers things, for being meek and gentle to the humble, liberal to his friends, and faithful to his allies; but much more for leaving you his son behind him, far more excellent than himself. For he haui●…g been ever invincible, and having never given place to any man, is not only at this present joyful, but likewise accounteth himself more honoured sor being surmounted and overcome by his son in all virtues belonging to an Emperor. The excellency of so many great Emperors your Ancestors do invite us, nay rather do enforce us, (most mighty Emperor) to expect as much from you, the glory of the Ottomans, the high attempts of your progenitors, every where so much renowned doth draw us thereunto, and the fame of your fore fathers, continued for so many years without intermission doth confirm it to us. These things being thus, the Venetian Senate hath sent me hither to confirm and establish the same friendship and alliance which hath ever been betwizt the Ottoman Emperots' & our Republic, and this amity with your most excellent majesty, aught to be so much the more pleasing unto you, by how much it is more ancient, confirmed by sundry good offices on either part, and continued for so many years. For in very deed all worldly things do by long tract of time corrupt and grow weak, and still new things are found best, but friendship which is a sacred & divine thing, and which can not be but among good and just men, the older it is, so much more perfect and durable is it. Our Republic then being moved by these reasons, doth continually pray unto Almighty God for your health and prosperity.  
The Ambassador having ended his speech, Selim swore a solemn oath, and ratified that which was written in his Patents sealed with his seal▪ The form of 
S●…lim ratisieth the Venetians alliance.  Selim's oath was thus, I swear & promise by the eternal God creator of Heaven & Earth, by the souls of the seventy Prophets, by mine own soul, and those of all mine Ancestors, to observe from point to point all the rights of alliance and friendship maintained until this present, and to keep them sacred and inviolable, in the same manner as they are confirmed by my seal. Selim as the Ambassador was taking his leave, answered him in few words badly polished, but yet full of all courtesy and humanity.  
Gaballus departing from the great Lords Palace, and mounting his horse, was 
The form of the great Lords oath.  conducted by the janissaries (unto whom before he had audience he had given gifts) to his own lodging, then preparing for his return to Venice, the Baschaes of the Council used him with great courtesy and liberality, giving him sumptuous garments, Terra Sigillata; Balsamum, and divers other precious things; sometimes likewise they do use to feast and banquet one an other.  
At the same time such numbers of Pirates, did scour the seacoasts of Dalmatia, as men could not live safely in their own houses they did not only rob those whom they encountered at Sea after the manner of Pirates, but did likewise come on shore, putting all to fire and sword, killing old men and young Children: carrying away 
The 〈◊〉 do pur●…e the 〈◊〉 of Pirates.  with them Men, Women & Cattail. The Venetians were not able to endure that insolency, ●…ut did on a sudden arm forty Galleys under the command of Hermolao Tepulo, whereof these Pirates being advertised, departed speedily from thence, and left the Province in quiet. In the mean time jeronimo Priuli died, having governed eight years, eleven months and four days, and was honourably buried in Saint Dominicks Church in the monument of his Ancestors.  


PIETRO LOREDANO the 84. Duke.   
 
 
PIETRO LOREDANO, a renowned and excellent Senator, was chosen in his steed on the 26. of November, all men hoping that his government would procure great commodity to the 
The Arsenal of Venice, burnt.  commonwealth, and so ended the year 1567. Not long after the Arsenal of Venice was set on fire, which was fearful for the noise it made, it being heard many miles off: after which followed an intolerable dearth, so as for the people's reliese they were enforced to employ the munitions which were reserved for the fleets.  
These two inconveniences happening one after an other in the ci●…ty, did provoke the Turk to make an attempt upon the Isle of Cyprus, being urged thereunto by john Miches, who of a jew being become Turk, could do much with Selim (as hath been said). This man, the better to persuade him to the enterprise of Cyprus, did acquaint him with the advertisement which he had received from the jews at Venice, how the Arsenal had been burned on the third day of September 1569. where all the munitions had been for the most part spoiled 
The first motion of the enterprise of Cyprus for the Turk.  and lost, together with the great dearth which had followed that loss, where with the city was still afflicted.  
Selim who long before then had been desirous to seize upon that Island, and to take it from the Venetians, and who for that purpose, had in the year 1567. secretly sent to the Duke of Savoy, to incite him to recover that Island, which did of right belong unto him, promising him all aid and succour, and to make him quiet possessor thereof; but the Duke giving no ear thereunto, he himself resolved to have it by all means. As also because he being desirous to build a Mesquite (for no great Lord is truly proclaimed Emperor, until he have builded one, and endowed it with revenues) was dissuaded from it: their Mufti, (who among them is as the Pope with us) saying that he could not do it, till he had made some great enterprise against Christians, to the augmenting of his religion and Empire, and having made a conquest, to endow it with the wealth thereof, it being no way lawful for the great Lord to build a Mesquite with the revenue of the Empire, or that of the Casnata (which is like to the Chamber of accounts in France) but only with that of the country conquered by him.  
He having along time debated these reasons with himself, did at last resolve to communicate the matters to his Baschas. And departing from Constantinople 
Selim com●… the enterprise of 〈◊〉 ●…o bes 〈◊〉 as.  in the month of November, the third year of his Empire with his chief Baschas to ride on hunting, (the Turks term it the council on horse back) he began to acquaint them with that enterprise.  
Mahomet as Visier Bascha began cunningly to dissuade him from it, as well for 
The council of Mahomet the Visier Bascha.  the love he did bear to Christians, as for the great profit which he ordinarily received from the Venetians, telling him that upon what occasion soever he was moved to take arms, either for Religion, Empire, or for glory, he ought by no means to break with the Venetians, whose friendship had been ever profitable for their nation: That he ought rather to attempt to relieve the Moors of Granado, as a matter more beseeming the greatness, wherein by the grace of the great Prophet Mahomet the Ottoman Emperors were seated, not to abandon the defence of those, who by an holy and constant resolution had never forsaken the Mahometan religion: That it was like wise necessary for the power and safety of his Empire, & for the glory which Selim seemed so much to desite, not to suffer any one Potentare to grow too great, but presently to abase those which might make head against the power of the Ottamans', such as was that of the king of Spain, which though it would be a difficult enterprise, would nevertheless be full of glory and great hope. Therefore he besought him to acknowledge and make good use of that great occasion which God offered him, to preserve the faithful Musulmans, to molest his enemies, and to open to himself away to great and glorious conquests.  
The other Baschas Piali and Mustapha, did with no less vehemency than Mahamet 
The opinion of the other Basc●…as contrary to that of Mahomet.  had done maintain the contrary, for they not only envying him, but having declared themselves his open enemies, did ever cross his designs & counsels, and did more earnestly embrace this business, knowing that the great Lord did affect it, and highly extolling his designs, they hoped to win his favour, and to disgrace him that counseled the contrary: Likewise, they thought that by counseling him to what he was addicted, that they themselves should be employed in that enterprise, the one by Sea, and the other by Land; whereupon they persuaded him that the Venetians forces were of themselves weak, and the aid of Christian 
The reasons of the two Baschas contrary to M●…homet.  Princes uncertain and badly grounded, as they had known by experience: that the Isle of Cyprus being far from Venice was not easily to be relieved, and easy to be enuaded by them, by reason of their near neighbourhood: that it was a most rich and excellent Island, and very commodious for all his other states, and 〈◊〉 in a place, which might much assure his subjects navigation upon those Seas.  
Selim lent a willing ear to those two, because they were of his opinion, and Mahomet's credit was thereby much diminished, and his speech greatly suspected, so as afterwards, that enterprise was resolved and concluded, to the which Selim 
Selim resolveth to invade the Isle of Cyprus  promised to go in person, with such a will and resolution as all men thought that the very first year of his Empire he would have undertaken this war if other lets had not detained him. For after Soliman's death he found the Empire much wasted, by reason of his father's continual wars both at Malta, Zighet and in other places, where he had lost great numbers of Soldiers and spent much treasure: beside, his army was ill provided of all necessaries, which it behoved him to renew by rest and time, & with all to repair his fleet; all which being done there was no more likelihood that it would be any longer deferred.  
The Venetians were speedily advertised of all these things, by Mark Antonio Barbaro their Bailie in Constantinople, a very wise & discreet man, who at that time did many great and good services to the Commonwealth. But these things at the first seemed unto them impossible, so as the Senators could hardly be drawn to believe it, for when motion was made of making provisions for the naval army they answered that it behoved them to proceed discreetly therein, and not to prouo●…e Selim, who peradventure had never thought on such a matter, which would rather hasten the danger then prevent it.   
The end of the seventh Book of the sixth Decade.   

The Contents of the eighth Book of the sixth Decad.  
THE Senate are certainly advertised of the Turks enterprise upon Cyprus. A Cypriot practiseth treason over the whole Island. The Venetians implore the aid of all Christian Princes. The Pope soliciteth all Christian Princes, in the Venetians behalf. The Venetians solicit the King of Persia to make war on Selim. The Turks great preparations for the war of Cyprus. Selim by the persuasion of Bascha Mahomet, sendeth a defiance to the Venetians, unless they quit the Isle of Cyprus. The small entertainment given to the Chians of the great Lord. The Venetians provisions and preparations for the war of Cyprus. The Pope's Proposition to prevent the delay of the union of the Armies. Mark-Antonio Colonna, General of the Pope's Army, in title of Gonfalonier of the Church. The enterprise of the Marquerites is broken off, by reason of the bad access to the place. The union of the Armies of the Pope, King Philip of Spain, and the Venetians. Mustapha, General of the enterprise of Cyprus. The Turkish Army landeth in Cyprus. The small forces which were in the whole Island. The enemies come and encamp before Nicotia. The situation of the City of Nicotia. Those of Famagosta will not suffer Baillon to go to Nicotia, who was sent for thither. And lastly the Prayers and Processions of those of Nicotia.  
The eight Book of the sixth Decad of the History of Venice.  
ANTONIO BARBARO Bayly in Constantinople having given sundry intelligences to the Senate, he sent the 
The Senate are certainly advertised of the Turks enterprise upon Cyprus.  last thither upon the first day of january 1570. whereby he advertised them, not of the common report, but of the certain resolution made in the Council of the great Turk, concerning the enterprise of Cyprus, although the Baschas did constantly affirm the contrary, using all means to keep it secret. For the Bailie seeming to believe nothing of the matter, dealt with the Turks, and chiefly with Ibrahim their Dragoman, who was one of the Visier Baschas Domestics, and thereby more reckoned of, did sound him, and draw him into sundry discourses of diverse matters which he had learned of the Bascha, about the provisions which were made, and especially of the great number of ships which were built in the Gulf of Aizza, and in the great sea; of the commandment given by the Captain General of Asia, whom they term the Beglerbey of Anatolia, to the soldiers of that Province to be ready to go to Caramannia, with other like matters, which gave sufficient testimony, that the enterprise of the next ensuing Spring, was only for the Realm of Cyprus, which they did mean to invade on the sudden.  
The Senate by these so often reiterated intelligences, desiring speedily to redeem 
The Venetians preparation for the war of Cyprus.  the time which they had lost, began to provide all things necessary for a long war: Whereupon they suddenly resolved to send troops of soldiers in Garrison into Cyprus, commanding all the Governors of the Island, to take special care for the guard thereof, and to prepare for their own defence, exhorting the people to be loyal to them, and the Gentlemen which were feudatories, to make provision of armour and horse, as they were bound to do.  
They did likewise speedily provide for the other Sea-townes of their dominions, sending men of authority to command their chief Castles. They made great levies of footmen in sundry places of Italy, and took into their pay the best Captains of those times: in a word, they left nothing undone, which might serve to defend themselves or to offend their enemies; they caused great numbers of Galleys to be made ready in the Arsenal, they chose eleven Captains of the great Galleys, and made Francisco Duodo their Admiral, a man much esteemed for his valour and skill at Sea, and fourscore captains for the light Galleys, who were of the chiefest Gentlemen of the City, and best experienced in marine matters. Pietro Troni was made Captain of the armed ships, jeronimo Zene Procurator of Saint Mark was declared General of all that fleet, having been chosen to that office two years before, no occasion being offered them to send forth their fleet to Sea, and he by that means having not executed his place, did nevertheless still retain the same dignity. He was reputed both in particular and in public to be a man till then very fortunate and had well and honourably discharged the most important offices of the commonwealth which had been imposed upon him. All things being thus ordered, they waited for nothing but to put them in execution, whereupon they consulted how to employ those forces: some thinking it fit to send forth Galleys towards the Levant, which lying in the havens of Candy should be ever ready in all occasions, which the time, and the enemy's attempts should present: saying, That by so doing they should encourage their subjects, and increase their reputation, and might beside breed diverse doubts in the enemy's minds, which might for a time delay their journey, they not determining to hazard themselves forth of the straight of Gallipolis, but with all their forces joined together, especially when they should understand of any that were able to stay them. But opposition was made against this opinion, some saying, That the danger was greater▪ then the assurance which that advise did promise, because that those Galleys which the Turks do usually keep armed at all times for the guard of their towns, are so many in number, as diverse Fusts belonging to Pirates (which they ordinarily use in time of war) being joined unto them, it might happen that ours would be exposed unto great danger, the which by so much the more was to be avoided, as the hope was great that all their forces being joined together, might execute some notable enterprise.  
I will not forget to observe by the way, how that some few months before Selim resolved on that siege, some of his council seeking by all means to surprise that Kingdom, began to consult by what treachery and deceit they might obtain it, not fearing to be reprehended for it, but rather highly commended, seeing that if the worst should happen they could but restore what they had taken.  
Now as the way of treachery was the safest, it seemed likewise unto them the easiest: for if any town of Cyprus should be taken in that manner, it was a very easy matter in regard of the near neighbourhood, not only to keep it, but likewise 
Treason practi zed by a Cypriot.  to seize on others, by reason of the great and ordinary quarrels and dissensions a 'mong the Cypriots. For the execution of this design, one Diasorinus seemed unto them avery fit Instrument. He was by nation a Cypriot, by nature subtle and cunning, a great Courtier, and one that had much credit among the Cypriots. To this man Scander, Governor of the higher Misia; sent letters full of courteous compliments, with whom by little and little he began to enter into a league of friendship, sending oftentimes letters and presents one to an other.  
After familiar conversation by letters, Diasorinus being won through fair and goodly promises by the Governor gave consent to betray his Country, and to that end, wrote to Scander, as often as any fit occasion was offered, sometimes in the Greek tongue, and at other times in Charactery: The Characters were small animals, as flies, ants, spiders, butterflies and such like.  
But because God's will was not to have the Cypriots as yet to fall into that misery, they began to suspect Diasorinus, in regard of the frequent sending of 
Treason is does covered & the Author ex●…cuted.  letters and presents betwixt them, whereupon, they found means to interrupt some of his letters which they finding to be written in Characters with the figures of these animals, they forthwith supposed that there was some secret in them which they would not have all the world acquainted with.  
Diasorinus was presently apprehended, his letters laid before him and being loath to confess any thing he was put to the tortures which made him to confess that not only himself, but divers others of the chief of the Island, drawn by the goodly promises of Scander, and wearied likewise with the Venetian Government, unto whom they would not give place either for nobility or for wealth, had conspired and determined to receive the Turks into the Island: whereupon he with his other complices were put to death.  
Now to return to the Senate's determination concerning the resisting of the Turkish Army: they resolved to place strong and sufficient Garrisons in the Castles of Cyprus, speedily to send thither the necessary aid; and being ready to choose a Commander to conduct those forces, Eugenio Singlitico Count of Roccas a Gentleman of Cyprus, (who at the same time being Lieutenant General of the Army of the firm land, did for the most part continue at Venice) did 
Supplies of one thousand men sent into Cyprus.  freely offer himself to aid his Country at such a need and to serve his Prince; whereupon having a speedy dispatch he embarked himself with a thousand footmen, the Senate having first made him General of all the Cavalry in the Island. jeronimo Martinenga, Captain of the men at arms, did likewise freely make offer ●…o raise within a few days upon other prince's states two thousand footmen to conduct them to the releese of Famagosta, and to remain there with them 
The voluntary offer of jeronimo Martinenga.  for the defence of the City: the which he having in a short space done to his great honour, and brought them to Venice, to embark them in the vessels appointed for that purpose, he would first show them in arms to the people in the 
The death of Martinenga.  market place of Saint Mark, who took great pleasure to behold them, which being done, they sailed towards Cyprus, but their Captain falling sick at Sea, died within a few days after, for want of looking to, who was mightily bewailed, & being carried into Cyprus was buried in Famagosta in S. Sophia's Church.  
The Senate being desirous to implore the aid of all Christian Princes, sent 
The Venetians implore the aid of Christian Princes.  word to their Ambassadors residing in their Courts, that they should acquaint them with the cause, which at that time did only concern themselves, but would shortly be common to all Christendom; the which they did, not so much for any hope they had to be relieved, as for that they were willing to take from them all cause of suspicion that they despised other men's aid, and that presuming too much on their own forces, they went about to precipitate into a manifest danger the event of that war, whereon depended the common cause of Christendom.  
First of all they made means to the Pope, as well to draw some succours from him, as that he by his authority should dispose other Princes to send them supplies. Micaele Suriana was at the same time Ambassador for the Commonwealth at Rome, who augmenting the Pope's goodwill and disposition by sundry reasons, did continually solicit him effectually to embrace the protection of the Republic in a time so dangerous, by setting before him the example of other Popes, who upon other occasions, had readily aided them against that common enemy of Christendom: He did likewise put him in mind of the Republics benefits bestowed upon the Sea Apostolic, for the conservation whereof, it had oftentimes exposed her forces and State, against very mighty Princes: but he 
Reasons propounded to the Pope to 〈◊〉 him to relieve them.  did chiefly set before his eyes, the manifest danger which threatened other Christian Realms, and especially the Church's territories, if the Venetian State, which all men thought to be the Bulwark of Christendom should be overthrown and ruined.  
By these reasons and diverse others, the Pope being drawn to defend the Venetians, he seemed to be very zealously affected to the cause, and desirous to provide for the necessity of that war, and to aid the Commonwealth; yet nevertheless, excusing himself for that he was not able to do what he would, he bewailed the misery of his time, wherein the Sea Apostolic by sundry accidents was very bare of means, and especially by reason of the troubles in France, which threatening the city of avignon, had constrained him to be at great expenses: whereupon although it was often propounded in the Consistory to embrace the Venetians defence, and to aid them; and that the proposition was approved by the College of Cardinals, yet nevertheless, it took no great effect: at the first they were only permitted to levy upon the whole Clergy of their State without any exception, the sum of an hundred thousand Ducats towards the expense of the war. He did afterwards make a motion, to join with all possible speed, the King of Spain's Galleys, with those of the Venetians, that they might make a mighty fleet, able to resist that of the Turks, and to disappoint their first attempts: And in the mean time to make a league with the same King and other Christian Princes, whereby all their forces might continually be joined together, to make head against the enemy's greatness. The Ambassador Suriana acquainted the Senate with his Holiness proposition, who entreated them to accept thereof, and to refer the whole business to him; that he would manage it as the common Father, with great affection, to the good of all Christendom, and to their own particular desire and profit; the which the Senate very willingly did.  
The Pope for the beginning of this Treaty sent Lodovico de Torres, Clarke of the Apostolic Chamber, into Spain to King Philip, to dispose him to join his forces with others against Setim Ottoman the common enemy, unto whom having related, from the Pope, as well the public interest of all Christendom, 
The Pope sendeth to exhort the Catholic King to join in that war against the Turk.  as his own particular, he found his Majesty ready and well inclined to do that whereunto his Holiness exhorted him, referring nevertheless his final answer till his arrival at Seville, (for he was then at Corduba, at the assembly of the Estates of Castill) but upon Torres reply, that nothing would so much hinder that business as long delay; he granted him, that his own Galleys, with those of his Pensioners and Confederates, which amounted to the number of sixty five, besides those of Spain, who by reason of the troubles of Ganado continued upon those seas, should be brought into Sicily, commanding Giovan Andre Doria their Admiral to obey the Pope's commandment, concerning the time and means to join them with the Venetians, that they might afterwards sail into the Levant: He did likewise obtain a Commission to the Viceroy of Naples, and Sicill, to permit the Venetians to furnish themselves forth of these countries with corn sufficient for the fleet: but as concerning the entering into the league, he answered, That it craved a larger and more mature deliberation for which he 
The King of Spain's answer to the Pope's content.  referred him till some other time: yet nevertheless within a while after his coming to Seville, he concluded it of his own peoper motion.  
The Venetians had enjoined Sigismond de Cavalli their Ambassador with the Catholic King, to aid and further the Treaty of Torres, who having well and duly acquitted himself of that charge, returned to Venice: Leonardo Donato was sent thither in his place, who dealt so with the King, as he continued him in that good desire and inclination.  
Torres, having dispatched his business in Spain, did for the same purpose make a journey into Portugal, having first obtained letters of recommendation from the King's mother, who lay then at Madrill. Sebastian the first of that name was at the same time King of Portugal, being seventeen years old, bred and brought up in Christian piety under the government of D. Luigi Genzabeil a jesuist, a man very famous and of great authority near the King, by whose means the Pope presumed to obtain of that Prince whatsoever he was able to do for the profit and serucie of Christendom- Torres having requested this King to send the ten Galleys, which were usually ready armed in that Kingdom, that they being joined with the King of Spain's might altogether sail into Sicily. The King showed great love and reverence to the Sea Apostolic, and seeming to be desirous to satisfy his Holiness demand, in a matter so holy, just and honourable, did to his great grief excuse himself for that he could not accomplish his good desire; saying, that his Galleys were at the same time unready and disarmed by reason of the contagious sickness which had the year before been at Lisbon, and that it would be impossible to make them ready upon a sudden, or to be serviceable that year: so as by this means Torres journey into Portugal was to no purpose.  
During this negotiating in Spain, Giovani Michaele being the Venetians Ambassador with the Emperor, a man of singular understanding and well seen 
The Venetiansolicit the Em peror to the same effect.  in affairs of importance, had already motioned the matter to the Emperor, telling him that the occasion was now offered which he had so often desired in their discourses together, how he might fearless invade the Turkish States whilst they being busied at Sea might not have leisure to succour them: and therefore he should not delay it till they had ended their war and assured their Sea coasts at which time it was to be feared that they being freed from all other care, would seek to enlarge their Empire, by his loss and ruin: as for the small safety in the truce with them their Example might give him sufficient testimony thereof, Selim having broken it with them, and infringed his, oath upon none occasion, 
The Emperor's answer to the Venetian Ambassador.  but only through a covetous desire to rule over the whole world. The Emperor gave a willing care to these remonstrances, with a ready answer, that he would never be wanting to the wealth and commodity of Christendom, but that he was desirous to see, how the King of Poland, the Muscovit, with other Christian Princes, and especially the King of Spain would carry themselves there-in, unto whom he would send an express messenger into Spain to know his mind.  
As for Charles the ninth the French King, the Pope used all the means he could by his Nuncio to draw him into the league, exhorting him to favour and further it with all his power, notwithstanding all the domestic wars and broils 
The Pope 〈◊〉 the French King to have ●…n band in this war.  which had for certain years molested his Kingdom; if not with his forces yet at least with his name and authority; the which the King seeming not to be able to satisfy, and being likewise unwilling to neglect the authority and exhortation of his Holiness, he said, in manner of delay that he would see what others would do, who were more mighty, and free from all other lets; for he had at the same time sharp war in his Realm, where not long before the battle of Mon●…contour, was fought betwixt his brother the Duke of Anjou, his Lieutenant General, and the Photestants, of whom the Duke of Anjou got the victory: But the Queen Mother who had the entire government and managing of affairs, making a more open excuse, alleged, That the condition of other Princes was not like to that of 
The answer of the King and the Queen his mother to the Pope.  her son, because that others treated of continuing war against their enemies whereas they made a proposition in France to break the truce with a most mighty Prince their ancient friend, and therefore that the business deserved longer and more mature consultation.  
Yet nevertheless the King and Queen, gave loving and kind speeches to the Venetian Ambassador residing in their Court, and beside divers offers made to the Senate from them, by their Ambassador resident at Venice, the King did expressly send thither one of his Gentlemen to offer to the Signory that which the condition and misery of the time would permit his Kingdom, troubled with such gre●…uous accidents, namely to be a mean to divert that war, and to compose 
The French Kings offer to the Venetians  that controversy with the great Lord; making use in that manner of that friendship, the which he himself had not contracted, but having found it established by his Grandfather, and afterwards confirmed by Henry his father, he would use means to preserve it, the which he supposed would for that time be to purpose, and redound to the profit of the Venetians, his ancient, and great friends.  
The Senate did not think those offers of any force at that time, the preparations for war being very forward on both sides, fearing least by an uncertain hope of peace the minds of other Princes, who were already much animated to war would be so ftened: The Italian Princes were much disposed to this league, as the Dukes of Urbin, Savoy, Florence, and Ferrara, who did all of them offer to spend their means and lives in that war.  
Tamas King of Persia was solicited to take arms and to revenge the old and new wrongs received from the Ottomans, and to this end 〈◊〉 Alessandris a Citizen of Venice was sent thither, who having dwelled a long time at Constantinople could speak divers languages. He being come to Casbin 
The Venetians solicit the King of Persia to make war upon Selim.  where the King of Persia lay, was by means of certain Armenian Merchants brought in by night, according to the manner of the Country, although it was in the summer time, before Sultan Caydar Mirisi the King's third son, who was at the same time his Lieutenant, with whom having a long time discoursed concerning his coming ●…hither, and telling him what great warlike preparations Selim made against the Venetians, together with the great provisions of all Christian Princes to fight with him, he entreated him in the name of the Senate to make use of such an occasion, and to make war upon the Turks in Asia, whilst the towns there should be unfurnished of Garrisons by reason of the war of Cyprus.  
Caydar lending a willing care to this discourse, did diligently crave to be informed of the whole matter, not promising him any thing, but to procure him audience of the King his father. But Alessandris perceiving that they used many delays therein, being advised and assisted by Coza Ali a merchant of Tauris, unto whom (he coming with him from Venice) the business had been recommended, he began to deal with the great Chancellor of the Kingdom, who after divers ordinances, made a free answer, That his King was a very wise and discreet 
The chancellor of Persia his answer concerning the Emperor's demand.  Prince, who knowing that in a matter of so great importance it was necessary to proceed very maturely, he would first see the success of the league, whereupon he might afterwards more safely resolve.  
Alessandris having received this answer, and perceiving that he could not be admitted to speak with the King, left Persia: for he plainly discerned that Tamas, being very old, was altogether addicted to peace, and avoided all occasions which might cause the Turks to suspect that he had any intelligence with Christians against him  
Such were the Venetians preparations, such their resolution, and thus did they treat with foreign Princes, that being united together they might oppose themselves against that Common enemy: at what time the Turks began to use hostile actions, & stayed divers Venetian Merchants with their goods who traded at Narenta, and other places of Albania in the Turks dominions; they did likewise unload (although under another colour) two Venetian ships which were at Constantinople, not suffering them to depart from thence. Thereupon it was thought fit at Venice to do the like by the Turks subjects, and their goods, to the end that upon all occasions the bodies and goods of those men might be answerable for their subjects.  
Whilst the Venetians were busied in their preparations, the Turks at Constantinople did hasten the provision of all necessaries for their journey, they did 
The Turks preparations for the war of Cyprus.  in their Arsenal build new Galleys, trimmed the old ones, cast new pieces of Ordnance: enrol great numbers of pioneers in Grecia, made huge proportions of Biscuits in Morea, sent five and twenty Galleys to Alexandria, to fetch all provisions made there for the Army, and Selim continuing his resolution to go in person with the army, they prepared an infinite number of vessels called Mahonnes, and Palanderias, and made great provisions of all things, according to the custom of that nation whenso-ever their great Lord doth go unto the Army.  
But the Baschaes, Mustapha, and Piali, with divers others of the Council unto whom the enterprise of Cyprus was committed, consulting afterwards on what course were best to be held in that war, and there being some contrariety found in their opinions, some stay was made of the business.  
In the mean time, the Venetian Bailie that lay at Constantinople, being acquainted with all these proceedings, took great care how he might advertise the Senate thereof; to write he durst not, fearing lest his letters would be intercepted, as some of his had already been, whereupon, knowing that the Bascha Mahomet was ever against this enterprise, he did hope by his means to obtain 
The bailies remonstrance to the Bascha Mahomet.  his desire: He did by Ibrahim acquaint the Bascha, and afterwards himself by word of mouth, how-ill beseeming it was for the Majesty and generosity of so great a Prince, to invade those on a sudden and unlooked for, who upon his word and oath, thought themselves safe and firm, as though when time and occasion should be offered, he could want forces to employ against them, for the recovery of that which he might justly think did belong unto him, against whom he ought first to proceed by way of justice, and next by force, using first gentle means, before he did take Arms. The Bascha being moved by these reasons, 
Selim s●…ndeth a d●…fiance to Venice unless they surrender the Realm of of Cyprus.  persuaded the great Lord, to send some of his servants to Venice, to demand the Realm of Cyprus, before he sent his Army to invade it, which council Selim allowed. Cubat Chiaus was appointed to that end, who some two years before had been at Venice upon other business: the Bailie under this colour, took occasion to send one of his servants to accompany the Chiaus, to conduct him safely thorough the Venetians territories, and to cause this negotiation to be the more esteemed, He determined to send Lodoutco Bonriey, his Secretary, whom he thoroughly instructed with all matters; he did likewise obtain leave of the Bascha to send his young son Lodovico to Venice, fearing lest he should miscarry among those Barbarians, in such wretched times.  
This proposition to send to Venice, did occasion an other good, for there was a suspension of Arms on the Turks side, till the return of the Chiaus, whereby the Venetians had time to man their towns with strong garrisons, and to provide for their affairs. The Chiaus being come to Venice, the Senate being before advertised of the cause why he came, and having resolved upon an answer, commanded that no man should talk or converse with him; but being left alone with the Secretary Bonriccy, and two Dragomans, they decreed that without any other ceremony, he should have private audience; where he coming into the Senate, and being placed in the usual seat, upon the Prince's right hand, he went and kissed his Gown, and after diverse reverences, he presented 
The Chiaus presenteth Selim's letters.  a purse of cloth of gold Tissue, wherein according to the custom of that nation, Selim's letters were, and said: Most excellent Prince, this is a Letter from my Lord, when you are acquainted with his demand, I expect to have an answer: Whereunto the Prince answering that it should be so, and the Chiaus standing still, perplexed in mind, because no other speech was used to him, added.  
My Lords, Mahomet the Visier Bascha hath commanded me to tell you, that he is very sorry, that an occasion is offered, that he must needs break off from you, having ever sought by all means to continue your friend: but complaints coming so often to the port, and from so many places, of the unfriendly dealings of the officers belonging to this State, and especially of the kind entertainment and reception given to the Western Pirates in Cyprus, who this very year, have done great hurt to the Musulmans, hath taken such impression in the mind of the great Lord, and hath so provoked him against this State, perceiving that speech used so often upon these complaints to your Bailie, hath been to no purpose, as his authority hath been no longer able to keep war from being denounced against you: and because he knoweth that ye cannot long hold out against the power of so potent a Prince, he adviseth you as a friend to take some other course to shield you from so many dangers, and to this end he hath procured my coming hither, and offereth to do all he may, that ye may avoid this mighty stroke of fortune, and continue your ancient friendship with the great Lord: and having ended his speech he presented a letter from the same Bascha, containing in substance that which he had spoken.  
The Chiaus having delivered his message, the Prince told him, that the Senate 
The Senate●… answer to the 〈◊〉  had resolved on an answer, the which should be read unto him, that he might the better understand and know their intention: Whereupon he commanded Antonio Milladonna, Secretary to the Council of Ten, to read it, which in effect was thus. That the Senate did greatly marvel, that his Lord being no way by them provoked, nor upon any just cause, would violate and infringe that oath, by which he had so solemnly confirmed the peace, and took for a pretence to make war upon them, that they should give away a kingdom which the commonwealth had for many years lawfully and peaceably enjoyed; the which he might be well assured that they would never part from; but seeing he was determined to proceed against them after that manner, the Venetian Senate would not fail to defend that which did belong unto it, hoping by so much more to be the better able to do it, by how much the justice of their cause would procure them all aid and succour, both divine and humane. They told him afterwards, that his Lords letters being translated and read, he should receive an answer, and so the Chiaus without any farther discourse was dismissed.  
The beginning of those letters was stuffed with sundry complaints against the 
The contents of 〈◊〉 letters.  Venetians, for that they had disquieted the ancient bounds of Dalmatia, which by convention, made with his predecessors, had been established betwixt both the one and other Empire: that contrary to the old and new agreement, the Admirals of the Venetian Galleys h●…d put diverse Turkish Pirates to death, after that they had taken them alive in fight; but especially for that the Western Pirates were welcome into the Isle of Cyprus, who did continually disquiet his neighbour cit●…ies, and barred his subjects from their free navigation▪ then toward the latter end he craved, that if the Venetians were desirous to continue their ancient friendship with him, that they should surrender unto him the Isle of Cyprus, to take away that chief cause which did entertain those controversies betwixt them; otherwise, they should prepare for a fierce war by sea and land, for he was determined to send his naval Army with great forces to take that Island, and in other places to invade their dominions by land, hoping in God, the giver of victories, and in his blessed Prophet Mahomet, by whose favour the Ottoman Family had obtained so great an Empire, to be victorious in that enterprise.  
The Senate made this answer to these letters. That the Venetians had ever inviolably maintained peace made with the Ott●…man Emperors, and contemned 
The Senate's answer to 〈◊〉 letters.  all other respects whatsoever, by refusing all occasions whereof they might have made good use to their own profit: because that above all other things they thought it fit and beseeming a Prince, carefully to keep his promise, and they being desirous to avoid all suspicion of so great an infamy, had dissembled and buried in silence, diverse wrongs done unto them, because they would not be the first desturbers of the peace: But now perceiving that upon no occasion, war is denounced against them, at such a time as they lest expected it, they would not refuse it, for the defence of their own, and in particular for the defence of the Realm of Cyprus, the which as their Aucestors had enjoyed it with so just a title for so many years, they did likewise hope that God would give them the grace to defend it valiantly against all those that would unjustly take it from them.  
War being in this sort denounced against the Venetians, and by them entertained, the Senate made a decree to sell diverse public possessions, to accept of sundry loans of money, to the great profit of those that brought them, and 
The Venetians great preparations.  in a word to use all means to gather great sums of money together: whereupon for this purpose the number of the ●…rocurators of Saint Mark was augmented, which is the chief dignity next to the Duke, bestowing it upon those that should lend twenty thou●…and Ducats: to the Commonwealth: they did likewise permit all young Gentlemen to enter into the great Council before the time appointed by the laws, who thereby might be capable to elect magistrates, and likewise to execute the like places themselves, so as they would lay in deposito certain sums of money in the public treasury.  
The surcease of arms had continued for a while till the return of Cubat, and the end of his negotiation, but being come to Raguza, the answer which he brought was soon divulged, whereupon the soldiers that lay in the parts near adjoining, not tarrying for any others commandment being assembled in great 
W●…r opened in a●… 〈◊〉.  numbers, did not only waste and spoil the champain country of Albania and Dalmatia which was subject to the Venetians, but went and encamped before Dulcina and Antivari, who finding them to be manned with strong Garrisons and having no ordnance to batter them, they were enforced to retire.  
Now the Chiaus being returned to Constantinople, and the Senate's answer being known, all men did greatly wonder at it: for the Turks having seen in former time what dear account the Venetians made of the great Lords friendship, supposed that they would try all means before they would take arms against him. But Selim did not so much wonder as he did scorn and disdain, accounting himself highly wronged and contemned in his own person, because that the usual ceremonies and entertainments done to Ambassadors had been denied to Cubat, and for that they had not sent an express messenger to him with their answer, but had contrary to their promise, detained the Secretary Bonricci at Venice. In regard whereof his pleasure was, being so counseled by Mahomet, to have Cubat come into his presence, and particularly to relate the Venetians speeches and entertainment given unto him, together with their preparations 
Selim is greatly discontented for the small respect and entertainment given to his C●…ians.  for war: which he understanding from his mouth, was some times amazed at the report of the republics forces, repenting him in a manner of his determination, and on a sudden he would enter into rage and choler, being thereunto provoked by his own pride, and by the flattery of his councillors: whereupon, he placed guards about the bailies house, that he should not go abroad, commanding the Bassa's of Cairo and Aleppo to do the like to the Venetian Consuls of Alexandria and Syria yet they were afterwards set at liberty, on condition they should not depart nor convey their merchandise forth of the Turks Dominions.  


LODOVICO MOCENIGO the 85. Duke.   
 
 
IN the mean time Prince Loredan died at Venice, and Lodovico Mocenigo was chosen in his place, to the people's great joy and unusual applauds, presuming that they had a Prince, who was wise, discreet, and a lover of the poor, and would constantly oppose himself against all those perils and dangers which did then threaten the Commonwealth.  
The Sena●…e after this election having acquainted all Christian Princes with the coming of the Chiaus to Venice, together with their answer, went about to continue the former motions of the league. Therefore for the greater recommendation of the matter, they resolved to send an express Ambassador to the Emperor, and to that end they appointed Giacomo Sourance, a man of great 
The Venetians 〈◊〉 Ambassador to t●…e E●…peror to solicit him to enter into the le●…gue.  authority and reputation, who had a long time dealt for the Commonwealth in Princes Courts; the Senate thinking it necessary, first to solicit that Prince, who already began to grow could in the business, to the end that by his example other Princes might be drawn into that union for Christendom.  
Being come to the Emperor's Court, he found that he did allege sundry difficulties, and that he was ready to send the tribute to Constantinople, which he used to pay to the Turk for the Realm of Hungary, the which he used means to hinder, or at least to delay it till the final resolution. Yet nevertheless the Emperor 
The Emperor's answer to the Venetian Ambassador.  seemed to be glad of his coming, either for his own excuse or else because he desired to have an express Ambassador to come from the Signory about that matter, to the end he might be present at the Imperial Diet which he determined within a while after to hold at Spire, and he supposed that his presence would be the occasion of propounding and concluding so great and important a matter.  
As for the Spanish Court there was no speech of the league, that King having sent back the treaty thereof to Rome to D. Estuniga his Ambassador and to the Cardinal's 〈◊〉 and Pacheco, but the Pope's Nuncio and the Venetian Ambassador made earnest request, that the King would command Doria, that so soon 
The Venetian▪ propositions in the ●…ourt of S●…aine, with the difficulties alleadgea there●…pon.  as he should bring those Galleys, which he had appointed him into those seas; to go presently and join with the Venetians fleet, concerning which proposition those of the King's Council made sundry difficulties, some times alleging that it was against reason that the Admiral of the King's Galleys should obey the Venetians Admiral: then they made show to suspect that the Venetians went about to make use both of the appearance and name of those forces to treat with more advantage with the Turks; and therefore they concluded that the treaty of the league ought first to take place, as most necessary.  
Now at Rome, whither the treaty of the league had been sent back (as hath 
The Pope's proposition to a●… delay.  been said) the Pope perceiving that to particularise the conditions thereof, would breed a very hurtful delay, he propounded, that seeing the King of Spain and the Venetians were agreed to make that union, that without any more delay, they should publish the league, being made in the same manner as in the year 37. and that in the mean time their forces should join together, to invite other Princes to declare themselves, and thereby to affright the enemies.  
During these practises the General Zanne departed from Venice about the beginning of April, and went to Zara, which was the Rendezvous of all the fleet, and for all the provisions for war, that so soon as things were ready they might from thence sail into the Levant. But the fleet, to their great hurt, stayed there longer than was expected, tarrying for certain Galleys, and for arms for the soldiers, and other warlike engines ordained in great number, for the soldiers 
The fl●…et receiveth great discommodity by their abode at Z●…ra.  did endure there sundry discommodities, and many of them grew sick, by means whereof the Galleys were badly furnished with soldiers and mariners: yet nevertheless so soon as the Senate heard news from Rome that the King had commanded Doria to join with the Venetian naval army, it wrote to the General, that leaving four Galleys for the guard of the Gulf, under the command of one of the captains that had at any time been an Admiral, he should speedily sail with the residue of the army to Corfou, and there to expect news from the Galleys of Spain, that he might afterwards join with them at Messina, and the two fleets being so united should shape such a course as God should direct them.  
According to this commandment Zanne departed from Zara the twelfth day of july and sailed to Liesna, where he found six great Galleys, and certain ships which he joined to his fleet, and from thence, he went directly to Corfou. At the same time, twelve Galleys were in the Pope's name armed at Ancona to be sent to the Venetian fleet at Corfou. For, after sundry propositions made in open consistory concerning the aid which the Church might afford the Venetians 
The Pope armeth twelve Galli●…s whereof Colonna is made General.  in that war, it was concluded that twelve Galleys should be armed by the sea Apostolic, but rigged by the Venetians. The Pope committed them to Marc Antonio Colonna duke of Palliano with title of General to the Church in that war against the Infidels.  
The Venetians seemed to approve the Pope's choice and wrote to him about it, Colonna sent letters to Venice, wherein he gratified their love and good will towards him, which he promised in all points to answer to the honour and service of the Commonwealth.  
The Turks on the other side so soon as the Venetian fleet was gone from Zara, began to spoil and waste Dalmatia, with great troops of horse and foot, where they took some castles. Now the Venetian General being come to Corfou with three score and ten light Galleys (for the great Galleys and Ships stayed by the way) he began to consult what was best to be done (in the council, by the Senate's appointment, besides the General who had two voices both the Providators of the army and Sforza Palavicin were present) all men were desirous that the fleet should without delay pass forward; but many things hindered this design; first, because they had no certain news of the Galleys of Candy, which were in number twenty, under the command of Marco Quirin Admiral of the Gulf, and next because they had no certain intelligence of the designs of the Turkish fleet; for it would have been a very rash attempt with half the forces to have hazarded the whole fortune of that w●…rre on the incertain event of one fight, seeing that by a little temporising they might more commodiously assure the estate of that action.  
And lastly because the sickness which first began at Zara, by reason of the miseries which the soldiers and ma●…riners had there endured, was so mightily 
The cause which s●…aied the 〈◊〉 at C●…rfou.  increased, as great numbers daily died, whereby many Galleys were empty of men: this was the chief cause of the delay, and the captains took great care how to make new levies of men to furnish the fleet: To this end, commandment was sent to the Governors of Zant and Cephalonia to raise the speediest and greatest supplies that they possibly could.  
In the mean time because the soldiers should not grow idle, the General resolved to send them to besiege the castle of Marguerits, a place of itself nothing famous, but very necessary for the obtaining of other conquests, in which action it was thought fit to employ them, till such time as the Galleys of the Pope and the Catholic King should arrive. The charge of this enterprise was given to Sforza Palavicin General of the Venetian troops, who departing from Corfoù with eight and forty Galleys, commanded by the Providator Celsi, with five thousand foot and four great pieces of ordnance, arrived by day break in the Haven of Nista opposite to it, where he speedily landed his soldiers, and willed them to march on a sudden to assail the enemies, thereby hoping with ease to surprise them and to seize upon the place, and to this purpose, he sent certain Harquebuziers before, and himself followed after with the residue of his forces: but having marched a great while through narrow and 
The enterprise of the 〈◊〉 broken off in 〈◊〉 of the d●…fficulty thereof.  difficult ways, they did from far descry the ca●…tle which they went to surprise, being seated on the top of an hill, in a pla●…e of very difficult access. 〈◊〉 having well considered all matters and finding things to be otherwise then they had been reported, thought it against reason, to hazard those troops which were destined to greater atchivements, and therefore on a sudden he turned back again, although the Providator was of a contrary opinion, and countermanding the Harquebusiers that he had sent before, he marched back to the Haven of Nista and returned to Corfou.  
At the same time Marco Quirini came with his Galleys from Candy to Corfou, having by the way taken the fort of Brazza de Menia, which the Turks held. He was presently commanded to go with twenty Galleys and scour the Islands of the Archipelago: whereupon, he sailed to the Isle of Andros one of the renowned Cic●…ades. Within a while after, the General Zanne received commandment from the Senate to sail with his forces farther up into the Levant, and by assailing some of the enemy's towns to divert them from the invasion of Cyprus. Whereupon, he left Corfou and went to Modon where Quirin with his Galleys met him, and within two days after he arrived in the Isle of Candy anchor●…d in the Gulf Anfialea, which at this day mariners call the Haven of Suda. The 
The Venetian fleet 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by the senates commandment.  General being there desirous to make speedy provision of whatsoever the fleet needed, found great difficulties in it, chiefly in recovering suffitient numbers of men to supply the places of them that were dead, whereupon, he sailed with forty Galleys to Candace the chief city of the Island, the sooner by his presence to hasten the necessary provisions, leaving both the Providators and Palavicin in the haven of Suda with four score Galleys, enjoining them to levy men from all parts.  
Now after that the fleet was sufficiently furnished with soldiers, mariners and other necessaries, they unproffitably spent the time and the best season of the year, expecting the Popes and Spanish Galleys, the which, according to the Venetians directions, being joined together, were to meet them in Candy. At the last, toward the latter end of August, Mar●…-Antonio Colonna the Church's General, 
The 〈◊〉 of the Pope, King of Spain and V●…netians join together.  and Gio●…an Andrea Doria, the Catholic Kings, being arrived, the Venetian 〈◊〉 was marvelous joyful of their coming: The General and fleet went forth of the Haven of Suda to welcome them, where according to the manner they saluted with volies of shot; then all of them entering together into the haven, made no long abode there, but after some propositions made, the whole fleet retired to Si●…hy, there more maturely to consult what were best to be done to free the Isle of Cyprus from invasion.  
Whilst the Christian fleet had spent much time in preparing and uniting itself together, the Turks with greater celerity had assembled all their forces, and being mighty at sea, had without any difficulty, prosperously pursued their enterprise, the which was more speedily performed, because that Selim, who said that he would in person go to the army changed his determination and resolved to remain at Constantinople, by the advise of Mahomet and Mustapha, 
Mustapha, General of the enterprise of Cyprus.  to whose authority and council all the other Bassa's condescended. Selim then tarrying at Constantinople made Mustapha his Lieutenant General in that war, committing the whole enterprise by land to him, and all marine actions to Piali, Admiral of the Galleys. Piali within a while after departing from Constantinople with fifty five Galleys and certain other vessels, Mustapha set sail with like number, unto whom for an extraordinary favour the great Lord had given the Imperial Galley to transport him, which is of extraordinary greatness and most sumptuously decked, in which the great Turk embarketh himself when he goes forth on any enterprise. They anchored first at Negrepo●…t, then at Rhodes, where having intelligence that the Venetian fleet lay at Zara, and could not depart from thence by reason of sickness and other impediments, and that they had no news at all of the Spanish fleet: the Turks being out of fear that the fleets would join together, and supposing that they durst not come on any farther, determined to sail directly to Cyprus: But as 〈◊〉 Turkish fleet passed along from Negrepont to Rhodes, Piali made an attempt to take the fort of Tina, which is an Island in the farthest part of the Archipelago, belonging to the Venetians, and coming unlooked for in a morning to that Island thinking to surprise it, it was discovered at sea by jeronimo Paruta a Venetian Gentleman Governor of the Island, a valiant and discreet person, who of a long time having feared their arrival, he made provisions of all necessaries for defence. He perceiving the enemies for to bend their course thitherward, shot off a warning piece to advertise those of the Island that were abroad in the country, that they should quickly retire into the castle, which being done in time, they prepared themselves to withstand the Barbarians assaults, which were very cruel, not only once, but twice and thrice, in every of which, they were bravely repulsed, with great loss of their men, and were enforced to discampe, 
The Tuk●…s re●… from Tina.  after that they had with incredible fury wasted the whole Island, burned the Country houses, ruined Churches, and slaughtered all the cat-tail that were in that Island.  
From Tina Piali went to Rhodes, where all their fleet lay which amounted 
The number of the Turkish fleet.  to more than two hundred armed vessels, accounting an hundred and fifty Galleys, together with Fusts and Galeo●…s, but in the great fleet were certain Mahonnes, which are like to great Galleys, not altogether so big as a Gallion, six ships, and great numbers of other vessels commonly called Caramuscolini, and some fifty Palandaries to transport horse.  
This fleet bending it direct course toward Cyprus was descried near to Baffo 
1570.  on the first day of july in the year 1570. which scoured all the coast from Limissa as far as the Promontory commonly called the Cape of the Cat: then landing part of their forces they burned and spoiled the sea coasts, taking 
The Turk●…sh fleet landed.  many prisoners: the next day pursuing their journey, they went to Salines, where finding no resistance, they vnshiped their ordnance, and the rest of the soldiers who presently fortified their camp with deep trenches and strong Rampires, from whence they afterwards wasted and spoiled the country near adjoining. Then marching to Leucata, nine miles from Salines they did easily make themselves 
Mustaph●… by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to win the Cy●….  Masters of the country and people, unto whom Mustaphaa gave great gifts and goodly promises to draw on others, and especially those of the mountains, seeking rather to win them by fair means then by force.  
In the mean time they dispatched four score Galleys and divers flat bottomed vessels to Tripoli, and to the River of Caramania, there to raise other horse and foot for●…es, which arriving in Cyprus, made up the number (as most authors write) of fifty thousand foot, five and twenty hundred horse, three thousand pioneers, with great numbers of horse of carriage and thirty pieces of great ordnance with an hundred and fifty Falconets.  
There were no suffitient Garrisons in the whole Island able to resist these forces: for the ordinary Garrison was but two thousand Italian foot men, and some thousand others sent from the firm land, with Martinengos two thousand soldiers, many whereof died by incommodious transportation; so that the greatest hope of being able to defend the towns and castles, consisted in the new supplies which those of the country had promised to levy. There was no other cavalry in the whole Kingdom but five hundred Stradiors which were kept there in pay by the Commonwealth.  
Things being thus, and suffitient forces wanting to repulse ●…o mighty an enemy, for the cavalry was to weak for to hinder his landing, and the infantry not suffitient to defend for any long time the two chief forts which they held, Nicotia and Fa●…agosta, and for to guard the mountains and other passages of the Island he being landed: therefore they resolved especially to defend those two cities.  
Astor Baillone who by Martinengos death was General of all the forces in 
Astor Baillone General in Cyprus.  the Island, in the absence of the Providator (for Lorenzo Bembo died, not long before) and other Venetian Magistrates, called a council, where the chief offices and comma●…d in that war were distributed to sundry Cypriot Gentlemen, of honourable rank, as well for their wealth as nobility, but smally experienced in martial matters. The Count Roccas was made Lieutenant to Baillone, Giacomo de Nores Count of Tripoli, Master of the ordnance, Gio●…an Singlit●…co captain of the Cypriot cavalry, Giovan Sosomene, captain of the pioneers, Scipio Caraffa, and Pietro Paulo Singlitico captains of the foot, who were appointed to guard the strong places of the mountains, and others were appointed to other places.  
They did likewise conclude in that council to attempt to hinder the enemies landing; and to that end, the chiefest of them went into the field with the greatest forces they could assemble, but, considering their enterprise to be to dangerous, and unseasonable, the enemy having already landed part of his forces, they returned home to their Garrisons, so that the Turks landed without any difficulty, which made them at first to suspect, that they did it for some policy, to draw them afterwards into an ambuscado, whereupon at their first arrival they were very wary, but running afterwards up and down the country, and finding no opposition, being thereby emboldened, their army did not only advance forward but went about in disbanded troops, without Ensigns to rob and spoil at their pleasure.  
The Turkish captains being unwilling to loose time resolved to assail one of the two chiefest forts of the Island. Piali was of opinion, to besiege Famagosta 
Piali is of opinion to besiege Famagosta first.  first, hoping quickly to take it, and that it being taken, Nicotia would of necessity yield, which had many unprofitable eaters within the circuit of her walls, which being seated far from sea, in the midst of a champain country, possessed by great numbers of enemies, could not be relieved, nor without new provision long hold out the siege: that Famagosta was no great fort, but weak, and so defective as it would never endure one only battery, and that they within it were not many, or so bold and valiant as to sustain any assault.  
Mustapha maintained the contrary, saying, that the reputation of so great an 
Mustapha mainte●…neth the contrary and his opinion is followed.  army as theirs, ought not to be blemished by attempting any mean enterprise, thereby to increase the enemy's courage, and diminish their own: That the Genevois for four score and ten years had held Famagosta, at the same time as the Kings of the family of Lusignan commanded the Island, whereby might be gathered, that the taking of that city, would be of no great importance for the winning of the whole Kingdom. That the Nobility, and very many of the people were retired into Nicotia, that all the wealth and munition of the whole Island was there, so as that only exploit being well performed would end all the rest, and their first attempt give end to all their designs.  
These reasons forcible in themselves and strengthened by the reputation of the author, caused them to resolve first to besiege Nicotia, whither the whole camp marched the two and twentieth of july, having first sent five hundred horse towards Famagosta, to cut off all correspondence and intelligence betwixt those two cities▪ the Turks pursuing their journey approached near to the walls of Nicotia. Great fear seized on the inhabitants when they perceived the enemy at their Gates, like men who wanting discreet foresight to provide for dangers a far off, did extremely fear them being near at hand, having always been incredulous that the Turkish fleet would come into the Island, though the Venetian Bailie at Constantinople, and the Senate, had given them many advertizments thereof that they might provide for their affairs in time.  
Nicolo Dandulo was at the same time Governor of the city, a man to weak to undergo that burden, which not desert but opinion had laid on him: yet to whom long experience had rather given ability to execute, than nature to direct. The suddenness of the danger had increased his fear, and his fear the danger, for, at the arrival of the enemy's army, the trenches were unfinished, and the soldiers disordered, and the city unvictualled.  
Now whilst those in Nicosia, being encompassed with many miseries, were busied in furnishing the city with necessaries, and inconsulting by what means 
The enemies are encamped before 〈◊〉.  to srustrate the enemy's designs, they were so tedious in their resolutions, in regard they had no eminent Commander able to decide the controversies which arose from diversity of opinion, that the Turks had time to pitch their tents, to plant their ordnance, and likewise for to fortify their camp, which stretched itself from Saint Marines as far as Aglangia, possessing the whole space opposite unto four B●…lwarkes, and on the other side of the town which was not environed by the camp both the Bassa's did daily send an hundred foot and as many horse, that none might issue forth or enter into the City.  
This City is seated in the midst of the champain, in an wholesome temperate air: it hath great store of water, and the soil is very fruitful: In former 
The situation of the city of Nicotia.  times it was nine miles in compass about, but the Venetians being desirous to fortify it, reduced it to three: it is proportioned like a star with eleven points, in every of which is a bulwark, made only of earth, which were not yet finished when the Turkish army arrived: and the rules of fortification were so well observed, as the greatest Engineers accounted it the most absolute piece in the world.  
Howsoever, the City rather was unfurnished of a skilful Commander, and brave men, then of fortification. There were ten thousand footmen in the city, amongst whom were fifteen hundred Italians and the rest were native Cypriots, namely three thousand Cernedes, two thousand five hundred of the city, two thousand new men enrolled in the towns and villages of Cyprus, that were retired thither, and a thousand Nicotian Gentlemen, all with unexperienced troops, were for the most part badly armed.  
They likewise sent to Famagosta for to entreat Baillone to come thither with some certain troops to command the city: but those of Famagosta having no superfluous forces, and being uncertain whether the enemy changing his determination would on a sudden come and assail them, did constantlo deny the Nicotians request, not suffering the aid they required, nor the captain to go forth of their city: upon this refusal Baillone likewise excused his departure, adding that Martinengas soldiers by wanting a captain, said that they would obey none but him, so that his departure might breed some great disorder and confusion in the City. Moreover, there was store of ordnance in the town, which wanted but brave men for to manage it: There were many pioneers, for besides four thousand under the command of Giovan 
Discord among the commanders in the city.  Sosomene, as many more were come to the city; nevertheless, for all this great multitude of people, the captains being divided amongst themselves, this so necessary fortification was left imperfect, which did much weaken the forces within it.  
On the contrary side, there was in the enemy's camp such agreement, and obedience towards the captains, as all military actions were speedily executed. Mustapha a courageous person and a great soldier, besides the rank which he then held, had great credit and authority amongst the soldiers, in regard of the fame 
Mustapha his great credit among the soldiers.  and reputation he had purchased for his command in Selim's army before he was Emperor, when he made war on his brother Achomat, all men attributing the unexpected victory which ensued, to his only valour and prowess: and therefore the soldiers being accustomed to martial deeds, travail and danger, were grown much more active and valiant, having their captains valour for their object, together with the hope of great reward if they were victorious.  
His army was reported to be very strong, but his chief force were six thousand janissaries, and four thousand Spaches (these are horsemen, never out of pay, which some time when need is, fight on foot) all valiant men and bred up in war: Therefore by how much those of the city wanted humane aid against such forces, by so much greater was their recourse unto God. For, day 
Prayers and Processions in Nicotia.  and night prayers were made in private Houses and Churches, and solemn processions over all the city, which were performed with great devotion and concourse of people, therein following the example and exhortation of Francisco Contaren Bishop of Baffa.  
He at that time was chief amongst the Clergy in that city (for Philippo Moce●…igo Archbishop of Nicotia was then at Venice) did not cease to aid and assist the people as if he had been their own pastor, and having on a time assembled the chief of the town, in Saint Sophia's Church, he gave them a brief and learned exhortation befitting the time, from whence they departed so well satisfied and resolved, as they did put one an other in good hope and comfort of a fortunate issue of that war, and did bravely dispose themselves to defend their country.   
The end of the eight Book of the sixth Decade.   

The Contents of the ninth Book of the sixth Decade.  
THE Turks besiege the City of Nicotia, with their furious battery. The taking of the Bulwark Constance, whereof ensued the City's loss. The Barbarous cruelties committed at the sack of the City. Therest of the Island yieldeth to the Turks, Famagosta excepted. The Turks approach the City of Famagosta, with the inhabitants resolution. The sundry opinions of the captains of the Christian army, who at last resolve to go and fight with the enemy. Doria having intelligence of the loss of Nicotia, returns home into his country. Many towns subjects to the Turks yield to the Venetians. The Pope's exhortation for the conclusion of the league. The difficulties which arose in the conclusion of the league. The Emperor refuseth to enter into the league. Supplies sent to Famagosta. Mahomet Bassa propoundeth a treaty of peace to the Venetians. The Venetians are doubtful and uncertain either for peace or war. The Emperor opposeth himself against the title which the Pope had given to the Duke of Florence. The Pope and Spaniards seek to the Venetians, lest they should make an agreement with the Turk. The league is concluded and signed, with the Articles thereof. Don john of Austria is made General of the league. The means which the Venetians used to get money. What Selim promised to himself after the taking of Nicotia. The enemies are defeated in Candy. The Turks spoil and waste the Islands of Zant and Cephalonia. And lastly the conditions of peace propounded to the Venetians by Mahomet Bassa.  
The ninth Book of the sixth Decade of the History of Venice.  
THe enemy without any empediment being come before Nicosia, sent certain horse to make incursions near to the city, to draw those within it forth to skirmish; the Italians would gladly have sallied, but at first the Governor would not suffer them; yet being overcome by the importunities of all the captains, he permitted Caesar of Vincenza, Lieutenant of the 
Those of Nicosia mak●… certa●…ne sall●…es.  Count Roccas, to sally with certain horse, which being few in number could not execute any important matter, but only sought to draw the enemy within the shot of the city's ordnance: and having done so two days together, a captain of a troop of Stradiots, whose name was Andre Cortese, was taken by the enemy, and being brought before the Bassa, he presently commanded his head to be cut off.  
The enemies afterward without any empediment did build a fort on Saint Marines mount; some four hundred and forty paces from the city: for although the besieged used all means to frustrate the enemy's design towards the curtains of Podocatera and Caraffa (for so were those Bulwarks called, by the name of those Gentlemen that had particular command in the building of them) and did continually with their ordnance play upon that part, yet, they could not hinder 
The Turks build three for●…es near to the city.  the enemy, who wrought day and night, from executing his enterprise; who not satisfying himself with that one fort, did on a sudden build three more in three other several places, the one upon a little hill at Saint Georges, the second opposite to the Bulwarks Constantia and Podocatera, on a little rising, called Margueri●…s Mount, and the third on the top of the Mount Mantia, hoping with these forts to batter the Bulwarks, curtains, and houses of the city.  
They did afterwards make deep and broad trenches which they brought unto 
The enemies fierce battery.  the ditch of the old walls and placed courts of guard in them, which could not be hurt by the city's ordnance: then, for four days space, without intermission, from morning till night they furiously with all their ordnance battered the walls; but perceiving it to be to small purpose, because the bullets for the most part fell upon earthen Rampires and made no breach, they ceased the battery, and fell to the spade and ma●…tock, so as they presently came underneath the counter scarpes, thinking thereby to overthrow them: then they played upon four Bulwarks, namely Podocatera, Constantia, Davila, and Tripoli, all which 
A fierce assault giu●…n ●…o four bulwarks at one time.  they determined to assault at once, in which for a long time both sides fought valiantly, but in the end the Turks were with with great loss repulsed.  
Mustapha wondering and raging thereat, being almost out of hope to take the City, solicited and animated his soldiers, to go once again to the assault, promising great rewards to such as should do valiantly, and after that he had made a speech to them worthy a General, he caused a proclamation to be made thorough the whole Army, that any three which should first mount the city walls should be made Sangiacks, and if any Bascha died, he that should first enter the city, should succeed in that dignity.  
The soldiers being thus encouraged, the assault was resolved on: The next day early in the morning the Turks marching by day break in great silence to 
An assault given to the Bulwark Constantia.  the same Bulwarks, assailed the besieged on a sudden and unlooked for, hoping thereby with more ease to obtain the victory, (as indeed it did). For the Turks finding those that had the guard of the Bulwark Constantia half a sleep, and 
The Turk●…s take the Balwarke Constantia.  mounting furiously the Parapet, gave them no time nor leisure to make any defence, who being drowned in slumber and fear, forgot to retire into the City.  
The great opinion which the besieged had conceived of the arrival of supplies from the Commonwealth of Venice, which they so much desired, made them believe, that the noise which they had heard the night before, whilst the Turks were preparing for the morning's assault, was a token of the enemies discamping; in regard whereof, and because they were oppressed with long watchings, and intolerable labours, they had securely disarmed themselves, and fell to rest: The Turks then in this confusion entering pell mel with the Christians into the last rampires, there arose a great cry, accompanied with fear and amazement, whereupon, many betook themselves to open flight.  
The Count Roccas quarter was near to the Bulwark, who by the sudden noise being certified of that which was done, did presently arm, and coming in among the thickest throngs, he found so great disorder there, as notwithstandding all his means and persuasions to cause the soldiers to stand fast, and make valiant resistance, his labour was in a manner lost, to such a desperate pass were 
The Con●…t Roccas slain.  matters brought, and himself being shot into the head with an arqebus, fell down dead, whereupon all those, that by his arrival had taken courage, and began by little and little to make head, leaving the defence of the walls, ran home to their houses to provide for the safety of their wives and children. Pietro Pisani and Bernardino Polano Captain of Salma, coming thither in haste, could not by their authority and example stay the disordered runaways; among whom Polano thrusting himself, and going about to hold them back by force, was together with them cut in pieces. Pisani perceiving his fellow to be slain, did with the rest retire to the market place, whither from all parts the poor inhabitants came, who were not yet pursued by the Turks, who having taken the Bulwark Constantia, would before they went on any farther, make themselves masters of 
All the Bulwark 〈◊〉 taken.  all the rest, in which the Italian footmen did still fight bravely with the enemy: but in the end when they perceived their strong places to be lost, and that they were at once assailed in front and on their backs, being unable to make any longer resistance, they abandoned the walls, and making themselves way thorough the midst of the enemies, they retired to the market place, where they made head for a time, until that the Bassa of Aleppo arrived, who entering the town at the Bulwark of Tripoli, went first to make good the walls, where he made great slaughter of such as he met with, and finding no more resistance, he marched towards the market place, where seeing so many armed people to make head, he caused three pieces of Ordnance to be brought from the walls, and bestowing his shot among them, he enforced them to quit the place, many of whom retired 
The Cit●…y of Nicosia is taken.  to the Palace; whither the Governor, Bishop Contaren, and many of the chief Citizens had already escaped, those which could not enter, running up and down here and there thorough the streets, were presently either slain or taken prisoners.  
They within the Palace having received the Baschas word for the safety of their lives, so soon as they had opened the gates, the Turks presently run in upon them, who were able to make no resistance being unarmed, where they were all murdered: therein, the Governor, Bishop, and common people running one self same fortune.  
That being done, and the Turks freed from farther trouble, they ran confusedly 
The City is sacked.  and without Enseignes about the city, sacking houses, spoiling and ruining Churches, dishonouring wives, ravishing virgins, and putting all to the edge of the sword, without distinction of age or condition, so as that day, twenty thousand persons died by the hands of the Turks: and those whom the cruel enemy left alive, rather to reserve them for some miserable punishment, then for any compassion towards them, were bound in chains, and haled to prison over the 
The number of the dead.  dead bodies of their friends and kinsfolk. In this manner did this City in one day, taste the extremest of calamity, which for a long time had lived in great pomp and magnificence, nay rather in all excess and dissoluteness, serving for an example of the inconstant mutability of humane affairs. The City was taken and sacked upon the ninth day of September, and the fourteenth day of the siege.  
The Turks did afterwards with ease become Lords of the rest of the Island, Famagosta excepted. For the other towns following the victor's fortune, did 
Cyprus yieldeth to the Turks, Famagosta excepted.  presently yield, and Cerina likewise as readily as the rest, notwithstanding that Giovan Maria Mudazzo Captain of the Castle, and Captain Alphonso Palazza being entreated by those of Famagosta, had determined to hold out and bravely to descend it. Those of the mountains did the like, Scipio Caraffa, Paulo Singlitico, with diverse other Gentlemen, and some Greek Priests, and great numbers of Country people, yielding themselves to Mustapha, unto whom they swore fealty and allegiance; so that the Venetians possessed nothing in the Island but only Famagosta, whither Mustapha determined to march, leaving 4000 footmen for the guard of Nicotia.  
Mustapha, having taken order for Nicotia, marched towards Famagosta with his whole army, and encamped at the village Pomodama, three miles from the City, causing his Turkish horse to make daily incursions to the very gates, who bore the heads of the chiefest Nicotians upon their lances points, to daunt the soldiers, and to divert them from their resolution in sustaining the siege: he did afterwards draw nearer to the City, making great trenches: but those within the town ●…allying to skirmish, did so disquiet the enemies, as they twice drove them from their trenches, and with their ordnance did ruin three Forts which they had almost finished in places very commodious for them; namely at Saint Georges, Perispola, and at the Crane tower, which nevertheless, did afterwards do them great hurt, for they therein spent above fifty thousand pound weight of powder, which since then they wanted.  
Now because winter drew near, an unfit season for a siege, which they perceived would prove long and difficult, and that it behoved him beside to strengthen his Galleys, by reason of the intelligence he received of the uniting of the Christian fleet; Mustapha being unwilling to enterprise any thing, that might darken or eclipse his glory purchased at Nicotia, did often and in sundry sorts solicit those of the city to entertain some agreement, and to yield: He permitted john Sosomene, who had been taken at Nicotia to go to Famagosta, upon his own word, to procure money to pay his ransom, that he might exhort them to a voluntary yielding, and to tell them that they could by no means hold out long. But the Captains, Magistrates, and people of Famagosta, resolving to defend it to the last man, would in no sort listen to his discourse, but instead of entreating the Senate to quit that city to the enemy, they humbly besought it to send them aid: and the better to acquaint it with what they needed, they resolved to send Nicolo Donato to Venice, with two Galleys, and with him jeronimo Ragazzone, the Ci●…ties Bishop, who was well instructed of all matters, and very fit for such a business.  
But it is now time to return to the Christian fleet, which departing as hath been said forth of the Haven of Suda was come to Sithy, where the Captains began to consult what was best to be done. Propositions were made by some of them to invade some places belonging to the Ottoman Empire, and thereby enforce the enemies to leave Cyprus to come to the rescue of his own, affirming 
Sund●…y opinions of the Capta●…nes o●…●…he Christian fleet.  it to be the surest means to frustrate the enemy's designs. The General Zanne was of a contrary opinion, persuading them to sail directly to Cyprus, alleging how that the fleet was chiefly destined for the defen●…e of that Kingdom, which by directing their course elsewhere could not be preserved from the danger which threatened it: That the only remedy was to go and fight with the enemy's fleet, because that upon report of their coming, the Turks would be enforced to quit the land enterprise and to retire to their navy for the defence thereof: which if they shouldnot do, they were then sure to find the empty Galleys in the Haven exposed to their mercy: That it was most likely, that the Turks, upon intelligence that the Venetians forces and Galleys were united 
The General is o●… op●…nion ●…o meet with the enemy & sight with him.  with those of the Pope and King of Spain, would presently leave Cyprus, not to fight, but to return to Constantinople: and that thereby they might find means to encounter them by the way, & fight with them with great advantage: for though they were Inferior to the enemies in number of men and vessels, they were nevertheless without all doubt in goodness of shipping, and magnanimity and courage superior to them; being beside fresh and lusty, whereas the enemies could not but be much wearied and wasted with their exploits done since their arrival in the Island moreover, to approach the enemy's fleet, though no other profit should ensue thereof, would increase their own reputation, whereas on the contrary to turn away from such an enterprise would argue fear and cowardice, increase the enemy's courages and diminish their own, especially theirs that have the guard of the Forts in Cyprus: That it was no sound advise to loose ones own upon hope to get it of another man, and least of all when as a weaker Prince, such an one as was the Commonwealth of Venice, could hardly defend it being gotten, or recover from the Turkish power and in the midst of all his warlike country that which is lost.  
These reasons being strong and forcible were approved by every one, as agreeable to the Senate's decree, namely to leave all other enterprises and to intend the voyage of Cyprus already resolved, whereupon the fleeet departed from Candy the eighteenth day of September to sail thitherward.  
The whole fleet consisted of an hundred and fourscore light Galleys, namely an 
The Number of the Christian fleet.  hundred and four and twenty of the Venetians, twelve of the Popes, and five and forty of the Catholic King: and besides all these, twelve great galleys, and fourteen Venetian men of war, with great numbers of other vessels of burden, which carried Munitions and other necessaries. In the whole Navy there were fifteen thousand mercenary footmen, besides great numbers of voluntaries, and the most of them Gentlemen, and men of note, commanded by sundry Captains of great experience and reputation. The fleet sailing with a fair wind towards Cyprus, did in three days, rid away three hundred miles, and arrived at Castel-rosso, which is seated on a rock, opposite to Caramania, some hundred and fifty miles from Cyprus, where by reason of night that stole upon them, and a tempest that arose, they were enforced to land in the havens of Vathi and Calamita, where the same night they received sorrowful news of the loss of Nicotia.  
This did greatly trouble the whole fleet, whereupon the next day a Council 
Doria hearing of the loss of Nicotia, is desirous ●…o return home.  was called, to determine what was to be done. Such as from the beginning had not approved that journey, did then condemn it more than before: and Doria did openly protest, that he would return home, and said, That he came from Candy, with an intent to relieve Nicotia, which being lost, the cause of his journey ceased, and that he knew none other reason sufficient to expose them to the hazard of a battle, which in regard of the loss of that City was much more to be well considered: because that the enemies being then free from land actions, and grown more proud and insolent by means of the victory, would be embarked in their Vessels, not alone to repulse but to assail us; adding hereunto, the unfitness of the season, winter drawing on, & the long journey they were yet to make before they should arrive at their wished Haven, and also his particular charge of preserving his fleet which was committed unto him by the Catholic King.  
These reasons making him resolute in his opinion, he could not be diverted from 
The General & Providator use reason to Doria to perswa●…e him 〈◊〉.  it by the General Zanne, nor by the Providator Veniero, who being already embarked for Cyprus, seemed highly to allow of that journey, each of them telling him that since they were come so far together, he ought with them to run one self same fortune, and make proof of the hazards of war, whereof they should not afterwards have cause to complain, thereby blotting out the infamy which all men might throw upon them, for having such gallant forces and consuming so much time in vain without attempting any memorable matter: but all these persuasions were to no purpose with him nor with the rest likewise who had no liking to the journey, who upon Dorias refusal to go on any farther, the General Zanne to his great grief was enforced to permit it.  
The Christian fleet then departing from Castell-rosso, and coming all of 
Doria returneth home.  them to Scarpanto into the Haven Tristano, Doria on a sudden took his leave directing his course to wards Puglia, and from thence into Sicily, his only care being to retire safely into his Country.  
Colonna and Zanne being desirous to exploit some worthy enterprise, remained still together. But having intelligence that Piali, with a great number of well armed Galleys was come from Cyprus to overtake them, and finding themselves to weak for resistance, they weighed anchors and sailed into Candy to the Haven of Canea, not without danger of being assailed by the Turkish fleet, which having notice of the Christians departure sailed speedily to the I'll of Stamp alia: and Piali determining to go to Candy, i●… hope to find some assured booties on those Seas, could not execute his project by reason of storms and foul weather, whereupon he returned back, and went into the Archipelago: where he entered the Haven o●… Calegiera making a show as if he would winter there, but on a sudden changing his mind, he went with his whole fleet unto Constantinople.  
At the same time certain Towns of Albania which were subject to the Turk did rise against them, and being desirous to shake off their slavish yoke, they sent to request the Venetian Magistrates their nearest neighbours, to send them supplies of men and arms a suring them that at the first sight of their Euseignesthey would speedily come unto them and become their subjects, and for a sure testimony thereof, they offered to give them their children in hostage: which request of theirs, though it could not be granted, as befitted their need and desire, great numbers nevertheless of inhabitants of the black Mountain, and near to 
divers places subject to the Turk yield to the Venetians  Boyan, called at this day the country of Drina, and other places belonging to the Marcovichians, did submit themselves to the Venetians, so that the Governors of Antivari, Dulcigna, and Budua, did in the name of the Venetian Commonwealth, receive the oath of allegiance of more than an hundred towns and villages. The Christians of Zara were in arms, not so much in hope to make any new conquest, as to repulse the enemies, and to free the country from their continual incursions: But there was no memorable matter done, in regard both parties were apt to rob and spoil then to fight.  
In the mean time, the renewing of the league was treated at Rome, whither so soon as ample commissions were brought from Spain and Venice to their Agents and Ambassadors for the conclusion thereof, the Pope having called them before him began to exhort them all to enter into league against the common enemy, telling them that the cause was common, (although that in respect of present loss it did more nearly concern the Venetians), in regard the quarrel was betwixt Christians and Infidels, and that if his own presence should be necessary, 
The Pope's ●…x-hortation for the conclusion of the league.  his age should not hinder him from the journey: That he would entreat, solicit, and admonish the Emperor and all other Christian Princes to enter into the league, for which he promised continually to pray unto God that it might please him to grant it victory over his enemies.  
The Ambassadors and Cardinals seemed to be greatly moved by this exhortation, giving his Holiness many thanks for it, each of them promising to proceed therein charitably, speedily and sincerely, as became a matter so important, holy, and desired by their Princes, as well in respect of their own particular interest, as for the Common good of all Christendom: these words being often reitterated by them did not produce effects conformable thereunto, but every of them aimed at his own particular profit, which being sundry, brought forth different opinions, breeding extreme and important delays in the conclusion of that business, wherein divers months were already vainly spent in idle and needless disputations.  
The Pope had appointed five of the greatest and noblest Cardinals of the 
Long 〈◊〉 used in the conclusion of the league.  College to be present in the name of the Sea Apostolic at the treaty of the league, to wit, Alexandrine his Nephew, Moron, Cesis, Grassi, and Aldobrandino, betwixt whom and the two Spanish Cardinals, with the two Ambassadors of Spain and Venice, the treaty having been begun to be decided, they presently fell into sundry difficulties: for every of them aiming to have the league concluded to his own particular profit, propounded very strange matters, as it often happeneth in such cases: But the Pope who proceeded therein very sincerely, his aim being only for the good of all Christendom. went about sometimes to moderate the excessive demands of the Spaniards; protesting that if they did not presently conclude it, to revoke all power and authority granted to their King to levy money: Then turning his speech to the Venetians, he exhorted them to hearken to an agreement, though it were somewhat to their disadvantage, promising never to fail them in any aid or relief possible.  
The Cardinals likewise that were his Holiness Commissioners, speaking now to the one & then to the other, did all they might for the ending of the business, but especially Cardinal Moron, a man well experienced in the managing of most important affairs, and very eloquent, who allowing the propositions of the Venetians Ambassador, as those which tended to the universal good, went about to draw the King's Ambassadors from their own private interest, and to make them capable of truth which having done by a very eloquent remonstrance, and they 
The Spaniards idle excuses.  unable to make any reasolable answer, fell to new excuse, saying that they would write thereof into Spain and expect a more particular and express commission from their King.  
The Spaniards added to the former difficulties which they had propounded, That the Venetians should be bound on pain of Ecclesiastical Censures to observe in every point that which should be resolved on in the league, as though they had suspected the Venetians loyalty, which had like to have broken off the 
The difficulties propounded by the Spaniards.  whole business: They did moreover strive about a General to command the Army, the Spaniards arrogantly craving not only to appoint a General (which was freely granted) but a Lieutenant, who in his absence should have the same authority in the Army, there-by wholly distrusting the Venetians, which suspicion still increasing, did much cool the treaty of the league, which was begun with such earnest heat.  
The Senate being highly displeased there with did expressly send a new Ambassador to Rome to acquaint the Pope with their earnest desire to see the league concluded, together with their firm resolution to continue the war. Giovan Sorance was deputed to this end, who coming to Rome, and finding the same difficulties, his arrival and speed could do no greater good, so as to all men's grief time was unprofitably spent, which rather craved the execution of matters already resolved, than consultation about new.  
The league was at the same time propounded in the Emperor's Court, where it had no better success for the Emperor under sundry colours having spent 
The Emperor 〈◊〉 to enter into the 〈◊〉.  many months before he would give any certain resolution, being still desirous to gain time did in the end declare, That having Truce with Selim for eight year s, three of which were hardly expired it would be against his honour not to keep his word; and though he were desirous to do otherwise, yet he could not without the consent of the Princes and Estates of the Empire, neither did he intend to do it without the advise and Council of his own particular States of Austria, whereupon he craved time to think thereof, and to see the resolution of others, the which peradventure by reason of the accident of Nicotia, might alter, and that he would not consult on a matter of so great importance, but maturely and at leisure: By this answer it was easily perceived, that he had no great inclination to entangle himself in that war: the like did the other Princes and commonwealths of Germany. For the Emperor in the diet of Spyrehaving propounded to call another assembly to consult particularly on matters belonging to the league, answer was made, that when his majesty had been molested by the Turk they had not suffered him to want any aid or succour, but that then they would not but upon urgent necessity fall again into so dangerous and difficult a war.  
The Senate having notice of the Emperor's resolution and perceiving that it was to no purpose any longer to entertain an Ambassador there, called him home, the like they did to Antonio Tepulo appointed for the same purpose to go into Poland, who so soon as they understood the emperors resolution they sent back for when he was half way on his journey being assured that although the Polanders were a warlike nation and enemy to the Turk, yet they would not take arms unless all Germany did the like. Such end had the negotiation of the league for that year.  
Now to return to the fleet, the Venetian General came to the haven of Cania as hath been said, as well in regard he was to near his enemies & far from 
The Venetian 〈◊〉 resol●… 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to Fama●….  his friends, as for theseason of the year unfit for marine actions, thinking it folly then to go to relieve Famagosta, whither for that time he only resolved to send sixteen hundred footmen in three ships, with twelve Galleys for their convoy, upon intelligence he had received how that eight Turkish Galleys lay at anchor not far from thence, to keep all relief from it. The Providator Venieri made entreaty that for more assurance, ●…ee should send thither as many more ships and soldiers, seeing that in the defence of that only City, the whole hope of the conservation, or rather recovery of that Kingdom consisted; 
The Marquis Rangon 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b●…s excuse.  which being not effected by reason of sundry impediments, Venicri in regard thereof, or rather in regard of the indisposition of his person, remained in Candy.  
The Marquis Rangon Palavicin was chosen to command those new supplies, but absolutely refusing to go thither, said, That he came to go unto Famagosta, if that Baillone were not there, or else unto Nicotia, but the one being lost and Baillone remaining in Famagosta, he was quit of his promise●… but this excuse seeming unworthy for so great a soldier, especially 
Lodovieo Martinenga 〈◊〉 supplies t●… Fa●….  at such a time, he lost his former reputation and shortly after his life in conceit there of Lodovieo Martinenga Captain of the men at Arms and then Governor of Cania, was elected in his stead Captain General of those supplies, who freely accepted that charge.  
This being done, the General thought it fit, for the ease of the Island to depart thence, and leaving Qutrini in Candy, with the Galleys of the Island, and three great Galleys, he sailed with the rest of the fleet to Corsou, being by the way by a terrible tempest driven into the Haven Vatica. There he waited for the Senate's commandment to know what he should do, either to stay there, or else (as himself advised) to pass on farther into Dalmatia, there to t●…imme his Galleys, and furnish the fleet, with many things which it wanted.  
Colonna preparing for his departure to Italy, was by reason of foul weather enforced to carry a whole month in the Haven of Casopa, from whence tired with long stay, he set sail, and in his journey encountered many misfortunes. For his own Admiral Galley strucken with lightning, was in an instant burnt, 
Collonna ●…peth two great dangers as 〈◊〉 returned kemeward.  himself hardly escaping into the Galley of Francisco Troni, the which not long after being by the same tempest driven on sho are, was there beaten in pieces: but the weather waxing fair, he arrived at Zara, having escaped two wonderful and notable dangers: from whence he wrote to the Senate, acquainting it with that late accident; then he directed his course towards Ancona, and from thence road post to Rome, to yield an account to the Pope of his journey.  
The General Zanne within a while after fell sick, as well by reason of the great travails he had sustained, as with grief of mind: Whereupon he besought 
Sebastiano Venieri is made General in Zanne bis steed.  the Senate to give him leave to come home to provide for his health, which being granted, Sebastiano Veniere was chosen in his steed, who remained in Candie; he was speedily commanded to sail from thence with two Galleys to Corsou to take charge of the fleet, the which by the Senate's Decree was to Winter there, and to be furnished with all necessaries. And the Senate fearing lest Venieri should be gone to Cyprus before he could receive his Commission, it determined to create a Providator General at Sea, who in Venieri his absence, should have as ample authority as the General, and when Venieri should be in the Army, to hold the chief place next him. Augustino Barbarico, a man of singular wisdom and integrity of life, was by a general consent chosen, on whom it seemed the Commonwealth might safely rely and build upon.  
In this manner, and with such success, ended the first year of this war, begun with greater resolution than success. Now the unhappy loss of Nicosia, with other events, clean contrary to all men's hopes, greatly perplexed the Senate: so as upon sundry occasions, it was much distracted. For on the one side, the earnest desire to recover their reputation, and to be revenged for injuries received, did provoke them to renew the war in fiercer manner than before, and to make new proof of their fortune and valour: but on the other side, considering their enemy's power, and the uncertainty of other Prince's aid, who were all addicted to their own particular interests; they were transported with other thoughts, and sometimes changed to accept some honourable conditions of agreement, from which they knew by intelligence from their Bailie, that the Turks would not much start: and in regard they still held the City of Famagosta, the report which was spread abroad every where of the league, and of the Confederates great forces, together with the uncertain success of that war, did put them in good hope and comfort, the more easily to obtain peace and quietness, and to reduce their affairs to their former State:  
Besides, the great difficulties which hindered the conclusion of the league, the bad presage and ill success of so unfortunate and unlucky a beginning of war, and the confluence of so many adversities, did take away from the minds of the most generous, all hope of any future success.  
The Senators being thus irresolute a very fit occasion was offered them with their honours to negotiate a Peace. For the Bascha Mahomet still desiring to compose this war in friendly manner, was willing to renew the motion of peace, the success of that war in no sort liking him, for if, it should prove unfortunate it would increase the danger of their Empire, if prosperous the authority & reputation of his enemy Mustapha.  
Mahomet then being moooved by these reasons did oftentimes discourse with 
The Bascha Mahomet reviveth the treaty of peace.  the Venetian Bailie concerning the treaty of peace which was broken off, going about to draw from him whether he had any commission to deal therein: at the last taking occasion through the ordinary complaints made at the great Lords Port by the friends and kinsfolks of those Turks that were imprisoned at Venice, or whose goods had been seized there at the beginning of the war he began to deal with the Bailie to use means to the Senate that the Ottomans subjects so imprisoned might be set at liberty, and their goods restored to them, saying, That it was against all equity, the Venetian Merchants living at liberty and enjoying their goods over the whole Ottoman Empire, the subjects of the Turk should be despoiled of their goods, and kept in miserable bondage and captivity.  
The Bascha in speaking here of told him that his Lord was vexed thereat, and that he did not only wish him to write to Venice, but to send an express messenger thither, to treat of that business more effectually. Ibraim used the like speech to the Bailie, wishing him to incite the Senate to send a messenger of purpose to Constantinople, to the end that under colour of this treaty concerning Merchandise, some means of a General Agreement might be propounded.  
The Bailie upon this assurance, and by the Baschas permission dispatched his own steward with one of the Dragomans to carry letters to Venice, which the Bascheas self had dictated to him concerning the affairs of Merchants, acquainting them afterwards more particularly what he had done, and with the Baschas intention▪  
Grassinan a Frenchman departed at the same time from Constantinople, having been Agent for the most Christian King there; who arriving at Venice, told the Senate that the Bascha had used divers speeches to him concerning the treaty of peace, and that he brought letters from the great Lord and the Bascha to his King to that end, knowing very well that they would not take it in bad part that the most Christian King, as friend to both sides, should mediate such an agreement.  
Although the Senators did sum what suspect these propositions, fearing, that they were rather made to delay the preparations for war, then to lay down Arms, and enter into some honourable accord; Neverthe less the sundry accidents of those times did much persuade to hearken to those Treaties, chiefly for that at the conclusion of the league a new difficulty arose about the time when it should begin. For the Spaniards, would have let slip all that chief part of the Summer, and not have had it to be mentioned in the capitulations therein contained, and that it should not be in force till the year 
The Venetians great doubts & perplexities.  following.  
The Venetians on the contrary fearing that they should not be able to repulse the first attempts of that mighty Army, which the Turks were said to have prepared, and which was ready to march, had very earnestly written to the Pope, that he by his authority would remove that difficulty, giving him to understand 
The Venetians request to the Pope.  how that by his Council they had embraced war, dismissed the Chiaus from Venice, and contemned all other means of agreement propounded oftentimes by their Bailie: that they had likewise by his advise and council, so long waited for the Spanish Galleys, as in the end, their aid was more in name then in effect: and yet they had ever showed themselves ready to conclude a league suitable to his intention, and to the present need of all Christendom. But all these increaties and pursuits did not produce such effects as the time required: For the Pope being of himself well disposed, and wholly inclining to the general good, knowing that the Venetians were agreeable to his will, confessed that their request was just and honest, exhorted them to continue steadfast, and not to give place to these first accidents of war. And yet, hi●… Holiness being over-credulous, and suffering himself to be carried away by those, who for their own particular interest favoured the cause of the Spaniards, was cyther remiss, or did not constantly with his authority withstand such impediments, as were perceived either to weaken the league, or delay the conclusion thereof.  
The Venetians were likewise much grieved to see the Pope at that time entangled 
The Emperor will not allow of the Pope's new 〈◊〉 given to the Duke of Florence.  in other affairs: for the Emperor's Ambassadors protested, that unless he did revoke and disannul the new title which he had bestowed on the Duke of Florence, their Master should be enforced to maintain his own dignity, with that of the Empire, by all means possible: The Pope though by Nature timorous, would not for all that retract that which he knew he might do, and was well done, but made preparation by temporal arms to defend his own authority, and that of the Sea Apostolic: Therefore he speedily levied forces, provided arms, money, and all other necessaries for war, causing Proclamation to be made in all places under the Church's jurisdiction (to the particular hurt of the Venetians) that it should not be lawful for any, without exception, to levy Soldiers forth of that State; and thereupon he imprisoned Pompeo de Castello, and Giovan Aldobrandino, who being Pensioners to the Venetians, had in their name enroled footmen in the Church's territories, whereby all men thought that Italy would fall into a dangerous war. This made the Senate resolve to send the Secretary Formenti to Rome, to appease this new stir: but his departure was delayed, and Commission sent to their Ambassadors there, to make the same request to the Pope, and to put him in mind of the miseries of the time, the greatness of the present dangers which threatened Christendom, together with the remedy (if there were any) alone residing in him. Whereunto though the Pope gave a willing care, he nevertheless excused himself by reason of his own necessity, and did still pursue his private designs, leaving the events of the common war very doubtful.  
These troubles caused the Venetians to welcome the arrival of these men from Constantinople, and likewise upon so fair an occasion carefully to 
The Venetians resolve to ●…arken to peace.  think on the treaty of peace, because they daily saw their hopes more and more to decline, and the cause to cease for which they had first neglected it. They determined then to hearken to the treaty of peace, and so much the more willingly as it was offered from the Turks: nevertheless, because they would not seem too greedy of it, nor invite the Turks thereby to infringe it upon 
The Articles of peace propounded by the Venetians.  every trifle, without motioning peace at that time, they gave Commission to Giacomo Ragasson, a man well experienced in such businesses, to go to Constantinople, to treat of the enlargement of prisoners, and restitution of merchants goods taken on either side: and beside, the Council of Ten gave him another secret Commission to give to the Bailie, which in effect was, that if afterwards the Turks did motion peace, he likewise should seem to desire it, and enter into farther discourse thereof, if he should perceive that it might take effect on reasonable & honourable conditions for the Commonwealth, namely of recovering the Realm of Cyprus, in paying some great tribute to the Turk for it, or else that they might still keep the City of Famagosta, or by quitting it to the great Lord, to have some other State elsewhere in counterchange, and also for the restoring of their ancient confines of Albania and Dalmatia. They did impart as much to Ragasson, and gave him power to speak thereof, if the Turk, who had first craved to have one sent thither of purpose (for the Bailie was imprisoned) if for any other respects they should refuse to treat with him.  
Ragasson his departure from Veniee to Constantinople, was presently divulged in the Courts of Princes, but they assured them (as indeed it was so) that they had sent him for the dispatch of business belonging to particular merchants, without any other commission at all: yet every man suspected that he had some other secret Commission to treat of peace, the which they were the rather induced to believe, because that the Venetians had occasion thereby to seek to assure their affairs, having had but an unfortunate beginning in their war, perceiving their hopes daily to vanish.  
The Pope having a share in this suspicion, and beginning to shake off his fear 
The Pope and Spaniards seek to the Venetians to conclude the league.  of the Emperor's arms, did hotly revive the Treaty of the League, being thereunto provoked by the Spaniards, and determined to send Marc-Antonio Colonna to Venice, who being wise and politic, and very gracious with the Venetians, might with his speech interrupt the practices of peace, and by granting them somewhat, which had been denied them before, to induce them to consent to the speedy conclusion of the league.  
Colonna being come to Venice, and oftentimes brought into the Senate, did use all good means and offers, to persuade them to embrace the league, labouring to let them see how profitable it was for the Commonwealth, and how that his desire to serve at once the Pope his natural Prince, the Catholic King, unto whom he had vowed and dedicated his service, and themselves likewise, unto whom, in respect of the trust they had reposed in him, he was 
Colonnas' remonstrance to the Venetian Sevate.  no less bound then to any other whatsoever, did make him more earnest in that business, being not able to bridle his love, nor conceal that which reason commanded him to utter, and having by a long Oration particularly acquainted them with the preparations of the League, he did earnestly entreat them to embrace it.  
Colonnas' authority and eloquence was of force to have persuaded the greatest part of the Senate to this confederacy, but the importance of the business, the experience of the former years success, the quality of the general propositions, and they uncertain, and the hope that the Treaty of peace might have more prosperous success, held the Senators in suspense: whereupon, 
The Senate's answer to Colonna.  by a Decree of Senate, Colonna was answered in general terms, how that their actions might testify their disposition towards the league.  
At the last, time pressing them to make a speedy resolution, and Colonna having received new instructions from Rome, whereby all matters were granted them, concerning their forces, time when to employ them, and likewise for the increase of the number of their Galleys for the first year; the Pope did beside particularly promise to permit them for five years space to levy three tenths upon the Clergy of their State: these things being considered by the Senate on the one side, and the practices of peace on the other, by the commissions given to the Bailie and Ragasson, made the Senators very doubtful, Peace and War being at their own choice and liking: whereupon the Senators were of contrary opinions concerning the continuation either of the one or other, not growing to any certain resolution. Especially two of the most principal and eminent in the government of the Republic, dissented far in opinion; the first (which was Paulo Tepulo, a man very famous, and much 
T●…pulos opinion 〈◊〉 to war.  practised in the government o●… the Commonwealth,) said, That without relying on Mahomet's goodly propositions, which rather tended to deceive and ●…ull them a sleep, than benefit them, they ought without longer delay, to embrace the league, in regard the conclusion there of was certain, and the events 
Ba●…oario is of a contrary opinion.  of the Treaty of Peace most uncertain. Andréa Badoario, a man of equal authority, was of a contrary opinion, saying, That seeing they had motioned peace, and had to those ends given ample Commissions and instructions, they could do no less than expect an answer, and not make such haste, or rather precipitate themselves into the conclusion clean contrary. Both of them were attentively heard, and their reasons did in such sort move the Senators, as they still continued irresolute. But at last the most part inclining to the conclusion of the league, the better to raze out that note of Infamy, wherewith the former 
War is resolved at Veniee.  unhappy events of war had blotted them, they all on a sudden altered their opinions, and resolved to send ample power and authority to their Ambassadors at Rome, in their name to conclude the league, and presently gave Colonna a pleasing answer, who suddenly returned to Rome, where the Pope having notice of their resolution, called the Ambassadors of the Catholic King and Venetians 
The league against the Turk concluded.  into the Consistory, where causing the Datary to read the Articles, agreed upon betwixt them, he was the first that swore (laying his hand upon his breast) strictly to observe them: The Cardinal Pacheco likewise swore in the behalf of the Catholic King (Granuell being gone to Naples) the Ambassador of the same King did the like, and those of the Venetian Commonwealth in their Prince's name swore on the Evangelists.  
Then the Pope commanded, that the next day after divine service was solemnly celebrated, and the Procession ended in Saint Peter's Church, it should be published, not withstanding that the Venetian Ambassadors were of opinion to defer the publication thereof, till the Emperor were acquainted therewith, that his intention mightbeeknowne.  
The particular Articles of the league were these: Betwixt Pope Pius Quintus, 
The Articles of the league.  prom sing for the Sea Apostolic and his successors, with the consent of the whole College of Cardinals, Philip the Catholic King, and the Duke and Senate of Venice, aleague and perpetual confederacy hath been made, to abate and overthrow the Turks power, who of late have with a mighty Army, enuaded the Realm of Cyprus, a country very commodious for the conquest of the Holy land. That the Confederates forces shall consist of two hundred light Galleys, one hundred ships of war, fifty thousand footmen, Italians, Spaniards and Almains, four thousand five hundred horse, with Artillery and Munition proportionable to such forces: all which shall be employed, as well for defence of the Confederates states, as to assail the enemies, and particularly for the enterprises of Argier, Tunis, and Tripoli: That all these forces shall be united (in the month of May next ensuing, or at the beginning of April) at Ottranto, to pass into the Levant against the enemies, as time, and the council of Captains shall think fit. That these forces nevertheless may be changed, by increasing or diminishing the provisions for war, as necessity and the quality of the enterprise shall require: whereupon a yearly meeting shall be at Rome in Autumn, there to consult what is best to be done. And if it shall there be concluded, not to attempt any thing that year in common, yet it might be lawful for every of the confederates to execute their particular enterprises, and especially for the King of Spain, to enterprise those of Argier, Tunis, and Tripoli, in which, so that there be no mighty Turkish Army abroad, the Venetians shall be bound to aid the King with fifty Galleys for that purpose.  
That the King likewise shall be bound to aid the Venetians, whensoever they will enterprise any thing in their Gulf against the common enemy, on this condition nevertheless, if he which shall crave this aid, have far greater forces ready. That all the Confederates shall be reciprocally obliged to defend the States of any one of them whom the Turks shall invade, and in particular the Cities and other places belonging to the Church.  
That for the expense of war, the Catholic King shall pay the one half; and the other moyery being divided into three parts, the Venetians shall pay two, and the Pope the third: they shall be bound to give the Pope twelve Galleys ready rig'd, and munitioned, which his Holiness shall man for the service of the league. That generally each of the Confederates shall be bound to contribute for the common necessity, whatsoever he shall abundantly have, and others want, and afterwards shall have it allowed in their accounts. That the storehouses for Corn shall be every where open for the common good, and that grain may be taken forth of commodious places, so that he from whom it is taken, have first made his own provision. That at Counsels and consultations the Commanders of the three Confederate Princes shall be present, and what the most of them resolve on, shall be concluded: Nevertheless, the execution of matters determined, shall remain to the General of the Army (who 
Don ●…ohn de Austria General of the Army.  was presently named) to wit, Don john de Austria, and in his absence Marc-Antonio Colonna with the same authority, though at the same time, he retain the title and rank of the Church's General. A place was reserved for Maximilian of Austria the elect Emperor, the most Christian King, and the King of Portugal, to enter into this confederacy, when they should think it fit, and to all other Christian Princes likewise, that had a desire to enter into it. There was no particular mention made of places which should be conquered, for that was referred to be disposed off in the same manner, as in the league of the year 1537. wherein was expressly mentioned, If any strife should arise betwixt the Confederates, the Pope as Umpire and judge should decide it, without any breaking off, or prejudice to the confederacy, or stop to the execution of matters by it established.  
These Articles (as hath been said) being sworn to and signed by the Ambassadors, were within four months after, as the same Princes had decreed, read, and ratified a new. But because the Confederates were not tied to observe all 
Some particular treaties.  that is above mentioned, till the year following, it was agreed upon in another writing a part, wherein the above mentioned matters were not particularly specified, that the same year in the month of May, four score Galleys, and twenty ships of war, should meet at Ottranto to join with the Venetian fleet, not comprehending in that number those of the Pope, Duke of Savoy, and Knights of Malra.  
During these treaties of peace and league, the Venetians with a general consent, made speedy provisions for war: they had not forgotten the affairs of Cyprus, and especially the conservation of Famagosta, on which depended the 
Supply sent to Famagosta.  hope of all fortunate success. Marc. Antonio Quirini being chosen for this purpose, departed from Candy with four ships to carry supplies thither, for whose convoy twelve galleys were appointed. He being come near to Famagosta, caused his ships to sail somewhat before in the enemies view which were in Constantia, himself keeping toward the land: So soon as the enemies descried these ships, they sent forth seven Galleys to invest them, which being perceived by Quirini, he suddenly advanced with his Galleys, to get betwixt them and home.  
But the Turks, having discovered the Venetians galleys, and altering their purpose 
Flight of the enemy's Galleys.  from offending others to save themselves, did speedily make to the shore from whence they came, so that they had time by help of those of the camp, who in great troops came to their aid, to escape to land, & forsaking their galleys, some of them were sunk by Quirinis ordnance, who perceiving some signs of a future tempest gave speedy commandment that the ships should be ●…owed into the Haven, that he might safely land his supplies consisting of sixteen hundred foot, with great store of munition & victuals, which did much encourage those of the city, who infinitely commended his care and diligence; and whilst he remained there, he took a ship of the enemies and some other smaller vessels laden 
The Venetians 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 at Gambella.  with munitions and victuals which were going to the Turkish army, and having intelligence that the Turks had builded certain forts at the Rock of Gambella, he sailed thither with his Galleys, and on a sudden razed them.  
These things being fortunately performed, Quirini supposing his longer stay there to be to small purpose did on the sixteenth day of February 1571. arrive with his Galleys in Candy. The Senate being very careful to provide for Famagosta, 
More aid sent to Famagosta.  sent two other ships thither with eight hundred footmen and great store of munition, under the command of Honoreo Scoto, with letters to the inhabitants full of hearty affection, highly commending their constant loyalty, entreating them still to persist in their own defence and by no means to rely upon the word or promise of those Barbarous infidels: The like letters in effect were written to Baillone, wherein his valour was much commended, as worthy of his Ancestors, and the love which himself and predecessors had ever borne to the Commonwealth, promising highly to recompense him.  
When these last supplies arrived at Famagosta, they made up the whole number 
The number of soldiers in Famogosta.  of four thousand Italian footmen, eight hundred of the Islanders which are termed Legionaries, and three thousand Citizens and country people, with two hundred Albanese.  
At the same time the rebellion of the Albanese against the Turks did still continue, 
The 〈◊〉 re●…bel against the 〈◊〉.  divers of the countries of Ducagina, Pedana, Ematia and Sadrina, coming daily to make sundry offers to the Agents of the Commonwealth, whereupon, the Providator Celsi was commanded to sail to Catharra with ten Galleys, but Celsi falling sick by the way, Nicolo Suriano, who was Lieutenant of the Gulf, was commanded to take that charge upon him, and with four Galleys to enter into the River Boyan to back the rebellion of that people, and carefully to observe whether he could with good success make any attempt upon Durazzo, Scatar, or Alexia which the chief of the Albanese had propounded. Suriano having continued certain days in those confines, perceived very well that the deeds were not answerable to their words, and that it was in vain to make any attempt upon the enemy's territories without suffitient forces for that purpose: the Senate nevertheless being unwilling to omit any thing which it knew might avail the Common wealth, chose Giacomo Malatesta for Governor General in Albania, who coming to Catharra was desirous to make incursions into the enemy's country, where having taken a great booty, and heedlessly returning homewards through a valley, he was assailed by the enemies, and being wounded in the thigh, and beaten from his horse was taken prisoner and carried to Rissana.  
In regard of the great expenses which the Venetians were to furnish, which would monthly amount to three hundred thousand Ducats, the Senate sought 
Prince Mocenigo his remonstrance to the great counc●…ll.  by all means to raise money; whereupon it again increased the number of the Procurators of Saint Mark, they likewise sold the pastures and void grounds, and the pawns and pledges of La Zecca were opened upon sundry conditions. Prince Moceniga in that and all other matters showed himself very careful and vigilant to make speedy provisions of all necessaries; and being present on a time in the great council, whither all Gentlemen that have voices in the creation of Magistrates do usually come, he made a brief but important speech, exhorting all of them to be willing to relieve their dearest country in that time of need and war, either with money, advise, or any other thing which it might want, every man according to his power and means, saying that they could never do it in a time more convenient, and thereby should not only preserve their wealth, but their honour, children and lives, all which would be exposed to great danger i●… the insolent enemy should prove victorious.  
His words being pronounced with much earnestness did greatly move those of the assembly, and encouraged them boldly to continue that war, with hope of better success, whereupon, whatsoever was requisite for the furnishing of the Navy, or for provision of victuals, and money, which is the strongest sinew of war, was presently determined and concluded.  
Whilst the Venetians were thus busied in their preparations, the Turks on the other side raised new forces to pursue the course of their victory. Selim had received such content for the taking of Nicotia, the news whereof was brought to him by Mustapha's son, together with many ri●…ch presents, as he was desirous all other things laid aside to intend only the ending of that enterprise, notwithstanding the great report which was made of the Christian fleet, the which after the conquest of Cyprus he promised to himself to defeat, and then presently to become Lord of all the Islands belonging to the Venetians, most commodious (as he said) to open a passage to the city of Rome, chief of the Roman Empire and belonging to him as to the greatest Emperor, and of a long time promised by their Prophets to the Ottoman family.  
Selim ruminating on these vain and idle thoughts commanded his fleet, that so soon as Cyprus should be furnished with suffi●…ient supplies, then to fight with that of the Christians, and afterwards pursue other enterprises as occasion should be offered. And according to his own projects he sent twenty Galleys from Constantinople under the command of Caiacelebey, who by the way meeting with the Galleys of Chios and Rhodes, sailed altogether towards Cyprus, to keep out all relief from Famagosta. After his departure from Constantinople thirty other Galleys came to him, and being come to Finica to levy soldiers, he went from thence into Cypras, where making some abode, he sent his Galleys in the mean time to Tripoli, to take in new supplies and munitions: then his Navy being furnished with all necessaries he left Cyprus, leaving Ar●…mat there with twenty Galleys, ten Mohannes or flat bottomed boats to transport horse, five ships, with many other vessels for the guard of the Island, himself taking four and fitry Galleys with him, and went to meet Portau, ne●…ly made a Bassa in Pialis stead, who being come from Constantinople, and by the way joining the Galleys of Naples in Romagna and Miteline with his forces, was with an hundred Galleys at ●…astel rosso, the Rendezvous of the whole fleet, whither within a while after Vluzz●…li came from Algiers with twenty of his own Galleys, and divers other vessels belonging to Pirates, and not long after, Hassan son to Barbarossa came thither likewise with twenty Galleys.  
The whole Turkish fleet being in this sort united, to the number of two hundred 
The number of the Turkish fl●…et.  and fifty sail, went directly to the Isle of Candy and entered into the Haven of Suda, and sailing afterwards towards Cania, it landed great troops of soldiers near to the city, who presently falling to booty, did put all to fire and sword. Against these the Providator of Cania sent great numbers of soldiers of the cities Garrison with divers of Quirtni's Galleys which were then in the Haven, who enforced the enemies to retire, and our men being presently backed by three hundred 
The Turks are put to ●…outin Candy.  Corsicans conducted by Colonel justinian, the enemies were put to rout and with great slaughter beaten to their Galleys, not daring to assault the castle. The enemy's fleet departing from Candy, where it had done infinite harm, sailed to Ceriga, where it did the like, and from thence went to junca, where having 
The Turks waste the Islands of Zant and Cephalonia.  trimmed their Galleys, they made incursions into the Isles of Zant and Cephalonia, and the inhabitants being retired into the forts, all the villages and country houses were burned, and the whole country wasted.  
The Turk being not satisfied with setting forth a fleet, had likewise raised a land army, under the command of Achmat Bassa, determining to invade the Venetians both by sea and land, in regard the treaty of peace was wholly broken off, and no hope of agreement left. For so soon as Ragasson came to Constantinople, the Turks hoping by accord to obtain that which they could hardly get by arms, he was together with the Bailie brought before Mahomet the Visier Bassa, who began highly to extol the power of the Ottoman Empire, and to relate the great Lords designs against the States of the Venetian Commonwealth, who resolved to invade them by sea and land; That Selim's intent was to propound peace on very hard conditions, nevertheless he would find 
Bash is Mah●…mets proposition to the Venetian Bayly.  means to moderate that great severity, provided likewise that they would consent to what he should tell them, which in effect was, that the Bailie should persuade the Senate freely to surrender to Zelim the entire possession of Cyprus, as a State justly belonging to the Ottoman Empire.  
The Bailie perceiving thereby that the treaty of peace could not be continued to the honour of the Commonwealth, advised Ragasson to leave Constantinople (which he did) the other business concerning merchants remaining likewise imperfect, which once was concluded, but presently revoked, by reason of some false reports brought from Syria and Alexandria, so that Ragassons journey was altogether vain.  
The end of the ninth Book of the sixth Decade.   

The Contents of the tenth Book of the sixth Decade.  
THE Spaniards absolutely tell the Pope and Venetians that they will not join their forces till Don john's arrival. The great progression of the Turkish fleet. The league is concluded at Rome and published at Venice. The Turks take Dulcigna and Antivary. The Venetians great preparations so soon as they heard that the Turks were come into their Gulf. The enemies come before Mandracchia, with their base retreat. The Pope soliciteth Christian Princes to enter into the league. The arrival of Don john and the Spanish forces. The Turkish army before Famagosta. Marc-Antonio Bragadino Governor of Famagosta. The enemies at one time batter the city in five several places. The besieged make a counter-battery. The Turks give many fierce assaults to the city. The citizens by reason of extre●…me want are enforced to yield upon composition. Mustapha his perfidious cruelty; His impiety against the dead. The union of the Christian fleet, with the number of the vessels. The Christian fleet resolveth to fight with the Turks. The famous battle of Lepanto, where the Turkish fleet is defeated and put to rout. The number of the dead on both sides, with the number of the enemy's vessels that were taken. The great joy at Venice for news of the victory. Don john retireth to Messina. The Venetians take the fort of Marguerites. The Christians enterprise upon Saint Maur is bootless. And lastly Marc-Antonio Colonna his magnificent entry at Rome.  
The tenth Book of the sixth Decade of the History of Venice.  
THE Confederates naval army which should have met at Ottranto in May, there to have joined altogether, came not thither at the latter end of june, neither was there any tidings of it. The conclusion of the league hanging in suspense, and the Venetians fearing that they should not be strong enough of themselves, to encounter and repulse the enemy's fleet, which was reported to be far greater than those of the former year, determined 
The Venetians expect the ●…onfederates▪ fleets.  to set forth threescore Galleys of the best in all the fleet at Candy, to employ them for the relief of Cyprus, or other places as need should be, to hinder the enemy's navigation upon those seas, and to cut off the rearward of the Turkish Galleys which should lag behind the fleet, and in a word to take hold on all occasions which time should offer. Such was the State of the Venetian fleet for that time, the greatest part whereof remaining at Corfou, did daily expect the arrival of the Spanish Armada.  
The Pope and Venetians made earnest request that the Galleys of Naples and Sicily which were ready might go to Ottranto, but the Spaniards would not hear of it, resolving to tarry for Don john's arrival. The Turks on the other side having intelligence that the forces of the Christian Princes were not yet united, departing from Candy did boldly sail forwards, the great Lord having commanded them to seek out the Christian fleet and fight with it, and in the mean time to waste all places by the way belonging to the Venetian State. The General Venieri having intelligence of the enemy's course and designs, 
What 〈◊〉 the General Uenieri to sa●…l to Messina.  and knowing that nothing could hinder them from passing forward, resolved to sail with the fleet to Messina, fearing (as it was very likely) that if the enemy's fleet should come nearer to Corfoù, his own Galleys would be exposed to sundry perils and and dangers, and if the Turks should come and lie betwixt the Fana and the Merlieres, he likewise feared that they would hinder the uniting of the Confederates forces. 
The league is published at Venice.   
Whilst these determinations were made abroad the league on the second day of july was with great solemnity and concourse of people published at Venice, after the celebration of Mass in Saint Marks Church by Don Guzman de silva Ambassador for the Catholic King, in the presence of the Duke, Senate, Princes' Ambassadors, and great numbers of Prelates, who together with the whole Clergy going afterwards through the city in Precession, came into the great Marketplace which was richly hung with tapestry and other costly ornaments, whither so soon as the Prince came to the usual place where proclamations are made to the people, the league was by an Herald published with great silence, which being done, the ordnance were shot off, drums beaten, and trumpets sounded to the great joy and content of all the people.  
The league being in this sort published, they hastened the preparations already begun, and solicited other Princes to enter into it, that they might the better increase their forces. Whereupon the Pope determined for that purpose to send his Nephew the Cardinal Alexandrine into Portugal, supposing 
The Pope 〈◊〉 the King of Portugal to enter into the leagu.  that the forces and territories of that King would be fit to afford aid and reputation to the league, he being Lord of many armed vessels, and his countries of the Indies confying upon the Turkish Empire: in respect whereof the Senate likewise resolved that Antonio Tepulo then Ambassador in Spain should to the same end go to the King of Portugal to be there in the name of the Commonwealth at such time as the Pope's Legate should treat of that business.  
The Venetians, the league being thus concluded, were so bend to war, upon hope to increase their forces by the assistance of other Princes, as they would not hearken to any discourse of peace▪ for the most Christian King having dispatched the Bishop of Aix to Constantinople, chiefly to negotiate some accord, and he coming to Venice acquainted them with the zeal and affection of his King towards the good and profit of the Commonwealth, together with his Commission to procure peace betwixt the Turks and them; The Senate thanked him, and without giving farther ear to his propositions called in the 
The Uenetia●…s will not hear o●… peace.  Confederates Ambassadors that they might hear his message; this they did to take away all jealousy and suspicion, and to animate them to warlike preparations like themselves.  
The Turkish fleet in the mean time came still forward into the Venetian Gulf, none daring to oppose it: on the other side the Sangiacs of Scopo, Durazzo and Ducagina, taking five thousand men, ten cannons and many other less pieces with them, came near to Dulcigna, having enforced the country 
The Turks come before Dulcigna.  people to quit the straight passages which they guarded, whereupon the inhabitants resolved to abandon the city and to retire to Catharra: but Nicolo Suriana, and Sciarra Martinenga coming with newforces, did confirm and encourage them to defend their city, although it were not strong either by art or nature.  
The enemy being encamped before it, after that he had made a battery and a reasonable breach, the janissaries prepared for the assault, whereupon Martinenga being out of all hope to hold out long without sresh supplies did speedily send for the French men which he had brought thither, with whom for a time they valiantly defended it: but the enemies fleer approaching, and Suriana in that respect being with his Galleys enforced for to quit those seas, all the inhabitants and soldiers being affrighted, and wholly despairing to hold the town any longer, craved a parley, the battery hau●…ng continued for the space of twelve days, and the accord was made with the Bassa 
Dulc●…gna yieldeth to the Turks in composition, which is badly observed.  to depart with their lives and goods, with promise to give them four ships, to transport those to Ragusa that were willing to depart, and good entertainment to such as would still remain there, and that the soldiers might depart with their arms and ensigns.  
The city was delivered to the Turks, though that the conditions were afterwards badly observed, because that since then, some contention either true or feigned arising thereupon betwixt Pertau and Achmat Bassa's who were come to that siege, they took occasion to deal cruelly with those poor wretches, who relying on their word had submitted to them, for they caused all the inhabitants in a manner to be imprisoned, and did put divers valiant Albanese soldiers to the sword, that were come thither to defend the city: only they kept their word with the Governor, Martinenga, and some few other of the chiefest, who were safely conducted to Rag●…sa.  
Dulcigna being taken, the enemy's fleet sailed towards Antivari, where the inhabitants were much daunted with their neighbour's misfortune, though they feared not the fleet, the City being four miles from sea. The Governor having intelligence of the enemy's approach, did without waiting for their coming, send the cities keys to the Bascha by some of the p●…incipall townsmen, in regard whereof he was afterwards by the Senate condemned to perpetual banishment.  
In the mean time, news being brought to Venice, how that the enemies with a mighty fleet were come into their Gulf, the whole City was much terrified, especially when it understood, how that in all places where they came, they left terrible scars behind them, the Venetians presently began to fortify all passages, and especially the port of Saint Nicholas on the shore, opposite to which is a very strong Castle builded, and well stored with ordnance, the defence where of was committed to Lodovico Grimani, with certain foot companies, and furnished with expert Gunners: they afterwards gave Vincento Mor●…sin, one of the chief Senators charge of all the Fortifications along the shore, with six other Gentlemen of the order of Senators to assist him, namely daniel venieri, Marco justiniano, jeronimo Contareni, Francisco Mith●…ele, Lorenzo Souranze, and Andrea Bernardo.  
Those men caused a mighty Iron chain to be drawn from the aforesaid Castle to the opposite shore, the which embarred the whole Channel, and behind it they placed three great Galleys, and a certain number of light ones, which were well stored with Ordnance. All other passages were likewise assured: they did moreover place sundry corpse du Guard in diverse places of the city, and in a word omitted nothing which was necessary for the preservation and defence thereof.  
But it was known within a while after, that all these speedy preparations were altogether unnecessary: For Vluzzali, Admiral of that fleet, after 
The enemy's fleet 〈◊〉 forth of the Gulf of Vinice.  that he had wasted, (as hath been said) the Isles of Lisena, and Cursoles, went back again to join with the Bassa, who with the residue of the fleet, lay at the mouth of the Channel of Catharra, where making some abode, he summoned the Castle to yield, and yet made none attempt upon it; because peradventure he was unwilling to perform any great enterprise, or else feared the union of the Christian fleets.  
Whereupon he departed thence, and sailed to la Valona, where having reinforced his Army with diverse troops, brought to him by the Sangiack of Bossina, and sent forth certain Galleys, truly to discover the estate of the Confederate naval Army, he bent his course towards Corfou; and coming to Paxu, he sent first to view Mandracchia, and the Galleys going unto Butintro, the Captains coasted up and down the I●…land, and heedfully observing the situation thereof, could not agree upon that which they would have done.  
In the mean time, diverse soldiers which were in the Fusts going on shore to get pillage, fell into an Ambuscado of certain troops of horse 
The Christians surprise some of the enemies by ambuscad●….  belonging to the ga●…rison of the City under the command of Captain George Mormori, by whom all the enemies were either ●…laine or taken, and among others Cassan, surnamed Baffa, á Renegado of Candy, a man very famous, not so much for his experience in marine matters, as for his notatable crue●…ty.  
In the end, the whole fleet drew near to the Island, and yet as they passed along many Cannon shot were bestowed among them, which did no great harm thorough the fault and small experience of the Gunners. And coming to Potama, great numbers of soldiers were landed, who assaulted the town, our men who had seized on the passages of the mountains being to weak to hinder their passage, Philippo Rancone with four hundred footmen guarded the Town, part of his forces were Greeks and the rest Italians, who perceiving the enemies great numbers, began to retire towards the plain, where finding other supplies sent 
The Turks come before 〈◊〉.  from the Castle, he made a stand, and caused the Turks that followed him to do the like:  
But the day following, greater numbers being landed, together with six hundred horse which they had taken in at Butrinto, they gave an assault to the Castle Saint Angelo, and finding it to be a far difficulter enterprise than they had imagined, gave it over: but being desirous before their departure to leave some token of their barbarous cruelty behind them, they burned many Country houses, and divers Churches, ruining the Villages and Vineyards near to the City, and the third day after they departed from the Island.  
The Venetians did with great grief endure all these miseries and calamities, still trusting to the aid of the league, and yet they received not thereby the profit and commodity which they had hoped for, for which to their great loss they had altered their former designs, and in a manner engaged their forces: because that a decree being made that the Galleys of Candy should sail towards Messina, there to join with those Confederates, they were doubtful of the success of Famagosta, having received no news whether it had been relieved or not: and for that on the other side their General, by waiting for Don john's arrival, was an idle Spectator of all those wrongs and outrages which the enemies had done unto them and yet durst not set fore-word to take revenge.  
Therefore they resolved to show unto the Pope, how that by his means they 
The Venetians complaints to the Pope.  had entered into that war, and had refused all means of Agreement, therein to obey the authority of the Sea Apostolic, and not to seem likewise to distrust other Christian Princes, that they for their parts had notwithstanding all expenses and dangers provided what soever was necessary for the union; and, they did not see that the Confederates effects were correspondent to their diligence and industry: so as that league which had been made for the honour and glory of Christendom, did more dishonour them, and in particular did great harm to their Commonwealth, by reason of the loss of Famagosta, which undoubtedly would shortly ensue, except it were speedily relieved.  
These complaints being propounded to the Pope who found them very just and reasonable, he speedily dispatched a Post to Don john, writing by him to his Nephew the Cardinal Alexandrine, who was in Spain, earnestly to 〈◊〉 that business according to his former instructions.  
The Legate Alexandrine was honourably entertained by the Catholic King, who in smooth terms acquainted them with his earnest desire therein to satisfy the Pope, having determined for that purpose, that Don john with the Spanish 
The King of Spain's answer to the ●…ardinall Alexandrine.  Galleys should go and spend the winter in Sicily, thereby to be readier to execute that which should be concluded at Rome. And although he had often by letters in former time exhorted the Emperor to enter into that union, he would expressly never the less send Don Pedro Fassardo to him, to entreat him from him to condescend thereunto  
He being come to the Emperor's Court found him very doubtful: for he 
The Emperor is doubtful.  received many messages and letters from the Bascha of Buda who exhorted him to observe the peace, promising him fair and Kingly neighbourhood and friendship: on the other side he had Intelligence of the Turks warlike preparations, who remaining till then at Scopia held all men in suspense to what place he determined to bend his course: in the end he resolved to send the accustomed tribute to Constantinople, being assured that it could in no sort hinder the league, nor keep himself from entering into it, when time should serve, whereas 
The Emperor's resolution.  on the contrary, by delaying it any longer he might receive some great loss; because that Selim doubting his love and good meaning, might assail him on a sudden.  
These things did greatly trouble the Venetians, who knew very well that peace with the Turks, in the warlike and mighty Northern Provinces, would greatly prejudice the league, and precipitate the state of the Commonwealth into greater danger: in regard whereof the Pope and the Catholic Kings Agents, propounded to the Emperor, that they would give him out of the Confederate forces, twenty thousand foot, and four thousand horse, to invade the enemies on that side, and that the other thirty thousand which remained (according to the treaty of the league) would suffice for the execution of their Sea actions.  
The Emperor's Ambassador resident at Rome, had oftentimes assured them, that the Emperor wanted no good will to war on the Turk, but means; and 
The leagues offer to the Emperor.  therefore if the Confederate Princes would promise him aid, he would without all doubt enter into the league; and that all Germany being at last provoked by necessity and shame, would join in that war and by their example, Poland and Muscovy would do the like.  
Nevertheless, all these offers were vain and to no purpose, because that the Emperor making many excuses, continued his former resolution to send the tribute to Constantinople. In the mean time the Galleys of the Pope, Venetians, Florentines and Malteses met at Messina, where with great earnestness they waited for the arrival of Don john, who departing from Cathalognia with seven and twenty Galleys and five thousand Spanish footmen, did at last arrive on the last day of july at Genoa, where making short stay, leaving Doria with twelve Galleys, to make provisions for the fleet, himself went to Naples, where he was entertained with great magnificence, and received the standard of General for the league which the Pope sent him: and within a while after leaving thirty Galleys to convoy the ships, he went with the residue of the fleet to Messina, where he knew that the Generals of the Pope and Venetians expected him. 
The arrival of Don john with the Spanish forces.   
He was accompanied by many great Lords of Spain, namely by Don Bernardin de Requesens great commendador of Castill, Don Aluares de Bassan Marquis of Santa Cruz, Don ●…uan de Cardona, Earl of Piega, Antonio Doria, Carlo d'Analos Duke of Sessa, Ferranti Loffra, and the Marquis of Trevic, who for Nobility, and the King's favour, were very famous: These were of Don john's Council for war.  
Now so soon as Don john arrived at Genoa he dispatched Micaele de Moncada the King's counsellor to Venice, to acquaint them with his coming and to 
The offers of Don john to the Venetians.  gratify the Senate for the good opinion it had conceived of him, and to promise that he would in such sort manage all matters, as they should not be deceived in him: being very desirous speedily to execute some notable enterprise upon the enemies.  
These news, pleasing to all men, did awaken their former hope. The Turk then departing with his whole fleet (as hath been said) from Corfoù returned to Butintro, where remaining for a time to receive some intelligence of the Christian fleet, and a new commission from Constantinople, he went afterwards to Preveze, where the Bascha received certain news of the taking of Famagosta, and a particular commission to go and seek the Christian fleet to fight with it.  
The Turks after the taking of Nicosia had deferred the siege of Famagosta, by reason of winter and other discommodities, unfitting for a siege: but so soon as it drew near towards the spring, they speedily provided all necessaries for it, as ordnance, munition, and other warlike engines, which were sent to them from Syria and Caramania: fifty thousand Turks came thither likewise, many of whom took no pay, but only served in hope of booty, the Bascha having craftily given forth, that the spoil of Famagosta would be far richer than that of Nicosia.  
The enemy's army being thus provided, and strengthened, did about the midst of April approach the city, having brought fifteen pieces of battery from Nicosia, and making great trenches, one part of the army encamped in the gardens, 
The enemy's army before ●…amagosta.  and the other at Percipola: Then on the five and twentieth of the said month they made platforms whereon to plant the ordnance, with deep and broad trenches for the Harguebusiers, so close together as it was impossible to annoy them, having ordinarily (but especially in the night) forty thousand pioneers at work.  
The enemy's intent being discovered, they of the town began to rampire up all places which they thought the enemy would batter: there was ever a strong guard on the way covered with the counterscarpe, for the better defence thereof, 
The care of those within the City for their ●…ortifications.  and they raised new flanquers; they did afterwards on that side of the wall which was battered make a trench twelve foot in depth, and breadth, with small loopholes for the arquebusiers, from thence to defend the counterscarpe.  
Marke-Antonio Bragadino was Governor of the City, who together with Astor Baillone did carefully provide whatsoever was necessary without any confusion at all, being a man that well knew what did belong to his place. Antonio Bragadino lay in the Castle raising new flanquers to defend that side of the Arsenal. The Knight Goita was Master of the ordnance, who being slain in a skirmish, the Governor gave his company to Nestor Martinenga. Moreover, three Captains were appointed, to take charge of the fireworks, each of them having twenty soldiers under his command, chosen out of all the companies, to bestow those fires when need should be, all the ordnance was brought to those places where they expected the battery.  
Besides, they made divers sallies to molest those abroad, and to hinder their works. At the last they cleared the city of all unprofitable eaters, which were 
The number of serviceable men in the city  in number eight thousand persons, who retired into the villages, the Turks doing them no harm: The rest of the people being numbered amounted to the sum of seven thousand serviceable men, namely three thousand five hundred Italian foot, and the rest greeks.  
Bragadini daily perceiving the dangers to increase by reason of the enemy's 
Bragadins exhortations to his soldiers.  approaches, exhorted and encouraged his soldiers, telling them that the time was now come to manifest their singular valour and generous courage by bravely defending that City, so far remote from other parts of Christendom, against the power of the Ottoman Empire, in so just a quarrel as theirs was, and to cast away all fear, hoping only that God, who is the giver of victories, would give them good and fortunate success.  
This speech caused every man to encourage his fellow cheerly to entertain labour and danger. Three hundred of the besieged with sword and target, accompanied with as many Italian arquebusiers made a sally, who at first did put the enemies to flight, but at last were so rougly charged, as in their retreat they lost thirty of their men, whereupon it was concluded to make no more sallies.  
The enemies being by little and little come to the top of the counterscarpe, 
The enemy's 〈◊〉 five batteries at one time.  and having ended their forts which were ten in number, began the battery with three score and four cannons, among the which were four Baliliscos' of an exceeding bigness did beat the Gate 〈◊〉, even to the Arsenal.  
They began to batter it in five several places at once; the one at the Tower of the Arsenal on which five Canon from the fort of the Rock continually played, the other against the curtain without the Arsenal which was battered by eleven pieces; the third was out of another Fort with eleven Cannons upon the Tower of Andrazzi, and two Cavaliers above it: the fourth played upon S. Napes great Tower with the four Basilisks; and the last was against the Gate Lemissa battered from six forts with three and thirty Cannons, where the General Mustapha 
The dil●…gent care of the Captains of the City..  was in person. At first they began rather to batter the fortifications of the cities Ordnance, then to ruin the walls, by reason that it did much annoy them; whereupon the besieged, so soon as the enemy had begun the Battery, quartered themselves under the wall where they continued till the end: Bragadin kept the tower Andrazzi, Baillone that of St. Nape, and Tepulo that of Campo-santo, that they might be present at every action, to reward the valiant and rebuke cowards. The charge of the Ordnance was committed to Lodovico Martinenga, and six other Captains were appointed under him to command the canoneers and to furnish them with what they wanted.  
Captain Francisco Bogone commanded the Tower of the great Cavalier of 
Every captains charge.  the Arsenal: Pietro el Conte lay at the Courtaine of the Cavalier Del Volti, and at the Tower of Campo-santo, Nestor Martinenga had charge of the Cavalier of Campo▪ santo, of that of Andrazzi and of the Curtain as far at Saint Napes tower, together with that Curtain which lieth near the Gate Lemissa: Horati●… Valatri had the guard of the Ravelin & Curtain towards the Bulwark, Robert Maluezzi commanded the Cavalier of Lemissa which was more annoyed than all the rest.  
Besides, so soon as the battery began, Bragadint commanded wine, cheese, and powdered flesh to be carried to the Italian and Greek soldiers and Gunners upon the walls, so as the soldiers spent but two Venetian souls a day in bread, and were paid every thirty days. The besieged did for ten days space make so 
The 〈◊〉 m●…ke a counter battery.  furious a counter-battery, as they made fifteen of the enemy's pieces of Ordinance unserviceable, and flew thirty thousand of their men, so that they were not safe in their forts: but the besieged foreseeing the want of powder were enforcedto limit, how many shot a day every piece should make, namely thirty, which must be made in the captains presence, for fear of shooting in 
They want pou●…er.  vain.  
The Famagostans being thus careful a Frigate arrived from Candy on the 29. day of May, which encouraged and told them that they should speedily be relieved. The enemies in the mean time having by force and great slaughter of their men won the Counterscarpe, did begin to dig down the earth near to the wall of the Counterscarpe, which the besieged did day and night carry in: the enemies perceiving it, made certain loop holes from which to beat them in flank, to hinder their works, (which took effect) wherein they afterwards threw so much earth as it filled up the Dike; then having pierced through the Counterscarpe, they made a passage through the Dike even to the wall, which they fortified with wool sacks and faggots: so as they could not be annoyed but from above, and that seldom.  
The enemies being come so near the walls began in sundry places to undermine, whereupon the besieged make countermines the charge where▪ of was committed to the Knight Maggio, they threw fire works upon the enemies, which did greatly an●…y them; some of these mines did no good, the rest took 
The tour of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by a mine.  effect, as that at the Tower of the Arsenal, which with great noise broke the wall which was of a wonderful thickness, and threw more than the one half of it to the ground, carrying with it part of the Paraper.  
This breach caused great numbers of Turks with their Ensigns to mount it. Pietro el Conte with his company had the guard there, who did bravely at first sustain their assaults, whither other Captains with their companies coming to second him; the ●…urkes were roughly repulsed, the assault having continued above five hours. 
The enemies are repulsed from the breach.   
The besieged in this action lost above an hundred and threescore men, and many were wounded there. Marco Crivellatore and the Knight Maggio did afterwards in all parts, where they perceived mines to be made, make places of refuge well flanqued with barrels full of moist earth, and sacks full of straw, the greeks for that purpose bringing willingly whatsoever they wanted, for the speedy reparation of the Parapetts, ruined by the enemy's artillery, which played upon them day and night without intermission.  
These reparations were to very great purpose because that the shot lighting on no solid substance did no other harm then carry away with it some of those sacks, and others being presently put in their place, the breach was still stopped up. The enemies, pursuing their former designs, gave fire to the mine of the ravelin of the Rock, which made a very great breach; whereupon, 
The Turks in the presence of the General Mustapha, give a furious assault and are repulsed.  they presently gave a furious assault, Mustapha looking upon and encouraging them. Count Hercules Martinenga and his company did bravely withstand them, till the other Captains came thither, and then the enemies were repulsed with great loss: the like happened at the Arsenal, where after an assault, which lasted six hours, the Turks, to their great shame, were enforced to retire: The Bishop of Limissawith the cross in his hand, came to the assault to encourage his countrymen; the like did many valiant Ladies, bringing arms, stones, and scalding water to the soldiers.  
The enemies being by these means, and by the singular valour of the besieged, so often repulsed, and out of hope that way to take the City, began to build other forts nearer to it, from whence they might with more ease beat down 
The great labour and trouble of t●…e besieged.  the defendants fortifications and safe places of retreat, and taken from themselves all impediment: and having to this end built seven ●…orts, they planted great store of ordnance in them, from whence they continually shot, keeping them still in alarm and made show (especially in the night) as if they would give an assault, whereby the besieged had not a moment's ease, nor any means to rest, but only in the heat of the day.  
The Turks at last perceuing that breaches of the mines were not suffi●…ient to open their passage, fell to undermining the walls, so as they reduced the Ravelin to so small a space, as the besieged were enforced to give themselves scope with 
An assault given ●…n four sundry places ●…t one time.  boards and other matter. Then the Knight Maggio perceiving that of necessity they were to abandon the Ravelin, being no longer able to keep it, he made a mine there, that he might quit it to the enemies great loss,  
Mustapha perceiving that the wall might be mounted in sundry places, resolved at one time to give an assault in four several places, namely at the Ravelin at Saint Napes tower, at that of Andruzzi, and at the Curtain and tower of the Arsenal; in all which they fought continually for six hours space, in three of which the enemies were bravely repulsed, but the fourth, which was the Ravelin, was of set purpose forsaken, to the great hurt both of the Turks and Christians. For, it being assaulted those within it being not able with their arms to stir up and down, by reason of the small room, and going about to retire as it had been already determined, the enemies mingled themselves among them, whereupon, fire being given to the mine, it blew up a thousand of the enemies, and two hundred Christians. Mustapha himself was present at every assault, where he encourraged his soldiers, rebuked some, and promised rewards to others according to their deserts. The Ravelin being lost there was no more betwixt the assaillants and the besieged then the thickness of the places of retreat, made (as hath been said) with tuns and sacks full of earth, and straw, so, that those of the camp, and the 〈◊〉 ●…oldiers, did often times talk together according to the manner of war, the Turks flouting and bragging, and the Christians deriding their vani●…y, and amid their jests the enemies brought ●…om Christian slaves they had in their Camp to propound to them some particular agreement●…, as they had already o●…tentimes done by letters to the Governor and people ●…yed to arrows, which were never answered nor any consent given to come to parley.  
The Turks perceiving that their cunning tricks were to no purpose, did again turn to force, and came to a new assault by means of the Ravelin which they had already won, where on both sides was a brave fight, but most of all to the honour and reputation of the besieged, for, valou●…ous and bra●…e Baillone 
●…he valour of the 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉.  being more courageous in deeds than words, encouraging his Soldiers in the foremost ranks, did himself take from a Turkish Enseigne-bea●…er, an Ensign wherein the Arms of the Venetian Common wealth was painted, which they had won at the taking of Nicosia, and Lodovico M●…rtinenga 〈◊〉 the other side, who had the guard of that quarter, oftentimes refreshing his men in the fight, putting new in their stead that were hurt or tired, still exhorting them to do worthily, did that day purchase the fame and reputation of a discreet and valiant Captain.  
This attempt of the enemies, having no good success, they invented another 
Another invention o●… the enemies to take the Cit●…y.  way, yet unpractised, ●…hey did cast a great heap of wood called ●…eglia which is very apt to burn, against the gate of the Ravelin with store of pitch●…●…agots, which thy set on fire, it burned so fiercely as it was impossible to quench it, this fire lasted five days, by means whereof the besieged were enforced to retire farther in by means of the great heat and smoke.  
Notwithstanding all these discommodities, labours and troubles, these valiant men did still continue the defence of their City, determining to hold out even to the last Man: but all things fai●…ing, saving hope and courage, and all manner of victuals being very scarce, they having already eaten asses, horse, dogs, cats and having no more bread nor corn to make any, drinking nothing but water, perceiving besides that three other mines were making towards the Cavalier of the gate, that of all the Italian soldiers there were only but eight hundred in health, and they so tired and spent with long watching and continual travel sustained in fight in the hear of the day, and the most part of the greeks being slain; the chief of the City determined to present a petition to the Governor, wherein 
The estate of the besieged 〈◊〉 them to yield.  relating the want and misery whereunto they were reduced, they besought him, in regard they had freely exposed their lives and means to maintain the City under the obedience of the Commonwealth, that he would by yielding on honourable conditions, preserve the honour of their Wives and Children, which would be exposed even as a Prey unto the enemies, if they should enter by force.  
Upon this Petition of the People, the Magistrates and chief Captains consulted what was best to be done, their opinions being very different: for some thought it fit to continue their defence, and to die with their swords in their hands raiher then to yield, or else to sally forth in the night, and on a sudden to assail 
The Captains s●…ndry opinions.  the enemies, and with their blood by dying to revenge their death: That they could not believe that the Turks would observe and perform any accord they should make with them, perceiving that necessity had rather induced them thereunto then any free motion, that their yielding would wrong and impair the honour and reputation which till then they had gotten. Others on the contrary said, That it did not beseem them, unto whom the guard and conservation of that City had been committed, to show themselves more cruel towards the inhabitants, than the very Turks, because that there was nothing more certain, then that the Captains of the Camp did only propound an accord because they would preserve the City from being sacked, and to save the Inhabitants lives, knowing that if their soldiers should once enter by force; it would then be to late to hold them back: beside, as it was not the part of a valiant man basely to yield for fear of death, in like manner to lose his life rashly and unprofitably, proceeded rather from foolish obstinacy then from magnanimity. These reasons with divers others being alleged to the same purpose, did after a long consultation prevail, and they resolved to yield on honourable composition. In this manner on the first day of August, after sundry treaties it was concluded, by means 
The besieged resolve to yield on composition  of an Italian ensign which was prisoner in the camp, that there should be truce; and upon giving of hostages on either side, began to treat of the particularities of accord for the city. Hercules Martinenga, and Matteo C●…lti, a Citizen of Famagosta, were given in hostage for those of the City, and for the enemies, Mustapha his Lieutenant, and the Lieutenant to the Aga or Captain of the janissaries, 
〈◊〉 given on both sides.  whom Baillone with certain horse and two hundred arquebusiers went to receive at the gate, our men were likewise honourably entertained by the enemies, Mustapha his Son coming forth to meet them, with great numbers of horse and foot, who brought them to his father, who having entertained them, bestowed on them two rich gowns embroidered with gold, and then sent them to lodge in the Aga's Pavillon.  
It is a thing to be wondered at that those in the City which had sustained so great labour, misery and calamities, in stead of rejoicing for that their troubles would shortly end, were sad and melancholy, as men foreseeing their future wretchedness. The Commissioners seemed easily to grant whatsoever was propounded to them, which in effect was, That the soldiers should be safely conducted into Candy by the Turkish Vessels, carrying along with them their arms and baggage with five pieces of ordnance, and three horse belonging to the three chief Commanders: That the inhabitants that were desirous to depart, might 
The arti●…les of the 〈◊〉.  do the like, and those that would tarry behind should have assurance given them to enjoy their goods and to live in their Christian Religion. These Articles were in one day propounded, signed and granted, and countersigned by Mustapha with his own hand: whereupon for the execution thereof, forty Vessels of all sorts were on a sudden sent to the Heaven, where the sick men began to be embarked, the rest standing upon their guard to hinder the Turks from enterprizing any matter contrary to the accord, till such time as they were all shipped, the Turks nevertheless dealing courteously with them both in word and deed. Yet so soon as the enemies came into the city, they began to wrong the inhabitants, and to commit violence, wherewith Braga●…ini having acquainted Mustapha, entreated him that for the performance of his own promise, and observation of the articles, he would command the soldiers to cease from farther violence, and to send 
Mustapha his feigned courtesy  more ships to embark the remainder of the Christian soldiers. Nest●…r Martinenga was sent on this message to the Bascha, who courteously entertained him, and granted his demand, seeming to be very desirous to know Bragadini and to confer with him, as with a valiant and noble Captain, of whom himself had made trial.  
Bragadini giving credit to these sugared words, leaving Tepulo in the city, did the ending of the same day, being accompanied with Baillone Martinenga and 
Bragadin 〈◊〉 to Mustapha his tent.  Quirini, go to the Baschas tent, attended on by sundry Captains, and Greek Gentlemen all on horse back, with some forty arquebusiers on foot. Bragadini rod foremost under a crimson Umbrella or Canopy, clothed in purple, wearing his usual rob of Magistrate, who being come to the Baschas Pavilion, left their weapons at the door, and being entered were courteously entertained by Mustapha, who caused them to sit down, where after they had discoursed on sundry matters, the Bascha dissembling that which he had already determined in his mind thought it time to put it in execution, and the better to bring it to pass, he craved caution for the vessels he lent them, whereunto Brag●…dini having made answer, that no such thing was mentioned in the Articles, and that therefore they were not tied there unto, and beside, he had no man there with him whom he could leave behind for that purpose. Mustapha pointing to Quirini, said, let this man be a pledge, Bragadin constantly maintained the contrary, and told him that he could not justly detained any of them: the Bascha waxing impatient, and being no longer able to master his choler, did fiercely thunder many injurious speeches against them, accusing them that they had during the tru●…e contrary to the law of arms put divers of his Turks to death, whom they had taken prisoners, (which was most false) and rising from his sta●…e, commanded them all presently to be manaclcd: then thrusting them forth of his tent, he caused his soldiers 
Mustapha his 〈◊〉 ●…cliy.  to murder Baillone, Martinenga, Quirini and all the rest before Bragadins face, who was reserved to a greater torture, having before his death endured many marterdomes, they caused him twice or thrice to offer his neck, as though he would have cut off his head, which he most courageously presented to them, they would not at that time put him to death, but did only cut off his nose and ears.  
Count Hercules who had been sent as an hostage, being likewise manacled, was hid by Mustapha's Eunuch till his masters fury was past, whose slave he became afterwards. All the Christian soldiers were presently taken and bound, not distrusting any such perfidious cruelty. Those which were already shipped had no better usage, for being despoiled of their goods, they were all made Gallie-slaves.  
Two days after, Mustapha entered the City, where he commanded Tepulo to be brought forth of prison whether he had committed him, and presently to be hanged at the yards arm of a Galley: Then causing Bragadin who was wounded and dismembered to be brought before him, he loaded him, (though he were weak and feeble) with two baskets full of earth, the one before, and the other behind, and willed him to carry them to the breach, making him to kiss the ground as often 
More than barbarous cruelty.  as he passed by him: then sending him to the Haven into a Galley of R●…odes he caused him to be bound in a chare, with a crown at his feet, and in that manner to be hoist up to the maineyard of the Galley, that he might be the better discerned by the slaves and Christian soldiers that were in the Haven, at the last, the noble Gentleman being brought back to the cities Marketplace, with drums and trumpets in the view of all men, was stripped forth of his clothes, and was there most ignominiously laid a long upon a scaffold, and most cruelly flayed a live, who without any murmuring, taking his martyrdom patiently, did only tax the Bascha with his perfidious cruelty and perjury, having his hart still lifted up to God, beseeching him to give him grace to die constantly for his holy faith and religion, and then so soon as the executioners with their bloody knives were come as far as his naule, his blessed soul leaving his frail earthly mansion flew up to heaven. His skin was presently stuffed with straw, and carried round about the city; than it was hung at the yard arm of a Galleor, and carried all along the coast of Syria, in his return towards Constantinople, proudly and vainegloriously showing it to the whole world: the body was cut in four quarters, and set up at the four principal batteries.  
It was not certainly known why Mustapha used such barbarous cruelty: some said, that he having taken the spoil from the soldiers which he had promised them, went about to satisfy them by the punishment of a few, in revenge of the great multitude which he had lost at the siege: others say, that he being provoked by their obstinate holding out, and for that he had lost some of his dear friends at that siege, whom he loved, had sworn to be revenged. There be likewise which say, that Mustapha was of so choleric a nature, as being once moved, he would for the time be like a mad man, and that he was provoked by scorn and disdain, when he saw Bragadini and the rest to come to his Pavilion attended by troops of soldiers, and in such stately manner, as though he had been a conqueror and not conquered. But this occasion being to idle of itself to cause him to commit such cruel and barbarous actions is not very credible; for he being moved by his own wicked and devilish disposition, did use like cruelty towards the dead. For coming into the Cathedral Church of S. 
Great impiety against the dead.  Nicholas, he caused the tombs and monuments to be opened, and the bones of the dead to be thrown here and there, he overthrew Altars, and Images, with other brutish and cruel actions, for which his own soldiers did much condemn him. Having in this manner conquered the city, he presently caused the Dikes to be cleansed, the forts that were abroad to be razed, the trenches to be filled, and whatsoever within the walls had been ruined to be rampired up again, so as in a short space the City was restored to her former beauty, and made stronger than before.  
The Bassa having left the Bey of Rhodes Governor there departed from Cyprus on the twenty fourth of September, and returned victorious and triumphant 
The Bascha returneth to Constantinople.  to Constantinople where with great joy he was welcomed by all men, notwithstanding that his victory was bought at a dear rate: for in that war he lost above fifty thousand men, and among others many excellent Captains, and great numbers of his best soldiers. But now to return to the Christian fleet.  
THe triumvirate Admirals D. john, Sebastiano Venieri & Mare Antonio Colonna, 
The uniting of the Confederate fleet.  meeting after some delay all at Messina in Sicily, after joyful & mutual gratulation of their so happy and desired convention, leaving those Ceremonies, they proceeded to the more essential parts of the business. They first privately consulted how to employ those forces to some honourable and commodious end, that the success of the war might counterpoise the charge and expectation. This Council consisted of some few of the most select and eminent of the Army, both for authority and judgement, as principally D. john General, Sebastiano Venieri the Venetian Admiral, Marc Antoni●… Colonna, the Pope's Admiral, Bernardino de Requesens Great Comendador of Castille and Lieutenant General of the Army, and Augustino Barbarico Providator General of the Venetian fleet.  
The proposition was whether they should seek to oppress the enemy by main battle, or defend their own territories, wherein, various opinion interchangeably 
The advise of D. Bernardino de Requesens for fight or not fight with the enemy.  uttered, Bernardino de Requesens, D. john's Oracle, being invited by the rest, with clear voice, grave countenance, and significant gesture said thus.  
Your Highness (most excellent Prince) in commanding mine opinion before these more sufficient, observes the order of feasts, where the coursest meats are tasted first. My Council may perhaps be less pleasing, yet as wholesome as some other. The question is whether we shall assault the enemy by sea, or keep him from infesting us by land. This will best be resolved when we have made true discovery and comparrison of his forces and our own. If we be stronger, it is more honourable to invade, if weaker more safe to repel; what the number of the adverse Galleys is we may see, how those Galleys are fortified and maned we may conjecture, and how those men are fleshed and confirmed with late victories we need not doubt. Let us take heed that while we seek to revenge our harms, we do not aggravate them, nor lose in striving to recover. It were a shame to return so great a fleet without some notable effect: but i●… were both shame and utter undoing not to return it at all. The Commonwealth were better want the interest than the principal. This fleet is the surest Anchor of our hope, and to lose it would endanger the wrack of Italy. Let us not therefore offer to fight, unless some advantage of place or time on our side counterpoise the odds of strength on theirs: or to preserve with hazard of our fleet something of greater importance (if any can be) than the fleet itself. The storminesse of winter will shortly calm the fury of this Turkish navy. In the mean time it willbe a degree of our victory to limit and stop the course of theirs. This, most excellent General is mine opinion, to which I am not yet so wedded, but that any clearer judgement may divorce me.  
This was of some cooler tempers heard with applause, but of the noble Venieri and Barbarico, not without disdain, which yet was modestly oppugned by Barbarico as followeth.  
I deny not (most excellent General, and you my noble Lords) but that this 
Barbarico 〈◊〉 speec●… pe●…swading to fight.  speech of D. Bernardino de Requesens is inritched and strengthened with forcible argument: wherein if there yet be any defect, it proceeds not from to little judgement, but too much care and tenderness of the Christian State, a zeal which not only excuseth, but almost justifies and endears his error: I confess, that to oppose against a stronger, a weaker power were to betray it. But wherein appears it that we are the weaker? If they exceed us in number of Galleys, we excel them in strength and swiftness: if they us in multitudes of men, we them in courage, and discipline? He thinks their victories have added much to their courage, I think deduced more from their strength. Questionless our men in Cyprus and other places held their Altars, liberties, wives, children, wealth, countries, and lives at to high a rate to deliver them up gratis. They have found the Christian markets dear, nay happily their victories may beget ours, breeding in them not animosity, but security and presumption, ever their own traitor. Was this fleet built and set together with so much care, cost, and difficulty, presently to dissolve and break up, as if we meet but to salute, or went to sea only to purge and return? or shall we stay only to look on our enemies, as if we could destroy them like Basilisks? But winter will cool their heat: were not we better quench it now that it may not break out again the next spring? Will not this crocodile which devours us both by sea and land, fattened with Christian blood and spoil, wax stronger by a years growth? If we be to weak for him now; How shall we resist him then? How shall we look our Country, nay Heaven in the face, or lift up our eyes to it, not daring to lift our hands against their enemies? But I surfeit your ears with persuasion needless to such a judgement and resolution. Your father's Imperial Majesty displayed in your brow promiseth the same magnanimity in your breast. There is I know to much Caesar in you to have the patience not to fight. Make haste then Illustrious Prince to reap this mature and fruitful victory with your sword.  
This was the sense of his speech which the speakers reputation and graceful delivery gave more life and strength to. It was afterwards more amply and methodically confirmed by Cornia a Spaniard. The sympathy between whose tongue, and the General's ear farthered perhaps his resolution to fight, willing that so noble a council might be rather attributed to one of that nation then to Barbarico. Cornia his speech was in effect this.  
There are three motives (most magnificent General) which without imputation 
Cornia his speech confirming Batbaricos.  of fear, or omission of duty, may induce a Commander to decline battle. First, disproportion between the benefit of victory, and prejudice of overthrow on either part. In this respect, the Duke of Alva did politicly abstain from encountering the guise in Naples, where the French could lose but their army, but the Spaniard his army and Kingdom of Naples.  
Secondly if he foresee an easier, cheaper, and safer means to dissolve the adverse army, then by battle. Thus did your highness father Charles the fifth, of sacred memory, break the neck of the Protestants army in Germany.  
Lastly the inequality of strength. He being the weaker and likely to miscarry in the attempt, whereof there are so many Precedents that we need allege none. But neither of these can be applied to divert us from battle, wherein if we prevail we recover our own again, and happily Greece for forbearance. If fight valiantly we be overcome, yet shall we in the conflict so far weaken and main the adverse fleet, that we shall sooner arm a defensive navy, than he an offensive, and easilier secure our own then he make any farther impression on it.  
Touching protraction. The winter will in deed dissolve his fleet, but so, that it will bud forth again the next spring; perhaps grow greater and get the start of our navy. His being united by nation, ours by combination.  
Touching inequality of force, it is probable we exceed them more in men than they us in vessels. For he must needs consuine many men in taking so many strong towns and forts, and employ many in keeping them. Neither are the ska●…s of the late pestilence yet healed among them; Therefore my advise is, the Galleys of Candy being come, that you hasten to Corfou, by which they must needs pass, least having intelligence of your resolution to fight, they prevent the danger of encounter, and carry from you the fruits of their own victory, and opportunity of ours.  
Don john after this serious consultation concluded to assail the Turkish fleet & attempt to intercept their harvests of Cyprus, and other Maritime parts of Christendom ere they should house it. Therefore departing from Messina on the 17. of September, being at sea, he composed his Galleys to that form of battle he meant to observe in fight: so marshalling and exercising them before, that every squadron might know his place, and every Galley his squadron, and be able to transform themselves into all figures, without confusion, when occasion should require. Two days after they arrived at the Cape of Colonnes, where they came to anchor by reason of a contrary wind, as also for that they were there to take in fresh supplies of footmen. In the mean time they dispatched Gill Andrada with three other Venetian Galleys to Corfou, to make certain discovery of the Turkish fleet, of which three, that of Cater●…no Maripietro presently returned to conduct Paulo Vrsino and the Colonel 〈◊〉 to the Navy, bringing news that 
The Turkish fleet in the Gulf of Lepanto.  the Turkish fleet had passed along in view of Zant, and were entered into the Gulf of Lepanto.  
Hereupon, though with much difficulty, by reason of contrary winds, they put to sea, and the seventeenth of September arrived at Corfoù: from whence the last of the same month they set sail and came to anchor in a safe and spacious Road at the Gamonisses, where Giovan Andrea Doria being by the General commanded to survey the army, finding some Venetian Galleys not complete in men, distributed amongst them certain companies of Spanish and Italian soldiers, whereof Mutius Tortona commanded one band. He a man of a turbulent insociable nature being upon some occasion aboard Calergo the Candiot fell at difference with some of the company, proceeding from words to blows. Venieri not far off, informed of the tumult, sent first one of his captains, who, not prevailing, 
An accident which had like to have bred great mi●…chiefe.  was seconded by the Admiral of Venieri his squadron, who over confidently interposing himself in the quarrel became a sharer amongst them of some blows, and in conclusion was dangerously wounded, which Venieri interpreting an intolerable contempt of his authority, jealous rather of the State's dignity then his own, commanded Mutio and his Ensign to be apprehended, and according to martial severity in case of mutiny presently hanged at the yard arm of the same Galley to deter others from like insolence.  
This private spark of dissension had like to have kindled a general flame through the whole army and have turned their swords, now drawn against the common enemy, upon their own bosoms. For the General naturally partial to the Spanish, and perhaps envious of Venieros Authority, as his Corrival in honour, considered only the severity of the punishment but not the capitalnesse of the crime exacting it, so that now the combustion survived the Author, and the discord bred in an inferior member of the army was ascended to the head, and endangered the whole.  
Don john complained that his authority was more contemned by Venieri then Venieri by Tortona, for which if the council of war gave him nothonorable 
Don john 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 against Venieri.  satisfaction, he would take it himself, and teach him that though he respected the honour of the Venetian Estate, he would not neglect his own. To these coals the friends of Tortona and maligners of Venieri (a very base office) served as bellows.  
Venieri on the other part protesting that he did it not to blemish the reputation 
Venieri his answer to them.  of the General, but to preserve his own and prevent the sudden contagion of the mutiny, desired Don john, would make his reason, not his affection judge of it, and consider the party executed not as a Spaniard but mutineer. Affirmed that if the General should take this just, though severe execution, as an occasion to break the league which was applied as a means to keep it, it would be manifest, that not devotion induced, but ambition diverted him from this honourable action. As for violence, he should find him as dangerous an enemy as otherwise a necessary friend.  
Colonna Admiral of the Pope's Galleys, a man worthy so eminent place, wisely foreseeing what this might grow to, as a man equally beloved and loving both parts, nobly used his intercession to suppress, or at least compound the strife▪ Chiefly importuning Don john, in whom he found greater obstinacy of discontent and estrangement, telling him the act was just, though sudden, like the occasion, and that suddenness necessary in dangers of so swift extension, as having once got the start, remedy could hardly overtake them. That mutiny in an army was of as instant conveyance as a Gangrene in the body, if the parts infected were not presently cut off, it endangered the whole. That it was no intrusion on the generals authority, for an under Admiral in his own squadron on to execute a private offender. That in deed he had no cause of offence, or if he had cause, yet no leisure to entertain it. That the enemy's strength could not so much endanger them as their own division weaken them. That as nothing could heap more honour on him then the suppressall of the enemy, so nothing could lay fouler aspersion then to lose this opportunity of doing it. Therefore ifhee could not cassier his passion, he should employ it against the common Adversary.  
These petswations, strong but not bitter, delivered by a friend, though for a reputed enemy, moved him to abstain from the effects of choler, though not to extinguish it. So that distasted of Venieri, he communicated all important deseignes and consulted with Barbarico.  
From hence they held on their course to Cephalonia, according to their former resolution, and on the sourth of October passing the Channel of Viscarda, on the fifth they anchored in the vale of Alexandria. Where Gyll Andrada, and Givan Baptista Contareni brought letters from Paulo Contareni, Providator of Zant, confirming their intelligence of the Turkish fleet. Hereupon by unisent of the whole council of war and earnest desire of the soldiers they hasted to the Gulf of Lepanto to fight with the enemy. And drawing near unto unto the place, Don john commanded the decks to be cleared, chests stowed, those cabins which might be impediment to the valiant taken down, the rest that might be receptacles to cowards locked up, leaving neither excuse for his men nor advantage for his enemies. And as he prepared all essential so he neglected no imaginary or opinionate part of defence or offence. Therefore knowing that strength was the beauty of an army, but bravery the Ensign of that strength, his men were armed richly, and his Galleys suitable to his men, both carrying the badge of triumph, and a face of victory, displaying magnanimity and confidence, not effeminacy, like a bright but dreadful flame.  
And now, that he might husband the small remainder of time of the utmost minute, he caused victuals to be proportioned to his men moderately not superfluously, far from the swinish custom of some northerly nations, who as if wine were the nurse of valour as oil to a lamp, against any sea fight knock the heads out of their barrels, and drink the wit out of their own heads and so reel aboard, some times stumbling upon victory but never upon honour, which must ever be derived from virtue, not vice. This noble tempera●…e captain understood drunkenness could not be the fountain of resolution, and therefore distributed so much to his soldiers as might strengthen their bodies, not weaken their judgements, and breed courage in them, not rage; which with more speed than ceremony ended, the Heroic General, with countenance and habit becoming such a place and person, descended into his Barge, in which he passed through the fleet, being arranged in form following.  
It consisted of four distinct parts principal, viz. Two wings, the main battle, 
The order and form of the chr●…stian battle.  and a reservation of succours. In the right wing were contained three and fifty Galleys, whereof Giovan Andrea Doria was Admiral, bearing in his main top a green flag. The lest wing was composed of an equal number of Galleys commanded by Augustino Barbarico with a yellow flag on the starboard side of his top. In the main battle were included three score and one Galleys wherein Don john the General was himself, distinguished by a sky-colloured flag. The two wings and the main battle were one hundred sixty seven Galleys strong, so placed that the two wings carried forwards the body with equal pace, one not forsaking the other: yet between all three was there suffitient distance to admit three or four Galleys a breast without falling foul either of themselves; the wings, or main battle: as well to give way to those supplies of rescues which should be needful in any part, as to transform the whole battle itself into any figure without confusion. Aluarez de Bassan Marquis of Santa Cruz bearing a white flag in his poop, conducted the reservations of succour, consisting of thirty eight Galleys, out of which were deducted eight, commanded by Don ivan de Cardona, precursor of the whole fleet, who running twenty or five and twenty miles before the rest, by swift Frigates, signified unto the General whatsoever was necessary to be known in their discovery, with commandment when they descried the Turkish Navy to retire and imp themselves to the wings in equal division: Cardona into the Right.  
The Galleasses and Argozies were half a mile before the Galleys, two before the right wing, two before the left, and two before the middle battle, every Galeasse a mile from each other: the first were commanded by Ambrosio and Antonio Bragadini, the second by jacomo Guori, and Antonio Duodi, the third by Andrea Pisar●…, and Pietro Pisano. The use of these greater vessels (being fortified with plenty of ordnance and lined with multitude of small shot) was to receive the first fury of the enemies fleet passing by, that being weakened and disordered by them, the next charge might be more safe and easy.  
And in respect they were huge and unwieldy vessels unapt for oars, every Galeasse was towed by two several Galleys whensoever they were becalmed and had lost the use of their sails. The Galeasse of Antonio Duodi was towed by the general and Colonna. The Galeasse of jacomo Guori by Sebastian Venieri and Christ ofero Lieni. The Galeasse, of Ambrosio Bragadino by Augustine Barbarigo. The Galeasse of Antonio Bragadini by Antonio Canali. The Galeasse of Andrea Pisaro by the Prior of Messina. The Galeasse of Pietro Pisano by Gionan Andrea Doria. The general like the heart in the midst of a body was seated in the midst of the battle, guarded on the right side by Marc: Antonio Colonna the Pope's Admiral, and on the left by Sebastian Vinieri the Venetians high Admiral. Colonna was flanked by the Admiral of the Genevois, whereof Hector Spinola was captain, associated with the Prince of Parma.  
Venieri was flanked with the Admiral of Savoy, commanded by Lie●…y, accompanied with the Prince of Urbin.  
A stern the General, Colonna and Venieri were backed with a Galley named the Prince of Spain, and an other belonging to the great Commendador of Castille.  
The right side of the main battle opposite to the wing was strengthened by the Admiral Galley of Malta commanded by the Prior of Messina. The left side was guarded by a Galley called the captain of Petro Lomelino, commanded by Paulo jordano Orsino.  
In the right wing john de Cardona seconded Giovan Andrea Doria. In the left wing Augustino Barbarico was supported on one handby Marco Quirini, and on the other by Canali. Yet was the whole fleet though distinct in order so intermix●… in nation, that neither the Spanish, Venetian nor Pope's Galleys could respect their particular safety.  

The particular names of every Galley, his place and captain of the Christian fleet may be found in this Catalogue.  

These Galleys and captains went before the fleet for discoverey.  Galleys. Captains. 1. The Saint Magdalen of Venice. Marco Contareni. 2. The Sun of Venice. Vincento Quirini. 3. The Admiral of Sicily.  4. The Vice-admiral of Sicily. ivan de Cardona Admiral of the Sicillian fleet. 5. The Admiral. David Imperiali. 6. The joannica of Sicill.  7. Saint Caterina of Venice. Marco Cigognia. 8. Our Lady of Venice. Petro Francisco Maripietro. 
The Galleys and captains of the left wing.  Galleys. Captains. 1. The Admiral of Venice. Augustino Barbarigo Providator General of the Venetian fleet. 2. The Vice-admiral of Venice. Antonio Canalis an other Providator likewise of the Venetian fleet. 3. The Fortune of Venice. Andrea Barbarico. 4. The Atcher of Naples. Martino Pyrola. 5. The Treble hand of Venice. Georgio Barbarico. 6. The double Dolphin of Candy. Francisco Zeno. 7. The Lion and Phoenix of Cania. Francisco Mengano. 8. Saint Nicolas of Cherso. Colanes Drafi. 9 The Victory of Naples. Octavio Roccardi. 10. The Lomelina. Augustino Conevali. 11. The Elengina of the Popes. Fabio Valciati knight. 12. The Lady of Cania. Philippo Polani. 13. The Sea-horse of Candy. Antonio de Cubellis. 14. The double Lion of Candy. Nicolo Fratello.  Before these went Ambrosio Bragadino with his Galeasse. 15. The Lion of Istria. Dominico de Tucco. 16. The Cross of Cephalonia. Marco Cimera. 17. The Saint Virginia of Cephania. Christofero Crissa. 18. The Lion of Candy. Francisco Bonaccio. 19 The Christ of Candy. Andrea Cornelio. 20. The Angel of Candy. Giovan Angelo. 21. The Pyramid of Candy. Francisco Buono. 22. The Lady of Candy with the Armed-horse. Antonio Eudomeniano. 23. The Christ raised again of Venice. Simone Gora. 24. The lesser Christ raised again of Venice. Frederico Renieri. 25. The Christ of Corfou. Christofero Condocollo. 26. The Christ raised again of Cania. Georgio Calerga. 27. The Christ of Venice. Bartholomeo Donato. 28. The Christ raised again of Vegia.  29. The Retimana. Nicolo Auonali. 30. The Christ of Candy. Giovan Cornelio. 31. The Christ raised again of Cania. Francisco Zancaruolo. 32. The Rodus of Cania. Francisco Molino. 33. The S. Euphemia of Brescia. Horatio Fisogna. 34. The Lady Marquis of Doria. Francisco Sphedra. 35. The fortune of Andrew. Giovan Lodovico Belui. 3●…. The Arm of Cania. Micaele Vizamano. 37. The Sea-horse of Venice. Antonio Canali. 38. The Christ of Cania. daniel Calefattio. 39 The Arm of Venice. Nicolo Lipomano. 40. Our Lady of Zant. Nicolo Modono. 41. The Christ raised again. Francisco Zancaruolo. 42. Our Lady of Venice. Marc-Antonio Pisano. 43. God the father in Trinity. Giovan Contareni. 44. The flame of Naples. ivan Cueva. 45. The Saint john of Naples. Garçia Vargaro. 46. The envy of Naples. Torribio Acaveso. 47. The valiant of Naples. Micaele Quixada. 48. The Sancta jacobea of Naples. Monseratto Guardiola. 49. The Saint Nicolaico of Naples. Christofero Mongiva. 50. The Christ raised again of Venice. Giovan Baptista Quirini. 51. The Angel of Venice. Vnfredo justiniano. 52. The Saint Dorotea of Venice. Paulo Nani. 53. The Admiral of Venice. Marc-Antonio Quirini Providator of the Venetian Navy. 
In the main battle were these captains and Galleys.  Galleys. Captains. 1. The Admiral of Lomelina. Paulo jordano Orsino, Admiral of that fleet. 2. The Master Lomelina. Petro Baptista Lomelino. 3. The Admiral Bandinella. Bandinello Saulo vice-admiral of that fleet. 4. The Master of Genoa. Pallerano. 5. The Toscano of the Popes. Metello Caracciolla knight. 6. The Seaman of Vincenza. jacomo Dressano. 7. Our Lady of Venice. Giovan Zeno. 8. The Saint jeronimo of Lesina. Giovan Balzi. 9 The Saint joannica of Venice. Giovan Antonio Colleoneo. 10. The S. Alexandrica of Bergamo Georgio De Aesté Admiral. 11. The Admiral Marina. jeronimo Canali. 12. The Log of Venice. Bertuccio Contareni. 13. The Mongibello of Venice. Francisco Dandolo. 14. The Virgin of Candy. Cypriano Marini. 15. The temperance of Giovan Andrea Doria. Vincentio Pascalic.  Roccano Fulvio. 16. The good fortune of Naples  17. The castle of Spain. Baccia Pisano. 18. The victory of the Popes.  19 The Pyramid. Marc-Antonio of Saint Vliana. 20. The Christ of Venice. jeronimo Contareni. 21. The Saint Francis of Spain. Christofero Guasches. 22. The peace of the Popes. jacomo Antonio 〈◊〉. 23. The Pearl of Giovan Andrea Doria. Giovan Baptista Spinola. 24. The wheel serpentine of Venice. Gabriele Canali. 25. The Pyramid of Venice. Francisco Buono. 26. The Palm of Venice. jeronimo Venieri. 27. The Admiral of Gyl. Andrada. Bernardo Cinoguerra. 28. The Granado of Spain. Paulo Boteino. 29. The Admiral of Genoa. Hector Spinola accompanied with the Prince of Parma. 30. The Admiral of Venice. Sebastiano Venieri Admiral of the Venetian fleet. 31. The Galley Royal. Don john of Austria General. 32. The Admiral of the great Commendador.  33. The Pope's Admiral. Marc-Antonio Colonna. 34. The Admiral of Savoy. The Lord Lieny accompanied with the Prince of Urbin. 35. The Grifonia of the Popes. Alessandro Negroni. 36. The St. Theodora of Venice. Theodoro Balbi. 37. The Mendoça of Naples. Martino de Caide. 38. The mountain of Cania. Alessandro Vizamano. 39 The Saint john Baptista of Venice. Giovan Mocenigo. 40. The victory of Giovan Andrea Doria. Philippo Doria. 41. The Pisana of the Popes. Hercole Lotta. 42. The Figuera of Spain. Diego Lopes de Diglia. 43. The Christ of Venice. Georgio Pisano. 44. The Saint john of Venice. daniel Moro. 45. The Florence of the Popes. Tomaso de Medici. 46. The George of Naples. Eugenio de Vargas. 47. The Master of Naples. Francisco Benavides. 48. The Moon of Spain. Emanuele Aquilar. 49. The Passara of Venice. Lodovico Pasqualigo 50. The Lion of Venice. Pietro Pisano. 51. The S. Jerome of Venice. Gasparo Mari Pietro. 52. The Admiral of Grimaldi. Georgio Grimaldi Admiral. 53. The Master of David Imperiali. Nicolo Lucano. 54. The S. Christopher of Venice. Alessandro Contareni. 55. The judith of Zant. Marino Sicuro. 56. The Larmelina of Candy. Pietro Gradonico. 57 The middle Moon of Venice. Valerio Valeresso. 58. The Doria of Giovan Andrea Doria. jacomo Casali. 59 The order of Saint Peter. Santabio. 60. The order of Saint john. Lodovico Tessera. 61. The Admiral of Malta. The Prior of Messina Admiral. 
The Right wing.  Galleys. Captains. 1. The Admiral of Sicill. D. ivan de Cardona Admiral. 2. The Piedmontan of Savoy. Octavio Moreto. 3. The Admiral of Nicola Doria. Pandolpho Polidoro. 4. The Force of Venice. Reniere Zeno. 5. The Queen of Candy. Giovan Barbarico. 6. The Nino of Venice. Paulo Polani. 7. The Christ raised again of Venice. Benedetto Sorance. 8. The Armed man of Retima. Andrea Calergo. 9 The Eagle of Retima. Andrea Calergo. 10. The Palm of Cania. jacomo Medio. 11. The Angel of Corfou. Stellio Carchiopulo. 12. The Saint joannica Arbera. Giovan de Domeni. 13. The Lady Fravica. Lodovico Cypico. 14. The ship of Venice. Antonio Pasqualigo. 15. Our Lady of Candy. Marco Fescarini. 16. The Christ of Crema. Francisco Forneri. 17. The Saint Vittoria of Crema. Euangelisto Zorlano. 18. The Master of Grimaldi. Lorenzo Trecchia. 19 The master of Marini. Antonio Cornili. 20. The Margaret of Savoy. Battaglino. 21. The Diana of Genoa. Giovan Georgio Lasagna. 22. The Gingana of Naples. Gabriele Medino. 23. The moon of Naples. julio Rubbi. 24. The fortune of Naples. Diego Madra●…. 25. The hope of Naples. Pietro Busto. 26. The Fury of Lomelina. jacomo Chiappio. 27. The Master of Lomelina. Georgio Greco. 28. The Negrona. Nicolo Constano. 29. The bastard Negrona. Lorenzo de Turri. 30. The fire of Candy. Antonio Buono. 31. The Eagle of Candy. jeronimo Georgio. 32. The S. Christopher of Venice. Andrea Trono 33. The Christ of Venice. Marco Antonio Lando. 34. The Hope of Candy. jeronimo Contareni. 35. The Royalty of Padua. Patara Buzacarino. 36. The Saint josefica of Venice. Francisco Oseda. 37. The Resolute of Naples. Giovan Caraffa. 38. The Sicilia of Sicilia. Francisco Amadea. 39 The Master of Nicola Doria. julio Centaurio. 40. The Eagle of Corfou. Pietro Buono. 41. The S. Trisonica of Catarra. jeronimo Bazanteo. 42. The Tower of Vincenza. Lodovico de Portu. 43. The S. Mary of the Popes. Pandolfo Strozzi Knight. 44. The S. joannica of the Popes. Angelo Bifalio Knight. 45. The Master of Nigroni. Lodovico Gamba.. 46. The Admiral of Nigroni. Giovan Ambrofio Nigroni. 47. The Monarca of john Andrew. Nicolo Garibaldo. 48. The Handmaid of john Andrew. Nicolo Imperiali. 49. The Admiral of Giovan Andrea. Giovan Andrea Doria. 
The Reservation for succour, placed behind as a Guard, are these Captains and Galleys.  Galleys. Captains. 1. The Saint joannica of Sicily.  2. The Buccana. Giovan Pietro Morilo. 3. The Leena of Naples. Pietro de Lagia. 4. The Constancy of Naples. Pietro de Lagia. 5. The Marchesa of Naples. ivan Machado. 6. The S. Barbera of Naples. ivan Ascaleo. 7. The S. Andrea of Naples. ivan Rufio de Valasques. 8. The S. Caterino of Naples. ivan Rufio de Valasques. 9 The S. Bartilmeo of Naples.  10. The S. Angelo of Naples. ivan de Ripe Melino. 11. The Terrana of Naples. Marco Molino. 12. The Christ of Venice. Giovan Loredano. 13. The double hand of Venice. Aluarez de Bassan Marquis de Sancta Cruz. 14. The Admiral of Naples.  15. The Faith of Venice. Giovan Baptista Contareni. 16. The Pillar of Venice. Catarina Mali Pietro 17. The Magdalen of Venice. Lodovico Bulbi. 18. The Lady of Venice. Giovan Bembo 19 The Menidus of Venice. Filippo Leo. 20. The Hope of Venice. Giovan Baptista Benedetto. 21. Saint Peter of Venice. Pietro Badoario 22. Saint George of Sabenica. Christofero Lachico. 23. The Saint Michael of Venice. Georgio Cochio. 24. The Sibilla of Venice. daniel Trono. 25. The Crane of Spain. Luigi de Hereda. 26. The Admiral of Vaschedo. Vaschedo Coronado. 27. The Suprana of the Popes. Antonio de Ascoli. 28. The Occasion of Spain.  29. The Master of the Popes.  30. The fair wether of the Popes.    
THe General descending (as hath been said) into his Barge, passed thorough his fleet, taking a short but exact view of the form of his battles, and by brief, but effectual speech, breathed courage into his men. His Oration was to this purpose.  
Brave, invincible spirits, whom gracious Heaven hath held worthy to be her 
Don john's Oration to his soldiers.  Champions: to whom the Angels will not be idle spectators, but actors and assistants in this sacred Tragedy. Nature I know hath given you the strongest temper of valour, and Devotion set so keen an edge on that temper, as I need not whet by any farther encouragement. Only let me tell you, you now have fair occasion to unsheath and use it. Let Victory set such a gloss on it, as no rust of forgetfulness may ever eat out. Now bring this dark half Moon, which seeks to eclipse the bright sun of heaven, to such a wain as shall never fill again. Let her not any longer usurp domination of the Sea. Our enemies execed us in numbers, made up of cyphers and shadows of men, but let us excel them in resolution, the essence of Soldiers. They are imprisoned and immured by shores and rocks, as much as I should say, victory cannot escape us. They must fight because they cannot fly, we because we must overcome: We have necessity of conquest; the danger mixed with it, doth but season and ennoble it. Who would triumph over women, We are to share the whole wealth of nature: the earth to the survivors, heaven to the martyrs. Even the scars of the wounded willbe beautiful because honourable, who would ingratefully refuse to bleed for that loving God which hath not refused to die for him. Courage therefore divine Champions, forget not that some of ye are Romans, and which is more all Christians.  
This speech was every where answered with applausive and hopeful conclamations. In which resolution we will leave them a while, to view the countenance of the adverse Navy. The Turks in the mean time used circumspection and providence nothing barbarous. For having intelligence by spies, fugitives, and prisoners not only of the convention of the Confederate navy, but their approach being now in the Gulf of Lepanto, Mehemet Bey was dismissed with 60. Galleys to Aspropicio a neighbour City to bring from thence competent supplies of victual and men, in which business he used such celerity that in short time he returned, bringing with him plenty of victual and munition besides ten thousand janissaries two thousand ordinary soldiers and two thousand voluntaries, with which multitude and false supposition of our paucity they were not so confirmed, but that they stood possessed of a certain fatal ominous misdeeming the event. In which respect the high Admiral Ali Bascha, though by his own inclination and his masters command he stood resolute to fight, called a General Council to deliberate so important a design: Most of them persuaded to give battle, but Partau Bascha General of the land forces earnestly oppugned it, on the contrary part Hassan Bascha son to Barbarossa sometime Viceroy of Algiers a young man yet of great spirit and worthy so noble a father whose magnanimity he seemed to inherit, licenced to speak with brave countenance and apt gesture spoke 
The speech of Hassan Bascha perswadi●…g to fight.  as followeth.  
Most excels and victorious Prince, the Turkish Nation hath ever so nobly behaved itself that it is a question whether their fortune hath bred their greatness or their valour commanded their fortune. Once it may be affirmed that if our stars have favoured us, we have not forsaken ourselves, nor shamed them, but magnified their influence by our actions. Our Predecessors have left us ample territory, wherein we have not been unthrifts but have so husbanded it that if they made little, much, we have extended much almost to infinite. So that if we hold on this course of victory, Alexander never stood more than we, in need of new worlds: which if these prying inquisitive Christians had not discovered to us, our valour ere long would want work. Yet let us not seem so glutted and cloyed with conquest as to refuse to accept this one triumph more. This by Sea wilserue to counterpoise that other balance of land victories. Let us fill both the hands of our Emperor, one with spoils of the land, the other of the Sea. These feeble tired Christians have been but our Porters. They are now ready to deliver it. Let not us disdain to take it of them lest they cozen us now, as they did my father about thirty years since, and ran away with their burden. We have Galleys enough not only to stowe their wealth, but if need were their Galleys. Therefore most invincible Admiral let us prevent their flight by speedy assault.  
This speech uttered by a man whose performance had ever heretofore been correspondent to so confident a persuasion, not only encouraged but inflamed many of the hearers, whereof Vluzzali General of the forces of Barbary could not contain himself, but with many earnest and pregnant arguments aue●…r'd the same: alleging besides the opportunity, the necessity of obtaining the great Lords command. Caiabeg the Sanzach of Smitna echoed Vluzzali.  
Yet many the graver and adviseder Captains dissented from this more hot than deliberate determination, especially Mehemet Bey the Sanzach of Negropont which if not eloquently, yet truly demonstrated the danger of fight as followeth.  
I am sorry (magnificent Alli) that at this time the Council of Illustrious 
Mehemet Bey bis speech, dissweding from fight.  Hassan, is rather to be admired and applauded for greatness, then followed for soundness, fitter to set our tongues on work then hands: I mean to be answered then executed. It is most true, in raising the Ottoman Empire, that the Turkish valour hath ever guided their fortune: but as true, their wisdom hath directed their valour, else had they never created this world of their greatness out of nothing, or made it of Atoms and so slender principles. They have not by posting to the end of their desires lamed or tired the means that carried them, but by going softlier, have gone farther. Greatness is steep and high, not to be ascended but by leisure. Those that strive to rise violently fall precipitately. Such was the sudden flood and ebb of the Goths, such the inundation of Tamberlan. One Kingdom is a sufficient crop for one year. After that rate we may soon beggar Christendom, and perfect the Turkish Monarchy. As we have won Cyprus, and may keep it, so we may lose both that and ourselves too, in seeking to get more. If you conceive the Christian●… have come so far, but with resolution to fight, or to fight, but with probability of prevailing, you must think them either fools or cowards. But if after so familiar and long hostility, overvaluing ourselves, hinder us not to know them, we must needs confess their swords and wits as sharp as ours. Not their Pusillanimity, but division hath ruined them; and our multitudes rather wearied then conquered them. From Preveza themselves departed, not we drove them: at least the shame of flying then, will excite them to fight now. Our odds of strength is uncertain. If they be the weaker, supplies may strengthen them. If we the stronger, many accidents may weaken us, but none strengthen. Therefore my council is, that we go home while our way is open, and we have our welcome in our hands, and not let hope defraud us of certainty. Yet is mineopinion opinion ever subject to your correction.  
This speech was highly approved of Partau Bascha, Siroch, and Carabey. Yet fate, and their Emperors express command, urged publicly by Vluzzali, so far carried them against their own judgements, that they resolved not only to hazard battle, but seek it. To this end having distributed those fourteen thousand soldiers where they found most need, They weighed anchor, and came to Galanga, about the evening the seventh of October, and there stayed. There supplying their Galleys and themselves, with whatsoever was requisite for the encounter. Now drawing near, the Admiral neglected nought that tended to the augmentation of the strength, or ostentation of the bravery of his Galleys and men. One principal care was, the fastening of his slaves, lest their bodies his, but minds his enemies, might instead of necessary instruments, be converted to dangerous bosom adversaries: knowing that desire of liberty and revenge, two violent appetires, would make them apt to snatch at any opportunity. He caused their allowance of diet to be augmented, so cherishing their bodies, that they might be apt for labour, and mixed hope of future lenity, with fear of present punishment, that stubbornness, a thing invincible in the obdurate minds of slaves, might not hinder the utmost extent of their strength. He likewise keeping good advises at sea, to prevent sudden invasions, drew forth his fleet into order of battle, that both his men and Galleys, when need required, might not be to learn their duty or order: which he neglected not continually to practise, as he approached the Christian fleet, till he had brought them to perfection therein.  
The eight of October very early in the morning, hoping unexpectedly to have come upon the Christian fleet as they were at anchor, they hoisted their sails half mast high, so to hinder their discovery, and with a gentle gale sailed towards Cephalonia. Both fleets were within twelve mile of one an other, yet undescried, by reason of certain points and headlands dividing and shadowing them. They first kend the Christian Navy clear of the Cruzulares, which had somewhat disordered them. And seeing Andrea Doria stand to seaward, vainly imagined he had fled, as upon the like reason the Christians were deluded with the like conceit of them, which opinion as it begat contempt of the adverse part, so it bred confidence in themselves. The place where the fleets met, served aptly to fight, but not to fly. The Gulf being in circuit not above two hundred and fifty miles, immured with rocks, shores, and Islands so thick, that to fly, threatened well nigh as much danger as to stay. On the North, they were shut in by part of Albania, extending from Saint Maura to Lepanto four score miles. On the East they were embarred by Morea stretching seventy miles from the mouth of the Gulf to Cape Tornezzo. On the south the Isle of Zant opposed itself. 25. miles in length. the west was closed up by Cephalonia and Saint Maura, the one being, 40. the other 15. miles long on that coast. On the coast of Albania, scarce a mile from the main, were the Rocks Cruzalares of an equal bigness, but the less the more dangerous. here again the Christian fleet before concealed by interposition of headlands bewrayed truly her own greatness, which though inferior to the Turks, yet exceeding their expectation did somewhat shake their former resolution: yet hope, shame, and which was more than both, necessity, spurring them forwards, they approached in form following.  
They divided their fleet which consisted of two hundred and seventy vessels, 
The order of the Turkish, flect.  Galleys, Galeots and Foists, into four battles, correspondent to that of the Christians. In the middle battle was the high Admiral Ali Bascha, and therein were contained four score and ten Galleys, in the midst of whom, in a rich and well fortified Galley was he himself, flanqued on the right side with Partau Bascha, and on the left with the Treasurer of the Navy, who were likewise assisted each of them by three Admirals. The right wing consisted of fifty Galleys, where of Mehemet Siroch had the charge. The left wing included ninety Galleys, conducted by Vluzzali. The Reservation for supplies was a mixture of ten Galleys and twenty Foists, commanded by Amurat Dragut Rais. He himself in a beautiful and well armed Galley, sometime Admiral of Constantinople. Their main battle was opposite to ours. Their right wing to our left, and their left to our right wing. Every battle distinguished by different Flags, very curiously and richly wrought. Every private Galley adorned with Pendants and Enseignes of great worth, and beauty, which served rather to breed appetite in the courageous and greedy Christians, than fear: That Galleasses they did rather wonder at for hugeness of Bulk, then doubt for offence or danger in service, thinking them fitter for burden then fight, wherein notwithlike the horse of the greeks lay buried their greatest mischief: neither could they yet entertain an assurance that their adverse fleet would assail them, being (as I may say) afraid not to hope. Yet did not this distraction make them neglect all possible means of their own safety or enemy's harm. All unnecessary things they stowed in hold, all needful they brought up on the hatches, as powder, shot, Pikes, arrows, and all offensive or defensive provision. Every Captain encouraged his soldiers, every soldier his fellow; and custom of victory kept out all conceit of being overcome; each one cherishing in himself the remembrance of the Christians flight at Preveze: vicinity of place bringing it to their apprehension. The very wind seemed to whisper in their ear secret argument of prevailing, to which their credulity hearkened. But soon was that Argument confuted, when the wind which till now had been partial to them, became a neutral to both, and a flat calm giving as it were attention to the voice of the Cannon. And not only the wind, but the Sun seemed now to bandy against them, for having with too much light blinded the Christian Navy, at the instant of joining battle, removed that prejudice to the Turks. And not only the wind but the Sun seemed now to bandy against them, for having with too much light blinded the Christian Navy, at the instant of joining battle, removed that prejudice to the Turks. And the wind as if awakened, and come to do service to the God who made it, breathed a gentle gale from the West, which aptly served to carry the mists of the water and smoke of the Ordnance upon the Turks, whose battles contained these particular Captains with their Galleys.  

The Turks divided their fleet into four battalions.  

The right wing.  
1. The first was the Admiral of Mehemet Siroch Governor of Alexandria.  
2. The second Galley of Alexandria, was governed by Caras Tubat.  


All these had Galleys of Alexandria.  
3. Bagly Saraf.  
4. Giafer Chiagey.  
5. Osmanan Celebin.  
6. Pe●…usio Reis.  
7. Bink Cusapogli.  
8. Osman Occan.  
9 Drivis Aga.  
10. Bajazet Siman,  
11. Osman Ali.  
12. Deli Aga.  
13. Dardagan Bardanbely,  
14. Casli Cuian.  
15. jufuf Aga.  
16. jusuf Magar.  
17. Calafact Cheder.  
18 Mustafa Genovell,  
19 Dermigy Pery.  
20. Mat Assan.    
21. Cheder Aga.  
22. Soliman Bey.  
23. Hibraim.  


Their Galleys were of Co●…stantinople.  
24. Saban.  
25. Caiacelebin,  
26. Cheder Siman.  
27. The Son of Cara Mustafa.   

Their Galleys were of Tripoli in Barbary.  
28. juran Saba.  
29. David jusuf,  
30. Solac Rais.  
31. Arnaut Ferrat.  
32. juzel Memy.    
33. Schender Selim,  
34. Lumag jusuf.  
35. Bardach Celebni,  
36. Bagdat Asau.  
37. Guzel Allibi.  
38. Brusali Piry.  
39 Rodle Ali.  
40. Aga Bascha with the Admiral of Constantinople,  


These commanded over Galleys of Despotado, in old time Aetolia.  
41. Sinaman Mustafa.  
42. Giegiore Ali,  
43. Amurates Reis,  
44. Calepi Memy.  
45. Marul Mustafa.  
46. Heder Lumet,  
47. Sinaman Deruis,  
48. Meminey Durmis.  
49. Algagias Sinan,  
50. Adagi Rustan,  
51. Chingevey Musata,  
52. jusuf Celebni,  
53. Tufer Mustafa.    
54. Ali a Genoese and Pirate Captain of small Galleys.  
55. Megil Reis with a small Galeasse,  
56. Mehemet Bey, with the Admiral Galley of Negroponto.   

The Battle had these Captains and Galleys.  


With Galleys of Rhôdes.  
1. Assam Bey the Governor of Rhodes,  
2. Deli Chiafer the warden of Rhodes,  
3. Occi Raise,  
4. Postunag Ogli,  
5. Calefact Ogli,  
6. Gazizy Reis,  
7. Dromus Reis with an Admiral Galley of Constantinople:  
8. Herbercy,  
9 Caragias Raise,    
10. Ocean Raise,  
11. Deli Piry,  


with Galleys of Constantinople.  
12 Giafer Aga.  
13. Bachian Raise,  
14. Coz Ali,  
15. Colach Raise,  
16. Oluz Rais.  
17. Assan Bassa, son to Barbarossa.   

Their Galleys were of Naples in Romagna.  
18. Caruf Rais.  
19 Alman Raise,  
20. Gungli Ogli,  
21. Arnaut Celebin,  
22. Magar Ali,  
23. Giafer Celebni,  
24. Deli Celebni,  
25. Deli Assan.  
26. Caraperi Aga.  
27. Sinan Raise  
28. Carau Mustafa.  
29. Sali Aravar.  
30. Previl Aga captain of Naples in Albania.   

with Galleys of Mittilene.  
31. Balahzi Ogli.  
32. Bararzi Mustafa.  
33. Sinan Baly,  
34. Agdadi Rais.    
35. Two sons of Ali, in a Galley of Constantinople.  
36. Osman Raise in an Admiral of Constantinople.  


with Galleys of Mitilene.  
37. Deli jusuf  
38. Ferat Baly,  
39 Cuiacelebin.  
40. Bagdar Rais.  
41. Haluagi Mustafa.    
42. Giaur Alli Mustafa, Admiral of small Galleys.  
43. Caracoza with Galleys of Valona.  
44. Mamatre Saderbey Governor of Mittilene.  
45. Aly Bascha high Admiral of the fleet, in a Galley Royal.  
46. Portau Bassa, general by land with an Admiral Galley.  
47. Mustafa Esdey Treasurer,  
48. Marmari Rais.  
49. Alcicgoli,  
50. Caras Deli.  
51. Ferat Ceragli.  
52, Tramontan Raise, with an Admiral of Constantinople,  


with Galleys of Constantinople.  
53. Sulimun Celebni.  
54. Deli Ibraim.  
55. Murat Corossaa,  
56. Denur Bali,  
57 Caby Heit,  
58. Murrat Trasy Scribe of the Arsenal,  
59 Peruis Sinam,  
60. Dardagan Bali,  
61. Giafer Caran,  
62. Deruis Sach.    
63. Curbaly.  
64. Giafer Aga, the captain of Tripoliin Barbary,  


These Galleys were of Tripoli,  
65. Carau Hamat,  
66. Rustan Cialmagi,  
67. Durmis Ogli,  
68 Schender Dernigi,  
69. Mammet Alis.   

These Galleys were of Calipolis.  
70. Afis Cluega Governor of Callipolis,  
71. Selim Siach,  
72. Heder Baschi,  
73. Sicun Mustafa,  
74. Salu Rius,  
75. Dely Ischender,    
76. The Lord of Marue with an Admiral Galley of Constantinople.  


Their Galleys also were of Callipolis,  
77. Peruis Lahumagi,  
78. Hasuf Bali,  
79, Siran Bardachi,  
80. jusuf Cinigi,    
81. Piri Begogli, with an Admiral Galley of Constantinople.  


with Galleys of Constantinople:  
82. Deli Osmun,  
83. Piry Sinan,  
84. Demir Celebni,  
85. Deruis Hidir,  
86. Sinan Mustafa,  
87. Hasirgy Rais.  
88 Ascy Ogli.  
89. Caias Saraf,  
90. Agadi Ahameth,  
91. Osman Sehet.  
92. Deruis Celebin,  
93. Giafer Raise,  
94. Dardagan the Governor of the Arsenal.     

The left wing.  
1. The first was an Admiral, whereof was Captain Carau Hozias,  


With Galleys of Anatolia.  
2. Catalus a Pirate,  
3. Chiazell Sinam.  
4. Chior Mehemet.  
5. Hignau Mustafa.  
6. Cademly Mustapha,  
7. Vschiufli Memy.  
8. Carau Morat.  
9 Passa Deruis,  
10. jagli Osman.  
11. Pisman Rais.  
12. Tascivis Sisman.  
13. jesil Hogli.    
14. Cara Cialibina, Captain of small Galleys.  


They had small Galleys, and did obey Cara Cialibin,  
15. Suizi Memy.  
16. Magli Rais.  
17 Osey Assan.  
18. Cumigi Hasuf.   

These two had Galleys of Constantinople▪  
19 Cadeh Sidir,  
20. Osman Raise,    
21. Caraperi a Pirate, and also Captain of small Galleys.  


These had small Galleys, and were commanded by Caraperi their Captain,  
22. julio Peruis,  
23. Calobodan Soliman,  
24. jachuli Mamat,  
25. Sayr Giafer,  
26. Chior Memy,    
27. Chiusuel Giafer, with a Galley of Constantinople,  
28. Ramazzan,  
19 Calemy Memi,  
30. Giesman Ferrat,  
31. Hiupris Assan,  
32. Zambal Murat.  
33. Sarmasach Raise,  
34. Tunis Suliman,  
35. Calepi jusuf.  
36. Techedel Assan.  
37. Cyan Memij.  
38. Osman Bagli,  
39 Caragial with the Admiral Galley of Algeirs.  
40. Caraman Ali.  
41. Alman.  
42. Sinam Celebni.  
43. Agdagi Mustafa.  
44. Daglias Ali,  
45. Seith.  
46. Perius Selmi.  


These had small and also some common Galleys of Algiers.  
47. Murat Deruis,  
48. Hes Ogli.  
49. Machazer Ali.  
50. joias' Osman.  
51. Sali Deli.    
52. Nasut Fachir, with a Galley of Constantinople.  


Their Galleys were of Negroponto.  
53. Gymongy Mustafa.  
54. Rustan Cinigi,  
55. Bali.  
56. David Ali.  
57 Sit●…au Rais.  
58. Carum Hidir.  
59 Magar Ferrat,  
60. Arnaut Alis,  
61. Natis Raise,  
62. Curmur Rhodo,  
63. Cos Cluagin,  
64. Clusly Memi.    
65. Caram Bey with the Admiral of the sons of Vluzzali.  


They had small Galleys of Valona.  
66. Deli Murar,  
67. Abazar Raise,  
68 Scin Schiander.  
69. Alman Balli,  
70. Assan Suumbar,  
71. Seit Aga,  
72. Assan Sinam,  
73. Cumy Falagan,  
74. Osman Gynder.   

Their Galleys were of Suriasaro.  
75. Dermar Bey.  
76. jusuf Alis.  
77. Caran Alman.  
78. Murat Biassan.  
79. Carabiney governor of Suriasaro.    
80. Calau Bastagi.  
81. Carabi.  
82. Giafer Hedi.  
83. Ferrat.  


These Galleys were of Constantinople.  
84. Memy Beogli.  
85. Osman Piry.  
86. Piry Rais.   

These Galleys were of Constantinople.  
87. Casam Rais.  
88 Talatagi Rais.  
89. Rus Celebin.  
90. Tutur Ali.    
91. Vluzzali King of Algiers with an Admiral Galley.   

The Battle of Succours.  
1. Was an Admiral Galley of Constantinople governed by Amurat Dragat Rais.  


These were Fusts.  
2. Caram Casli.  
3. Hassam Rais.    
4. Abdula Reis, and that was a little Galley.  


These were also Foists.  
5. Aligau Assan.  
6. Cus Ali.  
7. Ginzel Ali.  
8. Curtat Celebin.    
9 Deley Bey.  
10. Saudagi Memi, this was also a Foist.  
11. Dardagno Reis, and he had an Admiral of Constantinople.  
12. Deli Dorni, and he had a Galley.  
13. Cuidar Memi the Governor of the Isle of Scio.  
14. Shetagi Osman.  


These had Foists.  
15. Haeder.  
16. Delius Heder.  
17. Armat Merny.  
18. Susan Reis.  
19 Gyafer Bey.    
20. Cabil Sinam, his was a Foist.  


These were Foists.  
21. Amurat Reis.  
22. Sariogi Grafer  
33. Mor Ali.    
24. Piali Murat and this was a small Galley.  


These were Foists.  
25. Caragiali Rais.  
26. Murat Alias.  
27. jumez Alias.  
28. Assan Sinan a Galley of Constantinople.  
29. Bostagi Murat a Foist.  
30. Deli Suliman, this was an Admiral Galley of Constantinople.      
All things thus disposed of, Ali Bassa, richly clothed and armed after the Turkish manner, in the poop of his Galley, thus spoke to the Captains and Commanders of the navy there assembled to receive direction.  
MOst Heroic Captains, and Invincible janisars, the scourge of the Christian, 
Ali Bassa his speech of encouragement to his captaine●… and soldiers at the in●…ant of battle.  and right hand of the Ottoman Empire, we have here to fore taken pains to fetch our slaves, our enemies have now brought them us. Despairing their success on land, they are come to try the same fate in an other element, as if there were important difference to burn on shore, or drown at sea. They have changed place but not spirit. The same effeminacy which they had in other parts they have transported hither, constant only in their vices and vanities. Magnanimity and the effect, Honour, are not more inherent or hereditary to us, than cowardice and servility to them. We much exceed them in number, but more in weight of sufficiency: we were soldiers even when children, they children now they are men. What are their soldiers but players, minstrels and tumblers, a multitude of ungelt eunuchs? what is their General but a youth, fitter to lead a mask then an army? what are both but the remainder of this years victory, whereof Cyprus was the late rich earnest? neither can they so soon forget to yield, nor we to overcome. Therefore be confident brave fellows in arms, that not resolution but their destiny hath brought them hither. Italy is the gate of Christendom, and Venice the key of Italy, This fleet is that Bar which if we can either break or put back, all flies open, and we shall go beyond Caesar in the West, Alexander in the East, making the rising and setting of the Sun the confines of the Turkish Empire. Come on them, let us fill the sea with their bodies, our Galleys with their wealth, ourselves with honour and felicity of both.  
The Christians having in all respects provided for so great an attempt, as 
The memorable battle of Lepanto.  far as humane wisdom or strength extended, considering this fleet to be their Ark, God himself being interessed in the controversy, ceased not with humble but importunate invocation to implore the aid of Heaven, which by their Priests and Churchmen was confidently promised, Their devotions concluded, and both battles now facing each other, the charge sounded by a cannon from Ali the Turkish Admiral, & answered by one from each wing, with barbarous clamours, after their custom, which they think awakens the courage of their own, and amazeth and terrifieth their enemies, swiftly made towards the Christian fleet, who in a contrary manner made trumpets, drum's, mischiefs and other such martial music the delightful Prologue to a more dreadful scene. Venieri backed his Galley with two other of Giovan Loretano and Catarini Malipietro. Colonna did the like with two other. And now being within distance of their ordnance, the Turks passing by the Galleasses were unexpectedly torn by their great shot, which broke forth on all sides like thunder and lightning out of some dark cloud: they being high and close, infinitely spoiled the naked Turks and Rowers, and made as it were that breach at which the Christian fleet entered. For it disordered them then when they had no time to reform themselves. In which confusion yet desperately passing the Galleasses, they ran upon a sharper point of danger. For the wind resisting the swiftness of their approach, stayed and set them up as dead marks to the Christian ordnance, which had more certain aim at them lying still, then in motion and course. Besides, it did benight them with smoke, augmenting the terror of those invisible mischiefs which they felt, but could not see to shun or revenge. The horrible noize of some commanding, others answering, the crack of Galleys, foul of each other, terrified both the Turks which suffered, and Christians which but heard it; victory appearing to them in a dreadful countenance. In some Galleys, the officers slain, the slaves broke lose and like Lions slaughtered their keepers. In others, the powder taking fire casually, seemed to rebel against them too; shooting their bodies up in the air as sacrifices to that Christ whom they blasphemed. Here men fallen overboard wanted Galleys, here Galleys emptied of their companies, wanted men, and floated like dead bodies without soul, which Mehemet Siroch, now finding himself a truer Prophet than he desired, observing, withdrew himself from the body of the fleet thinking to cirumvent the Christian left wing: betwixt whom and Syroch, Augustino Barbarico interposed his squadron, wherewith he shut up his passage, the easilier by reason of a Promontory called Mahanguli extending itself on that part. Marino Contareni resolute to be a sharer with his uncle Barbarico both in honour and danger, followed and united himself to that squadron, betwixt whom a cruel fight was maintained on both sides. The Turkish left wing commanded by Vluzzali, and confronting our right was very near to have joined with Doria, who considering himself inferior in number of Galleys (he having but fifty, his enemy ninety) urged it not. Vluzzali balancing with the fortune of the Christian his own odds of strength, was contented likewise to abstain. Doria after some suspense stood out to seaward with certain of his Galleys a mile from the remainder.  
In the mean time, Don john, Colonna and Venieri the confederate Admirals in exact order encountered the middle battle of the enemy, exchanging in the approach three or four volleys of great shot, with much disadvantage to the Turks. The Christian vessels being snug and stooping from the ordnance of the Turks higher Galleys, and many of their pieces choked with Christians bullets casually shot into their mouths and there sticking. Which difficulties bred rather fury than despair in them, and induced them with violence of oars to make haste to grapple, that there fight hand to hand, the difference might be decided by pure valour. And being now come nearer, swarms of arrows and small shot interchangeably stung both sides, and artificial fires reciprocally lightened every where. At last boarding, death and wounds, dressed variously, were the entertainment of that hostile and unwelcome visitation. Whence sprung such a deluge of blood that this might have been more properly called the red sea. Now Siroch perceiving himself not only frustrated by interposition of Barbaricos squadron, but distressed by the unresistible force of it, persisted in fight, to save his honour though not life, using his utmost encouragements to revive the languishing hope of his men, wherein by speech, but more by example, he so far prevailed, that desperation supplying the want of resolution, they had now recovered, not only hope of resistance, but victory: For after doubtful and unequal conflict in many parts, here number oppressing valour, there valour counterpoizing the odds of number, especially in the Galleys of Barbarico and Ciconta; Barbarico whilst with invincible courage he still ran to the weakest part, like the vital spirits in the body, was unfortunately and mortally wounded by a fatal Turkish arrow in the left eye, himself being in deed not only the eye but the very heart of his squadron. He falling down, gave demonstration that the life blood of an army runs in the veins of the Commander. His own men shrunk back, the Turks intruded and priest in his Galley, which had been then taken, but that Frederico Nani and Silvio Porcia came in to her rescue. These heroic gentlemen growing up like Hidra's heads in the room of Barbarico, repelled the Turks and recovered the former hope of victory. Porcia received a wound in his thigh, the honourable badge of his valour.  
In an other part, Ciconia oppressed with multitude of Turkish Galleys, was as I may say refined with wild fire, and his face beautified with an eminent scar, but was at last preserved by speedy supplies, being so far from yielding either to weariness or torment, that after this he boarded and took a principal Galley, and one of their Imperial Enseigns; which in the Venetian armoury serves now to display the invincible courage of the taker. But Siroch environed with danger and mischief on all sides, having no means to satisfy his desire of revenge on all, desperately ran upon Giovan Contareni (whose kinsman was before not idly slain) with such violence, that he had almost stemmed his Galley; which he obstinately persevering to board, was there mortally wounded; as before in judgement, so now in valour having manifested himself a complete and absolute soldier. He falling, bred like amazement with the Turks, as the fate of Barbarico had with the Christians: his men slain, wounded and dismayed left their decks naked to their thronging enemies, who rushing in, were like to have made the Galley a common sepulchre to both; For she, being shot between wind and water was now ready to sink. The Turks leapt overboard, hoping by swimming to find the land more merciful to them then the water. Siroch was taken, not quite dead, but his wounds searched, and found incurable, in pity, not cruelty he was dispatched. His death, though it were dearly bought, was a mortal wound to the Turks whole Navy. For those that were before busied with his encounter, this right wing, or arm, now cut off, converted their forces, though much enfeebled, against other members of the fleet, assisting where they saw need and had opportunity. Besides, the battle of succours continually supplied and relieved impartially all parts distressed.  
Now the two Generals, Don john and Ali Bassa meeting like two furious Currents, began so cruel a fight in the midst of both fleets that the rest seemed but spectators to them two. The Galleys encircling them were the Theatre, these two the Stage. Contrariety of Religion, emulation of honour, anger, hope, and fear producing admirable effects in both. While the Bassa made violent impression on the prow of Don john's Galley, she by others was likely to have been entered on the poop, which seen was prevented by those that backed her, who boarding these borders took their Galleys, but with great slaughter and difficulty. The Turkish Admiral knowing the fortune of the day to depend upon his success, desperately contended to enforce Don john, wherein he so far prevailed, that he compelled him to bring out of hold his fresh reservations, to exchange place with his wounded and wearied men upon the hatches, which strange and unexpected supply as it were new borne out of the womb of the Galley to defend their mother, bred amazement, and by amazement hastened the destruction of the fainting Turks. The Bassa shot in the head, his Galley soon yielded; himself being yet alive presented to D. john, had his head struck off, which, mounted on the point of a pike, he held up in public demonstration of victory, a grateful object to the Christians, but dreadful to the Turks. The same cause bringing forth at once most contrary effects, extremity of hope and fear, which yet less dismayed them, not discerning it a far off, than the advancement of the Cross royal in the top of their Admiral Galley. That was seen throughout the fleet, and the fatal signification easily interpreted. Now they all fly, but so confusedly, that while they shun the pursuit of one Galley, they fall foul upon an other. Besides, Marco Quirini and Antonio Canali intercepted many of the Galleys flying, and men swimming to the shore. In this memorable fight many notable captains on either side were taken and slain, whose distinct Catalogue ensues at the end of the battle, not yet absolutely ended. For Vluzzali foreseeing now to late this general overthrow, studied how he might in some measure revenge what he could not prevent; therefore hovering aloof from the fleet to expect some stragglers of the Christian Navy, at last found opportunity to cut off certain Venetian Galleys which at first had followed Doria, but now desirous to have been sharers in so noble a victory, were retiring to the main battle: them he chased, fetched up and boarded, yet they bravely repelling him, and Doria wheeling about to assail him abaft, knowing it dangerous for him to persever in fight where his own force would continually decrease, and his Adversaries be augmented, by confluence of rescue from all parts of the army, executing his most mischief upon those Venetians, he with sail and oars stood off to sea, towing after him the Galleys of Pietro Bua of Corfou, of the Prior of Messina, and Lodovico Cipico of Trahù, Benedetto Soranza, mortally wounded and oppressed by multitude, fight valiantly to the last was slain, and his Galley taken. But so, that such getting in conclusion proved their loss. For many of the enemies thronging into the Galley, either by casualty or desperate malice of some captain, she fired, and they perished in a wretched mixture of death, burning, and drowning. It seemed that the fury of the slaughtered Turks survived and was united in Vluzzali, who alone gave all three battles some taste of his devilish rage. Notwithstanding, all those Galleys which he had taken, were recovered, but that of Petro Bua of Corfoù, in whose purchase he had a very hard bargain. The night was his best protection, which shadowed him from the pursuing Christians. Who now despairing to fetch him up, whom they could not see to follow, gave over the chase and stood back to the fleet, and Vluzzali escaped with about thirty Galleys. Many which could not swim being alive, as if death had taught them that skill, floated being dead. And the sea glutted with multitudes swallowed, spewed their carcases up again. Many labouring in the water for life, found now more safety in their wracks then before in their Galleys, and sometimes a Turk and Christian, laying hold of one plank, began a private fight, while a third took benefit of what they strove for; the sea in the mean time proving victor of both. Here a tired Christian calls to his friend for help, here a Turk implores it of his enemy. Lamentable and confused cries come from both, when now the billows begin to roar louder than all. For the navy was yet scarce collected and reduced to a safe Haven, towards night, when there arose so sudden and violent a storm, as if the battle had not now been ended would have been a cruel stickler in it.  
To conclude, the insolent enemies being thus overthrown, and their spoil gathered▪ the next care was to cure the wounded men and repair the bruised and torn vessels. Wherein the Commanders testified no less industry then in preparation for the fight, and valour in it. It is hard to resolve which of the three Admirals D. john, Venieri, or Colonna merited most applause, they all did what could not be exceeded by any other, nor equalled but by themselves. The former distaste twixt Don john and Venieri, as it had been providently pacified by mediation of Colonna, so was it in the conquest nobly forgotten of themselves, D. john toward the beginning of the battle being endangered by inequality of number, Venteri with his own danger bravely rescued, like two fierce mastiffs jarring between themselves, when the Bear comes, forget private strife to assail the common enemy, which noble curtezy the General gratefully and publicly acknowledged, honouring him with the title of father, and which was more, father of the victory. The whole army in united voice gratified the divine mercy for so great preservation, and elevating their victorious hands to heaven, acknowledged them to be strengthened by it. Every man congratulated the safety of his living friend, yet moderately lamented the fate of those dead, the sorrow of their death being dried up with joy of the cause. Those bodies which were recovered were honourably buried: the rest detained by the sea, were yet eternised on the shore. To repeat the noble actions of every particular man were a labour worthy Plutarch, every life would be an history. But amongst the most eminent shines the noble indifferency of the Marquis de Sancta Cruz, who disposing of the reservation of succours distributed them not by his own affection but other men's necessities, bewraying at once excellency of judgement, courage and celerity.  
Many circumstances gave lustre to this victory, but nothing more than the flight of the Christian fleet not many years before from the same place, the infamy of the one glorifying the other and serving as a foil to it, as shadows set forth and enlighten any bright picture. It was a pleasing consideration to those who had been in that fugitive navy to think that after so many years they should find their honour where they lost it. To this they added remembrance of the like battle between Augustus Caesar and Marc-Antony many hundred years before fought in the same place, as if destiny had made it a stage for great actions, and this battle had been but the second part of the first.  
The total number of the dead in the Christian army were 7656. others say 7566 the chief of the Venetians were Augustino Barbarico Providator General of the Venetians fleet, Benedetto Soranza, Marin and jeronimo Contareni, MarcoAntonio La●…de, Francisco Bicono, jacomo de Messa, Caterin Maripietro, Giovan Loredano, Vincento Quirini, Andrea and Georgio Barbarici all of the degree of Senators. Of Romans, Horacio Caraffa, Ferrante Bisballo, Virginio & Horacio of the noble family of Ursini in Rome. Of the Spaniards, ivan and Bernardino de Cardona, of the knights of Malta were many slain, amongst whom these three were most famous, joakin Sparta Commendador of Moguncia. Ro: of Hamberg Commendador of Hemmend orf, and Francis Drost, by nation Germains. The chief men wounded were, D. john the General, Venieri the Venetian Admiral, Paulo jordano, Marco Molino, and Troylo Savello, and well nigh seven thousand private men. This loss of itself great, was lessened by comparison of the Turks, who were reported by some Authors to have been dismembered of 29000. of their bravest soldiers slain and taken: some affirm it less, some more. But the multitude of their Galleys taken, wracked, and dead bodies floating on the sea (carrying with it a resemblance of the general deluge) acknowledge it to be great. Amongst those slain, the most eminent was Ali Bassa the high Admiral General, one of great magnanimity and worthy such a place. Mehemet Bey alias Siroch Governor of Alexandria a man of singular judgement and valour, fight to the last, not (as others) that he saw not, but contemned the danger. Hassan Bassa the valiant son of his valorous father Barbarossa, and many others equally valiant, noble, and dear to the Emperor their Master. The most welcome prisoners were Achmat and Mahomet sons of the General Ali Mehemet Bey Governor of Euboea, and three thousand and odd vulgar soldiers. There escaped Partau Bassa who since others would not follow his council in abstaining from fight, made use of it himself. Vluzzali a desperate and subtle Rennegado who fought, but so always that he might fly, and as the Parthian horsemen, did most mischief in flying. There were taken 130 vessels. Whereof 117. were Galleys, 13. Galeots. Some report, 160. some more, some less. The escape of the rest making the number of such as were taken uncertain. The Galley of Cleopatra was not more rich, curious or beautiful than the Admiral Galley of Ali, neither did the beauty of it better become peace, than the strength war. There was much treasure and many things of great value found in it, which the noble General, not basely converted to his private use but distributed to those who most deserved it. Amongst these, a Macedonian by whose fortunate hand the Bassa died was worthily the greatest sharer. And because Don john held gold to poor a reward for such unestimable merit, he approved those other gifts with honour, and knighted him. But the munificent Venetians thinking this a petty remuneration, nothing equivalent to the dignity of their state, gratified him with an annuity of 300. Ducats.  
The most esteemed spoil of the Turkish fleet were the enfranchised Christians, in number 1200. words are but mute expressals of the wretchedness of their captivity (being at once compelled to suffer for, yet do against their Religion) Nothing could equal it but this joy of their enlargement, which was such as that of jonas may be apprehended at his birth and resurrection out of that monster. Neither was this excessive gladness confined to their own breasts, but at their arrival multiplied by division among their friends and kinsmen. Of whom these living mar●…ires received such welcome as was given to the three Hebrew Salamanders coming out of the furnace. They seemed but then married to their wives, and their children new borne to them: Embracements were now in steed of fe●…ters, and kisses of blows (blessed exchange!) And now they wept for joy that they had no contrary cause to weep. The misery past seemed to sweeten their present felicity, so that this day was with all devotion, magnificence and exhileration celebrated as the Saboth of their slavish labours. The nineteenth of the same month Vnfredo justiniano arrived at Venice with advertizement of victory to the Senate. Never any music so feasted their ears as that news, no Oratory could be so harmonious as the plain relation of it. The only word of victory was the Epi●…ome of all Rhetoric. The death of particular men seemed only a letting blood for the general health. No man grudged to bestow a son or brother towards this common sacrifice. Even the heroic Barbarico was rather envied then lamented, they which honoured him alive, being dead wellnigh adored him: so that sorrow was now banished out of Venice, and confined to Constantinople.  
The gratulatory Ambassadors of all neighbour Princes flocked thither, acknowledging the Venetians their protectors and champions.  
The time of the year, and weakness of their fleet and men, moved the General D. john to desist from pursuing the victory any farther. Therefore he proceeded to division of the spoil, which was thus proportioned.  

The Pope's share was.  Galleys. 21. Whereof 19 ordinary, 2. Galeots. Ordnance. 54. Whereof 9 great, 3. murderers, 42. smaller pieces. Prisoners. 881. Amongst whom were Achmat and Mahomet the sons of the General Ali Bassa. 
The Venetians share was.  Galleys. 44. Whereof 39 ordinary and a half, 4. Galeots and a half. Ordnance. 131. Whereof 39 and half great, 5. murderers and an half. 86. smaller pieces. Prisoners 1162. Of all sorts. 
The Spanish share was.  Galleys. 64. Whereof 58. Galleys and a half, 6. Galeots and an half. Ordnance 214. Whereof 58. great pieces and a half, 8. great murderers and an half. 128. smaller pieces. Prisoners 1713. Of all sorts.  
The Remainder were distributed among the assistants.  
The division concluded not with equality, yet general satisfaction; the Venetians thinking they had the more honour, though the Spaniard the more luggage. Venieri indefatigable in doing nobly, and exasperated with the yet smarting blow of Cyprus, esteeming one Christian Kingdom not to be countervailed with many barbarous fleets, extolled highly the magnanimity of the General, hoping that praise would have spurred him forward in so fair and open a way of victory, proposing the rescue of Greece, an action which would more immortalize him then the conquest of Tunis had done his father, whose Genius he said would not envy to see itself exceeded by him, which was not equalled by his Predecessors. This, much inflamed the hot-aspiring mind of the youthful Prince lately fleshed, in so much that they proceeded to consultation how they might perfect this trophei whose hardest work (the foundation) was already laid: when the secret maligners of Venieri having now again by his means leisure and security to oppose themselves to any design of his, diverted D. john from so brave a resolution. Therefore making April the time, and Corfou the Rendezvous of their next years convention, they dissolved the Navy. Don john returning to Messina.  
This abrupt departure in the eye of expectation, appeared a running away, or tergiversation (I had almost said Apostasy) from victory, whom he seemed to leave unkindly, desiring him to stay longer. All men grieved to see hope pregnant and great, likely to bring forth fair issue if she had gone out her time thus miscarry. The death of Ali by a Grecian, that miserable nation interpreted an Omen of ensuing liberty; and in opinion manumzied, after they found themselves thus deluded, groaned as under a new subiugation. Upon intelligence of the overthrow, they had taken heart and would have taken arms too, had they been offered: It grieved him now to dismiss that resolution so necessarily entertained. They desired if D. john would not himself, only to let his shadow (his fame) fight for them, while he stood by. That he would do them the grace to eternize himself by their delivery. And being certified of his return cried out that he at once forsook himself and them, their liberty and his glory being the Twins whereof he was in labour, and that it was but a little greatness which one victory could fill. And surely had this opportunity been well improved, there might have been far more made of it. For though that ingenious Turk to express the inequality between the loss of our Cyprus and their Navy, said, That Selim had cut off the Venetians arm, they, but his beard: insinuating, That timber grows, but not Kingdoms; and ships might be built, but not Islands: yet is it manifest that the chief strength of this Samson layin this hair, and that if he had been assailed ere it grew out again, the razor which cut his beard might have cut his throat. Thus much the Tyrant himself unwittingly acknowledged by the intended massacre of the Christians under him, cunningly fathered on revenge, but begot by fear. He knew captives of the quality of fire, as dangerous as serviceable. It is true that the next spring, his fleet (not as it might have been quite rooted out) budded forth to his former height: his Arsenals spawning shoals of Galleys, yet barren enough in mariners, the eye of a fleet; without these his Galleys were blind, not directing, but groping their way: his expertest Pilots, old natural seamen, begot as it were on Mermaids, and nursed up in the arms of the sea, perrished in the last battle; these fresh multitudes did not man but fraught his vessels.  
But these public considerations were less potent to move D. john to persist, than other private respects, to reduce him from this honourable expedition. Therefore the noble Venieri, whose active untired spirit, neither the years winter, nor his own, could be numb, was excited, not deterred, by his departure, so far from being ●…etrograde in his course of victory that he determined to go a step farther: and knowing that the terror of the late overthrow had much shaken and made a breach in the Turkish courage, he thought good to enter it ere time or supplies should repair it. Being in this deliberation, Philippo Bragadino Providator of the Gulf arrived with six Galleasses and ten Galleys, and after consultation, strengthing his own fleet with this addition, and both with his own reputation, he suddenly dispatched Quirini, associated with many brave captains to Marguerita, which Venieri his fame delivered up to them; but finding it untenable they razed it.  
Venieri taking this as an earnest of some farther success propounded an expedition for Saint Maura, which many of the council of war oppugned, alleging the strength of the place, the unaptness of the time, and disproportion of their own powers to both; yet he full of hope and courage, resolving, wheresoever the impediment were, it should not be in himself, proceeded thither, and having better viewed the impregnableness of the place, he thought it a part of wisdom, next the not undertaking a dangerous attempt, speedily to lay it down, and therefore returned to Corfoù.  
Colonna leaving D. john (on whom all supreme and exquisite honours were heaped) at Naples, from thence with great magnificence passed towards Rome: by the way, all men's ears and eyes taken up and reserved solely for this object. Every tongue being a Preface to the voluminous praises dedicated to him afterwards at Rome. Venice held the enemy at the arms end but had he ever closed with Italy, Rome would have been shrewdly gripped. This Ague offeare thus shaking her, imagine how welcome the Physician was that cured her. To have secured her from mischief, had been meritorious, but to return it thither whence it came, was an infinite obligation: Arriving therefore at Rome, long after himself, his fame had outstripped him, and raised the spirit of that ancient city in a shape of triumph to see her aged glory in this bright Glass of victory, and entertain her new champion. The city seemed to be turned inside outward: their rich tapestries now beautifying the walls without, the streets strewed with flowers as at a marriage. At last came Colonna accompanied with the chief Senators and attended by the most eminent captives, in number 160. suited rather to his fortune then their own, very richly, yet in their countenances retaining a majestic sorrow. Thus passing through many triumphant Arches erected in his honour, he came to the Pope's place, at whose feet prostrating both himself and his dignities, and delivering up the sons of Ali, late likely to have arrived in a less welcome manner, he was most graciously entertained. His Holiness applauding his proceeding generally. But quite contrary was his opinion of Doria: whom he said behaved himself more like a Pirate, or newtral, than one of the Christian party.  
The end of the tenth Book of the sixth Decade.    


The Contents of the first Book of the seventh Decade.  
THE farther expectation of all men after the famous victory of Lepanto. The Venetians preparation against the spring. The Emperor being solicited by the Pope and Venetians to enter into the league refuseth it. The French King, Kings of Portugal and Poland do the like. The Spaniards seem unwilling by reason of the troubles of Flanders. The Venetians great preparations to pass into the Levant. The Turks scour the seas whilst their fleet is making ready. The death of Pius the fifth, with the creation of Pope Gregory the thirteenth. Don john his allegations for his stay at Messina. Souranza coming thither solicits Don john to depart and unite himself to the Venetian fleet. The cause of Don john's delay. Souranza bringeth supplies to Corfou. jealozies betwixt the French and Spaniards by reason of the troubles of Flanders, with the French Kings complaint against the Duke of Alua. The Spaniards are jealous of the French. The Pope and Venetians send Ambassadors to the most Christian and Catholic Kings to remove their distrusts. Vluzzali General of the Turkish fleet putteth to sea. The senates resolution perceiving the delays of the Spaniards: Don john certifieth Marc-Antonio Colonna of his departure: The Christian fleet notwithstanding leaves Corfoù: Vluzzali determineth to fight with the Christian fleet: The Christians resolve to assail the Turks: The enemies alter their purpose and refuse battle: The death of Sigismond King of Poland: The Venetian General intending to give battle encourageth his soldiers. And lastly the retreat or rather flight of the enemies.  
The first Book of the seventh Decad of the History of Venice.  
THE victory of the confederate Princes over the Turks, who by their fortunate success had till then made themselves terrible to all nations, had begot such expectation and hope in most men, as they supposed a fit occasion was now offered to revenge all former wrongs: and that the Ottoman Empire forsaken of her late felicity would be overthrown by the power of Christian Princes; persuading themselves that the only report of the arrival of the Christian fleet was sufficient to open a way to gallant enterprises and conquests, and to cause the inhabitants of the Provinces possessed by the Turks to revolt, who did deadly hate their religion, customs, and government: But the discreeter sort were not transported with such idle suppositions, nor fed with such vain hope, considering the event of things by reason, and not by affection, knowing that so long as the Turks land forces (the true foundation of their Empire) were unshaken, there was no likelihood at all to prevail against 
Small hope in the revolt of the Turks subjects.  them, nor to hope on the people's revolt who commonly are wont to produce clean contrary effects, and especially in the Ottoman Empire, where subjects are poor and needy, wanting commanders, arms and means, so that their commotions can not greatly hurt the Turks, or profit others: and that the greeks, accustomed of a long time to servitude, had lost the greatest part of their ancient generosity. 
The Uene●…ians preparations against the spring.   
The Venetians upon these considerations were careful to make new warlike preparations, to augment the number of their Galleys, to refresh their army with new soldiers, and generally to provide whatsoever should be necessary, that they might speedily send their fleet into the Levant against the Turks.  
But Christian Princes (shutting their eyes in regard of their own particular affections) did not apprehend the fit occasion offered to abate the power of so great and terrible an enemy, and in a manner envying one an other they discoursed thereof as though it had been a foreign war (wherein notwithstanding consisted the common safety) and rejected the good fortune which the former prosperous success did promise them: for the Emperor being entreated and solicited by the Pope and Venetians to embrace the cause, and being likewise persuaded by the Catholic King, who to that end had sent Don Pedro Fassardo to him, still persisting in his usual delays, and irresolutnesse, alleged new but greater difficulties, and wanting will, was very glad to entertain any excuse to free himself from it: therefore he demanded to have ready money given him 
The Emperor's excuses to free himself from entering into the league.  instead of those foot forces which they offered, and sufficient caution for it in some free towns of Germany, adding farther that he would be assured of the continuance of that supply for a long time, and that to those ends they should insert more strict and express obligations in the Articles of the capitulations: this he propounded only for a show, knowing well enough that they would never be granted; and it was likewise known, that he had prepared the tribute, and already made choice of a messenger to carry it to Constantinople. Charl●…s the French King on the other side, solicited by the Pope, not to be wanting to all Christendom in such an expedition, answered that he would first understand the emperors resolution, and so soon as his forces were ready, he would not fail speedily to send his aid to join with the land-troupes of Germany, under the conduct of his brother the Duke of Anjou, but that he neither could, nor aught, to suffer his sea-forces (far inferior to those of Spain) to join with them.  
At the same time the Cardinal Alexandrine having executed his commission in Spain, was by the Pope's commandment gone in Portugal, from whence they hoped to procure thirty vessels of war for service of the Christian fleet: the King did honourably entertain him, yet he could draw nothing from his Majesty but general promises, whereby he saw, that the King inclining wholly to the enterprise of Barbary against the Moors, did not greatly respect matters far from home. Not long after, Antonio Tepulo having accomplished his ambassage into Spain, went thither likewise, verily persuading himself that the news of the late victory would the easier have induced that King to embrace the league, wherein a very honourable place was reserved for him, the Confederates fortunate success inviting him thereunto, together with his own interest, that the unbridled greatness of the Turks might be abated, whom (not without cause) he might fear would prove bad neighbours to his Indies. All this could not procure the King to incline to the league, nor could the Ambassadors 
The King of Portugal's answer to the Cardinal, and Venetians.  draw any other promise from him, than this, That he would the next year send four thousand footmen to the service of the league, and join some few of his own vessels to the Confederates fleet, the which he could not then do, because that certain French Protestants of Rochel, did ordinarily make incursions upon his territories and sea coasts, whereby he was enforced continually to entertain certain armed vessels, to resist them and the Moors of Fez, and of this by letters he certified the Senate.  
Tepulo in the end, because his embassage should not be fruitless, told him, that he might assist the common cause of Christendom against the infidels by other means, not hindering himself at all, namely by causing his officers in the Indies 
The King of Portugal's promises.  to acquaint the Persians, sworn enemies to the Turks, with the union of the Christian Princes, with their late victory against Selim, and with their designs, and afterwards by sending certain numbers of Portugal Harquebusiers from the red sea, unto the confines of the Turkish Empire, to keep them busied in sundry places, or at least to amaze and hold them in suspense. The king promised so to do, adding thereunto that they should stop their commerce from Ormus and Bazzana, and the transportation of metal through the Persian seas, which abundantly was brought to them from China.  
The King likewise gave means to the Cardinal Alexandrine, to convey certain Breefes to the Persian King, Prester john, and some other Kings of Arabia written unto them by the Pope, wherein he solicited them to take arms against the Turks, the which letters took none effect, nor were ever answered.  
The Pope likewise solicited the King of Poland, with whom at the same time the Cardinal Commendon remained, who promised to draw that King into 
The Pope soli●… the King of Poland.  the league, in regard of sundry accidents which happened, besides the victory, the Turks meaning to be revenged on the Polakes, for that they had favoured the Valachian, to the prejudice of the Ottoman Empire, and for that purpose had in hostile manner entered Prussia, Padolia, and Russia. But the King falling sick during the treaty and not being able to be present at the negotiation, it was referred to some Lords of the Kingdom, who did smally affect that war, being unwilling to contribute (according to their custom) towards the expense of foreign war: As also because that at the same time they had intelligence that a Chiaus was coming from Constantinople to their Court, to treat about that contention, all the Pope's endeavour & authority could not make it sort to any good effect.  
After this manner were matters handled in the Court of Christian Princes, who seemed already to decline from their former hope, and knew, that for the abating of the Turkish power the Sea-forces were not sufficient, but that a mighty land-Army was needful: and that therefore it especially imported them to have the Emperor to enter into the league, all men holding it for certain, that Poland, Musco●…y, and the other northern Provinces, apt to take Arms against the Turks, would presently yield to the authority of the Empire: this being considered by the enemies they used all means to preserve the Emperor Maximilians friendship, thinking the danger, which threatened them, not to be small, if all Germany should league itself against them.  
Therefore Mahomet Bascha had written to the Emperor, and had particularly 
Bascha Mahomet soliciteth the Emperor.  acquainted him with the battle, making the overthrow far less than indeed it was, and the power of the Ottoman Empire very great, requesting him not to break the truce for other men's pleasures, but to preserve his inviolate friendship with Selim; which being once known, would continue for ever. But that which did herein most trouble the Pope and Venetians and made them to fear, 
The Pope and Venetians doubt.  was, their suspicion, that the Spaniards would not show themselves so ready to pursue the course of the victory, as the importance of the cause did require: because that divers of the Catholic Kings courtiers murmured against D. john for hazarding the King's forces in battle, seeing that his majesties interest was unlike that of the Venetians whereupon they were differently to be managed: and for that afterwards when they understood, that the Duke of Sessa, a noble and famous Gentleman, came to command in the Army in stead of the great Commander Requ●…sens who went to be Governor of Milan, they inferred thereupon, that the Catholic King would not have D. john attempt aught without his advise and Council.  
Now the greatest let then found in pursuing this war of the Levant, was, the bad success of the affairs of Flanders, where they daily grew from bad to worse, not without some suspicion that the Protestants of Germany, England and France would favour and assist that rebellion so, that a fit and convenient opportunity being made to unite the Navies and put to Sea, notwithstanding that Leonardo Contaren the Venetians Ambassador with D. john, did solicit this union and shipping of the soldiers, all his pursuits were in vain. The Venetians alone, not losing time, spared neither cost nor labour, but sought to make use of the victory, and with great speed trimmed their Galleys, augmented their number, made new levies of soldiers to complete their army, that it might speedily be ready to sail into the Levant. And because that D. john and the Spaniards had entertained some distaste of the General Venieri (as hath been already said) the better to take away all occasion of hatred and division, they chose jacomo Poscarini their General who at that time was Providator General in Dalmatia, who having notice that he was elected, and receiving the Common wealths standard from Lodovico Grimani who succeeded him in Dalmatia, he departed from Zara on the first day of April with nine Galleys and went to Cor●…ou, where taking charge of the fleet, which at that time consisted of 40. Galleys, he made a General review, and sent for great numbers of footmen under divers Captains from Brindisi, he stored the Galleys with victuals, armour, munitions and all other necessaries: this being done, the General Venieri with some Galleys retired into the Gulf, there to execute some Noble enterprise, if occasion were offered. 
〈◊〉 Turks 〈◊〉 of the Christians before the battle.   
This in effect is all that was done by the Christian Princes. The Turks after the battaills loss, were by so much more afflicted, as enured to victory, they could not entertain conceit of contrary success, and contemning the Christian forces, they came rather to spoil then to fight: but this unexpected overthrow made them more circumspect. whereupon Selim who then lay at Constantinople, fearing ●…least some innovation might happen at Constantinople, presently went thither and showed himself to the people, dissembling as much as in him lay, his discontent and fear. The Baschas nevertheless were very careful to provide all necessaries for the army, so as it seemed they were in hope to reform their former error, and to recover their lost reputation: they repaired their old Galleys, built new, enroled great numbers of Mariners, sent for soldiers forth of the Provinces to come to Constantinople, so that using industry and speed to the hurt and wonder of the Christians, Carassali departing forth of the straight of Gallipolis with threescore armed vessels, began to scour the Seas, and to waste the Islands of Tino and Carigo, whilst Vluzzali prepared a great fleet: for they had determined being once united to pass on, and to invade the Isle of Candy; or else face the Venetians Navy, frustrate their designs, and assure the Seas belonging to the Ottoman Empire. These provisions and the Confederates delays and irresolutions, had much emboldened the Turks, and although in the beginning they had sundry times conferred with the Venetian Bailie concerning peace, and seemed to be very desirous of it, they nevertheless delayed the certain resolution thereof till the arrival of the Bishop of Aix Ambassador to the most Christian King, whom they knew at that time to be come from Venice towards Constantinople upon important affairs, supposing that he brought 
The 〈◊〉 of peace beoken.  some particular commission with him concerning that business, and that by his mediation together with his King's authority, they might the easier establish and conclude some honourable agreement: but the condition of matters being afterwards changed when they came to treat on particulars, they propounded very unjust Articles, being desirous to make peace as though they had been victorious not vanquished, menacing the Venetians with loss and destruction: The Confederates nevertheless being no whit moved by these nor other geeat mischeefs, went very slowly to work, as though the enemies had been wholly defeated, that they had no more cause to fight, and as if at their own pleasure they might have enjoyed the fruit of the Vlctory. All men did wonder at these delays, and differently discoursed thereof: A rumour was spread abroad, that the French did no longer 
Rumours diu●…lged by the Spaniard.  in secret but openly assist the Flemings who determined to invade the territories of the Catholic King; that to this end, they prepared fifty ships of war at Rochel, which should be commanded by Philippo Strozzi: and elsewhere other stirs and rumours of war were reported to be currant in the Realm of Navarre.  
These so important and dangerous reports, held the Spaniards in suspense, and would not suffer them to employ their sea▪ forces, in which their greatest hope consisted) in foreign enterprises, fearing not to have them again at their need, for the defence of their own territories Many alleged other reasons which moved the Spaniards not to set forth: But whatsoever the true occasion was, it was after the Spanish manner kept very secret: for they, making no show to fear the French, or that they had given over the enterprise of the Senate for any other respect, they did still affirm the contrary, promising from day to day to come to Corfou: all this they did very cunningly, knowing well enough 
The Spaniards fear lest the venetians make peace with the Turks  that if the Venetians should suspect that the Conederates went about to forsake them, it would enforce them to make use of the present time, and to agree with the Turks: a matter which would greatly prejudice the Spaniards, who resolving for to continue perpetual enemies unto the Turks would alone be constrained to make head against the forces of so great a Potentate.  
After this manner did the Spaniards at the same time bear themselves, not bewraying their inward intentions, but temporising in conclusion did nothing. In the mean time Pius Quintus died generally lamented, a man of great Sanctimony 
〈◊〉 of Pius Quintus.  and zealous of the common good of Christendom, the only instrument of the preservation and augmentation of the league.  
These news flying to Venice, the Senate presently by letters solicited the 
The Venetians solicit the Cardinals in the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉.  College of Cardinals, not to suffer the league, which his late Holiness had cherished, to die with him, knowing how mortal delay was to it, and how prejudicial the dissolution, to the common good: the College resolved to continue the preparation for war, and instantly committed the ma●…naging of the business unto the former Commissioners, who then presently 〈◊〉 in hand with it.  
The Papacy was not long vacant, for the same day the Conclave elected H●…go Boncompagno Cardinal of Saint Sixtus, a Bolognesse & doctor of the laws long resident and very famous in the Court of Rome intituling himself Gregory 13.  
His Coronation solemnised he confirmed the league in the former condition but concerning the convention of the fleets there arose many delays and difficulties: for D. john only seeking procrastination, grew scrupulous of his departure, saying his commission extended no farther, but every day expected a more ample, where with he hoped ere long to satisfy them: by this means was the great preparation of the Venetian frustrate, and D. john persevering in these protractions, wrote to the General Foscarini that his only stay was for the Duke of Sessa, who if he came not very speedily, himself resolved without him to come to Corfou: he likewise taxed Collonna, because his expectation of the Florentine Galleys, made him delay his joining with the fleet. The Senate had enjoined the General Foscarini not to attempt any particular enterprise till the Spanish Galleys were arrived, ●…erst he thereby should hinder the common cause of the league, 
The enterprise upon Castelno ●…o propounded to the Senate.   
At the same time Sciara Martinenga of Bressia a man famous for his martial experience, and Governor General of Albania propounded the enterprise upon Castelnovo to the Senate, a matter greatly desired by the Venetians, not so much for facility of conquest, the town being small and badly inhabited, as for the commodious situation thereof, lying at the mouth of the Gulf of Catharra.  
The Senate in some sort desirous to let the enemies feel the fury of their Arms committed this attempt to Martinenga, who told them that he had already sufficiently viewed the place, and that the execution thereof was easy. He embarked himself and five thousand footmen at Chioggia, among whom were many Frenchmen, gallant fellows and good soldiers, he directed his course towards the Gulf of Catharra, carrying with him a commission from the Council of Ten to the General Venieri to aid and assist him in that enterprise, whom me●…ting by ●…he way near to Sisena they sailed together towards the mouth of the 
The attempt upon Castel-novo in vain.  Gulf, where landing their soldiers and attempting to surprise the Town, the alarm was so hot over the whole Country, as multitudes of Turks coming to defend it, Martinenga and the General were enforced to quit the enterprise and to retreat, the one to Zara, and the other with his French forces to Catharra,  
After this manner did the Christians affairs languish, and were nothing answerable to the reputation which the late victory had gotten them, their fleets and soldiers remaining idle at Corfou and Messina, being spectators of the enemies insulting braves at sea, their number and victuals daily diminishing D. john still remaining at Messina and using his former delays, did infinitely discontent the General Foscaren, who sometimes determined of himself to attempt somewhat upon the enemy, but at last making a virtue of necessity and knowing his own forces alone to weak for any great enterprise, he was enforced to spend the time in expectation of the confederates arrival. And yet he did by all means avoid any occasion that might discontent the Spaniards, or give them cause of any suspicion, that they might have no lawful cause to be wanting to the common cause.  
Foscarini being thus perplexed, thought it best to send the Providator Soranza to Messina, who was newly come from Candy, hoping that by his wisdom and discretion, Don john being put in mind of his former honour, might be speedily 
Soranza is honourably entertained by Don john at Messina.  induced to depart. Souranza departed from Corfou with twenty five Galleys, having foul weather all the way: at last arriving at Messina, he was honourably entertained by Marc-Antonio Colonna, excusing himself and imputing it to the tempest, that he had not met him farther at sea: they both went to Don john's Palace, and at the gates were received by the Count of Piega his chief Steward, and principal Gentlemen of his household, conducting them into the Princes, 
His Remonstrance to D. john.  presence, who with all honourable courtesy welcomed him, seeming highly contented with his coming: Soranza began to acquaint him with the cause of his arrival, together with the state of matters, and incredible desire of all men to see him at Corfou: he informed him of the great number of Galleys, soldiers, abundance of victuals and munitions, where with two and twenty ships were laden: that they only wanted the convention of the fleets, which they all desired in so important an action: in regard whereof he was sent to acquaint him with the stare of the Venetians navy, and to wait upon him to Corfou. That the Venetian Captains, who had a long time been in readiness, would attempt nothing without his presence, notwithstanding that they had been often invited thereunto by report of the enemy's weakness, and by their wrongs and spoils committed in the Islands under their dominion: That the Senate, and every particular man, desired to have the glory and honour of all enterprises bestowed upon him: for which cause especially they had hitherto kept their whole fleet in harbour, being well assured that his arrival at Corfou would be no longer deferred, & that his own present coming to Messina, was rather to honour then hasten his departure: saying that nothing would be more dangerous to the league, than continuation of delay. Marc-Antonie Colonna, did in the Pope's name second Soranza, telling him how much his Holiness desired the prosperity of the league, and convention of the fleets.  
Don john seemed not to distaste this motion, excusing his delay by sundry impediments happened, promising ever after to use all possible speed, and to take order for the present rigging of an hundred Galleys which should be man'd with 
The Spanish delays.  forty thousand footmen of several nations. But the effects were not answerable to his words, for at that time there were but three score Galleys in the haven of Messina: and of those which the Duke of Sessa was to bring from Spain, there was no news at all: Besides, the old soldiers refused to go any farther, unless they might receive certain months pay which was due unto them for their former service. Yet they daily fed the Venetian Providator with sundry hopes and fair promises: and the better to beguile him, they embarked three thousand Italian foot in thirty Galleys under the conduct of the General of Naples, giving it forth that they were to go before to Corfou, there to expect the remainder of the fleet.  
In these delays did they waste time, and half june was spent without any exploit upon the enemy, or any certain hope or resolution what to do: his Holiness so licitations being therein of no more force than that of the Venetians: for the Pope having often by letters, and lately by his express messenger the Bishop of Odiscalca hastened Don john: he went about to satisfy him with good words, & fair promises, so far, as the navy was blest by his Holiness Nuncio, processions 
The true cause of Don john's delay.  and prayers appointed to be made, and a day prefixed taken for their departure.  
In the end, D. john knowing no more how to excuse his delay, being on every side solicited to depart, the Marquis of Santa Cruz, arriving with the Galleys of Naples, and Don ivan de Cardona with those of Sicill, his own Admiral Galley being likewise ready, was constrained to discover the truth of the mattetr, which was, that he had received express commandment from Spain, not ●…o carry the fleet into the Levant, by reason of the King's doubt of the Fren●…h, which had restrained his commission and forces in a place from whence he might easily depart (if need should be) to defend the territories of the Spanish King.  
Souranza understanding the true cause of D. john's delay, and perceiving his own earnest soliciting to be in vain thought it fit before his departure, at leastwise to try if for the honour of the league he would lend him part of his navy, which being joined to the Venetians at Corfou, might preserve the glory and reputation which it had formerly won: yet because he would not be seen in it himself, he caused Collonna to demand it, whereupon the Council being often assembled, they at last resolved to lend him 22. Galleys and 5000. foot: but because many of them were to be drawn from the Garrisons of Calabria; their departure was yet longer delayed. G●…lles Andrada Knight of Malta had command of the Galleys as General to the King, and Vincento Tuttavila Count of Sarna comman●…ded 
D. John leadett the Venetians 22. Galleys.  the soldiers.  
With these Galleys and those of the Church, 13. in number, eleven of the Duke of Florence, and two of Michaele Bonello brother to Cardinal Alexandrine, the Providator Souranza returned to Corfou, and by the way Marc-Antonio Collonna, displayed the ensign of the league, and held the place of General.  
The Intention of the Spaniards published, it was every where reported that the whole force of the league would not for that year make any expedition into the Levant: and yet the Spanish Ambassador at Rome had intelligence that notwithstanding the affairs of Flanders a journey might be made into the east, and therefore that his King's Galleys should direct their course to Africa, and likewise to relieve Sicily- Muleassen King of Tunis his pursuit with D. john to excite him to this enterprise, was caufe that all men believed this report: and yet men's discourses were different for though the war of Flanders was not new, the accidents were so, which enforced the Catholic King to have a care of the preservation of those countries where the enemy's forces and disorders were very much augmented For Count Nassau having at the beginning of the year taken Mons in Henault, and not long after the City of Valenciennes, his whole forces consisting of foreign soldiers and for the most part French, this bred great distrust and iealouzie betwixt the two mighty Kings of France and Spain, so as the Duke of Alva, than Governor of the Lowcontries', did speedily advertise his master thereof, the like did he to the Pope and Venetians, amplifiing the matter more than needed, wherewith Cardinal Granuell and the Spanish Ambassador that were at Rome, wrote speedily to D john, willing him not to depart from Messina, all Spain being in alarm, which did likewise put some jealous distrust in the French, lest the Spaniards with their navy should invade Provence, whereupon they began to fortify Marseilles, and other important places, placing in them strong Garrisons.  
Upon a rumour spread abroad that the Duke of Alva should publicly say, that he accounted war to be open betwixt Spain and France, the most Christian King was moved thereat, & made many complaints by his Ambassadors not only at Rome and Venice, but in Spain also, being partly grieved that his chief officers did affirm so important a matter; the which as himself detested, he supposed others would do the like: in part likewise going about to justify his own actions, from which it seemed that the Duke of Alva's suspicion proceeded, causing him to use such speech.  
The Christian King affirmed, that those French which had followed the Count Nassau at the taking of Valenciennes, were indeed his subjects, but all of them of the Protestant faction, and by consequent disobedient rebels to the Crown of France: that he had ever been greatly grieved for the troubles in Flanders, as one that in his own kingdom had too much experience of subjects rebellion, and whose part it was to root out, and not by such examples to cherish the boldness of vass●…ls against their Prince; being as desirous of the wealth of Christendom as any other living, although his own particular troubles would not at that time permit him to show it in effect: and seeing with his own forces he could not assist them, his meaning was not to hinder the good intent of others: that he had some armed vessels ready, not to assail or offend any one, but only for the safety of his own seas infested by Pirates: the number of his vessels being insufficient for any great action.  
These or such like discourses did the French Kings Ambassadors by their masters 
The French King ●…orhideth his subi●…cts to go into Flan●…ers.  commandment use in Spain, Rome, and Venice: and to give the greater credit unto them, they were by Edict every where published, with a prohibition to all French men, on grievous penalties, not to pass with their arms into Flanders: and not satisfied here-with, his most Christian Majesty, seemed at the same time to incline to the league, whereupon, the Cardinal Lorraine, by his commandment, did often confer with the Venetian Ambassador, resident in his Court concerning that business, whom he went about to persuade, that the French King was wholly bend to procure the peace of Christendom, with a singular affection toward the Crown of Spain.  
All this notwithstanding, the Spaniards were no better satisfied then before, saying, That the French did but this to colour their practices, and to open themselves a way to assail the Catholic Kings territories in sundry places: That 
R●…asont alleged by the Protestants to moou●… the French King to war.  they had certain notice, how that the King of Navarre, and the Admiral Coligni, did openly urge the most Christian King to undertake that war, whom he must needs please, in regard of his own particularinterest, the chief Lords and Princes of his Court, maintaining that France would never be at quiet, unless the King did resolve upon some foreign enterprise, wherein to employ both Catholics and Protestants, and among others, that of Flanders seemed the easiest for many respects: That he might make that war with some colour, by reason of the claim of the Crown of France to those Countries: in which war 
The Spaniards are jealous of the French men's actions.  without all question the Queen of England would willingly have a share, in regard of her distaste of the Catholic King: That the marshal ot Montmorency went into England to none other end, then to conclude the League with the English, and that both of them together being freed from other troubles, might the easilier invade the Netherlands: Besides, that the French Kings league with the Turk, made them to suspect, that he went about to procure the Turks Army to invade the Catholic King, as they had done in former times, especially seeing it was reported that the Turk had given the city of Tunis to the French King, and promised with his forces to defend it against the Spaniards.  
The Pope being greatly moved at these delays, as well for the common interest of Christendom, as his own reputation, which he accounted to be much blemished, in that he at his first coming to the Papacy having freely confirmed the league, the Navy should now become idle and unprofitable, or else be employed to any other end, which the King of Spain could not do, it being set forth at the Clergies cost, by permission and authority of the Sea Apostolic, only against the Turks. This caused his Holiness to send new messengers to D. john, to command him speedily to depart and join with the Venetians fleet: and on the other, he counseled the Venetians to dispatch speedy Ambassadors to the French and Spanish courts, to root out all suspicious doubts, and distrusts betwixt those Kings, and particularly to incite the Catholic Majesty, to send away his fleet without any more delay, according to the articles of the league.  
His Holiness sent his Nuncios for that purpose, Antonio Maria Salviati Bishop of Saint Peposito the French King, and Nicolo Ormaneti Bishop of Padua to the King of Spain. The Emperor likewise used means to atone these two Kings, being moved thereunto by sundry particular respects of his own: but the Venetians more than any showed themselves earnest and ready in this business as well in regard of their own interest, as for that they were loath to give the Pope any cause to suspect, that by not stirring in so important a design, their minds were turned to peace, and thereby to distaste him of the league.  
They then according to his commandment chose two Ambassadors, namely, 
Ambassador's 〈◊〉 from Venice, to France and Spain.  Giovan Micaele for France, and Antonio Tepulo for Spain, who made haste to those Courts. Michaele being come into France did briefly acquaint the King with the Senate's desire to see a firm and assured peace established betwixt Christian Princes, that being afterwards united, they might turn their forces upon the common enemy: he told him that the Venetians were much discontented with the rebellions of Flanders, and with the iealozies which thereupon arose betwixt his Majesty and the Catholic King, which if they should have lasted, could not but have procured great hurt to Christendom: but by how much the matter was great and important of itself, by so much the less could the Senate be induced 
The Venetian Ambassadors discourse to the French Kin●…  to believe it, being well acquainted with his majesties discreet love and affection to the common good: And because the persuasions of those, who are enemies to peace, and who for their own particular interest, are wont to divert Princes from their good and honourable designs, the Senate would not be wanting (therein following the custom of their ancestors) to employ in that business, the favour which it particularly presumed to have with his Majesty, to exhort him to stop his ears to such inducements, and if peradventure he had already entertained them, that it might please him in the behalf of Christendom, and for his particular love to their Commonwealth to cassier them, to the end that the Catholic King freed from that doubt, might freely hearken to the enterprises of the Levant, and observe the Articles of the league.  
The King gave a willing ear to this discourse, saying that the Senate was in no 
The French Kings answer to the Venetian Ambassador.  sort deceived of his exceeding love towards their Commonweal, and least of all, in beleening that he was desirous of the wealth and advancement of Christendom: that the troubles of Flanders had never pleased him, that he had used all possible means, to keep his subjects from being adherents or supporters of those Rebels: but that the condition of those times, and the present wretched estate of his Kingdom would not permit him to tame the insolency of some that loved innovation; who were not to be wondered at, if after they had raised troubles in his own Realm, went about to do the like in his neighbour's Dominions: that it had never been by his consent; for that would have hurt the Catholic King, and done no good to France, but on the contrary, would have procured new troubles which might easily incite the Catholic King to an agreement with the Flemings, and afterwards to make war upon him in Daulphiné, or in the Kingdom of Navarre, by which means, in seeking to carry the war into a foreign country, he might be enforced to bring it into his own, at such a time when the forces of his Realm were wasted and divided by long civil wars. The Queen mother being present at this discourse, who at that time had great authority in managing 
The mother Queen of France write●… to the Pope.  the affairs of the Kingdom, desirous to preserve peace, would needs with her own hand write to his Holiness to assure him of her willingness in all things to follow his advise and council▪ and that if her son the King had raised forces, it was not done with an intent to hurt any but only to serve and defend himself from the Spaniards who were reported upon no just cause to have taken arms.  
The Catholic King on the other side, before Tepulo his arrival at his Court, resolved to write to Don john, That all other respects laid aside, he should make haste with his Galleys to join with the Venetians and with them to sail into the Levant, being hereunto moved by intelligence of the French Kings affection towards him, or else, for that he did not much fear his power, having recovered Valenciennes, or because he would not so much honour the French, as to have it said, that for fear of them he had given over so important an enterprise, as that 
The Catholic King●…s resolution before the Ambassadors arrival.  against the Turks, or (that which is most like to be true) because, as became a wise and virtuous Prince, he would in no sort omit that whereunto he was obliged by the league: but whatsoever it were that caused this resolution it is certain that it proceeded from his own proper motion, and that he did write so to Don john, before he acquainted his council therewith, fearing lest they should propound some difficulties, which might have diverted him from it as in former times.  
Antonio Tepulo in the mean time being come into Spain and advertised of 
Tepulo his suit to the King of Spain.  the King's determination, did not speak any thing of the French iealozies or uniting of the Navies, but only entreated the King to permit D. john, in regard the time of year was almost past for sea-affaires to winter in the Levant, moved thereunto by sundry reasons which much imported the Venetian Commonwealth. The King nevertheless alleging many reasons to the contrary, would not grant his request, either of his own proper motion as being unwilling to hazard too much on fortune, or else being so advised by such as were not greatly affected to the league. Now, whilst the confederate fleet went slowly forward, the great and mighty Turkish navy scoured the sea. For Vluzzali being made General thereof, besides the galleys which he had received of Carazzati, had with great speed rig'd and man'd an hundred others, with all which, departing in great pomp and magnificence from Constantinople, he had already past the Straight of Gallipolis and came forward intending to waste and spoil the Isle of Candy, and other places belonging to the Venetians, according as he should have intelligence of the progression of the Christian fleet: certain news being at that time brought to Venice of the stay and delays of the Spanish fleet, which did much discontent them, and made them wonder that the Spaniards, who at first had been so desirous of the league, should after such a fortunate and unhoped for success (fearing some uncertain and remote dangers) wholly deprive themselves of the present and assured beauty thereof. The Senate not being able to discover whereunto those delays tended, thinking it vain to expect their assistance any longer, determined to 
The senates resolution when they perceived the Spanish delays:  write to General. Foscaren that without any longer expectation of the convention of the fleets, so soon as the Providator Souranza should return to Corfoù, he should put to sea, to encourage their subjects, and assure their own territories, & proceeding warily, to embrace such occasions as God should offer him, for the honour and profit of the Commonwealth. Foscarin receiving this commandment & tired with his idle abode there, so soon as the Providator Souranza & Colonna came to Corfou, propounded the departure of the navy into the Levant, whereunto all 
Colonna his ●…duice.  men consenting, they began to consult about their journey. But Antonio Colonna did freely and with great affection utter his good meaning towards the affairs of the league, and in particular to the profit & advancement of the Venetian Commonwealth, much bewailing the time lost and the diminution of their forces: nevertheless he willed them to hope well, assuring them that the Spanish King's intention was honourable, and the Pope very earnest in soliciting him, and that Don john with the residue of the fleet would shortly meet them: yet though the Pope's subject, and servant to the King of Spain, he was resolved to spend his life in that enterprise, it importing the Venetians particular service, whom he knew were more interessed in that war then any other.  
General Foscarani replied, that the State was well acquainted with the Pope 
General Foscarini his answer to Colonna.  and Catholic Kings love, and they of the State's affection and inclination to the league, as the proceeding herein testified: but Colonnas' virtue, zeal to the common good of Christendom, and particular affection to the Venetian Commonwealth, was not only manifested to themselves, but to the whole world, by so many noble services in advancement of the league: yet himself could not choose but lament, that so many fair occasions presented, they had not embraced them as they deserved. But since it was fruitless to call back time past, and they not able to remove the impediments detaining D. john in Sicily, the only remedy hereof is to redeem delays past with present expedition, and to set forward against the enemy inferior to themselves both in number and valour. And seeing it hath pleased the divine providence (conducting humane actions in byways to us unknown) that the confederate fleeet should be thus disjoined, let us see if we can set upon them divided, which they would shun if we were united: If we can enforce them to retire, it will be much to us to have in this sort maintained the reputation of the league and confirmed our own estates without the Spanish aid. Colonna approved the opinion of Foscarin, confirming 
Colonna's opinion concerning the setting forward towards the ●…mies. G●…l. Andrada his opinion.  it by many arguments: notwithstanding he advised him to conduct the Galies and Galeots altogether, the Ponents then serving them fitly for their course.  
Gil Andrada stood neutral betwixt these opinions, only saying they ought to proceed circumspectly, and not without necessity or advantage hazard so important an attempt, adding that further intelligence was requisite, by which they were to direct their proceeding but highly commended the council of Colonna for carrying all their force united and well furnished, not exposing themselves to casualty, concluding that their opinions should sway his.  
Thus resolving to leave Corfou, the fleet consisted of six score and six Galies, six Galliass and twenty ships, and in every Galley an hundred and twenty Soldiers; it was divided into three battles; in the main lay the three Generals with five and forty Galleys: the rest were equally distributed into two wings, the Providator Souranza conducting the right, and Canalis the left, reserving place in the vanguard for the Galleys of Candy hourly expected, each squadron towed two Galleasses, and part of the shipping, so disposed, that when need required they might aff●…ont the Galleys, yet not to fight without those vessels. The 
Don john certifies the Venetians that be will shortly be with them.  fleet being ready to depart, a Frigate from Palermo came to the Venetian General, sent by Placido Ragazz●…n, certifying him that a Galley from Spain was come to D. john at Messina, bringing commandatory letters from the King that he should without any more delay join his whole fleet with that of the Venetians: This was afterwards confirmed by D. john's own letters, written to Marc-Antony Collonna. Although these news were pleasing to every man, yet did they 
The fleet departeth notwithstanding.  not hinder the resolved departure of the fleet: For upon the 28. of july the three Generals left the Gamonisses, where they had tarried for the Providator Canalis who was gone to Ottranto with sixteen Galleys, to take in three thousand foot, under the command of Colonel Horatio Aquanina, son to the Duke of Atria: which at their arrival were distributed among the fleet. Before their departure from the Gamonisses, Giovan Mocenig●… with his Galley was despatched to Candy to acquaint them with the coming of the Christian fleet, and to make discovery of the enemies, of whom no news could be heard. The fleet then under sail, the Providator Quirini returning from Candy with 30. Galleys, came to it at the entrance of the Channel Viscarda, from whence with a fair wind (though the towing of the greater vessels did hinder the way) they held on their course to Zant, where having no news of the enemies, and enforced to spend two days there, in raking in fresh water, they sent forth 3 other Galleys to discover. vidz. those of Angelo 〈◊〉, Philipo Leone, Venetians, and that of Romegas a knight of Malta.  
Vluzzali at that time an●…ored under the Castle of Maluesia with 200▪ Galleys, and many other lesser Vessels, having intelligence that the Christian fleet ●…ought him, which disunited he thought durst not have departed from Corfou, & therefore had sent certain Galleys towards the Promontory of Mal●…a, whom he 〈◊〉 called back, & stayed in this place to receive more certain news of the enemies.  
And being truly advertised that it made towards him, and that already it was come as far as Cerigo in number of small vessels it was inferior to his, but superior in greater, he determined to put to sea and encounter them. And calling unto him the chief Commanders of his fleet, he encouraged them to battle, telling them how fair an occasion was offered to purchase immortal glory and credit with their great Lord by breaking the Christian small fleet, which was so audacious to come and seek them, thinking thereby to avoid the spoil of Candy: that his meaning was to leave the haven, to order his navy, and to fight with the daring Christians: this said, he confirmed his words with show of performance, and presently prepared all necessaries for the fight, directing his course towards the Cape of Malea. In the mean time the two Galleys of Suriana and Romegas returned to the fleet at Cerigo, bringing certain news that Vluzzali lay in the haven of Maluesia with 200, sail: Heereuppon, the three Generals considering that it would redound to their dishonour not to fight with the enemies being so near, determined with one consent to sail to the Cape of Malea, and to offer the enemy's battle. According to this resolution the whole fleet went to the head of Cerigo called Dragoniera, 〈◊〉 the nearest place to the Cape of Malea, from whence they might view the enemy's countenance, and entertain any offered occasion. There early in a morning on the seventh of August the watch discovered 
The Christians descry the Turkish fleet.  the Turkish navy, sailing towards the Channel of Cerigo, which being but ten miles from our fleet they verily supposed that it was coming directly to us ward to fight: the three Generals commanded the ensigns to be displayed, trumpets sounded and disposed all things in readiness for the fight: the fleet being thus arranged left the Dragonieras, and made towards the Cape of Malea, to be in a more commodious place to offer battle to the enemies, who at first made show to accept it, but when the Turks came nearer they altered their course and went to the Har●…es Island which is a rock near to the Promontory from whence they came I know not whether they did it for fear or else because Vluzzali had no, commission nor intent to fight, but only made a show thereof to maintain his own reputation: Some thought that Vluzzali like a skilful Seaman made that retreat to get a westerly wind, which at that time of year is wont to blow in those quarters, that he might afterwards by the advantage thereof invest our navy: which being prevented by the Christian Captains, and a southeast wind arising Vluzzali was enforced to alter his determination, and being come to the point of the Isse of Cerigo towards the west, he thwarted the Channel which lies betwixt the Heart's Island, and that of Cerigo, and shut in that large space of Sea of ten miles, and turning his prows, towards the Christian fleet, he divided his navy into three great squadrons, consisting of equal number of vessels, and there attended them. Both fleets were resolved, the one not to fight without the Galleasses, and the other not to come near those hot vessels, who the year before had done them such mischief. This stay of the enemies did profit our men, who thereby had time to order the fleet in better form; and within ●… while after, the wind proving favourable to them, they set forward and came so near to one another, that the shot flew from both sides: but our men being sca●…ted of wind, could not come forewards without dividing the great 〈◊〉 from the less. The Turkish fleet consisted of 200, sail among which were 160▪ 
The number of the Christian and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  well armed Galleys, the rest were lesser vessels 〈◊〉 among them. That of the Christians exceeded not the number of 127. light Galleys, but they had six Galleasses, and 22. ships of war excellently armed. Both these fleets for many respects were thought to be in a manner equal, Vluzzali meaning nothing less than to fight, yet fearing by open flight to dishonour his great master, and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 increase the Christian glory▪ like a polli●…que captain, made show of that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, for seeming 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 he did 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 and still keeping the prows of his Galleys upon them by little and little he gave back; and by the approach of night, and by a warlike stratagem which he used 
Ul●…zzalies policy.  (for he sent one Galley bearing a lantern a contrary way, to make them think that he followed with the rest) he escaped at his pleasure. About the same 
The death of Sigismond King of Poland.  time Sigismond King of Poland died without issue male, whereupon Charles the French King desirous to procure that Crown for his brother the Duke of Anio●…, sent his Ambassadors thither. But to return to the enemies. They were descried the next morning sailing towards the arm of Meina. Our men having kept at Sea all night sailed to Cerigo, enforced to take in fresh water, and to refresh their tired rowers, where continuing all that day and a pecce of the next, spies 
The Christians fl●…et des●…rieth that of the Turks.  brought word that they had discovered the enemies not far from thence, whereupon they speedily embarked their soldiers and went to meet them: but their labour being fruitless, they lay all night at Sea in order of battle, and the next day which was the tenth of August by day break they descried them at the Cape of Matapan, lying with the poops of their Galleys to land-ward. Vluzzali perceiving that the Christians had discovered him, shot off certain warning pieces to call his men aboard, and ordered all things for battle. The Christians approaching the Turks came forth of the Haven with their fleet divided into three battles, whereof the least wing was a great way extended to the Sea, the right wing kept near to the main, wherein was Vluzzali himself, coming on fair and softly, sometime purposely steering his course to draw the Christian Gall●…es from the Galleasses and ships. The Turk fearing nothing more than the Galleasses, commanded both his wings to fetch a great compass about, the one towards the right, and the other towards the left, aloof from the Galleasses and ships, which being prevented by the Christians, by turning their wings likewise in manner of a Crescent, their main battle fronted that of the Turks. The wings of the Turks fleet being thus divided from their battle seemed very advantageous for the Christians: which General Foscarini (ready to lay hold on any fair occasion) perceiving, requested Collonna and Andrada, that not tarrying for the ships and Galleasses, they would with him upon the sudden assail the enemy's battle, deprived of the wings, hoping to break it ere they could arrive to rescue it, and with courageous speeches entreated them to follow his council. The generals encouragement and advice was joyfully received by all the hearers, but Collonna and Andrada said, that it was dangerous so to do, for fear of drawing the enemies three battles upon them at once, being not able to resist them without the help of the Galleasses and ships, and that therefore without those vessels they would by no means hazard the fortune of the battle. The wings of the Christians in turning about to confront those of the enemy, were somewhat disordered, which the Turks perceiving went about with certain Galleys to cirumvent the stragglers, which Souranza noting, went against them with four Galleys, and made a fierce fight, in the midst whereof, fearing to be enclosed with forty of their Galleys making towards him, he was presently relieved by 20. Galleys and two of the Galleasses, whose murdering shot made such havoc among them, as in a small time 18. of their Galleys were rend and torn, 
The Turks retire from the Christian fleet.  whereat the Turks being amazed returned as though they had rather fled then retreated. One of Souranzaes' Galleys was shot through in this fight, himself returning again to his Squadron. The Christians had determined not to join battle without their Galleasses and tall ships, which Vluzzali well understood, as well by the fugitives and his own spies, as by their manner of sailing. And he himself though he were willing to fight, yet the better to frustrate the Christians designs, who drew with them their Galleasses and other greater vessels; he sent his vessels of burden to Maluesia, whereby he freed himself of a great burden, and made himself apt to take or leave fight at his own pleasure The day growing to an end, Vluzzali perceiving that he had done enough for that time, both for the allaying of the Christian heat, and encouragement of his own soldiers, in seemly order as one not afraid, sailed with his whole fleet together to Corona. And the Christians retired to Cerigo.  
The end of the first Book of the seventh Decade.   

The Contents of the second Book of the seventh Decad.  
VLUZZALI determineth to assaill Don john ere he should come to the fleet. Difficulties made by those of the Christian Navy to meet with Don john to free him from that encounter. Don john with the Spanish forces comes to Corfoù. The resolution of the Confederate Captains. Vluzzali resolves not to fight with the Confederates. Those of the league resolve to assaill the town and Castle of Modon. The Confederate fleet stays in the Haven of Navarin. Navarin is besieged. The Confederates raise their camp from before Navarin, and determine to return into the West. Vluzzali after the retreat of the Christian fleet returneth to Constantinople. Don john returns to Naples, and Collonna goeth into Spain. The Venetians complain to te Pope of the mean proceeding of the Spanish fleet. The State of Dalmatia during the war. A fort builded by the Turks at Catharr a is razed by the Venetians. Conference of peace with the Venetian Bailie at Constantinople. Peace or war is propounded in the council of Ten. The Princes of Christendom having intelligence of the Venetians practices of peace with the Turk go about by their offers to interrupt it. Of what efficacy the oration of Prince Mocenigo was concerning that subject. The causes moving the Senate to condescend to peace. Peace is made betwixt the Venetians and Turks. And lastly the Articles thereof.  
 
The second Book of the seventh Decade of the History of Venice.  
WHILST the Christian fleet remained at Cerigo, it had intelligence 
Vluzzali determineth to assai●…ls D. john.  that Vluzzali had taken one of our F●…egats which had acquainted him how that Don john was coming to the fleet, whereupon he prepared to meet him. Colonna and Gly Andrada being moved at these news, propounded, that all other matters being laid aside, they were to depart thence with 
●… proposition made 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wit●… & secur●… D. john.  the greatest number of Galleys to meet with Don john and free him from that danger. This council was rejected by the Venetian Captains, saying, that to eschew an uncertain danger, they exposed the fleet, and all the force of the confederates to a manifest peril; seeing that the great vessels could not sail from Cerigo by reason of a contrary wind, nor yet remain there in safety, the Galleys being reduced to a smalller number with sundry other allegations, which were not allowed by Colonna nor Andrada: for they thought that they might safely carry away an hundred Galleys with them to Zant, and at one time secure Don john's arrival, and yet send the great vessels to Candy which was an easy matter to be done, they saying that this was the best adui●…e for the easy convention of the confederate fleet.  
Whilst this important business was unresolved, a Fregat opportunely arrived from Don john advertising them that he could not depart from Messina till the first of August. Though this news did clear the former difficulties among the Captains, yet did it not wipe out discontent from their minds: for they likewise understood, that Don john had no meaning when he should arrive to go 
Difficultie●… arising about the meeting of Don john.  far with his Galleys, but by letters expressly commanded the Admirall●…, to come and meet him; which by reason of contrary winds especially, they being to carry along with them so many great vessels, could not be done without much loss of time, danger and distaste to those Islanders subject to the Venetians, forsaking them at such a time when the enemy was so strong at Sea and at their doors. Notwithstanding, they generally resolved to obey Don john's command: but it being an impossibility to carry the great vessels with them, they determined first to leave them safely in Candy, and from thence to direct their course to Zant. Nevertheless this resolution was not afterwards affected, by reason of new intelligence of the enemy's fleet, which was descried not far from the Cape of Malea, which verily persuaded them that they were going to intercept D. john, whereupon the Christian fleet dislodged, and went to the arm of Meina from whence Vluzzali was newly departed. From thence being favoured with a fair Southeast wind, within three days they arrived at Zant, where contrary to their hope not 〈◊〉 with Don john but receiving a new commandment to come to him to Cephalonia, they were enforced to leave the great vessels there, though in great danger to be taken by the enemies, who upon the least inkling thereof would not have failed to return to seize on them: which being likely to happen, some of the chief of the Spanish fleet were of opinion, that seeing it was an hard matter 
Quirini sale conducts the great vessels to the fleet.  to secure them, to send back to have them burnt; But General Foscarin detesting this council, sent the Providator Quirini thither with five and twenty Gailies to saf●…-conduct them to the fleet.  
From Cephalonia they went to Corfoù, whither Don john was come on the ninth of August with fifty five Galleys, thirty three ships, and fifteen thousand footmen, who though at first he could hardly dissemble his discontent, for that they had not waited his coming, but had like to have enforced him for want of sufficient forces to have gone alone into the levant, and to remain idle at Corfoù, to the derogation (as he said) of his reputation and greatness, was nevertheless at last content to forget what was past, and seemed very careful and desirous to enterprise any honourable or important action, for the profit and service of the league, much amplifiing it in words, because it was publicly reported thorough the army, thnt he came but only for a show, and not with intent or commission to exploit any thing, and that he had ever used delays and excuses, eschewing all occasions of assailing the enemy, or of employing himself in any certain enterprise; which suspicions did daily more and more increase, all men perceiving, after so many delays, that he referred all resolutions to the arrival of the Duke of Sessa and his Galleys from Spain. But the Venetians told him that their forces 
The number of the confederate fleet.  there, were more than sufficient, for, united, they amounted to the number of a hundred ninety four Galleys, eight Galleasses, besides forty five ships, to weet thirty Spanish and fifteen Venetians. All these Vessels before their departure from the Gomenisses were drawn into form of battle: The three Generals 
The order of the Confederates fleet.  lay in the main with 62. Galleys; the Marquis Santa Cruz conducted the right wing, and the Providator Souranza the left, and in each wing were fifty two Galleys: Petro justiniano General of Malta commanded the vanguard with six Galleasses, ivan de Cardona and Nicolo Donato led the rearward with twenty two Galleys: Don Rodrigo de Mendoca, and Adriano Bragadino had charge of the ships, determining nevertheless to carry them to Zant, and there to leave them, intending to use some of them for the transportation of victual and munition. In this order the fleet departed from Paxu on the eleventh of September, uncertain as yet what course to hold, unlese it were to set forwards to encounter with the enemy, who, by their Galleys sent to discover, were reported to li●… at Modon and Navarine, divided and in great want of all necessaries, especially of men, most of whom were dead, and gone away, whereupon they remained safely there till the arrival of new supplies.  
These news did greatly rejoice the whole fleet: thinking that a fit occasion was offered to overthrow the enemies, presuming that the Turks having intelligence of the convention of the Confederate fleet, much superior to theirs in strength, would according to their custom return to Constantinople to winter in the straight, having gotten honour by twice confronting the Christian Navy, and making show to fight. Some of Don john's Councillors did afterwards make use of these reasons to impair the credit of their former intelligence, confirmed by many evident signs: where upon by giving too great authority to those 
The Confederates error.  men, their departure was delayed, to the great prejudice of the enterprise, and yet every man confessed, that the only hope of happiness consisted in the speedy execution thereof, not giving the enemies any time to fly or unite themselves because a sudden and unlooked for assault would more terrify and disorder them.  
The Captains then presently determined to set forward, and sailing on their course undescryed from Zant, to fall suddenly on the Isle Sapienza, seated betwixt Navarin and Modon, to shut up the enemy's passage, and keep them from helping one another. But the execution of this design was so long delayed, and the fleet went so slowly for ward, as when by day break it should have been at Sapienza it was 〈◊〉 come to Prodava, where being descried by those of the Castle of Navarin, the Turks that were their had time to 
The enemy's 〈◊〉 to Modon.  retire in safety to Modon, passing along in the view of our Navy, which seeing them come forth, and doubting that Vluzzali would offer them battle, ordered all their squadrons, and after some small stay, our vanguard set forward, and coming near to the enemies, discharged their ordnance upon them, to draw them to fight: but the Turks having no such intent, and finding no advantage, retired under the protection of the Castle of Modon. After the enemy's retreat there arose great 〈◊〉 and difficulties among the Captains concerning, their proceeding, thinking it a dangerous and impossible matter to enter into the Channel of Modon to fight with the enemy's fleet, the entrance whereof, narrow of itself, 
Ul●…zzali in●… not to fight.  was flanqued with great store of ordnance, where upon the General knowing that the enemy could not be enforced to fight, determined to retire to Sapienza and to enter the Haven, the two wings being gone afore. Vluzzali perceiving the Confederates retreat, came forth with fifty Galleys to assail our Vanguard which laged behind; but so soon as Don john espied him, giving signal to the fight he 〈◊〉 his prows towards the enemies: Vluzzali who came not forth to fight, perceiving our battles ranged, on a sudden returned from whence he came doing it very adui●…edly, as well because night approached, as by reason of a great fog that arose, which enforced our men to keep aloof to sea ward, the shores on both sides belonging to the enemy.  
The next morrow the sea being calm, the Confederate fleet went to the Gulf of Coron to take in water at the mouth of the river Pamisus, some four miles from Coron, and to convoy those that went for water (it being in the enemy's country,) they landed certain footmen, conducted by Francisco Andriana camp Master, to intercept whom, and for the guard of Coron Vluzzali had sent thither a thousand five hundred janisars, and two hundred horse, with whom they often 〈◊〉, among whom the valour and prowess of Charles of Lorraine 
Charles of Lorraine Duke of Mayen in the 〈◊〉 fleet.  Duke of Mayenne, did show itself, who at that time accompanied with divers French Gentlemen was in the army as a Voluntary.  
Our men having warred returned to the Galleys, and before their departure bestowed certain cannon shot upon the fort of Coron, and sailing near to the Isle of Cuprare passed along in the enemy's view, divided into three battaillons one after another, because the place was very narrow, and came again to the Southeast side of Sapienza, coming to an anko●… right over against Modon. But all men perceiving that to tarry long in that place, hoping to draw the enemies forth to fight, was but lost time, and very dangerous, the Venetian General made a proposition to land ten thousand foot, to seize on the hill at the point of the Channel, from whence it was most likely to annoy the enemy for that the place was weakly guarded, which would not be defended by Vluzzali; who would not unman his Galleys for fear of greater danger, the enemy being so near him.  
The Spaniards rejected this proposition, saying, that they ought not to weaken the fleet by unshipping such multitudes, especially the enemy b'ing so near, whereupon Foscare●… perceiving all his propositions to be crossed, and considering that ere long the fleet would be dissolved without any notable exploit, resolved, that in a matter of so great consequence, where hope of good success was greater than the danger, to hazard the entering of the Channel of Modon, and thereto assail the enemies: this being by him likewise propounded, he offered to expose himself foremost to the danger, and to lead the way to others: though at first all men allowed this and some strove to have the honour of the first charge, yet it took none effect so as the fleet without doing aught at all departed thence and went into the 〈◊〉 and spacious Haven of Navarin, free from the danger of the Castle shot, seated on an high place far from thence: our men lying there, the enemy's fleet was as it were besieged beneath Modon, so as it could not return to Constantinople, but endured much scarcity, and was in danger of shipwreck, and that which was worse, it could not come forth but our men might at their pleasure 
〈◊〉 of the Turkish fleet.  fight with it.  
The Turks in the mean time sent divers arquebusiers that knew the ways, who coming up by the mountains near to Navarin, attempted to annoy and hinder our men from taking in water. Heereuppon we landed five thousand foot under the command of Paul jordano Vrsino, who repulsing the enemies secured the Country, whereby matters were brought to such a pass, as there was no doubt made but that the Victory would ere long fall to the Confederates: This was rumoured over Christendom, and all men rejoiced thereat, not as a thing hoped for, but already effected. In the end, the enterprise upon Navarin was propounded: but considering afterwards that if it should succeed prosperously, it would not greatly profit the common cause, they turned to that of Modon, on whose conquest depended their chief hope; because that the enemies fleet being driven from thence could not avoid fight: therefore they determined to assail the Town & Castle of Modon, assaulting it at one time by land and sea, and to the end that the soldiers which lay in the ships might be employed in that enterprise, Giovan Moceniga was presently sent unto Zant to fetch them to the fleet.  
In the mean time joseffo Bonello the Florentine made an engine, by joining four Galleys together, on which were planted ten Cannons, fortified with Parapets, wherewith to approach and batter the Castle of Modon, and at the same time to secure the passage of the other Galleys, which being by this engine defended 
A vain and unprofitable engine  from the enemy's ordnance, might enter the Channel and come to the assault. But so soon as it was finished, they perceived many defaults in it, which made it unserviceable: for first, they could not guide it on the water, next, thewaight of the burden and ordnance was likely to sink it, neither could they make it ankorable by reason of the Seas great depth: but the greatest difficulty was to bring it to the place appointed, whether it was to be towed by the Gall lies, which being not able to make way, were exposed to the mercy of the enemy's ordnance, planted at the mouth of the Channel, which would easily have sunk them: so that despairing of the serviceableness thereof, and having intelligence that the Beglarbey of Grecia was coming thither with a thousand horse to frustrate their design, they gave over the work.  
That which most tormented the Venetians, and frustrated their hope, was a rumour spread through the fleet that the Spaniards victuals would not long hold out, who said, that in regard thereof, it behoved them to provide for their departure and being desirous to leave some token of victory behind them, which might encourage the inhabitants of Morea, and put them in hope of better success, they determined to besiege Navarin, so often before propounded, and still rejected, in regard of the small reward of the conquest.  
The Castle of Navarin in old time called Pila, is seated on a mountain top, 
The situation of the Castle of Navarine.  which extending towards the Southeast, makes the Haven like to a semicircle, and is stronger by situation, than art: This, the Turks carefully guarded, for the commodiousness of the haven, lying in the very hart of Morea. There are two ways leading to the Castle, that on the left hand, is not far from the Sea, the other behind it towards the firm land, lies by a lake not far from thence, and is very narrow and hidden.  
The Prince of Parma had charge of this enterprise, who landing two thousand Spanish and Italian foot and ten pieces of battery, took the open, and plain way to cut off supplies from the enemies: but he either neglected or knew not the other narrow secret way: ivan di 〈◊〉, and Morett●… the Calabrois went afterwards to make good the passage: but they were on a sudden assailed by great number of enemies, and with great difficulty came off.  
By this means above two thousand Turks came to relieve the Castle, who being masters of that narrow passage, did at their pleasures, not only put in 
The Turks coming to relieve t●…e castle do much annoy the Christians.  what supplies they thought good, but had leisure to seize on certain high places, commanding the ways, from whence with their small shot they still annoyed our men, busied in planting the Ordnance, lying open also at the same time to the Castles shot, so that in three days they could hardly plant two Canons, and the danger more and more increased, the soldiers wanting rampires to defend themselves; and the enemy's numbers still augmented, with whom to their own great disadvantage they were daily enforced to skirmish. This did greatly trouble the confederate Generals, who knew, that to quit the enterprise, would blemish their reputation, and to continue the siege, would not much avail them; but their greatest difficulty was want of bread, which Don john and his faction daily amplifying, said, That of necessity they were to depart.  
And yet it seemed strange and incredible to most men, that the Spanish Navy coming lately from Sicily with so many ships, which is the Magazine or Granary of Italy, should in so short time want bread: or if it were true, that scarcity might easily have been supplied, by sending to Tarento for certain vessels laden with Biscuit, which the Spaniards themselves reported they had left there.  
The Venetian General, that he might cut of all occasion of the Spaniards departure, offered Don john part of his own Store, earnestly entreating him to accept his offer, telling him that the rest of his Navy might be easily supplied by those vessels before mentioned. It is not certainly known why the Spaniard refused this courtesy, who stopped their ears against all reasonable persuasions which might delay their departure: which they only intending, discamped from before Navarin, leaving a safe and open way for Vluzzali to conduct his fleet to Constantinople, and the Honour to be accounted a skilful and valiant Captain. 
The Confederates discamp●… from before Navarin.  Yet Don john did what he could to cause General Foscarin and the Venetians to consent and be well pleased with his departure, assuring him of his earnest desire to purchase honour and reputation, whereof Fortune had bereft him, by taking from him the means to fight with the enemy; yet, if by the way he did chance to meet with those ships of supplies, he would then willingly embrace any occasion whatsoever, to do some notable service to the league, ere he returned with his 
Don john's excuses.  fleet into the West: and that though he now wanted opportunity, he hoped the next year to recompense that, which necessity had enforced him to lose.  
The Venetian General perceiving his resolution, consented thereunto, because he would not give an occasion to the enemies to think that the league was broken, as also for that he knew himself alone too weak to attempt any great matter. Yet, when our men thought least of it, they were more likely than ever, to give the enemy battle: for at the very instant, when the confederates were upon departure, they had intelligence that a Spanish ship come from Corfou, was in fight with certain Turkish Galleys, not far from Sapienza, whereupon all things being put in order, the fleet speedily left the Haven of Navarin, to rescue the ship, and to fight with the enemies. Ere our men could get out of the Haven Vluzzali with three score of his Galleys, came forth of the channel of Modon, to rescue those that were in fight, and to secure others which he had sent to scour the seas. So soon as Don john saw Vluzzali, he commanded the Providator Souranza, to meet him with a certain number of Galleys, to hinder his coming on any farther, & the Marquis of Santa Cruz, and the Providator Canalis with their Squadrons, to charge the enemies with five and twenty Galleys, who descrying our fleet, left the ship, and betook themselves to flight.  
When Vluzzali saw the Providator coming towards him he made a stand, but at last turning his prows, without any farther delay, he retired under the Castle of Modon, being still pursued by our Galleys, who being come near to the town, bestowed divers Cannon bullets on it.  
The Galleys, which fought with the ship, being light and able to make way, escaped with ease, one excepted, commanded by the Sanzach of Mitelene, nephew to the famous Barbarossa, who fight longer than any of the rest, and his slaves in hope of liberty rowing slowly, was taken by the Marquis of Sancta Crux: but night approaching, they gave over farther pursuit.  
Then D. john sounded the retreat and commanded eùery one to return into the haven of Navarin, being unwilling to leave the engine behind, that the enemies might not term his departure a flight: then the greater vessels being forth of the Haven, and a fair southeast wind blowing he willed them presently to sail to Zant, and himself the next morning directed his course thither with the whole fleet, being so desirous to return home as going a nearer way through the Channel of Giscarda, contrary to the advise of the skilfullest Mariners, who counseled him to go to Cephalonia, he escaped a great danger near to the Gulf of Larta, and there lost one of the Pope's Galleys, which was broken to pieces upon the Rocks of Paxu.  
Vluzzali after the Confederates departure, freed from all hindrances in his journey, did without any order put to Sea and came unto the Cape of Mal●…a, 
Tluzzali returns to Constantinople.  where by reason of a contrary northern wind he was enforced to continue certain days: but in the end having a fair Gale, he sailed to Constantinople with an hundred Galleys, where he was with all honour entertained, the Turks openly terming themselves Conquerors, for that they had defended Morea and their other territories, dared (as they said) the Christians oftentimes to battle, & lastly driven them forth of their dominions, secured the Sea, and made it navigable.  
The Confederates in the mean time arrived at Corfou the twentieth day of October, who though their fleet were augmented with thirteen Galleys, and 
The Cousede rate fleet comes to Corfou.  certain ships laden with wheat brought by the Duke of Sessa and john Andrew Doria, did nevertheless continue their former difficulties, and delays: for divers enterprises were daily propounded in the Council, without any resolution at all, and among others that of Saint Maura, whereunto D. john▪ seemed to incline: but the Duke of Sessa by his authority dashed it, saying that the time of year was 
The Spaniards desirous to return into the west.  unfit to besiege towns, or to be at Sea with fleets in an enemy's Country. The Spaniards in this manner rejected all enterprises, determining to return into the west after that the Confederates Fleets had been united for the space of fifty days.  
D. john first went to Messina and there lest part of his Galleys he carried the rest to Naples where he dismissed his Italian footmen, and sent the Spaniards and Almains 
Don john goes to Naples.  to Garrison. Collonna by the King's commandment went into Spain; to yield an account to his Majesty of mataers past, and with him to consult on the next years war, where he so wisely and nobly behaved himself as he got much 
〈◊〉 to pain.  honour and reputation. The Galleys of the Pope, King of Spain, and Venetians, remained idle at Corfou, lying rigged all winter, that they might be ready at the spring to set forward against the enemies.  
This was the success of the year 1572. nothing answerable to the great hope which all men had conceived of abating the pride and insolency of the Ottoman Empire, whereupon so soon as the Confederates were gone home the inhabitants of Morea who had made insurrections in the Christians behalf, and expected the success of the fleet, having neither forces in the field, nor strong places for defence, running into the mountains for fear of the Turkish violence, were enforced to yield themselves to their mercy, and again to submit their necks under the yoke of a cruel bondage, which they could never since shake off.  
The Venetians made great complaints to the Pope of the Spaniards delays, 
The Venetians complain to the Pope.  and slow resolutions, but especially of their unseasonable departure from before Navarin: they were made by a solemn Ambassade; sent, according to their custom, to offer their obedience to his Holiness in the State's name. The Pope in their behalf presently sent Giovan Claudio Gonzaga his Chamberlain to D. john, to persuade him to tarry there where he was and to expect a Commission from Spain to return to winter in the Levant, the Pope hoping easily to obtain so much of the King of Spain, seeing that the troubles of Flanders were brought to some good pass: whereupon his Holiness did expressly send the Lord of Lansan into Spain, whose labour was fruitless, for the Catholic King, having already flatly answered the Popes and Venetians Ambassadors, that he would no more send his fleet so far from home, would by no means alter his resolution, and D. john, notwithstanding the Pope's entreaties, well acquainted with the King's pleasure, pursued his journey into the West.  
In the mean time General Venieri, old and sickly, by reason of his former 
Venieri his ho●… noroble entertainment and welcome at Venice.  travails, obtaining leave of the Senate, returned to Venice, with same and glory great numbers of Senators going to meet him with the Bucentauro as far as Saint Anthony's Church, which is the very farthest part of the City, where he was honourably entertained and welcomed according unto his merit.  
During the enterprises in the Levant, Dalmatia was not altogether freed from war: for though there was no form of an army there, yet the Turkish Cavalry, 
〈…〉  of the neighbour Governments, wasted and spoiled the Country doing much hurt to the Venetians subjects, whereupon the Stradiots and foot troops of the Garrisons did often sally to stop their incursions: yet the Turks and Venetians were of one opinion, that to make any great war in Dalmatia would not be to much purpose, the Turks fearing if they should send any great Army into that Province, they might give the Emperor occasion of suspicion, and cause him to embrace the Confederates party, and to make war in Hungary.  
The Venetians of the other side bending all their designs on the Levant, thought that the success of the affairs of Dalmatia and Albania depended wholly on the war, knowing very well they could do little good there, by reason of the strong Garrisons which the enemy ordinarily kept in those countries: as also for that they having, by the industry of Lodovico Grimani, and julio Pompeio, won the town of Macarsca of some importance, by reason of the trade of Merchants, and fortified it, had been within a while after enforced to abandon the same, being to weak to defend it against such huge numbers of enemies. The like success had the conquest of the fort of Clissa.  
Nevertheless the Turks omitted no opportunity to annoy the Venetians: and being not then strong enough to take Cities, they invented other means to hurt them as that enterprise upon the City of Catharra, which they resolved to get by long siege, keeping victuals from it by land did testify: They often likewise atttempted to shut them from the passage to the Sea, by building a fort at 
The Turks build a fort against Catarin.  the mouth of the Channel, but the Venetians did still hinder their work, till the arrival of a Turkish Sanzach with great forces, who finished it within three miles of Castel-novo. The Senate advertised thereof, and moved with the danger, threatening the City of Catarra, wrote to General Foscarini that he should send forces to raze that fort. He, though it were in the midst of winter, did nevertheless send the Providator Souranza thither with two and twenty Galleys and six Galleasses, with whom went Paulo Vrsino, Pompeo Collonna, Moretta the Calabrois and other famous Captains with 4000 foot, with whom Nicholo Suriana Captain of the Gulf joined by the way with four Galleys. All these vessels arriving at janissa, they landed the soldiers; part of them went with Pompeo Colonna to seize on a hill not far off, to stop the passage of those which should come from Castelnovo to relieve the Fort, and the rest went with Nicholo Gambara, to a certain place near at hand, whither some companies of soldiers of the Garrison of Catarra were to come, with other forces assembled by Zacharia Salmone Providator of the City: After this Souranza entering the Channel with 18. of his best Galleys, his Squadron going foremost, passed along beyond the fort, from whence though they made many shot upon the fleet, yet did they no great hurt to it, which went and lay in a safe and commodious place to batter it by land and Sea.  
It was 150 paces square every way, without any flankers, but so built, as on the one side it battered the Galleys entering into the Channel, and on the other played upon them being entered, it was well provided with ordnance, and manned with two hundred soldiers. The Venetians resolved to batter it at one time by land and sea. The morrow after their arrival early by day break they began 
The venetians take the sort.  their battery, and within a while the soldiers went to the assault with ladders, which the enemies for a time defended, but being at last enforced to quit the place, the Venetians took it.  
There were found in it divers small pieces of ordnance and 18. great pieces, which the Providator presently sent to Venice, and by a mine overthrew the fort 
They ruin it by a mine.  to the foundations, which being speedily done, and leaving a sufficient Garrison in Cattarra, he returned with his Galleys to Corfou where the fleet remained. divers consultations were made at Rome that winter, concerning preparations for war against the next Summer, knowing what time they had given the enemies to repair their loss received at the battle of Lepanto: therefore they concluded to augment the Confederates force, to the number of 300. Galleys & 60000. footmen: there was likewise a proposition made to send a hundred Galleys betimes into the Levant, not staying till all the fleet were united, which should be at Sea before the enemies, who as it was reported, did intend to keep all supplies from Candy, and to waste the Venetians Seacoasts: But all these propositions vanished into air.  
The Venetians, not meaning wholly to depend on fortune, did speedily place strong Garrisons in the Castles and forts of the Island, and sent many foot-companies thither, in the mean time earnestly soliciting the Pope to augment the force of the league, and that it would please him to assist them with certain sums of money toward their great expense, putting him in mind how that his Predecessors, had in former times upon less occasion given leave to sell Church-possessions. His Holiness not altogether granting their demands, did permit 100000. Ducats belonging unto the tenths of the Clergy under their Dominions.  
At the same time divers Conferences had been held at Constantinople concerning peace: for the Turks having intelligence of the uniting of the Christian fleet, and doubting the success of war, had oftentimes motioned peace to the 
Motion of Peace at Constantinople with the Venetian Baily.  Venetian Bailie there: the Visier Bascha seemed then, more than ever, desirous of it, whose authority and reputation had been much augmented since the battle; whereupon contrary to the opinion of others, he dissuaded the great Lord from war. He thought it then a fit time to motion it, whilst Selim daunted with the unlooked for loss of the battle seemed to incline to peace: and that the Venetians likewise upon some advantage might wish for it.  
This inclination of Mahomet once known, the people, who by reason of the discomodities of war did greatly desire it, bruited it abroad over the City, that the force of the Confederate Princes was great: These rumours being entertained as true and worthy credit, by those who wished for peace, and being related to Selim, induced him to permit it for to be motioned unto the Bailie Mahomet thereupon, began freely to confer with him, making use therein of the help of Ori●…bey the chief Dragoman, and Rabi Solomon a jewish Physician, who being familiar in the house of the Visier Bascha, were often employed in affairs of great importance.  
The Bailie having advertised the Senate hereof, it seemed not greatly to like 
The Senate at first makes no great account of peace.  of the motion, desiring rather to continue war; provoked thereunto on hope of better success, making account that their late victory would give greater reputation to the Confederate forces: Yet when they considered how many notable opportunities they had lost, and spent much time unprofitably, they were willing to change their opinions, and wi●…h new resolution to lend an ear to these motions of peace, the better to secure their own, exposed to the uncertain events of fortune. This was propounded in the Council of Ten, that it might with more secrecy and greater speed be effected.  
In this Council the Senators were at first of various opinions. For many of 
Peace is propounded in the Council of Ten.  them were possessed with their former hot inclination to war, by reason of the promises of Christian Princes, who doubting this treaty, did then more than ever, promise to assist the league: Whereupon Lorenzo de Priuli sent Ambassador into Spain instead of Leonardo Donato, Secretary Perez, and Doctor Velasco, who at that time managed the most important affairs of that Court, visited him 
The Spaniards conference with the Venetian Ambassador.  more than ordinary, making such impression in the new Ambassador, as themselves desired, and used all their skill to persuade him, that their King had ever stood affected to the league, and at that instant more resolute than ever to pursue the war, affirming that his Majesty had written to his officers in Italy, to make speedy preparations, and to avoid the long delays of the precedent year: and that Don john on the other side had promised to join with the Venetians, with the only force of Italy, not tarrying for that of Spain. The Emperor likewise, 
The Emperor seeks to hinder peace.  who by no offers could till then be diverted from his resolution, suspecting only that the Venetians had an intent to make peace with the Turk, told the Venetian Ambassador resident in his Court, that he would join with the league. These new offers caused the Venetians to proceed slowly in the treaty of peace already propounded, but Prince Mocenigo, ever inclining more to peace then to the league, assembling on a time the Council of Ten, spoke to them in this manner. 
Prince Mocenigo his oration to the council of Ten.   
When at first we determined to take arms for our own defence, and with a generous courage embraced war against Selim, I do not think it was done with intent to continue it long, but only to make proof of fortune, to manifest the valour of our own Commonwealth, the strength of Christian Princes, and to purchase to our own State and all Christendom greater safety against the power of that insolent common enemy. It is certain that war is ordained for peace, and that the end of our dangerous travails is quiet and safety. I now suppose that experience of matters happened at that time, may more than sufficiently instruct us what our condition will be, if we continue war any longer, what end we may hope thereof, and what recompense for so great expenses, & travails. The first year, vainly presuming to join our force with strangers, for the relief of the Kingdom of Cyprus, we lost the famous city of Nicosia: nevertheless without declining from our former resolution, we continued our warlike preparations, drawn to it by hope of entering into a strict confederacy with Christian Princes, thereby to recover our late loss. God, miraculously gave us such a victory over our enemies, as we could not have desired a greater; and yet I know not by what fault or misfortune of our own, the city of Famagosta was taken, and we enforced to quit the entire possession of that kingdom, to the vanquished enemy: but the joy and contentation of winning the battle, took from us the feeling of a greater and more certain loss: Whereupon with like speed and earnestness, we made great preparations the third year, augmented our Army, and spared for no cost▪ We may now perceive what good all this hath done us.  
Our Galleys have been a long time idle at Corfou, expecting the Confederate supplies: and then when we hoped most, that all difficulties being taken away, our forces would join, & set forwards against the enemy, we were enforced to leave our Islands as their prey, & to call home our fleet, with greater blemish to our reputation, & expense of lost time, than the uniting of our forces would have profited us: and lastly, when fortune hath offered us many unhoped for fair occasions, to overthrow our enemies, we have been constrained to omit them, being forsaken by our friends, who unseasonably dislodged from the Haven of Navarin, with no honourable, but a very preiudicious resolution. But what need I to rehearse things so lately done? We are reduced to such extremity, as we are not able alone to maintain war against the Turks, and we know by experience, that the company of others, who should aid and assist us, is rather a burden and impediment to us: at first, it promiseth much, but afterwards it grows cold, and in deed, doth rather increase, then divert our dangers. We were persuaded that there would not only be a sure correspondency, betwixt the Pope, Catholic King and us, but that the confederacy of these three Potentates, would have incited all other Christian Princes to take arms with us against the common enemy, especially after that notable victory, which all men thought would have procured the Turks final ruin, but being now confirmed by sundry proofs we may perceive, that this opinion was rather conceived according to our own desire, than the certainty of the matter.  
Shall we still then continue in the same error, and ground the conservation of the State, and the whole fortune of our affairs, on uncertain foundations, and hopes which have so often deceived us? Questionless, it was a generous resolution, not to grant the insolent demands of Selim, constantly to maintain the cause of Christendom, in no sort to degenerate from our Ancestors, who have ever bravely pursued those enterprises, by which they hoped to purchase greatness and glory to their Commonwealth▪ but now, when we have courageously taken arms, and with fortunate success won the battle, hoping for greater matters, (I know not by what disaster) we can reap no fruit thereof, and in fight we hazard all, and by winning gain nothing: to continue still the same designs and dangers without any profit, after that the opportunity, which together with the victory offered itself for the execution of some great enterprise, hath already escaped us, will be rather thought obstinate rashness, than any zeal to Christian piety, or desire of true honour.  
If we consider the quality of our forces and State, we shall easily perceive, that there is nothing more hurtful or ill beseeming it, then to draw the war out in length. Because that our affairs do still impair, the leagues forces depending on sundry counsels, and many times on contrary respects, and although they are great, do nevertheless become vain and unprofitable: and then the discommodity of maintaining them for our part, is very great, by reason of the excessive expenses we are to be at for want of men, and especially Rowers. Most part of whom the late war hath exhausted, not to be supplied but with great cost, and uncertain whether with any: But if we shall view our own estate, in a true, not flattering glass, we shall discern it to be rather great then strong, at least not equivalent to such an enemy. An other main consideration, is the distraction and remoteness of our territory, nearer danger than succour, requiring diverse Armies to secure so diverse places. How then is it probable continuance of this war shall not more weaken us, than the enemy? prosecution of the late victory in deed gave us some hope, for so we might have dispatched it? But how this opportunity is lost, and the effects of losing it ate, experience doth teach us. Now our hope is fled to the enemy. Can then any man doubt, but that we should welcome peace offering herself to us? Since we cannot protect our State by war, why should we not by peace; we know that the Bascha Mahomet, always inclining to amity, hath used their late overthrows as inducements to draw his master to entertain milder conditions. If we now reject his offer, he may perhaps reject us hereafter. Who could have imagined that the Turks out of the wracks and ashes of their last Fleet, could so suddenly have raised another, and with it not only secure themselves, but invade us? what clearer demonstration can we have of their Potency, or more infallible prediction of the wars event? if after overthrow they could do all this, what might we expect after victory? I would entreat those which stand for war to satisfy me if domestic occasions employ the aid of Spain at home, or any private respect divert it to Africa, our props then failing, how are we able of ourselves to stand? Dependence upon others may make us neglect our own strength, and when danger is at our door, it will be to late to call for help from Spain, Portugal or Germany: or for them to prevent those Mischeefs which we already suffer.  
These infirmities the enemy discovering, he will grow more insolent, and be so far from offering that he will not accept any conditions of peace. It is policy therefore, my noble Lords, since we have not reaped the fruit of victory, to provide that we undergo not the calamities of overthrow, that the expense of so much blood, time and treasure, may purchase safety, hough not conquest. We must not to confidently rely upon the hazard of battle, whose event is ever uncertain, sometimes not greatly profitable. Let us rather trust to the clearness of reason then blindness of fortune, always an enemy to great actions. Peace may perhaps set open some fairer breach to war hereafter. The world can make no dishonourable construction hereof, nor our Confederates condemn us, but themselves, we having always been as forward in the war as they backward. Who can tax us being neglected by others if we secure ourselves? We follow but the precedent of the Spaniards, and end the war as they shun it. Nay one of the Catholic Kings chief Councelors hath made our Apology herein, who suspecting this treaty, affirmed, his master had no cause to censure ill, if the Venetians without violating his, entertained the Turks friendship upon honourable terms. If this peace should soon break, yet we should get breath; a thing necessary to the weaker and wearied party: All things under the Moon are infected with her mutability, men's councils and actions altering like themselves.  
Let us then embrace this means of our safety; God in whose protection this State hath ever been, hath used this scourge of war to discipline, not wound us, and will at his leisure open some unexpected way of farther happiness.  
The Prince's speech together with his authority was of great force: whereupon 
The Senate's resolution to peace.  the Senate sent presently a new commission to the Bailie to revive the treaty of peace with ample power to conclude it on the above mentioned conditions. The great & sundry difficulties arising about the renewing of the fleet did much farther this resolution, in respect of the great numbers that were dead: the like 
Causes moving the Senate to embrace peace.  did news from Flanders, where by reason of new rebellions, and aid, which the Germans were ready to send them, all places were in uproar, in regard whereof the Spaniards had turned all their designs thither: moreover, the Senate at the same time had intelligence that a Chiaus from Constantinople arrived at the Emperor's Court, whom, (though it was afterward known that his coming was Concerning Moldavia) they suspected came to crave passage for the Turkish army which was said to be coming into Frioul. 
The Bishop of Aix Ambassador for the French King at Constantinople.   
These advertizements did cool their heat who were yet willing to continue the league, so as with general consent every one inclined to the treaty of peace: The Bishop of Aix, Ambassador for the French King, was presently acquainted with this determination, he was lately returned from Constantinople to Venice, where he received a new Commission from his King, to return to the great Lords port, and in his name to further this treaty, whereunto his Master had often advised the Venetians to hearken.  
The Bailie having intelligence of the Senate's determination, was commanded so soon as the French Ambassador should arrive at Constantinople, to confer with him concerning the treaty of peace, and as occasion should be offered, to make use of his King's mediation and authority. The Turk in the mean time having notice, that the Bishop was to return to Constantinople, presently suspected that he brought new conditions of peace more advantageous for them, whereupon, their former treaties with the Bailie were by little and little neglected, cunningly going about to temporize, concealing their own intentions. This delay did greatly prejudice the business: for they who for their own particular interest, were desirous to hinder it, alleged sundry difficulties, especially to Selim, telling him that all things were ready; that it was neither profitable nor honourable at that time, to speak of any accord; whereby the state of the treaty grew every day from bad to worse, the Turks propounding very unreasonable conditions, thereby manifesting how careless they were of peace: Therefore they 
The Turks deal roughly with the Venetian Bayly.  committed the Bailie to straighter keeping, muring up the windows of his house, placing strong guards about it, handling him very roughly, thinking thereby to enforce him to reveal his latest and most secret Commission, or else, the treaty of peace being broken, to hinder him from advertising the Senate of their warlike provisions; or rather, (which is most likely to be true) to bar his conference with the Bishop, thinking by this means more easily to draw from the French Ambassador, ignorant of what was past, the new conditions which they supposed he brought with him. So soon as the Bishop arrived, they conferred with him, and found that he had no other than a general Commission: but the Visier Bassa suspecting that the French for their own particular interest, would have an hand in this treaty, & by this good office, bind the Turks to favour and assist the Duke of Anjou, the French Kings brother, in the election to the crown of Poland, would in no sort use him as an instrument, but effect it by the former means and mediation of those whom he had first employed, namely Orimber and Solomon, therefore he renewed his treaty with the Bailie, and after 
Peace concluded betwixt the Turks & Venetians.  sundry propositions and answers from both sides, peace at last was concluded about mid March, whereby confirming all articles contained in the old Commission, saving that the castle of Siponto, which the Venetians yet held, should be surrendered to the Turks.  
As for other towns of Albania and Sclavonia with their confines and territories possessed before the war, should remain unto those, who then held them: that all merchants goods should be restored on both sides; and that the Venetians beside should be bound for three years space, to send an 100000. Ducats yearly to Constantinople, which the Turks for their own greatness and reputation 
Articles of peace.  made most account of. Peace in this sort being concluded and signed by Selim, the Bailie dispatched his son Francisco to Venice, who arrived there on the fifteenth of April, where it was presently published.  
The end of the second Book of the seventh Decade.   

The Contents of the third Book of the seventh Decade.  
POpe Gregory is displeased for that the Venetians made peace with the Turk. The King of Spain is highly pleased therewith: The Pope being satisfied by an Ambassador sent of purpose from Venice, in open consistory doth approve what they had done: The Venetians and Turks are jealous of each other. Peace is ratified with the Turk. Henry Duke of Anjou is chosen King of Poland, and goes thither: Don john's voyage into Africa where he takes Tunis. The death of Selim the Turkish Emperor. The death of Charles the ninth French King. The King of Poland's secret departure towards France. Great triumphs made at Venice at the reception of Henry King of France and Poland. Amurath the Turkish Emperor enuades the Empire's territories: Amurath confirms peace with the Venetians. A great plague at Venice, with the Prince and Senate's vow to appease God's wrath: Great charity of Cardinal Borromeo. The laws of Venice are reform, and a new order taken for the government of matters. The Pope sends a golden Rose to the Venetian Duke: The Venetians decree concerning the Citizens particular expenses. The Venetians solicited by the Persians against the Turk will not agree to it. Contention betwixt the Venetians and knights of Malta. The death of Pope Gregory the thirteenth, and creation of Sixtus the fifth: A Duchess is cruelly murdered in Padua.  
The third Book of the seventh Decad of the History of Venice.  
PEACE being published, men did differently censure thereof, measuring it by their own particular affection: Many, had regard to their own interest, and others, persevering in their former hope, that war would have procured much good to Christendom, did tax the Venetians for making peace: 
Sundry opinions concerning the Venetians peace.  but graver and more judicious spirits, measured future things by experience of matters past, saying that therein they were to be approved, at least not condemned requiring it for the conservation of the State, which without this only remedy (Peace) was exposed to very dangerous hazards. But the Pope more than any seemed to be displeased, therewith, and at such time as the Venetian Ambassador came to acquaint him with it, commanded him forth of his presence, and would for that time admit no excuse. The Cardinals and others of his Court following his Precedent discoursed thereof after their own various passions.  
The Catholic King, knowing by experience how much it importeth Princes 
The King of Spain i●… not discontented with the Venetians.  to desire the preservation of their own States, did with great judgement and modesty seem for his part to be well pleased therewith, saying, that he doubted not, but that the occasions which moved the Venetians to do so were of great importance, hoping that as himself had freely employed his forces for the service of Christendom and particular profit of the Venetian State, they likewise in acknowledgement of his love would be ready to do the like for him when need should be: and generally all Spaniards as well at Rome as in Spain approved it.  
Many discoursing why the Spaniards did so modestly carry themselves therein, said, that in accusing the Venetians, they feared to urge them to justify their own cause, and to tax the actions of some of the confederates the precedent year: others said, that though the league were broken, they would not for all that wholly forsake the Venetians friendship, whom in other matters they might need. But I think they did it of their own proud nature being willing to let the world see that they did not greatly care for the breach of league, accounting themselves strong enough without it to make head against the Turkish force.  
Now the Pope continuing his displeasure, the Venetians did not show themselves 
The Venetians send an express Ambassador to the Pope.  stubborn, but determined to send an express Ambassador to Rome, honourably and reverently to appease and dispose him to receive their justifications. Nicolo de Ponte was chosen, a man of great years and authority, and at that time Procurator of Saint Mark. He being arrived at Rome and having audience, acquainted his Holiness with the just occasions which had 
The Ambassadors excuses to the Pope.  moved the Signory to accept the Turks offered peace: He told him that all their seacoasts were in very great danger by reason of the enemies mighty preparations, the Venetians friends and Confederates delaying their aid, that the burden and expense of that war had for three years space been very grievous to them and their subjects, who were able to undergo it no longer: That the Venetians so long as hope of happy success did comfort them in their miseries, had contributed more than they were tied towards the expense of war, but all fair occasions being omitted, they saw no reason to continue it any longer: And seeing that the Commonwealth perceived by many experiences, that it could not preserve itself by any better means than peace, his Holiness ought not to take it in bad part, if fitting itself to time, it sought means to temporize with so potent an enemy, thereby to employ the remainder of her forces in some more prosperous action for the advancement of Christendom, and service of the Church, as it had often done in former time. That Pope Paul the third, perceiving that they had in vain taken arms against Soliman, did himself advise the Venetians to peace, the league being then as now. That the Senate for divers reasons did not impart this their design to any of the confederates, proceeding therein by the rule of State, and by the same which the Catholic King, a very wise Prince, had used: who at that time when he detained his fleet did not acquaint the Venetians with the cause.  
These reasons did somewhat satisfy the Pope, who began more mildly to treat with the Venetian Ambassadors. The Senate in the mean time had speedily dispatched Francisco Barbaro to Constantinople, to carry news of their consent and confirmation of peace, till that Andrea Badoario, appointed to go thither as Ambassador, should be ready to depart to Selim for the solemn confirmation of the Articles, and with the usual presents.  
Barbaro made great haste as befitted the importance of the business, and in 14. days arrived at Constantinople which was at the beginning of May: his arrival was very grateful, because that the Turks having daily intelligence of the warlike preparations made at Messina, began to suspect that the Venetians had cunningly made this treaty to delay their warlike provisions, that they might with more ease surprise them unawares, and that which confirmed them in this opinion was, because they had no notice of the coming of a Venetian Ambassador. This suddenly caused them to prepare the fleet which had been disarmed, notwithstanding that the time was too far spent for such actions, Mahomet with sundry difficulties having till then deferred it to take away all occasions that might frustrate peace.  
At last toward mid june, the Bassa's Vluzzali and Piali went to sea with an hundred 
The Turkish fleet depa●…teth from Constantinople.  and fifty Galleys, thirty Foists, and ten Mahonnes, and sailed to Negropont, where they made some abode, expecting the issue of the treaty of peace: and Piali having intelligence from the Sanzhac of Chersega that the Ambassador and the new Baily were arrived in Dalmatia and on their way towards Constantinople, did with the whole fleet sail to Modon, and hearing that peace was established with the Venetians, he turned his forces upon the Catholic King, scouring the sea coasts of Puglia, where he burned the city of Castres'.  
The Venetians being advertised that the Turkish fleet was abroad, and that they intended not to observe the peace, and what themselves had done was interpreted as a colour to deceive, were possessed with the same iealozies as the Turks; whereupon notwithstanding the Ambassador was already in Dalmatia, the event of his embassage was held very doubtful; and a decree being made that General Foscar●…ni leaving six Galleys at Corfou should bring the rest of the fleet to Zara, and unrig it, they nevertheless deferred the execution thereof, and sent him word to disarm only ten of the worst, and to reinforce the rest, which being done there remained with him four score and twelve serviceable Galleys: But this did farther increase the Turks iealouzies. All these shadows of false suspicion being vanished, and the Senate supposing that the Commonwealth was out of danger, being unwilling any longer to continue so great a charge, sent word to the General, that he should unrigge his Galleys, and return home to Venice. By this time the Ambassador Badoario arrived at Constantinople, where in few words he told Selim,, That by how much the Prince and Venetian 
The Ambassadors speech to Selim.  Senate had been grieved with the breach of friendship betwixt the State and the O●…toman family; by so much more was their joy then complete, because all controversies ended, they were now reunited as before, their subjects enjoying peace, quiet and free traffic: hoping that peace and friendship now renewed, would be of long continuance, which the Venetians for their parts would be very careful to observe, entreating Selim to do the like for his part, as became a virtuous and just Prince.  
Selim made no other answer, but briefly seemed to allow that which the Ambassador had spoken, and ratified and confirmed the Articles before concluded with the bailie. In this sort, after that war had continued four years, peace was established with the Turk.  
The same year 1573. in March, Henry Duke of Anjou, brother to Charles the 
An. 1573.  ninth French King, was elected King of Poland, that Kingdom being void by the death of Sigismond Augustus the last of the noble family of the Ia●…elons, who had worn that crown for the space of two hundred years; and because succession 
Henry Duke of Anjou chosen king of Poland.  hath no place in that Realm, being an elective Kingdom, after Sigismunds' death, which happened in july in the year 1572. The Lords and Barons of Poland proclaimed a general assembly at Varsovia in April next ensuing, there to proceed to election of a new King. After this election posts were dispatched into France to give Henry notice thereof, whilst Ambassadors were making ready, to receive and conduct him into Poland.  
Italy being now freed from the dreadful Turkish war was like to have ba●…ched 
Troubles in the Duchy of Urbin.  an other in her own bowels, for the Duke of Urbin going about to lay some new impositions upon his subjects, they denied to pay any thing but that which they had granted to Duke Francisco Maria when he entered into the State, and thereupon took arms, protesting nevertheless that they did it not against their Prince, but only to defend their ancient privileges: The Duke on the other side raised an army to enforce them, and the matter would have proceeded to battle, had not the Pope quenched this flame, making them friends: but the Duke entering afterwards with a power into Urbin, beheaded some of the chief of the sedition, and banished others, confiscating their goods, and then built a Citadel at the City's charge, the better afterwards to contain them in their obedience. Don john of Austria being at the same time in Sicily with a gallant 
Don john goes into Africa.  Navy, and understanding that the Venetians had made peace with the Turks, did by King Philip's permission pass over with his forces into Africa, to ●…eate the son of Muleassem in the Kingdom of Tunis, who for his intelligence with Christians had been expulsed by the Turks, and had honourable entertainment given him by the King of Spain in Goletta.  
Being come into Africa he landed his soldiers and in order of battle marched to assault the City of Tunis, where no resistance being made the Christians without any slaughter entered and sacked it: then Don john causing a fort to be built near to the City, placed Gabriele Serbellone the Milanois in it with three hundred Italians, and himself with the fleet returned into Sicily.  
About the beginning of the year 1574. the Venetians having intelligence that Selim armed at Constantinople, fearing that he would not observe peace, suspected that he meant to enterprise upon Candy, whereupon they levied 12000. footmen to guard it, and rigged their fleet, making jacomo Souranza their General: but these preparations were needless, for Selim turning his designs upon Africa to be revenged on Don john, ratified the peace, and took from them all suspicion of being invaded by him, sent Sinan Bassa with a mighty army into Africa to recover Tunis and raze Goletta, the which in one month he did. Selim perceiving all things to succeed according to his desire, intended to break his word and oath with the Venetians, and to invade the 〈◊〉 of Candy; but whilst he made his preparations, death overthrew his unjust and proud designs, God so providing for the quiet and safety of Christendom: Amurath his eldest son succeeded him in the Empire.  
In the mean time Henry of Anjou entering Poland, did upon the confines in 
The death of Selim Emperor of Turks.  great power and magnificence meet with the chief of the Kingdom, who conducted him to Cracovia, where with royal solemnity he was crowned: and whilst he busied himself with inquiring of their manner of government, beginning by little and little to order the affairs of State, the Queen his mother sent a speedy messenger to him from France to advertise him of the death of his brother King Charles, and to advise him to return into France with all possible speed, to receive the crown, and to remove those troubles wherewith by his brother's death she was entangled.  
The King acquainted the Polanders with these news, telling them that he was of necessity to return into France to order the affairs of that Kingdom which were much embroiled. But the Lords which were then with him at Cracovia, answered that his departure could not be treated of but in the General Council of the whole Realm, who would send him so well accompanied, as he should terrify those that durst make any resistance. The General Estates of the Kingdom were to the same end summoned to Cracovia: but the King again solicited by his mother to make haste, and on the other side perceiving that the 
The King of Poland returns secretly into France.  Polanders did not proceed with such celerity as his affairs required, and that they were unwilling to let him go, resolved in secret manner to depart, and in disguise by night leaping on horseback, himself, with three more, went from Cracovia, and with great speed hasted towards the confines of the Empire.  
His departure was not long concealed, for the Earl of Tericenia the King's Chamberlain, with other Lords, coming to his chamber and finding him not there, did presently take horse, pursuing the same way that he had taken, meaning to stay him and bring him back, but the King made such speed as they could not overtake him till he arrived in the Empire's territories, where they earnestly entreated him to return with them, which he not granting, they went back again to Cracovia.  
The King in the mean time pursuing his journey came to Vienna where the 
The entertainment given to the French King at Vienna in Austii●….  Emperor's sons met him, and within a while after, the Emperor himself, who very magnificently entertained him.  
From thence he sent word to the Venetians that he determined to come and see their City. Archduke Charles accompanied him through his Country; upon the Venetians confines, he met with a gallant troup of Noblemen who came to wait upon him with eight hundred soldiers; the next day four of the chiefest Senators of Venice came to him as Ambassadors, and entreated him to come and view their city, where all men with great desire expected him; which he pro mising to do, the Duke of Nevers who was then in Italy came likewise to him, and so altogether arrived at Maguera, the farthest place of the firm land on the lakes, where he met with threescore Venetian gentlemen which came to wait 
The Dukes of Ferrara and Nevers come with King Henry to Venice.  upon him, and entering into a Gondola, prepared for him, together with the Dukes of Ferrara and Nevers, attended by infinite numbers of Gondolas, he came to Murana, where the next day he was visited by the Prince and Senate with fourteen Galleys, then being conducted to Lia, he went into the Bucentauro, and with him the Prince and Senate, from thence with great magnificence he was brought to Venice, all that Channel betwixt Lia and the city being full of boats made in fashion of sea monsters, wherein were all the youth of Venice, 
The French Kings magnificent reception at Venice.  richly attired, with infinite numbers of Gondolas who rowed before and on every side of the Bucentaure, which was gently towed to Venice, where the King remaining certain days the Signory showed him all pleasures and delights that could be imagined: and at his departure, the Prince and Senate accompanied him three miles from the city, where taking leave of each other, the King embraced the Prince, giving him great thanks for his royal entertainment, which he promised never to forget, and in so saying gave him a diamond of great value entreating him to wear it for his sake.  
After his departure, whilst with his friends the Prince celebrated the day of his election, ●…ire by negligence had like to have consumed the duke's palace, who was enforced to withdraw himself to the house of Giovan de Leggè, knight, and Procurator of Saint Mark: this fire besides the present great hurt it did was by some interpreted as a bad presage.  
The same year died Cosmo de Medicis the first great Duke of Tuscany, a Prince 
The death of Cosmo de Medicis first great Duke of Tuscany.  of rare and excellent judgement: Francisco his eldest son succeeded him. There arose likewise great troubles in Genoa, betwixt the ancient and modern nobility, which continued the remainder of that year, and most part of next 1575. till that the Pope, Emperor, and King of Spain, whom they had made umpiers of their 
Troubles in Genoa appeased.  controversies, made them friends.  
So soon as Amurath had possessed himself of his father's Empire, following the precedent of his Ancestors, he murdered all his brethren: and to let the 
An. 1575.  world see that he was a soldier, commanded Vluzzali to prepare a mighty fleet: This did greatly trouble all Christian Princes, especially the Venetians, who fortified all their seacoasts against the fury of this barbarous enemy: but they were soon freed from this fear, by a great plague and dearth at that time in Constantinople, 
The Venetians scare.  which enforced the new Emperor to abandon his warlike designs, and to seek means to redress the misery and calamity of the chief city of his Empire yet, to confirm men's opinions, conceived of his new enterprises, he commanded (truce being not yet ratified with the Emperor) that his Garrisons near to Hungary, should enter into the Empire's territories to waste and burn the country, where the Turks did not only execute many hostile and bloody actions, but took divers castles of the Empire, carrying away with them many Christian prisoners: whereof the Emperor's Ambassador complaining to Amurath, 
The Turkish army in the Empire's confines.  he willed him to write to his Master, that if he meant to have truce with him, he should resolve to pay him tribute for all his dominions, otherwise, he would in person come into his country to ruin him.  
Amurath was incensed against Maxmilian, because that the Polanders, determining to elect a new King by reason of King, Henry's departure, he was one that laid claim to that crown: and because the house of Austria and the Ottoman 
The cause why Amurath hated the Emperor.  family had of a long time hated each other, Amurath would by no means have him for his neighbour, and therefore invaded him, to divert him from those thoughts, sending word likewise at the same time to the Polanders, that if they could not agree about the election of their King, they should choose Stefano Battori Prince of Transiluania, threatening if they did not so, to waste and spoil their country.  
Whilst the Turk stood on these terms with the Emperor and Polanders, 
Amurath confirms peace with the venetians.  he sent one of his Chiaus to Venice to promise and ratify both by word and writing perpetual peace with them: This embassage was entertained with wonderful joy, they being thereby freed from great care and expense. At the same time an exchange of prisoners, taken at the battle of Lepanto (which were now at Rome) was granted, for Christian prisoners held by the Turk, among whom was Serbolone, and many others of note.  
Toward the latter end of this year, the pestilence which had much afflicted the city of Trent, bewrayed itself in Venice, where by reason of cold weather, it broke not forth much that winter: but the spring following the year 1576. it began to rage, and with the heat so increased, as there died that year above three score and ten thousand persons: and no humane remedy appearing, the Prince and Senate had recourse to God, and meeting altogether in Saint Marks Church, the Prince in all their names made a solemn vow to God to build a Church and dedicate it to the world's Redeemer, beseeching him with 
The Prince & Se●…ates vow to God.  heart and mouth, that it might please him of his infinite mercy to hear them, and to appease his wrath, by restoring them to their former health. This gracious God heard their humble and devout prayers, and from that time the sickness began to decrease, so that the City in March following was wholly freed from that scourge: whereupon, a goodly Church was builded at La Zuecca, and dedicated to the Redeemer, where now the Capuchins abide: whither the Signory and Clergy do yearly go in precession every third sunday in july to give thanks unto God, for his mercy and favour showed unto them.  
The city of Venice was not alone infected, but divers other towns of the Marches of Treviso and Lombary, but especially the city of Milan, where Cardinal 
Great charity of a Prelate.  Borromeo, Archbishop of the place, a Prelate of holy life, spared neither his means nor life for the relief of his flock, exposing himself without fear to all dangers that were offered.  
Things thus variably changing, Lodovico Mocenigo Duke of Venice deceased, in june, the year 1577. having governed eight years, he was honourably buried in the Church of Saint john and Paul, under the great Gate, near to Loredana Marcello his wife.  
His funerals ended, all men were desirous to acknowledge the virtue and deserts of Sebastiano Venieri, who when he was General had renowned the Christian Commonwealth by so notable a victory; and though he had competitors, did nevertheless merit to be preferred before them all: whereupon the forty one being assembled (of which number himself was one) they without any contradiction chose him Prince.  


SEBASTIANO VENIERI the 86. Duke.   
 
THIS election published, the people were very joyful of it. But that which seemed most strange, and therewithal pleasing, was, that amongst such multitude of all sorts of people as went to congratulate his new dignity, ten Turks who were then in Venice, came and kissed his feet, saying aloud, This is that invincible General, who by defeating our fleet and us, hath justly purchased to himself this deserved crown, unto whom we wish a long and happy life. The Prince thanked them and with a liberal hand rewarded them.  
Not long after, five correctors of the laws were created, who had authority to order the affairs of justice. For sundry corruptions by long continuance crept into pleas, did much confound men's suits, to the preiudices of justice: These five were Giovan Donato, jacomo Gussone, Francisco Venieri, justinian justinian's, and Lodovico Micaele, all Senators of great reputation. Then upon intelligence that the Turk rigged certain Galleys at Narento to send into the Hadriattick Gulf (contrary to the treaty of peace made with the Venetians) to defend his own subjects trafficking on those seas, whom the Vscoques of Segna robbed, the Venetians sent four well armed Galleys thither, who cleared and defended those seas from their thefts and robberies, whereof the Turk having notice called home his own Galleys forth of the Gulf and freed the Venetians from all fear and suspicion.  
The Senate perceiving that the prices of all things were excessive in Venice, either by reason of the late sickness, or upon some other occasion; a decree was 
Price set upon all wares.  made to reduce all wares to the old price appointed by the laws; and to see it effected, five Senators were appointed, namely Marco justiniano, Lorenzo Bernardo, Sebastiano Barbarico, Nicolo Quirini, and Lodovico Contareni.  
Three Senators were afterwards deputed to take order for the discharge and payment of the States debts, occasioned by the last wars: the Senate was desirous (it having been propounded by Giovan Francisco Priuli, a wise and virtuous Senator) to pay every man his due, and to that end, they appointed the said Francisco Priuli, Antonio Bragadini, and jacomo Gussone.  
At the same time, Hannibal of Capua elected Archbishop of Ottranto came to Venice as the Pope's Nuncio, whose arrival was pleasing to the Senate, for the memory of his dead uncle, who in former time had been Legate there, as also because that by his coming the passage towards Romagna was opened, which till then had been shut up by reason of the late sickness, his presence likewise brought content with it; for he presented the Prince with a rose of gold from his Holiness, which is a gift which Popes are wont to bestow upon Princes which are their greatest friends and favourites: Pope Alexander the third in the year 1177. honoured Prince Sebastian Ciani with the like gift, and the ceremony 
The Pope sends a golden rose to the Venetian Prince.  of presenting it was magnificently performed in Saint Marks Church, fifteen days after, upon the one and twentieth day of july, a public proclamation was made, wherein the City was declared to be clear and sound from all infection: At which publication the Prince and Senate went to visit the new Church built in honour of our Saviour at La Zuecca.  
Not long after, Ormanetta Bishop of Padua being dead, the Pope bestowed that rich Bishopric on Frederico Cornare the Bishop of Bergamo, and that of Bergamo upon jeronimo Ragazzone Bishop of Novara: it did highly content the Senate to see one of those Churches restored to the family of Cornares, who for a long time had governed it, and the other to a house so well deserving of the Commonwealth, for Ragazzone was brother to jacomo and Placido Ragazzoni, beloved of the Signory for their good service done to the State.  
This joy, the fate of Brescia did greatly lessen, where the plague daily consumed multitudes: whereupon in july the Prince and Senate for three days made solemn precessions, praying unto God for their health. 
Brescia afflicted with the plague.   
The same year sundry prodigies were seen, a great Comet over all Europe, and at Rome a globe of fire in the air like to a great tun which, arising over 
Sundry prodigies seen in the air.  the gate del populo, vanished over Castle Angelo: besides a clear light was seen in Romagna at midnight, which notwithstanding the darkness shined so bright as that men did as easily see to read as at noon day, these were interpreted signs of future misery.  
Not long after, news was brought to Venice of the death of D. john of Austria who deceased at Namur in the beginning of the year 1578. at which time likewise Prince Venieri oppressed with old age, and surprised with sickness (then when he thought to celebrate the birth day of Princess Cecilia Contareni his wife, for which Francisco Morosini his son in law a noble Gentleman prepared great triumphs) departed this mortal life on the third of March, being generally bewailed of the whole City having governed the Commonwealth eight months and twenty days. The ceremonies which were wont to be made in the Church of Saint john and Paul, were by reason of the great rain performed in Saint Marks, his body was afterwards buried in the Church of Maran. The Archduke of Austria craved his picture of the Senate, together with his coat armour which he wore upon the day of the battle of Lepanto, which the Senate willingly granted.  
The funeral ceremonies ended, and the Senators after the usual manner proceeding to a new election, Nicolo de Ponte a very grave and noble Senator, four score and eight years old, and Procurator of Saint Mark, being a learned man which in his youth had read publicly at Venice, was chosen. In his time the Commonwealth was peaceable, the Turk turning his force upon the Persian.   


NICOLO DE PONTE the 87. Duke.   
 
 
THE same year the great Duke of Tuscany discovered a conspiracy against himself and his brethren made by certain Florentine Gentlemen, who were apprehended and publicly executed, and not long after I●…ne of Austria his wife died in childbed, a very virtuous Princess. The year following 1580. though there were fierce wars both in the East, and Netherlands, men fearing that it would likewise renew in France, the Venetians were quiet over their whole dominions.  
The second year of Prince Ponte his sovereignty, an accident happened at Venice very pleasing to the Senate. Francisco de Medicis great Duke of Tuscany a very potent Prince was desirous to marry for his second wife Bianca daughter to Bartilmeo Capello a Venetian Gentleman, and to that end sent Mario Sforza to Venice to acquaint the Senate and her father therewith. The Senate sent for Barthelmeo and his son Vittorio whom they knighted, then adopted the great Duchess Bianca daughter to the Venetian Signory, in the same manner as in former time they had done Catherina Cornare Queen of Cyprus: the State then and afterwards showing great signs of joy, but chiefly upon the arrival of Don john de Medicis the great Duke's brother, sent to Venice to conduct her to Florence, and Giovan Micaele and Antonio Tepulo were sent Ambassadors to the great Duke in the Senate's name to congratulate his marriage, and to be present at Florence at the great Duchess coronation.  
They likewise sent Marco justiniano Ambassador to Charles Philibert the new Duke of Savoy, to bewail with him the death of Emanuel his father, a great friend to the Venetian State. And because Philip had obtained the crown of Portugal by the death of the Cardinal King, the Senate appointed Vincento Troni, and jeronimo Lippomano both Knights and noble Senators, Ambassadors 
Ambassadors s●…nt to the King of Spain.  to his Majesty, to rejoice with him in the Senate's name for his happy fortune.  
Now because peace had in Venice begotten excess in the expense of private Citizens which commonly carrieth sundry mischiefs along with it (for there where frugality and parsimony hath place, religion, virtue, and modesty do flourish) a decree was made, that superfluous expense in garments, feasts and women's lying in, should be moderated.  
They abolished the use of all sorts of pearl, true or counterfeit, only women 
Decrces against the Venetians superfluous expenses.  were permitted to wear a small carcanet of them about their necks: costly skins, and furs were wholly forbidden to be worn, together with the use of any gold or silver lace upon garments: Moreover, it was not lawful for any Courtesan to wear any precious iem, jewels of gold or silver, or to use any tapestry: Great penalties were imposed not only upon the transgressors of this decree, but on workmen which should make or sell any of these prohibited things: and excessive expense was not only forbidden in women's lying in, but likewise the usual visitation of friends, unless they were near kinsfolk, and to prevent all deceit herein, the mid wives were enjoined within three days after any woman was delivered of child to advertise the Magistrate thereof. An other decree 
A Decree against superfluous diet.  was made against superfluous diet, restraining it within the bounds of modesty: peacocks, partridge, pheasant, and all dainty fish were banished from the tables of delicious Epicures, jesters and Buffoons from their houses. It was likewise forbidden not to serve double mess of fish or flesh into any banquet, and a commandment to all Cooks to give in the names of such to the Magistrate as had hired them to dress any, together with the order therein observed.  
All Governors of towns, and judges of Provinces were likewise enjoined, not to bestow any excessive cost in garments, household-stuff or servants, because that modesty and proportion in governors, is an assured bridle to hold back subjects from doing evil. For, where every man is suffered to live after his own pleasure without order of law, there of necessity must all mischief and riot abound: for this cause the State enacted great and grievous penalties upon the transgressors of these so holy and wholesome decrees: For it avails not a Commonwealth to have good laws, unless subjects do obey them, and Magistrates see them severely executed.  
Whilst the Senate were making these wholesome laws, the Persian perceiving that he had to do with so potent an enemy as the Turk sought to weaken 
A Persia●… Ambassador 〈◊〉 to Veni●…e.  him by busying him in more places than one, and to that end did the same winter send an Ambassador to the Venetians, requiring that of them which they had propounded unto him, for during the war against Ottoman, he entreated them to invade the Turk now that he was busied in Persia, promising so straightly to enclose them as they should never escape from thence, thereby hoping wholly to root out the tyrannous memory of the Ottomans who went about to make themselves absolute monarch of the whole world.  
The Venetians dismissed this Ambassador with an ambiguous answer, as men that had no intent to entangle themselves in a new war, without likelihood of great advantage, and assured hope of victory. In this manner ended the year 1580.  
The year following 1581. Pope Gregory the thirteenth perceiving that because 
Upon what occasion the Pope caused ten days to be taken from the year.  the course of the sun had not been rightly observed, the Equinoctial of the spring had gotten ten days before the course of the sun, whereby the feast of Easter (on which all other movable feasts depend) was not celebrated at the just time appointed in the primitive Church by the council of Nice, which in congruity if it were not reform, the holy days of winter would be kept in summer, and those of summer in winter, he sent for the skilfullest Astrologians of Europe to come to Rome, and commanded them after exact calculating the course of the planets, to refer the Equinoctial of the spring to the 21. day of March, as it had been in old time decreed by the fathers of the said council of Nice, and to find out some means and rule, that the same inconvenient might for ever be removed: These learned men did what the Pope commanded, by referring the Equinoctial to it true place, and by taking away for once, ten days from October: His Holiness assured that this was the only true remedy, approved it, and by his injunction commanded it to be observed over all Christendom: only the greeks and some other nations would not entertain this reformation, which was divised by Lodovicus Lilius a very famous Mathematician, and divulged over all Christendom by his Holiness command.  
The same year there arose some contention betwixt the Venetians and 
Contention betwixt the Ven●…tians and Knights of Malta.  knights of Malta, because that those knights scoured the seas to surprise the Turks, whom sometimes they took in the Venetians seas, whereat Amurath being incensed, sent them word that if they would not take order that his subjects might safely pass through their seas, himself would send a mighty fleet to secure them. The Venetians complained to the great Master of Malta, entreating him not to permit his vessels any more to trouble the Turks on their seas: but the Maltese making no account hereof, the Venetians took from them a ship of war which they sent into Candy, and not long after took two Galleys from them, which being brought to Corfoù, all the Turkish slaves in them were set at liberty, and the empty Galleys restored to the knights. The Venetians the same year to satisfy the Turk did publicly behead Gabriele Heme a Venetian Gentleman. 
A Uenotian Gentleman is ex●…cuted to satisfy the Turk.   
This Heme in a Galley of his own had in the Archipelago fought with a Turkish Galeot which was going from Argier to Constantinople with the vice-queene of the same Kingdom, and a son and daughter of hers, which carried rit●…h presents to Amurath, all the Turks both men and women in it he put to the sword setting all the Christian slaves at liberty.  
Beside the execution of this gentleman, the Venetians, to appease the Turk, were enforced to send home four hundred Turkish slaves in stead of so many Christians which the said Heme had set at liberty, and to pay him in ready money the sum of 800000. Ducats.  
But to give this year a more pleasing farewell, the Prince of Mantua did with great solemnity and magnificence marry one of the daughters of Francisco great Duke of Tuscany: and Catherina Infanta of Spain was by King Philip her father promised in marriage to the Duke of Savoy.  
Not long after, Pope Gregory the thirteenth died in the four score and third year of his age: his funerals ended in Saint Peter's Church, where he was buried in a chapel which himself had built, the Cardinals entered into the Conclave, where after twelve days, they elected Cardinal Falix Perreti of Montalto a Castle 
The creation of Pope Sixtus the fifth.  in the marches of Ancona, a Monk of Saint Francis order who took upon him the name of Sixtus the fifth.  
The same year on the fourth of june, Nicolo de Ponte the Venetian Prince, died, being ninety four years of age, having governed seven years and odd months, he lies buried in Saint Mary's Church; his funerals ended, and the forty one proceeding to a new election, Pascale Cigogna, Procurator of Saint Mark, was chosen Duke on the eighteenth of August of the same year.   


PASCALE CICOGNA the 88 Duke.   
 
IN his time there happened a tragical act in Padua a town under the Venetian Signory, into whose territories presently upon 
A Duchess i●… cruelly murdered in Padu●….  the election of Pope Sixtus the fifth, Paulo jordano Vrsino Duke of Brasciano retired himself (jealous of the Pope who suspected that the Duke had put a kinsman of his to death before his Papacy, having married his widow Victoria Corembona a beautiful Lady) and there died, not without suspicion of being poisoned, for which loss the Duchess being extremely grieved, retired with two of her brethren to Padua, under the protection of the State of Venice, till such time as she pleased to return home to her father at Eugubia. Lodovico Vrsino kinsman to the deceased Duke, lay at that time in Padua, for whose sake the Senate gave him employment in a journey into the Levant: this man, either of himself, or provoked by others, did on a night with diverse armed men, go to the Duchess house, whom he cruelly murdered, together with one of her brethren.  
The report of this murder being carried to Venice, the Senate sent Commissioners to punish the Author and complices of this homicide. Vrsino having notice hereof, and certain of his letters intercepted, which discovered the fact, so as he could not deny it, resolved to defend himself in his house with fifty of his own followers, determining to hold out till the last man: but the Magistrates environing the house with their guards, and perceiving that he would not yield, caused a Cannon to be brought, wherewith they battered and beat down part of the house, killing some of the defendants. Lodovico at last perceiving 
The murderers are put to death.  longer resistance to be vain, yielded himself, who being imprisoned, together with some of his complices, and found guilty of the Duchess murder, himself was strangled in prison, and his adherents publicly executed.   
The end of the third Book of the seventh Decade.   

The Contents of the fourth Book of the seventh Decade.  
HEnry the third, French King, is slain by a Monk. Henry of Bourbon King of Navarre is proclaimed King of France, Four Popes die in less than a year. The Venetians are jealous of the Turks and Milanese. The building of the Bridge of Rialto. The conversion of Henry of Bourbon French King, he sends a solemn embassage to Rome, where Pope Clement the eight refuseth to give him his blessing. All the Cities of France yield to Henry the fourth. The Venetians send Ambassadors to him. Pope Clement blesseth the French King. Peace betwixt the French and Catholic Kings. The French King marrieth the Lady Mary of Medicis Princess of Florence. Peace betwixt the French King and Duke of Savoy. The Venetians clear the Adriattick Seas from Pirates. A decree of the Venetian Senate against the Clergies purchasing of lands. An other Decree concerning building of Churches. The creation of Pope Paul the fifth He complains to the Venetian Ambassador against the Senate's law, forbidding the Clergy to purchase lands, or to build Churches without licence. The Pope's resolution upon the Venetians refusal. He sends two Injunctions to them concerning that business, with the Senate's answer. Excommunication against the Venetians is published at Rome. They make two Declarations upon the Pope's excommunication. The Pope and Venetians warlike preparations against each other. The French King is a Mediator for Peace betwixt the Pope and Venetians, and to that end sends the Cardinal joyeuse to Rome. The Pope after sundry difficulties condescends to revoke his censures, and to give the Cardinal joyeuse ample Commission to do it. The substance of the Articles whereby the Censures were revoked. And lastly the revocation of them by the said Cardinal in Venice.  
The fourth Book of the seventh Decad of the History of Venice.  
WHILST the Venetians, and generally all Italy enjoyed peace, France and the Netherlands were afflicted with war: And Henry the third French King being treacherously slain●… by a Monk, the chief of the Army as well Catholics as Protestants, proclaimed Henry of Bourbon, King of France and Navarre, as first Prince of the blood, and next heir to the Crown.  
But to return to the Venetians unto whom our History doth chiefly belong. The year following 1590. there was a great dearth of Corn over all Italy, but the Venetian Senate made such speedy provision of grain from England and Poland, as during that time of scarcity, Baker's stalls and markets were better stored with bread, and the price thereof cheaper than in any other City of Italy, where men could not buy as much as they pleased, though in Venice no man was limited. The same year on the 27. of August, Pope Sixtus the fifth died, having 
Pope Sixtus death, with the creation of Pope Vrban the 7.  held the Papacy five years, four months, and three days: Twenty days after, Cardinal Giovan Baptista Castagna a Roman, was created Pope, entitling himself Vrban the seventh, putting all men in hope of an happy government: but he enjoyed the Papacy only twelve days. After his death the Sea was vacant above two months; in which interim, more than seven hundred Bandits spoiled the country round about Rome: against them the college of Cardinals, and great Duke of Tuscany sent forces. At last the Conclave chose Cardinal Nicolo 
Creation of Pope Gregory the 14.  Sfondrato of Milan Pope, entitling himself Gregory the fourteenth.  
Toward the latter end of this year, there was in Venice a Greek called Marto Bragadino Mamagna, one that had been a Monk famous for opinion men had of him, that he could transmute quicksilver into gold, the people were not alone bewitched with this golden dream, but the Nobility, and some Princes of Italy, 
The deceit of a Greek.  sought his friendship, hoping by his means to turn mountains into gold: but this Impostor being no longer able to conceal his deceit, fled from Venice into Bavaria, where the Duke discovering his cozenage, imprisoned and condemned him to be hanged, but the prisoner making suit to be beheaded, the Duke granted 
The Venetians are jealous of Turke●… and 〈◊〉.  his request. The Venetians having carefully provided for the famine (as hath been said) were the year following 1591.▪ much perplexed, having intelligence that the Turk made great preparation for war. They sent forces into Candy and to other places, confronting the enemy: but they were soon freed from 
The building of the bridge of Rialto.  that fear, being advertised that the Turk did it at the request of the French King, to infest the Spaniard, they did afterwards fortify Bressia and Bergamo, suspecting the great forces which were in the state of Milan: they did likewise build that goodly bridge over the great canal of the City, called the bridge of Rialto.  
In the mean time Pope Gregory the fourteenth died, the tenth month and 
The death of Pope Gregory the 14.  tenth day of his Papacy, he was a great favourer of the French league, to whose aid he sent forces under the command of his Nephew Hercole Sfondrato Duke of Mont marcian at the charge of the Sea Apostolic; but after the Pope's death their pay being no more currant, those troops by little and little disbanded. The Sea was vacant thirteen days, at the end of which Cardinal Giovan Antonio 
The Creation and death of Pope Innocent the 9  Faschinetta the Bolognesse was created Pope, assuming the name of Innocent the 9 at first he seemed to favour the league of France, but his designs were vain for he lived but two months and one day after he was made Pope.  
The Cardinals went into the Conclave at the beginning of the year 1592. and elected Hippolito Cardinal Aldobrandino nominated Clement the 7. who seemed willing to aid the French league with men and money. 
The Creation of Pope Clement the 7.   
At the same time Candy was miserably afflicted with the Pestilence, where in a short space died twenty thousand persons: one thing is worthy to be noted, that toward the latter end of August, when the sickness began to decrease, there was seen in a night on the easi side of the Island a great cloud of fire which giving light for an hours space as if it had been noon days, did to the great 
A Prodigy.  terror of the beholders run through the air as far as Spina longa, and there fell into the Sea, where for a long time it burned in the water, and at last it vanished.  
Now the City of Venice having been (as all men know and as we have declared in the first book of this History) builded by those, who flying from the fury and incursions of barbarous nations, retired into those lakes where it now standeth; and in the same manner as it began, hath still daily augmented and increased, so as till this day many famous men, learned in all arts have come thither from all parts of Christendom as to the Sanctuary of the Muses, where those which are excellent in any art whatsoever are so honoured and cherished by the nobility, as they presently forget their native Country, making their perpetual abode there: where upon it came to pass the same year that certain favourers of learning having honourable command in the City propounded the building of an Academy there, where by turns they would meet, and read public lectures 
The Institution of the Venetian Academy.  in that art which every man professed, and to this end nine gallant spirits joined together (Pompeo Limpia de Bari, Lucius Scarannus de Brindiz, Fabio Paulino de Vdina, Giovan Baptista Leone, Georgio Contaren of Venice, Guido Cassono de Seravall, Theodore Angelucio de Bella fort in la Marca, Vnicentio Galieno the Roman, and Giovan Paulo Gallucio de Salles) and laid the foundation of this virtuous work, choosing a fit place for the purpose, where continuing their ordinary lectures the glory and reputation of this Venetian Academy extended so far, as divers notable men have since then come thither, whereby it is daily much beautified and augmented.  
Thus ended this year. At the beginning of the next which was 1593. though the Venetians sought to satisfy the Turk, by keeping the Vscoques of Segna from scouring the Adriattick Seas, yet, not relying on their perfidious promises, being advertised that they made great preparations by land and Sea, they reinforced the Garrisons of Candy, which were much weakened by the late pestilence: then perceiving that the Turkish Army, which came from Constantinople, made incursions through Croatia and approached the Country of Frioul, belonging to their state, resolved to build a fort upon the Confines thereof, at all times to defend the Country from the Turks incursions, they committed the building thereof to skilful Engineers, and to some of the chiefest Senators which for that it is seated in a goodly soil ten miles from Vdina, and within half a mile of the Emperor's territories, was called Nova Palma.  
The same year, Henry King of France and Navarre, after sundry battles and overthrows of his enemies did through the instruction▪ of the Archbishop of Bourges and sundry Doctos of Paris require to be reconciled unto the Roman Church, and on the five and twentieth day of july made public profession thereof, in Saint Denis Abbey, before the said Archbishop, accompanied by the Cardinal Bourbon Archbishop of Roven, nine Bishops, and diverse other Prelates and Religious men, protesting to live and die in the said Catholic religion, and to maintain it with, and against all men: he made profession of his faith, accomplished all ceremonies requisite in so solemn an act, and then received absolution, to the wonderful joy and applause of the people.  
Not long after this public conversion, the King sent the Duke of Nevers and 
A soll●…mne Am●…assage from F●…ance to Rome.  other Prelates to Rome, by them to present his obedience to the Pope, and to witness his desire to imitate the example of the Kings his Predecessors, and by his actions, like them, to merit the title and grave of the Church's eldest son, and to entreat his Holiness to approve his conversion, and to honour him with his blessing.  
The Pope after sundry honours done to the Duke of Nevers, would not at first endure to hear tell of the King, notwithstanding that the Duke and Prelates, which accompanied him, assured him that his conversion was true and unfeigned, and therefore humbly besought his Holiness to believe it, which he refusing to do, would neither absolve the King, nor ratify that which had been done at Saint Denis. The French in the mean time perceiving that the King had abjured his former errors, and was become a Catholic, and afterwards crowned and anointed at Chartres with the holy oil, according to the ancient custom of the French Kings: all rebellious cities, one after another, returned under his obedience. The Venetians sent Ambassadors to the French King, 
The Venetians send Ambassadors to the French King.  to congratulate his conversion, and to rejoice with his Majesty for his happy success, in recovering the greatest part of his kingdom.  
At the beginning of the year following 1595. Amurath the Turkish Emperor died, Mahomet his eldest son succeeded him, who calling all his brethren into his chamber, caused them to be strangled in his presence.  
The Pope being advertised of the French Kings good success, who still humbled himself to the Sea Apostolic, and had again sent David du Perron Bishop of Eureux to Rome, to procure his absolution, was willing to grant his request, notwithstanding many were of contrary opinions: Whereupon, coming one 
The Pope bl●…sseth and absolu●…th the ●…rench King.  Sunday morning being the eighteen of September, in his Pontificalibus into Saint Peter's Hall, he approved King Henry's abjuration, with all ceremonies therein requisite, receiving him to favour, and into the bosom of the Church, with his blessing Apostolical, enjoining him due penance: which done, Drums and Trumpets sounded in sign of joy, and Cannons thundered from Castle Angelo, all men rejoicing at his good fortune, (the Spanish Ambassador excepted) who in his masters behalf protested, that the same act could not prejudice his King's titles.  
During these solemnities at Rome, Pascale Cicogna Duke of Venice died, being four score and five years old, having governed the Commonwealth nine years, one month, and fifteen days, he lies buried in the Church of Santa Maria de Cruciferi.  


MARIN GRIMANI the 89. Duke.   
 
 
MARIN GRIMANI Knight and Procurator of Saint Mark, succeeded him, being beloved of all men for his rare virtue 
The Cardinal of Florence Legat in France.  and charity to the poor. The Pope in the mean time to confirm what he had done to the most Christian King, sent the Cardinal of Florence his Legate into France, who was honourably entertained at Paris, where he made some abode; for open war being denounced betwixt France and Spain, the Pope became a Mediator of peace▪ and to that end sent the General of the Friars, a Sicillian, with ample Commission, together with the Legate, to treat of peace betwixt those two great Kings; he had received the like authority from the King of Spain; and in the end, after sundry goings too and fro, peace (which all men desired) ensued, the year 1598.  
The Venetians perceiving that the Vsicoques did not give over their robbing the Dalmatian and Histrian seas, sent certain Galleys thither, under the command of Giovan Bembo their General, assisted by Colonel Piercente Gabutio & his troops, who defeated these thieves, and cleared the seas. Herein, during peace did the Venetians busy themselves, whilst the Turk enuaded Hungary and Transiluania. But the Vsicoques in the year 1599 continuing their incursions, 
The Venetians defeat the Vsicoques.  the Venetians sent Nicolo Donato, who succeeded Bembo, against them, together with the same Colonel Pierconte Gibutio and his Regiment, who entered and wasted their country, took diverse of theirs Castles, and slew many of them.  
Henry the fourth French King, upon diverse just and reasonable causes, having 
Henry the 4. motioneth a marriage with the Princ●…sse of Florence.  obtained the Pope's dispensation, to repudiate his wife the Lady Marguerite of France, sister to the late King, and to marry an other by whom he might have issue, craved the Lady Ma●…y of Medicis, Princess of Florence, daughter to the late Francisco great Duke of Tuscany, and Niece to Ferdinand de Medicis, now great Duke, a Princess beside her youth, endowed with rare beauty, wisdom, and many excellent parts. The great Duke perceiving how honourable this match would be to himself and the whole family of Medicis, did willingly consent thereunto, 
The King's marriage celebrated at Florence.  whereupon so soon as it was determined and concluded, a great Lord of France was sent thither, who in the King's name married her at Florence, honouring her as his masters wife: Then all things prepared for the journey of so great a Princess towards the latter end of the year she embarked herself and train in the great Duke's Galleys, sailing to Marseilles, where arriving, she remained for certain days, receiving magnificent entertainment, till she might fa●…ther know the pleasure of the King her husband, who at that time made war upon the Duke of Savoy, for recovery of the Marquisat of Salusses, which that Duke had seized on during the civil wars of France: His Majesty having intelligence that the Queen his wife was arrived at Marseilles, sent word that she should come to Lions, whither himself came in post, and consummated the marriage begun at Florence.  
Italy in the mean time was in all arm, because the Count Fuentes being by King Philip sent Lieutenant General to Milan, made great levies of soldiers both 
Italy zealou●… of the Spaniard●….  Spaniards, Italians, Swisses and Almains, under colour of aiding the Duke of Savoy against the French King, if peace betwixt those Prines, t●…eated of at the Pope's command by his Nephew the Cardinal Aldobrandini, took not effect.  
This troubled all Italy, and especially the Venetians in regard of their towns in Lombardy. The great Duke likewise grew jealous: whereupon, each of them armed, 
Peace betwixt the French King and Duke of Savoy  and gave order to fortify their frontiers: the l●…ke did Francisco Maria Duke of Urbin Peace in the mean time being proclaimed at Lions betwixt the Christian King and duke of Savoy at the beginning of the year 1601. and Count Fuentes for all that not disarming, but on the contrary increasing his forces, made the French King to renew his league with the Swisses, and to levy new troops, that if the Spaniard should invade any of his friends, or Confederates in Italy, himself might speedily be able to succour him.  
King Philip, advertised of this iealozy commanded Count Fuentes to disarm, whereby all these suspicions ceased.  
Notwithstanding, the Venetians sent the Colonel Pierconte with other Captains into Lombardy; whither likewise by their commandment the General Leonardo Donato was gone, together with Giovan Baptista, General of their fantery, to fortify their frontier towns, having discovered a plot laid to surprise one of their chiefest Cities; and although Count Fuentes, by his master's commandment, had divided his Army at Milan into sundry parts, namely into Flanders, Croatia, and to Prince Doria, yet he still retained such great numbers at Milan as might justly cause his neighbours to fear and suspect: The Venetians likewise armed certain Galleys and two Galleasses. 
The ca●…se of t●…e Venetian●… icalou si●….   
divers causes moved the Venetians to do so, but chiefly, because Prince Doria, by King Phillip's commandment, having rigged a mighty fleet hovered up and down the mediterranean, no man knowing his design: in the end he cleared this doubt, for he sailed to Argier in Barbary, making an attempt there, which by reason of sundry difficulties had no good success.  
In the year 1602. the fort called Palma Nova by the Venetians was ended, and is thought to be one of the goodliest in all Italy, which being inhabited, they there began to build fair houses, and goodly Palaces, so as in a short time they hope it will prove as populus as strong. The Senate afterwards perceiving that one of the mouths of Po, would in time choke up with abundance of earth, the havens of Chioggia and Malamoc, to the great prejudice and hindrance of the City of Venice, which by that means would lose the ordinary traffic and commerce of those Havens, caused a great trench to be made, through which they diverted that mouth of the River another way, making it to fall into the Sea at a place whereas it could do no more hurt.  
At the same time Philippo Pascalic arrived at Venice returning from his journey against the Vsicoques, he was sent by the Senate as Providator▪ General of Dalmatia, wherein he got great commendation, having defeated those thieves who were afterwards wholly rooted out by the Archduke. Theodoro Balbi likewise Providator of the Gulf, did put the Pirates of Barbary to flight, who scou●…ed the seas almost to Venice, from whom having taken three Galeots, 
divers Pirates are defeated.  and set many Christian slaves at liberty, he did so terrify them, as they durst no more come into those seas: The great Duke's Galleys had the like good hap, which according to their custom sailing in the Archipelago to meet with Turkish Foists, and to spoil their sea coasts, encountered the Galleys of Rhodes, which they fought with, took some of them, and carried a rich booty to Florence.  
But not to stray far from the Venetians, the Clergy of Prague having vehemently contested against Doctor Francisco Zabarello, for the ●…ute preferred to 
The Senate's D●…cree aga●…nst the Clergy.  sell certain ancient Church lands; The Senate made a decree, that the Church should not appropriate unto itself rends possessed by the Laity, grounding that decree upon a prohibition made by the Senate, in the year 1333. that no lands should be given or bequeathed in perpetuity to Churches within the City and Duchy of Venice: and if any were left unto them, they should be sold by a certain time prefixed, and the money alone to be theirs: alleging for reason, that the Clergy, who pretend themselves and goods to be exempt from all necessary charges belonging to the Commonwealth, the number of them daily increasing, and on the contrary, that of the Citizens still decreasing, who serve, and busy themselves in the civil government, and the quantity of their goods whereon the public revenue depends, beginning to fail, in the end all wealth would of necessity fall to the Clergy.  
This law was variously observed till the year 1536. when it was reduced to this form, That none of what quality soever, should give lands to the Church, but only for two years space, in which time they should be sold: and if the sale were not made by the Clergy, a civil Magistrate should be appointed to do it. This being considered by the Senate, hath ever since been generally practised over the whole Venetian state.  
The year 1603. the Council of the Preguays at Venice, decreed, that no 
A decree concerning building of Churches.  Venetian citizen, of what degree or quality soever, should in the City, without the Senate's consent, build any new Church, Hospital, or Monastery, not that the Senate would wholly prohibit such buildings, but because the Prince and Senate as Superiors would consider whether it were needful or not, there being in the city one hundred and fifty Churches, Monasteries, Hospitals, and other like places of devotion. The year following 1604. the Venetians enjoying peace, war removed itself to other places, as Germany, the Levant, and Flanders.  
In the year 1605. Pope Clement the eight falling sick on the twelfth of February, died on the third of March following, having governed the sea of Rome 
The death of Pope Clement the viii.  thirteen years, his body was carried to Saint Peter's Church, and buried in the Clementine chapel which himself had built: Then the Cardinals entering into the Conclave, elected Alessandro de Medicis Cardinal of Florence, son to the illustrious Octavio, who being Archbishop of Florence, was made Cardinal by Pope Gregory the thirteenth, and being chosen Pope, took upon him the 
The election of Pope Leo the 10. and his sudden death.  name of Leo the tenth. The romans were very glad of his election, but their joy lasted not long, for he died of a Fever, the twenty sixth day after he was made Pope: Some thought he was poisoned, but his body being opened in the presence of diverse Physicians, they found it otherwise, he lies buried in Saint Peter's Church.  
The Cardinals proceeding to a new election, and desirous to make haste, the Cardinals Farnese and Montalto went to Cardinal Aldobrandini, entreating him to name three among the whole College of Cardinals (Tuscus and Baronius excepted) and they would choose one of the three: Whereupon, the Cardinals Clement, Arragon, and Borgesius being named, Borgesius as best 
The creation of Pope Paul the fifth.  beloved, was presently saluted Pope by way of adoration, entitling himself Paul the fifth. This Pope descended from an ancient family in Syenna, was son to a Roman Gentlewoman, his Father coming to dwell at Rome.  
But the Venetian Clergy, notwithstanding the Senate's decree, did daily more and more augment their revenues and possessions, as well within the City as abroad: the Senate for reducing their whole State to one conformable custom, had before (as hath been said) divulged their law over all their dominions, and added thereunto a prohibition, that none within their City or Signory, under what colour soever, should sell, give, or in any sort alienate lands to the Clergy without the Senate's permission which should not be granted, but with the same solemnities, usual at the alienation of the public revenue, and all alienations made otherwise, to be declared void, the lands confiscate, and Notaries punished. The Pope at the beginning of his Papacy, having notice of this law, did duly examine it, and would in no sort approve it: but toward the end of October the same year, complained thereof to the Venetian Ambassador, at the time of public audience▪ saying, That whilst the Sea of Rome was vacant, the Venetians 
The Pope complaineth to the Venetian Ambassador.  had made a law, which prohibited the Clergy to purchase lands; adding (though it were made upon important occasion, and by virtue of a former dedree) yet the Cannons disannulled them both; therefore his pleasure was to have them revoked, enjoining the Ambassador in his name, to signify as much to the Signory.  
The Ambassador did what the Pope commanded, and within a while after received instruction and Commission from the Senate, to acquaint his Holiness with the equity of their cause, and justice of their law, together with the Signories power, and authority to make such decrees. The Pope, confident in his own opinion, said aloud, That he gave him audience, only to content the Venetians, and not to admit any of his propounded reasons or excuses: then made an other▪ complaint, about the detaining of a Cannon of Vincenza, and the Abbot of Nerueze, both of them accused of notorious crimes: and within a while after another, concerning the law, forbidding to build Churches without permission: being resolute to have those two laws revoked, and the prisoners delivered to his Nuncio residing in Venice. And on the tenth day of September, making two Injunctions, one concerning the two laws, and the other about sentencing the Clergy, he sent a Commission to his Nuncio to present them, resolving upon their answer and refusal, to proceed to excommunication. But the Nuncio being peradventure moved with pity, because the Senate at that time had chosen 
The Pope's resolution upon the Venetians refusal.  an extraordinary Ambassador, by humble means to seek to divert his Holiness from his resolution, and to induce him better to consider of the matter, delayed the presentation of those injunctions, which the Pope took in bad part: whereupon, in all hast he sent him an express commandment to present them without farther delay. In regard whereof, upon Christmas day, when Duke Grimani lay at point of death, and that the Signory and Senators were assembled, some of whom had received the holy Sacrament, and others were ready to receive, the Nuncio craved audience, and presented the two injunctions, which, notwithstanding the Duke's death happened the day following, were not opened till after the election of the new Duke.  
Prince Grimani having governed nine years and odd months, departed this mortal life in the Christmas holidays, in the year 1605. his funerals ended, Leonardo Donato Knight, and Procurator of Saint Mark, was after the 〈◊〉 manner chosen in his steed, on the tenth day of February 1606.   


LEONARDO DONATO the 90. Duke.   
 
 
AFter his election, the two injunctions being opened, were both of one substance, containing that his Holiness was advertised, that the Venetian Senate had decreed diverse things contrary to the liberty of the Church, and authority of the Sea Apostolic, and divulged over all their Signories certain laws particular to the City of Venice, forbidding to build Churches and Monasteries, and to alienate secular possessions to the Clergy, without the Senate's permission: which as repugnant to the Church's liberty, his Holiness declared to be of no force; and they who had made them, to have incurred Ecclesiastical censures, commanding them on pain of excommunication, presently to revoke and break those laws; threatening to proceed farther, if they obeyed him not.  
To this, the Senate answered on the 28. of january, the same year 1606. That with grief and amazement it understood by his Holiness letters, that he disliked the laws of the Venetian commonwealth, prosperously observed for 
The Senate's answer to the Pope.  many ages, and never till then taxed by any of his predecessors, the revocation whereof would overthrow the foundation of their State; that he accounted those laws to be contrary to the authority of the Sea Apostolic, blaming those which made them, as infringers of the Church's liberty, notwithstanding that they had been men of singular piety, done good service to the Sea of Rome, and were now in heaven: That the Senate according to his Holiness advertisement, had examined both the old and new laws, and could find nothing in t●…em, but what might be decreed by a Sovereign Prince; concluding, that the Venetians did not think that they had incurred any censures, nor that his Holiness, replete with piety and religion, would without considering the cause, continue his menaces. This answer did much ●…isplease the Pope●…, who presently thundered an excommunication against them, which on the seventeenth day of April the 
The censures against the Venetians are publish●…d.  same year, was published over all Rome, and hung up in the usual places, namely on the great gates of Saint Peter's Church, Chancery, and Market place of Campo de Fiore, by Christofero Fondut●…, and Giovan Dominico de Pace, the Pope's Pursuivant▪  
The Prince and Senate having intelligence what was done at Rome, to prevent popular troubles and commotions, which might thereby arise in the towns and cities of their jurisdiction, were desirous to acquaint all their subjects therewith, 
The Venetians make a declaration upon the Pope's excommunication.  and to this end, made two declarations, the one directed to all the Clergy of their dominions, and the other to the Magistrates and officers of the State, to stop and restrain all disorders that might arise: whereupon all that year divers books were written on both sides, some condemning the Venetians, others the Pope, every man according to his own passion.  
But at last this contention had like to have been decided by the sword, both sides making great preparations for war: for the Venetians having intelligence that great numbers of horse and foot were already levied at Ferrara, and that the Romans had offered to aid the Pope in that war with men and money, they likewise for their parts raised forces, fortifying their towns with men and necessary munition, because they would not be taken unprovided, so that there was great likelihood of a bloody war: But our good God, who with an eye of pity looks upon his children, and takes no pleasure to see their blood spilled, raised up a Mediator, by whose means this schism and controversy betwixt Christians was appeased.  
It was Henry the fourth French King, who to prevent the danger and skandall 
The French King mediates peace betwixt the Pope and Uenetians.  which might arise by this war, did speedily send the Cardinal joyeuse to the Pope and Venetians, from him and in his name to mediate peace betwixt them; which had good success. For Cardinal joyeuse being in haste dispatched from France with instructions from the King, necessary for his negotiation, arrived at Rome on a Thursday night the three and twentieth of March 1607. and the same evening conferred with the Cardinals and French Ambassador about propounding this business to the Pope, the next day after dinner, himself and the Ambassador went to see his Holiness, unto whom the Cardinal did at large reveal the cause of his coming: But because the Pope seemed inexorable to any entreaty of agreement with the Venetians, till the Clergy and jesuits were first restored to their Churches and College (the Venetians still oppugning the jesuits) the Cardinal at this first audience would not altogether put him out of hope of their restitution, but only told him that he did not despair of reconciling the jesuits to the Venetians, having bethought himself of a fit means by which he hoped if his Holiness would make use thereof to prevail, which the next day he promised to propound.  
The Pope, desirous to know his devise, did early the next day send for them, and then the Cardinal joyeuse told him, that to hope by any express treaty to obtain of the Venetian Senate the restoration of the Fathers jesuits, were but to lose time, and to no purpose, but if his Holiness would give him ample commission and authority to revoke the censures, and with it send him to Venice; he showing this commission to the Senate, and saying unto them, ●…oe, I have here power and authority to take away the interdiction, but upon this condition, that you restore the jesuits, happily the sight thereof will make some impression in them.  
The Pope made show that he neither would nor could approve this motion, saying, that he had engaged his promise not to abandon the jesuits, who had been expulsed for favouring his interdiction, unto whom he had given his word never to be reconciled to the Venetians till they were restored, and after sundry other allegations this second conference was to no purpose, every man perceiving by his Holiness countenance that he was much perplexed.  
The French Cardinals and other of the King's servants, meeting to consult upon some means to remove these difficulties, entreated the Cardinal Perron to go the next day after dinner to get express audience of the Pope, and if it were possible, to induct him, to grant certain points for the furtherance of the business.  
Cardinal Perron at their entreaty, undertook the matter, and for a while disputed 
Cardin●…ll Perron 〈◊〉 with the Pope.  with his Holiness about the restoration of the jesuits, showing him the danger whereunto he exposed the Church and Christian Religion for one particular order, whose restoring was to be hoped for, though for a time deferred: he told him that his Holiness should first re-establish his own authority in Venice, and that once done, there was no doubt but that the jesuits would ere long be restored; and after many other important reasons, he at last obtained of his Holiness, that seeing for that present he could not prevail in the jesuits behalf, he should let it pass and insert some clause in the Articles, whereby it might appear to the world that he had not neglected their restoration.  
Then the Cardinal speaking of the Commission, the Pope would hardly be drawn thereunto, supposing it to be dishonourable for the sea Apostolic, saying 
The Pope grants a commission to the Ca●…dinal Ioy●…use.  that the re●…ocation of the censures ought to be done at Rome, and not sent to Venice; notwithstanding, the Cardinal alleging divers reasons to the contrary, the Pope at last consented to give the Cardinal joyeuse a commission to 〈◊〉 the censures, which he should carry with him to Venice, but on this condition, to do his best for the restoration of the jesuits, before he disannulled the interdiction. He did also (though with some difficulty) induce his Holiness to be pleased▪ that the French Ambassador resident at Rome, and not he which lay at Venice should in the French King and Venetian Signories name crave of him the revocation of the censures in writing, for the Pope told him that the Spanish Ambassador resident at Venice, had craved it in the name of his Master and the Signory.  
In a word, his Holiness granted all his demands, only he seemed unwilling to declare his intent to the Consistory, saying he supposed that he ought not to do it publicly, because he had not yet acquainted the Cardinals therewith, nevertheless he would resolve upon it, and the next day in the consistory would impart it to some particular Cardinals, and the same afternoon, call them one after an other into his chamber to take their vows in secret.  
According to his resolution his Holiness having in the consistory declared his intention to some particular Cardinals, he did the same after▪ noon call the rest into his chamber, secretly to take their vows, and in that business spent the week. The Spaniards being jealous and malcontent that they were not employed in that negotiation, and desirous to frustrate the matter, divulged certain rumours, contrary to the Pope's will and meaning, and among others a cunning letter written from Venice by D. Francisco de Castro, by which he certified the Pope, that if he stood fast for the restoring of the jesuits, he should obtain it, and that the Venetians determined to make protestation, by surrending the prisoners, contrary to that which had been concluded, and which his Holiness had promised to himself. These false rumours did somewhat trouble the Pope who thereupon made 
The Commission is given to Cardinal Ioy●…use to revoke the censures at Venice.  some difficulty to proceed any fa●…ther; but Cardinal Perron soliciting and assuring him of the contrary, he delivered (according to his former resolution) the commission to Cardinal joyeuse willing him to make haste to Venice.  
The Spaniards being not able to cross this resolution, made suit to have Cardinal Zapala to be joined in commission with Cardinal joyeuse, but their labour was lost; and yet in other solemnities Zapala and the Spanish Ambassador had in appearance some e●…uality which the French Kings Ministers, because in their King's name they were sureties for the Venetian Signory, as were Cardinal joyeuse and the French Ambassador for the Christian King: yet the world accounted it but a vai●…e and idle fable, for they had no such authority from the Signory of Venice, as had the French, who executed their commission to their King's great fame and glory.  
Cardinal joyeuse, together with the 〈◊〉, received from his Holiness the conditions on which the censures were to be revoked, being in number six, the effect whereof is thus: That the two Church men prisoners, namely the Abbot 
〈◊〉 Articles on which the i●…terdiction was reuok●…d.  of Nerueze, and the Cannon of Vincenza, shall be freely given to the Pope: That his Holiness shall revoke his censures, making a declaration thereof to the College: That the Venetian Signory shall within a while after send an embassage to the Pope: That the Duke by a declaration shall certify the Clergy of his State, that the first declaration is revoked: That the three Decrees mentioned in the Pope's interdiction, and other laws of the Signory shall continue in their full force and power, with this proviso, that the Senate shall promise the French and Catholic Kings not to execute them before the business be fully ended betwixt his Holiness and the State of Venice, having first better and more amply informed the Pope of the justice and equity of those laws: And lastly that all Churchmen and Religious orders which are banished and expulsed from Venice, or the jurisdiction thereof, by reason of these troubles, may return home to their houses and covents. But concerning the return of the jesuits, his Holiness is content to defer it, till an Ambassador from the Signory have treated particularly with him concerning that point, certifying him that their expulsion proceeds from certain causes and reasons which have no community with the interdiction, and if it shall be found otherwise, then as easily to admit the restoration of the jesuits, as that of other Clergy men.  
Now Cardinal joyeuse departed from Rome with commission and Articles, 
The Cardinal's reception at Venice.  and arrived at Venice, where he was honourably received and entertained, many Senators going to meet him in the Bucentaure: Then the next day, being the twentieth of April, one of the States Secretaries, accompanied with the captain 
After what manner the prisoners were delivered.  and other officers of the prison, and for greater solemnity, with a public Notary, brought the two prisoners to the house of the Sieur de Fresne, Ambassador to the French King, and delivered them to him, as granted to the Pope at the entreaty of the King his Master, without prejudice to the State's jurisdiction in such like cases, and the French Ambassador did presently consign them into the hands of the Cardinal joyeuse who was in the same house, in the presence of the Secretary, with these words, These are the prisoners which the Signory hath granted to his Holiness, not adding at whose entreaty, and so the Cardinal received them as the Pope's prisoners; whereunto the Secretary at that time made no reply: In this manner by this omission on the one part, and silence on the other, it seemeth that some doubt, not well understood, remained betwixt the Pope and Signory, which nevertheless holds it honour preserved by the form of the consignation inregestred by a public Notary: and the Cardinal supposeth that the Pope ought to rest satisfied with the words of the Sieur de Fresne, or rather with his casual or voluntary omission.  
Then the next morning, which was the day appointed by the Senate, the Cardinal 
The manner of 〈◊〉 the censures.  coming to the College, after some circumstances of the Pope's fatherly goodness, did assure them that the censures were revoked, & having given them his blessing went to celebrate mass in the patriarchs Church.  
The Duke's first declaration was likewise revoked in this manner. Leonardo Donato by the grace of God Duke of Venice etc. To the reverend patriarchs Archbishops, 
The Duke reuok●…th his first declaration.  and Bishops of our State and jurisdiction of Venice, and to the vicars, Abbots, Priors, Rectors of parish Churches, and all other Ecclesiastical Prelates, greeting. Seeing it hath pleased our good God to find out a way whereby our holy Father Pope Paul the fifth hath been daily informed as well of our good meaning, as integrity of our actions and continual honour and reverence which we bear to the Sea of Rome, and thereby to take away all cause of strife, We, as we have ever desired and procured unity, and good correspondence with the said Sea, of which we are loving and obedient children, receive likewise this contentation, to have at last obtained the accomplishment of our holy desire.  
Therefore we thought good by our declaration to advertise you hereof, giving you beside to understand, that whatsoever did belong hereunto, having been faithfully performed on both parts, and the censures and interdiction removed; the protestation likewise, which we made against them, hath been and is revoked: we being desirous that herein, and in all other our actions, the piety and religion of our State may still more and more appear, the which we will carefully observe, as our Predeoessors have ever done. Given in our ducal palace the one and twentieth of April 1607. signed Marco Ottobo●… Secretary.  
The Duke having published this declaration, and by delivery of the prisoners satisfied for his part the conditions mentioned in the accord, the Senate was perplex●…, 
The senates doubt.  with a doubt of no mean consequence, which was, that the Pope for his part having made no mention at all concerning books and writings, published in behalf of the said decrees, nor of the authors of the said books, which are two very important points, and which did wholly seem to break of this reconciliation, the State doubting that the Pope by this silence and omission had an intent to proceed afterwards against the Authors of the said books by the ordinary way of Ecclesiastical justice; and thinking it a matter against all reason to abandon those that had done them such good and faithful service, after mature consultation, the Senate made a very notable and honourable decree that the Signory should protect them against all men, and assign them a perpetual pension. In this manner, is the Commonwealth by God's goodness, and revocation of the censures, restored to her former ancient peace and glory.   
The end of the fourth and last Book of the seventh Decade of the History of Venice.    
FINIS.   

A Table of the principal matters contained in the first Volume of the History of Venice, compiled for the more easy finding out thereof by the right course of Alphabet.  

authors meaning whereof to treat. Fol. 1  
Authors opinion concerning the City's foundation. 4  
A very curious observation. 5  
A wonderful miracle smelling somewhat of Popery. 5  
Attila defeated near Tholouse. 5  
Arrian sect over all Italy. 7  
Ancient custom of marrying their daughters. 9  
A great miracle at Verona. 10  
A league made with Luitprand. 12  
A cruel and unworthy act. 18  
A punishment of God. 18  
Ancient Malamoc ruinated. 24  
Albiolans yield. 24  
A very excellent Library within the Palace. 27  
A conspiracy against the Prince discovered. 28  
Alexandrines, insolent to strangers. 30  
Augustus his Proverb. 30  
A sea-army granted to the Grecians against the Sarracens. 34  
A fleet sent against the Narentines. 45  
A solemn oath made by the Clergy and chief Citizens. 45  
A marvelous example of fortune. 51  
Ambassadors of Dalmatia, Liburnia and Histria, come to Venice to complain of the Narentines. 55  
Ambassadors offers to the Venetians. 56  
Albania is a part of Illiria 56  
A divine punishment. 65  
A wondersull vision happened to Peter the Hermit. 69  
Assemblies answer to Pope Vrban at the council of Clermont. 71  
An admirable matter. 71  
Alexis practiseth treachery. 72  
Alexis & Beamond reconciled. 73  
A new agreement between Alexis and the Christian Princes. ibid.  
A new Army of Infidels. 74  
A great battle betwixt the Christians and the Infidels. ibid.  
Armenia Maior given by the French men to Palmurus. 75  
A very dangerous way. 76  
A lucky event for the Christians. ibid.  
Antioch S. Peter's first seat. 77  
Abundance of victuals at the beginning of the siege. ibid.  
A great quarrel between Beamond and the Earl of S. Giles. 79  
Agreement made with the king of Tripoli. ibid.  
A new fleet of Venetians in Syria. 85  
A new Army of Hungarians in Dalmatia. 88  
A courageous act of Prince Michaeli. 93  
A strange case of a Pigeon. ibid.  
All the Islands of the Grecian Empire taken. 95  
A new religious Order. 97  
Agreement with the Pisans. ibid.  
A new Army against the Normans. 98  
A sudden fire. 99  
A league with William king of Sicill. 100  
A secret league betwixt the Greek Emperor, and the King of Sicill. 101  
A great fleet against the Greek Emperor. 102  
A new deceit of the greeks. ibid.  
An example of great affection to a man's country. 104  
All the Princes of the Greek Empire murdered. 106  
A general Council published to be holden at Dijon. ibid.  
Aresolued Ambassade to Frederick in the Pope's behalf. 107  
At what time the Venetian Prince began to seal with lead. 108  
At what time the Venetian Prince began to marry the Sea. ibid.  
Ancient manner of distributing alms. 112  
A new manner of electing the Prince. 113  
A new army of Christians for recovery of the Holy Land. 114  
Agreement betwixt the Venetians and foreign Princes. 116  
Agreement with the Bandits of Zara. 118  
A great fight at the Haven of Constantinople. 119  
An assault given to the City. ibid.  
A discreet answer of a young Emperor. 120  
A new Greekish invention to deceive the Christians. ibid.  
A new agreement betwixt the Venenetians and the Princes. 121  
A decree of the Venetians about possession of the Islands. 124  
A great courtesy. 126  
A new strife betwixt the Venetians and Paduans. 126  
A sedition of the Constantino politans affirming their Church not subject to Rome. 127  
A Colony sent to Corfu. ibid.  
Andrew king of Hungary, chief of the voyage into Syria. 128  
A Colony sent into Candie. 131  
A new commotion in Candace. ibid.  
Accord betwixt Tepulo and Sanuto. 132  
A new commotion in Candie. 133  
Agreement betwixt the Venetians and greeks. ibid.  
Agreement with the chief Rebels of the Island. 135  
Angelo Gradonico Governor of Candie. 136  
Agreement with the Candiots. ibid.  
Army of the Greeks before Constantinople. 137  
Articles of the truce betwixt the Venetians and Genoveses. ibid.  
Andrea Tepulo sent to aid the Genoveses. 140  
Agreement with the king of Hungary for Zara. ibid.▪  
An army at Venice against Eccelin. 142  
An assault given to Padua. 143  
A noble courage of a Prenestine. ibid.  
Acre taken by the Venetians. 147  
A new Venetian fleet in Syria. 151  
A new Venetian army sent to Modon. 152  
A new Venetian army against the Genoveses. ibid.  
An usual Proverb. 155  
Anconitans seek to defraud the Venetians of their Impostes. 157  
Anconitans' policy to surprise the Venetians. ibid.  
Anconitans send to Pope Nicholas the third. ibid.  
A new war with the Patriarch of Aquileia. 158  
A traitor punished. 159  
Acre taken by the Infidels. 160  
At what time the Christians were driven out of Syria. ibid.  
A popular tumult about the creation of the Duke. ibid.  
Andrew king of Hungary cometh to Venice. 163  
A new war with the Genoveses. ibid.  
A wonderful matter in the Fens Maeotides. 164  
A strange death of one of the Generals of the Venetian army. 165  
A new army of the Venetians. 166  
An enforced peace betwixt the Venetians and the Genoveses. ibid.  
A detestable act of a bastard. 167  
A pension given to the woman who slew Baiamont. 169  
Another opinion concerning the issue of the conspiracy. ibid.  
Author's discourse on the doings of the Pope and Dandulo. 170  
A deed worthy of a General of an army. 173  
A new army against the Genoveses. ibid.  
Abundance of corn in the City. 174  
Agreement with the Patriarch of Aquileia. 175  
A wonderful eclipse. ibid.  
Albert of Escalla, recovereth Vderza. 181  
A general review of the army. 182  
Albert of Escalla flieth. 183  
Antenor laid the first foundations of Chioggia. 184  
Ambassadors sent to Venice to procure a peace. 185  
A wise retreat. 186  
A discreet resolution of a General. ibid.  
A notable sentence. 188  
A treaty of peace broken. ibid.  
A prodigious storm at Venice in a night. 190  
A wonderful apparition to a poor Fisherman. ibid.  
A General assault given to Zara. 194  
A wonderful earthquake. 196  
At what time the infection began and ended in Venice. 197  
Albert Prince of Croatia pardoned. 198  
A discreet act of the General. 199  
A cruel night-fight. 201  
Arragonois General slain in the battle. ibid.  
A new Genovesan army commanded by Pagano Doria. 205  
A great bravery of a Genovese galley. 207  
Aristocratia reputed best of the governments. 208  
An excellent architect punished for conspiracy. ibid.  
A religious and godly act. 210  
Almains defeated through their own default. 214  
A City bravely defended. 215  
A peace more necessary than honourable for the Venetians. ibid.  
Ambassadors sent every where against the Candiots. 216  
Advertisement to Christian Princes against the Candiots. ibid.  
A free speech of two Senators of Candie. 218  
Almiron. 219  
A new commotion in Candie. 221  
Anopolis taken. 224  
A merry answer of a soldier to one of the Rebels. ibid.  
A Venetian army against the Thryestines. 225  
A base retreat of the Almains. 226  
A new war with Francisco Carrario. ibid.  
Alberto Carrario in Rayniero his place. 229  
Almain merchants imprisoned in Venice. 230  
An absolute peace with Leopold. 231  
An agreement betwixt thy Venetians and the king of Cyprus. 235  
A stratagem of the Genoveses to avoid the fight. 236  
A brave answer of those of Sicco. 237  
A quarrel against the Venetians at Barletta soon appeased, 239  
A battle at Sea betwixt the Venetians and the Genoveses. ibid.  
A memorable enterprise of Carrario. 242  
A divine punishment. 245  
A new decree of the Senate in favour of those who should relieve the City. 250  
A liberal offer made to the Senate by a Citizen of Chioggia ibid.  
An enterprise attempted with bad success. 251  
A great Barze of Genoa taken. 252  
A Genoveses ship esteemed to be worth 500000. crowns. ibid.  
A sharp fight in the haven of Brondolli. 254  
A great fight on the lakes. 259  
A discreet answer of the mercenary Captains to the enemies. 261  
After what manner the Paduan had enclosed the passages towards Trevisa. 266  
An unworthy act of a Garrison for want of pay. 268  
Asill yielded to Carrario upon Composition. 270  
Ambassadors sent from Venice to Tr●…uiso to Leopold. 273  
A monster borne at Venice. 274  
A Venetian army to subdue Tenedos. 276  
A law against murderers. 277  
Antonio of Escalla defeated by Giovanni Galeas Visconte. 278  
A French man punished for indiscreet speaking. 282  
A Venetian Garrison sent to Vincenza. 283  
Albert de Aeste maketh war on the Venetians in behalf of Carrario. 284  
Accio of Aeste recalled from Candie to make war on Albert. ibid.  
An Amphitheatre in Verona. 286  
A cruel and unusual punishment. 287  
A marvelous storm. 291  
Ambassadors of Philip Duke of Milan at Venice. 298  
Alliance concluded betwixt the Venetians and Florentines. 305  
Articles of the agreement. ibid.  
A Rampire built against the Castle of Bressia. 310  
An assault given to the Castle of Bressia. 311  
An agreement made with the Garrison in the Castle. 312  
A new league against Philip. 314  
A troop of Venetian Mariners defeated by Philip's forces. 316  
A furious sally of the besieged. 318  
A battle betwixt the Venetians and Philip. 319  
An extreme frost at Venice. 327  
A cruel decree of the Florentines. 328  
An enterprise upon the Castle of Loads discovered. ibid.  
A bloody fight. 330  
A naval fight betwixt the Venetians and Genoveses. 331  
A fierce fight by land. 332  
An enterprise of the Venetians upon Cremona. ibid.  
Attendulo recovereth sundry places for the Florentines. 334  
Articles of peace betwixt the Venetians and Philip. 336  
Accord betwixt Sforza and Picinino. 339  
A Treaty of peace almost concluded is broken off. 341  
A Citadel made at Bolognia. 342  
Articles of agreement betwixt Philip and Sforza. 346  
A complot to assail the Venetians on all sides. 348  
Auogadre his remonstrance to the Senate. 357  
A wonderful proposition of a Candiot. 360  
After what manner the Vessels were brought to the lake of Benac. ibid.  
A league concluded betwixt the Venetians, Florentines, and Sforza. 361  
A naval battle betwixt the Venetians and the Mantuan. 363  
A fierce fight necre the lake of Benac. 365  
A Venetian army for the Lake. 371  
A new design of Sforza to relieve Bressia. 372  
An enterprise upon Verona. 374  
A league betwixt Philip and Cornetano the Pope's General. 379  
A battle upon the lake b●…twixt the Venetians and Philip's forces. 382  
Ambassadors come to Sforza from Bressia and Bergamo. 385  
Andre●… Dandulo sent Ambassador to the Sultan of Babylon. 396  
A great deluge at Venice. ibid.  
Alexander, S●…orza his brother, revolteth from him. 401  
Andrea Donato accused to have been corrupted, is condemned in a pecuniary fine. 402  
Attendulo his incursions upon the Millanous 403  
Anconitans yield to the Veneti●…ans. ibid.  
Accord betwixt the Milanois and Sforza. 404  
Ambassadors sent from Milan to Venice: with Venetians answer. ibid.  
A naval Army against Pirates. 405  
Alphonso imprisoneth all the Venetians in his kingdom. ibid.  
Alphonso his answer to the Venetian Ambassadors. ibid.  
Accord betwixt the Venetians and Sforza. 408  
A battle betwixt the Turks and Christians at Adrianople. 409  
Alphonso expelleth the Venetians out of his dominions. 411  
A motion of peace betwixt Sforza and the Milanese. 411  
Accord betwixt the Venetians and Milanese. 412  
A cruel fight at the mouth of the haven of S●…racusa. 414  
Ambassadors assembled at Venice. ibid.  
A great dear●…h in Milan. ibid.  
An excellent example of chastity in a German Lady. 415  
A fierce fight with victory on neither side. 419  
Alphonso pursueth the Florentine●…. 420  
Aid entereth into Constantinople by Sea. 422  
Ambassadors sent into Germany to the Emperor. 426  
Antonio Marcello Providator besiegeth Thryesle. 435  
Assault given to Thryeste hath no good success. ibid.  
Arimini and Thryeste freed from the siege. 436  
A memorable offer of two brethren of Candie. 444  
A general assault given to Nigrepont by the Turks. ibid.  
A new policy of Ottoman. 447  
A generous act of a Dalmatian woman. 452  
Ambassadors of Vssan-Cassan king of Persia come into Italy. 453  
A brave deed of a young man. 466  
Ambassadors of Cassam▪ bet sent to the Venetian General. 467  
After what sort the janissaries are made. 468  
Ambassadors come to Mocenigo from the king of Cyprus sister 469  
A battle betwixt the Turks and Persians. 470  
Andrea Cornari murdered. 474  
Antonio Legiero Governor of scutary. 486  
Arragonians deseate the Florentines. 490  
A cruel assault by night. 501  
Alphonso aided by the Colonessi & the Savelli besiegeth the Pope. 502  
A cruel fight betwixt Alphonso Duke of Calabria, & Roberto of A rimini General to the Venetians. ibid.  
Alphonso his great progression. 508  
A subtle stratagem of Viari. 510  
Alphonso taketh Carpinetta. 511  
Alphonso takes Azzola. ibid.  
Alphonso his exclamations. 512  
Arrogant brag of Porco. 514  
Alphonso's army at Quintiana. 515  
Alphonso takes Metella. ibid.  
A great plague at Venice. 517  
Ambassadors sent to the K. of Romans and to the king of Portugal. 521  
A league betwixt the Pope and Venetians. 522  
Almains besiege Rovero. 524  
A law carefully observed by the Venetians, with their great justice. 531   

B  
BOnitendius opinion concerning the association of a colleague in the government or principality. 20  
Blondus his opinion concerning the French war against the Venetians. 23  
Battle of Crotona. 35  
Benet the Pope comes to Venice. ibid.  
Berengarius defeated by the Huns. 40  
Battle betwixt the Venetians and the Huns. 41  
Burial of Pietro Candiano, and his young son. 47  
Berengarius and his son Albert defeated. 51  
Bishop of Grada his present to the Duke. 56  
By what means the Normans grew great. 65  
Beamond assailed by Alexis subjects. 73  
Battle betwixt the Christians and the Infidels. 74  
Beamond gives the first assault to the City of Antioch. 76  
Beamond his great authority. 78  
Bethlehem, Braim, Berithon. 80  
Bodies of S. Theodore, and S. Nicolas, brought to Venice. 84  
Baldwin king of jerusalem. 85  
Beamond is set at liberty, and returns to Antioch. ibid.  
Baldwin surnamed Burgensis king of jerusalem. 86  
Baldwin taken prisoner by Dalochus king of the Parthians. 89  
Barbarians defeated by the Venetians before joppa. 91  
Building of the hospital of the public charity. 95  
Baldwin of Flanders chosen Emperor of the East. 121  
Boniface king of Thessaly. 124  
Bishop's Sea at Malamoc translated to Chioggia. 127  
Benedicto Trevisano. 141  
Brent and Bachillion turned backwards. 142  
Bolognians intent discovered. 154  
Bolognians defeated. 155  
Buconio his 〈◊〉. 166  
Brave resolution of a great captain. 183  
Bressia besieged by Luchin Visconte. 187  
Bressia and Bergamo taken by Luchin. ibid.  
Building of Saint Anthony's Hospital. 194  
Battle betwixt the Venetians and Genoveses. 203  
By what means the plot was discovered. 208  
Base retreat of the Almans. 226  
By what means the Isle of Tenedos came into the Venetians possession. 232  
Battle at Sea with the Genoveses. 233  
Bebia recovered. 264  
Bressia and Senia taken by Lauretano. 267  
Boucicault a French man, General of the Genoa-army. 281  
Both fleets dissemble. ibid.  
Baths in time passed at Vero●…a. 286  
Boldness of Picinino, one of Philip's Captains. 312  
Brissels taken. 315  
Battle betwixt the Venetians and Philip. 319  
Bressia somewhat relieved 362  
Barbaro his politic wisdom. 368  
Bressians term Barbaro Father of their country. ibid.  
Bressians are put to rout. 369  
Brave message of the Governor of the old Palace to the Prince of Mantua. 376  
Bressia is relieved with victuals. 379  
Borsia de Aeste is put to rout. 384  
Bregnan, Trioill, and Rimolca in the Gyradade recovered by Sforza. 385  
Battle of Anglare betwixt Picinino and those of the league. 386  
Bressians recompensed for their loyalty. 388  
Bistice assailed by the Venetians. 396  
Bolognese having recovered their liberty, crave the alliance of the Venetians and Florentines. 399  
Bertoldo D'Aeste is slain at the siege of Corinth. 433  
Bartholomeo of Bergamo bringeth forces into Tus●…anie. 440  
Battle of Molinella. ibid.   

C  
CReation of Tribunes. 8  
Coming of the Lombard's into Italy. ibid.  
Churches builded by Narses. 9  
Church of Grada made Metropolitan by the Pope. 10  
Church of Grada robbed. ibid.  
Complaint against the Tribunes. 11  
Creation of Exarch. 14  
Conspiracy against the Duke. 20  
Cruel death of the bishop of Grada 21  
Conspiracy against the Duke discovered. ibid.  
'Cause of the war betwixt the two Empires. 22  
Coming of Theodosius to Venice. 34  
City of Crotona. ibid.  
City of Venice new fortified. 39  
Civil war betwixt the Huns. 40  
Commachians vanquished. 43  
Complaints against the Narentines. 45  
Church of the Augustine's builded. 46  
Complaint of Vitalis bishop of Grada. 51  
Civil discords. 53  
Cruel intent of the Calloprini. ibi.  
Calloprini return to Venice. 54  
City of Pharos destroyed. 58  
Conditions of peace granted to the Narentines. ibid.  
Church and Monastery of Bennet, builded by the Phaledrini. 60  
Conspiracy against the Duke, and his banishment. 61  
Centranico deposed from his dignity, is by the people shorn, and made a Monk. 62  
Custom of taking a Colleague into the Principality abolished. 63  
Cruelty of the Mahometans. 70  
Charlemagne his exploits against the Infidels. 71  
Complaints of the Christians before Antioch. 78  
Caesarea. 80  
Christians besiege jerusalem. 82  
Christians take jerusalem. 83  
Castle of sobal built by Baldwin. 86  
Chioggia built with the ruins of Malamoc. 87  
Cyprian's Monastery built. ibi.  
Caloman king of Hungary dieth suddenly. 88  
Croatia brought under the Venetians obedience. ibid.  
Conditions granted by Varimond to the Venetians. 92  
Christian's stratagem before tire. 93  
Corfu taken by the Venetians. 98  
Contagious sickness in the Venetian army. 103  
Creation of the Ten. 104  
Crüeltie against the Law of Nations. 105  
Cruel determination of a woman. ibid.  
Christian Princes arrived at Venice. 116  
Complaint and request of young Alexis. 117  
Constantinople besieged by Sea and Land. 118  
Constantinople besieged the second time. 121  
Constantinople yields. ibid.  
Coronation of the Emperor Baldwin. 122  
Cause why the Emperor Emanuel hated the Venetians. ibid.  
Colony sent into Corfu. 127  
Count of Auxerre chosen Emperor of the East. ibid.  
Count Mailloc his enterprise upon Candie. 130  
Colony sent to Candie. 131  
Candace taken by Tepulo. 132  
Cyani willingly deposeth himself. 134  
Constantinople besieged again by Vattasus. 137  
Craft and subt●…ltie of the Genoveses. 138  
Court of Requests established in Venice. 139  
City of Pola taken and ruined. 140  
City of Epidauro called at this day Maluasia. 149  
Cruelty of the greeks and Genoveses. 150  
Christians in Syria divided in to sac●…iöns. ibid.  
Cania in Candie ruined by the Genoveses. 152  
Certain Genoa ships taken by the Venetians ibid.  
Carolo and Andraea Dandulo generals of the Venetian Army. 165  
Cydon in Candie taken by the Genoveses. 166  
City of Ferrara recovered by the Pope's Legate. 168  
Conspiracy of Tepulo. ibid.  
Conspirators purpose. ibid.  
Conspirators assail the Duke's palace. 169  
Course of the war with those of Escalla. 176  
Cause why the Paduans revolted from those of Escalla. 185  
Caminensis wife slain in the habit of a servant. 186  
Charles son to the king of Boheme, encamped before Feltra. ibid.  
City of Feltra taken by the king of Hungary. 187  
Candie is appeased by the rebels punishment. 191  
Certain Lords of Candie do rebel. ibid.  
Chief conspirators punished. 208  
Cause of the war betwixt the Venetians and the king of Hungary. 212  
Commissioners sent into Candie to appease the troubles. 216  
Calergo the murderer taken. 218  
Candiots resolve to yield to the Genovese. ibid.  
Candiots cruelty to the Venetians. 219  
Candiots defeated. 220  
City of Candace yielded. ibid.  
Candiots defeated and put to flight by Giacomo Bragadino. 222  
Contareni his fault inexcusable. 225  
Carrario his purpose discovered. 226  
Cause of the fourth war with the Genoveses. 231  
Carrario beginneth war against the Venetians. 234  
Cause of the taking of Famagosta. ibid.  
Cities of Cesalta and Saligetta taken. 237  
Caballa of Verona, General of the Venetian footmen. 241  
Carrario joineth himself with the Genoveses. 242  
Chiurani, for not doing his duty is condemned to perpetual imprisonment. ibid.  
Cap-darger taken by Carrario. 245  
Common complaint of the people. 246  
Charles, son to Lewis King of Hungary, cometh before Treviso. 248  
Charles returneth to Hungary. 249  
Citizen's resolution. ibid.  
Caloianes earnest entreaty to the Venetians for succour. 252  
Cornari seizeth on Brondolli. 253  
Carolo Zeni arriveth in the haven of Chioggia. 255  
Cap-Histria taken by the Genoveses and given to the Patriarch of Aquileia. 264  
Carolo Zeni General of the Venetian army. 266  
Cape-Histria taken by the Genoveses. 271  
Conditions of peace betwixt the Venetians and the Genoveses. 274  
Cruel war at Tenedos. 276  
Carrario imprisoned in the Medozian Tower. 279  
Carrario his lands divided. ibi.  
Castle of Padua recovered for Novello. ibid.  
Carrarians make incursions on the Vencenzans. 282  
Carrario wrongeth the Venetian Ambassador. 283  
Carolo Malateste of Arimini general of the Venetians army. 284  
Conditions of peace made with Albert Aeste. 285  
Conditions of peace propounded unto Carrario. 287  
Carrario his great cruelty. 288  
Cividalians yield to the Venetians. 293  
Carmagnolla leaveth Philip, and cometh to the Venetian. 297  
Cornari his Oration to Philip. ibid.  
Carmagnolla called into the Senate, with his invective against Philip. 302  
Carmagnolla General to the Venetians. 307  
Certain Venetian troops defeated by the army of Philip. 310  
Castle of Bressia yielded to the Venetians. 312  
Casal-Maior taken by Picinino. 315  
Carnagnolla before Monteclaro. 317  
Carolo Malateste General of Philip's army. 320  
Chief cause of Carmagnolla his death. 321  
Cause of the renewing of the war betwixt the Venetians & Philip. 323  
Carmagnolla escapes by flight. 328  
Carmagnolla gives over his charge, for sorrow that he had done a fault. 331  
Carmagnolla convicted of treason is beheaded. 334  
Cornari dieth in prison. 336  
Cause of the renewing the war betwixt the Venetians & Philip. 338  
Carrario cometh forth of Germany to take Padua. 339  
Carrario is discovered and executed at Venice. 340  
Cosmo de Medicis sent to Venice. 344  
Cosmo goeth to the Pope. 346  
casal yieldeth to Picinino. 348  
Cause of the commotion of Padua & Vincenza. 367  
Commissioners of Verona come to Venice. 378  
City of Antivari subject to the Venetians. 396  
Christians possess the Straight. 397  
Cause of Sforza's hatred to king Alphonso. 398  
Ciarpelions death. 400  
Carolo Montone taketh the Venetians party. 403  
Coione takes the Venetians part. 406  
Coyone his victory. 409  
Crenia yields to the Venetians. 411  
Coyone assailed by command of the Senate. 416  
Carolo Gonzaga imploreth the Venetians aid. ibid.  
Coyone makes incursions upon the Bressan territory. 418  
Constantinople besieged. 422  
Captains of galleys punished for leaving the fleet without licence. 425  
Conditions of peace concluded betwixt Sforza and the Florentines by means of an Hermit. 426  
Cause of the war betwixt the Thryestines and those of Cape Histria. 434  
Capel his exploits. 439  
Capel dieth with grief. 440  
Canalis speech to Mocenigo. 447  
Canalis condemned to perpetual banishment. ibid.  
Commissioners return from Constantinople without any conolusion. ibi.  
Coccina in the Isle of Lemnos is re-edified. 448  
City of Vdina affrighted at the coming of the Turks. 454  
Christians besiege Smyrna. 465  
Coric yielded. 468  
Caraman his present to the Venetian. ibid.  
Conspirators fly from Cyprus. 475  
Croia yielded to the Turks. 486  
Conditions of peace betwixt Ottoman and the Venetians. ibi.  
Confederate army against the Florentines. 489  
Comparison betwixt the Romans and Venetians. 491  
Cause of the war of Ferrara. 493  
Castel-novo yields to the Venet. 498  
Conditions of peace betwixt the States of Italy and the Venetians, upon the end of the 〈◊〉 of Lombardie. 516  
Ceremony at the Duke of Venice his funeral. 522  
Charles the eight Fre●…ch king sends an Ambassador to Venice: with the Senate's answer. 532   

D  
divers opinions of the Historians concerning this History. 3  
Duke Paulutio the first takes oath. 12  
Duke Horteo murdered by his own Citizens. 14  
Difference arising about the c●…eation of a new Duke. ib.  
Dominico Leon, the first master or Colonel of the men at arms. ib.  
Duke Giovanni and his son expelled the City. 21  
Description of the situation of Venice 24  
Different intents of Combatants. 25  
Duke's Palace in Rial●…o. 27  
Description of the Duke's Palace. ibi.  
Duke Giovanni flieth. 32  
Duke Giovanni deposed from his charge, and becomes a Priest. 33  
Duke Tradonico murdered. 35  
Dorsse-Dura newly inhabited. 37  
Duke Giovanni his brother taken by the Count of Commachia. 38  
Duke Giovanni doth voluntarily depose himself. ibid.  
Duke Pietro dieth fight with the Narentines. 39  
Duke Vrso his son taken at sea▪ 42  
Duke Vrso voluntarily deposeth himself, and becomes a Monk. ibid.  
Duke Pietro his son, who was his Colleague, stirs up sedition in the City, and is banished. 45  
Duke Pietro dies for grief. ibi.  
Duke Pietro the fourth marrieth Walderta daughter to Guido. 46  
Duke Pietro his tyranny. ibid.  
Death of the Duke and his son. 47  
Duke Pietro Vrseolo his secret departure. 52  
Dominico Morosino murdered. 54  
Death of Otho the second, Emperor. ibid.  
Duke Tribuno voluntarily deposeth himself. 55  
Description of Illyria. 56  
Duke Vrseolo the second his great wisdom: permitted to associate his son Giovanni into the government. 59  
Duke Vrseolo the 2. his last will. 60  
Dominico Vrseolo usurpeth the Duke's Palace. 62  
Durazzo besieged by the Normans. 66  
Description of Jerusalem. 81  
Duke of Venice comes to Jerusalem. 92  
Description of tire. ibid.  
Distrust conceived against the Venetians. 93  
Death of Rogero King of Sicil. 99  
divers opinions of the Historians concerning the reconciliation of Pope Alexander and Frederick the Emperor. 109  
Death of Cyani, and his last wil 110  
Description of S. Marks church. ibi.  
Description of Constantinople. 118  
Discreet answer of a young Emperor. 120  
Death of the Emperor Baldwin. 122  
Decree of the Venetians about possession of the islands. 124  
Damiet in Egypt taken. 128  
Description of the I'll of Candie. 129  
Death of Theodore son to Vattasus. 148  
Death of Baiamont. 169  
Dalmasio the Spaniard proves a traitor to the Venetians. 171  
Dalmasio divinely punished for his treachery. ibid.  
Dandulos piety acknowledged. 173  
Description of the Arsenal. ibid.  
divers sorts of Earthquakes. 196  
Discreet act of the General. 199  
Doria spoileth the adriatic Gulf. 205  
Duke of Venice denied a passport. 213  
Duke of Austria comes to Venice. 215  
Dominico Michaeli General of the Venetians naval army. 217  
Demand of the Greek multitude. ibi.  
Death of Nicholas Dandulo and his brother. 221  
Duke of Austria bringeth aid to the Thryestines. 226  
divers opinions concerning Rainiero his dismission. 229  
divers opinions in the Senate concerning the taking of Tenedos. 232  
divers opinions concerning the taking of Famagosta. 235  
Description of the haven of Brandissa 236  
Description of the city Chioggia. 243  
Diligence used in fortifications. 247  
divers and sundry encounters where the Venetians had the better. 248  
Dandulo goeth to Venice about the soldiers demands. 269  
Duke of Savoy a Mediator for peace. 272  
divers public shows made in the city for love to the Duke. 280  
Death of Paulo Sabello. 285  
Duke of Milan his victory over the Florentines. 296  
Description of Bressia. 308  
Duke of Savoy & Montferrat make incursions on the Milanois. 319  
Double treachery upon the Castle of Soncina. 328  
Discourse betwixt Gonzaga and the Venetians. 347  
Description of the lake of Benac. 349  
Duke of Ferrara complains unto the Pope. 352  
Death of Pietro Lauretano, and his strange burial. 360  
Disposition of Picinino. 374  
Doubt of those of Verona. 375  
Description of the River Adice. 376  
divers Galleys armed at Venice against the Turks. 397  
Diversity of opinions in the Venetians camp. 407  
Dandulo his brave answer. ibid.  
divers towns of the State of Milan yield to Sforza. 409  
Death of Hermolao Donato. 416  
Death of the last Emperor of Constantinople. 424  
Description of Morea. 431  
Description of Corinth. 433  
Death of Hieronimo Barbad●…co. 440  
Description of the Isle of Nigrepont. 4●…2  
Description of the Isle of Chios. 445  
Description of the Isle of Cyprus. 475  
Death of julian de Medicis. 489  
Death of Ottoman. 492  
Description of the Isle of Rhodes. ibid.  
Duke of Ferrara declareth himself enemy to the Venetians. 494  
Description of Lombardie. 495  
Death of Roberto of Arimini. 502  
Defeat of the Ferrarois. 503  
Duke of Lorraine returneth into France. 509  
Death of Giovan Heme. 510  
divers expostulations upon the yielding of Azzola. 511  
Death of General Marcello. 514  
Duke's Palace re-edified. 516  
Death of old Sanseuerin in the noble Venetian General. 527   

E  
EXtent of the Country of Venice. 2  
Exhortation to the Venetians. 40  
Enemies that came to sccour Antioch, defeated. 78  
Emanuel his request against the Normans. 98  
Emanuel his Ambassadors at Venice. 101  
Emanuel seizeth on the Cities of Dalmatia. 102  
Example of great affection to a man's Country. 104  
Example of great love towards ones country. 114  
Eccelin in Padua. 138  
Eccelin, what he was, with his coming into Italy. ibid.  
Eccelin before Mantua. 143  
Eccelin his cruelty against the Paduans. ibid.  
Enforced peace betwixt the Venetians and the Genoveses. 166  
Enterprise against the Turks broken. 175  
Earthquakes of divers sorts. 196  
Earldom of Val-marin fallen to the Venetians by the death of Phalerio. 211  
Enemies cunning. 244  
Enemies unjust demands. 248  
Enterprise attempted with bad success. 251  
Entertainment given by the Christian Princes to the Venetian Ambassadors. 217  
Entertainment given to the Veronagentleman. 288  
Effect of Cornari his Oration to Philip. 297  
Exploits of Philip. 314  
Eugenius the Pope leaveth Rome, and cometh to Florence. 338  
Eugenius the Pope, Venetians, and Florentines in league together. 339  
Enemy's intent against the Venetians. 354  
Enemies are driven from the mountains tops. 355  
Enemies assail the foragers. 358  
Enemies answer to Sforza who offered them battle. 369  
Enemies take the Castle of Maderna. 371  
Enemies vanquished at Thyenna. 373  
Enemies in Verona. 374  
Enemies fly from Verona. 377  
Effect of Auogrades speech to Sforza. 383  
Eugenius the Pope his death. 402  
Emperor of Constantinople in despair. 424  
Enemy buildeth a bridge over the Gulf at Nigrepont. 442  
Enemies fleet afraid of the Venetians. 446  
Enemies take the Isle of Lissa. 509  
Enemies retires from Corfou. 510   

F  
FOundation of Padua. 2  
Fruitfulness of the Venetians country. ibid.  
Foundation of the Rialto. 3  
Four and twenty houses burned at once. 5  
From whence the Venetians that now are be descended. 6  
First government of Venice under Consuls. 7  
From whence the Lombard's are descended. 8  
Foundation of Heraclea. 10  
Foundation of Equiline. 11  
Faelix Cornicula, the second master or Colonel of the men at Arms. 14  
First association into the Principality. 20  
French take Commada. 23  
French vanquished by the Venetians. 25  
From whence came the name of Saracens. 29  
From whence the Sarracen Moors are descended. 34  
Flight of the Calloprini to the Emrour Otho, with their promise to him. 54  
Forty Narentine Merchants taken. 57  
Family of the Vrseoli for ever banished from the city. 63  
French arrive at Constantinople. 72  
Frenchmen and Venetians joined together. 84  
Fanese made tributary to the Venetians. 97  
Family of the justiniani worn out by the sickness: and again restored. 103  
Flight of Pope Alexander. 107  
frederic answer to the Venetian Ambassadors. 108  
frederic menaces. ibid.  
frederic fleet put to flight, and his son brought prisoner to Venice. ibid.  
Fourth rebellion of Zara. 113  
Frederick the Emperor dieth in Armenia. 114  
Famine in the Camp before Ptolomais. ibid.  
Flight of Alexis. 119  
Fifteen men appointed to elect a new Emperor. 121  
Friendship betwixt the Emperor Robert and the Venetian Magistrate. 128  
Frederick against the Venetians. 139  
fifth rebellion of Zara. 140  
Form of the electing the Venetian Prince. 141  
Flight of Ansedin. 143  
Fleet of the Genoveses in the adriatic sea. 164  
Fort of Thealdo taken by the Venetians. 168  
Francisco Dandulo his great piety. 172  
False reports against the Genoveses. 173  
Fort of the salt-pits taken. 184  
From whence the contagion came to Venice. 197  
Four new Officers created in the Army. 202  
Fear, which was in Venice for the enemies coming. 205  
Fifteen villages revolt. 222  
Fontaino's exhortation to his soldiers. 229  
Feltra besieged by the Venetians. 231  
Famagosta taken by the Genoveses. 234  
Flight of three Genoveses galleys. 236  
Flight & deceit of the Venetians. 240  
Fort of Nasariola taken. 242  
Famine enforceth the Genoveses in Chioggia to yield. 262  
French Kings Nephew and Duke of Austria come to Venice, to go to the holy Sepulchre. 280  
Frenchmen punished for undiscreet speaking. 282  
Francisco Gonzaga General of another Army for the Venetians. 284  
Francisco Carrario his great cruelty. 288  
Forty Gentlemen of Verona come to Venice in embassage. ibid.  
Fairs of Tanerobbed and spoiled by the Scythians. 291  
Florentines embassage to the Venetians. 296  
Florentine ambassadors Oration. 299  
Florentines overcome the Crenonois under the conduct of Nicholas d'AEst. 308  
Francisco Sforza commanded to relieve Bressia. ibid.  
Francisco Gonzaga a brave and courageous Captain. 309  
Fregosi banished from Genoa defeated. 315  
Forts builded by Philip in the midst of the Po. 316  
Forts taken by the Venetians. ibid.  
Florentines avouch what Bracchian had done: and will him to proceed on. 325  
Florentines defeated by Picinino. 326  
Four Venetian galleys taken. 330  
Fiesca and Adorini are treacherously slain. 332  
Francisco Gonzaga giveth over his place of General. 344  
Florentines answer to Sforza. ibid.  
Five and 20000. men in the Venetian Campe. 350  
Famine and Pestilence afflict the besieged Bressians. 357  
Fight betwixt Paris Lodron and Italus. 359  
Forlimpopoli is taken by Sforza 366  
From whence the Hadrtatick sea taketh the name. 367  
Fight betwixt the Bressians and Italus. 369  
Fear of the Florentines. 380  
Francisco Barbaro highly esteemed in Venice. 388  
Fight betwixt Picinino and Sforza broken off by approach of night. 390  
Famous theft enterprised by a Greek. 409  
Frederick the Emperor with his wife cometh into Italy. 415  
Florentines send to the French King. 418  
Florentines recover Foglian. 421  
From whence Dyrrachium took the name. 477  
From whence the Po took her name. 497  
Ferrarois abandon Trecenta. 498  
Ferrarois complaints. 504  
Florentines crave Council of the Venetians: with their answer. 535   

G.  
General assembly held at Heraclea 11  
Government of Dukes restored. 17  
Greeks defeated before Commada. 23  
Giovanni deposed by the people. 28  
greeks fly. 35  
Great strife among the Citizens. ibid.  
Giovanni Partitiatio takes again the Government upon him. 39  
Great cruelty of the Huns. 40  
Great praise given to the Duke Tribuno. 41  
General Council held at Rome, declares the Church of Grada for Metropolitan. 46  
Great harm done by fire. 47  
Guerin comes in Pilgrimage to Venice. 52  
Great ingratitude of the Venetians. 33  
Greeks over thrown by the Normans before Durazzo. 67  
Great effusion of blood in the Temple. 83  
Godfrey of Bolloigne King of jerusalem. ibid.  
Great privileges granted to the Venetians by the Emperor Henry the fourth. 86  
General Council published to be held at Dijon. 106  
Great famine in the Camp before Ptolomais. 114  
Great ingratitude and cruelty of a brother. 116  
greeks put to flight near Constantinople. 110  
Genoveses defeated by the Venetians. 125  
Great friendship betwixt the Emperonur & the Venetian Magistrate. 128  
Governor of Candie flies disguised like a woman. 131  
Great reasons in Sanuto's behalf. 132  
Gradonico dieth. 135  
greeks defeated. 137  
Genoveses resolution. 147  
Genoveses defeated by the Venetians. 148  
Great treachery of a Greek. ibid.  
Genoveses defeated by the Venetians. 148  
Great treachery of a Greek. ibid.  
Genoveses league with Palcologus. 149  
Genoveses put to flight. 150  
Genoveses defeated before Trapani. 151  
Genoveses come into Candie. 152  
Great scarcity of victuals in Venice. 153  
General of the Venetian Army punished. 157  
Great overflowing of the sea, with an earthquake. 158  
Godly deeds done by Prince Marini. 171  
Great piety of Francisco Dandulo. 172  
Girard Caminensis taketh Vderza 181  
Great insolences of the Lancequenets. 184  
Great dearth in Venice. 191  
Great desolation in Venice. 197  
Genoveses take Nigrepont. 199  
greeks base flight. 201  
Grimaldi General of the Genoveses. 203  
Great cruelty falsely imputed to the Venetians ibid.  
Great lamentation made at Genoa. 204  
Genoveses commit themselves to Giovanni Viscont Archbishop of Milan. ibid.  
Genoveses take Parenza. 205  
Great discomfort in Venice. 207  
Great bravery of a Genoveses galley. ibid.  
Great sedition in Candie. 216  
Genoveses answer to the Candiots. 218  
Great joy at Venice for the recovery of Candie. 220  
Great boldness of the rebels. 222  
Giacomo Caballa General of the Venetians Army by land. 230  
Great ingratitude of a son to his father. 232  
Governor of the Island for the father refuseth to obey the rebellious son. ibid.  
Genoveses surprise Lemnos. 233  
greeks and Genoveses defeated by Zeni at Tenedos. ibid.  
Genoveses ally themselves against the Venetians with the King of Hungary, Bishop of Aquileia and the Carrarians. ibid.  
Genoveses put to flight. ibid.  
Girard Caminensis taketh the enemy's party. 234  
Genoveses revenge. ibid.  
Genoveses fly from the fight. 239  
Genoveses challenge the Venetians. 240  
Genoveses before Chioggia. 241  
Genoveses take Loretta and the Tower of Bebia. 245  
Great sorrow in Venice for the loss of Chioggia. ibid.  
Genoveses wholly ruinate Malamock and Poveggia. 250  
Genoveses fortify Chioggia. 251  
Great loss sustained by the Genoveses at the taking of Brondolli. 258  
Genoveses put all unprofitable eaters forth of Chioggia. ibid.  
Genoveses policy to get forth in despite of the Venetians. 261  
Genoveses on their knees beg life. ibid.  
Great dearth in Treviso. 267  
Garrison of Novella for want of pay, yield it to Carrario. 270  
Genoveses fleet flieth. 271  
Genoa-prisoners in great danger at Venice. 272  
Genoveses take 14. Venetian vessels. ib.  
Galeas Visconte taketh Padua. 278  
Galeas besiegeth Mantua with forty thousand men. 279  
Caleas is repulsed by water and land ibid.  
Genoveses great loss. 281  
Giles the black greatly honoured. 282  
Giacomo Carrario departing from Verona, is taken in flight. 285  
Gonzaga besiegeth Padua. 286  
Giovanni of Padua punished for having secret conference with the enemy. 287  
Gonzaga his answer to Carrario. ibid.  
Great contention among the Sibensans. 291  
Great cruelty of the King of Hungary. 292  
Great disorder in the battle by reason of dust which blinded the soldiers. 319  
Guenesio going about to treat with the Florentines is discovered by Sforza. 326  
Genoveses revolt from Philip. 340  
Grecian Emperor and the chief of the greeks Empire, come to Venice to confer with the Pope about religion. 342  
Gon zaga maketh alliance with Philip. 347  
Great spoil in the Camonic valley. 350  
Great disloyalty. 355  
Great distress of the Bressians. 368  
Great extremity of Bressia. 370  
Great joy in Venice upon the recovery of Verona. 378  
Giovanni Cornetano is committed to prison in S. Angelo's castle. 379  
Great cruelty. 383  
Great entertainment given to Sforza at Venice. 388  
Great triumphs at Venice at the wedding of the Prince's son. ibid.  
Gotholans vanquished at Ortona. 411  
Great entertainment given to the EmFrederick at Venice. 416  
Great rejoicing at Venice in regard of the peace. 426  
Genoveses come into Morea about the yielding up of the Island. 427  
Gavardo justinopolitato is sent against the Thryestines. 435  
Giacomo Venieri returneth safe to the Fleet. 438  
Great outrage committed in Oenos. 441  
Great valour of a young maid. 481  
Galeas Duke of Milan s●…aine at Messe. 489  
Governor of Coric his answer to Mocenigos Herald. 486  
Great mortality in the Venetian Campe. 501  
Greatness of the Ursini. ibid.  
Gallipolis taken. 514  
Great prosperity of the Venetian State. 521   

H.  
HOw the Islands were inhabited. 3  
How the Original of Venice happened. 5  
Heraclea after it was repaired, was named Villa-nova. 27  
Huns come into Italy the second time 39  
Huns assailed Venice. 40  
Husband and wife vow chastity. 51  
Histrians tributary to the Venetians. ib.  
How tho Prince spent his time till he departed. 52  
Hadrians defeated by the Duke. 60  
Henry the Emp. comes to Venice. 68  
Hugo cometh to aid Beamond. 72  
How great Beamond's authority was. 78  
How glad the Army was to fight, to free themsel●…es from famine. ibid.  
Hnngarians give over their pretended right to Dalmatia. 84  
How the Columns were erected, and by whom. 105  
How the Venetians entertained the Pope when they knew him. 107  
How far Otho his entreaty prevailed with his father. 109  
How long the Venetian Princes have used the Canopy. ibid.  
Histria reduced to the Venetians obedience. 117  
Henry, brother to Baldwin, Empeperour of the East. 112  
Henry the fisher makes attempts on the Isle of Candie. 125  
How great mischief the emperors absence out of Italy hath caused. 167  
How highly Pietro Rossis was lamented. 188  
How men may foretell an earthquake. 196  
How long the Earthquake lasted at Venice. 197  
Histrians reduced to the Venetians obedience. ibid.  
How the Senate disdained the loss of the battle. 202  
How hardly Contareni accepted his dignity. 225  
Hungarians come to aid the Paduduans. 228  
Humaga, Grada, and Caorli taken by the Genoveses. 241  
How the Mariners loved Pisani. ibid.  
Haven of Venice fortified. ibid.  
Hatred which Novello bare to the Venetians. 282  
How much money was spent in the war with the Carrarians. 288  
How secret those things are kept, which are determined in the Senate. 334  
Hannibal Bentivole treacherously murdered by his enemies. 399  
Honest answer of the Florentines. 427  
Happiness and content of Venice during Foscari his Principality. 430  
Hadria taken by the Venetians. 498  
Hercules d'AEste comes to the relief of Stellata. 510  
Hercules plaintive letters to Alphonso his brother. 512  
How much the Venetians spent in the war of Lombardie. 516   

I.  
I Vliano Cepari, the fourth Master or Colonel of the men at Arms. 14  
justiniano, the Duke's son sent to Constantinople. 27  
justinian's last will & Testament. 31  
Infidels advertised of the Christians enterprise. 72  
Infidels retire. 74  
jerusalem. 80  
In whose time the Turks recovered the holy land. 95  
Incursions of the Bandits of Zara. 118  
Isaac the Emperor ratifies what his son had promised. 119  
Isaac delivered out of prison. ibid.  
Isaac dieth suddenly. ibid.  
Isle of Candie given to the Venetians. 122  
It is lawful for all men to defend their own. 138  
I●…ppa besieged by the Barbarians. 91  
Inconstancy and lightness of the greeks. 151  
Ingratitude of the Venetians neighbours. 153  
Incursions of the Turks. 175  
In what place and manner the battle was fought. 203  
Ingratitude of a son to his father. 232  
In what manner Pisani fortified Venice. 247  
In what place Zeni received news of the loss of Chioggia, and the City's siege. 252  
jealousy betwixt Pisani and Thaddeo justiniano. 254  
john d' Agons a Frenchman General of the Venetian Army. 257  
justiniano is sent to Apulia to forage. 259  
justiniano is taken by the Genoveses. ibid.  
In what esteem the City of Verona is. 286  
Incursions of Nichola Stella, upon the Lucan territories. 324  
Italus of friul, and Giacomo Guivano are put to death. 401  
Inestimable value of the treasure of Venice. 410  
Invention of the Art of Printing attributed to a Germane. 431  
Isle of Lemnos delivered to the Venetians. 436  
Isle of Delos described. 451  
Italian Princes send a present to Mathias King of Hungary. 479   

L.  
Lombards' give limits to the Venetians. 8  
Luitprand Duke of Forleini. 11  
Leo the Emperor gives many goodly relics to the Prince. 28  
Lewis King of Germany, Tributary rye to the Huns. 40  
Leo the Pope comes to Venice. 64  
Leo the Pope vanquished by the Normans. 65  
Length of the siege of Antioch, with the want in the Army. 78  
League with Wil●…iam King of Sicill 100  
League of Achaia with the Venetians. 150  
League renewed betwixt Paleologus and the Venetians. 155  
Ligustick and Lybick war had almost one self same end. 163  
League and alliance against those of Escalla. 176  
Lewis King of Hungary defeated before Zara. 195  
Luchin Vermio of Verona, General of the land Army. 217  
Lightness and inconstancy of the multitude. 218  
Lithernians return to the Venetians obedience. 223  
Liberal offer made to the Senate by a Citizen of Chioggia. 250  
Loretta recovered. 256  
Leopold accepteth the Venetians offer. 278  
Leopold his proud answer to the Paduan. 273  
Leopold entereth Treviso. ibid.  
Leopold rendereth Treviso to Carrario upon conditions. 277  
League against Galeas Viscont. ibid.  
Ladislaus selleth Zara to the Venetians. 290  
Lauretano respected and beloved of every one. 352  
Lauretano besiegeth Sermone. 360  
Legnaga is taken. 365  
Longina is taken by Sforza. 369  
Lafoy Garda, Bardolin, and Lansiza are taken. 383  
Lionello d' AEst cometh to Venice. 397  
Lafoy Marca reduced under the Pope's obedience. 400  
Loads and Plaisancia yield to the Venetians. 404  
Leonesio his death. 421  
Lauretano his exploits in the Isle of Nigrepont. 425  
Lamentation and great courage of a woman. 465  
Lodovico Lauretano cometh from the Pope's Legate. 470  
League betwixt the Venetians and the Kings of Portugal: with the cause of that league. 518  
Law of Nations violated. 524  
Luca Pisani his opinion on Sanseverino his design. 525   

M.  
MAcrin Governor of Hungary overcome by the Huns. 3  
Monegario his miserable end. 19  
Miraculous aparition of S. Mark 30  
Malamoc ruined. 32  
Moors return into Italy. 34  
Murcimirus, King of Croatia, sends Ambassadors to the Duke. 57  
Molloc, Governor for the Greek Emperor, deceiveth his fellows. 66  
Murasis yielded. 76  
Moors came into Dalmatia. 35  
Michael the Emperor, driven from Constantinople. 66  
Murderers punished. 36  
Malamoc burnt and drowned. 87  
Myrtillus issued from mean parents. 120  
Myrtillus speech to the people. Ibid.  
Myrtillus' flight. 121  
Meaning of the Prophecy. 123  
Modona and Corona receptacles of thieves and Pirates, ruined. 125  
Mount Ida. 130  
Michael Paleologus his treachery. 148  
Mastin beggeth peace of the Venetians. 181  
Mastin raiseth his camp from Pontremolle. 182  
Mestra yielded to the Venetians. 185  
Mastin incampeth to shut victuals from the Venetians. 186  
Marsilio his answer to the Venetians. 188  
Mastin imploreth aid of the Duke of Baviere, ibid.  
Mastin enforced, accepteth peace on any conditions. 189  
Mastin made a gentleman of Venice. 190  
Manner of Phalerio his conspiracy. 207  
Marco Cornari Vice-duke, during the troubles. 209  
Miserable death of Andrea Cornari. 217  
Marco Gradonico murdered in the Palace. 218  
Mocenigo his resolution. 223  
Marsilio Carrario forsaketh his brother. 230  
Mestra besieged by the Carrarians. 237  
Mestra relieved by the Venetians. ibid.  
Mutatio his answer to the Venetians and Genoveses. ibid.  
Market place of S. Mark paved with brick. 280  
Malateste gives over the General's place. 284  
Massolerio convicted and punished for treason. 287  
Milanois offer to Philip. 314  
Malateste General of Philip's Army. 320  
Marquis of Montferrat cometh for refuge to Venice. 334  
Mellato his valour. 343  
Mellato conducteth the Venetian Army. 346  
Mantuans excuse. 347  
Mellato speedily dislodgeth. 348  
Martinengas and Auogadres in Bressia are reconciled. 349  
Mellato cometh forth of Bressia, and is constrained to return. 353  
Mellato departs from Bressia, and marcheth towards the mountains. 354  
Mantuan fortifieth Po. 356  
Mellato made General of the Venetian Army. 357  
Mellato provides to relieve Bressia. 359  
Mantuans plot to send the war far from his own Country. 362  
Mantuans policy for the passage of his galleys. 363  
Mantuans galleys pass into the Adice. 364  
Mellato fortifieth the passages near to Torbolles. 372  
Malateste Prince of Cesenna is taken prisoner. 373  
Maguis entreateth the Prince of Mantua not to spoil Verona. 375  
Mantuan proclaimed Prince of Verona. ibid.  
Mantuans preparation for defence of Verona. ibid.  
Maguis brought before Sforza, is cl●…ered. 377  
Malateste's take the enemy's party. 379  
Mellato his death. 396  
Mount Barri is taken. 403  
Milanese suspect Sforza. 408  
Manerbia and Pontevico yield to Sforza. 421  
Malateste besiegeth Sparta. 437  
Mocenigo his answer to Canalis. 447  
Mocenigo his first exploit. 448  
Mocenigo his Oration to the Pope's Legate. 451  
Mocenigo his incursions into Asia. 454  
Mocenigo his answer to the King of Cyprus. 469  
Micra is taken by composition. ibid.  
Mocenigo his answer to the Ambassadors from the King of Cyprus his sister. ibid.  
Mocenigo his answer to Lauretano. 470  
Mocenigo advertised of the enemy's purpose. 474  
Mocenigo his diligence to relieve Cyprus. 475  
Mocenigo punisheth the murderers of Cornari. 476  
Mocenigo is chosen Governor of Cyprus. ibid.  
Mathias King of Hungary a great soldier. 479  
Mantuan Prince goes to the Confederates Army. 509  
Mantuan discontented, leaveth the Army. 510  
Maximilian is chosen King of the Romans. 521   

N.  
NArses comes into Italy. 9  
Narses answer to the Empress. ibid.  
Narentines roads even to Caorli. 35  
Narentines great incursions. 55  
New officers sent to the Cities newly conquered. 58  
Normans drive the Saracens and Greeks forth of Italy. 65  
Nicholas the Pope, Tributary to the Normans. ibid.  
Normans defeat Molloc. 66  
New titles given to the Duke of Venice. 68  
Nicaea besieged. 73  
Nicaea yielded: and upon what conditions. 74  
Number of those who took the Croisado after the council at Clerimont. 71  
Number of the dead Infidels far greater than of the Christians. 75  
Number of the Infidel's Army. ibid.  
New religious order. 97  
New army against the Normans. 98  
New deceit of the Greeks. 102  
New manner of electing the Prince. 113  
New Army of Christians for recovery of the Holy Land. 114  
Number of the Christian Army. 116  
New Greekish invention to deceive the Christians. 120  
New agreement betwixt the Venetians and the Princes. 121  
New strife betwixt the Venetians and Paduans. 126  
New commotion in Candie. 131  
Noble courage of a Prenestine. 143  
New war against the greeks. 94  
New war against Bolognians. 154  
New war with those of Cape-Histria, & with the Anconitans. 156  
New contention with the Paduans. 167  
New stirs in Candie soon suppressed. 174  
New Magistrates created. 195  
Nicholas Pisani General of the Venetian Army. 200  
New Providatori sent with supplies to Candie. 222  
New suplies come to the Army. 225  
Novello son to Francisco Carrario comes to swear to the peace at Venice. 230  
Number of the Genoveses army. 240  
Nou●…lla besieged by the enemy. 267  
Novello son to Carrario recovereth Padua. 279  
Number of the Venetians army. 311  
Number of Philip's army. ibid.  
New league against Philip. 314  
Number of the Venetians navy. 352  
Nicholas de Aeste fortifieth his own estate, and is afterward freed from his fear and suspicion. 353  
Notable service of women. 356  
New Orgies yielded to Picinino by treachery. ibid.  
Nicolao de Aeste his motion made to the Senate. 358  
Nicholas de Aeste is received into the league. 361  
News of the league brought to Venice. 362  
Nicholas de Aeste cometh to Sforza's camp to treat a peace. 387  
Nicholas de Aeste bringeth the Lady Bianca to Mantua. ibid.  
Naval Army determined against the Milanois. 404  
Naval Army against Pirates. 405  
Nicholo Canalis General of the naval Army. 441  
Naval Army giveth an assault to Sattalias. 452  
Number of the Turks and the Persians Armies. 471  
Number of the Turks Army before scutary. 477  
Noblest families of Rome. 501   

O  
Original of the Huns, and their coming into Italy. 3  
On what day the City of Venice was builded. 4  
Obellerio practiseth treason against Pepin. 23  
Otho the second hateth the Venetitians. 53  
Otho the second his design. 54  
Otho Duke of Venice vanquisheth the king of Croatia.. 61  
Otho the Duke dieth in Greece. 62  
Original of the Plays, dedicated to them that are married. 43  
Otho the Emperor's answer to Vitalis. 51  
Occasion of the war betwixt Alexis and Beamond. 86  
Ordelapho comes again into Dalmatia. 88  
Ordelapho dies, and the Venetians are defeated. ibid.  
Otho his discourse to his father Frederick. 109  
Orlando Rossis chosen General of the Army. 188  
Of all earthquakes the agitation of the water is most dangerous. 196  
On what conditions Arbawas delivered to the Genoveses. 265  
On what conditions Te●…edos was yielded. 276  
Officers sent by the Sen. to Padua. 288  
Occasion of the war against Philip Duke of Milan. 295  
Oration of Cornari to Philip. 297  
Oration of the Florentine Ambassador. 299  
Oration of Carmagnolla to the Senate. 302  
Oration of the Milanois to Philip. 313  
One Prince waiteth upon another's funerals. 430  
Occasion of the Ottomans war against the Venetians. 431  
Order of Ottomans camp against the Persian. 470  
Ottoman besiegeth Rhodes. 491  
Ottoman takes Ottranto. ibid.  
Opinion of those dissuading war with the Ferrarois: with the contaries answer. 494  
Original and spring of the Po, with her course. 496  
Original of the Rheticke war. 523   

P  
PAduan fugitives dwell at Embragola. 10  
Pepin king of Italy. 22  
Pepin retires to the firm land. 26  
Public games at Shrovetide. 28  
Policy of those which carried Saint Marks body into the ships. 30  
Prophecy accomplished. ibid.-  
Pola an ancient City. 33  
Pythagoras and Milo, the two ornaments of the Crotonians. 35  
Pope Bennet comes to Venice. ibid.  
Povegia newly inhabited. 36  
People swear to the Prince. 50  
Palace, and Saint Marks Church repaired. ibid.  
Prince resolves to give over his place. 52  
Plague and famine in the City. 60  
Pepin, Patriarch of Aquileia, disquiets Grada. 61  
Pepin obeys the Pope's commandment. 64  
Pope Leo comes to Venice. ibid.  
Pope Leo vanquished by the Normans. 65  
Pope Nicholas tributary to the Normans. ibid.  
Peter tells his message to the Pope. 70  
Pope Vrban comes to the council at Clerimont. ibid.  
Pope Vrban his Oration. ibid.  
Peter the hermit ignorant of martial discipline. 72  
Prohibitions to pay no more tribute to the Barbarians. 55  
Privileges granted to the Venetians by Henry the fourth. 86  
Pope Calixtus his resolution for succour of the Holy Land. 89  
Phaenicians the inventors of Arithmetic, the Alphabet, and Astronomy. 92  
Proof of the Venetians loyalie. 93  
Paduans defeated. 97  
Plague very great in Venice. 103  
Prince Vitalis murdered. 103  
Pope Alexander comes to Venice in disguise. 107  
Preparations for war against Frederick. 108  
Ptolomais yielded. 114  
Pisans take Pola. 115  
Pisans defeated by the Venetians. ibid.  
Peace granted to the Brundusians. 116  
Prince Dandulo deceaseth. 122  
Pleasant games invented at Treviso. 126  
Paduans and Venetians quarrel at the games at Treviso. ibid.  
Paduans make roads on the Venetians. ibid.  
Paduans defeated. ibid.  
Peace betwixt the Paduans and the Venetians. bid.  
Peter Count of Auxerre chosen Experour of the East. 127  
Pope Gregory's entreaty to arm against the Turks. 138  
Pietro Tepulo defeated and taken prisoner. 139  
Pope Alexander's diligence to make peace betwixt the Venetians and the Genoveses. 147  
Power of the French much decayed in Greece. 148  
Paleologus taketh Constantinople. 149  
Paleologus ready to leave Constantinople. ibid.  
Popular commotion in Venice. 152  
Pope Clement endeavoureth to accord the Venetians and Genoveses. 153  
Peace granted to the Bolognians. 155  
Paleologus defeateth them of Nigrepont. ibid.  
Patriarch of Aquileia succoureth the Rebels. 156  
Patriarch of Aquileia allieth himself with Count Gorcian. 158  
patriarchs Army comes to Thryeste. 159  
Pope Nicholas exhorteth the Christian Princes to undertake the voyage into Syria, with his offer. 160  
Popular tumult about the creation of the Duke. ibid.  
Pisans vanquished by the Genoveses. 164  
Pera taken and burnt by the Venetians. ibid.  
Punishment of the guilty. 166  
Peace with Paleologus. 167  
Punishment of conspirators. 169  
Pension given to the woman that slew Baiamont. ibid.  
Polans and Valesians brought under the Venetians obedience. 175  
Power of those of Escalla. 176  
People come from all parts to the Venetian Army. 178  
Pietro Rossis declared General of the Venetian Army. 179  
Pietro Rossis his first victory. 180  
Pietro de Rossis arriveth at Venice. 181  
Pietro Rossis Oration to his soldiers. 183  
Padua revolteth from those of Escalla. 187  
Pope Clement, the Venetians, and other Christian Princes in league against the Turk. 193  
Pope Clement permitteth traffic with Infidels. ibid.  
Prince Dandulo causeth all the decrees of the City to be gathered into one form. 195  
Pagano General of the Genoa Army. 200  
Petrarch his speech concerning the battle. 202  
Pisani General of the Venetian Army. 203  
Pisani joineth with the Arragonois. ibid.  
Petrarch Ambassador for the Milanois. 205  
Pisani retires to Dalmatia. ibid.  
Prodigies appear before the loss of the Army. 207  
Phalerio his picture razed out of the great Hall. 208  
Phalerio is put to death by decree of the Senate. 209  
Peace betwixt the Venetians and the Genouses with their allies. 210  
Peace refused on unjust conditions. 213  
Pretence of a murderer to execute his enterprise. 217  
Pope's Indulgences against the Candiots. 222  
Pisani with the Captains of the five Galleys imprisoned at Venice. 240  
Pelestrina taken by the Genoveses. 241  
Pisani set at liberty by the Senate's decree. 246  
Pisani his great modesty. ibid.  
Prince Contareni his speech to Pisani in open Senate. ibid.  
Pisani his answer to the Prince. ibid.  
Pisani restored to his former Office. 247  
Prisoners sent home upon their word. 231  
Prince Contareni with his Army in the Haven of Chioggia. 253  
Passage of Brondolli shut up to the Genoveses. 254  
Pisani appeaseth his murmuring Soldiers. 255  
Pisani entereth into Brondolli. 259  
Paduans defeated. ibid.  
Pola taken by the Genoveses. 264  
Paduans besiege Treviso. 265  
Pisani dieth, and is honourably buried. 266  
Peace betwixt the Venetians and Genoveses. 273  
Perfidious treachery. 282  
Paulo Sabello a Roman, General of the Venetians. 284  
Padua taken, and the Tyrant with three of his children brought to Venice. 288  
Prisoners by the Senate's command strangled. ibid.  
Paduans Ambassadors come to Venice. 289  
Pius the Florentine makes incursions on the Venetians. 292  
Prince Mocenigo constrained to pay forfeiture for infringing the Senate's decree. 295  
Philip his dissimulation. 296  
Philip his answer to Cornari. 298  
Prince Foscari his Oration. 394  
Peace between Philip and the Venetians. 312  
Philips complaints to the Pope's Nuncio. 313  
Philip's answer to the Milanois. ibid.  
Philip changing his mind, the Milanois wax clold. 314  
Philip reneweth the war with the Venetians. ibid.  
Philip's forces driven forth of Brissels. 315  
philip speech to the Milanois. 318  
Philip comes to the Army. ibid.  
Philip's Army marcheth in battle against the Venetians. 320  
Philip hath recourse to the Emperor Sigismond. 322  
Philip marrieth the Duke of Savoys daughter. ibid.  
Peace betwixt the Venetians and Philip. ibid.  
Philippe contrary to his promise makes war on the Bandits. 323  
Paulo Guenesio Tyrant of Luca. 324  
Prince Foscari outraged by a mad man. 325  
Picinino cometh to the aid of the Luquois. 326  
Philippe promiseth to give his daughter in marriage to Sforza. 327  
Picinino defeateth Barnabo Adorini. 333  
Picinino and Stella make an accord together. 338  
Pope Eugenius leaveth Rome, and cometh to Florence. ibid.  
Picinino defeateth the Army of the league. 339  
Philip soliciteth the Paduans against the Venetians. 340  
Picinino his complaints against the Florentines. 341  
Prince of Mantua General of the Venetian Army. 342  
Picinino defeateth the Venetians at Pontoglio. 343  
Prince Foscari and the Senate's answer to Sforza's Agent. 344  
Picinino encampeth before Casall-Maior. 347  
Picinino his design to famish the Venetian Army. 349  
Picinino besiegeth Rhodes. 351  
Philip exhorteth his Captains to besiege Bressia. 355  
Philip enforced to raise his camp from Bressia. 357  
Penetra yielded to the Venetians. ibid.  
Pilosus death. ibid.  
Philip delayeth and deludeth Sforza. 361  
Picinino flouteth Sforza. ibid.  
Picinino besiegeth Legnaga 364  
Picinino attempteth to burn the Venetians Army. 372  
Picinino put to rout. ibid.  
Picinino escapeth in disguised hahabit. 373  
Picinino maketh war in Flaminia. 379  
Politiana is taken by Picinino. 380  
Picinino his good fortune beginneth to decline. ibid.  
Providators answer to Sforza. 383  
Picininos project. 385  
Picinino despaireth after the loss of the battle. 386  
Picinino his unlooked-for arrival into the country of Bressia. 388  
Picinino his complaints upon report of peace. 391  
Philip is reduced to great necessity. 390  
Peace is concluded betwixt Sforza and Philip's commissioners. 391  
Pope Eugenius and Philip's discontents. 398  
Pope Eugenius, king Alphonso, and Philip make a league against Sforza. ibid.  
Picinino departeth from La Marca. ibid.  
Picinino entirely defeated by Sforza, and the death of Picinino. 400  
philip Ambassadors come to Venice to treat of peace. 402  
Pope Eugenius death. ibid.  
Pcinces' son confined into Candie. ibid.  
Plague in Venice. 403  
Philip's death. 404  
People of Milan come forth disbanded against Sforza. 409  
Peace betwixt the Venetians & king Alphonso. 415  
Pope Nicholas honoureth the Venetian Prince with the Golden sword, the girdle, and ornament for his head. ibid.  
Paleologus the Emperor his exhortation towards his soldiers. 423  
Pope Nicholas his recompense to as many as should arm against the Turk. 424  
Pope Nicholas his Nuncio cometh to Venice to tre●…t of peace. 42●…  
Pope Pius comes to Ancona to prepare an Army against the Turks, and there dieth. 438  
Pietro Mocenigo is chosen General of the naval Army. 446  
Peace concluded betwixt Ottoman and the Venetians. 486  
Peace betwixt the Florentines & the associates. 490  
Persiansvanquished by the Turks. 470  
Pope Sixtus withdraws himself from the Venetians. 506  
Pope Sixtus excommunicateth the Venetians. 507  
Part of the Duke's Palace burned 511  
Peace concluded betwixt the States of Italy and the Venetians. 516  
Peace betwixt the Pope and Ferdinand. 521  
Prince Barbadico his instructions to his children on his death bed. 522  
Peace concluded betwixt Sigismond and the Venetians. 528  
Philip de Commines Ambassador for Charles the eighth at Venice. 534   

Q  
QVirini safe conducts the great vessels to the fleet. 464   

R  
RAuenna taken by the Venetians. 14  
Rialto chosen for the Princes ordinary residence. 27  
Revolt of Cape-darger. 54  
Raoul the Norman Captain becomes a Christian. 65  
Raimond, a German chosen in the hermits steed. 72  
Raimond flies to the enemy. ibid.  
Rebellion of Zara. 87  
Rogero son to Guiscard king of Sicily. 98  
Robert the Emperor his unfortunate marriage. 128  
Radamanth and Minos Lords of Candie. 130  
Rainiero Dandulo his death. 131  
Request made to the Venetians for the preservation of the Greek Empire. 136  
Reason why the Venetians suc●…oured Constantinople. 138  
Rogero Morosino General of the Venetian army. 164  
Rossis departeth in disguised habit. 180  
Rossis first exploit. ibid.  
Rossis receiveth the ensigns of Saint Mark. 182  
Rossis challengeth Mastin. 184  
Rossis at the gates of Padua. 185  
Resolution of a desperate man. 186  
Reward propounded against the Rebels. 191  
Reddition of Zara. 195  
Rethimna taken by the Rebels. 222  
Rebels enforced by famine yield to the Venetians. 223  
Rebels executed. ibid.  
Rashness of a Rebel. 224  
Rainiero Vasco General of the Venetian Army. 227  
Retreat and dismission of the General. 228  
Roberto de la Marca hanged at Venice. 261  
Resolution of the Counsellors of the widow of Galeas 283  
Rampire builded against the Castle of Bressia. 310  
Remonstrances of urban of Dertonna to keep Sforza and Picinino from battle. 339  
Rhodes & divers other Towns yeela to Picinino. 352  
Riva is taken by the Venetians. 383  
Ravenna under the Venetians. 387  
Ragusa in Dalmatia described. 479  
Roberto Malateste General of the venetian Cavallerie. 489  
Rovero yielded to the Almains on composition. 524  
Reception of the Queen of Cyprus at Venice; 530   

S  
Sundry opinions of Historians concerning the building of the City. 6  
Sophia the Empress reproacheth Narses. 9  
Strange prodigies. 10  
Succour sent to the Greek Emperor against the Sarrazens. 29  
Saint Peter's Church at Rome taken by the Moors. 34  
Spoils made by the Moors. ibid.  
Saba the Moor before Tarentum. ibid.  
Sarracens before Grada fought withal. 37  
Sundry opinions of the Normans coming into Italy. 66  
S. Marks miraculous apparition. 68  
Sixty thousand Turks come to succour Nicaea. 73  
Soliman General of the army. 75  
Strabo his opinion concerning Moses. 82  
Sin the cause of the destruction of jerusalem. ibid.  
S. Cyprians monastery builded. 87  
Strange case of a Pigeon. 93  
Sudden fire. 99  
Secret league betwixt the Greek Emperor & the king of Sicily. 101  
Saladines Army defeated. 114  
Sedition against the young Emperor. 119  
Sedition of the constantinopolitans affirming their Church not subject to Rome. 127  
Sedition in Candiè. 131  
Sanuto comes to aid the Venetians in Candie. ibid.  
Sanuto chief of the rebels. 132  
Sanuto narrowly followeth the enemy. ibid.  
Sanuto his design. ibid.  
Sedition in Candie by overmuch liberty. 134  
Sanuto cometh to the aid of Candie. 135  
Since when the form of electing the Prince hath been in use 142  
Sacco taken by the Legate and the venetians. 143  
Scarcity of victuals in Venice. 153  
Situation of Italy. 162  
Sundry opinions touching the battle at Corfu. 165  
Strange death of one of the Generals of the Venetians Army. ibid.  
Strange prodigies happened that day that the conspiracy should have been executed. 169  
sixth rebellion of Zara. 170  
Sentence of a great Captain. 180  
Sacceans yield to the venetians. 183  
Secret practice of Marsilio Carrario with the venetians. 185  
Serravall under the venetians. 186  
Sundry opinions upon Earthquakes. 196  
Strangers that would come and people the City made Citizens of Venice. 197  
Spoils made by the Candiots. 222  
Situation of Tarentum. 236  
Sicco taken by the venetians. 237  
Soldiers molested with hunger and cold. 238  
Stratagem to avoid fight. 236  
Supplies come to the Genoveses. 244  
Seventh rebellion of Zara. 194  
Sharp fight in the haven of Brondolli. 254  
Senate's answer to the garrison of Serravall. 270  
Severe justice of a father on his own son. 278  
Sabello endeavoureth to stay his amazed soldiers. 285  
Secret practices of Marsilio Carrario. 291  
Strife betwixt the Bishop of Aquileia and the Vdinois. 293  
Skirmish near unto Cremona, where the venetians had the worst. 316  
Sforza coming to aid the Luquois causeth the enemy to raise his camp 325  
Stratagem of Philip's Captains. 329  
Supplies from Genoa to Chios. 333  
Silvester Morosino sent to the aid of Corfu. ibid.  
Sigismond in the behalf of Philip cometh into Italy. 335  
Sigismond crowned Emperor at Rome. ibi.  
Sforza seizeth on the Marca os Ancona. 338  
Sforza his success. ibi.  
Sforza and Attendulo join together. ibid.  
Spinola author of the Genoveses rebellion. 341  
Sforza recovereth that which Picinino had taken. ibi.  
Sforza at the venetians entreaty cometh to Regio. 343  
Sundry exploits betwixt Sforza and Picinino. 344  
Sforza his demands to the Senate and the Florentines, with their answer. ibid.  
subtlety of a Centurion. 355  
Senate's answer to Nicolao D'Aeste 358  
Sundry opinions concerning the venetians retreat. 364  
Sforza goeth forward towards Verona. 369  
senates care for the Bressans. 371  
Sforza exhorteth his soldiers. 373  
Sforza his great valour. ibid.  
Sforza marcheth to the rescue of Verona. 375  
Sforza his speech unto his Captains. 376  
Sforza puts supplies into the Fort of Feliciana. ibid.  
Sforza his advise to the Providator, and Captains of the army. 383  
Sforza vanquisheth the enemies. 384  
Soncina taken. ibi.  
Sforza recovereth Casal-Maior, and taketh Caravazza. 385  
Sforza his great conquest. 386  
Sforza his answer to those that entreated him to go thither where Bianca lay. 387  
Sforza recovereth the bridge of Valeza. 389  
Sforza his speech to his soldiers. ibi.  
Sforza besiegeth Martinenga. 390  
Sforza his Oration in the Senate: with their answer to it. 392  
Sforza his speech to his future Bride. 392  
Sforza his sentence concerning the strife betwixt the Ambassadors. 393  
Sforza with his wife cometh to Venice. 394  
Sforza sends his brother to the aid of Renatus. 398  
Sforza comes to the field. 404  
Sforza taketh divers towns. 406  
Sforza besiegeth Caravazza. ibid.  
Sforza defeateth the venetians. 407  
Sforza his resolution and his secret practices with the venetians. 408  
Sforza marcheth against the Milanois. ibid.  
Sforza besiegeth Milan. 409  
Sforza his answer to the proposition of peace. 411  
Sforza maketh war against Venice and Florence. 412  
Sforza his preparations. 414  
Sforza his wise and discreet resolution. 415  
Sforza is proclaimed Duke of Milah. ibid.  
Senate's decree to get money to furnish the expense of the war. 417  
Sforza with 20000 men cometh into the Bressan territory. ibi.  
Sforza his troops defeated. 419  
Sforza taketh Caluisiana. ibi.  
Sforza compared to Caesar. ibi.  
Sforza refuseth fight, and retireth into his winter garrisons. 420  
Stephano Porcio his conspiracy against the Pope. ibid.  
Stephano Porcio put to death. 421  
Sundry encounters betwixt the venetians and Sforza. ibid.  
Sforza his exploits in Lombardie. 424  
Saint Andrews head brought ●…o Rome. 432  
Senate grieved at the news of the siege of Nigrepont. 443  
Scanderbag a famous captain. 453  
Smyrna is taken by the Christians. 465.  
Senate recompenseth the brother and sister of the young man that burned the Turks galleys. 466  
Situation of Coric. 468  
Seleucia yields to the venetians. ibid.  
Souranza his proposition to the conspirators. 475  
Situation of Scutary. 476  
Soliman the Eunuch General of the Turks army before Scutary. 477  
Scutarians prepare for defence. 478  
Siege raised from before Scutary. 480  
Soliman besiegeth Lepanto. 481  
Some of the Milanois defeated in an Island. 500  
Sanseverino in battle before Ferrara. 504  
Sanseverino his Apology to the Senate, with their gracious accep●…ation. 508  
Situation of Valegia. 511  
Sanseverino comes to Valegia. 511  
Sanseverines' speed. 512  
Sanseverino his magnificent entertainment at Venice. 513  
Sanseverino aids pope Innocent 519  
Sanseverino recovereth Pontenomenta●…a. 520  
Sanseverino despoiled of his forces. 521  
Savorgnane defeats the Almains. 525  
Sanseverino his resolution, ibid.  
Siege of Trent resolved. 526  
Senate sends George Cornari into Cyprus to demand the Realm of the Queen for the Venetians: her answer, his reply, and her consent upon it. 529   

T  
THe true original of the first Venetians. 2  
The trouble which the first Venetians had to keep that which they had conquered. ibid.  
The true time when the City of Venice was built. 6  
The parts of man's life compared with Cities. 8  
The Triestines defeated. 9  
The taking of Ravenna by the Venetians. 14  
The troubles round about Grada. ib.  
Theodore, the third Master or Colonel of the men at arms. ib.  
The retreat of Valentine, and all the Venetians to Rialto. 24  
The Prince's household servants retired into the Palace capitulate. 36  
Three men appointed by the people to inquire of the Prince's murder. ib.  
Treviso taken by the Huns. 40  
The Duke's son wars on the Venetians. 45  
The Duke seeks to save himself and his young son. 47  
The Duke's request to the people. ibi.  
The bodies thrown upon the common dunghill. ibi.  
The emperors cruel Edict against the Venetians. 54  
The people's revenge on the Calloprini. ibi.  
Three sons of Stephano Calloprini slain. ib.  
The situation of Pharos. 57  
Those of Pharos summoned. ibi.  
The taking of the Castle and Town of Pharos called Lessina. 58  
The Emperor grants sundry privileges to the Venetians. 59  
though Emperor Otho comes to Venice in disguise. ibid.  
The Duke's last will. 60  
Too great niceness of a woman. 84  
The sundry passages of the Christians into Syria. 72  
The strength of Nicaea. 73  
The Turkish succour defeated. 74  
The great danger the Christians were in. ibi.  
The taking of Iconium. 75  
Tharsis being yielded is given to Baldwin. ibi.  
Treachery of a Citizen of Antioch. 78  
The taking of Antioch. ibid.  
Tripoli besieged by the Christians. 79  
The defeat of the enemy before jerusalem: with the number of the dead 83  
Acon taken by Baldwin. 85  
The taking of Sydon. 86  
The Castle of sobal builded by Baldwin. ibi.  
The emperors mediation between the Venetians and Paduans. 87  
Two great accidents of fi●…e. ibid.  
Truce with Hungary for 5. years. 88  
The Duke of Venice comes to jerusalem. 92  
The lot fell upon tire. ib.  
tire besieged. ibi.  
The distrust conceived against the Venetians. 93  
The Christians stratagem before tire ibid.  
The third part of tire given to the Venetians. 94  
The building of the Hospital of the public charity. 95  
The original of the games at Shrovetide. 101  
The answer made to the Greek Ambassadors. ibi.  
Treachery of Emanuel. 102  
The contagious sickness in the Venetian army. 103  
Three great pillars brought to Venice. 104  
The recompense which the Engineer demanded. 105  
The true cause of Vitalis his death. 106  
The Emperor frederick's rigorous Edict against the Pope. 107  
The Prince imbarketh himself in the Pope's presence. 108  
The Emperor arrives at Venice. 109  
The Emperor's obedience to the Pope. ibid.  
The ornaments and ensigns of the venetian Princes. 110  
The death of Cyani, and his last will. ibi.  
The recovery of Zara. 117  
Theodore Lascaris sallies forth on the Christian pilgrims. 118  
The mutual comfort of the father and the son. 119  
The treachery of Myrtillus. 120  
Thomaso Morosino Patriarch of Constantinople. 121  
The Prince's liberality to the new Emperor. ibid.  
Thrace reduced to the Emperor's obedience. ibi.  
Thomaso confirmed Patriarch by the Pope. 122  
The names of the Islands possessed by particular persons. 125  
The Bishops See at Malomoc translated to Chioggia. 127  
The Emperor Peter murdered. ib.  
Tepulo Governor of Candie. 131  
Two Providators given to every army. 135  
The Pope excommunicateth the Emperor Frederick. 139  
The rivers Brent and Bacchillion turned backwards. 142  
Twelve thousand Praenestines slain by Sylla in cold blood. 143  
The original of the war betwixt the Venetians and Genoveses. 146  
Their difference referred to the Pope. ibidem  
The Popes Sentence. ibidem  
The treaty of peace broken. 147  
To what extremity Baldwin was brought. 149  
Treachery of the Greeks against the French. ibid.  
tire besieged by the venetians. 151  
The Genoveses ambush discovered. 151  
Three Genoveses galleys taken by the venetians. ibid.  
The people bear small respect to the Prince. 152  
Truce granted betwixt the venetians and the Genoveses. 154  
Those of Ancona complain to the venetians. 155  
The truce betwixt the venetians and the Genoveses prolonged. ib.  
Thrieste besieged by the venetians. 159  
The distance betwixt Venice and Genoa. 162  
The Conspirators design. 166  
The tenor of the Excommunication. 168  
Those of Pera constrained to sue for peace. 173  
Turks put to flight by the venetians. 175  
Treachery practised by Mastin. 182  
The suburbs of Mestra burnt by Mastin. 183  
The territory of Verona spoiled. 186  
The King of England craveth aid against the French King. 191  
Truce take with Lewis king of Hungary. 197  
Those of Cape-histria revolt. ibi.  
Those punished which did not follow the Senate's commandment. 198  
The Genoa-gallies taken. 199  
The army returneth to Venice with great booty. 200  
Truce taken with Visconte. 207  
The manner of Phalerio his conspiracy. ibi.  
The discoverer of the conspiracy recompensed with his discontent. 209  
The king of Hungary his great army in Dalmatia. 212  
The king of Hungary besiegeth Treviso. ibid.  
Treviso bravely defended. 213  
The king infringeth the peace. 214  
threatenings of the Candiots. 288  
The situation of Anopolis. 224  
Thryestines do revolt. 225  
Thryestines resolve to yield to the Duke of Austria. ibi.  
Thryestines return to the venetians obedience. 226  
Traitors in the Senate known and punished. 226  
The king of Hungary resolveth upon peace. 230  
The enemies put to flight before Longina. 231  
The Fort of Catharra yielded. 236  
The common complaint of the people. 246  
The people's talk in favour of Pisani. ibi.  
The Genoveses determination fearing to be shut up. 253  
The Genoveses beat back the Venetians to their galleys. ibid.  
The Stellani war on the Genoveses. 254  
Two and fifty galleys in the venetians army by sea. 255  
Tumult in the venetian army. 257  
Thryeste revolteth and yieldeth to the Genoveses. 263  
The Castles of Thryeste razed by the inhabitants. 264  
Treachery of two Captains of the garrison of Conigliana. 272  
The traitors punished. ibid.  
Thryestines yield to Leopold. 277  
The Castle of Padua recovered for Novello. 279  
The death of Paulo Sabello. 285  
The goodly situation of Verona. 286  
Two Forts at Verona. ibid.  
The poor entertainment which the Paduans gave Carrario returning without peace. 287  
The death of Pipus. 292  
The Florentines Ambassador at Venice. 298  
The Castle of Bressia yielded to the Venetians. 312  
The Dukes of Savoy and Montferrat make incursions on the Milanois 319  
The chief of Florence animated against the Venetians. 324  
Those of Luca crave aid of the venetians, of Philip, and the Sienois. ibid.  
The Prince outraged by a madman. 325  
Thessalonica in Macedonia taken by the Turks. 327  
Tollentine leaveth Philip's party. 329  
The Prince of Mantua Genera●…l of the venetian army. 334  
The two naval armies of the venetians and Genoveses return home▪ 335  
Treaty of peace almost concluded broken off. 341  
Those of Casal desire parley. 347  
Treachery plotted against the vene●…ians. 348  
The two armies skirmish. 352  
The unlooked for danger whereinto the Commonwealth was like to have fallen. ibi.  
Those of the valley of Sabia seek to s●…op their passage. 354  
The order which the besieged Bressans kept in the City. 356  
The part of a true General of an army. 373  
The valour of Contareni. 382  
Three new Procurators of S. Mark created. 396  
The king of Arragon's daughter cometh to Venice. 397  
The thief that would have robbd the treasury of Venice hanged: and the accuser recompensed. 410  
The king of Bossina sendeth Presents to the venetian Prince. 416  
Turkish cruelty. 424  
Turks success both in Asia and Europe. 427  
Traitor punished according to his deserts. 432  
Turks before Naples. 434  
Turks leave Naples. ibid.  
Thryeste besieged. 435  
Thryeste and Arimini freed from the siege. 436  
Turkish fleet at Tenedos. 441  
Turkish fleet before Nigrepont. 442  
Treason discovered. 443  
Turks take Nigrepont. 444  
Tabia a city of Caria. 450  
Turks put to rout at Pergamus. 451  
Turks incursions into Italy. 453  
Turks enter the Country of the Forlani. 454  
The Pope's Legate his speech to Mocenigo at his departure. 465  
The King of Cyprus speech to Mocenigo. 418  
The Turks design upon the Boyano. 478  
The manner of the Turks assault at scutary. ibi.  
The Turk retireth from the assault. 479  
The Turk besiegeth the Isle of Lemnos. 281  
The great valour of a young maid. ibi  
The Turk besiegeth Croia. 482  
The Turks come to the river Lizonza. 483  
The Turks take the Fort near the bridge. 484  
The Turks burn the Country of Fri●…l. 485  
The Turks great labour and danger to pass the mountains. 487  
The Coritian Prince flies into Germany. 493  
Two Venetian fleets at once. 495  
The State of the Rossians of Parma yieldeth to Lodowick. 508  
Two of Sanseverines' sons fly to the enemy. ibid.  
The Tower Tristania taken. 513  
The French King by reason of sickness stayeth at Ast. 537  
The King visits john Galeas Duke of Milan: the Duchess her lamentation to the king: and his answer to her. 538   

V  
VIsion in a dream. 10  
Venetians great modesty. 7  
Venetians first voyage to sea. 8  
Vderza ruined by the Lombard's. 10  
Venetians have ever kept their ancient liberty. 23  
Venetians policy. 25  
Venetians resolution. ibid.  
Venetians compared with the Romans ibid.  
Vlric Bishop of Aquilcia vanquished by the Venetians. 28  
Usurper punished. 32  
Veronois request against those of Bena●…. 33  
Venetian army defeated before Crotona. 35  
Vrso declared Protospater of the Grecian Empire. 37  
Venetians constant resolution. 41  
Venetians overcome the Huns. ibi.  
Vderza taken and ruinated by the Duke. 46  
Vrseolo overcomes the Sarracens before Barri. 50  
Venetians brave resolution. 54  
Venetians free over all the Grecian Empire. 55  
Venetians army against the Narentines. 56  
Venetian galleys surprise the haven of Pharos. 57  
Venetians army succoreth Nicephorus. 66  
Venetians victorious over the Normans. ibid.  
Venetians defeated. 67  
Venetians defeat the Pisans at Rhodes. 77  
Venetians take Smyrna. ibid.  
Venetians coming into Syria. 83  
Venetians take Ascalon. 84  
Venetians and Frenchmen joined together. ibid.  
Venetians agreement with Caloman, King of Hungary. ibi.  
Venetians take Brundisium. ibid.  
Venetians take Faronia by assault. 86  
Venetians and Paduans reconciled. 87  
Venetians resolve to succour the holy land. 91  
Venetians army in Sicily. 98  
Venetians neighbours take arms against them. 101  
Vlrich Bishop of Aquileia brought to Venice prisoner. ibid.  
Vitalis Duke of Venice murdered. 103  
Venetians bounty to the Christian Princes. 116  
Venetians and the Princes resolve to go to Constantinople. 118  
Venetians fleet against the Pirates. 125  
Venetians send a Colony to Candace. ibid.  
Venetians army in Candie. 131  
Venetian supplies in Candie. 132  
Venetians defeated in Candie. 133  
Vattasus his army succoureth the rebels in Candie. 135  
Vattasus army leaves Candy and suffers shipwreck. ibi.  
Vattasus sendeth new aid to Candy ibi.  
Venetians fight with the enemies. 136  
Venetians fleet cometh to the aid of Constantinople. ibid.  
Venetians joy at the return of their Navy. 137  
Vattasus Navy put to flight, and his death. ibid.  
Venetians take frederic great ship. 139  
Venetians commanded to leave Acre. 146  
Venetians send a fleet to guard the Islands. 149  
Venetians in Nigrepont. 150  
Venetians victory against the Geno●…eses. 152  
Venetian fleet scattered by tempest. 157  
Venetian Ambassadors brought back to Rome. ibi.  
Venetians take truce with the King of Rabilon. 159  
Venetians offer for the voyage of Syria. 160  
Venetians and Genoveses compared to the Romans and Carthaginians. 162  
Venetians defeated at Corfu. 165  
Venetians defeated at the straight of Gallipolis. 166  
Venetians masters of Ferrara. 167  
Venetians excommunicated by Pope Clement. 168  
Venetians restore the Paduans unto their liberty. 174  
Viari confined to perpetual prison▪ 175  
Venetians besiege the Fort of the salt-pits. 114  
Upon what cause the Venetians made war on those of Escalla. 189  
Venetians, Rhodians, and Cypriots defeated by the Turk. 193  
Venetians in league with the King of Arragon. 200  
Visconte his answer to the Genoveses. 204  
Victory of the Venetians over the Genoveses in Morea. 205  
Venetian Senate displeased with Viscont. ibid.  
Venetians incensed against Carrario. 213  
Venetians enforced to sue for peace. 214  
Venetian Ambassadors taken prisoners in Germany. ibid.▪  
Venetians vanquished by the Barbarians. 228  
Venetians build two forts on the lakes. 229  
Venetians victory over the Hungarians. ibid.  
Venetians General his son taken prisoner. 231  
Venetians in Constantinople wronged. 232  
Victor Pisani General of the Venetians. 233  
Viscont of Milan giveth his daughter to the King of Cyprus. 234  
Venetians take the Haven of Famagosta. 235  
Venetians deceived by the Anconitans, taken and spoiled by the Genoveses. 239  
Venetians enforced to retire into Chioggia 244  
Venetians besiege Pera, in hatred of Andronicus. 252  
Venetian barks taken and burnt by the enemies. 253  
Venetians and Genoveses lodge at one time in one Haven. 254  
Venetians repulsed from the fort at the Milles. 259  
Venetians recover Chioggia. 262  
Venetians naval Army of 100 vessels. 265  
Venetians recover Cap-histria. ibid.  
Venetians enforced to offer Treviso to the Duke of Austria. 268  
Venetians hated of all their neighbours. 269  
Venetians troubled about the yielding up of Tenedos. 275  
Verona pillaged. 279  
Venetians in danger before the coming of Hermolao. 281  
Verona possessed by the Carrarians. 282  
Vincenzans advertisement to Galeas his widow. 283  
Venetians entertain the Vincenzans Commissioners. ibid.  
Venetian Garrison sent to Vincenza. ibid.  
Venetians ally themselves with Gonzaga. ibid.  
Venetians naval Army defeated. 284  
Venetians affrighted at the arrival of young Carrario. 285  
Verona in the Venetians power. 286  
Venetians enter Padua in the night by Scalado. 217  
Venetians recover Feltre, Belluna, and other places. 294  
Vdinois voluntarily yield to the Venetians. ibid.  
Venetian Ambassadors sent to Duke Philip. 296  
Venetians denounce war against Philip. 306  
Venetians enter Bressia by treachery. 308  
Venetians troops defeated by Philip's Army. 310  
Venetians send new supplies to Bressia ibid.  
Venetian Commissioners ill dealt with at Milan. 313  
Ven●…tians take Casal-maior. 319  
Venetians besiege Macale. 320  
Venetians take the new Orges. 321  
Venetians answer to the Ambassadors of Sienna. 325  
Venetians summons to Philip. 326  
Venetians proclaim war against Philip. 327  
Venetians put to rout upon the Cremonese. 328  
Venetians naval Army defeated. 330  
Venetians defeat the Genoveses Navy. 332  
Venetians defeated by Picinino. 335  
Venetians persuasions to the Genoveses. 340  
Venetians crave aid of Sforza. 342  
Venetians great distress. 355  
Venetians ratify the league with the Florentines. 363  
Venetians victory near the lake of Benac. 365  
Union of the Greek Church with the Latin. 370  
Venetians Navy defeated on the lake of La Garda. 371  
Veronois protestations to clear themselves. 377  
Venetians victory upon the lake. 382  
Venetians take Pescara. 387  
Venetians in Sforza's behal●…e denounce war to Philip. 401  
Venetians vanquish Philip's forces. ibid.  
Venetians revoke all which had been given to Sforza. ibid.  
Venetians take Brebia. 403  
Vitalis Sarde the Pirate hanged. 405  
Venetians Naval Army defeated. 406  
Venetians suspect Sforza. 410  
Venetians Naval Army against Alphonso. 411  
Venetians resolve on war against Sforza, and choose Malateste for their General. 414  
Venetians Ambassador murdered in Milan. 415  
Venetian troops come to the gates of Milan. 417  
Venetians besiege Soncina. ibid.  
Venetians great discretion in doing nothing without good advise. 426  
Venetian Army besiege Algiers. 432  
Venetians make a Wal at the Straight. 433  
Venetians raise their Camp from before Corinth. ibid.  
Vrso justiniano is General of the Venetians Navy. 436  
Vrso justiniano gives two assaults to Mytilen●…. 437  
Vrso justiniano dieth with grief. ibid.  
Venetians assault Rhodes. 438  
Vittore Capello General of the Naval Army. 439  
Venetians defeated, and Barbadico the Providator slain. ibid.  
Venetians take Oenos. 441  
Venetian Fleet escapeth from the Turks. 442  
Venetian Fleet entereth the channel of Nigrepont. 443  
Venetians enterprise upon Nigrepont fruitless. ibid.  
Venetians join with King Ferdinand's Fleet. 450  
Venetians resolution. 452  
Venetians install Hercules d' Est in the Principality of Ferrara. 454  
Venetians present to the Persian king. 466  
Venetian Fleet in Cilicia. 467  
Venetians take Sichin. ibid.  
Venetians besiege Micra. 469  
Venetians care for the relief of scutary. 477  
Venetians prevail against the Turks. 478  
Venetians defeated. 483  
Venetians fortifications against the enemy's incursions. ibid.  
Venetian Captains resolution more valiant than discreet. 484  
Venetians defeated by the Turks. 485  
Venetians aid comes too late into friul. ibid.  
Variance betwixt the Venetian General and the Turks. ibid.  
Venetians be●…iege Ficarolles. 498  
Venetians put to rout and their enterprise made frustrate. 500  
Venetians take Ficarolles. 501  
Venetians Army crosseth the Po. 504  
Venetians build a bridge upon the Po near to Ferrara. ibid.  
Venetians answer to the Pope. 507  
Venetians come to Stellata. 510  
Venetians crave a general Council. 513  
Venetians besiege Gallippolis. 514  
Venetians take Calce. 515  
Venetians put to rout. ibid.  
Venetian Galleys assailed by Pirates. 518  
Venetians loyalty. 521  
Venetians defeated. 525  
Venetians in amaze. 527  
Venetians send a fleet to guard Cyprus. 528   

W.  
WHereof the Authors meaning is to treat. 1  
Who they were that began to fly. 4  
What those places were, whereon Venice is at this day built. ibid.  
Where the first foundations of the City were laid. ibid.  
What day the City of Venice was built. ibid.  
What manner of people were received into this new City. 5  
What the true foundation of Venice was. 6  
Whence the Venetians that now are, be descended. ibid.  
What the Venetians exercise was in the beginning. 7  
Wherein the Venetians aided Narses. 9  
What moved the Venetians to change the government. 11  
What form they observed at the first Duke's election. 12  
What Bonitendius saith concerning the association. 20  
Who led the French Army against the Venetians. 22  
Why the French did assail the Venetians. 23  
Wherefore they are 〈◊〉 Perguais. 27  
Why S. Marks body was brought from Alexandria. 30  
What moved those of Pharos to defend themselves. 58  
What the Normans were, and their original. 65  
Who was the Author of the war against the Turks. 69  
Wonderful vision happened to Peter the Hermit. ibid.  
What Charlemagne did against the Infidels. 71  
Who gave the name to Armenia. 75  
What Antioch the Christians did besiege. 76  
Why Alexis refused Antioch. 79  
What account Baldwin made of Beamond. 85  
War against the Paduans with their discomfiture. 86  
When the Loane began at Venice. 106  
Wherefore the Emperor Frederick hated Pope Alexander the third. ibid.  
What time the Venetian Prince began to seal with lead. 108  
What time the Venetian Prince began to marry the ses. ibid.  
Who was the Author of the public Alms. 112  
Who were the chief of the enterprise against the Turks. 114  
What moved the Genoveses to attempt on Candie. 130  
What Eccelin was, with his coming into Italy. 138  
Wonderful cruelty of a Tyrant. ibid.  
Wisdom of the Governor of tire. 147  
William Prince of Achaia set at liberty. 149  
What was the number of the Bolognians Army. 154  
What miseries the excommunication brought to the Venetians. 168  
War concluded against those of Escalla. 178  
Who they were that appeared to the fisherman. 191  
Why the feast of the decollation of S. john is celebrated at Venice. 199  
What the Thracian Bosporus is. 201  
Why the Author names not those that were guilty of the conspiracy. 208  
What tribute the King of Hungary demanded of the Venetians. 212  
Who won the honour at the Turnie in Venice. 221  
What they ought to do that are called to public Offices. 225  
War prepared against the Carrarians. 226  
War denounced to the Genoveses. 233  
What Carolo Zeni did after his departure from Venice. 251  
What Loretano did after Pisani his death. 267  
What harm three Genoa-gallies did the Venetians. 272  
What estimation Verona is held of. 286  
What Philip did in the vale of Sabia. 359  
Wonderful proposition of a Candiot. 360  
What moved Sforza to make aleague with the Venetian. 361  
War renewed in La Marca. 398  
William of Mountferrat is vanquished by Sacramor Viscont. 418  
War against the Turks begun in Morea. 432  
What G●…idos was in former times. 451  
War resolved against the Duke of Ferrara. 495   

Z.  
ZAra taken again, which was revolted. 63  
Zara rebelleth again, and recovered by the Venetians. 88  
Zara revolted the third time, is recovered. 95  
Zara made an archbishopric. 100  
Zara again revolted and recovered. 117  
Zara the fifth time revolted and recovered. 140  
Zara rebelleth the sixth time. 170  
Zara reduced under the Venetians obedience. 172  
Zara rebelleth the seventh time, muested by sea and land, assaulted, and at last yielded. 195  
Zeni makes spoil upon the river of Genoa. 251   
FINIS.   

A Table of the principal matters contained in the second Volume.  

AGreement betwixt the Pope and the Venetians. Fol. 4  
A strong suspicion of the Pope concerning the French king. 6  
Advertisements to the Princes of Germany to clear the suspicion. 7  
Aluiana his exploits in Friul. 9  
An old man's speech to the Senat. ibid.  
Ambuscado to surprise the Count Petillan. 13  
All Romagna yieldeth to the Pope upon the fame of the king's Victory. 17  
An interview resolved on betwixt the Emperor and the French king. 20  
A Treaty of truce motioned betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians broken. 26  
A general Council published at Lions. 37  
A great earthquake at Venice. 42  
A strange miracle in the mine at Bolognia. 49  
Andrea Gritti, and Antonio lustiniano taken prisoners. 53  
Articles of the league betwixt the French King, and Venetians. 59  
All the Duchy of Milan in an uproar. 60  
Aluiana his earnestness to the Senate, that he might fight with the enemies. 72  
Aluiana showeth himself at the enemy's passage. ibid.  
Aluiana encampeth at Olma, determining there to tarry for the enemy. 73  
A Venetian Ambassador s●…nt to Selim. 75  
Achmat brother to Selim vanquished and slain. 76  
Achmat son to Achmat in arms against Selim. ibid.  
A great fire in Venice. 78  
A new compromise in the Pope's person concerning the strife betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians. ibid.  
Aluiana taketh Rovigo. 84  
A Croizado in Hungary against the Turks. 85  
Ambassadors from Venice with their request to the king of England.  
Aluiana relieveth Vincenza 92  
Agreement contracted with the Swisses and broken the same day. 94  
Aluiana his enterprise upon Bressia. 100  
Aluianas' death. ibid.  
Asola and Lona taken by the Venetians. 101  
Articles concluded betwixt the Pope and the French king. 103  
Assault given to Verona. 111  
Assailants retire with loss. ibid.  
Alliance renewed betwixt Soliman and the Venetians. 119  
After what manner the Pope would consen●… to the French kings propositions. 120  
A league betwixt the Emperor and the King of England. 137  
Ambassadors of the Emperor and the King of England meet at Venice. ibid.  
Articles of the alliance made betwixt the Emperor, Francis Sforza, and the Venetians. 139  
Accord betwixt the Pope and Emperor. 152  
Accord betwixt the Pope and the Venetians. 153  
Articles of the agreement. ibid.  
Agreement betwixt the Emperor and French king. 154  
Army of the league retireth from Milan. 157  
Aquila taken by Rance de Cera. 168  
Andrea Doria in the French kings service. 179  
Articles of agreement betwixt the Pope and Emperor. 180  
A colourable excuse of the king of England to the Venetians request. 184  
An accord made with the Duke of Ferrara. 185  
Ascoli and divers other towns yield to the confederates. 190  
A vain and ridiculous challenge. 191  
A policy of the enemies. 192  
An enterprise of the Spaniards against the Galleys of Philippin Doria. 192  
A fierce encounter of those of the league and the Imperials. 193  
Andrea Doria revolteth from the king's service. 194  
Articles of Agreement betwixt the Emperor and Doria. 195  
Aquila recovered of the Imperials. 207  
Antonio de Leva assaileth the L. S. Paul. 210  
Antonio de Leva followeth the Duke of Urbin in his retreat to Cassan. ibid.  
A discourse made in Senate conc●…rning peace with the Emperor. 219  
A discourse against the former. 220  
Articles of peace betwixt the Empe rour and the Venetians. 222  
Almains require to have a General Council. 227  
A league betwixt the Pope, Emperor and all the Italian potentates, the Venetians except. 235  
A fight at scabetwixt the Venetians and Turks. 240  
A new practice betwixt the Pope and the Venetians. 246  
ajax Bassa persuadeth Soliman to make war on Italy 253  
A league betwixt the Pope, the Emperor, and the Venetians against the Turk. 265  
Andrea Doria chosen General of the Army for the league by Sea. 274  
A Treaty of peace betwixt the Emperor and French king broken off. 276  
Ambassadors chosen at Venice to be present at the assembly of Nice. 277  
A worthy recompense. 279  
Army of the league returneth to Corfu. 290  
All men cry out upon Doria. 292  
Agreement betwixt the Pope and the Duke of Urbin. 298  
Ambassadors answer to the Bassa. 302  
An Hungarian Ambassador cometh to Venice. 306  
Answer of the Emperor & French king to the Venetian Ambassador. 307  
Ambassadors brave answer. 109  
A Turkish Ambassador cometh to Venice. 322  
Agreement betwixt Strossi and the Venetians concerning Milan. 323  
A new practice to draw the Venetians to the league with the king. 324  
A Spanish Friar biginneth the treaty of peace betwixt the Emperor and the French King. 325  
A tyrannical law of the Turks. 328  
Ambassadors from Venice to Edward 6. king of England. 336  
A general dearth. 342  
A discreet answer of the Venetians to the Duke of Ferrara. 345  
A great Turkish fleet at sea. 347  
All Germany banded against the Emperor, and his brother Ferdinand. 348  
Almans band themselves against the French concerning Metz, Thou, and Verdune. 354  
A popular commotion in Rome. 362  
A strange accident at Rome. 365  
A mischievous practice of a revolted jew. 368  
Arsenal of Venice burnt. 370  
Answer of the French King and Queen his mother to the Pope. 377  
Astor Baillone General in Cyprus 385  
A fierce assault given to four bulwarks at one time. 390  
An assault given to the bulwark Constantia. 391  
Articles of peace propounded by the Venetians. 399  
Articles of the league. 403  
Arrival of Don john with Spanish forces. 411  
Articles of the Capitulation at the taking of Cyprus by the Turks. 416  
Adu●…se of Bernardino de Requesens, for fight or not fight with the enemy. 418  
An accident likely to have bred great mischief. 420  
Ali Bascha his speech of encouragement to his Captains and soldiers at the instant of battle. 440  
Attempt upon Castelnovo in vain. 453  
Ambassadors sent from Venice to France and Spain. 457  
A vain & unprofitable engine. 466  
Articles of peace betwixt the Turks and the Venetians. 474  
Ambassadors speech to Selim. 478  
Amurath confirms peace with the Venetians. 480  
Ambassadors sent to the king of Spain. 484  
A decree against superfluous diet. ibid.  
A Persian Ambassador comes to Venice. 485  
A Venetian Gentleman executed to satisfy the Turk. ibid.  
A duchess is cruelly murdered in Padua. 486  
A prodigy. 490  
A solemn Ambassade from France to Rome. 491  
A decree concerning building of Churches. 494  
Articles on which the interdiction was revoked. 499  
After what manner the prisoners were delivered. ibid.   

B  
Bentivoli discouraged, yield to the Pope. 5  
Bolognia yielded to the Pope. ibid.  
Bressia yieldeth to the king. 16  
Bishop of Gurcia cometh into France from the Emperor. 37  
Bentivoli with the French are in Bolognia. 44  
Breach made at Bolognia. 49  
Bergamo expelleth the French. 52  
Bergamo taken and soon lost. 84  
Battle renewed betwixt the French and Swisses by break of day. 97  
Bressia besieged by the Venetians, & again by the French. 101  
Bressia yieldeth on composition. 108  
Belgrade taken by the Turks. 123  
Battle of Bicoca. 136  
Bosco and Alexandria are taken by Lautrec. 181  
Brunswich Duke returneth into Germany. 192  
Brundisium yieldeth to the Venetians. 208  
Barbarossa spoileth the Islands of the Archipelago. 278  
Barbarossa cometh into Candy. 280  
Barbarossa his retreat from Candy. 281  
Barbarossa his considerations upon the sundry opinions of the Turks. 287  
Barbarossa repenteth his coming forth of the Gulf of Preveze. 289  
Barbarossa summoneth the Governor of Catarra to deliver the town unto him. 300  
Barbarossa his vain assaults to Catarra. 301  
Badoario greatly perplexed. 308  
Barbarossa his fleet at Marselles. 320  
Barbarossa taketh Nice. ibid.  
Barbarossa his cruel spoils in his return home. 326  
Bailie of Venice his remonstrance to the Bascha Mahomet. 379  
Bascha Mahomet reniveth the trea tie of peace. 398  
Badoario contrary to Tepulo. 401  
Bascha Mahomet his proposition to the Venetian bailie. 405  
Bragadino his exhortation to his soldiers. 412  
Bragadino comes to Mustapha his tent. 416  
Barbarico his speech persuading to fight. 419  
Bassa Mahomet soliciteth the Emperor. 451  
Bishop of Aix Ambassador from the French king at Constantinople. 473  
Bressia afflicted with the plague. 483  
Building of the bridge of Rialto. 489   

C  
CAstle of Crest yielded to the Venetians. 10  
Confederacy of the Pope, Emperor, French King, & king of Arragon against the Venetians. 12  
Casal-Maior yielded. 14  
Cadora taken and sacked by the Imperials. 21  
Count Petillan commander of Padua. 23  
Contention betwixt the Pope and the French king. 37  
Cause of the Venetians hatred to the Duke of Ferrara. 25  
Confederacy a new betwixt the Emperor & the French King. 37  
Concorda taken by the Pope's army. 39  
Cardinal of Pavia dealeth badly with the Duke of Urbine. 45  
Cardinal of Pavia slain by the Duke ibid.  
Confederacy betwixt the Pope, the king of Arragon and the Venetians. 47  
Cardinal of Medicis prisoner at Milan. 56  
Cremona taken and sacked by the Spaniards. 67  
Constancy of the Venetian Senate. 74  
Compromise made by the Pope. 75  
City of Vd●…na abandoned to the enemies. 79  
Country of Frinl acquit by means of the taking of Frangipan. 85  
Cardinal of Scions Oration to the Swisses. 95  
Cardin. makes use of false rumours. 96  
Charles king of Spain chosen Emperor. 118  
Commissioners of the Emperor and the Venetians meet at Verona. 120  
Conditions of agreement betwxt the Pope and the Emperor. 126  
Colonna fortifieth Milan. 130  
Cremonia yielded to the enemies. 136  
Creation of Pope Adrian the sixth. 138  
Creation of Pope Clement the seventh. 142  
Cause of the French kings discontent with the Emperor. 145  
Conditions of peace propounded by the Pope. 146  
Children of France in hostage for the king their Father. 156  
Confederates send Commissioners to the king of England. ibid.  
Capitulation of Cremona. 161  
Colonessi enter Rome violently. ibi.  
Chief Articles of the treaty. 163  
Confederates provide to resist the Emperor. ibid.  
Confederates consult about the siege of Naples. 167  
Confederates Army still follows the Imperials. 171  
Cardinals meet at Bolognia to treat of the Pope's delivery. 177  
Cause of Andrea Doria his revolt. 194  
Capitulation about the yielding of Auersa. 198  
Confederates take Pavia. 200  
Castle of Genoarased by the people 201  
City of Cambray chosen for the treaty. 212  
Circumcision of Soliman's children 226  
Castle of Milan, and the City of Coma renared to Duke Sforza. 228  
Coron & Patras tak●… by Doria. 223  
Cariadin Barbarossa his great experience at Sea. 241  
Cariadine taketh Thunis. 244  
Creation of Pope Paul the thiird. ibid.  
Cariadine his fleet. 247  
Confederacy confirmed betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians. 249  
Causes of the king's discontent with the Duke of Savoy. 250  
Confusion of the Venetian Army seeing the Turks lie near them. 262  
Canalis commanded by Soliman to send to the Venetian Senate. ibid.  
Candiots preparations for their defence. 280  
Capello his answer to Doria. 288  
Capulets speech to Doria to provoke him to the battle. 290  
Confederates Army cometh to besiege Castelnovo. 293  
Castelnovo taken by Barbarossa. 300  
Cantelmo departeth from Venice without any commission. 304  
Cause of the war of Hungary. 312  
Controversy betwixt the Venetians and Ferdinand put to compromise. 319  
Cardinal of Ferrara exhorteth the Venetians in the French kings behalf. 324  
Capitulations of the peace betwixt the Emperor & the French king. 325  
Commissioners decide the controversy betwixt Ferdinand and the Venetians. 326  
Contention betwixt the Venetians and the Turk. 328  
Cardinal Farnese cometh to Venice. 334  
Cardinal S. George sent Legate into France. 336  
Contention concerning the place where the Council should be kept. 340  
Cardinal de Monte chosen Pope & called by the name of julius 3. 341  
Catherine Zeni sent Ambassador to the Turk. 342  
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the memory and execution of the Last will of Cardinal Zem. 356  
Creation of Pope Pius the fourth. 363  
Cardinal Caraffa, and three of 〈◊〉 ●… 〈◊〉 are put to death. 363  
Charles the ninth French king ibid.  
〈◊〉 sent by the Pope to the 〈◊〉. ibid.  
〈◊〉 of bringing Ambassa dors to the great Turk. 368  
Counsel of Mahomet the Vizier 〈◊〉. 371  
Chancellor of Persia his answer Concerning the Emperors de 〈◊〉. 378  
Contents of Selim's letters to the Venetians. 380  
Count Roccas slain. 391  
City of Nicosia taken. ibid.  
Cyprus yieldeth to the Turks. 392  
Colonna escapeth two great dangers in his return homewards. 397  
Colonna his remonstrance to the Venetian Senate. 4●…0  
Christians surprise the enemies by 〈◊〉. 409  
Care of those in Famagosta for their 〈◊〉. 412  
Cornia his speech confirming Barbarico. 419  
Catholic kings resolution before the Ambassadors arrival. 458  
Colonna his advise. ibid.  
Colonna his opinion concerning 〈◊〉 setting forward towards the enemy. 459  
Christians d●…scrie the Turkish fleet. 460  
Christians discampe from before 〈◊〉. 467  
〈◊〉 moving the Senate to embrace 〈◊〉. 473  
Charles of Lorraine, Duke of May●…n 〈◊〉 the confederates fl●…ete. 465  
Cause why Amara●…h hated the Emperor. 480  
Contention betwixt the Venetians and the knights of Malta. 485  
〈◊〉 of Pope Sixtus the fifth 486  
Creation of Pope Gregory the fourteenth. 489  
Creation and death of Pope In●…o cent the ninth, and the creation of Clement the seventh. 490  
Cardinal of Florence Legate in France. 492  
Creation of Pope Paul the fifth. 495  
Censures against the Venetians are publ●…shed. 496  
Cardinal Perron confers with the Pope. 498  
Commission is given to Cardinal joyeuse to revoke the censures at Venice. ibid.  
Cardinal joyeuse his reception at Venice. 499   

D  
Duke of Venice his answer to the French kings Herald. 14  
Duke of Ferrara declares himself against the Venetians. 17  
Duke of Ferrara defeateth the Venetians naval Army. 26  
Duke of Ferrara takes Loretta. ibid.  
Difficulties concerning the agreement betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians. 58  
divers Venetian young Gentlemen sent to Padua and Treviso. 7●…  
Death of Lewis the twelfth French king. 88  
Dissension among the Swisses in Milan after the battle. 99  
Duke of Bourbon Viceroy in the Duchy of Milan. 104  
Demands of the Venetian Commissioners. 120  
Duke of Milan cometh to Pavia with six thousand Lansequentes. 134  
Different opinions in the Senate concerning their alliance with the Emperor. 139  
Duke of Urbin General to the Venetians. 1●…0  
Duke of Bourbon forsaketh the French kings party. ibid.  
Duke of Urbin's difficulty to execut●… the Senate's command. 142  
Duke of Albany invades Naples. 146  
Duke of Bourbon cometh to Milan. 157  
Doria suspected to relieve Genoa. 159  
Duke of Urbin brings supplies to the siege of Verona. 161  
Duke of Bourbon marcheth into the field in d●…spite of all difficulties. 189  
Domnico Veniero put to his trial. 172  
Duke of Bourbon's speed in his march to Rome. ibid.  
Duke of Bourbon assaults the suburbs of Rome. 173  
Death of Duke of Bourbon. ibid.  
Duke of Urbin taketh Perusa. 178  
Duke of Brunswich cometh into Italy with great forces. 191  
Duke of Brunswich joined with Anto nio de Leva besige Lauda. ibid.  
Duke of Urbin runneth to the defence of his own state. 208  
Duke of Milan's great humility to the Emperor. 202  
Doria his subtle meaning. 233  
Duke of Ferrara reconereth Modena and Reg●…o by the emperors sentence. 234  
Dandulo banished at his return to Venice. 239  
Death of Pope Clement the 7. 244  
Death of Francis Sforza Duke of Milan. 248  
Duke of Savoy denieth the French king passage. 249  
Difficulties to accord the Emperor and the French. 250  
Doria his incursions causeth the Turks to suspect the Venetians. 261  
Doria his policy to enforce the Venetians to join with him. 262  
Description of the Isle of Corfu. 264  
Doria his answer and departure towards Genoa. 266  
Description of Naples in Romagn. 267  
Description of Maluesia. 268  
Difficulties alleged by the Duke of Urbin. 284  
Don Ferrans de Gonzaga cometh to Corfu. 285  
Doria cometh to Corfu. 286  
Doria in favour to the enemies causeth his Army to retire 287  
Doria his remonstrance to the whole Army. 288  
Doria his retreat encourageth the Turks. 290  
Doria his excuse for shunning the fight with Barbarossa. 294  
Doria with his Galleys retireth into Sicill. 294  
Death of the Duke of Urbin. 295  
Draguts policy to compass the Venetians Galleys. 298  
Dori●… his proposition to the Providator Contaren. 301  
divers opinions of the Peace betwixt the Emperor and French king 3●…5  
Duke of Saxony and Landgrave of Hesse their suit to the Venetian Senate: with their answer. 333  
Death of Francis, the first, French king, and Henry the eight king of England. 336  
Death of Pope Paul the third. 341  
Duke of Florence taketh the emperors party. 344  
Duke of Ferrara adviseth with the Venetians. 344  
Discreet answer of the venetians to the Duke. 345  
Death of Edward the sixth King of England. 356  
Duke of Florence sendeth forces against the Siennese. ibid.  
Duke of Alva taketh divers towns from the Pope. 359  
Duke of Guise cometh into Italy. 360  
Death of Pope Paul the fourth. 362  
Death of Andre Doria. 363  
Death of Pope Pius the fourth. 367  
Death of Solyman before Zighet. ibidem  
Discord among the Commanders in Famagosta. 387  
Doria returneth home. 394  
divers places subject to the Turks do yield to the Venetians. ibid.  
Difficulties propounded by the Spaniards. 395  
Don john D'Austria General of the army. 402  
Duleigna yieldeth to the Turks upon composition, which is badly observed. 408  
Diligent care of the Captains in Famagosta. 413  
Don john's objections against Venieri. 421  
Don john his Oration to his soldiers. 429  
Death of Pius quintus. 453  
Death of Sigismond king of Poland. 461  
Difficulties arising about the meeting of Don john. 463  
Don john goes into Africa. 478  
Death of Selim Emperor of the Turks. 479  
Dukes of Ferrara and Nevers come with king Henry to Venice. ibid.  
Death of Cosmo de Medicis the first great Duke of Tuscany. 480  
Decrees against the Venetians superfluous expenses. 484  
Deceit of a Greek. 489  
Death of Pope Gregory the 14. ibi.  
divers Pirates defeated. 494  
Death of Pope Clement the 8 494  
Duke Donato revoketh his first declaration. 499   

E  
Interview of the Kings of France and Arragon at Savona. 6  
Interview resolved on betwixt the Emperor and the French King. 20  
Enterprise upon Genoa. 33  
Earl of Mirandola sent from the Pope to the Lord of Chaumont. 38  
Enemy's spoil and ruin Vincenza. 71  
emperials brave resolution. 73  
Interview betwixt the Pope and the French King at Bolognia. 103  
Excuses alleged by Lautrec that he might discampe. 109  
emperials besiege Parma. 127  
Enemies pass over the River Adda without impediment. 128  
Enemies come to Milan, and win the Roman gate and suburb. ibi.  
Enemy's surprise Lauda. 136  
emperials take Garlas. 144  
England's courtesy toward the French King. 154  
Enterprise of Milan broken. 200  
Interview of the French and Venetian army. 209  
Enemies beaten by the Duke of Urbin 211  
Expectation of the Interview at Bolognia. 219  
Entertainment given to the Emperor on the Venetian territory. 224  
Effect of Rangone his Oration to the Senate. 259  
Expense divided betwixt those of the League. 274  
Interview of the emperor and French king at Aiguesmortes. 278  
Enemies escape by fault of the Leaguers. 289  
Enemies besiege Milan. 325  
Enterprise of Naples being found difficult, is rejected by the French king. 354  
Enterprise of Marguerites broken off through the difficulty thereof. 383  
Enemies encamped before Nicosia. 387  
Enemies fierce battery at Nicosia 390  
Enemy's fleet retireth forth of the gulf of Venice. 409  
Enemy's army before Famagosta. 412  
Enemies make 5 batteries at one time. ibid.  
Every Captain's charge. 413  
Enemies repulsed from the breach. 414  
Estate of the besieged enforceth them to yield. 415  
emperors excuses to free himself from entering into the league. 449  
Extremity of the Turkish fleet. 466  
Enemies retire to Modon. 465  
Entertainment given to the french K. at Vienna in Austria. 479  
Election of Pope Leo the tenth, and his sudden death. 494   

F  
FLight of the Venetian garrison 10  
French King complaineth of the truce. 11  
French king dissembleth. ibi.  
French take Treni. 14  
Frangipane makes war in Histria. 22  
French king greatly perplexed. 28  
Ferrarois defeat two fleets of the Venetians. 36  
French army marcheth towards Bolognia where the Pope lay. 37  
Flight of the Duke of Urbin. 44  
French Kings great desire to be at peace with the Pope. 46  
French after long fight become masters of Bressia. 53  
French are victors in the battle of Ravenna. 55  
French besiege Novara in vain. 63  
French camp in fear at the Swisses coming. 64  
French Kings answer to the Venetians. 68  
Frangipane taketh Maran by treachery. 77  
Frangipane entereth Maran with his succours. 78  
Frangipane taken by the Venetians. 80  
Francis Duke of Angolesme French King. 88  
Francis confirmeth the league with the Venetians. 89  
Francis his dissimulation. 91  
French Kings great preparation. ibi.  
French pass into Piedmont by Argentire. 93  
Four armies at one time in Italy. 95  
French Kings entry into Milan. 100  
French kings complaints against the Pope. 108  
French and Spanish kings aspire unto the empire. 118  
French king and the king of England talk together. 124  
French and Venetian armies on the Cremonois. 131  
French camp before Milan. 133  
French take Novara. 134  
French come to Milan. 145  
French Agents sent to Venice to treat of an agreement. 153  
Fortifications of Genoa. 159  
Francis Sforza yieldeth the Castle of Milan to the Imperials. 160  
Francis Sforza ratifieth the league. ibi.  
Foscari his exhortation to the Florentines. 165  
Florentines answer and resolution. 165  
French king sendeth Rance de Cera into Italy. 166  
Frossolana besieged by the Viceroy. ibidem  
French and Venetian fleets scattered by tempest. 182  
French Kings Ambassador with the Pope. 186  
French kings instance to the Venetians in the Pope's behalf. 202  
Florentines send Ambassadors to the Emperor. 212  
Florentines great troubles. 222  
Ferdinand's designs against the Turks. 231  
Francisco Dandulo taken by Pirates 239  
Fight at Sea betwixt the Venetians and Turks. 240  
French Kings Ambassador to the venetians about Milan business. 249  
French take Thurin, Fossan, and pignerol. 250  
French king sendeth Count Guy de Rangon to Venice. 259  
French kings designs. 274  
French King refuseth to enter into the league. 275  
French Ambassadors design. 299  
French kings love towards the Venetians. 303  
Force offered to the lodging of the French ambassador at Venice. 308  
French King complains to the venetian ambassador: with the answer. 309  
French king incensed against the emperor. 316  
French king at one time raiseth three armies against the Emperor. 317  
French king displeased with the Venetians. ibi.  
Ferdinand peaceably enjoyeth Transiluania. 347  
Ferdinand to free himself from war with the Turk, offereth to be tributary. 348  
Friar George the Cardinal murdered. ibid.  
French king as far as the Rhine in favour of the Protestant Princes. 350  
French king maketh incursions upon the Duchy of Luxembourg. 351  
French kings demand to the Siennese 355  
Francis Dauphin of Viennois marrieth the Queen of Scots. 361  
French take Thyonuille. ibid.  
First motion of the enterprise of Cyprus for the Turks. 370  
French kings offer to the Venetians. 377  
Flight of the enemy's galleys. 402  
French king forbiddeth his subjects to go into Flanders. 456  
French kings answer to the Venetian Ambassador. 457  
French Kings magnificent reception at Venice. 479  
French Kings marriage celebrated at Florence. 492  
French King mediates peace betwixt the Pope and the Venetians. 497   

G  
GReat preparations of K. Lewis, and the Venetians, to stop the emperors passage. 8  
Genoa assured for the King. 31  
General Council published at 〈◊〉. 37  
Gaston of Foix his incursions. 43  
Gaston comes to the aid of Bolognia. 49  
Gaston relieves the Castle of Bressia. 51  
Gaston defeats Meleager of F●…rli. 52  
Gaston besiegeth Ravenna. 54  
Gaston slain by the Spaniards. 55  
Genoa revolteth from the King. 58  
Great harm which the Croizado did in Hungary. 86  
Great dearth in Bressia. 102  
Gritti the Providator his answer to Lautrec. 109  
Great joy of the Veronois for being reduced under the Venetians obedience. 113  
Great numbers of Swisses in the French camp. 133  
Genowais bravely repulsed. 160  
George Frondsperg levieth great numbers of Lansequenets for the Emperor. 163  
Genoa reduced under the King's obedience. 182  
Great sorrow of the Lord Lautrec. 194  
Great discommodity which the revolt of Doria procured. 195  
Genoa by means of Doria revolteth from the King to the Emperor. 198  
Genoese fill the Haven of Savona with gravel. 201  
Great valour of a woman in man's attire. 211  
Great preparations of the Venetians. 212  
Great entertainment given the emperor on the Venetian territory. 224  
Great troubles in Germany concerning the Duke of Wittenberg. 242  
Great 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at one time in sundry places. 243  
Goletta besieged. 247  
Genoveses forbid Doria to carry the galleys out of Genoa. 257  
Great signs why men did suspect the 〈◊〉. 274  
Gritti goeth to 〈◊〉 to treat of an 〈◊〉. 296  
〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to Barbarossa. 301  
Great hope of a long peace. 312  
Great preparations for war on all 〈◊〉. 319  
Gonzaga his excuse 〈◊〉 the death of Pietro Lodoui●…o. 337  
Germane princes treat with the french King against the Emperor. 347  
Germany wholly banded against the 〈◊〉 and his brother Ferdi●…and. 348  
Great 〈◊〉 done by the 〈◊〉 after the manner of Spain. 366  
General of the Venetians and 〈◊〉 use reasons to Doria to persuade his stay. 394  
Great 〈◊〉 against the dead. 418  
General Foscarin his answer to Colonna. 458  
Gills Andrada his opinion. 459  
Great charity of a Prelate. 481   

H  
HOw the Venetians were daunted at the report of the battles loss. 16  
How the French K. ordains his army 96  
Hugo de Moncada sallieth forth upon the confederates. 168  
How the Venetians behaved themselves upon the agreement betwixt the Pope and Emperor. 180  
Heretics begin to stir in Germany. 218  
How Doria's departure did trouble the Venetians. 266  
Hungarian ambassador at Venice 306  
Henry the second, french king. 336  
Horatio Farnese marrieth King Henry's daughter. 337  
Horatio Farnese puts himself and family under the French Kings protection. 342  
Hostages given 〈◊〉 both sides of Turks and Christians. 416  
Henry Duke of Ani●…w chosen King of Poland. 478  
Henry the fourth French king motioneth a marriage with the Princess of Florence. 492   

I  
IOhn Paul Baillon yields up Perugia and her territory to the Pope. 5  
I●…rring betwixt the Commissioners assembled about the truce. 11  
imperials secure Veroni with men and victuals. 25  
I●…iurie offered to the Pope's st●…tue in Bolognia. 45  
In what manner the Venetians provided for their Cities on the form land. ibidem  
john Paul Baillon defeated & broken by Gaston of Foix. 52  
Imperial army by night passeth the river Brento. 72  
john james 〈◊〉 general of the Venetian army. 101  
In what manner the Venetians did relieve the State of Milan. 127  
In what order the French did assail the enemies. 135  
imperials pursue the French and take Garlas. 144  
john de Medicis a great captain 164  
Imperial fleet beaten by the confederates. 166  
imperials great cruelty in Rome 174  
Italy amazed at the emperors coming. 212  
imperials demand concerning the accord for Milan. 221  
Incursions of the knights of Malta against the Turks. 226  
john Pisani extraordinary Ambassador into France. 229  
Islands taken from the Venetians by Barbarossa. 268  
Instructions sent by the French king to be propounded by Cardinal Tournon to the Senate at Venice. 345  
Institution of the Venetian Academy 490  
Italy jealous of the Spaniards. 493   

L  
LEague betwixt Maximilian Emperor and Lewis the 〈◊〉 King. 3  
Lewis his Ambassadors at 〈◊〉. ibi.  
Lewis cometh into 〈◊〉. 5  
Lord of Chaumont General of the king's army. 14  
Lord of Chaumont taketh the Polles●… of Rovigo. 29  
L●…gnaga taken. ibi.  
Lord of Chaumont takes divers 〈◊〉 which stopped the Emperors coming into Italy. 30  
Lord of Chaumont with his 〈◊〉 returneth to the Duchy of Milan. 31  
Libels set up in divers places against the Pope. 45  
L●…sse of Bressia troubleth the Venetians. 53  
Lafoy Palisse forsaketh the field and guardeth the Town. 57  
League betwixt the Pope and the Emperor. 59  
League betwixt the French King and the Venetians. ibid.  
Lancequenets defeat the Venetian forces. 60  
Legnag●… taken and dismantled by the Venetians. 65  
League betwixt the Emperor, the king of Arragon, the Duke of Milan and Swisses. 91  
Lautrec besiegeth Bressia. 108  
Lautrec master of Br●…ssia forthwith restoreth it to the Venetians. 109  
Lancequenets refuse to besiege a city belonging to the Emperor. 110  
Lewis K. of Hungary prepareth for defence against the Turks. 119  
Lord of Lescut discovers the enterprise of the Bandits of Milan 125  
Lord of Lautrec succo●…s Parma. 127  
Lautrec fortifieth Milan. 128  
League betwixt the Pope, the Emperor, the Venetians, the Milanois, and Florentines. 138  
League concl●…ded at Coignac. 156  
Lauda is taken by the Confederates 157  
Lord of Langi comes to Venice. 158  
Lancequenets come into Italy. 164  
Lautrec entereth the Duchy of Milan with great forces. 181  
Lautrec leaveth Milan and marcheth towards Rome. 183  
Lautrec 〈◊〉 towards Naples▪ 187  
Lautrec defi●…th and 〈◊〉 th●… imperials to b●…ttell. 189  
Lautrec incampeth within two miles of Naples. 190  
Lord of Barbezieux cometh to Sau●…na. 193  
Lord Lautrec his nature. 194  
Lord Lautrec his sickness and death. 196  
Lord S. Paul leaveth Milan to go to the relief of Genoa. 201  
Lord Chastilion cometh to Venice 206  
League betwixt the Pope, the Emperor, and Venetians, against the Turk. 265  
Badoario●…hosen ●…hosen Ambassador by the Senate to go to Solyman. 306  
Loss of the battle of Saint Laurence, and the taking of S. Quintines by the Spaniards. 360  
Long delays used in the conclusion of the league. 395  
Lodovico Martinenga sends supplies to Famagosta. 396   

M  
MAximilian the Emperor's Ambassadors at Venice in the Pope's behalf. 3  
Maximilian the emperors request ●…to the Venetians. 4  
Maximilian Emperor frustrate of his hopes. 7  
Maximilian Emperor summons the Veronois to give him passage. 8  
Maximilian Emperor reiterath his Ambassade to the Venetians. 9  
Maximilians Army dissolved for a small occasion. 10  
Maximilian emperor breaketh the enter●…ew betwixt himself and the French King. 20  
Maximilian the emperor 〈◊〉 to assault Venice. 21  
marquess of Mantua taken pris●…ner and brought to Venice. ib.  
Maximilian besiegeth Padua. 22  
Maximilian returns into Germany 24  
Maximilian and the French King displeased with the Pope for absolving the Venetians. 27  
〈◊〉 with her Cast●…e taken a●…d ruined. 31  
Marquis of Mantua set at liberty 33  
Mirandola yielded upon safety of lives and goods. 39  
Maximilian the Emperor inclineth to peace. 42  
Maximilian Sforza in possession of the Duchy of Milan. 59  
Motion of agreement betwixt the French king and the Venetians. ibid.  
Maximilian Sforza 〈◊〉 to N●…uara. 62  
Milan reduced to the French government. ibi.  
Means which the Sen●…te v●…ed to get money. 81  
Mark Antonio Colonna guardeth Verona. 95  
Milan yields to the French king. 99  
Manfron and de Bue defeated by the imperials. 105  
marquess of Brandenburg cometh to the Emperor's army. 108  
Mamal●…kes vanquished by Selim. 116  
Maximil▪ the Emperors death. 117  
Milan sacked ten days together. 129  
Marquis of Pescara causeth the imperials to tarry in Lombardy. 147  
Marquis of Pescara his audacious demand to duke Francis Sforza. 153  
Malateste Baillon before Cremona for the league. 161  
marquess of Salusses passeth the Po. 164  
Marcello dieth for grief. 113  
marquess of Mantu●… joined to the league. 185  
Monopli and Tr●…ni yielded unto the Venetians. 190  
marquess of Salusses General of the army after Lautrec his death. 198  
marquess with his army retireth to Auersa. ibid.  
〈◊〉 taken by the Imperials. 207  
Monopli besieged by the Marquis of Guasto. ibid.  
Marquis 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉. ●…08  
Marquisate of 〈◊〉 into a Duchy. 224  
Means which the French Ambassadors 〈◊〉 to Solyman against Charles the fifth. 253  
Moro his 〈◊〉 to the Gentlemen of Candie. ●…79  
Most part of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cast away by tempest. 294  
marquess of Guasto his speech to the Sena●…e. 304  
Mocenigo the General his 〈◊〉 to the people of Naples. 309  
〈◊〉 is take●… from Ferdinand. 317  
〈◊〉 is taken by the French. 350  
Maximilian Emperor in his father's stead. 365  
〈◊〉 General of the enterprise of 〈◊〉. 384  
Mustapha by gifts 〈◊〉 to win the 〈◊〉. 385  
Mustapha maintaineth the contrary opinion to Piali, & is followed. ●…86  
Mustapha his great credit among his ●…ouldiers. 387  
marquess Rangon Palavicin his excuse. 396  
Mustapha his feigned courtesy. 416  
Mustapha his per●…idious cruelty. 417  
More than barbarous cruelty. ibid.  
Mehemet B●…y his speech dissuading from fight. 431  
Memorable battle of Lepanto. 440  
Mother-queen of France writes to the Pope. 457  
Motion of peace at Constantinople with the Venetian Batly. 470  
Murderers put to death. 487   

N  
NVmber of the French Kings army against the Venetians and the Venetians against him. 15  
New agreement between the Pope and the French King. 21  
New confederacy betwixt the Emperor and the French King. 37  
Number of the enemies before Pa●…ina 70  
New compromise in the Pope's person for the strife betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians. 78  
Number of the Venetian Army conducted by Aluiana. 94  
Number of Swisses in Milan. 95  
New succours enter into Bressia unknown to Aluiana. 100  
Novara taken by the French. 134  
Novara and Vigena yielded to the French. 140  
Number of the Army of the League 157  
Navarre his courageous proposition. 165  
Number of the dead and prisoners in a fight at sea. 193  
Novara and divers other towns yield to the Confederates. 200  
Number of the emperors forces in Italy. 212  
Number of the Turkish Army. 232  
New practice betwixt the Pope and Venetians. 246  
Number of the Venetian forces at sea. 258  
Number of ●…ouldiers and munition in the Island of Corsou. 264  
〈◊〉 yee●…ded to the 〈◊〉 ●… 282  
Naples and Maluesia consigned to the Turks. 310  
Number of the emperors Army in Germany against the Protestants. 332  
Number of the Protestants Army. 333  
Number of the Christian Fleet. 393  
Number of soldiers in Famagosta. 403  
Number of the Turkish Fleet. 404  
Number of serviceable men in F●…magosta. 412  
Number of the Christian and Turkish Fleet at Lepanto. 460  
Number of the Confederates Fleet. 464   

O.  
OF what importance the taking of Padua was. 69  
Oration of the Hungarian Ambasdour. 121  
Oration of the Pope's Nuntio in the Senate. 86  
Order of the French Army in battle. 96  
Oration of Triwlcio in defence of his opinion. 40  
Offer of the Pope and Venetians to the French King. 159  
Octavio Farnese marrieth the emperors base daughter. 277  
Oration of Selun the French Kings Ambassador to the Venetian Senate. 353  
Octavio Farnese restored to his Duchy. 360  
Offers of D. john to the Venetians. 411  
Hostages given betwixt the Turks and Christians. 416  
Order and form of the Christian battle. 422  
Order of the Turkish fleet. 432  
Order of the Confederates fleet. 464   

P.  
POpe julius his answer to th●… Venetians offers. 4  
Pope julius his request to the French King. ibid.  
Pope julius threateneth the Bentivoles. 5  
Pope julius refuseth the 〈◊〉 request. 8  
Pope julius his secret menaces to the Venetians. 12  
Pope julius ratifieth the Treaty of Cambray. 13  
Pope julius his terrible mònitorie against the Venetians. 14  
Pope julius moved with pity, takes compassion on the Venetians. 18  
Pope julius his answer to those who hindered the Venetians absolution. 24  
Pope julius absolveth the Venetians. 27  
Pope julius his meaning to the French King. ibid.  
Pope julius in hatred to the French King assaileth the Duke of Ferrara. 28  
Pope julius his secret practices. 31  
Pope julius his Army taketh Modena. 32  
Pope julius his preparations against the City of Ferrara. 36  
Pope julius excommunicateth Alforso d'Est and his adherents. 37  
Pope julius his entertainment given to the Bishop of Gurcia. 43  
Pope julius breaks off the Treaty betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians. ibid.  
Pope julius his answer to the Bolognois 44  
Pope julius his perplexity. 56  
Pope Leo the tenth elected. 59  
Pope Leo 〈◊〉 the agreement betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians. 67  
Pope Leo his reproachful speeches of the Venetians. 68  
Pope Leo sends succours to the Emperor against the Venetians. ibid.  
Provisions made by the Venetians. 69  
Paduafurnished of all things necessary to sustain a siege. 70  
Providator Loretano s●…aine. 74  
Pope Leo resolveth on peace. 76  
Pope Leo his arbitrative sentence. 80  
Prince Lauredano his answer to the Pope's Nuncio. 87  
Pope Leo his determination against the Venetians. 90  
Pope Leo his publication against the Venetians. 91  
Passages of Suza and other places guarded by the Swisses. 92  
Prospero Colonna taken prisoner by the Lord Palisse. 93  
Pescara taken by the Venetians. 101  
Pedro of Navarre his mine blown up. 102  
Pope Leo motioneth a peace. ibid.  
Pope Leo yieldeth Parma and Placentia to the French King. 103  
Pope Leo his practices to break the siege. 105  
Pope Leo sendeth the Cardinal Bibiena Legate to the Emperonr. 106  
Pope Leo exhorteth Christian Princes to take Arms against the Turk. 117  
Pope Leo and the Emperor make secret alliance against the French King. 125  
Pope Leo suspecteth the Imperials. 127  
Pope Leo his sudden death. 130  
Pavia besieged by Lautrec. 134  
Policy of Lautrec. 135  
Pope Adrian the sixth his creation. 138  
Pope Adrian zealous of an universal peace. ibid.  
Pope Adrian his death. 142  
Pope Clement the seventh created. ibid.  
Pope Clement his remonstrance to the Venetians. 145  
Pavia besieged by the French King. 146  
Pope Clement a Mediator betwixt the Emperor and the French king ibid.  
Pope Clement protesteth against them both, if they agree not. 147  
Pope Clement and the Venetians fear lest the French King should come to battle. 148  
Pope Clement his resolution after the defeat of the French. 149  
Pope Clement and the Venetians answer to Don Hugo for the Emperor. 156  
Pedro of Navarre General of the Naval Army. 158  
Pope Clement his agreement with the Colonnesi. 162  
Pope Clement maketh means to the Viceroy for an agreement. 166  
Pope Clement his error in disarming himself. 169  
Pope Clement acknowledgeth his error, and imploreth the aid of the Confederates. 171  
Pope Clement with divers Cardinals retireth to the Castle of S. Angelo. 173  
Pavia taken by Lautrec. 182  
Pope Clement complaineth of the Imperials dealings. 185  
Pope Clement his excuses to shun a new Confederacy. 186  
Pope Clement his answer to the King, concerning Doria his entertainment. 195  
Proposition of the Count S. Paul. 199  
Pope Clement his intention. 204  
Prince of Orange determineth to go to Perusa. 208  
Prince of Orange changeth his mind 209  
Part of the enemies defeated by the Duke of Urbin. 211  
Publication of the Treaty of Cambray. 215  
Pope Clement and the Emperor come to Bolognia. 221  
Pope Clement his excuses concerning the convocation of a Council. 227  
Pope Clement acquainteth the Venetians with all his designs. 242  
Philippo Mazzo a knight of Malta loses his head for his many robberies. 244  
Pope Paul the third taketh Arms for the Duchy of Camerina. 245  
Propositions in the Senate for the answering of Count Rangon. 259  
People Paul his answer to the Venetian Ambassador. 265  
Pope Paul sendeth to the Emperor and the French King to reconcile them. 274  
Pope Paul resolveth to go to Nice, to atone the Emperor and the King. 276  
Pope Paul denied entrance into Nice. 277  
Proposition of the Captains in Dalmatia. 283  
Patriarch Grimani his enterprise upon the Castle of Preveze. 285  
Petro Zeni chosen Ambassador to go to Soliman. 299  
Pope Paul sendeth the Cardinal Farnese Lega●… into France. 306  
Peace concluded with the Turks according to their own minds. 308  
Peace confirmed betwixt the Turks and the Venetians. 315  
Polin soliciteth the Venetians to make a league with the French king. 316  
Polin his practices against the Venetians. 317  
Pope Paul goeth about to make alliance with the Venetians. 319  
Pope Paul and the emperors interview at Busset to no purpose. 321  
Pope Paul giveth Parma and Placentia to his son Pietro Lodovico. 329  
Protestants suit to the Venetians. 333  
Pope Paul his discourse to drive the Venetians from their suspicion. 334  
Protestants take Chiusa. ibid.  
Pope Paul his complaints against the Emperor. 335  
Piero Strossi sent for from France to trouble the peace of Italy. 337  
Pope and French King solicit the Venetians against the Emperor ibid.  
Pope Paul to satisfy the Almains sendeth a Legate into Germany. 339  
Paul the third his death. 341  
Parma is kept by Camillo Vr●…ino. ibid.  
Presages of great wars. 342  
Pope julius the third, not thinking thereon, causeth great wars in Italy. 343  
Proposition of agreement about Parma. ibid.  
Pope julius seeketh means of agreement with the French King. ibid.  
Pope julius, by his Legatgoeth about to atone the Emperor and the French King. 347  
Prince of Salerne cometh into France. 351  
Prince of Salerne his proposition to the Venetian Senate. ibid.  
Place of Chiusa taken by the Protestants. 325  
Peace betwixt the Emperor & German Princes. ibid.  
Prince of Salerne returneth to Venice from the French King. ibid.  
Pope Paul the fourth enemy to the Spaniards. 359  
Peace betwixt the Pope and the Spaniards. 360  
Peace toncluded betwixt the French and Spanish Kings. 361  
Pirates pursued by Bembo▪ save themselves in Durazzo. 362  
Pope Paul dieth. ibid.  
Pope Pius the fourth created. 363  
Pope Pius endeth the controversy betwixt the Ambassadors of France and Spain. 364  
Pope Pius sendeth to the Catholic king to toyne in the war against the Turks. 376  
Pope Pius soliciteth the French King to have an hand in this war. 377  
Pope Pius his proposition to a●…oid delay. 382  
Pope Pius armeth twenty Galleys whereof Colonna is made General. 383  
Piali of opinion to besiege Famagosta first. 386  
Prayers and processions in Nicosia. 388  
Pope Pius his exhortation for conclusion of the league. 395  
Pope Pius and the Spaniards seek to the Venetians to conclude the league. 400  
Prince Mocenigo his remonstrance to the great Council. 403  
Pope Pius the fifth soliciteth the king of Poland. 450  
Priuce Mocenigo his Oration to the Council of Ten. 471  
Peace propounded in the Council of Ten. ibid.  
Peace concluded betwixt the Turks and Venetians. 474  
Prince and Senate's Vow to God. 481  
Price set upon allwares. 482  
Pope Alexander the third sends a golden Rose to the Venetian Prince. ibid.  
Pope Sixtus death: with the creation of Pope Vrban the seventh. 489  
Pope Clement the seventh blesseth and absolveth the French King. 491  
Peace betwixt the French King and the Duke of Savoy. 493  
Pope Paul the fifth complaineth to the Venetian Ambassador. 495  
Pope Paul his resolution upon the Venetians refusal. ibid.  
Pope Paul grants a Commission to the Cardinal joyeuse. 498   

R.  
RAuenna taken and spoiled by the French. 55  
Resolution of the Swisses. 63  
Rance de Cera his brave exploits. 79  
Rance de Cera putteth Silvio Savello torout. 84  
Rance de Cera leaveth the Venttian party. 95  
Rhodes taken by Soliman. 137  
Resolution of the assembly held at Venice by the Confederates. 205  
Resolution of the Venetian Council upon the Kings coming into Italy. 206  
Report of the Lancequenets coming causeth the Venetian Army to retire. 212  
Retreat of Soliman, and of Charles the Emperor. 232  
Retreat of the Turkish Army. 233  
Rangon is answered according to the opinion of Cornari. 260  
Reasons of those who desired peace with Soliman. 274  
Reasons of those who were desirous to war on him. 275  
Resolution of the inhabitants of Naples and Maluesia. 281  
Resolution of the Turks in Dalmatia 283  
Resolution to give battle, rejoiceth the whole Army. 288  
Rimon and Fregosa sent Ambassadors to Soliman, murdered in their return. 313  
Reasons that moved the Venetians to keep themselves Neuters. 314  
Reasons propounded to the Pope to move him to relieve the Venetians. 375  
Rumours diu●…lged by the Spaniards. 451  
Reasons alleged by the Protestants to move the French King towarre. 456   

S.  
Senate's answer to the emperors Ambassadors. 3  
S●…range suspicion of the Pope concerning the French King. 6  
Six thousand Suis●…es come to Varesa against the French King. 32  
Speech of agreement betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians. 43  
Sundry thoughts of the 〈◊〉. 44  
Swisses defy Gaston of Foix▪ 47  
Swisses come into the Duchy of Milan. ibid.  
Swisses return home again. 48  
Strange miracle in a'mine. 49  
Swisses hatred to the French King. 57  
Swisses discontented, make war on the French. 62  
Swisses great boldness, and their victory at Novara. 64  
Selim marcheth into Asiawith an Army prepared for Europe. 76  
Strasoda and Montfalcon taken by Frangipan. 78  
Senate recompenseth Savorgnane. 80  
Selim's victory against Ishmael. 85  
Soliman entereth Hungary. ibid.  
Swisses determination in the straits of the mountains. 92  
Swisses retire to Novara. 93  
Swisses retire with soft pace to 〈◊〉. 97  
Siege of Bressia resolved on. 100  
Senate's recompense to the widow and children of Aluiana. 101  
Swisses nature. 106  
Senate disburdeneth the Commonwealth in time of peace. 115  
Selim's victories. 116  
Selim takes Càiro. ibid.  
Selim graneth the Venetians demands. ibid.  
Soliman resolveth to invade Hungary. 121  
Swisses leave the French Camp for want of pay. 128  
Sforza arriveth at Milan. 134  
Swisses boldness in assailing their enemies. 136  
Sundry opinions on the publication of the League. 147  
Senate's answer to the Imperials. ibid.  
Sorrow of all France for the king's captivity: and the Counsels resolution. 152  
Senate's answer to the French Commissioner. ibid.  
Senate's answer to the Lord of Langi 159  
Senate after the taking of Rome, determine to oppose against the Emperor. 176  
Sundry opinions about the Pope's delivery. ibid.  
Strife betwixt the Confederates concerning the taking of Alexandria. 181  
Soliman's liberality to the Venetians. 183  
Senate's answer to the Pope. 188  
Sundry opinions of the Imperials Captains. ibid.  
Six Cities appointed to the Venetians by the agreement of the League. 190  
Secret practices betwixt the King and the Venetians. 203  
Senate's suspicion concerning the kings coming. 207  
Soliman taketh Buda. 218  
Sundry opinions in the Senate concerning the motion of peace with the Emperor. 219  
Soliman restoreth john king of Hungary to his Kingdom. 223  
Soliman suspecteth the Venetians. 225  
Soliman's purpose to enrich Constantinople. 226  
Soliman's design against the Christians. 229  
Soliman with his Army cometh into Hungary. 232  
Sundry opinions in the Senate concerning Canalis cause. 240  
Senate acknowledge Canalis service by recompensing his son. 241  
Soliman's great preparations for war. 242  
Senates holy resolution. 243  
Senate sendeth eight Ambassadors to the Pope. 245  
Soliman advertiseth the Venetians of what he had done in Persia. 247  
Soliman consenteth to make war on the Emperor. 253  
Soliman advertiseth the Venetians of his determination. ibid.  
Sundry reports concerning the Turkish Army. 256  
Senate's care for means to discharge the expense of war. 257  
Soliman's discontent for two accidents. 260  
Soliman resolveth to war on the Venetians. 262  
Senate determineth to fight with the enemy. 264  
Soliman dislodgeth from Corsou. 267  
Soliman determineth to assail Naplesin Romagna. ibid.  
Scardona taken by the Venetians. 269  
Soliman seemeth to desire peace with the Venetians. ibid.  
Senate determines war against Soliman. 274  
Senate useth means to get money to defray the expenses of the wars. 276  
Succours sent to Antivari. 283  
Sibensans brave resolution. ibid.  
Sundry op●…nions of the Turkish Army. 286  
Sundry opinionsin the Confederates Council. 293  
Spaniards insolency. 294  
Senate resolveth on peace with the Turk. 295  
Senate's answer to the emperors Ambassador. 296  
Spaniards not being able to keep Castel-novo, offer it to the Venetians. 300  
Senate's answer to the Ambassadors of the Emperor and French king. 305  
Sorrow and grief of those of Naples and Maluesia when they understood the conditions of peace. 309  
Soliman incensed against Ferdinand determineth to make war in Austria. 312  
Senate refuseth to have the Council held at Vincenza. 314  
Senate refuseth to make any new alliance. 315  
Senate's answer to Polin. 316  
Senate's answer to the French ambassadors and their answer to Ferdinand. 318  
Sharp war about Morea. 322  
Senate's answer to the Cardinal of Ferrara. 324  
Soliman falsely informed of the Venetians. 327  
Senate's answer to the Protestants. 333  
Siennese rise against the Spaniards. 336  
Soliman's army against the Persians 339  
Soliman makes truce with Christian Princes. ibid.  
Strife betwixt the Emperor and French King. ibid.  
Soliman sendeth imperious letters to the Emperor. 340  
Senate sendeth Ambassadors to the Pope. 341  
Strossi his policy to victual Parma. 344  
Senate's answer to the Cardinal of Tournon. 345  
Senate's answer to the Prince of Salerne. 352  
Spaniards demands upon the Treaty of Peace with the Pope. 360  
Senate of Milan's answer to the king of Spain concerning the Inquisition. 369  
Selim resolveth to invade the Isle of Cyprus. 371  
Senate advertised of the Turks enterprise. 373  
Supplies sent to Cyprus. 375  
Selim sendeth a defiance to Venice unless they would surrender Cyprus. 379  
Senate's answer to the Chiaus. ibid.  
Senate's answer to Selim's letters. 380  
Selim discontented for the small respect given his Chiaus. 381  
Situation of the City of Nicosia. 387  
Sundry opinions of the Captains of the Christian Fleet. 393  
Spaniards idle excuses. 395  
Sebastiano Venieri made General in Zanne his stead. 397  
Senate's answer to Colonna. 400  
S●…pplies sent to Famagosta. 402  
Small hope in the revolt of the Turks subjects. 449  
Spaniards fear least the Ve●…etians make Peace with the Turk. 452  
Souranza honourably entertained by D. john at Messina. 454  
Spaniards jealous of the French men's actions. 456  
Senate's resolution perceiving the Spanish delays. 458  
Situation of the Castle of N●…uarin. 466  
Spaniards desirous to return into the West. 468  
Spaniards conference with the Venetian Ambassador. 471  
Senate's resolution to peace. 473  
Sundry opinions concerning the Venetians peace. 476  
Sundry prodigies seen in the air. 483  
Senate's decree against the Clergy. 494  
Senate's answer to the Pope. 496   

T  
THe king of Arragon cometh into the Realm of Naples. 5  
The false reports which the Pope threw abroad against the French king. 6  
The Senate's answer to the Emperor's Ambassadors. 9  
Truce betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians. 11  
The Pope ratifieth the Treaty of Cambray. 13  
The Duke of Venice his answer to the French kings herald. 14  
The king's resolution to enforce the enemies to fight. 15  
The great progression of the French Army. 27  
Treviso continueth obedient to the Venetians. 18  
The Venetian Ambassadors come by night into Rome. 22  
Treaty of Truce betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians broken. 26  
The king's anger against the Swisses. 28  
Those of Mirandola yield upon safety of their lives and goods. 39  
Triwleio his Oration in defence of his opinion. 40  
The king sendeth the Bishop of Paris to Mantua. 42  
Triwlcio taketh Concorda. 43  
Triwlcio draweth near to Bolognia. 44  
The kings forces in the Duchy of Milan. 47  
The Pope will by no means have peace with the French. 56  
Triwlcio of opinion to abandon the Duchy of Milan. 57  
The Treaty betwixt the Emperor and Venetians handled. 58  
The king prepareth for his return into Italy. 60  
The whole Duchy of Milan yieldeth to Sforza. 64  
The French kings submission to the Pope. 68  
The incursions of Rance de Cera Governor of Crema. 69  
The tenor of the Senate's letters to Aluiana. 74  
Troubles in Asia. 75  
The Emperor Maximilian provoketh Selim against the Venetians. 76  
Traitor punished. 77  
To what intent the Spaniard spoke to the Venetians of peace. 88  
Those of Bressia make a sally on the Venetians camp. 101  
The retreat of the Venetians Army. ibid.  
Triwlcio leaveth his charge. 104  
The Emperors coming into Italy. 105  
The whole country betwixt Oglio, Po, and Adda, yields to the Emperor. 107  
Truce renewed betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians. 117  
The King of England chosen Umpire betwixt mighty Princes. 124  
Traitors in Milan give advertisement to Prospero Colonna. 128  
Triwlcio taken prisoner by the Imperials. 129  
The protestation of the Emperor, and King of England's Ambassadors in Senate. 139  
The French King will by no means discampe from Padua. 148  
The French King is taken by the Imperials, and the Army defeated. ibid.  
The emperors speech and gest●…re upon news of the victory. 149  
The King of England's courtesy towards the French king. 154  
The King of England's a●…nswere to the Commissioners of the league. 156  
The two Armies of the Pope, and the Venetians march together to Milan. 157  
The offer of the Pope and the Venetians to the King. 159  
The King of England offereth the Pope a great sum of money. 163  
The emperors preparations by sea and land. ibid.  
The two Armies of the league, and imperials at once in Tuscanie. 171  
The king of Fraun●…e and England resolve to free the Pope. 176  
The emperors dissimulation concerning the Pope's taking. 177  
The French kings great preparations to send into Italy. 179  
The Turk being assailed by Marcello, hath speedy revenge. 183  
The Emperor commandeth the Pope to be enlarged. 115  
The French kings answer to the Venetians Ambassador, and his determination. 206  
Treason discovered in Barlet●…a 207  
The two Armies of the French, and Venetians distrust one another. 209  
Triwlcio his request from the king to the Venetians. 213  
The emperors arrival at Genoa. 212  
The King's request to the Venetians. 215  
The king entreateth the Emperor to make an accord with the Venetians. 216  
The Emperor is desirous of an accord with the Venetians. 218  
The Emperor is crowned at Bolognia. 224  
The emperors gift to the Venetian Ambassadors brought into the public treasury. ibid.  
The Turks complaints against the Venetians. 226  
The Emperor granteth an Interim concerning the difference in Religion. 228  
The king of Hungary seeketh peace of the Emperor and Ferdinand. 230  
The Emperor with a mighty Army encampeth before Vienna. 232  
The Emperors and Soliman's naval Army. 233  
The Emperor returneth into Italy. 235  
The Turks recover Coron. 243  
The Turkish fleet scoureth the Sea-coast of Calabria. 244  
The Emperor seeketh to the Venetians. 245  
The Emperor for the Venetians sake doth maintain the Duke of Urbin's caufe. 246  
The emperors preparations for Africa. ibid.  
The emperors great Army for his voyage into Africa. 247  
The taking of Thunis and Bonna. 248  
The Emperors captious answer to the Venetians concerning the State of Milan. ibid.  
The Emperor challengeth the French King to single fight. 250  
The Emperor enforced to retire forth of Provence. 251  
The three chief points which the Pope handled with the Christian Princes. 252  
The French king sendeth an Ambassador to Venice to draw them from the Emperor. ibid.  
The king purposeth to use the Turk against the Emperor. 253  
The king cometh to Lions to go into Italy. 257  
Three sundry accidents that caused war betwixt Soliman and the Venetians. 260  
The Turks of Obrovazzo retire to the Castle. 269  
Treaty of peace betwixt the French king and the Emperor broken off. 276  
The Emperor declareth that he could not take Arms for the league. ibid.  
The Emperor and French King refuse to s●…e one another at Nice in the Pope's presence. 277  
The Turkish feasts of Baieran. 278  
The Turks waist Dalmatia. 281  
The Turks take the Castle of Laurana. 282  
The Turks leave Dalmatia, and go into Hungary. 283  
The Turks arrival makes the Venetians quit Obravazza. 284  
The Turks wonder at the Christians boldness. 286  
The Turkish Galleys put to rout by the Army of the league. 287  
The Turks come forth of the Gulf and put themselves in battle. 288  
The Turks purpose broken by Doria. 289  
The Turkish Army retireth into the Gulf of Larra. 292  
The emperors excuses for not performing his promise. 295  
The Turks great preparations for recovery of Castel-novo. 298  
Truce for three months betwixt the Turks and Venetians. 299  
Truce prolonged with the Venetians. 300  
The Bassa his demands to Contaten. 302  
The Emperor desireth passage through France to go into Flanders. 303  
The Emperor and French king send to the Venetians to divert them from peace with the Turks. 304  
The Emperor cometh to Paris. 307  
The traitors which bewrayed Badoatio his Commission to the Turks discovered. 308  
The traitors punished. 309  
The emperors resolution contrary to his promise. 313  
The Emperor allieth himself with Henry King of England. 319  
The Turks take Regio in Calabria▪ 320  
The Emperor returneth into Italy. ibid.  
The Emperor refuseth to confer with the Pope. 321  
The Turk makes war in Hungary. 322  
Two Legates sent to the Emperor and the French king to procure peace. 324  
The Emperor and Ferdinand send Ambassadors to treat of peace with the Turk. 326  
Truce for one year betwixt the Emperor, his brother, and Soliman. 328  
Tyrannical law of the Turks. ibid.  
The Emperor refuseth to invest Pietro Lodovico in the Duchy of Parma and Placentia. 329  
The Emperors & the French kings difficulties, cause of peace in Italy. 330  
The emperors complaints against the Pope with his return so Milan. 335  
The Turk sendeth an Ambassador to Venice. 342  
The Turks make war in Hungary and Transiluania. 347  
The Emperor sendeth the Viceroy of Naples against the Siennese. 355  
The Emperor Charles resigneth his whole state to his son Philip, and to his brother. 358  
Truce granted and soon broken. 358  
The taking of Calais by the Guise. 361  
The form of the great Turk's oath. 369  
The opinion of the other B●…shaes contrary to that of Mahomet. 371  
Treason practised by a Cypriot, discovered, and punished. 374  
The King of Spain's aunsw●…re to the Pope's conte●…t. 376  
The Turks preparations for the war of Cyprus. 378  
The emperors answer to the Venetian Ambassador. 382  
Turks repulsed from Tina. 385  
The Turkish fleet landed in Cyprus. ibid.  
Turks build 3. Forts near to Nicosi●…. 390  
Turks take the Bulwark Constantia 391  
The Emperor resuseth to enter into the le●…gue. 396  
The Emperor will not allow of the Pope's new Title given to the Duke of Florence. 399  
Tepulo his opinion tends to war. 401  
The league against the Turk concluded. ibid.  
Turks put to rout in Candie. 404  
Turks waste the Islands of Xant and Zephalenia. ibid.  
The League published at Venice. 407  
Turks before Dulcigna. 408  
Turks before Mandrachia. 410  
The king of Spain's answer to the Cardinal Alexandrine. ibid.  
The leagues offer to the Emperor. 411  
The besieged in Famagosta make a counter-batterie. 413  
The Tower of the Arsenal ou●…rthrowne by a mine. ibid.  
The Turks in pre●…ence of their General give a furious assault, and are repulsed. 414  
The Turkish fleet in the Gulf of Lepanto. 420  
The speech of Hassan Bascha persuading to fight. 430  
The King of Portugals answer to the Cardinal and the Venetians. 450  
The Turks opinion of the Christians before the battle. 451  
Treaty of peace broken. 452  
The true cause of Don john's delay. 454  
Tepulo his suit to the K. of Spain 458  
Turks re●…ire from the Christian fleet. 461  
Turks coming to relieve the Castle much annoy the Christians. 467  
The state of D●…lmatia during the war. 469  
The Turks build a Fort against Catharra. ibi.  
The Emperor seeketh to hinder peace. 471  
The Turks deal roughly with the Venetian Bailie. 474  
The King of Spain not discontented with the Venetians peace. 476  
The Turkish fleet departs from Constantinople. 477  
Troubles in the Duchy of Urbin. 478  
The king of Poland returneth secretly into France. 479  
Troubles in Genoa appeased. 480  
The Turkish Army in the Empire's confines. ibi.  
The cause of the Venetians jealousy of the Spaniards. 493  
The manner of revoking the Pope's censures against the Venetians. 499   

V  
VEnetians answer to the Emperor. 4  
Venetians greatly perplexed. 7  
Venetians resolute answer to the Emperor's Ambassadors. ibid.  
Venetians refuse to grant Maximilian truce for three years. 10  
Venetians secret practices with Maximilian. 12  
Venetians attempt in vain to beereconciled to the Pope and Emperor. 13  
Venetians astonished at sundry bad presages. ibid.  
Venetians recover Trevi. 15  
Venetians lose the battle of Gyradade. 16  
Venetians seek to be reconciled to the Emperor. ibid.  
Venetians quit Padua, Verona, and their places of the firmeland. 17  
Venetians take Padua. 21  
Venetians masters of the champain Country. ibi.  
Venetian Ambassadors come by night to Rome. 22  
Venetians recover Vincenza. 24  
Venetians naval army scoureth the Po as far as Fiquerolles. 25  
Venetians recover the Pollesin of Rovigo. ibid.  
Vincentine Commissioners crave pardon of the Prince of Anhalt. 29  
Vincentines yield themfelues to the victor's mercy. ibid.  
Verona and her Territory pawned to the French King for a hundred thousand crowns. 30  
Venetians recover all the places near to Padua, which had been taken by the French. 32  
Verona besieged. 33  
Venetians raise their camp from before Verona. ibi.  
Venetians take Azola. ibid.  
Venetians intelligence upon Bressia discovered. 36  
Venetians still maintain their forces and greatness. 47  
Venetians returning to the assault of Bressia enter the City. 52  
Venetians constancy in maintaining their alliance. 60  
Venetians take Valegia, Pescara, and Cremona. 61  
Venetians besiege and batter Verona. 65  
Venetians offers to the French King. 67  
Venetians loose Pescara. 69  
Venetian Ambassador sent unto Selim. 75  
Venetians besiege Maran. 77  
Vitturi the Providator defeated and taken. 84  
Venetians give great entertainment to Rance de Cera. 85  
Venetians send Ambassadors to the French King, and to the King of England. 88  
Venetians desirous to draw the Pope to their party. 90  
V●…netians send an Ambassador to the Pope. ibid.  
Venetians exhortation and their offer to the French King. 106  
Verona besieged in two several places 111  
Venetians remonstrance to Lautrec. 112  
Verona again besieged. 113  
Verona consigned to Lautrec for the French King, is delivered to the Venetians. ibid.  
Veronois joy for their reduction to the Venetians subjection. ibi.  
University of Padica re-established by the Senate. 115  
Venetians send two Ambassadors to the Turk. ibi.  
Venetians send Ambassadors unto Charles King of Spain concerning traffic. 116  
Usual trade of the venetian vessels. 117  
Venetians answer to the Pope's exhortation. ibi.  
Venetians answer to the French king. 118  
Venetians Army against the Pirates. 119  
Venetians suspect the French King. 120  
Venetians send the King of Hungary thirty thousand ducats. 123  
Venetian Commonwealth christian a daughter of the French King. 125  
Venetians seek to appease the Pope's indignation against the French. 126  
Venetians dissuade Lautrec from his resolution. 130  
Venetians levy forces to march into the Duchy of Milan. ibi.  
Venetians great discretion in their resolution. 137  
Venetians embassage to the Pope. 138  
Venetians send Ambassadors to the Emperor to rejoice with him for the new league. 140  
Venetians preparations against the French. ibi.  
Venetians suspect the motion of peace betwixt the Emperor and the French King. 142  
Venetians make new levies of horse and foot. ibid.  
Venetians send Ambassadors to the new Pope. ibid.  
Venetians stand in fear of Solyman 144  
Venetians sought unto by the imperials and the French. 146  
Venetians discourse on the French K. taking. 149  
Venetians send Ambassadors to the Emperor. ibid.  
Venetians make means to draw the King of England into the League. 155  
Venetian ambassadors remonstrance to the Pope. ibid.  
Venetians answer to the Pope, inviting them to an agreement with the Emperor. 162  
Venetians answer to the French king concerning the renewing of the war of Naples. 172  
Venetians place a garrison in Ravenna for the behoof of the Sea of Rome 177  
Vitturi contrary to the Duke of Urbin. 178  
Vitturi called to account for being against the Pope's delivery. 179  
Venetians oppose themselves against Lautrec his proposition to go to Rome and leave Milan. 181  
Venetians suspect the Duke of Urbin. 183  
Venetians Ambassade to the Pope. 185  
Venetians preparations against the Duke of Brunswich. 191  
Venetian forces much diminished. 201  
Venetians keep the Cities in Apulia. 202  
Venetians answer to the King's Ambassade. ibid.  
Venetians great preparations by Sea and Land. 204  
Venetians love to the French and the Duke of Milan. 205  
Venetians solicit the King to come into Italy. 207  
Valour of a woman in man's attire. 211  
Venetian Senate malcontent with the French King. 212  
Venetians meaning for the articles of peace at the treaty of Cambray. 213  
Venetians answer to Triwlcio. ibi.  
Venetians recourse unto the King of England. ibid.  
Venetians exhortation to the Confederates. 215  
Venetians offers to the Duke of Ferrara. ibid.  
Venetians answer to those that motioned peace with the Emperor. 219  
Venetians send Ambassadors to the Pope and the Emperor. 223  
Venetians send an embassage to Soliman. 225  
Venetians forbid the Knights of Maltato come no more upon their gulf 226  
umpires chosen to end the controversy betwixt the Archduke and the Venetians. 228  
Venetians crave the nomination of bishoprics under their dominions. 229  
Venetians crave the Tenths levied upon the Clergy to help them against the Turks. ibi.  
Venetians by chase the Pirates secure the Seas. 230  
Venetians in vain solicit the Pope for the King of Hungary. ibid.  
Venetians exhort Ferdinand to peace 231  
Venetians answer concerning the renewing of the league. 235  
umpires appointed with a third man to end the controversy, betwixt Ferdinand & the venetians. 238  
venetians victory at Sea against the Moor of Alexandria, who was taken. 240  
venetians ships stayed by the Turkish officers. ibi.  
venetians answer to themperor. 245  
venetians seek to appease the strife betwixt the Pope and the Duke of urbin. 246  
venetians answer to the emperors Ambassador. 252  
venetians answer to Solyman. 254  
venetians preparations to stand upon their guard against the Turk. 257  
uncertain course of the Turks fleet puts the venetians in doubt. 258  
venetians remain Neuters betwixt the imperials and the Turks. ibi.  
Venetian Fleet looseth four galleys taken by the Turks. 262  
Visier Bassa his reasons to direct Soliman from his resolution. 263  
Venetians imprisoned and their goods seized over all the Turkish Empire. ibid.  
Venetians remonstrance for the Pope. 265  
Venetians constancy. 266  
Visier Bassa couns●…ileth Soliman to raise his siege in Corfou. ibid.  
Vittore de Garzons Governor of Naples. 268  
Venetians suspect Soliman, desiring 〈◊〉. 269  
Venetians diligence to fortify the Islands against the Turks. 273  
Venetians acquainted with Soliman's preparations forwarre, are exhorted to peace. 274  
Venetians seek to draw the King of England to the league. 275  
Venetians take Obra●…azza. 284  
Venetians naval Army and the Pope joined together. ibid.  
Venetians grieved because there was no Duke of Milan. 315  
Venetians solicited to leave their neutrality. ibid.  
Venetians raze the Fort of Maran. 318  
Venetians excuses to the Emperor and Ferdinand concerning Maran. 323  
Venetians reasons to divert the Pope from meddling with the Protestants 332  
Venetians grant passage to the Pope and emperors troops. ibid.  
Venetians gentle answer to those of Ausburge. 333  
Venetians preparations against the Turks. 344  
Viceroy of Naples spoileth the Country of the Sienois. 355  
Venetians entreated by the Pope seek means to pacify the Duke of Alua. 359  
Venetian Prelates that were present at the Council of Trent. 364  
Venetians chase the Pirates. 365  
Venetians send Ambassadors to Selim the new Emperor. 368  
Venetian Ambassadors Oration to the Emperor. 369  
Venetians purge the seas of Pirates. ibid.  
Venetians prepare for the war of Cyprus. 373  
Venetians implore the aid of Christian Princes. 375  
Venetians solicit the Persian to make war on Selim. 378  
Venetians send Ambassadors to the Emperor, soliciting him to enter into the league. 382  
Venetians propositions in the Court of Spain, with the difficulties alleged thereupon. ibid.  
Venetian Flect leaveth Corfou by the Senate's commandment. 384  
Venetian General resolveth to send aid to 〈◊〉. 306  
Venetians great doubts and perplexities with their request to the Pope. 398  
Venetians resolve to hearken to peace. 399  
〈…〉  
Venetians expect the Confederates Fleet. 407  
Venetians will not hear of 〈◊〉. 408  
Venetians complaints to the Pope 410  
Valour of the besieged in repulsing the enemy. 415  
Uniting of the Confederates Fleet. 418  
Venieri his answer to D. john his objections. 421  
Venetians preparations against the Spring. 449  
Venetians solicit the Cardinals in the Vacancy of the Sea. 453  
Venetians Ambassadors discourse to the French King. 457  
Vluzzali his policy. 461  
Vluzzali determineth to assail D. john. 463  
Vluzzali returns to Constantinople. 468  
Venetians complain to the Pope. 469  
Venieri his honourable entertainment and welcome at Venice. ibid.  
Venetians send an Ambassador to the Pope. 476  
Venetians fear. 480  
Upon what occasion the Pope caused ten days to be taken from the year. 485  
Venetians jealous of Turks and Milanois. 489  
Venetians send Ambassadors to the French King. 491  
Venetians defeat the Vsicoques. 492   

W.  
WHat was concluded in the Diet at Constance. 7  
War resolved against Maximilian. 10  
What was practised under hand against the Venetians. 11  
Whereunto the Pope's actions teded. 28  
What astonishment the loss of the battle brought to Rome. 56  
Whole Duchy of Milan yieldeth to Sforza. 64  
What importance the taking of Padua was of. 69  
What shifts the Pope used to declare himself openly against the French King. 91  
〈◊〉 Country 〈◊〉 Oglio, Po, and 〈◊〉, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Emperor. 107  
〈◊〉 the French King disinherited the elect 〈◊〉. 119  
What 〈◊〉 the Emperor to send his Ambassadors to the French King. 124  
Why the King delayed to conclude the league. 125  
What the Popes and emperors designs were. ibid.  
What hindered the Lord of Lautrec from assailing Milan. 133  
With what fervency the Milanois endured the discommodity of the siege. ibid.  
What Prospero Colonna did upon report of the arrival of the French. 140  
Why the Grisons would not leave their houses. 144  
Why the French king was displeased with the Venetians. 145  
Whereunto the Pope attended. ibid.  
What moved the Senate to ally themselves with the French. 147  
What caused the Imperials to come into the field. 148  
What letted the taking of Naples. 168  
What moved the Pope to seek agreement with the Viceroy. 169  
What caused the Duke of Bourbon to march to Rome. 172  
What great forces were requisite to free the Pope from prison. 178  
What moved the Lord Lautrec to change his determination. 183  
What moved the Venetians to be at the charge of the war in Lombardie. 184  
What was the emperors meaning concerning peace. ibid.  
What the Pope's intention was. 186  
Wants of the army before Naples. 195  
What kept the 〈◊〉 from sending Ambassadors to the Emperor. 212  
What moved the Emperor to enforce the Florentines to obey the Pope. 223  
What moved the Kings of France and England to make war on the Emperor. 231  
Wrongs done the Venetians in Soliman's Dominions. 254  
What the Senate propounded to write to the Bailie. 275  
What moved the Emperor & French King to grant the interview at Nice. 277  
War renewed betwixt the Emperor and the King. 278  
What Doria his purpose was. 289  
What the Senate enioy●…ed Badoario Ambassador to Soliman. 306  
Who they were that took part with the Protestants. 333.  
What be Venetian gentlemen with their prerogative. 334  
Who hindered the Emperor from allowing the agreement. 343  
War continued in 〈◊〉. 344  
War betwixt Soliman's two sons 361  
War opened in all places. 381  
War resolved against the Turk. 401  
What moved the General Venieri to sail to Mess●…a. 407   
FINIS.